《I was Betrayed then Reincarnated as a Kitsune》


 Prologue

    Prologue


    As everything around me fades to ck I hearughtering from the people who should have been my teammates. In all my life I never would have thought that I would die in another world, especially by the hands of people who should know that Im the reason they were having such an easy time in the dungeon we were currently in. Once my consciousness cut out myst thought was about the people who helped me when we were first summoned to this world and what their reactions will be when they learn what happened. After a while I felt myself waking up and the first this I saw when I opened my eyes was a vast starless sky and a beautiful full moon shining its silver light and illuminating the world. After getting lost just staring at the moon for a while I voiced my thoughts to the sky,


    So am I dead or is this a dream?


    {Unfortunately for you, your human life hase to an end.}


    When I got an unexpected answer to my question I jumped up and turned around to see the most beautiful woman I have ever seen. She had long silver hair that seemed to shine like the moon above our heads. She wore a stunning dark blue kimono that entuated her beauty and made her light color hair stand out even more. After recovering from my surprise, I noticed that the woman who spoke to me wasnt human. Instead of ears on the side of her head she had a pair of fox ears and at her back were 9 long, silver tails. Looking into her eyes I noticed that they shone with a faint golden light. While I was trapped in my thoughts, she spoke to me again.


    {It seems like you were purposely pushed into a trap by yourpanions and killed almost immediately.}


    So that really was the case, huh. Well, its not like I didnt expect something like this to happen eventually I said shrugging my shoulders.


    {You are taking this surprisingly well for someone who just died} the woman said with a hint of surprise in her voice.


    Not really, I just dont think my mind has had the time to reallyprehend this whole situation. If we wait a while, I think I will start freaking out.


    {Fair enough, so while you are rtively calm, I will introduce myself, my name is Tamamo, and I am the Goddess of the Moon of this world.}


    After introducing herself, she gave me a weing smile that instantly made my heart race faster that I ever thought it could. Shaking my head to get my thoughts in order I returned her greeting, My name is Jason Strider, summoned person and former member of the heros party.


    {Its an honor to meet you, Jason. Now that the introductions are over let me ask you, do you want to start a new life in this world or move on to the afterlife?}


    While her question surprised me a little, I was kind of expecting it. Back on Earth I loved novels like this and always secretly wished to find myself in a situation like this. Before I answer, is there any demerit to either option? I asked even though we both already knew what I would choose.


    {Refusing would mean that your soul would be sent to the afterlife for a few thousand years after which your memories and experiences would be erased, and your now fresh soul would be ced into a new body as a different person. epting would allow you to keep your memories as well as any skills you earned while alive. The downside to this option is that your levels would be lost, you would need to start life again as a baby and in this particr case you would no longer be male.}


    All of this sounds fine enough but why thest thing? I asked confused.


    {All souls have an affinity for a body and the only body that has a good affinity with your soul is a female.}


    Is there a way to wait for a male body that has an affinity with my soul?


    {There is, but I dont rmend it because you will be waiting for about 45,000 years and by the time that happens you would have gone mad.}


    Mulling it over again in my head, I came to the conclusion that Id rather keep my sanity and just ept the offer. If the option to have a new life with my memories and skills is there Ill ept.


    {Perfect!}


    She said this with such a cheerful smile that it caused my heart to start racing again.


    {Now that you have agreed I will go over the more specific details such as where and when you will be reincarnated.}


    I nodded my head in understanding and waited for her to continue.


    {You will be born in a hidden demi-human vige in a forest on the borders of the Celestia kingdom where you were summoned. It has been two years since you were killed in the dungeon.}


    Two years! But weve only been talking for a few minutes. I said shocked.


    {This is my home in the divine domain, time flows slower here that it does there. Now hold still for a moment.}


    As she said this, she ced her hand on my head and I felt a massive amount of power condense around us.


    {Congrattions, the process was sessful. You will now be reincarnated as a denizen of our world. As a small bonus I granted you my divine protection as well.}


    What kind of effects does that have? I asked while feeling a warm sensation in my body.


    {Ill let you find that out on your own but let me warn you now, since you have received my divine protection that means you will be my partner for eternity.}


    After she said those words I was leftpletely stunned. What do you mean by partner. Didnt we only meet just now?


    {Thats the rule the gods of this world follow. If we find a soul that we feel a strong connection to we grant them our divine protection and im them for ourselves.}


    While I dont particrly mind, I wish you would have at least warned me before hand. As I realized what I was saying I felt my body start to heat up to an unbearable level and I started to feel extremely sleepy. Before my consciousness cut out, I could hear Tamamo saying something.


    {Good luck in your next life, I hope you can make it an amusing one.}


    After hearing this Ipletely cked out.

 Chapter 1: Waking Up

    Chapter 1: Waking Up


    After a while I started to return to consciousness and noticed that I could hardly move. All I could see was darkness and I could feel arge amount of pressure confining me. After some time, I could feel the pressure pushing me somewhere when suddenly the darkness around me suddenly turned to a light so bright I thought I would go blind. The sudden and drastic change in my surroundings along with the extreme brightness surprised me so much that I let out a sound of protest to whoever decided to make a light that bright.


    Ugyaaaaa!


    When I heard my voice, I reopened my eyes in surprise only to be blinded again. After repeating the same actions for a few minutes my eyes started to get used to the bright light enough for me to see my surroundings. There were several people moving around and making so much noise that I thought my eardrums would rupture. While I was trying to get my bearings, I felt a floating sensation and realized I was being carried somewhere. When I looked up, I saw ady with red hair and fox ears on the top of her head. The ce she brought me to was a bed with another woman with ck hair and tail. She looked quite exhausted and was breathing heavily but when she turned her face to me, she had a smile that was so warm, it could turn winter into spring.


    The red-haired person ced me into the arms of the person I could only assume was my mother and her smile brightened even more. In theforting embrace of my mother, I started to get drowsy. Before I fell asleep, I heard the red-haireddy ask a question to my mother.


    Lady Amagi what will you name this child?


    Her name will be Luna.


    Once I heard that, I fell asleep again.


    [Red-haired persons POV]


    My name is Anastasia, an assistant shrine maiden at the shrine of the moon. My main job is to take care of the head shrine maiden, Lady Amagi. Today a great thing happened, Lady Amagi gave birth to her child. The child, named Luna, is quite adorable and I can tell she will grow into a beautiful person in the future. I can also tell that she is a special existence in this world. The reason I know this is due to one of the effects of my diviner ss. Diviner is a rare ss that lets someone get small glimpses into a possible future. This abilityes with a secondary effect of giving a very strong intuition. Once Iid eyes on Miss Luna my intuition told me that she will be the center of many major things toe. While holding Miss Luna in her arms Lady Amagi asks me,


    What is wrong Ana, has your diviner skill shown you something?


    <!--


    (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});


    -->


    <!--


    (adsbygoogle = window.adsbygoogle || []).push({});


    -->


    No Lady Amagi, the skill hasnt shown me anything specific, but my intuition tells me that Miss Luna will have many difficulties in the future.


    I see, then once she is ready, we will have to rigorously train her so that she can ovee these difficulties.


    Certainly, my Lady.


    <strong>Author''s Note:</strong>


    Here is the next chapter, I know it''s really short but I''m writing this at 1:00 in the morning so its a bit difficult to concentrate. After reading thements on the prologue I tried to fix the spacing problems I had so I hope that this is easier for all of you to read. While I can''t make any definitive promises I will try to write a least two more chapters this weekend if time permits. I''m trying to improve my writing so any advice is always wee.

 Chapter 2: Status

    Chapter 2: Status


    When I woke up again, I found myself inside a crib in the same room as before. I couldnt see anyone, but I could hear them in the next room over. It seems that either my mother or the red-haireddy was sleeping next door. I was confused at why I could hear so well, then I remembered what my new mother looked like and figured that I was reincarnated as a kitsune. Further proof of this was the fact that I had a really fluffy tail that looked like it would be the perfect body pillow. I tried moving it and it was surprisingly easy. When I moved it in front of me to feel it, I was shocked to find out that it was softer and fluffier that I thought possible. While petting it, it felt like my hands were sucked in and I couldnt stop. After a while I forced myself to stop making a mental note to try and avoid getting addicted to that feeling. I then decided that it was high time to check my new status and see what I had to work with.


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 1</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 10/10</strong>


    <strong>MP: 100/100</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 1</strong>


    <strong>Def: 1


    </strong>


    <strong>Res: 1</strong>


    <strong>Str: 1</strong>


    <strong>Int: 10</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 1</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 3, Short sword LV. 3, Archery LV.1, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.1</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.1, Lightning Magic LV.1, Healing Magic LV.1, Space Magic LV.1</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.1, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation(Sealed), Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength(Sealed)</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess</strong>


    Well, I cant really say Im surprised after seeing these numbers I was just born today after all. It seems that thenguageprehension and inventory skills that summoned people receive have be unique skills. I can also tell that my skills as a scout are also all ounted for although the level has gone down. It seems in this life my main focus will be on magic. It seems that I also have two rare elemental affinities in ice and space. Now the part I was looking forward to, appraising the new skills and titles.


    <strong>Illusion Magic: </strong>Magic that allows one to control illusions. Superior form of Illusory Magic. At a high enough level, can create illusions with physical form.


    <strong>Spirit Vision: </strong>Allows one to see andmunicate with spirits.


    <strong>Fox Fire: </strong>Exclusive skill for kitsunes. A special type of mes that hold the power of purification and curses.


    <strong>Fox Transformation:</strong> Exclusive skill for kitsunes, allows one to transform into a fox form. Sealed due to bodily limitations.


    <strong>Enhanced Senses: </strong>Sense of sight, hearing, and smell are enhanced.


    <strong>Enhanced Physical Strength: </strong>Enhances strength and agility. Sealed due to bodily limitations.


    <strong>Night Vision: </strong>Allows one to see in dark ces as if it were day.


    <strong>Ice Mist: </strong>Allows one to shroud oneself or an area in an icy mist, targets trapped in this mist will be affected by reduced vision and a decrease in agility. Range of mist expands based on INT stat.


    So, the race skills are skills that are exclusive to specific races and can also be further divided into exclusive race skills like fox fire and fox transformation. The ice mist unique skill also looks like it will be fun to mess around with both in and out ofbat. Now onto the titles and divine protection.


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess: </strong>Doubles amount of EXP needed to level up, status increase by 4x per level, speeds up skill acquisition and leveling, removal of level cap, allows formunication between individual and granter of divine protection(Sealed)


    <strong>Reincarnated: </strong>Carry over previous lifes skills and memories.


    <strong>Fated One of the Moon Goddess: </strong>Given to the one who is eternally bound to the Moon Goddess Tamamo. Once certain requirements are met increase number of tails(9 max), boosts power in ordance with number of tails, grants true immortality, ascend to godhood.


    Well two of the three of these are extremely shocking to say the least. The Reincarnated title is a bit self-exnatory but the other two are a lot to take in. I get that a divine protection would be ridiculous because it is something that is given to you by a higher existence but still, 4x increase in stats and faster leveling and acquisition of skills is crazy! Sure, I must put in double the effort to gain levels but at a certain point in time that will just be trivial. Although its sealed at the moment, thatst effect is also wee. I was prepared to have to go this whole second life without getting to talk to Tamamo again, but now I dont have to. As for thest title, I have no words. Its honestly a bit much to take in.


    Before I started to get too absorbed into my thoughts, I heard a strange noisee from my stomach. I guess I havent eaten anything huh. Well, seeing as Im a newborn I might as well do what newborns do best. I took in as big a breath as my tiny baby lungs could hold and let out a loud cry.


    UGYAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!


    Before anyone asks about any pride as a grown up, I raise you this question, Pride, whats that, is it tasty?


    Once I made enough noise, I could hear someone getting closer then saw the figure of my mothere near me and pick me up. She rocks me back and forth a bit trying to calm me down before figuring out what to do.


    Is my little Luna hungry, then let me fix that for you.


    My mother said this as she pushed my face into her chest. After a while I couldnt take it anymore and stopped. Then immediately after I got drowsy again and started to fall asleep in my mothers arms.


    <strong>Author''s Note:</strong>


    So I got my second wind of the night and decided to push out one more chapter. This one was easier to write because it''s really just skill descriptions. The skills I''m really looking forward to writing about are the ice magic, ice mist, and illusion magic. If anyone has any cool ideas for uses for these in the future, I''m all ears for suggestions. As for the 4x boost in the divine protection, I would like the reader opinion on it, is it too much or just enough? If it''s too much I can reduce it to 2x. Thank you all for reading and I''ll get you the next chapter as fast as I can.

 Chapter 3: What I鈥檝e Learned

    Chapter 3: What I��ve Learned


    It has been about a week since I reincarnated. During this time, I have realized just how boring it is to be a baby. I have little to no control over my body yet, I am unable to stay awake for long, and I am at the mercy of the adults around me. I tried testing some of the new skills I got, and they turned out pretty interesting. The first skill I tried out was Spirit Vision. As the name suggests, this skill allows me to see spirits. They appear as small balls of light with different color depending on the element. Watching the spirits float around is like watching fish in a fish tank and has been one of the few sources of entertainment I have at the moment. I also tried my Ice Mist unique skill but couldnt really get a feel for it yet because Anastasia noticed the drop in temperature and came running.


    I also tried to use my magic and learned that out of all the magic I can use my ice magic and illusion magic are the best. If I had to rank my magic on how easy it is to use it would be: ice, illusion, lightning, space. Im not sure how proficient I am with healing magic because there is nothing for me to use it on but if I go with my gut feeling, I would put it between lightning and space. If my mana pool wasnt so small, I could practice more but there is only so much I can do right now.


    Aside from all of the testing I did, I also tried to get any information I could regarding the world during my two years of being dead. From what I was lucky enough to overhear is that the hero party still hasnt defeated the King of Fiends that is the reason that they were summoned to kill in the first ce. I am honestly surprised that it is taking them as long as it is to finish their mission, but then I remembered what the two who are leading the summoned heroes are like. The person who had the Hero ss, Shin Grayson, is an idiotic narcissist. The one who got the Saint ss, Sara Grayson, is the heros twin sister and is just as narcissistic as her brother. Shin is the muscle while Sara is the mind.


    If I had to guess the reason it is taking them so long to kill the King of Fiends, it would be because they do not want to lose the privileges that they received when we were all summoned. When we were brought to this world it was exined to us that we were stronger than the average people of this world and our aging was stopped for as long as the King of Fiends remained. The reason we were given for this was so that we could train and remain at our peak physical condition until we finished our mission. I honestly find it stupid to stall this for so long. There is nothing stopping the native people of this world from summoning more people to fight if the current summoned people refuse to do so. The longer they put this off, the more they will be resented in the end, this world isnt as nice as Earth. I wouldnt risk being lynched just for the sake of longevity.


    I also learned that my father is a general of the beast kingdom Savanna and was recently sent to the front lines to defend the kingdoms border from the fiends. It seems that he is a part of a unified army made up of several elites from many countries to defend against the fiends. This unified army is made up of all the races that live on this continent and is sent to guard the borders of the Land of Fiends and to clear a path to allow the heroes to get to the King of Fiends. I have a feeling that the unified army is having quite a hard time due to the heroes taking so long.


    I hope someonees along to light a fire under the heroes so that they get their job done soon.


    I say this as I go back to watching the spirits float around and try toe up with something else to keep me entertained.


    Author''s Note:


    Sorry it took me so long to get this chapter out, school is a pain and it has taken up a lot of my time. I hope you enjoy the chapter and tell me what you think I can improve. Thanks for reading and I will write some more soon.

 Side Chapter 1: The Front Lines

    Side Chapter 1: The Front Lines


    [General Deacon POV]


    General Deacon the heroes have finally arrived!


    My subordinate rushed into my tent shouting news that all the unified army has been waiting to hear. Once he finally calmed down a bit more, I asked him to ry the information in more detail.


    Sir, the heroes have arrived along with reinforcements from the Celestia Kingdom. They even sent the Princess Knight with them.


    This is wee news indeed. Ill head over to them to greet them and get them caught up on the current situation. With their arrival we will finally be able to finish this and go home.


    Once I told my subordinate to go and take a rest, I left my tent to go meet the new arrivals. When I found them, I got the feeling that our troubles were far rom over. While most of the heroes looked ready and prepared for the battles ahead, there were a few who looked like they never trained at all. I decided that my first action should be to find the Princess Knight and ask what her n of action is. When I found her, I called out to her.


    Its good to see you again Princess Nia, Im d you could finally bring the heroes to the battlefield.


    Yes, its good to see you as well, General Deacon, I hear its been rough out here on the front lines recently.


    Indeed it has. The fiends have been attacking more frequently and with more numbers. We repelled arge horde a few hours ago so everyone is getting some rest.


    I see, I apologize for our dy, but now that we are here, we can finally make the final push to the King of Fiends and end this. Ill go and tell my forces to go and join the lookouts to allow your men to get the rest they deserve.


    As she said this, she came closer and whispered to me,


    Later I wille to your tent. There are some things I need to discuss with you and the other generals.


    I understand, I will gather them and await your arrival.


    Thank you, General Deacon.


    After thanking me she went to the ce where her men were setting up camp. I started walking back to my tent and called a few people to bring the message to the rest of the generals. After 20 minutes of waiting the other generals arrived and I exined to them that the Princess Knight had something to discuss with us. When she arrived, she asked the Demon and Elf generals to set up a soundproof barrier to keep what we were discussing from leaking out.


    Im sorry for asking for all of this secrecy but it is extremely important that this information is kept from others. Especially the Saint and Hero.


    Are the Hero and Saint really that untrustworthy? Asked the Dwarf general.


    Yes, they are that untrustworthy. Those two are the whole reason that it has taken us this long to get here in the first ce.


    Are they that afraid to head into battle? Asked the Elf general.


    No, they are in no way afraid to head into battle, its just that they dont want to. The Hero would rather go around seducing women, and the Saint wants to keep the anti-aging perk of being summoned.


    How selfish of them. Someone need to teach those brats that there is more to the world than just them! The Demon general growled while the others nodded in agreement.


    Oh, believe me, we tried. It was even more troublesome at first. Most of the summoned acted the same way at the beginning, but eventually came around when it really hit home that the fiends were a real threat. The only ones who continue to be a problem are the Hero, Saint, and one of the Alchemists.


    Have none of the other summoned tried talking sense into them? I asked.


    There was one at the beginning. He was the one who got most of the others to drop their delusions about our world and take it seriously. As she said this, I could see a hint of sadness sh across her face.


    What happened to that person? Asked the Elf general also noticing her sadness.


    He was killed by a dungeon trap two months into their training. Many of the heroes and I think that the Saint and Hero have something to do with that though.


    Why do you suspect them? I can understand wanting to ce the me on someone, but dungeons are dangerous for anyone. Especially when ites to dungeons with traps. Said the Dwarf general.


    He was part of the Heros team and possessed the Scout ss. Not to mention he was also quite good at detecting and disarming traps so I find it difficult to think he would end up dying to one.


    I see, were the two of them questioned about it? I asked.


    Of course, they were, and as you would expect, they denied doing anything. Though I did notice during their questioning that the Saint had an unrestrained smile that spoke more than any answer we would get out of them. Honestly, I would rather send those two back to their world or have them detained, but they are necessary to end the King of Fiends, so we cant do that. While saying all this Princess Nias words became more and more bitter.


    Thank you for letting us know about all of this, Princess. We will keep a watchful eye out for these two. What can you tell us about this problematic Alchemist? Asked the Demon general.


    The problem with him is that he is an unrestrained pervert. I have lost count of how manyints I receive about him from just about everyone. You lose sight of him for one second and he starts harassing the nearest woman. As she said this, she showed an expression of pure disgust.


    I see, I will send out a warning to the female soldiers to be on the lookout. Said the Elf general showing the same face as the Princess.


    While the generals and the Princess were having this discussion, there was a darker topic being discussed between the Hero and the Saint.


    Brother did you see that fox person earlier?


    I did, why


    Dont you think his tail would look good on me as a scarf?


    It would, do you want me to go and cut it off of him for you?


    I would like that very much, but you will have to do thatter. We cant just cut off his tail and run, as much as I would like to.


    Why cant we, its not like they can do anything to us right?


    While that is true, they already have us in a position where we cant do anything but do what we are supposed to do in this world. As much as it frustrates me to admit.


    Then when do you want me to do it?


    He said earlier that those disgusting fiend things have been attacking more frequently, right? So, during the next attack find an opportunity to kill him and take his tail.


    OK then I will do that.


    Author''s Note"


    Here is an extra long chapter for your enjoyment my friends.

 Side Chapter 2: The Beginning of the Final Offense

    Side Chapter 2: The Beginning of the Final Offense


    [General Deacon POV]


    It has been a week since the heroes arrived at the front lines. During this week we have faced sixrge hordes of fiends. While fending off these attacks, I have noticed that arge amount of killing intent has been directed at me. At first, I thought it was the usual that anyone would feel on the battlefield, but now Im not so sure. It seems that it is only directed at me and always from behind. I hope this is just an effect from spending too much time fighting off the fiends and not some other, more dubious plot by the untrustworthy heroes.


    Right now, Im heading to a meeting of the generals and the leading heroes to decide when we will make the final push to the King of Fiends and end this. When I arrived at the meeting tent, I noticed that all we were missing were the two main powers of the heroes, the Hero, and the Saint.


    Where are the Hero and Saint? I asked the Princess Knight.


    Those two wont be joining this meeting because if they did it would go nowhere. Said the Princess Knight not hiding her disdain for the two.


    Im honestly surprised that they have even been fighting at all considering what we have been told about them. Said the Elf general.


    I honestly believe that they are nning something though what it is, I have no idea. Said the Demon general.


    So, Im not the only one who noticed that. It seems that every time we fight, they get closer and closer to where you are fighting General Deacon. The Dwarf general said while running his hand over his beard.


    Ive also noticed that, while fighting, arge amount of killing intent is aimed towards me from behind. I thought I was just getting tired of the battlefield, but it seems that I was mistaken. I said.


    Have you done or said anything to the heroes that would make them target you? Asked the Princess Knight with a serious expression.


    Not that I know of. I havent even spoken to any of the other heroes except for the ones who provide logistical support, and I highly doubt any of them woulde to the front just to target me. I said while trying to think of any reason for the heroes to attempt to harm me.


    I see, then I will try to post some lookouts near the heroes camp and see if they can overhear anything. Said the Elf general putting this topic to rest for the time being.


    With that out of the way, when should we start going on the offensive? I think its high time we did so. Said the Demon general with a look of impatience.


    I suggest that we start the preparations now and then proceed within the next three days. I already have my scouts going out and noting any major ces we should attack or avoid. They should be back by the end of the day. Said the Elf general.


    Good, if any of your scouts find a trace of the King of Fiends, have them alert all of us immediately. The sooner we find it, the sooner this will all be over. Said the Dwarf general with a tired look on his face.


    I agree, we really need to end this fight. I said with clear impatience seeping into my words.


    Thats true, especially for you General Deacon. I heard from one of you subordinates that your wife just gave birth to a daughter. I really hope that you can make it back in one piece. I can tell you will be one of those overly doting parents that will give your child anything they want without a second thought. Laughed the Elf general with a wide smile on her face.


    Hahahahaha! Indeed, maybe in the future she can marry one of my sons and then we can finally join our families together. Eximed the Demon general.


    We may be old friends, but I will never let my daughter marry one of your sons or anyone else. I said with a sour look on my face.


    Look at him. He hasnt even met his daughter yet and hes already doting on her. Said the Dwarf general while wiping away tear fromughing so hard.


    After saying that I felt a chill run down my spine. It was a feeling different from the killing intent Ive been feeling for the past week. It was like something was telling me that not letting my daughter marry might not be a good idea so I thought to myself that I will only ept the best of the best for her. After that thought crossed my mind, the chill vanished as if it were never there.


    Is something the matter General Deacon? Youve gone pale. Asked the Princess Knight with concern.


    Its nothing, I will just have to discuss this issue with my wife when this is all over. I said trying to change the subject.


    As I said this a messenger appeared and brought news that the Elf generals scouts had returned.


    Tell them toe report their findings immediately. Said the Elf general all theughter vanishing from her face.


    After that the scouts came in andid a map out on the war table with the entirend of fiends drawn on it.


    Through the use of flying familiars as well as on the ground support, we have concluded that, if everything goes well, we will be able to reach the King of Fiends in about a year. We can decrease the time if we just rush and disregard all the sacrifices that will ur with this option. Said the scout that came to report.


    Alright everyone, tell your forces to start their preparations, we set out two days from now. We take the slow approach to this and try to keep as many of our people alive as we can. I said, Whats one more year of fighting if we are this close to the end goal?


    RIGHT!


    As the other generals left, I asked Princess Nia to stay behind for a moment.


    Princess Nia, I have a favor to ask of you. Not as a general of the unified army, but as a friend.


    What is it Sir Deacon?


    If I fall at anytime in the future, please look out for my wife and daughter. I know this request makes it seem like I n on dying soon, but I must ask this of you. From the discussion we were having earlier it makes it clear that I am the target of the heroes for a reason I have no knowledge of so please, ept this request.


    I understand, Sir Deacon. I will ept this request, not as the Princess Knight nor the third princess of the Celestia Kingdom, but as Nia your future sister-inw.


    Oh, now that is a surprise. Your father finally allowed you to get engaged to my youngest brother?


    Yes, he did, although it took a lot of convincing.


    Then this is another reason to make it back alive and celebrate.


    Indeed, it is. Now I must go and get my forces and the heroes ready.


    As she left, I felt a little more relieved. I just couldnt shake the feeling that, at some point in this year, I will fall.


    Oh, Goddess of the Moon, hear my plea and grant us victory over our advisories in ouring battles. Please bless our allies and curse our foes.


    As I finished this short prayer, I headed over to my men to get them prepared for the fight ahead.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is another long chapter for everyone. I''ve been in really good shape this weekend and inspiration just keepsing. I think I will write at most two more chapters about the goings on at the front lines and then go back to our main character. Until then, I hope you all enjoy.

 Side Chapter 3: Reasons and Curses

    Side Chapter 3: Reasons and Curses


    [General Deacon POV]


    The fighting here on the front lines has been fierce. Following the projections of the scouts, we have been steadily taking ground. We havent taken as many losses as we thought we would thanks to the heroes. Over this past year that weve been fighting together, Ivee to respect them. The exceptions to that are the Hero and Saint, though. Over the course of this offensive, they have be bolder in their attempts to kill me on the battlefield.


    I have asked several of the other heroes if Ive done anything to earn their animosity, but none of the others know why they are targeting me. Ive be so fed up with the attempts on my life that I have had to hold myself back from killing them both. Its really troublesome that they are needed to finish off the King of Fiends. The only saving grace is that they only ever try to kill me on the battlefield, never in camp or on the march.


    After another week, we finally caught our first glimpse of the King of Fiends. It is truly a grotesque monster. When one of the heroes first saw it, they started panicking and asking for the reason they were going to fight what they called a Shoggoth. Later when I asked that hero what a Shoggoth was, they exined it was something out of literature from their world. They went on to exin that there were many kinds of horrors like this in this specific kind of literature that, if they were ever seen, it would cause the person to lose their sanity.


    When I learned of this, I was going to spread this information to the rest of the united army but was stopped when I was told that this specific creature was not one of that kind. I rxed a little after learning that. I dont know what we would have done if the King of Fiends was a creature that would deprive us of our sanity upon sight.


    That same night, while I was walking to the meeting between the generals, I overheard a conversation between the Hero and Saint.


    Brother, why is it taking you so long to kill that stupid fox guy?


    Its taking so long because he is always surrounded by people, and I cant get a good opportunity to sneak up on him. When he is by himself, he always manages to avoid me by putting a group of fiends in my way.


    I see, then after the next battle, if you cant manage to kill him while he is distracted, well have to resort to trying to kill him when we camp.


    But wouldnt that basically scream, Hey, we killed an important person and force this whole army to hunt us down?


    No, it wouldnt. Remember, brother, you are the Hero, and I am the Saint, even if we killed everyone in this army after we kill the fiend things, the whole world will praise us as heroes and give us whatever we want.


    Not to mention that even if that did happen, I have a n to get us out of here quickly.


    Really, what is it?


    You will just have to wait and see, brother. Remember these army people dont seem to trust either of us very much. There could even be some listening to us right now.


    I guess thats right. Can you tell me why you want that guy dead again?


    Its because I want his tail to use as a fashionable scarf.


    Riiiiggghhhttt, I remember now. Ill never understand why you like stuff like that though.


    You dont have to understand, brother, you just have to do what I say and get me what I want.


    Yeah, yeah whatever.


    As soon as the Hero and Saint walked away, I felt an indescribable amount of rage build up inside me. It continued to build so much that I lost track of where I was headed. I was brought back to my senses when I found myself in front of the meeting tent. I tried to calm myself down before entering, but I found little sess.


    Once I entered the tent, everyone present immediately noticed that there was something wrong.


    Hey Deacon, whats wrong, why do you look like someone whos about rampage? Asked the Demon general.


    Its because Ive finally found out why Im being targeted by the Hero and the Saint. I said not even trying to conceal my hatred for the two.


    And what is their reason? Asked the Elf general.


    Its because that danmnable Saint wants my tail as a scarf. I yelled, my anger growing even more as I said those words.


    Everything in the tent went silent. The shocked expressions on the faces of everyone would be quite funny if the situation wasnt what it was.


    So, let me get this straight, the Saint wants the Hero to kill you so that she can use your tail, as a scarf? Asked the Dwarf general, astonished.


    Thats what I heard her say just before I walked into this meeting. And thats not even the worst part about this. She also told the Hero that, if he fails to kill me during the next battle, they will start trying to assassinate me in camp as well. The frustration starting to show through my anger.


    Those two realize that if they somehow manage to kill you, they will be hunted down after they kill the King of Fiends, right? Asked Princess Nia.


    Apparently, the Saint believes that everyone will treat them like gods because they saved the world. Didnt the ones who performed the summoning ritual exin that the heroes are usually sent back to their world or stay but lose all their enhanced powers after the King of Fiends is defeated to them? I asked.


    They did, I even made sure I reminded them of that when we first arrived on the front lines. Said Princess Nia with a perplexed expression.


    The only way anyone will treat them like that after this is if they somehow earn a Divine Protection, and I highly doubt that either of those two would ever earn that. Said the Dwarf general.


    Exactly, no one has had a Divine Protection since the time of the first hero 600 years ago. And if anyone has, I havent heard about it. Said the Demon general.


    Now that I think of it aside from when theyre trying to kill you, General Deacon, has the Hero or Saint even really fought this past year? Do they even have the strength to kill the King of Fiends? Asked the Elf general.


    After she asked this everyone went pale.


    Princess Nia, immediately have one of the most trustworthy heroes appraise the Hero and Saint please. I asked with a bit of panic.


    Right away. She said as she rushed out of the tent.


    Twenty minutester Princess Nia returned with a hero I recognized as a cksmith. After securing the tent again we asked the hero what the results were.


    Hello generals, Im ke Smith, I heard from Princess Nia what was happening, and I immediately went and appraised those two walking piles of trash. Honestly, Ive wanted to get back at those two for so long for what they did to my friend Jason, that if there is anything else you need me to do, ask me anytime.


    Thank you, Sir ke. For now, all we need to know is if those two are even strong enough to fight the King of Fiends. I said.


    All right then, here I wrote down their statuses here. If you want my opinion thought, I bet they could have beaten that disgusting thing a year after we were summoned. He said this as he pulled two pieces of paper out of nowhere and ced them on the table.


    <strong>Name: Shin Grayson</strong>


    <strong>Race: Human</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Male</strong>


    <strong>ss: Hero</strong>


    <strong>Level: 100</strong>


    <strong>HP: 50,000/50,000</strong>


    <strong>MP: 2,500/2,500</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 2,000</strong>


    <strong>Def: 7,000</strong>


    <strong>Res: 5,000</strong>


    <strong>Str: 6,000</strong>


    <strong>Int: -250</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 3,000</strong>


    <strong>Dex: 3,000


    </strong>


    <strong>Skills: Light Magic LV. 10, Swordsmanship LV. 10, Increased Stats VS. Enemies of Humanity, Status Resistance LV. 10</strong>


    <strong>Summoned Skills: Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Frozen Aging, Appraisal LV. 10</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Holy Sword</strong>


    <strong>Titles: Narcissist, False Hero, Enemy of Women, One Hated by Gods</strong>


    <strong>Curses: Hatred of the Moon Goddess LV. 10, Hatred of the God of Summoning</strong>


    <strong>Name: Sara Grayson</strong>


    <strong>Race: Human</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>ss: Saint</strong>


    <strong>Level: 100</strong>


    <strong>HP: 30,000/30,000</strong>


    <strong>MP: 20,000/20,000</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 2,000</strong>


    <strong>Def: 3,000</strong>


    <strong>Res: 8,000</strong>


    <strong>Str: 2,500</strong>


    <strong>Int: -25</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 950</strong>


    <strong>Dex: 700</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Healing Magic(Holy) LV. 10, Purification(Holy) LV. 10, Mana Regeneration LV. 10, Increased Purification VS. Enemies of Humanity, Status Resistance LV. 10</strong>


    <strong>Summoned Skills: Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Frozen Aging, Appraisal LV. 10</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Holy Magic</strong>


    <strong>Titles: Narcissist, False Saint, One Hated by Gods</strong>


    <strong>Curses: Hatred of the Moon Goddess LV. 10, Hatred of the God of Summoning</strong>


    Everyone in the room was shocked. While the numbers were as expected for heroes except for Int. The most surprising things were the titles and curses.


    Sir ke, do you know the effects of these titles and curses? I asked, hoping to get more information.


    I for one would like to know how they managed to get a curse from a goddess and manage to level it up. I didnt even know divine curses had levels. Said Princess Nia, the surprise written all over her face.


    Thats the best part about all of this. When I read the descriptions and effects of these, I could barely stop myself fromughing. ke said with a wide grin on his face.


    As he said this, he pulled another piece of paper out of his inventory.


    <strong>Narcissist: </strong>Given to those who believe they are better than others. Makes bearer more susceptible to unfortunate events.


    <strong>False Hero</strong>: Given to one who has the ss: hero but doesnt embody the role of hero. Make bearers stats rise slower while leveling.


    <strong>Enemy of Women: </strong>Given to one who only see women as objects to be collected. Makes bearer impotent.


    <strong>One Hated by Gods: </strong>Given to one who has been curse by multiple gods. Condemns bearer to torment after death leading to theplete destruction of their soul.


    <strong>False Saint: </strong>Given to one who holds the ss: saint but does not embody the role of saint. Makes bearers stats rise slower while leveling.


    These titles are quite horrible. Im honestly surprised they have made it this far. Said the Elf general.


    My guess is that most of the negative effects of these titles are reduced until theyplete their mission to kill the King of Fiends. Said ke giving his opinion.


    That is probably the case. What about the curses? Asked the Demon general.


    Here they are. Said ke producing a fourth paper.


    <strong>Hatred of the Moon Goddess LV. 10: </strong>Given to those who have angered the Goddess of the Moon so much that they managed to level the curse up. Decreases Int. stat, increases sense of pain 10x, severely weakens bearer during night(severity increases 10x during full moon).


    {I curse both of you. You should be thankful that us gods cant descend to the world very much, or I would havee down there and killed you myself. I guess Ill let my partner take care of the both of you when she bes strong enough.}


    <strong>Hatred of the God of Summoning: </strong>Given to summoned people who willingly disregard their mission of helping the world for selfish reasons. Once mission is fulfilled, denies the choice to return to the previous world, reduces stats to that of an average five-year-old child, makes bearer unable to level up.


    {The both of you are disgraces of summoned heroes. I dont even know how the two of you managed to get the Hero and Saint sses. Not to mention you two managed to make Tamamo angry enough to give your curse a level. Even us gods were surprised by that. Also, to the general of the beastkin, know that the Goddess of Fate is on your side. She is going to make sure you survive this endeavor with the false Hero and Saint, so do your best.}


    Well, this is a lot to take in. I said.


    Thats weird, this second message wasnt there when I wrote this down. Said ke with a confused look on his face.


    It looks like the gods are looking favorably on you Deacon. Said the Demon general with a grin.


    I guess so, though now that I think of it, I have noticed things go strangely well when I was avoiding the Hero when fighting fiends. I said thinking back on every time I got separated from others during fights.


    As we were about to continue the meeting, the soldiers on patrol blew the horn signaling an enemy attack. As we ran out the tent, one of the patrol soldiers ran up to us.


    Generals, its the King of Fiends! Its leading the charge!


    Sir ke go round up the heroes, this is the final battle! Hurry up, go! I yelled as I readied my equipment.


    Sir, yes, sir. ke said as he ran off in the direction of the hero camp.


    Its time myrades, lets finish this.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is the longest chapter so far. It wasn''t originally going to be this long but I just couldn''t stop writing. Please don''t mention my naming sense, I know it''s a really bad pun but my sleep deprived brain finds it hrious. Also, surprise, I didn''t kill off our main character''s father. If I did I would have put the Tragedy tag. Thank you all for reading so far, look forward to more in the near future. I''m gonna go to sleep now.

 Side Chapter 4: The End of the Battle and a Self-Destruction

    Side Chapter 4: The End of the Battle and a Self-Destruction


    [General Deacon POV]


    We have been fighting the King of Fiends for the whole day. While we are holding back the smaller fiends, the heroes were taking on the King. As the sun starts to set, I can see the Hero unleash his holy sword skill and bring down a massive pir of light, splitting the King of Fiends in half. After the light fades, the Saint uses her Holy Purification to finish it off before it could regenerate. As the golden light of purification covers the King of Fiends, it lets out a scream of pain and fury.


    SSSSSSSSCCCCCCCCRRRRRRRRRRRRREEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE!


    The scream is so loud I and almost all the other beastkin be disoriented. I can feel my eardrums burst and I be dizzy from the pain. While recovering from the dizziness, I see the light fade and a discolored corpse is all that remains of the King of Fiends. A strong wind then blows across the battlefield and the corpse crumbles into a pile of ashes. Once the King was killed, the rest of the smaller fiends begin to fall as well.


    I pull out a healing potion and drink it. Once I finish drinking it and the healing kicks in, my hearing starts to slowly return. When I can clearly make out words, I hear the Demon general say,


    I guess we lucked out this time since all the fiends died after their king.


    Yeah, I dont think we all would havested if they didnt. I replied.


    After saying this all the heroes, except for two, are bathed in a blinding purple light.


    [ke Smith POV]


    When the purple light died down, me and the others find ourselves in a white space. In the center of this space stands an old man with a pair of horns on his head. Once everyone calms down the old man speaks to us,


    Wee, oh great heroes, to my realm in the divine domain. I am the God of Summoning and I thank you all for killing the King of Fiends and cleansing the world of its miasma. Since you have aplished your mission in this world, I will offer you all a choice. Will you return to your previous world, or will you choose to remain in this one?


    After a moment to contemte his question, someone asks him a question.


    What happens if we choose to go back to our original world?


    You will be sent back to the moment you were summoned and all of the power you umted in this world will be gone, though you will retain your memories and be blessed with good fortune aspensation. He said.


    And if we stay here? Another asked.


    You will be sent back to the ce you were when the King of Fiends was killed. You will start to age again, and your stats and levels will be lowered a tiny bit so that you are on par with the higher ranked soldiers that you fought so long with. This will be done so that countries are discouraged from taking you captive and using you as tools for war. I will give you all an hour to decide. Of course, you are also free to choose before this hour ends.


    After saying this the God of Summoning moves over and sits on a throne that wasnt there previously. After seeing this I dive into my thoughts. What do I want to do? Is there any reason for me to go back? The only thing that will await me back there is a monotonous life where nothing changes. Sure, my family is there, but they will probably understand my choice if I stay here. I have felt more alive in this world than I ever did back there.


    I guess Ive made up my mind.


    I walk up to the God of Summoning and tell him my choice.


    I see, then wee to your new home ke Smith. He says with a smile.


    Here is a little bit of advice, make you home in the capital of Savanna, if you do you might meet an old friend of yours. After telling me this, I get surrounded by the purple light again.


    Wait, what do you me.. Before I can finish, I find my self back in the field.


    [General Deacon POV]


    After the purple light fades, most of the heroes have disappeared. Of the 31 heroes, only two four are still here. There are the false Hero and Saint, the problem Alchemist, and the cksmith, ke. I run up to ke and ask him what happened.


    Sir ke, what was that purple light just now and where did all of the other heroes go? I asked with concern.


    General Deacon, that light just now was the doing of the God of Summoning. He brought all of us into the Divine Domain and asked if we will stay in this world or go back to our previous one. It seems like only me and these three troublesome people are left. He says while looking around.


    We might want to wait here and rest for a while, he gave us an hour to choose so more might appear here.


    I see, then I will announce to the rest that we will rest here for a few days and then start the march back. I said when the Saint walks up to us.


    Hey, Bloke or whatever your name is, where did everyone go? She asked, with an annoyed face.


    Oh, werent you brought with us and given a choice to go back? He asked with clear sarcasm while trying to suppress a grin and failing miserably.


    No, we werent. She said, her face growing more annoyed by his grin.


    Oh right, I guess you werent. He said, while starting tough.


    Just before this conversation continued, I felt arge amount of killing intent from behind me. I turned around and saw the Hero running toward me and swinging his sword down. Before I can pull my sword from its scabbard, the Hero trips over a corpse andnds face firs in the dirt, sliding a bit from the momentum.


    Before he gets back up several of Princess Nias soldiers run over and restrain the Hero. While this is happening, Princess Nia and the other generals walk over.


    Grab the Hero and bring him back to base, someone bring me some sealing restraints for the Saint as well. Princess Nia orders.


    Right away, Maam. Said a soldier running off.


    What is the meaning of this!? The Saint yells while running over to the Hero.


    You two are being detained on the grounds of attempted assassination of General Deacon. Said the Elf general.


    We never tried anything of the sort. The Saint yells angrily.


    Everyone in the area stops and stares all while thinking the same thing.


    Then what was the Hero doing just now?


    When someone voices this thought, the Saint gets flustered then tells the Hero to use light magic to blind us. Nothing happens. We are all just staring at the Saint and Hero. Suddenly Sir ke startsughing uncontrobly.


    Hahahahahahahahahaha, this is hrious! Hey General Deacon, remember what their stats were? His Int. stat was so low it was in the negatives. Even his most basic magic would cost mare mana than he has currently. He says beforeughing some more.


    Pfft. Hahahahahahahahahahaha! Oh, right that was the case wasnt it. Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! I think back to before the battle started and remember the statuses of both idiots.


    Princess Nia, remember we will need to protect these two until we return. As they are now, they are now as strong as five-year-old children. I say, reining in myughter.


    Thats true, isnt it. Heheheheheh. Princess Nia says chuckling.


    After a few more minutes the soldier returns with sealing restraints and ces them on the Saint.


    You cant do this to us, were the Hero and Saint! We saved your world for you, you should all get on your hands and knees and worship us, you ungrateful mongrels! She screamed while being dragged away.


    At this point Im d my ears are still healing, or that would cause them to start ringing. Its sometimes a real pain to have such good hearing.


    Everyone with that taken care of, we will all take a few days rest here then start the march back home. This has been a long battle, but weve made it through. As I finished rying orders, the entire battlefield erupted into cheers.


    YYYYYYYYEEEEEEEEEEEEAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!


    That night, the generals were holding a closing meeting to discuss the time it will take to return to our home countries as well as what to do with the Hero and the Saint.


    So, by the projections, we should arrive at the border of the beast kingdom in six months since we no longer have to worry about being attacked. Said the Demon general while taking a drink of dwarf whiskey.


    Yes, though that is only if we rush and only take the minimum number of brakes on the way. Said the Elf general, while sipping her wine.


    Before we all get too drunk, what are we going to do about those two prisoners of ours? I asked.


    Before anyone can answer, someone asks for permission to enter. Once theye in, its revealed to be Sir ke.


    General Deacon, I was going through my inventory earlier and I found a message written for you. Said ke, while scratching his head, clearly confused.


    It wasnt in there earlier, so I dont know where it came from. He said.


    Let me see it. I say as I take the message from him.


    {Hello General Deacon, this message is from the Goddess of Fate. Im d to see you survived the ordeal with the King of Fiends. Regarding the false Hero and Saint, you and the other generals are to bring and hand them over to the main office of the Adventurers Guild in the Celestia Kingdom. After doing that, give the medallion that the cksmith ke has just been given to the Grand Master, he will understand what to do from there. Once that has been done, tell your daughter to go and be an adventurer when she bes 15. At that time, give her the other letter that ke has.


    P.S.: Tell that Princess Knight that, since her love life has been so entertaining, I will give her the Blessing of Fate.}


    After finishing the message, I turn to Sir ke and ask; Sir ke, is there now a medallion in your inventory?


    There shouldnt be, just give me a second. He says as he starts moving his finger in the air.


    Well would you look at that there is one. Here you go. He says while handing me the medallion.


    Its a small golden circle with a picture of the moon on one side and the symbol of the Adventurers Guild on the other.


    The message says to hand over the two idiots to the main office of the Adventurers Guild along with the medallion directly to the Grand Master. I ry the instructions from the message to everyone gathered here.


    Who is that message from anyway? Asked the Dwarf general.


    Its from the Goddess of Fate. I said.


    Everyones faces be stiff.


    Oi, really, thats some serious stuff right there. Said the Elf general, her eyes still wide in shock.


    I guess those rumors that the Adventurers Guild has a connection the to gods is true then. Said Princess Nia.


    Guess so. Said the Demon general agreeing with her.


    Sir ke, the message also said you would get another message to hand over to me. I said, looking back at Sir ke.


    Looks like it. I wonder who Luna is? He said, handing over the other message.


    That is the name of my daughter. I said, rifying.


    I see, on another note, can I ask a favor of you, General Deacon? Asked Sir ke.


    What is it? I asked, tilting my head.


    Its nothing important, its just, before sending me back here, the God of Summoning told me to make my home in this world in the capital of Savanna. So, I was wondering if you would be able to assist me with that. He asked.


    I dont see why not. Once we get back,e with me, I will let you stay with my family until you can find a ce. I said.


    Thank you very much. He said, bowing his head.


    Think nothing of it. I said.


    Well, with this taken care of, lets conclude our meeting here. Everyone, have a good night. Said Princess Nia as she left the tent.


    Once everyone left, Iid down on the mat and started to drift off to sleep when the thought I was forgetting something came to me.


    Eh, it probably wasnt that important.


    After mumbling this, I finally went to sleep. The next morning, I would wake up with a very flustered Princess Knight running around and remember,


    Oh right, the Blessing.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is thest of the side chapters for now. Next time will be back to the MC''s POV. To bepletely honest, I was surprised at how fun it was to write these side chapters. For some reason they were super easy to write, and before I knew it they got longer and longer. While I can''t make any promises, I will try to keep the chapter length the same to maybe a little shorter after this. If you have any questions about anything please ask and I will try to answer without spoiling what I want to happen as much as possible. Thanks for reading and see you all again soon.

 Chapter 5: Receiving News

    Chapter 5: Receiving News


    Six months have passed since we learned about the King of Fiends death. We started receiving messages from the United Army again. Through those we learned that the army has just reached the border of Savanna. We also learned that, with the exception o four, the heroes decided to return to their previous world.


    Well, I expected that some would want to go back but its surprising that only four stayed. I said this to myself while I practiced my Illusion magic.


    Im trying to raise the proficiency of my illusions to be on par with my ice magic. If I can get my illusions to the point where I can conjure them without a second thought, the possibilities would be endless.


    I wonder which heroes stayed here? I thought, stopping my magic practice when I noticed Anaing closer.


    Lady Luna! Where are you? She asked while looking around.


    Just before I called out to her, I got a brilliant idea. I started to conjure up an illusion of myself and made it walk toward Ana. While I did that, I activated my newly gained stealth skill and snuck up behind her. When she noticed the illusory me, she started walking over to it.


    There you are, Lady Luna. Your mother wishes to. KYAAAAA! She started to say when I jumped up and grabbed onto her tail.


    Revenge! I yelled, clinging on to her tail and burying my face into the fluffiness.


    Lady Luna, you shouldnt surprise people like that! I thought I was going to have a heart attack! She yelled as her face went red with embarrassment.


    This is what you get for always petting my tail. I said with a wide grin.


    By the way, you should start brushing you tail more, or it will lose its softness. I tried giving her some advice.


    How would you know how to care for someones tail, youre only one, almost two? She asked.


    It was then that I noticed that I messed up, so I tried to change the subject.


    You said mother wants to see me? I asked, tilting my head hoping the cuteness would distract her.


    Yes, Lady Amagi sent me to bring you to her. She said.


    Then lets go. I said and started following Ana.


    Once we reached the room where my mother took care of official shrine business, we knocked on the door and entered when she said to. Once we entered the room, I noticed there were a lot of papers stacked everywhere. When I looked at one of the papers on top of the closest pile, I found it was a request for a ceremony to wee back the United Army. It seems that when they return there will be a big celebration.


    Luna, it seems like your father will be able to return in six months. There are things he needs to handle in the capital of Savanna as well as travelling to the capital of the Celestia Kingdom. While he is doing that, we will be taking care of one of the heroes who chose to stay in our world. She said with a serious face.


    Why is one of the heroes going to stay here? I asked while hiding my panic. If its one of the people I knew well, Im going to need to make sure to act my age. I dont want anyone knowing I reincarnated just yet.


    This hero asked your father to help him set up a home in the capital. Since he will be busy taking care of post-war duties, the hero will probably be here for a while. Im letting you know this early so that you wont be surprised. She said with a knowing smile.


    With the way she said this I think she knows Im hiding something from her. I mean I am, but I will keep quiet for a little longer. There is no reason for me to hide this at this point, I just dont want to reveal it because I dont want them to treat me as some different person sure, I used to be a person named Jason, but now Im Luna.


    I understand. After saying this I left the room.


    [Amagi POV]


    Ana, when do you think she will tell us what she thinks she is hiding? I asked.


    I dont know, my Lady. I think she is worried that we will treat her differently once she tells us. She said with aplicated expression.


    Well, no matter what, she is still a child. She will tell us when she is ready. I said letting out a small sigh.


    Do you know the reason Lord Deacon has to go to the capital of the Celestia Kingdom? Ana asked, changing the subject.


    Apparently, he and Princess Nia have to deliver the Hero and Saint to the main office of the Adventurers Guild. I said with a sour expression.


    I wonder what happened for them to need to do that? She said.


    Im not sure, but it must have been bad. I said.


    Yes, but why the Adventurers Guild and not the Celestia Kingdom? She asked still confused.


    Its probably because the Guild is the only truly neutral power that can handle people as powerful as the Hero and Saint. If they are being brought there to be detained for some reason, then the Guild is the only ce where they can be kept away from any nobles who would use them to gain power. I exined.


    That makes sense. She said.


    Do you know when the hero that will be staying with us will arrive? She asked.


    The message said he should be here in two weeks. I answered.


    I see, then I will start making the necessary preparations. She said as she left the room.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is another chapter. I feel like this chapter could be better but I don''t know what I could put to improve it. Any critique would be appreciated. Thank you for reading, I will see you all soon.

 Chapter 6: A Former Hero Arrives

    Chapter 6: A Former Hero Arrives


    [ke Smith POV]


    After six months of marching, we made it back to the Beast Kingdom Savanna. After making it to the capital, there were many things that needed to be done. For starters, there was the matter with the Hero and Saint, then there was the returning of personal effects to deceased soldiers families, as well as the reports to the king. General Deacon told me that he wont have time to fulfill my request for a while, so he gave me a letter addressed to his wife and sent me to his home.


    The ce where he lived is called a hidden shrine vige. They call it hidden, even though its well known as a tourist location, because of some tradition. It took two weeks to get there from the capital, and when I arrived, I was greeted by several people. The one who led the greetings was General Deacons wife, Lady Amagi. She was a beautiful, tall kitsune with pitch ck hair and an equally ck tail. She was also quite well endowed. When I noticed this, the first thought that crossed my mind was to keep that creep Alchemist from evering here.


    After thinking this, I returned her greeting with my own.


    It is nice to meet you, Lady Amagi, I have heard many things about you from General Deacon. My name is ke Smith, a cksmith and former summoned hero.


    Well met, Sir ke. If you would follow me, I will show you around and allow you to acquaint yourself with theyout of the shrine. After that, I will show you to the room prepared for you. You can choose to rest from your journey today, when the timees for dinner, I will send someone to get you. At that time, I will introduce you to the rest of the family that is here at the shrine. Tomorrow I will have someone avable to show you around the rest of the vige if you want to. If you have any questions, feel free to ask me or Anastasia. She said all of this with a tone that showed she had experience in dealing with guests at the shrine.


    Thank you for your hospitality. Before we go anywhere though I have a letter addressed to you from General Deacon. After saying this, I handed over the letter.


    Thank you. She said, as she opened the letter and started to read.


    Ufufufu, very interesting, so something like that was going on, how amusing. She said after reading the letter.


    It seems we will have to have a discussion about a few things after you have settled in some , Sir ke. Especially since it concerns the Hero and Saint and one of the curses they received. She said.


    I understand, when that timees, I will ry everything I can. Just out of curiosity, which god or goddess is worshipped here at this shrine? I asked, though I had a feeling that I already knew.


    Here at this shrine, the Goddess of the Moon, Tamamo, is worshipped. She also happens to be the patron goddess of the Beast Kingdom Savanna. She said.


    After walking around a bit and learning the key areas of the shrine, Lady Amagi led me to the room I will be staying in.


    Thank you for taking time to show me around, Lady Amagi, I know you must be busy, so I will stay here until dinner. I said.


    It was no problem. In fact I should be the one thanking you for helping out my husband while he was out fighting. She said as she started walking away.


    Once she was gone, I entered the room only to find someone else was already in here. She was a small child about one or two years old. She had ck hair and tail the same shade as Lady Amagi, but the tips of her ears and tail were silver. When she noticed that I entered the room, she opened her closed eyes. Her eyes were a striking silver color that almost seemed to glow a little. Before I could ask who she was, she started talking.


    So, you chose to stay after all. After saying this the rooms temperature started to drop, and a white mist enveloped my sight.


    Once the mist cleared, the little girl was gone.


    [Luna POV]


    Crap. I cant believe I said that out loud.


    I said this to myself as I ran to one of my other hiding spots in the shrine. To think that the hero that my mother said was staying here would get here today. And to top it off, he just so happens to be one of my friends from my previous life. Now keeping my reincarnation a secret is going to be even harder.


    I guess I am just going to have to avoid him as much as possible. I said to myself while sighing.


    I guess I cant use that room to train anymore. Thats fine, its not like that is the only secret straining spot here, though that was the beast ce to train my Ice Mist unique skill. I said as I arrived at my destination.


    This is one of my favorite spots in the shrine. It is quiet and wide, and no one everes here. I use this spot to train my space magic.


    I wish space magic wasnt so difficult to use, I mean I can understand why, but just knowing why doesnt make it any less difficult. I said frustrated.


    I remember that space magic is mostly used as support and transportation. If I can get it to a high enough level, I could use it to teleport me orrge groups of people long distances. I also remember hearing that, if it reaches level 10, you can use it to see in a 360-degree radius around the caster. The only other problem with space magic is the MP consumption. Its ridiculous that just one small barrier takes almost all my MP.


    Ugh, now Im really tired. Iined to the air.


    Just as I was rxing, my Mana Regeneration skill leveled up. Just as I was about to check my status to see how fast my MP regenerated after the skill up, I heard Ana calling me.


    Lady Luna, its time for dinner. Where are you, I know you are around here. She called.


    I guess she is starting to learn all of the ces I loke to hide. Anyway, I wonder if I can sneak up on her again? I thought to myself while slowly getting closer to Ana.


    Just as I was about to jump and grab her tail, she turned around and caught me.


    Gah, and I was so close too. I said while pouting.


    It wont be so easy to sneak up on me anymore, Lady Luna, ever since you started pulling this prank on me, Ive been training my Presence Detection skill. Now, its time for dinner, we have a special guest staying for a while. You need to give your greetings to him during dinner. She said while pushing me towards the dining room.


    Once we arrived, everyone else was already seated. At one end of the table was my mother. Next to her on the right was my fathers youngest brother. He came here to tell my mother that he got engaged to the third princess of the Celestia Kingdom. When I first learned this, I was happy for Princess Nia. Though I was only in this world as a summoned person for two months, I managed to befriend Princess Nia and helped her straighten out the heroes behavior. During that time, I learned that she had feelings for a court mage. It makes me happy to think that she finally got her wish, though I was surprised to find out I was now rted to that court mage. I guess fate works in mysterious ways.


    I took the seat to the left of my mother. ke was sitting next to my uncle. When he saw me, his eyes widened a little. Before he could say anything, I introduced myself.


    Hello, Mister Hero, I am Luna the daughter of Lady Amagi and General Deacon, its nice to meet you. I said hoping he wouldnt say anything about our little meeting earlier.


    It seemed he realized what I was leaving unsaid in my greeting and introduced himself.


    Hello, Lady Luna, I am ke Smith, a cksmith and former hero.


    I suppressed a chuckle. It was always funny that he ended up with a ss that sounded so close to his name. When he said it out loud like that, it made it even funnier.


    Now, now, Luna its rude tough at a person who you are meeting for the first time. My mother said.


    My apologies. I said, feigning regret.


    Its all right, I know my name and ss sound simr so its only natural for a child tough. ke said to my mother.


    If you say its all right then I can hold off from scolding you this once Luna, but remember there wont be a next time. She said.


    I understand. I said with actual regret this time. I really dont want to be scolded by mother again, she gets really scary when she does that.


    As the night continued, everyone exchanged small talk. I asked what happened with the United Army, and we heard several stories from ke about what happened. I secretly wished I could have been there to help, but there is nothing I can do about it now.


    As the stories continued, I started to feel sleepy, so I excused myself and went to bed for the night. Before I went to sleep, I looked out my window at the moon.


    Tamamo, I wonder when I will be able to talk to you again. As I thought this, I fell asleep.


    Author''s Note:


    With the magical powers of coffee, I bring to you all a new chapter. While there was a noticeableck of fluff this chapter I did actually describe what the MC looks like. I was rereading the previous chapters and noticed that I never really described what she looked like. As a little heads up for the next few chapters, there will be a few time skips. I know some people don''t like those but I feel they are necessary so that this childhood arc doesn''t drag on. I hope those of you who don''t like major time skips will stick with me because I don''t n on abusing time skips after the next few chapters unless absolutely necessary. Thank you all for reading so far, see you again soon.

 Side Chapter 5: Late Night Speculations

    Side Chapter 5: Late Night Spections


    [ke POV]


    The same night that ke met Luna, after dinner he was called to Amagis office room.


    As I knocked on the door to announce my presence, Lady Amagi told me to enter. When I did, Miss Anastasia was also there. Whileying down the piece of paper she was holding, Lady Amagi spoke.


    So, Sir ke, what is your first impression of my daughter? She asked.


    I dont mean to sound rude, but she is a bit strange. Going off looks alone, she is about one or two years old, yet she speaks and acts like she is older. At first, I thought that she was just raised well, but even then, she is still too young to act like that. Of course, it could just be that this world is different than my previous world and childrens minds mature faster here. I said, not hiding any of my thoughts.


    Its as you say, Sir ke. She acts older than her actual age, though she still has childish sides to her as well. For example, she thinks she is hiding it very well, but in actuality, its ringly obvious that she is hiding something. Lady Amagi said with a small chuckle.


    In my previous world, there were many stories about people who get reincarnated in another world with their previous lifes memories so maybe thats what is going on here. I said giving my opinion.


    That is what Ana and I have suspected as well. While rare, this has happened in the past. She said while straightening up another pile of papers.


    Thats enough of that topic for now. Why dont we move on to the main reason why I called you here. She said, her face turning serious.


    Its about the curses ced on the Hero and Saint, right? I asked for confirmation.


    Partially, the curses are one thing, but in the letter my husband had you deliver to me, he mentioned that the Goddess of the Moon also said something in the description of the curse. She said.


    Yes, after the description of the curse there was something like a message. I said confirming.


    That message said that the Goddess of the Moon was going to let her partner take care of them, correct? She asked.


    Yes, the message said that once her partner was strong enough, she could take care of them. Though thinking about it now, even a small child could kill the both of them. As I said this, a realization came to me.


    Lady Amagi, do you think that Lady Luna is the partner the Goddess of the Moon is talking about? I asked.


    There is a possibility, but we wont know for sure until Luna tells us herself. It would be easy to tell if we appraised her, but for some reason when we try, the skill is blocked. While in a way that can act as confirmation, it could also just be a unique skill that blocks appraisal. She said.


    Would you like me to try appraising her tomorrow? While several of my skills levels went down after the King of Fiends was killed, I managed to get my appraisal skill back up to level 10. I offered.


    We can try, but I dont think it will work. Not to mention that I dont want to involve you in something like this since you are our guest. She said with an apologetic smile.


    I dont mind. In all honesty, if Lady Luna is a reincarnator, I might be connected as well. I said.


    What do you mean? Miss Anastasia asked, tilting her head.


    This afternoon, after Lady Amagi showed me to my room, I met Lady Luna in there. It seemed to me that she was practicing magic or a skill. When she saw me, it seemed like she recognized me. Before I could say anything to her, the room got colder, and a mist appeared. When it cleared, she was gone. I exined the events that happened earlier today.


    I see, I guess that means she inherited an affinity for Ice Magic from me, though I dont know any spells that make a cold mist. Lady Amagi said while contemting the information I just gave her.


    Regardless of all of this, Luna is still my daughter. When she is ready to tell us about herself, she let us know. Now, can you tell me what the effects of this curse that the Goddess of the Moon gave those two. She asked changing the subject.


    I can, but before I do, can I ask something?


    Go ahead.


    Are curses given by gods rare in this world? I asked.


    Not necessarily, it depends on the god or goddess. For example, if a necromancer were to summon the soul of a person and turn it into an undead, then use that undead for evil, then the God of Death would curse that necromancer. She paused for a moment, then continued.


    The strange thing about this is, the Goddess of the Moon has never cursed anyone before. She is a gentle goddess who watches over the world and gives the moon its light. But now, there are two people who managed to anger her to such an extent that an already powerful curse was given levels. She said finishing her exnation.


    If Impletely honest, I think those two really deserved what they got. I dont know what was in that letter, but I can guess that General Deacon exined what those two were trying to do the whole time we were fighting, correct? I asked.


    Yes, it was roughly exined. Though, and this may sound cold of me, I dont really think that trying to kill someone and take a part of their body as a trophy would warrant such a heavy punishment. Dont get me wrong, I would like nothing more than to kill these two myself for trying to kill my husband, but still. She said while trying to think up any more reasons.


    Maybe it was something they did before going to the battlefield? Suggested Miss Anastasia.


    Do you have any thoughts, Sir ke? Lady Amagi asked.


    I mean, there are quite a few reasons thate to mind. There is the fact that they did their hardest to stall going to the battlefield for two years for selfish reasons. There was also that time the Saint tried to seduce the crown prince of the Celestia Kingdom in front of his fianc. Or maybe it was the time when the Hero nearly killed a Dukes son for standing in his way. As I kept adding more and more reasons why those two were terrible people, one reason really stood out to me.


    It could have also been the time when they killed one of us summoned with a trap in a dungeon. As I said this, I could barley hold back my anger.


    It seems this particr incident, stand out to you the most. Said Lady Amagi with a look of concern.


    Yeah, it does. The person who was killed then was my friend. I said.


    I see. After saying this the room fell silent. Before the atmosphere became any worse, Lady Amagi started speaking again.


    Well, you have had quite a long day, Sir ke, why dont you go and get some rest.


    I think I will, have a good night the both of you. After saying this, I left the room and headed to bed.


    Author''s Note:


    I originally didn''t n on writing this side chapter, but I was hit by some sudden inspiration. So now, onto the next. Since I''m still running on the power of coffee, expect another chapter in a few hours. Thank you all for reading.

 Chapter 7: Father鈥檚 Homecoming

    Chapter 7: Father��s Homing


    [Luna POV]


    It has been a few months since ke came to stay here. During that time, I turned two. My MP, Int, and Agi have been growing steadily. I also learned a way to train my Dex stat. The trick is to use my Trap Creation skill. I know traps are dangerous, heck, I should know that better that anyone, so I make one, then disarm it. I repeat this process over and over. Due to this, my Dex stat increases by one every 15 or so traps. Now my status look like this:


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 1</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 10/10</strong>


    <strong>MP: 679/679</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 3


    </strong>


    <strong>Def: 3</strong>


    <strong>Res: 5</strong>


    <strong>Str: 6</strong>


    <strong>Int: 18</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 16</strong>


    <strong>Dex: 10</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 3, Short sword LV. 3, Archery LV.1, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.3, Stealth LV. 3</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.6, Lightning Magic LV.4, Healing Magic LV.2, Space Magic LV.2</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.5, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation(Sealed), Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength(Sealed)</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Fluff Addict</strong>


    If this is what my stats are like now, I wonder what they will look like after I level up some, I cant wait.


    While I am thinking of my future growth, I start to hear a lot of people moving around. Normally, I wouldnt care, there are always people moving around in a rush, but today feels different. When I was about to go and ask what was going on, Anastasia came to get me.


    Ana, whats going on, why is everybody making so much noise? I asked.


    Its your father, Lady Luna. He has finally returned. She said with a smile.


    Follow me, I will bring you to Lady Amagi and the two of you can wee him together. She said while taking my hand into hers.


    On the way to my mother, I noticed quite a few people I didnt recognize. They must have been soldiers that were traveling with my father, though not all of them wore the crest of the Beast Kingdom Savanna. Every so often I would also see the crest of the Celestia Kingdom. Does this mean Princess Nia is also here? While I was lost in thought, we arrived at the front of the shrine. When I saw my mother, she gave me a bright smile.


    Luna, are you excited to finally meet your father? She asked.


    I simply nodded my head in reply.


    I wont lie and say Im not excited, honestly, I dont really know how I feel. While I was sinking into my thoughts again, I heard someone call out.


    Amagi, I have returned.


    I looked up to see a tall man with brown hair and tail. The tips of his ears and tail were a dull silver. He was muscr but not to the extent that he could be called a macho.


    So, this is my father? I thought.


    When he got closer, he finally seemed to notice me. After a moment of silence, a look of realization spread across his face. I was about to open my mouth to greet him when he suddenly disappeared. Before I knew it, I was being hugged. While I was still dazed by the sudden extreme movement, my father started talking very loudly.


    So, you are Luna, my daughter! Its great to finally meet you!


    Through the ringing in my ears from his loud voice, I could somewhat hear my mother tell him to stop yelling. When he noticed that I was struggling, he started to put me down. It was then that my tail brushed against a part of his arm. When that happened, I noticed that the light in his eyes dimmed a little as he started to reach for my tail.


    When mother noticed what was going on, she came over and snapped him out of it.


    Dear, I know Lunas tail is soft enough that you want to drop everything and start petting it, but this is not the ce. She said, lightly scolding him.


    Youre right, sorry about that, and sorry to you as well Luna, I dont know what came over me. He said with a truly apologetic expression.


    Its fine, father, Im already used to it. I said feeling like my eyes turned into ones that looked like a dead fish.


    After I said this, he looked at me, confused. He then turned to mother and asked.


    Amagi, are you sure she is really two? She speaks so well, and her expression just now seemed kind of lifeless.


    Yes, she is just two. As for that expression just now, that might be mine and Anas fault. Ill exinter. She answered.


    He nodded his head in understanding. While this was going on, another person spoke up.


    Sorry for interrupting a nice reunion, but I must also greet the two of you.


    When I turned to see who was speaking, I saw a beautifuldy with long silver hair that ended just below her shoulders and eyes the color of sapphires.


    It is nice to see you again, Princess Nia, or should I call you sister-inw. My mother said with another bright smile.


    Nia will do just fine. As for you littledy, you can call me big sister. She said.


    OK Big Sis Nia. I said with a cute voice and a little tilt of the head.


    After I did that, everyone around us stopped moving and just stared at me. Just when I thought I was going to explode due to embarrassment, I was suddenly picked up again and hugged.


    You are soooooooooouuuuuuuuttttttttttteeeeeeeeee! The Princess yelled.


    It seems that today is the day I go deaf. While I was having my eardrums blown out and enduring a headache, I was suddenly put down.


    Sorry about that, I couldnt hold myself back. Princess Nia said, her face turning red.


    Its OK, I dont think anybody was ready for that. Said my mother.


    She was trying to hide it, but I noticed that her face was also a little red.


    I hope I dont get a weird skill or title because of this. I said to myself before realizing that by saying that I was raising a g.


    Crap. Well, its toote now, whats done is done.


    After thinking that, I heard a message y in my head.


    <strong><Charm LV. 1 acquired ></strong>


    <strong><Title: Fluff Addict has evolved into Title: Abyssal Fluff></strong>


    That doesnt sound very good.


    I quickly appraised the title since that sounded more problematic.


    <strong>Title: Abyssal Fluff: </strong>Title granted to one who has transcended the Fluff. Softness of hair and tail has increased. To those who stare into the Abyss of Fluff, you are the one that stares back.


    I guess this means that I can never let anyone touch my tail again or else they might never leave me alone. Anyways aside from that terrifying title there is also the charm skill.


    <strong>Charm: </strong>When used, increases the chance of others to have a favorable impression of you. <strong>Warning: </strong>If used too excessively, the holder of this skill will be cursed.


    I see, so Charm is fine as long as I dont overuse it like a certain trash Hero from a novel I read back in my previous world. Not like I nned on using it all that much anyway.


    With all of the greetings out of the way, I guess we are going to have a big party to celebrate this homing.


    Author''s Note:


    As promised, here is another chapter for the night or I guess morning, whatever. Can anyone guess what novel I am referencing, if you can you will win my respect. I''m going to go to sleep now, when I wake up I will try to write some more. Thanks for reading, and as always, stay Fluffy my friends.

 Chapter 8: Celebration and Future Plans

    Chapter 8: Celebration and Future ns


    When everyone moved into therge open area behind the shrine. There are many tables are set up with arge variety of food and drinks. I can already see some people are tipsy. This is going to be a long night.


    After everyone started to go around and catch up with others, mt mother walked up on a makeshift stage.


    Good evening, everyone. Before this celebration really starts, I would like to wee all of you. To all the soldiers here, wee back, as the Head Shrine Maiden, I thank you all for putting your lives on the line in the battle against the King of Fiends. Tonight, let us celebrate your victory and safe return. She said as she raised a ss in a toast.


    Everyone then raised a ss as well. I had procured myself some juice and joined in. When I did this a few people around me let out sound like they just saw the most adorable thing in the world.


    After some time of just people watching, I started to get hungry, so I walked over to a table with food. This particr table was piled high with meat. I picked up a piece and bit into it. When I did, I thought my taste buds ascended. The meat was so good that before I knew it, I had eaten four more pieces. While I was lost in the vor of the meat, my father walked over.


    I see you found the wyvern meat, Luna. Its quite delicious, isnt it? He said with a chuckle.


    Wyvern meat? I asked.


    Yes, its one of the best ingredients out there. Its also one of the most expensive. He said with a distant look.


    Are wyverns difficult to hunt? I asked tilting my head.


    Yes, they are. It takes a party of six A rank adventurers or a toon of high ranked soldiers to take down one. I remember the first time I hunted one, it was quite terrifying. He said with a proud look.


    I see, then I need to get stronger. When I do, I will hunt down all the wyverns. I said while clenching my fist in determination.


    Hahaha. When you do, I hope you will share some of the meat with me. He said, not taking me seriously.


    Naturally, though I will keep most of it. I said.


    OK then. That would only be natural. Say Luna, what do you want to do in the future? He asked.


    I want to be an adventurer and go around the world. I said, there is more I want to do but I will keep that to myself for now.


    I see, then when you get old enough, I will train you so you can hold your own. After he said this, he walked away.


    At this time, I didnt know that my father was quite the spartan when it came to training. After eating more wyvern meat, I started to walk around and look for a ce to sit and people watch again. It was then that I noticed that Ana was talking with ke. Anas face was red, but she was smiling happily. Over the months that ke has been here, he and Ana would interact with each other quite a bit. I had a feeling that she liked him, so I guess she plucked up the courage to confess to him.


    I guess I should be happy for them. Especially ke, back in our previous world, he would alwaysin to me about how he couldnt find a girlfriend. Though I will need to make sure he takes care of her. I said to myself.


    At that time ke looked over and noticed me looking at them. I gave him a thumbs up then went back to looking for a secluded ce to sit in. When I found a spot, I sat down and started looking around. After a while, I started to doze off.


    [Deacon POV]


    After talking with my daughter while she was eating wyvern meat, I made my way over to Amagi.


    Amagi, there is something I want to talk about regarding our daughter. I said with a serious expression.


    Is it regarding how she acts, or something else? She asked.


    While I am wondering about that, I will ask about thatter. Its about her future, when she turns five, Im thinking about training her. I need you opinion on how much I should. I said.


    I see, we will both be busy training her then. She said, surprising me.


    You as well?


    Yes, while I dont know to what extent, she has the aptitude to use magic. Although she has been trying to hide it, I know she trains herself to increase her MP every day. She said exining.


    Thats interesting, do you know what affinity she has? I asked.


    No, no matter how much we try, we cant appraise her. I do know she has at least two affinities with ice being one of them. She said.


    So, the same as you. How far are you going to train her? I asked, my curiosity peaked.


    I n to get her to at least my level, if not more. Amagi said with a smile.


    I hope she is prepared; you can be quite the spartan, you know. I said.


    Quiet you, its not like you are any better. She said with a small pout.


    Am I really that bad? I asked.


    When you get into it, yes. She said.


    I see.


    After that we continued to discuss our ns for our daughters future.


    Author''s Note:


    I have awoken! As I said in a previous chapter, the next two chapters will have some time skips. One will be rtively small, but the other one will be longer. To hopefully appease you all of this we will finally get some Tamamo interaction next time. Hopefully I can write a decent amount of sweetness to meet the expectations of everyone. Thanks for reading, and may the Fluff be with you.

 Chapter 9: Fifth Birthday and a Reunion

    Chapter 9: Fifth Birthday and a Reunion


    It has been three years since that celebration. A lot of things happened in these three years. ke and Ana got married and had a child. Her name is Soleil, and Ana is training her to be able to assist me in the future. ke opened a smithy in the vige. At first his n was to open shop in the capital, but he changed his ns once he married Ana. Im happy for them. Princess Nia also had her wedding. It was quite grand, but thats to be expected because she is the third princess of a big kingdom.


    I also have kept up with my training. My MP broke 1000 a while ago. My stats look like this now:


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 1</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 20/20</strong>


    <strong>MP: 1774/1774</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 15


    </strong>


    <strong>Def: 15</strong>


    <strong>Res: 16</strong>


    <strong>Str: 17</strong>


    <strong>Int: 29</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 25</strong>


    <strong>Dex: 20</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 3, Short sword LV. 3, Archery LV.1, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.5, Stealth LV. 5, Charm LV. 3</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.7, Lightning Magic LV.6, Healing Magic LV.4, Space Magic LV.5</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.5, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation(Sealed), Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength(Sealed)</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff</strong>


    Today is my fifth birthday. Im thinking that today is the day I will tell the people closest to me about my reincarnation. As I was resolving myself to tell my biggest secret, I heard a knock on the door.


    Lady Luna, you mother and father are calling for you. Ana said through the door.


    Iming. I answered.


    When I opened the door, Ana was waiting for me. Hiding behind her was Soleil.


    Hello Soleil, did youe to get me as well? I asked while crouching down to meet her eyes.


    She nodded then ran up and hugged me.


    Happy Birfday, Big Sis Luna! She said.


    I felt a dumb smile appear on my face when she said that.


    Thank you, you are so cute Soleil. I said.


    While I was patting her head, Ana spoke up,


    OK you two, I know you like to dote on Soleil, but we are keeping your parents waiting.


    Then lets head off to where they are. I said leading the way when I stopped.


    Where are they anyway? I asked.


    Fufufu, even you can act your age sometimes, huh, Lady Luna. Ana said whileughing.


    Hey, Im always acting my age. I said with a pout.


    We started walking to the dining room, when we arrived, I didnt see anyone there. While I was confused, my Presence Detection went off. I quickly turned to where my skill told me people were and all the people I knew jumped out trying to surprise me.


    Surprise Luna! Happy Birthday! They all said in unison.


    I didnt know how to react. When my skill activated, I knew something like this wasing, but I didnt want to ruin the fun. While I was trying to decide what to do, I heard someone say.


    Did we actually surprise her? Normally, she picks up on others presences really quickly.


    When I heard that, I started tough.


    Hahahahaha, you guys got me this time. I really was surprised. I said stillughing.


    Thats good, then. Said Nia.


    Then lets get this party started. As soon as my father said that several people came in carryingrge trays of food.


    Everything that was brought in looked delicious. I could feel my mouth watering due to the smell.


    You dont need to hold yourself back, Luna. It is your birthday. My mother said.


    When I heard that I rushed over to the food. I grabbed a te full of meat and fried tofu. I then started stuffing my face. It was so good that before I noticed it, my te was empty.


    Hey, we should also start eating before Luna eats everything. ke said rushing over to the table.


    After a while, everyone had eaten their fill and started to talk about whats going on with their lives. I got a lot of happy birthdays and other such congrattions. It was then that my mother and father brought over a wooden case.


    Happy birthday Luna, this is a present from the both of us. My father said handing me the case.


    When I opened it, I saw a silver-colored ring.


    This ring is a magic catalyst made of mithril. It will help you cast higher level spells and increase their effectiveness. My mother exined.


    I tried putting it on the index finger of my right hand. Once it was in ce it shrunk to afortable size.


    Thank you! I said with a bright smile.


    After they moved to the side ke brought over something wrapped in cloth.


    Here you go, Happy Birthday. He said, handing me the cloth.


    When I unwrapped it, I found a silver and ck short sword in the shape of a kodachi.


    I made that out of a mix of steel and meteoric iron. Since my cksmithing skill is level 10, it wont break or rust. I hope you like it. He said moving next to Ana and Soleil.


    Thank you very much, ke. I really like it.


    After saying that Nia and her husband came up to me and handed me a bracelet made out of the same material as the ring.


    This is a mithril bracelet that is enchanted with a special magic. That magic will activate if you ever get hit by an attack that would be fatal. It will take the damage for you, but only once. Nia exined.


    I got up and hugged her. After everyone gave me these presents, they were getting ready to leave. Before they did, I stopped everyone.


    Before everyone leaves, can you all listen to what I have to say? I said.


    When they saw the seriousness in my expression, they all stopped and then returned to the seats they were sitting in earlier.


    So, Luna, what is it you want to say? My mother asked.


    There is something I have been hiding from all of you for years. I began.


    You see, this isnt my first life. I said.


    When I lifted my head to see their reactions, I was confused.


    Is that all you wanted to say? Asked my father.


    None of you are surprised? I asked, shocked.


    Luna, you do realize we knew this for a while now right. I know you were trying to hide it, but you werent really good at it. My mother said with a gentle smile.


    I was stunned. Was I really that bad at hiding it? My shoulders dropped.


    Does that mean you also knew about all of my secret training? I asked, my face red with embarrassment.


    Yes, it was quite easy to tell actually. Most of us have been on the battlefield for extended periods of time. We learned to get a feeling for the amount of strength in people, so we could tell you have been training. Though it is surprising just how much you have improved yourself. Said Nia.


    I see, then all of my resolve was for nothing. I said letting out a long sigh.


    Not necessarily, while we all figured this out some time ago, we are still d you decided to tell us. Ana said while trying to cheer me up.


    If you dont mind sharing, would you tell us about your past self? ke asked.


    Sure, though out of everyone here, you would know me just as well as you know me now, ke.


    When I said this, his eyes went wide.


    Dont tell me, Jason! He said loudly.


    The one and only. I said with a smirk.


    So, I guess gifting you a short sword today was fate, huh. He said chuckling.


    Would you mind exining that, ke? Said my mother.


    Remember back when I first started staying here, you called me to your office to have a conversation about Deacons letter and the two idiot heroes. I said they killed my friend in a dungeon. That friends name was Jason Strider. ke exined.


    And youre saying that you are the reincarnation of this Jason Strider, Luna? Asked my mother.


    Yes, that was me in the past, but over these few years, I have embraced my new life as Luna. I said.


    I see. Speaking of those two, do you want to take revenge on those two for what they did? Asked my father.


    If the opportunity arises, sure, but its not the top priority I have for this life. I answered.


    What is your top priority in this life then? Asked Nia.


    It would be easier to exin if I showed you all my status. As I said this, I pulled out a piece of paper that I had written my status on earlier.


    When they read what was there, they could hardly hide their shock.


    Luna, there are many things that could be said about your status, but there is something that you need to sure of. That is, never show this to anyone else after this. The people in this room are an exception, but with everything in the title category, people will want you for various reasons, and not all of them good. My father said with an extremely serious face.


    I know that, why do you think no one has been able to appraise me before. Sure, I thought I was hiding everything from everyone, but I am confident that no one has been able to read my status. I said.


    How are you doing that? Asked ke.


    Its a hidden perk of the Reincarnated title. I exined.


    If that is the case, then its fine. But to think my daughter has the divine protection of the moon goddess. I guess I need to start thinking up excuses to turn down marriage applications from nobles. My father said massaging his temples.


    Why would any nobles want to marry me? I asked.


    Thats because you are the daughter of a general of the Beast Kingdom and the Head Shrine Maiden of the biggest shrine in the country. As well as having a connection with a member of the Celestia Kingdom royalty. My mother exined.


    Seeing as this is the case, we will need to train you even more than originally nned. My father said.


    Im looking forward to helping you train your magic, Luna. By the time you reach 15, I will have you at a high enough level of mastery, you will be able to freeze anyone who gets in your way. My mother said with a scary smile on her face.


    When I turned to look at my father, he had a simr smile on his face.


    I will have you so proficient with short swords even that old demon friend of mine will need to watch his back. My father said.


    What do you mean by that? I asked as I took a small step back.


    Hes talking about the general of the Demons. He is a master of short swords. He is also your fathers best friend and old adventurer party member. Nia exined.


    After talking about this and that, everyone left. As I returned to my room and jumped on my bed, I fell instantly asleep. After a while I felt something strange beneath my head. I opened my eyes and was greeted with a pair of golden eyes staring straight into mine.


    {Its been a while, Jason. Or do you prefer to go by Luna now?}


    Luna is fine, and yes it has been a long time, Tamamo. I said while giving the biggest smile of my life.


    {Im sorry I havent talked to you for so long. Its just that your body had to get ustomed to the divine protection. All I could do is watch over you from here and wait.} She said with a lonely smile.


    When I saw that, I sat up and hugged her.


    Its fine, I knew I would be able to talk to you one day, though I didnt expect to be able to talk with you face to face. I said while tightening my embrace.


    {You being able to be here is a special case that can only happen on nights with a full moon. Normally we would only be able to speak with each other.} She said, hugging me back.


    After hugging for a while, we started chatting about everything that happened over thest five years. When I got to the part about that scary title I got the day I met my father, Tamamo immediately started petting my tail.


    {Its true, your tail is addictingly fluffy and soft, Im quite jealous.}


    Dont be, every time Ie here, I will brush your tails until they are as soft as mine. I said with pride.


    I have also decided that the only person allowed to touch my tail from now on is you, Tamamo. I said.


    {Ufufufu, good. Then I will make the same deration. From now on, Luna is the only existence that is allowed to touch my tails.}


    After hearing her say this, I started to feel sleepy.


    Whats going on, why do I feel so tired? I asked, trying to fight the sleepiness.


    {It seems our time is up. While unfortunate, this is the way things go, but dont worry, now that your body has bepletely ustomed to the divine protection, we can talk anytime, anywhere, for as long as we want.} She said.


    Then I guess I will talk to youter. I said, slowly closing my eyes.


    {I will be waiting then. Do your best in your training.} She said before my consciousness faded.


    When I next woke up, I heard an announcement in my head.


    <strong><Body has be fully ustomed to the Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess.></strong>


    <strong></strong>


    <strong><Communication between both parties is now avable></strong>


    After hearing that I couldnt help but smile.


    Author''s Note:


    A very long chapter tomemorate this reunion. I hope I delivered a good amount of sweetness. Let me know what you all think. I''m thinking of writing a side chapter to go between this one and the next so look forward to it. Thanks for reading.

 Side Chapter 6: Premonitions and Training Plans

    Side Chapter 6: Premonitions and Training ns


    [Tamamo POV]


    As Luna fell asleep and disappeared from my divine domain, I was left feeling the warmth of the hug she gave me earlier. While reveling in the feeling, I sensed a visitore here. When I looked to see who it was, it turned out to be the Goddess of Fate, Atmos.


    {Hello, Atmos, to what do I owe the pleasure of your visit?} I asked.


    Hello, Tamamo, I just wanted to meet that little partner of yours. I was going to show up earlier but when I saw the look on your faces, I couldnt let myself interrupt you. She said.


    {Thank you for your consideration.}


    Dont worry about it. If anything, I should be thanking the both of you. You should have seen the look on your face when she announced that you were the only one allowed to touch her tail. I dont think I have ever seen you so happy. She said teasingly.


    I could feel my face heat up. In order to hide my embarrassment, I asked her if that was really all she wanted.


    Unfortunately, that isnt all. It was my main purpose ining here, yes, but there is something else too. I need you to send a divine message to those people and tell them that they will be busy in a few years. She said, her expression changing from teasing to business.


    {Do you mean the vampires?} I asked for confirmation.


    Yes, the vampires. Something big is going to happen soon and they will be necessary in stopping it. She said.


    {Should I also tell some of them to go and protect Luna as well?}


    No, she should be fine. If anything, them learning about her right now would prove to be detrimental to her growth. She said.


    {Noted, anything else?}


    No, thats all for now. Next time shees here, let me meet her, I want to tell her some stories from when you were younger. She said, going back to teasing me.


    {You. Will. NEVER. Tell. Her. ANYTHING.} I said slowly, while narrowing my eyes.


    OK, OK, I got it. I wont say a word, but I still want to meet her. She said.


    After saying this, she left. Now alone again, I got down to working on rying the message.


    [Amagi POV]


    The day after Lunas birthday.


    Ana, will you go wake Luna, its time for me to start her magic training. I said to Ana.


    Normally, she would go immediately, but this time she held back.


    Lady Amagi, are you all right, you seem to be acting strangely ever since you saw Lady Lunas statusst night? She asked, concerned.


    Im fine, Im just happy she finally told us what she was trying to hide all these years. Sure, I was surprised by a lot of it, but no matter what, she is still my daughter. I said.


    You should have heard what Deacon was saying before going to sleep. He just kept going on and on about how special his daughter is. It was quite difficult getting him to stop from packing his things and travelling to the Demon Empire to brag. I said with a smile.


    I can understand where he ising from. Now Im extra motivated to give Soleil some special training, so that she can help Lady Luna in the future. She said with unconcealed pride as she left the room.


    After a few minutes Ana returned with Luna following behind her. The first thing I noticed was that Luna had a beaming smile on her face. She looked extremely happy.


    What happened to make you smile so brightly this early in the morning, Luna? I asked, amused.


    Hehehehe, Its not much. I got to see Tamamost night, and now I can finally talk to her whenever I want. As she said this, her smile widened even more.


    I see.


    That was all I could say. If it was anyone else, I would have written it off as just a dream, but since Luna has the Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, what she just said is very likely what happened.


    By the way, neither of you can touch my tail anymore. She said her blissful expression tuning serious.


    Why not! Both me and Ana said in unison.


    Lady Luna, please reconsider. What do you think would happen if we couldnt brush your tail for you? Ana said in panic.


    No means no Ana, besides I dont think its good for you to keep doing so. What you just said makes you sound like an addict. Luna reprimanded Ana.


    Thinking back on it, the fluffiness of Lunas tail has always drawn both me and Ana in like a drug.


    Lunas right Ana. Though it will be hard, we must respect her wishes. I said trying to sound dignified.


    Luna, though I agree with you, can you at least tell us the reason for this decision? I asked Luna.


    Its because I promised Tamamost night that she is the only one allowed to touch my tail. Of course, this promise extends to her as well. She said, her serious expression turning into a smug grin.


    Luna, although its fine around us, you really shouldnt be using the Goddesss name like that. I understand that, out of everyone else here, you have the most right to say it casually, but others may not like that. I dont want you to get in trouble one day just because you said something like that. I told her.


    OK. She said her shoulders slumping.


    When she did that, I felt a pang in my heart. Although it hurt, I must remain firm with this. Clearing my throat, I moved on to the next topic.


    Luna, from today until you turn 15, your father and I are going to train you. It will be difficult, but I know you will manage. I will oversee training your magic and racial skills. Your father will help you with close quartersbat and swordsmanship. Once we deem you ready, Ana will teach you survival skills like camping. I understand that you have some experience from your previous life but that was just a small part of it.


    This time you have several years to prepare. Once you have gotten Anas seal pf approval, you will be allowed to start hunting monsters. By the time you are 15, I want you to be at a minimum of level five. Do you understand?


    Yes! She stood up and saluted.


    By the way mother, I know Im getting ahead of my self by asking this but, what monsters are around here that would help me level up to the minimum standard? Due to the divine protection, my leveling will be slower than normal. She asked.


    You dont need to worry about that for now, but if you must know, the usual monsters around here are things like kobolds and sometimes lizardmene up from the wends in the east. I said.


    At least its not goblins or orcs, I had fought some of them in the past and I remember them smelling horrible. I dont know what I would do if I smelled them now that my senses are better than a humans. She said while shuddering.


    Dont worry about that, one of the first things your father is going to teach you is how to hold back your senses. I said as I watched the relief wash over her.


    Now, let us head out to the practice grounds and start you magic training. I said, a wide smile spreading across my face.


    I wish you luck, Lady Luna, you will need it. Ana said as she went off to do her other duties.


    What did she mean by that? Luna asked, her face cramped.


    Its nothing you need to worry about. I said.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is thest chapter before the next time skip. Sadly there will be no training arc since I have no confidence in being able to write one well. Thanks for reading, and may the Fluff be ever in your favor.

 Chapter 10: Final Test

    Chapter 10: Final Test


    [Luna POV]


    The day after my fifth birthday I started training with my parents. I dont regret it, but I wish someone would have told me they were both spartans. Every day was the same. Starting with my father, he made me runps around the shrine until I nearly passed out, then I would need to do practice swings with a sword. Once that was done, it would be nonstop mock battles with him and some of the other soldiers that lived in the vige.


    I once asked him why we only did mock battles and he said that the best way to learn was toe face-to-face with death. I wouldin if it wasnt so effective.


    After that it was training magic with mother. It wasnt really that different than what I did before, it was just done on arger scale. I would have to cast my biggest spells and keep them maintained until my MP ran out. That was the case with my ice and lightning magic. Once I mastered those enough to satisfy my mother, we moved on to healing magic. Out of all the training I did, that was the most painful. I had to constantly cut myself then heal it. That worked until I got healing magic to level five. After that I had to start healing or more urately curing poison.


    Since poison didnt work on me, we had to drag someone else into my training. Those unlucky people were new recruits that just joined the army and were sent to work under my father. They all had to gain the poison resistance skill and I had to train my healing magic, so my parents joined forces to train all of us.


    After that I was trained in my racial skills. Illusion magic was just like the rest of the magic training. When it came to Fox Fire, I was told the effects it has differ depending on the color. Gold color represented normal fire, it gave off heat and could be used in ce of fire magic or a flint and steel. Blue represented purification, it was used to purify curses. The degree of purification depended on the Dex stat. Finally, ck represented curses. I was told to never use this unless it was absolutely necessary. It scaled with Dex as well. I asked about the Fox Transformation skill but was told that it was different for every individual, and I needed to figure it out on my own.


    Mother also wanted to train my space magic but people who had the affinity for it were rare, and the ones that my parents knew were too busy to help. Like this, I continued to train for nine years. Once I had grown to the extent that my parents were satisfied with, I moved on to survival and domestic training with Ana. With her I learned all the basics of camping out and surviving in the wild. That took six months.


    Afterpleting the survival training, we move on to domestic training. The excuse I was given for having to do this was to prepare myself for my future with Tamamo. I was taught cooking and cleaning, proper ways to serve tea, as well as etiquette. I trained in this for thest six months. Right now, I was walking in the forest near the vige.


    I was told to go out and hunt until I reached level five. During thesest 10 years, I was forbidden from looking at my status. That restriction was lifted today. When I opened it, I was shocked.


    <strong>Name: Luna


    </strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 1</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 50/50</strong>


    <strong>MP: 5424/5424</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 45</strong>


    <strong>Def: 60</strong>


    <strong>Res: 68</strong>


    <strong>Str: 69</strong>


    <strong>Int: 115</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 106</strong>


    <strong>Dex: 73</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 9, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.7, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.8, Stealth LV.7, Charm LV.5</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.9, Space Magic LV.8</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation(Sealed), Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman</strong>


    <strong>Master of Ice: </strong>Given to those who have mastered Ice Magic.


    <strong>Master of Lightning: </strong>Given to those who have mastered Lightning Magic.


    <strong>Master of Illusions: </strong>Given to those who have mastered Illusion Magic.


    <strong>Short sword Master: </strong>Given to one who has mastered the Short sword.


    <strong>Magic Swordsman: </strong>Given to one who has reached a certain level of mastery in both swords and magic.


    While I could have stood there staring at my status all day, I remembered that I was doing my final task. I used my Presence Detection skill and my senses of hearing and smell to try and find any monsters nearby.


    The first thing I picked up on was the smell. If I had to describe it, it would be wet dog. I could hear a river nearby, so I activated stealth and stalked over to it. Once there I saw three kobolds. The dog headed humanoids were sitting there eating an animal. I decided to use a bow to take them out from a distance.


    I pulled it out of my inventory, ced an arrow on the string, and fired. The arrow flew andnded right between the kobolds eyes. Before the other two could do anything, I fired another arrow, killing a second on. When it saw this, the third kobold let out a loud howl. I could hear another howl not too far off.


    Before thest kobold ran in the direction of the howl, I fired a third arrow killing it. I quickly ran up to inspect the corpses to see if they had anything useful, they didnt.


    I then went over and climbed up a tree. Once I was secure, I checked my status again.


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 2</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 200/200


    </strong>


    <strong>MP: 21696/21696</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 180</strong>


    <strong>Def: 240</strong>


    <strong>Res: 272</strong>


    <strong>Str: 276</strong>


    <strong>Int: 460</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 424</strong>


    <strong>Dex: 292</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 9, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.8, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.8, Stealth LV.7, Charm LV.5</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.9, Space Magic LV.8</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation(Sealed), Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman</strong>


    This is ridiculous. I thought to myself.


    If my stats increase this much every time, Im going to have trouble with not hurting people. When I get back, I need to ask if there are any skills that can help with holding back. Just then I heard sticks breaking and heavy breathing. I looked down and saw a group of six normal sized kobolds and arger one in the back.


    Normal kobolds are grey, but therge one, that was clearly the leader, was pure white. When I appraised it, this is what came up.


    <strong>Name: None</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kobold Leader</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Male</strong>


    <strong>Level: 10</strong>


    <strong>ss: Warrior</strong>


    <strong>HP: 200/200</strong>


    <strong>MP: 5/5</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 80</strong>


    <strong>Def: 75</strong>


    <strong>Res: 20</strong>


    <strong>Str: 50</strong>


    <strong>Int: 10</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 80</strong>


    <strong>Dex: 35</strong>


    <strong>Skills: CQC(ws) LV. 5</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Leading, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: None</strong>


    <strong>Titles: Pack Leader</strong>


    How weak. I thought.


    Instead of wasting arrows on them, I decided to take care of the normal kobolds with lightning magic. I conjured up an image in my head, then used my mana to give it form. Above the heads of the six kobolds, dark clouds started to gather. When they noticed something was off, it was toote. A rain of silver lightning bolts hit the group, instantly killing them. I quickly checked my level and saw it went up by one.


    Now all thats left is you, Mister Leader. I said as I jumped down from the tree.


    When Inded, I started producing a cold mist. This came from my Ice Mist unique skill. The mist quickly covered the entire area. Normally it would be hard to see a white furred animal in a simr colored mist, but since it was my unique skill that made it, I knew everything that entered it. You could consider the entire area my mist covers my domain. I could control the density and temperature of the mist at will.


    Since I had a target trapped, I decided to use this chance to try something I wanted to do for a long time. I took some tools out of my inventory and got to work making some simple traps. I made a few snares and tripwires. I ced the tripwires around the confused kobold leader and ran some lightning magic through them. I then set up the snares and conjured up some illusory kobolds and made it look like they got trapped.


    I decreased the density of the mist around the kobold leader enough for it to see the illusory kobolds in the snares. When it started to move towards them, it tripped over a tripwire and became paralyzed due to the lightning magic.


    Once I was sure it couldnt move anymore, I started to decrease the temperature of the mist around the kobold leader to as low as I could. After a while of watching, I could see it was starting to suffer from severe hypothermia. I decided then to put it out of its misery.


    Once that was done I checked my level again.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is Saturday''s final chapter. I sorry I have to leave you all on a cliffhanger. Let me know what you think of the application of the ice mist in this chapter. I''m going to take a break for a little while, so have a good night. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 11: Results

    Chapter 11: Results


    Good, I leveled up two levels form that. I said after checking my status.


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 5</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 12,800/12,800</strong>


    <strong>MP: 1,388,544/1,388,544</strong>


    <strong>Vit: 11,520</strong>


    <strong>Def: 15,360


    </strong>


    <strong>Res: 17,408</strong>


    <strong>Str: 17,664</strong>


    <strong>Int: 29,440</strong>


    <strong>Agi: 27,136</strong>


    <strong>Dex: 18,688</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 9, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.8, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.8, Stealth LV.7, Charm LV.5, Cooking LV.8, Sewing LV.7, Sleep Resistance LV.9</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.9, Space Magic LV.8</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation(Sealed), Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman</strong>


    After checking my stats, I cancelled the Ice Mist and collected my traps.


    I guess its time I go back. I said to myself.


    Once I left the forest, I looked up to see the sun was starting to set.


    I guess watching the kobold leader freeze took a long time. If I dont hurry, I will miss dinner. I said.


    {Congrattions for a sessful hunt, Luna.} Tamamo said in my head.


    Thanks. I didnt expect it to be this easy though. I replied.


    {Of course it would be easy. You were already stronger than most people your age, and now with you leveling up you will only get stronger. Naturally you are still no match for something like a True Dragon, but you will get there one day.} Tamamo said in a prideful tone.


    I wonder, do dragons taste as good as wyverns? I asked.


    {Im not sure, no one really eats dragons due to them being as strong as they are. They are also considered an intelligent race so no one really hunts them. Though I remember a few thousand years ago a hero slew an evil dragon and tried eating it.} She said.


    What happened after that? I asked, curious.


    {The miasma in the meat killed him.} She said.


    Oh.


    {It was quite pathetic really, one moment he was smiling all happily, then the next minute, he wasying on the ground, dead.} She said.


    We continued chatting happily as I made my way back. When I finally arrived back at the shrine, I found my mother waiting for me.


    Already back I see. I kind of expected you to be back earlier than this. She said when she saw me.


    I was testing something and lost track of time. Though I did reach level five and my archery skill went up one level. I replied.


    Thats good, this means you passed your final test. Congrattions. She said with a warm smile.


    I guess that means you will be leaving soon? She asked with a tinge of loneliness.


    Yeah, though it will be in a few days. I need to talk to you and father about something before then. I said.


    OK, we will talk at dinner then. She said walking off in the direction of the dining room.


    Hey, wait for me.


    Once we reached the dining room, I found my father already waiting for us.


    How did it go? He asked.


    She passed. My mother answered.


    Good. Was all he managed to say before the food arrived.


    While eating I decided now was the perfect time to ask what I needed to.


    Do either of you know about a skill that can help hold back my strength?


    There is, why do you ask? Asked my father.


    Well, my stats increase by 4x every time I gain a level. If Im not careful, I could identally kill someone just by tapping them on the shoulder. I obviously cant have that, so I need to figure out what to do. I exined.


    I see, that is indeed a problem. My mother said.


    The skill you need to acquire is called Restraint. I will prepare some items to help you get it tomorrow. My father said.


    By the way, when do you n on leaving? He asked.


    Once I acquire that skill, so in a few days, a week at most. I said.


    OK, then at that time I will have some things to give you. We will also need to prepare theing-of-age ceremony. He said.


    Whats that? I asked.


    Its a ceremony to unseal the Fox Transformation skill. All kitsune do this when they turn 15. After that you will need to figure out how to use the skill on your own. My mother answered.


    I understand. What exactly is going to happen? I asked, curiously.


    Its nothing much, normally you would go into the shrine and pray to the Goddess of the Moon. Its honestly surprising that she hasnt unsealed it for you already. Exined mother.


    I then asked Tamamo her reason for not doing so.


    {Its because the body of a child wouldnt be able to handle it. In the past, some children got stuck in their fox forms and it took them years to learn how to transform back, some of them never did. Honestly, I could have unsealed the skill when you turned five, but I didnt want to take the risk.} She exined.


    I then exined her reason to my parents.


    Thank you, Goddess for looking after her. My mother said.


    {Anything for my Mother-inw.} Tamamo said although I was the only one who could hear it.


    After that conversation we finished dinner and went to our rooms for the night.


    Author''s Note:


    Here you go my friends, a new chapter. Before I say anything else, I will exin how I want to forward regarding chapters. During the week, Monday-Thursday, I have school so there will likely be no chapter during those days unless I have less work to do. On Friday- Sunday I will try to write as many chapters as I can unless somethinges up because even I need a break and as unfortunate as it may be, sleep. I will try to keep to this schedule as much as possible so I hope you can respect this. Also a thank you to @Foxxyst chapter for doing the math for me in thements, you are awarded the title of Good Fluff. Thank you all for reading, I will see you again soon. Also as a side note, I forgot a few skills in the previous chapter so I will go back and edit themter.

 Chapter 12: A Surprise Meeting

    Chapter 12: A Surprise Meeting


    A few days have passed since I leveled up to level five. In those days I got the Restraint skill. It was hard to get because I had to hold on to an extremely fragile piece of ice and constantly put pressure on it without breaking it. My goal is to level it to at least level five before I make it to the capital where I will register as an adventurer.


    Today is the day we are holding theing-of-age ceremony. I was standing in front of the mirror in my room. I grew my hair out to about shoulder length. The ck color really contrasted with the white of the traditional dress. I grew to about 5ft. 4. I sat down on my bed and started to brush my tail. It was the same color as my hair but the end of it was silver, the same as my ears.


    I was taking extra care because Tamamo said she had a surprise for me today. I picked up a hand mirror to check if the traditional makeup was satisfactory. The makeup seemed to make the silver color stand out. Once I was sure it was perfect, I left my room.


    I walked over to where my mother was waiting for me in front of the door to the innermost part of the shrine.


    Once we go inside, I need you to kneel in the middle of the room and close your eyes. Put your hands together and empty your mind. When you do that, you should hear a voice saying your skill is unsealed after a few minutes. Once that happens the ceremony is over. She exined.


    That seems to be a bitckluster. I said.


    Normally there is a lot more, but since its you, its different. We dont want to reveal your connection to the Goddess in front of everyone. She said.


    Fair enough. Shall we go then?


    Yes. She then opened the door and led me inside.


    I did what I was told earlier and kneeled in the middle of the room, put my hands together, closed my eyes, and emptied my mind. After waiting for a few minutes, I heard some movement from in front of me.


    {You can open your eyes, you know.}


    I opened my eyes and looked up to see Tamamo standing in front of me.


    Tamamo! What are you doing here, I thought gods werent allowed to descend to the world? I said, shocked.


    {I got permission toe down here for a short while to see you and celebrate this asion.} She said with a yful smile.


    While I was sitting there stunned, I heard my mother speak behind me.


    It is nice to meet you, Goddess. My mother said while prostrating herself.


    {Ufufufu. You dont need to be so formal; you know. You are my mother-inw after all. If anything, I should be thanking you for taking care of Luna all this time.} She said to my mother.


    Its only natural. She is my daughter after all. My mother said while sitting up.


    After that, they spent a while talking about me, causing my face to turn as red as a tomato. When they were finished Tamamo walked back over to me.


    {Stay still for a second.}


    I did as she said and stopped moving. She ced a finger on my head and a bright light began to shine.


    <strong><Racial Skill: Fox Transformation unsealed></strong>


    {That should take care of that. Now, mother-inw, can you take me to meet father-inw so that I can give him my regards. I cant stay much longer, so I want to at least meet him once.}


    Of course, pleasee this way. My mother stood up and we walked out of the room.


    It took a few minutes before we found my father training with his soldiers. My mother called out to him.


    Deacon! Come with us for a little bit!


    At first my father was confused until he saw me and Tamamo. He then rushed over to us, and we went to a private room. Once there Tamamo began to speak.


    {It is nice to meet you father-inw, I am Tamamo.} She said, introducing herself.


    His eyes widened in surprise. He was about to start kneeling on the ground when Tamamo stopped him.


    {Please dont, I dont have much time so there is no need for all that.}


    I see, then to what do I owe the pleasure of meeting you today? He asked, still nervous.


    {I came down here to surprise Luna as well as to give my regards to the two of you.} She said, smiling.


    Then it is a pleasure to meet you. He said.


    After the greetings were over, we all spent a while chatting when Tamamo started to shine in a golden light.


    {It seems my time is up. It was a pleasure meeting the both of you.} She said.


    It was a pleasure meeting you as well. My mother replied.


    Goddess Tamamo, please, take care of my daughter in the future. My father said, trying to put up a strong front.


    {No need to worry, she isnt the only one who has been training to take care of someone. By the time she joins me in the divine domain, I will be the perfect wife.} She said.


    Then I need to step up my training as well, I dont want fall behind. I said.


    {Ufufufu. Im looking forward to it.} She said beforepletely disappearing.


    After a few seconds of silence my father spoke up.


    Luna, make sure you treasure her in the future.


    No need to tell me that, I already know. I replied.


    Good, now if you excuse me, Im going back to training. He said as he stood up and left the room.


    He seems fired up. I said.


    He gets that way when he is extremely happy. He will calm down after moving around for a bit. Mother said.


    You do realize that you have the same expression, right? I said.


    Oh. Well, I cant help it. Its not every day you get to meet a Goddess. She said.


    I guess thats true. I replied.


    So, now that all your affairs are put in order, when are you going to set out? She asked.


    I will go around and saying my goodbyes to everyone thats taken care of me until now then set off tomorrow. I answered.


    I understand, I will tell your father in a little bit. He has some things that he need to hand over to you. She said.


    OK, Ill head out then. I said and left the room.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is another chapter for today. I have some ns after this but when I''m done I''ll try to get at least one more chapter out today. Now hurry, they''re taking the Fluff to Isengard.

 Chapter 13: Saying Goodbye Before the Grand Adventure

    Chapter 13: Saying Goodbye Before the Grand Adventure


    After parting with mother, I went to kes shop to tell him when I was leaving. When I arrived, I could hear a hammer striking metal. As I headed toward the back of the shop I ran into Ana. She was in the middle of teaching Soleil how to properly brew tea.


    Dont you think its a little too early to teacher her that? I asked as I got closer to the both of them.


    Not at all, in fact she was the one who asked me to teach her. She wants to be able to do everything I do when I help your mother and then join you on your adventures. Ana saidughing.


    Mom, you didnt have to tell her that! Soleil said running up to Ana while trying to get her to stop talking, her face red.


    Anyway, what brings you here today, Luna? Ana asked.


    I came here to tell ke when I was leaving, though I didnt expect the both of you to be here as well. I thought you would be teaching Soleil survival skills in the safe part of the forest. I said while walking over and patting Soleil on the head. As I did this, she closed her eyes, relishing in the feeling.


    We were going to, but my intuition said that you would being here today, so I decided to postpone her survival training. She said pulling out a brush from somewhere and started to brush Soleils tail.


    As we were talking, ke came into the room covered in soot from his forge.


    I thought I heard someonee in. Hows it going, Luna? He asked while wiping his face with a towel he pulled from his inventory.


    Its going great. I passed my final test the other day, and today I went through theing-of-age ceremony. Then Tamamo showed up and met with my parents.


    As I was recounting the events of thest few days Ana interrupted me.


    You mean the Goddess of the Moon descended and met your parents! I should have been there as well! Now Ill never get the chance to meet the Goddess! Ana shouted, tears starting to form in the corners of her eyes.


    {Ufufufu.}


    I lifted my head up as I heard Tamamoughing. Hearing this I startedughing as well.


    Luna! This isnt funny! Ana said shouting even more.


    Calm down, Ana. Shes notughing at you. Right? ke said, trying to calm her down.


    You dont understand, ke! Meeting one of the gods is the dream of all shrine maidens! You wouldnt get it since youve also met a god before! Ana yelled as she started cutely hitting ke on his chest. When she did this, it woke up Soleil who apparently fell asleep while having her tail brushed.


    Whats going on? She asked still dazed.


    Soleil, Luna is bullying me! Sheined.


    Then you probably deserved it. Soleil said while walking over and sitting in myp. I started petting her head again when she gotfortable.


    Putting all this aside, what did you need today? ke asked while still trying to calm Ana down.


    I came to tell you that I will be setting off for the capital tomorrow and it will probably be a while before Ie back. As I said this, I felt Soleil stiffen up on myp. I looked down to see her looking up at me, tears welling up in her eyes.


    Are you really leaving so soon? She asked, trying to hold back her tears.


    Yeah, but before I do, I have something to give you Soleil. I said while pulling up my inventory. When I found what I was looking for, I pulled it out.


    Take this. Its a box that I imbued with my Space magic. What you do is you put a letter in the box and close the lid. After doing that, pour some mana into it and the letter will be sent to the other box. This way we can still talk to each other, even from far away. I said trying to get her to cheer up.


    Fine, Ill let you leave tomorrow only if you agree to send me a letter every day. She said while inting her cheeks like a chipmunk.


    Ill see what I can do. I said while poking her cheek.


    We continued chatting like that for a few hours when I looked out the window and saw it was getting dark.


    I need to head back. I said standing up.


    Do you want someone to go with you? Asked ke.


    Why would I need someone toe with me? Its not like I will get attacked by anyone, and even if I was, I am stronger than most people here anyway.


    I guess thats true, huh. He said scratching the back of his head.


    Not to mention that Im not going to be walking back anyway. I said while smirking. I recently got my space magic to level eight so now I can teleport to ces I have set as a destination. I thought of trying it out now.


    So, its like in a game? ke asked with interest.


    Yup. I said as I activated the magic. See you all again someday.


    After saying that my surroundings suddenly changed to those of my room. The suddenness of the change left my head spinning and I felt nauseous.


    Ugh. This is really disorienting. I mumbled.


    {Dont worry, youll only feel like this the first few times you do this. After that youll get used it.} Tamamo said encouragingly.


    I really hope so. I said while sitting down on the bed, waiting for the nausea to go away.


    Once I was feeling better, I left my room to go and find my parents and tell them Ive returned. I found them in mothers office. She was going over her ns for tomorrow while father was rxing. It seems like after running off after meeting Tamamo, he got a little too into his training.


    You look exhausted, father. I said as I sat down next to him.


    I am. I really need to work on that habit of going overboard when I get excited. He said sheepishly.


    You really do. You should be happy that I was passing by when you passed out. My mothers tone betrayed how she really felt. She seemed like she enjoyed taking care of him when he was unconscious.


    They started to stare into each others eyes, so I decided to interrupt before things became too awkward.


    Its good to see that the two of you get along so well, but could you please save it for when Im not around.


    Says the girl who was flirting all afternoon with her future wife. They replied simultaneously.


    When they said that, by face reddened and I couldnt make aeback.


    Hahahaha, youre so cute when you get embarrassed like that, Luna. Father said, patting my head.


    I couldnt help it, OK. I only get to see her in person once a month. Sure, I talk to her every day, but seeing each other in person is different. I said pouting like Soleil was earlier.


    Its fine, Luna. We both understand how hard it is to be separated from someone you deeply care about. Mather said. It seems like she is thinking about the time when father was out on the front lines fighting fiends.


    That reminds me, put these in your inventory, Luna. He said while handing me two letters and a medallion. That first letter is something that was given to me by the Goddess of Fate through ke. I was told to let you read it when you turned 15. The other letter is an introduction letter for the Adventurers Guild. Show it to a receptionist and they will let you talk to the guild master of the branch in the capital of Savanna. The medallion is something that lets you meet with the Guilds grand master in the capital of the Celestia Kingdom. I highly rmend you go there in the near future.


    I understand, father. Is there anything else I need to know? I asked while putting the letters and medallion away.


    Aside from reading that first letter soon, nothing that I know of unless Amagi has something to say. He said, turning to face mother.


    I have nothing to say, except watch out for what I call Pig Nobles.


    Whats a Pig Noble? I asked, confused.


    Theyre nobles who do nothing but look down on those they think of as below them and think that the world owes them everything. She exined, I always ran into them in the past. If one of them ever approaches you, feel free to put them in their ce. If that doesnt work, you can always use our names. She said, her smile turning dark.


    Come to think of it, do we have a family name? I mean, father is a general in the army and you are the head shrine maiden at the biggest shrine in the country. I dont have one in my status, so I never bothered to ask. I asked.


    You didnt know? Mother asked, shock painted across her face.


    No, I didnt. Everyone around here call you Lady Amagi and General Deacon, neither of you have ever gone to any parties that I know of, nor have I seen you two interact with nobles outside of ceremonies held at the shrine. I exined.


    Our family name is Reed. It has been the family name for a few hundred years, ever since my great grandfather. Father answered, I wonder why you never figured it out, you have the appraisal sill.


    I do, but Ive never appraised either of you. Even before I reincarnated, when I was still Jason Strider, and was first summoned here, we were taught to never appraise people unless absolutely necessary. I said, remembering back to when I was summoned here originally.


    Would you like to appraise us? Mother asked.


    I will, but only the bare minimum. I dont want to make it a habit of appraising every person I see and reading everything about them. I said while using the appraisal skill.


    <strong>Name: Amagi Reed</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 100</strong>


    <strong>ss: Shrine Maiden</strong>


    <strong>Name: Deacon Reed</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Male</strong>


    <strong>Level: 100</strong>


    <strong>ss: Sword Master</strong>


    No wonder youre so strong, the both of you are level 100. I said with mild surprise.


    You didnt know? My father asked.


    I mean, I had a feeling that was the case, but I wasntpletely sure.


    You should know better that to base people off of your standards, Luna, not everyone grows as much as you do. Mother said with some agitation.


    We continued to talk for a little while when I yawned.


    I guess I should go to bed, I n to leave really early. I said sleepily.


    When I stood up to leave mother stopped me.


    Before you go, can you listen to a request of mine, Luna? She asked, nervousness creeping into her expression.


    What is it? I tilted my head while asking.


    Can you call me mom at least once before you set off. All of these years you have always called me mother, at first, I thought it was just a thing you said as a child, and when you told us that you were reincarnated, I thought that that was the reason, but after so long of you never changing how you call me I started to wonder if you are doing it purposely. She said, her nervousness increasing.


    As I thought about what she said, it dawned on me that she was right, Ive never called either of them mom or dad, only ever mother or father. I looked down, Im sorry, I never notice that until now. I never realized it made you feel bad, Im so sorry.


    As I looked down in shame, I heard the both of them stand up and walk over to me.


    Its OK Luna, no matter what you call us, were still your parents, we will love you to the end of time. Im not sure which one of them said that as they both started hugging me.


    I then looked up and said, Mom, Dad, thank you for everything you have done for me until now. I promise the both of you that I will never forget everything youve taught me for all eternity.


    We continued hugging like that for a while longer until I yawned again.


    Good night, Luna, make sure you stay rtively safe on your journey. Mom said wiping away tears.


    If any man tries to get you, feel free to send him my way, Ill teach him a lesson. If there is anything left of him, that is. Dad said, his sadistic smile turning into one of pity.


    {Dont worry, Ill never let anyone try to do anything to my Luna.} Tamamo said.


    Thats good to know, Goddess Tamamo. Dad said.


    You heard what she said, Dad? I asked surprised.


    No, but I got a feeling that she said something that I will agree with.


    Are you sure your ss isnt Diviner? I asked jokingly.


    And so, myst night in the shrine continued on like this for some time. In the morning I would wake up and set out on a grand adventure to make a name for myself and grow strong enough to go and join Tamamo. When I do, I will fill the sky with stars to help her moon brighten the night.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is an extra long chapter to end off the first arc as well as to hopefully tide you all over for the next few days. I don''t know if any of you picked up on the foreshadowing in the prologue, but I thought it was time to give you all an idea of the end goal of the story. Thank you all for reading, I wish you all a good week.

 Chapter 14: Setting Off

    Chapter 14: Setting Off


    I woke up just before the sun started to rise. I decided to head out now since I said all of my goodbyes yesterday. As I made my way to the entrance of the shrine, I saw everyone already waiting for me.


    Do you really think you can leave without us seeing you off? Asked Dad smirking like he sessfully pulled off a prank.


    Its not fair of you to do that Big Sis. Soleil said as she ran up to give me a final hug.


    I hugged her back, then started to exin myself, I wanted to leave before everyone woke up so that it would be easier for me. I thought that if everyone saw me off, it would be even harder for me to leave.


    We understood the reason, but that wasnt going to stop me from seeing off my only daughter, you know Mom said walking over to hug me as well. Like I saidst night, stay safe. I know youre strong, but there is always someone stronger.


    I understand, Mom, Ill be careful. I said as I basked in the warmth of her embrace and holding back tears.


    Remember to take care of your weapon. ke said, not reading the room.


    Ana came up behind him and pped the back of his head. Read the room a bit would you, this is a precious moment between parent and child, and you just ruined it.


    Sorry. Was all he managed to say before Ana could continue.


    Im sorry about him. Ana said walking up to me and handing me a basket. I went and made you a few days worth of lunches, I hope you enjoy them.


    Thank you, I will. I said as I took the basket from her and put it into my inventory. Ill send letters through the box when I reach the capital, will you deliver them for me, Soleil?


    Of course, leave it to me! She said through tears.


    Dont worry, Soleil, when you go and be an adventurer, Ill have a spot in my party for you, so train hard, OK. I said trying to cheer her up.


    You better remember that. She said as she walked back over to her parents.


    Im off then, Ill see you all again someday. I started walking off.


    Youll always be weed back with open arms. Mom said as she waved to me.


    When I could no longer see everyone, I stopped and pped my cheeks, OK, now its time to set off.


    I walked over to the entrance of the vige and started to look for any wagons that would let me hitch a ride to the capital. After a while I found a group of people lined up next to a wagon. I walked over to who I assumed was the driver and asked, Is this wagon going to the capital?


    It is Missy, you need a ride there? The driver asked.


    I am, is there any more room? I answered.


    Yer in luck, Missy. Theres room for one more, the fee is one silver. He said.


    Here you go. I said, handing him a silver coin. I look forward to travelling with you.


    No need to be all formal and stuff Missy. He said with a smile. Load up everyone, we set off in five minutes!


    I got into the wagon and looked around at the people Ill be travelling with for the next two weeks. There were a few other kitsune along with a dwarf and four humans. It was then that the dwarf spoke up.


    Good morning, everyone, Im the leader of the party that was hired to protect you all on this trip. I guarantee you safety, so rest assured.


    He went on to introduce himself and the rest of his party. It was made up of a tank, two warriors, and an archer. After their introduction was over, we set off on a, hopefully, uneventfulmute.


    I really need to stop doing that. Facepalming myself in my head, Why do I always say something that will raise a g?


    {I think its because you enjoy getting into situations like that.} Tamamo said, giggling.


    Do I really? I asked in disbelief.


    {Youre not aplete battle maniac, but you are skirting the line.} She answered.


    Thats not good. I said while looking into the distance, trying to avoid epting the facts.


    {Dont worry, I will love you no matter what.} Tamamo said lovingly.


    Tamamo, why do you always say things that make me want to hug you, knowing I cant? I asked while feeling my face heat up.


    {Because its fun watching your reactions. You are really expressive when we talk.} She said teasingly.


    Hey, if I get my space magic to max level, will I be able to make a spell that lets me at least see you face on days that arent the full moon? I asked, While I like being able to talk to you at any time, I would still like to talk face-to-face at least.


    {I think its possible, but the amount of mana it would take to keep a spell like that running would be massive.}


    Then what if I used some ice as a medium instead of just space magic and the air?


    {That could work, but at this point in time you still dont have enough to pull it off.}


    I see. I said a little depressed. Then I will make my short term goal to finally max out my space magic level.


    {Your mood changed again.} She said, going back to teasing me.


    Thats just how I am when talking with you. I said, my face breaking out into a smile.


    We continued on wasting the day talking and flirting with each other while the other people in the cart gave me strange looks.


    Author''s Note:


    Rejoice everyone! sses have been cancelled tomorrow due to bad weather which means I don''t have to sleep tonight. That means I can try to write as many chapters as I can. Viva weather. As a small side note, it has been brought to my attention that the way I set up Luna''s stats is a little too crazy so I will be thinking of ways to fix that. I''ve already been given some ideas and am thinking up a way to naturally integrate them into the story, so if the next time I write out her stats and they''re different from thest time, you know the reason why. I hope all of you can see where I''ming from. Thanks for reading and remember, there''s always a bigger Fluff.

 Chapter 15: Template and Arrival

    Chapter 15: Temte and Arrival


    A week and a half have passed with nothing major happening. I spent my time talking with Tamamo and some of the other passengers. From them I learned that the human man that wasnt part of the party guarding the cart was an apprentice architect from the Celestia Kingdom. He was studying the design of the Shrine of the Moon so he and his master could build one in his country.


    I thought the Celestia Kingdom didnt have a specific god they worshipped, or am I wrong? I asked tilting my head.


    Youre right, Miss. The thing is my master knows this old divinerdy. She told him it would be in his best interest to start building a shrine the same size as the Shrine of the Moon. I think the old bats just crazy, but I gotta do what he says. Heined.


    Im not so sure. There is a friend of my family that is a diviner, and she is right most of the time. I remember when I was little, she would always find my hiding spots and when I tried sneaking up on her, she caught me. I said while reminiscing on the past.


    He was about to respond when the cart suddenly stopped. We were all wondering what was going on when I heard someone start talking up front.


    Oi, driver man, whatcha got in there, people or goods? A rough voiced man said.


    Gehe, maybe some women. We havent had a good one in a while. Said a second nasally voice.


    Oh, am I finally going to do something? I thought to myself. Its even a temte situation.


    As I was thinking this the dwarf spoke to his party.


    Get ready boys, looks like we have some work to do. He said, a gleam entering his eyes.


    Hey leader, youre getting that look in your eyes again. Said the archer as he readied his bow for the iing fight.


    Lay off, I havent been able to let loose in a week and a half. Said the dwarf as he leapt off the cart and shouldering his hammer. Besides, if we dont do this, thatss right there will.


    When he said this, the rest of his party looked at me.


    You noticed. I asked.


    Yeah, I did. Once youve been venturing as long as I have,ssie, you start to pick up on these things. If yer going to the capital to be an adventurer, yer gonna need to work on yer poker face. He saidughing a little.


    Thanks for the advice, by the way there are three sneaking through the bushes, two on the left, one on the right. I thanked him as well as giving him some information.


    He looked over to the archer.


    Shes right. He confirmed while pulling back an arrow.


    You show promise,ssie. When you get famous let me buy you a drink. He said walking away.


    The two warriors followed him while the archer was still watching the bushes.


    Girlie, if you can, take out the one on the right. He whispered.


    You sure, wont it cut into your pay? I asked back.


    Nah, pay for this kind of escort is fixed and I dont think the others would mind losing any extra from some bandits. He answered as he fired his first arrow.


    It flew straight into the bush and hit its target. He quickly prepared a second one and fired again. Once again, he hit.


    You are quite good. I said as I prepared an ice magic spell.


    I solidified the image in my mind and gave it shape with my mana. In seconds a spear of ice was formed then shot. It hit the hidden bandit in the throat, from there it froze his insides, killing him instantly.


    Youre quite the capable mage girlie. He said, impressed.


    You would be too, if you were taught by the person I was. I said, remembering all the training I went through with Mom.


    As we continued to talk the rest of his party came back.


    How was it? The leader asked.


    Fine, I took out the two over there, and the girlie took out the other one. He replied, putting his bow away.


    Oh, you actually let her. Never thought Id see the day. Normally youd take em all out to get the bonus. The dwarfughed.


    I wanted to see what more she could do. He said before hopping down to go and check the bodies.


    Yer in luckss, that penny pincher never lets anyone get in the way of him making a little extra. He said, The names Jarl. The two over there are Zan and Gief. He said pointing to the warriors. Thest ones name is Apollo.


    How fitting. I said.


    What was thatss? He asked, rubbing his beard.


    Nothing. My name is Luna, by the way. I said, getting back on topic.


    Ill remember that. He said, hopping back into the cart.


    After a few more minutes the rest of his party came back, and we resumed the journey. We didnt run into anymore troubles along the way, and after two more days, we made it to the capital of Savanna.


    The capital was surrounded by arge wall. At the gate was a line of wagons that I assume was a caravan of merchants. There was a second line that consisted of individual people. While I was looking at how long the second line was, I noticed a person covered in a ck cloak with their hood pulled low over their face.


    It seemed that they noticed someone was staring at them because they started to look around. I quickly averted my gaze from them. It was then that the driver came up to us.


    Weve arrived at the capital. Ill have to ask all of you to go through the gate in the individual line since I need to take care of the horses at the stables. Thank you all for you patronage. The driver said while giving us an exnation.


    After everyone got out of the cart and the driver left, Jarl came up to me.


    Lassie, if you need an inn to stay at, I rmend the Foxs Mirror. Its right next to the Guild. Just tell thedy at the counter that Jarl sent you and shell give you a discount. Probably. He said, a little unsure at the end.


    Thanks, Ill go and tryter after I register at the Guild. I said as I walked to the end of the line.


    Author''s Note:


    A wild new chapter has appeared and with it more characters with names. Will they be important in the future? I don''t know, I haven''t gotten that far yet. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 16: The Adventurer鈥檚 Guild

    Chapter 16: The Adventurer��s Guild


    After spending two hours in line, I finally entered the capital. What I saw was a strange mix of ancient Greece, Japan, and Europe. The castle in the center of the city was Japanese style, the buildings around the gate and along the roads around me were in European style, and from what I can see of what I would assume is the nobles district are Greek oikos.


    As I started walking down the road, I started talking to Tamamo.


    This feels weird, there are so many different styles of building here that are really simr to buildings in my previous world. Is there any reason for that?


    {Im not really sure myself. I would have ask one of the crafting gods about that but I dont really want to do that.} She said with an annoyed tone.


    Do you not get along well with them? I asked, curious.


    {Its not that. Im good friends with a few of them, its just the younger ones are always trying to seduce me.}


    I see, then I need to learn how to kill a god or two. I said with a dark expression.


    {Oh, and I thought I was the possessive one.} She saidughing.


    It was at this point that the young crafting gods started to feel chills going down their spines.


    As I was walking around, I found myself in the middle of a big square. Looking around, I saw a buildingrger than the others. On the sign in the front was a symbol with a sword and stave crossed and surrounded by two pairs of wings.


    I guess thats the Adventurers Guild. I said to myself, walking up to the door.


    When I entered, I was greeted with a calm yet busy scene. People were lined up at the counters, single file. They moved smoothly and no one was causing a disturbance. I could hear loud noisesing from the third floor of the building, so I assumed that was a bar.


    Honestly, could they add some soundproofing up there? Iined to myself.


    I was taught how to dull my sense of hearing and smell during my training, but it was still loud enough to be annoying. It was then that a guild employee walked up to me. She was a demon girl that was about the same height as me, she had two horns growing out of her forehead that were the same color as her skin and ended with purplish tips.


    Wee to the Adventurers Guild, is there anything you need help with? She greeted me with a business smile.


    Im here to register as an adventurer, which counter do I go to for that? I asked politely retuning a smile.


    She blushed a little then said, I-its right this way.


    I followed her, confused by her reaction.


    {You need to realize that you are quite the looker, Luna. If youre not careful, youll attract some annoying fleas.} Tamamo warned, a hint of jealousy in her voice.


    Really, I dont think so. At least notpared to you anyway. I said, trying to sooth her.


    {You have no idea how happy it makes me to hear you say that.} I could tell she was smiling with the way she said that.


    Once we reached the counter, the demon girl started preparing documents that needed to be filled out. They were simple name, race, ss, where youre from that kind of stuff. Once I finished filling that out, I handed over the documents.


    Then, Miss Luna, all thats left is to get your card and receive an exnation on how the Guild works. She said trying to be professional.


    I could see her stealing nces my way while she was putting arge crystal ball on a stand and ced a metallic card beneath it.


    Please ce your hand here and pass a small amount of magic through it.


    I did as she asked and touched the crystal ball. It shone for a second, then a small beam of light shot out from the bottom, engraving my information on the card.


    How interesting. I said. I wonder how this works.


    Im not really sure myself, all I know is its reallyplicated. Anyway, are you ready for the exnation? She asked.


    Yes. I answered.


    I already knew how the guild worked since it was one of the things Dad taught me. I pretended to listen to the whole thing while talking with Tamamo. After about 15 minutes, the receptionist finished her exnation.


    That should about cover it, do you have any questions? She asked.


    No, Im good. I answered back.


    My name is Shuten, wee to the Adventurers Guild. She said with a smile.


    Thank you. Ah, before I forget could you show this to the guild master? I asked as I took out the letter of introduction Dad gave to me.


    The guild master? She asked as she took the letter from me, confused. When she read the name on the letter her eyes went wide. Ill deliver this right away, please wait for a moment. She said and ran off.


    After about five minutes Shuten returned, Please follow me, the guild master would like to meet you. She seemed a bit nervous as she led me to the fourth floor. We stopped in front of a big door at the end of the hall. Shuten knocked on the door and waited for a reply. I heard a voice tell us toe in, so Shuten opened the door.


    Sitting behind the desk was a slightly muscr elf. He had long green hair the shade of pine needles. He had one blue eye and a green one. When he saw me, he stood up and walked over to me. He offered a handshake and I obliged.


    Its nice to meet you Miss Luna, I am Vince, the guild master of Savannas guild branch. He said with a gentle smile. To what do I owe the pleasure of meeting with you today?


    I just arrived in the capital and finished registering with the guild and I thought I should greet you. I replied, retuning his smile with one of my own.


    I see, why dont you take a seat so we can talk. He said moving over to a couch.


    As we sat down, Shuten prepared some tea. We talked about small unimportant things for a bit until she was done. When she finished pouring the tea, she left the room. We took a sip from our cups when the guild master spoke,


    The letter from your father said that you would be going to the main office of the Guild in the Celestia Kingdom soon, is that correct? He asked getting straight to the point.


    That is the n, though I n to raise my rank some first. I know I need to be at least D rank to be able to freely move between countries. I answered taking another sip of tea. This tea is quite good.


    Its from my home country, I only have it served to important guests or nobles. He pridefully exined.


    By the way, how exactly do you know my father? Ive never heard him mention you before. I asked.


    He is a general of this country, so we have worked together in the past. He also fought along side my sister against the King of Fiends.


    Is your sister the Elf general by any chance? I asked, my interest peaked.


    She is. He replied.


    I wonder if I will ever meet her. Dad told me she was the best at archery in the whole United Army. I kind of want to test my skill against hers. I said, mypetitive spirit showing.


    Hahaha, I see you are aspetitive as your father. Heughed.


    We continued to chat for a while longer about my father. Before I knew it, it started getting dark.


    It seems to be gettingte, I should go. I said standing up.


    Do you need me to rmend you an inn? He asked, moving back to his desk.


    No, I n on staying at an inn called Foxs Mirror, I was told its close to the guild. I said declining his offer.


    Yes, it right across the square. Just exit the guild and go straight. He sat down and gave me directions.


    Thank you very much. I said bowing my head a little.


    Its nothing, I enjoyed chatting with you. You are very easy to talk to unlike the other nobles out there. He said wearily.


    Well, I wasnt really raised like a noble. Heck, I learned my family name just before I left the shrine vige. I replied as I left the room, shutting the door behind me.


    I walked down the stairs and headed to the door. I saw Shuten out of the corner of my eye and waved to her. She waved back then went back to her work. I then left the guild building and started to walk in the direction of the inn.


    For a split second I thought I felt someone staring at me. But the feeling vanished just as quickly.


    Hey Tamamo, do you know if anyone is watching me? I asked.


    {You are but its not important. They are just some followers of mine that have business in this city. They probably noticed that there is some form of connection between us and are looking out for you. If they start to bother you, I can always tell them to ignore you.} She exined with a sigh.


    Is something big going to happen? I asked, starting to get worried.


    {No, theyre always like that. It seems like they are preparing the area for a V.I.P that ising to the guild in the next few days.}


    OK, then. If you say so. I said and continued to make my way to the inn.


    When I reached the door and went inside, I was greeted with a great smell. It smelled like stew and freshly baked bread. My stomach started growling, making me realize I hadnt eaten in a while. I walked up to the reception desk and found a middle-aged rabbit woman there.


    Hello there, youngdy, how can I help you? She said cheerfully.


    Im looking for a ce to stay for a little while, I was rmended this inn by an adventurer named Jarl. I answered.


    A rmendation from that good-for-nothing, thats impressive. He doesnt normally talk to anyone aside from his party members, especially pretty girls like you. She said surprised.


    Really, he was quite talkative thest few days. I replied.


    You must have really made a good impression on him, for that Ill let you stay for free for the first night and the meal will be on the house. Youll have to pay if youre going to stay any longer though. She said.


    Thank you, Ill put in a good word for you the next time I meet him then. I said, giving her a wink.


    Id appreciate it more if you put a good word in for me with Mister Apollo. She saidughing at my misunderstanding.


    Will do.


    Your room will be on the third floor, second room on the right. Will you be having a meal now orter? She asked getting back to business.


    Ill take it now; I dont think I can take smelling it anymore before I go and eat whatever I see. I said, my stomach grumbling again.


    Thene on back and take a seat, Ill have it right out. She said as she went to the kitchen.


    I sat down and waited for a few minutes when she returned with a bowl and te of bread. I dug in immediately.


    This is amazing. I said, my eyes shining.


    Thanks, I try my best. The proprietress said as she walked back over to the front desk. When youre done, just leave the stuff there.


    When I finished, I walked up to the third floor and opened the door to my room andid down on the bed. I let out a long sigh.


    A bed after so long is nice.


    {Hey, before you go to sleep you should read that letter from the Goddess of Fate.} Tamamo said.


    Oh right, there was that. I cant believe I forgot. I said, pulling out the letter and started to read.


    Author''s Note:


    Sorry it took so long to get this out, I had to help out with some stuff because it''s really windy. There might be one more chapter today, but don''t be surprised if there isn''t one. Thanks for reading.

 Side Chapter 7: An Interested Third Party

    Side Chapter 7: An Interested Third Party


    [??? POV]


    Going back a few hours when Luna just arrived at the guild. In an oikos-like building in the nobles district, a hooded figure sits down at the head of a table removing the hood to reveal a woman who looks to be in her early 20s with shoulder length light pink hair and crimson eyes. When she opens her mouth to speak, two fangs can be seen.


    Report, has anything happened recently that I need to be aware of? She asks in a demanding tone.


    Nothing has happened in thest month that is worthy of your attention, maam. Reports an old man with the same crimson eyes and fangs.


    Good, then I will give out a new mission. This morning I noticed a kitsune girling to the city. She had ck hair and tail with silver tips on her tail and ears. Looked to be about 15 with a slightly above average chest. Find out anything you can about her. Said the vampire woman.


    Is there something off about this girl, maam? Asked the old man, confused.


    Not exactly, she might have a strong connection to the Goddess of the Moon. If she does, we need to make sure she doesnt run into much trouble. Once you get any information about her tell me immediately.


    The old mans eyes widened in surprise, Right away maam. He said and disappeared into the shadows.


    Now I wait. The woman thought to herself.


    After a while the old man returned with what information he and his subordinates could gather.


    Maam, a report. The girls you spoke of is named Luna Reed. She is 15 andes from the shrine vige. She is the only daughter of Amagi and Deacon Reed. She left the shrine vige two weeks ago and arrived here today, as you know. That is all we could gather in this short amount of time. If you give us three days, we can send some people to the shrine vige to gather more. The old man reported.


    No need. Ive been thinking while you were out and decided that I will personally watch over this girl and determine if she is connected to the Goddess or not. The woman said in a light tone.


    Are you sure, Lady Velvet. There is no telling what could happen to the organization if something happened to you. The old man said with a worried tone.


    Oh please, you and I both know thats not true. You practically run this organization already. If anything, Im just a figurehead that is used to keep those younger ones in check. Velvet said in a joking matter.


    While thats mostly true, you are still one of the few vampires in this city with the ability to hear the Goddesses words. The old man argued stubbornly.


    Enough of this both of you. Said a third voice.


    The shadows in a corner of the room seemed to darken a little more as a woman in a red dress appeared out of them.


    The old man kneeled on one knee while Velvet stayed seated.


    To what do I owe the pleasure, Mother? Velvet asked, genuine curiosity shing across her face. You never show up here unless something big is happening.


    Call it a mothers intuition, oh, daughter, mine. I feel like several important events are about to take ce in this city and I simply couldnt miss it. Not to mention you were about to leave this ce without a leader and dump all of your responsibilities onto poor Steward over here. She said chuckling.


    If you truly are going to try and watch over this Luna girl, why dont you register as an adventurer as well and try to join her party? There is truly no better ce to watch over someone than directly by their side after all. Ill even let you take the Daystar Ring so you can go around without a cloak. The vampire woman said taking out a crystalline ring.


    Thank you, mother, and dont worry, Ill be back in a few hundred years. As she said this both Velvet and her mother heard someone speak directly to their minds.


    {I wont stop you from doing this but please dont go overboard like your race normally does.}


    Goddess! Both Velvet and her mother eximed at the same time.


    So then that Luna girl really has a connection to you, Goddess? Asked Velvet in a shaky tone.


    {Of course, she does, she is going to be my wife.} Tamamo said with pride.


    The two froze on the spot, eyes open so wide they could fall out any moment.


    {Im only telling the two of you this since the others would start to go crazy. Especially that one who thinks Im in love with him.} Tamamo said coldly.


    The two felt the rooms temperature drop several degrees.


    Do you want us to take care of the despicable piece of trash? Velvet asked, visibly shaking in fear of Tamamos tone and anger at the vampire whose ego was growing toorge.


    {No, Ill leave him to Luna. Shell do many more terrible things to him than either of you would. Just dont tell her right now or shell likely try to go hunt him down immediately and shes not strong enough to face him yet.} Tamamo said, her voice going back to her normal cheerful tone.


    Understood. They both said.


    {Oh, and Velvet, was it, please be a good friend to Luna. I want her to have someone to rely on since I cant be down there myself.} Tamamo said with hints of sadness and loneliness mixed in her voice.


    When the two heard that they felt a deep sense of pity for their Goddess.


    I understand, Goddess, I will do my utmost best to befriend her. I will make sure that when the timees nothing will stand in her way on her path to be by your side, even if it kills me. Velvet said with determination.


    {OK, and a little heads up, in a few years there will be another kitsuneing along to join Lunas party. Try not to get on her bad side. They treat each other like sisters, and she can be a bit of a siscon.} Tamamo said as an afterthought.


    Whats a siscon? Velvet asked, confused.


    {Just think of it like a little sister who is extremely attached and overprotective of her older sister to the point its nearly an obsession.} Tamamo exined.


    How scary. Velvet said, shivering for a different reason that earlier.


    As the two felt the connection to Tamamo close off they both let out weary sighs.


    That is a lot to take in. Said Velvet, rubbing the bridge of her nose.


    Yes, it is. Agreed her mother, while doing the same gesture as her daughter.


    What did the Goddess order, Maam? asked Steward who waspletely forgotten.


    Nothing for you to worry about, she ordered Velvet to apany God- the Luna girl on her adventures. Velvets mother said, almost slipping up.


    Steward, this is an executive order, dont let anyone else know that the Goddess spoke to us tonight. Especially the leader of the organization in the Demon Empire. Velvets mothermanded.


    Understood. Is all he said in reply.


    It was rare for any leader of the organization to issue an executive order. The only times it happened were when the Goddess herself gave the order through one of the leaders or they were going to war. There havent been any signs of war recently so this could only be an order from the Goddess herself, reasoned the old man.


    Velvet, you should go and prepare. You will be signing up at the Adventurers Guild tomorrow and try to make contact with Luna. If all goes well, join her party. I dont know what will happen in the future, but I expect that bug changes are on the horizon. Velvets mother said. Its been 600 years since thest time a mortal became a god, and after that we got the Adventurers Guild. I wonder how this future goddess is going to change the world. She thought letting out an inaudible chuckle.


    Author''s Note:


    This will be thest chapter of the day. In order for me to not burnout while writing this story, I will be taking a break from the rest of today until Friday. Thank you to those who showed concern for me in thements. While I can''t give you anything physically, I will at least make sure to deliver quality storytelling in the future for you to enjoy. Thank you all for reading, I look forward to writing for all of you again soon.

 Chapter 17: The Letter and a Meeting

    Chapter 17: The Letter and a Meeting


    [Luna POV]


    Opening the letter, I start to read.


    (Hello, Luna, I am the Goddess of Fate, Atmos. I hope you have been enjoying your new life so far, it is certain to be entertaining to watch. Anyway, I am going to give you a goal that will help you in the future. Though you probably havent noticed, the way you died in your previous life has had an effect on you. There are a few ways to help with that. Tamamo and I have prepared one way to help you. I am going to assume that your father gave you the medallion, so you need to reach level 20 then head to the Adventurers Guild main office in the Celestia Kingdom. Hand that medallion to a receptionist and meet with the grand master. He will then let you reunite with a certain pair; you can do whatever you want with them. After that is done, head over to the dungeon that the previous you died in. Only after you clear that dungeon can you move on and get stronger. I have high hopes for you. Also, I see Tamamo as a little sister, so please, treat her well in the future, you two go great together.


    P.S.: When we get to meet in person, Ill tell you all the things about Tamamo you want to know, no matter how embarrassing they are for her.)


    {Excuse me Luna, I have to go have a discussion with a certain nosey Goddess.} Tamamo said coldly.


    Do go a little easy on her please, I want to meet my sister-inw at least once, OK. I said, not stopping her.


    {Got it. Oh, and before I go, in the next few days someone is going to request to join your party, dont reject them immediately.}


    Is it one of those people that was watching me earlier? I asked.


    {Yes and no, she is part of their organization, but she wasnt the one watching you directly. I asked her to join your party in the hopes the two of you could be friends. I know you think you will be fine alone because you are strong, but I want to make you safer. I wont be able to descend and save you if something happens, so I wanted you to have at least one person to rely on. I know Soleil will join you in a few years, but a lot can happen between then and now.} She exined, worry in her voice.


    I understand. Do you know the name of this person? I asked back, deeply moved by Tamamos feelings of concern towards me.


    {If I remember correctly, it should be Velvet.} She replied, relieved by my eptance.


    Ill remember it. I said with a small smile.


    {Good, now Im off to talk with my big sister.} She said, the coldness returning to her voice.


    The next day, I woke up early due to the smelling from downstairs. Honestly, having a nose this good can be a blessing and a curse. I walked downstairs to see a few people already eating breakfast.


    Well, if it isnt Miss Luna. Youre up quite early. Said the inn proprietress, smiling.


    I dont know anyone who could sleep in while smelling something so good. I replied, returning her smile.


    Oh ho, you must have a real good nose on you if you can smell food from the third floor. Take a seat anywhere and Ill bring you some breakfast. She said walking off into the kitchen.


    I sat down and waited for about five minutes when she returned with a te of eggs and bacon and some bread. She also carried a small bowl of soup to soften the bread to make it more edible.


    Thanks. I said as she ced the te and bowl down in front of me.


    Its no big deal. You eat up now or youll be tote to pick up any good requests at the guild. She said going over to another table to clean it.


    I did as she said and started eating. The bacon was dome perfectly and the eggs were fluffy, not as fluffy as my tail, but fluffy, nheless. The bread and soupplemented each other perfectly as well. She must have the cooking skill at a high level if a simple breakfast like this is this good. After I finished, I stood up, thanked her again, and left for the guild.


    When I got there, there was arge crowd standing in front of the request board. After contemting whether or not to jump into the fray, I noticed Shuten waving me over. I decided it would be better for me to see what she wanted so I went over to her.


    Good morning, Miss Luna. Im assuming youre here to get a request? She asked even though she already knew my answer.


    I am, though I might as well wait a while for that to calm down. I said as I pointed my chin towards the hoard at the board.


    Yeah, its like that every morning. If you want to get a good quest, its better to get here earlier. Though you dont have to worry about that for the time being. She said with a mischievous smile.


    And why is that? I asked, a little put off by her smile.


    The guild master told me to help you out with this. I cant give you ess to high rank quests, but I can help when ites to quests like goblin or kobold subjugation or gathering quests. I can even give you options for misceneous quests around the city. She answered going back to her previous business smile.


    I see, then can I get a subjugation quest for goblins and kobolds. I requested.


    Sure, just give me a minute to process them and you will be good to go. She said and started filling out the required paperwork.


    Just then, I felt someones eyes on me. It was the same feeling as yesterday, so I didnt pay it any mind since Tamamo said it was OK. Shuten finished filling out the paperwork and said,


    Just hand me your card for a second and well be done.


    I handed over my card and she ced it on a tool that did something. It glowed for a second then she handed me back my card.


    Youre all set. You have three days toplete the requests, so make sure to prepare well. She said and waved to me as I walked off.


    After exiting the guild, I headed for the gate of the city. I remember hearing some adventurers talking about how goblins and kobolds lived it the forest near the capital. When I got to the gate, there was already a line forming on the other side. I showed my card to the gate guard and left the city.


    While making my way to the forest I felt a presence behind me. The area I was in had lots of tall grass that reached my waist. I stopped and called out,


    You realize I know youre following me, right?


    I heard the grass rustling a little ways away and a woman that looked to be in her early 20s came over. She was wearing light armor with a slender sword at her hip. She had light pink hair that went down to her shoulders and crimson eyes.


    If I didnt have Tamamo, I might have fallen for her just due to her looks. She walked closer to me and started speaking.


    Im sorry for following you. You see, I just registered at the guild earlier and took some subjugation quests. I then overheard your conversation with the receptionist and learned that you took the same quests as I did. I thought, since we both seem to be new, we could work together on them. She said a little nervously.


    What is your name? I asked with suspicion.


    Its Velvet. She said with a smile.


    So, youre the one Tamamo told me about. I said, waiting for her reaction.


    So, you already know then? She asked, all the nervousness from before vanishing.


    She told mest night that someone named Velvet would make contact with me and try to join my party. I said, my suspicion still there. I know Tamamo asked me not to reject her, but I cant just trust someone right off the bat. I wont reject you joining me for now but know that I dont trust you yet.


    That ispletely understandable. I wont get in your way; I am just following what the Goddess asked of me. She replied.


    We started walking again with Velveting up beside me.


    So, what exactly did Tamamo tell you about me? I asked in order to break the silence.


    The Goddess told me and my mother that you will be her wife and that I should try to be your friend. She said.


    I see, she also asked me to try and be friends with you so Im willing to try, but its not going to happen immediately. I said. What can you tell me about yourself, and please loosen up a little, youre too nervous.


    She jumped a little when I pointed that out. After a few seconds she started to talk.


    As you already know, my name is Velvet. I am a vampire who serves as an oracle of the Moon Goddess. I work in an organization of vampires based in the capital of Savanna. She said, while still a little nervous.


    A vampire, eh. Is there some kind of magic item that lets you walk outside during the day? I asked, curious.


    Its this ring right here. She said showing me a ring on her finger. If you dont mind my asking, can you also tell me about yourself as well?


    I dont mind. My name is Luna. Ie from the shrine vige. My mother is the head shrine maiden, Amagi, and my father is a general of this country named Deacon. I n on growing stronger in order to join Tamamo in the divine domain. I said giving a simple introduction and telling her what my end goal is. I hope we can get along in the future.


    As I said this we arrived at the entrance of the forest.


    Author''s Note:


    I HAVE RETURNED! And with my return I bring you all a new chapter. I hope you all enjoy, there will be more toe, I even thought up another pun name for a future character so look forward to that. In other news anyone else y FGO? If you do how did you like Lostbelt 5, I just finished it and it was interesting. Screw fighting Demeter though, never again.

 Chapter 18: Velvet鈥檚 Side

    Chapter 18: Velvet��s Side


    [Velvet POV]


    It was early the next morning after our discussion and the oracle from the Goddess. I did as I was told and went to the Adventurers Guild to register. The process went quickly and when it was finished, I went off to find a spot to wait for Lady Luna to show up.


    I didnt have to wait very long. She showed up after about 15 minutes. I only got a glimpse of her from far away yesterday but seeing her closer she is quite beautiful. She had long ck hair that reminded me of a moonless night with an equally ck tail. The dark color made the silver ends of her ears and tail stand out. She was at an average height for her age, but her chest was a bit bigger. Her eyes, from the split second I saw them, were silver that almost seemed to glow a little. If it wasnt for the fact that she was going to be the wife of the Goddess, I would have loved to have her for myself.


    I snapped myself out of my thoughts when she suddenly turned around and looked in my direction. I looked away hoping she didnt realize that I was the one staring at her. After that she left the guild to go and do the quests she received. I went up to the reception desk and took the same quests she did and followed after her.


    After leaving the city gate I activated my stealth skill and went after Lady Luna. A short whileter she stopped and said,


    You realize I know youre following me, right?


    It seems like she is quite skilled with detecting presences. I walked out of the tall grass while deactivating my skill. I quickly thought up an excuse and started to speak.


    Im sorry for following you. You see, I just registered at the guild earlier and took some subjugation quests. I then overheard your conversation with the receptionist and learned that you took the same quests as I did. I thought, since we both seem to be new, we could work together on them. I tried to sound nervous.


    What is your name? She asked me with suspicion in her eyes.


    Its Velvet. I answered her smiling to show I held no hostility.


    So, youre the one Tamamo told me about. She said.


    When I heard her say this, I was shocked. I know the Goddess told us she was her future wife, but I didnt know that she could also receive oracles. I dropped the nervous act and asked her,


    So, you already know then?


    I wanted to know how much the Goddess told her about me and what she wanted from me.


    She told mest night that someone named Velvet would make contact with me and try to join my party. I wont reject you joining me for now but know that I dont trust you yet. She said, still being cautious of me.


    Its good to know that she is smart enough not topletely trust someone right off the bat like this, but that also poses an issue for my other task from the Goddess.


    That ispletely understandable. I wont get in your way; Im just following what the Goddess asked of me. I said, rying my true intentions.


    After my answer we started walking to the forest toplete our quests. She asked me what the Goddess told us about her, and I answered her honestly.


    I see, she also asked me to try and be friends with you so Im willing to try, but its not going to happen immediately. What can you tell me about yourself, and please loosen up a little, youre too nervous. She said.


    When she pointed out what state my mind was in, it surprised me. She seems like the kind of person I would get along with easily. After thinking for a bit about what to say, I gave her my introduction.


    She seemed surprised when I mentioned I was a vampire, so she asked,


    A vampire, eh. Is there some kind of magic item that lets you walk outside during the day?


    It seems I piqued her curiosity, so I exined that the ring I was wearing helped me out during the day. I then asked her about herself. She told me her name and where she was from as well as who her parents were. I knew this information already, but I didnt tell her that. I was surprised when she told me her main goal. I knew she would one day join the Goddess in the divine domain, it was only natural after all. The surprising thing was that she just inly told me, normally one would wait until the other party was trusted more before telling them their end goal.


    I hope we can get along in the future. Was thest thing she told me before we reached the edge of the forest.


    [Luna POV]


    So, Miss Velvet, how do you want to handle this, go together, or separately, and meet back upter? I asked for her n of action.


    Just Velvet is fine, and I think we should go together. We wont learn how the other fights if we go separately. She said without a moments hesitation.


    I understand where youreing from, but our opponents are just goblins and kobolds. I dont know your level but Im assuming it is decently high. Would you really consider it a fight? Itd be more urate to call it a ughter. I said giving her my honest opinion.


    For starters, Im at level 30 right now, and second, while what you say is true, one can still learn quite a bit from just fighting small fry like this. She exined.


    Oh, since you are a vampire, I just assumed you were older than you looked and had a higher level. Also, I see your point so we will go together. Ill be on the lookout for kobolds since I have fought some before and know their scent, though I wish I could forget it. I said, a sour look on my face.


    After a while of being in the forest I picked up the scent of kobolds on the wind. Mixed in with the smell of wet dog was a more putrid stench that made me want to vomit, and the metallic smell of blood.


    Velvet, I smell kobolds and goblins nearby, they must be fighting each other because I also smell blood. I told her in a whisper.


    Got it, which direction? She whispered back.


    We keep heading in the direction were going, and well run into them. Ill take this group and you can watch how I fight. If you can see that is. I finished with a yful smirk.


    What do you mean by that? She asked, but I was already gone.


    [Velvet POV]


    After telling me to watch how she fights, Lady Luna disappeared. She must have been using the stealth skill. I walked a little more until I found the area she was talking about earlier. I activated my own stealth skill and waited. The area had many corpses of goblins and kobolds while there were about ten left in total, five each.


    It was then that the area started to be foggy. It was an unnaturally cold fog that felt like it was dulling my senses. While I was wondering what was going on I started to hear the sounds of fighting earlier stop. I squinted my eyes to try and make out what was happening when I started to see shes of silver light.


    Lightning magic I guess, and maybe this fog is an ice magic spell? I said quietly to myself.


    I continued to watch when a shadow appeared next to me.


    Enjoying the show? It asked.


    Is that you, Lady Luna? I asked after recovering from my surprise.


    Just Luna is fine and yes, I left them fighting an illusion for a bit. I came over here to tell you that you should move out of the mist for a bit, its about to get colder than you can handle. She warned.


    What about you? I asked, concerned.


    This mist is from a unique skill, so it doesnt affect me. I still havent practiced enough with it to be able to distinguish between allies and enemies yet, and I dont want you to freeze to death. She said, again urging me to get out of the mist.


    I got it; how far do you need me to go?


    Not that far; see that tree over there with the spiraling trunk, I made it so that the mist doesnt go past it. She said, walking further into the mist.


    I walked over to the tree she pointed out and exited the mist. From the outside it looked quite mystical, a long wall of fog that came to an unnatural stop, like it was trapped by invisible walls.


    While I was watching the wall of mist, I felt the sudden drop in temperature. It became quite cold where I was standing, so I couldnt imagine what it was like inside. I picked up a random stick and stuck one end of it into the mist. When I pulled it back out, the other end waspletely frozen.


    I shuddered thinking about what was happening to the kobolds and goblins inside.


    I hope she remembers that she needs to grab proofs of subjugation afterwards. I mumbled quietly.


    It was then that I saw a small shadow running my way. It was about the size of a child and had a long nose and ears. Just as it reached the edge of the mist it stepped on a tripwire and a panel of ice covered in spikes whipped up from the ground, impaling the goblin.


    When did she even have the time to set that up? I asked myself astonished. Not only ice and lightning magic, but good with traps and stealth, and having a unique skill on top of that. Just how out ofmon sense is she?


    After a few more minutes the mist started clearing rapidly. Once it clearedpletely thendscape looked like apletely different ce. The trees were covered in ayer of ice and frost and on the ground were patches of ice spread out everywhere. I heard Luna call out from a distance,


    Wait there for a bit so I can go around and collect the traps I ced.


    Got it. I answered back while thinking, How many did you ce?


    After a couple of minutes, she called over to me toe and meet up with her. When I got to where she was, all I saw was a scene of carnage. There were burnt and frozen corpses scattered around. There was another goblin impaled on a different wall of ice spikes and a kobold hanging from a tree.


    This is quite the horrible scene. I said while sighing in relief that she was an ally. I pity that piece of trash that deluded himself into believing the Goddess was in love with him. I thought.


    I think I could do better honestly. Now its time for your turn, lets find some more. She said after collecting the parts she needed as proof.


    Author''s Note:


    Second chapter of the day. In recent news, someone approached me about making a cover for this story, so everybody should thank @Maze_Runner for their work. It has alsoe to my attention that I forgot the Str. stat so I''m going to go back through and fix that. Thanks all for reading, there''s more toe.

 Chapter 19: End of the Hunt and the Accursed Skill

    Chapter 19: End of the Hunt and the ursed Skill


    [Luna POV]


    After I finished collecting the proofs of subjugation, we moved on to find more. I know I leveled up once from this fight but I will wait to check my statuster.


    If we go a bit west, well find a pack of kobolds, Im not sure about the exact number, but it should be the amount you need. I told Velvet.


    OK, then when we get closer hide yourself and watch. She said a bitpetitively.


    When we got close enough, I let Velvet know I will be watching from a tree. After telling her that, I climbed a tree next to me. She then pulled out her sword. It looked like a rapier, but something was strange about it.


    She got close enough to the kobolds for them to notice her presence. She then swung her sword and the de extended to the length of a whip.


    Oh, a sword-whip, how interesting. I said to myself. This is going to be fun to watch.


    {Your inner battle maniac ising out again.} Tamamo said chuckling.


    I cant help it; Ive always wanted to see someone use one of those. I replied back, flustered.


    The de whipped around cutting the head off one kobold and wrapping around the neck of another. Velvet then tugs back on the handle and that kobold also loses its head.


    She creates arge fireball and makes it float in the air making more shadows appear. She then uses a dark magic spell that produces spikes from shadows and impales the rest of the kobolds.


    And you said the scene I made was horrible. I said in a teasing tone.


    I got a little too into it, sorry. She said, drooping her head.


    Its no problem. Lets find you some goblins. I replied, jumping down from the tree.


    I know what I said about not trusting her earlier, but I feel like Im trusting her a bit too much too quickly.


    Hey Tamamo, am I just too easy to trust a person or is she doing something to my mind with magic or a skill? I asked, worried.


    {Shes not doing anything, while I think you trust others a little too easily from what Ive seen so far, you have good intuition for people. Its not at the level of a diviner, but its still quite good. She is also trying to earn your trust, anytime you asked her a question, she has answered with honesty, and she hasnt given you any false information about herself.} Tamamo exined, easing my worry a bit.


    As I was going over the potential problems with myself with Tamamo, we found a group of goblins. Velvet took them out just as quickly.


    Do you want to keep hunting, or return to the guild? I asked.


    We should head back; itll take a while for us to get out if the forest then even longer to get back to the city. She said, her opinion sound.


    I debated whether to share my space magic; but decided against it for the moment. It took about three hours to get out of the forest and another hour to get back to the city. By the time we reached the gate, it was already gettingte.


    I didnt think it would take that long to get back. I said, exhausted.


    I agree, who would have thought we would run into five more groups of goblins and kobolds. Velvet said in a simrly exhausted tone.


    I can understand why there are always quests for their extermination, though I wish we could do something about the smell. Iined.


    I know its bad, but is it really that bad? She asked.


    To me it smells like a pile of rotting corpses on an extremely hot summer day.


    OK, Im d Im not a beastkin. She said, her face scrunched up at the thought of the smell.


    Dont vampires also have really good senses of smell? I asked.


    We do, but its still nothingpared to a beastkins sense of smell. She exined, For example, I can smell what is being cooked at that stall over there, but you can probably smell what ingredients they are using individually.


    Youre not wrong, and now Im hungry. I said, my stomach grumbling.


    Then lets get some skewers before making it to the guild. She said, walking over to the stall she mentioned earlier.


    She brought back four skewers and handed me two.


    Thanks, how much do I owe you? I asked, about to bring out some money.


    Nothing, think of it as a bribe of sorts. She saidughing.


    You really want to join my party that badly? I asked.


    Yeah, at first it was because of the Goddesss order, but now I genuinely want to follow you. Its weird, normally even I would be more cautious about getting to know people, but I cant help but be drawn to you. She exined.


    It was after she said that that I realized it was the effect of a skill.


    Damnit. It was that skill wasnt it. I said, feeling a bit down.


    Whats up, why do you look so depressed all of a sudden? She asked, worried.


    I think youre being influenced by one of my skills. Up until now Ive been surrounded by people who have grown a resistance to it but now; Im not. I exined, getting frustrated.


    What skill is it? She asked.


    Its the charm skill. Ive been trying to avoid leveling it up since I got it, but its a passive skill so it levels up the more I interact with people, and with my particr constitution, my skills level up faster than normal. I exined. Thats not even the worst part of it, if I use that skill too much, Ill get cursed.


    That does sound bad. She said as she sunk into thought. How about we finish our business at the guild and then Ill go and ask some subordinates of mine to help me look for a way to seal that skill or something?


    I think Ill take you up on that offer. I said, relieved that a solution to can be found before this bes a serious problem.


    We headed to the guild and reported our finished quests. After that I parted ways with Velvet and headed back to the inn. I greeted the proprietress and headed to my room.


    When I entered, I sat down on the bed and started talking with Tamamo.


    What am I going to do, Tamamo, I dont want to be cursed and I dont want to charm everyone I interact with. I said releasing all my pent-up worry.


    {I dont think youll have to worry about being cursed due to your status effect immunity unique skill. As for the other, Im not too sure what to do. Charm skill arent my area of expertise after all, and Ive already exhausted my favor from the God of Statuses.} She said,forting me.


    What do you mean by thatst part?


    {Dont worry about it, for now just hope Velvet finds something. As an oracle vampire, she has ess to lots of information, so she should be able to find something rtively quickly.} She said.


    {And look on the bright side, tonight is a full moon.} She said, her voice noticeably happier.


    Wait, already. It feels like thest one was just yesterday. I said, shocked.


    {Thats probably due to the fact that your natural lifespan is longer than a humans in this world, not taking into ount the inevitable immortality youll reach one day. Im honestly surprised it took you this long to notice.} She said a bit exasperated.


    Its decided! Tonight, I will brush your tails so thoroughly that I will get a new title tonight. I yelled in my head.


    {Ufufufu, Im looking forward to it.} Tamamo said in a very pleasing voice.


    Hearing the way she said that made my face go beet red.


    I then said in a quieter voice, Im expecting the same in return, OK.


    {Naturally. Ufufufufufufufufufu.} Tamamo continued tough as dusk turned into night.


    Author''s Note:


    And so the Abyss Fluff and Moon Fluff continue to flirt over their fluffiness. Will Abyss Fluff fall to the curse of the charm skill or will the future Apostle of Fluff find a solution find out next time on Fluffy Tail Z! Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 20: Learning with Tamamo

    Chapter 20: Learning with Tamamo


    [Luna POV]


    I woke up the next morning in a daze. I think Tamamo has improved her brushing technique.


    Tamamo, how am I ever going to surpass you if you keep getting better at brushing my tail every time, I see you? I asked, remembering the feeling.


    {Luna, my love, you are about 1,000 years too early to be able to surpass me. Though you are getting better, I think any mortal you brush would turn into a puddle, not that I want you brushing anyone else.} She said thatst part quietly, but I still heard it.


    After hearing what she said, a dumb grin spread across my face. I continued talking with Tamamo when a knock sounded from the door.


    Miss Luna, are you awake?


    It was the proprietress.


    I am, is something wrong? I asked opening the door.


    No, I was given a message for you, so I thought to bring it up to you with your breakfast. She said, handing over a tray.


    Thank you. I said receiving the tray.


    After that she left me alone, I shut the door and sat back down on the bed and started to eat. After I finished, I picked up the message and started to read.


    (Hello Luna, this is Velvet, concerning what we discussed before parting ways yesterday, I have my subordinates looking for a way to lose or seal that skill. Im waiting for them to report back so if you are worried about the skill gaining even more levels stay in your room at the inn. If we find something, Ille and tell you.)


    Well, it seems like I know my n for today then. I said letting out a sigh.


    {That just means we can spend more time talking with each other, so isnt it fine?}


    Thats true, isnt it. I said going along with Tamamo. But before that let me check my status.


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 8</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: <Error></strong>


    <strong>MP: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Vit: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Def: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Res: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Str: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Int: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Agi: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Dex: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 9, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.8, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.9, Stealth LV.8, Charm LV.8, Cooking LV.8, Sewing LV.7, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.6, Brushing Technique LV.9</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.9, Space Magic LV.8</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman</strong>


    Um, Tamamo, why are most of my stats listed as error? I asked, concerned. Does this have anything to do with what you saidst night about the God of Statuses?


    {It does. He owed me a favor and I decided to use that favor to help you. At the rate your stats grew, your status would look more like a math equation than an actual status panel, so I asked him if he could simplify the way you saw your stats. It seems like it is still being worked on.} She exined.


    Do you know how much longer its going to be like this? I asked, relieved I hadnt somehow broken my status yet.


    {I dont really know, but probably not long, though this might confuse most of the world when its done.} After saying this I got a bad premonition.


    What do you mean by that? I asked a little panicked.


    {He said it was impossible to modify just one persons status, so he had to make it a whole system update. You dont have to panic so much though, he told me that he has wanted to update it for a while now and just needed a push to get it done.} She said, trying to calm me down.


    Thats a relief, I didnt want to be reason for this change of the world to bepletely on me. I said calming down.


    {What change in the world do you want to be responsible for, then?} She asked, her curiosity piqued.


    Thats a surprise for when I ascend. Just know that it will be something that will leave you in tears of happiness. I said with a smug grin.


    {Im looking forward to it then.} She said, the expectation in her voice clear.


    Now that I think of it, I havent tried to figure out how to use my Fox Transformation skill yet. I said. Do you have any advice?


    {Depends, some people just instinctually know, others need a stimulus for the first time. There was this one guy a few hundred years ago that transformed after doing a weird dance. The only thing that wasmon between all of them was the image.} Tamamo exined like a teacher.


    So, its like magic, then? I asked.


    {Yes and no, it is in the sense that it needs an image but only for the initial step, once transformed, no image is needed to maintain the transformation. This is the easy part, its the rest that people often have trouble with.} She exined in more detail.


    Thank you, Miss Tamamo. I said like a student to her teacher.


    {Ufufufu. Dont think I dont know what youre thinking.} She said, trying to tease me.


    I wasnt trying to hide it in the first ce. I teased back.


    We started flirting again and lost track of time. I dont know how long itsted, but after a while I heard a knock on the door.


    Luna, its me, Velvet. Ive got some information that could help you. Velvet said through the door.


    I got up and let her in. She was carrying arge bag filled with what I assumed was books. She put it down on the ground with an audible thunk.


    All of these are books about ways to suppress or seal skills, as well as others that can counteract them. She said while massaging her shoulder.


    Thanks, those must have been heavy.


    Sure, they were, but its nothing that bad. She replied.


    Come over here for a second, Ill use some healing magic. I said, offering to help her out a bit.


    Its really not necessary to She started to say.


    Just be quiet and get over here, youre helping me out so its the least I can do. I said, interrupting her.


    After realizing I wasnt taking no for an answer, she walked over to me, and I used some healing magic on her.


    Damn that was effective, even old training injuries feel better. Just how good are you at healing? She asked, astonished.


    Almost level 10. Its not that big a deal. I said matter-of-factly.


    Did no one ever teach youmon sense? Anyone at your age normally only have skills at level four, maybe five.


    Were you trained by spartans since the age of five? I said, remembering all of the training I did.


    Even then, it doesnt make sense. She said, still trying to figure out the reason behind my strength.


    {Just tell her about the Divine Protection, she already knows about our rtionship, so theres no reason she shouldnt know.} Tamamo gave her input.


    The reason that and most of my other skill are maxed out or close to it is because of Tamamos Divine Protection. I said, following Tamamos suggestion.


    After hearing my words, she frozepletely. She turned around slowly like a rusty machine. When I could see her face, her eyes were wide enough that her eyeballs could roll right out.


    So, youre a Fated One? She said, her voice really quiet.


    I have that title too. I confirmed.


    This is a much bigger deal than I thought it was. I thought that you were just a mortal that caught the eye of the Goddess. Its nothing new for gods to find mortals they favor and bless them, but Divine Protection is on apletely different level. Luna, no Goddess Luna, do not under any circumstances let anyone else know about this, unless you want people to worship the ground you walk on. The more she said, the more she moved away, eventually trying to prostrate herself in front of me.


    Please dont start doing that, and I already know. The only reason I revealed that is because Tamamo said it was OK. I said, exasperated.


    But I cant show you any disrespect. She said, still prostrating.


    {Like Luna said, dont. Remember the reason I even told you about her in the first ce. You and your mother are the only two vampires in this city that arent basically fanatics.} Tamamo said to both of us.


    As you wish, Goddess. Velvet said, immediately changing tune.


    You change tune really quickly. I noted.


    I may not be as fanatic as other vampires, but I still respect the Goddess, and anyone closely connected with her. She said exining her point of view.


    Well anyway lets get to reading, I dont want to be cooped up in a room for the rest of my life. I said while pulling out the books Velvet brought and putting them on the bed.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is ate chapter today. I had something to do today that I learned about like 15 minutes before I had to go and do it so this chapter might not be as good as previous ones, so sorry about that. I''ll try to get into the groove and get another chapter out tonight, hopefully it will be better than this one. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 21: An Anticlimactic Solution

    Chapter 21: An Anticlimactic Solution


    Before we started looking through books, I had a thought, so I decided to ask Tamamo about it.


    Hey Tamamo, do you know what the effects of the curse you get for overusing charm is?


    {Im not too sure, but I can go and find out. Why do you ask?} She asked, puzzled.


    Well, it might be a stretch, but what if the curse is that it turns the skill itself into a curse. Then wouldnt it take care of itself because of my status effect immunity?


    {}


    {Ill go and ask the God of Statuses; he should know everything about every skill. Ill be back shortly.} She said and our connection went quiet.


    Hey Velvet, before we start looking, lets get to know each other better. I said.


    Why so suddenly, I thought this was an urgent matter? She asked confused.


    It is, but the idea I just had about this skill might make searching through all of these books pointless. Tamamo went off to check this theory with the God of Statuses, so we should wait for her to get back. I exined.


    I see, then if we do this can I ask a question first? She asked.


    I could see the curiosity in her eyes, so I nodded my head in affirmation.


    Can you talk with the Goddess whenever you want? Was what she asked.


    I can talk to her whenever I want for however long I want, and better yet, I get to see her every full moon. I bragged. It was at this point I realized that, when ites to Tamamo, I get this weird feeling of superiority. Like I get to have her all to myself.


    I dont know why I realized this just now. I lived this whole life in a shrine dedicated solely to her, surrounded by people who worship her, and I never realized this. I guess it took meeting someone else that can talk with her to fully cement the fact that Im special to her.


    Fufufufufufufufu. HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA. I startedughing uncontrobly.


    Whats so funny? She asked while looking at me like I went crazy.


    Sorry, I just realized something about myself that I never noticed before and couldnt help butugh about it. I said, catching my breath.


    And what, pray tell, is this revtion of yours? She said a bit fed up.


    Well, and I know Im going to sound a bit stuck up, I noticed the reaction you had when I told you about how I talk with Tamamo all the time was a bit jealous. When I saw that, I thought back on where Ive lived and who was around me until now, and thought all these people worship Tamamo sooooo much, but Im the only one of them who gets to talk and be intimate with her, and I couldnt help butugh. I exined, starting to chuckle again.


    You really do sound stuck up when you say that, but Im not going to me you. Id feel the same, if not more superior, if I was in the same position. Though there is one person who wont like that. As she said these words, she mped her hands over her mouth. I shouldnt have said that.


    What do you mean? My tone went from joyful to cold. Velvet, is there something I need to know about regarding Tamamo?


    Luna your expression is really scary right now. She said as she tried to get away from me.


    Whatever do you mean, Velvet, now answer my question. I said as I froze the window and door so she couldnt escape. Now, tell me everything.


    It didnt take long for Velvet to spill the information she knew.


    I see, Im not very fond of torture, but I guess it never hurts to learn a new skill unless its charm. I said, my mood still cold.


    Forgive me Goddess, I might have put your wife on a strange path. Velvet said while tears flowed down her face.


    {What does she mean by that, Luna, and why is the window and door frozen, what happened?} She asked, very confused about what could have possibly happened in the 30 minutes she was gone.


    Wee back, Tamamo, what were the results of your inquiry? I asked, the cold smile still on my face.


    {Hey, Velvet, what happened to Luna, shes being really weird right now?}


    Im sorry Goddess, we were having a discussion about you, and I identally let slip about that vampire in the Demon Empire. Velvet said, getting even more depressed.


    {Yeah, thatll do it. Hey, Luna, calm down and think. That vampire is hundreds of years old and leagues stronger than you.} Tamamo said, trying to calm me down.


    I know that; Tamamo. Im not nning on going for him at the moment, as much as I want to. But that doesnt mean I cant start preparing for prolonging his suffering for as long as possible. I mean there are so many options to go for, even more since I also have high level healing magic. Fufufufufufufufu. Just you wait you filthy mongrel. Just. You. Wait. Fufufufufufufufufufufufufu.


    Goddess, I think Luna might be broken. What do we do? Velvet asked, getting even more scared.


    {Dont worry, shes not broken, just possessive. Its honestly quite cute.}


    HOW! How is anything she just said cute!? She said, reaching a breaking point.


    {Youll understand when you find the one youre fated to be with. For the time being all we can do is wait, she wont be like this for much longer.}


    After about 10 minutes after Tamamo got back, I finally snapped out of my dark thoughts.


    So, Tamamo what did you learn from the God of Statuses? I asked as if the past 40 minutes never happened.


    {It was as you thought, Luna, the charm skill turns itself into a curse that ultimately ends up killing the holder by having all of those it charmed turn on the holder by switching their feelings of affection into pure hatred.} She exined to both me and Velvet.


    How nasty. We both said simultaneously.


    {I know right. Though I guess thats what happens when you use what is basically a brainwashing skill too much. Itll have to backfire on you at some point or the world would pretty much belong to one person.} She said, giving her opinion on the effect it could have if left unchecked.


    I agree, but I didnt even want to obtain this skill in the first ce. I just randomly got it when I tried acting cute when I was little. I said getting depressed.


    {Even the God of Statuses was surprised when I told him why I was asking about this. He told me that he thought he got rid of that skill a long time ago.} She said trying to make me feel better.


    I guess that just goes to show that even gods arent all-knowing huh. Cheering up a little due to Tamamos words.


    {None of us ever imed to be.} She said in reply.


    You both realize Im still here, right? Velvet asked after getting tired of being left out of the conversation.


    Sorry about that, also sorry for wasting you and your subordinates time finding all these books when it turns out I just need to max out the skill and itll take care of itself. I said apologetically.


    Its no problem, all those books were justying around collecting dust anyway. You can still read them; you never know what will happen in the future when youre immortal. She said,ughing it off.


    True enough. I agreed.


    So, with this out of the way, what do we do now? Velvet asked.


    {I for one, would like to know what the two of you were talking about earlier. You said it had something to do with me, right?} Tamamo asked in an amused tone.


    We continued to talk about random stuff the rest of the night.


    Author''s Note:


    Now I feel a bit of pity for the things I''m going to have that character go through when we get there. Not much, but just a little. It''s like that "Oh no... Anyway" meme. No one will get in the way of Abyss Fluff and Moon Fluff. I won''t allow it. Thank you foring to my TED Talk. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 22: Bonding

    Chapter 22: Bonding


    We were chatting the night away when I remembered something Tamamo told me the other day.


    Now that I think about it, Tamamo said that a V.I.P. wasing to the guild soon. Do you know anything about that Velvet? I asked.


    She pondered for a bit before saying, A baron has been improving his territory over thest 10 or so years and has finally reached a point that he can have a branch of the guild opened in his territory. He ising over here to talk with the guild master about the procedures he needs to go through.


    When does he arrive? I asked, continuing my questioning.


    He and a few others arrived yesterday, discussions like that take a while so theyll probably be here for a few more days. Why do you ask? She asked back.


    I was just curious. Even if I am technically a nobles daughter, Ive never interacted with any nobles. Though now that I think about it, I do know a few people in higher positions.


    Really, who?


    Lets see, theres a goddess, a former hero, and the third princess of a big country. I replied nonchntly.


    Those really are people in higher positions, though you should also take into ount that your family is a Marquis family. She said adding my familys noble rank to the list of things I didnt know before.


    So thats my familys noble rank, good to know. I said, nodding my head.


    You didnt know? She asked, massaging the bridge of her nose.


    I never cared enough to find out, too much trouble. I said, shrugging my shoulders.


    How carefree. She said, astonished. Anyway, how are you going to go about raising the charm skill level?


    Im not going to do much; its leveled up three times since I left home. Once on the way here, and twice after entering the city.


    So, its level 4? Then itll still take a while. She said.


    No, its level 8, probably close to 9. I said, correcting her misunderstanding. Im just d that it seems that its less effective on you now.


    Really, how can you tell? Her confusion clear on her face.


    The look in your eyes gives it away. The reason I figured out the skill was bing a problem was because your eyes started to get the look of someone getting high from a drug. I exined, Im really sorry about that, I didnt know that that skill was that potent.


    Its fine, since its you. Not to mention that I would have followed you even without a skill like that affecting me. She said, shrugging off my apology.


    Is it because Tamamo asked you to? I asked.


    Thats part of it yes, but its also interesting being around you. Even among my own kind I easily get bored, but after meeting you, even if its only been about two days, I havent been bored at all.


    And the other reason?


    Ill get to brag to everyone in the future that I got to travel around with the Goddess of the Moons wife. Ill be one of the most influential vampires out there. Not that I really care about that stuff, but it has its perks.


    Such is the way of the world, I guess. I shrugged. Its always better to have more influence.


    Speaking of influence, how much do you have Tamamo? Ive always wondered, but never knew how to bring up the subject. I asked.


    {Lets see, if gods with Authority over concepts like fate or time are at the top, then Im at about 3<sup>rd</sup> from the top along with the God of the Sun.} She said proudly.


    How nice.


    It was then that I noticed the suning up.


    It seems weve been talking longer that I thought. I said looking out the window.


    Looks like it, do you need to go to sleep? Velvet asked, getting up to leave.


    Nah, Im good. I have the Sleep Resistance skill at level 10. I can go about a month without sleeping. I said, Why dont we wait a little longer and we can grab breakfast and go to the guild together. When we get there, we can register as a party.


    Sounds good to me, how good is the food here? She asked, her stomach growling.


    Its great, almost as good as mine. I said confidently.


    You can cook? Velvet said surprised.


    Of course, I can. It was a part of my training. I can also prepare and serve tea, clean a somewhatrge house in under an hour, and a bunch of other things. I proimed, All so that, when the timees, I can take care of Tamamo.


    {Dont forget that Im trying my best to improve in those areas as well. When you ascend, we can see who will be able to pamper the other better.} Tamamospetitive spirit ignited.


    Youre on, Tamamo. I answered in kind.


    You two are leaving me out again. Said Velvet, annoyed.


    {Sorry.} The both of us said.


    It was at this time we decided to head downstairs because I could smell breakfast being made. When we got to the ground floor, every table but one was empty. The only upied table had a man resting his head on his arms, asleep.


    Lets sit over there, I said pointing to the other side of the room, It reeks of alcohol over here.


    As we sat down the proprietress came over and greeted us.


    Good morning,dies. Find what you needed in all that stuff yesterday? She asked.


    We did, though it took longer than expected. I said, making up an excuse for why Velvet was still here. After this were headed to the guild to register as an official party and take some quests.


    Im d you made a friend then, but the two of you should be careful, I heard a group of nobles came to the guild yesterday. I dont want two cute girls like yourselves to catch the eye of some perverted noble. She said, giving us a heads up.


    Are they that bad in this country? I asked with a head tilt.


    For the most part, no, but there is always an exception.


    Then well be careful. Hopefully well get in there before the board is too crowded.


    Then Ill bring you both some food and get you out the door before that happens. She said, walking away. On her way to the kitchen, she woke up the drunk man and told him to either order something or leave. He got up and left the inn.


    Do you drink, Velvet? I asked, looking for something to talk about.


    It depends on what mood Im in, but for the most part no. Do you? She asked back.


    I just turned 15 so I havent. I answered.


    Then Ill have to take you out drinking one day, itll be interesting to see you drunk.


    You wont, being drunk is treated as a status effect and Im immune to them. I said, dashing her expectations.


    {There is an alcohol made by the patron god of the dwarves that gets past that, but Ill save drunk Luna for me alone.} Tamamo said, adding her input and making my face turn red.


    What are you getting embarrassed over. Velvet asked after seeing my change in attitude.


    Its nothing you need to worry about. Look herees the food. I said changing the subject.


    We quickly ate then left for the guild. When we got there, the board was pretty empty, much to our relief. We walked up to the board and took a look through the requests for our rank.


    Im never going to get anymore levels from such weak things like goblins or kobolds. I only went up three levels from everything we killed yesterday. Iined quietly.


    Only three, but we killed so many things yesterday. Velvet said, shocked.


    Thats the tradeoff I have for my skills leveling up so fast, slower leveling. I exined.


    I see, since we are allowed to take a request one rank above ours, wanna try to go for some orcs. Theyre a little stronger than a kobold leader and they taste delicious. Velvet suggested.


    You had me at delicious, and if you let me cook them, I might be able to raise my cooking level to 9. I said taking an orc subjugation quest from the board.


    I need to stop getting surprised by you. Velvet said under her breath.


    We walked up to the counter, epted the quest, and left to go hunt.


    Author''s Note:


    Today''s chapter is for setting up some events for next chapter. Also, I hate early springtime, pollen and allergies don''t mix well and the medicine I take makes me sleepy. If only I could get a sleep resistance skill, I could do so much more. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 23: Orc Hunting

    Chapter 23: Orc Hunting


    We went to the forest to the south of the capital instead of the east to find our prey. It was a lot darker and denser than the other one which would make it harder for Velvet to use her sword-whip. When I pointed this out to her, she told me.


    Its fine, that is my backup weapon, I mostly use fire and dark magic. With the forest as dark as this, my magic will be even more effective. Though Im grateful that youre looking out for me. She added.


    Do you mind if I practice with my mist as we hunt? I want to try and exclude allies from its effects, since were going to be in a party for a while. I said, asking for her permission to use her as a test subject.


    I dont mind as long as you dont drop the temperature too low. I dont want to end up like the goblins and kobolds fromst time. She said, giving her consent.


    After that, I released my mist into the surroundings. I could feel the small animals like squirrels and rabbits run away when the mist covered them, their instincts telling them it wasnt safe to stick around.


    How are you feeling right now? I asked Velvet.


    A little cold and sluggish, nothing I cant handle. She replied.


    Got it, lets start looking and Ill do my best to exclude you from the effects while we go. Im already starting to get an idea of how to do it, but it needs some practice. I said as I started to go deeper into the forest, Velvet right behind me.


    We were searching for about two hours when I noticed something enter my mist.


    Hold on Velvet, something just entered the mist. I warned, turning in the direction of the intruder.


    Since the range of my mist was quite big it took a while to get closer. When we did, we learned that the intruder was a single orc.


    Do you think its just a scout or something? Velvet asked, whispering next to me.


    Probably, though now itspletely lost since Im also showing it some illusions to keep it from leaving. I whispered back.


    What are you showing it?


    What every orc wants, a group of women all for itself. Though it makes me feel disgusted thinking of what it thinks its doing right now. Im going to take it out. I said as I pulled my bow out of my inventory.


    Archery and space magic as well, is there anything else I dont know about? Velvet asked after seeing what I was doing.


    Im also great with daggers and short swords and poison. While my ss is a mage type, I also have the abilities of a scout. Ill tell you the reason for that someday. I said as I loosed the arrow I prepared.


    The arrow went straight through the orcs eye and embedded itself in the tree behind it.


    I guess I put too much power into that.


    Just what level is your archery skill, actually never mind, well never get anywhere if I keep getting surprised by everything you do. Can you store away the body, we can dismantle itter. Velvet said, giving up thinking about my skills.


    Got it, by the way its friends are nearby. I said as I pointed in the direction of the dead orcs friends.


    How many?


    Four, just enough to finish the quest. Ill take two you take two?


    Sounds good, lets begin.


    After discussing our n, I collected the corpse and we both started moving in the direction of our prey. When we got in range, Velvet used her dark magic and impaled two orcs on shadow spikes while I struck my two down with lightning magic.


    You know, every fight we have is always so easy that its kind of boring. Iined.


    I get the same feeling, but we are still low ranked adventurers. It cant be helped, and look on the bright side, us finishing this quest will raise our ranks to E. Velvet said trying to cheer me up.


    Youre right, and as a bonus, I leveled up from that. Soon Ill be level 10, I wonder if anythingll happen when I get there? I said, thinking out loud.


    Since we finished our quest, we decided to dismantle the orcs right here, then head out of the forest to cook them for lunch. I took the edible parts, and the proofs of subjugation and Velvet burned the rest.


    Do you want to teleport to the entrance of the forest instead of trekking all the way back on foot? I asked before we departed.


    Sure, itll be much less tiring that way. Velvet replied back.


    Have you teleported before?


    A few times, yes. Why?


    Im still not used to the instant change after teleporting, so youll need to give me a few minutes when we get there.


    I understand, that feeling was the worst.


    I put my hand on Velvets shoulder and the next thing we knew; we were at the spot we entered earlier. I walked over next to a tree and started vomiting up my breakfast. I wish I didnt have to go through this every time.


    {Youll be alright, Luna. Just a few more times and you wont have to feel this way anymore.} Tamamo said,forting me.


    I really hope youre right.


    When I finally felt better, I walked back to where Velvet was. She was setting up a fire so that I could cook the orc meat.


    Feeling better? She asked, sympathy painted across her face.


    Yeah, but I dont think Im going to teleport us to the city. I dont want my lunching back up. I said after washing my mouth out.


    Thats fine. By the way, Ive been meaning to ask, what are your ns moving forward? Are you going to stay in this kingdom or are you going to travel around? She asked.


    Well, first I need to raise my rank to D, then I need to get to level 20. After that Im supposed to go to the Celestia Kingdom, take care of some pests, and clear a dungeon there. After that, Im not sure, I dont know what level I should be at to take on that arrogant mongrel that wants Tamamo. I said going over my immediate goals.


    Well, its good to know you at least have a n for the near future. Now, let me see just how good of a cook you are, Luna. The excitement in her voice growing more intense.


    Yeah, yeah. I said as I pulled out what I needed to start cooking.


    After about 30 minutes, I was done. What I made was some orc chops with salt and other spices. It was simple since we were right next to the forest and didnt want to attract any monsters with the smell. After handing Velvet her share, I sat down and started eating.


    I think Ive outdone myself, even with the limitations due to our location I said as I continued eating.


    So, this is what a high level of cooking skill can do. With just this you could be hired by royalty as a chef. Velvet said as she savored each bite.


    Arent you a higher up in an organization of vampires? I thought you would be used to cooking of this level, if not higher.


    That doesnt matter, good food is good food. Besides even if I am a higher up, its still expensive to hire someone of the same or higher skill than you just to cook.


    Speaking of your organization, will I need to meet anyone from there? Youve told me before that besides you, one other person knows about my rtionship with Tamamo.


    I think youre fine for now. In the future when you join the Goddess, youll need to send a message out through an oracle but thats about it.


    I was about to continue on with our conversation when I heard somethinging from within the forest.


    Velvet, get ready, somethingsing. I said, standing up.


    Do you know what it is? She asked bing alert.


    No, but were about to find out.


    As soon as I finished saying that arge bear appeared out of the darkness of the trees. It was then that I noticed something off about it. In several ces the flesh was starting to rot, and I could see its bones here and there.


    Why is an undead bear around here? I asked in a panic.


    Do you have anything that can deal with it? Velvet asked.


    I do, but Ill need some time, I havent practiced much with it. I said back.


    Then Ill distract it, you get ready. She said as she ran towards the undead bear, unsheathing her sword-whip.


    I closed my eyes and concentrated. I needed to umte power in my body and give it form. It was then that something in my mind clicked.


    I see, so thats how I do it. Things are about to get interesting. I said with a wide smile.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is thest chapter of today. I can''t fight off the sleep anymore so I have to end it on this cliff, please hang in there. I''ll probably be able to write the next chapter tomorrow morning before I leave for sses, so you don''t have to wait too long. Thanks for reading.


    P.S.: There might be moderate amounts of Fluff next chapter.

 Chapter 24: Fox Transformation and Apostle

    Chapter 24: Fox Transformation and Apostle


    [Velvet POV]


    While I was distracting the undead bear, Luna was preparing to deal with it. It was then that I heard her say;


    I see, so thats how I do it. Things are about to get interesting.


    I jumped back to give myself distance and to see what happened with Luna. When I positioned myself to see what happened as well as keep an eye on the bear, Luna was gone. In her ce was a ck-haired fox. Floating around the fox were a dozen dark blue mes. It was then that I heard Lunas voice in my head.


    Dont be so distracted. Were still in a fight, though not for much longer.


    After saying this she ran towards the bear, two of the blue mes then covered her front feet or more urately her ws, and she began shing the bear. It let out a mangled roar from whatever was left of its throat and began swiping at Luna, but she was too quick.


    She then took some distance and shot six of the mes at the bear. It didnt look like it did much damage but then I noticed that the mes werent burning the bear but purifying it.


    Luna, what skill are you using? I asked as I ran up and parried a paw swipe that was aimed at where Luna was going tond after she jumped up and shed the bear again.


    Its the purifying version of Fox Fire. This bear being undead means that purification works wonders on it. I could also use healing magic on it to kill it but that would require me to basically ride it and I dont want to do that; it really stinks, and I dont want that smell on me. She said while dodging another swipe.


    The Fox Fire continued to purify the bear when it stood up on its hind legs and started to charge forward.


    Velvet, think you can sh open its chest? Luna asked with some sort of n in mind.


    I can, what are you going to do?


    Im going to make a concentrated ball of purifying fox fire and shoot it inside, purifying it from within as well.


    Got it, one yed undead bear,ing right up. I said as I dashed into the charge of the bear.


    When I got close enough, I extended my sword and cut upwards. After that I dodged the swipe of its arms and went back for another cut. After repeating this a few times, there was a big enough gash for Luna to slip in her fox fire.


    Youre up Luna, finish it! I yelled as I jumped back.


    Perfect timing. She said as arge ball of blue fire shot past me and right into the opening I had made.


    When the fire hit the bear, it stopped in its tracks. I could see the fire raging through all of the holes in its rotting flesh.


    Its a good thing purifying me dont physically burn something or it would smell even worse than it already does. Luna said, pawing at her nose.


    As I was looking at Luna, I got the irresistible urge to pick her up. I acted on that urge and when my hands touched her fur, it was like a whole new world of softness was opened up to me.


    <strong><Gained Title: Apostle of Fluff></strong>


    I got a strange title the second I picked up Luna.


    Velvet, put me down. If you dont, bad things will happen. Im only giving you a warning since I consider you a friend. Luna said, her voice bing colder after every word.


    Im sorry! I dont know what came over me, I just had this urge to pick you up and acted on it before I knew what was happening. I said as I quickly but gently put Luna back down. When I did, I felt a sense of loss. Luna, what do you do to make yourself so soft? If anyone were to pet you for extended periods of time, they could get addicted to that feeling.


    Its a mix of thorough care, lots of brushing from both me and, when we meet, Tamamo, and a title. That addiction is also a part of that title, that why I hate it when people besides Tamamo touch my hair or tail. You should be happy I didnt turn you into a vampire popsicle. She said, her voice still cold.


    Whats a popsicle?


    Dont worry about it. Im going over there to turn back and redress myself, donte over here. She said as she walked away.


    Did I mess up? I asked to no one in particr.


    {Not necessarily, shes just keeping a promise we made to each other. Shell calm down in a little bit. Im more interested in the title you got.} The Goddess said, amused.


    You noticed the title? I asked, surprised.


    {Of course, I did. Who do you think I am. But to think Luna already made an Apostle. How very intriguing. Shes not even a demigod yet.}


    Do you know what the effect of this title is? I asked.


    {Lets see, it grants the softness effect that Luna talked about earlier, negates the addiction from softness and fluffiness, and once she ascends, you will be appointed as her representative in the mortal world, as well as given ess toe and go from the divine domain at will. This tells me a great many things about Lunas potential as well.} Tamamo said, her pride in her future wife growing.


    What do you mean potential? I asked, interested in just how much Luna will be able to achieve.


    {Well as she is right now, she already has the potential for dual-Authority, which only a few of the stronger gods have, but now she can possibly gain a third, like me.}


    Wait, you have three Authorities? I thought you only had one. I said astonished.


    {No, I have three, Im just most well known for the moon. The Authorities I possess are over the moon, the night, and gravity.} Tamamo said like it wasmon knowledge.


    I see, then do you also have an Apostle, Goddess, and how many can you have? I asked, my curiosity growing.


    {Gods can have the same number of Apostles as they do Authority. Since I have three, I can have three Apostles. As for your other question, I will, but who it is its a surprise for Luna, so dont tell her. Got it?}


    My lips are sealed, this time.


    {Good. Also dont tell Luna about the title either. Let me teach her about these things as she grows. She can appraise you, but she wont because she respects others private information.} She said in a tone that implied no was not an option.


    I understand. Was all I could say. Just then Luna returned.


    Shall we head back? She asked, her previous coldness long gone.


    Sure, but what about the bear? I asked turning around only to discover a pile of ashes. Never mind. What should we do when we get back?


    Report our questpletion first, then we report about the bear, after that, Im not sure. Luna said, putting her hand on her chin in a thinking pose.


    Alright then, we can figure out what to do after when we get there. I said as I started walking back to the city, Luna following behind me shortly after.


    Little did I know that, when Luna said she warned me because I was her friend, she waspletely serious. As I would soon find out.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is the chapter I promisedst night, please enjoy. It was so much easier to write when not fighting off sleep. I''ll see you all again soon. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 25: Abyss Fluff鈥檚 Fury

    Chapter 25: Abyss Fluff��s Fury


    [Luna POV]


    We were heading back to the city after taking care of the undead bear. After the battle, Velvet picked me up and ever since then, Ive been a bit worried. At first, I was angry, but when I calmed down, the anger turned into worry. I was worried because of the Abyssal Fluff titles effects.


    Tamamo, was Velvet affected by that one title when she picked me up? I asked, my worry evident.


    {You dont need to worry about it, the only way that title will affect someone is if they are exposed to your tails fluffiness over long periods of time. Not to mention that if it was anyone else who touched you, they would have lost their arms almost immediately, and that is if you are generous.}


    Well yeah, I was just worried that the friend I made would turn into some fluff obsessed zombie. That was why I warned her, if it was someone else, losing their arms would be a small price to pay for touching something they shouldnt. I said with a huff.


    {You really like keeping that promise dont you Luna?} Tamamo said giggling.


    Of course, I do. Why do you think I take such good care of my tail? If its not in top condition when I get to see you in person, then it feels like I lose at something. Especially since all nine of your tails are always pristine. I said, getting heated. Is it wrong of me to not want anyone elses filthy hands touching my tail except for my wife. If anything, they should thank me for purifying their hands with ice so cold it feels hot.


    {Luna! Snap out of it!} Tamamo yelled in my head. {Youre starting to scare poor Velvet over there.}


    I looked over to my right to see Velvet slowly inching away from me.


    Whats wrong, Velvet? I asked, trying to put a gentle smile on my face.


    Are you OK, Luna? Your face kept getting scarier and scarier for a few seconds. If its about me picking you up earlier, Im really sorry. I didnt know you hated it when people touched you. She said, looking like she was about to start crying.


    Its fine, we can put that incident behind us as long as you know to never do it again. The only reason I got as angry as I did was because, when I was little, I promised Tamamo that she was the only person besides myself, who can touch my tail, and that promise extends to my whole body when Im transformed. I said exining myself.


    Duly noted. Was all she said.


    As we were conversing, the city walls came into view. It was then that I thought of what I wanted to do for the rest of the day.


    Hey Velvet, do you still have nothing to do after we finish our report to the guild?


    I still havent thought of anything to do, why?


    Will you help me out with some teleportation training? I dont want to feel sick after doing that anymore, so I thought I should just teleport over and over until I get used to it. I need someone to watch over me so that no onees and tries anything while Im out ofmission. I asked.


    I dont mind, its not like I have anything to do anyway.


    What about your job in your organization? I know I just asked you for help, but is it really OK to go around with me all the time?


    Its fine, my mother took over my position and even then, all I ever did was listen to reports from subordinates and sometimes give orders. Honestly, going around with you is so much less boring that I dont think I can ever go back to that job.


    Well at least Im fun to be around. I bet no one from back then would believe it. I said letting out a sigh. I wonder how everyone is doing now.


    {It might take me a while, but I can find out for you if you want. It might be a bitte, but it could give you some closure.} Tamamo said in a warm voice.


    If you dont mind. Was all I could reply.


    The atmosphere around us turned a bit awkward as Velvet didnt understand what I was talking about, but figured it wasplicated, so she didnt pry. I tried to go back to our previous conversation in order to restore the cheery(?) mood.


    Anyway, thanks for agreeing to help. It means quite a lot.


    Dont mention it. Itll help us both out in the long run, anyway.


    I guess thats true.


    We finally made it to the gate and went inside after showing the guards our I.D.s.


    You want to pick up some skewers or something? That bear fight made me hungry again. I asked as we walked.


    I dont mind, I was starting to feel peckish myself.


    After buying some skewers in the square we started to eat. It was then that I noticed a fancy carriage parked near the guild building.


    Oh right, there was a noble visiting the guild. We should hurry up and finish our business, I get the feeling that if we dont, well get dragged into something annoying. I said as I finished up my sixth skewer.


    Where does all of that food go? You ate a bigger portion at lunch and now you ate six skewers and are starting on a seventh. Also, I agree, dealing with nobles is a pain.


    To answer your question, I dont know. Ive always been able to eat a lot, and the best part is, I dont get fat. And arent I a noble, technically?


    Dont ever tell any other woman that, Luna, youll only make enemies by saying that. And you dont really act like one, so it can be easy to forget.


    We continued to converse like this as we entered the guild. We walked up to the counter where Shuten was when I saw another demon girl standing next to her. They looked the exact same with the only exception being the colors at the tips of their horns.


    Wee back Miss Luna, Miss Velvet, how did the quest go? Shuten asked.


    It went well, though we need to report something we encountered on the way back, but before that, who is this? I asked, tilting my head.


    This is my twin sister, Ibaraki, she is starting her first day as a receptionist, so I am assisting her.


    Its nice to meet you, Im Ibaraki. Said the other demon girl, bowing her head.


    Its nice to meet you, Ibaraki. My name is Luna, this is Velvet, itll be a pleasure working with you in the future. I said, while both Velvet and I bowed our heads in return. Do you think you can process ourpleted quest?


    Sure, just put the proof ofpletion or subjugation here and we can go from there. Said Ibaraki, trying her best to be professional.


    I ced the proofs on the prepared tray and Ibaraki took it away to be checked.


    While she is doing that, what did you need to report? Shuten asked moving on to our other business.


    When we left the forest, we stopped to make lunch, while we were eating a bear came out of the forest. Normally I wouldnt report this, but the thing is, the bear was undead. I said, exining the events from earlier that afternoon.


    That definitely is strange. Ill make a report to the guild masterter, youll both probably need to exin it again after that, but it can wait until the guild master and his guest are done with their discussions. After Shuten finished speaking, Ibaraki came back.


    The processing isplete, congrattions onpleting your quest. If you put your cards here, you can rank up to rank E since you have met the requirements.


    We put our cards on the designated ce and then a light shone. When the light died down our cards were there but in a different color. Before, it was a dark grey color, but now it was a reddish-brown color that reminded me of rusted iron.


    We received our upgraded cards and thanked the both of them. We turned around to leave when someone started to call out to us.


    Hey!


    We started to walk to the door doing our best to ignore the arrogant voice.


    Hey! Stop ignoring me!


    We almost made it to the door when I felt something tugging on my tail.


    I stopped walking. Velvet noticed and looked over. When she saw what was happening, her face went beyond pale straight to blue.


    EVERYONE GET OUT OF HERE! She shouted running to get to the door.


    [3<sup>rd</sup> person POV]


    All the people in the guild stopped moving around after someone yelled telling them to escape. They were all confused until they all felt it. Killing intent was starting to flood out from close to the door. Along with that, the temperature was dropping rapidly, and a light mist was starting to spread.


    The more experienced adventurers began to move first, snapping the less experienced adventurers and gild staff out of there confusion. The ushered the people away from themotion before it got even worse.


    All of this happened without the cause of this incident knowing. The perpetrator was a short, fat wolf beastman who looked more like a blobfish than a wolf.


    You should know better than to ignore a noble, you dumb fox. Im the younger brother of Baron Du-Fis, Jarred Du-Fis. You are quite the beautiful woman, I wouldnt mind making you a concubine of mine, soe and follow me. Said the Pig noble.


    Sir Jarred, I think you should let go of her or you will lose your hand. A knight came up and said.


    What are you talking about my hand is fi The being lower than a mongrel started to say when he felt something off. He looked at his hand to find a lump of ice that was slowly spreading up his arm. The farther the ice went, the less feeling he felt. GYAAAAAAAAA! STOP! WHAT ARE YOU DOING TO ME!


    The knights were also being affected by the dropping temperature, the closest of the two already starting to get frostbite.


    It was then that a voice rang out from the stairs.


    What in the name of the spirits is going on here!? Yelled the guild master, followed closely by another wolf beastman who was also trying to learn of the situation.


    When he looked over the room at the only two who were in there, he started to yell angrily.


    You idiot of a younger brother, what did you do this time!?


    He ran over and pushed the poor excuse of a person out of the way. The shock shattering his frozen arm into diamond dust. The guild master also came over and noticed who the other person was.


    Lady Luna what is going on? He asked but never received an answer.


    He walked around to get a look at her face only to find it with an expression of such fury, it could kill a true dragon. The most terrifying thing though, was her eyes. Their normal calm shine was gone, reced by a furious silver glow.


    It was then that she turned around and slowly walked toward the sniveling piece of trash.


    No one is allowed to touch me. Not you. Not her. No. One. Luna said, her voice colder than the room.


    She was about to crush the garbage that even roaches would avoid when someone ran through the door of the guild.


    Im sorry about this, Luna, but you need to calm down. The new arrival, Velvet, said as she mmed her scabbard against Lunas head, knocking her out.


    She caught Luna before she fell to the floor, at the same time, the temperature started to slowly return to normal.


    The guild master spoke up, Will you please bring Lady Luna up to my office? Baron Du-Fis pleasee as well; it seems we are going to postpone our discussions for the time being.


    I agree, but can you tell me who this is?


    She is a new adventurer as well as the daughter of Marquis Deacon Reed.


    Upon hearing this, Baron Du-Fis paled. He looked at the thing that he was unfortunate enough to be rted to and said, You really screwed up this time you idiot. Be prepared to face serious consequences for this. You two, bring him to the infirmary here, get his arm some first aid, and drag him up to the guild masters office.


    It will be done, Milord! Said the knights in unison. They picked up the barley sentient dung heap by the arms and dragged him onto the guilds infirmary.


    When that was done, Velvet, the guild master, and the Baron all went upstairs while the unconscious Luna was being carried in a princess carry.


    Unbeknownst to all of them, in the divine domain, Atmos, the Goddess of Fate, wasughing.


    Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! You go, Luna! Im so happy you are going to be my sister-inw! Everything you do is so entertaining!


    {Will you calm down, Atmos, youre being annoying.} Tamamo said.


    I cant help it, that was hrious! Did you see the look on his face, it was priceless!


    {While I wholeheartedly agree, it still doesnt warrant being so loud.}


    Oh you, and your sensitive ears. You should have seen the look on your face as well, I could practically see the hearts in your eyes.


    Tamamo blushed a bright red. {I cant help it, Luna looked so cool just then, especially her eyes, the way they shone silver was mesmerizing.}


    I cant disagree.


    Author''s Note:


    It felt good writing this chapter. That''s all I got to say. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 26: Aftermath and Repercussions

    Chapter 26: Aftermath and Repercussions


    [Velvet POV]


    As I was carrying Luna to the guild masters room, I thought back on what just happened.


    I know Luna hates other people touching her tail, but what happened earlier wasnt like her at all. From the brief glimpse I got of her face it seemed like she lostplete control of her emotions.


    When we arrived on the fourth floor, the guild master spoke to me.


    I assume you are a member of Miss Lunas party.


    I am, my name is Velvet. I sincerely apologize for what just happened.


    While I wont say its OK, there seems to be more to what happened than I originally thought. For now, our only option is to wait for Miss Luna to wake up and hear the details of what happened from her side. Is that all right with you, Baron Du-Fis? The guild master asked, turning to the Baron beside him.


    Its fine, I might have a rough idea of what happened, but its best to hear it straight from the source.


    After the Baron said this, we entered the guild masters office. Iid Luna down on one of the couches and sat next to her. The guild master and Baron sat across from me. It was then that the Goddess spoke to me.


    {While Ill forgive you for knocking Luna out, will you tell me the reason for stopping her?}


    Goddess, with all due respect, if Luna went any farther, it would cause major problems for her. You might not understand this being a goddess and all, but in the mortal world, decent people cant just go around killing others for slights like this. I canpletely understand the urge to do what Luna was about to, but if she followed through with it, it would have ruined her reputation and could possibly have even worse repercussions. I said.


    {I see, while I personally think it would have been fine, if it would cause Luna any trouble in the future, Im thankful for you stopping her.}


    By the way Goddess, do you know why Luna started acting like that? I understand the whole getting angry for someone touching her tail, but that wasnt simple anger. It was like her emotions went out of control. I asked, my worry evident.


    {I do know what happened, but Ill let Luna exin, she is about to wake up. And before you ask, yes, she has calmed downpletely. Now, I have to go, the Goddess of Fate is visiting, and I have to keep her entertained.}


    After the Goddess stopped talking to me, I heard Luna start to wake up.


    [Luna POV]


    I feel a dull pain on the back of my head. I can tell Imying down, but I dont know what happened. Thest thing I remember was someone pulling on my tail and my vision going red.


    I opened my eyes to an unfamiliar ceiling.


    Ugh, what happened? I said.


    I looked to see where I was and noticed Velvet, Vince the guild master, and an unknown wolf beastman staring at me.


    It seems you have woken up, Miss Luna. While you might still be a bit dazed, I need to know what happened and why you caused such a ruckus downstairs. The guild master said, a strained look on his face.


    I sincerely apologize, Im not entirely sure myself, I remember someoneing up and grabbing my tail, something in my status changing, and my vision going red. After that nothing until I woke up here. I said as I put my hand on the back of my head and feeling arge welp. I started casting healing magic on it when Velvet started to exin what happened.


    After that person grabbed your tail, you started to unleash arge amount of killing intent and your mist started toe out. I yelled for everyone to get to safety and ran out of the door. I came back in when I felt the cold lessen a bit, you were about to kill the person who touched you, so I ran up and knocked you out. She said. As for the person who grabbed you, you froze most of his arm and it was shattered.


    After hearing that, I didnt know what to think or what I should do. Do I leave that person alone for daring to touch me, or do I heal them as rpense for my overreaction? As I was stuck thinking over this dilemma, the unknown wolf beastman spoke while bowing his head.


    Before we continue with this conversation, I should introduce myself. I am Baron Steven Du-Fis. I apologize on the name of the Du-Fis family about my stupid younger brothers actions, Lady Luna Reed.


    Please raise your head, Baron Du-Fis, I should also apologize for going overboard with my actions. I said bowing my head in return.


    Think nothing of it. That idiot brother of mine has had iting for some time. He always acts out like that, and I could do nothing about it. Losing an arm should serve as a reminder to him that he cant just do what he wants. He said.


    Miss Luna, you said earlier that something changed in your status, could you tell us what it was? The guild master asked.


    Let me check.


    I opened my status to see several messages.


    <strong><Charm skill has reached level 10></strong>


    <strong><Conditions Met: Recing Charm Skill with Curse: Reverse-Charm></strong>


    <strong><Notice: Due to intervention of Unique Skill: Status Effect Immunity; Curse: Reverse-Charm will be nullified></strong>


    <strong><Due to nullification of Curse: Reverse-Charm, Individual: Luna will suffer unstable heightened emotions for a short time while curse is removed></strong>


    <strong><Skill: Intimidation LV.1 obtained></strong>


    It seems that one of my skills reached level 10 and became a curse, but due to a unique skill the curse was nullified. As an aftereffect of the curse nullification, my emotions were heightened and became unstable. I exined. It seems your brother just so happened to do something that caused me to get angry at the wrong time, Baron Du-Fis.


    What was the skill that turned into a curse? If there was a skill like that, then the guild needs to be informed of it so that we can find others with it and stop them from using it. Said the guild master.


    It was the Charm skill, but I dont think we need to worry about anyone else having it. I said, trying to cate the guild master.


    And why is that? He asked.


    I cant say. I replied.


    The guild master looked into my eyes before backing down, his face still showing a bit of worry. Just as he was about to say something, a knock sounded at the door.


    Lord Du-Fis, guild master Vince, we have brought thest concerned party as requested. Said a voice from behind the door.


    Come in. Replied the guild master.


    When the door opened, two knights stepped in carrying a fat wolf beastman by the arms, or at least they were trying to since one of them was missing from just above the elbow. When I saw the fat wolf, I started to get angry again, but calmed myself down before I went out of control again.


    When the fat wolf saw me, his face grew red with anger, and he started yelling.


    You damn fox! Look what you did to this great me! You better be prepared to face the wrath of the Du-Fis family! Ill make sure you and everyone important to you suffer for this!


    Before he could continue his tirade, the Baron stood up and pped the fat wolf across the face.


    Shut up, you idiot! Dont you realize that you are the one in the wrong this time!? How many times have I told you to stop walking up to people and harassing them!? Do you have any idea how much shame you bring to our family name!? This time you have suffered the consequences of your actions, and this is how you respond!?


    Brother what are you talking about? We are nobles, we should be free to do what we want. Commoners like that damn fox over there should be grateful that we deign to even speak to them!


    I said shut up, idiot! I dont know how you got the idea that nobles are supposed to act like that, but you are wrong! Also, for your information, that person is the daughter of a Marquis, and she had every right to do what she did.


    After hearing that, the fat wolfs face paled as he looked over to me. When he looked into my eyes, he started to tremble. It was then that Baron Du-Fis asked me;


    Lady Reed, is there anything more you would like to do or anything to say?


    No, I think the loss of his arm is sufficient. It should serve as a reminder of his blunder.


    I thank you for your consideration. You two, take my brother to our lodgings while we finish our discussions here.


    Yes, milord. The both of them said.


    As the two knights walked over to get the fat wolf, I noticed that one of them could barley use his left hand. I remembered what Velvet said earlier about how I was using my mist to bring the temperature down in the guild and thought that this knight might have suffered from my rampage as well.


    Sir knight, before you go may I take a look at your left hand? I asked.


    The knight looked over to the Baron and he nodded his head. The knight removed his gauntlet and I saw he was suffering from severe frostbite. A feeling of guilt welled up in my chest. I couldnt care less about the fat wolf, but I felt bad about dragging others into my outburst.


    It seems that I have caused trouble for you, Sir knight. As an apology I will heal you. I said as I touched the knights hand and used my healing magic.


    Thank you, Lady Reed. Said the Baron.


    It was nothing, Lord Du-Fis. If anything, this was the least I could do for dragging unrted people into a mess that I was involved in.


    After the knights left with the fat wolf, we continued our discussion on how to handle the aftermath of the situation. Though the problem with the Baron was settled as his brothers screw up, I still needed to face repercussions for disrupting the guilds business.


    Since this is mostly due to several factors involving a skill, the guild cant give heavy punishment, but something still needs to be done, I hope you understand this, Miss Luna. Said the guild master.


    I do understand, guild master. What did you have in mind?


    I can either have you not ept quests for two weeks or allow you to do quests but have the guild keep the rewards you would have earned.


    What do you think, Velvet?


    Hmmm. Id choose the first option. You dont earn rewards in either choice, but I want to keep an eye on you incase that aftereffect is still affecting you. She said.


    Then there is your answer, guild master. I said, turning back to face the other person.


    Then form now until two weeks have passed, you are not allowed to take quests from the guild. If this is all, I suggest you head to your lodgings and wait for the time to pass.


    Ill do just that. Velvet, before you leave, will you report what we encountered this afternoon since you have this chance? I asked as I stood up to leave.


    Sure.


    After hearing her reply, I left the room and headed to the Foxs Mirror.


    Author''s Note:


    I have returned. I apologize for taking so long to get this chapter out. I was in the middle of writing it when I lost power due to a storm. I hope you all enjoy the chapter, thanks for reading.

 Chapter 27: Meeting with Fate

    Chapter 27: Meeting with Fate


    [Luna POV]


    When I made it back to my room in the inn, I jumped onto the bed and buried my face in the pillow.


    Ugh, I messed up big today. Iined to myself. While the thing at the guild was one thing, I almost snapped at Velvet too.


    While I was looking back on my actions during the day, a wave of drowsiness hit me.


    Whats going on here? I started to say as I lost consciousness.


    When I woke up, I was in Tamamos home.


    Whats going on? Its not even the full moon tonight. I said confused.


    That would be my doing, I really wanted to meet you in person. Said a voice from behind me. I turned to look at who spoke to see a slender woman with heterochromatic eyes of amethyst and emerald. She had long hair that reached past her knees and was a deep blue bordering on purple.


    Its nice to meet you Luna, I am the Goddess of Fate, Atmos.


    It is good to meet you as well. I replied stiffly.


    {Atmos, can you stop releasing your aura, youre putting Luna in a tough spot.} Tamamo said, scolding the Goddess of Fate.


    Fine, fine, I get it, dont look at me like that. She said rolling her eyes before turning back to look at me. Again, its good to finally meet you in person, future sister-inw. I know you must be confused about why I called you here, but I just really wanted to meet you in person. Every time I try to, Tamamo stops me, but this time I managed to distract her long enough.


    I looked over to Tamamo to see if what she said was true, but she refused to meet my gaze. I turned back to face her and said;


    Please take care of me in the future, then.


    She smiled brightly when I said this. Before we continued talking, we went over to some seats that werent there before and sat down.


    I have been watching you for a while, Luna, and I must say, you are quite entertaining. Especially the times you hug your tail and talk to it like you are talking to Tamamo. She said. I covered my face with my hands to try and hide my embarrassment.


    {When do you do that?} Tamamo asked, surprised.


    Oh please, dont act so surprised, Tamamo, you do the same thing. Not to mention that every full moon after she leaves youin to yourself that your tails dontpare to the fluffiness of hers. She said, her teasing smile growing wider while Tamamo blushed a bright red as well.


    {This is why I always try to stop you from meeting Luna, all you ever do is tease and embarrass me.} Tamamoined with a pout, her face still read.


    I couldnt get a word in through my embarrassment as well as the revtion Atmos gave me. I started to peek at Tamamo through my fingers, which Atmos caught on to.


    Oh, what is this? Did you not know about that, Luna?


    I didnt. I answered.


    I took my face out of my hands and looked directly at Tamamo this time. This caused her blush to deepen and made me smile.


    I guess that means I have to start brushing and tending to Tamamos tails more so that she can at least endure me not being here longer. I said, a teasing smile spreading across my face to match my future sister-inws. Dont worry, I have a brushing skill thats almost at max level. I dont know what will happen when it maxes out, but I guarantee that you will get the brushing of your life.


    I like the way you think, Luna. I give you permission to trap Tamamo in the abyss of fluff with the only way out being her gaining a simr level of fluff. Atmos said, giving me a thumbs up.


    {Will the both of you stop!} Tamamo shouted.


    But its so much fun teasing you, Tamamo. Atmos said.


    Shes right, plus its nice to be on the teasing side of things for once. I said, agreeing.


    {The both of you better be prepared for the consequences of this. Especially you, Atmos.} Tamamo said, ring at the both of us.


    What are you gonna do, Tamamo? Atmos asked.


    {Ill stop giving you my practice cooking.}


    Atmos froze upon hearing Tamamos words.


    Please reconsider! Ever since I tried your cooking, I cant stop eating it. Youre on par with the God of Culinary Arts, and you know she hasnt talked to me since I pulled that prank on her. If you stop giving me food, I dont know whatll happen. The panic in Atmoss voice increasing after every word.


    {As for you, Luna. I might not call you here on the next full moon.} Tamamo said, ignoring Atmoss pleading.


    I was shocked upon hearing her words. There wasnt a single full moon that I didnt spend time with Tamamo since I was five. I started to tear up.


    Thats not cool, Tamamo. It may have calmed down for the most part, but her emotions are still a bit unstable. Just look at her. Atmos said, turning serious.


    Tamamo look over at me and saw the tears falling from my eyes. She got up and came over and hugged me.


    {Sorry, Luna. I didnt mean it. Please calm down.} Tamamo said in a gentle voice.


    Are you still mad? Im sorry. Was all I could say.


    {Im not mad anymore, so please stop crying.}


    Ill leave the two of you alone for now. It was good to meet you Luna, please be careful in the next few months. Atmos said before covering herself in a shining light and disappearing.


    Im sorry for being such a mess today, Tamamo. First it was that thing with Velvet this afternoon, then that thing at the guild, and now this.


    {Its fine, while I cant do anything about the first two things, I can at least apologize for going too far this time. Im sorry.} She hugged me tighter while saying this.


    I think I feel better now, thank you I said as I hugged Tamamo back.


    Author''s Note:


    I really hate April Fools day, so here, a normal chapter for anyone like minded. Beware the next chapter might give an overdose of fluff. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 28: Fluff

    Chapter 28: Fluff


    [Luna POV]


    Me and Tamamo sat there hugging each other for what felt like hours. I didnt want to leave her embrace; it was sofortable. She even wrapped me in some of her tails. Their softness was only rivaled by mine.


    I freed my arms and pulled out a brush. I started brushing one of her free tails making sure to focus on any spot that was tangled. While doing this I felt a sensation on my own tail. It seems that Tamamo had the same idea that I did.


    {As much as I am annoyed at Atmos telling you about how I feel about my tails when you leave, its true. I wish I could get my tails to be as fluffy and soft as yours.}


    You dont have to worry about that, Tamamo, its my job to make sure your fluff is up to standard. I wasnt lying earlier when I talked about that skill. Itll probably max itself out by the end of our time together tonight.


    <strong>


    </strong>


    <strong><Conditions met acquired unique skill: Divine Brushing Technique></strong>


    Speak of the devil.


    {Did it level up already?}


    Yep. It even gave me a unique skill.


    {What does the unique skill do?}


    I appraised the new unique skill and was surprised.


    <strong>Divine Brushing Technique: </strong>Unique skill given to one who has achieved mastery in the art of brushing. Anyone who is brushed by the holder of this unique skill will have nearly unparalleled levels of softness and fluffiness. This unique skill can only be gained by someone who has reached the maximum level of the brushing technique skill and hase into contact with a god or goddess that has allowed the holder to brush them.


    {How interesting, I guess I really am going to be pulled into the abyss of fluff, huh.}


    Of course, Ill make sure that we will stand atop the world of fluff as its supreme overlords. I said with a strange sense of pride.


    {Dont tempt people like that, Luna. You have to remember you are the abyss of fluff, youre already at the top, or bottom? What do you ssify the abyss as? Is it the summit or something that someone falls into?}


    Im not really sure myself. I tried thinking about that a long time ago but gave up.


    {Anyway, since you are the pinnacle, I need to catch up.}


    Fufufufu. Thats the whole point of this unique skill, Tamamo. With it I choose who can stand beside me at the pinnacle of fluff.


    As we conversed about this and that, I continued to brush Tamamos tails. We continued on for hours when Tamamo said;


    {Now that I think about it, youre going to get more tails in the future. I wonder what it would feel like to be wrapped up in multiple tails of abyss fluff. I think even I would go crazy.}


    Then youll understand how nice it feels when you do it to me. When you wrap me in your tails, it feels like being wrapped in the mostfortable bed and nket that you never want to leave. I probably wouldnt if there wasnt a time limit of me being here. I said as I moved on to thest of her tails.


    {A tail bed and nket sounds really nice, youll have to let me try that when you get more.}


    Of course, I will, as long as you return the favor.


    {Its only natural. Ill have to pamper you as much as you pamper me.}


    We started to stare into each others eyes and inched our faces closer to each other when a light started to shine.


    Sorry for interrupting the two of you at a tender moment but if I dont send Luna back right now, her little friend would start to worry. Atmoss voice echoed through the entire space.


    {Damn it, Atmos! Did you really have to wait for this moment in particr!?}


    Seriously! Ill get you for this next time as well! Ill give you a feel of fluff then have Tamamo permanently take away your sense of touch!


    Oh, how scary. I really wish I could let you two flirt longer but since Im the one who brought you here, I have to send you back and youve already been here a week.


    Wait what!? A week!


    Yep, a week, your friend is watching over your body right now, but she is getting worried.


    Fine, send me back, but remember, dont interrupt next time or Ill carry through with my threat.


    Yes, yes, till next time Luna.


    Ill talk to youter Tamamo. Next full moon we can continue.


    {Yes, Ill talk to you again soon, Luna. Now go and calm down Velvet.}


    The light grew brighter and brighter until it felt like I was going blind. When it died down, I found myselfying in my bed at the inn. I looked around and saw Velvet with tear in her eyes. She jumped up from where she was sitting, grabbed me by the shoulders and started shaking me.


    Luna! Are you alright? Why did you fall asleep for a whole week? Was this also a part of the bacsh from the curse nullification? She kept bombarding me with questions and shaking me back and forth.


    Velvet calm down, I cant exin anything if you keep shaking me like this.


    Right, sorry. She said as she realized what she was doing. Sorry, please exin what is going on. Why were you asleep for a whole week?


    The Goddess of Fate called me up into the divine domain to meet me and after a while it turned into me and Tamamo spending some time together. It honestly felt like only a night passed up there. I didnt know how long I was asleep until the Goddess of Fate said something.


    I see, if it was the Goddess of Fate then its fine.


    Has anything happened while I was out?


    Not much, there have been more reports of undead popping up in the other forests besides the one with orcs.


    That doesnt sound good.


    It probably isnt my mother is even having her subordinates look into things, but they havent got any news yet.


    Then all we can do is wait. By the way, sorry about everything I didst week.


    Its OK. Anyway, what are you going to do for this week since you still cant take any quests from the guild?


    Im not sure, I dont want to justze around but I dont know what to do. Im not really good at sitting still and doing nothing.


    Heres an idea for tomorrow at least. Why dont I show you around the capital some? Youve only been here for a short time, and I dont think youve explored much, right?


    Now that I think about it, youre right. Lets do that tomorrow then. As for the rest of the week, we can leave that to future us.


    Author''s Note:


    The title says it all. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 29: Capital Exploring: East- Part 1

    Chapter 29: Capital Exploring: East- Part 1


    [Luna POV]


    As we decidedst night, we are going to explore the capital today. Well, its more like Im being given a tour from someone who knows more about the ce than exploring. Anyway, I got up early and ate breakfast. The proprietress was worried about why I didnt leave my room for a week, so I told her that I didnt feel well and just got better.


    After eating, I left the inn and found Velvet waiting for me outside.


    Isnt it a bit too early for you to be here, Velvet? I asked.


    Not at all, I figured you would probably get up early since you slept for so long. Not to mention that you seem excited to go around the city.


    How could you tell?


    Your tail gives it away. She said chuckling.


    How embarrassing. I thought I got over that a long time ago. I said while covering my face in embarrassment.


    {You really dont need to, its quite cute.} Said Tamamo.


    If you say so. I said, getting embarrassed for a different reason.


    Anyway, where should we go first? There arent many ces that are interesting this early in the morning.


    What do you mean? Locations shouldnt be any different, no matter what time of day, right?


    If you just want to see a ce, then thats true, but if you want to experience the atmosphere as well, then you need to be there at the right time. For example, going down a street lined with stalls during the day is one experience, but going down that same street during a festival feelspletely different. Velvet exined.


    I guess youre right. Speaking of festivals, are there any that happen here this time of year?


    There will be one next month to celebrate the defeat of the King of Fiends. Im surprised you havent heard about it, especially since your father was a leading figure in that whole ordeal.


    I knew about that festival, we held a simr one back home, I just didnt realize it was that time of year already. Come to think of it, thisll be the first year I dont celebrate it at home. I guess that means Ill miss out on the wyvern meat.


    Youve eaten wyvern meat before? She asked, surprised.


    You havent? I asked back.


    Only once, and it was only a little.


    I guess Ill have to share some with you when I go on my hunt to get a semi-permanent stock of wyvern meat someday.


    Im suddenly getting the feeling that wyverns are going to go extinct.


    Nah, Ill stop at endangered. If I dont then the meat will run out eventually, though that could mean that I can have a monopoly on top quality meat for a while as well. Hmm. Ill give this more thoughtter.


    You saying it like that makes it seem like youre serious.


    I am though.


    My words left Velvet with a stunned look on her face. While she was still trying to process what I said, I changed the subject;


    Anyway, do you want to just walk in a direction for a while and see where that takes us?


    Might as well. We can even split going around the city for at least four days, with one direction for each day. How does that sound?


    Sounds fine to me, its not like I have anything to do this week anyway.


    Which direction do you want to start with?


    What do you rmend?


    Id say east, that way we can go around the shopping district.


    OK then that is the way we go today. Maybe Ill even find some souvenirs to send back home. I wonder what everyone would like?


    {Im fine with anything if ites from you.}


    There is actually something Ive been thinking of getting for you Tamamo, but its going to be really expensive, and I dont think even the funds that I left home with will cover it. So, its going to have to wait a little longer unless I turned to Velvet and asked; Do you know anywhere that sells orichalcum for a reasonable price?


    Velvet looked at me like I grew a second head.


    Luna, the only ce that even deals in orichalcum is the Dwarf Kingdom, and thats on the other side of the continent. The most you will see here is in the hands of an S-rank adventurer, and none of them are in the city at the moment.


    How annoying, even ke never let me have any when I asked. You would think he could spare some, but noooooo, he would just say; Im not giving you any, I barley have enough to satisfy myself.


    Im more surprised this ke even has the skill to craft with orichalcum in the first ce.


    Of course, he does. Hes a former hero after all.


    Thats right, you did say youre acquainted with a former hero didnt you. What do you even need orichalcum for in the first ce?


    Its the best metal to enchant with space magic. If I can get my hands on two pieces big enough to make a portable mirror, I can give one to Tamamo and use it to talk with her face to face instead of just telepathically.


    {I thought you were going to try that with mirrors made from your ice magic?}


    I was at first, but then I learned that ice made from magic doesnt mix well with space magic enchants, it immediately shatters. The same thing happens with small pieces of mithril.


    {I see, then the mirror n will have to wait a bit longer.}


    Unfortunately.


    I guess thats a reasonable thing to want orichalcum for. Anyway, were almost there, Luna, so cheer up. The ce were close to right now is a market that deals in food and alchemy ingredients. I thought that it would be best toe here first so we can get a look around before it gets super crowded.


    Smart. I said when I started to smell some freshly baked bread. I just ate and now Im feeling hungry again.


    I know right, I love the smell of freshly baked bread, you want to go get some?


    Sure.


    We headed over to the bakery that the smell wasing from. We walked up to the window and talked to the baker;


    Good morning to you, lovelydies, interested in buying some bread? He asked.


    We are, it smells so good, and we want to know if it tastes as good as it smells. Velvet said.


    Then youre in luck, I just pulled a batch out the oven, give it a few minutes to cool and you two can have first pick of the day.


    We made some small talk with the shopkeep while the bread cooled. When it was cool enough, he brought over several small loaves. Velvet and I picked one up, paid, and took a bite. It tasted like a biscuit with some sweetness mixed in.


    This is great, the only thing that could make it better is if you drizzled some honey on top. I said after taking thest bite.


    That sounds like a great idea, missy. If only honey wasnt such an expensive item, Id love to do that. Said the shopkeep.


    Has its price gone up recently? Velvet asked.


    Yeah, it has always been expensive, but the price has been going up steadily, something about decreasing supply or something.


    Where does the supplye from? I asked.


    The northern forest is the closest ce that I know of, something must be happening there.


    I nced at Velvet, and she nodded her head. It seems like whatever is happening in the forests is starting to effect more than just adventurers now. We thanked the baker again and left, walking towards the area that sold ingredients for cooking and alchemy.


    When this week is over do you want to try and investigate this problem, Velvet? I asked.


    We could but do you have any idea on where to start?


    Not at all.


    Then we should leave it to people who know what they are doing. After you left the guild masters officest week, I reported the undead bear we fought and over this past week, other adventurers have reported seeing undead in the other forests as well.


    I remember you telling me that before. What other undead have been seen?


    I dont know all the details, but its mostly animals like wolves, deer, and boars. We might have been the unlucky ones to run into a bear, even if we took care of it like it was nothing.


    OK then, well wait and see. Though if the guild asks us to step in, well have no choice.


    We went around looking at what people were selling. I decided to buy some things here and there to top up my stock. It was then that Velvet asked;


    Is the bag that youre putting all that in a portable inventory?


    Something like that.


    Hmm, anyway, the next ce Ill show you is the ce where you can buy misceneous things. If youre going to buy souvenirs for people, that is the best ce to go.


    Then lead the way.


    Author''s Note:


    Hello all. I''m splitting these next chapters into parts otherwise they''ll be too long. I hope you all enjoy nheless. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 30: Capital Exploring: East- Part 2

    Chapter 30: Capital Exploring: East- Part 2


    [Luna POV]


    After a few minutes of walking, we made it to an open space like the one where the guild is at. If I had topare what it looked like, it would be a bazaar. Though it was still a little early, there were already a lot of people around.


    Ugh, its so loud. Iined, folding my ears down.


    If you think this is loud, then its a good thing we got here when we did. Around noon is the time this ce is the most packed, youd probably go deaf.


    Yeah, lets hurry then.


    Walking around, I saw many people selling many different things. One person was selling cheap looking weapons, while another was selling some kind of pottery.


    There are so many different things here. I said, voicing my thoughts.


    The people around here are mostly apprentices trying to sell there works as well as advertising what their teachers make.


    While looking around, I saw a stand that was selling small pendants. I walked closer to it so I could get a better look at what was being offered. One pendant that really caught my was in the shape of the sun with a red-orange colored jewel in the center.


    Has this pendant caught your eye, miss? Said the stand owner.


    It has, where was this jewel found?


    Its a magic stone that was found near a volcano. It is what is left over from a bigger piece that my teacher used when making something for a noble. It has the effect of slightly reducing mana cost of fire spells as well as keeping you warm when its cold, not that it matters much in this kingdom.


    How much for it? I asked, thinking I could give it to Soleil.


    5 silver and 20 copper.


    Here you go.


    Thanks, and if you ever have any requests, go to the jewelry store Dragons Hoard. We cater to bothmoners and nobles.


    Ill keep it in mind. I might go there to make amission when I get more money. I said, an idea for a gift crossing my mind.


    I walked back to Velvet, and we started moving again.


    You have a good eye, Luna. That shop is quite famous, you might get a discount since you met an apprentice out here, not to mention that pendant is quite high quality for something sold so cheaply.


    Thats the thing about ces like this, you never know what youre going to find.


    I thought you didnt have any experience with ces like this. You make it sound like youve been here before. Velvet said, looking at me with suspicion.


    Crap; I forgot I havent told Velvet everything about myself yet. For now, Ill just make up an excuse, but eventually Ill have to exin myself. Maybe after we are done going around the capital.


    You see, I heard about it from some people who talked about it during breaks from training.


    I see. How about we go over there, it looks like they have some interesting things. Velvet said.


    I looked over to where she was talking about and saw a stall selling different kinds of masks. I looked back at her and saw her eyes sparkling.


    You like masks that much?


    I enjoy collecting them. My favorite kinds are the ones that cover your whole face, but if any catch my eye, I normally buy it.


    We walked over to the stall and took a look at what was being sold. There were several kinds of masks ranging from full-face to half-face, ones you could get at festivals to ones you would wear to an opera. Velvet looked over all the options and picked up one that looked like a pair of butterfly wings.


    How pretty, how much?


    10 copper.


    Velvet hands over the money and we leave the stall.


    Want me to hold on to that for you so you dont have to carry it all day? I asked.


    Sure, thanks. She said, handing me the mask.


    We spent another few hours there until it started getting too loud for me to handle. We moved out of the za to a side street.


    Who knew it would get so crowded and loud so fast. I said, massaging my head.


    Want to get an early lunch? There is a good ce close to here.


    Sure.


    We walked for about 10 minutes until we arrived in front of a door in the back of an alley.


    Is this the ce you were talking about? I asked.


    Yep. This ce may seem like its in a bad ce, but they have some of the best pastries in the city and they serve it with this thing they call coffee. Its bitter but goes well with the food.


    After hearing her exnation, I chuckled inwardly. So, its a hole-in-the-wall caf kind of ce, how fun.


    Seems interesting, Im looking forward to trying it.


    Then lets go. She said as she opened the door.


    Inside was a bit dim, but tastefully decorated. There was some light chatter from other patrons, but it wasnt overly noisy. At the counter was an older gentleman that could pass for a bartender in a high-ss bar.


    This is nice. I said, I already like the ce.


    I know right, its a good ce to go if you get tired of the crowds outside.


    The older man looked up to see who came in. When he saw Velvet, he smiled a bit.


    If it isnt Miss Velvet, its been a while since youst came here.


    It has been a while, hasnt it? Howve you been, Mister Bart?


    Ive been well. You and your people have been good to me.


    Thats good. Let me introduce you to my new friend here. This is Luna Reed, she just got to this city about a week or so ago.


    Hello, I am Luna Reed, its nice to meet you. I said, introducing myself.


    Greetings, Lady Luna, my names Bart, Bart Ender.


    Youre a noble? I asked, a little surprised.


    I used to be, I passed my position down to my son a few years ago and decided to open up this ce to pass the time.


    How nice. I said.


    Is there anything I can get youdies? Mister Bart asked.


    Well have the pastry set with coffee, please. Velvet said, ordering for the both of us.


    Very well, then. Take a seat where you like, and Ill have it right out to you. He said before going into the back to prepare our order.


    We went and sat down at a table near the wall.


    You know, if Tamamo coulde down here, Id love to bring her here on a date. I said, giving voice to the thought I just had.


    {That does sound nice.}


    When you see her on nights with a full moon, can you use magic? Velvet asked.


    I can, yeah. I answered, confused.


    Then cant you use your illusion magic to replicate the ce and people? I mean youve mastered it to the level you can make physical illusions, right? Velvet suggested.


    {}


    Velvet, are you a genius? Because I think youre a genius.


    {I agree.}


    As a reward for giving me such a good idea, I will pay for the both of us. I dered.


    You dont have to do that though. Velvet began to protest, but I stopped her.


    I already dered it, so the only thing you can do is ept, Velvet. I said jokingly.


    Fine, my gracious friend. Allow me to impose upon your kindness. Velvet said, ying along.


    We both started to giggle when our order arrived.


    Here you go,dies, please enjoy. If you need anymore coffee, just call me over.


    After we nodded our heads, Mister Bart walked back to his spot from earlier. I picked up my cup and took in the aroma. It brought back memories from my previous life. I must have looked strange because Velvet gave me a look of concern.


    Are you all right, Luna? You seem kind of sad right now.


    Its nothing, the smell of the coffee just made me remember something from a long time ago. Ill tell you about itter.


    OK, just know Ill listen whenever.


    We continued to eat our pastries that came with the coffee. They really did pair well.


    How did you find out about this ce, Velvet? I asked curiously.


    Mister Barts family has been close to our organization for a long time, I even think one of my rtives married into his family at one point, but thats not important. When he retired, he came and asked my mother for help in opening this shop. They made a deal where she funded the shop and he agreed to let our people stay in here during the day.


    I see.


    What do you want to do after this? We can either go to the ce where they sell clothes or the ce that holds auctions.


    Lets go to the ce where they sell clothes, I feel like if we go there, well end up spending the rest pf the day there.


    OK then. While were at it, lets decide where well go tomorrow.


    Which area of the city has all of the ces like cksmiths and alchemy shops?


    That would be the west. Is that where you want to go tomorrow?


    Yes, I need to resupply on some trap making things and to get some throwing knives, not to mention I want to get some poison making materials.


    It sounds like youre preparing to go through a defensive battle.


    You never know when youll need stuff like this. Better to hoard it now than not have it when you might need it.


    {That makes you sound like some of the heroes from the past. They always went around picking up even the smallest things. I never really understood why they did it, but it was funny when, after they lived out the rest of their lives, their inventories suddenly dropped everything that was in there. The reactions from other people were hrious. Atmos even passed out fromughing a few times.}


    That is hrious.


    Whats so funny? Velvet asked.


    Tamamo was just telling me how I sounded like past heroes.


    Velvet looked convinced when I said that; That makes sense, heroes always were a little weird. Speaking of past heroes, I think I know the first shop Ill take you to.


    Oh, is it run by a hero?


    It was at one point, but its been like 200 years since then.


    Where you around for that?


    No, while not true for a lot of vampires, Im as old as I look.


    So, youre around 20?


    Spot on.


    Ok, then were closer in age then I thought.


    We finished up our meal, I paid our bill, and we left to go to our next destination.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is part 2 of 3 for the east. I''ll try to get part 3 out tomorrow morning at the earliest, so until then. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 31: Capital Exploring: East- Part 3

    Chapter 31: Capital Exploring: East- Part 3


    [Luna POV]


    When we left Mister Barts shop, I realized just how nice of a ce it was. After exiting the door, it was like someone started ying speakers on full st.


    Velvet, lets get out of here before my head explodes. I said, the sound giving me a headache bad enough to make me tear up.


    Follow me then, Ill try to get us out of here as fast as possible.


    We stuck to some of the alleyways to avoid going through the crowds though some of the alleys amplified the noise.


    This reminds me of bigger cities in my previous world. How do they manage to get so loud without machinery and vehicles to add to it?


    {Its as loud as it is to you because of your race. Most beastkin have this problem until they get used to it or, if they have the money, buy a magic item that dampens sound.}


    Why was I never told that something like that existed, it would have been great to know about those beforehand.


    {I didnt know about them either, Atmos just came over again and saw you were struggling and told me about those.}


    And does she know where to find one?


    Hey, Luna, its me Atmos. If you want one of those items, all you have to do is keep following your friend there, they should sell them at the ce youre going.


    {Atmos stop grabbing my head to talk to Luna, you can talk to her like you do when you give oracles.}


    I know that; I just wanted to see if this worked as well, and now I know it does. By the way, what did you do to get your hair so soft and silky? Its always been nice, but now its exquisite.


    {That was Lunas doing, I think its a part of her new unique skill. She only brushed my tailsst time, but the effect of that skill must extend to the whole body of whatever she brushes.}


    I might have to ask her to help me out with taking care of my hair next time shees here then.


    {No.} Both Tamamo and I said simultaneously.


    Why not? Is it because I interrupted the two of you right when things were getting goodst time?


    While Im still a bit upset about that, thats not the reason.


    {Same, but the real reason is that were going to try out an idea Velvet gave us earlier.}


    Fine, but Ill get your help one day, Luna.


    She gave up easier than I thought she would.


    As I was talking with Tamamo and Atmos, Velvet led me onto another side street that opened up to an area that had several shops that clearly catered to nobles and other wealthier people.


    Now that were over here the noise should be more manageable. How are you doing, Luna?


    Better than earlier, Tamamo and Atmos have been talking with me and that helped keep my mind upied.


    So, the Goddess of Fate is talking with you as well?


    I dont think itll be a regr thing, or at least I hope not.


    Did she do something to offend you or something?


    Aside from one thing, no. Its just me being selfish in wanting my head to be filled with only Tamamo.


    Hahahahahahahahahahahahaha! You should see the look on your face, Tamamo! Its so red it looks like a tomato! Hahahahahahahahahaha!


    I see Anyway, the shop I wanted to bring you to is close by. Were about a 15-minute walk from there.


    Good, by the way, Velvet, did you know about sound dampening magic tools?


    Are those a thing?


    Apparently.


    Do you think theyll have one at the ce were going?


    They do, ording to Atmos, though how she knows that, I have no idea.


    When we arrived at the shop, I saw a few carriages parked outside.


    Should we wait a little bit before going in? I asked.


    Hmm, probably. The crest on the leftmost carriage is the Du-Fis family crest, and the Baron himself should still be meeting with the guild master, so that leaves only one other person it could be.


    Then letse backter.


    We walked away from the shop and spent a few hours looking around. During that time, I picked up some nice-looking clothes that would transform when I used my fox transformation skill. I also got pick out some cute clothes for Velvet. It was then that I found out that she is one of those people who look good in anything.


    Velvet, how do you look good in anything you wear?


    I could ask you the same thing, Luna. Especially when you put on lighter colors. It makes me jealous.


    She was about to continue when amotion urred in front of the shop where the carriages were.


    Do you realize who I am! I am Jarred Du-Fis, the younger brother of Baron Du-Fis!


    We saw the fat wolf harassing ady that was trying to get on a different carriage.


    You would think that he would have learned to stop doing that by now, dont you think? I asked in a monotone voice.


    I dont think people like that can learn. Velvet said in the same monotone voice.


    Should we get involved, I think my face would be good enough to scare him away?


    No, his brothers knights should show up any second, see.


    True enough, two knights came up behind the fat wolf, knocked him out, and unceremoniously threw him into his carriage. One of the knights got into the coachmans seat while the other kept apologizing to thedy that was being harassed.


    This is going to cause the Baron another headache.


    Was the person he was harassing a noble in a higher standing again?


    Yep. This time it was the daughter of the only Duke in this country.


    I really pity the Baron. It cant be easy to have a brother like that.


    I agree, but now that hes gone, want to head over there?


    Lets go.


    We walked over to the shop and saw that the dukes daughter was still there. A maid was standing next to her examining her arm.


    Mdy, are you sure youre alright? That disgusting wolf grabbed on to you pretty hard. Said the maid.


    Im fine, Louise, its nothing putting some ice on it wont fix, not to mention it would take a lot more than that to hurt me.


    Thats true, but I still think you should go see a healer.


    I looked over to Velvet and whispered; Should I go and heal her?


    Why get involved, it has nothing to do with you? She whispered back.


    I just feel some weird sense of camaraderie with her.


    Do what you want, I wont stop you. Velvet said with an exasperated look.


    I walked over to the two and spoke up.


    I couldnt help but overhear your conversation, I can use some healing magic on you if you want.


    The two of them turned towards me and the maid asked; Who might you be, Miss?


    My name is Luna, Luna Reed.


    The dukes daughters eyes widened a bit when she heard my family name.


    I heard Marquis Reed had a daughter, but I didnt know that you were in the capital. My name is Shana Ashe, daughter of Duke Ashe. This is my personal maid, Louise. Its nice to meet you, Lady Reed.


    You can just call me Luna, I came to the capital to be an adventurer, so you dont need to act formally towards me.


    I see. Is it true that you can use healing magic?


    Yes, I thought I should speak up since I have had a simr run in with that fat wolf, though in my case he lost an arm.


    I was wondering why he only had one arm.


    Yeah, that was my fault, anyway, would you like me to take a look at your arm?


    I dont mind, its not really a big deal, but Louise wont leave it alone.


    Of course, I wont. I cant let mydy be injured, no matter how insignificantly.


    I looked at her arm and saw a handprint was left behind.


    I wouldnt even call this an injury, but here you go. A silver light shone, and the mark disappeared.


    Thanks, is there anything you want in return for taking up your time?


    Not really, though if I can ask, dont me the Baron for that fat wolfs actions, hes having a hard enough time dealing with him as it is.


    I understand.


    Louise walked closer to Shana and whispered into her ear.


    It seems that its time for me to go, until we meet again, Luna.


    The two of them got onto the carriage and left. After they were gone Velvet came up to me.


    Did you get everything out of that that you wanted?


    I really just did that because I wanted to, though now I also have a connection to a dukes daughter, so I guess you could say so. Shall we go in then?


    Sure.


    When we entered the shop, I saw lots of different styles of clothing. It ranged from formal wear to casual. What really caught my eye were several styles of kimonos and yukatas.


    Oooooo. Those are so pretty. I said, walking over to them. I wonder if I would look as good as Tamamo does in one of these?


    {I think you would look great, especially in that blue one over there.}


    I looked at the kimono Tamamo was talking about. It was really pretty. I went over to a clerk and asked about it.


    Excuse me, could I trouble you to allow me to try this on?


    Of course, go and wait over there and I will bring it over to you.


    I walked over to what I assumed was a dressing room and waited. The clerk brought it over and asked; Will you need any assistance with trying this on, Miss?


    I was about to decline when Velvet walked over and spoke.


    Ill help her out.


    OK then, if either of you have any questions or requests, please let me know.


    I can dress myself you know.


    {These are actually difficult to put on if you dont know what youre doing, Luna. Just let her help.}


    After hearing Tamamos words, I relented. After a few minutes of struggling, I got the kimono on. I looked into the provided mirror and was shocked by what I saw.


    You were right, Tamamo, this does look great on me.


    {It really does. You look so good that I want to see you wear that every day.}


    Maybe in the future.


    You look great, Luna. I would have fallen for you if you werent already spoken for.


    Thanks. I think Ill buy this then.


    I asked Velvet to help me take it off so that I could buy it. When we were done, I walked up to the clerk from before and asked to check out.


    Luna, dont forget about that other thing.


    Thanks for reminding me. I looked back to the clerk and asked, Do you have any magic items that dampen sound?


    We do, theye in several varieties, are you looking for any particr style?


    Ill just take a look at what you have and decide from there.


    The clerk pulled out a trey that had several magic items that were shaped like earrings. They were all quite pretty, but the ones that sought my eye the most were a rather simple pair of rings.


    How much for this pair?


    These will be 20 silver and the kimono is 15 gold.


    Ill take them then.


    Thank you for your patronage.


    After that we left the shop and headed back to the inn.


    Today was fun. I said.


    I agree, though Im a bit worried about your funds, Luna. You bought quite a lot of stuff today.


    Ill be fine, I have enough tost me at least two months before I have to worry.


    OK then, do you want to meet in the same ce from this morning tomorrow?


    Sure, Ill see you then. I said as I walked into the Foxs Mirror.


    Author''s Note:


    Sorry I didn''t get this out earlier, I overslept and then had to go to sses yesterday morning. Thanks for reading.

 Side Chapter 8: Letters

    Side Chapter 8: Letters


    [Soleil POV]


    Its been a while since Big Sis Luna left the shrine. Since then, it has felt very boring. All I have done is train, eat, sleep, and repeat. I honestly dont get how Big Sis handled all of this when she was here without going crazy. The only thing I look forward to is the letters sent by Big Sis every few days.


    Hey Mom, when will I be ready to go and join Big Sis? I asked.


    Soleil, you ask that question every day, and the answer is the same, when I say youre ready. You have two years of training left; you can handle it.


    But what if more bugs flock to Big Sis in that time? Theres already one, but Ill let her stay because she is there because of the Goddess.


    We really need to work on your attachment to Luna, youre basically a fanatic.


    Isnt it fine? Big Sis never said anything about me being too attached to her.


    Thats because you tuned her out anytime she brought up the subject.


    While me and Mom were having our daily argument the box Big Sis gave me shone.


    Oh, a letter. I said, cutting off whatever Mom was saying and running to the box.


    Inside the box was the usual bundle of letters for everyone, but also something else. There was something wrapped up beside the bundle of letters.


    I wonder what this is? I picked up the other item in the box and walked back to where Mom was sitting.


    Ooo, something different this time, eh.


    Seems like it.


    I looked through the bundle to find the letter addressed to me. Once I found it, I handed the rest to Mom. I opened the letter and started to read.


    [Hey there, Soleil. I hope youre doing well, sorry for missing a week of letters, I had a meeting with the Goddess of Fate and that basically knocked me out for a week. Anyway, as an apology I sent you a gift that also counts as a souvenir, I hope you like it.]


    I looked up from my letter and picked up the package. I opened it and what I found was a beautiful pendant that was shaped like the sun. It had a red-orange jewel in the middle that looked like it could catch fire any minute.


    Thats a nice pendant, remember to thank Luna for giving it to you.


    Thats only natural, Mom.


    I put the pendant in myp and continued to read.


    [I had a fun day today; Velvet took me around a part of the capital that had lots of shops and stalls. We even went to a small ce that sold that bitter drink I used to tell you about. Id really like to bring everyone there one day.]


    Big Sis makes it sound like she went on a date today; I wonder what the Goddess thinks about that?


    [Velvet even gave me a great idea on a way to take Tamamo out on a date, so I n to take full advantage of that. Honestly, I think the two of you would get along great.]


    Hmm.


    Whats up Soleil? You seem to be conflicted on something.


    Its this Velvet person that has beening up in Big Siss letters. I can never tell how to think of this person. Do I dislike her for getting close to Big Sis Luna, or like her for being her friend? Not to mention Big Sis is always saying that well get along great with each other, but I just cant see it happening.


    Soleil, you know you shouldnt judge people you havent even met. Not to mention if Luna says that, then its probably true. I kind of want to ask her to stop by here before she moves on to a different country, but Im afraid that you wouldnt let her leave without taking you if she did.


    Youre probably right, that seems like something I would do.


    Youre not supposed to agree to that. Though at least youre aware of it yourself. Honestly, I wonder what happened for you to be this attached to Luna.


    It could be any number of things, you know. Like how kind she is, that one time I felt her tail while she was asleep, how strong she is, the all-epassing fluff that is her tail, the way she always spoiled me when I asked her to.


    I think I know the cause of the problem now. Mom said while starting to rub the bridge of her nose.


    Though about a week ago, there was a split second I felt a burning hate for her, it disappeared immediately. After that, I felt like my connection to Big Sis lessened.


    I guess she finally got rid of the charm skill then. Mom mumbled something too quietly for me to hear.


    What did you say Mom?


    I said that Ill need to let Luna know you felt up her tail. She has a title that might exin your obsession with her.


    Please dont tell her, shell get mad at me if you did. I said, my voice full of desperation.


    It was then that Dad walked in from his forge.


    Whats got you all riled up, Soleil?


    We got letters from Luna a little while ago.


    Thatll do it.


    Here is yours, ke. Mom said handing Dad his letter.


    He spent a few seconds reading it over and let out a sigh.


    How many time do I have to tell her to stop asking for orichalcum? I cant give her what I dont have, and even if I had some, I would still ask her to pay for it.


    Do you know what she wants it for, ke?


    She wants to make two mirrors out of it so that she can enchant them with space magic and give one to the Goddess of the Moon. Something about letting them talk face-to-face like we could in our old world.


    Wouldnt mithril be good enough for that? I asked.


    Apparently not, mithril is ipatible with space magic, or so she says. It turns into pieces of scrap.


    Before I forget, Dad, can you appraise this pendant Big Sis sent me?


    Let me see.


    <strong>Pendant of Sire: </strong>Pendant crafted by an apprentice jeweler. Increases effectiveness of fire magic a small amount and allows the wearer to travel in cold climates without feeling the cold.


    Heh, Praise the Sun.


    What do you mean, Dad?


    Dont worry about it, you wouldnt get it even if I exined. Keep this with you, Soleil, itll help you out with your fire magic some.


    Ana, were there letters for Amagi and Deacon?


    Yes, Ill deliver them in a bit, my intuition is telling me that Deacon is going to get a headache from reading his though.


    Did she run into a temte situation already? I wonder which one?


    Dad started mumbling to himself about strange things again so I turned and asked Mom if I coulde with her.


    Why not, you can show off your new pendant as well.


    We got up to head out leaving Dad in his own little world.


    As we made our way to the shrine, I asked Mom a question.


    What did Big Sis say to you in her letter to you, Mom?


    Mostly asking how Ive been, if Ive kept your dad out of trouble, if I found out why you were so attached to her and if it was her fault for turning you into a fanatic.


    So, the usual then?


    Pretty much.


    When we got to the shrine, we headed straight for Lady Amagis office. We knocked on the door and entered when prompted.


    Ana, Soleil, I thought the two of you headed home for the day? Lady Amagi asked while tilting her head.


    She reminded me of Big Sis every time she did that.


    We did, but Luna sent letters today, so I came to drop off yours and Deacons.


    Oh good, its been a while since she sent anything.


    Thats exined in the letters.


    Mom handed Lady Amagi her letter. When she read it her eyes went wide for a second before she put the letter down and started to rub her forehead.


    That daughter of mine, just how did you meet the Goddess of Fate not even a month after leaving home? And whats with you freezing the arm off of a Barons younger brother, I know I taught you to go for other ces first.


    I dont think that is the right reaction for that, Lady Amagi.


    Well from what I read, he deserved it.


    It was then that Lord Deacon entered the room.


    Hey, Amagi, Im back from training. Oh, hello Ana, Soleil, I didnt know the two of you were still here.


    Hello, Lord Deacon, were delivering letters from Luna.


    Its about time she sent some.


    He picked up his letter but was stopped before reading it.


    You should probably sit down before you continue, Deacon. Lady Amagi said.


    He looked confused for a second butplied. After reading the letter he ced his head in his hands.


    She couldnt keep out of trouble for a month. At least it was the brother of a Baron and not the Baron himself.


    Do you know the Du-Fis family?


    The current Baron was a soldier who served under me while we were fighting the fiends. From what I remember, he was a decent guy, though he was alwaysining about how his younger brother was always causing him troubles. From what Luna said about that whole event, hell probablye here to speak with us when hes done with his business in the capital.


    But isnt his territory in the opposite direction?


    Thats just the way he is. Though I do wonder if hell let me keep his younger brother here so that I can straighten up his personality.


    You just want to vent on the person who touched your daughter, dont you?


    Damn straight, though I wonder if hell even make it out of the capital.


    Whys that?


    Apparently, he also harassed the daughter of Duke Ashe today.


    I kind of feel bad for the Baron now. I said.


    Same. The others said in unison.


    After talking for a little while longer, Mom and I left the shrine for the second time today.


    Author''s Note:


    A surprise side chapter is here and it''s focus is on the siscon Soleil. What will Luna do when she learns the reason behind her sister''s fanaticism? Will Soleil get along with Velvet when they meet? Who will fall for the other first? Will Jarred Du-Fis survive his time in the capital? Only I know the answer to two of these questions. Till next time. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 32: Change of Plans

    Chapter 32: Change of ns


    [Luna POV]


    After sending letters to everyone back home, I decide to go to sleep. Before I jump into the bed, I have an idea.


    I wonder how it feels to sleep in my fox form?


    After having that thought I transform and jump onto the bed. I get surprised due to how spacious the bed feels and decide to roll around a bit.


    I realized just how embarrassing what I was doing right now is, I really hope Tamamo wasnt watching.


    {}


    Anyway, time to sleep.


    {That was soooooo adorable!}


    I thought I heard Tamamo say something, but sleep was quickly overtaking me. The next morning, I woke up strangely refreshed. It seems sleeping transformed is reallyfortable. I changed back to normal, walked over to the window, and opened the shudders. I took in a deep breath to helppletely wake myself up and noticed something.


    Its going to rain a lot today. How annoying.


    While looking out the window, I see Velvet approaching our meeting spot so I decide to try the telepathy skill I got when I first transformed.


    <em>Hey Velvet, its me Luna, you shoulde inside the inn for now. We are going to have to change our ns for the day.</em>


    <em></em>


    Her reaction was funny, she kept looking around trying to figure out what was going on. She finally looked up at the inn and I waved at her smiling. She seemed a bit confused for a moment but started heading to the inn. I shut the shudders again and changed into some casual clothes.


    I walked downstairs, found Velvet sitting at the table we usually sit at, and sat in front of her.


    Morning Velvet.


    Good morning, Luna, what did you mean we have to change our ns for the day?


    I could smell some rain on the wind earlier, so itll be a bit difficult walking around the city while it pours.


    Oh yay, rain. My favorite thing. Velvet said in an emotionless voice.


    Dont like rain?


    I couldnt care less about rain; the worst part is going to be the humidity.


    After hearing that, my ears and tail drooped.


    Thats going to be horrible, Ill have to spend an extra hour on my tail brushing and even then, itll be at my minimum standard. I said as I put my head on the table.


    It was then that the proprietress walked up to us.


    Whats wrong dears?


    Its going to rain today I said.


    Her ears drooped as well.


    Thanks for the heads up, I guess Ill be busy with peopleing in for shelter.


    We order some breakfast, and she walks off to the kitchen.


    So, what are we going to do today since we cant walk around?


    I have a few things we can do but theyll only stave off the boredom for so long.


    At least its a start, what you got?


    I have a deck of cards and a chess set that I got a few years ago.


    Isnt chess that one game that the Celestia Kingdom spread.?


    Yeah, the other hero that chose to stay in this world spread it.


    Wasnt there a total of four heroes that stayed?


    No, only two, the others were forced to stay here due to problems they caused.


    I didnt know that.


    I guess since we dont have anything better to do today, Ill tell you some stuff about me that only a few people know, but first, breakfast.


    Our food arrived and we ate. After we finished, we headed upstairs to my room. Once there I sat on the edge of the bed and Velvet took the chair.


    So, what did you want to tell me?


    Mostly things about my life, my other life, and goals for the Celestia Kingdom when we get there.


    After I said that I heard the rain start to fall.


    What do you mean other life?


    You know about reincarnation, right?


    Yeah, there have been people like that before. Wait, you are one of those people?


    Yep. Though my case is probably different from the ones youre thinking of. I was a summoned hero in myst life. I was killed in a dungeon by the Hero and Saint for a stupid reason. Then I met Tamamo, she brought my soul to her ce in the divine domain, told me about reincarnating me here, and after I chose to, she gave me her divine protection saying that I was fated to be with her.


    Thats quite a bit to take in, but it also exins some of your behavior. I didnt buy all your excuses yesterday when we were going around shopping, but it makes sense now. Though I do want to know why youre telling me this now.


    Well, I dont like having to hide things from people I consider friends. Mind you I would never tell people like the guild master even if I am friendly with him. Plus, I just feel a weird connection with you. I dont really know how to describe it, but I just feel like I can implicitly trust you with my secrets.


    After I said this Velvet had a small reaction, but I didnt ask about it because I think shes just happy I trust her so much.


    As for the Celestia Kingdom things, apparently the two who killed me in my previous life are being held in the main office of the Adventurers Guild and I need to confront them. I also need to clear the dungeon I died in in my previous life, then we can move on to doing whatever.


    How do you know all of that?


    Atmos gave my dad a letter years ago and that letter was handed to me when I left home. I read it my first day in the city and it told me all of that. I figured, if a letter from the Goddess of Fate tells me I need to do this, then I should probably listen to it.


    Thats a reasonable conclusion, most of the time, if the Goddess of Fate says to do something, itll usually help the person in question.


    I bet a few times it was just a prank that turned out well in the end.


    {I can confirm that that statement is true. Remember the whole evil dragon story, the one who killed that dragon was given an oracle that told him he could prevent a disaster and be remembered throughout history. Its just a shame that he is remembered more for dying from eating dragon meat than his actual achievement.}


    Pfffft.


    Whats so funny?


    Its nothing. Anyway, thats the gist of my past in this world, dont ask about my previous one because it doesnt matter anymore.


    Let me ask just one question, do you miss your previous world?


    A bit, yes, but mostly just the people I left behind, other than that I actually prefer this world. Here I can do basically what I want and adventure as I see fit, I have a person waiting for me to marry them, and Im basically set for life after I get strong enough.


    I see, well lets get away from this heavyish discussion and move on to something different.


    What do you want to do, paly some card games or some chess?


    Lets go with chess, I quite like that game.


    Alrighty then, just a bit of warning though, I am absolutely terrible at chess, so dont expect too much from me.


    I pulled out my chess board and set up the pieces.


    Which color you want?


    Ill y ck.


    We started to y, and I discovered that Velvet was just as bad as I was. The hours went by as we both won and lost. The rain kept pouring but we didnt notice and by the time we finished our 20<sup>th</sup> game, the rain had stopped, and the sun was setting.


    It seems we are equally horrible at this game. Dont you agree Velvet?


    Very much so, Luna, but at least we had fun.


    Thats true, though now Im famished.


    Same here, shall we go downstairs and eat?


    We shall, though let me put on the sound dampeners, I can already tell its really loud down there.


    I took out the new magic item I bought yesterday and ced them on my ears like earrings.


    How do they feel?


    Itll take a bit of getting used to, but all-in-all, not bad.


    Theyre kind of like noise cancelling headphones in the shape of earrings.


    We head downstairs and looked for an empty table. The room is packed with several people both drunk and sober, but mostly drunk. The smell of alcohol is quite strong, but manageable. The proprietress sees us and calls out.


    Hey, you two,ing down for some dinner? We both nod and she smiles; Find a seat and itll be right out.


    We find a ce to sit and wait.


    Hey Velvet, does the smell in here bother you at all? Its manageable for me, but still a bit much.


    I agree with you, but you just need to get used to it. It can be worse in some of the smaller branches of the Adventurers Guild.


    I thought you just signed up in the guild?


    I did, but that doesnt mean I havent been to other guilds on business before, though the branch here is a lot better in terms of how its run. Normally the bar there is on the first floor, but here, its on the third.


    I guessed as much since when we visited the guild master, I could smell it on the way up to his office.


    We chatted away and then ate away when our food arrived. After we finished, Velvet stood up an told me that she had to go. We agreed that tomorrow we would go to our nned exploration area and meet up at the same time as this morning. I headed back to my room to sleep again.


    Well today turned out different than how I wanted it to, but oh well, its not like I can change the weather.


    {I could have asked one of the weather gods to change it for you, you know.}


    While I appreciate the sentiment, I dont think that would have been a good idea. This area hasnt had rain in a while from what I remember when west explored the forest, and I dont want to cause any trouble for you. Youve already done a lot for me, both in the past and definitely in the future. If you do anymore, Ill have to think of something even more grand than what I already have nned in order to pay you back.


    {Thats not necessary, you know. Everything I do to help you out; I do because I want you to be happy and be able to enjoy your time in the mortal world. Once you ascend, youll probably get really bored just managing whatever concept your Authorities give you control over.}


    I doubt Ill ever get bored when I can spend my time with you, Tamamo.


    {I really want to hug and pamper you right now.}


    Fufufu. I feel the same way.


    Author''s Note:


    Hello reader friends, I have returned. I apologize for theck of chapters this week, I''ve been doing a really important project for one of my sses and it has taken up a lot of time. The good news is, in two weeks, every college students favorite holiday ising up: Spring Break. Unless my familyes up with any ns for then, I''ll be able to pump out as many chapters as I can. hopefully. Anyway, I hope you enjoy the chapter. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 33: Capital Exploring: West-Part 1

    Chapter 33: Capital Exploring: West-Part 1


    [Luna POV]


    I wake up today and I can already feel the humidity.


    Ugh. Today is gonna be gross. Even inside my tail is already starting to get frizzy. Its going to be so hard to get it back to normal.


    {Dont worry Luna, your tail will still be the softest and fluffiest in existence, even if its affected by humidity.}


    Even if thats true, it still makes me ufortable when my tail frizzes out.


    I walk downstairs and get breakfast. It seems Im not the only one suffering from the humidity either. The proprietresss ears and hair are also being affected. After eating I walk outside and feel the full humidness of the world. I walk over to where Velvet and I are supposed to meet and find I have arrived first.


    I guess Im earlier than I thought I was.


    {Will you go back inside to wait?}


    Nah, Ill stay out here and get used to the feeling since well be out here all day anyway.


    As me and Tamamo were conversing Velvet finally got here.


    I see youre the early one today, Luna.


    Not by much but yeah, anyway shall we head west today?


    Sure, which area over there do you want to start with, cksmiths, alchemists, or apothecaries?


    Id say cksmiths since their shops will be the most ufortable due to todays weather.


    Then there we shall go; Ive been needing to visit a cksmith anyway to get my weapon checked.


    Is something wrong with your weapon?


    A few segments of the de became a bit janked when I was stalling the undead bear. I was going to ask a cksmith if I can have it repaired or if I need to get a new one.


    Speaking of your weapon, is it normal or did you have it specially made?


    Its a weapon that my whole family uses so we have themmissioned from cksmiths. The ce Im taking you today is the specific cksmith that my family has a connection to in this city.


    Would you so happen to have the family name of Belmont?


    Yes, though that name only means anything in vampire society. My family arent nobles of any kingdom but are an old n of vampires that have been around for centuries, so we are considered vampire nobility. Why do you ask?


    No reason, its just a funny thing from something in my previous life.


    Would you tell me the details?


    You see, as far as Im aware, in my previous world vampires and many other things that would be considered normal here, were works of fiction that didnt exist, or at least treated that way. There was a specific piece of entertainment where you yed as a character whose family were vampire hunters and that familys name was Belmont and one of the weapons they used was a whip-sword.


    Hmm, I dont know how to respond to that.


    {I can exin some of that if you want.}


    Goddess?


    Will you, this might be interesting.


    {Well, in your previous world, Luna, most of the monsters, with a few exceptions, that were represented in fiction came to be from people with the aptitude for divination. When they thought up characters for monsters and other things, they were actually unconsciously using divination to see into this world. A notable example would be that one author H.P. Lovecraft. He would constantly see fiends and write about them.}


    So, the basis for eldritch horrors were fiends. Does that mean fiends will drive you insane for just looking at them?


    {No, not necessarily. There was one that did that, but it was killed a long time ago with the help of a master of space magic. You shouldnt go insane from looking at something if you dont look at it.}


    But isnt it necessary for a Hero and Saint to finish off a King of Fiends?


    {Yes, but that particr person had a unique skill that shared the effects of magic with those in his party. He just had to cast that high level space magic then use that skill.}


    Does that mean Luna will be able to use that spell soon?


    {She will when she maxes out her space magic level, but itll take a lot of practice to use. Most space magic users who get to that level are usually so old that they use that skill to see since their eyes be bad due to age.}


    Sounds like it will be useful in making maps in dungeons.


    You could even take cartography requests from the guild as well.


    How well do those requests pay?


    Depends, if they are put up in the guild as a request from the country, they pay extremely well. If theye straight from the guild, the pay is still good, but less than ones from the country. These are normally for dungeon cities like you were thinking earlier.


    Why would they pay less for dungeon maps?


    People die a lot more in dungeons, so they pay less in case the cartographer dies in the middle of the job.


    While listening to Velvet talk about dungeon mortality rates, I started to get some unpleasant shbacks.


    Hey Luna, are you feeling alright, youre really pale?


    It seems like I might have some negative feelings rted to dungeons, considering what happened before.


    After hearing what I said, Velvet remembered what we talked about yesterday and started to go pale.


    Sorry, I didnt think about how you might feel about that.


    Its fine, I didnt know it would affect me as much either, considering I died basically instantly. I guess this is the reason I need to go and conquer that dungeon in the Celestia Kingdom.


    We continued to walk in an awkward silence until we entered the part of the city with cksmith forges and shops lining the street. I could hear the sounds of hammering from many of the buildings on this street.


    Where is the ce were going?


    Its closer to the center of this district so were quite close to the shop. Its about a ten-minute walk from here.


    What is the smith were seeing today like?


    Hes an old dragonkin who studied under a dwarf that was famous for crafting a heros weapon a few hundred years ago. That detail has faded into obscurity from most of society with the exception of races that have extremely long lives or immortals like vampires.


    Was that on purpose?


    I think so, the person were seeing today only really makes weapons for people that he believes have potential and my family personally, not our organization.


    From the sound of it, he seems like a disagreeable person.


    Hell probably forge things for you, and I bet hed be interested in some of the things your hero friend made.


    I guess well see.


    We arrived in front of a shop that was in the back of an alley.


    Whats with all of the shops you like going to being in alleys like this?


    The sun rarely reaches this area except when its noon so its optimal for vampires who have to visit here during the day.


    I guess that makes sense.


    We entered the shop and I almost sneezed due to all of the dust. Its like no one has cleaned this ce for weeks.


    Hey Old Man Reve you here?


    Who is it, what do you want?


    We heard a deep voiceing from the back of the shop. The person who came from the back was nearly 8ft tall and had dark blue wings and tail. Aside from the wings and tail he looked human with dragon eyes that matched the color of his tail.


    Oh, its just the young miss of the Belmont family, and a friend of yours.


    When he looked at me, it felt like every one of my secrets was seen through.


    How interesting, not everyday I get a person I cant see the potential of whats yer name,ss?


    Luna, Luna Reed.


    Hoh, the daughter of the general that was all the talk a few years ago, how intriguing. Name what you want, and Ill forge it for you.


    I have a main weapon, but I could use a decent dagger and some throwing knives for some backups.


    Mind showing me the weapon youre talkin about?


    I took out the short sword ke gave me all those years ago and showed it to Reve.


    Hmm, good craftmanship and its perfectly fitted to your hand. The bnce is perfect, and it requires practically no maintenance. Who was it that forged this, I havent seen craftsmanship like this since my teacher?


    It was a friend of mine that was a hero who stayed here after the death of the King of Fiends.


    That exins it, tell me his name and Ill go meet him someday, well have many things to discuss.


    His name is ke Smith; he lives in the Shrine Vige two weeks travel from here.


    That old ce, eh. Been a long time since Ive been there. Wonder how the ce is holding up.


    Id say pretty well, since I lived there for most of my life.


    Heh, I would hope so, me and my teacher were the ones who helped in the construction of the ce. Even got to see the Goddess of the Moon descend to bless the ce herself.


    I narrowed my eyes a bit seeing the look in his eyes.


    And what did you think of the Goddess when you saw her?


    Thought she was one of the most beautiful women Ive ever seen, wouldve fallen for her if I didnt have a wife back then.


    I could hear a soft chuckleing from Velvet, who was standing behind me.


    {Youre so cute, Luna, but you dont have to worry, Im all yours for all eternity.}


    Its not like I was worried about that, I just wanted to know his opinion about you.


    {And your conclusion?}


    He gets my respect for speaking the truth, even if hes understating how beautiful you are.


    {Ufufufufu.}


    Is this all you came here for Miss Belmont, Miss Luna?


    Thats all for my business, Velvet has something for you to look at though.


    I move back to let Velvet speak.


    I need your opinion on my weapon.


    She pulls her sword from its scabbard. It gets caught a few times showing that it is more damaged than it seems.


    Hmm. What did you fight to get it to this state?


    An undead bear, when striking it, it felt like the bones were harder than normal for an undead.


    Thatll do it all right. Id say forging a new one will be better, you were due for an upgrade anyway so its a good thing you came today, I just got some good steel and some wyvern materials the other day.


    Then I assume its the usual price?


    Yep. As for your friend here, Ill give you a discount for showing me a good weapon and letting me know of a smith that can match me and my teacher, so for all your stuff Id say 10 gold for all of it including a special enchant on the throwing knives.


    What kind of enchantment?


    One thatll return the thrown knives to you after a while, its an exclusive of this shop so youre in luck that you met this littledy here.


    You know Im an adult, right?


    Girlie, I consider your mother a youngster so dont correct me.


    Fine.


    I started to chuckle at their interaction.


    You two act like a grandfather and his granddaughter.


    Heh, Id say grandfather with a few greats before it, littledy.


    Fair enough, how long for both of our orders?


    Ill be done with both by the beginning of next week soe and pick them up together then.


    Got it, thanks.


    After a bit more conversation we left Old Man Reves shop and headed toward the alchemy shops.


    Author''s Note:


    This chapter is brought to you by coffee and sleep deprivation. Good morning or night my friends. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 34: Capital Exploring: West-Part 2

    Chapter 34: Capital Exploring: West-Part 2


    [Luna POV]


    Walking with Velvet to the alchemist section of the western district we saw a group of people gathering.


    I wonder whats going on over there?


    Want to check it out?


    Why not.


    We walked over and joined the crowd.


    You know whats going on? Velvet asked one of the other bystanders.


    Eh, oh, apparently some newbie adventurers were trying to get a smith to forge them some weapons with parts they got from some monsters, but the smith in question wont help them because the materials are in too poor condition. One thing led to another and now the smith is throwing them out of his shop. Everyone here is just watching the aftermath.


    Seems less interesting than I thought it would be.


    I agree.


    We started walking away when a person was thrown and hit me in the back.


    Really! I shouted.


    I turned to see who hit me and saw a guy who looked about my age on the ground unconscious. While I was trying to decide about what to do, a grumpy looking dwarf walked up to me.


    Sorry about that,ss, didnt think anyone was there when I threw this idiot out me shop.


    As long as you werent trying to pick a fight its fine, just watch where you throw people next time.


    That Ill do,ss. Anything you want as an apology?


    I looked over to Velvet and she shrugged, not giving me any ideas.


    Then do you know any good alchemists and apothecaries?


    Hmm. Not sure about apothecaries, but there is a decent alchemist that is close to the noble district. Shops name is Python, just be warned, the owners kind of strange.


    Thanks.


    Think nothing of it,ss.


    He said this and walked away, leaving the adventurerying in the street.


    Velvet, should we move this guy out of the way, or leave him?


    Just leave him, his friends wille and get him in a bit.


    OK, then lets go find this Python shop.


    We walked away headed to where the dwarf man told us about. It took about two hours of searching but we found the ce eventually.


    I guess this is the ce, seems a bit run down for the area its in.


    I agree, want to look for a different ce?


    We were about to walk away when an owl-like man ran out of the shop.


    Are you two customers by any chance, pleasee in I need the business.


    Me and Velvet looked at each other and shrugged.


    Fine.


    When Velvet said that the owl man looked up with an expression of joy on his face.


    Truly! Thank you!


    We all entered the shop to find a surprisingly clean interior.


    If its all nice in here, why is the outside like it is?


    I ran out of money to refurbish the outside when I bought the ce a few years ago after I finished my training under my teacher.


    Wouldnt you normally fix the outside of a shop first, then focus on the inside?


    Normally, but alchemy tools are expensive, so I had to make a choice between those or the looks of the shop.


    Fair enough I guess.


    So, what can I do for youdies today?


    Im looking for some poisons and some ingredients to make some.


    What kinds, I got a variety?


    Paralysis, sleep, in damage, whatever I can get.


    Will these be used for nefarious deeds; I wont sell anything if they are.


    They wont be, but I dont think anyone would answer in affirmation even if they were.


    I guess thats true. Ill rmend the paralysis since its the most effective stuff I have. Do you two need any potions or antidotes of any kind?


    I dont. What about you Velvet?


    I could use some blood potions.


    Hoh, a vampire I see, I got a few of those but not many.


    Thats surprising, I knew you had some, but there arent many alchemists that sell them.


    You can me my teacher for that, he had this obsession with vampires, told me to always make some blood potions incase I ever met one.


    Hearing him say this reminded me of someone.


    Your teachers name wouldnt happen to be Damien Crowe, would it?


    It is, how did you know?


    So, it really was that pervert.


    Is he someone you know, Luna?


    In a sense, yeah. Hes the kind of guy who would go after any person that walked on two legs and had a pair of breasts and had a big obsession with vampires and wanting to be one.


    While I agree with everything you just said, miss, I cant let you just badmouth my teacher.


    Is it really badmouthing someone if everything I said is true?


    I dont really know.


    Though now that I think about it, he never mentioned knowing a cutedy like you before, and he wouldve told me about meeting someone like you for days on end if not longer.


    Dont you know its rude to ask about adys secrets.


    Fine then, anyway here are the poisons, Ill go and get the blood potions for you so wait right here.


    Is this person rted to your past life? Velvet asked in a whisper.


    Yeah, hes the other hero that stayed here.


    Miss, I only have three blood potions, did you need more than this?


    No, that many is fine, thanks.


    We paid for our things but before we left, I wanted to know more about this alchemist, so I started talking with him.


    Before we leave, you said that you finished training under your teacher. Does that mean hes in this country?


    Nah, he liked moving around to different ces, he only stopped to teach me because I was down on my luck in my old profession, and he told me I had a talent for alchemy.


    What did you do previously?


    I tried to be a traveling entertainer, but no one ever enjoyed my performances.


    Did the name of your shope from Damien?


    Yeah, said I should name it this because of my name, never understood why though.


    So, Im guessing your name is Monte?


    Yep.


    I facepalmed.


    Ugh, I cant believe I have the same sense of humor as that pervert.


    I dont really get it, Luna, but its alright.


    Thanks Velvet.


    You OK there, miss?


    Im fine, anyway I wouldnt think he would ept a guy as an apprentice.


    I think the only reason he did was because he pitied me, always said something about how this world didnt understand good humor or something. He also asked me a few times if Ive ever dueled a ck knight.


    Have you?


    No, though I did find a sword in ake once, but I left it alone, felt like I would be stuck with some misadventures if I did.


    You never know, you could have be a king.


    Swords distributed bykes are no basis for a system of government, miss.


    Pfft.


    Luna are you sure youre alright?


    Im fine, I guess we should leave, I still have some things to find elsewhere.


    Pleasee again, youre always wee.


    Sure, and look out for rabbits in caves.


    Heh, teacher said the same thingst time I saw him.


    We left the shop and I asked Velvet if she had anywhere she wanted to go.


    I was going to go to an alchemist to get some blood potions but now that I got some, not really.


    Well, I got the ingredients that I was going to look for back there, so I dont have anything I need here anymore either. Though I can think of one thing I want to buy, but I dont know if Ill be able to afford it?


    What is it?


    Something for Tamamo. She hasnt said anything since we left Old Man Reves shop, so I think she went off to do something.


    What do you want to buy for her?


    A ring.


    Hehehe, something like that, eh. I dont think youll have to worry about price, rings for married couples are priced so that even poorermoners can afford them.


    You want to go to a specialty shop?


    I was thinking about going to that ce rmended the other day.


    Dragons Hoard?


    Yeah, that ce, do you know where its at?


    I do, lets hurry then if you want to give the Goddess a surprise.


    [Tamamo POV]


    {I really want to go back to watching over Luna but there are some preparations I need to make for her next visit.}


    While making my way over to a certain ce in the divine domain, I ran into Atmos.


    Well, if it isnt Tamamo, not watching your wifey for once?


    {Id love to be, but I need to get some stuff so I can prepare for our date on the next full moon.}


    Whatcha getting and from who?


    {If you must know, Im getting some coffee from Java the god of coffee.}


    Oooooh, going for the good stuff then, though I hope Luna can handle it, that stuff will keep her awake for years.


    {Unfortunately, the effects of coffee are treated as a status effect so it wont work on her, though she will be able to enjoy the taste.}


    You would think it would count as a buff, but oh well. Does she know about that?


    {I dont think so, but when she does learn about it, she might feel a little down.}


    We made it to the God of Coffees domain while chatting and met him tending to his coffee nts. When we got closer, he stood up and greeted us.


    Well, this is rare, to what do I owe the pleasure of you visit today, Lady Tamamo?


    {Hello there, Java, Im here today to ask for some of your specialty blend.}


    Oh hoh, whats the special asion, you hardly ever ask for something like this?


    {Im having a date with my future wife on the next full moon, and we thought to enjoy some coffee together. Shell be conjuring an illusion of a nice ce, so I thought I should be the one to prepare the beverages.}


    I see, then Ill give you some of my freshest batch for this special asion. What about you Atmos, is there anything you need, or are you just following Lady Tamamo again?


    Mostly just following Tamamo, but if its not too much trouble can I get some coffee as well, my husband has been asking for some for a while.


    OK, Ill treat this as a favor to your husband this time, but would you hold off on your pranks for a while, some of my subordinates have beenining that youve been getting out of hand a bit.


    Ill try but I make no promises.


    I guess thats the best I can do, Ill be right back.


    {You really do need to settle down a bit, Atmos, you dont want the God of Time to punish you again, do you?}


    Yeah, I would like to avoid that. Oh, good on you, Luna, way to take charge.


    {What is Luna doing and why are you watching her?}


    Dont worry Tamamo, shes doing something in order to surprise you and Im not going to ruin it. As for watching her, its enjoyable, for example, she just met the student of the other hero that stayed in this world.


    {He didnt try anything did he?}


    Nope, though I found Lunas reaction to his name kind of funny.


    {If I remember right, hes the person you set up to find a sword in ake for the sake of some obscure joke, right?}


    Yep, though if he picked it up, he would actually have be a king.


    {What am I ever going to do with you, Atmos?}


    Nothing, by the way, youre going to really enjoy this date, just dont fumble your words at the wrong moment.


    {What do you mean by that?}


    Oh look, Java is back.


    {What do you mean, Atmos!?}


    Thanks, Java, bye!


    What was that about?


    {Her being her usual cryptic self.}


    It really is hard for you sometimes, isnt it?


    {It can be, but she makes life enjoyable so its fine. Thanks for this, Java, anything you want from me in return?}


    Not really, you hardly ever ask for favors like this so Im fine doing this for you.


    {Just a heads up for the future, my wife will probablye here often so please treat her well.}


    Of course, I will. I look forward to meeting her.


    {Till next time then.}


    Author''s Note:


    BAM! NEW CHAPTER! Please enjoy. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 35: Fun Talks

    Chapter 35: Fun Talks


    [Luna POV]


    After some time, we made it to Dragons Hoard, and I managed to purchase a pair of rings. Velvet was right about them being affordable too. If people in my previous world knew about this, theyd be jealous. I mean wedding rings that cost what amoner would earn in a day of slow work is surprising.


    When I told Velvet about my surprise, I got a strange look from her.


    Is it really that surprising, marriage in this world is really significant. You are literally tying the fate of two people together, so it would only make sense that a symbol of that fact should be affordable for anyone.


    I get that, Velvet, consider what Im feeling like a bit of culture shock. Though I have lived the same amount of time in this world as I have in my previous one, I havent learned as much as I would like about everything. Most of this life has been training in the ce I grew up in while learning enoughmon sense to passably enter society. I never had the chance to learn something like the price of wedding rings and other such things.


    I guess thats fair. Out of curiosity, how much did it cost to buy something like this in your previous world?


    There was a rule that said a ring to signify engagement should cost three months sry for someone with decent ie, not that I know if anyone actually followed that rule.


    And thats just for an engagement ring?


    Yep.


    How dumb.


    I agree.


    After that we continued to chat about other dumb thing in my previous world that were better here like the quality of air in the city and how you could actually see the sky at night even if there werent any stars there yet.


    What are stars?


    Hmm. I can exin this two ways for you. There is a detailed exnation that follows science, or I could go more mystical. Which would you prefer?


    While the scientific sounds interesting, I probably wouldnt understand it, so go with the mystical version.


    They are celestial bodies in the sky like the moon and sun. Some people believed that they could use them for magic though anyone who imed they could were frauds. That world has no magic that I was aware of, though I have started to doubt that a bit considering some small tidbits Tamamo has dropped here and there. Apparently, you cant summon people from worlds without magic, so there must have been at least some there, but I never encountered it until I was summoned here.


    Sounds difficult to live there.


    It could be, but people managed. Anyway, when you think of stars, think of the night sky filled with countless sparkling jewels both small and big. In some mythologies there, gods would choose heroes, monsters, and other gods and put them into the stars and called them constetions. People could use these to tell the season as well as navigate bothnd and sea.


    Sounds like you really like them, Luna.


    I do, one of my favorite pastimes was to sneak out at night, find a good spot, and watch the stars until I got sleepy. I enjoyed making my own constetions and stories on how they came to be there. When I came to this world and found out that it doesnt have stars, I felt depressed for a bit, then when I died and met Tamamo and learned I could stand by her side one day, I promised myself that I would fill the night sky with stars to apany her moon.


    I think thats a lovely goal, and as your friend, Ill help you achieve it.


    Thanks.


    On another note, what do you want to do tomorrow, go to the north or south of the city?


    Whats there?


    In the north is ces like the branch of the merchants guild in this city and other official offices for the government. Not really amusing, but still important if you ever take a delivery quest from the guild and need to go there for the item to be delivered. The south is like an entertainment district, it has theatres, parks, and other simr things. Though it is also quite different at night.


    Id say south, but lets go north first. Save fun stuff forst and all that.


    Got it. What about after that though? Youll still have a few days of off time.


    We can use that time for me to get used to teleporting, it slipped my mind for a while, but it still needs to be done.


    Got it.


    It was then that I thought I heard a click in my head.


    {Im back Luna, I hope you didnt run into any trouble.}


    Hey Tamamo. I said, my heart racing faster when I thought about what I just bought to give to her.


    Velvet noticed my change in mood and asked if I was feeling alright. I used my telepathy, hoping Tamamo wouldnt listen in.


    <em>Tamamo is back, dont mention anything about what we talked about earlier, OK.</em>


    <em></em>


    She nodded in response.


    So, where did you go, Tamamo? You hardly ever leave like that.


    {I was visiting the God of Coffee, Java. I cant let you be the only one doing anything for our date.}


    Theres a god of coffee!?


    {Yep. Hes one of the most important gods that hold one Authority.}


    I guess Ill be a regr customer of his then.


    {I told him to expect that in the future.}


    Thanks, even if coffee has no effect on me, I can still enjoy it.


    {You knew it has no effect on you?}


    Yeah, though I only figured that out the other day. Who would have guessed that effects of caffeine would be treated as a status effect, though now that I think about it, it was quite addicting in my previous life as well, so I could see it as a negative thing, I guess?


    {I also ran into Atmos again.}


    She has been popping up a lottely, doesnt she have anything else to do?


    {She has always been like that, but I dont me her, its not easy being the Goddess of Fate. She sees the fate of everything she looks at and can decide how to shape it at her will. Its no fun knowing everything that can possibly happen to something, so when special things or people pop up from time to time, she has a hard time holding back.}


    I guess she deserves more respect than I gave her.


    {Not necessarily, if you do that, itll go to her head, and shell pester and prank you to no end. You should have seen her when she met her husband, it was chaos.}


    Shes married!?


    Who? Velvet asked.


    The Goddess of Fate.


    Yeah, though only kings of countries know to who.


    Who is it, Tamamo?


    {Thest person to receive a divine protection, who went on to found the Adventurers Guild. He is also the person youre going to meet when you head to the Celestia Kingdom.}


    I thought gods couldnt live in the mortal world?


    {Normally we cant. He is an exception due to his Authority as God of Adventure.}


    That seems like a kind of abstract Authority to have.


    {It is, but nothing any of us canin about. It helps that he keeps Atmos entertained with people who can go against her Authority somewhat.}


    Who are these people?


    {S-rank adventurers. They receive his blessing, which allows them to go against fate a bit which, in turn, keeps Atmos entertained enough to keep from pranking other gods and goddesses like she used to. Though now with you in the mix, Luna, she has another outlet.}


    As long as she gives the two of us space, and doesnt interrupt us likest time, I can live with that. Ill consider her like a troublesome yet fun older sister-inw.


    {Thats good, anyway, it seems Velvet is tired of being left out, so Ill keep quiet for now.}


    Sorry about that, Velvet.


    Its fine, its not like I can do anything about how you forget the world around you when you talk to the Goddess or anything, or how you get this ecstatic expression on you face that make me jealous for various reasons.


    Im really sorry. How about I treat you to something as an apology?


    Its not like I can be bought with food, though Ill still take you up on the offer.


    We continued on like this for the rest of the day until it came time to head back to the inn. When we got there, we went our separate ways and turned in for the night.


    Author''s Note:


    I hope you all enjoy some minor worldbuilding because that is what I needed to breakup these chapters. I might make a small timeskip to when Luna can go to the guild again in the next chapter, but I haven''t decided yet. I really want to write Luna and Tamamo''s date, but that wille in due time since I can''t just write the fluffy parts all the time. That''s enough rambling from me though. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 36: Dark Happenings

    Chapter 36: Dark Happenings


    [Luna POV]


    After that day me and Velvet went around the north and south parts of the city. I got a generaly of thend and after that we spent the rest of the time getting me used to teleporting. That experience was horrible though I did level up my space magic to nine. My other stats are still listed as error, so I guess the God of Statuses is still working on the system. Today we headed to the guild to finally start taking quests again.


    When we got there, I got a few wary looks from some of the adventurers, but I just ignored them. We headed to the counter and greeted Shuten and Ibaraki.


    Hello you two, long time, no see.


    Oh Miss Luna, Miss Velvet, its good to see the both of you. Before you continue anything today, will you please head up to see the guild master?


    I looked at Velvet, but she shrugged her shoulders, also confused.


    You need to go see him since he is the only one who can remove restrictions ced on an adventurer. Otherwise, you wont be able to take quests.


    I see, Velvet, since I was the only one to have a restriction, will you look for a quest or two for us?


    Sure, any preference?


    Subjugation if you can, I want to move around a bit.


    Got it.


    We parted ways, Velvet went to the board and its hoard, and I went up to the fourth floor. I approached the guild masters office and knocked on the door.


    Come in.


    Good morning, Guild Master Vince.


    Hello Miss Luna, it seems you are in better condition than thest time we met.


    I am, sorry for the trouble fromst time.


    Its fine, everything has been settled, at least for you. It seems that Baron Du-Fiss brother likes to kick up trouble a lot. Apparently, he managed to harass both the daughter of Duke Ashe and the second Princess before the Baron left.


    I knew about the incident with the dukes daughter, I witnessed it, but I didnt know anything about the second Princess. What was his punishment?


    He was disowned for the incident with Miss Ashe and castrated and sent to serve under your father for the incident with the second Princess.


    I kind of pity him now, knowing dad, he wontst long during training. If Soleil doesnt get to him first. I thought, intentionally triggering a g.


    Its what he deserves for refusing to learn his lesson and messing with the daughters of the three most prominent people in the country.


    Cant argue with that. Anyway, I havee to get my restriction lifted.


    OK, hand me your card and Ill take care of the rest.


    I handed over my guild card and decided to ask; How has the strange undead situation gone?


    The guild master grimaced as he spoke.


    There have only been a few more sightings, but we did learn that its the work of a powerful necromancer, possibly more.


    Anything on motives?


    No, but this isnt something you should worry about. I would like your help with purifying any undead you find, but you need to raise your level more, I cant have a promising adventurer like you die because you took on someone higher level than you.


    I see.


    I took back my guild card and made some small talk until I took my leave.


    It feels weird for people to think Im weak due to my level.


    {Thats just how people in this world are. Most of them think level is everything with the exception of certain people like your parents and S-rank adventurers. They understand that base stats are more important since those dont have a cap to stop growing, unlike levels.}


    I wonder how that is going to work when the stat system finishes its update?


    {I dont know either.}


    You would think the guild master would be aware that level isnt everything though.


    {He probably is, but you constantly have the restraint skill activated, so you give off the impression of someone at your level.}


    I forgot about that skill.


    {How do you forget about a skill when you look at your status every day?}


    I didnt mean it like that, I meant that I forgot I always have it active. I havent fought anything for the past two weeks, so I got used to the feeling of it on, though that will hopefully change today.


    {Are you going to try out your new knives and dagger today?}


    Those and my short sword. I dont want to get rusty.


    I made my way to where I saw Velvet waiting, she had two quest papers in her hand.


    What ya got for us today, Velvet?


    Wolves and goblins.


    I havent fought wolves before so thatll be fun, but goblins again, really.


    Dontin, we are still low rank. We cant take on anything bigger yet, officially speaking.


    I guess youre right. Lets head out then.


    We epted the quests at the counter and left the city. Once we were a good distance away, I grabbed on to Velvet and blinked us to our destination. When we got there a sickening smell hit us.


    This ce smells like rot and death. I wonder what happened between yesterday and today.


    I dont know, and I dont like it, be prepared for anything, Luna.


    I conjured some purifying fox fire and made it float around me and Velvet in small fireball shapes. We hesitated for a minute but still decided to head into the forest.


    When I was talking with the guild master, he said that the undead were made by a necromancer, maybe more than one.


    Did he give you any other details?


    No, said if I was stronger, he would ask my help in purifying them, but refused to go any further.


    How does he not notice your strength?


    The restraint skill.


    Makes sense.


    Shh. Something ising, fast. Get up in a tree.


    We jumped up into the branches of the trees around us and looked down. I could hear the rustling and snapping of bushes and twigs as whatever wasing ran in our direction. After a few minutes a wolf that was heavily injured tumbled into the spot we were just at.


    It was bleeding from scratches all over its body and it was missing an ear. It tried to stand up again but before it could an eerie noise sounded. It was the rattling of bones and shambling of feet. Three wolf skeletons appeared followed by a ghoul.


    I looked over to Velvet and she nodded her head. I waited for anymore undead to show up, but none did, so I manipted my fox fire and aimed it at my targets. I shot the ghoul with most of the prepared fox fire since it was considered a mid-tier undead.


    It let out a raspy shriek before crumbling into ash. I then shot the remaining fox fire at the skeletal wolves, and they proceeded to turn to ash as well. The other wolf that was on the verge of death stared at the piles of ash before copsing. We jumped down from our hiding ces and went over to the wolf.


    It looked at me and I could tell it was begging to be put out of its misery. I drew my new dagger and knelt down beside the wolf. I stabbed it straight through the heart and it let out its final breath.


    I know we came here to hunt wolves, but this doesnt sit right with me.


    I agree that wolf was a strange one, they normally dont show such intelligence or weakness. Maybe it was close to evolving.


    Velvet, we need to go and report to the guild now, Im getting a bad feeling.


    OK.


    Were going straight to the guild masters office from here.


    Are you sure?


    We dont have time to hesitate, theyre a bit far off, but there is a lot of movement happening around us and none of it sounds natural.


    Lets go then.


    I grab onto Velvet and teleport away.


    [??? POV]


    Damn! I guess I need to move up the invasion early. I knew I should have set up shop further from the capital, but its toote now.


    A robed figure stood in the spot that Luna and Velvet were at a few short moments ago. He lowered his hood to reveal a bald head and a fin on the back of his neck. Soon a ck and purple magic circle formed under the mans feet.


    Its time to rise my army! We shall storm this city and make it a sacrifice in order to revive our King! There are no more heroes capable of destroying him left in this world!


    The magic circle started to shine brighter, and one could see simr lighting from the other forests surrounding the capital of Savanna.


    Oh, King of Fiends Rlyeh, your humble servant will offer you a sacrifice most grand!


    [Atmos POV]


    It seems like Luna will be moving on to the Celestia Kingdom faster than I thought.


    {What do you mean, Atmos?}


    I mean what I said, shes about to start earning experience by the bucketload if thing go as I think they will.


    {Is that stupid cult starting to move?}


    Yep, and it just so happens that its leader is leading the charge this time.


    {So that idiotic porpoise is finally ready to get killed.}


    I think the God of Deaths curse finally eroded his mind enough to get him to stop thinking straight.


    {Why didnt he just send out his Apostle to deal with him?}


    I told him to hold off, unless of course, you want your wife to remain in the same city for several years struggling to gain more tails.


    {Would she really be stuck there that long?}


    There was a high possibility, once she gets her second tail, leveling up in this country will be too slow and she needs to get over her trauma of dungeons. If there wasnt a push like this, that damn porpoise would grow an evenrger army and we would need to unseal those two to take care of whatever fiend he managed to summon.


    {Thanks for looking out for Luna like this, Atmos.}


    Anything for my sisters happiness. I really cant wait to see your surprise when she seeds with her goal.


    Author''s Note:


    We have some plot moving action today, my friends. I hope it wasn''t too sudden a jump from slow peaceful things to actiony stuff. Please let me know if it was and I will try to improve in the future. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 37: Report and Start of Battle

    Chapter 37: Report and Start of Battle


    [Luna POV]


    We appeared in front of the guild masters desk while he was in the middle of some paperwork. When he heard our sudden entry, he put himself on guard.


    Guild master we have a big problem.


    Miss Luna, what happened?


    We took a request to hunt in one of the forests and when we got there it reeked of death. We entered to find our quarry and found undead; we took care of them, but I heardrge numbers of more undead everywhere. Somethings happening and we dont have time to waste.


    Just then someone ran into the room.


    Guild master! Strange ominous light ising from every forest around the capital. Its a mix of ck and purple and getting brighter as we speak.


    The guild master stood up suddenly and started walking to the door in a rush. We all followed him, and we ended up on the second floor of the guild.


    EVERYONE! IM ISSUING AN EMERGENCY QUEST! REFUSAL IS NOT AN OPTION! HOARDS OF UNDEAD ARE ABOUT TO COME RUNNING TO OUR WALLS AND WE NEED TO STOP THEM! PREPARE AS MUCH AS YOU CAN AND HEAD TO ONE OF THE CITY GATES!


    All the adventurers present started to run and get what they needed. Most of them ran out of the guild while others grouped up and started talking strategy.


    Luna, any idea on the exact numbers?


    No, but I feel like army is a better term to use than hoard.


    I see, go and prepare then, I am going to contact the King and get him to issue orders to the knights and soldiers. Any idea which ce will have the most trouble?


    I think the south.


    Any reason?


    Intuition.


    Good enough.


    After saying that he went back upstairs.


    The real reason, Luna?


    Tamamo and Atmos.


    OK.


    Velvet, when we get to the gate let me give your sword a temporary enchantment with my fox fire.


    You can do that?


    I think so, fox fire feels like magic more than a skill, so I dont see why not. Plus, your sword wont be able to fully stop the undead efficiently.


    What do you mean?


    Were facingrge numbers here. Were outnumbered, you wont have the chance to fight one-on-one, the more you take out at a time, the better.


    Fine then.


    We were finally reaching the south gate and saw a lot of adventurers gathering. A few of them were exining the situation to the gate guards and they started to let the people who were trying to enter the city in quickly.


    I could see the ck-purple lighting from the forest and a scowl crossed my face.


    Whats up Luna?


    I remember seeing ominous light like that before. When we were summoned, we were taught about fiend magic and shown an example with a captured fiend. It was the same colors.


    Damn it. I think I know who is behind this then.


    Who?


    Its a cult that worships fiends. Our organization is one of many that have tried to wipe them out, but its leader always managed to escape and rebuild his following.


    Why didnt you say anything earlier?


    I didnt know, every time they appear, they use different methods to try and fulfill their objectives. My mother faced themst time and she told me they tried to destroy a coastal city with sea monsters and tsunamis.


    Before we could continue our conversation, the light shed brightly and disappeared. Everyone that was here noticed and started watching the forest. Several moments of silence passed when I started hearing the nking of armor and weapons from behind us. I turned around and saw lots of knightsing this way.


    Report! Has anything changed? The person I assumed was the leader aske to one of the adventurers.


    The light has gone out. Whatever ising is about to show up.


    Those of us with good hearing heard it first. The rattling and footsteps. We all looked towards the forest and saw tons of undead running this way.


    Velvet, draw your sword.


    She did and I started trying to enchant it with my fox fire. It was easier than I thought it would be. Her sword was now covered in a blue haze that gave off no heat.


    That was surprisingly simple.


    Lets just hope its as effective as it needs to be.


    All of the knights and adventurers left the south gate and it was shut behind us.


    No backing out now, not that I would have.


    You seem a bit excited, Luna.


    I am a bit, two weeks of doing nothing and now were facing an army of undead. I have a chance to let loose with my magic and skills on full st, plus who knows how much Im going to level up with this.


    {Luna, calm down a bit, youll get distracted in battle.}


    OK.


    After about an hour, we could finally feel the ground rumbling with the approaching army. I set up several balls of fox fire and surrounded myself with them.


    Those of you with magic, start preparing for a starting shot, archers do the same. The knight leader called out.


    I could feel the mages around me condensing their mana and archer drawing their bows.


    Release!


    All of the arrows were fired, and magic flew. I called down bolts of silver lightning that crashed into the undead with explosive sounds. I also shot out some ice spears that hit some skeletons and then started freezing groups once they made contact. I couldnt help but grin.


    This is fun.


    Mages, archers, back up, theyre getting too close to continue with bombardment, vanguards get ready!


    Velvet, youre up next.


    She didnt answer, only nodded her head, and readied her sword. Once the undead entered her range, she extended her sword and swung horizontally. The blue haze from my enchantment leaving traces in the air as well as on the undead hit or scratched by Velvets sword. The let out silent screams as they were purified and turned to ash.


    Several knights and adventurers nced in our direction but quickly turned their attention back to the fight. I pulled out my new throwing knives and covered them with fox fire and started throwing. I was given about 20 knives and by the time I finished throwing 10 of them, they started to return to me.


    My grin widened as I said; Now this is convenient, they return after about a minute after striking their target.


    One ghoul made it through Velvets swords extended range, so I shot five fox fires at it.


    Thanks Luna it would have taken too long for my sword to retract.


    No problem, heads up, a second wave of skeletons ising.


    I started to condense my magic and made a giant silver lightning bolt fall from the sky. It struck the group of approaching skeletons and ghouls causing them to explode into bits and pieces.


    A few made it through but were shortly taken care of by Velvet and some other vanguard fighters. One of them got a bit overwhelmed and getting bit and scratched by a ghoul. I ran up, purified it, and dragged the guy to the backline. I used some healing magic on him.


    Thanks, miss.


    Youre wee, now lets get back to it, were nowhere near done.


    Alright.


    He stood back up and ran right back into the fray. I started throwing knives again and we continued to hold off the undead for several hours. When we hit a lull inbat, I asked Velvet a question.


    How many are there? This is way too much for that forest to have hidden.


    Not if you think about how long it would take to prepare all of this. The ones who are the cause have been hiding for at least 60 years, so I think this is a reasonable number.


    It was then that a chilling howl sounded.


    Seems like a strong one has appeared.


    That was a curse wolf, Luna. Those are bad news for normal people. You will be fine since curses dont work on you, but itll be difficult for most others here.


    Then I might as well go take it out.


    Luna stop! Youre being reckless! You cant just charge in like that!


    {Shes right Luna, youre getting too heated.}


    Fine, but what should we do? Someone has to take it out before it causes a problem that cant be fixed.


    The knight leader came up to us and started speaking.


    I overheard your conversation, is it true that curses dont work on youss?


    Yeah.


    He was mulling over my words when the curse wolf howled again.


    Tch. Lass, this will be a difficult fight, we will cover you so you dont get trampled by the rest of the hoard, if you and your friend here can take out that wolf, do it.


    I looked to Velvet to see if she agreed with his n, and she nodded.


    Not really many options left at this point so lets go with that. Luna, refresh those enchantments on my sword, were going to need them to be more than just a haze if we want to scratch that thing.


    I did as she said and we prepared for our toughest fight of the day.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is a quick chapter for this morning. I don''t like leaving you all on a cliffhanger, but I have life things to take care of so I have to. I''ll try to write the next one when I''m done so hopefully it''ll be done today. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 38: Second Tail

    Chapter 38: Second Tail


    [Luna POV]


    I reapplied the enchantment of Velvets sword over and over until her sword looked like it was made out of fire.


    Good enough?


    Itll have to be.


    What kind of curse does this wolf use?


    It negates healing magic if its low enough level and causes the afflicted to slowly rot away from the inside.


    In other words, dont let it touch you.


    Pretty much.


    Any weaknesses we can use besides the usual?


    Bad eyesight so its easily confused.


    Guess Im using some illusions then.


    Are the two of you ready, cause its almost here?


    Velvet and I nodded in affirmation.


    Everyone keep these two safe from the rest of the undead, theyre going to take care of the curse wolf!


    The wolf finally passed through the horde of undead and ran straight for the wall. I threw a throwing knife and hit its side to draw its attention to us. It turned our way and let out a dry bark then it started to approach us.


    Let me know when, and Ill make the illusions.


    Make them shy if you can.


    No point if they arent.


    The wolf entered Velvets range and she began her attack. Her sword extended hit the ground and ricocheted at a different angle, hitting the wolf in the stomach. The fox fire left a burning mark on the wolf, but it just shrugged it off.


    Thats a high-tier undead for you.


    It was getting too close, so I blinked behind it and threw a few of my knives. They hit and it turned its attention to me, baring its fangs that dripped with a ck liquid. It jumped at me, and I dodged its attack by jumping to the side. Taking advantage of that opening, Velvet hit it across the back with her extended sword.


    Before it could recover, I froze the ground under its feet, causing it to lose its footing. I then called down some lightning, but it moved out of the way just enough to avoid being obliterated. It still got hit, causing it to lose half its face.


    Luna, now.


    On Velvets signal, I conjured several illusory Velvets with bright colored clothes. The illusions spread around the wolf while the real Velvet kept to its blind spot. It decided to attack the illusions and got tripped up when its ws ripped through air. Velvet then swung her sword and it wrapped around the wolf, stopping its movements. The mes biting into it caused it to start roaring as it tried to bite through the metal keeping it still.


    Luna!


    Already on it.


    I was making more fox fire and shooting it at the wolf. I got in one lucky hit and a ball flew into the area where the lightning took off its face. It took several minutes, but eventually it started to turn to ash. Once itpletely fell apart the both of us ran to join the others, or at least we tried to. A robed figure appeared from the shadows and started yelling andughing maniacally.


    Kukuku. Hahahahahaha. You insolent adventurers! You dare get in the way of the Great Rlyehs revival! I will personally end you all, then!


    I guess thats the cult leader?


    Yeah.


    Hoh, not many use a weapon like that, you must be a descendant of those annoying Belmonts. I will start with you and your disgusting fox pet.


    Im not a pet!


    The cult leader then started to rush us. I grabbed on to Velvets shoulder and blinked us away.


    You think if we kill him, the undead will stop?


    Probably, that is usually how necromancy works, the problem is killing him. He has evaded death for a long time, so he probably has some sort of escape n.


    {You dont need to worry about that. The God of Death cursed this guy a while ago and his mind has been eroded to the point that he cant n properly.}


    Tamamo said this guy wont get away this time.


    Ok then.


    Velvet, Im going to use my mist to keep this guy confused, think you cannd some hits?


    Ill do my best.


    The cult leader charged again, this time firing some magic at us, but I blinked us away again.


    Stop running away, you disgusting fox.


    How about no.


    I started spreading mist around the three of us and soon all that the cult leader and Velvet could see was white.


    <em>Velvet, Im going to let you know where to attack like this, right now hes still on our right. Ill blink to his other side and distract him, swing when I tell you.</em>


    <em></em>


    Velvet nodded and I blinked away. I created some illusory versions of me and Velvet and spread them out. I lessened the thickness of the mist around one of the illusions and the leader attacked it.


    <em>Velvet, to your front.</em>


    <em></em>


    She swung her sword and hit him in the back, ripping that part of his robes to tatters. I got a good look at the guy now. He had grayish skin and a fin on his neck and back that resembled a dolphin. There was also a hole just above where the fin part of his neck ended. Seeing that I had an idea.


    <em>Velvet, I have an idea, but we need to get him to slow down more. Swing your sword to the left and up.</em>


    She did as I asked and managed to cut his leg deeply causing him to fall to his knee. I was aiming a throwing knife for that hole and threw it. I managed to hit what I was aiming for, but before I could finish the rest of my n, he released an area spell. The spell hit and dissolved all of the illusions and hit Velvets side.


    <em>VELVET!</em>


    <em></em>


    Im fine, Luna! Just finish it!


    THERE YOU ARE BELMONT! The cult leader yelled and started charging where he heard Velvet.


    I was pissed, so I put a lot into the spell I was conjuring. I raised both my hands into the air and brought them down. A giant pir of lightning fell from the sky and hit the cult leader. When the pir hit the cult leader, it travelled through the throwing knife frying him from both inside and out.


    GGGGGGGYYYYYYYYAAAAAAAAAAAAAA!!!!!!!!!!!!!


    I continued to fuel the pir of lightning with mana until I could feel it out-pacing my passive mana regeneration. Since I wasnt focused on maintain it, the mist started to dissipate, and Velvet made her way over to me.


    Luna! Calm down, Im fine, its just a graze.


    I stopped the lightning and turned to check Velvets side. It looked like arge bit of Velvets side was petrified. I immediately started using healing magic, but it was slow. Granted it was probably faster than normal, but it was slow for me. After several minutes, Velvets side turned back to normal.


    I was about to sigh in relief, but I noticed some movement out of the corner of my eye.


    How is he still alive?


    You.you damn fox.Ill make sure to kill yost. The Great Rlyeh will surly be revived..if I offer up your soul. Hehheheehehehheeehhheeee.


    Just die you damn porpoise mongrel. I said as I lifted my hand and conjured arge ice spike and let it drop on him. It impaled him, then I snapped my fingers and ice spikes ripped through him making him look like a pincushion of ice and burnt meat.


    I then heard crumbling sounds all around us. Looking around, the skeletons started falling apart and ghouls copsed like puppets with their strings cut. After a few tense moments the knights and adventurers started letting out cheers of victory.


    At that same moment I felt a searing pain in my lower back. I fell to my hands and knees and bit down on my cheeks to stop from screaming. Velvet looked back to me and started freaking out.


    Luna! Luna, whats wrong!?


    {Shes fine, Velvet. Bring her away from there to somece away from prying eyes.}


    She didnt say anything and just did as she was told. She picked me up and brought me over to a shaded part of the wall.


    Goddess whats wrong with Luna?


    {Shes reached the point where she gets her second tail. It is a painful process to be honest, but she is taking it quite well. When it happened to me, I passed out for a week and messed up the moon phases for a time.}


    The pain kept getting worse and I could feel blood filling my mouth from biting my cheeks so hard. I managed to pull a belt out of my inventory and started to bite down on it.


    What can I do to help?


    {Just make sure no onees over here. If you need to, set up a shadow barrier and talk to that leader person. Get him to send the others to the other areas of the city to see if everything is done there.}


    But we took out the leader.


    {Velvet calm down and think. Cults dont have just one member, you may have taken out their leader, but he couldnt possibly have enough power to control hordes of undead that can surround a city.}


    Fine.


    Velvet walked a bit away and put up a shadow barrier.


    {Dont worry Luna, its almost over. Good job with taking care of that stupid porpoise.}


    All I could focus on was the pain so I could barley hear Tamamos words, but her feelings made it to me. After what felt like hours, the pain started to subside. Once it was gone, I spit out the now ruined belt as well as the blood in my mouth.


    I healed my cheeks and tried to stand up but couldn''t. I was exhausted.


    <em>Hey Velvet, are you there?</em>


    I didnt receive an answer.


    {Just rest for a bit, Luna. She went to talk with the knight leader and then was dragged off with the crowd to the other city gates. Shell be back in about an hour.}


    Ok. So, how does my new tail look on me?


    {It makes you look stunning, even after hours of fighting.}


    Hahaha.


    {What did you think of your first real group battle?}


    I feel like I could have done better. Thinking back on it, I was getting too emersed and I started to get tunnel vision. The whole time I only ever saw me, Velvet, and the enemy.


    {You did rescue and heal one person.}


    Thats just because he was right next to Velvet. If he was a little farther away, I wouldnt have noticed at all.


    {Well, now you know what to watch out for next time.}


    True. Now that I think about it, how did I level up so fast? I was at level 10 when this started but Im definitely at least at level 20 now.


    {Its because you used your fox fire to enchant Velvets weapon. Doing that treated her sword as an extension of your skill and gave you experience from her kills. It wasnt all of it, but it was enough to push your leveling to what an average person would gain.}


    A surprise to be sure, but a wee one.


    {I wouldnt expect it to happen like that very often. Atmos had a little hand in this as well, seeing as the opponents this time were inrge numbers and you had a skill that was extremely effective at dealing with them.}


    Why would she do that though?


    {I would tell you, but she asked me to keep it a secret.}


    Ok then, I am feeling really tired, so I think Ill take a nap.


    {Ill wake you when Velvetes back.}


    Thanks.


    Author''s Note:


    Life stuff is done for the day so here is the next chapter. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 39: Velvet鈥檚 Troubles

    Chapter 39: Velvet��s Troubles


    [Velvet POV]


    After covering Luna with a shadow barrier, I went over to the knight leader.


    Is everything over here confirmed finished?


    Just about, seems like the guy you and your friend took out was the source. Speaking of, where is she?


    Resting, she used too much mana.


    Thats reasonable, that big attack of hers was impressive.


    If everything is taken care of here then we should check the other gates, right?


    I was just about to give the order.


    After saying that, he walked to the center of the crowd of knights and adventurers and called out the order to join at the other gates. I was about to go back to Luna when the crowd moved all at once. I was rtively close to the center, so I was dragged along to the next gate.


    We ended up at the west gate and saw that the battle here was entering its final stages. There were still lots of undead, but they were mostly skeletons of forest animals. I could see what looked like the one who was in charge of maintaining the necromancy get impaled on a spear that was thrown by arge bearman. He was carried by the momentum and the spear ended up embedded in the wall with the necromancer still skewered on it.


    The undead started to crumble like they did on our battlefield earlier, signaling victory for us. I tried moving to the edge of the crowd before it moved on again, I really wanted to get back to Luna. I made it to the edge and started to make my way back when I heard someone calling out to me from the shadows.


    Velvet,e over here.


    I looked at where the voice wasing from to see my mother standing there. I ran over to her, and she started asking questions.


    Exin the situation. I know about the undead and who caused it, but I need to know where the bastard is or if he escaped already. Also, where is the Goddesss future wife, why arent you with her?


    Ill exin everything in a bit. Meet me in the shadow of the wall by the south gate. That is where Luna is, and I need to get back to her.


    Did something happen to her?


    No, like I said Ill exin at the south gate. I said as I turned and started running south.


    It took me an hour to get back to where Luna was. My shadow barrier still up, I dispelled it and saw Luna leaning against the wall, asleep. I sighed in relief since it seemed like she was no longer in pain.


    I know shes my friend and all, and the Goddess even reassured me, but why was I so extremely worried about Luna?


    {Thats because you are her Apostle. That makes you connected on a fundamental level. Its also the reason she got so pissed when you were injured earlier.}


    I see.


    While I was ruminating on what I just learned, Luna started waking up. My mother also arrived at the same time.


    Im here now Velvet, start exining.


    Youre too impatient, wait for Luna to wake up and we can exin everything we know.


    So, this is the one the Goddess is going to marry? Shes looks so cute, and I feel some sort of draw to pet her tails.


    I wouldnt rmend it, though there were some extenuating circumstances, thest time someone did that, they lost an arm.


    What Velvet said, while I wont react as bad as that time, only Tamamo and I can touch my tails.


    You good now, Luna?


    The pain is gone, and I was able to rest a bit, but I can still barely move.


    Then how about we hold off on our discussion and move to a different ce?


    Werent you the one wanting answers immediately, mother?


    Yes, but it can wait now that Ive met her. Ill bring us to our ce with shadow travel. That way we can talk while she rests somewhere morefortable than on the ground.


    Mother used her shadow travel skill and we instantly found ourselves in my room.


    Of all the ces you could bring us to, why does it have to be my room?


    Because I thought it would be funny.


    You werent kidding when you said you like collecting masks Velvet.


    I wouldnt joke about that.


    They all look nice, though I want to break that one over there.


    Why, that is a rare mask designed by a previous hero, it cost me 200 gold.


    Because that maskes from a game where its used to make the moon fall from the sky. In a world where magic is a normal thing, I dont want to take any chances of that happening.


    I went pale and looked back at the mask. I took it from where it was hanging and handed it to Luna. She froze and shattered it into diamond dust.


    Whatever past hero made that has a bad sense of humor.


    As me and Luna were discussing things like normal, my mother coughed and brought our attention back to her.


    Im d the two of you get along well, but can we move on to other matters now?


    Sorry about that, let me introduce myself. I am Luna Reed, an adventurer and, since you clearly already know, Tamamos future wife.


    Its nice to meet you, Im Sonia Belmont, Velvets mother and acting leader of the vampires of Savanna Kingdom.


    Acting leader?


    I passed my position down to Velvet about a year ago, but when you came along and the Goddess told her to join you, I took back the role.


    Sorry for interrupting your retirement then.


    Its fine, Velvet barely did anything anyway, she just pushed all the work onto Steward, our steward, and went around doing what she liked.


    Luna looked over to me with a deadpan look.


    Dont judge me, that job is really boring and all the work I ever had was ordering other people around and asional paperwork.


    I guess this exins why you know all of these hidden, but great shops and ces around the city.


    Anyway, now that youve introduced yourselves, we can move on to what you know, mother.


    Fine. To start off, what happened to that damn porpoise, did he escape again?


    Hes dead, I killed him.


    Then I thank you for that, Lady Luna. He has been a pain for us for a long time, especially after what happened 60 years ago at the coastal city. Though I wonder why he acted so fast and with such a bad n?


    Tamamo said his mind was eroded by a curse from the God of Death, so that is the reason Im sticking with.


    As good of a reason as any.


    What are you going to do about your tails? If you have a way to hide one, you should, unless youre nning on telling the world youre on your way to be a goddess.


    I have that covered; Im just getting used to the feeling of it for now.


    Can you move more now?


    Yeah.


    Luna stood up and took a shaky step forward.


    Ugh, I hate this feeling of my legs being asleep.


    She stood still for a second and then moved around some more to get the feeling back in her legs.


    Thats better, now, what should we going to do? Go and check the other gates or wait and report to the guild tomorrow?


    You two should rest here for now and go to the guild tomorrow, I think the knights and adventurers will have everything sorted out now, but Ill send some subordinates out tonight to check the forests for any straggling cultists.


    I guess I should make my way back to the inn, then.


    No, Lady Luna, youre staying here for the night.


    Shes right, Luna. You may be able to move again, but you still look tired.


    Rest in here for now, Ill get someone to prepare a room for you. Velvet,e with me.


    Thanks then. By the way, is there a bath here? I feel gross and I stink of undead.


    Well have someone get it ready.


    Me and my mother left my room and headed toward the meeting room. On the way there, mother asked me a question.


    What arent you telling me, Velvet?


    What do you mean?


    Since about two weeks and a bit ago, youve been acting different. When you talk about Lady Luna, you get more animated than normal.


    Oh, that. Ill exin, but you need to keep it to yourself, the Goddess told me to do the same. Two weeks ago, we hunted orcs in the forest to the south, and on the way back, an undead bear came at us. Luna used her fox transformation skill and we beat it. At that time, I picked up Luna due to an impulse and gained a title.


    What title?


    Apostle of Fluff.


    Mother stopped dead in her tracks. Her eyes widened as she looked at me, her shock evident.


    Reign yourself in before you start yelling. I was told not to let Luna know, and if you start yelling, she will hear you.


    Velvet, this is a big deal. Why didnt you tell me this before?


    Because I didnt know how to bring it up. I cant juste home and go, Guess what, Im an Apostle now. Now can I.


    Thats true. But this is a good thing, you have reached a point where most would kill to be at. Even Im a bit jealous, honestly. So, what kind of things happen to you as an Apostle?


    For now, not much. Since I gained the title, my hair has been softer and fluffier as the most prominent effect. Once Luna ascends is when the title will really mean something.


    Mother reached out and touched my hair.


    Damn Velvet, this could be addicting.


    I know right, and this is nothingpared to Luna. It was only for a second, but I did feel her hair when she was in her fox form, and let me tell you, I can still feel the feeling on my hands.


    I do remember you looking disappointed every time you touched something soft recently, so thats the reason.


    The thing is, the title also negates the addiction of fluff, but I cant get it out of my mind. I wish she would just let me brush her tails at least once.


    {Since you did good this time, Velvet, Ill try to get Luna to let you do that only once.}


    Goddess, is Luna alright?


    {She fell asleep again. I was listening to your conversation and making sure Luna couldnt hear you.}


    I appreciate the thought, but why a sudden reward like that?


    {With your help, and a little of Atmoss meddling, Luna was able to get her second tail faster than she thought she would, meaning she can now head to the Celestia Kingdom and put some things to rest there. If that doesnt deserve some kind of reward, then I dont know what does.}


    Thank you, Goddess.


    {Dont mention it, but do remember, if Luna epts, try your best not to get lost in the fluff. Your title negates the addiction, yes, but Luna is the Abyss of fluff, meaning you can still be drawn in to it.}


    Ill remember that.


    {Im going back to watching Luna sleep now, she made herself even cuter by wrapping herself in her tails.}


    I dont think I was supposed to hear thatst part.


    Do you get to talk to the Goddess like that often?


    No, though she does speak to me from time to time, its not much. At least not as much as Luna. The two of them talk all the time, and when Im there, I getpletely forgotten. Its kind of depressing.


    Hehehe, dont worry Velvet, youll meet someone one day and act the exact same.


    I hope thats true.


    Author''s Note:


    I present to you all a new chapter. Today we see Velvet''s side of things, I hope it was enjoyable for you all. Now a question. Will Luna let Velvet brush and pet her tails? If so, will Velvet be able to resist the pull of the Abyss? Find out probably in the next chapter. I have been your author, thanks for reading.

 Chapter 40: Velvet鈥檚 Descent into the Abyss

    Chapter 40: Velvet��s Descent into the Abyss


    [Luna POV]


    Luna. Hey, Luna you need to wake up.


    I felt someone shaking me and heard them calling out to me. I opened my eyes and saw Velvet standing over me.


    You awake now?


    I nodded my head and rubbed my eyes, Sorry, I didnt think I would fall asleep again.


    Its fine, Ill show you to the bathroom so you can clean up and then we can eat something.


    Thanks.


    {Sleepy Luna is so cute.}


    Tamamo is cuter, though I dont even know if you sleep.


    {I can, but I havent in about 15 years.}


    Then one day Ill get you to sleep, and Ill stare at you the whole time.


    {Ufufufufufufu.}


    Luna, you know youre talking out loud, right?


    Eh. Sorry, guess Im not as awake as I thought. Im not really good with mornings sometimes.


    Its only been about 30 minutes since we got here.


    Oh.


    Anyway, here is the bathroom. I guess you have clothes in your inventory?


    Yep. Ill see you in a bit, Velvet.


    Just dont fall asleep in there, Ill have to be the one to get you out, and I dont want the Goddess to hit me with divine punishment for peeking at you, even if its necessary.


    Ill do my best.


    I entered the bathroom and cleaned off all of the grime and dust from the battle. I washed my hair and tails with the shampoo and conditioner me and ke made a while back.


    Im d we remembered how to make this, though I was surprised no past heroes did it first.


    {Hey Luna, do me a favor and let Velvet brush your tails tonight.}


    Why?


    {I said I would reward her for helping you get your second tail so soon and she, though she hides it from you, wants to brush your tails at least once.}


    Will she be ok? I have the Abyssal Fluff title remember; I dont want Velvet to be broken(?).


    {Why is thatst part a question?}


    I dont feel like broken is the best way to put it, but I cant think of any other word for it.


    {I see. Shell be fine. She has enough willpower to resist, though if she willingly gives in is up to her.}


    Im fine with it then, but only once, and only because you are the one asking.


    {OK then.}


    I finished scrubbing my head and tails, then washed them off. I soaked in the bath for a bit before getting out, drying off, and getting dressed. When I left the bathroom Velvet wasing down the hallway.


    I thought you actually fell asleep again.


    I didnt. I was talking to Tamamo and lost track of time. By the way, she told me about what you two discussed, and Ill let you brush my tails tonight, but only tonight.


    When I finished saying this, Velvets eyes started to sparkle.


    Truly!?


    Yes.


    Thank you!


    Calm down, before anything can we eat?


    Oh right, follow me, mother is waiting for us.


    Do I need to hide my second tail?


    For a little bit, yeah.


    Ok.


    I used my illusion magic to make it seem like I only had one tail.


    Ill need to buy something I can wear to enchant it with illusion magic, itll be a pain to consciously keep a spell going like this.


    I have a few in essories you can use, after we eat, Ill let you choose one.


    Are you sure?


    Yeah, its not like I ever wear them anyway.


    Thanks then.


    No problem.


    We came up to the dining room and entered. I could see Velvets mother sitting at the head of the table and a few other people were moving about. Most of them were dressed in clich maid clothes and next to Velvets mother was an old man in butler like clothes.


    Oh hello, Steward.


    Greetings Lady Velvet. You must be Lady Luna, its a pleasure to meet you. I am Steward, the steward of the Belmont n and second inmand of the organization in the Savanna Kingdom.


    Nice to meet you, Mister Steward. I am Luna Reed, daughter of Marquis Deacon Reed and Head Priestess of the Shrine of the Moon Amagi Reed, and adventurer.


    There is no need to call me mister I am just a simple steward.


    I feel its only polite to speak that way when meeting someone for the first time.


    Very well.


    Thats enough for introductions, sit down and we can eat, Im sure youre both starving. Steward, please inform the guild master that Luna and Velvet will give their reports to him tomorrow.


    Yes maam.


    Mister Steward left through the door Velvet and I came in through. We sat down and a few of the maids ced tes in front of us with something I havent seen in a long time.


    Oh, I havent had fish in a long time.


    Its no surprise. You lived in the shrine vige, correct? Im more surprised that youve had saltwater fish before.


    It was only a few times. I know one of the heroes that chose to stay in this world. He had to go to the port city a few times and he brought back some fish from there. Since hes good friends with my dad and married my moms personal assistant, he would share what he brought back with him.


    Oh. Which hero was this? I know of two of them.


    The cksmith.


    I see. Ill have to send someone there andmission a weapon then, Im due for an upgrade and I wouldnt mind having something made by a former hero.


    If you want, I can give you an introduction letter. I dont know how effective it would be, but he might give you a discount.


    Ill take you up on that offer.


    Speaking of heroes, you should tell everyone in your organization to avoid the alchemist at all costs.


    Oh right, I remember you saying that he was obsessed with vampires.


    Obsessed?


    In the sense that its more a fetish.


    I see. Ill ask Steward to send out notice when he gets back.


    We continued our meal, which was delicious, and chatted. Velvets mother asked a lot of questions about Tamamo, and I answered what the both of us werefortable with. We had some after dinner tea and then decided to turn in for the night.


    I followed Velvet back to her room so she could show me the essories she was offering me. What she pulled out were a variety of different things ranging from rings to hair clips to nes.


    You have quite the selection here, Velvet.


    Theyre just things I picked up here and there, some of them were given to me by some annoying guy from other ns that tried to buy their way into my family.


    None of them caught your eye?


    Im of the same persuasion as you, Luna.


    I see, too bad for them then.


    Maybe I can set her and Soleil up with each other after Soleil gets older.


    Will any of these work, Luna?


    I looked over the essories again and a gold and silver ne stood out to me. I picked it up and asked about it.


    How about this one?


    Hmm. I think itll look good on you. Any reason why you chose this one?


    It reminds me of Tamamos eyes and hair.


    {Youre making me blush.}


    If only I could see it. I turned to Velvet and said, Now, Ill keep my word and let you brush my tails. Ill lend you my brush, but do you want me to transform to fox form to make it easier?


    Whatever is morefortable for you, Luna.


    I decided to transform because I think it would be easier. I hopped onto the couch and Velvet sat down next to me.


    <em>Just remember not to lose yourself, Velvet. I cant heal someones mind with magic.</em>


    <em></em>


    Got it.


    I gave her some pointers on proper brushing technique, and she started. She was a bit hesitant and clumsy at first, but after a few minutes she got the hang of it.


    I dont think Ill ever be able to enjoy soft things after this.


    <em>Thats the price you pay when you delve into the Abyss.</em>


    <em></em>


    You dont have to make it sound so ominous.


    <em>Wasnt trying to, I was only stating the truth. Dont focus on only one spot unless its tangled, please.</em>


    <em></em>


    Sorry.


    Velvet spent about an hour brushing one tail until she moved on to the second one.


    <em>I started you out on the tail that Ive always had, youre moving to the new one now. That one will probably have some tangled spots, just remember to be gentle at those ces.</em>


    <em></em>


    Do you spend this much time on this every day?


    <em>Usually, if I spend too little time on it, it gets messy and if I spend too long, hair startsing off with the brush. I have kept to this routine since I was five when I started brushing my tail on my own. I learned about the optimal timing from my mother and her assistant, and Tamamo helped me develop the technique. It even turned into a unique skill.</em>


    <em></em>


    Ive never heard of a person acquiring a unique skill that way. I thought that they were things that lucky people get when they are born.


    <em>It surprised me too.</em>


    <em></em>


    Velvet continued brushing. Over time she started to slow down the brush and I could feel her hands stopping every so often. I turned my head to face her and looked into her eyes. They started to lose their luster bit by bit.


    <em>Velvet focus! Dont lose yourself!</em>


    <em></em>


    Eh, sorry, what?


    She snapped out of it and her brushing went back to its normal pace.


    <em>You were sinking, Velvet. This is why I only let Tamamo do this, she has had the most exposure and hasnt sunk too deep.</em>


    <em></em>


    {Thats notpletely true, Luna. The only reason I can still be normal is because of what I am. That doesnt mean Im not affected, remember what Atmos told youst time you were here, that I alwaysined to myself about notparing to your fluffiness.}


    <em>I remember, but to think that was the cause. I feel like I could take over the world just through the power of fluff. Hehehe.</em>


    <em></em>


    {Do you want to do that?}


    <em>Not really. Too much work and responsibility.</em>


    <em></em>


    {You realize maintaining concepts through an Authority is much more work, right?}


    <em>I figured as much, but if I became the Empress of the World, I wouldnt be able to join you. I dont care how much work Ill have to do, if I can be beside you, then itll be fine.</em>


    <em></em>


    {You always know what to say to make me happy you know.}


    <em>I just say what I would like to hear. At times like this I wish I could be next to you.</em>


    <em></em>


    {In due time, Luna. Just enjoy your time there, well have all eternity together, so dont rush to stop being mortal just yet.}


    <em>I hear you.</em>


    <em></em>


    {Are you sleepy, Luna?}


    <em>A bit. How could you tell?</em>


    <em></em>


    {You be less restrained with flirting when you get sleepy.}


    <em>Have I ever been restrained when ites to that?</em>


    <em></em>


    {Not really, but this time you actually forgot Velvet was here.}


    I turned my head to face Velvet again and saw her eyes were even dimmer than they were earlier. I moved to the floor and transformed back. I stood in front of Velvet and tried to snap her out of it.


    Velvet! Hey, Velvet, can you hear me!?


    Ugh.


    Tamamo, what do I do?


    {Try knocking her out.}


    How will that help?


    {Itll be like pping her awake, but this is something shell need to sleep off, so why not do both things at the same time?}


    That makes sense, I think? Might as well try. Sorry about this, Velvet.


    I tried the ssic neck chop on Velvet, and, to my surprise, it worked. She slumped over onto the couch. I picked her up and put her on her bed. I then left the room when A thought urred to me.


    I dont know where Im supposed to stay.


    {I had a feeling you forgot so I asked Sonia to lead you. She should be almost here.}


    Hello Lady Luna, it seems like you dont know where to go.


    That is correct, I have no clue about where Im supposed to go right now.


    Hehehe, follow me.


    She led me to a room that was close to Velvets. I opened the door and bade her a good night. Once she was gone, I got into the bed.


    Its been a long day.


    {Thats true, so take some more rest.}


    I will, good night Tamamo.


    {Good night, Luna, sleep well. Ill talk to you tomorrow.}


    Author''s Note:


    Titles are hard to make up and I''m sleepy, so good night my friends. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 41: The Next Morning

    Chapter 41: The Next Morning


    [Luna POV]


    {Luna, you should get up soon. You have some important things to do today, and you wont have time for your morning routine if you dont wake up.}


    Hehehe, its like Tamamo is whispering in my ear.


    {Do you enjoy that?}


    Only if its Tamamo.


    {Noted. You still have to wake up though.}


    Imawake.


    {Say that again when you can hold your head up.}


    Come on,e join me Tamamo, Ill even brush your tails.


    {Dont tempt me, Luna.}


    Hehehehehehe.


    {If you keep doing that, youll fall off the bed, and there you go.}


    What happened!


    {Finallypletely awake?}


    Was I any kind of awake before?


    {Sort of. It was more like awake but not aware of what youre doing.}


    I me the bed, its too good.


    {Well have a better one.}


    Im going to get ready now.


    {Youre so cute when youre embarrassed.}


    I got dressed and brushed my tails like I do every morning. When I was done, I was going to leave to get breakfast when I remembered that I still had to enchant that ne Velvet gave me. I pulled it out of my inventory and looked it over again.


    Lets get this over with, then.


    I closed my hands around the ne and started filling it with my mana. I then started to give the mana the image of the effect I want it to grant to the item. After about a minute the enchanting wasplete.


    Lets check it out now.


    I used appraisal on the now enchanted ne and the result was:


    <strong>Ne of Secrets: </strong>A ne enchanted by a master of illusions. It will hide any physical trait the wearer wishes. Few things can dispel the illusion.


    Not too bad for a first attempt with illusion enchanting.


    I put the ne on, and my second tail disappeared.


    Its only been like, a day, if that, of me having a second tail, but it feels weird not being able to see it.


    {I agree, but its something youll have to get used to for now.}


    I walked to the dining room and entered. I saw Velvet sitting in the chair she wasst night staring at her hands. I remembered her statest night and walked over to her.


    You all right, Velvet?


    Huh, Luna? Morning. Do you think you can tell me what happenedst night? I remember brushing your tails to the point that I moved to your second one, then nothing.


    You started to lose yourself a bit, or maybe I should say you started to sink?


    Hmm. I can still feel the feeling on my hands.


    Will that effect your daily life?


    I dont think so. I think the feeling will fade as long as I dont touch your tails for a while.


    Do you see why I dont let people do that now?


    Yeah, but as you are my friend, I want to be able to brush your tails and not sink too deeply. What if, one day, you are called to the divine realm again, and I have to watch over your body here?


    Tamamo, is she still under the effects of the title?


    {A little, give her a few more hours and shell be pretty much normal again.}


    What do you mean pretty much?


    {The Abyss will always leave a piece of itself in those who have delved into it. Let someone sink deep enough and they lose themselves, let someone submerge a little at a time, and they get more resistant to it. Theyll never be immune, but they can get to the point Im at.}


    So, its a good idea to let Velvet brush my tails every so often?


    {If you want to keep her as a friend for eternity, then youll have to let her get ustomed to the Abyss one day.}


    Ill think about it.


    {Think of it this way, Luna. The only thing you let her do is brush your tails. Ill get your tails and everything else.}


    It felt like my face was boiling. Velvet noticed this and snapped out of her little rant.


    Luna, whats wrong? Why is your face so red?


    IIIIIIIts nothing you need to worry about. Are you hungry? Im hungry. Im going to eat now.


    {Ufufufufufufufu.}


    Anyway, tell me when the feeling goes away, and Ill consider letting you brush my tails again. I want you to get ustomed to the Abyss so that you dont, for ack of a better word, drown in it. I dont want my best friend to lose her mind.


    Truly!?


    I only said Id consider it.


    It was then that some of the maids fromst night entered carrying breakfast. They ced the tes down in front of us and left without saying a word.


    Wheres your mother?


    Asleep. Were vampires, remember, were mostly nocturnal.


    You always seem awake during the day so its easy to forget that sometimes.


    I guess thats fair.


    So, what is everything we need to do today?


    Hmm. We need to go to the guild and meet with the guild master, then well probably take some more requests to raise our ranks if they dont rise from our achievements from yesterday.


    Wouldnt it be a bit too soon? We reached rank E just before the whole Du-Fis debacle after all.


    Well, we did take out a curse wolf and the cult leader yesterday. A curse wolf is considered a D-rank threat, but the one yesterday could have easily been C-rank due to it being part of a horde of undead.


    Dont we also have to take a test to rank up to D and beyond?


    Yeah, but I doubt well have any trouble with it since its normally just a test to see if you can kill people like bandits.


    If its just that, then I already handled that. On my way to the city some bandits stopped us. The adventurers that were there to guard us let me take one out, so this test will be pretty easy.


    Changing the subject, how are your stats? You leveled up a lot so what changed?


    Let me check.


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 21</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: <Error></strong>


    <strong>MP: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Vit: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Def: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Res: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Str: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Int: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Agi: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Dex: <Error></strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 9, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.8, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.10, Stealth LV.9, Cooking LV.8, Sewing LV.7, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.9, Brushing Technique LV.10, Telepathy LV.5, Intimidation LV.3</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman, Master Healer, Master of Space, Sage</strong>


    Hmm. Well, my stats still say error, so I dont know what changed there, but several of my skill went up. I finally maxed out healing and space magic and got the titles thates from that. My telepathy skill is now level five and intimidation is at level three. Mana Regeneration hit level 10. I also got the Sage title.


    Youre as ridiculous as always. No one has gotten the Sage title in such a long time that the method to acquire it has thought to have been lost.


    Hmm. Well then let me find out how I got it.


    <strong>Sage: </strong>Title given to one who has mastered several magics to their utmost level. This title allows one to have an easier time developing new spells as well as making it easier to teach others the newly created spells.


    Well, thats simple.


    Luna, that is in no way simple. You having this title means that you have reached the peak of magic in several areas.


    Well, all the magic skills I have are now at level 10, so I guess I have. Im more looking forward to creating spells. I have a few ideas to make spells for defense with space magic.


    This will make it hard for you if you ever want to visit the country of the elves.


    They do have the biggest magic academy there, dont they?


    They do. If they find out you have the sage title, youll probably be asked to be a schr there for the rest of your life.


    Well damn. I wanted to visit there at least once, but I guess thats a bad idea now.


    What did you want to do there?


    I wanted to test my archery skill against their general. She fought by my dads side against the fiends, and he always praised her archery.


    So, you just wanted topete against her?


    Yep. It sounds fun, right?


    I guess. I dont really see the thrill in it, but Ill root for your victory.


    {I will as well.}


    Thanks.


    We finished our breakfast and stood up to leave.


    To the guild we go.


    Author''s Note:


    As of today I''m on spring break. I will try to push as many chapters as I can so be ready for it. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 42: At the Guild

    Chapter 42: At the Guild


    [Luna POV]


    I looked around where we were after exiting Velvets home.


    So, you live in the nobles district.


    Yeah, but this is the part of it that is closest to themon district. Our organization has a deal with the king, though Ive never personally met him.


    What is this deal?


    Basically, we search for and give information about corrupt or malicious nobles and merchants to the king, and we get a ce in the nobles district, the right to freely move about the country exempt from searches, and the right to drain the blood of convicts.


    So, youre basically like a ck ops organization that helps keep the country from tearing itself apart from the inside?


    To put it simply, yes.


    Speaking of blood, is there any special meaning to it?


    For us, blood is like a required food. We can eat normally, but we need to have blood at least once every two months or so if we want to stay healthy. If we dont, we get extremely sick. As for special meaning, it depends. To get what we need we usually drain it from animals or deserving people.


    In my old world, the vampires in most stories bite the neck and drink.


    That act is reserved solely for our partner. We call it sharing blood. Two individuals bite each other and take a small amount of the others blood into their body to symbolize the two of them sharing their lives.


    If one of the individuals isnt a vampire, will doing that turn them into one?


    No, that is a different ritual. That one requires a vampire to sacrifice all their mana and some life force and bestow it onto the other. It can only be done once, and it will leave both individuals extremely weak for some time. That ritual is rarely ever done.


    Hmm.


    While we were discussing this, we made it to the exit of the nobles district. We entered themon district in the east. While walking we could hear the people around us talking about yesterdays events. The spections on what the cause was were entertaining to hear.


    They ranged from simple to outrageous. One spection was that a litch with a grudge on the country appeared. Another one was that the animals and monsters of the forest got tired of being hunted, so they taught themselves necromancy and attacked the city in revenge.


    Thatst spection was funny, wasnt it?


    It was, though I wish it was as simple as that.


    Its been taken care anyway, so we shouldnt worry about that.


    We dont have to worry about that, right?


    {No, the God of War and Nature would never let that happen.}


    Thats a strangebination to have.


    {Is it? The way he describes it makes it seem like those two go together.}


    How does he describe it?


    {The only way to survive in nature is to go to war with all things around you, if you dont you will be killed instead, and the rest of your race will as well. It makes sense, nature is like a war to be the top in order not to get hunted down and eaten after all.}


    I guess that is an interesting way to see survival of the fittest. So, wait, does that make all things in nature a follower of the God of War? Do the gods even need believers to maintain themselves anyway?


    {To answer you in order: No and not really. Most animals, nts, insects, and monsters dont have enough intelligence to believe in him. As for the other, the number of believers we have makes it easier to maintain the concepts we have an Authority over. Its like a morale boost, like people telling you good going on a job well done.}


    What about concepts that dont have gods maintaining them?


    {They are maintained by spirits and their leaders until a suitable god or goddess is either born or ascends to take up the role. But you dont need to worry about this stuff just yet, Luna. Youll have all the time you could ever want to learn this stuffter.}


    Alright.


    You done with your conversation?


    Yeah, I was just making sure we dont have to actually worry about necromancer animals.


    We arrived at the guild while Velvet was giving me a strange look. We entered and walked up to the desk. I didnt see Shuten or Ibaraki around, so we went up to an unupied receptionist.


    Wee to the guild today, how can I help?


    I was about to state our business when Velvet handed over a letter. The receptionist looked at it and her face turned serious.


    I see, please follow me, the guild master has been expecting the both of you.


    As we followed the receptionist, I quietly asked Velvet about that letter.


    What was that? Couldnt we just ask to report to the guild master like we have before?


    Luna, youre already weird enough that you meet the guild master so much while being the rank youre at. That letter was given to me by my mother before you woke up. She said it has all the information that her subordinates could find about any stragglers. Even if the guild master is expecting us, we need to have something to prove it.


    I have an introduction letter that can let me meet him, you know.


    I didnt know that; you never told me before.


    Oh.


    We made it to the now familiar door and were let in. The guild master was sitting at his desk while surrounded by a mountain of papers.


    Its good to see that the two of you are all right. I heard you fell unconscious due to mana depletion, Miss Luna, are you sure you should be walking around?


    Im better now, thank you for your concern.


    Now, on to business. Miss Velvet, you have something from the Belmont n to give to me, yes?


    I do, my mother told me to only show it to the receptionist and you.


    Wait, youre a part of the Belmont n?


    I am the heads daughter. I apologize for never taking the time to meet you before, or introducing myself fully thest few times we have met.


    Its fine, I assume there were circumstances that caused this.


    Your n also has ties to the adventurers guild?


    Its the same kind of deal as with the country.


    OK.


    While I am curious about why the two of you are in a party together, Ill leave it alone. What can you tell me about your battle yesterday?


    Depends on what you already know. I assume you spoke with the knight leader that took charge in the south?


    I did, he told me that the two of you held off a big part of the horde and killed a curse wolf and the necromancer in charge of that area.


    Those are the general points covered. What specifics do you want to know?


    Why you were able to fight a curse wolf and, if possible, the identity of the necromancer you fought. I was told by Mister Steward that the two of you have more information regarding him.


    I can tell you about the fight, but Velvet knows more about the guy we fought.


    For the reason we could fight the curse wolf, I have a unique skill that can counteract curses, remember. So, it was only logical for me to fight it. As for Velvet helping me, Im a good enough healer to be able to help her if she got hit. I havent cured a curse before, but it shouldnt pose that much of a problem, I think.


    I do remember about the unique skill, but why were you No, you clearly gave off a stronger impression when you teleported into my office at that time, so it makes sense that you could handle a curse wolf. Now, what about the necromancer?


    He was the leader of the Cult of Rlyeh.


    And youre certain of this?


    As certain as the moon will rise at night.


    And your source?


    I am not allowed to say. Just know that its just as credible as the person themselves saying it.


    Hmm. Can we be sure hes actually dead this time? I still remember what happened at the coastal city.


    I appraised him before he died. He was afflicted with a curse from the God of Death.


    Then he is more than dead.


    Is there anything else you need from us?


    Hmm. No, though I do need to reward the two of you for reporting to me and giving us a small amount of time to prepare as well as taking out the leader of the incident. Ill raise your ranks to D and exempt you from the exam since the both of you have already shown you can kill a person. You will also be able to rank up to rank C immediately after taking the required quests.


    Which quests are those?


    At least one sessful escort quest and a delivery quest to somece outside of the capital.


    Ok. I guess well go and find one of those quests then.


    Take this note to the receptionist that brought you here and shell take care of your rank up, have a good day you two.


    Same to you, guild master.


    We left the office and went back down the stairs and to the counter. I handed over the note and wepleted the rank up procedure. We were now officially D rank adventurers.


    Hey Velvet, is it normal to rank up this fast?


    No, but this time is an exception. If I had to guess, any low rank adventurer that participated and survived yesterday ranked up or is close to it. Emergency quests like that dont happen very often, but when they do, it causes a lot of fast rank ups.


    It seems like that could be exploited by people.


    I dont know how, but in the event of emergency quests, guild cards track the participation of every individual, so anyone that doesnt participate but say they did can be checked.


    Well, thats convenient.


    So, what kind of quest do you want to take, escort or delivery?


    Lets check whats avable first.


    Going over the D rank delivery and escort quests, a few caught my eye. They seemed easy enough toplete. I was going to suggest one to Velvet when I saw a delivery quest that was interesting.


    Hey Velvet, what do you think of this one?


    Hmm. Delivery of supplies for the annual Vanquishing Festival. Location Shrine Vige.


    You want to take it and visit your home?


    I mean, Ive been away for a month now.


    And real reason?


    I want to show off my second tail to my parents. But it will also be extremely easy. Since its my home and all, we could get the supplies and I could teleport us there. No need for two weeks travel, and we could take part in the festival. Plus, I can introduce you to Soleil and get the two of you used to each other.


    While I feel like you still have some hidden motive, I agree that this should be an easy quest for us. Especially with your inventory skill, with that we wont even need a cart to bring the supplies.


    Then lets go and ept this quest.


    We headed to the counter for the third time today and epted the quest.


    I cant wait to see their faces when I tell them about everything thats happened.


    But dont you send letters almost every day?


    Yeah, but nothing beats a live reaction.


    Author''s Note:


    Soon the little sister will meet the vampire. What will happen? Find out soon. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 43: Returning Home

    Chapter 43: Returning Home


    [Luna POV]


    So, where is the ce we need to get the supplies at, the east or north?


    Thepany that the supplies were ordered from is located in the north, so we should check there first.


    We headed to the northern part of the city, and after about an hour of searching, we found the ce we were looking for. The ce looked more like a warehouse than an actual merchant office. We went inside and were greeted with a hectic scene.


    This ce looks like Wall Street.


    {Whats that?}


    Something from my old world.


    We looked around for an empty or less upied line and eventually found one. Velvet and I chatted while waiting and an hour passed. The line we were in was about half as long as it was when we got in it, but it was moving faster than most of the others.


    After another hour of waiting, we finally made it to the front of the line.


    Wee, how can I help you today?


    We epted a delivery quest from the adventurers guild, here are the documents.


    I see, wait here for a second.


    Thedy we were talking to said this then went into the back room. After about two minutes she came back with a middle-aged man behind her.


    Are you two the adventurers that epted this quest?


    We are.


    Follow me then.


    We followed the man into another door that led to the back of the building.


    Im grateful that you two took this quest, we posted itst week, but no one took it. We were worried we would have to deliver this stuff ourselves.


    This ce does seem to be very busy.


    Yeah, we won the right to lead the capitals Vanquishing Festival this year, so we have most of our people out and about right now.


    Won the right?


    All us merchantpanies hold apetition to choose the lead of the festival each year. We got lucky thatst years lead decided not to participate this time, so we won thepetition and now we have to prepare the festival.


    What do you get out of leading the festival?


    We get our name out there. The publicity we get for this will let ourpany grow and expand outside the country.


    I see, then I wish you luck in your endeavors.


    Thanks missy. Here we are, everything ordered for the shrine vige is in this cart. I hope you dont meet any problems on the road, or youll end up beingte.


    Well be able to handle anything that wee across. I said while chuckling inwardly.


    Velvet was also chuckling at my side. The man had left us alone and went back to his other business and we checked for everything with the list he gave us.


    Are we missing anything?


    No, just dont forget about the list and well be good. Youre up.


    I stored everything in my inventory, and we left thepany.


    I wonder how confused theyll be when they see that the cart is still there.


    Maybe you should have stored it too, we dont want them thinking we stole everything.


    If we did that, then why would we leave the cart. If I was going to steal something, I would take the cart provided then switched it in a different location.


    I guess thats a good point. Anyway, where do you want to teleport away from, somewhere inside the city, or a bit away from it?


    Lets head over to that alley over there.


    We entered the ally and I grabbed onto Velvets arm. I invoked the teleportation spell and in a split second we found ourselves in my room at the shrine.


    Its nice to see this room again.


    So, this is your room? How minimalistic.


    I just like to keep it clean and organized, its an old habit. Thats enough about me though, lets go and tell my parents were here and deliver the quest items.


    Lead the way, then.


    We left my room and I started to lead the way to where we would most likely find my mother when I heard somethinging towards us at a fast pace.


    BIG SIS!


    Soleil rounded a corner and sprinted towards us. When she got close enough she leapt straight into a hug, knocking me to the ground.


    Ouch! Soleil what have I told you about doing that?


    Sorry big sis, itll happen again in the future.


    It should be not happen again. How did you even know I was here?


    I could hear it calling me.


    Here what calling you?


    Nothing. She said, a little panicked.


    What are you hiding from me, Soleil?


    Who is this, big sis?


    Shes Velvet, my party member and the person I was telling you about in my letters. And well talk about whatever youre hiding from meter.


    Tch.


    So, this is the little sister Ive heard so much about, its nice to meet you, Im Velvet.


    Im Soleil. Big sis, what are you doing back? Did you decide to quit adventuring or something?


    No, we took a quest to deliver some things for the Vanquishing Festival here, also dont be rude.


    While I was scolding Soleil, Ana turned the corner, clearly looking for Soleil.


    Sol, what are you running off for? You still have things you need to do.


    When she saw what was happening, her eyes widened in surprise.


    Lady Luna, what are you doing back?


    Hello Ana, were here on a delivery quest. I though that it would be extremely easy to finish since I could just teleport here.


    That makes sense. Oh, pardon my rudeness, my name is Anastasia, I assume you are Lady Velvet, Lady Lunas party member.


    Yes, I am Velvet, its nice to meet you.


    Ana, do you know if mom or dad are busy?


    Your mother is in her office going over documents regarding the festival, while your father is training the newest soldiers. Hes going extra hard on one of them this time.


    Does this person only have one arm?


    Yes, how did you know?


    Because Im the reason he lost one arm.


    I nced over to Soleil to see if she would try to go off and fight the guy, but she just stayed the same ce she was sitting at.


    <em>Ana, is Soleil alright? I kind of expected her to run off and tear that guys throat out.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>She has been rtively tame since you left and has gotten even calmer since a few weeks ago. Im guessing you figured out a way to get rid of Charm?</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Yeah. So, she was affected by that skill after all.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>She was, but now that she isnt she should be less, fanatic, about you.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Thats good, but it doesnt exin how she knew I was here. I never sent a letter before hand.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>We can talk about thatter, for now lets go meet your mother.</em>


    <em></em>


    So, you learned the telepathy skill, Lady Luna?


    Yep. Got it when I first used fox transformation.


    How did you figure out how to use it?


    Using fox fire inbat.


    Interesting, well have to record that for the future.


    We all walked to moms office. Velvet asked Ana and Soleil several questions about the shrine and how things work here. Ana answered most of them while Soleil took several nces at Velvet, but never spoke to her.


    How am I ever going to get these two together?


    {Just let it happen naturally, you got them to meet, and that is the hardest part.}


    I think the hardest part will be getting Soleil to acknowledge Velvet.


    {If that doesnt happen while they are around each other now, youll just have to wait for Soleil to officially join you on your adventure.}


    I guess youre right.


    As I was talking with Tamamo, I walked right into a door.


    Ouch!


    Lady Luna, you really need to fix that bad habit of yours.


    Shes right, Luna. You cant just ignore the world around you when you talk with her.


    Even I cant defend you on this point, big sis. Its a real problem.


    Even you, Soleil?


    Of course, you always do this, big sis. If you dont fix this problem, theres no telling what trouble youll get yourself into.


    Whats going on out here?


    Mom came out of the room whose door I ran into.


    Oh, its just you, Luna. Did you lose focus again while talking to the Goddess? Wait, what are you even doing back here, Luna?


    Ill exin shortly, but can we call dad here first?


    Sure, can you go get him, Ana?


    Of course, Lady Amagi.


    Ana said this and left to get dad while mom let us in and told us to sit down. The second we all sat down, Soleil ced her tail in myp and, out of habit, I pulled out my brush and started brushing her tail.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is the chapter. I''m going to sleep now. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 44: Talking about Recent Events

    Chapter 44: Talking about Recent Events


    [Luna POV]


    While waiting for dad to get here Mom, Velvet, and I made some small talk while Soleil was acting like she obtained a sort of enlightenment.


    Big sis, I think I understand the true meaning of fluff.


    I see you are enjoying yourself, Soleil. Im happy my new unique skill makes you feel good like this.


    Moms ears twitched a bit when I said this.


    You got a new unique skill? That was possible?


    I think its because of my special circumstances.


    So, something to do with the Goddess?


    Yep. A unique skill born from the Brushing Technique skill reaching level 10 and ess to brushing the tail of a Goddess. It lets me bring things close to my level of fluff.


    Maybe Ill ask you to brush my tail once before you set off again, then.


    Ask me any time.


    It was then that Ana returned with Dad.


    Hello Luna, its good to see you again.


    Hello Dad, the feelings mutual.


    Lady Luna, whats wrong with Soleil?


    She has experienced the greatest tail brushing in the mortal world. Mom is next in line, but I can add you to the list.


    Oh, you havent offered that to me or your mother since you were little.


    So, Luna, to what do we owe the pleasure of you and your friends visit?


    Before I answer that, let me introduce my party member. This is Velvet, I met her a few days after making it to the capital and we partied up due to a rmendation from Tamamo.


    Its nice to meet you all, I am Velvet, though Lord Deacon may know my family name of Belmont.


    So youre a vampire?


    I am.


    I guess I should thank the Goddess for introducing the two of you. You seem less fanatic when ites to the Goddess and Luna in turn.


    Yes. Out of all the vampires in this country, only my mother and I know about Lunas rtionship with the Goddess, and we n on keeping it that way for as long as possible.


    Thats good.


    With that out of the way, were here on a quest to deliver some thing for the Vanquishing Festival. I was thinking that we could stay here for the festival before going back to the capital. After that we can head off to the Celestia Kingdom, preferably on an escort quest so that we can move up to C rank.


    Youre already D rank?


    We are. It was thanks to having high participation in an emergency quest.


    Dads eyes turned serious after hearing my words.


    Did something happen in the capital; I was never informed?


    It happened yesterday, so you probably wouldnt have, which leads me to my next point. I stood up from my seat and walked to the center of the room. I took off my newly enchanted ne and the illusion on my body disappeared. Upon seeing my second tail, everyones, with the exception of Velvet, eyes widened in shock.


    You got a second tail!


    I did indeed, Soleil.


    Congrattions Luna. This means youre one step closer to the Goddess.


    Thanks Mom.


    I must say it suits you, Luna. Makes me wonder how beautiful youll look with nine, the Goddess is truly lucky.


    {I know I am.}


    They cant hear you, remember.


    {But you can.}


    Luna, you are still in the middle of talking with us, dont start ignoring the world just yet.


    Sorry.


    Now, what exactly happened in the capital?


    Ill take over the exnation from here since Luna is clearly still distracted.


    Thank you, Miss Velvet. Sorry for the trouble my daughter is causing you.


    Its fine, Lord Deacon, Im used to it by now. I dont know what she was like when she was here, but she often loses herself to her talks with the Goddess that Ive gotten used to it.


    I hope she learns to at least pay some attention to her surroundings.


    Anyway, yesterday the capital was attacked byrge hordes of undead led by the Cult of Rlyeh.


    So, they made their move after 60 years.


    Were you there when theyst did something?


    No, but my father was. He used to tell me that what happened at the coastal city was horrible even if the cult ultimately failed at whatever they were trying to aplish.


    Well, at least we dont have to worry about them again. The leader was killed as well as the rest of its members. Any stragglers are being hunted down by the guild and my mothers subordinates.


    Who killed the leader?


    Luna. The both of us were on the side of the capital he attacked. Close to the end of the battle he showed up and started going after me since my family has apparently caused him a lot of trouble. Me and Luna fought him, and shended the final blow.


    I see.


    Dad looked over to me just as I was finishing with my conversation with Tamamo.


    Luna, good job on ridding the world of that cult and its leader.


    Thanks?


    Now on to something different. Luna, care to exin why you froze the arm off a person? I know you exined it in your letter, but I want to hear the reason again from the source.


    I slumped my shoulders.


    That wasnt one of my best days you know. Velvet and I finished a request, got attacked by an undead bear, killed it, reported to the guild, then things happened. My charm skill maxed out and turned into a curse which was nullified by my status effect immunity unique skill which caused my emotions to run wild. That guy just so happened to grab my tail and try to court me I guess and, me being me, I overreacted big time. The guy totally deserved what he got, but I reflected on my actions already.


    I see, the only reason I brought this up is because that same guy just arrived here a few days ago to join as a soldier.


    Ana did tell me you were going extra hard on a newbie; Im guessing thats him?


    Yeah, its difficult to train someone with only one arm, but hes cooperating at least. Do you know what else happened to him, though? Aside from training, hes kind of despondent.


    I heard from the guild master that, after his encounter with me, he went on to harass the daughter of the duke and the second princess. I witnessed the incident with the dukes daughter but not the other one.


    I nced at Soleil again, but she was still in post tail brushing bliss.


    He sure is an unlucky one.


    Hes still alive after everything so I think it bnces out.


    Guess so, Ill train him up to be a decent soldier and person.


    Now, where do you need to deliver festival supplies?


    Several ces. We should be able to deliver it all in about two hours.


    Im d you took that request, Luna. The people who asked me to send out the request have beening by every day to see if the supplies havee in.


    I forgot you are the one who sends those out, Mom. I guess we should go and finish our job before we get toofortable here.


    Lets head out then, Luna. It was a pleasure meeting you all.


    The same to you, Miss Velvet. You are wee here any time.


    [Amagi POV]


    As soon as Luna and Velvet left the room, the rest of us except Soleil all sighed.


    Its good to see that she is the same as ever. Though I wish she would pay more attention to everything around her.


    I think she has gotten a little better. Not much, but a little.


    Miss Velvet is going to have a hard time.


    Speaking of her, what do you think? Do we need to worry?


    No, Ive worked with their organization to rout out corruption in the capital before. Theyre good people if not a bit overzealous when ites to the Goddess. Though Miss Velvet is different, I didnt feel the craziness from her that I did when working with vampires previously.


    They did say that the Goddess was involved. Im guessing that means Miss Velvet might be an oracle. How envious.


    {We might be able to do something about that, you know.}


    I straightened up upon hearing those words in my head.


    What do you mean by that, Goddess?


    {You fulfill most of the conditions to be an Apostle. The only thing left to do is to agree to my terms.}


    And what are your terms?


    {Simple, pledge yourself to me and agree to act as my voice in the mortal world.}


    Didnt I do something simr when I became the head priestess here?


    {You did, but that was only in name. By agreeing to these terms, it will be official. If you agree, you will earn the title Apostle of the Moon, gain immortality, and have ess toe and go from my ce in the divine domain freely. The stiption is that, when I ask you to do something, you need to carry it out without fail.}


    Can I have some time to think about it?


    {Of course, take all the time you need, discuss it with your husband, just dont tell Luna. Its too early for her to learn of Apostles, even if she already made one.}


    What!?


    Is something wrong, Amagi?


    {Ill leave it at that for today. If youe up with an answer, go to the innermost part of the shrine and pray to me.}


    I started to massage the bridge of my nose.


    So many things are happening today.


    Would you like me to make some rxing tea?


    Please, were all going to need it.


    What shocked you so much, Amagi?


    It seems I have the qualification to be an Apostle of the Goddess.


    Ana dropped the kettle she was holding and ran over to me.


    Truly!? That is a great honor. Did you ept? Do I need to start praying to you as well? Does Lady Luna know about this?


    Calm down Ana. I havent epted yet, I wanted to discuss it first. I dont know about the second thing, and the Goddess said to make sure Luna doesnt find out yet. She said its too early for her to learn about Apostles and that she already has one.


    What!?


    Both Deacon and Ana yelled at the same time.


    Do you know who it is?


    No, but I think it is likely Miss Velvet. Well have to ask her about it when we can get her alone.


    Thank goodness Soleil is still dazed, I dont think she would take kindly to that.


    Take kindly to what?


    Youre back already, Soleil?


    Yeah, I dont really know what happened, but I do know big sis has improved her tail brushing. I think shes even better than you, mom.


    Oh, well see about that. Did you forget that Im the one who taught her?


    No, but it just felt different. It was simr to the feeling I get when I sneakily pet her tail.


    You do what Soleil!?


    You didnt tell them, Mom?


    I havent had the chance. Weve all been extremely busy you know.


    Were going to need to talk to Luna about this.


    I agree. When they get back, Ill talk privately with Miss Velvet. Deacon, you can take Luna and Soleil and have them figure out what to do. Ana, I want you with me.


    I understand.


    Soleil, Ill try to mediate for you as best I can.


    Thank you.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is a chapter that isn''t postedte at night. Have fun and thanks for reading.

 Chapter 45: Important Discussion: Velvet鈥檚 Side

    Chapter 45: Important Discussion: Velvet��s Side


    [Velvet POV]


    It took us longer than expected to deliver the supplies to their destinations because I got distracted by the things in this vige. I never really left the areas about a day from the capital, so everything I saw was interesting. We did manage to finish our request and were now on our way back to the shrine.


    Sorry for making us take so long, Luna.


    Its fine. Maybe I can get Soleil to show you around as well.


    You know, I dont think she likes me.


    Well, the two of you just met today, so it makes sense. I want the two of you to get along with each other though since she will join us on our travels in a few years.


    Luna said this but I felt she also had some other intentions beside just us getting along but I didnt ask about it. We walked through the gate to the shrine and were met by Lord Deaconing toward us.


    Wee back you two, it seems it took longer than you originally thought.


    Yeah, I took Velvet around a bit, and we made it to where we were supposed to goter than I nned.


    Ok. Lunae with me, the both of us need to have a talk with Soleil.


    What for?


    About the reason for her fascination with you.


    Ok. Sorry Velvet but this is something that needs to be taken care of.


    Its fine.


    Miss Velvet my wife has something to discuss with you as well, can you find your way to her office?


    I remember the way.


    Thats good, nowe with me Luna.


    See ya Velvet.


    Lord Deacon and Luna went inside and turned toward the open grounds that I assumed was used for training. I walked inside and headed to Lady Amagis office. After a few minutes I arrived in front of the door and knocked.


    Pleasee in.


    You needed to talk with me, Lady Amagi?


    Yes, there are some things I need to confirm with you.


    She had a serious look in her eyes that allowed for no refusal.


    What do you want to know?


    Ill start with the most important thing: Are you Lunas Apostle?


    I froze. I havent told anyone but my mother about that so how could they possibly know? If I answer, will they tell Luna?


    Calm down, this conversation will only be between the two of us, Ana, and Deacon. Ill give the details to the other twoter.


    What about Luna?


    She will not know. The Goddess asked us to keep quiet.


    In that case then, yes, I am Lunas Apostle.


    How did it happen?


    I picked her up after her first fox transformation and I just got the title. The Goddess said that she did it unintentionally.


    What do you know of Apostles and their rtion to the gods?


    They are the voices of the gods in the mortal world, and they cane and go from the divine domain at will.


    I see, that was the exnation I got as well.


    Are you also an Apostle of a god Lady Amagi?


    I will be if I choose to ept the position. Just after the two of you left, the Goddess offered to make me the Apostle of the Moon.


    So you were the one she was talking about.


    What do you mean?


    When I became Lunas Apostle, the Goddess gave me a brief exnation about it and at the end said that she would have an Apostle soon and that their identity should be kept from Luna as a surprise for the future.


    I see, I guess the Goddess had this nned for quite a while now.


    Seems like it.


    I wonder how well break the news to Soleil?


    I dont think youll have to worry about that. From what I know about Luna, shell definitely make Miss Soleil an Apostle as well.


    Will she be able to do that?


    In the Goddesss exnation to me, she told me that gods can have the same number of Apostles as they do Authorities and that Luna will have at minimum two Authorities, possibly three.


    Thats good then. But that also raises a new question; if two Apostle slots are filled, who will her third one be?


    I dont know, I bet the Goddess of Fate does, but there is no way she would tell us.


    {She would if you had the ability to talk to her.}


    Really?


    {Yes, she would derive some sort of joy from the fact that you know something like this and watching how you get to that point.}


    Do you need something from us, Goddess?


    {Not really, Im here to answer any questions you have about Apostles to aid in your decision. I decided to speak with both of you present since Velvet here will need to learn about this eventually, so the earlier the better.}


    Then is it true Luna will have multiple Authorities?


    {Yes, I clearly know one as it is stated in Velvets Apostle title, but the other two I dont know, but I have a suspicion about one of them. At first, I thought she would only have two, but after further observation, I concluded that she will definitely have three.}


    Can you tell us the one you suspect she will have?


    {I believe she will have the Authority over Space.}


    Isnt there already a god of space?


    {Believe it or not, no. The space concept is currently being managed by spirits.}


    There are space spirits!?


    {Yes, theyre just not spread around the world because they spend too much time managing their concept. Once Luna takes this role, they will spread across the world and be usable by spirit mages.}


    Does that mean there are Fluff spirits?


    {No or at least not yet. That was an original concept and Authority born of Lunas Abyssal Fluff title. Her somehow creating that even surprised the gods at the top.}


    On a different topic, if I ept your proposition, will I have to move into the divine domain or will I be allowed to stay in the mortal world?


    {You will be able to stay there until your natural lifespan would have ended, after that you would move into the divine domain and be sent out to meet with other gods or to give messages to important people in the mortal world when I am too busy to do so myself. If I have no oracles alive in the world, you would be the one to give any revtions to the people, though I dont expect youll need to do that for me since most of my oracles are vampires.}


    Would I be your only Apostle?


    {No, if you ept, you would be my first, but I can still have two more. Im open to allowing that assistant of yours to be one, but she needs to start working on fulfilling the conditions.}


    What would those conditions be?


    {For the easier of the two, I would suggest she start working on her gravity magic. If she does that and asks her husband for help, shell easily clear the conditions. She needs to max its level and create or learn at least three new gravity spells.}


    What do you mean create or learn?


    {Exactly as I said, either create or learn new gravity spells that the people of the world have never thought of or have thought were lost to time.}


    What could her husband help her with then?


    {Like I said, people of this world. He is from a different one remember. She could also ask Luna, but that would in turn lead to her figuring out what is going on.}


    Ill let her know then.


    Goddess. What do Apostles do when the god or goddess they serve dont need them to do work?


    {They go about their lives. The lives of Apostles arent that different from mortals except the fact that they are immortal. You should have a better understanding of that, Velvet, you being a vampire and all. They are free to do what they want, get married, have families, all that stuff. Us gods dont really interfere with our Apostles much unless we need them to do work or a big event that needs our Apostles to go and fight before we need to step in. In an event like that, our Apostles will be sent to mitigate the damage we will inevitably cause.


    I see, I wonder if I will find someone in the divine domain?


    {Ufufufu. Dont worry about that, Velvet. Luna is actively trying to help with that.}


    Thats kind of worrying, Goddess. I dont think Luna understands subtlety when ites to rtionships like that. She is the kind of person to push two people together and then get confused on why they dont like each other yet. Im surprised she hasnt just presented the person to Miss Velvet.


    {She already has though.}


    Wat?


    {She already has. I think she has been pretty obvious about who she is trying to set you up with Velvet. Im surprised you havent figured it out yet.}


    Miss Velvet, who is the person Luna tell you about the most?


    Aside from the Goddess, it would be Miss Soleil. Oh.


    But Soleil is a bit young for that.


    {Luna has a weird mindset regarding that which I think happened because of me. I am thousands of years old after all. I know she will hold off from truly trying to get the two of you together until Soleil bes an adult, but that wont stop her from trying to get the two of you on good terms.}


    What is your first impression of Soleil anyway?


    An extremely clingy little sister.


    That describes her perfectly, though she has settled down quite a bit from before. If we can get her to stop going after Lunas tail, I think she can be rtively normal.


    {I rmend doing the opposite actually. Get her used to Lunas abyss and she will be fine, itll just take many years to do so.}


    Why will it take so long?


    {You need to realize Velvet; she doesnt have a skill or title to protect her mind like you do. Since she was under the effect of charm all these years, its not as bad as it could be, but if she is going to be an Apostle of Luna, shell need to be able to stay sane while sinking into the abyss. Ive convinced Luna to be open to allowing people close to her to metaphorically dip their feet in slowly over time. I dont want another incident like before to happen and cause her trouble while she lives in the mortal world.}


    Does that mean Ill get to brush my daughters tail again?


    {It does, just tell her I gave you permission and shell most likely let you. Just make sure to have someone else with you so they can help you stop. Even with her resistance, she had to knock Velvet outst time.}


    So thats why my head hut so much this morning.


    Im willing to take the risk. I want to do something to bond with my daughter like my mother did with me.


    {All Ill say to that is hold on for as long as you can. Also tell Anastasia and ke to keep their daughter away from Luna when shes asleep while shes here. She is already ankle deep in the Abyss, and shes not mentally ready to sink deeper yet.}


    Just out of curiosity, how deep did I sink yesterday?


    {Id say just below the knees, your resistance helped but until you fully be her Apostle, youll have to be careful. The same goes for you, Amagi. You havent even dipped your toes in yet.}


    I understand.


    {Now if you excuse me, Ill be going back to watching Luna. Ill be awaiting your answer, Amagi. Until then.}


    What are your thoughts on this, Miss Velvet?


    Personally, I would ept. You would be given the chance to always see your daughter after she ascends, and she wouldnt be saddened by watching you die.


    I see your point. Ill talk with Deacon about thister and make my decision. Its gottente, Ill show you to an empty room that you can stay in. Treat this ce like a second home.


    Thank you very much.


    Author''s Note:


    Second chapter of the day. Here we have how Apostles work and some details on Authorities. I hope you enjoy. Thanks for reading.


    P.S.: I think I will get to Luna and Tamamo''s date sometime this week, so look forward to it.

 Chapter 46: Important Discussion: Luna鈥檚 Side

    Chapter 46: Important Discussion: Luna��s Side


    [Luna POV]


    I was following dad to where Soleil was waiting for us. It seems that they figured out the reason behind her unhealthy fascination with me. I had an idea of what it was, but this will serve as conformation. We entered the training grounds and moved over to the break room. Soleil was waiting for us there along with Ana.


    Hello everyone, sorry for taking so long toe back.


    Its Ok Luna.


    Now Soleil, tell Luna what you have been doing for years.


    I have been sneaking away from home,ing into your room, and petting your tail until I fall asleep then waking up and going back home before you get up. She answered while her ears and tail drooped.


    I had a feeling that was the case, but now that you confirmed it, I dont know what to do. Im honestly surprised you stayed sane.


    Sorry big sis, Ill try to do it less often.


    I sighed; Soleil, I understand how you feel, I really do, but you need to hold off for a while and let your mind get ustomed to it. If you sink too much at a time, you wont be able toe back, and I dont want the person I see as my little sister be a fluff crazed zombie that cant control herself. Do you understand?


    I do.


    Im surprised you arent thinking of stopping her.


    Well, me and Tamamo discussed it a bit and I decided that it would probably be better in the long run to get the people close to me slowly ustomed to the Abyss that is my fluff. Soleil should probably hold off for a while, but everyone else should be fine at least a little bit.


    Thats a nice surprise, I never thought I would get to brush your tail again or should I say tails?


    I wouldnt say youll get much enjoyment out of it. I let Velvet try yesterday and she almost lost it after a while. She did have this weird resistance, but even she started to sink to far for her to handle.


    Are you saying that well sink too fast?


    Yes, Im not too sure how it works but even with high mental resistance, would you willingly resist something that draws you into aforting embrace and makes it feel like all your troubles will just go away if you stay just a bit longer. If I had hostile intention, you would probably put up some extra resistance, but since we all are family or basically are, you would probably willingly give yourself to the feeling. I dont want the people I care about be under a kind if brainwashing.


    Is this what youve been worried about for so long?


    Yeah.


    Are you sure this isnt some kind of curse?


    If it was, it would have disappeared immediately. I cant be cursed, remember?


    Oh yeah.


    It doesnt really affect anything in my daily life and its actually quite nice when I spend time with Tamamo since she enjoys it, but she can only enjoy it fully because shes a goddess. Unless I can somehow elevate all of you to some kind of higher being, the only way I can think of is to get you all used to it slowly. Whats the point of keeping it all to myself and Tamamo when my fluff should be spread to all?


    Luna, are you OK? You sound a bit strange.


    Eh, sorry. I have started to get weird about all of this since yesterday. I dont even know why I started referring to interacting with my tails as sinking. Ill ask Tamamo about itter.


    Does this mean Im forgiven?


    Yeah, just make sure you dont sneak into my room and hug and pet my tails for a while, got it?


    Yeah, Ill try my best.


    I need you to do more than try, Im not afraid to freeze your door and windows over to keep you away for the night.


    Ill even have ke nail them shut for the night if I have to.


    I dont think that will be necessary. Big sis, Ill try, no I will resist the urge to embrace your tails until you tell me otherwise.


    Good. By the way, I want you to take Velvet around the vige tomorrow. When youe to join my party, the two of you will be working together a lot, so I want the two of you to get along. No more acting as rude as you were earlier, got it?


    Yes.


    Good, now go to home and to bed.


    Understood. Ill see you at home, mom.


    We all listened until we couldnt hear Soleils footsteps anymore.


    Luna, why are you trying to get my daughter and your friend together?


    Im not entirely sure myself. I just think those two would go good together, so Ive been acting off that feeling.


    Did you end up getting a diviner skill of some kind, Luna? Ive been getting the same feeling, but Im conflicted as Soleils mother.


    I didnt but I have a feeling that the Goddess of Fate has something to do with it. This seems like the kind of thing she would do. Now that I think about it, I wonder if Atmos has a second Authority?


    There you go again speaking a goddesss name without fear of repercussion.


    Well, I have met her, and she never said I couldnt call her by her name.


    Anyway, go to bed, Luna. I want you to join the morning training tomorrow as well as to see you use your fox transformation skill.


    OK, see you both tomorrow.


    While on my way to my room, I started to think about something I said earlier.


    Am I also getting affected by my fluff.


    {Not necessarily, its just a part of your nature as the Abyss Fluff to want to spread it. Just ept it as part of you, and it wont bother you.}


    Hey Tamamo, where did you go earlier?


    {I had some business to take care of, nothing you need to worry about. In other news, the full moon is the day after tomorrow. Im looking forward to your visit.}


    So am I. I answered, a happy smile spreading across my face.


    Author''s Note:


    I''m too sleepy right now toe up with anything witty so I hope you all enjoy. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 47: Family Time

    Chapter 47: Family Time


    [Luna POV]


    I slept the night away and woke up early. I headed over to the training grounds where dad was waiting.


    Youre early Luna.


    I thought I should show up before the others. I could have traumatized whatever his name was, so I thought I should be here first and get our training over with.


    I told everyone to take today off actually, were going to be training in fox form all day.


    Training how?


    You have the skills, but you havent tried using your short sword or a dagger in that form, right?


    I havent really used that form much.


    Good, then youll be a nk te. Now, transform and well begin.


    I did as he said and used the fox transformation skill. My line of sight got shorter as my body shrunk and I pulled out my short sword from my inventory. It ttered to the ground in front of me and I picked it up with my mouth.


    <em>This tastes gross.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>You just have to get used to it.</em>


    <em></em>


    I turned around to see a wolf-sized orange-red fox behind me.


    <em>So, will this form of mine ever grow as big as you, dad?</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Yeah, eventually. Though in your case, you might be even bigger a few hundred years from now.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>This make me wonder how big Tamamos fox form is.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>{I can show you tomorrow if you want.}</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>If you dont mind.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>She agreed?</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Yep.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Now, watch what I do and copy me, these will be the basics. Once you get used to these, then you can figure out your own style.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>This seems moreplicated than how you used to teach me.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Thats because I didnt have much to teach you besides actualbat skillst time.</em>


    <em></em>


    After saying this, he returned his attention back to showing me the basics. If I had to describe how he moved, I could only say that he reminded me of a certain Great Grey Wolf.


    After watching a bit more, I started copying what he was doing. I think it was because of my skill level and short sword Master title that I easily memorized what to do. I then started adding extra swings and jumps in my actions. I also decided to try blinking around using space magic and incorporated it into the patterns.


    <em>I guess I shouldnt have given everyone the day off.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>This is just practice; we havent fought yet.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>True.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Also, will you help me out after this. I got my space magic to level 10 and Ive been thinking of some things in order to develop a new defensive spell.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>So you finally maxed out space magic.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Healing magic too. Doing that, along with all my other magic being maxed gave me the Sage title.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Guess this means you need to be even more careful if you ever decide to visit the country of elves.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>I already got the lecture from Velvet; I dont need to hear it again.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>I will tell you again to make sure it sticks. The elves are always looking for sages, Luna. If they find out, they will try to contain you.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>All of them?</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>No, just a few of the most important ones. Especially the court mages in that country, they are magic fanatics.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>You would think that they would have figured out how to be sages by now. I mean, they have like, the third longest lifespans of mortal creatures, fourth if you count dragons.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Its that reason that they dont train their skills to max level. They know they live long lives, so why do this when they can do it a few years from now. Thats how some of them justify themselves. Others, like General Lia, are lesscent.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>I know from what you say about her that she is amazing at archery, but what about her magic skills?</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>She is a Spirit Mage, so she uses spirits to use magic. She didnt use much magic in the Fiennds due to theck of spirits there.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>I still want topete with her in archery.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>You just wont let that go, will you?</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Nope.</em>


    <em></em>


    After our conversation, we squared up and began the mock battles. We fought over and over again until lunchtime came around. Out of about 50 bouts; dad won 45 and lost the rest. We were currently resting in the shade of a tree not far from the training grounds. I brought out some food that was in my storage from who knows when and we ate while discussing how the morning went.


    You always surprise me on how fast you learn when fighting, Luna.


    I still only beat you five times.


    Its all about experience, Ive been fighting a lot longer than you have, so its only natural.


    We continued our lunch when mom came up to us.


    Hello you two.


    Hey mom, this is rare.


    Even I want a break from paperwork and shrine duties every once in a while, and today is a nice day.


    Thats true.


    I wonder what its like in other countries. Here we dont really have seasons, its mostly just like spring year-round.


    I think that Celestia Kingdom will start their harvest season about now.


    Ive heard some merchants saying that this year they have had really good luck with wheat this year.


    I guess the Goddess of Wheat was generous with her blessings.


    Hey Tamamo, does the Goddess of Wheat have any other Authorities?


    {She is also the Goddess of Economics.}


    Is she also a wolf?


    {She is, why?}


    No reason. I should bring some apples if I ever meet her.


    {You even know her favorite food?}


    I guess that novel series was based off her then.


    {Something from your previous world?}


    Yeah, one of my favorite novels had a character based off a wolf who lived in wheat and went on a journey with a traveling merchant. I just wish I could have finished reading it to the end.


    I finished my food and started to doze off.


    This is such a nice spot for a nap.


    I thought you wanted to try making a new space magic spell?


    I do, but at the moment I want  to


    Fufufu. Why dont we join her? This spot is quite nice.


    Eh, why not.


    It was the middle of the afternoon when I woke back up. I looked at my side to see my parents fast asleep.


    Guess we all decided to take a nap.


    I decided not to wake them up, so I moved a bit away and tried to figure out what to do.


    I cant practice that spell without at least one other person so what should I do?


    {Why not try using the max level space magic that weve talked about before?}


    Sure.


    {Sit down and clear your mind, Luna. Close your eyes, spread out your mana and imbue it with the space magic.}


    I did as Tamamo said. It was difficult at first but after a bit, I started to get a feeling for it. Once I got the hang of spreading my mana out, I started to use my space magic. I could see everything around me in every direction. All of the informationing into my mind at the same time gave me a migraine, so I stopped the spell.


    Uuuuuuuggggggghhhhh. My head.


    <strong><Acquired Skill: Parallel Processing></strong>


    Oooooh.


    {New skill?}


    Parallel processing.


    {Interesting.}


    Maybe with this skill, I can talk with you all the time and be able to watch where Im going.


    {I feel strangely conflicted about that.}


    Oh. Are you saying you want to upy all of my mind?


    {}


    Fufufufufufufu.


    Amagi, shes ignoring everything again.


    I know, Deacon. Just keep trying to snap her out of it.


    LUNA!


    Eh, what happened?


    Good, you snapped out of it.


    How long have the two of you been awake?


    About 30 minutes. We woke up around the time you started spreading out your mana. Just what were you trying to do?


    Use the highest level space magic spell. I need to keep going with itter, using it for a second gave me a migraine.


    You finally maxed out your space magic?


    And healing, mom.


    She also got the Sage title.


    Did you warn her about going to the country of elves?


    I did, it seems like Miss Velvet did as well.


    Good, then I dont need to lecture you about it.


    I let out a sigh of relief.


    Are you still up for practicing making that spell?


    Nah, my head is killing me. We can do that tomorrow, no, the next day.


    Why not tomorrow?


    Its the full moon tomorrow and I need to prepare for it.


    Prepare for what?


    Me and Tamamo are going to have a date.


    Oh.


    Moms ears perked up at hearing my words.


    Luna,e with me, Ill help you n it out.


    I was then dragged away by mom.


    Just dont flub it, Luna.


    Author''s Note:


    I realized something while writing this chapter. When Luna ascends, she will be the closest this world has to an all-seeing god with her Authority over space. I also realized that her skillset makes her a really good ninja, which was never my aim but now that I''ve realized this, I wonder what I can do with it. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 48: The Long Awaited Date

    Chapter 48: The Long Awaited Date


    [Luna POV]


    To prepare for my date with Tamamo tonight, I spent all day dredging up memories of ces that I visited in my previous life. After discussing what to do with mom yesterday, we decided to use my illusion magic to conjure images of my old world. I was worried about how much mana this would use but Tamamo offered to fuel the spell with hers.


    I dont know why I feel so nervous right now.


    You should be fully prepared, unless you n on doing something that I didnt help you figure out.


    I averted my gaze from mom. There was that one thing I was going to do. I would have talked with mom about it, but Tamamo was also listening in, and I didnt want to ruin the surprise.


    What else are you nning to do, Luna?


    I nced at the ring finger on my left hand in a way mom would notice.


    I see, do you already have what you need?


    Yeah, I have for a while.


    Then there is no need to be nervous. Tell me one thing though, why do this now?


    So I can have physical proof to show people not to court me. I figured if I do this, people who would try would leave me alone.


    Thatll work for most people, yes, but there will still be some who dont care about that.


    I know, Ill just have to ignore the ones who disregard it.


    And for the ones who still persist even after that?


    Dad will have to teach another one-armed soldier.


    Lets hope it doesnte to that.


    I agree.


    Having this conversation calmed me down a bit and I noticed the moon starting to rise.


    Im heading to my room now, see you tomorrow.


    See you tomorrow, Luna. Just remember to have fun tonight, that is the whole point of a date. Oh, I n on hearing every detail tomorrow with Ana. No is not an option.


    Ill think about it.


    You will tell us, and well tell you about our first real dates.


    If Tamamo is fine with it.


    {Ill consider it afterwards.}


    I walked out of moms office and headed to my room. When I got there, I saw Velvet waiting outside my door.


    I just wanted to say have fun.


    I n on it.


    She smiled and walked off the way I came from.


    I entered my room,id on my bed, and instantly my consciousness disappeared. I woke up again to see Tamamos face right above me, her silver hair surrounding our faces and her golden, shining eyes staring right into mine.


    Hello Tamamo, Im happy to see you in person again.


    {The feelings mutual.}


    We just stared into each others eyes for a few minutes when Tamamo broke eye contact.


    {Before we start with the magic, Ill do what I promised yesterday and show you my fox form.}


    I sat up from the heavenlyp pillow and moved a bit away. When I was a good enough distance, I turned around to look at Tamamo. She nodded her head and then she was surrounded in a bright light. When the light faded, I saw a silver fox the size of a four-story building. The nine tails were as long as a train car and looked extremely fluffy.


    Youre extremely beautiful, even in this form.


    <em>{Im d you like it, I even made sure my tails were extra fluffy for today.}</em>


    <em></em>


    I noticed.


    Tamamo returned back to human form, and I walked closer to her.


    Do you ever really need to use that form?


    {No, but its good for a change of pace every so often. The first time I used that form, Atmos used my tails as a bed. It was a weird experience.}


    Does she do that often?


    {Unfortunately, it does if Im ever in that form for a long time.}


    I wonder what would happen if she slept in my tails?


    {I dont think you have to worry about that for now, itll take at least a thousand years for you fox form to get that big. When it does, though, Ill be the first one to try. Then we could say that I waspletely submerged in the Abyss of Fluff.}


    Heh. Of course, my wife will be the first to experience the full Abyss. Once that happens, we can spread it to others and let them know what true fluff is. Those who can handle it will receive its blessing, and those who cant will drown in the deep.


    {Its good to see you start embracing that side of your personality, Luna.}


    Now, shall we get this date started?


    {Lets.}


    How are you going to fuel the spell, and do you have any preference to a location you want to see first?


    {Ill channel my mana through you, and you add the illusion magic to it, as for location, how about a city.}


    Ok, just remember that these will be from my past memories so they will probably be a bit different from the actual ces, especially since its been so long since Ive actually seen these ces.


    Tamamo ced her hand on my back and started channeling her mana into me. It felt really warm andforting and I wanted to get lost in this feeling, but I needed to focus.


    There will be time for that when we can spend all of our time together.


    I brought up the memory of the time I visited New York City and cast the spell. I saw the buildings rise up around us and a street form under our feet. The ce that we were standing turned into an image of Times Square. There were even illusory people, but none of them had faces, so it was a bit creepy.


    Ignoring all of the faceless people, I tried my best to get the looks just right.


    {Where is this ce, Luna?}


    One of the most popr cities from my previous world. I only visited it once, but this should do as a good enough representation of the ce. As long as we dont try to go further than the edge of those buildings over there, we can explore a bit. How long do you want to keep this illusion going?


    {Not too long, we only have a limited amount of time and I want to end this date with the coffee shop n that gave rise to this whole date idea.}


    Ok then, lets walk around for a bit. Try thinking of the next kind of ce you want to see as well.


    After about 30 minutes of walking around my passible version of Times Square, we changed the scenery to the Grand Canyon. After that it was Niagara Falls, then the Redwood Forest. I also showed some ces that I went to more often like some ces in Tennessee where me and my family went to camp at every year.


    {Come to think of it, I managed to learn a few things about your previous family.}


    Do tell.


    {While it took them a while to get over your disappearance, they managed to move on when they epted the exnations from the few ssmates you were acquainted with. Your parents started to do well for themselves, and your father managed to retire early. The both of them now travel around the country camping like they always dreamed of doing. Your little sister decided to continue with your dream and opened a coffee shop. It took off and now she manages the second most popr chain of shops in the country.}


    Thats good, Im happy that they are doing well. Speaking of coffee, I think its about time for that.


    {I didnt think about this earlier, but how exactly are we going to prepare this coffee?}


    Thats the glory of physical illusions, Tamamo. Theyre basically indistinguishable from real things. The best illusions are the kind that you can touch and use as if you had the actual thing. Of course, this is only possible here and with your help. Ive tried making these kinds of illusions before, and they didntst too long or didnt work too well.


    {You realize that with that kind of thinking, you are basically using creation magic, right?}


    Thats a thing?


    {Of course it is, though the only ones who can use it are the God of Creation and those who earn his blessing.}


    Will I ever have to meet him?


    {Probably, he is one of the top gods along with the god of time. You will have to meet them at least once.}


    What are they like?


    {Hmm. The god of creation is the curious type of person. He likes to watch other worlds and hopes that this one will develop interesting technologies like them. The god of time is the god of creations twin brother. He is moreid back and enjoys reading a lot of books. He is also the go-to person when Atmos gets out of hand with her pranks.}


    Is there any reason for that?


    {Its because their Authorities can interfere with each other. In the past, Atmoss pranks made use of her Authority over fate to make it so they always seeded. These pranks started to interfere with the work of other gods, so the god of time used his Authority over time to warn others about what will happen. He also put Atmos in a time loop of one of her more embarrassing moments for about a hundred years. After that she calmed down for a while and he became the official Atmos deterrent.}


    Interesting. Anyway, time for my final illusion for the night.


    Tamamo put her hand on my back again and channeled her mana into me. I brought up the image of Mister Barts shop and made the illusion. I also added a few of the things to make coffee from my previous world to make it easier.


    Can you hand me the stuff you prepared for today.


    {Here you go.}


    Tamamo handed me a bag with ground coffee inside it.


    This is convenient, I wont have to go with the full process then. Now, I hope these will work.


    I walked over to the machines I conjured and started working on the coffee. To my relief they worked, and quite well at that. Soon, the aroma of freshly brewed coffee filled the ce. I walked back over to Tamamo and ced a cup in front of her.


    Here you go, I dont know how you like your coffee made, so I just made it how I usually would. If you want to add anything to it, you can use the other stuff I have with me.


    I pulled out sugar and some milk. I would have also brought out some other things but I couldn''t find them on the market.


    {Thank you, Luna. It smells great.}


    Dont mention it, if anything, you should thank the one who gave us this coffee, its the best quality Ive ever seen.


    {Of course, thises straight from the God of Coffee himself. He doesnt ck when ites to any kind of coffee.}


    Tamamo added a little sugar and milk to her coffee while I just added milk. We both took a sip and let out sighs of content. I thought now would be the perfect time to give Tamamo that gift, so I put my cup down and pulled out the items.


    Hey Tamamo, will you indulge me on one of my mortal whims?


    {Anything for you, Luna.}


    Then please, hold out your left hand.


    She did as I asked, and I pulled out one of the rings. I ced it on her ring finger and started talking.


    I know that we dont really need these since I have the divine protection and all, but I wanted to have a physical symbol to show off.


    Tamamo didnt say anything and just stared at her hand. She was so quiet that I thought I might have messed up, but that thought went away when she brought her hand to her chest and like she was hugging it.


    {Thank you, Luna. I dont know what else to say, doing this just makes me so happy.}


    Then I have seeded.


    {Were not done yet, though. I still need to do the same to you if you want these rings to work.}


    I handed the other ring to Tamamo, and she ced it on my left ring finger. Once she did that, a bright light shone and after it disappeared, the rings on our fingers turned into tattoos that matched the color of our hair and eyes. Mine was gold and silver, while Tamamos was ck and silver.


    When seeing the rings on our fingers, I couldnt hold myself back anymore. I stood up, walked over to Tamamo, and stole her lips. I could taste the coffee that we were just drinking. Her lips were so soft that they could give my tails a run for their money. She was surprised at first, but she quickly figured out what was happening and started kissing me back.


    We lost track of timepletely and by the time I knew what was happening, my body started to glow signifying that it was time for me to leave. I decided not to say anything and just continue what we were doing until I disappeared. After a few more minutes, I found myselfying in my bed. I looked at my left hand to see the ring tattoo there and couldnt help but smile.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is the chapter I was looking forward to writing so much. I hope I delivered something that lives up to the hype, considering I have no experience with actual dates. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 49: Morning Conversations

    Chapter 49: Morning Conversations


    [Luna POV]


    I just stared at my left-hand ring finger for a while, smiling to myself while I remembered what had just happened.


    I think I understand when people say you wont ever forget your first kiss now. I never want to forget this.


    {Ipletely agree, this has been one of the best nights of my life, and one I will surely never forget.}


    Its just a shame we couldnt go on for longer.


    {Well, we were sitting there kissing for about two hours.}


    I know what Im going to do next time after brushing your tails, Tamamo. Two hours will be nothing.


    {Now thats something to look forward to.}


    Fufufufufufufufufufufufu.


    {Ufufufufufufufufuufufufufufufu.}


    We spent about an hour longer talking andughing with each other when I decided to get up.


    We should prepare something to eat next time.


    {It wouldnt affect your body.}


    I know, but it would make my mind think Im not hungry.


    {Dont forget to put on your ne.}


    Thanks for the reminder.


    I put the ne on, and my second tail disappeared.


    I look forward to the day I dont need to hide my extra tails.


    {I understand what you mean, if it wouldnt cause you problems, I would tell you to let the world see them.}


    Well, itll happen one day.


    I left my room and went to the dining room and found mom and Ana drinking some tea.


    Oh, good morning, Luna. You look particrly happy this morning.


    Indeed, the way youre smiling right now reminds me of the day after your fifth birthday.


    Why would I not be happy? I just had one of the best times of my life.


    So then, how far did you go?


    Not all the way, if you have to know, but there was about two hours on nonstop kissing.


    Impressive. Let me see your hand.


    Whats wrong with her hand, Amagi?


    Look for yourself.


    Ana took a look at my left hand and her eyes opened wide.


    So you decided to give her a ring?


    I did. Aside from just wanting to, I also wanted something to show people I was taken. I want to avoid something happening like that one time at the guild again.


    It was then that dad walked through the door.


    Morning you three. How did it go, Luna?


    Amazingly.


    Looks like you didnt get my bad luck with dates then.


    What do you mean?


    Exactly what it sounds like. I have only had a few dates with your mother go well the entire time weve been together.


    His ears were drooping lower every time he spoke.


    {How pitiable.}


    I agree.


    I dont need your pity.


    Are you sure you cant hear Tamamo when she talks, Dad?


    100%


    Well, at least they dont all go wrong, right?


    Thats true. Im going to go train now, I feel frustrated.


    Just dont cripple the newbies, were the ones who have to heal them after all.


    Yeah yeah, Ill only half cripple them.


    Thats fine then. They can walk that off.


    I dont think they can, Luna. Theyre not like you who can use healing magic on yourself the instant you get hurt.


    Guess I can try to enchant the training grounds with healing magic.


    Would that even work?


    Not sure, I think it will, but I can tryter. Im kind of hungry.


    Then Ill go get us all some breakfast, when I get back you can tell us all about your date.


    Was what I said earlier not enough?


    Nope.


    Just as Ana was walking out, Velvet came into the room.


    Good morning. How did it go, Luna?


    Great.


    Good. The ring looks good by the way.


    Thanks.


    Lady Amagi, have youe to a decision yet?


    I have.


    Good.


    What are you two talking about?


    Nothing important, your mother and I had a discussion about letting some of my people move to this vige is all.


    OK. How did things go with Soleil yesterday?


    Good, I think. The first thing she did was apologize for being so rude to me, not that I minded in the first ce.


    Well, Im happy shes willing to get along with you.


    Ana returned bringing with her several peoples worth of food on a cart. We all grabbed some food and started eating.


    Luna, did you end up using that idea I gave you?


    Yeah, that was at the end of the date, Tamamo even got her hands on some great quality coffee from the God of Coffee.


    Will you be able to sleep?


    Its not like anything I eat or drink there will affect my physical body, not to mention I dont think coffee affects me anyway. Last time I drank some, I could feel my status effect immunity kicking in.


    That counts as a status effect?


    Apparently so, but that wont stop me from enjoying the taste.


    I wonder what coffee from the God of Coffee tastes like?


    {I wouldnt let them try it; itll keep them awake for a few years.}


    How do you know?


    {It was something Atmos said in passing.}


    I see.


    Ana, it feels like Luna is talking with the Goddess but also paying attention to us.


    I agree. To be honest, this whole time she has been here, I was expecting her to be spacing out more.


    Who said I wasnt. The parallel processing skill is great, I can keep this conversation going while also rememberingst night at the same time.


    When did you get that skill, Luna?


    When I tried using the highest-level space magic. Im going to use them at the same time next time I use it and see if that will reduce the headache.


    Was it really that bad?


    Yeah, I could see everything around me all at the same time. It was way too much information at once.


    Anyway, what ces did you decide to show with your magic?


    A city and a few natural wonders. I have an idea about what Im going to do next time as well, but Ill keep that to myself.


    {Im looking forward to it.}


    Please do. Its something Ive always wanted to show to anyone I fell in love with.


    {Have there been others?}


    Nope, youre my first love in both my lives, Tamamo, and Id have it no other way.


    {Oh, Luna. I really want to kiss you now.}


    Couldnt you make an illusory me?


    {I could, but Id prefer the real one.}


    I feel the same way, so just ignore what I said.


    Would you tell us what it is, Luna?


    I wont, its something special that I want to keep to myself, though I have told Velvet a bit about it.


    When did you do that?


    Part of our conversation we had after I bought the rings.


    Ooohhhh. I remember now, but wasnt that something you were going to save until you ascended?


    At first it was, but Im too happy to hold myself back right now. By the way, where is Soleil?


    Shes helping ke today.


    When did she pick up cksmithing?


    When I ran out of things to teach her.


    Is she some sort of prodigy?


    I think she was just super motivated; shes trying to catch up to you after all, Luna.


    Speaking of; hows ke?


    Good, hes been busy helping out repairing tools from festival preparations.


    Good. I need to talk to him about some things before I head out again.


    Ill let him know.


    Thanks.


    Now that Im full, I think Ill go try enchanting the training grounds.


    If it works, I pity everyone there.


    Before I forget, have you heard anything from Nia and Uncle Rex. I havent talked with them in a while?


    Theyre doing good, your father recently got a letter from them saying that a few of the generals are going to meet in the Celestia Kingdom and was seeing if he would join.


    Did he reply yet?


    No, but hes thinking of going, so youll probably see your father again soon after the festival. Now that I think of it, youve been to the Celestia Kingdom in your previous life, right? Cant you teleport there?


    Ive tried before, and it failed not that I would have teleported there in the first ce.


    Why not?


    How would you feel if a person no one knows just teleports into the royal castle unannounced and uninvited?


    But Nia knows you.


    She does, yes, but me doing that would still cause her trouble, and I want to avoid that.


    I guess thats fair.


    If any of you need me, you know where Ill be for a while.


    Author''s Note:


    Hello hello, here is a chapter. I''m thinking of finally changing the status from error next chapter so look forward to how I''m going to handle it. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 50: The Status Returns

    Chapter 50: The Status Returns


    [Luna POV]


    Walking to the training grounds; I consulted with Tamamo about what I was about to do.


    How well do you think it will go?


    {I dont know, itll probably not be very effective, but you should be able to heal small scratches for a small amount of time.}


    Even if I put my all into enchanting?


    {Yeah, there is a reason that no one uses healing magic to enchant things.}


    And what is that reason?


    {It pulls the image of how you know the body works and what it looks like from either your subconscious or the image you think of when healing. If you enchant an object with a healing spell, it wont have a reference to pull from so it just nkets the target with mana with basic heal.}


    I see, but this information also opens up a lot of things for me.


    {How so?}


    Well, since I have memories from a world where the medical field can be said to be more advanced, I have a general idea about how the body works, at least human ones. So, with what you just told me about healing magic drawing from your unconscious image of how the body should be, if I use a clear image of how I know the body is, I can even make healing attack magic.


    {Attack healing magic?}


    Yep. There is a saying that too much medicine is no better than poison. Its the same principle, but with healing magic. Of course, going in that direction, the way things can go with that is quite horrible and extremely painful for someone on the receiving end, and I probably wont use it much, if ever, since Im not really a fan of causing unwarranted suffering. But it is another option.


    {Interesting, so are you still going to try enchanting?}


    Yeah, at this point I just want to see what will happen more than actually seeding. Here we are.


    I walked out the door and onto the training grounds. There were veterans and trainees alike spread out and doing mock battles. I looked around for dad and saw him fighting with whats-his-name. While it hasnt been long since he started training, I could tell he has lost a considerable amount of weight. Dad swung his training sword and hit the ex-fat wolf in the stomach, winding him. Dad noticed me and told him to take a break then he walked over to where I was.


    Whats up, Luna,e to join in today?


    No, I wanted to try enchanting the training grounds with healing magic.


    While thats an interesting idea, I dont think its a good one. We dont want to get soldiers used to constant healing magic and let them get the idea they are invincible.


    I never considered that, and Tamamo also said it wouldnt be very effective as well. Now I just want to try it and see what happens.


    Hmm. Dont do the whole grounds, but you can try the rest area over there.


    Ok, thats fine.


    I turned to the rest area and was about to walk over there when dad stopped me.


    Hey Luna, whats up with your left hand?


    You didnt notice earlier? I gave Tamamo a ringst night.


    I held my hand up so I could show off to dad.


    Hmm, itsuits you. SorryIdidn''t notice earlier.


    Its fine and thanks.


    I walked over to the rest area and was about to start trying the enchanting when whats-his-name came up to me.


    Hello, Miss Luna.


    I narrowed my eyes a bit but decided to humor him for a minute.


    Hello.


    I wont take up your time, I just wanted to apologize to you for my actions at our first meeting.


    I was surprised at how much he changed.


    Ill ept your apology, but Im surprised at the change in your personality.


    Heh. Thats understandable, but a lot happened. When someone like me loses their second mind, their perspective changes and now all I feel is regret for my actions.


    Well, I cant heal those things, but Ill at least encourage you to keep on improving.


    Thanks, Ill leave you to your endeavors then.


    He said this then walked back over to dad to continue his training.


    {While I think its toote for the arm, you could definitely heal the rest of him.}


    I know, but that could lead to the return of the fat wolfs old personality. And I dont want to visually check there.


    {But didnt you have one at one point?}


    Yeah, but its been 15 years, so I dont care for it anymore.


    {Fair enough.}


    It was then that I was struck by an intense headache. I grabbed onto the sides of my head because of the pain, and I heard others yell out in pain as well. I looked up to see several trainees on their knees.


    {Whats wrong, Luna!?}


    I dont know, I just started having a massive headache, its not as bad as growing another tail, but it still hurts.


    <strong><System Update Complete></strong>


    <strong><All Users Statuses Updated></strong>


    It seems this is the update to the status system.


    {I wonder why it hurts?}


    Id like to know as well. Maybe the update is making it so that no one realizes that its different from before?


    {Ill askter.}


    Soon enough, the pain subsided, and everyone went back to normal like nothing happened.


    {So, how is the change?}


    Im checking now.


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune(Two-tailed)


    </strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 21</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 100%-S</strong>


    <strong>MP: 100%- SS</strong>


    <strong>Vit: B+</strong>


    <strong>Def: B+</strong>


    <strong>Res: A</strong>


    <strong>Str: A</strong>


    <strong>Int: S</strong>


    <strong>Agi: S</strong>


    <strong>Dex: A+</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 9, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.8, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.10, Stealth LV.9, Cooking LV.8, Sewing LV.7, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.9, Brushing Technique LV.10, Telepathy LV.7, Intimidation LV.3, Parallel Processing</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman, Master Healer, Master of Space, Sage</strong>


    <strong>Depth:[emailprotected]#%^#%</strong>


    Not very different from before. The only change I can see is that the numbers are changed to a letter system like the guild ranks. I wonder what depth means?


    I appraised the depth section of my status.


    <strong>Depth: </strong>Degree to which one has been submerged into the Abyss of Fluff. Avoid 100% submersion. If unavoidable, submerge in 10% intervals over a number of years to avoid loss of sanity.


    [Hello Miss Abyss Fluff, this is the God of Statuses, I thought to add this to statuses as an apology for putting you through any trouble with the charm skill. If you appraise the people close to you, you can help them safely submerge in the Abyss while avoiding the loss of their sanity. Also, take good care of Tamamo, all of us gods and goddesses are indebted to her for one thing or another so please make her happy.]


    Dont worry, Ill make her the happiest person in all of the worlds.


    {Ill do the same for you.}


    I just smiled.


    Now, with that out of the way, lets get this experiment started.


    I spread my mana out over the area I was going to enchant and added my healing magic to it. After about five minutes of doing this, I stopped imbuing the magic.


    What do you think, Tamamo?


    {Its like I said earlier, the most this will do is heal small scratches and bruises. It also seems like itll onlyst about an hour.}


    Good enough.


    {What are you going to do the rest of the day?}


    Ill go and talk with ke, after that, Im not sure; maybe get Mom and Ana submerged a bit.


    {Sounds good. While you go do that, I have some business to take care of on my end. And, as a heads up, I have a feeling Atmos is going to show up sometime soon, so be ready for her to bombard us with questions.}


    Isnt she the type to ignore peoples privacy to get entertainment?


    {For everyone else but us. She knows well get her back if she does something.}


    Have you figured out a way to strip her of her sense of touch?


    {Not yet, but Im working on it.}


    Good. Saying this, I let an evil looking smile spread across my face.


    Any of the trainees that saw it started getting cold sweats and they all agreed to never get on my bad side.


    Dad also saw this and thought, She takes after Amagi when she does something like that. I pity the one that is making her smile like that.


    At the same time in the divine domain:


    Why do I feel chills going down my spine?


    Hmm. The only people that make you feel that are the God of Time and Tamamo. Have you recently done anything to either of them?


    I havent. I even made sure to not look into Tamamos cest night while she was on her date.


    Did you do anything before that?


    Uuuummmm. There was the one time I interrupted Tamamos first kiss attempt, but they shouldnt still be mad about that, right?


    Maybe not, but that wont stop her from preparing for you to do so again in the future. I know I would.


    Et tu Grey? Arent you supposed to be on my side as my husband?


    I normally would be, but there are some people I dont want to be angry at me.


    It sucks that I cant deny that, especially when ites to Tamamo and Luna. Speaking of her, youll get to meet her soon.


    Does that mean we can finally unseal those two to face judgement?


    Yep.


    I can finally open up space in my vault again.


    Dont you ever get tired of collecting stuff?


    Nope, you never know when it will be useful.


    I dont think Ill ever understand that mindset of you otherworlders.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is the new chapter. I will take some time to exin to you all how I''m going to update Luna''s status from now on. Her stats will all be updated to S over time, when they reach that, they will stop until she gets a new tail. After that I will upgrade one stat to S+, SS, SS+, and SSS. After she gets her fifth tail, some stats might reach EX, but that is far off for now and subject to change. I hope this makes sense to you all. To those who don''t like this change, sorry, but it''s what I decided after a lot of thought and I won''t rework it again unless absolutely necessary. I''m exining this all right here because I think it will be better than making up a random excuse and throwing off the story with a big info dump so I hope you all understand. I don''t n on making another Author''s Note this big again so sorry for taking up your time with technical stuff. Thanks for reading.

 Side Chapter 9: Tamamo鈥檚 First Apostle and Atmos鈥檚 Visit

    Side Chapter 9: Tamamo��s First Apostle and Atmos��s Visit


    [Tamamo POV]


    While Luna is off doing her own thing, Ill answer Amagis prayer. I turned my sight to the innermost part of the main shrine and looked over Amagi kneeling in front of the altar.


    {So youvee to your decision? This is a bit faster than I thought it would be.}


    Well, everyone is encouraging me to take up the offer, so why put it off?


    {Ufufufu. Now, to begin.}


    I filled the room with my mana and asked for Amagis vow.


    {Amagi, do you swear to serve me for eternity as my Apostle?}


    Yes, I will serve as your Apostle for eternity.


    {Do you swear to be my voice in the mortal world?}


    Yes, I will be your voice in the mortal world.


    {Do you swear to take up arms in the event of a threat that requires me to descend and fight by my side?}


    Yes, I will fight by your side.


    {Then, I deem you, Amagi Reed, the Apostle of the Moon.}


    Thank you, oh, Goddess, mine.


    After her agreement and my deration, the room began to shine, and the light was absorbed into Amagis body.


    {How do you feel?}


    The same as normal except I can feel a connection between us. I also got a title.


    {Perfect, everything went well then. Just know that you willrgely be doing the same things you already do, though you will need to eventually let the rulers of this country know. I rmend doing that after Luna is out of the country, that way, if she learns about it, it will be old news at that point.}


    May I ask a question, Goddess?


    Go ahead, and you can call me Lady Tamamo if you want, and just Tamamo once Luna joins me up here.


    Thank you. Now, is there any way to get Deacon to be an Apostle of you or some god close to you?


    {Hmm. He doesnt fulfill any condition to be the Apostle of Night, and the closest to bing Apostle of Gravity is Anastasia. From his achievements he could have caught the eye of the God of War, but he already has an Apostle of War.}


    Dont worry about it Tamamo, my husband has his Apostle position open, and Ill put in a word for him.


    {Atmos?}


    The Goddess of Fate? She will make him her Apostle?


    {Sorry Amagi, thats not it, she just arrived and said that shell put a word in with her husband, the God of Adventure, since his Apostle spot is open.}


    Thank you, Goddess of Fate!


    Dont mention it, youll be considered my family in the future, so its the least I can do.


    {She said that youll be considered her family in the future so its fine.}


    Well be family?


    {My rtionship with Atmos is like Luna and Soleil''s, sisters in everything but blood.}


    I see, then please treat me well in the future.


    {Now that we are done with all of this, Ill return to watching Luna. Ill contact you if I need you to do something, Amagi.}


    I understand.


    Before I turned my sight back on Luna, I started speaking to Atmos.


    {Im assuming you want to know everything, right?}


    Absolutely, but before that, I want your advice.


    {On what?}


    Well, since you are getting two Apostles and Luna will get her three, I was considering who I should choose to be mine.


    {Do you even have anyone qualified for that?}


    The qualification for my Apostle isnt easy to get, but one person fulfils the hardest condition.


    {When did you bless someone?}


    Remember when I gave that princess my blessing?


    {No, when did you do that?}


    During thest fiend season, her love life was fun to watch so I gave her a weak blessing that gave her more luck, and a blessing, no matter how weak, is a blessing.


    {If you have already done that, then why are you asking for advice?}


    Because it will make her life difficult if I go forward with it. You know how difficult it is seeing the fate of everything you look at. I dont want to break her, especially since she is close to Luna, and I dont want her to be resentful of me for breaking someone in her family.


    {That is indeed a problem. Is there anything stopping you from giving her the choice closer to the end of her life?}


    Give me a second.


    Saying this, Atmoss eyes glowed, showing she was using her power to see fate.


    Itll be toote for her to make a sound decision at that point.


    {Then how about giving her the offer now, and telling her to give you the answer after she thinks it over like I did with Amagi?}


    Thatll work out better and will make everyone happy in the end. I wonder why I didnt think of that?


    {Because you dont ever think of simple solutions. Even when you prank people, theyre alwaysplicated.}


    Hmm. Thats enough serious talk then. Now, tell me everything.


    {You switch attitude too quickly.}


    And you love me for it, nowe on, tell me. How was it? What did she show you? Did either of you flub your words when she gave you the ring? Did you kiss or perhaps go even further?


    {Slow down!}


    Well, dont keep me in suspense.


    {To answer you in order: It was the best night of my life. She showed me ces from her previous world. No. And. We did kiss, a lot, but no further than that.}


    Hehehehehehehehehehehehehehehehe! Good for you, Tamamo. Now you just need to wait for her to grow more tails and youll be able to sleep in a bed of Abyss Fluff. After that, Ill get to try it as well. I wonder what the Abyss is like, I bet its cozy and warm.


    {I have some news on that front that might excite you. Ive managed to convince Luna to start getting her closest people used to the Abyss so that once we make them all Apostles, they wont grow insane while tending to her while she manages her concepts. Its to the point that she will allow anyone who she considers family to brush her tails.}


    Then do you mind if Ie here next full moon? I wont stay long, just enough to brush a tail and leave before the two of you get all kissy with each other.


    {I dont mind, but I wont promise that we will pay too much attention to you if you decide to stay for too long. And if you decide to stay on purpose, Im developing a spell to take away your sense of touch. I dont need to say more, do I?}


    I hear you loud and clear, maam. I wont overstay my wee and will lock the metaphorical door on my way out.


    {Good.}


    I guess thats everything I needed to talk to you about and I learned everything I wanted, so Ill go and talk to Grey about Deacon and give you the answer.


    {Do you think Grey will ept?}


    He probably will, he doesnt think most of the S-rank adventurers qualify, and those that do would definitely refuse. Since Deacon fulfils the only condition for Greys Apostlebined with my rmendation and his past achievements, the position is pretty much guaranteed to be his.


    {Just make sure Grey doesnt tell Luna about Apostles.}


    I know, out of curiosity, when will you tell her about them?


    {I was thinking when she bes a demigod.}


    So at five tails? That sounds good, Ill have to make sure that ce gets to where it needs to be before then.


    {What are you talking about?}


    Ill let you in on it a bit. The ce Luna will meet her third Apostle is special and is the reason she needs to get over her trauma of dungeons. While she is really strong right now, to qualify for entering that ce and being recognized by that being, she needs three tails. That is, of course, so she can easily overpower that being.


    {Do you want me to tell Luna any of this?}


    It doesnt matter if you do or not, but if you decide to, tell her that if she finishes that dungeon, shell be able to find something she always wanted aftering to this world as a summoned person.


    {Something she always wanted? I cant think of anything she told me she wanted one day?}


    Its because she decided that she wont get to keep that particr thing once she ascends, though she is wrong about that.


    {I wont ask since shell probably tell me if I ask her.}


    Just know that when she finds out she can take it with her, shell make it into the main residence of both of you, and she wont let anyone else go there when the two of you spend time there together, if you know what I mean.


    My face started growing red.


    Hehehehe. Theres my cute, embarrassed Tamamo. Until next time, tell Luna I said hi.


    Author''s Note:


    I feel like when I write side chapters, they turn into info dumps by the end. If that is the case then, I''m sorry for that since I know some people don''t like info dumps. I feel like I''m going strong right now, so I might write one more chapter tonight. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 51: Not an Area

    Chapter 51: Not an Area


    [Luna POV]


    While Tamamo is off doing what she needs to, I was heading to see ke to tell him about some things. I was almost there, and I could hear the sound of a hammer hitting metal. When I got there, I walked past the main building and went straight to the forge. There I saw Soleil pumping the bellows while ke took out the thing he was making, hammering on it, and quenching it.


    Did Ie at a bad time?


    Eh, oh, hey Luna, no we just hit a stopping point. Soleil can you go get us some water?


    No need, I have some here. I said as I pulled out two canteens of water and handed them over to the two.


    Thanks.


    Thank you, big sis.


    Howve you been thest two days?


    Good, especiallyst night.


    What happenedst night?


    Big sis had a date with the Goddess.


    Heh. Good for you. Do anything special?


    Gave her a ring and took her first kiss.


    Good on you, then. Whats it like kissing a Goddess?


    Divine.


    I should have expected that answer.


    Did you need something, big sis?


    I came to tell ke some things.


    Whats up?


    Expect someone to bring you a request from someone from the Belmont n as well as a visit from an old dragonkin man sometime in the future.


    Belmont huh, vampire hunters?


    No actually, theyre a n of vampires here and their preferred weapon is whip-swords.


    Thats hrious. What about the dragonkin guy?


    His name is Reve, I met him in the capital. He made these throwing knives and dagger. I pulled out the things Old Man Reve made for me and showed them to ke.


    This is some good stuff. The knives especially, what kind of enchantment do they have?


    They return to me after a bit when thrown. I think its a mix of space and time magic.


    Im a bit jealous, I wish I had those magics.


    Space is hard to work with sometimes and the initial feeling of teleporting is horrible. As for time magic, I wouldnt know.


    Big sis, before you resume your journey, will you help me get used to teleporting?


    When youre not busy, it took me about two days of nonstop use to get used to it.


    Speaking of space magic, does it have an inventory spell?


    It does, but its inferior to the skill that the both of us have.


    I figured as much, but it can still have a use.


    Oh?


    Have you tried copying Gate of Babylon yet?


    I havent. I dont have enough weapons to try, though I will one day.


    When that dayes, show it to me, yeah?


    Of course.


    Whats a Gate of Babylon?


    Think of it like an attack spell for space magic that requires physical ammunition.


    But space magic doesnt have any attack spells, right?


    For now.


    Itll probably take a lot of mana though.


    I really dont have to worry about that. I have tons of mana and with a maxed out mana regeneration skill and the effects of titles, I regenerate faster than I spend most of the time.


    You really are broken, arent you?


    So what if I am? Youre the same way when ites to cksmithing, arent you?


    True.


    Why is it that I always have trouble following a conversation when ites to the two of you?


    "Because thats just how it is."


    And now the two of you are talking in sync.


    Hahahaha.


    Fufufufu.


    On a different topic, how was your day yesterday, Soleil?


    It was good. That Velvet person is nicer than I gave her credit for, though she did get distracted by a lot of things. At one point she got distracted watching people set up festival decorations that she ran into a wall. It was quite funny.


    Do you think the two of you will get along with each other when you eventually join us?


    Most likely.


    I let out a sigh of relief knowing that.


    Im d your clinginess has improved.


    Yeah, Ive been thinking back on that, and it was really bad, wasnt it?


    "It was."


    There you two go, talking at the same time again.


    By the way, Luna, whats up with the ne? I can tell its enchanted, but what does it do?


    I enchanted it with illusion magic, it makes me look like this.


    So normal?


    Instead of answering, I took off the ne and my second tail appeared.


    Ooooohhhhhh, nice. Two down, seven to go.


    Yep.


    I could see Soleil holding herself back, so I put my ne back on and my second tail disappeared.


    Sorry about that, Soleil, I know youre doing your best holding back.


    Its fine, big sis, its only natural you would want to show off.


    Now that I think of it, Soleil, do you have the depth status?


    Depth? Whats that?


    A new thing in peoples status. Will you check to see if you can see it, or if you cant then its something only I can see.


    Give me a second.


    Soleil was checking her status when she asked something, clearly confused.


    When did my status change from numbers to letters and what does Depth: 10% mean?


    When did statuses turn to letters?


    Did the two of you get a headache earlier?


    Yeah, it was excruciating. Did it happen then?


    Yep, there was an announcement and everything.


    Huh, I didnt hear anything, my head hurt too much.


    I feel the same.


    I guess I was the only one here who heard it then.


    Did you not get a headache?


    No, I did. It just didnt hurt as bad as growing another tail, so it didnt bother me as much.


    Did growing a tail hurt?


    So much I cant begin to describe it. As for your other question from earlier, Soleil, depth how far youve been submerged into the Abyss. Being at 10% means you should be about ankle deep.


    You sound really edgy right now, Luna.


    I know, but its the truth. This also means Soleil is one step closer to the true meaning of fluff than most.


    And now you sound kind of scary. Were you always like this even back then?


    No, its due to me being the Abyss Fluff. Tamamo helped me decide to embrace this part of my personality so when ites to that, I can get a little weird.


    As long as you dont drive my daughter insane, youre fine.


    You wont escape either, ke. Im making sure that everyone I consider family will be resistant enough to stay sane one day. Just make sure youre clean when ites to your turn, soot doesnte out of tail hair easily.


    Shes right, dad, Im going to need to wash my tail like seven times to get it back to normal.


    Ugh, I guess I have no choice but to ept. By the way, how long are you going to stay here?


    Well be leaving after the festival is over.


    So, two weeks. Then can you help me in making fireworks?


    I would if I knew how to make them. Though if you just want the effect, I can make some illusions from fireworks I remember seeing.


    Can you do that?


    As long as its not arge physical illusion that I have to constantly keep up, yeah. If you want something reallyplicated and useful, Id need Tamamo here to provide the mana.


    Didnt you say that you had a lot and regenerated faster than you could spend it.?


    Theres a difference between a lot with speedy regeneration and infinite, ke.


    Guess your right, Ill take what I can get then, and have you help me with what you can do.


    Just tell me the time and ce.


    Middle of the vige at the very end of the festival.


    Ill be there then. Im going to head out now, you can bring those canteens back with you the next time youe to the shrine, Soleil.


    OK, see you again, big sis.


    See ya, Luna.


    Author''s Note:


    First, sorry for the pun title. Second, here is the promised chapter. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 52: The Fluff Strikes

    Chapter 52: The Fluff Strikes


    [Luna POV]


    I teleported from kes shop to my room then made my way into the shrine to find mom and Ana.


    I guess I should try her office first.


    While on my wat there, I ran into Ana as she was bringing a stack of clean paper from a storage room.


    Hey Ana, bringing mom some more paper?


    Yes, festival preparations always give her so much paperwork.


    Then how about the two of you take a break? You can spare the rest of the day, right?


    I can, but I dont know about your mother. Though if its you, she probably will stop what shes doing.


    Then Ill be a little selfish and get the two of you to stop what youre doing today.


    We arrived in front of moms office, and I opened the door for Ana. She walked in and I followed her in. When I saw mom, though, I stopped.


    Hmmm. Whats with you Mom? Something seems different.


    Whatever do you mean, Luna?


    I can feel a faint trace of Tamamos mana on you. Did she descend, no, she would find me first if she did.


    I walked closer to mom to see if I can figure out whatever is different.


    Hmm.


    Did you need something from me, Luna?


    I could hear a small bit of nervousness in her voice; but decided to answer her question.


    Im using my right as your daughter to tear you away from your work. Ana wille to; were headed to my room. By the way, do either of you know where Velvet is?


    I think she was in the training grounds watching your father and the others.


    Thank you, Ana. Ill go get her, you two wait in my room, Im going to let you two brush my tails as long as you can.


    Ana, postpone everything else we had to do today.


    Right away.


    Ana dashed out of the room to do whatever she needed to while mom neatened up the papers that were on her desk.


    Im going to let you know now that the two of you might need to be knocked out before you sink too deep.


    Is that why you asked about Miss Velvets whereabouts?


    Yeah, Ill need her help in letting me know when the best time in stopping you two will be. I think that you both have enough willpower to resist until about 10%, but she will be there just in case.


    How will you tell the exact amount to stop at?


    The new depth status.


    The what?


    Just check your own status and youll see.


    She took a second to check her stats and was confused for a second by the changes.


    When did this change?


    After the massive headache everyone got earlier.


    I see, if were doing this, then Ill meet you in your room.


    Mom then got up and left and I was all alone in the room.


    Wait, she never answered me about why I can feel Tamamos mana around her. Guess Ill ask Tamamo whenever she gets back.


    {Ask me what?}


    Well, this is convenient. Why do I feel your mana around mom?


    {Thats something I have to keep to myself until you get five tails. Oh, Atmos said hi, by the way.}


    If I have to wait for the answer then wait I shall. Did she say anything else?


    {A bit of this and that, asked about our date and how it went, said some cryptic things like she does. By the way, what was the thing you always wanted when you were summoned to this world?}


    What I always wanted when I was summoned to this world?


    {Atmos said you wanted something but gave up on it when you met me and learned that you will join me one day.}


    Ooooooohhhhhhhh, that? I wanted to find myself a floating ind. I always liked stories with those in them, and when we were summoned and I learned that the Celestia Kingdoms royal castle was built on one, I wanted one for myself.


    {A floating ind? I never would have imagined you would want one of those.}


    It was just a dream anyway, I doubt I could take it with me to the divine domain, so whats the point in getting one?


    {Atmos told me you would be able to.}


    Guess that dream is still alive then.


    {Atmos also said that if you wanted one, you need to get over your dungeon trauma and get at least three tails for the best result.}


    Well, I was going to do all of that eventually anyway, but at least Im more motivated now.


    At this point in our conversation, I arrived at the training grounds to look for Velvet. It didnt take long for me to find her; she was watching my dad while he fought with one of the veteran soldiers. I decided to walk over to her instead of calling out to her when I got an idea.


    I activated my stealth skill and slowly made my way over to her. She still didnt notice me when I got right next to her, and I gave her a light poke in the side. She let out a cute yelp and jumped up, making everyone look over at her. I deactivated my stealth skill whileughing.


    Hahahahahahahahahahaha!


    What was that for, Luna! She said while her face turned red.


    Hehehe. I thought it would be funny.


    Well, its not. At all. What did you want anyway?


    Sorry, but will youe with me, Im going to need your assistance.


    Fine. But be ready for when I get you back.


    Im shaking in my boots.


    We started walking to my room while we bantered back and forth.


    What do you even need my help with?


    Im about to let mom and Ana brush my tails and I want you to help keep an eye on them. Tell me if they start to lose focus too much and well go from there.


    Are you sure this is a good idea?


    As long as its a little at a time over the course of a few years, then itll be fine. Speaking of what is your depth?


    25%


    That much!


    Yep, I was checking over my stats when that headache happened, and I saw them change. I was confused about what depth meant at first, but figured that the only person that matched with something like that would be you.


    Speaking of stats, how are yours? You dont have to tell me, Im just curious.


    My highest is a B in Dex and the rest are about even at C or C+. What about yours?


    My lowest is a B in Def, a few As, three Ss, and one SS.


    Its disappointing for my highest stat to be equal to your lowest.


    Dont worry, Ill help figure out a way to get your stats to a minimum of at least SS one day, even if I ascend before that, Ill still try to help.


    Thanks.


    We finally arrived at my room. The door was open, and Mom and Ana were waiting for us there.


    Hello Miss Velvet, thank you for agreeing to help Luna keep us sane.(Amagi)


    Its no problem, Lady Amagi.(Velvet)


    By the way Mom, Tamamo said shell tell me about your condition when I get five tails, so youre off the hook for avoiding the topic earlier.(Luna)


    Thank you, Goddess.(Amagi)


    How are we going to do this, Miss Luna?(Ana)


    Ill turn into fox form andy my tails on yourps; from there you can start brushing. Try your best to resist the pull.(Luna)


    Ill warn the both of you now, the desire to give in will be strong. Youll need to stop yourself right as you start justifying the reason to give in. If you dont, well knock you out.(Velvet)


    Is that what it was like for you, Velvet?(Luna)


    Yes.(Velvet)


    I transformed, hopped onto my bed, and stored my ne in my inventory.


    Youre quite beautiful in that form, Luna.(Amagi)


    I agree, its to the point that Im jealous of it.(Ana)


    <em>Thanks.</em> I said as I puled two brushes out of my inventory straight onto theirps.


    Wait, how many brushes do you have?(Velvet)


    <em>Several. I have one for my hair, a main one for my tails, an extra if I somehow lose that one, and one specifically for Tamamo.</em>(Luna)


    Miss Velvet, in my experience, its best not to question what Luna keeps in her inventory.(Amagi)


    Yes, there was one time she pulled out several wheels of cheese for some reason. I dont even know where she got those.(Ana)


    <em>And Ill never tell.</em>(Luna)


    Why not?(Ana, Velvet, Amagi)


    <em>Because none of you except ke would understand even if I exined it. Anyway, you two can start at any time.</em>(Luna)


    They both picked up a brush and started on their task. It didnt take five minutes before Ana started to struggle.


    This is difficult for me to say, but Im barely hanging on. I dont understand how Soleil was able to put up with not giving in for so long.(Ana)


    {Thats because the charm skill was in some way or another interfering with the effects of the Abyss.}


    <em>Tamamo said it was the charm skill somehow protecting her.</em>(Luna)


    Fufufu. Luna, please let me keep doing this forever. Its so nice that I cant stop myself.(Amagi)


    Im sorry for this, Lady Amagi. Velvet said as she knocked Mom out andid her down on the bed.


    Sorry, but can you do the same for me, I feel like any further and Ill lose myself.(Ana)


    Velvet acquiesced and knocked Ana out as well.


    <em>They didntst as long as I thought they would.</em>


    <em></em>


    I cant me them, honestly. The only reason Isted as long as I did was because I have a resistance.


    <em>How did you even get that, anyway?</em>


    <em></em>


    {Thats something else you will learn after getting five tails.}


    Ok. I said as I transformed back.


    Now, do you want to leave them here, or bring them somewhere else?


    Ill bring Ana to her home with teleportation, then Ill put mom in her room. You can go back to doing whatever.


    Shes married to that hero friend of yours, right? Will you bring me to meet him?


    I can, but if youre going to ask about that request from your mother, I already told him to expect someone to bring a message from her here.


    Thanks for that, but I just want to meet a former hero.


    You do realize that I technically am a former hero, just in a different sense than he is, right?


    I never really thought of it, but I guess youre right. Still, I want to meet him.


    Fine, grab onto my shoulder after I pick Ana up.


    She did as I said and we teleported away.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is a new chapter. As requested in somements I put who is speaking when a conversation has more than two participants. The only exception is Tamamo since I think everyone reading can tell when she talks. If you want me to add who is speaking every time, I will starting next chapter. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 53: The Vanquishing Festival

    Chapter 53: The Vanquishing Festival


    [Luna POV]


    After the day I let mom and Ana dip their toes into the abyss, time flew by and now it was the day of the Vanquishing festival. Most of the day, people would just feast, and the real fun happened at night. There were stalls set up down the main road from the shrine selling all kinds of things and a big bonfire set up in the middle of the vige.


    Normally when the bonfire was lit, people yed music and danced around, others would drink, and a lot of couples would find secluded ces to make out. It was nearing time for the bonfire to be lit and me and Velvet were walking down the road checking what people were selling at the stalls.


    So Velvet, what do you think of the shrine viges version of the Vanquishing festival so far?


    To be honest, its not that different from the captials, aside from there being less people. Though I have been able to find several masks that are different from ones I find there.


    I get that, but did you really need to buy three of the same kind?


    Yes, now I have every color.


    Guess I should call you the RGB Vampire then.


    What does that even mean?


    Just a joke only I get, you can just ignore me. Its about time for the bonfire to be lit, you want to go and watch?


    Sure.


    Good, this is my favorite part every year.


    What do you mean, its just lighting a bonfire, right?


    You know most people in this vige are kitsune, right? We have a fun way of lighting bonfires at festivals. Lets hurry before it starts.


    We picked up our pace and made it to the giant wood pile that is the centerpiece of the festival just before the start of the show.


    I wonder who gets to do it this year?


    What do you mean, Luna?


    Every year a priestess from the shrine is chosen to light the bonfire. Each person makes it a different spectacle every time.


    I see.


    Just as the sun dipped low behind buildings causing the entire ce to be dark hundreds of small golden fox fires lit up the za. The one who cast all of these fox fires was a priestess in traditional shrine clothes and wearing a fox mask. She stood in front of the wood pile and lifted her arms causing all of the fox fires to float higher into the air.


    The fox fires then flew closer together and made the outlines of different creatures like dragons and griffins. There was even arge nine-tailed fox that looked like it was standing on top of the wood pile looking out over the other beasts as they flew in dance-like patterns.


    The only person I know that has this much control over fox fire is Mom, so I guess she is the one chosen this year.


    You were right, Luna, this is a beautiful spectacle. I think I prefer this to what the capital does.


    What do they do in the capital?


    They just light the fire and then perform on a stage set off to the side.


    What do they perform?


    Sometimes its several musicians, or some people do a sword-dance, and one time there was a dramatized reenactment of the battle with the king of fiends.


    How do you know it was dramatized?


    I heard from some of the people that were at the battle that it was a reenactment in bad taste that made the horror that the battle was into a glorified hero tale you find in childrens books.


    I think thats more than just dramatized, then.


    Just then the nine-tail fox fire jumped into the air and all of the others converged on it, turning it into a giant ball of fire that crashed down onto the wood pile setting it aze with golden mes. After that small fox fire foxes leapt out of the fire and ran tonterns that were ced all over the za, lighting them and causing them to float into the air, giving the ce a mystical feeling.


    Then in several ces people pulled out musical instruments and started ying, filling the za with wonderful melodies that melded together to make a yful atmosphere that inspired you to dance to the tune.


    It was then that mom in her priestess attire and fox mask came over to us.


    I hope the two of you enjoyed the show. (Amagi)


    It was wonderful, Mom. I hope I get as good as you in manipting my fox fire. (Luna)


    It was truly beautiful Lady Amagi. Just how did youe up with a performance like that? (Velvet)


    ke gave me the inspiration by telling me about something called light shows and I went with a version of that. (Amagi)


    I wonder why I never thought of something like that, it could make perfect maniption training. (Luna)


    Dont think about training right now, Luna. This is a festival so enjoy yourself and have fun. (Amagi)


    What do you think Ive been doing? I went around most of the stalls and watched the bonfire lighting with my best friend, the only thing that I think could make this better would be if Tamamo showed up. (Luna)


    {As much as I would love that, I cant. At least not this year.}


    After hearing herst words, I perked up.


    Does that mean you will be able to another year?


    {Ufufufu. I put in a request to do so next year; now Im waiting for approval.}


    Fufufufu.


    Seems like she just got some good news. (Velvet)


    Seems so. (Amagi)


    You know it. Tamamo told me that she might be able toe here with me next year. (Luna)


    Guess well need to make it extra grand next year then. (Amagi)


    I guess Ill be here then too, I would very much like to meet the Goddess in person. (Velvet)


    I would as well. (Ana)


    Oh, hello Ana, when did you get over here? (Luna)


    Just now. Congrattions on your sessful performance, by the way. (Ana)


    Thank you, now all we have to do is wait for this to burn out and it will be Luna and kes turn. (Amagi)


    What are the two of you doing? (Velvet)


    A bit of otherworld entertainment. Hell give me the image and Ill make an illusion of it. Though now I have some images of my own to try as well. (Luna)


    Did I give you some inspiration? (Amagi)


    Yep, all I have to do now is put it into practice, though I might save it for the end since it might take more mana than I can regenerate at the time. (Luna)


    Im looking forward to it. (Amagi, Ana, Velvet)


    As the night went on, I talked with everyone. At one point dad and Soleil joined us and we all decided to walk around together. Mom and dad went off and danced a bit, so did Ana and ke who showed up out of nowhere and just as suddenly disappeared back to making his preparations. It was about three hours after the bonfire was lit when it started to die down enough for me and ke to start our little show.


    I went to where he told me to go when we came up with this n of ours and found him waiting for me.


    You ready?


    Yep, though seeing the start of tonight, I have a few of my own ideas.


    Then you can put those into action as well since I couldnt think up any more designs than what I have here.


    Ill save my biggest one for the end, but Ill do it.


    Before we start should we warn people about sound?


    Nah, these will be illusions, so they wont have any sound to them thankfully.


    Then here are the first designs I came up with.


    He showed me several shapes for the illusory fireworks.


    Then lets begin. I said as I shot a small light into the sky where it bloomed into a silent explosion of multi-colored lights. I heard several surprised sounds from the gathered people.


    I shot up several more that bloomed into normal firework shapes as I moved through kes designs. Once I exhausted those after about 30 minutes, I moved onto mine. The first few were shaped like dragons and wyverns, then I moved onto other mythical beasts like hippogriffs and leviathans.


    I ended my part of the show with an illusion of Tamamos fox form that was the exact same size as what I recently saw. I made it dance around in the air and ended the show with it fading into the moon. After that, I fell t on my back since keeping that particr illusion going for so long drained most of my mana like I said it would earlier.


    That was great, Luna! Especially thatst one.


    I would hope so, ke. I said through heavy breaths. That was the fox form of my wife I showed everyone. I hope they are just as smitten with it as I was.


    {Youre making me blush Luna.}


    That was the point, even if I cant see it.


    After resting for a bit, I stood up and ke and I went to find our families. It didnt take long to find them as they wereing toward us.


    That was quite the show you two. (Deacon)


    Truly spectacr. (Amagi)


    Where did you get the idea for thatst part, Luna? (Velvet)


    That was an exact illusion of Tamamos fox form. (Luna)


    You mean that the Goddess is that size in that form? (Ana)


    Yes. (Luna)


    Will you ever be that big, big sis? (Soleil)


    After about a thousand years ording to Tamamo. (Luna)


    Thatll be a sight to see. (Velvet)


    Can we move somewhere I can sit down, Im still a bit tired from using so much mana? (Luna)


    Sure, I managed to get a good spot close to here for us to watch the rest of the bonfire. (Ana)


    I thought our show was the end? (ke)


    It was supposed to be, but I dont want to be outdone by my daughter just yet. (Amagi)


    We all sat down at the spot Ana showed us to when mom went back to in front of the bonfires dying embers. She raised her hands and the golden embers turned blue and rose into the air where they went from argish ball into smaller ones that separated and scattered around the za. They started to slowly fall to the ground like snowkes where they disappeared when they touched the ground.


    I see, she turned the fox fire into the purifying version so it doesnt burn anything. How interesting. (ke)


    Why wouldnt she do that? (Ana)


    Yeah, she would never try anything that could burn the vige down, so why wouldnt she? (Deacon)


    I was just thinking out loud. I was wondering if I could somehow use that in cksmithing. (ke)


    I dont know about that, but I do know you can enchant weapons with fox fire temporarily. (Luna)


    Would the two of you quit thinking about stuff like that and just enjoy the moment. (Soleil)


    Sorry. (Luna, ke)


    Once thest of the embers fell to the ground, mom came back over to us and we chatted a little longer before we all went to our ces for the night.


    Author''s Note:


    Hello everyone, after three rewrites I have brought you all the festival chapter. I hope you enjoyed because next chapter Luna and Velvet will start their journey to the next kingdom, so look forward to that. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 54: Onward to the Next Adventure

    Chapter 54: Onward to the Next Adventure


    [Luna POV]


    We stayed for two more days to help in the cleanup from the festival, but now it was time for us to go again.


    You got everything you need, Velvet?


    Yeah.


    Guess Ill go tell everyone were leaving, then well be off.


    I walked around the shrine and said my goodbyes. It wasnt as hard asst time since we all knew I could just teleport back whenever. Once that was done, we teleported back to the capital. I chose to bring us to the edge of the forest in the east.


    Whyd you bring us here?


    Didnt want to teleport on top of a random person and the only other ces I can teleport here are the room it the inn I was staying at, the guild masters office, and basically right in front of the gate.


    Why not my home?


    I grabbed Velvets arm and teleported to her home without answering. Once we got there, I immediately started to walk out of the building to head to the guild, still not talking.


    You dont need to be embarrassed; you know. Velvet said as she followed me.


    I just ignored her and continued walking. About 10 minutester we made it to the guild and walked in.


    Judging by the amount of people here, we made it just after the morning horde. Ill go turn in thepleted quest papers, will you go see if there is an escort quest going to the Celestia Kingdom, Velvet?


    Sure.


    I walked up to the counter and found Shuten there.


    Long time, no see, Shuten. Howve you been?


    Good. How have you been? I heard you and Miss Velvet made some big contributions on the emergency quest.


    I guess you could say that. Can you process this, please?


    Sure.


    She took thepleted quest form from me and looked it over before cing it on a stack of other papers that I assumed were allpleted quests.


    Is there anything else you needed help with?


    Velvet is looking for an escort quest to the Celestia Kingdom for us and I was just about to go and help her look.


    So, you two are leaving Savanna?


    For a time. I have things I need to do there.


    Then when you two get there, look for a receptionist at the guild named Tomoe. Shes me and Ibarakis cousin. Tell her that you know me, and shell help you out with anything you need.


    Are all of your family members guild receptionists?


    No, but most of us work for the guild. My mother, Ibuki, for example, is the guild master in the Demon Empires capital, Onigashima.


    Thats good to know since Ill be visiting there one of these days.


    You also have some business there?


    A certain person there has drawn my ire.


    May their remaining days be peaceful.


    It was then that Velvet came up to us with a quest paper in her hand.


    I found one. (Velvet)


    Great. (Luna)


    Hello Miss Velvet, its good to see you again. (Shuten)


    Hello Shuten, its good to see you too. Wheres Ibaraki? (Velvet)


    I have been wondering that as well. (Luna)


    Shes had a hangover from the festival two days ago that she still hasnt gotten over. Honestly, shes such a lightweight when ite to drinking. (Shuten)


    What about you? (Luna)


    I can drink every adventurer here under the table and still keep going. (Shuten)


    Id love to see that. (Luna)


    Me as well. (Velvet)


    Then the two of you can join me the next time youre in the capital. (Shuten)


    Ill take you up on the offer, its not like I can get drunk anyway, but itll probably be a fun experience. (Luna)


    You cant get drunk? (Shuten)


    Yep, though its not all fun since coffee doesnt work on me either. (Luna)


    Sure, it doesnt work, but you still enjoy drinking it. (Velvet)


    Thats true. (Luna)


    You know, sometimes I wish I could join you two, youre both so interesting. (Shuten)


    Wouldnt it be easy to be an adventurer yourself then? (Luna)


    Unfortunately not, if I didnt be a receptionist at the guild, I would only be able to be an alchemist. I have no realbat ability and Im only really good at making poisons that debuff things. (Shuten)


    Thats really useful though. Im also someone who can make poisons, so I understand that they can be useful. (Luna)


    Just out of curiosity, what can Ibaraki do? (Velvet)


    She got all thebat power, shes good withnces and swords, but her best trait is her fire magic. (Shuten)


    Sounds like the two of you could make a decent party if you had one more person to be a main vanguard. (Velvet)


    We had that dream once when we were younger. Me, Ibaraki, and that golden boy wanted to be adventurers, but his mother didnt like us for some reason. Said I would lead him down a bad path, so she moved to a different country with him, and I havent seen him since. (Shuten)


    Thats kind of a sad story. (Luna)


    Its fine, that happened 100 years ago now, so Ive gotten over it. (Shuten)


    I havent met many demons, but do you all look this young after that long? (Luna)


    No, me and Ibaraki are just special, our growth stopped when we reached the human equivalent of someone in their 20s and weve looked like this ever sense. Our mother said that it has something to do with our ancestors. Ill process that quest for you two. (Shuten)


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    After Shuten processed the quest, we started to head out to make preparations for the long journey.


    Good luck you two,e see me again next time youre here. (Shuten)


    Thanks, and Ill see you again. (Luna)


    See you again, tell Ibaraki that we said hi. (Velvet)


    With our goodbyes, we left the guild and headed to the eastern shopping district. We stocked up on things that we didnt pick up back home and some extra food ingredients for anything I decided to make on the trip.


    I wonder if we will be the only ones taking this quest?


    I think well be with at least one other party. I dont think two people is enough to guard two carriages. Normally.


    Why are you looking at me like that Velvet?


    Wouldnt you be able to store everything and blink us all the way there?


    I could store everything, but the space magic inventory spell can only hold so much, not that that means anything to me since I dont use that spell for normal storage. Plus, blinking is a single person spell, I can teleport multiple people when ites to long distances if Ive been there before, but short-range teleports not so much. Unless, of course, you want me to force myself to use all of my mana blinking ahead and back to teleport everyone with me.


    On second thought, well just do this the normal way.


    Not to mention that it would cut into everyone elses contribution to the quest. Im all about making things easier, but there is a limit to how far I will go. I dont want people bing too dependent on only my abilities.


    Fair enough. If were done here, shall we go to the meetup point?


    Lets go then.


    We headed to the northern part of the city to find the people we were escorting. On the way there, Tamamo asked me something.


    {Hey Luna, I forgot to ask this a while ago, but is it ok if Atmos visits us for a bit the next time youre here? She promised she wont stay long; she just wants to try brushing one of your tails.}


    Im fine with it if you are and she keeps that promise of not staying too long, kissing you with an audience is not something I want to try.


    {Then Ill let her know, especially that she needs to keep that promise.}


    After finishing my conversation with Tamamo, we found who we were looking for and I was surprised by who else was there.


    Well, this is a surprise, who would have thought that thess we guarded on our her way here would join us as a guard the next time we met. (Jarl)


    Its been a while, Jarl, everyone. (Luna)


    Its nice to see you again, girlie. I see you even have a friend with you. (Apollo)


    This is Velvet, shes a member of my party. (Luna)


    Nice to meet ya, Velvet. (Jarl)


    The two of them shook hands while I greeted Zan and Gief. All they did was nod their heads in acknowledgment.


    I dont think Ive heard the two of them talk before, whats with that? (Luna)


    Theyve always been like that, I asked them once and they wrote down that they were born that way. (Apollo)


    It was then that the merchant we were guarding came over and told us to get ready to leave.


    Pleasure working with you for the next three weeks, girlie. (Apollo)


    Same to you, Apollo. (Luna)


    Author''s Note:


    Here is a quick chapter before I need to head out today. I hope everyone will enjoy the next one or two chapters of traveling with the party that Luna met before. Who knows, maybe they''ll show up every time there is an escort quest taken after this as well. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 55: Camping Out and an Attack

    Chapter 55: Camping Out and an Attack


    [Luna POV]


    Weve been on the road for a week now and nothing eventful has happened so far. I know that this is a good thing, but I cant help but feel a bit disappointed. The sun was going down and we were setting up camp, I was on cooking duty today, much to everyones happiness. It turns out that, with the exception of Gief, no one else could cook well.


    Lass, can I ask you to let Gief help out over here so he can get on your level? (Jarl)


    I dont mind. (Luna)


    Thanks, Ill buy you a drink when we get to the kingdom for this. (Jarl)


    As long as its only one, then Ill ept your offer. (Luna)


    Gahahaha. Giefe here, thess will let you help today. (Jarl)


    ! (Gief)


    He was quite excited to help and learn from me it seems. He came over and we started preparing the food, I gave him some pointers on where he could improve, and he absorbed it like a sponge. When we were done, we had a big pot of stew that we could all eat and still have some for breakfast.


    Oi! Cookings done, if you want some,e and get it! (Luna)


    No need to yell, we can all hear you. (Velvet)


    I know, but it sets the mood. (Luna)


    It smells great today. (Apollo)


    You can thank Gief for that, he found some fragrant herbs and used them. (Luna)


    !!? (Zan)


    !!! (Gief)


    Zan and Gief were having what seemed like a conversation using gestures.


    I wonder what theyre saying? (Velvet)


    Zan is asking if Gief enjoyed learning from you and praising the effort he put into cooking, and Gief is saying how good of a teacher you are and how he feels like he can finally get over the wall in his cooking growth. (Jarl)


    You got all of that from just gestures? (Luna)


    I dont get how he does it either, he just started trying to interpret for them one day and seeded somehow. (Apollo)


    I like to think that its because Ive survived a lot of life and death situations with them and we have a good amount of trust with each other. (Jarl)


    I wonder if they would be able to talk if they had telepathy? (Luna)


    I brought that up when I first joined this group and learned that those two dont have enough mana to use that skill and any item that would allow for the use of that skill is too expensive for us to buy. (Apollo)


    If only the skill wasnt one-way. (Luna)


    You have the skill? (Jarl)


    Yeah, Im a kitsune, I have a skill that lets me turn into a fox form. I got the skill the first time I transformed since I cant talk normally in that form. (Luna)


    I knew kitsune could do that, but I never knew that they got the telepathy skill as well. (Apollo)


    I think its only natural that we should get it. If we didnt, wed have to learn how to do a partial transformation. How weird would you find a fox walking around with a human head? (Luna)


    Pffft. Thats a funny image. (Velvet)


    Hahaha, it truly is. Now, on a serious note, who will take first watch tonight? (Jarl)


    Ill take it. (Luna)


    You sure,ss? (Jarl)


    Yeah, its not like Ill get tired anyway, so why not? (Luna)


    Ill join you, Luna. You dont want to be bored all night talking to yourself, right? (Velvet)


    Then well leave first watch to the two of you, wake me and Apollo up at midnight and well switch out. (Jarl)


    Got it. (Velvet)


    After deciding on the watch order, Jarl and his party went to bed and me and Velvet were left alone by the campfire.


    This party of people are quite fun to travel with, dont you think Luna?


    They are. I wonder if our party will be like this when we fill it?


    Aside from Soleil, how many other people do you want to join?


    I dont know, I feel like four people in total would be good, but Im not opposed to the full six if needed.


    I think four would be enough, I mean you are already as strong as a battalion of trained soldiers so I think six would be overkill.


    I guess youre right. On a different note, do you think well meet an S-rank adventurer in the Celestia Kingdom?


    A bit of a random question but Im not sure, from what I know of S-ranks, they move around a lot. Thest one I heard about was Skadi the Abyssal Hunter.


    Do I need to worry about fighting her if we ever meet?


    No, her title has something to do with her penchant for fighting monsters from deep in the sea. What I heard about her is that she went off to fight some weird nt-like creatures in a seaside town in the Demon Empire.


    What kind of weapon does she use?


    A two-handed greatsword.


    Interesting.


    Since we hit a lull in the conversation, I looked up to the sky and watched the moon. It was a little less than halfway full so my next meeting with Tamamo was still a ways away. I was about to start talking with Tamamo when I heard a faint sound.


    I didnt know what was making it yet, but it was slowly getting closer to our location.


    <em>Velvet, something ising, I dont know what it is, but itsing from the direction of the tall grass over there.</em>


    I pointed in the direction that the faint sound wasing from, and Velvet got ready for a fight. I also readied my throwing knives and we waited. After about five minutes I could smell some kind of beast. It started to try and circle around where the light of the campfire reached so it could stay out of sight. As it went, it got closer and closer to where the horses were tied up for the night.


    <em>I think its going for the horses since it cant really sneak up on us, Ill distract it while you go get Jarl and the others, I dont know if this is the only one of whatever this is.</em>


    <em></em>


    Velvet nodded and we went to follow my n. I stepped out of the lights range and activated my stealth and night vision. When I did that, I could clearly see what we were up against. It looked like a ck panther from my previous world with the only difference being a scorpion-like tail swinging around.


    I shot a small ice arrow at it to grab its attention and it pierced the end of its tail. Upon feeling paining from behind it, it turned around and bared its teeth at me. I guess I enraged it because it then charged at me making me jump back to avoid its attack. It was easy since I had such high Agi, but it was relentless in its attacks.


    In the middle of me dodging its ws, I heard the sound of a bow being drawn and an arrow being released. It flew past me andnded right between the panther things eyes.


    Nice shot, Apollo. (Luna)


    Thanks, and good job keeping it distracted. (Apollo)


    I dragged the thing closer to the fire so that those of us that werent able to see in the dark could see what came here.


    A scorpanther eh? I havent hunted one of these since I was a D-rank. (Jarl)


    Do you think more wille here? (Velvet)


    No, these live and hunt alone. (Jarl)


    Anything useful we can take from it? (Luna)


    Normally, you could take the poison from the tail and dilute it to make a sleeping poison, but it looks like you froze its tail solid, girlie. (Apollo)


    Sorry about that, I didnt know about it and aimed for the tail first. (Luna)


    Its finess, not like you knew any better and besides, the diluted stuff you could make from it isnt that good in the first ce. Well take over the watch from here, you two get some sleep. (Jarl)


    Got it. (Velvet, Luna)


    Listening to Jarl, me and Velvet went to our spots and went to sleep until morning.


    Author''s Note:


    I havee to the realization that I suck at naming things that aren''t people. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 56: The Celestia Kingdom Capital

    Chapter 56: The Celestia Kingdom Capital


    [Luna POV]


    After the scorpanther attack, nothing else happened and we were making great time. We made it close to the capital of the Celestia Kingdom several days early. Right now, we were traveling down the road and surrounded by sprawling fields of golden wheat. We could see the city in the distance and would make it there in a few hours. I was excited to know that we would end the day in the city since tonight is also a full moon.


    It feels like thest full moon was just yesterday.


    {Ufufu. You have been rtively busy, so you didnt notice how fast the time was going by.}


    Fufufu. True, but now I get to see you again, so its fine by me.


    Me and Tamamo startedughing with each other while the rest of our travellingpanions looked at me funny.


    Velvetss, do you know why Lunass gets like this? Last time we traveled together, she got real expressive at times, but now its even more than that time. (Jarl)


    She gets like this when she thinks of her future wife so I would just ignore it. (Velvet)


    Shes spoken for, eh? I feel pity for the guys that are gonna try and pick her up here. (Apollo)


    Do you think that will happen often, Apollo? (Velvet)


    Hmm. It will happen, but not as much as it does in Savanna or the Demon Empire, and out of those two, it will happen even more often in the Demon Empire. (Apollo)


    Im surprised that Savanna is one of the ces that will happen often in, I lived in the capital all my life and was only rarely called out to for something like that. Luna was only once, but the one who did that lost an arm. (Velvet)


    Jarl and his party opened their eyes wide when the heard that.


    I heard about something like that, it was some noble or something, right? (Jarl)


    Yeah, he thought it would be a good idea to grab Luna by the tail and try to pick her up in the most arrogant way he could. (Velvet)


    He deserved what he got then. (Apollo)


    To be fair, I wasnt really in a good state of mind at the time. I normally would have stopped at him losing a hand instead of his whole arm. (Luna)


    Why even go that far? (Jarl)


    Special circumstances. Lets just say that I did him a favor, if he still had that arm, his life would be a lot harder than it is now. And I dont want someone stalking me everywhere I go. (Luna)


    I wont ask anymore then. (Jarl)


    We continued to chat and after a few hours, we made it to the gate of the city. We spent a little time in the inspection line and entered the city.


    Hey Jarl, should we all report to the guild today or tomorrow since the day is almost over? I asked while receiving my partys questpletion form.


    Id say tomorrow, if we all went now, we would spend at least two hours before a spot at the reception desk opened due to all the other adventurersing in at this time.


    So, now is about the time for the evening horde, thats a good piece of information.


    I dont think Ive ever heard someone call arge amount of adventurers a horde, but its real fitting.


    Got any inn rmendations?


    Just follow us and well show you a good one.


    We finished our business with the merchant we were escorting and followed Jarl and his party to an inn. I got me and Velvet a room with two beds for one night and we parted ways with Jarls party.


    Hey Luna, why did you only ask for the room for one night? Velvet asked with confusion in her voice.


    Because I have some family in this city, and we will probably end up staying there after tonight.


    I opened the door to our room and picked a bed. I jumped onto it and immediately started to lose consciousness, before I did, I spoke to Velvet one more time.


    See you in the morning Velvet, Ill be going to see Tamamo now.


    Have fun.


    Iwill. Was all I could say beforepletely losing consciousness.


    When my consciousness returned, I was receiving ap pillow from Tamamo. Before she could say anything, I got up and kissed her. She reciprocated and we spent some time doing that. Before we gotpletely lost in it, Atmos spoke up.


    While I wouldnt mind sitting here watching, I dont think either of you would like that, so will you allow me to brush a tail and leave, Luna?


    When I heard Atmoss voice, I remembered the arrangement we made for tonight. I broke away from Tamamo, my face boiling. I nced at Tamamo and saw that her face was equally as red as mine. It seems that she alsopletely forgot Atmos was here.


    Hehehehehe. Now those are some nice expressions you have there. I cant wait to use this to tease the two of you in the future.


    While Atmos wasughing away, I turned to Tamamo and asked; I know this ispletely my fault, but is there a way to force her to forget this?


    {Unfortunately not, until something else takes her attention away from just now, she probably wont let us live this down for a long time.}


    Then I have no choice but to let her feel the full Abyss and see if that helps us.


    I stood up from where I was sitting and walked over to Atmos. I pulled out one of my brushes and handed it to her. She immediately took it and started brushing. The second she started; she becamepletely entranced.


    Tamamo, you werent kidding when you said that this was one of the best things in all existence.


    {I would never lie when ites to Luna. Now, immerse yourself for a little bit and forget everything else that happened so far.}


    That actually might happen. Luna, can I ask to let me sleep in your tails when you get nine of them and your fox form grows big enough?


    As long as you let Tamamo do that first, then I dont mind.


    Really!? I was kind of expecting you to refuse.


    Did Tamamo not tell you that Im letting my family experience the fluff?


    She did.


    Arent you considered Tamamos sister?


    I am.


    Then that makes you my family as well, doesnt it?


    It does.


    Then why would I not let you experience the fluff?


    She didnt say anything and just hugged me. After a few minutes she returned to brushing my tail. I gave Tamamo a look and she gave me a thumbs up.


    Looks like I managed to get her to forget what happened earlier.


    I handed Tamamo her usual brush and she started brushing my other tail. I was brushing hers and we spent about an hour doing that. As I was moving on to Tamamos ninth tail, Atmos finished brushing my tail and handed me back the brush.


    Thank you very much Luna, this has been a worthwhile experience.


    Are you ok, Atmos? You seem different than normal.


    Im fine, I just need to contemte over how I can improve on my brushing, it doesnt do your tails justice with my meager skill.


    I thought over the past hour and ran my hand over my tail a few times and tried to give her some advice.


    Next time I let you do this, try brushing slower. You did good for the most part, but the ces on my tail that you brushed at the beginning are less soft than the rest.


    She put her hand on her chin, making her look like The Thinker, and then said; Ill try that next time. Im going now, but dont get too crazy ok. After that, she left in a sh of light.


    Now, what shall we do, continue what we were doing earlier, or cuddle?


    {Hmm. Both?}


    I gave Tamamos answer a second of thought and said, Both is good, while jumping into her arms and stealing her lips.


    I had no clue how long we were like that, but before I knew it, I started shining.


    I guess its time for me to go. What a shame.


    {Ufufufu. You say the same thing every time.}


    And its true, every time.


    {I know, but you also have some important things to take care of today.}


    Right, Im finally going to confront Them today. I wonder how that will go?


    {Do you still hate them?}


    Indifferent. That happened a long time ago. Im still going kill them, but I dont think Ill feel any different than I do now. At most, Ill get some schadenfreude when I tell them who I am. The hardest thing for me here will be going through the dungeon.


    {I know youll be fine.}


    After saying that, Tamamo hugged me tighter, and I returned to the mortal world. I woke up in the bed I wasying on and looked over to the window. The sun wasing over the horizon and gave a nice backdrop for the floating castle in the center of the city.


    I forgot how pretty this city was, though I never got a real good look from the ground.


    {While I agree that this city does look pretty, itll never match you, Luna.}


    Fufufu. I was about to say the same about you, Tamamo.


    We continued to talk when I heard Velvet start to wake up.


    Morning Velvet.


    Nnn. HelloLuna.


    Velvet still seemed to be half asleep, which was kind of funny.


    Did youhavefun?


    Yep.


    Imjealous  I wanttohavesomeone like thatone day.


    You will, Ill make sure of it.


    ThanksJustmake suretheyarefine with itfirst. Illconsider itthen.


    After saying that, she fell back asleep.


    I wonder if shell remember this conversation when she actually wakes up?


    {If she doesnt, well remind her at some pointter.}


    Youre right. Should I actually wake her up now?


    {Let her sleep a bit longer. Did you ever give Nia one of those letter boxes that you gave Soleil?}


    I sent her one at one point, but I havent sent her many letters since she and Uncle Rex always seem too busy to answer back. Why?


    {You should probably send them a letter saying youre in the city and what youll be doing today.}


    Ill get on that then, maybe Velvet will wake up by the time I finish that.


    I started on writing the letter to Nia and sent it off. I was about to leave the room to get something to eat when Velvet woke up again. This time, however, she was actually awake.


    Morning Luna. How did it gost night?


    It went well, Atmos was there for a bit, but she didnt stay long. By the way, do you remember anything from earlier?


    What do you mean?


    Nothing, just ignore that. Get ready to go, well be a bit busy for a bit today.


    What do you mean?


    We get to see some false heroes today.


    Oh.


    Just then, my letter box shone a little letting me know I got a reply. I took the letter out and read it.


    [Hey Luna, thanks for letting me know youre here. Ill be at the guild in an hour, so meet me there. We can discuss how to go about everything today then. As for living arrangements, you and your friend can stay with us for as long as youre here.


    See you soon,


    Nia]


    Lets get some breakfast Velvet, well meet Nia at the guild in an hour.


    Ok.


    She got ready to go and we went in search of food.


    Author''s Note:


    Hey all, sorry for theck of chapters recently finals are close. I''ll try to put out a few today and tomorrow so I hope you all understand. On another note, I hope you all enjoyed the fluff in this chapter. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 57: Revenge

    Chapter 57: Revenge


    [Luna POV]


    When we got to the bottom floor of the inn we were staying at, we found Jarl and his party already there. Jarl was passed out at a table with a mug in his hand, Apollo, Zan and Gief were sitting around him eating. We walked up to them and started chatting.


    Morning everyone. (Luna)


    Morning girlies. (Apollo)


    !!! (Zan, Gief)


    Is Jarl fine? (Velvet)


    Hes fine, he always drinks till he passes out when we finish a job. (Apollo)


    I see, he does realize that we still need to go to the guild, right? (Luna)


    Hell wake up soon, what are you two going to do now? (Apollo)


    Well walk around a bit, find something to eat, then head to the guild. There is someone there well be meeting. (Luna)


    I must have had a strange look on my face because Apollo asked me about our meeting at the guild.


    If I may be so bold, who are you meeting?


    Some old acquaintances that I havent seen in a while.


    I see, then lets meet again some other time, Jarl still owes you a drink.


    Fufufu, till we meet again.


    After saying that, we left. Outside the inn, we walked sown the street that was already bing busy.


    Luna, Im trusting your nose to find something good.


    Hmm. Follow me then. I said as I sniffed the air and smelled something grilling.


    We followed the smell until we found the source of the smell. It was a small za of stalls set up in a circle. They were all selling something different, one was selling some skewers of meat, another had bread, and one was selling some kind of juice. Velvet and I decided to get us something from these three stalls. Once we did, we sat down on a bench that was nearby and started to eat.


    This is great. I said as I bit off some meat from the skewer.


    I agree, we should follow your nose more often. She said as she took a bite of bread.


    I wonder what this juicees from, it tastes familiar, but I just cant remember why.


    Im not sure either, I dont really know what kind of things grow in this kingdom besides wheat.


    We finished our breakfast and stood up. After looking around a bit more we made our way to the guild. It wasnt hard to find since it was near the inn we stayed at. After entering, we headed towards the counter and a free receptionist. The person we went to had white hair that started to turn a light orange near the end with red and ck horns. Her eyes were red with orange pupils that made it look like there was a fire burning behind them.


    Wee, my name is Tomoe, how can I help you?


    Good morning, Miss Tomoe, were here to turn in apleted quest. I said as I handed over the quest form we received from the merchant yesterday.


    Very well and congrattions, since you havepleted this quest, you two can be promoted to C-rank adventurers, just hand over your cards and Ill handle the rest.


    We handed over our cards and she ced them under the card reading tool. It glowed for a second and she handed us our updated cards.


    Is there anything else I can help you two with today?


    Not at this very moment, well be waiting for someone that will be here shortly, but before we move away, are you the Tomoe who is rted to Shuten and Ibaraki?


    You know those two? I am, how are they doing?


    Last we saw them they were fine, though we only spoke to Shutenst we saw them.


    I assume the two of you just got here?


    Yesterday, we left Savanna after the Vanquishing Festival and Shuten said Ibaraki had a hangover.


    *Sigh*Ibaraki should know better than to drink, one sip of alcohol and shell be out with a hangover for three days. Anyway,e to me if you have any other business after the person youre waiting for gets here and Ill help you out to the best of my abilities.


    Thank you, it wont be long until they get here, so well take you up on the offer then.


    We walked over to a ce by the entrance and waited for Nia to get here.


    Why didnt you say anything Velvet?


    Im not sure, it just felt like someone was watching us, so I wasnt paying too much attention.


    Huh. I didnt feel anything.


    I could have been wrong.


    Do you know anything Tamamo?


    {I do, the two of you dont need to worry about it, Grey was just observing the two of you.}


    Grey?


    {God of Adventure, Atmoss husband, and Grand Guild Master of the Adventurers Guild, youll meet him when Nia gets here, and you show that Tomoe girl the medallion.}


    Ok, Ill tell Velvet.


    I then exined to Velvet what she was feeling earlier, and she rxed a bit. When I got done exining I saw someone walk through the entrance of the guild. She had long silver hair and blue eyes. I immediately recognized her and walked up to her.


    Its been a long time, Nia. I said as I gave her a hug in greeting.


    It really has been, hasnt it Luna, youve grown bigger since Ist saw you. She said as she hugged me back.


    Before we go any further, this is Velvet my party member and best friend.


    Velvet then walked up and gave her introduction, Its nice to meet you, Im Velvet.


    Im Nia, Id give you all of my epithets some other time, but please just call me Nia for now.


    They shook hands and we all went back over to Tomoe. When she saw who we brought with us she got surprised, but as she was a professional guild receptionist, she only showed the surprise on her face.


    So, this is the person you were waiting for, Miss Luna?


    Yes, can you please take this for a second. I said as I took out the medallion dad gave me before I left the first time.


    When Tomoe got a good look at the medallion I handed to her, she was even more shocked than when she saw Nia.


    Ill go and show him immediately, please hold on for a moment.


    She rushed off into the back of the guild and after a minute of waiting, she came back.


    I have verified its authenticity, please, follow me.


    We followed Tomoe to the back of the guild and went down a set of stairs. After five minutes of walking, we found ourselves in a short hallway lined with heavy looking doors that reminded me of vaults. At the end of the hallway was a normal set of wooden doors that didnt match the surroundings and Tomoe knocked on them.


    Please enter, Tomoe you can head back. Said the voice we could hear from behind the doors. It was a deep voice that gave off a dignified vibe.


    I understand. Was all Tomoe said then she turned on her heel and went back the way we came. Before she passed me, she handed the medallion back and continued on her way.


    Velvet, Nia, and I then entered the room and were met with a tall muscr man that had several scars on his arms. On the walls of the room hung several weapons and shields. There were also several mounted heads of monsters hung up behind the man sitting at arge desk.


    Wee you three, its nice to see you again, Princess Nia, and its a pleasure to meet the two of you, Luna and Velvet. I am Grey, the Grand Guild Master. (Grey)


    Its good to see you again, Sir Grey, I hope youve been well. (Nia)


    Its nice to meet you. (Velvet)


    Nice to meet you. (Luna)


    Can I offer you all some coffee before we get to business? (Grey)


    Ill take some, if you dont mind. (Luna)


    Ill have to pass. (Nia)


    Same as Nia. (Velvet)


    Guess itll just be me and Luna then. (Grey)


    He pulled out two cups and a container of hot coffee from nowhere and filled them up. He handed me a cup and we all sat down on some couches that were on the other side of the room. When I took a sip of the coffee, it tasted familiar.


    I didnt think I would have any of this again so soon, but I guess I should have expected as much from you. (Luna)


    Youve had some before? (Grey)


    When me and Tamamo had our date. (Luna)


    Oh, I remember Atmos telling me about that. By the way, do you know why she was acting all seriousst night? (Grey)


    She was visiting Tamamo when I got there and I let her brush a tail, when she was done, she said she needed to contemte things. (Luna)


    She does love fluffy things. (Grey)


    Can you two exin whats going on? I understand Luna, but why are you calling the Goddess of Fate by her name, Sir Grey? (Nia)


    Shes my wife, so why wouldnt I? (Grey)


    Eh! (Nia)


    Oh right, only certain people know that. (Grey)


    As I was watching those two converse; I took another sip of coffee.


    We should drink some more of this next time, Tamamo.


    {I agree, it was really goodst time.}


    Ill even provide the scenery.


    {I cant wait.}


    Oh right, hey Tamamo, since you also have a hand in those curses you cane and bear witness to the execution in person. (Grey)


    Eh! (Luna, Velvet, Nia)


    Fufufufufufu. This is a nice surprise; I get to see Tamamo two days in a row. (Luna)


    As I said this, there was a sh of light in the center of the room and Tamamo appeared.


    Tamamo! (Luna)


    Using my full Agi stat, I jumped up and hugged Tamamo.


    {Ufufufufu. Hello Luna.}


    Hahahahahahaha! Atmos was right, she is fun. (Grey)


    Hello Goddess. (Velvet, Nia)


    Did you know you could be here for this Tamamo? (Luna)


    {No, this is the first time Ive heard that gods could witness the execution of people they cursed in person. Who told you about that Grey?}


    The Goddess of Justice, I told her that the two most recent cases of divine curses were about to be resolved and she told me about this rule. (Grey)


    {I guess I should go and give her my thanks for telling you that.}


    Thank her for me as well. I said while still hugging Tamamo.


    Um, Luna, I can understand why youre excited, but can you calm down. Your tails are starting to make blow things around. (Velvet)


    Wait, when did you get a second tail, Luna? (Nia)


    Wait, you shouldnt be able to see that. (Luna)


    Sorry about that, down here illusions dont work. Its a safety precaution. (Grey)


    Then does Tomoe know? (Luna)


    She probably noticed, but she wont tell a soul. I guarantee that. (Grey)


    {How much time do I have here, Grey?}


    Until the execution is over, but the sooner we get that done the better. (Grey)


    Well, at least those two are still useful for something. (Luna)


    Where are those two anyway? (Nia)


    All of you follow me and Ill show you. (Grey)


    He stood up and exited the room and the rest of us followed. He led us to the closest vault door and opened it. It made a loud rumbling noise as it slowly swung open. When we could see inside, the room was empty except for two veryrge clocks on the floor. Standing in the middle of the clocks were Shin and Sara Grayson.


    When I saw their faces, I couldnt help but scowl.


    I guess I was wrong Tamamo, Im not very indifferent after all. (Luna)


    {Seems so, honestly, I share your frustration. Even if I should feel thankful for them for letting me find you after you died, I still hate them for nearly making you not have a father anymore.}


    I guess I need to thank Atmos for helping him out, huh? (Luna)


    Ill let her know you said that. (Grey)


    Why do they look like they havent aged since we brought them here? (Nia)


    The seals theyre in were provided by the God of Time, I asked him to lend them to me as a favor and he did. (Grey)


    Why would you seal them instead of just keeping them in a prison? (Velvet)


    Why would we want to waste money on them? Holding them prisoner would take a lot of resources over time, so this was the best solution until Luna arrived here. (Grey)


    Let me know when and Ill start the process to unseal them. (Grey)


    Should we shut the door so they dont try to escape? (Velvet)


    I wouldnt rmend that, wed be locked in here otherwise and these doors lock from the other side. (Grey)


    Also, they wouldnt be able to get past any of us here. Due to one of their curses, theyre only as strong as five-year-olds. (Nia)


    Ill freeze the entrance anyway. (Luna)


    When I spoke, my voice was very cold. I knew I was wrong about being indifferent when I saw their faces, but I didnt realize I hated them this much. I turned around and froze the door and told Grey to start unsealing them.


    Are you ok, Luna? Youre acting like you were the time you froze that guys arm off. (Velvet)


    {Shes fine Velvet. Unlike that time, her anger is rather tame. By the way, Luna, when your eyes glow like that they look cute.}


    My eyes are glowing? (Luna)


    {Yeah, they always do when you use magic, its just that its more noticeable right now.}


    I never noticed. (Luna)


    {You normally wouldnt. Youre like me in that aspect.}


    But your eyes are always glowing like that Tamamo. Not just when you use magic, not that I would know. I dont think Ive ever seen you use magic. (Luna)


    {Yours will start glowing like mine the more tails you get.}


    Guess thats something else Ill have to hide here then. (Luna)


    {Not necessarily, the only times right now that it can be notices is when you feel strong emotions and in darker ces. You can pass it off as you constantly using spirit sight as well once it bes more noticeable.}


    Guess Ill do that, then. And thanks for helping me calm down a bit. (Luna)


    {Any time.}


    Hey Miss Velvet, I know Luna can speak to the Goddess whenever she wants, but are the two of them always like this? (Nia)


    Pretty much. I normally never hear what they are saying because they dont speak out loud, but its easy to tell what Luna thinks by her expressions. The way she is right now is what its like when they talk telepathically. (Velvet)


    Just then there was a sound like a clock chime and the two seals on the ground disappeared, causing the ones in the seals to fall to the floor.


    You ungrateful plebs, release us at once! (Sara)


    The second I get free, Ill kill all of you then Ill move on to your families! (Shin)


    Shut up the both of you, its time to face judgment.


    Although he said it quietly, Greys voice sounded like the crashing of thunder.


    Pass judgement on us for what!? We saved your world! (Sara)


    {Your crimes are as follows: Multiple ounts of theft and arson. Allowing the King of Fiends to live longer than necessary. Attempted assassination of a General in charge of the United Army. And, most grievous of all; murder of the summoned hero Jason Strider.}


    Who is that, and who are you? More importantly, youre the most beautiful woman Ive ever seen, if you get me and my sister out of here, Ill make you my woman. (Shin)


    Oh, you just had a good idea, Shin, though once you break her, Ill have to end her for daring to look better than me. (Sara)


    Thats fine Sara. (Shin)


    Thats enough out of you mongrels. I was mad enough that you two killed me previously, but now that you said you wanted my wife, you pushed me over the edge. (Luna)


    Who are you? (Sara)


    Im not going to answer a mongrel like you, Im just going to end you in the most fitting way for a pair of narcissists. (Luna)


    I was so angry at their words that I was unconsciously letting out ice mist that brought the rooms temperature to below zero. I walked loser to the two of them and produced ice spikes from below Shin, killing him instantly.


    SHIN! (Sara)


    Heh. Fitting for him to die the same way I did. (Luna)


    Now for you. By the way, its been several years after the King of Fiends died. Did you know that the two of you are never mentioned by name? When you die, youll have died in obscurity, no fame, no renown, just dead in a basement. (Luna)


    HOW DARE YOU! (Sara)


    She started to run at me, but I made ice spikes impale her like they did to her brother. Seeing how I killed these two, it brought back the image of spikes shooting out of every angle and piercing me. It made me start trembling for a different reason than anger. That was when I felt someone hug me from behind.


    {Youre fine now, Luna. That was in the past, these two are dead and they cant do anything. While I cant physically be here with you when you go to the dungeon, Ill always be watching. Know that Ill always be there for you.}


    I hugged Tamamo back and realized that I was crying.


    Ill transport you two into my office. Take some time to m down. (Grey)


    {Thank you, Grey.}


    [Velvet POV]


    After Grand Master Grey transported Luna and the Goddess out of the vault, me and Nia let out sighs of relief.


    Ive never seen Luna that angry or sad before. Thank you for fending off her mist Grand Master. (Velvet)


    No problem, will the two of you help me clear up all of this stuff that popped out of these two? (Grey)


    Sure. (Velvet, Nia)


    All three of us started picking up all of the things that appeared when Luna killed the two false heroes when Nia asked something of me.


    Miss Velvet, I know that the two of you will inevitably enter dungeons at one point. Please watch out for her. After seeing what Luna was like when she realized just how she killed those two, I think she is traumatized by her death in her previous life. I dont know if the trauma will rear its head in every dungeon or just the one she died in before, but please keep her safe. (Nia)


    Dont worry, as her friend and Apostle, Ill keep her safe no matter what. (Velvet)


    That reminds me, Princess Nia, do you know what General Deacons reply was? (Grey)


    Yes, hell be here this time next week. Ill tell him you want to meet with him. (Nia)


    Thanks. By the way, have you given any thought to Atmoss proposal? (Grey)


    I have. I also know my answer, but Im holding off for a while to prepare myself for the side effect. (Nia)


    Thats smart, Ill let her know, though she probably already knew what you would choose. (Grey)


    Can I ask what all that is about? (Velvet)


    Since youre already an Apostle, Ill tell you. Im going to ask Deacon to be the Apostle of Adventure and Princess Nia here was asked to be the Apostle of Fate. (Grey)


    It feels like youre trying to make Lunas whole family immortal. (Velvet)


    We are, ever since meeting Luna, Tamamo has been cashing in the favors the gods owe her in order to make Lunas future happy. The only setback so far is getting Princess Nias husband an Apostle position. (Grey)


    I guess that goes to show how much Tamamo cares for Luna.


    Once we finished up cleaning the vault, we headed back to the Grand Masters office. When he opened the door and we entered, we found Luna asleep with her head in the Goddesssp. She had several of her tails over Luna like a nket.


    {Thank you again for sending me and Luna in here Grey, she finally calmed down after crying a bit. Velvet, Nia, while she is in this country, please watch out for her. Atmos told me that when you go to clear that dungeon, she will have a hard time at first, especially on the fifth floor.}


    You dont have to worry, Goddess, I will make sure to keep an eye out for Luna while she is here. I even put in a request to the knights for extended leave to join her while she is here. (Nia)


    Ill always help her, Goddess. Shes my best friend so there is no way Ill never not help her. (Velvet)


    {Thank you both. Its a shame I cant be here when she wakes up, but thats the way things are. Ill see you both again one day.}


    As soon as she said that; the Goddess shone and disappeared leaving Luna lying down on the couch.


    After actually meeting the Goddess, I can see why Luna looks forward to the full moon every month. (Velvet)


    I agree, and, while I hate to admit it, the false hero was right about her being the most beautiful woman seen. (Nia)


    In my opinion, Atmos can rival her. (Grey)


    Miss Velvet, will you take care of Luna for now. I need to discuss some things regarding how to report this to the King with Sir Grey. (Nia)


    Theres no need for that, I already sent him a message saying that those two were going to be executed today. I bet helle to your home to discuss it with the rted parties in a bit, so the three of you should head there soon. (Grey)


    I guess Ill wake up Luna then. (Velvet)


    Ill go call a carriage. (Nia)


    I had Tomoe do that already. (Grey)


    When? (Nia)


    Just now. Im a god too you know, I can give oracles to my followers. (Grey)


    Does that mean she knows who you are? (Velvet)


    Yeah, shes not just a receptionist, shes the sub-master here, so she knows most of the guilds secrets, thats also why its ok to trust her not to talk about Lunas tails. (Grey)


    As the Grand Master was saying this Luna finally started to wake up.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is an extra long chapter since I didn''t want to break it into parts, I hope you all enjoyed. Let me know how you liked the way I handled the end of the false heroes and if it was satisfying for you. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 58: Heading to Nia鈥檚 Home

    Chapter 58: Heading to Nia��s Home


    [Luna POV]


    I started waking up after crying my eyes out while hugging Tamamo and noticed that she was already gone. Nia and Velvet were talking with Grey about something to do with Tomoe.


    Have I been asleep for long?


    {No, only for about an hour. Those three just got in there. Sorry for not being there when you woke up.}


    Its fine, I know that you cant stay down here for long and Im happy that you were down here at all.


    {Just remember that you can talk with me about anything and everything. If you need to vent, Im all ears.}


    Fufufu. Ill probably be doing a lot of that by the time Im done here, especially with us going to the dungeon. Im afraid of how Im going to be when we actually go there.


    {Remember that youll have Velvet and Nia with you there. Even if I can only listen to you, they can help you as well.}


    Ill remember, but for now I should get up. I dont think its very polite to sleep on the couch of the grand guild master for this long.


    {He wont care, but there are things that need to be taken care of after this.}


    After finishing my talk with Tamamo, I sat up and apologized to everyone.


    Sorry I lost myself so much a little bit ago. (Luna)


    Its all good, Luna. (Grey)


    Are you feeling any better? (Nia)


    I am, at least for now. I have no idea what will happen when we go to the dungeon, but at this moment, Im fine. (Luna)


    Are you sure you want to go to the dungeon at all? (Velvet)


    In a perfect world, Velvet, I would rather never go there again, but this is something I need to do if I want to make progress to my goal. (Luna)


    Just know Ill be there to help you the entire time. (Velvet)


    Ill being with you for a while as well. (Nia)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    After our small discussion we started to move towards the exit when Grey stopped me for a second.


    Luna before you go, take this. Its a list of stuff that popped out of the inventories of those two when they died. Look it overter and tell me if you want anything from it. After you make your choice, well either sell the rest or find its previous owner if theyre still alive.


    I took out a message box and tossed it over to Grey.


    Ill look it over in a bit and send a letter through that.


    He caught the box and looked it over a bit.


    Hoh. This is an interesting thing you came up with. Would you be interested in making some more for the guild to use? Ill pay you for it.


    I dont mind, just get me the materials.


    Then Ill make it a nominated quest for you. Come to the guild tomorrow to ept it and I should have the materials by then.


    After that exchange we, left the office. When we got to the top of the stairs, Tomoe was waiting for us.


    I hope everything went well. The carriage that the grand master wanted me to call for you is waiting outside. (Tomoe)


    Thank you, Miss Tomoe. (Nia)


    Its not a problem, and Miss Luna, I promise I wont tell anyone about your secret, even under torture. (Tomoe)


    Thank you, though if thatst part ever happens, I dont mind you spilling it if it means you get out of that situation. (Luna)


    Huhuhuhu. Thatst part was a joke, anyone who would try that on me would be burned to ash by then. (Tomoe)


    I see. (Luna)


    We left Tomoe at the desk and left the guild. The carriage that was waiting for us had the crest of the royal family on it.


    How did they manage to call my personal carriage here? (Nia)


    Please get on Princess, Miss Luna, Miss Velvet. Said the coachman while offering his hand to help us into the carriage.


    Nia led the way and took his hand followed by me, then Velvet. Once we were all in, he shut the door and we started moving.


    Are you going to look over that list Grand Master Grey gave you, Luna? (Velvet)


    I guess so. How long will it take to get to our destination, Nia? (Luna)


    About 10 minutes give or take a few. (Nia)


    That should be enough time then. (Luna)


    I looked over the list I was given. Moat of the things on here were things I would probably never have a use for. What would I even use seven different self portraits except for target practice, on second thought I might actually do that. Aside from those, nothing else really caught my eye until I reached the bottom of the list.


    Fufufufufufufufu! Hahahahahahahahahahaha! Finally! (Luna)


    Whats up Luna? (Velvet)


    Is there something you on there that you want? (Nia)


    Yes, there is. I dont know how those mongrels did it, but they actually had threerge pieces of orichalcum in their inventories. I can finally get those mirrors Ive wanted for so long. And I guess I could give thest piece to ke if he agrees to help me out. (Luna)


    Does that mean you dont n on visiting the country of Dwarves anymore? (Velvet)


    I still want to go there at least once, but its no longer a priority. Well get there when we get there. (Luna)


    As we were talking about the orichalcum, we passed by arge construction site.


    Whats being built there, Nia? (Luna)


    One of the best architects in the city started to build a shrine after he talked to a diviner friend of his. His apprentice returned about two months ago from studying the structure of the Shrine of the Moon to base this ones design off of it. When he came to my brother to propose the idea, he told him that it will be important in the next few years. (Nia)


    I thought that this kingdom didnt have a patron god or goddess? (Velvet)


    We dont, but that architect was very insistent on it, saying that his diviner friend was hardly ever wrong. (Nia)


    Oh, I remember now. I met the apprentice while I was on the way to Savannas capital. He called the diviner a crazy old bat and wasnt very happy being sent to the Shrine of the Moon to study it. I wonder what god will bless the ce? (Luna)


    I was expecting an answer, but I didnt get one. When I turned my head from the window to look at the others, they were both staring at me.


    Itll probably be you, Luna.


    I was going to retort when I started to think about it. If I was going to have a shrine dedicated to me, I would want it to be like Tamamos, and every country can only have one patron deity, plus the kingdoms name is kind of connected to stars in an abstract way.


    Huh. I cant deny that I might actually do that. (Luna)


    I wouldnt mind if you did that, some of the more religious people that work in the castle worry about the country not having a patron deity and like to pester my brother about it. (Nia)


    What would he be able to do about that? (Velvet)


    They think that he has a connection to the gods for some reason, though now that I know about Sir Greys true identity and also what Luna will be in the future, I guess I cant really deny that the royal family does have a connection to the divine now. (Nia)


    Speaking of your brother, does he know about me? (Luna)


    No, though well probably have to exin it to him soon. (Nia)


    Did you know him in your previous life as well? (Velvet)


    I did speak to him a few times, but not as much as I did with Nia. By the way, how is your father, I havent heard much about him after he abdicated the throne? (Luna)


    Hes fine, though he like to dote on my brothers daughter a lot. (Nia)


    After a few more minutes, we arrived close to the castle ind.


    Mydies, we have arrived at the gates, please exit the carriage and head inside.


    Thank you, sir. (Luna)


    No problem, Miss Luna. Enjoy your stay in the capital.


    Once we exited the carriage, it left to go to the stables.


    Wait, how did he know my name, and didnt he know Velvets too? (Luna)


    Dont question it, that was the butler of my vi, he knows pretty much everything. (Nia)


    {Hes blessed by the God of Service, that makes him basically the perfect butler. You should take Nias advice and not question it.}


    I guess its true that maids and butlers are just iprehensible. (Luna)


    Author''s Note:


    Well my sleep schedule is ruined again, but that was a sacrifice I was willing to make. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 59: Meeting the King

    Chapter 59: Meeting the King


    [Luna POV]


    Nia led us through the gates and to a smallish building that housed a space magic circle. We stood in the center of the circle and before we knew it, we were standing is a room in the castle.


    Ill show the both of you to my vi, while I would say make yourselves at home, well have to hold off on that. (Nia)


    Why? (Luna)


    Were going to have a meeting with my brother regarding the execution of those two. In that meeting, were going to have to exin some of your secrets to him as well, Luna. (Nia)


    I can understand discussing the execution, but why do we need to talk about Lunas secrets? (Velvet)


    When those two were first cursed, the descriptions of those curses stated that those two were to be executed by the Moon Goddesss partner. Since I brought the two of you here to stay with me after going to the guild today, hell put the two together and figure it out himself. It would be in our best interest to exin to him how to treat Luna before he gets carried away and gives her the royal treatment and exposing her secret to everyone. (Nia)


    When we got to Nias vi, there were several people waiting in greeting including the butler we met earlier.


    Wee back Princess Nia. Wee, Lady Luna, Lady Velvet, please enjoy your time here. Princess, your brother has already arrived and is waiting for you and your guests.


    Thank you, Bas. Please, lead the way.


    Of course.


    We followed the Bas to a reception room where he proceeded to knock on the door to alert its resident of our arrival. After a few seconds, Bas opened the door and Nia entered followed by me and Velvet.


    The person waiting for us was Nias brother and the current king, Drome. He was wearing fancy clothes and a ck mantle with gold trimmings. He had the same silver hair and blue eyes as Nia, and he gave off a dignified presence that was fit for a ruler.


    Before anyone spoke, King Drome nced at Bas, and he exited the room while closing the door. When the door fully closed, a magic tool activated that I assumed was to make it so no sound left the room.


    Wee back, Nia. Were those two problems taken care of? (Drome)


    They were. (Nia)


    Then of the two people with you, which one is the Moon Goddesss partner? (Drome)


    Instead of answering, Nia just moved to the side a bit and I stepped forward.


    Its a pleasure to meet you, King Drome. I am Luna Reed, the daughter of Deacon and Amagi Reed of the Beast Kingdom Savanna, adventurer, and Moon Goddess Tamamos future wife. (Luna)


    The pleasure is mine, Lady Luna. While we are doing introduction, can I ask who the other one is? (Drome)


    I am Velvet, though as a ruler of a country youll be more familiar with my ns name of Belmont. (Velvet)


    A Belmont, eh? I am Drome de Celestia, the current king of the Celestia Kingdom. (Drome)


    After our introductions were over Nia, Velvet, and I sat down across from Drome. We sat in silence for a second until Nia broke the silence.


    Brother, aside from meeting Luna and getting the details of the execution, is there anything else you need? (Nia)


    Not really, though I have a feeling there are some things youll want to discuss with me in regards to Lady Luna here. (Drome)


    Thats true, but well discuss the execution first. (Nia)


    Fine then. First, I would like to thank you, Lady Luna, for getting rid of them. Though they were guarded by the grand master and the guild, Im relieved that I no longer have to worry about the worst-case scenario of them breaking out and causing havoc. Second, I would like the specifics of how they died, though they troubled Nia a lot more than they did me many years ago, they still troubled me a bit as well. Call it my morbid curiosity. (Drome)


    I killed them in what I consider the most fitting way for narcissists like them, quickly in the basement. I killed Shin first due to reasons, but Sara learned that no one remembers their names or faces so they died in obscurity. (Luna)


    Heh. Serves them right, though Im interested to know the reasons for killing Shin first, I wont pry. (Drome)


    Thank you for that, just remembering it make me angry. (Luna)


    {You know I would never even give that offer any consideration in the first ce, right?}


    I know, what made me angry was that he even made the suggestion. Im the only one who can have you.


    {Ufufufu. And youre also all for me.}


    With that out of the way, what would you like to discuss about Lady Luna? (Drome)


    My identity, I dont want it to spread that Im Tamamos partner yet. Itll cause a lot of problems for me if that information gets out. Especially, if a certain vampire in the Demon Empire were to find out. (Luna)


    What do you mean by thatst part, Luna? (Nia)


    Apparently, one of the big shot vampires in the Demon Empire has deluded himself into thinking Tamamo loves him, though Velvet might be privy to more details about that than I am. I just know that once I get several more tails, Im going to go over there and break his delusions in a less than civil way. (Luna)


    Unfortunately, the only things I know about him is that his name is Beryl and that he is one of the more ancient vampires. (Velvet)


    You can ask the demon general about him soon since there will be a gathering of generals soon. (Drome)


    What are they meeting for? I knew it was happening since my dad was joining in, but I never asked what it was about. (Luna)


    Its an annual meeting they have. Well, its more a drinking party than a meeting, but theye here every year since my kingdom is in the center of the continent. They normally drink and discuss joint trainings and other things. (Drome)


    Do we need to tell them about the execution, brother? (Nia)


    Maybe, but Ill leave that decision to you and Lady Luna since you two are more connected to that than I am. (Drome)


    Ill discuss this with my dad when he gets here, but Id prefer to keep it between us. (Luna)


    Well, I must take my leave or else the paperwork I have to do will overflow out of my office. (Drome)


    Onest thing before you go brother. Since Luna will be a goddess in the future, she is considering blessing the shrine that is being built, right Luna? (Nia)


    I am. While Im notpletely sure of it, I have a feeling that Atmos has a hand in this, and I might as well go along with it since I see no reason not to. (Luna)


    Truly!? Then this is a day for celebration! I wont have to sort through all of thoseints from the more religious nobles anymore. (Drome)


    While I will bless the shrine, its still going to take time for me to reach that point, so please hold out for a few more years. (Luna)


    Its enough to know that you will do that one day. (Drome)


    After saying that, King Drome left and the three of us were left in the room.


    The two of you handled meeting a king very well. (Nia)


    Well, I usually talk with a goddess everyday and have met two other gods as well, so I see no reason to get nervous meeting someone in a kingly position. Not to mention that he is a part of my family through you Nia. (Luna)


    I have met the king of Savanna once with my mother before, so I have some experience. (Velvet)


    That makes sense. Now, Ill have Bas get some people to prepare some rooms for the two of you. You can stay there, or we can chat until Rex finishes his work for the day, then we can catch up on all the things that youve done Luna. (Nia)


    Id like to take a look around the capital by myself for a bit, so you can stay and talk with your rtives, Luna. (Velvet)


    If youre going to be doing that, take this and show it to the gate guards. Theyll let you back in and help you make your way back here. Nia said as she handed Velvet a badge with the crest of the royal family on it.


    Thank you.


    Velvet took the badge and left the room.


    She is very conscientious.


    Yeah, though I feel like shes been less talkativetely.


    {Thats because she hasnt gotten enough blood recently. I think thats the biggest reason.}


    Thats worrying, do I need to go with her?


    {No, I dont think she wants you to see her drink blood. There are a few vampires that act a bit drunk when they dink it, and Velvet is one of those.}


    Wouldnt that mean I really should go with her?


    {Shell be fine, every country has ces called vampire dens that are used for cases like this.}


    Ok then.


    Author''s Note:


    Here is a chapter fresh from my sleepy brain. As my finals are this week, there probably won''t be any more chapters until this weekend, so please don''t bring out the torches and pitchforks if I don''t release anything until then. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 60: Plans for the Near Future

    Chapter 60: ns for the Near Future


    [Luna POV]


    After a few hours of chatting with Nia I remembered that I havent sent Grey the list of things I wanted from those two.


    Hey Nia, do you have any paper and something to write with?


    I can ask Bas to get some real quick.


    She rang a small bell that was on a small table next to where we were sitting and Bas was here in seconds.


    How may I serve you?


    Luna needs some paper and something to write with.


    I will bring it right away.


    He disappeared after that then reappeared after a second with a piece of paper and a fountain pen.


    Thank you, Mister Bas.


    Mt pleasure, Lady Luna.


    He disappeared again after saying that.


    So, he can use space magic?


    Yes, he is one of the few people in the country that can. Its one of the things that makes him a great butler, though it also leads to him spooking people sometimes, especially people who meet him for the first time.


    I nodded my head in understanding and started to write the letter to Grey. I specified that I wanted all seven of their self portraits and the threerge pieces of orichalcum. When I was done, I pulled out my letter box and sent it over to Grey.


    I understand why you want the orichalcum, but why the self portraits?


    I can use them as target practice. Ive been neglecting my archery skill, so I thought I could use them as practice targets to finish leveling it.


    What level is it at right now?


    Level eight, I want to max it out before I meet the Elf general.


    Still want to challenge her in archery?


    Of course.


    It was then that my letter box glowed a bit signifying a letter arriving. I opened it up and took the letter out.


    [You can pick up the items you wanted tomorrow after epting the nominated quest. I think I know what you want those painting for, so I pulled some strings and got a special enchantment put on them, look forward to what it does.]


    I literally just sent that letter to him; how did he do that?


    {Hes a god Luna, he can get things like that done really quickly if he so wished to.}


    Guess Ill need to learn how to do that one day.


    {Ill teach you some day.}


    Im looking forward to Tamamo, teacher form.


    {Ufufufufufufu.}


    That reminds me Luna. When the generals get here, there will be an official noble party held. Would you like to join me there?


    I dont mind, but Ive never been to a noble party before.


    Then Ill teach you about the etiquette for er, just please dont cripple anyone who tries to court you.


    Hopefully the people there will be observant enough to see that Im already taken. I said as I showed off the ring in my finger.


    Most will leave you alone then. By the way, when did you and the Goddess exchange rings?


    The full moon before the Vanquishing Festival.


    I see. It suits you.


    Thanks.


    While we were discussing more things about this party, Uncle Rex showed up.


    Im back Nia. (Rex)


    Evening Rex, how was your day? (Nia)


    Hello Uncle Rex, its been a while. (Luna)


    It was fine and hello Luna, its nice to see you again after so long. (Rex)


    He came and sat down next to Nia and gave her a kiss on the cheek.


    I feel extremely jealous right now.


    {I feel the same.}


    Rex, not right now, Luna is giving you a death re. (Nia)


    Sorry Luna, its a force of habit. (Rex)


    Its fine, youre just showing your wife some affection, I totally understand, and am not at all jealous that you can do that everyday. I said in a monotonous tone.


    After saying that, the atmosphere in the room became a bit awkward. After a bit, Uncle Rex broke the silence.


    So, what were the two of you discussing earlier? (Rex)


    We were discussing Lunas attendance to the noble party that the generals are going to be at this year. (Nia)


    Oh, youre going to attend? (Rex)


    I was nning on it, Ive never been to a noble party and I thought it might be interesting to go to one at least once. (Luna)


    Yeah, Deacon never really liked going to those, so Im not surprised youve never been to one before. By the way the crown prince and the first princess will also be there. (Rex)


    Thats the first Im hearing of this. Why are they going to be there? (Nia)


    Your brother wants them to try and get some connections to people from other countries. Luna, do you have anything to prove you are engaged? (Rex)


    I do. I said as I showed him my ring. Why?


    Because youre the crown princes type and he will definitely try to court you. (Rex)


    I have many problems with that. For one thing, I dont like men in that way and even if I did, isnt my social status too low? Plus, and this is even more important than that, Im already taken and no one will break us up. (Luna)


    Well, on the topic of social status, youre from the third most important family of the Beast Kingdom just under the ducal and royal families, so that is no issue. But thats not important, Ill let the king know tomorrow that youll be attending this party with Nia so he can warn the crown prince to leave you alone. (Rex)


    Please do, I would like to keep my promise of not crippling people. (Luna)


    It was at this point in time that the crown prince felt a chill go down his spine.


    Even if you did, youd heal the injury, right? (Rex)


    Depends,st time something like that happened, the persons arm was unrecoverable, even with high-level healing magic, not that I tried to heal them. (Luna)


    Then Ill send a letter in a bit and also tell the king in person tomorrow. (Rex)


    The three of us spent some more time chatting about how our lives have been going until Bas came and told us that dinner was ready. We went to the dining room and ate. I was getting worried that Velvet hadnte back yet, but Tamamo reassured me that she was fine.


    Luna, do you have anything nned for tomorrow? (Rex)


    I have some things to take care of at the guild, then Ill probably teleport back home for a bit to get kes help with something. After that, Im not sure, but all of those things will probably take a while to finish. Why, did you need me for something? (Luna)


    I was going to send a quest to the guild for a mage to help with some things and was wondering if you would take it. (Rex)


    What do you need help with that you need to ask the guild? (Nia)


    A new mage joined us and he has an affinity for space magic. The thing is, he is quite young and isnt used to teleporting nor does he have enough mana to do it repeatedly. I was going to request someone from the guild with space magic to help him out a bit since none of the other space magic users are avable at the moment. (Rex)


    Its weird that there are never any space mages avable when you need them, right? I had the same problem, though I got through it with help from Tamamo and my past memories giving me some ideas on space magic. (Luna)


    Well, what can I say, space is a rare affinity, those that have it are very sought after. (Rex)


    Im surprised that you dont have people breathing down your neck trying to solicit you, Luna. (Nia)


    I dont show my space magic off to people Im not close to. The only random people that know about it are the people who work back home and the guild master of Savannas guild. But it makes me wonder, why is space magic so rare? I mean, its the rarest of all known magic attributes, even gravity magic is more prevalent. (Luna)


    {Thats because no god has the Authority of Space yet, though it wont stay that way much longer.}


    So, urrence of magic affinities are tied to if a god has that Authority or not?


    {Yep. The reason for this is because the spirits that manage the concept as ceholders arent strong enough to manage any problems that ur when a specific user of that magic cause problems. For example, if someone lost control of gravity magic, since I hold the Authority over it, Ill send spirits to take care of the problem before it starts affecting the world. Since there is no god to watch over the concept of Space yet, the spirits that manage it cant waste power stopping problems that ur with space magic users, so people rarely get the affinity for it.}


    From the way you said it earlier, Im guessing Ill get the Authority over Space?


    {At this point its practically a guarantee. That along with Fluff are the two Authorities that I know youll have. You still have one more that I dont know, but I know youll have three.}


    Thats good, that means I can still have the one I really want, or more like make it. I wonder how I go about doing that?


    {You already did it once, so I know you can do it again.}


    I did?


    {Yeah, there was no Authority of Fluff until you made it.}


    Thats surprising, does that mean there are Fluff spirits now?


    {Yeah, there have been a lot floating around you ever since you created the Authority. There are almost enough to form a great spirit, its only a matter of time now.}


    Hearing Tamamos words, I activated my Spirit Vision skill and my eyes widened at what I saw. There were thousands of small fluffy looking balls floating around me. There were so many I couldnt see anything else.


    Well, this is interesting. (Luna)


    Whats up, Luna? (Rex)


    Uncle Rex, use your spirit vision skill and youll understand. (Luna)


    He did as I said and saw what I was seeing.


    What kind of spirits are those, Ive never seen them before? (Rex)


    What do you mean, Rex? (Nia)


    Right now, Luna is surrounded by thousands of an unknown kind of spirit. Can you even see through all of them, Luna? (Rex)


    Nope, but you dont have to worry about it. Tamamo said that theyll go away when a great spirit is born, we just have to wait. (Luna)


    {Tell him that he should stop asking anything else before he asks about something that he doesnt need to know.}


    Dont ask anything else, Uncle Rex. Tamamos orders. (Luna)


    Got it. (Rex)


    I stopped my spirit vision skill and I could see my surroundings again.


    Luna, do you still want to challenge the Elf general to an archery contest? (Rex)


    I do. (Luna)


    Then you should tell her that if she epts your challenge, she can contract with a new kind of spirit. Do that, and shell ept in a heartbeat. (Rex)


    Oh, thats a good idea Rex. She always said that she wanted to contract with every known spirit. (Nia)


    We started to discuss this topic in more detail when Velvet walked through the door. She looked tired and her face was a little red.


    Wee back, Velvet. (Luna)


    Who is that? (Rex)


    Shes Lunas party member, Velvet Belmont. (Nia)


    A Belmont, eh. (Rex)


    Are you good Velvet? (Luna)


    She looked over to me and just stared for a minute.


    Hey, Luna. *hic* Sorry Im back sote. (Velvet)


    Are you drunk? (Luna)


    *hic* Nope. This happens every time I go too long without blood. *hic* I should be fine tomorrow. (Velvet)


    Thats good to know. (Luna)


    Hey Luna. *hic* Please help me get a girlfriend. *hic* (Velvet)


    Ok, I think we should get you to bed. Can you help me out, Nia? (Luna)


    Sure thing. You grab her and follow me. (Nia)


    *hic* Hello, Princess Nia. Are you going to *hic* help me too? (Velvet)


    Dont worry Velvet, I have someone in mind for you, you just need to wait for a while. (Luna)


    Tha-*hic*-nks, if its someone you know, Luna, then *hic* they cant be bad. (Velvet)


    But you know them too. Remember Soleil? (Luna)


    I do, but *hic* I dont know if I can get *hic* her to *hic* fall for me. (Velvet)


    Isnt Soleil obsessed with you, Luna? Are you sure shell go for it? (Nia)


    Shes gotten better since I left. Most of her obsession was due to the charm skill which is gone now. And Velvet, you can do it, youll just need to go for it when the timees. (Luna)


    Im d shes gotten better. (Nia)


    Thats good *hic* to know. If all itll *hic* take is time, then I have *hic* as much as I want. Hehehehe *hic* hehehehehe. (Velvet)


    Nia led me to a guest room that was prepared earlier while I help Velvet in my arms. After she startedughing, she fell asleep. Iid her on the bed in the room and covered her with a nket.


    At times like this, Im d I wont get drunk if I drink. Shes going to be extremely embarrassed if she remembers what she said.


    I envy you, Luna. I can still remember the times Ive been drunk, and the memories still sometimes haunt me when I try to go to sleep.


    {Youre not safe, Luna. I cashed in one of my favors with the Goddess of Alcohol and shes working on something thatll let you get drunk. Though Im going to make sure Im the only one who sees you in that state.}


    Sounds interesting.


    We left Velvets room and I asked Nia where mine was.


    You ready to go to bed?


    Yeah, I have stuff to do tomorrow, after all. Dont want to oversleep.


    But dont you have sleep resistance?


    Yeah, but Tamamo has told me I should enjoy the need for sleep while I have it.


    I see. I just hope the Goddess goes easy on you, then. Nia said with a smirk.


    It took me a second to realize what she meant. As my face turned red, I asked Tamamo if she meant it that way.


    {Youll find out.}


    My face turned even more red when I heard her reply.


    Thank you Goddess for letting me see Luna like this. Shes too cute when shes embarrassed.


    {Ufufufufufufufufufu.}


    And that is how my second day in the Celestia Kingdom ended.


    Luna''s Note:


    Hello people watching my life, I used my ninja potential and space magic to pull this from the author''s head, don''t tell him. I''ll try to pop up here sometimes, so look forward to it. I gotta go now or I''ll be caught.

 Chapter 61: Taking Care of Business

    Chapter 61: Taking Care of Business


    [Luna POV]


    After waking up the next morning, I made my way to the dining room. When I got there, I found Nia and Velvet there eating breakfast.


    Morning you two. (Luna)


    Morning Luna. (Nia)


    (Velvet)


    I looked over to Velvet since all she was doing was mumbling to herself.


    You good, Velvet? (Luna)


    Luna. (Velvet)


    Yes? (Luna)


    Please forget anything I said to youst night. I dont remember what I said, but I do know it was embarrassing. (Velvet)


    It wasnt that bad, just some rambling. (Nia)


    Yep. Nothing you havent said to me when youre half asleep before. (Luna)


    That just makes it worse. When did I even say anything like that? (Velvet)


    A few times on the way here, but those times Im the only one who heard you. Also, the day after we arrived here. (Luna)


    At least youre the only person who heard whatever I said. (Velvet)


    Technically, Tamamo also heard what you said, but we wont tell anyone else. (Luna)


    Will you tell me? (Velvet)


    You mostly justin about not having a girlfriend. (Luna)


    Velvet let out a groan and ced her head on the table.


    Its all right, Velvet, we all say things we dont want others to hear when were like that. (Nia)


    Really? (Velvet)


    Yep. I heard from Rex that one time, I started going on and on about things I liked as a child that I kept secret from everyone. (Nia)


    What about you, Luna? (Velvet)


    Youd have to ask Tamamo. I know Ive had a few moments like that, but I have no clue what I said. (Luna)


    Will you tell me Goddess? (Velvet)


    {I would share, but the things that Luna says when shes like that would ruin her dignity. Lets just say she gets really flirty.}


    I see, Ill just take your word for it, Goddess. (Velvet)


    Am I really that bad? (Luna)


    {I wouldnt call it bad, for me at least, but its like you lose any filter and any desire you usually hide is going on full st.}


    Wait, you can hear the Goddess as well, Velvet? (Nia)


    Whenever she deems it worthwhile, Im an oracle. Its nowhere near as much as Luna talks to her. (Velvet)


    Interesting, the only oracle Ive ever met was an old women a long time ago. (Nia)


    Its rtively rare for humans to be oracles since they have the shortest lifespans among the races. From what I know, aside from a few gods like the Goddess of the Moon and the Goddess of Fate, oracles arent give very often. Most human oracles die before they get a message from a god. (Velvet)


    The two of them finished their breakfast while I was eating mine which appeared in front of me at some point. After I was done, I decided to ask the two of them what they nned on doing today.


    Well, I know what I have to do today, but what about the two of you? (Luna)


    I was going to train with the knights today. (Nia)


    I would like to join you in doing that, if you dont mind. (Velvet)


    I dont see why not. (Nia)


    Thanks, I want to get in as much training as I can so that I can pull my own weight in the party. (Velvet)


    You seem decently strong to me. (Nia)


    For a normal person, yes, but Im travelling with Luna. Last I checked, my highest stat is equal to her lowest, from what she told me. (Velvet)


    For reference, what is your highest stat Velvet? (Nia)


    Its a B in Dex. (Velvet)


    And your highest, Luna? (Nia)


    An SS in MP. I said as I finished off my food.


    What about the lowest? (Nia)


    B+ in Vit and Def. (Luna)


    Thats ridiculous, just having one stat at that level would put you on equal footing with an S-rank adventurer if not above that. (Nia)


    Are there any S-ranks here in the capital? (Velvet)


    Not in the capital, no. Last I heard several of them went out to find any new dungeons in the fiennds. The only one I know didnt go there is Skadi. (Nia)


    Didnt you say that shes currently in the Demon Empire, Velvet? (Luna)


    Thats thest ce I heard she was at. (Velvet)


    Shes still there if my information is correct. (Nia)


    Maybe we should go there after we finish our business here, how does that sound Velvet? (Luna)


    I dont mind, but we should focus on what we need to do here before we discuss our next destination. (Velvet)


    Fair enough. Im going to head to the guild now, Ill see you twoter. (Luna)


    If you finish your work early, join us at the knights training ground. (Nia)


    Got it. I said as I left the room.


    In the hallway that led out of Nias vi, I ran into Bas.


    Good morning. Mister Bas.


    Good morning, Lady Luna. Is there anything I can help you with?


    I was heading towards the guild; do you mind leading me to the ce to get out of the castle?


    Please follow me.


    Bas led the way from Nias vi to the ce we entered from yesterday.


    Thank you very much.


    Think nothing of it, its an honor to help.


    After saying that, Bas went back the way we came and I left the castle.


    {Wouldnt it be easier to just teleport to Greys office?}


    It would be, but he has safety measures set up there that even block my illusion magic, so I assume he also has something that blocks space magic. Plus, it would look suspicious if, when I finish my job, I leave the guild without ever entering through the front door.


    {Fair enough.}


    After a fair bit of walking, I arrived at the guild. When I entered, I was greeted with a rtively empty building. I walked up to the reception desk and found Tomoe.


    Good morning, Tomoe.


    Good morning, Miss Luna.


    Is the guild always this empty?


    No, you just got here before the morning rush.


    Thats a first, anyway, I was told there would be a nominated quest for me today.


    Let me see.


    She started to go through a stack of papers until she found what she was looking for.


    Here it is, let me put down that you epted and Ill bring you to where youll be working today.


    I nodded my head to her words and waited for her to process the quest. Once she was done, she brought me over to the stairs we went down yesterday. After walking down the hallway of vaults, we arrived in front of Greys office.


    Grand master, Ive brought Miss Luna. Tomoe said after knocking on the door.


    Let her in.


    She opened the door and stepped to the side for me to go in.


    Have a good day, Miss Luna.


    She left after saying that, leaving me and Grey here alone.


    Before I start working on the quest, can I ask for the things I requested?


    Sure, the portraits and orichalcum are over here.


    He pointed to the corner of the room and I saw several paintings and three pieces of orichalcum that were about the size of my head.


    Where did they even get orichalcum pieces of this size?


    No idea. Can I ask what you want it for?


    Im going to ask my friend ke to make two pieces into mirrors that Ill enchant with space magic. Then Im going to give one to Tamamo, and well hopefully be able to talk face-to-face instead of just through telepathy.


    Thats sounds interesting. Even though I have an idea, what are you using those portraits for?


    Archery targets. I want to max out the skill and needed some good targets. I figured that using pictures of people I hate would be fun.


    Heh. Then the special enchantment put on them wont go to waste.


    What is the enchantment?


    Their souls will feel pain in the ces you hit with an arrow. Of course, it probably wont register for them with what theyre going through right now though.


    Sounds fine to me. I said as I walked over to the stuff and put it all into my inventory. Now, what about the box materials?


    There over there, I got several pre-made boxes, all they need are the enchantments.


    Ok, Ill carve some things on them for you as a service.


    You can woodcarve?


    {I didnt know you could do that, either.}


    It was my hobby in my past life. I havent done it enough here to get a skill rted to it, but I can still do it. Not to mention that it will be quite well done with how high my Dex stat is.


    I sat down and got to work. It took me a few hours to go through carving things into the boxes. All of them had the Adventurers Guild crest as well as some things that denoted what guild branch they would go to. Once I was done with the carvings, I started enchanting which took me another hour.


    Im done.


    Grey picked up one of the boxes and looked it over.


    This is really good. Which branch does this one go to?


    That one is for Savannas capitals guild branch. I can teleport there and deliver it for you, but only that one.


    Theres no need for that, I already have some parties that will deliver them. With this, youve finished your quest, thanks for your hard work.


    Great, now I have to go report this to Tomoe and then I can go about the rest of my day.


    Nah, I can process thepletion here, just give me a second.


    He went back to his desk and did the questpletion procedure. Once he was done, he thanked me again and I left his office. When I got to the top of the stairs I waved to Tomoe and left the guild.


    {Are you going to teleport to kes ce now?}


    You got it.


    I hid myself in a deserted alley and teleported away. I was now in kes forge area. I saw him hammering away on a piece of metal,pletely in his own world.


    Well, this is going to take a while.


    {Anything you want to talk about while you wait?}


    Hmm. I cant think of anything.


    {Then how about you do some archery?}


    I guess I could.


    I pulled out one of the portraits and leaned it on a log I had in my inventory.


    {Why do you have a log in there?}


    Logs are surprisingly useful. They can act as a chair, a cutting board, emergency firewood, archery target, substitution target, and more.


    {Huh. I never thought of that.}


    All of that stuff is stuff I just thought up right now, the real reason I had that is so I could carve a statue of you sometime.


    {Ufufufufufufu. You tterer.}


    Fufufufufu.


    I pulled out my bow and several arrows. I knocked one and fired it. The arrownded right between picture Shins legs. For a second, I thought I heard a scream of pain, but I ignored it.


    And thats for hitting on Tamamo when I was in the room.


    {Youre still hung up on that?}


    Of course, it happened yesterday after all.


    {How many times do I have to tell you that I only have eyes for you, Luna? No matter what, Ill always be yours.}


    I know that, its the same for me after all.


    I continued to shoot arrows at the portrait for another hour when my bow snapped.


    Damn, and I really liked this bow.


    Want me to make a metal one for you?


    Oh, are you finished with what you were making earlier, ke? And sure, if you dont mind.


    I wouldnt bring it up if I did. What else can I do for you today?


    Well, I recently put an end to those two and they had something interesting in their inventories.


    And that would be?


    I pulled out the three pieces of orichalcum from my inventory. kes eyes went wide when he saw them.


    Luna. Is this what I think it is?


    Use two of these for the mirrors I want, and Ill let you have the third piece.


    You must be the goddess of fortune.


    {No, that spot is already taken.}


    Im not, Tamamo said that spot is taken.


    Oh. Anyway, Ill start on these right away. Come back in a week and Ill have them done and waiting for enchanting.


    Got it, what about the metal bow?


    I have some that I made a while back as practice, so just take them.


    All of them?


    Yeah, theyre not that great, so I dont know how long theyll hold up.


    He showed me to the ce where he keeps all of the things he forges for practice and I picked up seven metal bows.


    These are lighter than I thought they would be.


    Well yeah, theyre made of mithril after all.


    I think these will hold up for a while, thanks.


    Dont mention it. Remembere back in a week, and look forward to the finished products, Im going all in with my skills.


    Im looking forward to it.


    {I am as well.}


    Tamamo said she is as well.


    Now I definitely cant mess this up.


    I thanked ke again and then teleported back to the Celestia Kingdom. I tried to teleport to the room I stayed inst night, but it took longer than normal.


    I guess there is a barrier that tries to stop people from teleporting here from the outside.


    {Of course there would be, but I guess they didnt take into ount someone with such a high level in space magic and the amount of mana that you do.}


    Guess so, that took triple the amount than a normal teleport.


    {Now what are you going to do?}


    I guess Ill go to the knights training ground and see if Nia and Velvet are still there.


    I left Nias vi for the second time today and went to the training grounds.


    Author''s Note:


    I''M FREE! To celebrate I give you all a longer chapter. I hope the wait was worth it. Thanks for reading.

 Side Chapter 10: Making Mirrors

    Side Chapter 10: Making Mirrors


    [ke POV]


    Its been a few days since Luna brought me some orichalcum and Ive been forging away trying to make those mirrors. It has been difficult since this is the first time Ive done anything with orichalcum and I dont want to mess it up.


    I got to a stopping point in todays forging so I could get some lunch. I went into the shop and found an old dragonkin man waiting for me.


    How can I help you?


    The dragonkin looked at me for a few more seconds before responding.


    I came here to meet you after hearing about you from that kitsune girl and I must say, youre quite the excellent smith. The names Reve.


    ke, ke Smith. I heard from Luna to expect youing here.


    Thats good. Mind if I watch you work for a bit?


    That should be fine, though it will have to wait for after lunch. Come back in half an hour and Ill be ready.


    Then Ill be back.


    The old dragonkin Reve left the shop and I went to get something to eat. I finished quickly and 30 minutester he showed back up. I let him into the back and we went to my forge.


    What is it youre currently working on, boy?


    Lunamissioned two orichalcum mirrors and Ive been trying to finish them. Its been tough since I havent worked with orichalcum before.


    Working with orichalcum takes some patience, while the work youve done so far is good, but it could be better. The fire needs to be hotter from what I can tell.


    I figured as much, but this is the best I can do at the moment.


    Let this old man help you out then. From past experience, to get the best out of orichalcum, you need some dragon fire, so youre in luck that I came here when I did. Though its still far from the genuine thing, I am a dragonkin, so my mes should be enough.


    He then spit some fire from his mouth into the furnace and the mes turned to an electric blue color. The heat I could feeling from the furnace was so extreme, I thought my furnace would melt.


    Hahahaha, dont worry, boy. Your furnace will be fine. Now, start on your work and Ill tell you anything that needs improvement.


    I did what he said and continued. I kept working until nightfall and managed to finish the first mirror.


    Thats one down, now I just need to make the second one and add some things to make it look good.


    Im impressed, boy. Thest time I saw such good work from another person was when my teacher was still alive. As thanks for showing me such good work, Ille back tomorrow to help again. After that, I can teach you some of my techniques and pass on my knowledge.


    Are you sure you want to do that?


    Yeah, though I am a dragonkin, Im still mortal. I can tell I only have a few years left in this world and I want to make sure my teachers techniques live on. Ive tried to find worthy students for a long time, but none of them have ever been qualified enough. You on the other hand, have what it takes.


    Id be happy to take up your offer.


    Thats good to hear. With the skills you already possess, youll be able to learn everything quickly. Ille back tomorrow at the same time as today, so until then, boy.


    Old man Reve said that and left. I went inside, cleaned myself, and talked with Ana and Soleil. I told them about Reve and what he told me before he left which shocked the both of them.


    So, youre going to learn some smithing from someone? I though you maxed out the skill? (Soleil)


    I did, but you can always learn and improve. (ke)


    You said that his name was Reve, correct? (Ana)


    I did. Why? (ke)


    It sounds familiar, I just dont remember where I heard it before. Ill ask Amagi tomorrow if she knows anything. (Ana)


    The next day, I prepared everything I needed for the second mirror and waited for old man Reve to arrive. Once he did, we got to work right away. With his help, I finished the forging part in two days. Once that part was done, I moved onto decorating the mirrors. I took inspiration from a game for the design and it turned out well.


    The finished product is very nice, boy.


    Thanks. Now I just need to wait for Luna to show up and enchant them, and theyll be done.


    What kind of enchantment is the kitsune girl going to enchant them with?


    Space magic.


    I see, that exins the need for orichalcum then. Do you know why she wants two mirrors?


    Shes going to give one to her future wife so that they can see each other over long distances.


    Interesting. How long until shees to get them?


    She should be here tomorrow. I told her I would be done in a week.


    Good, I feel like something special will happen when she enchants them.


    Care to exin what you mean?


    My eyes are special. Just like dragons are drawn to things of value, my eyes tell me when there is something valuable. I use this to judge my and others work as well as the potential in people. Its the reason I only make things for particr people like the Belmont n. The reason I think something special will happen is because I couldnt use this ability on the kitsune girl when I met her.


    Wouldnt that mean she has no potential?


    The opposite actually. It means that her potential is so great that I cantprehend it. Thest person that was like that was the first summoned hero. Now, since we have to wait, let me start on teaching you.


    I spent the rest of the day learning from Reve. His techniques wereplicated and he did things that I never could have thought up. Most of them required the use of mes I could never hope to make with simple fire magic.


    I like that youre teaching me these things, but I cant make a fire like this on my own.


    Dont worry about that, boy. When Im done teaching you, youll get something that will take care of that.


    The next day at around noon, Luna showed back up.


    Im back, ke. Oh, hello there, old man Reve. I didnt expect this. (Luna)


    Hey Luna,e with me and you can enchant the mirrors. (ke)


    Helloss, thanks for telling me about him. Hes been a very interesting person. (Reve)


    All three of us went to where the mirrors were. When Luna saw them, a wide grin spread across her face.


    Fufufufufufu. I like the design you went with. Its very fitting. (Luna)


    Thats why I went with what I did. Mind if we watch the enchanting? (ke)


    No reason you cant. Im going to start now. (Luna)


    She extended her arms towards the mirrors and started the enchanting process. It took a few minutes but when she was done, a bright light shed in the room. It was so bright that we were forced to close our eyes. When we opened them again, both mirrors were floating and gave off a feeling that I havent felt since the time the God of Summoning brought all of the heroes to his domain.


    I appraised the mirrors and was surprised at what I saw.


    <strong>Divine Mirrors of Moon and Stars: </strong>Twin divine artifacts created by a master smith and a Fated one. Using these will allow for face-to-facemunication between the owners of the mirrors.


    <strong><Conditions Met: Title: Artifact Crafter obtained></strong>


    I appraised the new title I got.


    <strong>Artifact Crafter: </strong>Title obtained by a mortal that assisted in the creation of a divine artifact. Holders of this title will be given the opportunity to be the Apostle of cksmithing.


    Boy, these mirrors have be something that even I have never managed to make. My eyes are telling me that they are the pinnacle of what can be made by mortals. (Reve)


    This is so much better than what I thought. I dont think an extra piece of orichalcum is enough payment for this. (Luna)


    Dont worry about that Luna, you told old man Reve about me, and hell teach me things, so its fine. (ke)


    If you say so. (Luna)


    She took the mirrors and put them into her inventory.


    Thanks again, ke. Next time I get my hands on some orichalcum, Ill bring it to you. (Luna)


    She went back through the door she came from and was gone.


    Now boy, lets get back to me teaching you.


    Lets.


    Author''s Note:


    Second chapter of the day. Here is what I want the mirrors to look like but I suck at descriptions: /fgo_english/status/1079794659596034050 Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 62: Great Spirit

    Chapter 62: Great Spirit


    [Luna POV]


    I spent the week that it would take ke to make the mirrors practicing my archery and managed to get it to level nine. Dad also arrived here during this week as well as the dwarf and demon generals. The only person who hadnt arrived yet was the elf general.


    The day that I went to pick up the mirrors, I found that old man Reve was there as well. When I enchanted them, they turned into divine artifacts. Now, Im back at Nias vi and was waiting for dad, Nia, Uncle Rex, and Velvet to show up so I could show off my new treasures. All of them showed up that evening with Velvet looking tired.


    Hello everyone. I said with a wide smile spread across my face.


    Hello Luna, did something good happen? (Deacon)


    Very much so, but before I go on. Are you alright, Velvet? You look exhausted. (Luna)


    Im fine, just had another day of hard training. (Velvet)


    Everyone sat down and Bas appeared with a tea set in hand. He poured some for everyone and left.


    Well, ke finished the mirrors today and I want to show them off. (Luna)


    No wonder youre so happy. (Nia)


    I pulled out the mirrors and they started floating on their own. They were quiterge where if you held one, you would need to use two hands. They were a goldish color with frames that looked like nine tails. On the back of one there was a motif of the moon and on the other, what looked like stars. The one with the moon on the frame had colors that matched with Tamamo, while the one with stars matched me, just like our rings.


    They look great, but why are they floating? (Velvet)


    Well apparently, since they were made by a master smith and enchanted by a Fated One, they became divine artifacts. (Luna)


    Once I said that the room fellpletely silent. It stayed like that for several minutes when dad broke the silence.


    Luna. Will you please stop,mon sense can only take so much before you identally kill it. Divine artifacts normally cant be crafted by mortals. (Deacon)


    Hey, I wasnt expecting this to happen either, it just did. All I did is enchant the mirrors that ke made. (Luna)


    Anyway, do they do what you want them to? (Rex)


    They should ording to appraisal, though they will only work for their owners. Ive already imed ownership over this one. I said pointing to the one with stars on it. Next time I see Tamamo, Im going to give her the other one.


    {Im looking forward to it Luna, the mirror that youre giving me looks beautiful.}


    Fufufufufu.


    I put the mirrors away and asked about everyone elses day.


    The elf general, Lia, arrived today and the date of the party has been decided to be tomorrow night. (Nia)


    What should I wear to this party, Nia? Do I need to get a dress, or something else? (Luna)


    If you dont have something elegant enough, Ill lend you something. Do you have anything in mind? (Nia)


    I thought about the wardrobe I have at home and what I have with me in my inventory. After a few minutes I remembered about the thing I bought in Savannas capital.


    Would this work? I asked as I pulled the kimono out of my inventory.


    Thats perfect. (Nia)


    When did you get something like that, Luna? (Deacon)


    Ive had this for a while. I bought it in Savanna during my second week of guild punishment. (Luna)


    What about you, Velvet? Do you want toe? (Nia)


    Ill have to decline. If its anything like the kind of parties vampire ns hold, then Im not very fond of going. (Velvet)


    Bad times? (Deacon)


    If having every single man asking for your hand in marriage at every one is bad, then extremely. (Velvet)


    That is annoying, I remember that happening a few times when I was younger. (Nia)


    Even though Im taken, Im starting to feel reluctant about going now. (Luna)


    You dont need to worry Luna, the only people that will be there that are close to your age is the crown prince and first princess. The other people there might ask about you connection to me, but thats about it. (Nia)


    On the side of the crown prince, he was told by the king to stop at greeting you and some small talk. If he goes beyond that, the first princess will stop him. (Rex)


    I guess that means the illusion I cooked up to put a stop to that will be useless now. (Luna)


    What would that illusion be, exactly? (Deacon)


    Just freezing the toes off and making them bald. (Luna)


    Why the toes and balding? (Velvet)


    Not sure, just feltpelled to. (Luna)


    It was then that I felt something change. It was an indescribable feeling.


    Whats wrong Luna? (Rex)


    Did none of you feel that? (Luna)


    Feel what? (Deacon)


    {Use your spirit vision and youll find out what happened.}


    I did what Tamamo said and what I saw was surprising. Instead of uncountable numbers of spirits floating around me, there was something that looked like a Pomeranian.


    Dad, Uncle Rex, use your spirit vision. (Luna)


    They activated the skill and saw what I was seeing.


    Luna, is that the great spirit that the Goddess said was close to being born? (Rex)


    I think so. (Luna)


    [Of course, I am the Great Spirit of Fluff. You mortals shall now serve and pamper me.]


    I was taken aback at how deep the voice I was hearing was. It was the exact opposite of what anyone would expect from something that looked like that.


    [Why do you ignore me mortals?]


    {Calm down you upstart.}


    [And who would you be, voice?] Asked the spirit, angry.


    {I am the Goddess of the Moon, Gravity, and the Night. The one who is sitting in front of you is the one who will be the Goddess of Space, Fluff, and one other thing. Show some respect to the person who made it possible for you to exist.}


    The great fluff spirit started to shake a bit after hearing Tamamos words.


    [I apologize, great one, and I am sorry for my attitude, oh goddess mine.]


    {Thats better. Luna, make sure to find that one a proper spirit mage to contract with or itll never treat anyone else but us fairly.}


    Got it. I just so happen to have someone in mind.


    [Truly, oh goddess mine?]


    Yes. Well meet her tomorrow.


    Luna, what is the spirit saying? (Deacon)


    Its a bit haughty and Tamamo was telling it off. By the way, elf general Lia is a good spirit mage, right? (Luna)


    Yes, shes one of the best. (Rex)


    Perfect. (Luna)


    Hey Rex, whats going on? (Nia)


    The spirits that have been surrounding Luna for a while have disappeared and a great spirit took their ce. It seems that, for now, only Luna and the Goddess canmunicate with it. (Rex)


    *Sigh* What did I say aboutmon sense, Luna? (Deacon)


    Lord Deacon, I think its best if you just give up on that. Shell continue to breakmon sense without even trying. (Velvet)


    *Sssssssssiiiiiiiigggggggghhhhhhhh* (Deacon)


    Like that, the night continued.


    Author''s Note:


    Wellmon sense is being systematically killed by Luna so let us all have a moment of silence.......... I hope you enjoyed, thanks for reading.


    Luna: Sorrymon sense.

 Chapter 63: Party

    Chapter 63: Party


    [Luna POV]


    I spent all of the next day going over party etiquette with Nia and now I was getting ready to go. Velvet was helping me out with putting on my kimono.


    Honestly Luna, you look gorgeous in this. Its like it was made specifically for you.


    Thanks Velvet.


    {}


    Whats wrong, Tamamo?


    {}


    Tamamo!?


    {Eh! Sorry Luna, did you say something?}


    I was asking if you were alright?


    {Im fine, I was just struck speechless by your beauty, Luna.}


    My face instantly turned red after hearing Tamamos words. Seeing that, Velvet stopped what she was doing for a second, but she didnt ask anything and started helping me out again.


    {Ufufufufufufufufu.}


    HEY TAMAMO! IVE COME TO SEE YA!


    {Gah! Why do you have to yell so loud, Atmos?}


    Even I heard her.


    Hello Luna. I must say, you are quite stunning in that.


    Thanks Atmos, but can I ask why you were so loud? Even my ears are ringing a bit so I cant imagine how bad it is for Tamamo.


    Ehe. Sorry about that, Ive been busy recently and I havent been able to sp- I mean see Tamamo much and I couldnt contain myself.


    {You were about to say spy, werent you?}


    Whistle, whistle, whistle


    Saying the word doesnt count as whistling, Atmos.


    {Sorry Luna, it seems I need to have a private talk with Atmos for a bit.}


    Now hang on Tamamo, we can talk about this.


    {On my, why are you backing away Atmos, I just want to have a small chat with you. Isnt that the whole reason youre here after all?}


    Im just going to ignore all of that.


    Whats up, Luna? You just went quiet there for a few minutes.


    Nothing much, Velvet, though we should both pray for Atmos to be alright.


    The both of us put our hands together in a praying gesture. It was then that someone knocked on my door.


    Can Ie in, Luna (Nia)


    Nia opened the door and walked in, when she saw me, though, she stopped in her tracks.


    You good Nia? (Luna)


    *Sigh* Luna, look at yourself in the mirror and youll figure it out. (Velvet)


    I turned around and looked at myself in the mirror. At the price of sounding conceited, I looked amazing. So amazing in fact, that I could give models a run for their money.


    Just where did you find something like that Luna? (Nia)


    Just a shop in Savannas capital. Tamamo told me I would look good in this, so I bought it. (Luna)


    I see. Velvet, do you think this will cause any problems? (Nia)


    Maybe, but theres no time to do anything different now. (Velvet)


    True. Ok Luna, youre going to stick by my side this whole party so that you wont be swarmed by others. If you absolutely have to be separated from me, be near your father. This is non-negotiable, understand? (Nia)


    Yes. I said, performing a salute.


    Once I was done getting ready, we went to the door to Nias vi. Bas opened the door for us and told us to have a good evening. He didnt even show the slightest reaction to how I was dressed.


    Tch.


    Whats up, Luna?


    I though I would get a better reaction out of him.


    Just give it up, Luna. Hes been my personal butler since I was a child, even Ive never got a reaction out of him. He never breaks the image of the perfect butler.


    You realize that makes me want to try, right?


    Dont say I didnt try.


    We continued to banter like this the whole way to the party venue.


    [Crown Prince Zeke POV]


    Hey Pneuma, why did father want us toe to this party again?


    *Sigh* Zeke, were here to get connections to the nobility that serve our kingdom as well as meet the generals of the other countries.


    Oh right.


    Honestly brother, why is it that you are so good at things like going over budgets and such, but are horrible at socializing?


    Im not sure myself, I guess I just dont like interacting with people.


    Thats literally half, if not more, of what is expected of you as crown prince.


    Anyway, have we finished greeting all of the people we were supposed to?


    No, we still need to greet General Deacon Reed of Savanna, Aunt Nia, and her guest.


    Aunt Nias guest is the one father told me not to bother too much, right?


    Yes. Thats the other reason Im here, though you hate socializing, when ites to someone that catches your eye, you get pushy.


    While we were having this conversation, a tall, brown haired kitsune entered the room.


    Im assuming that is General Deacon Reed?


    Yes brother.


    We started to make our way over to him when the other generals stopped to talk with him. When they saw us approaching, they made way for us.


    Good evening General Reed. (Zeke)


    Thank you for joining us this evening. (Pneuma)


    Its my pleasure, Prince Zeke, Princess Pneuma. (Deacon)


    Pardon my bluntness, General Reed, but do you know when Princess Nia and her guest will arrive? (Zeke)


    Brother! (Pneuma)


    Haha. Its fine, Princess Pneuma. As for your question, Prince Zeke, they should be here shortly. (Deacon)


    Just as he said this, the doors opened again and two people entered the room. The first person was Aunt Nia. When the second person entered, my heart started pounding in my chest. She was the most beautiful person Ive ever seen. She had long ck hair and tail while the tips of her ears and tail were silver. Her eyes were also silver and seemed to glow a little. She was wearing a beautiful blue kimono which meant she was from a foreign country.


    *Sigh* She really takes after her mother when wearing something like that. (Deacon)


    Do you know her identity, General Deacon? (Zeke)


    Naturally, shes my daughter after all. Her name is Luna. (Deacon)


    While I was conversing with General Deacon, Aunt Nia noticed us and started to walk our way, followed by the other Lady Luna. On their way over here, they got stopped a few times by other nobles, which made me a bit impatient. Pneuma noticed this and let out a sigh.


    *Sigh* Now Im d father asked me to watch over you, brother. Please m yourself down and dont get any funny ideas.


    What do you mean funny ideas?


    Pay close attention to her left hand and youll find out.


    I did as Pneuma said and looked closer at Lady Lunas left hand. What I saw immediately shattered any ns I had to try and court her.


    I see. I said, deted.


    Better to learn you have no chance now, brother, instead of making a fool of yourself. Pneuma said, patting me on the shoulder.


    It was then that Aunt Nia and Lady Luna finally made it to where we were.


    Hello Prince Zeke, Princess Pneuma, how have you two been? (Nia)


    It is nice to meet you, Prince Zeke, Princess Pneuma. I am Luna Reed. (Luna)


    We have been well, Princess Nia. A pleasure to make your acquaintance, Lady Luna Reed, I am First Princess Pneuma de Celestia. This is my brother, Crown Prince Zeke de Celestia. (Pneuma)


    Good evening. (Zeke)


    If youll excuse us for a moment, we must greet the generals before we can chat. (Nia)


    The both of them walked off to finish their greetings, leaving me and Pneuma alone.


    Im d you held yourself back brother. Pneuma said with a smile.


    Who do you think she will marry, Pneuma?


    Why? She asked, the smile she had bing stiff.


    Do you think I can challe At that moment I felt a weight press down on me like someone was using gravity magic. The more I wanted to finish my sentence, the heavier the weight became. On second thought, I will be fine if I can befriend her at most.


    When I thought this, the weight vanished like it was never there to begin with. I looked over to Pneuma to see if she felt what I did, but she was just looking at me strangely.


    Is something wrong brother, you were about to say something but stopped?


    Please ignore anything I was saying. I quickly said with cold sweat running down my forehead.


    While Pneuma was still giving me a strange look, she didnt say any more and our night continued.


    [Luna POV]


    When Nia and I made it to the party, we were bombarded by nobles instantly. I let Nia do most of the talking while I just introduced my self and answered a question or two to be polite.


    After a bit, we made our way over to two people that looked to be about my age. The man was a few inches taller than me and looked like a younger version of King Drome. The woman was as tall as Nia and had greenish hair.


    Hello Prince Zeke, Princess Pneuma, how have you two been? (Nia)


    It is nice to meet you, Prince Zeke, Princess Pneuma. I am Luna Reed. (Luna)


    We have been well, Princess Nia. A pleasure to make your acquaintance, Lady Luna Reed, I am First Princess Pneuma de Celestia. This is my brother, Crown Prince Zeke de Celestia. (Pneuma)


    Good evening. (Zeke)


    While Princess Pneumas greeting was polite, Prince Zekes was a bit blunt. I took a quick nce at the prince and I could see that he was blushing a bit.


    If youll excuse us for a moment, we must greet the generals before we can chat. (Nia)


    Before it could be awkward, Nia gave an excuse and we walked off to find dad and the other generals so we could greet them.


    Im surprised Zeke was able to hold himself back.


    I dont want to sound full of myself, but do you think he fell for me at first sight?


    Judging by how he was looking at you, and how he was blushing, probably.


    All I could do was sigh. Suddenly, I felt a bit of Tamamos mana somewhere behind me.


    Tamamo?


    {Dont worry Luna, Im just letting someone know not to try anything reckless like challenging me.}


    If thats all, then its fine.


    Something up, Luna?


    No.


    We finally made it to where dad and the other generals were and the first thing I noticed was that a tall demon man was looking at dad with a serious look.


    Are you certain about this, Deacon? (Damon)


    Yes, Damon, Im certain I will not let Luna marry one of your sons. (Deacon)


    At least tell me why. (Damon)


    Shes already engaged. (Deacon)


    Just give it a rest, Damon. (Lia)


    Im with Lia on this one Damon, just give up. (Dar)


    Why are you so persistent about this, anyway? (Deacon)


    Im getting old and none of my sons are married yet, Im worried about them and the future of my family. (Damon)


    Hello everyone, its been a long time. (Nia)


    Hello Princess Nia. (Lia, Dar, Damon)


    Evening Princess Nia, Luna. (Deacon)


    Good evening, generals, I am Luna Reed. (Luna)


    Good to meetcha, Lunass. Im Dar, the dwarf general. (Dar)


    Its a pleasure. My name is Lia, general of the elves. (Lia)


    My name is Damon, the demon general. Its a pleasure to meet you. (Damon)


    After the greetings were over, Nia started to talk with all of the generals about this and that and I waspletely left out.


    Well, I have no idea about what to do now.


    {While you wait to talk to the elf over there, you can talk with me.}


    Funny, I was just about to suggest the same thing.


    {How are you enjoying your first noble party?}


    Its actually quite boring, all Ive done is some small greetings and thats it. Not what I thought a party of nobles would be like.


    {What were you expecting?}


    I though there would be something like some ssical music that some people would be dancing to and other things like that.


    {This is more of a gathering to get connections and trade gossip, Luna. The thing you are talking about is a ball.}


    I thought that they were the same thing.


    {Theyre not the same and even if they were, who would you dance with?}


    I would say you, but there are several problems with that answer with the biggest two being you cant be here, and I cant dance.


    {Believe it or not, I cant either. All I know are ritual dances.}


    I bet seeing you dance like that is a beautiful sight that Id love to see one day.


    {Then youre in luck. Im the one who is supposed to perform a dance for the new year this year, and Ill tell you now that that night also happens to be a full moon. Of course, you wont be alone watching that night, but at least youll get to be there.}


    Who else will be there?


    {The God of Creation, God of Time, Atmos, Grey, and the Goddess of the Sun: Quetz.}


    Feathered Serpent?


    {Yep. If you want to talk to the elf, now is your chance.}


    Thanks.


    I walked over to General Lia and spoke to her.


    General Lia, may I have some of your time?


    Sure, Miss Luna. Is there anything I can do for you?


    I was wondering if you would be interested in having a littlepetition with me before you headed back to your country.


    Apetition?


    Yes. Ive heard from my father that you are an amazing archer, and I wanted to test my archery against yours. Its been something Ive wanted to do for years. Naturally, I will give you somepensation for taking your time.


    While I wouldnt mind doing it, Im curious about thispensation.


    Well, I also heard you are a great spirit mage and want to have a contract with every known spirit.


    That is one of my goals in life.


    Well I just so happen to know of a newly born great spirit of an unknown type that is willing to contract with someone.


    When she heard my words, her eyes widened to a surprising degree.


    Where did you meet this spirit and how do I find it?


    Meet me at Nias vi tomorrow and Ill exin.


    I understand, Ille over there tomorrow morning.


    I nodded my head and General Lia went back to the group. A few minutester, the prince and princess walked over to me.


    It seems youck a conversation partner, Lady Luna. Me and my brother would dly take up that role, if you would like. (Pneuma)


    Ill dly take your offer, Princess Pneuma. (Luna)


    I must say, you are quite stunning Lady Luna. Can you tell me where you got your lovely kimono? (Pneuma)


    It was a shop in Savannas capital. I went there at the rmendation from a friend and got it there. (Luna)


    (Zeke)


    If I ever get the chance to go to Savanna, Ill have to stop by there. (Pneuma)


    Your dress is beautiful as well, is it custom made? (Luna)


    My mother made it actually, she loves sewing and dress making. Most of the dresses that I own are actually made by her. (Pneuma)


    (Zeke)


    If I may ask, what are you in the Celestia Kingdom for? (Pneuma)


    Im an adventurer and I needed toe here to take care of some personal business. I would appreciate it if you didnt ask for more though. (Luna)


    I understand. Zeke, is there anything you would like to say? (Pneuma)


    M-may I pet your tail? (Zeke)


    (Pneuma)


    (Luna)


    {}


    Maybe my illusion will have its time in the spotlight tonight after all.


    As I was about to trap the prince in an illusion, the princess spoke up.


    Brother. It seems like youre drunk. (Pneuma)


    Princess Pneuma waved her hand and a maid came over to us.


    It seems like my brother has had too much to drink, please make sure he makes it to his room immediately. (Pneuma)


    Right this way, your highness.


    The called over maid led the prince away before I could finish the spell.


    Please forgive my brothers rudeness, he is clueless when ites to social situations like this.


    I took a deep breath before I answered.


    Ill overlook it this once since he only asked a question and because I promised Nia not to cause trouble tonight, but I wont be so nice next time. I hope you understand.


    If Im beingpletely honest, I would have pped him, but thank you for holding back. If he does something like that again, you are free to do whatever you want as long as you dont cripple or kill him.


    At this point in our conversation, Nia came over to us.


    What happened Luna, why were you preparing magic just now? (Nia)


    It was my socially inept brother, Aunt Nia. He asked Lady Luna here for something he shouldnt have. After this party is over Ill get mother to help reeducate him on proper social etiquette. (Pneuma)


    Good, and Luna, thanks for holding back. (Nia)


    Youre wee. I said.


    <em>Its not me you need to worry about holding back. </em>I told Nia through telepathy.


    <em></em>


    *Sigh* (Nia)


    Is something wrong, Aunt Nia? (Pneuma)


    No, Im just worried about the future. (Nia)


    I understandpletely. (Pneuma)


    Tamamo, please dont go too hard on the guy. For Nias sake.


    {Fine, but there wont be a third time.}


    If he does something else like that, then its fine for you to do something.


    Is everything good, Luna? (Nia)


    For now, but he has no more chances to mess up after this. (Luna)


    Pneuma, make sure to tell your father to meet me after this party is over. Luna, Ill have to ask you to go back to the vi with your father. (Nia)


    Understood. (Pneuma)


    Thats fine. (Luna)


    After that little event, the party continued for about another hour. Dad decided to go back early and I went with him. On the way back to Nias vi, I filled him in on what happened and he started to massage the bridge of his nose.


    I pity the prince.


    {Dont. He should know better than to ask an engaged women for something like that.


    I guess youre right, Goddess.


    Dad, how do you always know what Tamamo is saying at times like this?


    I dont know. And before you ask, no, I dont have diviner skills.


    What are you doing tomorrow, dad?


    Nothing much in the morning, but in the afternoon all of the generals are going to get together. Why?


    Im having my long wanted contest with General Lia tomorrow morning as well as introducing her to the new great spirit.


    Are you sure you want to do that?


    {Itll be fine, I even got Atmoss guarantee that she is trustworthy.}


    Is that so? Its fine then.


    And youre absolutely sure youre not a diviner or oracle?


    100%


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: I hope the prince learns from this.


    He should, by the way, since when could you talk in my notes?


    Luna: Since about a week ago. I wanted to hide it, but Tamamo convinced me not to. She said it would be funnier this way.


    This sounds more like something Atmos would do.


    Luna: She''ll probably join in one day.

 Chapter 64: Contest

    Chapter 64: Contest


    [Nia POV]


    I was making my way to my brothers office after the party. Pneuma left earlier and sent someone to inform me that he was waiting. When I made it to his office and opened the door, Drome and Pneuma were there.


    Good evening, brother. (Nia)


    Just skip the pleasantries, Nia. Tell me the reason for why you needed to meet with me tonight. (Drome)


    I was about to speak when Pneuma said something first.


    Its due to Zekes actions tonight. (Pneuma)


    I thought I asked you to keep him out of trouble, Pneuma. (Drome)


    I did, or at least I tried to. Theres nothing I can do about words he says except try to decrease any fallout from them. (Pneuma)


    So, what did he say and how bad was the aftermath? He said while looking at both me and Pneuma.


    Starting from the second part of your question, from their words, the next time he slips up is the finisher. I highly doubt they will kill him, but Luna was already preparing to trap him in an illusion before Pneuma stepped in. (Nia)


    As for his actions; I could tell he fell pretty hard for Lady Luna the second she entered the room, but I pointed out that she had a ring on her finger which stopped him from doing anything too drastic at first. After Aunt Nia and Lady Luna greeted us and went off to finish the rounds, he was about to ask if I thought he could challenge whoever she is engaged to for her hand, though he stopped asking that for some reason. He was his usual self the rest of the time until we went over to speak with Lady Luna due to her not having anyone to talk with, when we arrived next to her, he got all flustered again. The conversation between me and Lady Luna was going well when I tried to get him to speak a little, which now that I think about it was a bad idea on my part. Anyway, the first words out of his mouth was a question of he could pet her tail. (Pneuma)


    Upon hearing thatst part, both me and Drome facepalmed.


    Just where did I go wrong in raising him? (Drome)


    If you want my opinion, Drome, you should have made him interact with more people instead of letting him lock himself in the castle library all the time. (Nia)


    Yes, he is a very smart person, but he is severelycking in the social aspect. (Pneuma)


    If thats what both of you think, then I need to reconsider if hes able enough to run the country. (Drome)


    The room fell silent after Drome said that and we all fell into deep thought. We all sat there for a while when Pneuma broke the silences.


    Aunt Nia, earlier when you were speaking, instead of saying Lady Lunas name, you were talking like there was more than one person involved in judging Zeke. Is there more to this than I know? (Pneuma)


    There is, but its something that is on the level of a national secret. If you want to know, Pneuma, youll need to get Lady Lunas permission and agree to be the ruler of the country after me. (Drome)


    While I understand why you would choose me, father, am I really capable enough? (Pneuma)


    You are, and your brother could be your advisor in things youre not good with. (Drome)


    Then Ill ept, father. As for getting Lady Lunas permission, can I ask for you help with this Aunt Nia? (Pneuma)


    Ill see what I can do, but ultimately the decisiones down to Luna. Shell probably agree to tell you since, from what I saw, the two of you get along well, but if she doesnt, youll have to wait until you ascend the throne. (Nia)


    Do you know how long shell be staying here in the Celestia Kingdom? (Pneuma)


    As long as it takes to clear the dungeon closest to the capital. She told you shes an adventurer, right? (Nia)


    Yes, though she asked me not to pry any deeper than that. (Pneuma)


    This is the first Im hearing of this as well, Nia. I knew you decided to take leave from the knights to for a while, does helping out Lady Luna have anything to do with that? (Drome)


    Yes, though she doesnt want many others to know, she has a bit of a history with the dungeon that shes going to. As for what that history is, Im not going to say since Im already toeing the line of what I can say. (Nia)


    While Pneuma was confused about my words, I could tell Drome was slowly piecing things together.


    Nia, does this history also have something to do with the nuisances that were recently taken care of? (Drome)


    I cant say brother. Youll need to ask the person herself to see if shes willing to tell you or not. (Nia)


    Hmm. (Drome)


    Its gottente and there are things I need to do tomorrow, so Ill be taking my leave. Good night, both of you. (Nia)


    [Luna POV]


    Today I woke up early and went to the garden behind Nias vi. I was going to get in somest minutes archery practice before General Lia got here. I also decided to get some practice in my discount Gate of Babylon.


    I prepared several targets made from logs and the portraits of the idiots and stored them in the space magic inventory instead of my skill, manipted some mana, and shot one of the log targets out at a rtively high speed. I prepared my bow and an arrow and shot. Instead of hitting dead center, I hit close to the edge of the target.


    I continued for about an hour when dade out and started watching my practice. When I stopped so I could collect my arrows, he came over to help me and started talking.


    Youve gotten even better since thest time I watched your archery practice, but tell me, what was that thing you were doing with the targets.


    Developing a new space magic spell.


    And how were you doing both at the same time?


    With a skill I got when I wasst at home.


    Is this spell just for training?


    No, if I can get it good enough, itll be the first offensive space magic spell. Right now Im using it to shoot targets, but what is supposed to be shot is weapons.


    Weapons?


    Swords, spears, axes, arrows, any other weapon you can think of. The problem Im having that keeps me from making practical use of the spell is using the appropriate amount of mana needed to shoot out the projectile. What you saw earlier was about half of what I actually had, the rest was destroyed due to too much power put intounching them.


    Im no good with magic so I can only say keep trying.


    We finished picking up the arrows and I started to prepare again when someone else called out to us.


    Good morning Deacon, Miss Luna. (Lia)


    Hello Lia. (Deacon)


    Good morning, General Lia. (Luna)


    You can call me Lia like your father does. (Lia)


    Then please drop the Miss as well. (Luna)


    Got it. Now, do you want to have that little contest first before we move onto the other matter you told me about? (Lia)


    That sounds good since the other matter will be kind of important. (Luna)


    Do the two of you want me to be referee? (Deacon)


    Sure. How do you want to do this, Luna? (Lia)


    I have a lot of targets that we can use, and while I would offer to use a spell to move them around, it wouldnt be fair for you since I could just make the targets move to where I want to, so I asked Uncle Rex if he could use some wind magic to help us out. He should be here in a minute, so if you need warm up or something, you can. (Luna)


    Ill do that then, got any stationary targets? (Lia)


    Will portraits do? I have four good ones left. (Luna)


    Portraits? (Lia)


    Theyll look familiar to you. I said as I pulled out a portrait of Sara and put it on a log I had.


    {Luna, just how many logs do you have in there and when did you even get them?}


    Ive been amassing my collection over the years. Sometimes I got them from woodworkers back home and I also collected some while we were in forests in Savanna and on the way here.


    {I see.}


    I finished setting everything up for Lia and walked back over to her.


    Everything is set up, youre good to start whenever. (Luna)


    Luna, where did you get that? (Deacon)


    Same ce I got the orichalcum for the mirrors. (Luna)


    Lia didnt say anything and just started shooting. Every arrow she fired hit what would be a vital point if the portrait was the actual person. The rhythmic sound of the bowstring and the hitting of arrows was nice, it was almost musical in a sense.


    This continued on for about five minutes when Uncle Rex showed up.


    Sorry for keeping you all waiting.


    Its alright, Uncle Rex. I have the targets that you need to make float around over here. (Luna)


    Good morning Court Mage Rex. (Lia)


    Good morning, General Lia. (Rex)


    I didnt say this before, but thank you for doing this for Luna, Lia. (Deacon)


    You dont need to thank me, Ill get something out of this as well. (Lia)


    Now for the rules of our contest; there are 50 targets in total and we have 25 arrows each. The first person to hit 25 targets wins. If youre really feelingpetitive, we can even try to hit more than 25. (Luna)


    Then lets get started. Deacon, on your signal. (Lia)


    Uncle Rex lifted all of the targets into the air with wind magic and made them move around with wind currents he made. It was an impressive show of skill that made the reason he was a court mage evident.


    AndBegin!


    Once dad gave the signal, both Lia and I pulled out an arrow and fired. The arrow Lia fired sailed past several targets and then struck one that was farther away from the rest, while mind hit two closer targets at the same time. When she saw that, Lias eyes got sharper and she started to shoot faster which resulted in arrows flying everywhere. Several of them hit another arrow midflight, but instead of knocking them out of the way, they changed trajectories and hit several different targets in several different areas at the same time.


    Seeing that made me want to show off as well, so I pulled four arrows out of my quiver and shot them at the same time. All of my arrows skewered multiple targets before stopping.


    We continued to try and one-up each other when I noticed that there was only one target left. I still had several arrows left, but Lia had only one. We both pulled out our arrow and readied our bows and shot at the same time. Since my bow was different than Lias, my arrow was faster, but before it hit the target it was blown off its path by a gust of wind. The same happened to Lias arrow, but it wasnt enough for it to miss the target. I was about to pull out another arrow when I heard the sound of the target getting hit.


    Thats it! (Deacon)


    Dad signaled the end of the shooting and he and Uncle Rex went to count how many targets we individually hit.


    That was very well done, Luna. You managed to give me a challenge that I havent had for a long time. If you dont mind me asking, what is your archery level?


    It actually hit level 10 just before we shot for thest target.


    Impressive. I always wee another master archer in the world.


    Yours is level 10 as well?


    Yup. Thats the reason I was promoted to General.


    It was then that dad and Uncle Rex came back over to us.


    That was a good performance you two. (Rex)


    It was. (Deacon)


    So, who won? (Lia, Luna)


    Lia won by two targets. (Deacon)


    {Thats too bad, but I enjoyed watching you Luna. Your figure holding the bow is stunning.}


    Thanks, Tamamo. Im surprised that I dont feel more disappointed, though.


    Closer than I thought. Luna, if you ever find yourself in the country of elves, feel free to challenge me again. (Lia)


    Ok. Now, on to the other matter youre here for. Ill introduce you to that great spirit I told you about. (Luna)


    All four of us went inside and into the room that I met King Drome in. Both Nia and Velvet were already in there and waiting for us.


    Howd it go Luna? (Velvet)


    I lost by two targets. (Luna)


    Thats too bad. (Nia)


    Its fine, I had fun and thats all that matters. (Luna)


    We all sat down and I turned my attention to Lia.


    Before you meet the spirit, Im going to need you to keep what you hear about me from it a secret. (Luna)


    When she heard my words, she turned serious.


    What do you mean by that? (Lia)


    Do you know what the main job of spirits is? (Luna)


    Yes, they help the gods maintain the world as well as various other things. (Lia)


    Yes, that means they serve the god or goddess that hold Authority over whatever makes up that certain spirit. Great spirits are spirits that rule over the lesser spirits and have the ability tomunicate with spirit mages. (Luna)


    With everything youve said so far, does this mean you are closely connected to a god or goddess, Luna? (Lia)


    If by connected you mean engaged to one and on my way to bing one, then yes. (Luna)


    My words caused Lia to stiffen up a bit.


    Lia, remember the curses on the false hero and saint? (Deacon)


    Which one? (Lia)


    Hatred of the Moon Goddess. (Deacon)


    Then that means Luna is the Moon Goddesss partner? (Lia)


    Yup. (Deacon)


    That exins why youre so adamant about denying Damons request then. (Lia)


    Part of the reason, yes. The bigger reason is that Im afraid of what Luna and the Goddess would do to me if I went through with that. (Deacon)


    You dont need to worry that much dad, I know you would never have tried to marry me off like that even if I didnt have Tamamo. (Luna)


    I must have identally used my intimidation skill because everyone backed away from me a little.


    A-anyway, is the spirit here right now, Luna? (Deacon)


    Its been in the room the whole time. Is there anything specific you need to do to contract with it, Lia? (Luna)


    I just need it to appear in the magic circle that will appear when I use the spirit contract skill. (Lia)


    Ill tell it to do that then, just start using the skill. I activated my spirit vision skill and found the great fluff spirit sitting on Velvets head. Hey great spirit, I brought you the person who can contract with you, when the magic circle appears, go into it.


    [Understood, oh goddess mine.]


    I looked over to Lia and nodded my head. She nodded back and then a green magic circle appeared on the table in the middle of the room. After a few seconds, the circle turned blue, and the form of a Pomeranian appeared.


    [Are you the one who seeks to contract with me, mortal?]


    All the people in the room who had never heard the spirits voice were taken aback at how such a small thing had such a deep voice.


    {*Sigh*}


    Why is it trying to act all dignified?


    {I dont know.}


    Yes, great spirit, I Lia Cent, wish to form a contract with you. (Lia)


    [Then I will ept. Give me a name and the first great spirit of fluff will follow you.]


    From now on you will be named. The name I bestow upon you is Cres. (Lia)


    [Then from now on, my name is Cres. Contractor Lia Cent, let us go and let the world know what true fluff is. As I am the first of the great fluff spirits it is my goal to be the Spirit King of Fluff and to spread the name of my goddess so that her abyss envelopes the world.]


    As your contractor, I will help you in your goal. My goal is to contract with all types of great spirits to be a spirit apostle. (Lia)


    [A grand goal indeed. I will assist you to the best of my abilities, contractor.]


    Once they finished their little ritual, the magic circle disappeared and Cres jumped onto Liasp.


    [Thank you for introducing me to my contractor, oh goddess mine, I will endeavor to uphold your good name once you fully ascend.]


    Good, I have high expectations of you, Cres. I said in the most dignified tone I could. Was that fine, Tamamo?


    {Yes, you did perfect. Now it wont getcent while you are mortal.}


    [Are you alright, contractor?]


    I looked up when I heard Cress words and saw that Lia had an unfocused gaze.


    Im fine Cres, I just wasnt prepared for how fluffy you were. (Lia)


    [I see, then I will need to get you used to this. We have a long way to go contractor.]


    We do? (Lia)


    [Of course! If you believe that I am fluffy then you still have much to learn. As my power grows on my journey to be Spirit King of Fluff, so will my fluffiness.]


    You mean you will get fluffier!? (Lia)


    [Indeed. Though I will still fall short of the Goddess.]


    Lia immediately looked up at me.


    Luna ma- (Lia)


    No. (Luna)


    [I agree with the Goddess, contractor. While I do respect your drive, you are not ready to truly feel the Abyss. Even I almost drowned when I tried to delve into it.]


    And when did you do that, Cres? (Luna)


    [When I was the amalgamation of spirits that floated around you. When my body was formed, I awoke on top of your tail.]


    {Hes telling you the truth.}


    Fine. (Luna)


    We continued to talk and exin things to Lia and, by the time she, dad, and Nia left, she promised to not expose my secrets. Uncle Rex also left to do his job, leaving me and Velvet alone in the room.


    So, do you have anything else nned for today, Luna?


    I have one more thing I need to do.


    What is it?


    I need to buy me some more light armor.


    Why?


    The chest area on my current set is starting to get too tight.


    {Oh.}


    Lets go then, Luna.


    We stood up and left the room to find an armor shop as well as prepare for our uing dungeon dive.


    Author''s Note:


    Tamamo is a lucky moon goddess. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 65: Dungeon

    Chapter 65: Dungeon


    [Luna POV]


    It took a few days for the generals to finish their get-together. Since Nia was going to join us in our dungeon runs, Velvet and I went around the capital to procure supplies. I also had to get some custom light armor that fit me. After all of these things were done, it was time to go to the dungeon.


    Right now, we were on our way there. We picked up some simple dungeon quests from the guild that wanted us to collect some nts from the third floor.


    You good, Luna? (Nia)


    For now. This is just a feeling, but I think Ill be rtively fine until we get to the fifth floor. After that, I dont know. (Luna)


    Is that the floor that THAT happened? (Velvet)


    Yeah, thats the floor that traps start appearing. (Luna)


    How many floors does this dungeon have? (Velvet)


    50. The first 25 will be cave like and the rest will have different environments. (Nia)


    Do people regrly clear it? (Luna)


    The guild sends people to clear it annually so that monsters dont overflow from it. (Nia)


    Hey Tamamo, do you know anything else about dungeons?


    {Anything you want to know specifically?}


    What is the purpose of dungeons and why can they be cleared multiple times?


    {I think its fine if I tell you, but you cant share it with anyone else. Dungeons regte Ether, which is the stuff that creates mana. Dungeons are ces that excess Ether is stored until it dilutes into mana, that mana turns into a core that produces monsters. As for the other question, dungeons need to be, forck of a better word, cleaned to do their job efficiently, so Grey has the adventurers go around and dive into dungeons to do this. He is also the reason that items appear in dungeons.}


    So, Grey has the Authority over dungeons?


    {Actually, that falls under the Authority of Adventure.}


    Thats weird.


    {What can I say, its an ambiguous Authority to have. It holds sway over anything anyone can consider an adventure, that includes finding things on said adventures.}


    I dont even know what to say about that.


    {Just dont think too much about it.}


    Luna, were about to be there. (Nia)


    {Just remember that Im always here for you Luna. If it starts to get to be too much, you can vent your frustrations to me.}


    Thanks Tamamo.


    We came up on an open space that had several buildings that were built around a cave entrance.


    There are more buildings here than I remember. (Luna)


    A lot of things change in 15 years, Luna. (Nia)


    Thats true. (Luna)


    It looked like there were several inns, about three cksmiths, an alchemist, an apothecary, several general shops, and a small guild branch.


    Out of curiosity, what do you remember being here, Luna? (Velvet)


    Hmm. I remember that there was only two inns and a guild branch. (Luna)


    Yeah, at that time this dungeon was rtively new so there wasnt much here. (Nia)


    I dont remember, but were we supposed to be the ones to first finish the dungeon? (Luna)


    No, the first people that cleared this dungeon was a mixed group of adventurers and knights. The heroes were sent here to clear it the third time. (Nia)


    So, Im guessing that Im the only one who doesnt have any dungeon experience? (Velvet)


    Technically yes, but I dont really think four full floors and half of a fifth counts as much experience. (Luna)


    I agree with Luna, I wouldnt count that as being experienced in dungeon diving. (Nia)


    What do the two of you want to do, get some rooms in one of the inns, or do you want me to teleport us back and forth from the capital? (Luna)


    Can you do that? (Nia)


    I can for sure if were outside the dungeon, Im not sure about when were inside though. Ill have to test that out before we really start diving. (Luna)


    Lets see if you can from inside first, then we can decide. (Velvet)


    We walked over to the entrance of the dungeon and were about to go in when I started to get a bit nervous. Looking into the entrance felt like staring into a void that ate all traces of light. I started to tremble a little and I could feel cold sweat running down my back.


    {Youll be fine, Luna. This is different fromst time, you can trust the people youre with.}


    I know that; its just that my body doesnt want me to continue.


    {You can do it.}


    I closed my eyes and took a few deep breaths to calm down. When I opened my eyes again, I saw Nia and Velvet waiting for me.


    Take your time, Luna. (Velvet)


    Well be with you the whole way, so rx a bit. (Nia)


    I took a few more deep breaths and then I stepped inside the dungeon. Once inside, I felt the difference in atmosphere thates from ces saturated with a lot of mana.


    Lets head in a little deeper before I try teleporting. I dont want others to see that I can do that as much as possible.


    Right.


    We headed deeper and turned a corner. After making sure there were no other people around, I tried teleporting.


    How is it, Luna? (Nia)


    Ill be able to teleport us to the entrance, but thats it. There is too much interference from atmospheric mana to go any further. My guess is that the deeper we go, the less I can teleport. It wont stop me from using the blink spell, but long-distance is out of the picture pretty much. (Luna)


    I say we get a few rooms in one of the inns. (Nia)


    Why not just teleport to the capital after exiting the dungeon? (Velvet)


    Its not that simple, Velvet, when I said too much interference, I mean that the only reason I would be able to bring us to the entrance is because I have a stupid amount of mana. I think a normal person with space magic wouldnt be able to teleport from the second floor to the entrance. If we want an easy way out of the dungeon, well need to decide if you want me to teleport us to the entrance or back and forth from the capital. (Luna)


    Then staying at an inn it is. (Velvet)


    We left the dungeon and decided on the inn we were staying at. It was called Delvers Rest, and it was run by a bear beastman. Since we didnt know how long we were going to stay here, we decided to get a three-person room instead of three separate rooms like we were going to at first.


    Once we got our room, we left the inn and went back to the dungeon.


    Nia, which floor did we need to go to for the quests we picked up. (Luna)


    The third floor, it shouldnt take us long to get there, though we can go slow if you need us to, Luna. You dont need to force yourself. (Nia)


    Im fine for now, but if I start feeling bad, Ill let the both of you know. (Luna)


    What things do we need to watch out for on the first three floors? (Velvet)


    Unless things have changed, itll mostly be goblins and I think slimes. (Luna)


    Luna is right. Well run into these weak things until floor 10, after that, well run into things like trolls and the like. Floor five till 20 have traps and the five after that are big monster houses. Ill exin thest 25 floors after that when we get there. (Nia)


    I guess Ill only really start to level some when we get to the second half of the dungeon then. (Luna)


    What is your level right now, Luna? (Nia)


    21. (Luna)


    What about you, Velvet? (Nia)


    45. (Velvet)


    Well, considering Lunas stats, well easily be able to make it to around floor 30 with little trouble. (Nia)


    How many times have you cleared this dungeon, Nia? (Velvet)


    Only twice, and thest time was eight years ago. (Nia)


    Then do you know theyout of the dungeon? (Luna)


    No, it changes after every annual clear and I didnt get the most recent map. (Nia)


    Well, you can leave mapping to me, while teleporting is difficult, other space magic is usable enough and I can use a spell to learn theyout in a wide area around us. (Luna)


    Doesnt that spell give you a massive headache when you use it? (Velvet)


    It does, but the more I use it, the more manageable it gets. The parallel processing skill helps a lot too. (Luna)


    After a few minutes we ran into a group of goblins that were promptly atomized by some lightning.


    They smell even worse in here than they do outside. (Luna)


    I understand that Luna, but please say something next time you use lightning magic. Its dangerous to use that kind of magic inside cave dungeons like this, you know. The same goes for fire magic, Velvet. (Nia)


    Ill stick to dark magic then since my sword isnt really suited to cavebat. (Velvet)


    Want me to go with my scout skills or ice and illusion magic? (Luna)


    Either is fine for now, but when we start running into traps, well be relying on your scout skills. (Nia)


    Hearing Nia talk about traps in the dungeon caused me to shake a bit.


    Im starting to get fed up with my bodys reaction to stuff like this. I understand that no one here will betray me, but I cant stop being afraid.


    {Ill say it as many times as it takes, youre going to be fine Luna.}


    Are you sure youre not the Goddess of the Sun, Tamamo, because youre making me feel all warm and stuff.


    While Tamamo helped keep my mind from drifting off to unpleasant ces, we quickly made it to the third floor and collected what we needed to. After that, we headed back up to the top, turned in the things to the guild branch, and headed to the inn to turn in for the night.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: Tamamo is really good moral support, isn''t she?


    I agree, though I don''t understand how it turned into a little flirting at the end there.


    Atmos: That''s just how it goes sometimes. If anything, it really helps Luna to not focus on the past as much.


    You think that''s what she was going for the entire time?


    Atmos: I think that''s about half of it. The other half is she like flirting with Luna.


    Understandable.

 Chapter 66: A Fun Morning

    Chapter 66: A Fun Morning


    [Luna POV]


    The same night that we went to the dungeon while we were sleeping, I constantly woke up from nightmares. Its a miracle that I wasnt screaming in my sleep.


    Tamamo, I keep reliving that moment in my sleep. Why is this happening now when it never did before? Is it because were close to the dungeon?


    {I understand Luna, the fear runs deep, but I know you can conquer it. I know that you wont let your fear control you. You WILL make it through this.}


    I really want to hug you right now, Tamamo.


    {Then how about I give you permission to make an illusion of me for tonight. While itll only be a fake, it might give you somefort. Though Ill have to ask you to pamper me the next time youre here.}


    That might help, and if you want me to pamper you, all you need to do is ask and Ill do it without hesitation.


    {Ufufufu. Ill remember that.}


    I conjured an illusory Tamamo that made it so that it would disappear when I woke up. Itcked feeling since it was an illusion, but just the image worked wonders and a few short minutester I fell asleep. Just before Ipletely fell asleep, I thought I heard it say something about a loophole but I fell asleep before I could question it.


    [Velvet POV]


    I woke up the next morning and saw a strange scene. Nia was awake and staring at where Luna was sleeping. When I looked over there, I saw Luna still fast asleep, but what surprised me was the figure of the Goddessying there with Luna in her arms.


    Nia noticed I was awake and quietly asked if I knew what was happening right now. I shook my head in denial when the Goddess spoke.


    {Hello you two, you dont need to be surprised, this is just an illusory body Luna conjured at one pointst night. I put my consciousness into it so it could have the bare minimum physical properties, but not enough to make it like I descended. It will disappear once Luna wakes up. Since I have this chance, I want to ask the two of you to watch out for Luna like youve been doing so far. She might have seemed fine yesterday, but her mind is a mess right now. It was especially badst night.}


    Since neither of us wanted to wake Luna up, we simply nodded our heads.


    {Thank you both. If you sit there and wait, you might get to watch something interesting.}


    True enough, about five minutester, Luna started to stir.


    Ugh.


    Luna picked her head up from her pillow and looked around sleepily. When she saw the Goddess illusion next to her, a giant smile spread across her face.


    Ta-Ma-Mo.


    She started to hug the illusion and rambled unintelligibly a bit in a songlike manner.


    Hehehehehe. Mine.


    Both me and Nia were trying to hold in ourughter at the half-asleep Luna when she looked over to us. She just stared for a bit before turning her attention back to the illusion. She wrapped its tails around her like a nket and started to fully fall back asleep.


    {Ufufufufu. Is there anything cuter than Luna?}


    I looked over to Nia and gestured towards the door and she nodded her head in affirmation. We quietly left the room and went to the dining hall of the inn.


    That was funny, dont you think, Velvet?


    Indeed.


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up in the morning, I was alone in the room. My illusory Tamamo was also gone, but I could feel some lingering warmth for some reason.


    I feel more refreshed than normal, like I could conquer seven dungeons in an hour.


    {Do you feel better my adorable Luna?}


    Very much so. Tamamo, did you somehow take over the illusory you, because it feels like I wasnt the only one sleeping here. Im pretty sure I didnt make it a physical illusion.


    {Just a bit. It was enough to make it a physical illusion, but nothing more. I felt like I had to do more than just talk with you, though I doubt Ill be able to do this again.}


    Why?


    {Its the rules, what I didst night was a small loophole in them and I dont want to risk breaking them. Thest god that did didnt have a pleasant time when they were caught, and I dont want to go through that.}


    What is the punishment?


    {One million years of being sealed in a stone.}


    That doesnt sound too bad.


    {Imagine yourself being forced into an object smaller than you, unable to move or see, for a million years.}


    Doesnt sound enjoyable in the slightest.


    {Exactly. Not to mention that I wouldnt be able to see you for a long time if that happened.}


    I think I would go crazy if that happened, so please dont risk breaking the rules anymore please. I appreciate what you didst night, but Id rather have a few nightmares over going a million years without you.


    I started to get upset with myself for how close I was to getting Tamamo in trouble.


    {I understand Luna so calm down a bit.}


    I took a few deep breaths to calm down.


    Sorry about that.


    {Its fine, I would react the same way if that happened to you.}


    While thatst bit of information cooled me down a bit, I think that I want to try my luck on the fifth floor today. If it goes well, Ill be able to get over this trauma of mine hopefully.


    {I believe you can do it.}


    By the way, where did Nia and Velvet go?


    {They went and got breakfast. I think theyll be back soon since that was about an hour ago.}


    Just as Tamamo said this, the door opened and the people in question entered.


    Morning you two. (Luna)


    Um, is something wrong? (Luna)


    They still didnt answer me and looked like they were holding inughter.


    Why are they like that?


    {You might have already almost woken up once before and been the half-asleep you.}


    My face turned red which caused the two other people in the room to finally burst intoughter.


    Hahahahahahahhahaha. (Velvet)


    Hehehehehhehehehehehehehe. (Nia)


    Stopughing at me! (Luna)


    Haha. Sorry Luna, its just that you were so unlike your usual self that I cant help butugh. (Velvet)


    Heh. You were very cute Luna. (Nia)


    *hmph* Aside from that, I think we should go to the fifth floor today. (Luna)


    Are you sure? (Nia)


    Ill never get over it if I dont go there, and we cant stay stuck in the very first floors of the dungeon forever. Not to mention that the feelings I have about that floor make me feel weak, and that annoys me. (Luna)


    Then eat up and get ready to go. Velvet said as she handed me some food which I promptly ate.


    Once I was ready, we headed out of the inn and went to the guild branch to find some things to do in the dungeon. We picked up quests that wanted materials that monsters on the fifth and sixth floors hoarded like the poisons that goblins made. We were also told about how, recently, some adventurers have gone missing around floors 10-15 and to be careful if we go that far.


    As we were making our way to the entrance, I decided to ask about thatst piece of information.


    What do the two of you think about thatst thing we were told? (Luna)


    Although theyout changes after someone clears the dungeon, the monsters and traps that show up dont and there shouldnt be any monsters that like to abduct humans without leaving a trace, so I think there might be a hunter prowling around. (Nia)


    Whats a hunter? (Velvet)


    An adventurer that likes hunting other adventurers. They do that for several reasons that I know of, for example, weaker adventurers that have decent equipment will be killed and looted for their things, which is sold offter for a quick buck. (Nia)


    I couldnt help but scowl, If we run into a disgusting mongrel like that, let me take care of them.


    You sure, Luna? (Velvet)


    Yes, though I would normally kill them, I think for cases like hunters, Grey would probably like to handle them personally. That doesnt mean I wont at least give them some trauma, but thats all Ill do. (Luna)


    {Youre right about Grey wanting to handle people like that, Luna. I just let him know you might run into someone like that, and he sent something over to you to help.}


    How did he do that?


    {No idea, anyway it should be in your space magic inventory.}


    I checked and sure enough there was something. I pulled out a pair of manacles that were connected by a chain. They were a disgusting mix of green and purple that made them look toxic.


    Where did you get those Luna? (Nia)


    Tamamo told Grey we might run into a hunter, and he put these in my space magic inventory somehow. Dont ask me how, even Tamamo doesnt know. My guess is that once we capture the hunter, we p these onto them and something will happen. (Luna)


    I put them away and we entered the dungeon. It only took us two hours to get to the stairs of the fifth floor due to a mix of us being too strong for the monsters on these floors and my skill that helped in mapping. I was finishing writing down the route we took when I got a skill acquisition message.


    <strong><Cartography LV. 1 acquired></strong>


    Oh! (Luna)


    Something wrong, Luna? (Velvet)


    No, I just got the cartography skill. (Luna)


    *sigh* There you go again, getting a skill countries would desire. (Nia)


    Shouldnt every country have several people with this skill already? (Luna)


    They do, but even then, its a valuable skill to have. Its a good thing youre an adventurer that has a connection to the Grand Master. (Nia)


    Dont I have connections to a lot of important people though? (Luna)


    Lets see, youre the daughter of a marquis and general of the Beast Kingdom, engaged to a Goddess and on your way to bing one, your uncle married into royalty, youve met the king of a big country, and know the Grand Master of the adventurers guild, who just so happens to also be a god. Am I missing anything? (Velvet)


    The Goddess of Fate will be my sister-inw. (Luna)


    You also befriended the future queen of the Celestia Kingdom. (Nia)


    When did I do that? I dont remember Zeke being engaged. (Luna)


    Im talking about Pneuma. After that incident, Drome decided that Zeke isnt socially adequate enough to rule the country and decided that Pneuma will seed him in the future. (Nia)


    Should I feel bad about that? (Luna)


    No, Zeke was ecstatic about not bing king. I believe his words were, Now I can focus on being a schr.


    Huh. I guess good for him? (Luna)


    I wish he would at least interact with more people. (Nia)


    {Not to mention he still hasnt apologized to Luna for being rude to her.}


    Im really fine as long as he doesnt bother me.


    While I would like to continue this discussion, shouldnt we head down? (Velvet)


    Tch. (Luna)


    You were the one who wanted to do this Luna. Wevee this far, so I believe you can do it. (Nia)


    Well be with you the whole way. (Velvet)


    Youre right. Lets get this over with. (Luna)


    I took a deep breath and took my first step down onto the floor that killed me once.


    Author''s Note:


    I enjoyed writing the half-asleep Luna part the most. By the way, I think scribblehub should add a Fluff tag. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 67: Fifth Floor

    Chapter 67: Fifth Floor


    [Luna POV]


    When we got off of the staircase, I immediately noticed several traps nearby.


    Just as unforgiving as I remember. I said with spite.


    What do you mean, Luna? (Velvet)


    We just got of the stairs, and I already found several traps nearby. (Luna)


    Do you know what kinds? (Nia)


    I need to be closer for that. Just follow behind me and do what I say, and well make it through fine. (Luna)


    Im fine with that, Luna, but are you doing fine? Youre really pale. (Velvet)


    Im fine, I just need to get used to the atmosphere of this floor. Nia, you need to be extra careful since you dont have night vision. (Luna)


    Ill be fine, my eyes have adjusted to the little light there is by now. (Nia)


    I used my space magic and copied down what I saw on the paper I was using to make a map.


    Im d I have so much mana and that this floor isnt particrly big. (Luna)


    Why? (Velvet)


    Because I was able to make a full floor map just now. (Luna)


    I wouldnt be so sure, Luna. Hidden rooms start showing up from here on as well, and the things we need to find are, more often than not, hidden away in there. (Nia)


    Tch.


    {Luna calm down, your being impatient. I understand why you want to get off this floor quickly, but youll start to make mistakes if you dont calm down and focus.}


    Youre right.


    I then felt a hand on my shoulder. I looked over to see Velvet looking into my eyes.


    Luna, were right here, dont rush. (Velvet)


    I closed my eyes for a second to calm down.


    Thanks. (Luna)


    Anytime. (Velvet)


    Since we werent going to aplish anything just standing in one ce, I led us in the direction of the stairs to the next floor. On the way there we looked for hidden rooms and I disabled traps along the way. Most of those traps were quite nasty, too.


    Luna, what kind of traps have you been disabling so far? (Nia)


    Ill tell you, but why do you want to know? (Luna)


    Every so often you get a really irritated expression on your face when youre working on the trap, so I got curious. (Nia)


    Well, most of the ones in this hallway have been traps that will seal off where we were and fill the room with different kinds of deadly poison. A little while ago was one that would open a trapdoor under your feet then close it and fill the space with sand until you suffocated. The most annoying one weve passed though, was a special trap that I think would have teleported us inside a wall. I really hate space traps, theyre a pain to dismantle. (Luna)


    How brutal. (Velvet)


    We continued down the hallway we were walking through when I stopped. I looked around and sniffed the air a few times to confirm the direction that we needed to go.


    Were close to some goblins. (Luna)


    How far do we need to go? (Nia)


    Not sure, the smell ising from several different directions. If I had to guess, the ce we will find what were looking for is where the most pungent of the smell ising from, but weve hit a dead end. (Luna)


    Then we need to find the hidden door. (Velvet)


    Before you go feeling around the walls, Velvet, wait a few minutes, unless you want a face full of spikes, of course. (Luna)


    If most of the hidden doors around us have traps, why not just find the ces that dont have any? (Nia)


    Because there arent any non-trapped doors in here with the exception of the one we came from. (Luna)


    If thats the case, then why did you lead us this way? (Velvet)


    Because from what I could tell, every other direction would have led to a trap filled monster house and I dont feel like setting those off if I can avoid it. (Luna)


    I took a while, but I finally finished dismantling the traps on every door in our current room. Once I was done doing that, I begrudgingly took severalrge sniffs of each hallway to find the one that smelled the worst.


    I found it, but I think I need a minute. (Luna)


    You ok? (Nia)


    Not really, Ive never smelled such concentrated goblin before, and I really wish that I was still that me. (Luna)


    I guess having a beastkins nose is as much a curse as it is a blessing. (Velvet)


    I thought vampires had good noses too. (Luna)


    I think Ive said this before, but its still not as good as a beastkins. (Velvet)


    After a short break I was finally able to move without my breakfast making a reappearance so we move on to finish our quest. The hallway we were walking down was shorter than the previous one and I could hear goblin noises ahead of us.


    When we reached the end of the hallway, we came upon arge room that held a surprising amount of things. In one spot was arge pile of things that I assumed came from adventurers that had died to traps or other things. On the other side of the room were lots of goblins that were doing a weird dance around a small fire.


    The worst part about this room, however, was the amount of traps it had. I wasnt sure about deeper inside, but most of the ones that were near us were the kind I was dreadinging across.


    I backed up into the hallway again, cold sweat running like rivers down my back.


    Whats wrong Luna? (Nia)


    Lot of goblins, even more traps. Most traps are spear traps. (Luna)


    If I use some dark magic, will it set off the traps? (Velvet)


    I shook my head in denial.


    Nia, help calm Luna down, Ill eradicate the goblins from here. (Velvet)


    While I was trying to calm myself, I watched Velvet move to the entrance of the room and stretch out her arms. I couldnt see into the room from where I was, but I did hear the sounds of goblins dying. Once the sound stopped, Velvet walked back over to us, her face a little green.


    Ugh, goblin blood smell putrid. (Velvet)


    Now you get how I felt earlier. (Luna)


    You a little better now, Luna? (Nia)


    Yeah, just need to make it through this room. I think if I can do that, Ill be able to move on enough. (Luna)


    Just for reference, how many of the traps that you can sense are spear traps? (Velvet)


    At least half. The other ones that I can tell from the entrance are an assortment of dart traps and pitfalls. And whatever any of you do, avoid the center of the room at all costs. (Luna)


    Why? (Nia)


    The trap in the center cant be dismantled and would end in all of our deaths if I couldnt teleport out of there. (Luna)


    What does it do? (Velvet)


    Spikes extend from the roof, and it will slowly descend until we are impaled and crushed, then it will torch the entire room. (Luna)


    I could see the two of them shiver at my words. After a few more minutes, I was ready to challenge my archnemesis in our final battle. I walked to the edge of the trapless area of the entrance and set to work dismantling the traps. While I didnt know how long it took me, it felt like I spent days slowly making my way over to the goblins hoard.


    When I actually made it there, I found that the entire pile of stuff was also trapped.


    You know, I feel like the number of traps Ive gone through today has been more than there should be on such an early floor of a dungeon. (Luna)


    I agree, even if it was eight years ago, I dont remember this floor having so many traps. (Nia)


    So, this isnt normal? (Velvet)


    No.


    I finished disarming the goblin hoard and started throwing everything that was there into my inventory. Now I had a small amount of things to put into my arsenal of disposable projectiles as well as what we came here for.


    Im kind of surprised goblins are smart enough to make poisons. (Luna)


    I know right. (Velvet)


    Dont be fooled because goblins are stupid, they make really potent poisons. Ive seen people that get hit with some and lets just say that they were lucky our healers were good enough. (Nia)


    I should be d poisons dont work on me and that I can heal anyone affected by it then. (Luna)


    How high level is your healing magic anyway? (Nia)


    Level 10. I can heal most things except death I think. (Luna)


    Since we got what we came for, do you want to head back now, or continue going for a bit? (Velvet)


    That depends, how long have we been down here? (Luna)


    I say we head back for the day; you look absolutely exhausted Luna. (Nia)


    Look? I feel absolutely exhausted. (Luna)


    Hey, at least you look better than you did when we got to this floor. (Nia)


    Yeah, I think Im less afraid of traps now, and more annoyed by them. (Luna)


    Well, you have been dismantling them all day, I think anyone would be annoyed by them at this point. (Velvet)


    I made sure the area directly around us was safe, then I grabbed onto Nia and Velvets shoulders and teleported us to the first floor. Once we were there, I was breathing heavily.


    That took too much mana. (Luna)


    Can you still walk? (Nia)


    Yeah, but Im going straight to sleep when we get back to the inn. (Luna)


    We waited for a few minutes before exiting the dungeon. Velvet offered to turn in the quest items, so I handed them over to her and Nia and I went to the inn. Once there, Iid down on the bed and immediately fell asleep without taking off my armor.


    {Ufufufu. Im proud of you, Luna. You did so well today.}


    Author''s Note:


    There were a stupid number of traps there.


    Atmos: me Grey, he moved most of the traps from the floors below the fifth one up so Luna could get better.


    Luna: I see. While I''m thankful for that, I''m going to need to give Grey a talking-to. I mean there is such a thing as too much, and that''sing from me.


    At least you can move on from traps now. Better to be annoyed by something than deathly afraid, after all.


    Luna: Fair enough.


    Atmos: Thanks Author, Grey can get away with a light scolding now.


    No problem, now if the two of you excuse me, I''m going to sleep.

 Chapter 68: A Hunter Hunted

    Chapter 68: A Hunter Hunted


    [Luna POV]


    We spent a few more days stopping at and going around the fifth floor so I could make sure I was better. In those days I gained a new title and a new disdain for dismantling traps. The title was <strong>Trap Master: Dismantling</strong> and it made dismantling traps as simple as snapping my fingers.


    I also learned in a weird dream that the reason that there were so many traps on the fifth floor was because Grey moved most of them up from lower floors. I considered going over and scolding him for a bit, but when I got that title, I decided that it did more good than harm. Today we decided that we were going to hunt the hunter on floors 10-15.


    The three of us metaphorically sted through every floor until the tenth.


    I have to say Luna, that new title made getting here feel too easy. (Velvet)


    Well, it was always going to be easy getting here. Nothing on the floors weve been to so far is remotely dangerous for any of us to go against. Especially since most of the traps were moved onto the fifth floor. If anything, Im a bit disappointed, how am I supposed to increase my level if everything we kill gives me pretty much no experience? (Luna)


    Like I said when we got here, we wont have much trouble until floor 30. After that, well face big things like basilisks and such. (Nia)


    Another thing Ill be able to take out easily then. (Luna)


    Oh right, petrification wont work on you, will it. (Nia)


    I have a question Luna. (Velvet)


    Whats up? (Luna)


    Have you ever tried poison before? Like drinking some just to taste it? (Velvet)


    No. Why would I do that? (Luna)


    It just seems like something you would do. (Velvet)


    I hate how I cant actually deny that. (Luna)


    This is fun. Its been a while since Ive had a break from the knights like this. (Nia)


    I dont think I ever asked, but whats it like leading apany of knights, Nia? (Luna)


    Id assume you would know since your father does the same. (Nia)


    The only thing Ive ever really seen him do is train with them. If he ever had any other work to do with that, he probably pushed it off onto someone else. (Luna)


    I see. I would love to just train with the knights, that sounds a lot better than doing paperwork and going over requests to handle small things that can be left to other people without our intervention. (Nia)


    Do you ever get in contact with this countrys vampire n? (Velvet)


    Thats more in Dromes dealings than mine. I have worked with them before, but not much. (Nia)


    What is the name of this n, Velvet? (Luna)


    Its Bthory, and they are currently being led by a vampire by the name of Elizabeth. (Velvet)


    I hope she isnt like the one Ive read about in my past life. (Luna)


    Do I even want to know? (Velvet)


    You want folklore or more realistic? (Luna)


    Both? (Velvet)


    Realistic: A noblewoman who enjoyed torturing women. Folklore: A noblewoman who bathed in the blood of virgins in order to maintain her youth. (Luna)


    First: thats horrible. Second: the one I know is nothing like that, she like singing and performing for others. (Velvet)


    Ive heard that before. The queen really enjoys her performances. (Nia)


    Guess I should try and see one of these performances one day. (Luna)


    We finally finished walking down the stairs of the tenth floor and found more cave. I did what I have been on every floor and used space magic to map it.


    Oh. I didnt expect this floor to be abyrinth, not that well have trouble navigating it. (Luna)


    Just remember that we need to go a bit slower since were hunting for someone this time. (Nia)


    What are we going to do to catch them? (Velvet)


    I want to try and trap them in an illusion and then p the manacles on them. (Luna)


    What are you going to show them? (Nia)


    Not sure yet. Ill figure it out when we find them. (Luna)


    We started making our way through thebyrinth while searching for our target. We ran into a few monsters here and there, but they were dealt with by my ice magic, Velvets dark magic, or Nias water magic. The most exciting thing we found was a treasure chest that had some potions in it.


    Seems like theyre not on this floor then. (Nia)


    Thisbyrinth was kind of boring. We didnt even run into a minotaur. (Luna)


    Why would we, minotaurs are peaceful people that are mostly lumberjacks and enjoy woodworking. (Nia)


    Its probably another thing from her previous life. (Velvet)


    Got it in one, Velvet. I wont bore you with the details though. (Luna)


    Since we didnt find anything suspicious on the tenth floor, we decided to move onto the next one.


    {Hows it going, Luna?}


    Good. Where have you been?


    {Just a meeting with the God of Creation. He treats me like a granddaughter and finally found time toe and see me. He also told me that hes looking forward to meeting you on the night of the new year.}


    Come to think of it, Ive never met my grandparents in this life.


    {Unfortunately, they arent around anymore.}


    I guessed as much, though I wish that mom and dad would tell me about them a bit.


    {Why dont you ask them in your next letter?}


    I think I will. By the way, do you know if dad went home yet?


    {I dont. Why?}


    Well,st I saw him, he seemed a bit nervous about something, but I didnt get the chance to ask him about it.


    {Oh. I dont think its anything for you to worry about.}


    If you say so.


    As I was having this conversation with Tamamo, we made it onto floor 11. When we stepped off the stairs, we ran into another party. They seemed a bit distressed, so Nia went over to talk to them.


    Hey, are you guys ok?


    Not really, no. We just got away from this random guy that attacked us out of nowhere. He got one of my friends pretty good and we dont have enough potions to help him.


    We just found some if you want them, we dont have any need for them.


    Really!? Thank you!


    Hey Luna. Hand those potions we just found to these people; they are in dire need of them.


    I took out the potions from my inventory through a bag on my waist and handed them over. The person who was talking with Nia took them and ran back over to hisrades and handed them to the person who was injured. While watching this, I noticed that something was off.


    I walked closer to them and inspected the wound on the injured person. It was a long cut that went down his back that looked like it was made by a sword. It wasnt bleeding anymore, but the edges of the wound were a worrying ck color.


    Can all of you move over a bit, I think your friend was cut with a cursed sword.


    What do you mean? The leader asked, worry crossing over his face again.


    The edges of his wound show signs of a curse. If you want it to be taken care of, move.


    The injured mans party moved out of my way, and I used healing magic to get rid of the curse. When I did that, a shadowy thing came out of the wound and attacked me. I conjured a purification fox fire and burned the thing. I looked back at the injured mans wound and the curse was gone.


    Its fine now, but you should give him the potions as fast as possible.


    Thank you.


    Dont mention it. I said as I walked back to Nia and Velvet.


    Why not just heal him with your magic? (Velvet)


    Because they were suspicious. I think one of them is the person were looking for. (Luna)


    So, you felt something else off as well? (Nia)


    Yeah. The two worrying about the injured guy were genuine, but the other one less so. (Luna)


    How do you want to handle this then? (Velvet)


    We act like were exploring this floor for a bit, then start heading back. If he is the one were looking for, hell probably attack after we tire ourselves out on this floor. (Luna)


    He might use those two with the injured guy to distract us then try and attack us when our guard is down. (Nia)


    We spent three hours mindlessly roaming around floor 11 killing trash monsters and looking for loot, of which we found none. We started to head back to the stairs when one of the people we ran into before blocked our path. He was a scrawny guy that had a normal sword in his hands. He was pointing it our way trying to be threatening and failing to be since he was shaking and there were tears running down his face.


    P-ppp-pppplease stop and drop all of yyyyyy-yyyour weapons. I dont want to hurt any of you, bbbbb-bbbbbbbut hell kill my sister and our teacher if I dont do this.


    I nced over to Nia and she nodded her head. She made full use of her stats and ran straight towards the scrawny guy and punching him in the stomach, knocking him out.


    Velvet, you and Nia take that guy and look for the other two. Ill handle the guy currently trying to sneak up on me.


    Got it.


    Velvet went over to Nia, and they moved away with the other guy. I turned around and the hunter walked out of the shadow of the corridor.


    Guess I really misread the three of you. Youre not as nave as I thought.


    I didnt even grace the mongrel with a response and casted my illusion magic.


    [Hunters POV]


    Just before I jumped to attack the cute little kitsune in front of me, her eyes shone for a second and my vision went ck. When my sight returned, I found myself in an endless ne. The sky above my head was dark and filled with things that looked like gems, it was honestly one of the most beautiful sights Ive seen.


    I dont know what the hell is going on, but this is a nice view.


    I heard something moving around behind me and saw a little thing running towards me. It was small and looked extremely fluffy. When it got close, it jumped into the air and mmed into my chest. When it did that, I fell onto my back and couldnt move anymore.


    Get off of me!


    Instead of doing what I said, it just sat on my chest. I heard more things running around and eventually saw more of the fluffy thingsing towards me. They started to sit ory down on me. I would be more scared if they werent so damn soft. After a while of getting used to the heavenly softness, I could feel something off.


    It was getting harder for me to breathe, and I felt like the things sitting on me were getting heavier. More and more of the things started to pile onto me until the weight was bing unbearable. I tried to move, but I couldnt. I started to panic as the fluffiness started to get oppressive and the weight increased. All I could do wasy there and stair up at the sky while I was crushed.


    After a while I couldnt tell if the feeling in my body was gone or if the fuzziness was of the things crushing me. I started to hear my bones creak and groan under the weight when I heard a rumbling noise. As it got closer, I could tell it was the sound of thousands of feet running in my direction.


    I moved my eyes to try and see what wasing and saw what I could only call a wave of the same creatures that were currently crushing me to death. The wave started to crest, and I could only hope that when it crashed into me, it would put me out of my misery. When it finally hit me, my vision went dark again.


    I regained consciousness againying on a couch. I still couldnt move my body, but I realized that I was unhurt.


    Hey, you, youre finally awake. You were trying to hunt adventurers in a dungeon, right? Walked right into that kitsunes illusion.


    Where am I? Am I still alive? Who the hell are you?


    Before I answer, take a look at this.


    I saw whoever was talking to me toss something in my direction. At first I didnt know what it was, but when itnded on my chest and I got a good look at it, I started to scream.


    NO! NOT AGAIN, GET IT AWAY FROM ME!


    Luna really did a number on you didnt she? What did she show you?


    Thousands of these fluffy things that stopped my movements then slowly crushed me by increasing their weight. Were you the one who saved me from that?


    Saved you? Ha! What have you done that makes you think you deserve being saved? Ill have you know that I dont take kindly to people that hunt my adventurers.


    I could feel an intimidating aura spreading across the room thatpletely overtook the fear I felt earlier.


    Its time for you to receive your punishment for hunting, injuring, and killing adventurers. I, the grand master of the adventurers guild, shall mete out your punishment personally. If you have anyst words, keep them to yourself.


    After those words were spoken, the unnamed hunter lost consciousness for the final time.


    [Luna POV]


    After trapping the hunter in a gen- I mean illusion, I pped the manacles onto his wrists, and he was instantly transported away. I turned around and walked in the direction that Velvet and Nia went. It didnt take long for me to catch up since it only took me a minute or two to take care of the hunter.


    Already done, Luna? (Velvet)


    Yeah. Im not going to waste my time with a small fry like that. (Luna)


    Think you can wake this guy up so he can lead us to his friends? (Nia)


    I pulled something out of my inventory and waved it under his nose. His face scrunched up in disgust and he woke up.


    Gah! What is that!?


    Goblin clothes. (Luna)


    Why would you carry something like that, Luna? Youre the one alwaysining about how horrible goblins smell. (Velvet)


    Because you never know when you need something like this. What I just did is a perfect example. (Luna)


    {Luna, that sounds just like Greys favorite saying.}


    Well, its true.


    Anyway, tell us where that guy was keeping your party and well help you get out of here. (Nia)


    Theyre just up ahead. When the three of you left earlier, he immediately cut my teacher again to keep him down.


    Then we need to hurry and treat that guy. Was he cut with the same weapon as the first time? (Luna)


    Yes.


    Then get us there now if you want him to survive. (Luna)


    Scrawny guy didnt reply and started to run. We followed behind him and after a few minutes of running we found the people we were looking for. The girl was sobbing and hugging the big guy who had another cut in his back.


    Brother!


    I walked over to them and asked the girl to move away so I could get to work. The wound this time was way worse thanst time. I immediately got rid of the curse and purified the thing that popped out. Then I casted a medium heal on him, and the wound was gone. His previous heavy breathing calmed down and his face rxed.


    Hes fine now. Just needs a good rest. Nia, Velvet, do you mind shouldering him for a while? (Luna)


    Hand him over. You two, after a few floors, itll be your turn to carry him. (Nia)


    Thank you for helping us. Said the girl, tears still flowing down her face.


    What about the guy that did this? What happened to him? Scrawny said with anger.


    Hes been taken care of. (Luna)


    Ok.


    We all started to make our way back to the surface. It was a slow journey, but we eventually made it back. Once we were out, night had already fallen, and the moon greeted us.


    As lovely as always.


    {Why thank you.}


    We brought the three people that were with us to their inn, then went to report to the guild branch about taking care of the hunter. Once that was done we headed to our inn and went to bed.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: How ruthless you are, Luna.


    Luna: Anyone like that deserves nothing less.


    I agree, the only good bandit or bandit-like person is a dead one.


    Luna: Exactly, the only exception to that is if they are someone like Robin Hood.


    Atmos: I think that is called a chivalrous thief, not a bandit.


    Atmos is correct.


    Luna: Then no mercy to bandits.

 Chapter 69: A Break from the Dungeon

    Chapter 69: A Break from the Dungeon


    [Luna POV]


    We continued our casual jaunt through the easy floors of the dungeon and were about to start the second half. From Nias information, the floors we were closing in on start to be bigger and have environments different from the surface and cave. Right now, we were on the stairs that led to floor 26. We just finished fighting what could be considered the mid-boss of the dungeon which was a manticore.


    Killing that thing was enough to raise my level by one. Now my stats looked like this:


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune(Two-tailed)</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 22</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 100%-S</strong>


    <strong>MP: 100%- SS


    </strong>


    <strong>Vit: A</strong>


    <strong>Def: B+</strong>


    <strong>Res: A+</strong>


    <strong>Str: A+</strong>


    <strong>Int: S</strong>


    <strong>Agi: S</strong>


    <strong>Dex: S</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 9, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.10, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.10, Stealth LV.9, Cooking LV.8, Sewing LV.7, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.10, Brushing Technique LV.10, Telepathy LV.8, Intimidation LV.4, Parallel Processing, Cartography LV.4</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman, Master Healer, Master of Space, Sage, Master Archer, Trap Master: Dismantling</strong>


    <strong>Depth:[emailprotected]#%^#%</strong>


    I need to work on some of my skills, Im not a fan of some of these not being maxed out. (Luna)


    Thats weird Luna. You realize skills are supposed to be hard to level after level five, right? (Velvet)


    Velvet, this is one of those things you need to give up on with Luna. Im actually surprised she hasnt already maxed out every skill she has. (Nia)


    Well, I dont have many opportunities to level stuff like cooking or sewing since, in the case of cooking, I have several meals I made stored in my inventory. As for sewing, I just havent bought any materials to do that. By the time were done with this dungeon Ill have cartography close to max, probably. (Luna)


    I knew you had the cooking skill, but I didnt know you had the sewing skill. (Velvet)


    It was a skill that Ana was adamant about me learning. Something about it being good for more than just making decorative things and making clothes. (Luna)


    Actually, its a skill we make the knights learn as well. It makes it easier to provide first aid on a battlefield. (Nia)


    Huh, Ive never thought of it that way since I have healing magic. (Luna)


    Well, I think you were taught that skill for cases where you dont have enough mana to use healing magic, but you recover mana at too fast a pace to worry about that. (Nia)


    Its still possible for me to run out of mana, you know. Like if I teleported from right here, I would run dry just teleporting myself. Also making physical illusions takes a stupid amount. Once I run outpletely, it takes longer to regenerate it. (Luna)


    Didnt you tell me you made a lot of really big physical illusions one time when you went to see the Goddess? (Velvet)


    That was different, that time Tamamo provided the mana, and I conjured the illusions. (Luna)


    Come to think of it, do gods have a limited mana pool? (Nia)


    {No.}


    Tamamo said no. (Luna)


    Honestly, I cant imagine the things youll do with infinite mana, Luna. (Velvet)


    I wont do that many crazy things. I think. (Luna)


    Thats one of the things you need to be certain about. (Velvet)


    We reached the bottom of the stairs and the first thing I thought when I saw the floor we just entered was: white. I looked up and saw an image of the sky, the ground in front of us was filled with snow and there was a coniferous forest in the distance. At that moment, I had a strong urge to transform into my fox form and dive headfirst into the snow, but I held back.


    To think the first time I see snow in this world would be in a dungeon. (Luna)


    Yeah, Savanna doesnt ever get snow so this is a nice surprise. (Velvet)


    A breeze blew across the area we were at and I noticed that Nia and Velvet were shivering.


    Are the two of you ok? (Luna)


    Its really cold. How are you fine? (Nia)


    I have two ice rted skills that make can make this cold feel hot inparison. (Luna)


    Didnt you tell me that you arent affected by the temperature of that skill. By that logic, you should be able to feel how cold it is here since this cold isnt from that skill. (Velvet)


    Hmm. I think I worded that exnation wrong, then. What I meant when I said that is that Im not affected by any cold. I can tell that it is cold, but I wont be negatively affected by it. (Luna)


    How nice. (Nia)


    As usual, I scanned the area with space magic and learned that I wont cover the entire floor anymore. I also found something weird, there was a structure just a little bit away from us.


    I found something weird, lets go see what it is before we head back for the day. (Luna)


    Fine.


    We walked towards the structure and found a temple-like building made of stone. Outside of the building was a cheap looking wooden sign. There was a message written on it that said:


    [Hey Luna, good to see that you got that problem you were having solved. I put this building here in hopes you could help me with something. Inside youll find several pirs of orichalcum set up in a circle. I was hoping you could enchant them with space magic to allow for teleportation.


    Since I knew you would be reaching here today, I sent Tomoe and a few more people to the guild branch by the dungeon to set up the second half of this construct. As a service, Ive temporarily decreased the atmospheric mana inside the building to allow you to teleport from that floor to the surface and connect the two ces. If this works well, Ill ask you to help with more of these when you get the Authority over space.


    -Grey]


    What are you going to do, Luna? (Nia)


    Ill do it, but I hope he realized that Im trying to keep my space magic a secret as much as possible. (Luna)


    As I said these words, another sign appeared next to the first one.


    [I know that, once youre done enchanting the pirs, teleport to the entrance. The only person that will be there is Tomoe.]


    So Grey, how long have you been listening to us? (Luna)


    A third sign appeared.


    [Noment.]


    Are you done messing around Luna? If you are, can you please hurry, its getting too cold for me to handle. (Velvet)


    On it. (Luna)


    I walked into the stone building and saw seven orichalcum pirs in the center of the room. I put my hand on one and started enchanting. It took a few minutes since I had to slightly modify the way the spell worked to make these pirs an anchor, but the sage and master of space titles helped cut down on the time that would take. Once I finished with the first pir, I moved onto the rest.


    When I finished enchanting all of them, I grabbed onto Nia and Velvet and teleported to the surface. Once there, I immediately saw Tomoe waiting for us. We went over to greet her and after that she led us to the receiving pirs. I enchanted them with the required enchantments and now there was a way to easily ess the second half of the dungeon without going through the first half.


    Thank you for this, Miss Luna, you dont know how much this will help the guild. (Tomoe)


    Its fine, I did this as a favor to Grey, so you dont need to be the one to thank me. (Luna)


    Right, I almost forgot. The three of you should take these. She handed each of us a small metal tag. Show these to the guild branch and youll be allowed to use this shortcut whenever you want for free.


    I see, he already had the idea to get adventurers to pay to use this. (Nia)


    Yes, Princess Nia. The grand master has wanted to do something like this for a while, but there hasnt been a good enough space magic user around until Miss Luna came along. (Tomoe)


    Is there anything else I need to do? (Luna)


    Not that I know of. (Tomoe)


    We chatted with Tomoe some more until the other guild staff that came here with her showed up. They told her that she was needed to finalize some things in the guild branch.


    It seems like I have to end our chat here. Pleasee and talk with me again the next time youre all in the capital. (Tomoe)


    As Tomoe walked away, I turned toward Nia and Velvet and asked if they wanted to do anything the rest of the day.


    Well, since we have a lot of time now, how about we rx some? We have been diving nonstop for a while and need a break. (Nia)


    I second this decision. (Velvet)


    Then a break we shall take. Ill even ask the inn owner if I can borrow the kitchen and cook something. (Luna)


    Didnt you say you have a lot of food in your inventory? (Velvet)


    I do but eating that wont raise the skill level. (Luna)


    If I can make a request, please dont ruin normal cooking for me. (Nia)


    Dont worry Nia, as of now, Im only at the level that you usually get in the castle. (Luna)


    Thats fine, then. (Nia)


    Is it though? (Velvet)


    We headed to the inn while having this conversation. When we got there, I asked the owner and he agreed to my request after I paid him some extra and promised him that he could have some as well. I spent the rest of the day cooking, and the others ate what I made. At one point Tomoe and the other guild employees Grey sent here entered the inn and joined in.


    After a while, the whole thing turned into a bigmotion for some reason, but I didnt care since it was fun. Just before I finished for the night, I decided to make some things for me and Tamamo since the full moon wasing up in a few days.


    Tamamo, you like fried tofu, right?


    {Its my favorite.}


    Then we will have as much as my ingredients allow.


    {Oh. Lunas home cooking, how nice.}


    Well, you did ask me to pamper you this time, so why not go all out?


    {Ufufufufu. I didnt think you would take it that seriously.}


    Of course, I would. Id do anything for you Tamamo. Be it pamper you, sleep next to you, create an Authority to match with you, anything.


    {Id do the same for you Luna.}


    I cooked up a literal mountain of fried tofu to share with Tamamo and then went to the room we were staying in to turn in for the night. Nia and Velvet were already there and were getting ready to go to bed.


    Finally finished? (Velvet)


    Yeah, I was just making some things for me and Tamamo. Now Im all out of ingredients for fried tofu. I said as I pulled out my letter boxes to send out my daily letters. I noticed that there was one waiting for me when I opened it. I looked it over and saw it was from Uncle Rex.


    Nia, Uncle Rex sent a letter. (Luna)


    Let me see it. (Nia)


    I handed her the letter and she broke its seal and read it.


    It seems like we need to extend our break for a few days. (Nia)


    Why? (Velvet)


    Drome is announcing Pneuma bing the crown princess and I need to be there. (Nia)


    Want to leave tomorrow? (Luna)


    That would be best. Rex sent this assuming we would teleport back. (Nia)


    When is the announcement? (Velvet)


    Two days from now. There will be another noble party after it as well. Will you being to that, Luna? (Nia)


    If you want me to, Ille to the announcement, but I cant go to the party. That night is the full moon. (Luna)


    Thats fine, though youll have to attend the announcement as Luna Reed, the daughter of Marquis Deacon Reed, not Luna the adventurer, since only nobles are allowed in the announcement venue. (Nia)


    And the dress code? (Luna)


    Formal dress. I can have one prepared for you just before the event. (Nia)


    Want me to include that in the letters I send out tonight? (Luna)


    Sure. Just hand me some paper. (Nia)


    Since this is an important event should I attend as a Belmont? (Velvet)


    Is that something you do? (Luna)


    It would be in Savanna. Elizabeth will probably be there, so I thought I might as well go. (Velvet)


    Then Ill ask for another dress to be made. (Nia)


    Me and Nia quickly wrote the letters and I sent them off. I then started to get ready for bed when Nia asked me something else.


    Before I forget again, Luna, since Pneuma will be the ruler of the country in the future, shell eventually learn about the secrets you told Drome. Do you want to let her know after she officially bes queen or after the announcement? (Nia)


    I doubt itll change much either way, but I guess I dont mind letting her know early. Just let me take part in the conversation when it happens. (Luna)


    I was never going to exclude you from that. (Nia)


    We discussed a few more things then we all went to sleep. The night went quickly and the next day we left the inn for a while. Before we set off again, the inn owner told me that the next time we came back, he would make something on par with what I made the night before.


    Once we made it far enough from any prying eyes, I teleported us to Nias vi. The second we appeared, Bas was already there to greet us.


    Wee back. Princess Nia, the king has asked to see you when you arrived back.


    Thank you Bas, Ill head over there right away. Luna, Velvet, Ill be backter. (Nia)


    Ok.


    [Nia POV]


    I made my way to Dromes office and knocked on the door.


    Youre already back, Nia? He said when I entered.


    Yes, Lunas space magic is really handy. What did you need to talk to me about?


    The things we discussed with Pneuma about Lady Lunas secrets.


    She agreed to tell Pneuma after the announcement. She and Velvet will also attend the announcement, but not the party afterward.


    Lady Belmont will alsoe?


    She said that she would since its the announcement of a sessor to the throne. She also said that the Bthory ns leader would be there.


    I knew about that. They are, for all intents and purposes, this countrys ck ops after all. I just wonder how she will be there during the day.


    Probably the same way Velvet walks around under the sun.


    Why wont they attend the party afterward?


    Velvet hates parties like that for the same reason I did when I was younger. As for Luna, she has prior arrangements. I think we can have the discussion with Pneuma the day after.


    Alright, well hold the discussion in your vi.


    Sounds good.


    With the business side of things done, how has the dungeon diving been?


    Good. We managed to reach floor 26 yesterday.


    Thats fast. Are the two of them that strong, or are you the one doing most of the work?


    No, if anything, Luna is the one who has done more work. Shes the only one out of the three of us that can do anything with traps. We were on the fifth floorst week and it had more traps than normal.


    What do you mean by that?


    We couldnt go two steps without running into a trap.


    Do you need to report that to the guild?


    No, all of that had something to do with Lunas circumstances and its been taken care of.


    Ill leave it at that then. Do you know a rough time youll be done with clearing the dungeon?


    If absolutely nothing goes wrong, then well finish by the new year.


    Thats sooner than I expected.


    Well, the grand master prepared something thatll make it easier to get to the deeper part of the dungeon faster recently, so that will take away a lot of the travel time.


    I havent heard anything about that.


    Well, it only happened yesterday, so youll probably get a report sooner orter. Is there anything else you needed from me?


    No. Ill inform Pneuma about what we talked about in a bit. What are you going to do now?


    Im going to see the queen for a bit. I sent a letter to Rexst night asking him to deliver a request to her.


    Oh. Did you use one of those letter boxes that the adventurers guild started using recently?


    Yes. Though I used Lunas personal one.


    She has a personal letter box?


    Naturally. Shes the one who invented them.


    Do you think shell consider making a few for the kingdom?


    If you make it a request through the guild and prepare the materials beforehand.


    Ill do that at ater time then.


    Now if youll excuse me, Ill go.


    Very well.


    I left Dromes office to find the queen when I ran into her walking in my direction.


    Why if it isnt Nia.


    Hello Mythra.


    Will you lead me to the two that you wanted me to make dresses for? I need to see them in person in order to see what will work for them.


    Follow me then. I think youll be overjoyed when you meet them, especially Luna.


    Ive been meaning to ask to meet her for a while. I need to apologize to her for my foolish sons actions.


    I think it would be better to leave it alone.


    I cant do that, Nia. Its something that needs to be done and I know if Zeke himself tried, it wouldnt end well.


    Suit yourself. Ill let you know now that all you should do is apologize and move on, dont drag it out.


    Ill do that. Onto other matters, what kind of dresses do you think they will like?


    Ill leave the final decision to you and them, but for Luna, try not to make it stand out too much.


    Why?


    We dont want another incident like Zekes.


    I understand, Ill try to make her dress as modest as possible.


    We continued this conversation all the way back to my vi. When Mythra met Luna and Velvet, she got really excited. The only times she got this way was when she made dresses for Pneuma, so I knew she probably forgot what we discussed on the way here. After that, things went quickly and she finished the dresses in record time and the day for the announcement arrived.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: Hey Luna, tell me how you''re going to pamper Tamamo.


    Luna: I refuse. Let me have my Tamamo time for myself.


    Atmos: C''mon, I''ll give you a bow that shoots arrows that only aim for the knee.


    Luna: Give something like that to Lia or Apollo.


    Atmos: But those two won''t understand the joke.


    Luna: Do you even understand the joke?


    Atmos: No, but you, Grey, and ke do.


    Me and the readers do as well.


    Atmos: Then will you tell me Author?


    No.


    Atmos: Gah! Fine, I''ll just watch from here then.


    Tamamo: No you won''t.


    Atmos: NOOOOOOOO!


    Luna: Where did you send her, Tamamo?


    Tamamo: The Atmos istion room. That''s where we send her when she gets too prank happy.


    To think that there was a room just for that.


    Tamamo: It was necessary after she got the idea that it was funny to throw cakes in everyone''s faces. That was a horrible 100 years.


    I''ll guard the door for you then.


    Tamamo and Luna: Thanks.

 Side Chapter 11: Pneumas Announcement and Learned Secrets

    Side Chapter 11: Pneuma''s Announcement and Learned Secrets


    [Pneuma POV]


    The day of my appointment to crown princess has arrived and Im nervous. At first, I was worried about Zeke hating me for taking the position that was originally his, but instead he was ecstatic. Now, Im worried about making a fool of myself in front of the people of the country. Most of the nobles will be here and the event will also be projected to the people outside of the castle.


    Right now, Im sitting in a room next to the throne room, waiting to be called for the big moment. Mother is also with me and is saying things that I cant hear due to the nerves. She notices that Im not listening to her, so she stops and gives me a smile. Seeing that, I calmed down a little.


    You have nothing to worry about, Pneuma. All you need to do is go in there, kneel in front of your father and say yes.


    I know that. The thing Im worried about is the things I have to do at the party tonight.


    Youll do fine, youve been practicing your speech since that night you decided to do this.


    I heard a knock on the door which was the signal for me to go.


    Im off, mother.


    Youll do great.


    I left the room and proceeded to the big doors of the throne room. I heard the announcer announcing my arrival and the doors swung open slowly. Inside the throne room I could see the nobles lining up on the sides of the room. I walked in with steady steps and proceeded towards my father.


    I took several nces to the sides to watch the reactions of the nobles. Most of them showed happy expressions, but I knew a few of them were just masks. Once I got to the ce where higher ranked nobles and foreign nobility stood, I saw Miss Luna standing there.


    She was wearing a nice formal dress that reminded me of some of the ones I had. It didnt stand out as much as the kimono she wore the night I met her, but it still made her presence known.


    She gave me an encouraging smile when I passed by her, which I appreciated. After that, I stopped in front of my father and kneeled. He was wearing his kingly attire with his ck and gold trimmed mantle. He stood up from the throne and spoke.


    I have gathered all of you here today to announce my sessor. While I dont n on abdicating anytime soon, I figured that this is something that should not be put off. As for my choice, I have chosen my daughter, Pneuma de Celestia.


    He paused for a moment to look around the room then turned his attention to me.


    Princess Pneuma, do you swear to uphold thews and dignity of the Celestia Kingdom?


    Yes.


    Do you swear to protect the people and ensure their prosperity in the future?


    Yes.


    Do you swear to not back down in the face of adversity in your rule?


    Yes.


    Then rise, Pneuma de Celestia, as the Crown Princess of the Celestia Kingdom.


    I stood from my kneeling position and turned to face the crowd of nobles.


    Let it be known, today the crown princess has taken her first step onto the path to the future of this kingdom! May her reign be long and prosperous!


    Once father finished his deration, the nobles apuded and horns were blown outside, signaling the end of the ceremony. After that, the day went by quickly and it was time for the party.


    I was again waiting in a separate room from the venue. This time, mother was joined by Aunt Nia. They were talking about how I did earlier which made me feel a little embarrassed.


    Its almost time, Pneuma. Youll do great, just go out there confidently and no one will question you. (Nia)


    Thats easy for you to say, Aunt Nia. (Pneuma)


    Shes right, Pneuma. If you go out there like your usual confident self, then no one will doubt that youre the right person to follow. (Mythra)


    I took a deep breath which calmed me down.


    Thank you both, I think I can do this. (Pneuma)


    Of course, you can. (Mythra)


    Since I still have a few minutes, can I ask if Ill see Lady Luna here tonight? (Pneuma)


    Unfortunately, she has a prior arrangement tonight that take precedence over this. However, you will get to meet her tomorrow. (Nia)


    Is it too much to ask what that prior arrangement is? (Pneuma)


    She gets to see her future wife tonight. (Nia)


    Oh my. Is she engaged to someone from this kingdom? (Mythra)


    No, her circumstances are justplicated. Its a part of the discussion we will have tomorrow. (Nia)


    Then I look forward to tomorrow. (Pneuma)


    It was then that father entered the room.


    Pneuma, its time for you to enter and give your speech.


    Iming father.


    I left the room with father, and we stopped at the entrance of the party hall.


    Are you ready, Pneuma?


    As much as I can be father.


    He gave me a small smile then said; Then, let us proceed. Give those nobles every reason they should follow you.


    Yes.


    We entered the room to the ring of fanfare. Father led me onto the tform used to give announcements and the room quieted down. I stepped up to the center and started to speak.


    I thank you all foring here tonight to celebrate my bing the crown princess. I will ensure that the kingdom will prosper under me and that our names will be remembered throughout history. I will make this kingdom a shining beacon that illuminates the world like the full moon that does in the sky this night.


    Out of the corner of my eye, I could see father make a small reaction to my words, but I didnt stop speaking. My speech went on for a few more minutes hyping up the prosperity of the kingdom and how I was looking forward to the nobles continued support and h h h. Once I was done, I was awarded with apuse and cheers of Long live Princess Pneuma.


    After that, the night continued on like any other noble party. I greeted andplimented. There were a few more proposals than normal, but nothing that I havent handled before. By the time the party was over, I was mentally exhausted. When I made it to my room, I just barely managed to not fall asleep in my dress.


    When I woke up the next day, I was still a bit tired, but I knew that I had an important meeting to go to. I got up and the maids helped me get dressed. I left my room and got some breakfast, then went to fathers office. Just as I was about to knock on the door, it opened and father was walking out.


    I see, you have perfect timing, Pneuma. Follow me and well go and meet Lady Luna.


    I simply nodded my head in agreement, and we started walking in the direction of Aunt Nias vi. When we arrived, we were greeted by Aunt Nias butler, Bas. He was his usual perfect butler self and led us to the most secure meeting room in the vi. Once the door shut behind us, the anti-eavesdropping magic tool activated.


    There were several other people in the room. Aunt Nia and Lady Luna were obviously there, but I was surprised to see mother here. There was also one other person that I didnt know, but I assumed she had some rtion to Lady Luna since she was sitting next to her.


    Good morning, King Drome, Crown Princess Pneuma. (Luna)


    There is no need to be formal like that Lady Luna, especially from you. (Drome)


    I just thought I should show some respect. (Luna)


    I was a bit confused about what was going on. There arent many people that father talks to like he is in the lower position, but that is the feeling I got when he spoke to Lady Luna. I looked over to him hoping he would borate. He noticed my look and started to speak.


    Pneuma what you are going to hear must not be spoke of outside of this room. The information we will tell you is on the level of a national secret and only very few people in the world know this. (Drome)


    To start off, do you remember what you asked me on the night of Zekes screw up? (Nia)


    The question of why you spoke about multiple people judging his actions? (Pneuma)


    Yes. I worded it that way because there were two people that would have done something to Zeke if he went any further. The first is Luna, and the other one id the Goddess of the Moon. (Nia)


    When I heard this, my eyes went wide in shock and my jaw hit the floor.


    Why would the Goddess of the Moon judge Zeke? (Pneuma)


    {Because he was thinking of courting Luna, even though she is already mine.}


    I looked around for the source of the beautiful voice, but I didnt see anyone else besides the people that were already in the room. Just when I was going to ask who said that, I noticed the mirror floating in the middle of the table.


    Now Tamamo, thats in the past, you already know I wouldnt answer him in the first ce. (Luna)


    {Thats true.}


    Hearing this, I put the pieces together.


    So, Lady Luna is engaged to the Goddess of the Moon? (Pneuma)


    Yes. (Drome)


    Lady Luna turned the mirrors face to me, and I saw the image of a woman that held the beauty of a goddess. From what I could see in the mirror, she had long silver hair and shining golden eyes.


    {There are a lot of other things about Luna you will learn today, but I ask that you remain her friend.}


    Of course. I replied instantly.


    The goddess smiled at my reply and Aunt Nia spoke.


    Pneuma, eventually Luna will also be a goddess and she will be the patron god of this country. When that happens, you will be required to work with the shrine she blesses to ensure that we uphold the values she wants us to. (Nia)


    Ill say it right now that I dont n on changing much at the moment. (Luna)


    I understand, when that timees, Ill do my best. (Pneuma)


    Fufufufu. You dont need to be so nervous, Pneuma. For the time being Im still mortal, so this is all talk for the future. (Luna)


    I get that, its just a lot of information to take in. Im also relieved that I steeped in when I did the first day we met. I dont want to imagine what Zeke would have gone through. (Pneuma)


    I wouldnt have physically harmed him. Just trapped him in an illusion temporarily. (Luna)


    {I would have used some light gravity magic to make him shorter, nothing more.}


    Thats only something you can do after three mess ups, not two. (Velvet)


    {Yes Velvet.}


    Not you too Goddess. (Velvet)


    The only person I didnt know got flustered when Lady Luna and the Goddess jokingly replied to her.


    Anyway, do you have any questions, Pneuma? (Luna)


    Hmm. Why be an adventurer? (Pneuma)


    Because I need to get stronger if I want to be a goddess and join Tamamo. Thats also part of the reason why Im trying to clear the dungeon here. (Luna)


    Im curious about that as well. Though I have no problem with you being in this country, why did you need to specifically go to this dungeon? (Drome)


    That has to do with who I was in my past life and the reason that I was the one to execute the two mongrels a month ago. (Luna)


    At this point I was lost again, but it seems like father knew what Lady Luna was talking about.


    So, you were the one that was killed in the dungeon? (Drome)


    Yep, and it was not pleasant. Who would think spears impaling you from every angle would be a good trap? But thats also in the past and Im over it now. (Luna)


    We all talked a bit more when father said he needed to get to work soon. I was going to go with him in order to learn how to do what he does.


    Before I go, I must ask where you will be going next, Lady Luna? (Drome)


    Im thinking the demon empire. There are several things there that I want to take care of, but that is a long way off from now. By the time I want to take care of the most important thing over there I want to have five tails, but I currently only have two. Is what she said while taking off the ne she was wearing, revealing a second tail that was the same as the other one.


    When I saw the number of tails increased, I understood the reason Zeke wanted to pet them. Just by seeing them I was tempted to drop all pretense and bury my hands and face into the fluff.


    {Luna, you should put the ne back on. The crown princess is being drawn in.}


    So, its starting to happen through sight now? (Luna)


    {You did go up a level recently, I think it will get more effective the stronger you get.}


    But it was just one level. (Luna)


    {Think of it this way, Luna. Your first tail reached full abyss level already and the more levels you get with your second tail the closer it is to the level of your first tail.}


    So, youre saying that my second tail is only at abyss level two? (Luna)


    {Yes.}


    Goddess, once Luna gets even more tails, will we need to upgrade the illusion item she is wearing? (Velvet)


    {No, it should work fine enough, though if thats not good enough you could always add some things to it.}


    If you want, I have some adamantite tags that would fit that ne. You can enchant them as needed. (Nia)


    How many do you have? (Luna)


    I have five. (Nia)


    If each tag hid one tail, then including the ne that hides one, I would still be one short of hiding every tail but one. (Luna)


    I could give you one more tag like Aunt Nia is talking about. (Pneuma)


    You can? (Nia)


    Why are you surprised by that Nia? You know that Pneuma has always looked up to you. She got those a little after you did so that she could copy you. (Mythra)


    Mother! You didnt have to say that in front of all these people! (Pneuma)


    Of course, I did. Its a mothers privilege to embarrass their child in front of their friends. (Mythra)


    This made everyoneugh and my face to turn red. After a few minutes something dawned upon Lady Luna. She looked over to her friend and asked.


    Please tell me my mom didnt do that when I wasnt around Velvet. (Luna)


    She didnt. (Velvet)


    {Shes saying that because thats what you told her to say.}


    Lady Luna looked at Miss Velvet with dead eyes.


    Now calm down Luna, I was just joking. (Velvet)


    Lady Luna didnt say anything and just moved her tail across Miss Velvets hands. In that instant Miss Velvet stopped moving.


    You will tell me what she told youter, then you will forget it. Is that clear? (Luna)


    Yes.


    {Wasnt that a bit excessive, Luna?}


    Youre no better. Anytime Atmos tries to tell me any of your embarrassing stories, you immediately send her to the Atmos istion room. (Luna)


    {}


    *Sigh* You almost made it not breaking the serious atmosphere, Luna. (Nia)


    Father and I left after having augh with everyone.


    So, what do you think, Pneuma?


    The future seems to be bright, with someone like that bing our patron goddess.


    I agree.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: Tch. I didn''t get to see Tamamo getting pampered.


    That will happen in the next chapter, I wanted to get the secrets revealed now so I don''t have to give them a Luna POV chapter.


    Atmos: Want to focus on the diabetes inducing stuff without serious undertones?


    Yep.


    Atmos: I respect that.


    By the way, I heard you liked to cake people in the face before. Where did you get that inspiration?


    Atmos: From a certain Ice Goddess. I though it was hrious, so I imitated her, though I''ll never reach her mastery, I still strive to prank like her one day.


    I guess I should give you Authority over Pranks in this novel then.


    Atmos: Really!


    Why not? I don''t have any ns to make a god of pranks since you already fulfill that role.


    Atmos: It seems my Dao has progresses quite well then.


    Hey! This isn''t that kind of novel!


    Atmos: It was just a joke.


    And I was ying the straightman to your joke.


    Atmos: And you did a damn good job.


    Thanks.

 Chapter 70: Pampering the Moon Goddess

    Chapter 70: Pampering the Moon Goddess


    [Luna POV]


    Once Nia got back from meeting her brother, she had another person with her. That person turned out to be the queen as well as the person Nia asked to make us dresses. When she saw us, she got a bright gleam in her eyes and she immediately asked for our measurements and what kind of fabrics we liked.


    After that everything else was a blur and then next day we had formal dresses handed to us to try on. We did and any problems were fixed. After that was the day of the announcement. I stood in the throne room at the end of a line of nobles. Velvet was next to me, and Nia was on the other side right across from us.


    There was some fanfare yed and Pneuma entered the throne room. She walked down the line of nobles with a dignified atmosphere. I could see that she nced around at the people as she passed by them, so I decided to give her a smile when she noticed me.


    When I did that, she seemed to rx a bit and the rest was quick. Drome stood up from his throne and asked Pneuma if she would do this and that for the kingdom to which she answered yes and then she stood up and turned toward the crowd.


    Drome dered Pneuma the crown princess and the room erupted into apuse and horns were blown outside. I was happy to be wearing the sound dampening magic tools because it was all a bit too loud for my taste. After that Velvet and I went back to Nias vi and spent the rest of the day doing random stuff. I was raising the skill level of my sewing skill and Velvet was watching me and trying to learn the skill as well. Time passed quickly as we did this and before I knew it, it was evening.


    Have fun tonight, Luna.


    I n on it. See you tomorrow.


    I went to the room that Ive been staying in during my time here and immediately fell asleep. I woke up again in Tamamos ce and saw her waiting for me.


    Im here, my precious Tamamo.


    {Wee back, my adorable Luna.}


    I went up to Tamamo and gave her a deep kiss before backing up a bit.


    Before I get to the pampering, Ill give you the gift that Ive been waiting to give you.


    I pulled out the mirror that I was giving Tamamo, and it instantly floated over to her like it knew she was its owner. Once Tamamo touched it, a light shone briefly, and the mirror started floating around her. I pulled out my own mirror and it started to do the same. They floated faster and faster then came to a sudden stop in front of us. The faces of the mirrors had a sort of fog in them that became clearer and clearer until I could see Tamamos face through it.


    d to know they work.


    {I agree. With these, Ill even be able to talk to others without you or Velvet rying the message.}


    I decided to put my mirror away and Tamamo sent hers off to somewhere.


    Nowe with me Tamamo. I have some nice things nned for tonight.


    We walked a bit then I pulled out a table and two chairs. I then brought out all of the fried tofu I made the other day.


    {Why is there only one pair of chopsticks, Luna?}


    Because you wont be needing any. If Im going to pamper you, Im going to go all out in doing so. To start out Im going to feed you. Now sit and say aaahhh.


    Tamamo sat down and said aaahhh and I picked up some fried tofu with the chopsticks and fed it to her. Once she was done with that piece she started to speak.


    {This is even better than thest thing you cooked for me Luna.}


    I would hope so, I managed to get the cooking skill to level nine. If this isnt good, Ill have failed as a chef.


    I ced another piece in her mouth and we continued doing this for a bit. I never knew just how much Tamamo liked fried tofu because she ate all of it. Once this was done, I decided to move onto the next thing.


    Now I will move onto brushing your tails. I managed to find a very nice scented oil that will also give your tails a glossy sheen. Perfect for you to show that your tails are just as beautiful as the rest of you.


    I pulled out the bottle of oil and applied it to Tamamos first tail, the smell of warm vani started spreading around.


    {How did you know I love this smell, Luna? I dont think I ever mentioned it.}


    Fufufufu. All I had to do is ask Atmos through Grey. She told me a few things that you liked, so I wanted to prepare them. Unfortunately, this scented oil was the only thing I could find before tonight, but its a start.


    {Then tell me things you like, and Ill prepare them for next time.}


    But you already have. Youre right here and Im still holding onto the coffee from that time. The only other thing I would want, I need to make for myself. The best I can do with it right now is make an illusion of it, which Ill need your help withter tonight.


    Although she was facing away from me, I could see her blushing from my words.


    {Thats no fair, Luna. Youre making it hard for me to find ways to make you as happy as me.}


    But you just existing make me so happy I can barely contain myself.


    She quickly turned around as I said this and gave me a deep kiss thatsted for several minutes.


    Now now, there will be time for thatter Tamamo, I need to finish brushing your tails first.


    {Ufufufu. Its fine, you can consider that as you also pampering me.}


    I smiled in reply and went back to her tails. This took about two hours to finish.


    Once I was done, I stood up and went over to the couch we always sat on when I was here.


    Come andy down Tamamo. Its my turn to give you ap pillow.


    {Dont mind if I do.}


    Sheid down and put her head on myp. I started running my fingers through her hair and she started to let out a purring sound.


    Fufufufu. You sound more like a cat than a fox right now.


    {Ufufufu. Foxes also purr Luna. You do so quite a bit when youre asleep.}


    I didnt know that. Anyway, will you lend me your mana? Its time to give you a glimpse of the future.


    {Take as much as you want.}


    She started to pour her mana into me, and I was ovee with a warm, pleasant feeling. I pointed up to the sky and it exploded into innumerable sparkling stars.


    This is the thing I will bring with me, Tamamo. Your moon will never again be lonely in the night sky.


    I looked down to see her reaction and saw her eyes wide and tears running down her face.


    {Its so beautiful Luna. I cant think of any other words to describe it.}


    Beautiful is enough.


    Tamamo continued to look up into the sky while I continued to watch her. We spent a lot of time doing this, but I wanted to continue pampering Tamamo. It was an addicting feeling.


    While I would like to make a bath and wash your back, I dont think we have the time for that, so how about we do something else. Do you have any requests?


    {I request that you kiss me until you are forced to leave.}


    I didnt say anything and leaned in to kiss her. I stole her lips and we remained locked in each others embrace until my body started to shine. As I was moving my head away from her, I got a strange urge and acted on it. Instead of sitting straight up, I move my head to the top of Tamamos and took a yful bite on her ear.


    {Mikon!} She eximed in surprise.


    Fufufufufufufufufufufufu! That is the price you pay for asking me to pamper you so much, Tamamo.


    {Very well, Luna. Ill have my revenge next time then.}


    Im looking forward to it.


    My vision faded and I found myself back in Nias vi.


    I believe that went well.


    Author''s Note:


    I can''t tell if it''s hot in here in the sea of sugar because of the 90F weather, or Luna and Tamamo''s flirting.

 Chapter 71: Last Days of the Break

    Chapter 71: Last Days of the Break


    [Luna POV]


    Since it was really early and I was still riding the high of being with Tamamo, I decided to put this excess energy into something productive. I left my room and went to the main lounge of the vi. I pulled out my sewing stuff and went to work.


    I was just mindlessly working when I got an idea for something I can do for Tamamo in the future. I decided to start humming and singing in my head so I could eventually get the skill.


    Hmm, hmm, hmm, hm, hm, hm. Hm, hm, hmm, hm, hm, hm, hmm, hm, hmm.


    I was in my own little world when someone else came into the room. They walked over to me and sat down. I was too into my work to really pay attention to them and the only reason I knew they were there was due to presence detection. Once I reached a stopping point, I looked up to see who it was.


    Morning Luna.


    Morning Nia, how was the partyst night?


    It was good. The only thing that was different from thest one was Pneuma giving a speech. From the expression on your face, I assume your night was great.


    Of course. I never knew how good if felt to pamper someone, but now that I know, I cant get enough of it.


    It was then that I felt something. It took me a few seconds to figure out what it was, but eventually I figured it out. I took my mirror out of my inventory and the first thing I saw was Tamamos face. I looked around and then waved my hand. This triggered a space barrier that Ive been working on.


    What did you just do, Luna?


    Set up a barrier to keep people out. No one can get in here now without my permission.


    Why did you do that?


    {Because Im here right now.}


    Goddess!?


    {Hello Nia.}


    I turned the mirror to face Nia and Tamamo waved at her.


    So, this is how the mirrors work. No wonder theyre divine artifacts.


    {By the way Luna, why are you starting to sing?}


    So I can one up the me fromst night.


    {I look forward to that. By the way, please dont pull a stunt like you did just before you left again.}


    Why not?


    {Because I wont be able to hold myself back if you do.}


    And thats a bad thing why?


    {Because we wont be able to satisfy each other in only one night.}


    Fine.


    Are the two of you done?


    Sorry about that Nia.


    Its fine since I understand how the two of you feel, but please try and at least act serious for the rest of the morning. You do remember that you have a meeting with Pneuma today, right?


    Just then I felt something trying to get into the barrier. I used more space magic to see who it was and discovered Queen Mythra was here.


    Nia the queen is here, do you want me to let her in?


    You can, she is trustworthy.


    I opened a hole in the barrier at the door and the queen walked in.


    Good morning. Nia, why couldnt I get in until just now? (Mythra)


    Luna set up a barrier since we didnt want people toe in here. I told her you were trustworthy, and she let you in. (Nia)


    Why would you not want people toe in here, Lady Luna? (Mythra)


    {Because my presence here is something that we keep secret.}


    Who said that? (Mythra)


    I made my mirror float closer to Queen Mythra and Tamamo spoke again.


    {I did. I am the Goddess of the Moon and Lunas future wife. Pleased to meet you.}


    Queen Mythra stood there dumbstruck for a minute beforeing back to reality. She then leapt into the air andnded prostrate in front of me and my mirror.


    I deeply apologize for my sons foolish actions! (Mythra)


    Its fine, all of that is in the past now. (Luna)


    {What Luna said, Ill ept this apology, just make sure he behaves if he ever meets Luna again.}


    Its just like I told you, Mythra. They already let it go. (Nia)


    Thank you, and you were right, Nia. (Mythra)


    Queen Mythra got up off the floor and went to sit by Nia. Since I dont get to do it often, I brought out a tea set I had in my inventory and served everyone that could drink it.


    Sorry I cant give you any Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Its fine, I have some coffee here.}


    Gah. I should have made some for myself to keep in my inventory. (Luna)


    {Didnt you do that when you made it for the two of us?}


    I didnt, I was too preupied trying to find the right moment to give you your ring back then, so all I did was put the stuff to make it into my inventory. (Luna)


    {Ill lend you some mana next time so you can make yourself some.}


    Thanks. Ill pamper you extra for that. (Luna)


    Nia, is it always like this for them? (Mythra)


    No, well, maybe? Its the first time Im seeing the full conversation. Usually, all of this is going on through telepathy between them. (Nia)


    Honestly, it reminds me of how me and Drome were before he took the throne. (Mythra)


    Ipletely understand, Rex and I were the same before he got so busy. (Nia)


    Youre just as busy though. (Mythra)


    Thats true. (Nia)


    Oh right, was there something you needed, Queen Mythra? (Luna)


    Just Mythra is fine, and I came here early so I could join the meeting with Pneuma. (Mythra)


    I see. Since we still have some time before that, can I ask your opinion on this? I asked while handing my sewing over to Mythra.


    She took it from me and started inspecting it.


    Very impressive. I would say that this would be sought after by many nobledies for cold weather. If I had to tell you about improving anything, I would say you need to work on the lines in the patterns. (Mythra)


    I see. Guess I cant brute force my way with a level eight skill and S rank Dex. (Luna)


    While I would like toment on that, this is more a problem with trying to do something that a master of the craft can do with the experience of a beginner. Is there anyone you are making this for? (Mythra)


    I was going to give it to Nia since the floor we are currently on in the dungeon is a snowy one. (Luna)


    I thought you were making that for the Goddess. (Velvet)


    When did you get in here, Velvet? (Nia)


    Just a moment ago. (Velvet)


    No, Im going to make something for Tamamo at another point in time. (Luna)


    {I guess I need to up my game as well if I want to keep up with you Luna.}


    Fufufufu. You can just leave all of that to me Tamamo. Ive awakened to the pleasure of pampering you, and I want to do it as much as possible. (Luna)


    {You have to remember that that goes both ways, Luna. I enjoy pampering you just as much.}


    There they go again. (Nia)


    I guess this is what its like in Lunas head all the time. (Velvet)


    Hahaha. Lets just leave them be. (Mythra)


    We all continued this way until the meeting time. We moved to the secure meeting room and Pneuma and Drome arrived shortly after. The meeting went well, though the end was a little chaotic.


    Nia, I messed up and now Velvet will be out ofmission for the rest of the day. (Luna)


    NoImfine. Just dontdothat again. (Velvet)


    {Good job bouncing back from that this quickly Velvet.}


    Thank youGoddess. (Velvet)


    What depth are you at now? (Luna)


    30% (Velvet)


    I expected a bit more since the fluff levels rise with my actual level apparently. Now that I think about it, I need to start getting Nia submerged as well. (Luna)


    What do you mean, Luna? (Nia)


    Since youre family, I want to get you used to my Abyssal Fluff and the only way to do that is to get you to brush or pet my tails or my fox form. Excluding Tamamo and Atmos, Velvet is the only one who has a modicum of resistance to it, and I dont want to drive my family insane from fluff. (Luna)


    What about Soleil? Isnt she also resistant? (Nia)


    Soleil was a whole different problem, but the short of it was that all of her resistance and obsession was due to the charm skill which is now gone. (Luna)


    A word of advice Nia, get this done sooner rather thanter. (Velvet)


    Then we can do that in a bit. What time do you want to go back to the dungeon? (Nia)


    Tomorrow? (Luna)


    Why was that a question? (Velvet)


    Because I was asking for you opinion Velvet. Youre a member of the party as well, so I need to ask your thoughts on decisions like this. (Luna)


    In that case, Im fine with going back tomorrow. That is, if Nia is recovered enough from her experience with your abyss, Luna. (Velvet)


    Then its settled. We leave tomorrow at the earliest and the day after at thetest. Since my tails are freshly brushed, just petting one is fine, so have at it, Nia. (Luna)


    She ced her hand on my tail and was immediately transfixed. She pet my tail a few times before Velvet knocked her out.


    Well, that didnt take long.


    Of course, it didnt, Luna. Why would you expect it would?


    Because nothing is different between you and other people, but you resist it much more than anyone but Tamamo and Atmos. I know that you have a higher depth, but still.


    {Youll learn in due time, Luna, just be patient.}


    I understand.


    We brought Nia to her room and then went out to the city to get some things for the environmental floors of the dungeon. I was almost done with the things for cold that I was giving to Nia and Velvet, but I didnt know what the other floors would be like, so we bought stuff for every kind of environment we could think of.


    When we got back to the vi, it was already getting dark. I checked up on Nia, but she was still asleep. I told Velvet this and we decided to go to bed ourselves. The next day Nia was still a bit out of it so we decided that dungeon diving would be restarted the next day.


    I finished my sewing and gained the singing skill and Velvet managed to get the sewing skill. I gave Nia and Velvet the scarves I was working on, and their reactions made me feel a sense of pride. Velvets an artistically embroidered whip-sword design, while Nias had fox and cat motifs. By the end of the day, Nia waspletely recovered so we were ready to go in the morning.


    Author''s Note:


    So I''ve had an idea for the arc following Luna getting her sixth tail, but I wanted the opinion of thements. How do you feel about stories where a person reincarnates into an otome game? I think that it might be good as an arc, but as of now it''s only an idea. I might even change my mind by the time we get there, but I want to keep my options open. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 72: Key Item Get

    Chapter 72: Key Item Get


    [Luna POV]


    It was early in the morning but Nia, Velvet, and I were all up and getting ready to start dungeon diving again. Once we were done, I teleported us a little way away from the dungeon and we headed to the guild branch. When we got there, we went to the counter and asked to use the newly established gateway. We showed the person our passes and he immediately let led us there. We stepped into the center of the pirs and teleported into the stone room on the other side.


    Im d the grand master asked you to make that, Luna. It would take us so much longer to get through the dungeon if we had to trek through every floor again and again. (Nia)


    I agree, it was getting annoying going back through all of the floors we travelled through on the way back. (Velvet)


    But isnt itmon sense that you need to go back on foot in a dungeon? (Luna)


    Dont talk to us aboutmon sense, Luna. It makes you sound like a hypocrite. (Velvet)


    I agree with Velvet, you talking aboutmon sense doesnt sound right. (Nia)


    Guh. (Luna)


    {If its any constion, I think you are perfect the way you are,mon sense be damned.}


    At least you get me, Tamamo.


    We exited the building and started our journey through the snow. After a while we started to run into areas where it reached up to our waists, so I decided to try out walking in my fox form.


    Once I transformed, I noticed that I didnt sink into it as deep and decided to stay this way for a while. Velvet started using her fire magic to melt a path for her and Nia. We walked like this for a while when I caught some movement out of the corner of my eye. I ran over to where whatever I saw was, jumped into the air, and dove headfirst into the snow.


    When I dug myself out, I had a red lizard in my mouth. It tasted spicy, but it wasnt an unpleasant feeling. I looked over to Nia and Velvet and they were both staring at me while trying to hold back theirughter. At that moment I realized just what I did, and I wanted to bury myself in a hole.


    {Dont worry Luna, Ive been having the urge to do the same thing seeing all of that snow.}


    Although Tamamos words wereforting, they still didnt ease the embarrassment I felt.


    <em>If the two of you dont stopughing, I wont share this warm lizard with you. </em>(Luna)


    Hahaha. Dont be upset Luna, that was rather cute. (Velvet)


    <em>Fine then, Nia, take the lizard and warm your hands. Then release it back into the snow. It seems like Velvet doesnt need it. </em>(Luna)


    Nia took the lizard from me, and I could tell that she was happy to have her hands be warm again.


    Were you serious about not letting me hold that? Velvet asked as she looked at the lizard with longing.


    <em>Yes. </em>(Luna)


    Please dont be like that. I havent said anything about it, but I cant feel my hands. (Velvet)


    I looked into Velvets eyes without saying anything.


    Look, Im sorry Iughed at you. (Velvet)


    <em>Nia, hand her the lizard. </em>(Luna)


    Nia did as I said and gave Velvet the lizard and she sighed in relief.


    You two are fun. (Nia)


    We finally reached the forest part of the floor, and this was where we started to find monsters. The majority of things we fought were ice trolls and wolves.


    Hey Tamamo, is there a Fenrir in this world?


    {Shes the Goddess of the North, why?}


    I was just wondering. From the perspective of my past life, this world is a fantasy world and Fenrirs are staple creatures in stories about fantasy worlds.


    {Now Im curious. What are they like?}


    Well, its always one of two options. One is as an enemy that is fought at some point. The other is that one is found as a puppy and raised as a familiar. There is also one in mythology that is a god eater, but Im not going to go into that.


    {Very interesting. In this world, she is a very nice person who is very yful.}


    It sounds like the two of you get along.


    {We do, we just dont see each other much.}


    Will she alsoe to see you perform on the night of the new year?


    {I havent heard any confirmation or denial from her, so I dont know.}


    As I was busy conversing with Tamamo a giant red lizard sted out of some particrly deep snow and let out an ear-piercing shriek.


    Is this a floor boss? (Velvet)


    I dont think so. I think its just a rare spawning monster. (Nia)


    I used my appraisal on it.


    <strong>re Lizard</strong>


    <strong>Average stat total: C</strong>


    <strong>Main attribute: Fire</strong>


    Its pretty weak. (Luna)


    Weak for you, or weak for an average person? (Velvet)


    Appraisal said its stat average is C. (Luna)


    So, on-level for me. (Velvet)


    Havent you been leveling up since we started the dungeon though? You should be at a minimum average of B across the board by now, right? (Luna)


    Youre not wrong, but itll still be a small challenge. (Velvet)


    How do the two of you want to handle it? (Nia)


    Ill let Luna take care of it. By the looks of it, it might give her another level or at least bring her closer to one. (Velvet)


    Have at it, Luna. (Nia)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers, and the re lizard froze solid. I then touched it and used blink and brought it up high into the air and blinked myself back to Nia and Velvet. We waited for about five minutes and the lizard popsicle shattered when it hit the ground in front of us.


    Yay! I got a level. (Luna)


    Congrattions.


    {One step closer.}


    Indeed.


    Just before we set off again, I found a red crystal in the lizard rubble and picked it up. It was warm to the touch and looked like it had a tiny fire inside of it.


    Hey Nia, Velvet, take turns holding on to this while were still on this floor. (Luna)


    I handed it over to them and they let out happy sighs.


    Thanks Luna. (Nia)


    Thank you very much. (Velvet)


    We continued onwards when we found the exit of the floor. We walked down the stairs but halfway through and I started to frown.


    Ugh, I hate the next floor already. (Luna)


    Why? (Nia)


    It smells like humidity. (Luna)


    They both let out groans of disgust.


    How bad are you thinking? (Velvet)


    Tropical after rain during the summer. (Luna)


    Lets just get it over with. If we hurry, we might be able to make it through quickly. (Velvet)


    Unfortunately, we might want to look around this floor a bit. (Nia)


    Why?


    Because Im getting a feeling that were supposed to find something on this floor. (Nia)


    Where is thising from all of a sudden? (Luna)


    My Blessing of Fate. (Nia)


    Since when did you have that? (Luna)


    Since the time I fought fiends with your father. It doesnt do much, but the times it does do something, its usually good. (Nia)


    Nia, next time we get a break, can I talk with you in private? (Velvet)


    Sure. (Nia)


    We finished our slog down the rest of the stairs and came out into what I could only describe as a jungle. The humidity was even worse than I thought it would be and my tails were already starting to be affected.


    Should I just use my ice mist to freeze this entire floor? (Luna)


    Can you do that? (Velvet)


    I dont know. (Luna)


    While I think that would be better, dont. We still need to look for the source of my feeling and I dont want to take longer by searching through fog. (Nia)


    Tch. Fine, but once we find whatever it is, Im using my mist. (Luna)


    We looked around the stupid jungle floor for what felt like hours when we came upon a ce that looked like temple ruins. The most intact ce was a step pyramid like the kinds the Mayans made in my previous world.


    Whatever were looking for is around here. (Nia)


    Want to check the top of the pyramid? (Luna)


    Sure, if its not up there, we can look around the crumbling buildings next. (Velvet)


    The three of us climbed up to the top of the pyramid and found a stone structure that resembled a shrine. Inside the structure was a few stone chests of which all but one were opened and empty.


    Go and open the chest Luna. (Nia)


    While I dont mind, why me? (Luna)


    Not sure, I just know that whatever is in there is meant for you. (Nia)


    Fine then. (Luna)


    I walked up to the chest and pushed the lid off. I was expecting a ton of dust to fly up, but that didnt happen. Inside the chest was a stone circle about the size of my mirror with designs carved into it, it reminded me of a Mayan calendar. I appraised it and was surprised at what I learned.


    <strong>Key of the Sky Temple: </strong>Key to an ancient temple built on an ind in the sky. Bring this to the Land of Demons and conquer the ind in order to im it for yourself.


    When I read the item description, I couldnt help but get a crazed grin on my face.


    Ku! Kuku! Kuahahahahahahahahahaha! A wonderful discovery! (Luna)


    Was the three-stageugh really necessary Luna? (Velvet)


    Very necessary Velvet. I now know what our next adventure is going to be. (Luna)


    Do tell, Luna. (Nia)


    We go to find a floating ind in the Land of Demons with a temple like this one on top of it. (Luna)


    Ok, but what does that have to do with the thing that was in the chest? (Velvet)


    The thing in the chest was the key that will allow me to make the ind mine. Now we just need to find and conquer it. (Luna)


    Just what do you want a floating ind for, Luna? (Nia)


    I will make it into my and Tamamos castle in the sky. I already have what I want it to look like in my head and everything. Fufu. Ufufufufufufufufufufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Will you even be able to take it with you into the divine domain? (Velvet)


    Apparently I will, at least ording to what Atmos told Tamamo. Maybe Ill be able to do it when I get the Authority of Space? (Luna)


    Well, youll never get to go there if you dont finish this dungeon first. (Nia)


    Then theres no time to lose. (Luna)


    Then well start really conquering tomorrow. (Nia)


    Buuuuuuuut Niaaaaaaaaaaa! (Luna)


    No, Luna. (Nia)


    Fine. (Luna)


    We climbed down from the top of the pyramid and I surrounded all three of us with my mist. We headed back to the stairs like this and eventually made our way out of the dungeon.


    Author''s Note:


    Tamamo: So Luna, what will our castle in the sky look like?


    Luna: Though you probably won''t understand when I say it, I want it to look like the Hanging Gardens of Babylon from Fate/Apocrypha.


    Tamamo: You''re right, I don''t know what that is.


    I and at least a few of the reader do, but I like the way you think Luna.


    Luna: Thanks Author.


    Tamamo: Whatever the case; I''m looking forward to it.


    Atmos: Will others be invited to hang out with the two of you there?


    Luna: Depends.


    Atmos: I''ll give you some information on ces to find good things for you next big present for Tamamo.


    Luna: You cane, but only if Tamamo and I give you permission. Every other time is off limits.


    Tamamo: Ufufufufu.

 Chapter 73: Third Tail

    Chapter 73: Third Tail


    [Luna POV]


    We spent the next few months making our way through the dungeon. All three of us have gotten stronger through this journey. Velvet reached level 60 and got two of her stats to S. Since Nia has been at level 100 the entire time, her stats needed special items to increase further and we managed to find some, so she also has at least one stat at S. As for me, all of my stats hit S at around level 25, and they stopped going up. Tamamo told me that the only way Im going to increase them any further is to get more tails which wont take much longer since Im at level 29.


    Right now, we were taking a break before entering the final boss room. Velvet was making sure her sword was good, and Nia was drinking a mana potion. I was preparing some arrows with a paralyzing poison and putting another item on my belt.


    Hey Luna, what is that thing you just put on your belt? (Velvet)


    Something Grey gave me a few weeks ago. He called it a potion of greater hurting. (Luna)


    What does it do exactly? (Nia)


    Thats the thing, its just lemon juice in a ss bottle. Grey called it a potion of greater hurting because it gets the lemon juice into the cuts made from the broken ss of the bottle. I figured that, even if it doesnt manage to do a lot of damage, it could at least distract whatever were fighting. (Luna)


    Are you both ready? (Velvet)


    I am. (Nia)


    Lets do this. (Luna)


    Me and Velvet opened the doors that we were in front of and we entered the room. I saw the bossying curled up in the center of the room. The doors shut behind us with a loud rumbling and a ng when they fully closed. This made the boss move. It was something I was familiar with from my past life.


    A hydra, huh. Thisll be interesting. (Luna)


    Its nine heads started swaying around and it let out a loud roar. Since I didnt want to drag this battle out since everyone else here was rather tired, I decided to make the first move. I readied all of my paralyzing arrows and fired them at the heads. I managed to hit four of them while the other five heads dodged them. I wasnt finished though, I pulled out two throwing knives, charged them with lightning magic and threw them.


    The knives flew through the air and hit the two head I was aiming for. The heads that were hit exploded due to the magic in the knives, leaving three heads for us.


    You sure you want our help, Luna? (Nia)


    Well, the two of you have been helping me a lot, so I thought we could all get the achievement of killing the thing. I just took out those heads so that we could have an easier time. (Luna)


    Thanks, I dont think I could havested for long while managing more than one head at a time. (Velvet)


    The hydra was still stunned from having most of its head out ofmission, so we continued our attack. Nia took on her head with her sword and water magic. She used the water to distract the head while closing in on it and shing her sword through its throat.


    Velvet was also making quick work of her head. She ran to the side of it and extended her sword into its whip mode. It wrapped around the neck a few times and she pulled it taught. The des cut into the neck while the whip was retracting acting like a saw. Once the whip looked more like a sword again, the head Velvet was fighting fell to the ground with a loud thud.


    As for me, the head was staring down at me with hatred and fear. It struck at me like a coiled snake but ended up striking right beside me. I was using my illusions to mess with its depth perception. It tried striking a few more times when I threw the potion of greater hurting into its eyes. It let out a pained roar and tried to draw back, but I had its neck trapped in shackles of ice.


    Ive been meaning to try this out for a while but never had the chance to. (Luna)


    What are you talking about? (Velvet)


    Offensive healing magic. (Luna)


    Isnt that a bit backwards? (Nia)


    Just watch. (Luna)


    I ced my hand on the hydras head and started to use healing magic. The head started to swell up and eventually it popped like a balloon. I was saved from taking a bath in blood and other viscera due to the space barrier I set up in front of me.


    Ok. Im never doing that again, that was disgusting. (Luna)


    Just what happened? (Nia)


    This is what happens when a body is, in a certain sense, too healthy. The tissue doesnt stop making more of itself until it bes too much and, in this case, it was also going too fast so it popped. (Luna)


    Velvet wasnt saying anything and was puking in the corner of the room.


    Luna, please never do that again. Was what Velvet said after a few minutes.


    I didnt think you were bad with stuff like that. (Luna)


    Im normally not, but I wasnt prepared for the smell of all the blood. It was overwhelming since I was so close. (Velvet)


    Sor- AHHHHHHHHHHHHH! (Luna)


    I fell to my knees from the sudden pain in my back. I balled my hands into fists and punched the ground causing cracks to fissure out from the impact.


    Luna, whats wrong!? (Nia)


    Step away Nia. This happenedst time she got another tail. Itll probably calm down in an hour or two. (Velvet)


    I managed to pull out something to bite down on and put it in my mouth all the while in searing pain. It was worse than thest time as I was close to losing consciousness. I could barely think of anything and what felt like days went by. When the pain started to fade and I could think again, I notice the softness at my back increased. I was still a little out of it when Velvet and Nia came over to me.


    Luna, can you tell what Im saying? (Velvet)


    Hey Velvet, seems like I got another tail. I said weakly.


    You did, but I hope the next time this happens, you dont unconsciously start sting lightning magic everywhere. (Velvet)


    Did I do that this time? (Luna)


    Yes. That was the hardest thing weve dealt with this entire dungeon dive. (Nia)


    Sorry, I didnt know I was doing that. I couldnt really think about anything. (Luna)


    Its fine, what are we going to do about the salvageable parts of the hydra? (Nia)


    Is hydra tasty? (Luna)


    No, its entire body is poisonous. (Nia)


    Can its blood be used for anything? (Luna)


    Its a really potent poison. (Nia)


    Can the two of you get as much of that for me as possible. (Luna)


    Sure, what are you going to do? (Nia)


    Wait until I can move. (Luna)


    Is it likest time? (Velvet)


    No, its a little better since Im using some healing magic to at least regain some feeling, but it will take a bit for me to be at 100% again. (Luna)


    Want me to move you somewhere better? (Velvet)


    No, Ill justy here. (Luna)


    I manipted my inventory skill to spit out some empty bottles for hydra blood, which Nia and Velvet picked up and got to work and I checked my stats.


    <strong>Name: Luna</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune(Three-tailed)</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 30</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 100%-SS</strong>


    <strong>MP: 35%- SS+</strong>


    <strong>Vit: S</strong>


    <strong>Def: S</strong>


    <strong>Res: S</strong>


    <strong>Str: S</strong>


    <strong>Int: SS</strong>


    <strong>Agi: S+</strong>


    <strong>Dex: S+</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 10, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.10, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.10, Stealth LV.10, Cooking LV.10, Sewing LV.9, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.10, Brushing Technique LV.10, Telepathy LV.10, Intimidation LV.7, Parallel Processing, Cartography LV.8, Singing LV.6, Woodcarving LV.4</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong><strong>


    Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique


    Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman, Master Healer, Master of Space, Sage, Master Archer, Trap Master: Dismantling, Dagger Master, Master Chef, Ninja, Dungeon Clearer, </strong>


    <strong>Depth:[emailprotected]#%^#%</strong>


    {Congrattions of getting your third tail Luna.}


    Thanks Tamamo. Where were you this whole time?


    {I had some business to take care of that Ill tell you about after you get five tails.}


    Ok. By the way, it was more painful thanst time, do you know why?


    {Thats just how it is. Its not pleasant, but the results are amazing.}


    I agree, but I think it takes the saying no pain, no gain, a little too literally.


    {Ufufufu. Never heard that saying before, but it fits with the situation perfectly.}


    It took Velvet and Nia an hour to collect what hydra blood they could and when they were done, they came back over to me.


    How you doing Luna? (Nia)


    I can move now. (Luna)


    Good, because we need to start making our way back now. (Velvet)


    Actually, we just need to touch the core to get out. No one understands why it happens, but its useful. (Nia)


    Tamamo, do you know why that happens?


    {The dungeon is doing its job and rejecting people that are too close to the Ether source that made the dungeon. Remember, the only reason people can enter dungeons is to clean them of monsters that are spawned from the excess magic in the area.}


    I stood up from where I wasying and we all walked over to the dungeon core. We ced our hands on it and we were suddenly transported in front of the entrance to the dungeon. When we appeared, we surprised the party that was heading toward the entrance to head inside.


    Ugh, that was worse than normal. (Luna)


    Hey, are you guys ok?


    Were fine, just finished clearing the dungeon and were thrown out by the core. (Nia)


    Yeah, thats always unpleasant.


    Well get out of your way. (Velvet)


    Your fine, congrats on the clear.


    The leader of the party said this as they went into the dungeon.


    Do we need to go to the guild branch to report this, or can I bring us to your vi Nia (Luna)


    We can go to the vi, but why not go to the inn instead? (Nia)


    Because I feel like Im about to fall asleep for longer than usual and I dont want to stay in the inn for that. I have no problem with the inn, Im just being selfish for wanting to sleep in a bed made for royals today. (Luna)


    I grabbed the both of them and teleported us to the vi. We appeared in the room I stayed in and I instantly fell onto the bed.


    At least change into something else before you fall asleep. (Velvet)


    Mph. (Luna)


    I used my inventory skill to quickchange into something else that wasnt my armor which made me ask myself why I never tried doing so before. Not long after that I fell asleep.


    [Velvet POV]


    And shes asleep.


    Not surprising, shes looked exhausted ever since the whole tail thing.


    We were about to leave when Lunas mirror somehow appeared in front of us and the Goddess started to speak.


    {Good job with the dungeon clearing.}


    Thank you, Goddess. (Velvet)


    Was there something that you needed to tell us? (Nia)


    {I was going to tell you both that Anastasia was just appointed as the Apostle of Gravity while you were in the dungeon.}


    I remember that she was the leading candidate for that position, but didnt she learn how to reach the benchmark to qualify only a few months ago? (Velvet)


    {Motivation is very effective when ites to getting things done.}


    Was Lord Deacon ever given the choice? (Velvet)


    {Grey offered and he epted back when he was over here. Its the reason he stayed longer than the other generals.}


    So, the only people that havent been given the choice are ke and Rex? (Nia)


    {Only Rex. ke got the position from the God of cksmithing a little after making the mirrors.}


    Actually, I might have a fix for that. (Atmos)


    {When did you get here Atmos?}


    Just now. Hey Nia, Velvet. (Atmos)


    Hello Goddess of Fate.


    {Did you find someone with a free Apostle slot?}


    Possibly. Nia, how good is Rex with sr magic? (Atmos)


    I dont remember off the top of my head, but I think he had it at around level eight. (Nia)


    Get him to max it out and Quetz will offer him the position. (Atmos)


    {How did you mange to get her to agree to that?}


    She made me promise to not prank her for 2000 years. (Atmos)


    {Thats so smart.}


    I know right. (Atmos)


    So with this, Lunas immediate family is pretty much all immortal or very close to it? (Velvet)


    {Yes. The only one left out right now is Soleil, but its only a matter of time until she bes an Apostle.}


    Speaking of, did you guys manage to find that key in the dungeon? (Atmos)


    The Key of the Sky Temple? (Velvet)


    Thats the one. When you get there, make sure Luna is the only one to challenge the guardian before the heading to the ind. (Atmos)


    What does that mean? (Velvet)


    Youll get it when you get there. (Atmos)


    {I think weve discussed enough about this for now, I dont want Luna to wake up and hear us.}


    See you all again sometime. (Atmos)


    Lunas mirror then went and to float around Lunas bed. Me and Nia left the room and decided to also go and get some sleep.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: zzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzzz


    *Whispering* Hey Tamamo, the author''s note is a special ce, so you can physically be with Luna while here.


    Tamamo: *Whispering* Thank you for telling me.


    *Whispering* No problem, just don''t go to crazy.

 Chapter 74: Rank up and a Request from Drome

    Chapter 74: Rank up and a Request from Drome


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up, I felt extremely refreshed. I had a wonderful dream of Tamamo spending time with me that almost felt real. Before I got up, I checked my tails and remembered that I didnt take care of them before I fell asleep. I pulled out my brush and got to work.


    {Good morning, Luna.}


    Morning Tamamo. When did I pull out my mirror?


    {It pulled itself out. I think either of them will do that when we want to use them.}


    How intriguing. Anyway, I had a good dream about you Tamamo.


    {Funny, I had the same dream.}


    You slept?


    {Its not like I cant, I just prefer watching you over sleep if I can help it. This time though, I felt like something good would happen if I did, and I was right.}


    During this conversation, Velvet came into my room.


    Oh, youre finally awake Luna. Feeling better?


    Yes. How long have I been asleep?


    Two days.


    Anything important happen in that time?


    Not really. The only thing that is going on right now is city-wide preparation for the new year festival.


    How long until then?


    The festival starts tomorrow.


    Then I woke up too early.


    What do you mean?


    Tomorrow night is a full moon and now I actually need to wait.


    Well, now that you are awake, we can go to the guild.


    What for?


    Were being promoted to B-rank. Me and Nia went to the guild yesterday and reported our dungeon clear. Tomoe said that since we did that, me and you can promote.


    Guess Ill finish making myself presentable then.


    After a while I finished grooming my tails and dressed myself in some casual clothes. I tried using the quickchange thing I did before and seeded.


    Seriously, why did I never try doing this before?


    {Tch.}


    Well, maybe Ill only do that if I need to change quickly.


    I left my room and went to find Velvet again. It didnt take long since she was in the drawing room. She was practicing sewing but stopped when I came in.


    You ready to go?


    Yeah. Wheres Nia?


    Training with the knights. Shes been gone from her job helping us for a while, so she needs to catch up on some of her work.


    She stood up and we headed off to the guild. On the way there we passed by many people running around preparing for tomorrows festival.


    {How lively.}


    What can I say, people love festivals.


    {We gods arent any different, were just more subdued about it since if we go to hard, the world may be affected.}


    By the way, is there anything I need to prepare for tomorrow night?


    {What do you mean by that?}


    Well, Ill be meeting several important gods, right? Is there anything I need to prepare as gifts?


    {Not really. If I had to give you any advice for interacting with them, it would be to get ready to listen to the God of Creation tell long stories. Hell probably treat you like another grandchild since youll be marrying me. The God of Time wont say much since he will more than likely be reading a book. As for Quetz, shell probably greet you then hide from Atmos.}


    Did something happen between them?


    {She got caught up in one of Atmoss bigger pranks once and shes been wary of her ever since.}


    Just what happened?


    {This was before I was born so I only know of it from what others have told me, but Atmos pranked someone and as a result the world experienced an eclipse for a month.}


    Come to think of it, Ive never asked how you were born.


    {I just came to be one day. That is how a lot of gods are born. After that I met Atmos who started calling me her sister and I did what I was born to do. After a long period of time, I started growing multiple tails and more time passed then I met you as Jason Strider and knew we were meant to be together. You know the rest after that.}


    Im going to say something rude, but that makes your life sound so boring. I figured that someone as wonderful as you would have had more excitement in her life.


    {Well, what I told you is just the extremely simplified version. My life has been anything but boring, especially when Atmos was involved, and its gotten even better since I met you.}


    Youll have to tell me more about it sometime.


    {dly.}


    Me and Tamamo finished our chat as we entered the guild and walked up to Tomoe at the counter.


    Its good to see you both again. (Tomoe)


    Its good to see you too, Tomoe. (Luna)


    Nice to see you again. (Velvet)


    I assume youre here to rank up today? (Tomoe)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    Then hand me your guild cards and Ill take care of the rest. (Tomoe)


    Arent we supposed to take a test as well? (Luna)


    The grand master told me that it would be in the instructors best interest to not test the two of you, so I believe it wont be necessary. (Tomoe)


    Thats for the best, especially if Luna is involved. (Velvet)


    Ill have you know that I am perfectly capable of holding back and making it seem like Im at the proper level to meet the requirements of any guild rank. (Luna)


    Actually, Miss Luna, right now you give off the feeling of being higher than B-rank. (Tomoe)


    Really? (Luna)


    Yes. If my judgement is correct, you give off the feeling of someone who should be at least A-rank closer to S. (Tomoe)


    But my restraint skill is already max level. (Luna)


    Why try to hide it in the first ce? (Velvet)


    No idea. The whole reason I got the restraint skill in the first ce was because I was afraid Id identally kill someone just by bumping into them. I guess my in my mind I thought restraint skill equals keep my power secret from all but a few. (Luna)


    I guess that makes some sense. I think? (Velvet)


    I just wont worry about that anymore I guess. (Luna)


    Worry about it a little. Part of being an adventurer is keeping some things about yourself secret until you absolutely have to. (Tomoe)


    Well, at least we know that youll probably rank up faster than most people would. With your strength, Luna, any quest we take will be done easily. (Velvet)


    Youre in the same boat, Miss Velvet. Its not as much as Miss Luna, but you also give off the feeling of someone in A-rank. (Tomoe)


    Eh? (Velvet)


    You never realized? (Tomoe)


    No, I didnt. (Velvet)


    Velvet, I know I shouldnt be the one saying this, but you know you should neverpare things, especially when ites to strength, with me, right? (Luna)


    Exactly, if youpare yourself with Miss Luna, then everyone currently in the guild but the grand master is weak. (Tomoe)


    I guess my perspective is skewed then. (Velvet)


    We handed Tomoe our guild cards as we were having this chat and when we got them back, they were shinier. Noticing my reaction, Tomoe gave an exnation.


    Fufu. Since B-rank is a high rank in the guild, the guild cards are made to reflect that. After this, theyll be a gold color for A-rank and ck for S-rank. (Tomoe)


    Interesting. (Luna)


    I can understand gold, but why ck? (Velvet)


    You would have to ask the grand master, only he knows the reason for that. By the way, Miss Luna, you have a nominated quest from King Drome. (Tomoe)


    Whats it about? (Luna)


    Its the same as the one from the grand master. (Tomoe)


    I see. Ill take it then. It shouldnt take too long to finish, and I was looking for a way to kill some time. (Luna)


    Would you like any help with it? (Velvet)


    Depends on how many I need to make and the location Im working at. (Luna)


    I had Tomoe process my eptance of the quest and Velvet and I went back to the castle. Upon arriving, I went up to a guard that was patrolling and exined that I took a quest from the king. He led me and Velvet to the kings office and let Drome know we were here. We were promptly let in and found Drome, Pneuma, and Zeke in the room. When he saw me, Zeke tensed up, while the other two greeted us normally.


    Thank you for taking up this quest, Lady Luna. (Drome)


    Its no problem. You could have just asked me to do this through Nia and I would have done it. (Luna)


    I did ask her about it, and she told me to go through the guild with the request. (Drome)


    The only difference is I get paid for it, so it doesnt bother me either way. How many do you need me to make? (Luna)


    Enough for the head of each territory-owning noble house to have one that goes directly to me. (Drome)


    Then Ill be done by tomorrow afternoon. Do you have all the materials I need, or do I need to go get them? (Luna)


    Ill have someone bring them to the next room in an item bag. (Drome)


    Any specific requests for them like house crests or the like? (Luna)


    Ill leave that to your discretion. (Drome)


    Then when the materials get here, Ill start working. If there is a book of all current noble house crests, can I ask you to bring it here? (Luna)


    Zeke, go and get what Lady Luna requested. (Drome)


    Yes sir, but before I do that, Lady Luna, I apologize for my rude actions on the day we first met. (Zeke)


    Apology epted. (Luna)


    Zeke thanked me and went off to get what I requested. Once the door shut, the serious atmosphere of the room rxed a little.


    Thank you again for doing this, Lady Luna, it will help immensely. (Drome)


    Its no problem, if anything, I should be thanking you for giving me something to do the rest of today and most of tomorrow. (Luna)


    Are you not going to go around and enjoy the New Years festival? (Pneuma)


    I might if I finish early, but my fun will start tomorrow night. (Luna)


    Something to do with the Goddess? (Pneuma)


    I get to go see her every full moon, though tomorrow night will be a bit different than normal. (Luna)


    Who are you going to meet? (Velvet)


    The gods of time and creation as well as the goddess of the sun. Atmos and Grey will also be there. (Luna)


    Anyway, I see you have a tag on you ne now, does that mean you got another tail? (Pneuma)


    Yep, thats the reason Ive been asleep for the past two days. (Luna)


    Why would getting another tail put you to sleep? (Drome)


    Because its extremely painful and it takes a lot out of you to endure that and stay conscious. (Luna)


    At that time, Zeke returned with a thick book in his hands.


    Ive brought the book. Ive marked the pages that have the in-use house crests. (Zeke)


    Thank you, Zeke. If youll excuse us, well get to work. (Luna)


    Velvet and I went to the next room and found the item bag with the materials in it. I sat down and was about to start carving the house crest into it.


    Velvet, can I ask you to hand me the next thing when Im done carving and to turn the page in the book when I need it?


    Sure thing.


    We spent the rest of the day doing this and by the time we reached a stopping point I was covered in wood shavings, and I could see crest designs when I closed my eyes.


    Lets turn in for the night and continue tomorrow.


    Are you not going to enchant them?


    Ill do that all at once when Im done carving the designs into them.


    Ok. Lets go back to the vi then.


    We got up and went to Nias vi and then to sleep once we got there. When we woke up the next day, we left early and started again. By the time I finished all of the carving and enchanting, the sun was about to start setting.


    Can I leave handing these over to Drome to you Velvet?


    Yeah. Have fun tonight.


    I will.


    I left Velvet and teleported to my room and jumped onto the bed.


    Im on my way Tamamo.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: Hey Luna, why don''t you start a business to sell those letter boxes and hire some space magicians to do the enchanting and woodworkers for box making?


    Luna: I might in the future since if I don''t teach someone to do this the art of it will be lost when I ascend. Though that make me worry if all of these will turn into divine artifacts once that happens.


    Atmos: They won''t. The reason your mirrors did is because of the materials they are made of. Things made of orichalcum or other simr metals, wood from special trees that are found in areas dense with spirits, crystals made of extremely dense mana on the verge of bing dungeon cores, and a few other extremely rare things will turn into divine artifacts if made into something by extremely skilled individuals like ke or you.


    Luna: I can understand ke, but me?


    Atmos: You have the woodcarving skill. If you max that out and carve something from say, a mystic ash tree, it will be a divine artifact.


    Luna: Why does that feel like foreshadowing?


    Atmos: Who knows?


    Luna: You do.


    Atmos: You''re damn right I do.

 Chapter 75: New Years Festivities: Divine Style

    Chapter 75: New Years Festivities: Divine Style


    [Luna POV]


    When I opened my eyes, I saw the familiar sight of Tamamos home. I didnt see her anywhere, but I did see Atmos and Grey standing by therge tree that me and Tamamo like to sit under. I walked over to greet them and ask where Tamamo was.


    Hello. (Luna)


    Heya Luna. I like the third tail. (Atmos)


    Evening Luna. (Grey)


    Do either of you know where Tamamo is? (Luna)


    Shes getting ready for her performance tonight. Youll get to see her in a bit. (Atmos)


    I see. I said as my ears and tails drooped a bit.


    Hohohohohoho. Dont look so down little one, the performance will happen very soon. (???)


    I was surprised by the unfamiliar voice and turned around to see two people Ive never seen before. One of them looked like a stereotypical old fantasy wizardplete with big hat and long white beard. The other was a stern looking man that wore a monocle and was reading a book. He also had an hourss floating around him.


    Hello Old Man Crate. Gear. (Atmos)


    Mmm. (Gear)


    Good evening, Little Atmos. Young Grey. (Crate)


    Luna, this is Old Man Crate the God of Creation, and Gear the God of Time. (Atmos)


    Nice to meet you, Im Luna, Tamamos future wife and aspiring goddess of fluff, space, and stars. (Luna)


    Hohoho. I like your confidence Little Luna. Here take this. (Crate)


    He handed me a small bottle of something that I will check outter.


    Its nice to meet you, young one. I look forward to working with you eventually. (Gear)


    The two of you never change, do you. (Atmos)


    Its not that Atmos, youre just too chaotic to notice changes in others. (Gear)


    Dont be like that Gear, she has calmed down significantly since meeting Young Grey. (Crate)


    I wont deny that. (Gear)


    Little Luna, would you tell this old man how you and Little Tamamo met while we wait for Young Quetz to arrive and for the performance to start? (Crate)


    I dont mind. I answered and began the tale of how I met Tamamo. A little whileter after I finished my story, Crate had happy look on his face.


    I see, while the beginning was a bit sad, everything after is quite nice. Thank you for loving Little Tamamo as much as you do, it makes this old man happy. (Crate)


    Of course, Id do anything and everything for Tamamo. (Luna)


    Haha. I bet there are many in the divine domain that are jealous of you, young one. Many consider Tamamo as one of the most beautiful goddesses and try to court her often. (Gear)


    Hey Grey, whats going on? Gear actuallyughed at something. (Atmos)


    I dont know. Maybe he ate something weird beforeing here? (Grey)


    Hoho. Very good Little Luna, I havent heard my brotherugh in a very long time. (Crate)


    *Hmph* (Gear)


    Fufufufu. (Luna)


    Hello everyone, did I make it in time? (Quetz)


    Youre just in time Quetz. (Grey)


    Oh. We have a neer? (Quetz)


    Indeed we do. This is Little Luna, Little Tamamos future wife. (Crate)


    Nice to meet you Luna, my name is Quetz, the Goddess of the Sun, Day, and the East. (Quetz)


    Pleased to meet you. (Luna)


    Hey Quetz, stop ignoring me. (Atmos)


    *sigh* Hello Atmos. (Quetz)


    Im sorry about her Quetz. (Grey)


    Its fine Grey. Im trying to get over my problems with her. (Quetz)


    Thats good. Im happy to see you trying to get along again. (Crate)


    Well, I figured that it was about time I got over it. (Quetz)


    We all talked about random things for a few more minutes when the moon in the sky started to focus a moonbeam on a space a little away from us. In the middle of the moonbeam was Tamamo in shrine maiden clothes with blue pants and a white top. She was holding an instrument with bells in both hands which made a beautiful and clear sound.


    Now I know you want to immediately run up to her, Luna, but that can wait for when she is done. (Atmos)


    Hoho. Oh, to be young. (Crate)


    Tamamo gave us a small bow before backing away a bit and starting her dance. Her movements flowed together in a beautiful way while the bell things provided a wonderful tune that continued to ring in my ears even after the sound actually stopped. Around halfway through the performance, small flower petal-like moats of light started to rain down from the sky and flowed along with the dance, adding to the mystical feel of the whole thing.


    When the dance picked up the pace, the motes of light started to swirl around her and formed into a giant fox that ran up into the sky and away from us. It fanned out its tails which spread the moats out over everything as it ran into the distance.


    Shes going all out this year. (Quetz)


    What do you mean? (Luna)


    Well, every few years either Tamamo or I do a ritual dance for the new year which will give a symbolic blessing to the people who see whatever forms out of the moats of light. (Quetz)


    Whats a symbolic blessing? (Luna)


    A weak blessing that really only makes people feel good. Itsts about a day. Anyway, I said shes going all out this year because thats the biggest thing shes made in a long time. (Quetz)


    Shes probably trying to impress Luna. (Atmos)


    Well, I certainly am impressed. (Luna)


    Tamamos dance continued for a while longer until she finally started to make smaller, shorter movements. She ended the performance with another small bow before disappearing in a sh of light.


    Aww. (Luna)


    Hehe. Shell be right back, Luna. (Atmos)


    Atmos was right because a few minutester Tamamo was back wearing her usual outfit. She walked over to us and hugged me before greeting everyone else.


    {Hello everyone.}


    Hey Tamamo, good job tonight. (Atmos)


    You were as elegant as always, Tamamo. (Grey)


    It was fun to see you get so fired up about this after so long. (Quetz)


    Wonderful job, Little Tamamo. Take this and have some fun. (Crate)


    It was nice. (Gear)


    Instead of saying anything, I just hugged her tighter. She ced a hand on my head and started patting.


    Hehehe. (Luna)


    {What did you think, Luna?}


    Watching you made me speechless. (Luna)


    {Then all the extra effort was worth it.}


    Now now, the two of you can flirt all you wantter. Come and join us in some festivities. Grey, bring out the drinks! (Atmos)


    I already did, Atmos. (Grey)


    Woohoo! (Atmos)


    {*sigh*Grey you know how she is when shes drunk.}


    Hahaha. Dont worry, what I brought out for her is just juice. Even I dont want to deal with drunk Atmos tonight. (Grey)


    {Thanks for that.}


    I did, however, receive something from those two. Said it was something you requested a while ago. Grey said as he handed Tamamo a bottle.


    {Ufufufufufu. Thank you, Grey. Luna why dont you try drinking some with me?}


    Ok. (Luna)


    She pulled out two sses from the air and poured the alcohol she git from Grey into them. She handed me a ss and we clinked them together. When I drank, I could taste a fruity taste then felt a burning sensation in my throat. My head also felt kind of fuzzy.


    Hehehehehe. Tamamo. There are so many Tamamos. (Luna)


    I tried to pet one of the Tamamos in front of me, but my hands passed right through her.


    Where did you go? Let me pamper you. (Luna)


    {Ufufu. So, this is what Luna is like while drunk.}


    Oh. You asked those. Two for something that will get Luna drunk for a bit. (Grey)


    {Yes. Though I have to say, it is quite strong.}


    I agree. I think that just that bottle could knock out a group of dragons. (Grey)


    Fufufufufu. If you dont stop running away, Ill freeze you in ce. (Luna)


    {You dont need to do that, Im right here. Sorry Grey, it seems like I will be upied the rest of the night.}


    Its fine, Ill let the others know. (Grey)


    I sat down on the ground and pulled Tamamo into ap pillow and started brushing her hair and tails. Although everything else was a bit hazy, I could now clearly see only one Tamamo.


    No more disappearing, ok.


    {I understand Luna.}


    I continued to brush and pet Tamamo until the fuzzy feeling started to go away.


    So thats what being drunk feels like.


    {Already over it?}


    For the most part. I think it would be best if you keep that here, I dont want to be responsible for keeping that with me.


    {I understand. Now, let me have my way with your new tail.}


    You could have said that in a less alluring way, you know.


    {Yes, I could have, but I didnt.}


    *Sigh* Sometimes I hate this time constraint we have.


    {I get it, but at least we get to spend SOME time with each other.}


    Thats true.


    Tamamo thoroughly groomed my third tail, and when she was done it was close to the time I would leave.


    Before I leave, Ill give you the thing Ive been working on.


    I reached into my inventory and brought out a plushie of my fox form.


    I made it with things from ces Atmos told me about and stuffed it with excess fluff from my tails. Its not the actual me, but it feels the same as my tails so I thought it would be able to fill the void while Im not here.


    {Thank you, Luna, Ill treasure it.}


    She took the plushie from me and hugged it to her chest.


    Never thought Id feel jealous of a plush version of me.


    {Dont worry, you only have six tails to go, and youll be able to do this and so much more.}


    And I n on it.


    {The feelings mutual.}


    It was then that a light started to surround me.


    Guess Ill see you next month.


    {What do you mean, you can see me whenever you want.}


    You know what I mean.


    {Ufufufufufu.}


    I was fully enveloped in the light and found myself on top of the bed in Nias vi.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: Tamamo you need to calm down some.


    Tamamo: What do you mean Atmos?


    Atmos: You don''t usually lead Luna on like that.


    Tamamo: Huh. Guess I''m a little drunk as well.


    Atmos: You did drink some of the stuff you gave Luna, so it''s highly likely.


    Tamamo: I guess if one ss was enough to get Luna drunk for a bit, it would do the same to me.


    Atmos: By the way, what did Old Man Crate give you earlier?


    Tamamo: Something to deal with a hangover.


    Atmos: You''ll probably need it.


    Tamamo: I agree.

 Chapter 76: The Next Day

    Chapter 76: The Next Day


    [Luna POV]


    I was stillying on the bed contemting thest bit of my conversation with Tamamo.


    Am I still a bit drunk or was that how Tamamo is when shes drunk? Does she want me to make a move in that direction first? But didnt she say that we wont have enough time for that while I can only see her during the full moon?


    My thoughts continued to spiral around in my head that I didnt notice how much time had passed. I didnt even realize when Velvet came into the room to see if I was up. I was finally snapped out of my own thoughts when she pinched one of my ears.


    Mikon!


    You will never speak a word of this to anyone. I said in an emotionless voice.


    IpftI understand.


    What do you need Velvet?


    I wasing to check on you since you havent left your room even though you normally are training around this time. When I got here, you wereying in the bed, dazed and with a red face. I tried to get your attention, but nothing worked, so I pinched your ear, and here we are.


    I see, guess I was still a little drunk after all.


    I thought that couldnt happen?


    Well, apparently, there is an alcohol that can get me drunk in the divine domain, even if its only for a little while.


    I see. How was it meeting several of the world''s most important gods?


    Well, the God of Creation is a kind grandpa. The God of Time is stern and aloof. You already know Grey and Ive told you what Atmos is like. The Goddess of the Sun seems like a reliable person from the few conversations we had. Speaking of, the Crate gave me something and I havent checked what it is yet.


    Whatever it is, its probably ridiculous.


    I took out the small bottle I was given. It had a gold liquid inside that looked like sunlight. I appraised the bottle and was surprised.


    <strong>Sundrop Potion: </strong>A potion made of liquid sunlight. If ingested by races weakened by the sun, that weakness is permanently removed, and the drinker will be able to double their stat gains every five levels.


    Velvet, drink this.


    Why?


    It will remove your racial weakness to sunlight, and you will get double stats every five levels.


    Are you sure you want me to drink it? Didnt the God of Creation give it to you for you to use?


    What would I do with an item that seems to be specifically made for you. Aside from your mother, you are the only vampire I actually know. Not to mention that my stats will pretty much not grow anymore until I get another tail.


    But arent you the one who says that you never know when you might need to use something like this in the future?


    Velvet, the future that I use this is the one a minute from now where you are drinking this potion.


    Fine, but dontin to me if you find yourself in a situation that you need something like thister.


    Velvet took the potion from my hand, removed the lid, and drank it all in one go. While she was doing this, I was tempted to start chanting shot, but I refrained. Once it was all gone, she stood there in a daze for a minute then started to press her hands to her head.


    Dizzy.


    Want to sit down?


    Please.


    I moved over and she sat down next to me.


    How are you feeling?


    Like Im being burned from the inside while being soothed at the same time.


    Anything you want me to do?


    Nothing you can do.


    Then sit here for a while until the feeling stops. Tell me if you need anything and Ill get it.


    Thanks.


    Since Velvet was now out ofmission for a bit, I decided to watch over her while I did some things to pass the time. First, I was going to send some letters home since I havent in a few days, but when I pulled out my letter box, I already had one waiting for me. I opened the letter and read its contents.


    [Hello Luna, this is Ana, the next time you get a chance, can youe home for a few days, I need to talk to you about Soleil.]


    I wonder what thats about?


    Whats up?


    Ana wants to talk to me about something with Soleil. Once youre feeling better, want to head over there?


    I dont mind, though we should probably tell Nia.


    Thats true. How about we go tomorrow if you feel better?


    Sounds good, Im actually feeling a bit better already.


    Anything feel different?


    Not really. Ive be pretty used to walking under the sunlight since meeting you, so the only difference is I wont need to wear this ring.


    I replied to Anas letter and told her we would be there tomorrow. After that I wrote my other letters and sent them off as well. I then pulled out the things to make another plush like the one I gave Tamamo. The only difference this time was that I was making a tiny Tamamo for myself. When I finished it, my sewing skill hit level 10.


    Only four more skills till everything reaches level 10.


    Dont you mean until you gain another skill? You always say that when you got close, then gained another skill rtively soon after.


    Whyd you have to point it out, now its definitely going to happen.


    Im only stating the truth.


    We bantered like this for a long time until Velvet was back to normal. She stood up and stretched a bit.


    I just thought about this, but if what your appraisal said is true, and my stats will double every five levels, does that mean that most of my stats will be S or S+ by the time I reach level 100?


    Its highly likely.


    Then should I put time into trying to get the restraint skill as well?


    Maybe?


    Why is that a question?


    Well, I only got the skill because at the time I wasnt confident I could properly hold back. You on the other hand, have been leveling a lot longer than I have, so you already limit yourself without having to try.


    Fair point.


    Anyway, we should go and find Nia to tell her our ns for tomorrow.


    Lets go then.


    We left the vi and went to look for Nia. It didnt take long to find her since she was in the ce we expected her to be at. She was in the middle of watching a mock battle between two knights when we arrived. Since we didnt want to get in the way of her work, we waited for the fight to finish. Once it was over, Nia ordered everyone to take a break and walked over to where we were sitting.


    What can I do for the both of you today? (Nia)


    We came to tell you that were leaving tomorrow. I was asked toe back home for a bit by Ana. (Luna)


    Thanks for telling me. Well throw a goodbye party tonight. (Nia)


    Thats not necessary. Knowing Luna, well be regrly popping up here again and again for whatever reason. (Velvet)


    Thats true, its a very Luna thing to do. (Nia)


    (Luna)


    Have something to say, Luna? (Velvet)


    No, because what the two of you are saying is true. (Luna)


    You agreeing takes the fun out of teasing you about it. (Nia)


    Cant help it. (Luna)


    Anyway, what time are you thinking of teleporting away? (Nia)


    Probably after breakfast, I dont know about what, but Ana wants to talk to me about something with Soleil. (Luna)


    Then leaving early is best. (Nia)


    We talked with Nia a little more then went back to the vi to prepare for tomorrows departure. That night, we had a grander dinner than usual to celebrate our time here and we all went to sleep.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: You were very quiet today, Tamamo.


    Tamamo: zzz


    Luna: Tamamo?


    Atmos: Sorry Luna, she''s actually been asleep all day hugging that plush you gave her.


    Luna: Again, I feel jealous of my plushie self.


    Atmos: But didn''t you make a plush Tamamo so you could do the same thing?


    Luna: Doesn''t stop me from feeling how I feel.


    Atmos: Fair enough. By the way, can Imission myself a pair?


    Luna: I''ll consider it if you tell me more things Tamamo likes.


    Atmos: Hmm. She likes open air baths.


    Luna: How about something that won''t make me lose self control around her?


    Atmos: Then how about some sweets made with honey?


    Luna: Better. How big do you want the plushies to be? I have enough to make two more the same size as mina and Tamamo''s. If you want bigger, you''ll need to wait for a few more years.


    Atmos: I''ll take one of each at the same size as yours and Tamamo''s. Out of curiosity, though, what is the bigger version you were talking about?


    Luna: To scale of Tamamo''s fox form.


    Atmos: While tempting, I''ll stick to the smaller version.


    Luna: I''ll have them done in a week or two. I''ll pass them to you through Grey.


    Atmos: Thanks.

 Chapter 77: Regarding Soleil

    Chapter 77: Regarding Soleil


    [Luna POV]


    The night passed quickly and were currently finishing breakfast. Both Nia and Uncle Rex were here so that they could see us off. Once Velvet and I were finished, we stood up and were about to leave.


    See you both again some time. (Rex)


    Youre both wee back here anytime. (Nia)


    Thanks, can you tell Pneuma, Drome, and Mythra I said bye? (Luna)


    I will. (Nia)


    With our parting words said, I grabbed onto Velvet and teleported us home. We appeared in my room likest time and then went off to find Ana. The first ce we went and looked was moms office. I opened the door when we got there and found mom doing the usual paperwork, but what surprised me was that dad was doing the same.


    Im home. (Luna)


    Im here as well. (Velvet)


    Hello you two, what brings you back here today? Mom asked while not looking up from her paperwork.


    Ana sent me a letter saying that she needed to talk to me. (Luna)


    If youre looking for Ana, she should be returning shortly. (Deacon)


    Then while we wait, let me ask why youre doing paperwork, dad? (Luna)


    Because the person I usually push-I mean ask to take care of this fell sick, so Im stuck doing it for now. (Deacon)


    *Sigh* You really need to take a page out of moms book and do this yourself more often, dad. (Luna)


    I have to agree with Luna on this, even I did the paperwork I needed to do while I was in charge of the vampires in this country. (Velvet)


    (Deacon)


    Anyway, has anything interesting happened recently? We havent had the time to read your most recent letter. (Amagi)


    We cleared the dungeon a few days ago, I got my third tail, met several important gods. Am I forgetting anything Velvet? (Luna)


    We made it to B-rank. (Velvet)


    Oh yeah, that happened too. (Luna)


    Congrattions on clearing the dungeon and getting your third tail. (Deacon)


    Which gods did you meet? (Amagi)


    Creation, Time, and the Sun. (Luna)


    Deacon, our daughter did something outrageous again. (Amagi)


    I know. (Deacon)


    It was then that Ana entered the room with a new stack of papers.


    Lord Deacon, some more paperwork hase in for you. (Ana)


    Gah! Why! (Deacon)


    Its just how it is. You get used to it. (Amagi)


    Hello Ana, Im here as requested. (Luna)


    Wee back Luna, and thanks foring. (Ana)


    Do you want to talk somewhere else, or do you mind us listening in, Ana? (Amagi)


    We can talk about it here. (Ana)


    We sat down and Ana started to exin the reason she wanted me toe back.


    Luna, please let Soleil start travelling with you. (Ana)


    I dont mind, but can I ask why you are asking me this so early? (Luna)


    Its because I have nothing else to teach her. I dont know if she is just extremely motivated or just talented, but she learned everything I had to teach her extremely quickly. (Ana)


    Like I said, I dont mind. How about you, Velvet? (Luna)


    If youre fine with it, then so am I. Ive actually gotten used to travelling with a total of three people. (Velvet)


    Technically its four people including Soleil since Tamamo has been with us in spirit. (Luna)


    Speaking of, how has the Goddess been? (Amagi)


    Good, although shes been real quiet since yesterday. Come to think of it, Ana, you give off the same feeling as mom now. Whats up with that? (Luna)


    When I asked that, everyone in the room froze up. I was about to ask why they reacted like that when my mirror made its way out of my inventory on its own.


    {Good morning, Luna.} Tamamo said with a sleepy look on her face.


    Morning Tamamo. You awake now? (Luna)


    {For the most part. Hugging that plush you gave me is quite nice.}


    Well I would hope so. (Luna)


    {What are you doing right now?}


    Talking with mom, dad, and Ana about Soleil joining our adventure. (Luna)


    {Isnt this a year earlier than expected?}


    Apparently, she learned everything she needed to. Come to think of it, where is Soleil right now? (Luna)


    I sent her off to do the same test you did. Shell most likely be back by tonight. (Ana)


    (Thats nice. By the way, Velvet, whats different about you? You seem less vampire-like than you used to.}


    Luna told me to drink something that the God of Creation gave her, and it took away my weakness to sunlight. (Velvet)


    {*Sigh* Crate is just like Atmos when ites to stuff like that. Shell give cryptic advice and hell give you a seemingly random item that turns out to be helpful in some way or another.}


    At least it doesnt end up hurting anyone, right? (Luna)


    {Thats true.}


    Sorry to interrupt, but can we get back on topic? (Ana)


    Sorry Ana. (Luna)


    No need to apologize. Can you tell me what youre going to do once Soleil joins you? (Ana)


    Well, well need to go to the capital to get her registered. Then well need to get her to at least D-rank so we can move outside of the country. (Luna)


    Couldnt you just ask Grand Master Grey to issue her an exception? (Deacon)


    He probably would if I asked him, but I still want her to raise her rank. It would look strange to have two B-rank adventurers travelling around with an F or E rank adventurer. (Luna)


    That makes sense. (Deacon)


    Luna, you said earlier that you finished clearing the dungeon, right? Where do you n on going next? (Amagi)


    The Demon Empire. We found an item in the dungeon that will allow us to go to a ce that I n in using a lot in the future. (Luna)


    What ce is that? (Ana)


    A floating ind. (Luna)


    Just what do you want a floating ind for? (Amagi)


    I will turn it into mine and Tamamos floating castle. (Luna)


    I should have expected as much. (Amagi)


    At least shes not thinking of turning it into a weapon somehow. (Deacon)


    What would I use an ind size weapon for that I cant already do myself? (Luna)


    Fair point. (Deacon)


    So, what Im getting from this is that youll let Soleil join you, and youll be in the country for a while to get her to D-rank. Then youll be moving on to the Demon Empire? (Ana)


    Sounds about right. Of course, well teleport around to here and Nias ce if needed. (Luna)


    Sounds good, juste back here before you set off for the empire. Were going to want to see all of you off since it will probably be a while until we see you again. (Ana)


    Thats fine, right Velvet? (Luna)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    Do remember though, I will being back for the Vanquishing Festival to spend it with Tamamo. (Luna)


    {I got the approval for it, so I will be seeing all of you then.}


    Thisll be an interesting festival this year. (Deacon)


    I agree. (Amagi)


    We continued to talk about things that have happened recently while we werent here. Before we knew it, the day was ending, and we were all waiting for Soleil to get back. She made it back to the vige just as the sun was sinking under the horizon. She had a few small scratches on her and I could smell the faint scent of burnt hair.


    Im back. She said in an exhausted tone.


    Wee back. Howd it go? (Ana)


    I did it, but I now hate kobolds. (Soleil)


    What happened? (Amagi)


    No one told me that they were in their mating season. There were tons of them and I had to hide out until they stopped chasing me after I killed a few of them. (Soleil)


    Should I go and eradicate some kobolds? (Luna)


    No, Ill send my people out to clean them up tomorrow. Theyll get more use out of them than you will. (Deacon)


    Fine. (Luna)


    When did you get here big sis? (Soleil)


    This morning. Ana called me over to talk about something. (Luna)


    What was it? (Soleil)


    Ill tell youter, for now go and take a bath and get some rest. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    After she said that, she started walking home to do what I told her to. I turned back to everyone and asked.


    Why would you send Soleil there during this time? Thats even more dangerous than when I went to kill some kobolds. (Luna)


    Kobold mating season should have ended already. (Ana)


    Maybe a king has appeared? (Amagi)


    Thats highly likely. (Deacon)


    How strong is a king? (Luna)


    Around as strong as a troll. (Velvet)


    How weak. I though it would be interesting. (Luna)


    Luna, what isnt weakpared to you? (Velvet)


    Ummm. A dragon? (Luna)


    {Youre on par with dragons.}


    A dragon. (Luna)


    Deacon, our daughter just said that the only thing that can give her a hard fight is a dragon. (Amagi)


    I know Amagi, I heard it as well. I dont know if I should feel proud or if I should try to catch up. (Deacon)


    We decided to go back to the shrine for the night and tell Soleil everything tomorrow.


    Author''s Note:


    Damn sleep getting in the way of everything.


    Luna: Just get sleep resistance.


    You know it doesn''t work like that.


    Luna: Then drink more coffee.


    I don''t have any.


    Luna: That''s rough buddy.

 Chapter 78: Lunas Worries and Simple(?) Solutions

    Chapter 78: Luna''s Worries and Simple(?) Solutions


    [Luna POV]


    I wasying in bed that night thinking of the things I needed to do now that Soleil was going to join us. While itll be easy to get her to D-rank, the harder part is helping her level.


    Ugh. What should I do, Tamamo?


    {About what?}


    Helping Soleil catch up with us. Although this is reality, there were many stories in my past life that had a character join with someone or multiple people that were way stronger than themselves, and throughout the adventure, that person notices how weak they truly are. That, more often than not, led those characters to do reckless things in order to get stronger, and those reckless things tended to drag everyone into messes that were dangerous. I dont want that to happen.


    {This is tough. An easy solution would be to ask Crate to give you something like the thing you ended up using on Velvet, but I know you, and you wouldnt do that.}


    Do you know any titles that help in cases like this other than things rted to Divine Protection and Fated Ones?


    {Blessings can do that, but you cant give those yet, and I doubt you would want another god to bless Soleil.}


    I would be fine with you, Atmos, or Grey, but thats about it. I feel like asking a favor from Quetz, Crate, or Gear would put me in a troublesome situation down the line.


    {None of my blessings would have the effect you want, Atmoss have more effect on things like intuition and other abstract things, Grey would be the best bet, but he would probably ask you to do something of equal value for him.}


    What would he consider equal value to a blessing?


    {No idea. He was a human at one point, so I dont understand how he thinks sometimes. He could ask for something as small as a special item from you to asking you to give him the floating ind you are going to conquer, though I doubt he would do thetter.}


    Think I should pop over there and ask him?


    {You can try but I dont know if hes still working, and havent you said that you cant teleport to his office?}


    Thats the thing about getting a third tail, I feel like things that I couldnt do before have be possible or at the very least nearly possible. It would still take a lot of mana, but I think I could pull it off.


    {Is it that big of a power boost?}


    To put it in an easy way to exin, if skills didnt stop at level ten, my skills would jump just as much as my stats after I get another tail. Thats the feeling I get anyway.


    {How interesting, it never felt like my power grew when I got a new tail.}


    Maybe its because you didnt get them through gaining power but age that they gave a smaller boost?


    {Who knows. Well need to see once more kitsune gain more tails.}


    Can that happen? I thought I could because of your divine protection and the Fated One title.


    {It should happen. I think the way I got more tails is the natural way and you are an exception due to those things you mentioned. Its just that no kitsune naturally lives that long.}


    Wouldnt that turn them into gods once they get nine tails then?


    {No. You bing a goddess is the effect of the Fated One title.}


    Guess Ill just need a way to make my family immortal and well learn in time then.


    {Ufufu. Dont worry about that Luna. That is something that we can think about when you ascend.}


    All right. Im going to try teleporting to Greys office now.


    {Good luck.}


    I concentrated on my magic and brought up the ce I wanted to teleport to in my mind. I activated the magic and felt arge amount of resistance, but it wasnt enough to stop me from forcing my way through with myrge amount of mana. It took longer than the normal instant, but I made it through the resistance and popped up in the middle of Greys office.


    I took a few second to recover from using so much mana in such a short amount of time. When I recovered enough, I looked around and saw Grey watching me, waiting until I could speak before starting a conversation. When he saw I was good, he started to speak.


    Im impressed that you managed to teleport here while only having three tails, Luna. To what do I owe the pleasure of your visit tonight?


    A few questions.


    Ask away.


    What kind of effect does your blessing have?


    2x increase in stats every ten levels.


    What would I have to offer you to bless Soleil?


    Get her to B-rank in a month, and Ill do it. If you cant manage that, Ill do it, but youll have to give me the floating ind.


    I thought over his offer. I weighed the two things in my mind before deciding.


    Deal. Even if I have to give you the floating ind, that just mean I have to find myself another one.


    Good luck.


    After hearing his words, I teleported back home and immediate fell asleep from using all of my mana.


    [Grey POV]


    After Luna left my office, I went home. When I got there, I was greeted with Atmos staring right at my face.


    So Grey, why did you issue her a trial like that? Its not like you.


    Because she probably wouldnt ept it if I just outright agreed.


    Fine, but if she does end up having to give you her ind, what are you going to do with it?


    Gift it to her and Tamamo for their wedding.


    Atmos thought about my words for a few minutes before looking back at me.


    Why did I never think about that?


    Because you only think of the most difficult ways to give people things.


    I guess youre right.


    While were on the topic, do you think shell manage to get Soleil to B-rank in a month?


    Well, she will have an easy time getting her to D-rank since there is a kobold king in the forest near Tamamos shrine and she can easily teleport between the capital and there. If shes willing to out her space magic, she can cut the time getting to Celestias capital by three weeks, giving her the escort achievement. If she really pushes herself, she can teleport her party to thest few floors of the dungeon to clear it again. And its extremely easy to do a delivery quest.


    Youre forgetting that there are rank up tests.


    Were talking about Lunas little sister here. Her sheer motivation to join Lunas adventure made her reach the point she can join her a year earlier than even I nned.


    Howd that happen?


    Not sure. It might be because shes been around Luna for so long or maybe its because she was at one point as deep into the abyss as one could get with the exception of Luna.


    If thats the case, wouldnt she be insane right now?


    No, that charm skill saved her from that and when its effect disappeared, it took away all the negative effects that the abyss would have had on her with it.


    So, in either case, it has something to do with Luna.


    Yep.


    Luna is one really crazy person. I mean, she shouldnt have been able to teleport into my office yet, but she did.


    I think thats because she is getting closer to establishing her divinity. Shell be a demigod when she gets five tails, and she is only two away from that. Of course, when she reaches that point it just means that her Authorities will be cemented as hers, but she wont have full ess to them.


    Shell have partial ess?


    I think so.


    Thats way better than what I went through, I had to fully ascend before getting ess to my Authority.


    Hahaha. Thats because her Authorities arent as abstract as yours.


    Good point, though I would argue that Fluff is pretty abstract.


    Not at all. Fluff is something that all things know. Its something that, if it wasnt there, would take away half of all meaning to life.


    Thats just dramatic.


    It isnt.


    At that moment, Atmos fell silent, and she got a distant look on her face. After a few seconds, she returned to normal. When she did, she had an enormous smile on her face.


    Thats the look you get when something entertaining happens.


    What I just saw will be entertaining for all of us but the victims.


    Who is it and what did they do?


    Wyverns, and they royally pissed off Luna.


    Can I ask how?


    Lets just say that they denied an important part of her.


    But arent wyverns only as intelligent as a decently smart goblin?


    When I said they denied a part of her, I meant that they deny it by existing.


    Oh.


    Not like it matters much in the end since she was eventually going to hunt them all down anyway.


    Think shell share some wyvern meat with us?


    A better question would be is if shell cook something with it then share it with us.


    Shes that good?


    Her cooking skill is at level ten. Then there is the skill boost she gets when she gains another tail. I bet she could give the God of Culinary Arts a run for her money.


    Impressive. Maybe I should have had that as the condition in our deal instead of what I actually did.


    Tote to take it back now.


    At those words I sighed and went to bed.


    Author''s Note:


    Tamamo: Just out of curiosity, how strong is the barrier around Grey''s office?


    Atmos: About as strong as a dungeon''s hundredth floor''s atmospheric mana level.


    Tamamo: So she can easily teleport to the dungeon''s fiftieth floor and help Soleil clear it?


    Atmos: Yep. Of course, doing that will drain her mana a lot and she''ll need to wait to get it back to a point she isfortable with, but it won''t be that difficult.


    Tamamo: If all of this is that easy, then why did he give her a whole month, and why even add the other condition if he''s just going to give Soleil the blessing anyway, and don''t get me started on the asking for the floating ind, even if he has ns on giving it back.


    Atmos: Because he knows Luna would probably prefer it this way. She''s trying to do what you told her and enjoy the mortal world. If she wanted to she could just go on an indiscriminate ughter to level up to be with you, but she isn''t. At least for the rest of the world, wyverns are different.


    Tamamo: If it''s like you say, then I can only support her. By the way, can you tell me what exactly you meant when you said wyverns existing deny a part of Luna?


    Atmos: Just wait and find out.


    Tamamo: Fine.

 Chapter 79: Plans and Development?

    Chapter 79: ns and Development?


    [Luna POV]


    I forced myself to get up early even though I was still sluggish from using all of my mana. I left my room to find something to eat and found mom, dad, and Velvet already up.


    Whats up, Luna, you look exhausted? (Amagi)


    I spent all of my manast night in order to prepare for the future. I answered back while slumping into a chair.


    The only time Ive ever seen you use all of your mana was when you teleported the three of us out of the dungeon, so where did you go? (Velvet)


    I teleported to Greys office, which I dont think Im going to do again anytime soon. Its even worse than teleporting outside of a dungeon. (Luna)


    What did you go to Grand Master Grey for? (Deacon)


    First of all, Im assuming you already know that he is the God of Adventure, right? (Luna)


    Everyone nodded their heads in affirmation.


    I asked him what effect his blessing has and if he would be willing to bless Soleil. (Luna)


    Why? (Velvet)


    So that she wont feel like she needs to do something stupid and dangerous while travelling with us so that she can catch up in strength. In my experience, although fictional, people that feel like they drag down their parties due to their weakness always end up worse off by trying to get stronger faster. (Luna)


    Did he agree? (Deacon)


    He did on the condition that she reaches B-rank in a month. (Luna)


    With our help it should be easy. (Velvet)


    I agree, thats why I need you to hold off sending anyone to check on the kobold king, dad. If I go and get Soleil registered today, report this, and ept the extermination quest with Soleil, I might be able to get her to at least D-rank by the end of the week. (Luna)


    What about C-rank? She needs to sessfully escort someone out of the country and deliver something somewhere not in the capital. (Amagi)


    Both are easy, I just need to give up on hiding my space magic. (Luna)


    Are you really considering that? (Velvet)


    Yes. The only reason I hid it in the first ce was to avoid being solicited by a country. Drome and Pneuma know about it but wont try anything, as for other countries, I dont know if they can do anything since Im on speaking terms with Grey. (Luna)


    Wasnt that a secret? (Velvet)


    He gave me permission while I was chatting with him during the new year get together to use the medallion in any way I want if its to avoid trouble with higher ups in a country I dont have an in with. (Luna)


    So basically, you would only really need to use that in the Demon Empire and the Dwarf Nation. (Deacon)


    Pretty much. Of course, I will probably somehow end up having a higher up in one of those countries be friendly with me one day. (Luna)


    Thats true. It would be hrious if Jarl or Apollo turn out to be a prince or something. (Velvet)


    That would indeed be funny. (Luna)


    What will happen if you run out of time? (Amagi)


    Hell still bless Soleil, Ill just have to give up on keeping the floating ind. (Luna)


    But dont you want to turn that into your home with the Goddess? (Velvet)


    I do, but if it turns out that I have to give it up for now, I will. Ill be living for eternity anyway, so Ill probably find another one one day. (Luna)


    Good point, although I think that youll be able to pull off the first condition rather easily. (Amagi)


    Thats true. The only thing Im worried about is the dungeon part of getting to B-rank. I know she doesnt have to clear the dungeon fully, just reach a specified floor, but me being me, I wont be satisfied if we just leave it at that. (Luna)


    At this point in the conversation, Ana and Soleil arrived.


    Hello everyone. (Soleil)


    Did we interrupt something? (Ana)


    Not really, I was just discussing a small change in ns, or more like a speed up to the schedule. (Luna)


    What are you talking about? (Soleil)


    Youre near future. (Ana)


    Soleil, I need you to get ready to put your nose to the grindstone. We have a busy month ahead of us. (Luna)


    Is it time for me to join you? (Soleil)


    Yes, but I need you to listen to everything Luna and Velvet tell you, or Ill make you wait for one more year. (Ana)


    That was a given from the start mom. (Soleil)


    Now what did you mean by speeding up the schedule? (Ana)


    We have a month to get Soleil to B-rank for her own mental health. (Luna)


    If thats the case Ill run back home and get ready to leave. Ill be right back. Soleil said as she ran at full speed back out of the door.


    When do you leave? (Ana)


    Well be teleporting in and out of here for a while. I doubt thisll actually take a month, but just to be safe Im setting this as the main base of our operations. I said as I looked at everyone in the room.


    Sorry for making all of these arbitrary decisions, Velvet. (Luna)


    Its fine, youre the party leader after all. Just make sure you dont run all of us ragged by getting ahead of yourself. (Velvet)


    By the way, since youll be officially a party of three, youll need a party name. (Deacon)


    Have anything in mind, Luna? (Velvet)


    I do, but Ill let you find out when we officially add Soleil to the party. (Luna)


    Fine by me, I absolutely suck ating up with names. (Velvet)


    It cant be that bad, can it? (Luna)


    Trust me, it is. By the way, since I assume were teleporting to Savannas capital, can we stop by my ce for a bit? I want to return the ring to my mother. (Velvet)


    That shouldnt take long, so why not. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    Lady Amagi, Lord Deacon, Luna has grown so much in the time she hasnt been here. (Ana)


    I agree.


    I decided to ignore the words of Ana and my parents and got up when I herd Soleil running back. When she entered the room for the second time today, she was out of breath and carrying a bag on her shoulders.


    Im..back. (Soleil)


    Good. Well be going now, but well most likely be back soon. (Luna)


    Good luck.


    I walked over to Velvet and Soleil, and we teleported off. We instantly arrived in Velvets room in Savannas capital.


    Ugh. Its been too long since I did that. (Soleil)


    You going to be sick? (Luna)


    No, just need to get used to it again. (Soleil)


    Come on, lets find my mother quickly and well be able to head straight for the guild. (Velvet)


    We left Velvets room and walked to a pair of doors that looked like the ones in front of moms office at the shrine.


    Mother, Im back for a bit. (Velvet)


    Come in Velvet. (Sonia)


    We all entered the room. Velvets mother was surprised that me and Soleil were present judging by her reaction.


    I wasnt expecting you to also be here, Lady Luna, and who is this cute one? (Sonia)


    This is Soleil, my little sister and newest member of our party. (Luna)


    My apologies for being disrespectful then, Lady Soleil. (Sonia)


    There is no need for that. Although I call Luna my big sister, were not actually rted. (Soleil)


    It felt strange hearing Soleil call me by my name. I looked at her and I must have had a strange expression on my face because Soleil started to get flustered.


    I didnt mean that I dont like being your little sister, its just that I dont want to be treated so respectfully just because of my rtionship with you. (Soleil)


    Its fine, it just felt weird hearing you say my name instead of calling me big sis. (Luna)


    It felt weird saying it, but I think I should start using your name while we are in public at least. (Soleil)


    Why? (Luna)


    Im not sure myself. (Soleil)


    Anyway, were just stopping by so I can give this back. Velvet said as she handed the ring she has worn the entire time to her mother.


    Does this mean that you are leaving Lady Lunas party Velvet? (Sonia)


    No, I just dont need it anymore. Luna gave me something that got rid of my weakness to sunlight permanently. (Velvet)


    Before you ask, no, I cant get anymore of it. (Luna)


    {You could if you asked, but I know you wont.}


    Thats fine. Enjoy it Velvet, youre one of the few Sunwalker vampires to have existed now. (Sonia)


    Oh. Does that mean I should start calling her Velvet the Sunwalker now? (Luna)


    Please dont. I feel like if you start doing that, itll be a title that will show up in my status. (Velvet)


    I think it has a nice ring to it. (Soleil)


    Not you too. (Velvet)


    I was just kidding Velvet. (Luna)


    I still think it sounds cool. (Soleil)


    Anyway, we finished what we needed to so lets head to the guild now. (Velvet)


    Velvet hurried out of the room while the three of us stared at her back.


    Shes kind of cute when she gets like that. (Soleil)


    Both me and Sonia looked at Soleil when she said that, and her face grew red.


    Did I say that out loud? (Soleil)


    You did.


    Soleil then ran out of the room the same way Velvet did.


    And I havent even started trying yet. (Luna)


    You want those two to be together? (Sonia)


    Yes. I feel like they would be a good couple. (Luna)


    Let them know that they have my blessing. (Sonia)


    Will do. I said as I left the room to find the two of them.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: Now that I think about it, Velvet and Soleil did spend some time together before. I wonder if anything happened back then?


    Nothing interesting or there would have been a side chapter about it.


    Luna: So can I expect more developments like this?


    I''ll try my best, but I make no promises that it will be satisfying due to myck of experience in the ways of romantic rtionships.


    Luna: I feel like you''re doing fine in regards to mine and Tamamo''s rtionship.


    Tamamo: I agree.


    That''s because the two of you fell in love at first sight. Soleil and Velvet are starting from nothing and need to start from friends.


    Luna: I believe you can do it.


    Tamamo: Same.


    Thanks you two.

 Chapter 80: Back in the Capital

    Chapter 80: Back in the Capital


    [Luna POV]


    It didnt take long to find them since they just left the room. Soleils face was still red, and Velvet was trying to figure out what was wrong. Neither one noticed me just yet and I decided to stay silent. I even activated my stealth skill to see what would happen.


    Seriously, what happened Soleil? Why did you run like that? (Velvet)


    Its nothing. I just identally said something out loud when I meant for it to stay in my mind. (Soleil)


    I see. Velvet said as she put a hand on Soleils shoulder. You shouldnt worry about it, it happens to everyone.


    Tamamo, are they just trying to get along, or am I reading too much into this?


    {For now, I think they are just trying to get along. Soleilsment earlier means that she doesnt think of Velvet negatively, but I think youre reading too much into it at the moment.}


    Then I guess Ill put the teasing off for now. Soniasstment gave me some good teasing material for the future.


    I cancelled my stealth skill while walking up to them.


    Are the two of you calmed down now? (Luna)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    Yes, and please forget what I said earlier. (Soleil)


    Good, then its time to go to the guild. (Luna)


    We left Velvets home and took our time going to the guild since this was Soleils first time in the capital. She was looking around everywhere with sparkles in her eyes and asking us questions about the city. I let Velvet exin most things since she knows the city better.


    Hey Velvet, when we finish everything that we can do in this city and if we have enough time, you should take Soleil to Mister Barts shop. (Luna)


    Sounds good to me. (Velvet)


    What is sold there? (Soleil)


    Its a coffee shop. Didnt I tell you about it before? (Luna)


    I dont remember if you did or not, but it sounds interesting, so Id like to go at least once. (Soleil)


    Then well do it if we have the time. (Velvet)


    It sounds like you like that coffee stuff, big sis, Im surprised that you dont have any in your inventory. (Soleil)


    I do have some, but I cant give any to any of you. (Luna)


    Why not? (Velvet)


    Because it came from the God of Coffee. I have no idea what it would do to you. (Luna)


    It doesnt do anything to you? (Soleil)


    Unfortunately not, status effect immunity makes sure of that. (Luna)


    How weird. Does that mean you wont ever get drunk either? (Soleil)


    I have been once, but I doubt anything under what I had at that time will do anything. (Luna)


    What, when did that happen? (Velvet)


    New years with Tamamo. It was a weird feeling. (Luna)


    I would have loved to see that. (Velvet)


    {It was quite funny, especially when you started chasing multiple mes.}


    Im d only I heard that. (Luna)


    We arrived at the guild an hourter and went inside. I looked at the long counter and found Shuten and Ibaraki with no one with them. I led us over there and the two of them were surprised to see us.


    I didnt expect you to be back this soon. (Shuten)


    Wee back. (Ibaraki)


    Yeah, we came back to get her to register and join our party. I said as I pushed Soleil forward.


    Hello and wee to the adventurers guild, Im Shuten.


    My name is Ibaraki.


    I am Soleil, its nice to meet you.


    Ibaraki can get you registered and give you the exnation. (Shuten)


    Pleasee over here for a bit. Ibaraki said as she led Soleil to a spot a little further away from us.


    How was everything in the Celestia Kingdom? (Shuten)


    Great, we even met Tomoe and she helped us a lot. (Luna)


    Thats good, how is she doing? (Shuten)


    Good, she has quite the nice position in the guild there. (Velvet)


    She was the vice guild master, right? (Luna)


    Yep. (Velvet)


    Good for her, now, onto other business. You said the Soleil over there is going to join your party, correct? (Shuten)


    Yes. (Luna)


    Since your party will have three members, it will need a name. Do you have one? (Shuten)


    Our partys name will be Steris. (Luna)


    A good name. Does it have any meaning? (Shuten)


    Not at the moment. (Luna)


    Shuten wrote down the name I said on a piece of paper and put it on the stack that was next to her, then looked back to us.


    With this, the party Steris is official. (Shuten)


    At that moment, Soleil and Ibaraki came back over to us.


    Take a look at this, big sis. Soleil said as she showed me her guild card.


    Congrattions, Soleil, youre now an adventurer. I replied as I patted her head.


    Once I was done doing that, I turned back to Shuten.


    Shuten, can I ask to see the guild master, there is something I need to report. (Luna)


    Ill go and inform him. (Shuten)


    What are you reporting, big sis? (Soleil)


    What you were dealing with in regards to the kobolds in the forest close to home. (Luna)


    Oh. (Soleil)


    A few more minutes went by until Shuten returned. She told us that the guild master will see us and led us to his office. When we passed the third floor, Soleil covered her ears with a frown on her face.


    Ugh. Too loud. (Soleil)


    We can go and get you something for that after this. (Velvet)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    We finally arrived at the guild masters office and went inside. Vince greeted us and we all sat down on the couches in the room.


    Wee back. I see you have increased your party size. (Vince)


    We did, this is Soleil. (Luna)


    Its nice to meet you. (Soleil)


    The pleasure is all mine. Now, what did you need to report? (Vince)


    Its highly likely that a kobold king has appeared in the forest near the shrine vige. (Luna)


    That is serious, but why bring this to me instead of letting your father and his soldiers deal with it? (Vince)


    Because I need it to be a quest we can take in order to get Soleils rank up faster. There are some special circumstances that require her to get to a higher rank fast. (Luna)


    I see. I wont pry. Ill get the documents ready, does this need to be solely extermination or investigate and exterminate if possible? (Vince)


    What would be more beneficial for our circumstances? (Luna)


    Investigate and exterminate if possible. She can get to E-rank bypleting the investigation, D if there is a king and she has high contribution in killing it. After that, shell need toplete several quests and at least one bandit extermination, as well as the escort and delivery quests. (Vince)


    Then well go with that. Thanks for doing this. (Luna)


    Dont mind it. Im treating this as a thank you to you, Miss Luna. (Vince)


    A thank you for what? (Luna)


    For the thing you did for Lia. You gave her a goodpetition in archery that she hasnt had in a while. (Vince)


    That hardly requires thanks since I was the one that wanted it in the first ce. (Luna)


    You dont understand. Lia is the best archer in our home, she hasnt had a good archery contest since she returned from fighting the fiends. You are the first person since then who actually gave her a hard time and she asked me that if I ever met you, to help you out if needed. (Vince)


    Guess I have to thank her for this the next time I see her then. (Luna)


    Vince finished doing the required things to make this an official quest and handed us the paper.


    Bring this to Shuten or Ibaraki and youll be set. (Vince)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    Its no problem. (Vince)


    We left his office and started going back downstairs.


    What were you talking about when you said special circumstances? (Soleil)


    Youll get something good if you make it to B-rank in a month that will help you out in the long run.(Luna)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    Youre just going to go with it? (Velvet)


    Its because its big sis. If she says that it will help me in the future, it cant be bad. (Soleil)


    I dont think that is a good mindset. (Velvet)


    I agree, Im not perfect Soleil, not everything I say will turn out well. It will this time due to the people involved, but dont take everything I say as an absolute good thing. (Luna)


    I understand. (Soleil)


    We made it downstairs and went over to Shuten and Ibaraki again. I handed the paper Vince gave me to them and the rest went quickly. We left the guild and went to the ce I got my sound suppressing magic tools to get some for Soleil. While we were there, she got a bit distracted by all of the nice clothes there, but she eventually bought a pair of suppressors. We left the store and I teleported us back home to start our quest.


    Author''s Note:


    Some fun news, we have a new cover for the novel. This one was made by the same wonderful individual as thest one, so please thank Lu for their contribution. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 81: Plan for the Quest

    Chapter 81: n for the Quest


    [Luna POV]


    When we got back to the shrine, we decided on our n of action.


    Since you need a lot of contribution on this quest Soleil, how do you want to go about it? (Luna)


    Hmm. We scout out the forest for a few days to find the kobolds main residence, weaken them with something the whole time, and when we find the king, kill it. (Soleil)


    The first andst things are fine, but the middle part will take too long. (Luna)


    Really, you must have something in your inventory that can work quicker or even instantly. (Velvet)


    I might, let me check. (Luna)


    I looked through my inventory for a few minutes before getting to all of my poisons.


    I wish I could filter for what Im looking for.


    {Ive always been curious about how you know whats in that inventory. I know that there is a lot of stuff, how do you keep track of all of it?}


    The skill pulls up a list in my head. I can also show a list to someone else, but I prefer it this way.


    After looking for a few more minutes through all of my poisons, I found some that might suit our needs.


    Found something that might work. (Luna)


    That took a while, just how much stuff do you have in there? (Velvet)


    Velvet, its rude to ask ady about the contents of her inventory. (Luna)


    Not like you care about that kind of thing, big sis. (Soleil)


    True. And to answer your question, Velvet, a lot of stuff. (Luna)


    So, what kind of poison is this? (Velvet)


    Remember those nts we fought on the 35<sup>th</sup> floor of the dungeon? (Luna)


    The ones that put people to sleep and give them nightmares? (Velvet)


    Yep. I got a few of their poison sacks and mixed the contents with some enhancers to make it more effective. With this, anything extremely weak will die of heart failure due to their nightmares. I just dont know if using this will be counted as my contribution or whoever uses the poison. (Luna)


    Ok, first of all, thats a very scary thing you made. Second: I think its counted as whoever uses the poison. If it didnt work like that, then anyone who uses poison would never get quest contribution, but the alchemist or apothecary that made it. (Velvet)


    Makes sense. (Luna)


    Big sis, why did you make such a scary poison? (Soleil)


    No reason, I just decided to make it one day when I was bored. Its not even the worst of what I have. (Luna)


    Whats the worst one? (Soleil)


    Hydras blood. (Luna)


    I dont believe that. You have to have made something worse than that. (Velvet)


    I really havent. There isnt much I can do to improve a necrotic poison like that, much less make something else with it. (Luna)


    Is it really that bad? (Velvet)


    Oh yes. The only reason Imfortable handling it is because of my immunity and the fact that I have max level healing magic. (Luna)


    Should I use that to kill the kobold king? (Soleil)


    No. Were supposed to kill the thing, not make it suffer endless pain. The nightmare poison would be considered a mercy. (Luna)


    Then can you make the stuff you brought out earlier into powder? (Soleil)


    Itll lessen the effect, but I can. Why? (Luna)


    I can use my wind magic to spread it and- (Soleil)


    Another no, we only want the kobolds dead, not the normal animals and other wildlife. (Velvet)


    Hmmmmm. (Soleil)


    Think in a different way. Everything youve brought up before would need very particr skills to make or you would need a lot of money to buy the things you need. What can YOU do to make this work? Which of YOUR skills would be best in this situation? (Luna)


    Well, fire magic is out since we dont want to burn down the forest. Wind magic can be useful but its my weakest skill at the moment. Daggers are too short for any safebat since Im weaker than what were hunting. I dont know. (Soleil)


    You can go all out with fire magic, and Ill handle putting out the fires left behind. You dont have to do this solo, I think leading yourpanions also counts as contribution. I just want you killing things because itll help raise your level. (Luna)


    Then can I ask you to sneak into their residence and poison any water supplies they have? (Soleil)


    Simple. (Luna)


    Velvet, can I ask you to help out with dark magic and debuff the king if the poison doesnt affect it as much as the others? (Soleil)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    Then lets head out and get started. (Soleil)


    We left the shrine and headed straight to the forest. Though they were deeper into the forest, I could smell the kobolds on the wind.


    Does dad not have peoplee here to thin them out throughout the year? It smells like there are thousands of them. (Luna)


    Thats the effect a king has, Luna. If a king is present, theyll multiply like rabbits. (Velvet)


    But it doesnt make sense. Even if they grow in numbers, they still take time to grow. (Luna)


    Another effect of a king. Their growth rates go up from a month to about two weeks. The good part is that the ones like that are even weaker than normal kobolds. (Velvet)


    So, the cannon fodder has even more cannon fodder? (Luna)


    I dont know what that is, but yes. (Velvet)


    We may have to thin out their numbers a bit before we look for the residence. (Luna)


    Can you handle that, big sis. I cant userge area magic yet. (Soleil)


    Im a bit curious as well, you havent used any magic since you got your third tail aside from teleporting. (Velvet)


    Ill clear them out a bit, but Im leaving some for the two of you. (Luna)


    I walked into the forest until I could see the kobolds. There were lots of them everywhere and the group in front of me looked like a single mass. I snapped my finger, and arge part of the group was covered in a thick icy fog. I left it like that for a few minutes then dissipated it. Once the fog was gone, the area that it covered looked like apletely different world.


    The trees and ground were incased in ayer of ice and the kobolds that were there were now lifeless ice sculptures. It felt like a single gust of wind would be enough to shatter them into innumerable pieces. I used telepathy to call Velvet and Soleil over. When they got here, they both went wide-eyed in shock.


    Was this an ice magic spell? (Velvet)


    No. I used my ice mist instead. (Luna)


    So this is what it looks like when you go all out. (Soleil)


    No, if I went all out, I could have covered the entire forest and the vige and maybe a part of the way to the capital. My ice mists range is based on my mana. Now, I saved some for the two of you, theyre dazed at the moment so it should be easy to take them out. (Luna)


    Let me show you what I can do. Soleil said as she made her way toward a small group of kobolds that were dazed. I could feel her gather mana near her mouth and she shouted out Yol!


    A stream of fire leapt forth from in front of her and burned the kobolds she was targeting. Velvet looked impressed by the power shown, but all I could think about was how I needed to have a word with ke.


    What other things has he taught her?


    {What do you mean, Luna?}


    Just something to do with my previous world. I will need to have a word with ke when were done here.


    Soleil used fire breath two more time and even an unrelenting force once; but was spent after that. Now it was Velvets turn. She unsheathed her sword and swung it while it extended. It carved a path through the rest of the kobolds and the area was cleared.


    Now that this is done, we collect the materials, or at least any that are salvageable. (Luna)


    We spent the rest of the day doing this, then headed back to the vige.


    Author''s Note:


    Grey: Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahhaha! He taught her dragon shouts!


    Luna: I feelplicated about that.


    Grey: Why?


    Luna: I don''t really know. It just feels weird seeing Soleil doing that. On one hand I love it. On the other, it''s impractical.


    Grey: Are you going to start using them as well?


    Luna: If I feel like messing around, then maybe. Honestly, I''m surprised you haven''t tried spreading them around.


    Grey: I did at one point, but over time people stopped using them. Now only a few of the longer lived elves and a few others remember them.


    Luna: Yay! Even more to watch out for in the Elven Country.


    Grey: You don''t need to worry, Those old coots won''t give her much trouble, at most they''ll ask her where she heard them from and leave her be after that. They''re more focused on finding out how to be sages.


    Luna: And that is one of the other problems I have regarding that country.


    Grey: You''ll be fine, you have the medallion and a connection with their general, they can''t do anything to you.


    Luna: I guess you''re right.

 Chapter 82: Finding the King

    Chapter 82: Finding the King


    [Luna POV]


    Over the course of the next few days, we hunted for the kobold residence while we thinned out the numbers. There were tons of kobolds, so many in fact that I even increased my level by one. I also got a skill called hidden weapon while throwing around my throwing knives.


    Soleil was also making progress. She hit level 15 yesterday and was on par with a strong kobold leader. She even managed to reach the point of using the explosion spell. When she told me that, I debated whether to get her to unknowingly reference the crimson demon or the snapping alchemist, but I decided to put it off for now.


    Velvet also went up three levels, hitting level 65. She checked her stats after that and started freaking out, three more of them hit S after her level ups. She didnt want to believe that she gained so much after such a long time of slow growth. Her reactions also got a few quietments out of Soleil that she thought no one hear.


    Maybe I wont have to do anything after all. I mean Soleil seems a little enamored by Velvet.


    {Well, Velvet is quite the beautiful person. Im honestly surprised that the two of you havent been called out more on your adventure.}


    Now that I think about it, youre right. There was only that one time, and it never happened again, at least not with adventurers.


    {Oh yeah, that thing happened with the prince. What was his name again?}


    Zeke?


    {I think thats right.}


    He was kind of forgettable.


    We reentered the forest as I was chatting with Tamamo. After walking a bit, I felt something weird.


    Be on your guard, somethings weird. (Luna)


    Weird how? (Velvet)


    Its like something is trying to hide its presence, but its also making it easy to find it. I dont know if whatever it is, is doing this deliberately or if its just bad at hiding itself. Not to mention that there is more than one. (Luna)


    Do kobolds learn stealth skills? (Soleil)


    Some rarely can. (Velvet)


    Some bushes rustled behind me and several stone daggers flew from it. They were heading towards me, but I teleported a small distance away, leaving behind a puff of mist and a log. The stone daggers bounced off the log and fell to the ground.


    Fufufu. That was fun. (Luna)


    In response to that attack, I sent some ice spears in the direction the daggers came from and hit what was hiding there. I walked over to it to find a kobold with ck fur.


    Should I call this a kobold assassin? (Luna)


    I think so. You said there were more, do you know where theyre at? (Velvet)


    They ran when their friend was killed. I bet theyre going to report back to the king. (Luna)


    Do you know the direction they went? (Soleil)


    Follow me, today is the day wemit regicide. I said as I caused some lightning to strike and thunder to sound.


    Was the thunder and lightning really necessary? (Velvet)


    Completely. It adds to the dramatic effect. (Luna)


    Is this how it always is on an adventure? (Soleil)


    I try to make it fun. (Luna)


    It certainly is never boring. (Velvet)


    We continued to follow the kobold assassins trail and found arge clearing with small huts and thergest group of kobolds weve seen yet. The ce smelled horrible and it almost made me and Soleil pass out.


    Big sis, can we burn this ce to the ground? (Soleil)


    Im tempted. (Luna)


    I know it smells horrible, but we cant do that. Soleil needs more contribution, remember? (Velvet)


    But I would be the one burning everything. It would count as a lot of contribution if I exterminated everything, right? (Soleil)


    You canunch a preemptive strike with the element of surprise. If you run out of mana, Ill give you some of mine. (Luna)


    What about the assassins that should be reporting to the king? (Velvet)


    They dont know we followed them. They arent very smart, you know. (Luna)


    At that moment, there was a loud howl.


    If youre going to do something, do it now, Soleil. I rmendbining your wind and fire magic. (Luna)


    Soleil took in a deep breath, but I stopped her.


    Were trying to make a sneak attack, not tell them our location. Shouts are fine in a melee or head on fight; but sneaking around is different. (Luna)


    Ok, Ill do it normally then. (Soleil)


    She raised her hands and a tornado started to form. She then sent in some fire magic turning it into a fire tornado, which devastated the residence. Doing this and maintaining the tornado was taking a lot of her mana, so I put my hand on her back and gave her some of mine.


    This feels weird, big sis. (Soleil)


    Really, it feels nice when Tamamo does it? (Luna)


    {Thats because were morepatible with each other. There is also the fact that you and Soleil dont share any magic affinities.}


    Velvet, take over. (Luna)


    Why? (Velvet)


    Because you and Soleil share a fire affinity. Itll be a smoother process if you do this. (Luna)


    Fine. (Velvet)


    She ced a hand on Soleils back and started to share her mana with her.


    This feels way better. Its all warm and fuzzy and stuff. (Soleil)


    The tornado kept up its destruction for several more minutes until a giant, for a kobold, kobold came out. It let out a howl louder than earlier. This howl must have had an intimidation effect, because it disrupted Soleils concentration, stopping the tornado.


    Sorry about that. (Soleil)


    Its fine. You did good. (Velvet)


    Id say you took out most of the rabble, the only ones left are the higher levelled ones. (Luna)


    How do you want to proceed? (Velvet)


    You two can take on the king, Ill keep the others out of your way. (Luna)


    Sounds good to me. What about you, Soleil? (Velvet)


    Ill do my best. (Soleil)


    Perfect, then Ill prepare the stage. (Luna)


    I surrounded the area in mist and jumped into it.


    All of the others are trapped in the mist and the king is in the middle. Have fun. (Luna)


    Lets get this over with. (Velvet)


    Lets. (Soleil)


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: I''m kind of shocked that I''m notpatible with Soleil.


    Tamamo: That doesn''t mean much you know, it''s just some of the intricacies of mana.


    Luna: That''s good to know. It''s also good to know that Velvet and Soleil arepatible.


    Tamamo: You really like the idea of them being together, don''t you?


    Luna: Of course, I want the best for Soleil, and Velvet is the best person I know.


    Tamamo: Oh, but what about Pneuma or prince what''s-his-face?


    Luna: I wouldn''t want to put Soleil through all that. Royalty has too many things holding them down, and Soleil shines brighter while free.


    Tamamo: You shine just as brightly.


    Luna: I''m still dullpared to you.


    Tamamo: Ufufufufu. I disagree, you''re brighter than I''ve ever been.


    Can the two of you save the flirting forter.


    Luna and Tamamo: No.


    Fine.

 Chapter 83: Regicide

    Chapter 83: Regicide


    [Soleil POV]


    Velvet and I made our way to where the kobold king was while big sis was taking care of the others. She had her mist cover the entire area except the middle in order to keep the weak ones from interfering.


    Now that I think about it, couldnt big sis just freeze all of the other kobolds ande and help us?


    If we werent trying to get you a lot of contribution, we would have had this whole thing over with on the first day. Of course, she also has a good reason for doing it this way, so Im not going toin.


    Youre really nice.


    W-what do you mean by that?


    Well, I feel like most people would just ask big sis to do all of the work when they learn how strong she is and just reap whatever rewardes from it. Youre not like that, so that makes you nice. Of course, thats not all, but its one of the main things. Another one is that you dont mind me joining the party, even with how weak I ampared to the both of you.


    I would never think to take advantage of Luna like that, for various reasons. One she is my best friend; another is that I would probably be hit with divine punishment if I took advantage of her.


    I guess thats true, though I doubt big sis would have kept you around if you tried taking advantage of her in the first ce.


    True.


    We were finally getting to the inner edge of the mist and heard a loud howl. We stopped just before the edge and I could barely make out the shape of a giant angry kobold.


    Prepare some magic, Ill distract it. Velvet whispered to me.


    I nodded in response and started to prepare some fire magic. Velvet ran out of the mist and swung her sword which extended and shed the kobold kings back. It let out a yelp of pain and turned its attention to Velvet. She dashed around and got it to face its back to me.


    I shot the fire magic at it, and it hit. The spell caused the king to turn around again and it started to run towards me. It was hit in the back again by Velvets sword which diverted its attention once more. We continued this pattern until my mana started to run low. The king was very weak and I decided to try and get the killing blow while Velvet had its attention.


    I took out my dagger and started to sneak up on it. It was going well until I was right behind it. It must have heard or smelled me because it turned around very quickly and raised the ax it was holding. It started to swing it down at me and time seemed to slow down. I shut my eyes instinctively, but nothing happened. I reopened my eyes to see Velvets sword wrapped around its arm and shadows binding it in ce.


    Do it!


    I lunged forward with my dagger and managed to stab the kobold king in the eye. When I pulled it out, blood gushed everywhere, but I somehow didnt get covered in it. It looked like it was covering a pane of ss.


    That was a close one. (Luna)


    Not really, you had a spatial barrier around the both of us the entire time, didnt you? (Velvet)


    Naturally, I cant have my little sister or best friend getting hurt, now can I. Though I do like how you saved Soleil at the end there, you were like a knight saving a princess from a bandit. (Luna)


    Youre wrong, big sis. Im no where near as pretty as a princess. (Soleil)


    Thats not true. (Velvet)


    Eh? I was surprised that it was Velvet who said that. I looked over to her and, seeing the seriousness in her face, I felt my face heating up.


    Fufu. I agree with Velvet, you are extremely cute Soleil, just like a princess. (Luna)


    H-how would you know? (Soleil)


    Because Nia is a princess and I also know another one. If I had to say, youre slightly more cute than them, right Velvet? (Luna)


    Ye-wait, why are we talking about this? We should be cleaning all of this up now. Velvet was about to agree with big sis, but realizing what she was saying, changed the subject.


    Fufufufufufufu. No reason to get all flustered, Velvet. (Luna)


    Im not flustered! (Velvet)


    Oh, but you are, you always try and change the subject to whatever our objective is when youre flustered. (Luna)


    Help me out here, Soleil. Velvet whined.


    But youre so cute like this. As soon as I said that; I covered my mouth with my hands, my face turning redder than the blood all around me.


    (Velvet)


    Fufufufufufufufufufu! Hahahahahhahahahahahhahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Luna)


    We all stood there, me and Velvet with an awkward silence and big sis losing herself inughter.


    *Sigh* No need to clean all of this up, Ill take care of it with my inventory. (Luna)


    Big sis snapped her fingers and all of the kobold corpses disappeared.


    Lets head back, the two of you can think things over while getting cleaned up from todays fun. (Luna)


    I just nodded my head and I assume Velvet did the same as she also didnt respond. Big sis put her hands on our shoulders and we were instantly back at the shrine. We all went our separate ways to get cleaned up.


    While I was washing off all of the dirt and sweat from today, I immersed myself in my thoughts.


    Why have I been thinking all of this recently? I mean, Velvet has always been beautiful, but why am I acting like this? Im usually so good at not speaking my thoughts out loud, but ever since they came back, Ive been doing it frequently.


    I poured water over my head to get the shampoo stuff dad and big sis made out of my hair.


    Do I like her? I mean, I dont dislike her. She is nice and has a good personality. She was fun when I was showing her around the vige when she first came here with big sis. She was also cute when she was buying those masks at the vanquishing festival.


    I started to wash my tail now. It was full of dirt and had some small twigs in it, which I picked out with some effort.


    If I do like her, how do I make sure she feels the same way? I mean, were both girls, but that doesnt matter. But does Velvet prefer girls over men? Ill have to ask big sister.


    I finished washing off my tail and went to sit in the bath for a bit. I stayed in there for about two hours while sunk into my thoughts. When I got out and dried off, I looked at myself in the mirror.


    I hope Velvet doesnt mind people younger than her.


    I got dressed and left the bathroom to find big sis waiting for me in the hallway.


    You took a long time, is something wrong?


    No, I was just thinking. By the way, do you know if Velvet prefers men or women?


    Women. Big sis said with a grin that made me feel like this was a development she was waiting for.


    Have you been wanting me and Velvet to fall for each other?


    I wont deny it, but Im happy to see I dont have to try and make it happen.


    But what about Velvets feelings on the matter?


    Shes known Ive been wanting you two to get together. As for her feelings, Im notpletely sure, but I think you have nothing to worry about. The two of you just need to get to know each other better. Do that, and Im sure that she will fall for you if she hasnt already.


    Then how do I go about doing that?


    Well, Ill help out with that. Ill send the two of you to the capital tomorrow and you can go around on a date.


    What about the quest?


    We still have to dismantle everything first, so Ill handle that while the two of you go out.


    Are you sure, wont you need help?


    If I do, Ill just ask dad or some of the soldiers. Not like dismantling is all that difficult anyway.


    Thanks, big sis.


    No problem. If you ever need advice, just ask me and Ill help to the best of my abilities.


    Then be ready for then.


    Author''s Note:


    Does this development feel like it''s happening too fast?


    Luna: I don''t think so. It''s clear that Soleil has felt something for Velvet for a while and it has started toe out before this.


    Tamamo: Human hearts are strange like that. They can get attached to another very quickly without any warning.


    I guess that''s true. Now to figure out how to write their date.


    Luna: If you can do it for me and Tamamo, then it''ll be easy.


    Tamamo: That''s right.


    Then what POV should I write?


    Luna: Both?


    Tamamo: Both.


    Luna and Tamamo: Both is good.


    Then it''s decided. By the way, I haven''t heard from Atmos in a while. What happened to her?


    Tamamo: I was making sure that she didn''t manipte fate to get Soleil and Velvet together.


    That is something she would do. Thanks for that.


    Tamamo: No problem.


    Luna: Before we finish this, can I ask a favor?


    What''s up?


    Luna: Can you write something good for my next date with Tamamo?


    I''ll try my best, so look forward to it.


    Luna: Thank you.

 Side Chapter 12: Soleil and Velvet

    Side Chapter 12: Soleil and Velvet


    [Velvet POV]


    The day after we finished hunting the king kobold, Luna was sending me and Soleil to the capital. She told me it was at Soleils request, though I think its more her idea than Soleils. Speaking of Soleil, she has been a bit strange after we killed the king.


    It mostly started after our after-battle banter where she called me cute out loud. After that happened and we went back to the shrine to clean up, the next time she saw me, she seemed resolved about something. I did ask Luna about it, but she told me that it was something that Soleil and I would need to discuss, leading to me and Soleil going around the capital today.


    Is there anything in particr you want to do, Soleil?


    Not really, I dont really know what to do or where to go in a city, though I do want to try that shop that has that coffee stuff.


    We can save going there for lunch today. Since you have no preference, we can go to the shopping district.


    Good thing I brought money then.


    I chuckled a little at her words and we headed off. On the way there, we bantered a bit. It was mostly Soleil asking what kinds of things I liked besides masks, and things I like to do. I answered her and asked the same questions back.


    It turns out that Soleil likes to meddle in cksmithing and painting. She also told me that she is great at chess and has only ever lost to Lord Deacon and Lady Amagi. When we finally arrived at the shopping district, we were bombarded by noise.


    Im d to have these sound dampeners.


    Haha. I bet, when I came here with Luna, sheined about the noise constantly.


    Understandable, big sis has even better hearing that I do.


    Really?


    Yeah, she would be able to tell you the conversation of people three streets over, while I could only tell you some bits and pieces from the next street.


    Thats interesting, I always thought that she had normal hearing for a beastkin.


    No, we do have good hearing, but big sis is on a different level.


    Does it have anything to do with a skill?


    Not that I or anyone else close to her know. Though I do remember her dad saying that his family always did have really good senses, so maybe its just a trait of her family.


    I guess thats reasonable.


    We decided to go and look through a few shops that sold some rather nice clothes and jewelry. I even saw a nice looking ne, but decided not to buy it since I didnt think it would suit me. Soleil ended up buying some clothes that I thought really suited her and we left the shop. It was around noon that we left, so we decided to go to Mister Barts shop for lunch and a break. I brought us to the shop and led Soleil inside. It seemed like Mister Bart was expecting us and he led us to a private area away from the main seating area. I asked him what this was about, but all he did was smile and walked away. I did hear Soleil mumble something, but she said she didnt say anything when I asked her what she said.


    After a few silent seconds, Mister Bart brought us some menus. We decided what we wanted and ordered then were left alone again. We chatted about small things until our order arrived and we ate a little. Soleil was only taking small bites and sips of her lunch with a strange look on her face. Her eyes were darting around, and her ears moved as if they were making sure that no one was around listening. After a few minutes of this, a determined look showed on her face.


    Velvet, I know this may seem sudden, but I think I like you.


    Eh?


    I know that we have only known each other for a small amount of time, but I cant help feeling some attraction to you.


    I didnt really know what to say. I knew that Luna wanted me to get together with Soleil, but I didnt think that the person herself would confess to me like this. In order to buy some time to get my thoughts together, I asked her a question.


    Are you only doing this because Luna wants us to be together?


    No. I was thinking all of this over a lotst night and Ive had this weird feeling about you since you and big sis came back to the shrine. Every time you got flustered or acted cool, it made me think that you were cute, and I voiced those thoughts out loud a few times by mistake. After fighting the king yesterday, when I said what I did out loud and you heard me, I decided to give it serious thought.


    I dont hate you, and I think youre a cute and nice person that I dont mind being around. In fact, I like being around you. I dont really know if that means I like you, but if thats what all this means, then I dont mind it. Heck, I didnt even know big sis wanted us to get together until I saw her reaction to me asking if you preferred men or women.


    This was a lot to take in. If I had to voice my thoughts of Soleil, I didnt dislike her. I think shes cute and I did get to know her better today, but I dont know if I like her in that way yet.


    You dont care that Im older than you?


    Why would I? I mean, look at big sis and the Goddess.


    Thats true.


    Not to mention that Ill be immortal sooner orter.


    You already know about that?


    Of course, I know that mom, dad, Lady Amagi, and Lord Deacon are all Apostles and that I will be one when big sis can make them. At that point what does age even matter?


    True.


    If this is all too sudden for you, then I wont ask you to answer me right now. I mean, even I dont know if what I feel for you is love or something else, but the worst you can do is reject me. It wont change the fact that we are in the same party and following big sis.


    I dont dislike you or the idea of being with you, but I would at least like to spend some time as friends first.


    Thats understandable, just know that I will try to get you to fall for me.


    Haha. I look forward to seeing what you will do.


    [Soleil POV]


    After I confessed to Velvet and got her reply, I was relieved that she didnt reject me. It wasnt exactly what I wanted, but she at least seems open to the idea of being with me. We continued eating our lunch, we talked about what we were going to do after today.


    Do you know what we will do next? Once we turn in this quest, I will have to take a rank-up test right?


    Most likely, you will be raised to D-rank. Then you will have to go on an exam quest to kill some bandits to see if you can kill people. After that will be some normal quests to fill the quota as well as two other quests that can bepleted easily with Lunas teleportation to get to C-rank. I dont know what the C-rank test is, but I think you will pass it easily. After that, well quickly clear the dungeon again to get you to B-rank.


    I know big sis said that doing this will be good for me, but what exactly am I getting out of this?


    A blessing from the God of Adventure that will help your stat growth. Luna thinks that you might try doing dangerous things out of a desperate need to catch up to us in strength.


    She is such a worrywart. Ive always known I would be weaker than big sis.


    True, though Ive started to doubt if I wont be somewhat closer to her in stats by the time I hit level 100.


    What do you mean?


    Luna gave me something that she was give by the God of Creation that took away my weakness to sunlight and raises my stats more every five levels.


    Maybe she nned for this since she knew I would want to catch up with you, then.


    We can think of it like that, but I think that she is acting out of an unnecessary fear.


    So, its something like being overprepared for something that wont happen, then being underprepared for something that will happen.


    Putting it like that makes you sound like Luna.


    Its because she said that once.


    Hahaha.


    Hehehe.


    We finished our lunch and ordered some coffee and pastries for dessert. I took my first sip of coffee and almost spit it out.


    So bitter.


    Haha. I was the same way the first time I tried it. Put some sugar and milk in and it will be better.


    I did as Velvet said and tried the coffee again.


    So much better.


    I know right. I really dont get why Luna likes it without anything put in.


    Big sis has always had weird taste. She really likes rich foods and soups.


    No wonder she has so much of that in her inventory.


    What kind of foods do you like Velvet?


    Sweet things, grilled meat, oranges. Im especially fond of steaks.


    Good to know.


    What about you, Soleil?


    I also like sweet things, meat, and fruits, but if I had to name my favorite food, it would have to be fried tofu.


    It seems like you share that with Luna and the Goddess.


    I think most kitsune like it.


    I guess that exins why there was so much of it at the vanquishing festival.


    We finished our coffee and pastries and tried to pay but were told it was already done. Velvet and I shared a look and left. We walked around some more and visited a few shops. Velvet bought herself a mask that looked like a bird and I bought a cute hat.


    Before we noticed, it started to gette. We walked to the ce that big sis said she would show up to bring us home, but I stopped Velvet before we made it all the way there.


    Hey Velvet, can you hold on for a minute?


    Whats up?


    I thought I should give you this before we went back to the shrine.


    I pulled out the ne that Velvet was looking at so intently at one of the first few shops we went to.


    You got this for me?


    Yep. I saw how you were staring at it when we were at that shop and bought it for you.


    Thanks for doing that, but are you sure you want to give me this, it doesnt really suit me.


    What are you saying? It does suit you, not to mention that it will match mine. I said as I showed off the ne that big sis sent me so long ago.


    If you say so. Mind putting it on me?


    Not at all.


    Velvet turned around and knelt down a bit so I could put it around her neck. While she was like this, I also took this chance to whisper into her ear.


    One day Ill give you a ring as well.


    Velvet shot up at my words and started walking to our destination. I could tell she was flustered because her ears were red, and she was walking faster than she needed to. I followed after her and found big sis waiting for us. She had a wide grin on her face that grew wider when she saw how Velvet was acting.


    Fufufufufu. How was the date today? (Luna)


    I got everything I wanted out of it. Now I just need to wait for Velvet to fallpletely. (Soleil)


    So my advice helped a bit? (Luna)


    Yep. By the way, was it you who set everything up at that coffee shop? (Soleil)


    Yep. (Luna)


    How much of today did you n, Luna? (Velvet)


    The only thing I did was get the two of you a private table and pay for your stuff at Mister Barts shop. Everything else was all on the two of you, though I do want to know what made you so embarrassed when you stopped and let Soleil put that ne on you. (Luna)


    That will stay between us. (Velvet)


    Fine. Lets go home and get some rest then, we have a lot to do tomorrow. (Luna)


    Right.


    Big sis grabbed onto our shoulders and we teleported away. After I got home that night, I must have had a good expression on my face because mom asked why I was so happy. I exined about what I did today which made her smile.


    Good for you, Soleil. Make sure to get her to fall for you.


    Just like you got dad to fall for you?


    Just like that.


    Ill give it my all.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: While I expected Soleil to take charge, I didn''t expect her to be so smooth at the end.


    Tamamo: I''m more surprised Velvet didn''t figure out this was a date until Soleil confessed to her.


    Luna: Same here, she can be surprisingly dense.


    Tamamo: Especially since she knew that you were going to try setting her up with Soleil for a while now.


    Luna: There is that, but now that I think about it, I don''t think she was expecting Soleil to take the initiative like this.


    Tamamo: Did you have something to do with that?


    Luna: You weren''t listening when I gave Soleil advice?


    Tamamo: No, I was taking a nap with the plush you.


    Luna: I will put my jealousy of my plush self aside and exin. I told Soleil that it was best to make Velvet aware of her feelings at the start instead of dragging it out because that leaves room for both parties to overthink things and makes it harder to get those feelings across when they are bottled up for a long time.


    That''s good advice. It really annoys people when that happens.


    Tamamo: Speaking from experience?


    No, but I have read a lot of stories like that, and all of them frustrate me. Scenarios like that make me want to look up spoilers, which then make me lose interest. Get the feelings out early and build up to a mutual rtionship, don''t hide them the entire time.


    Luna: I get it. I got annoyed by those stories as well.


    Tamamo: Good thing I was upfront then.


    Luna: I fell for you at first sight, so it wouldn''t matter if you kept your feelings from me until we spoke again.


    You would have figured it out by appraising the divine protection and Fated One titles anyway.


    Luna: That''s true.

 Chapter 84: Soleils Rank-up and Ceremony

    Chapter 84: Soleil''s Rank-up and Ceremony


    [Luna POV]


    It was the day after Velvet and Soleils date. Today we were going to report the sessfulpletion of our quest and I was waiting for Soleil to get here. Velvet was standing next to me, and I noticed that she was wearing the ne that Soleil got for her.


    How long do you think Velvet will be on the fence?


    {That depends on how hard Soleil is going to try to make her fall.}


    I guess youre right. All we can do is wait and hope.


    You know I can tell what youre thinking, right? (Velvet)


    And that would be? (Luna)


    How long until I fall for Soleil. (Velvet)


    Fufufu. Got it in one. (Luna)


    I told her this yesterday, I dont dislike her, but we need to spend more time as friends first. (Velvet)


    I get it, but dont underestimate her. If she was able to sneak in and sleep hugging my tail without my notice for years, then getting you to fall for her will be an easy matter. (Luna)


    I just hope she doesnt go overboard. (Velvet)


    I doubt she will, she hasmon sense after all. (Luna)


    So youre admitting that you dont? (Velvet)


    I do have it; I just choose not to use it. It takes the fun out of things. (Luna)


    Im here. (Soleil)


    Got everything ready? (Luna)


    Yes. (Soleil)


    I was about to teleport us to the capital when Ana and mom stopped us.


    Before you go, we need to discuss something. (Amagi)


    What is it? (Luna)


    We need to figure out when to hold Soleilsing-of-age ceremony. (Ana)


    That is important. Let us turn in our quest and learn when Soleil will take the rank up test for D-rank. We can hold it either before or after that. (Luna)


    What do you think, Ana? (Amagi)


    I believe that is reasonable. (Ana)


    Let us know right after you find out. (Amagi)


    Will do. (Luna)


    We teleported to the capital after that. I brought us to an alley near the guild and we walked from there. When we entered, we immediately found Ibaraki and went over to her.


    Good morning, no Shuten today? (Luna)


    Good morning, and no, today is her day off. (Ibaraki)


    Got it. We are here to turn in the quest we took. (Luna)


    Can I assume you also have materials from the in kobolds? (Ibaraki)


    Too much to count. (Luna)


    Showing me proof from the king is enough. (Ibaraki)


    I took out the proof and Ibaraki nodded.


    Thats good enough, Ill go and get the tool to check contribution. (Ibaraki)


    She went into the back of the guild and returned a few minutester carrying a tool that looked like a tablet.


    Please hand me your guild cards for a minute. (Ibaraki)


    We did as she asked and handed over our guild cards. She ced them on the tablet and wrote down the information that she was given.


    Did Soleil have enough contribution to make it to D-rank? (Velvet)


    Yes. She had more than enough. (Ibaraki)


    Then can you tell us when the D-rank exam is? (Luna)


    The day after tomorrow. She will be put in a party with other aspiring D-ranks and be sent to a nearby bandit camp to eliminate them. (Ibaraki)


    Good. Im d its not somewhere that will take a while to get there. (Luna)


    We finished up the questpletion paperwork and left the guild. We went back to the alley that we arrived in and teleported back to the shrine. I left Soleil and Velvet to do whatever for the rest of the day and looked for mom and Ana. Surprisingly, they werent in moms office so I had to look around for longer.


    {Go and check the main hall of the shrine.}


    I did as Tamamo suggested and found them there.


    How did you know they were here?


    {Well, they are priestesses, so it would make sense that they would be somewhere in the shrine. They also have to take a break from paperwork at some point, and this is the first ce I would go if I wanted to take a break.}


    Thats true. I always did like this part of the shrine, its so open and pretty.


    I walked over to mom and Ana. They were discussing the details of Soleilsing-of-age ceremony when they noticed me.


    How long until Soleils test? (Amagi)


    We can do the ceremony tomorrow. If not then, we will have to wait for Soleil to finish the test. (Luna)


    Then we need to start preparations now. Will you help out, Luna? (Ana)


    Tell me what you need me to do, and it will be done. (Luna)


    Like this, the preparations for Soleils ceremony were finished in record time. The next day, Soleil was dressed up in traditional clothes and was kneeling in the center of the innermost shrine room. There was a lot of incense burning and mom was speaking some profound sounding things.


    This seems a bit over the top.


    {I know, Im a bit embarrassed about this actually. I came up with all of this when I was rtively younger. Ive wanted to change it, but its been like this for so long, I dont really know how to go about it.}


    It wasnt like this for me, though.


    {Thats because its you. This is how this ceremony is normally done and I think that your mother and Ana wanted you to see what the usual ceremony is like. Now if you excuse me for a second, its about to be my turn.}


    Now, clear your mind and allow the Goddess to release the seal. (Amagi)


    A silvery light fell from the sky and covered Soleil. This went on for a few seconds before the light faded. Soleil then stood up and performed a neat bow to the alter at the back of the room.


    {And my work is done.}


    And the mysticism is gone.


    {Like I said before, Im embarrassed about this whole ceremony. Why do you think I personally came to you for yours?}


    Because you wanted to see me and talk with my parents.


    {There is also that.}


    While I talked with Tamamo, Soleil came up to me and asked a question.


    Big sis, will you transform for me?


    I dont mind; but let me ask why.


    I want to see if watching you transform will help me figure out how to do it.


    Ok.


    I transformed into my fox form and sat down. I looked up at Soleil and she was eyeing my tails. She stood like that for a minute but managed to shake herself out of her daze.


    <em>Anything click?</em>


    <em></em>


    Unfortunately not.


    I transformed back and patted Soleil on her head.


    Dont worry, youll figure it out soon enough. Lets go find Velvet and show her how you look in a traditional shrine dress.


    Sounds good to me.


    We left the room but not before I heard mom start talking with Ana.


    She takes after you Ana, Velvet isnt going to stand a chance. (Amagi)


    Of course she wont, I taught Soleil everything I know. (Ana)


    This is going to be fun to watch.


    {I agree.}


    It didnt take long to find Velvet and when she saw Soleil, I could see her blush a little.


    You look nice, Soleil. (Velvet)


    Thank you. (Soleil)


    The ceremony is over, now all Soleil has to do is figure out the condition to use the skill. (Luna)


    At that moment I saw Soleil move out of the corner of my eye. She walked up to Velvet and gave her a big hug. That made Velvet flustered, and she was looking around confused. Soleil kept hugging Velvet for several minutes then let go.


    Well, that didnt work. (Soleil)


    Maybe it will if you do it again. (Luna)


    Why are you encouraging her? (Velvet)


    Why would I not? (Luna)


    Fair point. (Velvet)


    I wouldnt mind trying again. Maybe I need to hug you tighter, or maybe I need to pat your head. (Soleil)


    Not right now, Soleil. (Velvet)


    A knowing grin spread across my face and I turned to Soleil.


    Did you hear that Soleil, she said not right now, not no. (Luna)


    Now hold on a minute. Velvet said getting flustered again.


    its alright Velvet, I understand, Ill hug you againter. (Soleil)


    Ugh. Velvet groaned as she dropped her shoulders.


    This is fun to watch.


    {You said that earlier.}


    I repeated it for emphasis.


    Like this we spent the rest of the day enjoying ourselves before we got back to putting all our effort into raising Soleils guild rank.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: I''M FREE!


    Wee back.


    Atmos: Tell me what I missed.


    Soleil confessed to Velvet, Velvet halfway epted but put the caveat of starting as friends to get to know each other, Soleil dered that she will make Velvet fall for her, teasing from Luna ensues much to the detriment of Velvet.


    Atmos: How fun. It''s a shame that I didn''t have a hand in it.


    Tamamo: That''s why I locked you in the Atmos Istion Room. There is no need for you to interfere in their rtionship.


    Atmos: Fine, but when they are able toe here, I''m going to tease them as well.


    Do you mean the divine domain or the Author''s Note?


    Atmos: Yes.


    I should have expected that answer.


    Tamamo: At least it make it lively here.


    That''s true. By the way Atmos, Velvet likes sweet things and oranges. If you ever feel like throwing around cakes again, you can make them to the person''s preference.


    Atmos: Good to know. What about Soleil?


    Since fried tofu won''t make a good cake, go with your gut feeling.


    Atmos: Got it. I already have a coffee cake ready for Luna the next time I see her.


    Tamamo: Back into the room you go.


    Atmos: NOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!


    Sorry for encouraging her, I couldn''t help myself.


    Tamamo: It''s fine for now. She''ll be making cakes for a while and that will keep her busy. I just need to get Luna prepared.


    I wouldn''t worry about that, she has a spatial barrier up at all times, so she won''t get that affected.


    Tamamo: I''m still going to warn her.


    Ok, have fun flirting then.

 Chapter 85: Soleils Rank-up Exam

    Chapter 85: Soleil''s Rank-up Exam


    [Soleil POV]


    It was the day after mying-of-age ceremony and now we were waiting in the guild in the capital. We were waiting for the people I would be taking the rank-up exam with to get here. Big sis was standing there looking off into the distance most likely talking with the Goddess. Velvet was looking round impatiently.


    Seriously, weve been here for two hours, what is taking these people so long? (Velvet)


    No idea, but I share your annoyance. (Soleil)


    At this time, Shuten came over to us.


    Sorry for having you all waste your time, the party should have been here a while ago. (Shuten)


    Its not your fault, Shuten. (Velvet)


    Just the party? What about the examiner? (Soleil)


    Im the examiner. Did Ibaraki not tell you the other day? (Shuten)


    No, she didnt. (Soleil)


    *Sigh* She is so forgetful sometimes. (Shuten)


    At that moment someone opened the guild doors loudly and a party of four walked in. The party consisted of two humans, an elf, and a cat beastkin. The one in the lead looked around until his gaze stopped on Shuten. They walked over and started speaking.


    Hello Miss Shuten, were here for the rank-up exam.


    Now that they were closer, I could see that out of everyone in the party, only the two humans seemed to not care that they werete.


    Yourete. We were supposed to be gone an hour ago. (Shuten)


    Sorry about that, we were celebratingst night and stayed up toote. (Human 1)


    You two were celebratingst night. We were getting ready for today and went to sleep early. The reason it took so long to get here was because the two of you were nursing hangovers. (Elf)


    *Sigh* (Soleil)


    Hearing me sigh, the one that was doing all the talking looked my way and got a creepy grin on his face.


    Are you the other person taking the exam? Would you like to join me for some fun after we finish? (Human 1)


    No, she would not. (Velvet)


    Hearing Velvets words I chuckled to myself.


    Are you really doing this now? We dont have time for that. Im sorry for this idiots stupid actions. (Cat person)


    Its fine, I wasnt going to humor him anyway. (Soleil)


    Since everyone is here, we should leave. (Shuten)


    Take care Soleil. (Velvet)


    ughter them all, the only good bandit is a dead one. (Luna)


    Ill see the both of youter. (Soleil)


    We left the guild and made our way out of the city. The whole time we were walking, the two humans wouldnt shut up about whatever they were talking about. At first they were pestering me about myself, Velvet, and big sis, but I didnt even acknowledge them, so they started talking to each other.


    The elf and cat person, however, were quite nice and easy to get along with. I learned that the only reason they were with the other two was because the two humans owed them money and they were making sure they would get paid back.


    No offence to the both of you, but I would give up. People like that dont make it long as adventurers. (Shuten)


    We guessed as much, after this we were going to leave their party anyway. (Elf)


    Miss Soleil, can you tell me who those two people you were with earlier were? (Cat person)


    The other kitsune was my big sister and the other one is our other party member. Theyre both B-rank and Im trying to catch up. (Soleil)


    I see. They were very pretty and looked strong. (Cat person)


    They are strong. As I am right now, they have to carry me, but I n on being able to match them eventually. (Soleil)


    What do you specialize in? (Elf)


    I mainly use magic, but I can also use daggers if the need arises. (Soleil)


    Then can you hold take the rearguard position. Im an archer that specializes in sniping, so Ill be in the back as well. (Elf)


    I dont mind. What is your specialty? I asked the cat person.


    Im good at close range and fight mostly using daggers, but I can also use a sword if need be. (Cat person)


    Though I shouldnt say this as an examiner, I rmend you using a sword for this test. (Shuten)


    I will, then. (Cat person)


    What about those two that have been on their own little world since the beginning? (Soleil)


    One uses a sword; the other is a brawler. (Elf)


    So theyre muscle heads? (Soleil)


    Unfortunately. (Cat person)


    Hey, what are all of you talking about? (Human 1)


    Yeah, let us in on it too. (Human 2)


    Were talking about our specialties and our roles in the party. (Elf)


    Why? The three of you should just stand back and watch us work. (Human 2)


    If we did that. Then only the two of you would pass the exam. The cat person said, then whispered; Not to mention that you two are more than likely going to run away when put in a pinch.


    I stifled someughter hearing her words. I looked at the elf and Shuten and they were doing the same.


    Doesnt matter, we do all the work in the party anyway. (Human 1)


    Oh really? Who was it that bailed the two of you out when you got surrounded by goblins? (Cat person)


    Hey, those things are disgusting and there were too many of them. (Human 2)


    There were seven of them. A five year old could have killed them all. (Elf)


    Wait. You cant kill seven goblins? I asked in shock.


    Its not that I cant. I just didnt want to touch them. (Human 2)


    Are you a noble or something? (Soleil)


    A sixth son. I was told to go and make a name for myself as an adventurer if I wanted to get anymore money from my family. (Human 2)


    I sighed internally.


    Im really d big sis isnt like that.


    What about you? (Soleil)


    He was locked inbat with a hobgoblin. (Elf)


    It was a worthy opponent; our battle was legendary. (Human 1)


    I could see Shuten facepalm. The others with the exception of the other human had annoyed expressions.


    This is going to be a long day.


    It was about three hourster and we arrived at the edge of a forest. Just before we went in, Shuten stopped us.


    Before we go in, Im going to exin some things. One: I wont help you unless something unforeseen happens. Two: This test is to see if you can kill people, so dont leave any survivors. Three: If any of you run, you will immediately fail, doesnt matter if you killed a bandit or not. Any questions? (Shuten)


    Why do we fail if we run? (Human 2)


    Because it counts as abandoning your party and it makes the whole quest harder for everyone. The adventurers guild doesnt look kindly on people that abandon theirrades in the heat of battle. (Shuten)


    What counts as something unforeseen? (Soleil)


    Something like a powerful monster showing up or one of the bandits being too strong for normal aspiring d-rankers. An example of this is the time a rank up exam was being conducted and one of the bandits turned out to be a disgraced knight. He was too strong for the party, so the examiner had to step in and save them before all of them were killed. If thats all, then lets get this over with. (Shuten)


    We all nodded and entered the forest. Most of us walked as quietly as we could, but the effort was being wasted by the two liabilities that were with us. It was like they wanted to announce their presence to the entire forest. It didnt take long for us to notice the signs of people living in the area because there were a few tree stumps and some tracks left by logs being dragged away. We followed the tracks and at the end found several poorly built log shacks.


    Lets rush in. Theyll never expect it. (Human 1)


    Sounds good. (Human 2)


    I was about to stop the two of them, but they started running before I could.


    Damn it. There goes any advantage we would have. (Soleil)


    Lets go before they get themselves killed. (Cat person)


    Yeah, itll look bad on us if they die. (Elf)


    We started to make our way into the bandit camp and then we shouting.


    Hey, we got adventurers here!


    Haha. So, they did send people, guess well get to finally have some fun!


    We got closer and saw the idiots getting surrounded by 10 people. Since we decided that there was no use in wasting more time, we started our attack. The elf took her bow off her back and shot an arrow thatnded in the throat of a bandit.


    You damn pointy ears, Ill kill you!


    That bandit started to run toward us but was cut down by some of my wind magic. The cat person also ran up to a bandit that was shocked by seeing hisrades being killed and stabbed him in the heart.


    The two idiots were pale seeing people die for the first time and I could tell that they wouldnt be doing anything in this battle. The other bandits finally started to do something when the third one died and started to rush towards us. Two of them went after the cat person and four of them started to run towards me and the elf.


    The elf was calm and took out two arrows and fired them at the banditsing toward us. I fired some fire magic at one, then pulled out a dagger and jumped toward the other.


    Just before I started my sprint, I muttered under my breath; Wuld, and boosted myself forward. I was so fast that I ended up missing the bandit and stopped behind him. I took advantage of this and stabbed the bandit through the back of his neck. There was only one bandit left, but he was smarter than the others and took the liabilities hostage.


    Dont move or Ill kill them.


    This didnt stop the elf, she prepared an arrow and shot the bandit in the head. The now dead bandit fell backwards, leaving the two hostagespletely shocked.


    D-ddd-ddddid you really ignore him and still shoot? (Human 1)


    You could have hit me! (Human 2)


    One of them was scared for his life while the other one was unreasonably angry. Before he could start to rant and rave about it, Shuten came up and started talking.


    Congrattions, three of you have passed the exam. Once we het back to the guild, your rank will be raised. The two of you that failed will need to wait for the next bandit camp to be found to take the exam again. (Shuten)


    Shuten, what do we do about the bodies? (Soleil)


    Burn them. (Shuten)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    Me and the two decent people piled up the dead bandits and I used some fire magic to start burning the bodies. The other two were off to the side sulking about their failure. Once that was done, we started to make our way out of the forest. The whole time I could tell that one of the two was ring at us.


    You should have saved one for me. (Human 2)


    Why, you were too busy cowering to move, and we didnt have the time to hold your hand through the fight. You were the ones who ran in first and got surrounded. (Cat person)


    That doesnt matter. One of you should have incapacitated one and let me kill him. (Human 2)


    Again, why? (Elf)


    Arent we a party? Thats why. (Human 2)


    The only reason were in this party is because you owe us money. (Cat person)


    So what! Just because of that, you should want us to pass so that we can pay you back. (Human 2)


    Well since you didnt, and probably werent going to anyway, well split once we get back. We dont want to baby either of you anymore. (Elf)


    Me and Shuten were walking behind them and watching this.


    So this is an example of a bad party. (Soleil)


    It was fairly obvious from the beginning. (Shuten)


    It was. Im d that I dont need to worry about this. (Soleil)


    Yeah, you wont have trouble. Miss Luna and Miss Velvet are an example of a very good party. (Shuten)


    At this point the human that was arguing turned to us and interrupted us.


    Hey kitsune girl, since these two obviously wont listen, Im going to join your party instead. Since all of you are good looking, Ill even consider letting one of you date me. (Human 2)


    Wait, was that what you were after this whole time? (Cat person)


    Naturally, I would never consider joining you if I didnt have that intention. (Human 2)


    What? You told me that you joined because we were friends. (Human 1)


    Please. Why would you actually believe that? I kept you around because you could do the dirty work of dismantling stuff. (Human 2)


    Hey Shuten, would it be alright if I burned his mouth off? (Soleil)


    While that would do us all good, I cant let you do that. (Shuten)


    So, kitsune girl, tell me about your party. (Human 2)


    No. (Soleil)


    What was that? (Human 2)


    I said no. I would never let you join us. Even if I did, big sis would have kicked you out after two seconds. (Soleil)


    You should really reconsider. Even if Im a sixth son, my family are nobles. (Human 2)


    And why should I care about that. You said it earlier that you were basically kicked out. (Soleil)


    I wasnt kicked out, they told me to make a name for myself so that I could uphold our prestige. (Human 2)


    Hah. Thats just a fancy way to say get a job. (Elf)


    Shut up! (Human 2)


    As for the part about you allowing one of us date you, forget about it. Big sis is engaged, and Velvet and I are taken. (Soleil)


    Tch. (Human 2)


    After a few minutes of trying and failing to find aeback, he started to brood. The other human was depressed by what he learned and the other two started to chat happily with each other. We continued like this until we made it back to the guild.


    Once we walked in, I noticed big sis and Velvet waiting for me. Big sis was smiling and Velvet had a scowl on her face when she saw the brooding human. We all walked up to the reception counter to take care of everything.


    The three of you who passed, hand me your guild cards and Ill take care of the rank up. The other two can leave. (Shuten)


    We did as she asked and our ranks were raised. I said my farewells to the elf and cat person and went over to my party.


    Good work out there Soleil. (Luna)


    Congrattions on your rank up. (Velvet)


    Thanks. (Soleil)


    Big sis patted me on the head and Velvet almost did the same, but stopped herself.


    You know you can pat my head if you want, Velvet. (Soleil)


    She did after I said that and I could tell she blushed a little.


    Now, tell me how it went, Soleil. And how bad did the two humans screw up. (Luna)


    They were liabilities. On the way there, they were all arrogant and when we got there, they rushed in and got surrounded. The three of us that werepetent killed all of the bandits and then one of them had the gall to get angry about it. (Soleil)


    Then what happened? (Luna)


    On the way back, the one that got angry started arguing with his former party and at one point dered he would join us. He even said that he would allow one of us to date him. (Soleil)


    Big sis reacted to this with a small frown and Velvet started clenching her fist, the same scowl she had earlier reappearing.


    So you heard correctly, Luna. (Velvet)


    Told you I did. (Luna)


    You were watching? (Soleil)


    Yeah. Werent you surprised that there were only 10 bandits? We took a quest to hunt the rest of them so that they wouldnt interrupt your exam. We finished it quickly and decided to watch. You should have seen Velvets face when that human started chatting you up. (Luna)


    Oh. (Soleil)


    W-what? I was worried that he would do something if he got angry enough. I would have stepped in if he did anything to anyone in your party. (Velvet)


    Hehe. Its fine Velvet, I understand. (Soleil)


    Anyway, lets head home and get some rest. Well look for an escort quest to Celestia Kingdom tomorrow. (Luna)


    Like that, we headed home for thest time for a while.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: Did you really just leave them nameless?


    Yes. None of them will show up again, so I didn''t bothering up with names.


    Luna: I can see a future where we run into the elf and cat person again.


    I don''t know, maybe. On another note, Velvet''s fall is progressing well.


    Luna: It really is. I mean you should have seen Soleil yesterday, she was going all out. At one point she even managed to give Velvet ap pillow.


    How''d she manage that?


    Luna: She said it might help her use her fox form and that somehow convinced Velvet.


    At this point she''s just being stubborn.


    Luna: I agree. I can''t wait to see the inevitable half-asleep Velvet.


    It will be glorious. By the way, what do you think of brawlers?


    Luna: I''m not really sure. Why do you ask?


    No reason that is important for immediate future.


    Luna: Back on the topic of the people that were with Soleil, what made you decide that they would be like that?


    I wanted to give an example of a bad party. At one point they were all going to be that arrogant, but I decided at thest minute to go with what I did. Turns out, I don''t like writing arrogant characters like that, it makes me feel weird.


    Luna: Understandable, I don''t like dealing with them. More trouble than they''re worth.


    I agree.


    Luna: One more thing before I go.


    Yes?


    Luna: What can Shuten do?


    She uses a special sword that injects poison into anyone she cuts.


    Luna: Scary.


    Not like it would effect you anyway.


    Luna: It''s still scary since Shuten is so nice.

 Chapter 86: Escort

    Chapter 86: Escort


    [Luna POV]


    It was the day after Soleils rank-up exam for D-rank and now we were doing our final checks before we went off to the capital to find an escort quest. Everyone was here to send us off, even ke. Me and Velvet were done with everything and Soleil was saying her farewells to her parents.


    Have fun Soleil. (ke)


    I expect you to have made progress the next time youe here. (Ana)


    I will, and dont worry, Ive almost got her. (Soleil)


    So, Velvet is going through the same thing I did. (ke)


    Yep, and it looks like she is falling at the same pace you did if not faster. (Ana)


    I nudged Velvet with my elbow and said; Go and say goodbye to your inws Velvet.


    Theyre not my inws yet. (Velvet)


    Yet? I asked with a wide grin.


    She didnt answer and just looked away. Soleil then gave ke and Ana a big hug and walked over to us. She looked confused at Velvets condition for a second but then smiled and grabbed onto both of us.


    Well be back again some time. (Luna)


    See you all again. (Ana)


    Take care of my daughter, Velvet. (ke)


    Good luck in your endeavors. (Deacon)


    Dont tease them too much Luna. (Amagi)


    After everyone said their piece, I teleported us away. We arrived in the usual alley and walked to the guild. When we entered, we discovered guild master Vince at the reception counter and when he saw us, he beckoned us over.


    Hello to you all. (Vince)


    Hello, guild master, what can we do for you today? (Luna)


    I received a message from the grand master saying that you would be looking for an escort and delivery quest to the Celestia kingdom soon and he rmended you three for an important delivery quest. In about an hour, someone from Duke Ashes house will arrive with something to be delivered directly to the king of Celestia kingdom. The quest will count as both delivery and escort and is of utmost importance that it be carried out as swiftly as possible. (Vince)


    Well take the quest, though can I ask that the client meet us in a private room. Once we get all of the details from them, we will head out immediately. (Luna)


    Yes, I have to meet with the client as well, so you can discuss whatever you need in my office. Let me ask you though, are you going to use space magic? (Vince)


    Thats the n, yes. (Luna)


    I understand. Come to my office and Ill handle the eptance paperwork there. (Vince)


    We all headed to the guild masters office and waited for the client to get here. They arrived earlier than they were expected and I was a bit surprised at who the client was. The people that entered the office were Shana Ashe and her personal maid Louise.


    Good morning guild master Vince. (Shana)


    Good morning, Lady Ashe. (Vince)


    Is everything ready? (Shana)


    Yes, these three will be the ones to get you to the Celestia kingdom. Vince said as he gestured to us.


    Its good to see you again, Lady Ashe. (Luna)


    The feelings mutual, Lady Reed. (Shana)


    I assume that it will be you and Miss Louise here that we will be escorting? (Luna)


    Yes, you will need to get us to the royal castle of the Celestia Kingdom. (Shana)


    Then we can be there in an instant. If there is anything that you need to bring with you, let me carry it with space magic and I can teleport us there. (Luna)


    You can use space magic? Shana asked with surprise.


    Yes, and I have stayed in the royal castle before as well, so we can be there in an instant. (Luna)


    What did you do to stay there? (Shana)


    My uncle married Princess Nia and I was able to stay with them while I was over there. I was given permission toe and go as I please, so it will not cause any problems for us. I have also sent a message letting the castle know that you will be arriving shortly. (Luna)


    Very well. Louise, pleas take Lady Reed to the carriage and grab our things. Guild master, can I trouble you to send a message to my father telling him that our schedule is moving up significantly? (Shana)


    Its no trouble at all. (Vince)


    I left the office with Louise and headed to the carriage that they arrived in. The travel storage was packed with a lot of stuff. More than you would use on a journey to the neighboring kingdom.


    There is more here than I expected. (Luna)


    Will you be able to carry all of it? (Louise)


    That wont be a problem, I was just wondering why there is so much if this would be a there-and-back trip. (Luna)


    Actually, Lady Shana was recently engaged to Prince Zeke and she is going to the Celestia Kingdom to get to know him better. (Louise)


    I see. I wonder when that happened? (Luna)


    The request was sent almost a month ago and we are delivering the reply. (Louise)


    Very well. I have collected everything, so we can head back now. (Luna)


    We went back to the guild masters office and found Shana chatting happily with Soleil and Velvet.


    So, youre telling me that she almost beat Elf General Lia in an archery contest? (Shana)


    Yep. I didnt see it since I was still asleep, but from what everyone there told me, it came down to thest two targets. (Velvet)


    I wish I could have watched. (Soleil)


    Were back. (Luna)


    Is everything done? (Shana)


    Yes, we can leave at any time. (Luna)


    The lets go. Thank you for choosing these three, guild master. (Shana)


    You should thank the grand master, he was the one that rmended them. (Vince)


    Then I will do thatter. (Shana)


    If everyone will grab onto my arm, we will be off. (Luna)


    Soleil and Velvet grabbed onto my right arm and Shana and Louise my left. Once I made sure everyone was ready, I teleported away. We arrived in the drawing room of Nias vi and immediately after we arrived, Shana and Louise were on all fours and looking sick.


    Sorry, I should have warned you about that. Teleporting isnt a fun experience for the first several times. I said as I casted some soothing healing magic.


    At that moment, Nia came into the room.


    Its good to see you again so soon, Luna. Its also nice to meet you again, Lady Ashe. (Nia)


    Its-ugh-good to meet you again as well, Princess Nia. (Shana)


    First time teleporting? (Nia)


    Yes. (Shana)


    Sit down for a little bit and let Luna keep using healing magic on you, Drome and Zeke can wait for a bit. (Nia)


    Thank you. Shana said as she and Louise sat down.


    Its been a while Soleil, how have things been? (Nia)


    Good. Im happy to see you again. (Soleil)


    How is it being an adventurer? (Nia)


    Fun. I made it to D-rank yesterday and when were done with this quest, Ill only have toplete several normal quests to get to C-rank. (Soleil)


    Why are you speeding through the ranks? (Nia)


    Ask big sis about itter. (Soleil)


    Got it. (Nia)


    I spent the next several minutes helping the two feel better while everyone else chatted. Once the color returned to their faces, I stopped my magic.


    Thank you. (Shana)


    No problem, its my fault the two of you felt like that in the first ce. (Luna)


    Are the two of you ready then? (Nia)


    Yes, but before we go. Lady Reed, take this, its the questpletion form. (Shana)


    Thank you. When you learn what ce in the castle youre staying in, let me know and Ill bring you your things. (Luna)


    With this, Nia left with Shana and Louise. I turned to Velvet and Soleil and asked if they wanted to head to the guild now.


    Might as well. (Velvet)


    Lets go, I cant wait to see how this city looks. (Soleil)


    We left the vi and started on our way to the guild. Soleil was mesmerized by all of the sights that could be seen from the castle ind.


    I can see the whole city from here. (Soleil)


    Its a wonderful sight, isnt it? (Velvet)


    It is, but it pales inparison to you, Velvet. (Soleil)


    (Velvet)


    The two of you can flirtter, lets go. (Luna)


    I dont want to hear that from you.


    {Ooh. Theyre in sync now.}


    Indeed. Though they didnt need to call me out like that.


    {But we do have a track record.}


    So, I cant help it if talking to you bes more important than what Im currently doing.


    {I understand that, talking with you is my favorite part of the day.}


    So, basically every part of every day?


    {Yep. Though its better on nights with the full moon.}


    Ill agree with that.


    Velvet, I think we started something we shouldnt have. (Soleil)


    I think youre right. (Velvet)


    You know that Im still paying attention to the two of you as well, right? (Luna)


    Lets go.


    Fufufufufu. (Luna)


    We made our way into the city and after a while the guild. We immediately found Tomoe and turned in our questpletion papers. Before we left to go and look for regr quests, I asked Tomoe if she knew where I could go to find information on floating inds in the Demon Empire and she gave me a referral to the library here in the capital. After that, we went to the quest board and had Soleil pick out some quests that she couldplete quickly.


    From now until you hit C-rank, I want you and Velvet to go and do these quests. (Luna)


    Are you going to go and look for information? (Velvet)


    Thats part of it. (Luna)


    Dont worry, big sis, Ill get what needs to be done, done before the week is over. (Soleil)


    We still have three weeks, so you dont need to push yourself, Soleil. (Luna)


    I understand. (Soleil)


    We epted the quests that we found and started toplete them. They were finished by the end of the day and we made our way back to the castle. When we arrived, the first thing I did was find out where Shana was staying and delivered her things. Like this, our first day back in the Celestia kingdom came to an end.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: I can already tell Shana is going to be the leading one in the rtionship.


    Tamamo: I agree. Prince what''s-his-face is going to be a whipped husband.


    Luna: I wish them good fortune anyway.


    Tamamo: Same. By the way, why don''t you just ask Grey about the floating ind? Out of everyone you know, aside from Atmos, he probably knows it''s exact location.


    Luna: If I did that, it would take all of the fun out of it. No point in an adventure if you know where all the things you want are and how to easily get them. I can''t really do anything about getting them easily since I''m so strong, but I won''t take the easy way of finding them unless absolutely necessary.


    Tamamo: At least you''re enjoying yourself.


    Luna: Only because you''re here with me. If you weren''t, then I would probably be going all out with leveling so I could reach you faster.


    Tamamo: Luna you charmer.


    Luna: I thought I was done with that skill?


    Tamamo: You know that''s not what I meant.


    Luna: Yeah, I know, I just wanted to make a joke, but it fell t.


    Tamamo: Oh well, not every joke you make will be good.


    I missed my chance to talk this time, they''re too busy with each other now.


    Atmos: We''re in the same boat then.

 Chapter 87: Some Relaxation

    Chapter 87: Some Rxation


    [Luna POV]


    Its been a few days since we came back to the capital of the Celestia Kingdom. Soleil and Velvet are out on dates, I mean quests, and Im locked up in the capital library looking through any book I can find that describes floating inds in the Demon Empire. It was fine at first, but after reading through the fifth book, I got fed up with my abysmal progress, so I started to use my space magic that let me see everything around me to read a second book at the same time.


    Doing this earned me strange looks, but I didnt care. This sped up my search a bit and now I just finished my 60<sup>th</sup> book. I closed it and ced my head on the table that I was sitting at.


    Ugh, Im not getting anywhere. All these books only describe is how the inds start floating and the people that discovered them.


    {Ive been reading with you, and I must say, the people that wrote these books were very full of themselves.}


    I know right, you can only gloat so much in roundabout ways before it gets annoying. Why should I care about how you were able to somehow tie a rope to one and climb it?


    I picked up thest book that I nned to read through today and opened it. I spent five minutes skimming through the walls of unnecessary self-ttery and dedications when something caught my eye. It basically said that there was one ind that was floating near the peak of a hollow mountain and was guarded by arge snake. It also described how the snake never killed anyone that backed off before getting too close to the ind.


    This sounds promising.


    {Floating ind guarded by arge snake, huh? You think its the one youre looking for?}


    Maybe, Ill run it by Velvetter and see if she knows anything.


    I read on to see if the book described the snake or ind in more detail. I found out that the snake seemed to be able to use space magic and was very tough. A few passages described its scales to be close to wyvern levels of toughness, but smoother than silk. The ind on the other hand was described far less for obvious reasons. There were only small details, but a few stood out. The size of the ind was quiterge possibly thergest floating ind in the empire. There was also one passage that stated that there seemed to be some kind of structure on the ind, but it is unconfirmed.


    I think this is the one were looking for.


    {So now you know where to go after were done here.}


    I can finally see the sky again. I mean I like reading just as much as the next person, but almost a week of non-stop reading dusty books like this is nearly unbearable.


    {Well, your perseverance paid off and now you can rest. I even have a good idea to help you rx tonight.}


    Oh yeah, its the full moon tonight. I cant wait.


    I got up from my chair and started to put all of the books I read today back on their proper shelves. When I was done with that, I left the library and found Soleil and Velvet walking towards me. They were even closer than normal, so something good must have happened.


    What good thing happened? (Luna)


    I get to take the C-rank test tomorrow. (Soleil)


    Congrattions. (Luna)


    What about you, Luna? You have a good expression on you as well. (Velvet)


    I found information on the ind. It seems to be floating over a volcano and is guarded by arge snake. The location of this volcano is also close to the sea, so we will be able to go there as well. (Luna)


    Sounds fun. (Velvet)


    There is also some more good news, big sis. I figured out how to transform into fox form. (Soleil)


    Do you know what the trigger was? (Luna)


    Well, on one of ourst quests for today, I needed to fit through a small space, but couldnt then I felt something click in my head and knew how to transform. (Soleil)


    What needed you to fit into a small space? (Luna)


    A weaselcrow that stole something from someone. (Soleil)


    I hate those things. Theyre so hard to keep up with and they always mock you when you nearly catch them but manage to slip away. (Luna)


    While I agree, it wasnt that bad. Velvet managed to snare it in some shadows and I was able to get into its nest. It had a lot of stuff in there too. (Soleil)


    Like what? (Luna)


    About 69 gold coins, a nice pocket watch, a knife, a few rings and a ne, and for some reason a seed of some kind. (Soleil)


    Do you have the seed on you? (Luna)


    I do, I wanted you to appraise it. (Soleil)


    I took the seed that she handed me. It was perfectly round and for some reason, it felt like there was a connection between it and Tamamo.


    {Oh, how rare.}


    Do you know what this seed is Tamamo?


    {Its a Lunar Sakura seed. The same kind of tree that we always sit under together. They are extremely rare in the mortal world except in ces with many lunar spirits. I wonder how a weaselcrow managed to get something like that.}


    After hearing Tamamos exnation, I decided that I wanted to keep this seed. I also appraised it to find out anything else about it, like how to grow and take care of it.


    <strong>Lunar Sakura Seed: </strong>Seed of a rare Lunar Sakura tree. It is said that anyone who sits beneath the adult trees branches on a full moon will be blessed with evesting happiness and a satisfying love life. In order for the tree to grow to maturity, it needs to be nted in a ce with high atmospheric mana and must have spirits be present during nting. Once the tree sprouts, it will take care of itself.


    Do you mind if I keep this, Soleil? (Luna)


    I was going to give it to you anyway, so go ahead, just tell me what it is. (Soleil)


    Its a Lunar Sakura seed. (Luna)


    Seriously!? (Velvet)


    Yes. (Luna)


    What was a weaselcrow doing with something so rare? It is said that those trees only grow in extremely special ces and that anyone who finds one will be blessed with happiness by the Moon Goddess. (Velvet)


    That only works if you sit under a fully grown one on the night of a full moon. Im not sure about Tamamo blessing people that find one, but she does have one at her home and we sit under it often. (Luna)


    How envious. (Velvet)


    Dont worry, when I find a suitable ce to grow it, you and Soleil can sit under it all you want when it growspletely. (Luna)


    Ill hold you to that. (Velvet)


    Hearing Velvets words, Soleil smiled and moved closer to Velvet.


    I look forward to it. (Soleil)


    Velvet moved her hand and started to pat Soleils head in an affectionate manner.


    Wait, did I miss something, or has Velvet finally fallen? (Luna)


    Eh? (Velvet)


    Tch. Why did you have to point it out, big sis? I almost had her. (Soleil)


    Sorry. (Luna)


    Like this, we went back to Nias vi and got ready to go to bed. Well, everyone else did, I was sitting in the room I stayed in and waited for the night to fully arrive. Once it did, the familiar feeling of drowsiness took over me and I fell asleep. When I woke up, my head was in Tamamosp and we were under her Lunar Sakura.


    Hello Tamamo.


    {Hello Luna.}


    I sat up and kissed Tamamo and we spent several minutes like that. When we broke apart, Tamamo got a somewhat mischievous smile on her face.


    {Luna, what do you think about hot springs?}


    I like them.


    {Wonderful. I just so happen to have one and I thought we should go and rx there for tonight.}


    While I will happily oblige, I must know why you are testing my reasoning.


    {Because its been a while since Ive seen the flustered Luna.}


    If thats the reason, then Ill just have to try my best not to be flustered.


    {Oh, but your face is already red.}


    I brought my hands up to my face and felt how hot it was.


    Ill get you back for this one day Tamamo.


    {Ufufufufu. I look forward to it.}


    She led me over to a veryrge hot spring that had a very nice view of the sky and the tree, it looked straight out of a painting. All it was missing were stars.


    Mind if I use some of your mana tonight? I asked as I undressed to get into the spring.


    {Take as much as you want.}


    I moved one of my tails over to Tamamo and wrapped it around one of hers. I then casted the illusion magic I did before, and the sky was filled with stars.


    {I cant wait for this to be reality.}


    Im trying my best. I said as I slipped into the water.


    The heat was heavenly, and I could feel all the tension leaving me. Tamamo joined me after a couple of seconds, and it took all my willpower not to stare at her.


    {Ufufu. You know you can stare all you want, right?}


    If I did, I wouldnt be able to hold myself back.


    {Fair enough. Honestly, I feel the same way, I dont know why I thought this was a good idea.}


    Well, its toote to do anything about it now, so we might as well try to rx.


    {Thats true. By the way, did they get bigger again?}


    Yes. Im going to have to buy more clothes again soon, but at least Im almost the same size as you.


    We sat in silence for a few minutes until I saw Tamamo move out of the corner of my eye. She pulled out a small bottle and two small cups.


    {Want some?}


    Will it get me drunk again?


    {Not this time. Its just normal alcohol. It wont even get me tipsy.}


    Then Ill take some.


    She poured some into one of the small sses and handed it to me.


    Thank you.


    We both took a sip and let out long, rxed sighs. We watched the moon and illusory stars move in the sky while a cool breeze blew making everything perfect.


    We need to do this again one day.


    {I agree. Preferably when we can do more.}


    I second the notion.


    {By the way, when you start heading to the ind, what will you do with the guardian?}


    Not sure. If its intelligent enough to speak to, I would like to not have to fight it. Though if its just a mindless snake that just so happened to make that area its territory and only attacks people that invade, I might have no choice but to kill it.


    {What if you tamed it?}


    I never considered that. I just might, though I probably need to get the skill for that.


    {Not necessarily. There have been many cases over the years where people tamed animals or monsters without the taming skill or ss. Of course, that means the thing being tamed has high enough intelligence to make a mutual agreement with said person.}


    Ill try it if I can, then.


    We spent a few hours sitting there and having rxing conversations when it came time to get out.


    Shall I get out first, or do you want to?


    {Ill go first, you can enjoy the show if you want.}


    {Ufufufu. Flustered Luna makes her reappearance.}


    Geez, just you wait until we can spend all of our time together.


    {I said it before, Im looking forward to it.}


    Gah!


    It felt like my face exploded in a burst of heat. That mixed with the heat of the hot springs started to make me feel dizzy.


    No offence, but can you hurry before I pass out.


    {Ok.}


    She finished getting dressed and walked away. I then got out, dried off, and got dressed. I walked to where Tamamo went, and she handed me a bottle of cold milk.


    Were hitting all of the clichs tonight, huh.


    {And you love it.}


    That I do, though Im curious at where you learned about stuff like this.


    {Through Grey, from Atmos.}


    I should have figured as much.


    We finished our drinks and went back to sitting under the tree.


    This would be the perfect time for a song, but Im not ready to sing just yet.


    {How close until yourefortable?}


    One level.


    {So close, but I know youre a perfectionist, so I wont tell you to just sing.}


    I will probably sing for you next time.


    {Ill be waiting.}


    I then snuggled up closer to Tamamo and we spent the rest of the night sitting there enjoying each others warmth and fluff.


    Author''s Note:


    It feels good to write a Luna-Tamamo fluff chapter.


    Atmos: Honestly, I didn''t expect Tamamo to go this far. It must be hard for the both of them to hold back this much.


    True, but it will be worth it in the end. Patience will be rewarded.


    Atmos: Something tell me that the reward will be given sooner than expected.


    I''ll use my right to remain silent. Just understand that we won''t see anything, I won''t invade their privacy that much, and you won''t either.


    Atmos: I''m a prankster, not a pervert. Even I wouldn''t go as far as peeking.


    Hmmm.


    Atmos: Don''t make me cake you.


    Try it, I could go for some cake right now. Especially a cheesecake.


    Atmos: Damn it, now I''m hungry.


    Same.

 Chapter 88: The Next Morning

    Chapter 88: The Next Morning


    [Luna POV]


    I woke up the next morning a bit groggy. Thest thing I remember was cuddling with Tamamo under the tree and thebined sensation of Abyssal Fluff and Divine Fluff.


    Tamamo, did I actually fall asleep?


    {Ehe. Lunas tails, so fluffy, so soft. Never give them to anyone else.}


    Tamamo?


    {Zzzzzzz.}


    Guess we both fell asleep.


    I got up from the bed and changed into something morefortable. When I finished getting dressed, I frowned a bit.


    I really need to get some new clothes, these are getting too tight.


    I left the room and went to find something to eat. When I got to the dining room, I found Soleil being hugged by Velvet. When Soleil noticed me entering the room, she told me to keep quiet.


    Hehe. Soleil. (Velvet)


    I whispered in a voice only loud enough for Soleil to hear.


    She still half asleep? (Luna)


    Yes. That and she drank some blood earlier. (Soleil)


    I cant wait to see her reaction when shees to her senses. (Luna)


    It will be quite the show, wont it.? By the way, how was your night? (Soleil)


    Quite good. I had some trouble keeping my reasoning, but I managed. (Luna)


    While I dont quite understand what you mean, at least you had fun. (Soleil)


    When is your test today? (Luna)


    In two hours, Im ready for it since its just a mock battle with an examiner, but now I want to just sit and watch this side of Velvet. (Soleil)


    As she said that, Velvet pulled out a brush from her bag and started to clumsily brush Soleils tail.


    Oh this is nice. Have you been teaching her, big sis? (Soleil)


    Yes, shes been increasing her depth by brushing my tails every so often. Last time she did that, she managed to keep control of herself for nearly the entire time. (Luna)


    I guess I need to catch up then. Let me brush one of your tails before we leave to find the ind, please. (Soleil)


    Ok. Ill make sure to do that a few days before we leave. (Luna)


    Some breakfast was brought in, and we started to eat. The ones that brought the food were even nice enough to ignore Velvets current condition and put a te down for her as well. We ate everything and were sitting there chatting when Tamamo spoke up.


    {Morning Luna, do you know what happened after we sat down under the treest night?}


    What can you remember?


    {We sat down, kissed a bit, then we snuggled up to each other and, after that, I dont know.}


    I think we fell asleep. Thebinedfort of our tails is a dangerous thing, even for us.


    {Makes sense. I cant wait to tell Atmos and see how jealous shell be.}


    Let me know her reaction.


    {Youll probably hear it.}


    True.


    Is something wrong? (Soleil)


    No, I was just exining to Tamamo what happenedst night. (Luna)


    Whathappened? (Velvet)


    We both fell asleep on a bed of ourbined tails. (Luna)


    Envious. (Velvet)


    Now, now, I know I dont have multiple tails, but Ill happily let you use mine as a pillow. (Soleil)


    Hehe. Soleils tall for me. (Velvet)


    Guess all thats left for you to do is get her to admit this when shes sober. (Luna)


    I dont think Ill have to wait long. All that time you gave us has been very well spent. (Soleil)


    So you figured it out? (Luna)


    It was obvious, you know. (Soleil)


    I guess it was. (Luna)


    What are you nning on doing today, big sis? (Soleil)


    Buying myself some new clothes. Everything I have is getting too tight. (Luna)


    Again? (Velvet)


    Yes, again. But that can wait for after your test, I want to watch you pummel the tester. (Luna)


    Guess I cant hold back then. (Soleil)


    It was at that moment that Velvet started to fully wake up. She blinked a few times and looked a bit confused about why she was holding a brush; but realized what she was doing when she saw Soleil smiling warmly at her. Instead of getting flustered, however, she continued to brush.


    Finally epted your fate? (Luna)


    Guess so. I still somewhat remember what was going on and I cant lie to myself that that wasnt what I actually thought deep in my heart. (Velvet)


    Then take care of Soleil from now on. (Luna)


    Will do. (Velvet)


    I got up from my seat and left the room to give the couple some alone time and went to the garden. When I got there, I found Nia doing practice swings with her sword.


    Morning Nia, not training with the knights today?


    Today is their day off, so I have some time for myself and decided to do this.


    Mind if I practice some magic here as well?


    Not at all. What are Velvet and Soleil doing?


    Velvet finallypletely fell, so they are flirting.


    Good for them. I just hope Soleil remembers about her test.


    Ill go and remind them in a bit.


    I spent about an hour refining my Gate of Babylon which is almost ready to be useful in realbat. My only problem with it now is that I dont have enough weapons to use with it.


    I need to start collecting weapons.


    Do they have to be in good condition?


    Not necessarily, but better condition will lead to better results.


    Why not just use physical illusions? I know youve told me that they take absurd amounts of mana to maintain, but if all youre doing is making them projectiles that are disposable, it shouldnt take much effort to shoot them then dispel them if the miss or do the damage that was needed.


    I fell to my knees.


    All that hard work, just for a simpler method to show itself in the end.


    {Its alright Luna, at least now, you have two methods to do this, so your hard work wasnt in vain.}


    Youre right Tamamo. Now I have a second method that I can use to throw off an opponent. Just mix illusions with the real thing and physical illusions, and Ill have nearly unlimited ammunition that will confuse the opponent. Hahahahahahaha.


    Sorry for almost ruining all your hard work.


    Its fine. I said as I stood back up. I guess its time I get Soleil to the guild.


    Tell her I said good luck.


    I will.


    Like that, I went back inside and found Velvet and Soleil still sitting together. Velvet was still brushing Soleils tail and Soleil was feeding Velvet the breakfast she hadnt touched.


    Sorry to interrupt you, but its time we left. You dont want to bete now, do you? (Luna)


    Is it already time to go? (Soleil)


    I guess it is. Well be watching and cheering you on, so good luck. (Velvet)


    Thanks Velvet Soleil said as she kissed Velvet on the cheek.


    I walked over to them and we teleported somece close to the guild.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: GAH! I''M SOOOO JEALOUS!


    Tamamo: See, I told you it would be like this.


    Luna: I never doubted you.


    Atmos: I demandpensation! Once Luna gets nine tails, I WILL get to take a nap in a pile of 18 supreme fluffs. This is my right as Tamamo''s big sister and Luna''s sister-inw.


    Luna: What do you think, Tamamo?


    Tamamo: I''m fine with it. It''s not like she hasn''t done that before, just with nine fluffy tails instead of 18.


    Luna: Guess I have no choice but to agree, however are you really sure about this, Atmos? You would only stop at that?


    Atmos: What do you mean?


    Luna: Well'' I''ll have a fox form as big as Tamamo''s some day, right? Are you sure you want to feel the Abyssal Divine Fluff before you get to bepletely enveloped in it? It seems like a waste to me.


    Atmos:...


    Tamamo: Very good Luna, I never would have thought of that.


    Atmos: It seems like I have much to think about. Ignore my poorly thought out request from before, and here take this.


    Luna: A cake that smells like coffee?


    Atmos: At first I was going to throw it in your face as a prank, but now it is an offering. As the second follower of the Fluff, I beseech you to grant me mercy for ever thinking of caking you in the face.


    Luna: Your sins are forgiven.


    Atmos: Thank you, oh benevolent Abyssal Fluff. Your kindness is as deep as the Abyss.


    Luna, your inner cunning kitsune is showing.


    *Luna passes over a piece of cake*


    I saw and heard nothing.

 Chapter 89: C-rank

    Chapter 89: C-rank


    [Luna POV]


    We walked into the guild and up to Tomoes area at the reception. She greeted us as usual and then aske us to follow her for Soleils test. We went into the back of the guild building and found arge arena that looked like a colosseum.


    Spatial expansion? (Luna)


    Yes. (Tomoe)


    I didnt think that it could be used on such arge scale. (Luna)


    Really? (Velvet)


    I meant by normal people. (Luna)


    Oh. (Velvet)


    Who will be testing me today? (Soleil)


    Since youre a mage, you will be fighting another mage. He is a C-rank that is close to B-rank. His name is Sid. (Tomoe)


    Is there anything else I need to know about the test or my opponent? (Soleil)


    The test will end when either of you lose consciousness or give up. You dont need to win to pass, but you must show enough ability to qualify. As for your opponent, he uses lightning magic. (Tomoe)


    I wonder how proficient he is, I havent seen anyone else use lightning magic before. (Luna)


    Well at least I have experience training with you, big sis. As long as hes not as good as you, then it will probably be an easy win. (Soleil)


    I dont think there is anyone as good as Luna when ites to something like lightning magic. (Velvet)


    True. (Soleil)


    Its good that your party members trust in your strength so much, Miss Luna. (Tomoe)


    I am truly blessed. Though they arent pushovers either. (Luna)


    I can tell. Miss Velvet is certainly strong and Miss Soleil, while I assume still somewhat low level, has had much more training than a normal adventurers her rank. (Tomoe)


    True. She trained with her mother as well as with my fathers soldiers. I have also had some mock battles with her, so I would be surprised if she wasnt at least able to take on a C-rank adventurer. (Luna)


    I wouldnt really call what we do a mock battle big sis. Its more me just trying to dodge your one-sided onught. (Soleil)


    I agree, you only hold back enough to not kill us. (Velvet)


    Whats the point of a mock battle if there isnt at least a little bit of a threat. Nothing you learn will stick if you dont have something that beats it into you. No pain, no gain and all that. (Luna)


    You sound like your dad when you say stuff like that. (Soleil)


    By the way Miss Luna, you can use healing magic, correct? (Tomoe)


    Yes. (Luna)


    Will you act as after match healer for the few tests we have today? It will be treated as a designated quest. (Tomoe)


    I dont mind. I have a weeks worth of quests to catch up with anyway. (Luna)


    Thank you. Miss Soleil, if you need to make any preparations you can, Mister Sid has not arrived yet. (Tomoe)


    Right, can I ask one more question? (Soleil)


    Of course. (Tomoe)


    What are the rules on items like mana potions being used? (Soleil)


    With the exception of poison, any items like that are allowed. It would be bad if the examiner passed out due to mana exhaustion during days with multiple tests and it wouldnt be fair for only the examiner to use them, so things like that are allowed. (Tomoe)


    Thank you. (Soleil)


    Soleil went over to the side of the arena and started to warm up a bit. About 30 minutester, her opponent arrived as well as several other adventurers. Most of them moved to where Soleil was, and a few others went to where Tomoe was standing. Tomoe then moved to the center of the arena and addressed everyone present.


    Wee all. I am Tomoe, vice guild master and the judge of this rank up exam. We will have all of you fight in one-on-one against a C or B-rank adventurer. You do not have to win, but try your hardest anyway. If anyone gets injured, we have someone with heling magic here to treat you. This goes for both examiners and examinees. First up, we have Miss Soleil and Mister Sid, please step forward. (Tomoe)


    Soleil stepped forward form one side of the arena and a guy with a Mohican hairstyle stepped up on the opposite side. I was struggling to keep myughter in and I saw Velvet was the same.


    Good day, Miss. Lets have a good and fair fight. Sid said as he presented his hand for a handshake.


    Lets. Soleil replied while epting the handshake.


    They then increased the distance between them and waited for Tomoe to give the signal to start. When she did, I could feel the mana in the air begin to stir.


    This is less interesting than I thought it would be. (Luna)


    How so? (Velvet)


    His lightning magic level is low. I can tell that Soleil will end this quickly. Soleil can be considered a kind of genius because she can dodge my lightning attacks, even if they are restricted. He, on the other hand, is a normal practitioner of magic. Once he starts shooting off some lightning, you will see what I mean. (Luna)


    Velvet started to pay closer attention to the arena. The first person to make a move was Sid, he fired off a small lightning bolt in the shape of an arrow. Soleil easily dodged it and started to frown a little.


    Wasnt that attack a little slow? (Velvet)


    Now you see what I mean by low level. To the other people watching, that attack might have seemed rtively fast, but to us, it was painfully slow. You think that because your stats are closing in on S or S+ level and Soleil has trained with me quite a lot. It also helps that she has very good sense in battle, thats why I called her a genius. (Luna)


    So, Ive finally started losing mymon sense. (Velvet)


    You practically lost it the day you met me. Now, youre starting to abandon it due to your level of power. Its better to just embrace it, it makes life so much more fun. (Luna)


    Guess so. (Velvet)


    It was now Soleils turn to attack. She gathered mana in front of her and shouted Fus!


    Sid was blown back and hit the wall behind him. He was knocked out on impact and that was the end of the match. Everyone but Tomoe, Velvet, and I were shocked.


    Guess I should go and do my job. (Luna)


    I made my way over to the unconscious Sid and started using my healing magic. He didnt have any serious injuries, but I focused on his head just in case the impact gave him a concussion. When I was done, I moved him over to the side of the arena andid him on the ground.


    I moved back over to Velvet and Soleil. I could tell Soleil had a bit if a disappointed expression on her face.


    Cheer up Soleil, this was always going to be the result. (Luna)


    I get that, but I was expecting more from someone close to B-rank. (Soleil)


    I told this to Velvet earlier, but this is whatmons sense is. To everyone else here, with some exceptions, that was a high level battle. Youre just too used to me, Velvet, and dads soldiers. (Luna)


    Common sense is so boring. (Soleil)


    I would say dont teach Soleil things like that, but I cant really disagree now that I understand the way you think in regard tomon sense. (Velvet)


    You also have to remember that I grew up watching big sis, Velvet. This just the first time I really had the chance to see just how abnormal we are. (Soleil)


    I guess youre right. Even your whole adventurer experience has been abnormal. I mean, no ones first quest is to hunt a king monster. (Velvet)


    I wonder how long the rest of this will take? (Luna)


    Probably a while. (Velvet)


    *Sigh* (Luna)


    {Its alright Luna, you can just talk with me to alleviate your boredom.}


    Thats true. I mean Velvet and Soleil are already in their own little world, so I wouldnt get any decent conversation out of them.


    {Youre the one who wanted it that way.}


    And I dont regret it.


    I whiled away the hours of back and forth mock battles talking to Tamamo. I only really had to heal one person that managed to break their arm by breaking a fall incorrectly. The final fight ended a little after noon and all the examinees left the arena to raise their ranks.


    Ill be back in a few minutes. (Soleil)


    All right.


    It was then that Tomoe walked up to us.


    Thank you for your work, Miss Luna, and sorry that you had to pretty much waste half of your day. This was a rtively tame exam this time. (Tomoe)


    Its no problem, if anything this was good for my party too since we got to see what normal C-rank is like. (Luna)


    I guess thats true. If you dont mind hearing my personal thoughts, parties like yours are the ones I enjoy working with the most. It spices up the monotony of my job when they appear. (Tomoe)


    d to help then. (Luna)


    We all left the arena and waited for Soleil. Once she rejoined us, we left the guild to take care of and errands we needed to take care of. By the end of the day, I had a whole new wardrobe in my inventory and Velvet and Soleil got a pair of matching bracelets.


    The only thing the two of you are missing now are rings. (Luna)


    While I intend to get some one day, I think its still a bit too soon for that. (Soleil)


    I agree. Not to mention I still need to contact mother about this. (Velvet)


    Actually, she already gave you blessing when we first went back to Savannas capital. (Luna)


    When? (Velvet)


    After the both of you ran out of the room. (Luna)


    And you dont need to worry about my parents. Mom was originally going to help big sis set us up together and dad practically gave his blessing as we were leaving. (Soleil)


    Then nothing is really stopping us, but Id rather wait for a while. No need to rush things, we have nothing but time after all. (Velvet)


    Very true. (Soleil)


    Then we need to talk about our next objective, helping Soleil clear a dungeon. (Luna)


    What can we do? Well at least be able to start out at floor 26, but itll take time to get through to the final floor from there. (Velvet)


    Actually, since I got my third tail, I think I can teleport us to a least the 45<sup>th</sup> floor, but only if we start at floor 26. I dont want a repeat of what happened when I teleported to Greys office. (Luna)


    Was it that bad? (Soleil)


    Imagine the feeling of walking through a slimy film that sucks away your mana like a starved animal after a piece of meat. (Luna)


    So, you can only teleport us from that floor, or is it just the safest way? (Velvet)


    I can teleport us there from here, but it will take more mana than Im willing to spend for a dungeon dive. Going from the 26<sup>th</sup> floor will still be a little difficult, but nothing I consider dangerous. (Luna)


    I see, then we should probably go tomorrow. We need to get the clear done fast if we want to have enough time to fill the quest quota for C to B-rank. (Luna)


    Five floors will only take a few hours, but you are probably nning on getting Soleils levels up a little, right? (Velvet)


    Yes. What level are you right now, Soleil? (Luna)


    Level 23. The kobold king pushed my level up quite a lot. (Soleil)


    Hmm. I didnt want to have to do this, but we might need to power level you a bit. (Luna)


    Actually, I asked Tomoe the other day about how dungeon clears work and she said that contribution isnt measured. We can all just go down there, and you and I can take care of the boss. (Velvet)


    I guess we can do that, but it doesnt feel right. (Luna)


    Then we do the method that Velvet suggested this time and we can clear a different dungeon the right way some other time, how about that? (Soleil)


    Fine, I wanted to try something in actualbat anyway. (Luna)


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: You really like doing things the proper way at the strangest times Luna.


    Luna: I just wanted Soleil''s first dungeon run to be a proper one, but getting her Grey''s blessing takes priority this time. It''s a conflict of priority over enjoyment.


    Tamamo: It''s like Soleil said, you can let her experience a real dungeon dive next time. It''s in her best interest to clear this with the level she has right now.


    Luna: I know.


    Atmos: Would caking Grey help improve your mood?


    Luna: Possibly, but make sure to do it when I see him next.


    Atmos: Your wish is mymand.


    Tamamo: While I normally wouldn''t advocate for something like this, but if it will improve Luna''s mood, then it has my full approval.


    Atmos: Then Operation: Yuna is a go.

 Chapter 90: Dungeon Clearing: Speedy-Quick Style

    Chapter 90: Dungeon Clearing: Speedy-Quick Style


    [Luna POV]


    The next day we were preparing for our quick trip into the dungeon, but first we were stopping by the guild. I wanted to get Soleil a pass for the gate to the 26<sup>th</sup> floor as well as to see if what Atmos promised me in that dream woulde true. We stepped into the guild and I went straight to Tomoe. I asked her to let me meet Grey really quickly and she brought us to his office. We entered and immediately Grey was hit in the face with a cake. We all stood there in silence when I started tough uncontrobly.


    Hhahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahhaahhahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Luna)


    Well, that was unexpected, Ill need to have a word with Atmoster. (Grey)


    {Hahahahahaha!}


    Seriously, even you Tamamo?! (Grey)


    Whats going on Luna? Why did a cake hit the grand master in the face? (Velvet)


    Hahahahaha! Dont-haha-dont worry about it. Anyway Grey, can I borrow one more dungeon gate pass for Soleil? (Luna)


    Sure, just keep it, youll need it for the next time you enter a new dungeon and we set up a gate. Grey said as he finished wiping cake off his face. At least she used my preferred vor.


    Thanks, well be back for you to uphold your end of the deal soon. (Luna)


    Sure. (Grey)


    Like that we left the guild and I teleported us to the dungeon. We went to the guild branch there and showed the receptionist our passes and were led to the teleportation gate. We stepped through and entered the 26<sup>th</sup> floor.


    Cold? (Soleil)


    Why is that a question? (Velvet)


    Because I can tell its cold, but I dont feel it. (Soleil)


    Like Luna? (Velvet)


    No, I think its the effect of the pendant I gave her that one time. (Luna)


    Yep. (Soleil)


    I appraised the pendant and when I read the name, I immediately assumed the pose for praising the sun.


    What are you doing? (Velvet)


    Dont worry about it, just something from my past life. (Luna)


    Do the words Praise the Sun also have something to do with your past life? (Soleil)


    Did ke say that? (Luna)


    Right after appraising the pendant. (Soleil)


    It does, but its nothing anyone here needs to worry about. Now lets get to the 45<sup>th</sup> floor and finish this thing. Ill even do all the work today. (Luna)


    You sure? (Velvet)


    Itll be the fastest way to get this done, so yes. (Luna)


    I deactivated the restraint skill and immediately felt a sense of freedom.


    Oooh. This feels great, I should stop using the restraint skill more often. (Luna)


    Ugh. (Soleil)


    Whats wrong Soleil? (Luna)


    Youre giving off a sort of pressure right now that is a bit much to handle. Even Im struggling to stand up. (Velvet)


    Then Ill reactivate the skill after teleporting us. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Soleil)


    No, Im sorry that this happened, I had no idea that I would give off pressure like that. (Luna)


    I grabbed onto Velvet and Soleil and concentrated on teleporting us to the 45<sup>th</sup> floor. It took about a minute before we actually moved there, but we made it and I still had more than enough mana to finish everything. Once we got our bearings, I reactivated the restraint skill.


    Hot. (Soleil)


    I get that you think Velvet is good looking, but can you save it forter? (Luna)


    Sure, but I meant the environment. (Soleil)


    Well yeah, its a desert. This is also the second most annoying floor. (Luna)


    Whats the most annoying floor? (Soleil)


    Floor 27.


    Why? (Soleil)


    Tropical forest, hellish humidity. (Velvet)


    The enemy of fluff. (Luna)


    Praise big sis, goddess of teleportation. (Soleil)


    The proper term is goddess of space, but Ill allow it for now. (Luna)


    After bantering a bit, we started our trek to the staircase down. Along the way, I killed every enemy that showed its face to us. Just likest time, the most annoying things to deal with were the worms. They kept burrowing every time I attacked them until I got fed up enough and just sent bolts of lightning down onto the ground, creating a pathway made of ss for us to walk on.


    Why didnt I do this from the start? (Luna)


    I dont know, but its convenient. (Velvet)


    Did you know this would happen? (Soleil)


    Yes, ss is made from sand heated up to an extreme temperature and then shaped while its still in liquid form. I sped up the process by mixing some ice magic into the lightning magic to make the ss pathway cool a little faster but not fast enough to shatter. (Luna)


    You can do that? (Velvet)


    I just did. (Luna)


    Why is that surprising? Youve seen mebine wind and fire magic before. (Soleil)


    I know that; its just Ive never heard of someonebining ice and lightning. (Velvet)


    Youre still a little stuck inmon sense, Velvet. Its magic, it can do a lot of things. Mixing opposing elements? All it takes is a little extra mana and BAM! (Luna)


    Guess Ill try experimenting with dark and fire magic then. (Velvet)


    Here is a good starting point, dark mes. Good for stealthy things and using fire magic at night. (Luna)


    Ooh. (Velvet)


    We made it to the stairs as we discussed thebining of magic. The next three floors were also a cakewalk. I got the idea to st my intimidation on the 46<sup>th</sup> floor but decided against it since that means I would miss out on potential level ups for myself. By the time we reached the 50<sup>th</sup> floor I actually leveled up twice due to the number of things I killed.


    I wonder if it will be another hydra, or something else? (Luna)


    It wont matter anyway, youll probably just kill it instantly. (Velvet)


    True. (Luna)


    We opened the doors and walked inside. To my surprise, instead of a hydra, this time we had a giant lion. It stood there and let out a roar in an attempt to make us scared. Its eyes were filled with an arrogant pride that really irritated me.


    So, its a narcissist, huh. (Luna)


    I walked forward and created a pir of ice that towered over the lion. I then opened hundreds of small openings in space behind me and let the ded parts of weapons stick out of the openings. I crossed my arm in front of my chest and gave the lion an equally arrogant sneer. It looked up to me, a bit of rage filling its eyes due to me daring to tower over it.


    Who gave you permission to look upon me, mongrel?


    I thenunched the weapons out of the openings, and they flew out at insane speeds. Since I didnt have enough weapons stored, I produced several physical illusions to fill the gaps. I kept this up for a few seconds, and when I stopped the attack, the lion was now a mass of meat that had swords, spears, and various other weapons sticking out of it. I dispelled the illusions and ice pir and went over to collect the real weapons and whatever was left of the lion.


    That was so cool, big sis! (Soleil)


    While the acting was a bit much, I have to admit that it was impressive. (Velvet)


    {Even domineering Luna is alluring.}


    Hehe. Sorry for the acting, I just always wanted to say that ever since I thought of making that spell. (Luna)


    Was that offensive space magic? (Velvet)


    More a mix of space magic, illusion magic, archery, and precise mana maniption. (Luna)


    How long have you been working on the spell? (Velvet)


    A long time. Anyway, lets touch the core and get out of here, we still have a lot of quests to finish and only two weeks to do them. (Luna)


    We walked over to the core and were teleported out of the dungeon. The instant we made it outside, I grabbed Velvet and Soleil and teleported us to the capital. Only then did I see the time, we were in the dungeon for half a day.


    Half a day, huh? Not bad. (Luna)


    What next? (Soleil)


    Lets go to the guild and see if we can get anything out of the lion, then we can look for quests. (Luna)


    All right.


    We headed back to the guild and the moment Tomoe saw us, her eyes widened in surprise.


    Back so soon? (Tomoe)


    We have things to do, so we had to clear the dungeon quickly. (Luna)


    Then please hand over your guild cards for verification. (Tomoe)


    We did as she said, and she confirmed the clear.


    Very good. Miss Luna and Miss Velvet, you only need toplete a few more quests and youll reach A-rank. As for Miss Soleil, all you need to do isplete the minimum number of quests and youll reach B-rank and set a record for one of the fastest rank ups in the history of the guild. (Tomoe)


    I can understand Velvet, but how am I close to ranking up? I havent done that many quests since reaching B-rank. (Luna)


    True, but almost all of the quests youvepleted since bing B-rank were designated quests, so they count for more. (Tomoe)


    Wasnt expecting that, but Ill take it. (Luna)


    Now, was there anything else I can help you with? (Tomoe)


    Yes, we have whats left of the boss monster of the dungeon and wanted an opinion on if any of it is useful. (Luna)


    Follow me then, Ill bring you to the material appraiser. (Tomoe)


    We followed her to a different part of the guild that none of us have ever gone to. It was a long hallway that ended in a veryrge room that was cooler than the rest of the building. Inside the room were various tables that had several people sorting through materials and others that were dismantling monsters. Tomoe led us to an older man with a handlebar mustache.


    What can I help you with today, Miss Tomoe?


    These three have something that needs to be looked at. (Tomoe)


    If its in a magic bag or space magic inventory, bring it out over there. He said as he pointed at arge open space.


    I walked over to the location he pointed at and took out the lion. It was actually in better condition than I thought it was, minus all of the cuts left by the weapons.


    A Nemean Lion, eh? Mediocre condition, but still seble. Do you want to sell it to the guild and get paid for the materials, or just want it dismantled?


    What do you two think? (Luna)


    I say sell it to the guild. (Velvet)


    I agree with Velvet. (Soleil)


    Then there is your answer. (Luna)


    Understood. Well have the payment ready in a few days, so dont leave the city unless absolutely necessary.


    Thanks. (Luna)


    No worries, its not everyday we get a big job like this, so Im grateful to you.


    We left the room and walked back to the main part of the guild. We separated from Tomoe and went over to the quest board. We looked over the avable quests and picked some that could be finished by the end of the day. We epted them and set out to get them done. We did this for the next half week and eventually all of us met the requirements to rank up.


    Author''s Note:


    Grey: Do you want some golden armor to match the aesthetic?


    Luna: I''m good.


    Grey: How about an anti-world ss weapon?


    Luna: No, I like this world, I don''t want to be responsible for carrying around a weapon that can destroy it.


    Grey: That second one was a joke, I don''t own anything like that.


    Luna: Why don''t I believe you?


    Grey: I seriously don''t have anything like that. Even if I did, I would destroy it so that no one could have it.


    Luna: Fine, I''ll trust you on that.


    Grey: How about some chains that can hold back anything and never break?


    Luna: I might take you up on that. What kind of weapon do they ssify as?


    Grey: Surprisingly enough, they count as hidden weapons.


    Luna: I''ll take them.


    Grey: I''ll give them to you as a gift if you can convince Atmos not to cake me again for a while.


    Luna: I''ll do you one better and let her brush my tails next time we meet.


    Grey: The next time you wake up they will be in your inventory.

 Chapter 91: Side Quest Complete

    Chapter 91: Side Quest Complete


    [Luna POV]


    Today is the day that all of us take our rank up exams. It feels weird since this is the first one me and Velvet are taking, but Im actually kind of excited. The first person to take theirs is Soleil. Just like the C-rank exam, the B and A-rank exams are mock battles with adventurers of the same rank. The difference is that the guild master, or in this case grand master, has to be present.


    Right now, we are in the arena watching Soleil dodging magic attacks with ease. Her opponent keeps firing off rocks and creating spikes from the ground and Soleil avoids them with minimal movements. Every time an attack misses, the mage gets more frustrated.


    Shes trying to get her opponent angry. (Luna)


    Decent strategy. (Velvet)


    I agree. The angrier she gets, the more openings shell show, not that Soleil couldnt have ended this a while ago. (Luna)


    Shell be a force to be reckoned with when she starts levelling again. (Velvet)


    And you cant wait for it. (Luna)


    Of course, who wouldnt want their girlfriend to be strong. (Velvet)


    I agree. Not that Ive ever seen Tamamo fight, I just know that I would never win if we had to fight. (Luna)


    {Thats only natural, but youll reach me soon enough, not that I ever n on fighting you.}


    Id never fight you either.


    At this point, Soleils opponent finally had enough of her attacks being dodged and she started on a big attack. Arge wall of earth rose up from the ground and started to move towards Soleil. All Soleil did was take a deep breath and shouted Fus Ro!


    The wall of earth was then blown in the direction it came from and almost crushed the mage that created it. After that, the mage forfeited the match.


    Its been a while since I heard words of power being used. (Grey)


    Thank ke for that, hes the one that taught them to her. (Luna)


    Have you taught her anything? (Grey)


    She snaps her fingers for the explosion spell and a few other fire spells like a certain colonel. (Luna)


    Very good. (Grey)


    Soleil came over to us with a beaming smile.


    That was fun. (Soleil)


    Even if it was just a warm up? (Luna)


    Yes, though I kind of wish either you or Velvet could have been the examiner. (Soleil)


    I should have done that. It would have been so much better. (Grey)


    Oh well, some other time. (Velvet)


    Whos next then? (Grey)


    Ill go. (Velvet)


    Velvet left the area we were at and walked to the center of the arena. Tomoe then called over the adventurer that was going to be her opponent. He was a tall man that used a rapier.


    Let me burn him. (Soleil)


    I understand how you feel, but you cant do that. (Luna)


    The guy testing Velvet was staring at her like she was an object that he wanted to collect.


    Youre truly beautiful, what do you say we go and have some fun after this?


    No. (Velvet)


    Please reconsider, I can give you the time of your life. One day with me, and youll never be able to ept another man in your life.


    Absolutely no. (Velvet)


    How unfortunate, it seems like youll never understand true bliss.


    Lets just get this over with. (Velvet)


    Begin! (Grey)


    Velvets opponent took a stance with his rapier pointed to the sky while holing it in front of his face. He was about to take a step when Velvets sword extended and wrapped around her opponent. She then channeled some fire magic through the de and fire slowly spread to each ded section. Her opponent started to get visibly nervous and just before the fire reached him, he gave up.


    Impressive. (Grey)


    I agree, but I dont see how that would count as a good test. (Soleil)


    You see, it was abination of extreme dexterity, restraint, and great magic maniption. Someone need a lot of dexterity to use a weapon like that, and she restrained herself enough to not cut into her opponent when she wrapped the de around him, and she manipted her magic perfectly so that it wouldnt damage her weapon. (Grey)


    Amazing. (Soleil)


    Indeed. I guess its my turn now. (Luna)


    I would say good luck, but you wont need it. (Soleil)


    I walked into the arena and passed by Velvet on my way there.


    Good job. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    When I reached my position, my opponent stepped forward. She was dressed like a scout in light armor and she had several knives and two daggers on her belt.


    Lets have a good match.


    Lets (Luna)


    Begin! (Grey)


    Immediately my opponent started to run towards me. To normal people it would look like she disappeared, but to me she was running at a jogging pace. When she got close enough, I pulled out my short sword and blocked her attack. After a few seconds of shing, she jumped back while throwing a few knives at me, but they passed through me like I was made of air.


    An illusion?


    Correct. (Luna 1)


    Theyre fun to use. (Luna 2)


    Not to mention that they give you so many options. (Luna 3)


    Now, can you figure out which one is real?


    Me and my illusory selves ran towards my opponent before stopping in front of her and running in circles around her. I threw a knife and grazed her cheek in order to throw her off even more. She started to look around in panic as I asionally threw a knife or broke the circle and tried a small sh with my sword.


    She blocked or dodged everything, but that was only because I let her. It looked like she was about to forfeit so I decided to give her a little chance to counter. I made it look like I tripped a little and she took that opportunity to go for an attack.


    I jumped out of the way and dispelled the illusions. We now had some distance between us. She was about to start closing the distance when I started to open up some space behind me. The spear shaped heads of numerous chains started to appear out of the openings and I started tounch them.


    Every time she dodged one or I missed the chain would go through another opening in its path ande out again at a different angle. Soon enough, my opponent was trapped in a cage of chains where I then opened up more openings and prepared the weapons inside. For added effect, I charged the chains with lightning and just before I went even further, my opponent gave up. When I heard her words of surrender, I withdrew all of my things and went to shake her hand.


    Sorry for getting carried away there. (Luna)


    Its fine, I havent had a battle like that in a long time, so I was starting to lose my edge.


    Whats your name? (Luna)


    Celica.


    Luna.


    Nice to meet you. If we ever meet each other again after this, lets have another battle. (Celica)


    Yes. (Luna)


    We parted ways and I made my way back to my party. Grey was standing there with a wide smile in his face while Soleil and Velvet were in their own little world.


    Its been a while since Ive seen Gate of Babylon. (Grey)


    What can I say, its surprisingly fun to use. Thanks for the chains, by the way. (Luna)


    No problem, youll hold up your end of the deal, right? (Grey)


    I dont go back on my word. (Luna)


    {You were very impressive Luna. Especially the face you were making, it took my breath away.}


    Was I making a face? (Luna)


    {Yes, you had a serene smile and you looked like you could see everything. Your eyes were also glowing very brightly, which I think was the best part.}


    I see. (Luna)


    Well, since you managed to do the task that I aske of you, I will now give Soleil my blessing. (Grey)


    Grey moved over to Soleil and pat her on the head. A light shined for a second and it was done.


    How anticlimactic. (Luna)


    Were you expecting something else? (Grey)


    I just thought it would be more shy. (Luna)


    Thats not how it works. There are shier things, but those arent important at this moment. Now, go and get your guild cards updated. (Grey)


    I snapped the two of them out of their flirting and we went to update our guild cards.


    Do I get the blessing after this? (Soleil)


    You already got it. (Luna)


    Eh? (Soleil)


    When did that happen? (Velvet)


    A few minutes ago. (Luna)


    How did I miss that? (Soleil)


    The two of you were doing the thing I used to do before I got the parallel processing skill. (Luna)


    The ignoring the whole world around you thing? (Velvet)


    Thats the one. (Luna)


    I never even noticed. (Velvet)


    And now you know how it feels. Just wait until you start talking through telepathy and stop paying attention to where youre walking. (Luna)


    Guess I need to put that n off for a while then. (Soleil)


    Fufufu. We also need to somehow teach that skill to Velvet. Its no fun having a one-way conversation. (Luna)


    I wonder how I go about doing that? (Velvet)


    Try spending a few days staring at Soleil and trying to talk to her without speaking. If that doesnt work, try doing the same thing, but while also using mana. (Luna)


    Ok. How many days do we have before we move on to finding the ind? (Velvet)


    Id say we take an actual break for this week, then we move on. (Luna)


    Im fine with that, what about you, Soleil? (Velvet)


    Sounds good to me. Just remember to let me try brushing one of your tails, big sis. (Soleil)


    We can do that after we finish here. (Luna)


    We finally made it to Tomoes spot at the reception counter and we handed her our guild cards. When she handed them back, Soleils had a silver sheen to it, while mine and Velvets were now gold.


    Before you leave for the day, I need to exin something to you. (Tomoe)


    What is it? (Luna)


    Requirements for S-rank. All adventurers that reach A-rank get this exnation, so its very important. (Tomoe)


    Were listening. (Velvet)


    There is only one requirement, and it is to get the approval of another S-rank adventurer. No minimum number of quests toplete, just a rmendation. (Tomoe)


    That seems a bit too easy. (Luna)


    The normal way people try and get a rmendation is by beating one in a fight, but as S-ranks, they are insanely strong, not that I think either of you would have a problem with that. (Tomoe)


    Would we need toe here for that rank up? (Luna)


    Not necessarily, but its rmended to do so. (Tomoe)


    Then when we inevitably reach that point, well be back. (Luna)


    Im looking forward to it. Please have fun on your adventures. (Tomoe)


    After that we left the guild and teleported to Nias vi. After rxing for a bit, I let Soleil try to brush one of my tails and we immediately had to knock her out. I let Velvet take care of her and went to my room for the rest of the afternoon.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: Atmos, I summon you.


    Atmos: Yes, Abyssal Fluff.


    Luna: Show me how much your brushing technique has improved since thest time.


    Atmos: By your order.


    *Brushingmences*


    Luna: It is...eptable.


    Atmos: Thank you for your praise.


    Tamamo: Is it my turn yet?


    Luna: I will take care of you personally. Atmos, watch carefully so that you can improve in the future.


    Atmos: Yes.


    *More brushing*


    Atmos: It seems like my skill is still inadequate.


    Luna: No, anywhere else, you would be considered a master, but what you have just witnessed is the peak.


    Atmos: Then I will strive to reach the peak.


    Luna: You are ambitious. Good, continue on your path. May the Fluff be with you.

 Chapter 92: Birthday

    Chapter 92: Birthday


    [Luna POV]


    A few days after our rank up exams, I was getting out of bed and stretching. I took out my mirror and Tamamos face appeared.


    Good morning Tamamo.


    {Good morning, Luna. How did you sleep?}


    Good, though I wish there was a beautiful goddess by my side when I wake up.


    {All in due time.}


    I flopped back on my back and let out a sigh.


    It feels like Im forgetting something.


    {Like what?}


    Thats the thing, I dont know. It could be something about the day, or it could be something Im supposed to get.


    {Hmm. Did you ever pick up the money from the Nemean Lion?}


    Yeah, got that a few days ago, it was a lot too. We wont have to worry about money for at least six months with that.


    {I get the feeling that youve never really had to worry about money.}


    Now that you mention it, youre right.


    {Then if its not that, hmm. Something about the day Oh, today is your birthday!}


    Wait, already? Its already been a year?


    {Naturally long lifespan makes years feel shorter, remember?}


    Oh yeah, guess I still have a human mindset when ites to that.


    {Anyway, is there anything you n on doing now that you remember its your birthday?}


    Dont know. All I was really going to do today wasze around, maybe cook some things.


    As Tamamo and I were contemting on what to do today, Soleil burst into the room followed by Velvet shortly after.


    Happy birthday, big sis. (Soleil)


    Thank you, Soleil. (Luna)


    Anything you want to do? (Velvet)


    I cant really think of anything. (Luna)


    Thats no good. There must be something. (Soleil)


    Why not go and walk around the city, you havent done that very much. (Nia)


    Hello Nia. (Luna)


    Hello. (Nia)


    Explore the city, huh? Might as well. (Luna)


    Sounds good, we might find something to do while out there. (Velvet)


    Thanks for the suggestion, Nia. (Luna)


    No problem. Soleil, Velvet, will the two of youe with me for a bit? (Nia)


    Sure.


    Everyone left the room except for me, and I got up to get dressed for the day.


    {Oh Luna. Your tails look so fluffy that I just want to hug them all day.}


    And I would let you if I could. I said as I brought one of my tails in front of me and hugged it.


    {How alluring.}


    Oh. Like what you see?


    {Very much so.}


    Fufufu. And its all yours.


    {Im a lucky goddess.}


    Im the lucky one.


    {Ufufu.}


    Big sis, hurry up, we dont have all day. (Soleil)


    *Sigh*


    {Now, now, we can continueter.}


    True.


    I finished getting dressed and left the room. I went to the dining room and ate some breakfast then me, Soleil, and Velvet left the vi and went down to the city. There werent that may people out since it was still early, but there were some here and there.


    Its been getting cooler here. (Luna)


    Yeah, guess its getting closer to winter. (Velvet)


    I forgot that there are seasons in this kingdom. (Luna)


    Oh yeah, its different than the constant spring and summer feeling of Savanna. (Soleil)


    Will we need to get stuff for cold weather before we leave the country? (Velvet)


    We can think about thatter Velvet, today we need to think about what we can do with big sis. (Soleil)


    Its fine, Soleil. Just walking around with the two of you is enough. (Luna)


    Youre always like that, big sis. (Soleil)


    Its not a bad thing shes like that, though. (Velvet)


    Thats true. Its better than being demanding. (Soleil)


    We continued to walk around aimlessly when we came across a long line of people.


    I wonder whats going on here? (Luna)


    Why not ask someone? (Velvet)


    Might as well. (Luna)


    I walked up to the nearest person and asked them why people were lining up.


    There is a travelling healer here today giving out free treatment to people. Hees by here every so often and everyone is here for healing.


    Thank you. (Luna)


    No problem, Miss.


    I walked back over to Soleil and Velvet and told them whats up.


    Interesting, I remember hearing about something like this in Savanna sometimes as well. I wonder who this travelling healer is. (Velvet)


    Want to stick around for a while and find out? (Luna)


    Do you want to? (Velvet)


    I dont mind, Im kind of curious about this person. (Luna)


    We stayed in the area for a while and after about two hours, the line of people was finally gone. The only person left was an older gentleman dressed in modest clothes that looked like a typical fantasy healer. We walked over and greeted him.


    Hello there, sir. (Luna)


    Why hello there. How can I help you? He said as he finished packing some things into a bag.


    Once he stood back up and turned to face us, he got a shocked look on his face.


    Now this is a surprise. To think I would meet someone like you here.


    What do you mean? (Luna)


    Hoho. Nothing much, Miss Fated One. I am Greed Ava-Rice, a humble follower of the Goddess of Charity. (Greed)


    How do you know about that? (Luna)


    Hoho. No need to be on guard, my goddess is on good terms with the Goddess of the Moon and has told me to keep quiet about you if I ever met you. Is there something you needed from me today? (Greed)


    Hmm. Not really, we were just curious about the person giving free healing to people and wanted to meet you. (Luna)


    I see. Then it is nice to meet you all. (Greed)


    We talked with Greed for a little while then he said he had to go.


    It has been nice talking with you all, but I must go. There are many ces I visit and I can only move around so fast. (Greed)


    It was nice meeting you. (Luna)


    Indeed. May we meet again if fate allows. (Greed)


    Knowing her, its very possible. (Luna)


    Hahaha. Truer words have never been spoken. (Greed)


    As he was walking away, someone passed by blocking him from our view for a second. When the person moved out of the way, Greed was gone without a trace.


    Weird, it didnt feel like he used teleportation magic, just how did he do that? (Luna)


    No idea. (Velvet)


    Now what do we do? (Soleil)


    Hmm. Its close to lunch, so why dont we find somewhere to eat? (Luna)


    Sounds good to me. Shall we follow your nose this time? (Velvet)


    It hasnt let us down before. (Luna)


    We walked to the part of the city that had many ces to eat and I started to smell the air.


    So many ces to choose from. (Luna)


    You can tell what smell ising from where? I can only smell an amalgamation of everything. (Soleil)


    You didnt get trained to be able to do this? (Luna)


    No. (Soleil)


    Huh, I wonder why? (Luna)


    Didnt you tell me that Lunas family had better senses than most beastkin? (Velvet)


    Yeah, I guess thats what going on then. (Soleil)


    Wait really, I thought it was normal? (Luna)


    I was just about to say more when I caught a specific smell. I stopped speakingpletely and focused on trying to find out which way to go. When I did, I started to walk in that direction.


    What did you find, big sis? (Soleil)


    Kitsune Udon. (Luna)


    We must find it at all costs. (Soleil)


    You both really like the stuff, huh? (Velvet)


    Yes.


    {Gah. If only I could be there as well.}


    Ill make some for you for the next time Im there.


    {Thanks.}


    It took a few minutes, but I finally tracked down the shop that we were looking for. It was a small booth with a curtain hanging down in front of the seats. We moved behind the curtain and sat down.


    Wee, what can I get you?


    Kitsune udon. (Luna and Soleil)


    Ill take the same. (Velvet)


    Haha. Very well.


    The owner started to make our order and a few minutester, three bowls were ced in front of us. Soleil and I immediately started to eat, and we were not disappointed.


    You should slow down; you wont enjoy it otherwise. (Velvet)


    Haha. I dont think they hear you, Miss.


    Seems like it. (Velvet)


    We spent a while at the little booth and Soleil and I ate two more bowls.


    Thank you very much.


    No, I should thank you. Its been a while since I had people eat my food with this much enthusiasm.


    Where did you learn to cook this? (Soleil)


    The shrine vige in Savanna. I spent some time there in my younger days and picked up a few recipes.


    Was there someone in the vige who could cook kitsune udon the good? (Luna)


    I dont think so. If there was, they would be the richest person in the vige. (Soleil)


    You two from there?


    Yes. (Luna)


    I see. Hate to break it to you, but I heard the person that taught me how to cook this died several years ago.


    How unfortunate, but at least their legacy lives in in you. In fact, I would love to learn the recipe myself. (Luna)


    Ill give it to you since you ate so much. Just give me a moment.


    The shopkeep started to write down the recipe and handed it to me once he was done.


    Thank you. If you ever think of going back to the shrine vige to sell this, go to the shrine and ask for Anastasia. Tell her that you will make a business with this and tell her Luna vouches for you and youll have all the help you want. (Luna)


    Ill remember that if I find myself over there again.


    We left the booth and started our aimless walking again. After a while, we found ourselves in the entertainment district.


    Anything you want to do over here, Luna? (Velvet)


    Not sure. Lets walk around and see if we can find something interesting. (Luna)


    We spent a little while enjoying the sights and sounds of the entertainment district when I heard something interesting. I looked around and found a small crowd of people gathered in front of a booth. It looked like someone was performing a puppet show.


    Want to go and check that out? (Luna)


    Why not. (Velvet)


    Sure. (Soleil)


    We moved closer to the show and began to watch. The show was about the adventures of the first hero that slew the king of fiends.


    A story about Grey, huh?


    {Im surprised people still talk about that.}


    Hero stories tend tost a long time.


    {I see.}


    At this point in the story a tiny version of Grey was fighting off what I could only say was a tiny Cthulhu. I was impressed by the way the person performing the show was manipting the puppets, it was almost like they were alive. After puppet Grey cut off puppet Cthulhus head, a puppet Atmos descended from the top of the stage and embraced puppet Grey. The two puppets then started to lift up and disappeared and the show ended.


    While we only caught the end, it was very cute. (Luna)


    Indeed it was. I wonder if youll ever be the subject of something like this one day. (Velvet)


    I doubt it, I havent done anything to stand out like that. (Luna)


    For now. (Soleil)


    I really hope I wont end up being the subject of something like this. (Luna)


    Why not? (Velvet)


    I just dont want to be. (Luna)


    Hey Velvet, I think its about time. (Soleil)


    Youre right. (Velvet)


    Time for what? (Luna)


    Dont worry about it, lets just head back to the vi. (Velvet)


    I just shrugged my shoulders, and we went back. When we got there Nia was waiting for us.


    Follow me. (Nia)


    We followed her and she led us to the garden in the back. There we found several familiar faces. Drome, Mythra, Pneuma, and Zeke were there. Shana and Louise as well. Nia walked over to Uncle Rex.


    Happy birthday Luna. They all said in unison.


    I know you werent expecting something like this since youre not at the shrine vige, but were still family so I thought I should throw you a little party. (Nia)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    Come on, have some fun. (Nia)


    We spent the rest of the day in the garden eating, talking, and just having a good time. At one point some people present started drinking and after a while were stumbling around. Zeke was the funniest of them. He acted like a kid that had the sickness that left cringy memories that kept you up at night. Watching her fianc like that caused Shana tough uncontrobly. The party continued on deep into the night, but it had toe to an end at one point.


    When it did, I made my way back to my room and flopped onto the bed.


    Today was fun.


    {Thats good. Days like this are meant to be enjoyed.} Tamamo said as my mirror floated in front of the bed.


    What about you, Tamamo? When is your birthday?


    {I forgot about 400 years ago.}


    Well, thats unfortunate.


    {Its fine.}


    But dont you want a day to feel special?


    {Any day that I can see you is special.}


    But thats every day.


    {Exactly.}


    Are you sure you dont have a charm skill?


    {Yes.}


    Then how do you continue to charm me all the time?


    {Its just a side effect of my affection for you.}


    Then do I have the same effect on you?


    {Of course. I struggle to keep myself from descending just to kiss you all the time.}


    There you go again.


    We continued to flirt like this the rest of the night and before I knew it, it was the next morning.


    Author''s Note:


    With my all-epassing author powers I gift Luna the Divine Brush of Abyssal Fluff. With this, you can increase someone''s resistance to the Abyss of Fluff.


    Luna: Thank you.


    No problem, you must be tired of having to knock you family out every time they brush or pet your tails, so I though I should help out a bit.


    Luna: This will really help out.


    It will, but you still need to take it slow, moderation and all that.


    Luna: I understand. Just out of curiosity, what would happen if I used this on myself or Tamamo?


    For the two of you, it''s just a really good brush. You can''t really do much when you are already the peak, or in your case whatever the Abyss is.


    Luna: Fair enough.

 Chapter 93: A Nice, Relaxing Chat with Tamamo

    Chapter 93: A Nice, Rxing Chat with Tamamo


    [Luna POV]


    Over the next few days, we started to prepare the things we would need for spending a long time on the road. More clothes, food, camping supplies, and various other things. Today was ourst day in the capital and we were all sitting around. I decided to change it up for once and was spending the day in my fox form. Soleil was doing the same and right now she was taking a nap in Velvetsp. Velvet was being productive and practicing her sewing skill some and I was talking with Tamamo.


    {Ive been thinking for a while now, and I think your fox form grew a bit bigger since you got your third tail.}


    Really, maybe I wont have to wait as long as we thought for me to get as big as yours.


    {Also, I was wondering about something else.}


    What is it?


    {That new brush you pulled out the other day, where did you get it?}


    You know those dreams we sometimes get where Atmos and Grey also show up sometimes?


    {Yeah. It feels like there is one more person that shows up there, but I can never remember anything about them.}


    Yeah, that person we know is there but can never remember gave it to me, I think. When I appraised it, most of the description was garbled nonsense, but I know that it will help when ites to getting everyone used to the Abyss.


    {How nice of them.}


    I know right. Anyway, back to me getting bigger.


    {I think your assumption about taking less time than we thought is right. I still think you wont be as big as I am, but youll be close enough. Well probably be able topletely epass Atmos by the time you reach six tails.}


    I know I was the one who suggested it, but do you think she will be able to handle it?


    {She will.}


    I looked over in the direction Velvet and Soleil were at as I was listening to Tamamo and saw Velvet had put down her sewing and was slowly petting the Soleil loaf.


    Envious.


    {Would you like me to do that next time?}


    If you dont mind. Ill make you some kitsune udon in return.


    {Were already practically married; you dont need to bribe me.}


    Im not trying to bribe you; Im doing something nice for you because you will be doing something nice for me.


    {You should let me spoil you more. I cant be the only one getting pampered.}


    But its so much fun pampering you. Those are the few times I actually get you flustered.


    {Thats no fair, I want to see your cute, flustered reactions as well.}


    Then Ill let you spoil me the next time Im there.


    {That was easier than I thought.}


    Dont you see Tamamo, letting you do something like that is also a way for me to pamper you. Not to mention that I like the smug face you make when you spoil me.


    {Do I really make a face like that?}


    You do and its so adorable that I cant help but want to kiss you when I see it.


    {I would love to do that right now.}


    Same.


    Hey Luna, do you mind if I borrow one of your brushes? Velvet whispered to me.


    <em>Sure.</em> I said as I made a brush appear next to Velvet. It wasnt the new one since only I and Tamamo could touch that one, but it was still one of my better ones. Velvet nodded her head in thanks and started to brush Soleil.


    Hey Tamamo.


    {Yes Luna?}


    Do you think our mirrors can do more?


    {What do you mean and why are you asking about that now?}


    Well, I started thinking about it after I got that brush. All of them are divine artifacts, but they dont seem very divine in their abilities. I mean, the mirrors are just fancy phones, and the brush is just a good brush once the ones its used on reach a certain depth.


    {Im not really sure. I mean the mirrors sole purpose is for me and you to see each other at times other than the full moon, so maybe they will change once we are able to live together. As for the brush, I dont know how good it is since you havent used it on me yet, but a really good brush is always nice to have.}


    Your right, all we can do is wait and see what happens in the future.


    {On a different subject, have you decided what you will name the snake?}


    Yes.


    {Mind telling me?}


    I could, but Ill wait for it to ept first.


    {Ok. I wonder how big it is.}


    Well, if it was calledrge in that book, and that was an old book, it is probably giant by now. I hope that wont make things inconvenient.


    {If its as intelligent and powerful as we expect, it will probably get a transformation skill when the two of you make a contract.}


    That seems a little too convenient.


    {Thats just how this world works.}


    I wonder just how good with space magic it is.


    {That depends on how long its lived. How old was that book?}


    About 210 years old.


    {Then the snake has probably lived for a lot longer than that. If thats the case, then it probably fell into the mindset of a lot of the long-lived races in the world.}


    Where they put stuff off because they have the time to?


    {Yep. Of course, this is only a possibility. For all I know, it could have maxed the level out and be close to your equal in space magic.}


    Maybe equal to me with one tail.


    {True. I doubt you actually need to worry about getting hurt in the event you fight it.}


    Yeah, I mean, Im practically a snakes worst enemy. I have ice magic and my ice mist, I wont be affected by venom, I can easily hide from any form of tracking it has, if I really need to, I have the chains that Grey gave me.


    {What can those do anyway?}


    They can restrain anything and will never break. If they were an exact copy of what they were based off of, they would even have the power to seal a god based on how much divinity they possessed, but theses ones dont work like that. Guess that makes me the same as that Archer, a faker.


    {That feels a bit demeaning to yourself.}


    I didnt mean it that way, I have no reason to demean myself. I have basically everything I could want. I have money, a beautiful wife, a prosperous future, a good family.


    {You need more friends.}


    I guess youre right. The only people I can call friends are Shuten, Ibaraki, I think Tomoe, Jarls party, and Pneuma.


    {What about that Shana girl and her maid?}


    Ive only talked to her three times. I wouldnt really consider that friends, more like good acquaintances.


    {What about Grey and Atmos?}


    Extended family through you, though now that I think about it, Pneuma is like that as well.


    {And Velvet?}


    Do I really need to answer that? Shes my sister-inw through Soleil.


    {True, though that doesnt mean that she cant be your friend as well.}


    I guess youre right. What about you Tamamo? Who are you friends with?


    {Most gods and goddesses. The most notable ones are Quetz, Fenrir, Java, Gear, and Norn.}


    Whos Norn?


    {The Goddess of Charity.}


    The one that Greed follows?


    {Yes. She is the one who taught me a lot of things when I was younger, and weve been friends ever since.}


    You didnt mention Crate.


    {I can only see him as a grandparent like I can only see Atmos as my sister and Grey my brother-inw. I am friends with them, but they are more like family.}


    Its kind of funny you see Crate as a grandparent and Gear as a friend even though theyre twins.


    {Now that you mention it, youre right.}


    I let out a yawn.


    {Sleepy?}


    A bit, watching Soleil sleep like that is making me sleepy as well.


    {Feel free to go to sleep, I might even take a nap as well.}


    Guess our plush versions are going to be put to work then.


    {Yep.}


    I guesstheyrein the samesituation asus. I said as I started to fall asleep.


    {Ufufu. Now that you mention ityoureright.}


    Like that ourst day in the capital came to an end.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: You''re right, though I feel a bit bad for them. They need to spend more time than just a few hours together.


    They''ll get the chance soon.


    Atmos: How long will you give them?


    A week or two.


    Atmos: How generous.


    They deserve it, so when that timees, don''t bother them.


    Atmos: I told you thest time that I won''t.


    I was just giving you a reminder.


    Atmos: You need to trust me more.


    I really should, sorry for doubting you. Guess I''ll let you out of the Author''s Note again.


    Atmos: Was the reason I haven''t shown up that much because I was here?


    Tamamo asked me to keep you here for a while.


    Atmos: Why?


    Because she was tired of you yelling every time you visited her and your habit of interrupting her and Luna''s flirting.


    Atmos: Really!? I interrupt their kissing a few times and this is the treatment I get!


    Would you like it if someone interrupted your alone time with Grey?


    Atmos: They would be caked into oblivion-ooooooohhhhhhhh I get it now. I''ve done something bad.


    And now you know to not do that in the future. If you really want to spend time with the both of them, you''re free to do so here.


    Atmos: Ok.

 Chapter 94: Setting Off Once Again

    Chapter 94: Setting Off Once Again


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up again, I was still in the same spot I was yesterday. My Tamamo plush was next to me andpletely wrapped up in my tails. I got up and stretched then looked around the room. Soleil and Velvet were no where to be seen, so I assume they either went to their rooms, or just woke up before me.


    I transformed back to my normal form and walked to the dining room. There I found Nia and Uncle Rex.


    Morning. (Luna)


    Morning.


    Next time you take a nap here, can you please do so in this form? We had to let you sleep there since we cant really touch you like that for the safety of everyone. (Nia)


    Yeah, sorry about that, I wasnt nning on sleeping there for the whole night. (Luna)


    I got to see something cute, so its fine. (Nia)


    Indeed. You did look cute holding that plush in your tails. (Rex)


    I know the both of you are trying to tease me, but its the closest thing I have to sleeping next to Tamamo, so I wont get embarrassed. (Luna)


    You seem a but prickly. (Nia)


    Im still waking up and hungry, so Im sorry about that. (Luna)


    Thats what you get for going to sleep before dinner. (Nia)


    me Soleil, she looked sofortable napping like that that I couldnt help myself, even Tamamo fell asleep. (Luna)


    She has been sleeping a lot these past few days. (Rex)


    We have been going non-stop pretty much. Not to mention that this is the first time shes travelled around this much. (Luna)


    Thats true, but you got what you needed out of it, so you all earned a break. (Nia)


    And that break is over. We leave today in the direction of the Demon Empire. (Luna)


    Do you know where youre headed specifically? (Nia)


    A ce called Beria. (Luna)


    I didnt know there was a floating ind there. (Nia)


    Have you been there before? (Luna)


    Yes. Its the ce where a lot of people go to visit the sea. (Nia)


    So, its a resort fief? (Luna)


    Yep. (Nia)


    Guess I should get myself a swimsuit. And now I want to see Tamamo in a swimsuit. Ehe, Tamamo in a bikini. (Luna)


    Come back to us Luna. (Nia)


    Sorry, what were we talking about? (Luna)


    Beria. (Rex)


    Oh yeah, the ind is located at the peak of a volcano and guarded by a snake. (Luna)


    I remember hearing stories about a guardian that protects the area from wyverns. (Nia)


    Kukukukuku. Guess itll soon be time to get arge stock of wyvern meat. (Luna)


    Did someone say wyvern meat? (Velvet)


    Ooh. Its been a while since Ive had that. (Soleil)


    Hello you two. (Luna)


    Hello, enjoyed your sleep, Luna? (Velvet)


    Very much. (Luna)


    Do you think you can make me a Velvet plush? (Soleil)


    Already did. I said as I pulled out a plush Velvet and tossed it to Soleil.


    When did you make that? (Velvet)


    A few days ago. I didnt forget you, take this. I said as I pulled out a plush Soleil: fox version and tossed it to Velvet.


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    Should Imission one of Rex? Nia said under her breath too quiet for anyone but me to hear.


    <em>If I can see his fox form, I can get it to you in a few days. </em>(Luna)


    Hey Rex, show Luna your fox form. (Nia)


    Sure. He replied as he turned into a fox.


    He stayed like that for a few minutes, then turned back.


    Good? (Rex)


    Nia nced at me, and I nodded my head.


    Yep. (Nia)


    <em>Do we owe you anything for that? </em>(Rex)


    <em>No. Its free for family. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Thanks. </em>(Rex)


    Hey Velvet, why are they trying to act like all of that is a secret? (Soleil)


    No idea. (Velvet)


    We all ate breakfast then we started preparing to head out. Now, we were heading for the gate of the city.


    Its been a while since I left a city the normal way. (Luna)


    Are we going to take a cart or go on foot? (Velvet)


    I was thinking on foot since were faster that way. You can carry Soleil, fox form or normal is your choice. (Luna)


    So, were running? (Velvet)


    Its not good to teleport everywhere. (Luna)


    You dont sound convincing in the slightest. (Velvet)


    Let me rephrase that. Its not good to blink everywhere. Teleporting to ces weve been before is fine. (Luna)


    Just out of curiosity what are your Agi stats? (Soleil)


    S. (Velvet)


    S+. (Luna)


    Can we stop to level me up some as we go? (Soleil)


    That was also part of the n. With Greys blessing youll be on par with Velvet soon enough, especially since she should be reaching level 100 soon, right? (Luna)


    I hit level 68 on thest subjugation quest we took. (Velvet)


    What level are you at, big sis? (Soleil)


    Killing the lion got me to 34. (Luna)


    I guess Ill pass you in level rtively quickly then. (Soleil)


    Why do I feel a sense of defeat? (Luna)


    How far behind her are you? (Velvet)


    Im level 23, so 11 levels. (Soleil)


    Oh, to level at a reasonable pace. (Luna)


    Its not that bad. (Velvet)


    I know. (Luna)


    When we exited the gate, we walked a bit away from the foot traffic and when we were a reasonable distance from them, we prepared to run. Soleil turned into her fox form and jumped into Velvets arms.


    You ready? (Luna)


    Yep. (Velvet)


    Lets go. (Soleil)


    After the confirmations, we took off running. I was never one for running in my previous life, but with the speed I was going at, it felt great. Everything around me was a blur of colors and I think I caused a sonic boom at one point.


    Im d I put a barrier up to block the wind.


    {*Yawn* Hello Luna.}


    Hello sleepyhead.


    {Did you set off already?}


    Yep, were running for a while. I never knew that it would feel this good to run at full speed.


    {How are Velvet and Soleil?}


    Theyre right behind me. Seems like theyre enjoying themselves.


    Velvet was keeping a steady pace and Soleil seemed to enjoy the feeling of the wind in her face.


    {You know that you could be faster in your fox form, right?}


    I figured as much, but I dont want to outpace Velvet.


    {Fair.}


    We continued to run for about two hours before stopping. We took a break next to a small river that was running through the grasnd. I felt like I could have kept going for another hour, but Velvet was having a hard time.


    I guess this is the difference between A and S level vitality. (Luna)


    Iguess so. Velvet said while breathing heavily.


    I was sitting on a nearby rock and Soleil had Velvets head in herp.


    How far do you think we went? (Soleil)


    Give me a minute and Ill check. (Luna)


    I spread out my mana as much as I could and used my space magic. The details of all of the topography around us in a several league radius around us came flowing into my head.


    Damn did we go far. Were already a third of the way to the border. (Luna)


    So we just travelled what would take a week in a carriage on foot in two hours. (Velvet)


    Apparently so. I replied as I handed over a canteen of water.


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    Want some healing magic as well? (Luna)


    No, Im good. (Velvet)


    Ok then, well rest here for an hour, then we set off again. Running or not is your choice. (Luna)


    Ill think it over. (Velvet)


    Author''s Note:


    You''re making the blue hedgehog jealous.


    Luna: Hahahaha.


    What''s it like running around at the speed of sound?


    Luna: Quite fun. At one point it felt like I could fly if I jumped off the ground.


    You''re a fox, not a bird.


    Luna: I don''t need to be a bird. Wait, can I fly if I spin two of my tails fast enough?


    No, you would need gravity magic to help with that, or a lot of balloons.


    Luna: Those don''t exist here.


    Tamamo: And if I used gravity magic, it could cause some problems.


    Well, since Tamamo is here now, I''ll head out, enjoy your time.


    Luna and Tamamo: See you again next time.

 Chapter 95: Exterminating Vermin

    Chapter 95: Exterminating Vermin


    [Luna POV]


    Over the next week, we took our time getting to the border. We stopped a few times when we found some monsters and let Soleil take care of them. We just left a forest and found ourselves in a seemingly endless grasnd that was filled with uncountable numbers of flowers.


    Wwoooooaaaaaahhhhhh. This ce is so pretty. (Soleil)


    Indeed it is. (Velvet)


    Amazing. (Luna)


    The three of us stood there and admired the view for a few minutes. It was then that it hit me. Having all of these flowers here looked nice, but they all produced different smells, and those smells allbined and became very concentrated. I was starting to get a headache and it would only get worse as we traversed through the field.


    Whats wrong Luna? (Velvet)


    Too many smells mixing together. (Luna)


    Ugh. Its hitting me too. (Soleil)


    Soleil then made a wind barrier that cleared the air around her.


    Sorry I cant make this bigger. (Soleil)


    Dont worry about it. (Luna)


    I pulled a ck half-mask out of my inventory and put it on.


    Haha, now I look like a ninja.


    Why is that so fitting on you? (Velvet)


    What do you mean? (Luna)


    Its like you were meant to wear something like that. Everyone has a mask thatpletes them, and that onepletes you. (Velvet)


    Do you want one? (Luna)


    Ill never turn down a mask. (Velvet)


    You might want to reconsider that, some masks that I know of should be avoided, like the one that you owned that I destroyed. Though I doubt you will be turned into a vampire since you already are one. (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Velvet)


    Dont worry about it. (Luna)


    Shall we continue on then? (Soleil)


    Onward! (Luna)


    Some time passed as we traveled through the flower field, and I started to hear some buzzing. I assumed there were going to be bees, but the sound of the buzzing sounded weird. I stopped walking and started to use my space magic. It took about a minute before I found them. When I did, I had a chill run down my spine.


    Whats wrong big sis? (Soleil)


    So many. (Luna)


    So many what? (Velvet)


    Wasps. (Luna)


    Is that all? (Velvet)


    Must exterminate them all. (Luna)


    Calm down Luna. Goddess, please help. (Velvet)


    {Luna.}


    But Tamamo, I need to exterminate the pesky, stupid, evil wasps from existence. They should all die; they are a stain on the world. (Luna)


    {If you dont calm down, I wont kiss you next time we see each other.}


    That just means that Ill be the one initiating the kiss.


    {Ooh. Assertive Luna makes a surprise appearance, no wait thats not it. Listen, I know you hate wasps, but you need to calm down or youll destroy the environment when you go on your crusade.}


    Ugh. (Luna)


    {Also, do you want to take responsibility for changing the topography and redrawing of the map?}


    But theyre killing the bees that make this ce possible. (Luna)


    {Velvet, I dont know how to respond to that.}


    Big sis, how big are these wasps? (Soleil)


    The size of chickens. (Luna)


    And how many? (Soleil)


    About 30 give or take a few. (Luna)


    If you go off and kill them, will you keep going on a crusade, or will you stop at those 30? (Soleil)


    Stop at those 30for now. (Luna)


    I think thats as good as well get, so go on, you have ten minutes. (Soleil)


    I dashed off in the direction of the ursed creatures and arrived on seconds. The vermin already killed 16 bees of the 20 that were here. I immediately took out my bow and started shooting arrows. Every one of them hit their mark and soon there were wasp corpses scattered everywhere.


    Serves you right you filthy mongrels. I said with enough venom in my voice that would put hydra blood to shame.


    I was about to return to the others when I heard buzzing behind me. I turned around and saw the surviving bees looking at me. One of them that looked different from the others came forward and, amazingly, started to speak.


    Thank you, zzz, stranger. I am a wandering queen; you have saved me and my procezzion. Is there anything we can do to thank you?


    While I only did this to exterminate the pests, could I ask for some honey? (Luna)


    An easy requezt to fulfill.


    The wandering queen motioned one of her legs and one of the bees following her hovered over to me with a honeb held in its legs. I took what was offered and thanked them.


    If you ever have need of more, zzz,e find us. You have zaved our livez and we will never forget thiz debt.


    After saying this, the queen and her procession flew off. I went back to everyone, and we continued on.


    That took longer than I thought it would. (Velvet)


    Turns out I saved a wandering queen and they thanked me by giving me some honey. (Luna)


    {Oh. Thats a good ingredient, even in the divine domain.}


    Really? (Luna)


    {Yep. Wandering queens are a very rare kind of bee that are only born every 200 years. If you make something from honey made by a wandering queen, it will raise someones vitality. Not to mention that it is extremely delicious.}


    Ive never heard of a wandering queen. (Soleil)


    Me neither. (Velvet)


    Tamamo said that they are born every 200 years. Their honey can raise vitality and is extremely delicious. (Luna)


    Big sis, the next time you get ess to a kitchen, will you make something with the honey you received? (Soleil)


    That was the n. (Luna)


    Im surprised you dont have a whole kitchen in your inventory. (Velvet)


    I stopped in my tracks.


    Luna? (Velvet)


    Big sis? (Soleil)


    Why did I never think of that!? Actually, why dont I have a whole house in there? It should bemon sense to have a house you can carry around when you have an inventory like mine. Damn it, why did it take me so long to realize this? I dont have any magic that can be used to build something except ice magic. Should I just get an architecture or construction skill? (Luna)


    I think I said something I shouldnt have. (Velvet)


    Its been a while since Ive seen big sis like this. (Soleil)


    This has happened before? (Velvet)


    It used to happen a lot when dad and big sis got together and discussed their previous world. (Soleil)


    Now that I think about it, how was I going to turn my ind into the Hanging Gardens of Babylon if I didnt know anything architecture rted? (Luna)


    {If you want, I can cash in my favor with the gods of architecture and construction for their help in that, though it will only happen when you ascend.}


    I might take you up on that, but I at least want a house to stay in up there, so I either need to buy or build one.


    {I would say buy one for now, if you feel like building one eventually, you can, but if its going to be temporary, buying one would be easier.}


    Ill do that, then.


    Oh, sheing back to us Velvet. (Soleil)


    Good, because Im ready to get out of this flower field. (Velvet)


    Sorry about that, I got lost in my thoughts. (Luna)


    We could tell, you were mumbling stuff for a good bit there. (Soleil)


    We started our journey again and a few hourster, we reached the end of the flower field and came up to arge river. Across the river we could see a city in the distance.


    I think thats the city near the border. (Velvet)


    Demon Empire or Celestia Kingdom? (Soleil)


    Celestia Kingdom. Its a remnant from when the country had a less than good rtionship with the Empire. (Luna)


    Whered you learn that? (Velvet)


    I was in the library for almost a week, I picked up some things here and there. (Luna)


    We crossed the bridge that spanned the river and made it to the city close to nightfall. We found an inn to stay the night at and immediately went to bed.


    Author''s Note:


    Too lenient.


    Atmos: Huh?


    She was too lenient. She should have called down holy lightning and smote the pests into oblivion. Wasps are the Nazeem of insects.


    Atmos: What did they do to you?


    They traumatized me in my childhood. Not to mention that they''re just pests in general.


    Atmos: How much of it is grudge and how much is it because they''re pests?


    99% grudge. 1% because they''re pests. Most of the grudgees from the irrational fear and the embarrassment that came from that fear for arge part of my life.


    Atmos: Was whatever happened that bad?


    For child me, yes. For adult me, it''s so inconsequential that I cringe at my past self''s reaction to any time I saw a wasp.


    Atmos: Well, at least you''re over it now.


    True.

 Chapter 96: Crossing the Border

    Chapter 96: Crossing the Border


    [Luna POV]


    We got up early the next day and left the inn. On the way to the gate, we picked up some meat skewers and were eating them when we left the city.


    How far is the border? (Soleil)


    If we go at the pace we have been, then we will get there in about two hours. (Luna)


    What about Beria? (Soleil)


    Hmm. I would say a week by carriage, so if we run, a few hours to a day if we make frequent stops. (Luna)


    Do you want to stop in a town or city in Beria, or just find the volcano and camp out? (Velvet)


    What do the two of you want to do? (Luna)


    I say we finish up with the ind then go to one of the ces next to the sea and enjoy ourselves. (Velvet)


    Sounds like a good n to me. What about you Soleil? (Luna)


    Hehehehe. Velvet in a swimsuit. (Soleil)


    Guess she agrees. (Luna)


    {Would you like to see me in a swimsuit?}


    Of course.


    {Ill consider it then.}


    You tease.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Like I predicted earlier, we passed over the border after two hours of walking. We had to go through an inspection, but it wasnt unreasonable since we were let through easier due to our guild ranks.


    I didnt think our guild ranks would help like this. (Luna)


    Didnt you need to do this the first time you entered the Celestia Kingdom? (Soleil)


    No, that time we were guarding a merchant, so the only thing inspected was the merchants carriage. (Velvet)


    Do you want to run Velvet? (Luna)


    Lets walk for a little longer. (Velvet)


    Ok. (Luna)


    We walked for another two hours when I started to smell rain in the air.


    Its going to rain soon. (Luna)


    Great. Velvet said in a voiceced with sarcasm.


    Dont worry, Ill set up a barrier to keep us dry. (Luna)


    Soon after I smelled the rain, it started. At first it was just a drizzle, but eventually it turned into a downpour. At one point it was so bad that I couldnt see in front of me.


    Thank the Goddess for barriers. (Velvet)


    {You should be thanking Luna; she is the one that thought up that barrier and, it falls under her future Authority.}


    Then thank you, Luna. (Velvet)


    No problem. (Luna)


    How does this barrier work, big sis? (Soleil)


    Its the product of a failed attempt at a space magic spell that would make me immune to ranged attacks. All it does is put whatever ising at us into the space magic inventory. (Luna)


    What should have happened when you use this spell? (Velvet)


    Mostly the same thing it does now, but it would add a counterattack where whatever tried to hit me would be teleported back at the attacker. Its a failed spell because I wouldnt be able to do all the calctions and concentrate on battle at the same time. If I was able to make it work like I wanted, I would then work on perfecting it to where the counterattack would also work in a melee. (Luna)


    If you managed to pull that off, you would be untouchable and would probably be able to take on an army by yourself. (Velvet)


    I can already do that. Just use my ice mist and BAM, battlefield of frozen statues, or just call down an endless amount of lightning, or teleport everything high into the sky and wait for them to hit the ground, or (Luna)


    I get it already. (Velvet)


    Will we also be able to do that eventually? (Soleil)


    I dont know, well all be in the realm of S-rank in the near future, but that doesnt really clear that up to me. What do you think, Velvet? (Luna)


    Well, all the S-rank adventurers can at least take on a small army, but its dubious on if they woulde out of that battle alive. Some would survive without a doubt, but others not so much. As if you or I could, Soleil, it depends on our stats and skill levels by the time we hit level 100. (Velvet)


    Well, it would be more depending on stats since you can still earn and level skills after level 100. (Luna)


    Thats true. (Velvet)


    Would we need to start finding items for stat growth at that point? (Soleil)


    {Items only raise stats to S. After that, a person is done with stat growth with the exception of temporary buffs from certain skills or magic. The three of you can break past S stats with level ups, but Velvet and Soleil will at most reach stats in the SS range.}


    I ryed what Tamamo said to Velvet and Soleil.


    Then shouldnt we start using any stat raising items wee across before we hit level 100? (Soleil)


    We can, but I want to find and get a stockpile of items like that first. (Luna)


    Why? (Velvet)


    Its just the way I am. Save up all the things like that, then use them all at once and watch the numbers, or in this case letters, grow. (Luna)


    If Velvet and I will be around SS level stats, what would you be at by the time you get nine tails, big sis? (Soleil)


    I dont know. Is there something above SSS? (Luna)


    {There is EX, but only gods and a few demigods have that level of power. When you reach that point, no one would be able to do anything to you except a god.}


    So, if I have my MP at EX, Ill have pretty much infinite mana?


    {Not pretty much, you WILL have infinite mana, but your stats will only start reaching EX at and after five tails.}


    I ryed this information as well, and mypanions were silent for a while after.


    So, this means youll be a demigod when you get five tails? (Soleil)


    ording to Tamamo, yes. (Luna)


    Will you be restricted in any way after that? (Soleil)


    Tamamo? (Luna)


    {No, demigods arent restricted in the mortal world, but thats only because there arent many of them. In fact, I think there are only two, three if you are included, Luna.}


    They are not restricted. (Luna)


    Thats good. (Soleil)


    At this point, the rain stopped, and the sky cleared up. Looking at the position of the sun, it was around noon.


    Want to stop for lunch, then run afterwards? (Luna)


    Thats fine with me. (Velvet)


    Sure thing. (Soleil)


    We found a good spot and Velvet and Soleil used some fire magic to dry it. We all sat down and dug into some lunch that I brought out of my inventory.


    Luna, I love your cooking, but the next time you pull something to eat out of your inventory, can it be something else other than soup. (Velvet)


    I agree with Velvet. Soup is nice and all; but eating it as much as we have for thest week is getting tiring. (Soleil)


    *Sigh* Fine. Any requests? (Luna)


    Meat. (Soleil)


    What kind? (Luna)


    What do you have? (Velvet)


    Lets see. I have orc, high orc, beef, chicken, basilisk, several types of fish. Theres more, but I dont feel like listing it all. (Luna)


    Do you have any fried tofu? (Soleil)


    No, Tamamo ate it all. (Luna)


    {And Ill do it again.}


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Whats so funny? (Velvet)


    It seems like I conquered Tamamos stomach. (Luna)


    Luna/Big sis, teach me how to cook.


    Velvet and Soleil turned to look at each other at the same time and then they both blushed.


    Hahahahahahahahaha. Be ready because I wont go easy on your training. (Luna)


    Yes.


    {How cute.}


    I know right.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: Llllllluuuuuunnnnnnnaaaaaa. Can you give me something to eat?


    Luna: Any preference?


    Atmos: Something edible.


    Tamamo: Stop being difficult.


    Atmos: Then how about something spicy.


    Luna: Have some peppers that I stuffed, wrapped in high orc bacon, then grilled.


    *A few minutes of eatingter*


    Atmos: Amazing.


    Tamamo: These are quite good.


    Luna: Thank you.


    You could have saved me some.

 Chapter 97: Finding a Mountain

    Chapter 97: Finding a Mountain


    [Luna POV]


    After our lunch, we rested for 30 minutes, then got ready to run. I was stretching a bit and Velvet was making sure to hold Soleil in afortable way.


    You ready? (Luna)


    Yep. (Soleil)


    Lets hope it wont take us long to get there. (Velvet)


    We took off running at full speed and the world blurred around us. We ran nonstop for about an hour when I got an interesting idea. I slowed down until I was running next to Velvet and grabbed onto her arm. I then focused on a point far away and used some space magic. I imagined that we were in a tunnel and where the end was the point I was focusing on. I tried folding the tunnel where the point I was focusing on was brought closer to us and it worked. We arrived at the point where I wanted to go, and we stopped running.


    What was that; Luna? (Velvet)


    An idea I had. (Luna)


    <em>Big sis, why did everything around us turn all weird and wavy? </em>(Soleil)


    Is that what it looked like the two of you? (Luna)


    Yeah, you grabbed my arm and then it was like the space around us distorted and we ended up here. (Velvet)


    What I did was fold space. I focused on a point that was in the distance, then made it so that we reach that point in a single step rather than run for several. (Luna)


    Isnt that the same as a blink? (Velvet)


    I think its close, but this was less disorienting than a blink. (Luna)


    <em>Thats true, I honestly dont get how you can reliably blink around inbat big sis. Im used to teleporting, but not like that. </em>(Soleil)


    It helps that inbat, everything feels slowed down. (Luna)


    Why am I not surprised that you are the type of person to enter a battle trance. (Velvet)


    Is that what that feeling is? (Luna)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    Well anyway, now that we have a new option, do you two want to do this instead of running? (Luna)


    Sure. (Velvet)


    Why not. Soleil said as she transformed back to her normal form.


    Aww. (Velvet)


    Sorry Velvet, I just want to stretch my legs a bit. (Soleil)


    Its fine, I just miss the fluffiness. (Velvet)


    Ill let you brush my tailter then. (Soleil)


    Yay. (Velvet)


    I know that I wanted this to happen, but I didnt realize that it would make me so jealous. I want to brush and pet Tamamos tails. I mumbled.


    What was that Luna? (Velvet)


    Nothing. Lets go. (Luna)


    I grabbed onto Velvet and Soleil and started to do what I did earlier. I did this several times until I noticed that the area around us started to get more tropical. There was some humidity, but it wasnt terrible and the trees that were around looked like they did on the 27<sup>th</sup> floor of the dungeon.


    I think its safe to say were in Beria now. (Luna)


    Seems so. (Velvet)


    How are you going to find the ce were looking for? (Soleil)


    Ill try looking around from high up first. I said as I created an ice pir that rose up very high.


    The new vantage point helped, and I could see very far. In the distance I could see the outline of a mountain. I memorized the direction that we needed to go and dispelled the ice pir. I started to fall and when I hit the ground, I performed a superheronding.


    OOOOOOOOOOWWWWWWWWW! (Luna)


    Are you ok big sis? (Soleil)


    Yeah, but whoever made up thatnding should be smacked in the face. Iined as I healed my legs.


    Did that really hurt? (Velvet)


    No, it was more the feeling. Ever tried walking around after your legs fall asleep? It was that feeling but three times worse. (Luna)


    Ugh. (Velvet)


    So do you know which way to go now? (Soleil)


    Yeah, or at least maybe. I dont know how many mountains are in Beria, but I saw one from up there, so well head that way first. (Luna)


    I looked in the direction we needed to go and we walked as I folded space again. After I did this five times, we were close to the mountain that I saw. It was quite tall and it was surrounded by a jungle.


    I say we set up camp for now and we can tackle this ce tomorrow. (Velvet)


    I looked at the position of the sun and saw it was closing in on evening.


    I agree. (Luna)


    I pulled out our camping supplies and we got to work setting everything up. After we were done, Soleil got a small fire going and I pulled out some meat to cook our dinner.


    {Im back. Atmos said hello.}


    Wee back Tamamo, what did she want? I asked as I pulled out my mirror.


    {She just came over to visit. Where are the three of you now?}


    Just before a jungle that surrounds a mountain in Beria. Im not sure if its the right one yet, but right now were setting up camp and will explore it tomorrow. (Luna)


    {Why not just check it with space magic?}


    Because that will take all the fun out of it. (Luna)


    Luna, we finished setting up the tents. Oh, hello Goddess. (Velvet)


    {Hello Velvet, Soleil.}


    Hello. (Soleil)


    {Did the three of you do something to get this far so quickly?}


    I tried making it so we travelled a long way in less steps by folding space. (Luna)


    {Howd you think to do that?}


    My mind thinks up a lot of stuff when Im doing something monotonous and youre not there to talk to me. (Luna)


    {I dont know whether to say sorry for not being there; or praising you for doing something like that.}


    Its fine, you were entertaining Atmos, after all. (Luna)


    {Thanks for understanding.}


    Is the Goddess of Fate that bad? (Soleil)


    Shes not bad, she just likes pranking people. (Luna)


    {Its gotten a bit tiring to handle ever since she started to cake people again, though its not as bad as the old days.}


    Out of curiosity, how bad was it back then? (Luna)


    {Most people couldnt go three days without getting a cake to the face at least once.}


    Oof. (Luna)


    That sounds difficult. (Velvet)


    {It wasnt that bad for me since she never tried to do that to me after the first time.}


    What got her to stop? (Soleil)


    {Grey being summoned to this world and her granting him her divine protection. At that point onward, she waspletely enamored with watching him that she stopped prankingpletely. Of course, that didntst, but it was a nice reprieve.}


    Was it during this time that <em>that </em>room was made? (Luna)


    {Yes. It was a project that Gear and a few space spirits worked on.}


    Guess Ill be in charge of that eventually. (Luna)


    {Not really, I dont know what happened, but it became its own independent space at one point, though it only lets Atmos in now.}


    I dont think thats a good thing. (Luna)


    {Probably not, but none of us can do anything about it. At least until you get here.}


    I finished making our dinner and we ate it happily. Mypanions kept asking for more until I put a stop to it.


    Big sis, you could probably take over the world with your cooking. (Soleil)


    Too much trouble, and Id use my fluff instead. (Luna)


    That would just turn everyone into fluff addicted zombies. (Velvet)


    And that would make the world boring. (Luna)


    {I, for one, am happy you dont want to rule the world. It would lead to you spending less time with me.}


    I agree. I would rather spend time with you than rule the world. (Luna)


    Guess its time for us to let them talk with each other. (Soleil)


    Right, now let me brush your tail. (Velvet)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    Author''s Note:


    There might not be a chapter tomorrow.


    Luna: Why not?


    My cousin is getting married.


    Luna: Oh, the congrattions to them.


    Tamamo: Indeed.


    Luna: You also need a break, you haven''t really taken a break from writing for a while.


    I''m fine on that front, but I guess I don''t mind taking tomorrow off.


    Tamamo: It''ll be fine, it''s not like we will go anywhere.


    Then I guess I''ll see everyone on Sunday.

 Chapter 98: A Wild Snake Appears

    Chapter 98: A Wild Snake Appears


    [Luna POV]


    We stayed in the spot we stopped in for an extra day because Soleil wanted to paint the scenery of the mountain and jungle. Her painting turned out gorgeous and I didnt fail to notice how she included Velvet in it. Now we just finished clearing camp and were ready to traverse the jungle.


    You two ready? (Luna)


    Yep. (Soleil)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    When we entered the tree line, it felt like we entered a barrier.


    The chance that this is the ce were looking for just increased. (Luna)


    Do you know what kind of barrier that was? (Velvet)


    A space kind that lets the caster know when someone enters it. It wont tell them where we are, just that were here. Its mid-level space magic, so theres a high chance this guardian snake is somewhere here. (Luna)


    Are we going to fight that guardian? (Soleil)


    I was hoping to get it to join us. I mean, once the ind is conquered, we can make it into our base. (Luna)


    Youre branching out into taming now? (Velvet)


    Not really, though it could also be useful one day. (Luna)


    We continued to walk in the direction of the mountain while on the lookout for the snake. After several hours we found a clearing that had some kind of old ruins. I also felt my presence detection telling me something was waiting for us.


    Turn back explorersss. You are not wee in thisssss ce.


    Actually, I think we are. (Luna)


    Oh. Then sssssshow me thissssss proof.


    After these words, a veryrge snake with ck scales slithered out of some of the ruins and towards us. I pulled out the Key of the Sky Temple and showed it to the snake.


    You hold the key. You are qualified to passsss.


    Before we do, I have a proposition for you. (Luna)


    And that propsssssition issssss?


    Join us on our adventure, it will be far more entertaining than just wandering around here. (Luna)


    While interessssssssting, are you sssssssstrong enough to make me ssssubmit?


    Instead of answering with words, I removed my ne, revealing my tails and I deactivated my restraint skill.


    Lets let Luna handle this herself Soleil. (Velvet)


    But- (Soleil)


    I was told that she needs to do this by herself. (Velvet)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    I wonder who told- no, it was probably Atmos.


    I sssssssee, you are much sssssssstronger than I thought. Now, sssssmall one, sssssssshow me what you are capable of.


    The snake instantly struck at me but all it hit was an illusion. I had already teleported above its head and threw a punch downward. Its head hit the ground very hard and caused some fissures to form.


    Hahahahahahahahahhahahahahahahahahahaha! A good sssssstrike and capable of ssssssssspace magic assssssssssss well.


    The snake whipped its tail and hit me across the stomach which sent me flying into the trees. Several of them snapped like twigs as I flew through them. When I stopped, I got back to my feet and blinked back to our little arena.


    Fufufufufuhahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! Its been so long since I was sent flying like that! Come on snake, lets have more fun!


    I started to use my mist and covered the area. I made illusory versions of myself and sent them to confuse my opponent.


    Thissss cold missssst will not work on me.


    The snake swept its tail and some of the mist cleared, revealing my illusions. The snake swung its tail and bit at the illusions but didnt find me. When it finished thest illusion, I cleared the mist revealing the chains peeking out of my Gates. Iunched the chains and they wrapped around the snake, trapping it. I then prepared some lightning but didnt make it strike. I had other Gates open and numerous ice spears floating around and ready to be fired.


    You have a masssssssssterful usssssssssssse of magic, but thissssssss will not make me sssssssssssubmit.


    Then can you handle this? I said as I put my intimidation on full st.


    Guh.


    I stared right into its eyes as I focused all of the intimidation onto the snake.


    Releasssssssse me, I will follow you.


    I stopped all of my magic and got the chains to release the snake.


    Give me a name.


    From now on, you will be called Ophidia. (Luna)


    I receive it gracefully massssster. (Ophidia)


    When the snake epted the name, a bright light shone. When the light faded a woman with ck hair with some streaks silver was crouching on the ground. When she stood up, her whole figure was exposed. She had a bigger chest than Velvet and Soleil, but smaller than mine and toned abs. She was taller than me by a head and her eyes were amber with slitted pupils.


    So, this is how I will look from now on. (Ophidia)


    Can you not return to your previous form? (Luna)


    I can. I can also turn my bottom half into a serpentine form, but I will stay like this for now. I need to get used to legs if I am going to be useful to you in the future. (Ophidia)


    For now, let me get you some clothes. I have some of my old ones that dont fit me anymore, but should do fine for you until we can either get or make some. Ill help you put them on. (Luna)


    As I did this, Velvet and Soleil came over to us.


    Good job Luna, and wee aboard. (Velvet)


    Wee, and neither big sis nor Velvet are avable, so dont get any ideas. (Soleil)


    Huhuhuhuhu. Worry not, tiny one, I will not pursue your partner nor is master a target of my affections, I can tell she is one fated to be with one of a higher power. My name is Ophidia, it will be my honor to journey with all of you. (Ophidia)


    My name is Velvet.


    Mine is Soleil.


    I am Luna.


    I pulled out my mirror and Tamamo showed herself.


    {I am Tamamo, the Goddess of the Moon and Lunas partner.}


    Ophidia knelt.


    Its an honor to see your visage, Great One. (Ophidia)


    {Your praise is appreciated, but this is unnecessary. As a follower of Luna, you have the privilege to act friendly with me.}


    Thank you. (Ophidia)


    With the introductions done, shall we move onto todays main event? (Luna)


    You wish to make the ind yours? (Ophidia)


    Yes. (Luna)


    Then be prepared to face many wyverns. They have made their nests on the ind for hundreds of years. Ive made it my habit of hunting them to make sure they stay there. (Ophidia)


    How many are we talking about? (Velvet)


    Hundreds. (Ophidia)


    Think we can kill most of them except a small part of the ind? I want to keep some alive in order to have a supply of wyvern meat forter. (Luna)


    If your space magic is as strong as I believe, then together, we will be able to lock several in a barrier. (Ophidia)


    If we go with that, one of us will have to be here permanently. Give me a little time, and Ill think of a more permanent solution. (Luna)


    What about making a barrier crystal? (Velvet)


    Surprisingly, I dont have any crystals in my inventory. (Luna)


    Is a crystal one of those shiny rocks that others find valuable? (Ophidia)


    Yes. (Luna)


    Then I have many. When the people that built these stone things, they gave them to me in order to keep me from harming them. Ophidia said as she dropped thousands of different sized crystals from her space inventory.


    I picked up one of the biggest ones and appraised it.


    <strong>Mana Diamond: </strong>Diamond made from highly condensed mana. Used in many rituals from ancient times and is useful in maintaining barriers.


    This is perfect. I said as I started to enchant the mana diamond.


    Just how proficient in space magic is master? (Ophidia)


    Shes had the level maxed out for a while. (Velvet)


    Shes already more proficient than me, and its my specialty. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry, just because big sis can do most things doesnt mean shell get rid of you. If anything, youll make our journey even more lively. (Soleil)


    Thank you, tiny one. Your words are reassuring. (Ophidia)


    I finished enchanting as they were having this conversation.


    Is there anything in particr that you would like to learn? (Luna)


    Hmm. About three hundred years ago there was a human that fought me using his hands. The way he fought impressed me and I always wondered if I could do that if I had hands. (Ophidia)


    So, you want to try out being a brawler? (Luna)


    Is that what its called? It sounds exhrating. (Ophidia)


    Then Ill see what I can do. I think my father or someone at the guild can teach you after we finish our business here. (Luna)


    Allow me to show you to the ind then. (Ophidia)


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: Hey Atmos, is Grey a proficient brawler?


    Atmos: Not to the standard that you would like, but he can teach her the basics.


    Luna: What will it cost me this time?


    Atmos: I''ll make sure that you won''t have to do anything.


    Luna: Thanks, I''ll make sure you get to brush my tails as long as you want when I get the chance.


    Atmos: I see you can read between the lines well, Luna.


    Luna: Don''t try to out-fox a kitsune, Atmos.

 Chapter 99: Wyvern Crushing

    Chapter 99: Wyvern Crushing


    [Luna POV]


    Ophidia led us to a cave in the side of the mountain and we followed her through it. Since all of us had night vision, we could see perfectly in the cave. The walls were lined with images of people in tribal outfits fending off what I assumed were wyverns and several pictures of a snake. They started out with red and gold, then at one point started to be ck.


    I assume that the people who used to live here worshiped you? (Luna)


    They did indeed. I learned how to speak their words and protected them from the wyverns that would leave the ind to hunt. The only thing I dont understand is why they considered me the god of the sun. (Ophidia)


    Thats because the Goddess of the Sun, Quetz, can turn into a serpent form. I havent seen it myself, but Tamamo has, and she told me about it. As for how they knew that; I have no idea. (Luna)


    {Its not often, but we can descend sometimes. These people must have seen Quetz descend at one point.}


    Why did you start protecting them? (Soleil)


    Would you kill things that gave you offerings, shiny things, and didnt try killing you on sight? (Ophidia)


    Fair. (Soleil)


    We wereing up to the end of the cave. There was a bright light at the end and when we went through the exit, we were greeted by a beautiful sight. I thought this was a volcano, but it was actually several small mountains that formed a ring. In the valley below was a lush jungle. In several ces waterfalls flowed, making several rainbows. There were many different sounds of birds and other animals. In the center was an ind floating in the sky. It was massive. If I had to give an example, it would be half the size of Manhattan.


    Bigger than I expected. (Luna)


    Youre going to have a veryrge ce to live, big sis. (Soleil)


    Right? I think I could fit all of Tamamos current ce on top of there and still have room. (Luna)


    {I look forward to the changes you are going to make to the ind to make it our home.}


    How are we going to get up there? (Velvet)


    Like I said before, I hunt the wyverns to make sure they dont leave. I can bring us there. (Ophidia)


    Before we do that, is everyone ready? I think that we wont stop until all the wyverns we are going to kill are dead today. Ophidia, is there any point on the ind that you would rmend sealing off with a barrier? (Luna)


    The wyverns main nest area would be the optimal choice. I can go and ce the crystal for you while you clear the rest of the wyverns. (Ophidia)


    Sounds good. Velvet, Soleil, get ready for a long day. (Luna)


    Lets go.


    We all grabbed onto Ophidia and she teleported us to the ind. When we got there, Ophidia transformed into her original form and slithered off with the crystal. The three of us started our hunt.


    It will take a long time to hunt them down one-by-one, what should we do about that? (Velvet)


    I have a monster lure in my inventory. We can go to an empty space and use that to lure as many as we can to us. (Luna)


    You know those are highly regted, right? (Velvet)


    Really? Grey handed me several before we left. (Luna)


    *Sigh* (Velvet)


    Do you already know a good ce through your space magic? (Soleil)


    I dont even need to use it, we should go to the step pyramid in the center of the ind and use it there. (Luna)


    Lets go then. (Velvet)


    I looked at the pyramid that was towering over the trees and folded space to get us there. When we arrived, I saw several wyvernsying on the ground in patches of sunlight. I immediately used some ice magic and killed them, securing the area.


    Soleil, when I bring out the lure, I need you to use wind magic to spread the smell around. Can you do that? (Luna)


    Easily. (Soleil)


    Velvet, watch the skies behind us. (Luna)


    Got it. (Velvet)


    I pulled out the lure and Soleil started using wind magic. I was happy that these lures produced a smell only monsters could smell. It didnt take long for us to hear the roars of wyverns all around us. I started to see movement in the trees below us and soon wyverns started to take to the sky.


    Luna, we have a lot starting to take off behind us. Velvet said with a bit of nervousness in her voice.


    Same right here. (Soleil)


    Theres no need to be nervous, Im here. Now, lets let the meate to us. (Luna)


    All of the wyverns started to fly around us in a circle. It looked like a scene pulled right from a fantasy movie. The first one started to fly toward us; but was impaled through the skull by a spear fired from a Gate. More started to fly at us, but they were fended off by Velvet and Soleil. They scratched some and killed a few that I had left on deaths door. We stood our ground and the wyverns kepting at us like moths to a me.


    [Ophidia POV]


    After taking master and herrades to the ind, I took her barrier crystal and went off to the main nesting area. I transformed into my original form because it would be faster than moving on human legs. I slithered past tree roots and underbrush until I reached a rocky area. There were discarded scales littered all over the ce and lots of ces ground into sand that were the nests of the wyverns.


    There were about 10 pairsying on nests, enough to keep master satisfied. I used a stealth skill and made my way to a suitable area in the nesting grounds. I transformed my top half into a human shape and started to bury the crystal. As I was about to pour some mana into it, I started to smell a very pleasant scent.


    Master must be doing something. I need to hurry before these ones start to get rowdy.


    I started pouring mana into the buried crystal, and soon I felt an invisible force envelope arge area. Just as that happened a few of the wyverns noticed the smell and started to take off. When they got to an appropriate height, they started to fly in the direction of the giant stone pile the old humans made. Before ling however, they crashed into something and fell from the sky.


    That must be the edge of the barrier. These ones will have a significant area to hunt in still. Now, time to go and help master.


    I slithered away from the nesting grounds and slipped through the barrier with ease. As I was heading towards masters location, I stopped and killed several wyverns. By the time I reached my destination, master and the other two had already created a mountain of bodies. I could hear masters thrilledughtering from the top of the stone pile and I started my ascent. When I got to the top, masters twopanions were attacking wyverns with magic and a sword that moved like me. Master was throwing around ice, lightning, and weapons with a wide smile on her face and her eyes glowing a bright silver. I was about to join with them when thest wyvern fell out of the sky with a sword in its eye. I was about to speak to master when her face turned pale.


    Wee back Ophidia. Would you mind catching me? (Luna)


    I quickly transformed back into my human form just as master fell forward. When I caught her in my arms, a soft, blissful feeling enveloped me. It beckoned me to ept its embrace and to dive deeper. That feeling was then taken away and my senses returned to normal, though the feeling lingered in my arms and hands.


    She should have remembered that youre new. (Velvet)


    What happened to master? (Ophidia)


    Seems like shes getting a new tail. Its not surprising with the number of wyverns that we killed. (Velvet)


    It looks really painful. (Soleil)


    The tiny ones words were correct; masters face was contorted in severe pain and tears were falling from her eyes. When I looked at the ce her tails were, a fourth was rapidly appearing. After a few minutes, the fourth tail was fully there and masters face became peaceful.


    Ophidia, can you teleport us down from here and help us find a good ce to let Luna rest? (Velvet)


    I know a ce. I passed by it on my way here. (Ophidia)


    The two grabbed onto me and I teleported us to the bottom of the stone pile. I led them to a rtively intact human den and they brought master inside.


    Soleil and Ophidia, please go and get some fallen leaves so that we can make a temporary bed for her. (Velvet)


    I followed the tiny one and we collected leaves and brought them back to the den. We ced the leaves we collected in a good ce and the tiny ones partner ced master on top of them.


    Velvet, are you alright? (Soleil)


    Yeah, Im just d Im so resistant to the fluff. (Velvet)


    What do we do now? (Ophidia)


    We wait. How was cing the barrier? (Velvet)


    Simple. I believe all of us can enter and exit the barrier, but the wyverns definitely cant. (Ophidia)


    Then lets rest. We may not have done that much; but facing so many wyverns was bad on my nerves. (Velvet)


    I agree. Im very tired right now. (Soleil)


    The two of them sat on the ground and let outrge sighs.


    Since Im the least tired here, Ill keep watch. (Ophidia)


    No, you rest as well. You fought Luna earlier and she used a lot of intimidation on you. You dont realize it, but you look exhausted. (Velvet)


    But master healed me before we made it here. (Ophidia)


    She healed your physical wounds, not your mental fatigue. (Soleil)


    The more they said, the more I realized that they were right. When I was fighting master earlier, I really thought I was going to die. When she trapped me in the metal bindings and let her intimidation loose, I saw my end and I knew that I couldnt escape. I slowly sat down next to the others and leaned my head back on the wall.


    It seems like the two of you are right. (Ophidia)


    Before we all fall asleep, I want to wee you again, Ophidia. Wee to Steris. (Velvet)


    Wee. (Soleil)


    Thank you both. May I ask what this Steris is? (Ophidia)


    Its the name of our adventurer party. From today onward, you are a member. (Velvet)


    As my consciousness faded I felt myself smile.


    Heh. I look forward toadventuringwitheveryone. (Ophidia)


    Author''s Notes:


    Looks like meat''s back on the menu.


    Grey: You were just waiting to use that line, weren''t you?


    Yep.


    Atmos: She better share some of that when she wakes up.


    Tamamo: Don''t be impatient, Atmos. I''ll get her to share some with the two of you.


    What about me? The two of you ate all the peppersst time, so you better let me have some this time.


    Grey: What peppers?


    Ones stuffed and wrapped in high orc bacon, then grilled.


    Grey: WHAT! Why wasn''t I invited for that!?


    Hey, at least you weren''t there to smell them and watch everyone eating them in front to you. Not to mention that they were all gone before I could even reach for one.


    Grey: My condolences.


    It was your wife that ate the most of them.


    Atmos: In my defense, they were extremely delicious.


    Tamamo: That''s not helping you in the slightest.


    You''re just as guilty, Tamamo.


    Tamamo: You''re exaggerating.


    Look at me and say that again.


    Tamamo:...

 Chapter 100: Party

    Chapter 100: Party


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up, I felt the sensation of a fourth tail on my back. I then remembered everything that happened before I passed out. We spent several hours ughtering wyverns and I hit level 40 after killing thest one. I then made the stupid decision to ask Ophidia to catch me before I fell down.


    I started to get up and check on everyone when I heard sounds of fighting. I jumped up and went to the exit of the building I wasying in. I saw a wyvern on the ground and Ophidia in snake form wrapped around in and about to bite into its neck. When she did, I heard a loud crunch as the wyverns neck was broken.


    Good morning, Master. Ophidia said as she transformed into human form.


    There was still a wyvern here? (Luna)


    Only a few. There is at least one more left, but the other two should be handling it as we speak. (Ophidia)


    Can they handle it? (Luna)


    Yes, especially Velvet, she took out one by herself yesterday. (Ophidia)


    How long was I asleep? (Luna)


    Two days. (Ophidia)


    I then heard the death cry of a wyvern a small distance away. After a few minutes Velvet and Soleil came back here.


    Youre finally awake. (Velvet)


    How are you feeling, big sis? (Soleil)


    I feel fine. (Luna)


    Good, then can youe and collect all of the wyverns we killed before they start rotting? (Velvet)


    Iming. (Luna)


    On the way to our fresh stock of ingredients, I checked my stats.


    <strong>Name: Luna Reed</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune(Four-tailed)</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 40</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 100%-SSS</strong>


    <strong>MP: 100%- SSS</strong>


    <strong>Vit: S+</strong>


    <strong>Def: S+</strong>


    <strong>Res: S+</strong>


    <strong>Str: S+</strong>


    <strong>Int: SSS</strong>


    <strong>Agi: SS+</strong>


    <strong>Dex: SS</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 10, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.10, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.10, Stealth LV.10, Cooking LV.10, Sewing LV.10, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.10, Brushing Technique LV.10, Telepathy LV.10, Intimidation LV.10, Parallel Processing, Cartography LV.10, Singing LV.10, Woodcarving LV.6, Hidden Weapon LV.7</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman, Master Healer, Master of Space, Sage, Master Archer, Trap Master: Dismantling, Dagger Master, Master Chef, Ninja, Dungeon Clearer, Master Seamstress, Master Cartographer, Master Songstress, Master of the Ancient Serpent, Wyvern yer</strong>


    <strong>Depth:[emailprotected]#%^#%</strong>


    A good overall increase and some interesting titles.


    <strong>Master of the Ancient Serpent: </strong>Title given to one who has made the ancient serpent that guards an ancient ce their follower. Allows both to locate each other from anywhere and gives the ability to share the others sight.


    <strong>Wyvern yer: </strong>Given to one who has in hundreds of wyverns in a short amount of time. Makes it easier to hunt down wyverns.


    {Congrattions on the fourth tail. Im looking forward to hugging it.}


    And Im looking forward to hugging you.


    {I look forward to that as well. By the way, Atmos and Grey want you to cook some wyvern meat for them.}


    I guess I can do that, I just need to collect and prepare it.


    We reached the area with all the wyvern corpses, and I got busy collecting them. It didnt take long since I just pointed at them, and they disappeared into my inventory. I picked up all of them but one. I then pulled out my short sword and started to dismantle it. After about two hours, I was finally done.


    You could have helped me, you know. (Luna)


    Luna, the only thing I have on me that can cut a wyvern is my sword, and thats too big to dismantle anything properly. (Velvet)


    My daggers are too small to do anything. (Soleil)


    I dont see the point in doing all of this. If you want to eat it, just pull the scales off and eat. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, when Luna is done with this, you will never be satisfied with raw meat again. (Velvet)


    Oh? (Ophidia)


    I stored the bones, scales, skin, and meat and walked over to everyone.


    Soleil, get a fire started, were eating good tonight. (Luna)


    YAY! (Soleil)


    Should I bring some more people over here? (Luna)


    You can. (Velvet)


    Then Ill be back. Ophidia,e with me so you can increase the ces you can teleport to. (Luna)


    Yes master. (Ophidia)


    For the next two hours, I teleported to my home and the Capital of Celestia Kingdom and invited the people that I was close to, to the party on my ind. I also introduced Ophidia to everyone. When I was done with that, Soleil had a good fire going and I pulled out the things I needed to start cooking. When I pulled out the wyvern meat, everyone let out cheers.


    Hahahahaha! Im happy youre fulfilling the promise you made so long ago, Luna. (Deacon)


    The one where I said that I would give you some wyvern meat when I hunted down a lot of them? (Luna)


    Thats the one. (Deacon)


    How old was I when I said that? (Luna)


    Was it three? (Deacon)


    If I remembered, I wouldnt have asked. (Luna)


    Deacon, leave her alone and let her cook. (Amagi)


    Alright. (Deacon)


    Mom pulled dad away and let me cook in peace. While I was doing this, everyone else was chatting with each other about the ind or what has been going on in their lives. I learned a few things from bits and pieces of conversations like how Pneuma, Zeke, and Shana were going to go to the academy in the Elf country soon or how ke is lonely now that Soleil is travelling with me and he finished learning everything from Old man Reve.


    I dont remember ke being like that.


    {I guess hes like that because Soleil is his daughter.}


    Since were on the topic, Im guessing gods have ways for people of the same gender to have children, right?


    {Yes.}


    Do you want children one day?


    {Not particrly. Do you?}


    No.


    {Then we wont have any.}


    Ok.


    It was then that Grey came over to me.


    Hello Luna, can I ask you to make a few portions for Atmos as well? (Grey)


    Dont worry about it, I was going to do that when I invited you here. (Luna)


    Thanks, I dont know what she would do if I didnt ask. (Grey)


    {You would probably get several cakes to the face for a while.}


    Hearing the two of you say that at the same time is scary, especially since I agree with you. (Grey)


    He left me alone after that and after a while, I finished cooking everything. Iid it out on a table I pulled out and called everyone over to get their fill. When everyone had some, we all started to dig in. To say that it was the greatest thing I had ever eaten would undersell just how good it was. A few people even had tears streaming down their faces.


    {I really want to try some as well.}


    Ill get Grey to bring you some when he picks up Atmoss share.


    {You really do care!}


    Of course I do. I would never leave you out.


    {I would kiss you right now if I could.}


    And I would kiss you right back.


    As I was flirting with Tamamo, Drome came up to me.


    Lady Luna, is there anything I can do for you as thanks for inviting me and my family here today? (Drome)


    Then do you know of any vacant houses in the capital that wouldnt be missed if they were gone? (Luna)


    There are a few mansions that were sold by nobles in too much debt. You can have your pick of one, but can I ask what you will do with it? (Drome)


    I was going to move it here. At the moment all that is here are jungle and ruins and I dont have the skills to build something like a house myself. (Luna)


    Come and see me tomorrow and Ill have all the paperwork done, all you need to do is choose the ce. (Drome)


    Thank you. (Luna)


    Dont mention it, its a simple thing. (Drome)


    After saying this, he went back over to his family. Ophidia then ran up to me.


    Master! This is the best thing Ive ever eaten in my life! How have I never tried this cooking thing before? I have missssed out on ssssso much! (Ophidia)


    Youre slipping into how you talked before. (Luna)


    There issss no time to worry about that. I mussst eat more. (Ophidia)


    And shes gone.


    {Shes an interesting one, for sure.}


    Ill agree to that.


    We all spent the rest of the day and some of the night eating wyvern meat and chatting when it came time to send everyone home. Since Ophidia was still worked up over cooked food, I had to bring everyone back. When I did that, the only people still on the ind were my party and Grey. I walked over to him and started speaking.


    Here, there is enough in here to keep Atmos satisfied for a while. And this one is for Tamamo, please hand it over to her. (Luna)


    Got it, and thanks again for inviting me here. (Grey)


    No need to thank me. (Luna)


    Haha. Then I better go, I can already feel Tamamo staring at me in impatience. (Grey)


    {Grey. Please deliver Lunas cooking to me. I have been watching everyone there enjoy themselves and I cant take it anymore.}


    I feel like someone wants to say something about that. (Luna)


    {So, Im not the only one that feels that?}


    Anyway, Ill take this and deliver it. See you again Luna and friends. (Grey)


    After he left, I cleaned up everything and we all went back to the ce I woke up earlier. We all went to sleep feeling satisfied that night.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: I''ve brought some wyvern meat here today.


    Truly a goddess.


    Luna: Are Atmos and Tamamo not here today?


    They''re over there asleep after eating your cooking.


    Luna: Take this, I''m going to go and stare at Tamamo.


    Have fun.


    *A few momentster*


    So good.

 Chapter 101: A Busy Day

    Chapter 101: A Busy Day


    [Luna POV]


    I was the first to wake up the next morning, so I decided to get some mapping done. I made my way to the top of the pyramid and started using my space magic. The range it covered wasrger than the ind itself and I mapped both the ind and thend underneath. When I was done with that, I sat there and watched the sunrise.


    You know, I love the moon, but watching the sunrise like this is nice as well.


    {It is a wonderful sight, and its enhanced when you are here.}


    We sat there in silence as the sun rose over the mountain peaks, a natural mist covering the jungle below, and birds starting to make noise.


    Its things like this that make adventuring fun. If I just focused on getting to your side, I would have never seen something like this. Plus, even if its not physically, I can feel you watching this by my side. Im happy to have met you Tamamo.


    {I feel the same. Though my life has never been dull, when you arrived in my life, everything has seemed so much brighter and I find myself enjoying moments like this all the more. I truly love you, my shining star.}


    I love you too, my glowing moon.


    We fell into anotherfortable silence as we watched the sun. After a while I could hear two people climbing the pyramid and once they reached the top, it was revealed to be Velvet and Soleil.


    If the two of you wereing here to watch the sunrise, then you missed it. (Luna)


    While that would have been nice, we came to look for you. (Soleil)


    We wanted to discuss what to do now that we have captured the ind. (Velvet)


    Didnt we already decide to go to the sea? (Luna)


    We did, but not the exact ce. There are many famous ces in Beria to go to the sea. (Velvet)


    Then we should discuss this when Ophidia wakes up. (Luna)


    What were you doing up here, big sis? (Soleil)


    Mapping the ind and the area underneath, then watching the sunrise with Tamamo. It was quite the beautiful sight. (Luna)


    Then we should try toe and see it sometime, Velvet. (Soleil)


    I agree. If it has Lunas seal of approval, then its a must. (Velvet)


    Fufu. Im heading back down, you two should stay here a while and look at the scenery. Soleil, if you ever feel like painting this, just ask and Ill hand over your painting stuff. (Luna)


    Maybeter today. (Soleil)


    I headed down the pyramid and looked around at the ruins.


    I kind of feel bad for having to remove all of this, but it needs to be done for my future ns.


    {I dont think the people of the past would mind.}


    Then I will get started on my way back to our temporary lodging.


    As I walked, I ced all of the crumbling stone from the ruins into my inventory.


    I think I will leave the pyramid there until I can get whole ind renovations started.


    {I like that idea. It adds a unique feel to the ind.}


    I just need to figure out what to do with itter. Who knows, maybe I can throw it at someone as an attack like a certain pharaoh.


    {What do you mean?}


    Dont worry about it. Its something only me, ke, and probably Grey would understand. By the way, how was the wyvern meat?


    {One of the greatest things Ive ever eaten.}


    Im happy it was to your taste.


    {I will enjoy anything you make. Though I need to start practicing again if Im going to match you.}


    You know I dont mind if Im the one who cooks, right?


    {I know, but its something I want to do. If I dont, it feels like youre the only one putting effort into our rtionship.}


    But youre my biggest source of moral support and my main motivation. If anything, Im the onecking effort.


    Geez, the two of you put equal effort into the rtionship, ok. (Atmos)


    {When did you get here, Atmos?}


    Just a minute ago. (Atmos)


    Is there something you needed? (Luna)


    I just wanted to thank you for the food yesterday. It was delicious. (Atmos)


    Thanks for thepliment. (Luna)


    By the way, do you have any use for those ruins youve been picking up? (Atmos)


    None that I can think of, why? (Luna)


    If you can collect all of them, give them to Grey and hell give them to Quetz. She has a hobby of collecting things from that civilization. (Atmos)


    Ok, but Im keeping the pyramid. (Luna)


    Thats fine, she already has three of them. (Atmos)


    Then Ill hand over what I collected so far when I go to get my new house in a bit. (Luna)


    Ok, Ill go let him know. See youter. (Atmos)


    Now that I think of it, was there an ancient civilization the worshipped you specifically, Tamamo?


    {Hmmm. I cant recall one. Though there was a time when my Authority over night caused people to dislike me. That was a less fun 200 years.}


    Are those people still around?


    {No, they were wiped out by there own hands long ago.}


    Serves them right.


    {Now, now, dont be like that. They were a people that feared the dark and they lived in a ce that the moons light couldnt reach.}


    Im surprised theysted like that.


    {They didnt. They onlysted a short hundred years. Their fear is what led to their downfall. Thats why I said they fell by their own hands. The fear of the dark kept them rooted in ce until they couldnt sustain themselves.}


    Now I pity them.


    I finally made it to our temporary base and found Ophidia still asleep. She was sprawled out on her back with her arms and legs outstretched.


    How carefree.


    {Its better than being always on-guard.}


    True. I guess I should wake her up now, though.


    I knelt next to Ophidia and shook her. She opened her eyes halfway and blinked slowly.


    Uuuggghhh. Master? (Ophidia)


    Wake up Ophidia. (Luna)


    I amawake? (Ophidia)


    If youre asking me, then youre not. (Luna)


    Is it time formeat? (Ophidia)


    No. Its time to get up and tackle the day. (Luna)


    Uuuuuggggghhhhh. (Ophidia)


    *Sigh* I produced a small piece of ice and put it in Ophidias hands. I made it a bit colder than normal ice and when she felt it, it woke her right up.


    Eh? Master, why am I holding ice? (Ophidia)


    I handed it to you to wake you up. Youre surprisingly childish when half-asleep. (Luna)


    Ive shown you an embarrassing side of myself. Ophidia said with a pout.


    No worries, it was kind of cute. Anyway, I have something to go and do for a bit, I want you to stay here with Velvet and Soleil and have them exin some things to you. (Luna)


    What in particr? (Ophidia)


    Mostly what we n to do when we are done here. I will join the discussion when I get back. Right now, the two of them should be at the top of the pyramid. Let them have their alone time and speak with them when theye down. (Luna)


    I understand. (Ophidia)


    And dont go back to sleep. (Luna)


    Gah. (Ophidia)


    I left the building chuckling then teleported to the Celestia Kingdom. The ce I went to was the garden of Nias vi. I left there and entered the castle proper to find Drome. I found him in his office and he presented me three options for a house.


    While these three are avable, I would rmend this one. Drome said as he presented me a picture of the moderate sized home.


    The reason?


    Like I said yesterday, these houses were sold to the state due to the nobles unpaid debts. Of the three, the one I rmend is the one that is in the best shape. As they were all homes owned by nobles, they have magic that keeps them clean, so you wont have to expose your secrets to others or have to keep one of your party member there at all times.


    Then Ill take your rmendation.


    Then here is the deed and the key. Its located close to the castle ind. I have told the nobles around there to not be surprised if one of the homes suddenly disappears.


    Thank you.


    Its no problem. Honestly, I would give you any number of mansions or even a territory for more of that wyvern meat you cooked.


    Haha, you dont need to do that. I wouldnt even know how to manage a territory in the first ce, and if you just want some wyvern meat, ask. I have more than enough.


    How much are we talking about?


    Everything I cooked yesterday came from one wyvern. I have hundreds of undismantled ones in my inventory.


    Ill buy three of them from you at market price of wyvern materials.


    I ept. Ill go find Nia and ask were to put them.


    Thank you again. Ill send a letter to the guild to pay you what youre owed, you can pick it up when youre done with the mansion.


    Alright. See you again sometime.


    I left Dromes office and went to find Nia. I first checked the knights training grounds but didnt find her. I asked one of the knights and he led me to Nias office. I went inside and exined why I was there.


    Sounds good to me. How about we put them down in the training grounds so that my knights can get practice dismantling a wyvern. Plus, I want to see their reactions.


    Sounds fun.


    We went back to the training grounds and Nia got everyone there to clear the way. I ced three wyverns on the ground and every knight, squire, and bystander opened their eyes wide and their mouths hung open in shock. Nia and I startedughing at their reactions for several minutes. When we calmed down, Nia ordered the knights to dismantle the wyverns and I decided to go and finish my business.


    When I left the castle, I followed the directions Drome gave me to my new home. When I found it, I discovered that it was arge building. Not asrge as home or Nias vi, but stillrge. I walked up to it and ced my hand on it. It instantly vanished into my inventory.


    Im d that worked.


    {Why wouldnt it?}


    Well, I thought it might have only pulled the building and not the stuff inside.


    {Thats a funny thing to imagine.}


    I know right.


    I then went to the guild to get my payment for the wyverns. When I got it, I asked Tomoe to see Grey and She brought me to see him.


    Morning Luna.


    Hello Grey.


    What can I do for you?


    I wanted to know if you can teach Ophidia the basics of being a brawler.


    Pffft. Your snakepanion wants to be a brawler? Thats hrious.


    I know right, but its what she wants.


    I can teach her the basics easily, but any more in depth and youll have to find her a proper teacher.


    Thats fine, I can ask dad if he knows anyone after she is proficient enough.


    When do you want her to start?


    In a few days. I assume you already have something that will speed up the training.


    Right you are. It was a co-op project between me, Gear, and Crate.


    Does it have any drawbacks?


    The only people that it will work multiple time on are gods. When she exits it, she wont be able to use it again.


    Why is that?


    Some wibbly wobbly timey wimey stuff that I dont understand.


    Say no more.


    {That was a good enough exnation?}


    Yes.


    Well anyway, send her here when you want, and Ill do my part.


    Thanks, tell Atmos she can fluff my tails next time I see her.


    Will do.


    I left the guild and teleported back to the ind. I found everyone waiting for me in from of our temporary base.


    Got everything you needed finished? (Velvet)


    Yep. All thats left is to ce the mansion and pick out our rooms and stuff. (Luna)


    Got any ideas for a ce to put it? (Soleil)


    I was thinking in front of the pyramid. Itll look a little weird, but well be the only people seeing it aside from our family, so it should be fine. (Luna)


    What about maintenance? (Velvet)


    It should all take care of itself. At least thats what Drome told me. (Luna)


    I wonder if this ce will be different from the old peoples dens? (Ophidia)


    Most likely. By the way, I have made arrangements for you to learn the basics of being a brawler. Ill bring you there in a few days once we get everything settled here. (Luna)


    Thank you, master. (Ophidia)


    We all walked to the clearing in front of the pyramid, and I ced the mansion down. Everyone was surprised with Ophidia being the most shocked.


    Oooooooooooh. (Ophidia)


    Lets go inside and pick our rooms. (Luna)


    We all went inside. The room I chose was the master bedroom. It had a study attached to it and a lot of books were already in there.


    I guess I should go through all of these and bring any important looking ones to Drome.


    {You could probably send them through your letter box, right?}


    Oh yeah, I can do that.


    {Can you exin to me again why you set it up like that?}


    I originally set it up like that so I could get any interesting quests for the guild early. When Drome asked me to make some for him, I made it so he could send me any messages in an emergency situation.


    {So, it wasnt so you could spy on the entirework of message boxes?}


    I can do that if I wanted to, but I wont unless absolutely necessary. Actually, now that I think about it, I could totally sell these to vampire organizations like Velvets and make their ck ops jobs easier. Ill have to run this by herter.


    I left the study and went to look for everyone else. I found Velvet and Soleil checking another bedroom.


    Already found your room? I said, a smirk spreading across my face.


    Wipe that smirk off your face. Were not sharing a room for now. (Velvet)


    What Velvet said. My room is across the hall from this one. (Soleil)


    I was only kidding. (Luna)


    What about you? (Soleil)


    Down the hall, I chose the master bedroom and study. (Luna)


    I figured as much. (Velvet)


    Either of you know where Ophidia is? (Luna)


    I think she is in the room over there. Soleil said, pointing to a room at the other end of the hall.


    We went over there to find her sprawled on top of the bed in the room.


    Master, this is amazing. Its bouncy and soft. (Ophidia)


    So, this is gap moe. (Luna)


    Whats that? (Velvet)


    Cuteness derived from the gap between how a person looks and acts. Ophidia looks like a maturedy, but she acts childish when she encounters something like this. She was the same this morning when I was waking her up. (Luna)


    I see. Its quite fitting when you describe it like that. (Soleil)


    Anyway, since we all found ourselves a room, lets head downstairs to the kitchen for lunch and talk about our ns. (Luna)


    Time for more cooking? (Ophidia)


    Yes. (Luna)


    I will follow you for eternity, master! (Ophidia)


    Author''s Note:


    Luna, thements want some wyvern meat.


    Luna: Can they actually enjoy that?


    Not really, but I thought I should at least tell you.


    Luna: Ok then.


    Atmos: LUNA! I HAVE COME TO BRUSH YOU!


    Luna: Gah!


    Tamamo: Atmos. What have I told you about showing up yelling?


    Atmos: Sorry.


    Tamamo: I didn''t ask for an apology, I asked you about what I have told you before.


    Atmos: You told me not to do it again.


    Tamamo: And what did I say would happen if you didn''t listen?


    Atmos: My fluff privileges would be taken away.


    Tamamo: Good. I''ll let it slide this time, but not anymore after this. Is that understood?


    Atmos: Yes.


    Sometimes I wonder who the big sister is.


    Luna: I know right.

 Chapter 102: Getting Small Things Done

    Chapter 102: Getting Small Things Done


    [Luna POV]


    I moved into the kitchen and pulled out my cooking supplies. For our lunch, I decided to make some wyvern stew. Since it normally takes a while to make that, I already had most of it prepared and only had to let it cook for a little bit longer to be ready. After 10 minutes it was finished, and I brought everyone a bowl. When we all ate some, we all let out content sighs.


    Big sis, why do you do this to us. I dont think I can ever go back to normal food after this. (Soleil)


    Is other cooking not like this? (Ophidia)


    It can be, but Luna is one of the best that I know of. The power of highest quality ingredients and a maxed out cooking skill are a scarybination. (Velvet)


    I see. (Ophidia)


    So, have the two of you decided which ce we should go? (Luna)


    We should go to the fief capital. It has the highest chance of having more fun things to do than some of the other cities. (Velvet)


    Then thats where well go. We can leave in a few days after Ophidia is done with her training. Grey agreed to teach her the basics of being a brawler. After that, I can either ask dad to get someone to teach her or, she can figure it out as we go. What do you think about that, Ophidia? (Luna)


    Ill do whatever you think is best, master. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, I want you to make the decision. You may follow me, but youre still your own person. This decision affects your future. I will help you along the way, but you need to make the decision. (Luna)


    Then what is the difference between the two options? (Ophidia)


    Learning from someone means that you will fight the same way they do. Learning as you go means that the way you fight is unique to you. As with any kind of fighting, with or without weapons, the basics will open the door for everything. (Luna)


    Can I decide after learning the basics? (Ophidia)


    Yes. On a different note, when we all finish eating, we need to go around and see what necessities we need for the mansion. I have a lot of stuff, but there will be things that I dont have. (Luna)


    We finished eating and went around the ce to figure out what we needed to get. Turns out we didnt need to get much at all, but I guess I should have expected that since a noble owned this ce previously. When we finished figuring out what we needed, it was starting to get dark. We ate dinner and then all went to our rooms.


    When I got to mine and shut the door, I flopped onto the bed and pulled out my mirror.


    *Sigh*


    {Whats up Luna?}


    I wish I could make my room its own separate space. If I did that, then you coulde and visit me in person without having to worry about breaking any divine rules.


    {I love the idea, but I think it would end poorly.}


    Why?


    {If you did that, then I would never let you leave.}


    Shouldnt it be the other way around?


    {I guess youre right.}


    Dont get me wrong, its tempting, but I think I would only keep it up for a week at most. Cant get too distracted from my main goal after all.


    {I guess thats true, and a week would be plenty of time.}


    I blushed at her words.


    {Oooh, embarrassed Luna makes an appearance. I wonder what you were thinking we would be doing in that week.}


    Are you leading me on again?


    {Perhaps.}


    *Sssssiiiiiiiigggggghhhhh* Thats not cool Tamamo.


    {Sorry.}


    At least hold off until I can think of a way for us to spend more than a night together.


    {Ok, but I hope you can make those words a reality soon. By the way, have you maxed out your singing skill yet?}


    I did a while ago. Now Im trying to remember songs from my past life as well as write my own, but Im having trouble with thatst part.


    {Im sure Ill love whatever youe up with.}


    I know that, but I just cante up with anything Im satisfied with. Im honestly annoyed with that part of my personality that make me this way.


    {Dont be, its a part of you that make you you.}


    I pulled out my Tamamo plush and hugged it.


    I hope you feel this through the plush.


    {Oh. Such a good idea, Ill do the same.}


    She grabbed the plush me and started hugging it as well. Although I didnt actually feel Tamamo hugging me through it, it did make my heart happy at the thought.


    {Do you know what youre all going to do tomorrow?}


    Go around the ind and clean up more ruins. I also decided that I should keep the pyramid here permanently along with a few of the intact statues. They add a good aesthetic and I feel that they willplete the look when the ind gets itsplete makeoverter. Im going to let Velvet and Soleil do whatever they want, and Ophidia cane with me.


    {What are you going to do about the wyvern area of the ind?}


    Ill leave it be for now. I have no idea how to go about raising them.


    {Youll figure something out, you always do.}


    Thank you for the pep talk.


    {No worries, Ill always be here to cheer you on like that.}


    I continued to chat with Tamamo like this until I fell asleep. The next morning, I told the others the agenda for the day. Soleil asked for her painting supplies and Velvet wanted to keep practicing her sewing. I brought Ophidia with me around the ind picking up ruins. We spent the whole day doing this. When we returned, Soleil showed us her finished painting. It was beautiful. It showed the view from the top of the pyramid, and she captured it perfectly.


    You are truly gifted, Soleil. (Luna)


    Really? I feel like it could be better. (Soleil)


    I agree with Luna. If you showed this to any nobles, they would be fighting over who could pay more for it. (Velvet)


    I wouldnt be surprised if I went to check the spot out and found that you cut this image from the world and ced it here. (Ophidia)


    It seems like Soleil wasnt expecting all our praise because her face turned more and more red as we spoke.


    Then should we hang it up here? (Soleil)


    If thats what you want. This ce is as much yours as it is mine. (Luna)


    Then lets find a good ce Velvet. (Soleil)


    Ok. (Velvet)


    Master, can I ask you to help me with my space magic? I feel like I can make more progress with your help. (Ophidia)


    Im fine with that, but we cant spend too much time on it tonight since youre going to start your brawler training tomorrow. (Luna)


    I understand. (Ophidia)


    I spent what remained of the day helping Ophidia and by nightfall, she had used up all of her mana. I carried her to her room and went to mine. As I was making my way there, I found that Velvet and Soleil had ced the painting in the hallway between Velvets room and mine.


    {Maybe I shouldmission Soleil to make a portrait of you.}


    I was thinking the same thing, though I dont know how I would go about doing that.


    {I guess Ill let you make an illusion of me if you really want that.}


    Actually, I dont think I need a portrait, seeing your face through the mirror is enough.


    {I guess youre right. Ill hold off on the idea for another day.}


    At that, I went to bed.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: Can you ask thements for help with writing a song?


    I''ll pass you any ideas they give me.


    Luna: Thanks.


    If you need help like this in the future, just ask.


    Luna: Got it.


    Do you have an idea of what the song is going to be about?


    Luna: Just a rough idea that it revolves around the moon and stars. That''s as much as I have at the moment.


    Just give me some time.

 Chapter 103: Dropping Ophidia Off

    Chapter 103: Dropping Ophidia Off


    [Luna POV]


    After breakfast the next day, I teleported us to Celestia Kingdoms capital. I brought Ophidia over to the guild while Velvet and Soleil went shopping for the few things we needed at the ind. When we entered the guild and went over to Tomoe, she immediately led us to Grey. When we entered his office, he was sitting behind his desk.


    Morningdies. (Grey)


    You seem busy. (Luna)


    Yeah, Im going through reports from the Dwarf nation. They had arge cave in in one of their cities and the guild building there was one of the buildings that got destroyed. (Grey)


    Do you want us to go and help there? (Luna)


    It would take you too much time to get there since you cant teleport there yet. (Grey)


    Then do you want us toe back at another time? (Luna)


    Nah. The training will only take two actual days to finish, I can catch up with this much work in a few hours. (Grey)


    Then Ill leave Ophidia in your hands, dont give her any strange ideas. Thats my job. (Luna)


    Haha. Fine, Ill hold back this time. (Grey)


    When youre done here Ophidia, leave the guild building and teleport back to the ind. (Luna)


    I understand master, please look forward to my progress. (Ophidia)


    As some motivation, Ill cook you some extra wyvern meat when youre done. (Luna)


    Ophidias eyes started to gleam when she heard my words.


    Great One, we must hurry and start. (Ophidia)


    Yes, yes, follow me. (Grey)


    The two of them left the office and entered one of the vault doors lining the hallway. When it shut, I could hear the sound of it locking.


    Guess I should go and find the other two now. I hope I wont be a third wheel.


    {I think youll be fine.}


    I left the guild and as I was about to start looking for Velvet and Soleil when I got the feeling that I knew where they were. I started to walk in that direction and asked Tamamo about this.


    Do you know whats up Tamamo?


    {What do you mean?}


    Well, I was going to just walk around the shopping district and hope to find them, but when I thought of looking for Velvet, I immediately knew where she was.


    {I do know the reason, but I wont tell you yet.}


    Why not?


    {Because I know you, and the answer will cause you to ignore things in order to level faster. Its selfish, but I dont want to see you like that.}


    Ok, then Ill wait for you to tell me when youre ready.


    {Thank you.}


    As I was on the way to my destination, I decided to make a small detour. I turned around and went in the direction of the castle.


    {Where are you going?}


    I wanted to see how the shrine construction was going.


    {That is important.}


    After 30 minutes of walking, I made it to my future shrine. Even though it was only about half finished, it was impressive and a little nostalgic.


    Reminds me of home.


    {It is based on the design of my shrine after all, but it also has some differences.}


    Thats true. Even if its not finished yet, I can already see that it will be the equal to yours.


    After looking at the shrine for a few more minutes I started walking to Velvet and Soleil again.


    Hey Tamamo, do you have other shrines or temples that correspond to your other Authorities?


    {It would be a lie to say I dont, but the only one I have blessed is the one you lived in. That one is considered my main shrine, while the others would be considered unofficial branches. You will eventually find yourself going to the Temple of Night when you confront that delusional vampire, so Ill talk about it moreter.}


    What about a ce dedicated to gravity?


    {I wouldnt call that one a temple but more of a small construct. That one, along with simr ones, is in the Elf nation. For some reason they think that if they have small ces dedicated to gods or goddesses that have an Authority over a type of magic, they will be more proficient in that type of magic.}


    I assume that it doesnt work like that.


    {It doesnt, they just think it does.}


    Why doesnt someone just send an oracle and tell them theyre wasting their time?


    {Because its entertaining.}


    Seems a bit mean-spirited to me.


    {Its only really funny after a few hundred years of hearing the ridiculous things people ask for. There was one time someone prayed to me to get the ability to reduce the gravity on their body so that it looked like they lost weight.}


    How dumb, just put in the work to do that yourself.


    {I agree.}


    What happened after that?


    {Dont know, I stopped paying attention to them after that. It was around that time that a King of Fiends appeared and I had to make sure I wouldnt have to step in to stop it.}


    Come to think of it, what exactly are fiends in the first ce?


    {A way for the world to cleanse miasma. Fiends and their kings are the physical manifestation of miasma that condenses over several hundred years.}


    So, they are less creatures and more a natural disaster?


    {I guess.}


    Why would you or another god have to take care of it?


    {Before the people of this world were taught how to summon people to help take care of fiends, the gods had to descend to take care of them. The problem with that is that we dont really hold back. Thest god that had to step in to kill a King of Fiends is the reason for the Fiennds existing.}


    I see.


    We talked about several other things while I made my way over to the others. When I found them, they were sitting at a table eating some lunch. I walked over and joined them.


    Hey Luna, what took you so long to find us? (Velvet)


    I went to check out the shrine thats being built. (Luna)


    Whats it like? (Soleil)


    Really simr to home. There are a few differences that I could see, but we would be able to go around it like weve lived there for years when its done. (Luna)


    Hehe. Youll match then. (Soleil)


    Yep. Did the two of you find everything? (Luna)


    We did. (Velvet)


    Then we can go back when were done here. (Soleil)


    Sounds good to me. (Luna)


    The two of them finished their lunch and we teleported back to the ind. We started to put the things that were bought where they needed to go when I remembered something.


    Gah! Ipletely forgot! (Luna)


    Whatd you forget? (Soleil)


    I meant to give Grey the ruins Ive been picking up so that he can give them to Quetz. (Luna)


    Cant you just go and hand them over now? (Velvet)


    No, hes training Ophidia right now, and it would be embarrassing to go back when I told Ophidia toe back here when she is done. (Luna)


    {If you put them in a storage bag, you can drop them off here when you see me next, and Ill deliver them to her.}


    Tamamo, youre a genius! Now I just need to make a bag big enough to hold all of them. (Luna)


    Theres that much? (Velvet)


    Its a big ind. There was more than you think, and I havent even gone to collect everything below us yet. (Luna)


    Was this ce important? (Soleil)


    Probably, but we would have to ask Ophidia for the details. (Luna)


    You havent told us how long her training will take. (Velvet)


    Two days. Grey locked the both of them in a room that has some weird time stuff going on. (Luna)


    Ok. Then we have two days of doing whatever before we start moving again. (Velvet)


    Yep, though it wont take long to get where were going most likely. (Luna)


    I cant wait to see the sea. (Soleil)


    Im looking forward to it as well. (Luna)


    Author''s Note:


    I''ve gotten a few lyric suggestions. make use of what you can.


    Luna: Thanks, this really helps.


    Thank thements, I''m just the messenger this time.


    Luna: Thank youments.


    These were just in time too, now you just need topile them and serenade Tamamo tonight.


    Luna: Then I better go and get to work.


    We will watch your performance with great interest.

 Chapter 104: Serenading Tamamo

    Chapter 104: Serenading Tamamo


    [Luna POV]


    Over the two days of waiting for Ophidia I was very busy. The first day I spent collecting the ruins beneath the ind and the second day I dedicated to finishing my song for Tamamo. Ophidia returnedte afternoon on the second day and she looked exhausted.


    Im backmaster. (Ophidia)


    Wee back. How was it? (Luna)


    Fun, but the Greyt One was very strict. (Ophidia)


    How long was it for you? (Luna)


    Two years. He didnt let me leave until my skills hit level five. (Ophidia)


    What skills did he make you learn? (Velvet)


    Brawling, martial arts, boxing, and dancing. (Ophidia)


    I told him not to teach you anything weird. (Luna)


    Dancing actually helps with movement, so I dont think its that strange. (Ophidia)


    Then maybe I should try and get that skill as well. (Luna)


    He sent me with a message for you as well master. Ophidia said as she handed me a letter.


    [Hey Luna, Ive finished drilling the basics into your followers head and got her skill up to mid-level. I also made her a D-rank adventurer, so you dont have to worry about spending time ranking her up as a bonus. You dont need to worry about any kind ofpensation so just keep doing whatever youre doing.]


    Well that makes things easier. (Luna)


    What did he do, big sis? (Soleil)


    He promoted Ophidia to a D-rank adventurer so that we dont have to spend time doing that ourselves. (Luna)


    Well that makes things easier. (Velvet)


    Master, do you have what you promised? (Ophidia)


    Of course. I said as I pulled out a lot of grilled wyvern meat and presented it to Ophidia.


    The second she saw everything, she immediately started to eat. At that moment I started to get drowsy.


    I guess its time. See you all tomorrow. (Luna)


    Have fun. (Velvet and Soleil)


    Master? (Ophidia)


    Can one of you exin, I dont want to end up on the floor. (Luna)


    Thats fine, just go to your room. (Velvet)


    I teleported myself to my room andid down on my bed. When I closed my eyes, I instantly fell asleep. When I next opened my eyes, I saw a silver-leaved tree. I got up, but I didnt see Tamamo anywhere.


    Tamamo?


    {Im over here.}


    I went over to where I heard her voice and found her sitting at a table with a lot of food piled on top of it.


    {Its my turn to conquer your stomach, Luna.}


    So, my heart isnt enough?


    {It wont be enough until I conquer your everything.}


    I see. I guess I need to start working on doing the same.


    {Ufufufu. Whos the one leading the other on now.}


    Its only fair.


    I sat down next to Tamamo, and she picked up some chopsticks.


    {Its my turn to feed you Luna.}


    I guess this is how the turn tables.


    Tamamo had a beautiful smile on her face as she fed me the delicious food she made.


    {How is it?}


    Are you sure youre not a god of cooking, because I think you must be.


    {Im d youre enjoying it; I tried my best.}


    I can tell.


    When everything was finished, we moved to our favorite spot under the lunar sakura. My head was in Tamamosp, and her tails were in my hands.


    Tamamo, your tails are starting to feel like mine. Theyve always been close, but now its starting to get hard to tell the difference.


    {Interesting. Maybe the Abyss of Fluff is epting me.}


    But if Im the Abyss of Fluff, then this should have happened a long time ago.


    {Then perhaps its because we get closer every time youe here.}


    Maybe. Now, lets switch.


    Tamamo and I swapped ces. She ced her head in myp and I moved my four tails to a spot where she could hold, hug, and pet them.


    {I still think I have a ways to go before I match this level of fluff. Honestly, I could just wrap myself in them and live in them.}


    Fufu. I just got a picture of a fairy sized Tamamo living in my tails.


    To solidify the image, I conjured an illusion of what I said and the Tama-fairy jumped into my tails like a swimming pool.


    {How cute, but its only fair if I get a Luna of the same size.}


    Tamamo conjured her own fairy sized illusion of me, and it did the same thing that my illusion did. Both of the illusions popped their heads out of our tails and saw each other. When that happened, they both made their way to each other and started hugging.


    I didnt make it do that.


    {I didnt either.}


    We both cancelled the illusions and looked at each other.


    {Ufufufufufu.}


    Fufufufufufu.


    {I guess even our illusory selves cant help but be attracted to each other.}


    I can understand how they feel.


    {Same.}


    We sat in afortable silence when I decided to sing a little. I started out with some songs that I remembered from my past. I started with All of Me. When I finished that song, I started to sing A Sky Full of Stars. After that one, I moved on to Fly Me to the Moon.


    Those were a few songs I could remember and fit the mood we have right now.


    {Wonderful. On that note, how has the song you said you were writing turned out?}


    Listen and tell me what you think.


    Silver, Gold, shine in the night


    Stare at the stars as they shimmer with the moon


    Fear nooooootthe daaaaaaark, fear noooooot the night, the light of silver and goooooold


    Stare up aaaaaaand wonder, stare up aaaaaaaaand count, as the stars shimmer, the moon simmer


    Woah, one will wait to touch another, woooooah how long till we are with one another


    Under the light of silver and gold, the moon and the staaaaaaaars


    Lay down oh child,y down ohfriends, star into the night with silver and gold"


    When I finished singing this song, I looked down at Tamamo. She had a pleasing smile on her face and tears in her eyes like the first time I showed her stars.


    {It was beautiful, Luna.}


    Thank you. I have two more, but I dont think we have the time for me to sing them to you tonight.


    {How unfortunate, but theres always next time.}


    Tamamo sat up and wiped her eyes. She then took me into her arms and gave me a deep kiss. I reciprocated and we stayed like that until my body started to glow and I was returned to my room. I stayed sprawled on my bed with a smile on my face and a content feeling in my heart.


    Author''s Note:


    I feel like I should apologize for posting thiste, but it''s actually a decent time for me instead of stupid o''clock in the morning.


    Atmos: Then just don''t mention anything. By the way, that song was lovely.


    I know right. There are two more that were suggested and I have them in saved so I can use them in the future.


    Atmos: Very good, I can''t wait for them to show up.


    If that''s how you feel, then I can''t wait for Tamamo''s reaction.


    Atmos: I agree. By the way, do you know what''s up with Tamamo''s tails bing equal to Luna''s in Fluff levels?


    It''s just as it was said, the closer the two of them get, the fluffier the both of them get.


    Atmos: So it''s not just Tamamo?


    Of course not.


    Atmos: I''m starting to fear for the world. If Luna''s Abyssal Fluff gets any fluffier, then the fluff spirits that are starting to appear might start causing problems.


    You don''t need to worry about that, if anything it will make the world a better ce.


    Atmos: Are you ok? Your eyes are a bit zed over.


    What are you talking about Atmos? Do you doubt the fluff? That is something that needs to be fixed.


    Atmos: Now wait. Why are there so many great fluff spirits in here? Where did theye from? LUNAAAA! HELP!


    It''s toote Atmos. She can''t hear you.


    Atmos: NOOOOOOooooo.........THEY''RE SOOO FLUFFY!

 Chapter 105: The Journey Resumes

    Chapter 105: The Journey Resumes


    [Luna POV]


    Since it was about time to get up, I left my room and went to the kitchen. I was cooking breakfast when the others walked in.


    Morning everyone. (Luna)


    Velvet, why is master so giddy? (Ophidia)


    Shes still riding the high fromst night. (Velvet)


    Ophidia tilted her head and I thought I could see a question mark appear above her head.


    Every full moon, big sis and the goddess get to be together. She gets like this for a while after that. (Soleil)


    I see. It must be hard for master. (Ophidia)


    Ive dealt with is since I was five, so it only bothers me a little. (Luna)


    A good thing about when Luna is like this is that we get a more luxurious breakfast than normal. (Velvet)


    Masters cooking can be even better than it already is? (Ophidia)


    Naturally. Im normally holding back with it, dont want to ruin normal food for everyone. (Luna)


    I finished making everything and ced it on the table. We all sat down and dug in. I paid careful attention to Ophidias reaction, and I wasnt disappointed. After her first bite, she started to scarf down the rest with vigor.


    Slow down Ophidia, if you eat like that, you wont enjoy it. (Luna)


    Mmmmm. Mhmm. Hmmm. Mmm. Hmm. (Ophidia)


    I have no idea what you said. (Luna)


    She swallowed what she had in her mouth and spoke again.


    You dont understand master. Ive lived for hundreds of years, but I have never had cooked food before I met you. Even when the ancient people were here, they only ever offered me raw meat and every-so-often fruits. After they perished, I hunted wyverns and other animals for sustenance, but without hands or the knowledge, I could only ever eat them raw. (Ophidia)


    I see, but if you eat slowly, it bes even better. (Luna)


    Her movementspletely stopped. She stared down at what was left on her te and her shoulders slumped.


    Dont worry, I made enough for all of us to have more. (Luna)


    She looked at me with shining eyes and a smile that made her look like a princess saved by a knight in shining armor.


    Ill follow you for eternity master. (Ophidia)


    Youve already promised me that. (Luna)


    Then Ill follow you for two eternities. (Ophidia)


    {Quite the zealous follower you have, Luna.} Tamamo said as my mirror appeared by itself.


    Good morning, Goddess. (Soleil)


    {Hello everyone.}


    Of course, Im zealous, Great One, that is the nature of the contract I formed with master. Not to mention that she has given me a new joy in life in the form of cooking. (Ophidia)


    {Ill agree to that, Lunas cooking is hard to beat.}


    I say youre at least on par with me, Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Luna, I already love you,plimenting me wont get you anything.}


    Who says I cantpliment you just because I want to? (Luna)


    {Very true, though now Im obliged to do the same. Your tails are stunning, and I want to pet them all the time.}


    Why thank you. (Luna)


    Is this also normal? (Ophidia)


    Yes. (Velvet and Soleil)


    Hey! The two of you cant say anything, youre the same. (Luna)


    Now hold on just a minute. (Velvet)


    Stop Velvet, shes right. (Soleil)


    Hahahaha. You were right master, this is so much more fun than slithering around the jungle with nothing to do but turn away the asional trespasser. (Ophidia)


    And we havent even restarted travelling yet. (Luna)


    Speaking of that, when will we start? (Soleil)


    I was thinking today. That is, of course, if you all agree. (Luna)


    To the capital of Beria! (Velvet)


    To the sea! (Soleil)


    To somewhere not the jungle! (Ophidia)


    {Umm. Hooray!}


    We continued our lively chatting as we finished breakfast. After cleaning everything up, we prepared to leave.


    Master, though I dont think we need to worry, people do sometimese here. How will we keep this ce from being trespassed upon? (Ophidia)


    I cracked a grin.


    In my past life, there were many stories about hidden ces protected by mists and illusions. I just so happen to have two abilities that match those descriptions well, though my mist is a bit different. Luckily, you had in your possession enough mana diamonds to keep an illusion barrier going for a good long while. Ill put one up and it will cover both the ind and the jungle you protected. (Luna)


    Then there is no need for me to worry. (Ophidia)


    When everyone was done with their preparations I went to the front of the mansion and pulled out one of the mana diamonds Ophidia gave me. I charged it with illusion magic and dropped it onto the ground. I pushed it under with my foot then sent mana to it. I felt a pulse go through the air which told me the barrier was sessfully activated.


    With that, were ready to go. (Luna)


    Everyone put their hand on my shoulder or arm, and we teleported to the ce we camped out at before meeting Ophidia. From here we ere going to go back to the main road.


    Ophidia, pay close attention to what is about to happen. When you max out your space magic you will be able to do this too. I said as I started folding space to make our trip a bit easier.


    When we reached the ce that I made the focal point of the spell, Ophidia spoke up.


    Master, how much mana does that use? (Ophidia)


    Not much, but thats because of how I am. I have an item that helps reduce mana consumption, my stats and titles help as well. For a normal person, I think they would be able to do this at least twice and only go a third of the distance I did. (Luna)


    I agree with your assessment. If I tried to do this same thing, I would only be able to move myself. Doing this with multiple people would be impossible unless I either increased my alreadyrge mana pool or had items, stats, and titles like you do. (Ophidia)


    It also helps that Luna has nearly infinite mana. (Velvet)


    Really!? (Ophidia)


    I dont have infinite mana yet, though going by how my stats have been growing with each new tail, I will by my fifth. (Luna)


    As a reference master, how high are your stats? (Ophidia)


    The lowest ones are all S+ and the highest are SSS. (Luna)


    I see. Though I dont regret my past decisions, I should have just immediately submitted to you instead of testing you. (Ophidia)


    Dont be like that Ophidia. Even if that wasnt really a fight, it was fun. Even you enjoyed it for a while. (Luna)


    Thats true. (Ophidia)


    We continued on our journey by folding space using the road as an indication of our heading. Byte afternoon we could see city walls in the distance.


    Were almost there. (Luna)


    I cant wait. (Soleil)


    I folded space one more time and we ended up close to the city.


    I think we should hold off on travelling like that for a while after today. (Velvet)


    Why? (Luna)


    If we get used to moving around like that it might affect how we perceive space. (Velvet)


    I never considered that. (Luna)


    Why does it smell so weird here? (Soleil)


    Because were close to the sea. Youre smelling the salt in the air. (Luna)


    Oh. How strange. (Soleil)


    We got into the line at the gate and entered the city.


    This is different than the other city. (Ophidia)


    Not every city will be like the capital of a country. I dont know the average size of cities in the Demon Empire, but this should be the right size for a normal city. (Velvet)


    It seems I know less than I should. (Ophidia)


    Well, you spent your whole life in a jungle and while I dont know what it was like when those ancient people were around, I doubt they lived in cities like this. (Luna)


    Thats true. Back then, the people lived in many separate ces and all came together at certain points of the year. When the ind was reachable by them was the only time they I ever saw them gather inrge groups like this. (Ophidia)


    When Ophidia was talking about the people she used to watch over, she got a sad look on her face.


    Do you miss those people? (Soleil)


    I do sometimes. They were genuinely good people for a long time. (Ophidia)


    Why did they fall to ruin? (Luna)


    There was a sickness that they couldnt survive. It killed off their young ones and the adults were weakened too much to have more. It was a hard time for them and all I could do was watch. (Ophidia)


    Sorry for bringing up bad memories. (Luna)


    Its fine master. This all happened hundreds of years ago. (Ophidia)


    Do you know if that sickness is still around? (Velvet)


    It isnt. I learnedter that it was spread through some of the nts the people ate, and I destroyed all of them. (Ophidia)


    How did you learn that? (Soleil)


    When several of the more stubborn trespassers came to try and take the ind, I observed them and after they started eating that nt, they started to look like how the people did when they fell sick. After that, that particr group left and never returned. (Ophidia)


    I wasnt expecting to learn all of this today. (Luna)


    Neither was I. Now, on apletely different topic, are we going to stay at an inn, or teleport back to the ind? (Velvet)


    I say stay at an inn. Itll be annoying to go back and forth everyday. (Luna)


    I agree with master. (Ophidia)


    Then lets find an inn to stay at. Tomorrow we can look for a ce to buy some swimsuits and then go to the sea. (Soleil)


    Like that, we looked for and found an inn to stay at. We rented arge room and we all went to bed excited for the next day.


    Author''s Note:


    Luna: So why is Atmos unconscious over there?


    Things happened. When you ascend, please keep a tight hold on the Fluff spirits. I don''t want another trip into the Abyss.


    Luna: I''ll try?


    Atmos: Ugh. Eh? I''m still sane? That''s a relief.


    Sorry for everything that happened.


    Atmos: Don''t worry about it, just make sure you don''t do that again.


    We won''t have to worry about that, the Fluff spirits have their own space now and Luna will make sure to reign them in in the future. Right?


    Luna: I don''t know what happened, but I will.


    Atmos: Good. By the way, how did you free yourself from their influence?


    I had some help. By the way, we need to talk about why the water pressure has been increased.


    Atmos: Look at the time. I must go, my people need me. *Poof*


    She got away.


    Luna: I''ll ask Tamamo to do something about her.


    Thanks.

 Chapter 106: Early Morning Happenings

    Chapter 106: Early Morning Happenings


    [Luna POV]


    I woke up first the next day and I went over to the window. When I looked outside the whole city was covered in a thick fog.


    Heh. This would look eerie if it was at night.


    {Hey Luna, can you take control of this fog with your ice mist skill?}


    I dont know, but Ill try.


    I opened the window and spread some of my own mist outside. When the fog mixed with my mist I tried to take control of it.


    Weird.


    {Whats up?}


    I can take control of the fog, but its already full of mana. I think this is the result of a skill.


    *Yawn* Good morning, big sis. (Soleil)


    Mhmm. (Luna)


    Is something wrong? (Soleil)


    I dont know. We might need to visit the adventurers guild before we have our beach day. (Luna)


    While I was trying to figure out what was going on, the fog started to dissipate. It disappeared too fast for normal fog which confirmed that it was a skill that made it.


    Tch. (Luna)


    Seriously big sis, whats wrong? Why do we need to postpone our ns? (Soleil)


    There was some strange fog outside. It was simr to my mist. I tried taking control of it, but it went away too fast for me to do it. (Luna)


    If its some kind of monster, Im going to burn it to death. Its getting in the way of me seeing my Velvet in a swimsuit. (Soleil)


    UghswimsuitSoleil. (Velvet)


    We both looked at Velvet, but she was still asleep.


    I know how she is when half-asleep, but I didnt know she talks in her sleep. (Luna)


    (Soleil)


    I looked over to Soleil and saw she had a smile on her face and she was slightly blushing.


    Hehe. So, shes finally dreaming about me. (Soleil)


    Good for you. (Luna)


    Ssssssssssssssssss. (Ophidia)


    I turned around when I heard hissing. I saw Ophidia in hermia form strangling her pillow.


    I wonder if shes dreaming about something. (Luna)


    I dont know, but Im d we got a room with four beds. (Soleil)


    We would have also been fine if we only had three. (Luna)


    Now that I think about it, that would have been better. (Soleil)


    Fufu. Maybe next time. (Luna)


    Ill hold you to that. (Soleil)


    {Im curious Luna. What do Ophidias scales feel like?}


    I think one of the books I read said they feel like silk, but Im not going to try and feel them without her permission.


    {What about wyvern scales, youve dealt with a lot of them recently.}


    I almost tried destroying all of the wyverns we killed and then move on to the ones we were keeping alive. The scales are so hard and rough, its like theyre trying to insult me with their mere existence.


    B-big sis, why are you getting so angry? (Soleil)


    Eh? Sorry Soleil, I just remembered the feel of wyvern scales. (Luna)


    Ooohhh. Then you arepletely justified. (Soleil)


    It was then that I started to smell something from the still open window. It seems like Soleil smelled it as well because her stomach started growling.


    I guess we should wake these two up and go get something to eat. (Luna)


    I agree. (Soleil)


    Oh, and Soleil, for now, dont worry about what I was saying earlier about the fog, for all we know it could be a normal thing that happens around here. (Luna)


    Ok. So are our ns still fine for today? (Soleil)


    Yes, unless something happens, we will keep to our ns. (Luna)


    Then- (Soleil)


    Dont finish whatever you are about to say. (Luna)


    Why not? (Soleil)


    Because if you finished that sentence, the exact opposite would have happened. (Luna)


    {Doesnt that apply to what you said as well?}


    Gah! (Luna)


    Eh! Master, whats wrong? (Ophidia)


    Dont worry about it, Ophidia. I said as I slumped my shoulders.


    Soleil started trying to wake Velvet up, but instead was grabbed by sleepy Velvet and was then put into a hug. Instead of trying to break free, Soleil decided to snuggle into the embrace.


    Oh no, I have been captured and cant break free. Big sis, you should take Ophidia and run. (Soleil)


    I wont forget your sacrifice Soleil. I said with fake tears in my eyes. Lets go Ophidia.


    Ophidia transformed into her human form and followed me to the door.


    I will offer you some cooking for your valiant sacrifice Soleil. (Ophidia)


    She shut the door after saying that.


    I didnt expect you to y along. (Luna)


    I know the way I act when ites to new things seems childish, master, but I am several hundreds of years old. I can read the mood and y along. (Ophidia)


    Sorry, its just easy to forget that sometimes. (Luna)


    There is no need to apologize. I can see why you would think that. (Ophidia)


    We left the inn and I followed the smell from earlier. We found out that the source was a man at a stall grilling some kind of fish. We went up to him and bought several. Ophidia took the first bite of hers and her eyes started to sparkle.


    This is amazing master. Ive never eaten this kind of thing before. (Ophidia)


    I would have thought you would have eaten river fish before. (Luna)


    I tried when I was small and the fish in the river almost ate me instead. I avoided going after them after that. (Ophidia)


    You never went back after getting bigger? (Luna)


    No. I tried one time, but the first one I saw immediately started trying to eat me again and I ran away. (Ophidia)


    Are you going to be ok at the sea then? (Luna)


    Why wouldnt I? If the sea has fish in it, then I just need to let you or the others kill them. Not to mention that they are probably different. (Ophidia)


    I would say that the sea has more dangerous fish than a river. (Luna)


    Theyre still different. I can handle monsters andrge fish, its just those ones in the rivers back home. (Ophidia)


    Ill take your word for it then. (Luna)


    We made it back to the inn with Velvet and Soleils share of breakfast. When we made it to the room Velvet was finally awake and was still holding Soleil in her arms. They both had blissful expressions on their faces.


    Are we interrupting anything? (Luna)


    Wee back, big sis, and no, youre not. (Soleil)


    Im just hugging Soleil. (Velvet)


    I can see that. (Luna)


    Is this the half-asleep Velvet you have told me about? (Ophidia)


    No, but what happened earlier was close. (Soleil)


    Anyway, what did you bring for breakfast? (Velvet)


    Some fish a man at a stall was cooking. Its really good. I said as I handed a few over to Velvet. Ophidia did the same for Soleil and we waited for them to finish eating.


    That was good. (Soleil)


    I agree. Now, Soleil was telling me something earlier about you saying we need to go to the guild today. (Velvet)


    Yeah, there was some fog this morning that is like my mist, so I think we should go to the guild and ask if thats a normal thing here or not. If its normal, then we wont worry about it. If its not, then well figure something out from there. (Luna)


    As we were waiting for Velvet to get ready to go, I felt a strange feeling in the direction of the city entrance.


    What is that? (Luna)


    What is what? (Ophidia)


    None of you feel that? (Luna)


    Feel what? (Velvet)


    The feeling of someone really strong. I think there is some divinity mixed in there as well. (Luna)


    {Hmm. Ooohhh, so she is here.} Tamamo said as my mirror appeared.


    Who? (Luna)


    {One of the two demigods in the mortal world and the person that you wanted to meet.}


    The person I wanted to meet? I mumbled as I started to think.


    {You know, that S-rank adventurer.}


    Oh, Skadi the Abyssal Hunter. (Velvet)


    {Yes, that one.}


    Shes a demigod? (Luna)


    {Did I not mention that before?}


    You only said that there were two in the mortal world with me being the third in the future. (Luna)


    {Oh, sorry about that.}


    Dont worry about it. (Luna)


    I never would have though that she would show up in Beria. (Velvet)


    Great One, do we need to be wary of this Skadi person? (Ophidia)


    {No. I actually think all of you will get along with her. Though if she is showing up here, then something big must be happening out at sea.}


    Why? (Soleil)


    {I shouldnt say much, but one thing I will say is that her mother is the Goddess of the Sea.}


    So, this ce is partially her domain? (Luna)


    {Something like that.}


    Then maybe we should hurry to the guild. (Luna)


    Everyone nodded at my words and we hurriedly left the inn.


    Author''s Note:


    I wonder what''s going on at sea.


    Tamamo: You already know, don''t you?


    I do.


    Atmos: I do as well.


    Tamamo: Care to enlighten me?


    Atmos: And ruin the fun?


    All I''ll say is that it is strong enough to level Luna up to a lot if she kills it.


    Tamamo: As in push her to five tails a lot?


    Yes, but after that she will have even more trouble leveling.


    Atmos: Out of curiosity, why is it so much harder to level everything after the halfway point? Skills get harder to level after five and people after 50.


    Because it''s no fun if a person isn''t challenged some when they gain power.


    Atmos: I guess Luna is special since most people she knows are level 100 or very close.


    I though that was your doing.


    Atmos: It''s not. If I used my Authority over fate to make everything go right for Luna, Gear would get angry with me. Don''t show favoritism and all that.


    Tamamo: He is strict like that.


    Now that you mention it, you hardly ever use your Authority over fate when Luna is involved in something. Thest time you did, it was to keep Deacon alive.


    Atmos: Yep. But that means that if neither of us are manipting fate like that, then Luna is just extremely lucky to know a lot of strong people.


    I''ll agree with that.

 Chapter 107: Skadi the Abyssal Hunter

    Chapter 107: Skadi the Abyssal Hunter


    [Luna POV]


    Since we were new to the city, we didnt know where the guild was, but we had an easy way to find it. We waited for a bit for Skadis presence to head there and then went to it.


    I wonder if there is a reason she doesnt reign in her presence?


    {Ive only met her a few times, so I dont know her that well, but I can say that she isnt the most social person. I think she does this because even people that cant feel the strength she exudes instinctively avoid her.}


    I guess thats one way to get people to leave you alone.


    Master, Im starting to feel a strong presence. (Ophidia)


    Me too. (Soleil)


    So, this is what an S-rank is like. (Velvet)


    I dont think thats right, Velvet. This is what a demigod is like. The both of us are easily S-rank in stats, but this is different. (Luna)


    I guess youre right. (Velvet)


    We continued to get closer to the presence and found the guild after a few more minutes of walking. When we entered, all of the adventurers that were present were acting strange. The ones that were sitting at tables or the bar were all quiet and barely moving. The ones at the quest board were standing stiff and trying their best to not look over in the direction of the reception counter. The receptionists were faring even worse, many of them had scared expressions on their faces and a few were sweating so much you could tell from the entrance.


    At the very center of the counter was a tall woman standing and facing away from the door. When she heard the doors open and us enter, she turned slightly to see who broke the silence. She looked at all of us and her gaze lingered on me for a second longer than the rest of my party. She turned back to the receptionist she was talking to and then walked towards the stairs. Once she disappeared up the stairs, everyone let out relieved sighs. A few of the receptionists fell to their knees or nearly t on their fronts or backs. The receptionist that was talking with Skadi looked over to us and beckoned up to speak with him.


    Wee to Berias guild branch, please head upstairs and go to the room that Miss Skadi is waiting in, I dont think I need to tell you which one to find.


    We all nodded and went upstairs. We followed the presence and stopped at a door at the end of a hallway. Before I knocked on the door, a voice told us to enter. When we did, Skadi was sitting in a chair at the head of a table. She was dressed in clothes that were primarily ck with dark blue inner linings. She also had a ratherrge hat thatpleted the outfit. She had dull silver hair, pale skin, and red eyes. Leaning by her side was arge, two-handed ck sword. When all of us were in the room and the door was shut, Skadi spoke.


    The kitsune with ck hair, what is your name and rtion with the gods? (Skadi)


    I am Luna Reed, A-rank adventurer and the future wife of Tamamo, Goddess of the Moon, Night, and Gravity. (Luna)


    A Fated One. Its been a long time since thest one. Why are you here? (Skadi)


    Me and my party were just visiting Beria and hoping to spend some time near the sea. We only arrived at this city yesterday. (Luna)


    Have you noticed anything strange in your limited time here? (Skadi)


    There was a thick fog filled with mana covering the city this morning. I believe it is the result of a skill. I dont know if its a normal urrence here or not, so we came to the guild to find out. (Luna)


    Are you sure this fog was the result of a skill? (Skadi)


    I have a simr skill, so I am fairly positive that it is. (Luna)


    Hmmm. (Skadi)


    She sat there, thinking about something.


    What are the ranks of the others? (Skadi)


    Velvet here is A-rank like me, Soleil, the red-haired kitsune is B, and Ophidia here, is D, but only because she recently became an adventurer, her strength is on par with A-rank, maybe S. (Luna)


    Nn. Later I will test you. Pass, and Ill rmend you and Velvet to be S-rank. (Skadi)


    While I am grateful, why are you doing this? (Luna)


    Because I am going to need help taking on the monster that produced that fog you were talking about. It will be an S-ranked quest and only adventurers of equal rank can ept it. (Skadi)


    What monster is it? (Luna)


    A kraken. (Skadi)


    How clich. (Luna)


    My mirror then appeared and Tamamos face speared in the face.


    {Hello Skadi, its been a while.}


    Hello Lady Tamamo. You seem to be doing well. (Skadi)


    {I am. Ive been listening to the conversation, so let me ask, why do you need Lunas help?}


    I want to test her. Shes going to be a goddess eventually, so I want to see what she is capable of. (Skadi)


    Just out of curiosity, how do you see me? Strength wise, I mean. (Luna)


    I can tell youre strong, but only at the level of one of the average S-rank adventurers. (Skadi)


    I deactivated the restraint skill.


    How about now? (Luna)


    Hoh. Now youre on the level Id expect of a future goddess. Have you be a demigod yet? (Skadi)


    Not yet, but Im close. I removed my ne, and the illusion was dispelled. I only need to get one more tail, and Ill be one. (Luna)


    Very good. This will make the hunt easier, though I do worry about your party, especially the kitsune that is hiding behind the vampire. (Skadi)


    Give her time, and she will be able to fight on equal footing with us. (Velvet)


    There was a hint of anger in Velvets voice.


    Velvet, was it? I meant no disrespect; I was just giving my opinion. As she is right now, she will be a liability fighting on the open sea. (Skadi)


    Velvet was about to say something else, but Soleil stopped her.


    Calm down Velvet, shes right. Compared to everyone in this room, I am still the weakest. I know I still dont hold a candle to something like a kraken, but I will catch up with all of you eventually. (Soleil)


    *Sigh* Its alright Soleil, Ill help you out as much as I can. Velvet said as she gave Soleil a hug.


    Meet me in this guilds training hall. Ill fight you in a mock battle Luna. As for Velvet, I want you to watch. If Luna manages tost long enough, Ill rmend both of you to S-rank. (Skadi)


    Hearing her words, I couldnt help but get a small smile on my face.


    Then lets have a fun battle. (Luna)


    Nn. (Skadi)


    She left the room and shut the door again. Velvet was still hugging Soleil and Ophidia was sweating bullets.


    Master, are you sure you can take her on? (Ophidia)


    Yes. Im quite confident I can. (Luna)


    Do me a favor and give her a pummeling. (Velvet)


    Dont be so angry Velvet. (Soleil)


    I cant help it Soleil, I dont like it when people insult you. (Velvet)


    She wasnt insulting me. Everything she said was true. For now. (Soleil)


    *Sigh* (Velvet)


    With the end of that conversation, we left the room and went to the guilds training hall. There were a lot of people there and Skadi was waiting for us in the center of the room.


    Author''s Note:


    Tamamo: She''s just as blunt as ever.


    Atmos: I agree. She needs to rx more.


    I want a hat like hers.


    Tamamo: Can''t you just make one?


    That''s not how it works. I may be the master of this space, but I''m limited in what I can do. If it''s something that has any rtion to your world, I can do something, but if it''s creating something for me, I can''t do it.


    Atmos: Is that why you could make a space for the fluff spirits?


    Yep. They have rtion to your world, so I could make a separate space for them. If I wanted to move them to a different world, I wouldn''t be able to do it.


    Tamamo: Then back on topic, how will Luna fair against her?


    Luna is focused more on magic while Skadi is focused on strength. I think Luna has a slight advantage, but she will lose if she gets hit. That''s how big an advantage EX level stats give.


    Atmos: It''s a good thing Luna is also good at illusions and avoiding direct melee.


    Tamamo: I agree. By the way, what happened with the nt-like things Skadi was fighting before?


    She finished them all off already. That''s why she''s here now.


    Atmos: Now that she is here, I kind of pity that kraken.


    I know right. It was already easy prey for Luna, but with Skadi here, I feel like that battle will be very anticlimactic. I mean, the hydra she fought was a tougher opponent and we all know how that fight went.


    Atmos: I hope that she makes it shy at least.


    Yeah, she needs to do something to get her adventurer epithet.


    Tamamo: I hope it''s a good one. Luna deserves one that makes other''s respect her.


    Atmos: What about Velvet''s?


    She already has one, it''s just that nobody in Luna''s party knows it yet.


    Tamamo: Howe?


    Because Grey is keeping it that way. That''s also the reason that it hasn''t shown up in Velvet''s status yet.


    Tamamo: Do you have an idea of what Luna''s will be?


    Depends. If she uses her ice magic and ice mist a lot in her fight with Skadi, then I know it. If she goes more with illusion magic and her more sneaky abilities or her lightning magic, then it''s up in the air and I''ll take any suggestions.


    Atmos: Why would you take suggestions?


    Because I''m the one whoes up with most of the epithets for S-rank adventurers. I then pass them on to Grey and he takes care of the rest.


    Tamamo: What a weird system.


    It keeps me upied.

 Chapter 108: Fighting Skadi

    Chapter 108: Fighting Skadi


    [Luna POV]


    Are you prepared to face me? (Skadi)


    As much as I can be. (Luna)


    Since this was a one-on-one the rest of my party joined the other adventurers that were watching this match.


    {Luna, you need to be very careful here. From what I remember about Skadi, you have the advantage when ites to speed and magic, but she has overwhelming strength. Do your best to avoid getting hit at all costs.}


    I understand.


    I walked to the center of the room and offered Skadi a handshake before our mock battle.


    Lets have a good fight. (Luna)


    She shook my hand and nodded. We increased the distance between us and faced each other. Skadi readied her greatsword and I was ready to cast magic at any time. A nervous looking guild employee came between us and made sure that we were ready. When we both nodded, he signaled the start of the fight and immediately ran away.


    The first to make a move was Skadi. She started running at me and was closing the distance fast. She got very close before I managed to make a move. She swung her sword and I blinked behind her just before the de touched me.


    I thought you said I was faster!?


    {It seems she got stronger since thest I saw her. Sorry for giving outdated information.}


    I was about to reply to Tamamo when I had to dodge another sword strike.


    This isnt time for you to be distracted. You are fast and strong, but you have hardly struggled up to this point. Take this seriously. (Skadi)


    Sorry about that. (Luna)


    I blinked away and then spread my mist around. It wasnt very effective since Skadi swung her sword once and the mist cleared. When the mist was fully gone, Skadi was surrounded by four of me.


    This still isnt enough. (Skadi)


    She dashed towards one of the illusions and cut it apart before swiftly changing direction and attacking a second illusion. Before she made it to the second one, she was blocked by a wall of ice.


    Not enough. (Skadi)


    She swung her sword and cut the ice wall like a hot knife through butter, but instead of an illusion behind the ice wall, there was a Gate with a sword waiting for her. The sword shot out of the Gate and almost hit her head on. She moved her head out of the way, but I managed to scratch her cheek. This caused a small smile to appear on her expressionless face.


    Better. (Skadi)


    She turned around to find several more illusions and even more Gates opened around her. Me and every illusory me spoke at the same time.


    You were right earlier. This is the first fight I havent been able to end almost instantly. Lets see just how far I can go. (Luna)


    I charged all of the weapons peeking out of the Gates with lightning magic and aimed them at her. She thenunched herself from her position and cut apart three illusions with one swing. Iunched a spear from a Gate. Since it was charged with lightning magic, it was faster than it normally would have been. I even heard some murmurs from the peanut gallery stating that they didnt even see the spear until itnded. She dodged the spear with a slight step to the side.


    Iunched several more weapons as well as ice spears that I was preparing. The illusions were also doing their part in keeping her running around trying to find me. She was able to cut apart the ice spears, but they were also slowing her down. When she cut one, it would start to freeze her sword, and the ones that missed or that she dodged started to put patches if ice on the ground to hinder her movements.


    This ice is annoying. Skadi said as she mmed the end of her sword into the ground and shattered the ice on it and around her.


    Tch. (Luna)


    I upped the amount of ice spears and started moving on to making illusory weapons to fire out of the Gates. Since I ran out of physical weapons to fire, it freed me up to use lightning magic to attack as well. I called a few strikes down from above her head but she dodged them all. One of my illusions ran up to her and picked up a sword that was stuck in the ground next to her. It swung it and hit her in the side; but was immediately bisected with a counter.


    Another good hit, but itcked power. (Skadi)


    It moved your attention at least. I said as I blinked next to her and delivered a sh with my short sword. By the way, I can use high level healing magic as well, so dont be afraid to be more proactive.


    Heh. Good to know. (Skadi)


    She swung her sword even faster than before and scratched me just as I teleported away.


    Damn, she managed to scratch Luna. (Velvet)


    How can you tell? (Ophidia)


    Because I can smell the blood. (Velvet)


    Is big sis ok? (Soleil)


    Shes fine. It was only a scratch. (Velvet)


    Guess I need to do better.


    I charged myself with lightning magic this time and re-engaged Skadi. The self-buff on top of my already high Agi stat made the world look like it was moving in slow motion. I passed right beside Skadi several times and each pass I made, I cut at her. Even with the speed I was going, she managed to move just enough for me to deal insignificant damage to her.


    Im starting to enjoy this now, Luna. Lets see if you can dodge this. (Skadi)


    She readied her sword in a stance and swung. To the spectators, it looked like one swing, but to me who was still seeing everything in slow motion, I could see that she actually swung her sword a total of ten times. Since I was still in reach of her sword, every swing came very close to hitting me.


    After herbo finished, I put distance between us. I came out of that with several more scratches.


    Good work. If any of those hit you, you would have been out ofmission. Toe out of it with only scratches is a testament to your skill. (Skadi)


    It was intense. Now, Ill step it up a notch as well. (Luna)


    I opened Gates all around Skadi and prepared the chains as well as started filling the space with mist again. This mist was filled with even more mana than earlier so it would be harder to clear. I reduced the temperature to below freezing and charged the chains with lightning. I startedunching the chains and I could tell that Inded several hits. I didnt let up with my earlier attacks as well. I had ice spears firing at her and the ground below her. I also started blinking around and shing with my short sword.


    [3<sup>rd</sup> Person POV]


    The sounds of metal and magic shing against each other were heard from inside the freezing mist that covered to arena. Through all of that, the spectators could hear two sets ofughter.


    Hahahahahaha! Good! Good! Very good Luna! (Skadi)


    Hahahahahahahahahahahahaha! This is enjoyable. Its so much fun being able to let loose like this. (Luna)


    The spectators could feel the temperature go down even more and a charge of electricity was filling the air. Someone in the crowd spoke.


    Is this the birth of a new S-rank adventurer?


    I never thought I would see be able to witness something like this.


    A loud sh sounded in the arena and a shadow was sent flying out of the mist. It flipped in the air and slid several feet before disappearing back into the mist.


    Good one Skadi, but you wont get rid of me that easily! (Luna)


    I was hoping you would say that! (Skadi)


    Hey Ophidia, can you tell whats happening it there? (Soleil)


    Im able to see through masters eyes, yes, but I am having a hard time keeping up with whats going on. All I really see is mist and sometimes the glint of a sword. (Ophidia)


    So, you dont see this how Luna sees it? (Velvet)


    No. If what I have heard about master from herself and the two of you is right, then she is in a battle-trance right now. That doesnt carry over to me, so I see everything as we see it now, just with a different perspective. (Ophidia)


    Just then, the mist started to clear. When it waspletely gone, the arena looked like a warzone. Discarded weapons littered the ground, and several areas were frozen over. In the center of the arena, Skadi was lifted off her feet wrapped in chains that were coursing with silver lightning and spears of ice hanging above her head like a guillotines de. Luna was covered in scratches and had Skadis sword pointed at her throat. Both of them looked exhausted and on theirst legs. The guild employee that was the referee to the match went pale and decided to call the match.


    The match is over! The result is a draw!


    Hearing the words of the referee, the lightning coursing through the chains stopped and they slithered back into the openings in space. The ice dissipated and Skadi fell to the floor. She caught herself from falling downpletely by stabbing her sword into the ground and leaning against it. Luna fell t on her back and taking deep breaths. After a few minutes, she got up and offered Skadi a handshake like she did before their match. She epted the offered hand and the whole training hall erupted into cheers.


    [Luna POV]


    When everything quieted down again, the spectators started filing out of the training hall. My party stayed behind and started collecting my weapons that littered the arena.


    Its been a long time since Ive had a good fight like that. I believe you are ready to be S-rank and I will dly wee you as a new goddess of the world. (Skadi)


    Thank you for giving me a challenging fight. Give me a little more time to rest and Ill heal the both of us. (Luna)


    Very well. (Skadi)


    It was then that Velvet and the others finished collecting the weapons and they dropped them at my feet.


    Thanks for doing that. (Luna)


    Its the least I could do, master. The parts of the fight I could see were brilliant. (Ophidia)


    They really were. It inspired me to redouble my efforts to getting stronger. (Soleil)


    Im hesitant to ask, but do I need to fight you as well? (Velvet)


    That depends, how much of our fight could you keep up with? (Skadi)


    Until the point Luna covered the arena with mist the second time, I was able to keep up with everything. (Velvet)


    Then there is no need to fight you personally. I can feel you are strong, but in a different way to Luna. Its enough that you managed to keep up with most of the fight. As for the other two, you need to get stronger. (Skadi)


    We understand. (Soleil and Ophidia)


    I managed to recover enough mana to heal both of us and did so.


    Do you want to take care of the S-rank promotion tomorrow? (Luna)


    Sure. (Velvet)


    Skadi, do you minding with us to the Celestia Kingdom to do that? We can teleport there and back. (Luna)


    Why not just do it here? (Skadi)


    I was told to do it there. (Luna)


    Were you told that by Grey? (Skadi)


    Not directly, but I assume he is the one that gave the rmendation to do so. (Luna)


    Then its fine. I have nothing to do until the kraken shows itself. (Skadi)


    Good. Lets go somewhere to eat, Im starving. (Luna)


    I am as well. (Skadi)


    As we were leaving the guild, Tamamo spoke up.


    {Luna, you were soooo cool.}


    I agree. When Tamamo called me over, I didnt know what was up, but when I saw what was going on, I was mesmerized. (Atmos)


    {I think the best part was the serene look on your face. Your eyes were also glowing much more than usual and were dazzling. I cant get enough of it.}


    If only you could see Tamamos face right now. Its quite the sight. (Atmos)


    Well, Im d the two of you enjoyed the show.


    {You must still be tired right now, though youre ying it cool. I wish I could let you rest while I hugged you.}


    Tamamo, calm down, youre speaking your thoughts out loud. (Atmos)


    {How could I possibly calm down? My Luna is tired and in need of pampering from me, but I cant indulge, I mean, do that.}


    Yes, yes, I know. Sit here and put your head in myp, youre too worked up right now and I need you to calm down. Luna, sorry, but Im going to have to take care of this. (Atmos)


    Ok, but why is Tamamo acting like that?


    Hmm. How is the vest way to describe it? Oh, I know. Shes extremely excited because you are close to demigod level and being able to fight to a draw with Skadi proves that. That also mean that you are closer to ascending and being able to always be with Tamamo. She is letting her excitement show through her normal demeaner because of how impressive you performed just now. (Atmos)


    So basically, she is getting overhyped right now?


    Yes. Shell calm down in a little while, so dont worry about it. (Atmos)


    Ok.


    Just before the connection went out, I heard Atmos say one more thing.


    Now its time for me to act in my role as big sister. Ive always wanted to take care if Tamamo when shes like this. (Atmos)


    I feel like there is more going on than she let on, but I wont worry about that.


    Author''s Note:


    Grey: That was an impressive fight.


    I hope so. Now I really need to think of an epithet. Comments please help me. I only have one idea, but it only really pertains to her ice abilities.


    Grey: Let me know when youe up with something.


    Got it.


    Grey: Before I go, do you think Skadi will show up here?


    Maybe.


    Grey: Good to know.


    Do the two of you not get along well?


    Grey: We get along fine. I just want to be far away from here if she meets Atmos again.


    What did she do?


    Grey: She took her hat as a prank once and Skadi has held a grudge ever since.


    Noted.

 Poll

Poll


    I will make the decision at 10:00 P.M. my time. Thank you to everyone that participates.

 Chapter 109: Spending Time with Soleil and S-rank Promotion

    Chapter 109: Spending Time with Soleil and S-rank Promotion


    [Luna POV]


    We ate lunch with Skadi then agreed to meet at the guild the next day. For the rest of the day, we explored the city and bought ourselves some swimsuits.


    Well, we did everything we could think of for the day, so whats next? (Luna)


    How about we try to find any ces that sell fresh fish. I be you dont have a stockpile of that in your inventory. (Velvet)


    Velvet, have you ever been to a fish market before? (Luna)


    No. Why? (Velvet)


    Have you ever smelled what fresh fish smells like? (Luna)


    I think I see where youre going with this. (Velvet)


    Ive been to one a few times in my previous life. To describe them inly, they stink. Whats worse is that sometimes you leave smelling like fish. I like eating it, but I dont think Ill be able to handle going to a fish market in this life. (Luna)


    Im with big sis on this one. If there is one in this city and you feel like you want to see it, then go for it, but I sadly wont join you there. (Soleil)


    What about you Ophidia? (Velvet)


    Im not really bothered by smells, so I wouldnt mind joining you. Master, would you be able to make something from fish? (Ophidia)


    Easily. I just wouldnt be able to handle going to a ce that is filled with fresh fish because smells like that tend to mix when a lot of things are together. (Luna)


    Like the flower field? (Velvet)


    Yes, but that time, we didnt leave the area smelling of flowers. (Luna)


    Is there a story to what youre talking about? (Ophidia)


    Ill tell youter. (Luna)


    We split into two groups. Velvet and Ophidia went to find a fish market and Soleil and I continued to explore the city.


    Its been a while since it was just the two of us, hasnt it? (Luna)


    Now that I think about it, it has. (Soleil)


    So, how have things been going with Velvet? (Luna)


    Good. Though I wish she would be the bold one sometimes, like this morning. What about you and the Goddess? (Soleil)


    Great, or at least as great as things can get when you only have a few hours a month to spend time together. (Luna)


    How do you stand it? If it was like this for me and Velvet, I think I would have gone mad. (Soleil)


    It helps that we talk to each other all the time. (Luna)


    Well thats good. On another note, how was it fighting today? This is the first time Ive seen you struggle. (Soleil)


    I enjoyed it. It was a feeling that I havent felt since I reincarnated. (Luna)


    Do you think I can make it to that level? (Soleil)


    Of course you can, why do you think we did all that stuff to get you Greys blessing? Not to mention that you have been eating the stuff I made with Wandering Queen honey, so your vitality should be increasing steadily even without leveling up. By the time you hit level 100, you should also qualify for S-rank, if not before that. (Luna)


    What about Ophidia? Isnt she already level 100? (Soleil)


    I dont really know. We can get all of her stats to a minimum of S as we find items to raise stats, but anything beyond that, I have no clue. If there is a way that Tamamo knows, she hasnt told me yet. But you dont need to worry about that. (Luna)


    Ok. Im changing the topic again, why do you think your S-rank promotion has to take ce in the Celestia Kingdom? (Soleil)


    No idea. Grey probably has something nned, but what it could be, only he knows. (Luna)


    Guess well just have to see tomorrow then. (Soleil)


    Now heres a question for you. What do you think of Skadi? (Luna)


    Shes interesting. She can be blunt at times, but that was only when we first met her. After your fight I feel like all of us could be friends. Why do you ask? (Soleil)


    I just wanted to know. I think she is one of those kinds of people that keep a strong front when around other people, but actually has a hard time befriending people. It makes me want to be her friend. (Luna)


    That is so like you, big sis. (Soleil)


    Really? It feels like I hardly ever try to befriend people. (Luna)


    You may not know, but people are drawn to you. You should have heard some of the things people were saying earlier during your fight. Of course, several of them you would just ignore, but some people said they would like to try and follow the example you set. Not that I understand what they mean by that. (Soleil)


    I wonder what they mean by that. Its not like Im a particrly good adventurer. I barley do any quests and Im not strapped for money, its just the fastest way I know to get stronger while also enjoying the world. (Luna)


    Maybe thats what they mean. You sounded like you were having the time of your life while fighting earlier, not just doing it for the sake of a promotion. (Soleil)


    Perhaps. (Luna)


    Me and Soleil continued to mindlessly chat and walk around the city util it started to get dark. When we got back to the inn, Velvet and Ophidia were already waiting there. Velvet had a sour look on her face and Ophidia was chuckling.


    Whats wrong? (Luna)


    Im never going to a fish market again. (Velvet)


    Master, I know what you said earlier, but you really should have been there. Several people were throwing fish around and Velvet was caught in the middle every time. At one point she missed the catch and got a face full of fish. (Ophidia)


    You neglect to mention the several times I stopped you from eating the fish that you caught. (Velvet)


    How funny. Now the two of you go to the mansion for a bit to take a bath. You both smell like fish. (Luna)


    I told you we should have done that before they got back. (Velvet)


    Sorry, I just had to tell master as fast as possible. (Ophidia)


    You could have told me through telepathy. (Luna)


    But then I wouldnt have seen your reaction. (Ophidia)


    You make a good point. (Luna)


    Did you end up buying any fish? (Soleil)


    Yes. Ill hand it over to Luna when we get back. Im looking forward to what you make out of it. (Velvet)


    Leave it to me. (Luna)


    They teleported away and we went to our room at the inn.


    Why not let them take a bath here? (Soleil)


    When I went to take one yesterday, it felt like I was being watched more than normal. (Luna)


    What do you mean more than normal? Shouldnt you normally never be watched while taking a bath? (Soleil)


    You forget my wife is always watching me. (Luna)


    Oh right. But wouldnt she tell you if you are being watched? (Soleil)


    In any other situation, yes, but she tends to get distracted more easily at times like that. Not that I me her, I would get distracted too. (Luna)


    Then shouldnt you tell the inn owner? (Soleil)


    I would if I was talking about someone peeping. What Im talking about is more along the lines of magic or a skill. I dont know why I felt that, but I did. (Luna)


    {Maybe it has something to do with you having four tails and your mastery over all the magic you use.}


    Wee back Tamamo. Are you calmed down now? (Luna)


    {I am. Sorry you had to hear such embarrassing things from me earlier.}


    Dont worry about it, even when youre like that youre cute, so it wasnt all bad. For me at least. (Luna)


    Hello Goddess. (Soleil)


    {Hello Soleil. Did you have a fun time with Luna today?}


    I did, but how did you know? From what big sis said earlier, you havent been around much this afternoon. (Soleil)


    {I just though that you two spent time together today since Velvet and Ophidia arent around. Where are they anyway?}


    Back at the mansion taking a bath. They went to a fish market. (Luna)


    {I see. Anything you can think of to make with fish?}


    Some things, yes, whether they turn out good or not is another matter though. And if pushes to shove, Ill just make sashimi and sushi. (Luna)


    Talking about food is making me hungry. (Soleil)


    I smiled at that.


    Then how about some of this? I said as I pulled out two bowls of kitsune udon. Made with the recipe I got from that one shop owner.


    Soleil said nothing as she took one of the bowls from my hands and started to eat. The look in her eyes was ravenous.


    {Why must you taunt me, Luna?}


    That was not my intention. Ill pass you some through Grey tomorrow. (Luna)


    {Very well.}


    Just then, Velvet and Ophidia appeared. The second Ophidia smelled food, her eyes began to sparkle.


    Here. I said as I pulled two more bowls out and handed them to the two.


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    Mhmm mmm. (Ophidia)


    I guess I need to teach you proper manners Ophidia. I cant have you try to talk with your mouth full if we ever need to meet with nobles in the future. (Luna)


    My apologies, master. I couldnt help myself. (Ophidia)


    Even so, Im still going to teach you. Everyone else in this room has learned them, so you have to as well. (Luna)


    Master, why do your eyes look so hollow? (Ophidia)


    Thats because big sis was taught manners for a nobledy in the disguise of regr etiquette before she left on her journey. (Soleil)


    Wait what? So all of those painful and annoying lessons were for nobility? Fufufu. I guess I need to talk with some people about thister. (Luna)


    Oh no, I was supposed to keep that a secret. Forgive me mom, Lady Amagi. (Soleil)


    We all finished eating and went to bed. When we got up the next day, we did the usual morning routine and then went to the guild. Skadi was already there and waiting for us.


    Hello to you all. (Skadi)


    Good morning. Are you ready to go? (Luna)


    Yes. I hope this wont take too long. (Skadi)


    Then lets go. (Luna)


    Everyone grabbed onto either me or Ophidia and we teleported to the guild in the Celestia Kingdom. When we entered the guild building, all eyes turned toward us. I heard lots of whispers while we were walking to the reception counter. When we got close, Tomoe came over and greeted us.


    Wee back Miss Skadi. Its been a long time. (Tomoe)


    It has indeed, but there isnt time to chat. I came here to endorse Luna and Velvets rise to S-rank. (Skadi)


    Its unfortunate that you cant stay long. Now if you would all follow me, well get everything done fast. (Tomoe)


    We followed her to Greys office and entered when prompted.


    Skadi. (Grey)


    Grey. (Skadi)


    They stared at each other for a minute until Grey looked away first.


    Tell Atmos Im still waiting for an apology. (Skadi)


    Ive told her several times. (Grey)


    Then why hasnt she done it yet? (Skadi)


    Because shes terrified of you. You dont know how to hold back in the slightest. (Grey)


    What did Atmos do this time? (Luna)


    A few hundred years ago she stole my hat and hid it as a prank. It took me another hundred years to find it. (Skadi)


    I dont mean to sound rude, but why not just get a new one? (Ophidia)


    Because it was thest gift my father gave me. (Skadi)


    Tamamo, next time Im there, we need to have a serious discussion with Atmos. I can understand ying pranks on people, but thats going too far. (Luna)


    {I agree. I knew that the two of them didnt get along, but I didnt know the full story behind why.}


    You hear that Atmos, they agree with me. (Skadi)


    Grey looked up towards the roof for a minute, then looked back to us.


    She said shelle and apologize to you after you finish your business in Beria. (Grey)


    Ill hold you to that. (Skadi)


    Now on to todays other business. Luna, Velvet, hand over your guild cards and Ill upgrade them. (Grey)


    We did as he said and handed our guild cards over. He put them on a different magic tool than usual and they turned a glossy ck. He picked them back up and handed them over.


    Now the fun part. (Grey)


    What do you mean? (Luna)


    Grey cleared his throat and in a serious voice, started speaking.


    Today I Grey, God of Adventure, recognize these two as S-rank adventurers. From today onward, you will be known as Velvet the Viper-de and Luna of the Spectral Mists. Now, go forth into the world and adventure to your hearts content. No boundaries will block you and all rulers must show you respect. (Grey)


    Very good titles. Lunas fits especially well. (Skadi)


    How nice, I wonder what title Ill get when I reach S-rank? (Soleil)


    Congrattions master, Velvet. (Ophidia)


    Wonderful titles indeed. I will now go and send out the news of the two newest S-rank adventurers. (Tomoe)


    Tomoe left the room and went back upstairs. Me and Velvet still werent exactly sure what just happened, all I knew was that I got another cool title. I looked over to Velvet and saw that her face was crimson.


    How? (Velvet)


    How what, Miss Velvet? Grey asked with an unconcealed grin on his face.


    How did you know about that title? Not even my mother knew I used to call myself that. (Velvet)


    Do you not remember what Goddess your family and all other vampires follow? Did you also forget that that Goddess is also my wifes sister? Atmos tells me a lot of things, Velvet. The second you became Lunas best friend and an adventurer, that was going to be your S-rank title. If I didnt give it to you, Atmos would have made it happen, one way or another. (Grey)


    Skadi, I think I share your sentiments on the subject of the Goddess of Fate. (Velvet)


    Grey looked up to the roof again, then back.


    Atmos said that this is under her purview as the Goddess of Mischief. (Grey)


    {When did she get that Authority?}


    A while back. I think it was around the time she started caking people again. (Grey)


    {Oh dear.}


    Dont worry, you and two other people in this room are excluded from her list of targets. (Grey)


    {Then its fine.}


    Who are the other two? (Soleil)


    Skadi and m- wait what? Skadi and Luna? I can understand Skadi, but Luna? Why not me? What do you mean Luna is scary when angry, you have never seen her angry? What did could you do to make Luna angry enough to make you swear never to prank her? Huh? Oh. Yeah, that would do it. If you ever did that, I dont think she would ever forgive you. I understand now and ampletely fine with this decision. (Grey)


    Im not even going to ask. (Luna)


    I think thats for the best. (Grey)


    Since everything is finished, lets head back. The kraken can show up at any time. (Skadi)


    Did a kraken show up? (Grey)


    Unless there is a new sea monster that produces fog, then yes. (Skadi)


    Do you want me to get the guild over in Beria to dere an emergency quest to help hunt it? (Grey)


    No. Even if I wasnt there, Luna would be able to take it down by herself. With me, Luna, and Velvet there, itll be dead before it gets the chance to do any real harm. (Skadi)


    Do kraken materials have any use? (Luna)


    If you cook it and eat it, it will raise the Res stat. (Grey)


    Guess Ill just have to freeze it till it dies then. (Luna)


    You n on cooking and eating it? (Skadi)


    It wont do anything for my stats, but for everyone else in my party it will. Not to mention that I want to try cooking something like a kraken at least once. (Luna)


    Mind if I join you for that? Its been a while since I ate cooked kraken. (Skadi)


    The more the merrier. By the way, how much do you like wyvern meat? (Luna)


    Is there anyone who dislikes it? (Skadi)


    Good point. Also, if you had a plush of something, what color would you prefer? (Luna)


    Red. (Skadi)


    Got it, now lets head back. Grey, please deliver this to Tamamo. Take this as payment. I said as I handed over a bag enchanted with space magic for Tamamo and two bowls of kitsune udon for him and Atmos.


    Sure thing. (Grey)


    We left his office and went back upstairs. The second we entered the main hall of the guild, all eyes turned to us again.


    We can leave from here. I said as I grabbed on to Velvet and Soleil.


    Ophidia grabbed Skadis arm and we both teleported back to Beria.


    Author''s Note:


    Skadi: Where am I?


    My home. Make yourselffortable.


    Tamamo: Hello Skadi, I wasn''t expecting you to show up here so soon.


    Skadi: Hello Lady Tamamo. Do youe here often?


    Tamamo: Not as much as Atmos, but yes.


    Luna and Grey also show up from time to time as well as a friend of mine. Don''t be too surprised if they pop in and out while you''re here.


    Skadi: And who are you?


    Just call me Payto if you need to use my name. As for exactly who I am, I won''t waste you time telling you since you won''t remember me when you leave here. You''ll remember again the next time youe here, of course, but only then.


    Skadi: Then forget I asked. Lady Tamamo, what exactly do we do here?


    Tamamo: Nothing much, just talk about things.


    That only applies when Luna isn''t here. When she is, it''s best to just treat them as if they aren''t here and focus on something else. By the way, if you and Atmos are here at the same time, I''ll make sure to get her to apologize to you if she somehow weasels her way out of it in the normal world.


    Skadi: I like you already.


    Tamamo: Speaking of Atmos, what did she do to get Luna angry at her?


    I will not say. I''ll only tell you that Luna would go ballistic if it actually happened and that is something best avoided at all costs.


    Skadi: I kind of want to fight Luna like that now.


    I hate to tell you Skadi, but I don''t know if you would be able to handle that. At that point in time, Luna would be a demigod and she wouldn''t stop until she calmed down, consequences be damned. I think the only thing that would be able to stop that rampage would be Tamamo descending.


    Tamamo: Atmos has made sure that won''t happen, right?


    Yes. That fate has been sessfully avoided.


    Tamamo: Good.

 Chapter 110: Fifth Tail Already!?

    Chapter 110: Fifth Tail Already!?


    [Luna POV]


    Two days after we returned to Beria from ranking up a thick fog covered the city again. This time though, the mana in it was much thicker. We were walking to the guild, but it felt like moving through mud.


    This is just like moving through the jungle after heavy rain. I hate this feeling. (Ophidia)


    I can see why, it feels disgusting. (Velvet)


    (Luna)


    Why have you been so quiet big sis? (Soleil)


    I was concentrating on what I was doing so I didnt hear Soleils question. I then started to release my mist into the fog and started to take limited control of it. It didnt recede this time and I managed to learn a lot of things as well as make the space around me and my party easier to move in.


    Lets find Skadi immediately, I know where the kraken is. (Luna)


    How did you learn that? (Velvet)


    Ive been trying to take control of the fog around us so that it would be less annoying to walk through and got more out of it than I thought I would. Its faint, but I can feel the location of the kraken. (Luna)


    Didnt you tell me that thest time you tried to do that, the fog started to recede? (Soleil)


    Last time I tried taking control of all of it at once. This time Im only controlling the area around us. The way I learned the krakens location is because its using all of the fog to find out where things it can eat are. It works just like my mist where it can tell the location of everything that is inside it. Since I have experience in using a simr skill, I can find the source of it and if need be, hide us from it. (Luna)


    We sped up our pace to the guild and when we arrived Skadi was exiting the doors.


    Skadi, I know where we need to go. (Luna)


    I do as well. It finally came close enough for me to find it. (Skadi)


    We started making our way to the sea.


    How did you find it? (Velvet)


    Im a demigod of the sea. I can find anything Im looking for in the sea within a certain range. (Skadi)


    What do you need us to do? (Luna)


    I want everyone but Luna to keep as many people away from the water and docks as possible. With Velvets status as an S-rank adventurer it should be easy. Luna, youreing with me to bring the kraken down. (Skadi)


    How will we get there? (Luna)


    We run. I can run on the water and you can freeze yourself a path. (Skadi)


    Got it. (Luna)


    We split ways after a minute of running. Velvet, Soleil, and Ophidia went to the docks and Skadi and I ran toward the beach. When we reached the sand, we sped up our pace. I was the first one to reach the water and I started to freeze a path toward the kraken. Skadi was close behind me and sped up when she hit the water.


    If I knew this would happen today, I would have sewn myself a super-suit.


    {What are you talking about?}


    Dont worry about it.


    I know that this wont pose much of a challenge, but are you sure you should be distracted right now? (Skadi)


    {Dont worry Skadi, Luna is focusing on what shes doing more than you realize.}


    Fine then, were almost there. (Skadi)


    I know. (Luna)


    We continued running for a while when we came up to a giant whirlpool. In the center was the kraken we were looking for.


    Damn. Looks like we left tote to keep all ships from leaving port. (Skadi)


    The kraken had a ship in its tentacles that it had cracked like an egg. I extended my space magic and looked for survivors, but we were toote.


    No survivors. (Luna)


    I looked over to Skadi and saw rage painting her face. She drew her sword from her back and was about to jump into the whirlpool when I stopped her.


    I know youre a demigod of the sea and all; but let me make this easier. I said as I froze the entire area around us and all the way down into the whirlpool.


    The kraken let out a roar that I didnt even know it could and it whipped its tentacles at us. Before they reached us, Skadi swung her sword and cut them to pieces. She then jumped toward the bottom of the frozen whirlpool and the body of the kraken. The kraken regenerated its cut tentacles and struck at her again.


    Fast regeneration will be annoying. I thought to myself as I jumped down after Skadi.


    On my way down I was attacked by several tentacles. They nearly hit me, but I put up a space barrier that redirected them. They mmed into the wall of ice behind me.


    That was close.


    {I have the sudden urge to crush that kraken with gravity magic.}


    Inded on the bottom of the frozen sea next to Skadi who had severed tentacles scattered around her.


    Luna, this is worse than we thought. (Skadi)


    Why? (Luna)


    This kraken is on the verge of evolving. (Skadi)


    She shed another tentacle.


    How can you tell and what will it turn into? (Luna)


    I froze and shattered a tentacle that struck at me.


    I noticed it when I got down here. There are bones littered everywhere beyond the ice, this thing has been here a lot longer than I thought. As for what it will turn into. Do you know what a Charybdis is? (Skadi)


    Big monster that swallows seawater and anything trapped in the resulting whirlpools? (Luna)


    Yes, but it also causes massive storms and if close enough tond like this one, floods. (Skadi)


    Guess I should stop hoping to get the whole thing intact then. How good is that sword at attracting lightning? (Luna)


    Dont know, never tried getting struck by lightning before. Do you have an idea on how to kill it before it regenerates? (Skadi)


    Yep. Ill teleport us above it, you throw your sword and get it to stab into it and Ill pour as much lightning down on it as I can. (Luna)


    What about using any of the other weapons you have? (Skadi)


    None of them will be able to stab into it, only through it. (Luna)


    Fine then, lets get this done. (Skadi)


    I grabbed onto her and blinked up high above the kraken. Skadi aimed and threw her sword and it flew straight as an arrow into the kraken. As she did this I condensed my mana and channeled lightning magic. The sky above us grew dark and a few seconds after that a giant bolt of lightning struck the kraken. I continued to charge the bolt with mana and it increased in intensity until it blinded the both of us. The kraken let out pained screeches that were drowned out but sounds of thunder.


    I kept the lightning going until wended on the bottom of the sea again. The krakens tentacles were iling around and mming into the ice; but were visibly getting weaker and weaker. By the time it stopped, the area smelled like burnt seafood and the kraken was burnt ck and crumbling to ash in a few ces. The sand underneath it was now ss.


    Impressive. Where did youe up with a method like that? (Skadi)


    In my first real battle, me, Velvet, and a lot of other adventurers were defending Savannas capital from a hoard of undead raised by a fiend cult. I killed the leader the same way. I figured that it would work even better here. Now we ca-guh. Already? (Luna)


    Whats up? (Skadi)


    Ugh. That kraken was strong enough to give me ten levels. Im about to get a fifth tail and I dont know if Ill stay conscious. (Luna)


    Will this ice hold if you fall unconscious? (Skadi)


    It should, but if it doesnt, Ill need you to get me somewhere safe. I think you should be able to resist enough to do thaaaAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHH! (Luna)


    The pain this time was even more intense than what I remember fromst time, but it also felt like something was keeping me conscious. I fell to the ground screaming my lungs out.


    <strong><Conditions Met: Changing race from Kitsune(Four-tailed) to Kitsune(Five-tailed/Demigod)></strong>


    <strong><Race Change: Complete></strong>


    <strong><Checking Parameters: Complete></strong>


    <strong><Allocating Authorities></strong>


    <strong>


    </strong>


    <strong>


    </strong>


    <strong><Awaiting input from individual: Luna Reed for third Authority></strong>


    Stars. I managed to say weakly.


    <strong><Confirming input from individual: Luna Reed: Confirmed></strong>


    <strong>


    </strong>


    <strong><Creation of Authority: Stars: Complete></strong>


    <strong>


    </strong>


    <strong><Allocation of limited Divine Skills: Commencing></strong>


    <strong></strong>


    <strong><New magic Affinity: Ster Magic: Granted></strong>


    Once the notifications in my head ended, the pain doubled. My body felt like it was on fire inside and out. The worst of it was around my other tails and my head.


    {If you can hear me Luna, you are almost through the worst of it.}


    I couldnt let out another sound, much less think a response.


    {I will send Velvet an oracle telling her and the others to get here as fast as possible. Skadi, when they get here, go and tell the guild everything here is done, then go with Ophidia. Since Luna is a demigod now, she will need to learn a few things that only you can teach her.}


    I understand, Lady Tamamo. (Skadi)


    [Velvet POV]


    It has been a while since we split from Luna and Skadi. While we were making sure no boats left the docks, a sliver light shed. I turned to look at it and saw what I could only call a pir of silver light descending from the sky. Several secondster, the sound of thunder came rolling in. It was so loud that a few of the people on the docks were knocked to the ground.


    I thought master said she wanted to keep it intact. (Ophidia)


    Maybe things are a lot different over there than we expected. (Soleil)


    I feel like things are about to get hectic. (Velvet)


    The lightning increased in intensity andsted for several minutes. Once it and the thunder stopped, the silence that filled the air was deafening. We waited for a bit when the Goddess spoke to me.


    {Velvet, you and the others need to get to Luna right now. Killing the kraken gave her enough levels to reach five tails and she is going to need to be brought back to the ind. Tell Ophidia to bring you all there, then bring Skadi there after she is done at the guild.}


    Soleil, Ophidia, we need to get over there now. (Velvet)


    What are we waiting for then? Lets go. (Soleil)


    We ran to the path that Luna created and followed it. It took several minutes to reach the ce. When we got there, we found a giant frozen circle and saw Luna and Skadi at the bottom. Luna was lying on the floor and Skadi was standing next to her. Ophidia grabbed me and Soleil and blinked us down to them. We went over to Lunas side and she slowly looked over to us. There were tears running down her face and on her lower back a fifth tail was sprouting.


    I picked Luna up off the ground and Ophidia teleported us to the ind. We ended up in Ophidias room and I ran out of it to bring Luna to hers. Iid her face down on her bed and saw her ease up just a little.


    Th-anky-ou. (Luna)


    How have you not passed out? (Velvet)


    Ica-nt. (Luna)


    Do you know why, Goddess? (Velvet)


    {Things in her body are changing. Even if she passed out, the pain would wake her up right away, though it should be calming down now.}


    Why did the kraken cause her to level up this much? (Velvet)


    {Because it was on the verge of evolving into a mythical beast.}


    I brought some water. How are things going? Soleil said as she entered the room.


    Has Ophidia already gone back for Skadi? (Velvet)


    Yes. She left right after you left the room. (Soleil)


    Ugh. (Luna)


    Big sis, does it still hurt? (Soleil)


    Itsa bitbetter. Its justmyhead is killingme. (Luna)


    I tried handing Luna the water that Soleil brought, but she didnt move.


    SorryI cant reallymove at the moment. (Luna)


    Are you going to try using healing magic like the time you got your third tail? (Velvet)


    When I can use my magic. I cant reallydo much right nowwith my head in this state. (Luna)


    Since Luna couldnt move, I brought the cup of water up to her mouth and helped her drink it.


    Thanks. (Luna)


    Big sis, do you know why I got a new magic affinity? (Soleil)


    What is it? (Luna)


    Ster magic. (Soleil)


    ording the announcements I heard earlier, I was given my Authorities, or at least partial ess to them. As to what that means exactly, I have no clue, but one of them was the Authority of Stars that I wanted. I also got that affinity after that, so I believe that is the reason. (Luna)


    Does that mean that the world has these stars now? (Velvet)


    {Not yet. It will be Lunas job to make that happen when she fully ascends. As for that magic, Luna will need to figure out the details to it once she is able to.}


    It was then that Ophidia entered the room followed by Skadi.


    This is a nice ce you have here. (Skadi)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    How are you feeling master? (Ophidia)


    The pain in my back is pretty much gone now, but my head still hurts. (Luna)


    You recover quickly. The way you looked earlier made it seem as if you were being ripped to shreds from the inside. (Skadi)


    It felt more like I was burning, honestly. (Luna)


    {I think its time to let Luna rest a bit.}


    Good idea. The rest of us can go and do something else. (Velvet)


    Ophidia, can I ask you to go and collect any of the kraken thats left. The ice should still be there for a while. (Luna)


    Of course, master. (Ophidia)


    She teleported away.


    Look forward to a feast when I can move. (Luna)


    As soon as she said that; she fell asleep. The rest of us left her room and went to the main living room.


    Since she will probably be out for a while, feel free to make yourself at home, Skadi. (Velvet)


    Which rooms are free? (Skadi)


    Ophidias is the one you left from. The one next to the painting in the hallway is mine and Soleils is across from it. The rest are free. (Velvet)


    Ill go and pick er. Now tell me Velvet, has anything changed with you since Luna became a demigod? (Skadi)


    So, you figured out I was her Apostle? (Velvet)


    Any god or demigod can tell. (Skadi)


    Then to answer your question, not much. If I had to say what is different, my connection to Luna got stronger. (Velvet)


    I see. (Skadi)


    Does this mean I can finally be her Apostle as well? (Soleil)


    Youll have to ask Luna or Lady Tamamo about that. I dont know how much Luna differs from a normal demigod, but if its possible, you will probably need to meet some conditions. (Skadi)


    I already knew that much. Mom had to max out her gravity magic to be an Apostle of the Goddess, so I was ready for that. (Soleil)


    This is news to me. When did Lady Tamamo start getting Apostles? (Skadi)


    Last year. She has two now. (Velvet)


    I believe dad became the Apostle of the God of cksmiths as well. (Soleil)


    Nia will be the Goddess of Fates Apostle as well. (Velvet)


    Even her? It seems I need to go and visit the divine domain in the near future. (Skadi)


    Can Luna do that at will now? (Velvet)


    Probably not. I have to visit a temple or shrine dedicated to my mother to go there. From what I could tell, Luna has Authorities that dont have a dedicated temple or shrine, so she is still stuck here in the mortal world. (Skadi)


    Then shell probably be able to do that when they finish the shrine in the Celestia Kingdom. (Velvet)


    It was then that Ophidia walked in again.


    What are you all discussing? (Ophidia)


    Apostles and what kind of things big sis might be able to do now. (Soleil)


    Whats an Apostle? (Ophidia)


    The most important follower of a god or goddess. They act as their representative here in the mortal world. (Skadi)


    How do I be masters Apostle? (Ophidia)


    Fulfill certain conditions. (Skadi)


    From what I was told by the Goddess, Luna can have three Apostles. I fill one spot already and Soleil will fill another once Luna figures everything out. That leaves one space open, and I think you will probably fill it, so just be patient. (Velvet)


    I see. I guess we just have to wait for master then. (Ophidia)


    After that, we sat in silence for a few minutes when out of nowhere we heard a growling sound. Soleil, Ophidia, and I looked around for the source. When it sounded again, we all turned our heads to look at Skadi. Her face was as expressionless as ever, but I could see that she was hiding her embarrassment.


    Are you hungry Skadi? (Ophidia)


    Skadi twitched at the question.


    Im not as good at cooking as big sis, but I can cook a bit. Especially since big sis started teaching me. (Soleil)


    Then lets get something to eat. (Velvet)


    Me and Soleil went to the kitchen and started preparing lunch for everyone that was awake. We spent the rest of the day after that showing Skadi around the mansion and a small part of the ind.


    Author''s Note:


    Grey: To think that kraken was so close to bing a mythical beast.


    I said killing it would get her to five tails. I''m surprise none of the regrs here put those clues together.


    Atmos: Well, I knew that was going to happen.


    Grey: I wonder how it managed to get that strong so close tond though.


    Remember Skadi saying there were a lot of bones everywhere?


    Grey: Yeah.


    Well, those were Leviathan bones. It managed to kill one that was in the area and then moved on to easier prey in the form of whales and unfortunately arge fishing ship. If it managed to live a week longer, it would have evolved.


    Grey: I see.


    Atmos: Can you answer a question of mine?


    What?


    Atmos: Was it you that authorized the creation of the Authority of Stars?


    I''m the only one who could do that.


    Atmos: Why was it different from when Luna created the Authority of Fluff?


    Because the concept of Fluff already existed. When Luna became the Abyssal Fluff, the concept bent to her will. The reason it was different this time is because your world had no concept of stars. I needed to make that for Luna''s wish to be possible.


    Atmos: Will you be directly interfering in our world again?


    Not if I can help it. The most I''ll do now is keep the fluff spirits contained, but that''s as much as I''ll do. As for your world having stars now, it''s like what Tamamo said, Luna will have to handle that when she ascends. As for any other questions, she only has limited ess to her divine skills and her divine judgement ispletely sealed.


    Atmos: I''m looking forward to what shees up with those.


    Grey: I agree. I wonder what the first constetion she will make is.


    I won''t tell you, but it will lead to some interesting things happeningter.


    Grey: Sounds fun.


    Atmos: I can''t wait to find out.


    Grey: You don''t already know?


    Atmos: I can''t see it for some reason. When I try, my vision cuts out.


    Grey: That doesn''t happen often.


    Atmos: I know right, it''s terribly exciting.

 Chapter 111: Waking Up

    Chapter 111: Waking Up


    [Luna POV]


    When I opened my eyes again, I found myself in a dark room that was different than mine. All around me were statues and paintings of Tamamo. Several of the paintings depicted Tamamo in various levels of undress. On the middle of the room sat a man dressed in a luxurious suit. He had dark hair, red eyes, and a shady looking face. I could see a pair of fangs peeking out of his mouth as well. He had a frustrated look on his face.


    Grrrrr. Why!? Why is it that when I try and look upon my precious Tamamo, all I see is this ck haired kitsune!? Who even is this and why does she have multiple tails!? Wait, if she has multiple tails, does that mean she has some rtion to my precious Tamamo? Maybe she is an Apostle? Thats bad, I cant have that, Tamamo should allow only me to be that close to her. I need to learn where this is. (???)


    He was about to continue talking with himself when the room started to be fuzzy and my vision went ck again. The next thing I knew, I was sitting up in my bed and breathing heavily.


    What was that?


    {Luna, whats wrong?}


    I just had some kind of vision or something. It was of a male vampire. He kept using your name instead of calling you Goddess and the room he was in was covered in pictures and statues of you.


    {I believe that was the vampire that is obsessed with me.}


    I figured that, but why was I seeing him?


    {He is a diviner that has learned of a way to actively use the skill. I didnt know he was able to use it to see me though.}


    I need to kill him. Im the only one who is allowed to see you like that.


    {On the topic of why you could see him, I think its a mix of two things. One is your Space Authority and the second is an ability of yours as the Abyssal Fluff.}


    I think I get where youreing from in regards to the Abyssal Fluff thing, but how is my Space Authority rted?


    {You have always been keenly aware of when people look at you for long periods of time after getting that title, right?}


    Yes, something about the Abyss staring back and all that.


    {Combine that affect with the ability to see everything around you with space magic, and you can see anyone that looks at you with vision type skills. Now that you are a demigod and have infinite mana and Im going to assume EX level Int, you will be able to see things like that.}


    There are some things that mongrel said that Im curious about but first let me check my stats.


    <strong>Name: Luna Reed</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune(Five-tailed/Demigod)</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 50</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quintuple-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 100%-SSS</strong>


    <strong>MP: EX</strong>


    <strong>Vit: SS</strong>


    <strong>Def: SS</strong>


    <strong>Res: SS</strong>


    <strong>Str: SS</strong>


    <strong>Int: EX</strong>


    <strong>Agi: SSS</strong>


    <strong>Dex: SS+</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 10, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.10, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.10, Stealth LV.10, Cooking LV.10, Sewing LV.10, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.10, Brushing Technique LV.10, Telepathy LV.10, Intimidation LV.10, Parallel Processing, Cartography LV.10, Singing LV.10, Woodcarving LV.6, Hidden Weapon LV.7</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10, Ster Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique</strong>


    <strong>Divine Skills: Domain Creation, Constetion Creation, Divine Judgement(Sealed), Abyssal Blessing, Apostle Creation, Summon: Apostle</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Master of Ice, Master of Lightning, Master of Illusions, Short sword Master, Magic Swordsman, Master Healer, Sage, Master Archer, Trap Master: Dismantling, Dagger Master, Master Chef, Ninja, Dungeon Clearer, Master Seamstress, Master Cartographer, Master Songstress, Master of the Ancient Serpent, Wyvern yer, Spectral Mists, Demigod of Stars, Demigod of Space</strong>


    <strong>Authority: Space, Fluff, Stars</strong>


    <strong>Depth:[emailprotected]#%^#%</strong>


    My Master of Space title was reced with Demigod of Space and I also got Demigod of Stars as well. My new magic is also already maxed out, and I wonder how I use these divine skills.


    {You can ask Skadi about thoseter. What did that creep say that caught your interest?}


    He thinks Im an Apostle since he knows I have multiple tails. Whats an Apostle?


    {They are the most important followers of a god or Goddess. They act as our representatives on the mortal world and can freely travel between there and the divine domain. We can have as many Apostles as we do Authorities.}


    Do you have any?


    {Two. Your mother and Anastasia.}


    Is that why they gave off a simr presence to you recently?


    {Yes. But thats not all. Your father is Greys Apostle, ke is the Apostle of the God of cksmiths, Nia is going to be Atmoss Apostle, and Rex is making progress in bing Qutezs.}


    What are the benefits to being an Apostle?


    {Free travel between the divine domain and the mortal world, bing more powerful, the individual bes immortal in the true sense of the word, and, though this is something humans and the other races decided on their own, gain a lot of influence in every country.}


    Interesting. Can I make Apostles as a demigod?


    {Im not sure. You already have one, but that happened unconsciously and I dont think you will be able to do that again.}


    When did I do that!?


    {The first day you used your fox transformation skill. Velvet became your Apostle when she picked you up that time.}


    Is this why I have felt a connection to Velvet this whole time


    {Yes. Its also the reason that you can easily find her if she is somewhere far away from you.}


    This means I need to see if I can do the same for Soleil and Ophidia.


    {Thats another thing you can figure outter.}


    I was about to say something else when I felt that mongrel trying to look at me through his diviner skill again.


    This is going to be very annoying.


    I was trying to think of a way to get this to stop when I got an idea. I closed my eyes and my sight returned to the room from earlier. The mongrel was still sitting where he was earlier, but his face had an even more annoyed look on it than it did earlier. I opened a gate above his head and a potion of greater hurting fell out of it. The ss shattered on contact and he started screaming in pain.


    AAAAAAAAAAGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH! WHAT THE HELL WAS THAT!? WHERE DID IT COME FROM!? MY EEEEEEEEEEEEYYYYYYYYYYYYYEEEEEEEEEEEESSSSSSSSSSSS! (???)


    The vision cut off abruptly and I startedughing like a madwoman.


    HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! Serves you right you creepy stalker mongrel!


    Just then Ophidia burst into my room.


    Master, are you ok!? (Ophidia)


    I wiped a tear from the corner of my eye.


    Im fine, just harassing a delusional mongrel that has recently started spying on me. (Luna)


    Tell me where they are, and I will remove their eyes with a dull knife. (Ophidia)


    You should use a rusty spoon instead, but thats beside the point. Hes mine to torture and kill Ophidia. He covets Tamamo when Im the only one allowed to do that. (Luna)


    By your will, master. (Ophidia)


    What is everyone else doing? (Luna)


    Soleil is painting at the top of the pyramid again. Velvet is practicing her swordsmanship with Skadi. I was waiting inside the mansion for when you woke up. (Ophidia)


    How long have I been out? (Luna)


    Not very long. We brought you back here yesterday. (Ophidia)


    I woke up way faster than I expected to. I wonder why? (Luna)


    {I would wake up too if I saw a guy watching me in a room filled with pictures and statues of myself.}


    Those words reignited my hate for that vampire. I decided to try and drop another potion on him, but I have no idea if it worked.


    {Why not just teleport to him and kill him now?}


    Itll be over too quickly if I do that. I dont make it a habit to bully the weak, but Im making an exception for him. Im going to break him psychologically first. (Luna)


    Master, the look on your face is scaring me. (Ophidia)


    Sorry. Can you go and tell the others Im up now? Im going to change. (Luna)


    Excuse me, then. (Ophidia)


    She shut my door as she left, and I got out of bed. I took off the clothes I was wearing and stood in front of the mirror. All five of my tails were on full disy as I stretched.


    When I looked at myself in the mirror, I noticed that I was a bit taller than I was thest time I saw myself. I was now the same height as Tamamo at around 6ft. My hair was a bit longer as well and the color was even darker than I remembered it. The silver at the ends of my ears and tails was also a little more pronounced and it even appeared at the very end of the rest of my hair. My eyes were glowing silver as well, making them look like two stars surrounded in a sky of ck.


    I grew taller.


    {Indeed, you did, but youre still as beautiful as ever.}


    I got out some clothes that I bought thest time I went shopping for them.


    Im d I bought some stuff that was bigger than my size back then. I just didnt think I would end up wearing them this early.


    When I was done changing, I left my room and went to the main living room. When I got there everyone was waiting for me.


    Did you grow some, Luna? (Velvet)


    I did. (Luna)


    Youre even prettier now, big sis. Im kind of jealous. (Soleil)


    I think you give Luna a run for her money. (Velvet)


    Flirtter you two. Velvet, what can you tell me about that delusional vampire? I think you told me his name once, but I forgot it. (Luna)


    His mane is Beryl. Full name Beryl Volkihar. He is in charge of the vampire organization in the Demon Empire and runs it from the Temple of Night in the capital Onigashima. Out of all the vampire organizations, he is thest liked leader. (Velvet)


    How so? (Soleil)


    If normal vampires are zealous believers in the Goddess, he is a fanatic. He also thinks he is destined to be the Goddesss husband. (Velvet)


    When everyone heard that, they all looked at me.


    Ive known this for a while, so dont look at me like that. (Luna)


    Im surprised you havent killed him already, big sis. (Soleil)


    In due time, Soleil. Im going to break him first. Is there anything else you know, Velvet? (Luna)


    Just that he is one of the oldest vampires. (Velvet)


    Do you know any of his subordinates? (Luna)


    Ive met his second-inmand before. He sends her to handle his organizations foreign affairs. Her name is Mordred. (Velvet)


    Another familiar name. (Luna)


    Is this the same thing like with Elizabeth? (Velvet)


    Yep. The Mordred I know of was a knight that was the cause of their kingdoms downfall. Maybe we can get her to live up to the name of the treacherous knight. (Luna)


    Sounds interesting, if you want, I can ask some people I know to get more information for you. (Skadi)


    While Im tempted to ept, is there anything you want in return? (Luna)


    I was told you have arge supply of wyvern meat. If you cook and share some with me, Ill help you out. (Skadi)


    Is that all? (Luna)


    Yeah. Even if I havent known all of you for very long, I consider all of you friends, so only asking for something like that is fine. (Skadi)


    Then Ill start cooking after we finish in here. (Luna)


    Sounds good to me. As for what else we need to talk about, its about me teaching you how to use your divine skills, right? (Skadi)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    Can you tell me what they are? (Skadi)


    Domain Creation, Constetion Creation, Divine Judgement, Abyssal Blessing, Apostle Creation and Summon: Apostle. Divine Judgement is sealed. (Luna)


    This may be harder than I thought, theyre all different from mine. (Skadi)


    What are yours? (Luna)


    Sea Search, Water Domination, and Seas Voice. (Skadi)


    What does Seas Voice do? (Luna)


    If I sing, I can give my allies buffs and cause damage to my enemies. It increases in power the closer I am to the sea with it being the most effective if I am actually in it. (Skadi)


    Interesting. (Luna)


    Out of all of your divine skills, I think the two easiest ones to figure out would be Domain Creation and Apostle Creation. Do you have a way to appraise them? (Skadi)


    Give me a minute. (Luna)


    <strong>Domain Creation: </strong>Skill only usable by one who holds the Authority of Space. Can be used to create a separate space where the creator has full reign to do as they please. Skill has a limited effect due to owner only having partial ess to the Authority of Space. Time limit: 1 week.


    <strong>Constetion Creation: </strong>Skill only usable by one who holds the Authority of Stars. Holder can make constetions of anything. Skill has limited effect due to owner only having partial ess to the Authority of Stars. Notice: Any constetion created before holder gains full ess to the Authority of Stars will be ced in a separate space.


    <strong>Abyssal Blessing:</strong> Skill only held by the Abyssal Fluff. Gives those chosen the Blessing of the Abyss. Blessing Effects: Unknown.


    <strong>Apostle Creation: </strong>Allows holder to make an individual an Apostle. Only those that fulfill the conditions can be Apostles. Remaining Apostles that can be created: 2.


    <strong>Summon: Apostle: </strong>Skill possessed by all that have Apostles. Summons Apostle to users position regardless of distance.


    Out of all of them, the easiest one to try out would be Domain Creation. As for Apostle Creation, Ill try it when I figure out what conditions someone needs to meet. (Luna)


    Then we can tryter. If Im beingpletely honest though, I wont have much to teach you since divine skills are extremely simr to normal skills. They just need practice in order to be useful. (Skadi)


    I understand, but Ill wee the assistance all the same. (Luna)


    Big sis, will you need any help with the cooking? (Soleil)


    You can help if you want but let me check one more thing first. (Luna)


    What is left to check? (Soleil)


    Ster Magic. (Luna)


    Oh right. I tried to figure out how to use it, but when I tried, nothing happened. (Soleil)


    I used appraisal again.


    <strong>Ster Magic: </strong>Magic that uses the stars. Currently has extremely limited affect due to absence of stars.


    Whats the point then? (Luna)


    Whats wrong? (Soleil)


    Ster magic is going to be hard to do anything with currently since there are no stars yet. (Luna)


    How unfortunate. (Soleil)


    {Dont be so down. Luna, if you use your divine skills in the right way, you and Soleil could probably figure out a way to practice that magic.}


    I think youre right. If Ibine the Domain and Constetion Creation skills, I think I can do something about this, but that can wait forter. (Luna)


    I stood up from my seat and headed to the kitchen. Soleil followed me and I pulled out some wyvern meat from my inventory. Before I started cooking, I called out to Ophidia.


    Ophidia, did you manage to collect anything from the kraken? (Luna)


    Yes master. I have several tentacles stored in item bags. I tried to see if any of the rest of the body was salvageable, but it was crumbling to ashes when I got there. I did collect most of the severed tentacles as well, but I missed a few since the ice was starting to crack. (Ophidia)


    Can you hand me a few bags. Ill cook some of the kraken as well. (Luna)


    Here you go. She said as she handed me three item bags.


    She left the kitchen and I started to cook. Soleil was handing me the things I asked for and was watching me intently trying to memorize everything I was doing. When the wyvern meat was basically done, I moved on to figuring out what to do with the kraken. After a few minutes of deliberation, I decided to make some Kraken Takoyaki.


    When everything was done, Soleil and I brought everything into the dining room. We found everyone already seated and waiting.


    It smells amazing. Do you all eat stuff like this often? (Skadi)


    Luna is the best chef out of all of us, so yes. (Velvet)


    For the record, I hold back when cooking so that we can still enjoy the cooking of others. (Luna)


    If this is you holding back, then what is it like when you dont? (Skadi)


    {You would think the God of Culinary Arts cooked it.}


    Thats amazing! (Skadi)


    I really need to meet her one day. (Luna)


    {Ill arrange a meeting for you at ater date.}


    We started to dig in and everyone let out happy noises. Ophidia in particr looked ecstatic. She was trying her best to use the manners I taught her a few days ago, but she was still struggling with eating slowly. I then looked over to Skadi and saw that she had already eaten over half of what was served to her. When she did finish everything, she got a wide, content smile on her face.


    I havent eaten something this good in so long. I think thest time was when I saved that one prince and was rewarded at the castle. (Skadi)


    When did that happen? (Velvet)


    Uuuummmm. I think it was about 500 years ago. That prince is now the ruler of the Empire. (Skadi)


    Do you know any other rulers? (Luna)


    Ive met a few of the previous kings of Savanna and thest king of Celestia. I dont go to the Elf of Dwarf nations much, so I only know a few important people there. What about you? (Skadi)


    I know the guild master in Savannas capital, the daughter of the Duke there. My uncle married Princess Nia of Celestia and I know the current king and queen as well as the crown princess. I also know Grey, but you knew that. I also can make a connection with the guild master of the guild in Onigashima since I know some of her family. And I have previously met the Gods of Creation and Time as well as the Goddess of the Sun. (Luna)


    {You also met the Apostle of Charity.}


    Youve met Greed? (Skadi)


    Hes an Apostle too? (Luna)


    {Yes.}


    I didnt know that, but why are you surprised by that Skadi? (Luna)


    Hes a hard person to find. He is always helping people out then disappearing into thin air. Ive had something to give him for the longest time, but every time I get close to finding him, I lose his trail. (Skadi)


    {Want me to tell Norn that you have something for her Apostle?}


    Can I ask you to do that? (Skadi)


    {Of course.}


    I owe you one, Lady Tamamo. (Skadi)


    {Ill remember that.}


    The rest of us finished our meals then we went to do our own things. Soleil went back to the pyramid to finish her painting and Velvet went with her. Ophidia transformed into hermia form and went to take a nap in a sunny spot. I retaliated against Beryl again then went to a spot further away from the mansion with Skadi to practice my Domain Creation skill.


    Author''s Note:


    Grey: I''m happy my potions are being used for good.


    Luna: Did you see into that room too?


    Grey: I wouldn''t knw you used the potions I gave you if I didn''t. Why?


    Luna: Atmos, forgive me, but I need to remove your husband''s eyes.


    Atmos: Just remember to heal him afterwards.


    Grey: You''re going to let her do it!?


    Atmos: You saw pictures of Tamamo that should only be seen by Luna. She ispletely justified in doing this.


    Grey: But you saw everything I did.


    Atmos: So, I used to take baths with Tamamo all the time. Not to mention that I''m her sister and a woman.


    Grey: What about the other guy here? He saw everything I did.


    Luna: Do you see him anywhere here?


    Grey: He was sitting right next to me just a few minutes ago. Pleas don''t Luna. Tamamo! Help!


    Tamamo: Luna stop, you don''t need to cut his eyes out, just hit him on the head until he forgets.


    Luna: Will that work?


    Tamamo: Possibly.


    *I appear in the middle of the room and ce a silver stick on the table, then disappear again*


    Atmos: What''s that?


    Tamamo: I don''t know?


    Luna: *Picks up silver stick* Heh. Good news Grey, you are safe from eye removal surgery and blunt force trauma. Tamamo, Atmos, close and cover your eyes and whatever you do, don''t open and uncover them until I say so. *Pulls out very dark sunsses and puts them on*


    Grey: Is that what I think it is?


    Luna: Pretty sure.


    Grey: Fine, just get it over with.


    Luna: *Presses button and the stick produces a bright sh*


    Grey: Ugh.......... Hey Luna, what is that you''re holding?


    Luna: Don''t worry about it. Tamamo, Atmos, you can open and uncover your eyes again.

 Chapter 112: Beach Chapter

    Chapter 112: Beach Chapter


    [Luna POV]


    We spent another day on my ind so that I could keep practicing my divine skills. Out of all of them, the only one that stayed a mystery was Abyssal Blessing. No matter what I tried, I could never tell what the effect really was. Domain Creation turned out to be the easiest to use and it was also easy tobine it with Constetion Creation. As for constetions, I turned one of my extra bows into one as a test and now the sky in my domain had several drawn bows in the sky. While inside the created domain, I could basically do anything I wanted. It was basically an entirely different world.


    {Luna, what are you thinking about that is making you smile like that?}


    Fufufu. Dont worry about that for now, Ill tell youter.


    {Im getting the feeling Im going to like this answer.}


    Hearing her words, my smile grew wider.


    Velvet, Ive never seen that look on big siss face before. Its kind of scary. (Soleil)


    I agree, Soleil. Its kind of feral. (Velvet)


    Ophidia didnt say anything and just backed a bit away.


    Sorry. I said as I tried to get my thoughts straight.


    It was then that Skadi spoke up.


    Luna, you said the reason that all of you were in Beria was to spend some time by the sea, right? (Skadi)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    I have a proposition for you then. (Skadi)


    Im listening. (Luna)


    If you give me a months supply of your best cooking, Ill let you spend some time on an ind I own. It has no people and can give this one a run for its money in scenery. (Skadi)


    Deal. Ill go and get everything cooked for you then. (Luna)


    When youre done, Ill show you to the ind and you can teleport everyone there. (Skadi)


    I went to the kitchen and started cooking. It took the rest of the day, but when I finished and handed Skadi the item bags full of food, she had a nice smile on her face.


    Ill show you to the ce tomorrow. Also, mind if I join all of you? (Skadi)


    I dont mind, what about everyone else? (Luna)


    Its fine with me. (Ophidia)


    No problem here. (Velvet)


    The more the merrier. (Soleil)


    Then theres your answer. (Luna)


    Thanks. Its been one thing after the othertely and I need a break. (Skadi)


    Velvet did tell me that you were here in the Empire to hunt down some nt things, what was that about? (Luna)


    They were some things from a very long time ago that my mother thought were all gone. Turns out that they werent and were propagating rapidly. Eventually a cult formed that worshipped them and they were being turned into the things. Very annoying to fight. (Skadi)


    Howd you finish them? (Velvet)


    They were all connected to a central mind. I killed that and the rest followed. The biggest pain of all of that was that I had to fight the source at the bottom of the sea. When that was done, I had to figure out how to deal with the cult, then when I finished that, I came to Beria for a break and found out a kraken was around. The best thing toe of all of this annoying stuff was that I actually made some friends. (Skadi)


    Im happy that you think about us like that, but I really thought you would have more friends than just us. (Luna)


    I have several acquaintances, but none of them are exactly friends. Out of all of them, the one I would actually say is a friend is Apollo. (Skadi)


    I also know someone with that name. Hes an archer that travels around in a party with a dwarf and two other humans. (Luna)


    Does he have any rtion to divinity? (Velvet)


    He was the only other demigod in the mortal world. At leas until Luna came along. (Skadi)


    I knew he was hiding something. (Luna)


    Did we make a bet about that? (Velvet)


    No, our bet was if Jarl is a noble or royalty. (Luna)


    Rrriiiggghhhttt. (Velvet)


    So, hes been travelling around with a party? Thats new. Last I saw him, he was the lone wolf type. (Skadi)


    Maybe he wanted to change it up for a bit. (Luna)


    Thats as good a reason as any. (Skadi)


    Wait. Did you know about that, Tamamo? (Luna)


    {I did, but I promised him I would keep quiet about it.}


    When did that happen? (Luna)


    {The first day of your journey. He asked me not to tell you when everyone was asleep.}


    Did you get anything out of that, Goddess? (Soleil)


    {He owes me a favor now.}


    Ive always wondered this Lady Tamamo, but how many gods and goddesses owe you favors? (Skadi)


    {Most of them. Of course, since Luna came around, Ive been calling in a few, but that number is negligible.}


    How exactly did you manage that? (Luna)


    {When you live a long time, you can help a lot of people out and it just naturally happens. It also helps that Im one of the few gods that can keep Atmos in check.}


    More like only you and Gear can keep her in check. Old Man Crate is more of an enabler and Grey is mostly hen-pecked. (Skadi)


    {You can add Luna to the list of people that can keep her in check. Shes even better at it than me and Gearbined.}


    Teach me your ways. (Skadi)


    Get one or more tails and I think I can help with that. She is helpless when ites to fluffy things, and I just so happen to be the pinnacle of all fluff. I am the Abyss and have the Authority. (Luna)


    Tch. If only it was that easy to do that. (Skadi)


    If she ever bothers you, just call me over and Ill help out. (Luna)


    After that we all went to our rooms for the night. The next day Skadi and I went back to Beria, and she led me to her ind. It was really far from the maind, but still had arge home built on it.


    Its good to be back here. (Skadi)


    Whats the story of this ce? (Luna)


    It was me and my fathers home when he was alive. (Skadi)


    Oh. I thought he would be your mothers Apostle. (Luna)


    He was offered the position but declined it. He never told me or mother why though. (Skadi)


    Sorry for bringing it up. (Luna)


    Its fine, it happened a very long time ago. (Skadi)


    Ill go get the others then, be right back. (Luna)


    Ok. When you get back, set up whatever you want on the beach, Im going to go and get ready myself. (Skadi)


    I teleported back to my ind to find everyone already in their swimsuits. Ophidia was wearing a dark green high-leg one-piece. Velvet had a bikini with a sarong wrapped around her waist that matched Soleils hair color. Soleil had a simr one that matched Velvet.


    Are you going to change before we go? (Velvet)


    Just give me a few minutes. I said as I went to my room to change.


    My swimsuit was a simple ck and white bikini.


    {So simple, yet it makes you all the more attractive. How do you manage that?}


    No idea. I just picked something that I thought you would like to see me in.


    {Wait, cant that creep also look at you?}


    Hehehe. Dont worry about that. Every time he tries, all he will see is an illusion of what he most fears, then a potion of greater hurting will fall on his head. I also used some cursing fox fire to curse him to stub his little toe randomly. Hell be pretty upied dealing with that for a while.


    {When are you going to go from petty harassment to actual torture?}


    When we actually make it to Onigashima.


    I left my room and went back to where the others were waiting.


    Oh. You look so good, big sis. (Soleil)


    Soleil is right, master. I may not really understand the reason for these, but you do look good. (Ophidia)


    I feel like Ive lost. (Velvet)


    Lost what? (Luna)


    (Velvet)


    Soleil looked at Velvet and back to me. She did this a few times then got a look like she figured something out.


    Dont worry Velvet, I prefer them your size. (Soleil)


    Velvet didnt say anything and just hugged Soleil while a blush crept up on her face.


    Anyway, lets go. (Luna)


    Everyone grabbed onto my arms, and I teleported us to Skadis ind. When we got there, Skadi was already on the beach. She was sitting on a towel underneath an umbre. The image reminded me of something, but it also was missing something. I looked through my memories and realized what was missing.


    Hey Skadi, take this. I said as I pulled out a red and white whale plush from my inventory and tossed it to her.


    Thanks, but wont this get ruined by being on the beach? (Skadi)


    No, I made it out of nature-resistant materials. You could even use this inbat, and it would stay in perfect condition. (Luna)


    Anything you want in return? (Skadi)


    Nah. I made it as a gift in the first ce. (Luna)


    Nn. (Skadi)


    The rest of us went about setting up things like our own umbres and Iid out a custom made beach chair. Ophidia pulled a beachball out of her inventory and tossed it at Velvet. She caught it and then tossed it to Soleil. I took off my illusion ne and all of my tails appeared.


    Much better. (Luna)


    Ive been meaning to ask, why do you hide your tails? (Skadi)


    The only kitsune that has more than one tail is Tamamo. If I walked around with all of mine unhidden, I would draw too much attention to myself and probably be dragged onto a lot of unnecessary things. (Luna)


    Fair enough. Humans and the other races tend to be annoying like that sometimes. (Skadi)


    How are you with alcohol? (Luna)


    Ive beaten dwarves in drinking contests before. (Skadi)


    I pulled out some stuff and made some margaritas. I handed Skadi one and we both took a sip.


    Fruity. Can you teach me to make these? (Skadi)


    Sure. (Luna)


    I sat on my chair and leaned back and closed my eyes.


    {I wish I could get a picture of this.}


    Unfortunately, I dont have a camera.


    {Whats a camera?}


    Something that takes pictures without the need for someone to paint them. You should ask Grey for more details, he could probably exin it better than me.


    {Ill do that then.}


    Oh, before you go do that, make sure youre free for a few days.


    {Luna, Im always free.}


    Oh yeah. Well, this is awkward.


    {Now Im curious, why should I be free for the next few days?}


    I learned a few things about my domain creation. One of them is that its basically a separate world from this one. Do you need me to say anymore?


    {Ufufufu. So, this is the reason you sometimes get that feral looking smile. Dont worry Luna, even if I did have ns, I would cancel them all for this.}


    Fufufufufufufufufufu.


    Just then the ball that the others were ying with flew over andnded next to me.


    Come and join us, big sis. (Soleil)


    I picked up the ball and threw it back to them. I then got up and started walking in their direction.


    Want to join as well, Skadi? (Luna)


    Why not, it seems fun. (Skadi)


    She stood up as well and we both joined in the circle that they were tossing the ball between.


    Lets make this interesting, the one to let the ball hit the ground has to clean everything up after lunch and dinner. (Soleil)


    Youre on, Soleil. (Velvet)


    Hahahahahahahahahahaha! (Ophidia)


    I guess Ill have to cook a lot then if we want thispetition to be worthwhile then. (Luna)


    Im looking forward to eating what you cook. (Skadi)


    We spent the rest of the day having fun like this. At one point ourpetition got so heated that Ophidia was sent flying into the sea, but she managed to keep the ball in the air. In the end it was Velvet that lost. After that I made a lunch of skewed meat and shrimp-like things. Skadi and Ophidia had a smallpetition to see who could eat more which ended in a draw. I felt a little bad for Velvet since they left a mountain of skewers behind, so me and Soleil ended up helping her.


    When we finished cleaning up all of that, we went to our umbres and found Ophidia and Skadi napping.


    Oh. This is an interesting development. (Luna)


    Are you thinking what I am thinking, big sis? (Soleil)


    Hmm. It could happen, but Im not too sure on the probability of it. (Luna)


    I think the two of you are reading too much into it. (Velvet)


    Hmmmm. Maybe so. (Luna)


    I guess well just have to wait and see. (Soleil)


    We left the two of them alone and went to our own spots. I got back onto my chair and Velvet and Soleil sat on their beach nket.


    *Yawn* I can understand why they fell asleep. (Velvet)


    Iagree. Im goingto borrow yourshoulder, Velvet. (Soleil)


    You can take myp if you want. (Velvet)


    Heh. Dont mindifIdo. Soleil said as she fell asleep in Velvetsp.


    Im letting you know right now that Im going to go to the mansion right after dinner, Velvet. I will probably be upied for a few days, so dont worry about me. (Luna)


    What are you going to be doing? (Velvet)


    Things. (Luna)


    I must have had that smile on my face again because Velvet sighed.


    *Sigh* I think I have an idea, so Ill just ask you not to get too carried away. Just because you can make the opportunity to do this, remember that you still have other goals to achieve. (Velvet)


    I know that. Its just that I feel if I dont do this, Ill go insane. I dont think you get just how hard it is for me sometimes. (Luna)


    Really? You make it seem like its no big deal. (Velvet)


    Its just because Ive be numb to the fact I only get to be close to Tamamo once a month. It doesnt help that Tamamo has a habit of sometimes saying and doing things in suggestive ways. I mean seriously, who invites their significant other to take a bath in a hot spring with them and then basically invite them to do anything, but both of you know that you wont have the time? (Luna)


    Calm down Luna. Youll wake Soleil up. (Velvet)


    Sorry. (Luna)


    Its fine. As for what you were saying earlier, that must have been tough. (Velvet)


    It was even worse after that since I kept seeing the scene every time I closed my eyes. (Luna)


    All Ill say is have fun. (Velvet)


    Oh, I n on it. (Luna)


    After that we sat in silence for a few minutes. I was about to talk about something else when I heard more quiet breathing next to me. I looked over and saw Velvet fell asleep as well.


    I guess Ill take a nap as well.


    I closed my eyes and fell asleep. When I woke up again, it waste in the afternoon and the others were already awake. Velvet and Soleil were throwing the ball to each other while waist deep in the water. Skadi was sitting under her umbre and reading a book. Ophidia had made herself a makeshift spear and was going after some fish. I stood up and stretched, then walked over to everyone.


    Anyone hungry? (Luna)


    Can you cook these, master? Ophidia said as she walked over to me carrying several fish.


    Sure thing. (Luna)


    I went over to the makeshift grill and stoked the fire. I prepared the fish Ophidia caught as well as some that she and Velvet bought several days ago. Once everything was done and we finished eating, I told everyone I was heading back early. When I teleported back to my room in the mansion, I went and took a bath to get all of the sand off of me then went back to my room.


    Once I was back in there, I immediately used Domain Creation. Several minutester a bright light shone in the middle of the room and Tamamo appeared.


    {Llllluuuuunnnnnaaaa.}


    She moved over next to my bed and I jumped into her arms. We gave each other a deep kiss and intertwined our tongues.


    Author''s Note:


    And that''s where we give them some privacy.


    Atmos: Good for them.


    Yep, and the next time Tamamo is here, I''ll give her the pictures that she wanted.


    Atmos: You like taking risks, don''t you?


    I wouldn''t worry about it. Once I handed them over to Tamamo, I was going to tell Luna to use the thing I gave her yesterday. I would prefer keeping my eyes.


    Atmos: Good idea. Grey couldn''t remember anything from after Luna fell asleep after her fifth tail grew.


    Good. I was worried that it might have been too potent.


    Atmos: Even if it was, I would just ask Gear to help out. He is good at memory maniption after all.


    Good to know.


    ****


    Author''s Note Extra:


    If anyone wants to have a better mental image of what was worn in this chapter. Soleil and Velvet''s swimsuits are based on Akagi and Kaga''s from Azur Lane. Ophidia''s is like Projekt Red''s, Luna''s is based on tinum''s, and Skadi''s is Skadi''s all from Arknights. Thanks for reading.

 Chapter 113: Plans for the Next Adventure

    Chapter 113: ns for the Next Adventure


    [Luna POV]


    Over the next week, me and Tamamo spent a lot of time together. Aside from doing it, we also cuddled a lot and just genuinely enjoyed being near each other.


    Its unfortunate, but our time is almost up. I said as I moved to hug Tamamo who wasying in the bed next to me.


    {That is indeed unfortunate, but at least we had fun this week. It makes me look forward to you ascending all the more.} Tamamo said as she hugged me back.


    Just know that I can set up a domain at any time, so we can do this again if you ever just need to be with me.


    {Luna; dont tempt me so much. If you say anymore, I might actually ask you to do this endlessly.}


    Sorry, its just seeing you right next to me like this is one of the greatest things Ive ever experienced in this world. Im having a hard time suppressing my desire to constantly make domains for us, and Im trying to justify a reason to do so, by pushing it off on you.


    {Ufufufu. Dont worry Luna, you have four more tails to go, and we can spend all the time we want together. This was nice, but I think we should hold off on doing this again.}


    I agree, this was good for relieving all the built up frustration, but I think its best if we stick to how weve been seeing each other from now on.


    Tamamo started to shine.


    {Then Ill see you on the next full moon.} She said as she gave me a deep kiss.


    I love you my glowing moon.


    {I love you too, my shining stars.}


    With those parting words, Tamamo was fully engulfed in light and disappeared. When she was gone, I felt my domain return to being normal space. I got up and got dressed. When I was done, I stretched and left my room.


    I wonder if the others are here?


    I walked into the main living room but found no one.


    Hmmm. Oh, I know.


    I closed my eyes and focused on trying to find out where Velvet was. I learned that she was close. I exited the mansion and walked in the direction Velvet was in. I climbed to the top of the pyramid and found everyone there.


    Hey. I said as I sat down next to Ophidia.


    Hello master. Did you enjoy yourself this past week? (Ophidia)


    I did. (Luna)


    Thats good. (Soleil)


    What have all of you been doing while I was upied? (Luna)


    Not much. When we came back from the beach, I tried knocking on your door to see if you had the Goddess with you yet or not, but I couldnt get near it. Every time I tried; I would end up walking in the direction I came from. I gave up after that and went to bed. The rest of the week I just did what I usually do. (Velvet)


    I made several more paintings and practiced cooking. (Soleil)


    I challenged myself by going back to the river and faced those fish. (Ophidia)


    Howd that go? (Luna)


    Fine, though I wish they would have tasted good. (Ophidia)


    All of you were so productive. (Luna)


    I wouldnt really call that productive. All we did was what we would have normally done. Though if I had to say one thing, it was a little boring without you around. (Velvet)


    Thats true, it felt the same as when you left the shrine. (Soleil)


    You do provide a sense of excitement when you are around master. (Ophidia)


    Now I feel a little bad for taking a full week. (Luna)


    Dont. You and the Goddess needed this, so if you had to leave us alone for a week, we cant reallyin. (Velvet)


    Thanks. Oh, by the way, Soleil, me and Tamamo discussed some things and we figured out a way for the two of us to practice our ster magic. All we need to do is train in a domain I create. Well, itll be more like you train and I figure out exactly what ster magic can do. (Luna)


    When can we start? (Soleil)


    Technically, we can start at any time, but I want to take a break from maintaining a domain for a bit. (Luna)


    Ok, then how about in a few days? (Soleil)


    Sounds good to me. Velvet and Ophidia can join us in there as well and Ill give you all a sneak peek at what I n on making the night sky look like in the future. (Luna)


    Now that youre back, can you exin exactly what its like in there? (Velvet)


    If I had to say, its basically apletely different world. I can choose to either make it exactly like the area Im in, even down to the furniture if Im in a room, or if I choose make it a nk space with whatever kind of terrain I want. A good thing about it is I can also store whatever constetions I make in there as well and its treated like an inventory. (Luna)


    How intriguing. So, does it have these stars in there, or just whatever these constetions are? (Velvet)


    By default, only the constetions, but since I now have infinite mana, I can cast as big an illusion as I want. I could do the same thing right here, but its just easier in there. (Luna)


    As a being that can use space magic, I am extremely curious on how this works as well. Would I be able to make something simr in the future? (Ophidia)


    If you managed that, you would dry up your mana in an instant. Its not exactly mana efficient. (Luna)


    I see. (Ophidia)


    On a different topic, how much longer do you want to stay in the Empire? I know there is the whole Beryl thing to consider, but besides that, is there anything else you want to do here? (Velvet)


    We could go and look for some dungeons. Those would help Soleil level up and we have higher chances of finding stat raising items in there. Doing that is probably the best way to get stronger. (Luna)


    That sounds fun, Ill finally be able to show off to you master. (Ophidia)


    You know, now that you say that; I havent seen you fight after training with Grey yet. (Luna)


    I guess we should also start taking quests to help Soleil and Ophidia rank up. Soleil is still B-rank and Ophidia is even lower. Even though we dont really care about it, other people will say bad things about them if they arent close to us in rank. (Velvet)


    We cant have that, now can we. And this time, we dont have to speedrun the rank up process. But that leaves me with a question that I dont think any of us know how to answer. (Luna)


    What is it? (Soleil)


    Well, this pertains more to you than Ophidia at the moment, but would either me or Velvet be allowed to endorse you for S-rank, or will we need to ask Skadi or another S-rank for that? (Luna)


    Why wouldnt we be able to? (Velvet)


    Because they are members of our party. I dont think the guild would like it if we endorsed them as S-ranks and it turned out they werent actually S-rank worthy. I mean we would know, but others might think differently. Of course, its like you said earlier Velvet, none of us really care about that, but if rumors start because of false information, it could make our travels difficult. No one spreads rumors farther and faster than adventurers after all. (Luna)


    Why not just ask the Great One of Adventure? (Ophidia)


    I guess Ill send him a letter. (Luna)


    Then will we make Beria our base in the Empire, or will we move in to Onigashima? (Soleil)


    I say Onigashima. We can take care of Tamamos creepy vampire fanatic, and well have an in with the guild master there if Shuten was right and her mother is still the guild master there. (Luna)


    Ill follow whatever decision you make, master. (Ophidia)


    The Onigashima it is. But we will need to be carful on the way and when we get there. Beryl knows your face and probably has already investigated who you are and as a result, learned about me and Soleil as well. With his personality, he will probably send assassins or something after us. (Velvet)


    Tch. Hopefully we can convince that Mordred person to help us before that happens. I guess I should warn everyone back home about this as well. (Luna)


    If you bring me to see my mother, I can ask her to send some of our people as guards, though I doubt they will be useful. (Velvet)


    In my opinion, he probably wouldnt send someone after Lady Amagi or Lord Deacon, and I think dad would be safe as well since he is a former hero, but I am worried about mom. I dont know how strong she is now that she became an Apostle, but still. (Soleil)


    He probably wouldnt send people after Nia or Uncle Rex either. Then tomorrow we can go and get that taken care of. Velvet can also tell her mother about her and Soleils rtionship, not that she will be bothered by it. (Luna)


    Should I prepare a gift for mother-inw? (Soleil)


    Not really, but if you want to, then give her something with wyvern meat. (Velvet)


    Big sis. (Soleil)


    Ill give you some to cookter. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Soleil)


    Changing the subject, what is Skadi up to? (Luna)


    She came back here with us and stayed a few days; but left in the direction of the Celestia Kingdom. Oh, before I forget, I gave her one of the extra letter boxes you made, I hope you dont mind. (Soleil)


    Its fine. I was going to give her one anyway. There is no point in being friends if we cant keep in touch. Wait, thats not it. Its easier to keep in touch with friends if they have one. (Luna)


    So, with all of this decided, we go and visit my mother tomorrow, then what? Do we go back to Beria and start making our way to Onigashima? (Velvet)


    Sounds good to me. We can pick up a delivery quest while were at it as well. (Luna)


    What about an escort quest? (Soleil)


    Not really feeling it this time. Itll be faster of we travel by ourselves. (Luna)


    I feel the same. Normally it would take a month to get from Beria to Onigashima on foot. Add guarding someone on top of that, and it could take longer. (Velvet)


    Im not sure if it works like this, but cant big sis use her space magic to see all the way to Onigashima and then fold space to get us there? (Soleil)


    I can do that, but Im not going to. Why take the fun out of travelling to a ce we havent been to before? (Luna)


    Then forget I asked. (Soleil)


    So, our ns are as follows: Go back to Savanna to see meet with Velvets mother,e back to Beria and pick up a delivery quest, preferably one that goes to Onigashima, and start travelling there, all while taking our time and practicing ster magic and other things. Am I forgetting anything? (Luna)


    Sounds right to me. (Velvet)


    Then lets have dinner and get ready for tomorrow. (Soleil)


    Im so excited to see more new ces. (Ophidia)


    We all climbed down from the pyramid and went back to the mansion. We had dinner then went to our rooms for the night. When Iid down on my bed, I could still smell the lingering scent of Tamamo and smiled.


    Author''s Note:


    Atmos: Hey Tamamo, did you enjoy your week of nothing but Luna?


    Tamamo: More than you can possibly imagine.


    Atmos: I''m happy for you.


    Hey Tamamo, take these.


    Tamamo: Pictures of Luna that I wanted? I''ll dly ept.


    Good. Now I just need Luna to erase my memories of that time and you won''t need to remove my eyes or hit me over the head very hard.


    Skadi: I''m back here again?


    Wee back.


    Atmos: KYAAAAAAAAA! SKADI!


    Sorry Atmos, you can''t leave yet. You still have something to do.


    *Skadi crosses her arms in front of her*


    Atmos: I am extremely sorry for taking and hiding your hat as a prank. I swear on my name to never do such a thing to you ever again for as long as I exist.


    Skadi: Good.


    Tamamo: Can I ask you what you are going to the Celestia Kingdom for?


    Skadi: Nothing really. I''m just wandering without a specific goal at the moment.


    Tamamo: You''re moreid back now then thest time I saw you.


    Skadi: Really?


    Atmos: Yep. Ever since you met Luna, you''ve gotten more approachable.


    Skadi: Interesting.


    That''s just the effect Luna has on people.


    Tamamo: I know right. Isn''t she just the greatest?


    Oh no. I think I just started something I shouldn''t have.


    Atmos: And that is my cue to go.


    Nope, you will listen with me. Skadi, if you don''t want to be stuck listening to Tamamo''s rant on about Luna, you should leave now.


    Skadi: Then I will take my leave. I''ll be back again.

 Chapter 114: Business Before Departure

    Chapter 114: Business Before Departure


    [Luna POV]


    After getting up the next day, we prepared for our journey to Onigashima. Once that was done, I helped Soleil make some food with wyvern meat. When that was done, I teleported us to Velvets home in Savanna. We left the room that we arrived in and ran into the steward, Steward.


    Wee home, Lady Velvet and friends. (Steward)


    We wont be staying for long; do you know where mother is? (Velvet)


    She left to deliver the monthly report to the castle about an hour ago. She should be back soon. (Steward)


    Tch. (Velvet)


    Depending on what you needed, I may be able to help. Thats what Im here for after all. (Steward)


    Youd be able to help us with the first of the two things we are here for, but the second has to do with my personal life. (Velvet)


    Then what was the first thing you needed? (Steward)


    We need some of our people to be sent to the shrine vige to watch over Luna and Soleils families. (Velvet)


    Did you make someone into an enemy that would make this necessary? (Steward)


    This person has always been an enemy, its just that he has recently learned about me. (Luna)


    Can I know who so that I can assign the proper people to the job? (Steward)


    Beryl Volkihar. (Velvet)


    How long do you think I need to have our people there? (Steward)


    Indefinite until he is dead, and his organization has a new leader. (Velvet)


    Ill get our people ready then. Steward said as he walked off.


    With that out of the way, all thats left is letting your mother know youre officially in a rtionship. (Luna)


    Even though Ive met her once, Im kind of nervous. (Soleil)


    You really dont need to be. (Velvet)


    Do we just stand here and wait, or should we go somewhere else? (Ophidia)


    When she gets back, shell most likely go to her office, so we can wait for her there. (Velvet)


    We followed Velvet and entered the empty office. Velvet sat down in the chair behind the desk.


    What are you doing? (Luna)


    Looking over the things that have been happening here recently. (Velvet)


    She picked up a piece of paper, skimmed over it, and frowned.


    Burn this for me please, Soleil. (Velvet)


    Soleil got up and went over to Velvet. She took the piece of paper that was handed to her and read a little before burning it. She then hugged Velvet from behind.


    Mine. (Soleil)


    I agree. (Velvet)


    Seeing the two of them like that made me smile. Ophidia was sitting next to me and looking around.


    I know that this room was unupied when we arrived, but why is this whole ce so dark? (Ophidia)


    Do you not know what vampires are? (Luna)


    I know of them, but nothing more than that. (Ophidia)


    Vampires are a race of immortal people that need blood to survive and are weakened under sunlight. (Luna)


    Its a bit moreplicated than that, but that pretty much covers it. (Velvet)


    But how can Velvet walk under the sun then? (Ophidia)


    That is all due to Luna and her tendency to be friendly with extremely important people. (Velvet)


    When I first met her, she had an item that allowed her to go out during the day, but after meeting the God of Creation, I got an item that got rid of the whole weakness to sunlight. (Luna)


    I see. (Ophidia)


    Velvet handed Soleil another paper that she immediately burned.


    Why does she even keep these when she knows Im not going to ept them? (Velvet)


    Because I need to reply and turn them down politely. (Sonia)


    Hello mother. (Velvet)


    Velvets mother materialized out of the shadows in the corner of the room.


    You could at least act surprised when I do this like you used to. (Sonia)


    Im not a kid anymore, of course I wont get spooked by you doing that. (Velvet)


    Anyway, its nice to see you again, Lady Luna and Miss Soleil. And who is this new person? (Sonia)


    My name is Ophidia, serpent of master Luna. (Ophidia)


    Dont you mean servant? (Sonia)


    That too. (Ophidia)


    Sonia raised an eyebrow in confusion.


    Technically, Ophidia is a snake. (Luna)


    I see. To what do I owe the pleasure of your visit today? (Sonia)


    Well, we originally had two things to take care of here, but Steward is handling the first thing. (Velvet)


    Tell me what it is anyway. (Sonia)


    We are currently adventuring in the Demon Empire. Right now, we are in Beria, but are going to start heading to Onigashima today. (Luna)


    So its close to the time that you are going to confront Beryl. (Sonia)


    Yep. Recently he has started seeing me through the use of his divination skill and we were going to ask you to send people to watch over my and Soleils families for a while. (Luna)


    While smart, would they even be any help? Your parents are very strong, Lady Luna, and Soleils arent any weaker from what I know. (Sonia)


    Its just a precaution. Better be safe then unprepared. (Luna)


    What about your uncle in the Celestia kingdom? (Sonia)


    If he did anything to either him or Nia, it would most likely lead to war, and I dont think he would take that risk. (Luna)


    True. What was the second thing? (Sonia)


    I looked over to Velvet and Soleil.


    We came to tell you that were in a rtionship. (Soleil)


    Soleil went to stand in front of Sonia and bowed.


    While it wont be anytime soon, I also n to marry Velvet one day. I have prepared a gift for you as well. Soleil said as she pulled out one of the smaller item bags we had and a painting.


    What are these? (Sonia)


    In the item bag are several meals made with wyvern meat and this is a painting I made myself from atop the pyramid on big siss ind. (Soleil)


    Well, I already gave my blessingst time, so just tell me when you two decide to officially get married. (Sonia)


    Of course, mother-inw. (Soleil)


    Oh, and good job, Lady Luna. You work fast. (Sonia)


    I didnt have to do anything, it was all Soleil. (Luna)


    Oooh. Then good job Soleil. (Sonia)


    Thank you. She was stubborn at first, but it didnt take long for that to go away. (Soleil)


    You didnt immediately ept her feeling for you? (Sonia)


    I didnt want to be seen as an easy woman that would get together with the first girl to confess to me. Velvet said pouting.


    If it helps, she basically epted after I confessed and just wanted to act like she wanted to be friends first. (Soleil)


    You figured that out? (Velvet)


    You were trying to hide it? (Luna)


    Velvets face turned red.


    Its alright Velvet, even if it wasnt an act, I would have made you fall for me eventually. Mom taught me everything she knew, and she managed to get a hero to fall for her. (Soleil)


    To be fair, ke would have never turned her down anyway. (Luna)


    You said you painted this? (Sonia)


    Yes. If this one doesnt suit your taste, I can give you a different one, I have plenty. (Soleil)


    Thats not what I meant, its a stunning work of art that anyone would love to have. I was just surprised that someone so young could paint something like this. (Sonia)


    Im an adult you know. (Soleil)


    Soleil, everyone in this room is young to me. (Sonia)


    Actually, Ophidia might have you beat in that regard. (Velvet)


    Yes, I am over 500 years old. (Ophidia)


    Then were the same age. (Sonia)


    Haha. To think I would meet someone who isnt older or younger than me today. (Ophidia)


    Well, I hate to stop a conversation from people of the same generation, but we do have a schedule to keep, sort of. (Luna)


    Before you go, how many tails do you have now, Lady Luna? (Sonia)


    Five. I said as I took off my ne.


    So fluffy. Sonia said as her face lit up with an expression that I saw when the others first pet my tails.


    When I put my ne back on, Sonias face went back to normal.


    I forgot the pull of the Abyss gets stronger when I get more tails. (Luna)


    {Whats going on Luna?}


    Hey Tamamo, were just getting something done before we start making our way to Onigashima. Where have you been since you left yesterday?


    {Thinking about how much fun we had and setting things up so that the stupid, delusional vampire cant see me anymore. I need to make it so that the only person that can see me in every possible way is you after all.}


    Fufufu. Its a good thing he cant see into a domain I create, or he would have tried to hunt me down himself after everything we did together, not that he would survive any attempt on my life.


    {That is good. But since you arent in a created domain, cant he see where you are now?}


    If he tried, maybe, but he hasnt yet today.


    {Next time he tries, try destroying one of his eyes.}


    Thats still too hasty, Tamamo. But I will leave him with a shocking gift.


    {What is it?}


    Ive trapped some lightning in a ball of ice. Ill drop it through a Gate and when it shatters, the lightning will destroy all the pictures and statues of you that he has. If he gets hurt in the process will be a bonus. I want him terrified of me before I kill him in person. Sound good?


    {For now.}


    Master, you have that scary look on your face again. (Ophidia)


    Sorry, Tamamo and I were having a discussion about that filthy mongrel. (Luna)


    I know I might be overstepping here, but can I make a request in regards to him? (Sonia)


    As long as it doesnt involve sparing his life, then Ill consider it. (Luna)


    Killing him is fine, I just dont want you to needlessly kill the other vampires in his organization. We have a low poption, so killing a whole group of vampires could cause problems. (Sonia)


    You dont have to worry about that. I was only nning on killing him and none of the others if it can be helped. Im actually hoping to get his second inmand to help us out. (Luna)


    Mordred? Shell dly help, no one in that organization hates Beryl more than she does. The only reason she hasnt killed him herself is because none of the other vampires over there know if his delusions are true or not. (Sonia)


    Couldnt they just ask an oracle? Im sure Tamamo would dly give one to clear up everything. (Luna)


    {I would.}


    From what I know, he keeps all the oracles that are ever sent to that part of the world close to him and passes orders on from there. As for going to ask other oracles from other countries, ones that have always fail to return after whatever mission they were sent on. Of course, that makes a lot of the vampires over there doubtful of Beryl, but they dont want to risk doing something on the miniscule chance his delusions turn out to be true. (Sonia)


    Change miniscule to nonexistent chance, but its good to know we wont have that much trouble getting to him when we get there. (Luna)


    You do need to be a bit careful. He has one subordinate that follows him without question. His name is Mortem. (Sonia)


    What is his deal? (Luna)


    Beryls younger brother. Was raised listening to Beryls delusions so he has blind faith in his brothers words. (Sonia)


    Why am I only being told about him now? (Luna)


    {I try to ignore that vampires existence as much as possible, so I had no idea he had a brother.}


    I thought Velvet would have told you about him? (Sonia)


    Sorry, I think I suppress every memory of him. (Velvet)


    Oh right, you hate anything to do with Mortem. (Sonia)


    Whats the reason for that? (Soleil)


    He wants Velvet. (Sonia)


    Hearing this, Soleil got a sinister smile on her face and the temperature around her increased.


    Is that so? (Soleil)


    Yes. Originally, he was infatuated with Elizabeth from Celestia, but after she nearly killed him for What was the reason again? (Sonia)


    He came close to killing one of her close aides after they told him off for harassing her. The thing about Elizabeths n is that they treat their subordinates like family and will hunt down anyone that harms one of their own. (Velvet)


    Right, after that incident, he decided to move his sights to Velvet since she is the only other vampire he would consider equal in status. (Sonia)


    It seems delusions are a normal thing for Volkihar vampires. (Soleil)


    Soleil, calm down, youre about to start a fire. (Velvet)


    Sorry, I lost myposure for a minute. (Soleil)


    I think I rubbed off on Soleil a bit too much.


    {I wouldnt worry about it, kitsune tend to be possessive of their loved ones. Compared to others Ive seen; this is rtively tame.}


    Good to know.


    Anyway, we have other things to do, so we should get going. (Velvet)


    Onest thing, congrattions on reaching S-rank. I got the news earlier when I was at the castle. (Sonia)


    Thanks. (Luna and Velvet)


    Why would you learn something like that at a castle? (Ophidia)


    S-rank adventurers are extremely powerful individuals so its only natural the rulers of every country know about them, though I wish you would have popped in to tell me sooner. (Sonia)


    Sorry, we were busy after the promotion. (Velvet)


    Yeah, a kraken showed up in Beria then big sis got her fifth tail, we didnt have much time toe over here. (Soleil)


    But that happened a week ago. (Ophidia)


    Velvet and Soleil facepalmed.


    Looks like Im going to have to teach you that there are some times that you shouldnt say anything, Ophidia. (Luna)


    Why couldnt youe and tell me after that? (Sonia)


    The only person that can teleport here is Luna since this is Ophidias first time here, and she was spending that time with the Goddess. (Velvet)


    Fine. (Sonia)


    We all got up to leave.


    Do you want us to pop back over here after the Volkihars are dealt with? (Luna)


    If you dont mind. Ill need to know so I can recall the people watching over your families in the shrine vige. (Sonia)


    Got it. Well be off then. (Luna)


    We teleported away and ended up by Berias guild. We headed inside to get a delivery quest for Onigashima then left the city.


    Author''s Note:


    Grey: Something tells me Beryl''s brother isn''t going to live much longer.


    Skadi: What gave you that idea? I mean, sure, Soleil will probably end him if he tries anything, but if he gives up on Velvet, he''ll probably only be half-killed.


    Tamamo: If he''s anything like his brother, then that he won''t give up.


    Atmos: Hahahahahahahahahhahahahahahahaha! Tamamo, you need toe watch this. The stalkpire''s entire room just got obliterated by lightning. He''s so mad. Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahhaha!


    Grey: Will Luna erase my memories again if Ie and watch with you, Atmos?


    Atmos: No, everything he had that Luna would erase your memories for seeing is gone now.


    Skadi: By the way, where is the owner of the ce? Ever since he moved his friend to a spare room, he disappeared.


    Tamamo: He went to his own room, said he was out of coffee and needed sleep.


    Skadi: Got it.


    Grey: Hahahahahaha! Why does he keep doing this to himself? Does he enjoy it or something?


    Atmos: I hope not, if he does, it will ruin Luna''s n for how he dies.


    Grey: Then maybe the lightning earlier damaged his mind even more than it already was.


    Atmos: I think that''s it. Pfffffft. Grey, giving Luna those things was the best idea ever.


    Grey: I know right. Maybe I should make them a mandatory item all adventurers need to carry.


    Atmos: Maybe not mandatory, but you should make them something the guild sells.


    Grey: I''ll figure it outter.


    Skadi: What are you talking about?


    Atmos: Grey gave Luna a lot of bottles filled with lemon juice and called them potions of greater hurting. She drops one on the head of the vampire every time he looks at her with his diviner skill.


    Grey: Do you think he''ll be traumatized by the sight of ss bottles and the smell of lemons by the time they make it to Onigashima?


    Tamamo: I hope so, though I hope she starts mixing poisons into them at some point.


    Atmos: I understand why you want that to happen since I would want the same thing to be done to someone who constantly tries peek on me, but be patient Tamamo. This is still only petty harassment, once Luna gets bored of it or he does something to piss her off even more, she''s going to make poison the least of his worries.


    Tamamo: She''s going to use ''that'' on him right?


    Atmos: Oh yes.


    Skadi: What does Luna have that will make poison a negligible worry?


    Tamamo: I''ll tell youter.

 Side Chapter 13: The Delusion is String with These Two

    Side Chapter 13: The Delusion is String with These Two


    [Mordred POV]


    Around the same time the Steris party set out from Beria, a vampire was making her way through the Temple of Night.


    What does the delusional bastard want now?


    I was making my way to our leaders office since I was called. Over the past few weeks, hes been acting weirdly, so it might have something to do with that. When I was almost there, I ran into the second worst person in our organization.


    Tch. Seems like you were called as well. (Mortem)


    Yeah, I like it even less than you do. (Mordred)


    To think we can actually agree on something, how infuriating. (Mortem)


    A frown spread across my face as Mortem opened the door and went inside. I followed him and the first thing I noticed was the smell of lemons and something burning. Sitting behind the desk at the back of the room was Beryl. He looked like hes been to hell and back and I had to try my hardest not to keel overughing. Even his normally immacte suit was ruined.


    What happened brother!? (Mortem)


    That damn ck-haired kitsune, Luna Reed. I dont know how, but every time I look at her through divination, I get retaliated against. Ive had enough of it. (Beryl)


    If youre tired of it, why not just stop watching her? (Mordred)


    If I wanted your input, I would ask, but since Im such a magnanimous person, Ill humor you. I dont want to see that infuriating thing, its just that every time I try and check on my Tamamo, she is what appears. (Beryl)


    As if to prove a point, he gets a distant look in his eyes and immediately after the space above his head distorts and a ss bottle falls out and smashes on his head. A lemon smelling liquid sshes all over his face and I can see that he is in pain. He then stands up from his seat and nearly flips his desk, but before he can I hear a loud impact and he falls back into his chair and starts holding his foot.


    DAMN IT! (Beryl)


    I looked over to see Mortems reaction to all of this and I see his face warped in a grimace.


    Do you want me to go and take care of this stupid fox that keeps doing this to you brother? (Mortem)


    Thats why I called the two of you here. I know that the two of you hate each other, but I have no choice but to send the two of you off to kill these pests. (Beryl)


    It will be done, brother. (Mortem)


    He was about to leave the room, but Beryl stopped him.


    Hold on Mortem, you dont even know where to go. (Beryl)


    Sorry, Im just so infuriated that you are being made a fool of that I lost myposure. (Mortem)


    Its fine. To start with, you main job is to kill three of this four person party. (Beryl)


    Only three, thats not like you. (Mordred)


    Shut up Mordred. (Mortem)


    I started grinding my teeth in frustration at Mortems words.


    Yes, the reason for that is that Mortems soon to be betrothed is a part of that party. (Beryl)


    Velvet Belmont? She actually became an adventurer? (Mortem)


    Yes, and she is S-rank to boot. The same is true for the despicable Luna Reed. (Beryl)


    Reed, where have I heard thatst name before? I thought to myself.


    I pondered the name for a few more seconds when I came to the realization.


    Isnt Reed thest name of the General from Savanna? Does that mean one of our targets is the daughter of a Marquis? If we actually kill her, it could cause serious problems for the country! (Mordred)


    That doesnt matter in the slightest. She is a walking sphemy to my Tamamo. She needs to be obliterated as soon as possible. (Beryl)


    What did she do? (Mortem)


    I cannot say. All you need to know is that if she continues to live, it could pose a danger to all of us followers of the lovely Tamamo. (Beryl)


    I didnt believe a single thing he was saying, but I yed along.


    Maybe I can use this chance to finally get rid of these two. Beryl wouldnt normally go as far as sending me and his brother on a team assignment if it was something some of the others could pull off.


    I dragged myself out of my thoughts and asked a question.


    Velvet aside, what can we expect from the others in the party? (Mordred)


    From what I was able to piece together from my brief divinations, Luna Reed is apetent mage with very strong ice, lightning, and space magic, and most likely a unique skill. Like I said before, she is also S-rank. Then there is the other kitsune named Soleil, she, by the looks of it, is Velvet Belmonts lover and can at least use fire magic. (Beryl)


    At those words, Mortem nearly lost it.


    So, a lowly fox thinks she can have what is mine does she? Im going to make sure she suffers before she dies. (Mortem)


    I scoffed internally.


    Yeah right, every one of us vampires from notable ns knows that Velvet would never go for someone like you. If she did, she would have married someone by now.


    Whats with that face? You have something to say? (Mortem)


    Not to you. (Mordred)


    At my words, he red at me like I was a piece of trash. I returned a simr re. We would have stayed like that if Beryl didnt start talking again.


    Thest one in the party I have very little information on. All I know is her name and adventurer rank. Her name is Ophidia and she is D-rank. Skills and magic, unknown. (Beryl)


    Where do we go and are there any limitations on how they die? (Mortem)


    They left Beria an hour ago headed in this direction. The two of you will intercept them in the town of Mid, two weeks journey from here. Get one of the space magic users to teleport you there. As for how you kill them, I dont care. Use poison, traps, monsters, whatever you want, just make sure Luna Reed is dead. Just do me a favor and make her suffer. (Beryl)


    Heheheh. Understood, Ive recently got my hands on a particrly nasty poison and Ive wanted to test it. (Mortem)


    What will it do? (Beryl)


    Once ingested, it causes the afflicteds body to experience excruciating pain. Its to the point that they would beg to die in order to be relieved. The paines on fast, but after that, it gets worse over the course of a few hours until they die. I will use this on all of them but Velvet. I will paralyze her and let her watch. (Mortem)


    Because doing that will make her love you, am I right? I said with as much sarcasm as I could muster.


    She will learn to love me. If she doesnt, then I have other ways. (Mortem)


    If you are going to do all of this, then why am I even needed? (Mordred)


    Youre going as backup incase it turns into a fight. As loathe as I am to admit it, you are the most skilled vampire with a sword we have. You are to protect Mortem, even if it costs you your life. (Beryl)


    And if I dont? (Mordred)


    I end the le Fay n. You know just as well as everyone else what my standing is, one word and every vampire in the world will hunt you and your n to thest. (Beryl)


    Im surprised youre being so rebellious Mordred. Especially in front of our Goddesss husband. (Mortem)


    No one asked your opinion. (Mordred)


    Grrrrrrr! (Mortem)


    Calm down Mortem and shut up Mordred. Go, I want Luna Reeds head presented to me by the next full moon. (Beryl)


    Whatever. (Mordred)


    Dont worry brother, I will make sure that she suffers for everything shes done to you. (Mortem)


    As we were leaving, a cake appeared out of nowhere and hit Beryl in the face.


    GGGGGGRRRRRRRRRRAAAAAAAAAAAAAA! I DIDNT EVEN DO ANYTHING YET! (Beryl)


    I left the room before I could startughing.


    I expect you to be ready to go in 15 minutes. (Mortem)


    Go step in sunlight. (Mordred)


    Author''s Note:


    Grey: Hahahahahahahahhahahahahahhahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha!


    Atmos: Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahhahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha!


    Skadi: Hhahahahahahahahahhahahahaha! Good one Atmos.


    Atmos: Holy crap, even Skadi praised me. Did you hear that Tamamo?


    Tamamo:...


    Atmos: Tamamo? *Turns to look at Tamamo* Tamamo, no! Calm down, you aren''t allowed to use divine judgement unless the world is going to end.


    Tamamo: Don''t stop me Atmos, those two have gone too far.


    Atmos: I''m going to stop you, do you want me to be the one to tell Luna you got sealed for doing something stupid? Don''t put me in that position.


    Tamamo: *Clenches fists so hard she draws blood*


    Grey: You shouldn''t worry that much Tamamo. That vampire Mordred seems to hate those two just as much as you do, not to mention that they won''t be able to do anything to Luna in the first ce.


    Tamamo: What about Velvet, Soleil, and Ophidia? If they actually get hurt, I don''t know what Luna will do. I can''t go down to stop her rampage unless she sets up a domain, and with her strength, the closest person that could stop her is Skadi, but she won''t get there in time to stop Luna if she goes berserk.


    Atmos: You know Luna is one of the best healers in the world. Even if those three got hurt, she''ll heal them before any real damage is done.


    Tamamo: This is so frustrating.


    Grey: I get it, but Luna can handle this.


    Tamamo: I know, I just want to be able to do more than just watch as things happen.


    Atmos: Then how about instead of focusing on what you can''t do, you focus on what you can. Namely thinking of ways to pamper Luna the next time the two of you are together. If things go as they should, by the time she''s done dealing with the one sent to kill them, the two of you will see each other the next day.


    Tamamo: You''re right, I may not be able to do anything physically, but I can do my utmost in taking care of Luna when she is done dealing with that insignificant mongrel''s brother.


    Skadi: Grey, I think I understand why no one tries to get Lady Tamamo angry.


    Grey: Yeah, this was even worse than the time she cursed that hero and saint.


    Skadi: Why hasn''t she cursed those two vampires then?


    Grey: Taking him was one of her driving factors in getting as strong as she has right now. Tamamo''sst curse weakened the hero and saint a lot and it wouldn''t be satisfying if he was weakened in the same way. It would make all of Luna''s effort in getting stronger than him pointless. Tamamo knows this as well and that is the reason Atmos was able to easily talk her down from doing something drastic.


    Skadi: I see.

 Chapter 115: Travelling

    Chapter 115: Travelling


    [Luna POV]


    Several hours after we left Beria, Tamamo spoke to me with a serious tone.


    {Luna, I dont remember exactly why, but you should be careful until the creep is dead.}


    I understand, I will be vignt.


    {That sets my mind at ease a bit. Now, any requests for what we do on the next full moon?}


    I cant think of anything at the moment besides just spending time next to you. Of course, we can do more if I time making a domain right, but we already agreed to hold off on doing that again for a while.


    {Then a night of cuddling it is.}


    Fufufufu. Im looking forward to it. I can already feel your tails wrapping around me.


    {I was about to say the same thing.}


    As I was diving into my fantasies of me and Tamamo spending time together, someone started shaking me.


    Big sis, youre losing focus of where youre going again. (Soleil)


    That hasnt happened on a while. (Luna)


    I thought you use a skill to help maintain your focus on what youre doing? (Velvet)


    I think I identally allocated it to double down on what I was thinking. (Luna)


    Youve been doing so good, big sis. Dont start messing up now. (Soleil)


    Right, and I just promised Tamamo to keep my vignce up as well. (Luna)


    Is something wrong? (Ophidia)


    Not sure, all Tamamo said was to be careful until that mongrel is dead. I dont know if that means he has prepared something for us when we get there or if he sent some people to confront us. (Luna)


    How stupid is he? I mean he should know by now that two of us are S-rank adventurers. (Velvet)


    From what Ive seen of him through his divinations, he is like those two just with added delusions. Smart enough to manipte things to go his way; but turns stupid and starts making mistakes when he gets angry enough. While I have been trying to make him angry by retaliating against him by pelting him with potions of greater hurting and an annoying curse, I didnt think he would make a move this fast. (Luna)


    Well, he cant be that stupid if hes managed to live as long as he has without other vampires killing him for sphemy, especially if what Velvet has told me about how vampires see the Goddess is true. (Soleil)


    Maybe I should up my retaliation a bit. What should I go with I wonder? (Luna)


    {Atmos told me she started joining in and is preparing cakes. Something about wanting in on the fun.}


    Thats the Goddess of Mischief for you. Guess I can keep doing what I have been then. Will you give her my thanks?


    {Sure thing.}


    Did you decide on something? (Ophidia)


    I dont have to, Atmos is helping out now. (Luna)


    I guess hes going to break faster than you nned then. (Velvet)


    I hope he doesnt, I have something special nned for him that should push him over the edge. (Luna)


    Still not going to tell us what it is? (Soleil)


    All Ill say is that he is going to experience pian that will make him wish he wasnt immortal. (Luna)


    After that we walked for a few more hours then stopped for lunch. When that was done, we resumed our journey. Eventually we came to a spot on the road that went through a jungle.


    Even if this is a different jungle, I still feel nostalgic when seeing a sight like this. (Ophidia)


    Can it really feel nostalgic if we can visit the jungle you lived in whenever we want? (Luna)


    Yes? Ophidia said questioningly.


    Does that really matter? (Velvet)


    I guess not. (Luna)


    Grrrr. Ill say one thing, I prefer thest jungle we went through. Whats with all the bugs flying around? (Soleil)


    Oh, that was my doing, thest time we went through a jungle, I had a lightning barrier surrounding us. Just give me a second and Ill set one up. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers, and we were all surrounded by an invisible field of lightning. The second I was finished setting up the barrier, I could hear little zaps as bugs started frying themselves of the barrier.


    Better? (Luna)


    So much better. (Soleil)


    So this is why those annoying things started leaving me alone after I joined you. (Ophidia)


    Yep. I even added one to the mansion. (Luna)


    Why not the entire ind? (Velvet)


    Not all bugs are pests. They might be annoying, but they are necessary in maintaining the inds nature. (Luna)


    I guess thats fair. (Velvet)


    Just then some if the underbrush started rustling and we all stopped. I started preparing some magic when the thing that was in the underbrush moved out. It was a green and brown snake that was a lot smaller than Ophidia. It was slithering across the road when it stopped and turned to look at us. When its eyes met Ophidias, it starteding closer to us. It then let out a long, slow hiss.


    Tch. Leave me alone you brat. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia got an intimidating gleam in her eyes and the snake stopped approaching us and slithered away.


    What was that all about? (Soleil)


    An arrogant young one that though I would like to be his mate. Ophidia said with disgust. I have no need for that now that I serve master.


    You do know that you can fall in love with someone if you want, right? (Luna)


    I get that, but even I have standards master. That one is still far too weak for me to even consider him worthy of me and isnt even close to what I would prefer in a mate. (Ophidia)


    What do you prefer then? (Velvet)


    I dont know. My instincts tell me one thing, but the way that both master and the great one and you and Soleil are seems much more preferable. (Ophidia)


    Then what do you think about Skadi? (Luna)


    I dont know. She is definitely strong enough for me to consider her, but she is also one of the only people I know beside all of you and the few that you have introduced me to. (Ophidia)


    I guess thats true. (Luna)


    Not to mention that we dont even know everything about Skadi either. For all we know, she could like men. (Soleil)


    Do you have any input on this topic, Tamamo?


    {Unfortunately, I dont. These past few weeks have been the most Ive ever interacted with Skadi.}


    Then well just have to ask the next time we see her. (Luna)


    We continued on the jungle road for several more hours when something else happened. We were still quite a bit away from it, but I started to hear the sounds of fighting ahead of us.


    Something is going on up ahead. (Luna)


    I hear it to. Do you think its people? (Soleil)


    No. Its something else. Sounds like and orc and something bigger. (Luna)


    Is it in our way? (Velvet)


    Not necessarily, but it is happening close to the road. We can take care of it before it can cause trouble for other peopleter or ignore it. (Luna)


    Lets go and see what is happening. If it goes right, I can even show you what I have learned. (Ophidia)


    Thats Ophidias opinion, what about you two? (Luna)


    Lets check it out. (Velvet)


    Im curious to see what the orc is fighting. (Soleil)


    Then a small detour it is. (Luna)


    We followed the sound and found a clearing close to the road. In the center was an orc that was on itsst legs and a giant spider. The spider reminded me of the one in that one movie series about wizards. The second it came into view, the temperature of the air next to me started to rise.


    Grrrrrrrrrrrrr. (Soleil)


    Calm down Soleil. (Luna)


    Must kill it. Spiders must die. (Soleil)


    Velvet, help me. (Luna)


    Velvet reached out and brought Soleil into a hug. The temperature immediately started to return to normal.


    I forgot you hated spiders. (Luna)


    Im calm now. (Soleil)


    We are going to stay like this until its dealt with. (Velvet)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    I smiled at their antics. Turning to Ophidia I asked a question.


    Think you can kill it? (Luna)


    Easily. (Ophidia)


    She left the spot we were standing in once the spider delivered the final blow to the orc. When the spider heard(?) Ophidias approach, it turned to face her. It let out a weird screech and shot some web at her. She dodged it with minimal movements then shot forward quickly. Just before she reached the spider, she started moving in a way that the momentum of her sprint carried into her punch. The second her fist made contact with the spider, its movements stopped. A secondter it fell to the ground with greenish liquid spilling out of its eyes and mandibles.


    What exactly did you do? (Luna)


    I hit it hard enough to turn its insides to mush but soft enough to make sure it doesnt pop. (Ophidia)


    I thought Grey only taught you the basics? (Luna)


    He said that every brawler can do that. (Ophidia)


    Well, I dont know that many brawlers so I cant deny that. (Luna)


    Since I didnt have any need for spider materials, we left the dead spider and orc in the clearing and went back to the road. We continued on until we exited the jungle in the evening. We moved off to the side of the road a bit and set up camp. We didnt say much and went to sleep while one person was on watch.


    Author''s Note:


    Ahhhhhh coffee, such a wonderful thing.


    Grey: Have a good rest?


    It was passable. How have things gone since I went to sleep?


    Grey: Good I guess. Tamamo almost used her divine judgement, but that''s about it.


    What did Beryl do?


    Atmos: Sent his brother and Mordred to assassinated Luna, Soleil, and Ophidia.


    I thought he was supposed to be smart.


    Atmos: Luna''s retaliation is working faster than we thought it would. It doesn''t help that I joined in on the fun. He is so angry.


    That''ll do it alright.


    Tamamo: You know, I wish I could remember more when I leave this ce.


    Sorry, but I can''t allow that.


    Tamamo: *Sigh*


    Skadi: Lady Tamamo, can I ask something?


    Tamamo: What is it?


    Skadi: Why haven''t you asked another god or goddess to send their Apostle to kill him? You have enough favors to do that.


    Tamamo:... I... Why did I not think of that?


    Atmos: I had a hand in that. If you did that, Luna wouldn''t have had enough motivation to level to this point as fast as she did. I mean, she would have reached this point eventually, but it would have taken a lot longer. I wanted her to get at least five tails rather quickly so that she could get her divine skills.


    Tamamo: Why did you want that to happen?


    Atmos: Do you want a serious answer or a selfish one?


    Tamamo: Both?


    Atmos: Serious: Luna has been extremely stressed due to holding herself back from more intimate contact with you. It wasn''t good for her mental health if that went on for longer. Selfish answer: Now that she has five tails, I can enjoy the fluff even more.


    Tamamo: I should have expected that.


    Atmos: Well, it''s not like I had to do much, you can be a bit scatter brained sometimes, so all I had to do was make sure the thought of asking someone else to help with this vampire problem of yours didn''t cross your mind.


    Tamamo:... I don''t know how I should react to that.


    I think it''s best if you just leave it at that.

 Chapter 116: Stellar Magic

    Chapter 116: Ster Magic


    [Luna POV]


    The next day was uneventful with not much happening except Velvet and Soleil flirting and Ophidia messing around with space magic. When we stopped for the evening, we went farther away from the road thanst time.


    Why are we camping out so far from the road? (Velvet)


    Did you forget that me and Soleil will be training Ster magic tonight? We can only do that in a domain, and I needed to put space between us and the road in case some people passed by. (Luna)


    Ok then. (Velvet)


    With that, I closed my eyes and used the skill. When I opened my eyes again, we were in the same spot as earlier, but instead of the lone moon, the sky also had several shining spots in the shapes of drawn bows.


    Before we start with the training, allow me to give a bit of a demonstration. I said as I snapped my fingers and the sky above us was filled with illusory stars.


    Wooooaaaahhhh. (Soleil)


    Beautiful. (Ophidia)


    Amazing. (Velvet)


    Fufufufufufufufufu. (Luna)


    You sure are ambitious Luna, to think this is what youve been nning on doing since the beginning. (Velvet)


    I just thought Tamamos moon was lonely and thought I should give it somepany. It helps that I liked stars in my past life and this world didnt have any. (Luna)


    What about those pictures in the sky that were there before you put up the illusion? (Soleil)


    Those were constetions and what I think are the key to ster magic. (Luna)


    What do you mean by that, master? (Ophidia)


    Its easier if I just show you. (Luna)


    I conjured an illusion of a giant scorpion.


    |Malevolent scorpion, you have sullied thisnd for long enough! My arrows have already been unleashed!|


    A second of silence followed then several beams of light rained down on the illusory monster. Once the rain stopped, several craters of varying sizes were left behind.


    Hahahahahahahha! I always wanted to use that line. (Luna)


    Was the chant really necessary? (Velvet)


    Not at all, but I can make it necessary. Im the one who holds the Authority after all. (Luna)


    Please make it optional. (Soleil)


    Says the person that uses dragon shouts. (Luna)


    Those are different, they are short, and no one knows what they mean. If you chant like you just did, everyone will know what is going to happen and make preparations to avoid or stop it. (Soleil)


    Correction, any otherworlders has the possibility of knowing what your shouts mean. (Luna)


    Wait what? Really? (Soleil)


    Yep. For example, your favorite Fus-Ro-Dah, means Unrelenting Force, and just between you and me, I think it would work even better if used with gravity magic. (Luna)


    Ooohhh. So, thats why dad taught it to mom as well. (Soleil)


    I pity anyone hit with that. (Luna)


    I do to. When mom tested it on a training dummy, it was sent flying and we never found it again. (Soleil)


    Anyway, for now, you try and figure out if you can do anything with the constetions I already have in here and Ill be trying to think up some more. I already have an idea for another one so if you have any problems just came and ask. Velvet, Ophidia, is there anything you would like to see while were in here? (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Velvet)


    Exactly what I said, while were in here, I am unrestrained with what illusions I can show you, so if you have anything in particr you want to see, Ill set up some. If you want to do something else just tell me and if you want to sleep, Ill set up a ce for that. (Luna)


    Ill just go and watch Soleil. (Velvet)


    I think Ill continue what I was doing earlier, I think Im about to hit level nine space magic. (Ophidia)


    Ok, Ill be over there trying to make some more constetions. (Luna)


    Ok.


    I went to a good spot, sat down, crossed my legs in a meditation pose, and shut my eyes. I dived into my thoughts and held back the temptation of thinking about Tamamo. I stayed like that for several minutes when some inspiration struck me.


    Lets see.


    I pulled one of my chains fully out of my inventory.


    Im notining but why are these so long?


    I held my hands over the chain and channeled my mana. I imagined how I wanted it to look in the sky and released the mana. When I looked down, there were several glowing points on the chain in front of me. The points of light then flew up int the sky above me and grew in size. Several minutester, a new constetion appeared in the sky in the form of a coiling chain tipped with a spear-like point.


    Now I just need to test if it will have the effect I wanted it to have with ster magic.


    I produced an illusion of arge monster and then used ster magic. Several chains that looked like the one in the sky surrounded the illusion and wrapped around it and then went taught. Now it looked like the illusion was being trapped by chains and was about to be pulled into the sky.


    Perfect. Now onto the next one.


    I stopped the spell and dissolved the illusion. I put the chainying in front of me back into my inventory and shut my eyes again. After several more minutes of thinking, I had another idea.


    I dont even need to take one out to picture it.


    I imagined a shield and used the skill again. I then opened my eyes and looked up. In the sky, a rectangle of stars formed the shape of a tower shield was there.


    Ooohhh. (Soleil)


    I turned to look over at Soleil and saw a glimmering shield standing in front of her.


    Look Velvet, this one worked. (Soleil)


    I can see that. Want me to attack it to see how much it can take? (Velvet)


    Let me move out of the way. (Soleil)


    She moved over and Velvet pulled out her sword. She swung it at the shield and it bounced off. At the same time, Velvets sword flew out of her hand andnded in the ground behind her.


    Ouch. (Velvet)


    Are you ok? (Soleil)


    Yeah, I just wasnt expecting that much recoil. (Velvet)


    <em>You should have expected some. There is no point in a shield if it breaks from someone hitting it. Its a shield that should be able to withstand a hit from Skadi, so it only makes sense that it will be sturdy. </em>(Luna)


    They both looked over to me and I waved to them. I then turned back to what I was doing and shut my eyes again.


    What next?


    {How about trying to think of something to buff people?}


    Good idea, now I just need to think about something that will work with that.


    {Hmmm.}


    Ooooh, I think I have an idea.


    I imagined a pair of wings and what their effect would be and then the image appeared in the sky.


    <em>Ophidia,e here please. </em>(Luna)


    Ophidia came over to me.


    Yes master? (Ophidia)


    Help me test this. (Luna)


    I pointed my hand in her direction and used ster magic. Two small outlines of wings appeared on her ancles that looked like tattoos.


    Now try running. (Luna)


    When she did as I asked, she disappeared from in front of me. I then heard a loud crashing noiseing from the edge of the domain. I went over to where the noise came from and found Ophidia sprawled on the ground with her eyes spinning.


    Uuuugggghhhh. (Ophidia)


    Looks like it worked. (Luna)


    I have never gone as fast as that. What happened? (Ophidia)


    It was a speed buff with ster magic. It raises the speed of the one buffed with the spell to one level lower than Agi the caster. (Luna)


    What is your Agi stat master? (Ophidia)


    SSS. (Luna)


    So, this is the difference between S and SSS, how frightening. (Ophidia)


    Are you hurt anywhere? (Luna)


    No, just dizzy. It feels like I hit a solid wall yet not. (Ophidia)


    That makes no sense. (Luna)


    Thats the best way I can describe the feeling. (Ophidia)


    It was then that Velvet and Soleil came over to us.


    What was that? (Velvet)


    Another new ster magic spell. It was a buff to Agi this time. (Luna)


    Is that what the wings do? (Soleil)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Interesting, I think I can use those as well. (Soleil)


    So you can use the shield and the wings. What about the other two? (Luna)


    No luck yet. I think I need a higher level in ster magic for those. (Soleil)


    If it helps, the chain is for sealing and the bows are obviously for attacking. (Luna)


    Soleil started channeling mana, but nothing happened.


    Nothing. (Soleil)


    Oh well, all we can do is wait for your level to go up. Im going to make one more constetion then, Ill close the domain. (Luna)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    Got it. (Velvet)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    I thought about what I wanted to do then came up with the idea.


    This should have been the first thing I thought of. (Luna)


    I imagined apass in my mind and used the skill. In the sky above us, a total of eight points lit up in the cardinal and intermediate directions. As a whole they formed a circle and the point in the north shone the brightest.


    There we go. (Luna)


    What is the point of what you just did? (Velvet)


    It wont have much of a point at the moment since these will only appear in here for now, but when I full ascend and make the first true constetions, these will help people find their way. If youre lost at night, just look to the stars and follow their guidance. (Luna)


    How profound sounding, especiallying from you. (Velvet)


    I dont know if I should feel offended or not by that statement. (Luna)


    I thought about it for a second but decided to not worry about it.


    Anyway, Ill take first watch. (Luna)


    One quick question, what are we going to do about those craters you left earlier? (Soleil)


    Dont worry about them, theyll disappear along with the domain. (Luna)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    I dissolved the domain and we set up camp. Its a good thing all of us had night vision or we would have struggled. Once everything was done, I sat down on a log I pulled from my inventory and the rest of the party went to sleep.


    Now I just sit here and do nothing.


    {What do you mean nothing, youll obviously be talking to me.}


    Thats true. Anything interesting happen today?


    {Aside from my precious Luna being amazing, not much.}


    Fufufu. Im still far from being as amazing as you.


    {Nonsense, you have too little opinion of just how amazing you are.}


    I guess if youre saying that much then its true.


    {I would never lie to you, Luna. I might not tell the full truth from time to time like I did with the whole Apostle thing, but I have never lied.}


    I know that; Im the same way.


    As the night went on, me and Tamamo enjoyed out time chatting and flirting. It hardly felt like any time passed when the sun started to rise.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Ster magic seems like it will be interesting once Luna starts really setting it up.


    Atmos: I agree.


    Tamamo: I''m more concerned that we could see into Luna''s domain, I thought it blocked things from seeing inside.


    It does, just not from this ce.


    Tamamo: Does that mean-


    Before you finish that question, no, we saw nothing of what was going on in there when you and Luna were together. And if something like that happens again, we will not see it.


    Tamamo: Good. I don''t know what I would have had to do if any of you had been watching us.


    Skadi: Hahahaha. Come and look at this, those two vampires sent to kill Luna and the rest are at each other''s throats again.


    What happened?


    Skadi: I don''t know, I just started watching them again and saw them looking like they were going to kill each other.


    Tamamo: Hopefully Mordred ends up killing the other one before Luna and everyone gets there.


    Atmos: Nah, that wouldn''t be satisfying to watch. I for one am looking forward to Soleil taunting him.


    That will be quite the show, won''t it.


    Grey: I assume you won''t tell us what is going to happen, will you?


    Atmos: Nope.


    Not at all.

 Chapter 117: Passing the Time with Conversations

    Chapter 117: Passing the Time with Conversations


    [Luna POV]


    After the night we practiced ster magic, nothing of note happened for a week. We did see a merchant caravan going in the direction of Beria and were told to be wary of arge monster that was reported in the area about two days ahead of us. Today was the day we entered that area.


    I wonder what it is that has been reported around here? (Soleil)


    Well, with how it is around Luna, well probably end up encountering whatever it is, so all we have to do is wait and see. (Velvet)


    Hey, at least it might be more exciting than just walking on the road all day. (Luna)


    This has already been exciting, master. I havent ever seen this much open area with nothing around except when we were by the sea. (Ophidia)


    Well, this area is called the grass sea for a reason. (Velvet)


    Where did you hear that from? (Luna)


    One of the other merchants from that caravan told me when I bought a mask from him. (Velvet)


    What kind of mask is it this time? (Luna)


    Velvet pulled it out of her item bag and showed it to me.


    Ooh. A gue doctor mask, how interesting. (Luna)


    A what now? (Velvet)


    Dont worry about it. (Luna)


    She shrugged her shoulders and put the mask away. After a while, Soleil transformed into her fox form and jumped into Velvets arms.


    What brought this on? (Velvet)


    <em>Just felt like being close to you like this. </em>(Soleil)


    Hehehe. I wouldin if it was anyone but you. (Velvet)


    Soleil then wrapped her tail around Velvet like she was giving her a hug.


    Showoffs.


    {Now, now, the full moon is close, so we can do the same then.}


    Thats true.


    I ignored the couple and looked over to Ophidia. She kept taking nces at Velvet and Soleil, then got a contemtive look on her face.


    Whats up Ophidia? (Luna)


    I was just thinking. Looking at Soleil like that makes me jealous of the fluffiness of her tail. I wont mention yours since I know nothing canpare to them, but it makes me feel like Im the odd one out. I mean sure, Velvet doesnt have a tail, but the other two people in the party do, and theyre extremely fluffy. Me, on the other hand, can have one in mymia form, but its scaly. (Ophidia)


    Hmm. Well, are the scales on your tail rough or smooth? I read in a book that you have pristinely smooth scales when I was looking for information about the ind. Not to mention that they cant be worse than wyvern scales. I mean really, I almost changed my mind about keeping some wyverns alive when I felt their scales. (Luna)


    Though I dont want to boast, my scales should be just as you described, pristinely smooth. (Ophidia)


    Then you have nothing to worry about. Sure, Im biased toward fluff, but smooth scales are fine as well. If youre worried about someone not liking that in the future, then that person isnt right for you. They would need to ept every aspect of you, scales and all. (Luna)


    That puts my mind at ease, thank you master. (Ophidia)


    Any time. If you ever feel insecure about something, you can always ask me or any of the others and well help out. This party is more than just friends, were all family. (Luna)


    I see. Then I thank whatever it was that allowed me to meet all of you, be it fate or something else. (Ophidia)


    I dont know if Atmos had anything to do with it, but I can pass on those thanks to her the next time I see her. (Luna)


    Ill thank her myself when I be your Apostle. (Ophidia)


    Sure thing. Oh, on the topic of Apostles, I think I figured out the conditions for you to be one. (Luna)


    What are they? (Ophidia)


    For you, reach level 10 space magic and reach S level Int. (Luna)


    I hit level nine in space magic the other day, so Im close to that, but my Int stat is only B+. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry, well find some items to raise it to S. Ill make sure of it. (Luna)


    Thank you master. I look forward to the day I be your Apostle. (Ophidia)


    <em>What about me, big sis?</em> (Soleil)


    Im notpletely sure yet. I think getting level 10 ster magic is one condition, but I dont know if there are any others. The good thing about that is you are the only person with ster magic that can actually level it up for now. (Luna)


    <em>Then Ill try my best to level it up quickly. </em>(Soleil)


    If you keep squirming like that youll fall so stop. (Velvet)


    <em>Hahaha. Ok, though you could hug me tighter too. </em>(Soleil)


    I was going to anyway. (Velvet)


    Watching the two of them like this, I couldnt help but grin.


    Hey Soleil, whenever we run into the mongrels brother, are you going to start flirting with Velvet to spite him? (Luna)


    <em>I was just going to turn him into a pile of ashes, but that sounds so much better. Of course, Velvet would have to go along with it. </em>(Soleil)


    If its to spite that arrogant piece of trash, then Im all for it. (Velvet)


    <em>Hehehehehehehehe. And I just got the perfect idea to do just that. </em>(Soleil)


    Mind filling us in on it? (Luna)


    <em>Ill keep it to myself. </em>(Soleil)


    Ok, though I think I have an idea of what it is. (Luna)


    What is it? (Velvet)


    Im not telling. Just make sure to make it a memory that he will see even after he dies. (Luna)


    <em>Got it. </em>(Soleil)


    -Meanwhile in the town of Mid.


    [Mordred POV]


    *Crash*


    Whatd you do this time you stupid idiot? (Mordred)


    Shut up. (Mortem)


    Oooh. Someones extra angry today. (Mordred)


    I said shut up! (Mortem)


    Why dont you calm down, youll get us both kicked out of here if you dont. (Mordred)


    Grrrrrrr! I hope that damn party gets here fast, I want to take my frustration out on the one that thinks she can take Velvet away from me. (Mortem)


    Pfffft. Thats whats making you so mad? How hrious, I bet Velvet would rather feed you to goblins than have anything to do with you. I know thats how I feel. (Mordred)


    One more word and Ill tear your throat out. (Mortem)


    Try it and Ill serve you up like a suckling pig at a grand feast to you brother. (Mordred)


    Mortem turned away in a huff and I could hear the sound of him grinding his teeth.


    While I hate the guy, he is right about hoping the party gets here quickly. I want to know if they can help get rid of him and Beryl.


    Chaos Realm:


    I guess Mortem has some kind of weird sixth sense that makes him angry every time Velvet and Soleil start flirting.


    Atmos: Isn''t it hrious? I''m tempted to throw a cake in his face right now, just to see his reaction.


    *In my best Palpatine voice* Do it.


    <em>Mortem: GGGGRRRRRAAAAAAA! WHERE THE HELL DID THAT COME FROM!?</em>


    <em>Mordred: HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAAHA!</em>


    Grey: That will never not be entertaining.


    I agree. *I then look over to Tamamo and Skadi*


    Skadi: What is your opinion Lady Tamamo? Are smooth scales just as good as fluff?


    Tamamo: Well, I, like Luna, am biased towards the fluff side, but they can be nice I guess.


    Skadi: Hmmmmmm.

 Chapter 118: Self Serving Lunch

    Chapter 118: Self Serving Lunch


    [Luna POV]


    After lunch, we continued walking down the road. I was about to start singing a little to stave off the boredom when my presence detection skill started going off. I used my space magic to see what wasing and noticed what it was.


    When I say down, all of you drop t to the ground, we havepany closing in fast from the sky. (Luna)


    They all nodded at my words and prepared to move. After a few more seconds the monster was close enough.


    Down! (Luna)


    All three of them dropped t and I jumped and did a backflip over the monster. Since it didnt expect us to dodge it, it was surprised and mmed into the ground.


    SSSKKKRRREEEEEEEEEEE!


    Big bird. I wonder what it tastes like? (Luna)


    It tried to get up, but I froze it to the ground.


    Soleil, how about you add some heat? (Luna)


    Shouldnt we pluck it first? (Soleil)


    Just burn the feathers off, Ill keep it cool enough so the meat doesnt burn. (Luna)


    The both of us had hungry grins on our faces that seemed to intimidate the bird. It started to struggle even more against the ice keeping it grounded to no avail.


    Yol-Toor. (Soleil)


    The bird went up in mes while I regted the heat with my ice. When the mes engulfed it, it died instantly and soon after a nice smell started wafting about. I pulled some salt out of my inventory and sprinkled it onto the cooking bird.


    While Im not going toin, didnt we literally just eat lunch? (Velvet)


    So, are you just going to pass on a meal that delivered itself to you? (Luna)


    Like I said, Im notining, just curious about why the first thing you thought of is eating the thing once you saw it. (Velvet)


    If you look at Ophidia, your question should be answered. (Luna)


    She did as I said and looked over to Ophidia. She had a crazed look in her eyes that she only ever got when we ate something I put effort into making good.


    Hehehehehe. To think I would run into one of these so far from home. (Ophidia)


    You know what this is Ophidia? (Velvet)


    I dont know the name, but I do know that these are delicious. These hardly ever left their nests on the mountain peaks, so I rarely ever caught one, but when I did, I enjoyed them immensely. (Ophidia)


    Think this was the monster that was reported in the area? (Soleil)


    Possibly. (Luna)


    I walked up to the now cooked bird and tore a piece off. I ate it and was surprised.


    Oooooh. Even with just salt, this is great. Not as good as wyvern, but better than something like high orc. (Luna)


    The others came over and ripped a piece off for themselves.


    Youre right. (Soleil)


    I agree. (Velvet)


    I looked at Ophidia since she didnt say anything and saw tears of joy flowing like rivers down her face.


    Want me to save the rest forter Ophidia? (Luna)


    Mhmmm. Mmm. Hmmm. Mhmmmm. (Ophidia)


    Ill take that as a yes. (Luna)


    I stored the rest of the bird and we started on our way again. After that, we had another uneventful few days. Right now, we were walking up arge hill. When we reached the top, we could see a town in the distance.


    That should be the town of Mid. Do you guys want me to fold space to get us there faster, or do you want to walk like we have been? (Luna)


    Fold space.


    A unanimous decision. Actually, before I do that, do you want to try Ophidia? (Luna)


    I cant do that yet master. (Ophidia)


    Oh. Anyway, lets go. (Luna)


    Everyone grabbed onto me, and I folded space. We ended up half a mile away from the wall.


    Why did you choose this spot rather than right in front of the wall? (Soleil)


    I didnt want to surprise any guards. (Luna)


    Makes sense. (Soleil)


    When we got to the town, we ended up in a line. There were several merchant wagons in front of us, but the checks were efficient and we only waited for an hour before making it into the town. The guards reaction when they saw me and Velvets guild cards was hrious. One of them even wanted to show us around, but we turned him down and just asked for directions to an inn. He told us where to go and we made our way there.


    While I dont mind camping, itll be nice to sleep in a bed. (Velvet)


    At Velvets words, we all nodded our heads in agreement. Then after a few minutes of silence, Ophidia spoke up.


    Come to think of it master, you have infinite mana now, right? (Ophidia)


    Yes. (Luna)


    Couldnt you have made an illusory house and given it physical form instead of us needing to camp out in tents? (Ophidia)


    (Luna)


    Master? (Ophidia)


    All three of them looked at me because I stopped after hearing Ophidias question.


    I never considered that. Im so used to not being able to do that without Tamamos help that itpletely slipped my mind. I feel like an idiot now. (Luna)


    Its ok big sis, its not like we hate camping out. If anything, its more fun in tents than a portable or illusory house. (Soleil)


    While I agree with you, if some people from my previous world heard that, they would think you were crazy. (Luna)


    Really? (Soleil)


    Yep. In that world, camping can be seen as a leisure activity. People even make portable homes just for the sake of camping. (Luna)


    Did you ever do any of that? (Soleil)


    Several times, both in a tent and a mobile home. (Luna)


    Interesting. Which one did you prefer? (Velvet)


    Depended on where I went. Hotter ces I preferred the mobile home, cooler the tent. Though my favorite ces to camp were mountains. (Luna)


    {I see. Maybe Ill change the scenery here a bit then.}


    As long as you keep the tree, then go for it.


    {Of course.}


    Speaking of trees, the next time we go back to the ind, want to help me find a good ce to nt the Lunar Sakura seed? (Luna)


    Sure. (Soleil)


    Sounds like a good idea to me. (Velvet)


    Whats a Lunar Sakura? (Ophidia)


    Think of it as a magical tree that is very pretty. (Luna)


    Then Ill help as well. (Ophidia)


    As we continued to chat, we came up to the inn. It was fairlyrge at five stories tall. We went inside and paid for a room with three beds. On the way to our room, we passed by two employees that were arguing with each other. They both stopped when we passed by them and up the stairs. As soon as we entered the room, we all sat on a bed and rxed for a few minutes.


    Does everyone else think we should take a break from travelling tomorrow and look around the town for the day? (Luna)


    I second the notion. (Velvet)


    Ill agree to it as well. (Soleil)


    What was it you said earlier today master? A unanimous decision? (Ophidia)


    Yep. It means we all agree on what to do. (Luna)


    Then the decision to take a break tomorrow is unanimous. (Ophidia)


    -Back downstairs-


    [Mordred POV]


    That was them. (Mortem)


    I know. (Mordred)


    Finally. Now all thats left to do is put the n in motion, so dont get in my way. (Mortem)


    I was about to say something back to him when I suddenly felt dizzy.


    What? (Mordred)


    Dont think I dont know you, Mordred. I know you were nning on going and spilling everything to then in order to get rid of me and my brother, so I decided to get you out of the picture as well. Of course, I dont n on killing you yet, I havent gotten to torture you for all the humiliation you put me through throughout the years, so for now, just sleep. (Mortem)


    As my consciousness started to fade, I managed to say one final thing.


    Heh. I cant waitto seeyou fail. (Mordred)


    I saw a look of fury on his face just as my vision went ck.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Does Mordred know more than she let''s on?


    No, I think she was just trying to set Mortem off. He''s a prideful one, so any insinuation of him failing will make him angry.


    Skadi: Doesn''t Mordred think he would just kill her on the spot then?


    They''ve known each other for years, so she knows how to push his buttons in just the right way to make him mad, but not mad enough to kill her on the spot.


    Grey: Aside from that, I don''t think they''ll keep their n for exploring the town the next day.


    Skadi: I get the same feeling. I do wonder how well his n will go though.


    Tamamo: With Luna''s healing magic, I don''t see any future where he seeds.


    Skadi: I had the same thought, but I guess we''ll just have to see.


    Grey: Any input from you?


    Nope. If I say anything, it''ll ruin what will happen for everyone here.


    Atmos: Hey, do you have any more lemons? I''m making a giant cake to drop on Tamamo''s stalker and I need more.


    I''ll go get them, how many do you need?


    Atmos: As many as you can bring me.


    Got it.

 Chapter 119: Failed Assassination

    Chapter 119: Failed Assassination


    [Luna POV]


    A few hours after we got to our room in the inn, we all decided to go and get something to eat.


    I wonder if this town has a specialty? (Luna)


    Who knows, we can find out tomorrow. (Soleil)


    As we entered the dining hall of the inn, it was quiet. There were a few people here and there that were eating and several people were passed out with mugs of alcohol on their tables.


    Maybe we should just go and eat in our room, the smell is so strong down here. (Luna)


    I think youre the only one bothered by it, Luna. (Velvet)


    *Sigh* It sometimes feels like a curse to have such a sensitive nose. (Luna)


    Is it the same for you Soleil? (Ophidia)


    Not really. I mean sure, its a bit strong, but nothing that isnt manageable. Big sis is the odd one out here. (Soleil)


    We sat down at an empty table and an employee came over to us.


    What can I do for all of you this evening?


    Whatever you rmend to eat. (Luna)


    Sure thing. Would you lovelydies prefer alcohol or water?


    Water.


    Then Ill be back shortly.


    The employee left and we sat in silence for a few minutes. I looked around the room again and saw that the other people had either left or drunk themselves to sleep.


    Why do I keep getting a bad feeling?


    {Whatever the reason, I know you will be able to handle it.}


    I smiled at Tamamos words and a few minutester our food arrived. We started eating but the person who brought the food stayed near us. He had a sadistic smile on his face. When I noticed that Soleil and Ophidia started screaming in pain. Velvet had slumped over the table and wasnt moving.


    HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! Yes, suffer! This is what you get you damn fox for trying to take what is mine! (Mortem)


    After the employee or more like assassin started cackling in glee, I figured out what was going on. My vision started turning red seeing the people I considered family in this state and I started to act. I opened a Gate above the assassins head and one of my chains starteding out of it. I manipted the chain and made it wrap around his neck. When it was good enough, I made it go taut. I then started pulling the chain back into the Gate.


    Gaahhhh. (Mortem)


    Once the assassin was lifted high enough that his feet barely touched the ground I used healing magic on my party.


    Thanksbig sis. (Soleil)


    Hehheling magic isso useful. (Ophidia)


    Paralysis is not fun. (Velvet)


    I smiled a bit at seeing everyone acting like nothing was wrong.


    Ophidia, this is the same person that we passed by on the way to our room earlier. Go and look for the other person that was with him and bring her here, I think all of the people in here were drugged with a sleeping or paralysis drug. (Luna)


    Yes master. Ophidia said as she got up and left the room.


    You two sure youre good? (Luna)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    Yeah, though Im now a bit angry. (Soleil)


    Funny, I feel the same way. In fact, Im so angry that its hard to keep my magic from going wild. (Luna)


    I looked back over to our assassin friend and saw that he was struggling to breath. I loosened the chain just enough to allow him to breath and once I did that he red at all of us.


    H-how? (Mortem)


    Poison has no effect on me and Im a master at healing magic. You would have had a better chance if you took hostages. Not much of a chance, but I might have hesitated a bit. My voice got colder and colder as I spoke. Now I get to figure out how to end you.


    Heh. If youdomy brother willhunt you forthe rest of you life. (Mortem)


    So, it is you, Mortem. (Velvet)


    Hahaha. Yesnow helpme Velvetand Illow you tokeep that foxas a pet. (Mortem)


    And why should I help you? You have realized that I hate you, right? (Velvet)


    It was then that Ophidia reentered the room.


    Master, Ive found the person you were talking about earlier. Ophidia said as she brought the unconscious girl over andid her down by my feet.


    I didnt fail to notice Mortems hate filled gaze directed at the girl at my feet. I channeled some healing magic and used it to cure any poison that was in the girls system. Once I was done, she started to wake up.


    Ugh. Damn Mortem, Ill cut your head off for that. (Mordred)


    Who are you and what do you and this piece of trash have to do with each other? (Luna)


    The girl looked up at me and then at Mortem who was strung up by the neck. When she saw that, she got a wide smile on her face.


    The names Mordred le Fay. I was sent along with that thing strung up over there to kill you and your party. (Mordred)


    At her words, Soleil, Ophidia, and Velvet got ready to start fighting.


    Calm down, I had no n on actually doing that. Honestly, I dont think I could in the first ce. I have no idea why Beryl thought two people could go against two S-rank adventurers in the first ce. (Mordred)


    As she said this, she took off one of the bracelets she was wearing, and her appearance started to change. Her dark brown hair turned blond, and her grey eyes turned green.


    Its been a while Mordred. (Velvet)


    Indeed, it has. (Mordred)


    So, you reallydo non betrayingus. (Mortem)


    Betrayal? Really? Im doing this so that we can finally get rid of you and your brother. Its high time he was reced by someone that isnt crazy. (Mordred)


    Hes not crazy! Gah! He is the husband of our Goddess! (Mortem)


    That is where I have to correct you. Tamamo is mine and mine alone. If she wasnt restricted by divine rules, she would have smote your brother until not even ashes remained. (Luna)


    I started to slowly tighten the chain again.


    Add the fact that he targeted people I consider family instead of only me on top of coveting my wife, Ive about had it. In fact, you should be happy I didnt kill you outright. (Luna)


    I said all of this in a voice so cold, it could freeze magma.


    Are you really the Goddesss wife? (Mordred)


    I stored my ne in my inventory and all five of my tails appeared.


    Proof enough for you? (Luna)


    Mordreds eyes widened and she started nodding her head vigorously.


    Gaahhh. (Mortem)


    Soleil, I said you could do whatever to him, right? (Luna)


    I think so. Velvet, want to help me out? I dont know if my fire magic is enough to properly burn this amount of trash. (Soleil)


    Heh. dly, though wasnt there something else you wanted to do before killing him? (Velvet)


    There is that as well. Big sis, can you bring all of us into a domain? I dont want to burn this ce down. (Soleil)


    I snapped my fingers and the scenery around us changed. Instead of inside a building, we were now in a ce covered in dunes of sand. In the distancerge gears could be seen slowly turning and the sky above us was dark except for several constetions. Mordred was taken aback by the sudden change in scenery and Mortem was struggling even more against my chain.


    This better Soleil? (Luna)


    Yes. (Soleil)


    Uuummm. What just happened? Where are we? (Mordred)


    This is masters domain. A separate space where she controls what happens. (Ophidia)


    Mordred, when were done with him, we will have a lot of things to discuss. Be prepared. (Luna)


    Yes, dy. (Mordred)


    Stop with that, just call me Luna. (Luna)


    I turned my attention back to Velvet and Soleil. They had Mortem surrounded by a ring of fire and were about to incinerate him.


    Think about thisVelvet. Just stopand ept my offer. By bingmy wifeand joining our nstogetherwe will be themost influentialvampires in the world. (Mortem)


    This is one of the things I hate about you, Mortem. You think I actually care about that. Did you ever wonder why I have always refused your proposals? Its always join me as my wife and lets make the old bloodlines prominent again. Even if I cared about nonsense like that, I would still never marry you. In fact, Mordred had a better chance than you ever did. (Velvet)


    What was that? (Soleil)


    I said had, Soleil. Now that Im with you, I cant think of ever being with another woman. (Velvet)


    Hehehe. (Soleil)


    Grrrrrahg. You would really choose this damn fox over one of your own kind? (Mortem)


    Thats another reason I hate you. You still have the mindset of vampire supremacy. We are far from the supreme race. In fact, were no better than any other race in this world. (Velvet)


    Sorry for interrupting, but can we hurry this up, we have better things to do than wasting our time with this. (Luna)


    Sorry Luna. Soleil, anything you want to add before we end this? (Velvet)


    Soleil walked over and stood next to Velvet.


    Im a generous person, so I thought I should at least give you a nice memory before you die. (Soleil)


    Soleil then turned toward Velvet and nted a kiss right on her lips. She then nced over to Mortem and raised one of her hands. The ring of fire started growing bigger and hotter and Mortem started to let out screams of pain. At that point, Velvet raised her hand as well and the fire grew in intensity.


    After a few short seconds, the fire died down and all that was left was a chain hanging out of a Gate. Seeing that, Soleil stopped kissing Velvet and started walking towards me.


    How about that, big sis? (Soleil)


    9/10. (Luna)


    What did I do wrong? (Soleil)


    You broke away too quickly. In a situation like that, you should let Velvet be the one to stop, not you. (Luna)


    Oh. Well, theres always next time. (Soleil)


    Very true. (Luna)


    Sssooollleeeiiilll. You could have told me you were going to do that. I wasnt ready for that. (Velvet)


    If I didnt, big sis would have ascended by the time you made a move. (Soleil)


    Thats not trueI think. (Velvet)


    Did you enjoy it at least? (Soleil)


    Of course I did. (Velvet)


    The two of you can continueter, now we need to figure out what to do now that Mordred knows who I am. (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Mordred)


    Master has been keeping her rtionship with the Great One a secret. It would cause trouble for her if people knew. (Ophidia)


    Makes sense. If this was known to the whole world, I doubt you would have been able to move as freely as you have been. (Mordred)


    Exactly. Thats why you need to keep this a secret as well. (Luna)


    Im fine with that, but that also poses a problem. If we cant reveal this to anyone, especially vampires, how are we going to dispose of Beryl? (Mordred)


    {I have an idea for that.} Tamamo said as my mirror appeared.


    G-goddess!? (Mordred)


    Whats your idea Tamamo? (Luna)


    {Simple, just bring Velvet to Onigashima. Have you forgotten that shes an oracle?}


    Oh right, she is! (Luna)


    {You get it now? Bring Velvet there and gather all of the vampires together and Ill do the rest. After that, you are free to do whatever you want with Beryl.}


    This sound like a good n to you Velvet? (Luna)


    Yeah. (Velvet)


    {Mordred.}


    Y-yes Goddess!? (Mordred)


    {Your job is to make sure Luna and the rest are given a clear shot at that mongrel. When they are finished with him, I want you and the rest of the vampires in the Demon Empire to clean up any of his messes. After that, you are to keep Lunas secret until the day she ascends. Do I make myself clear?}


    Yes. By your will, I will see it done. Mordred said as she gave a military-like salute.


    Fufufufu. Dignified andmanding Tamamo is nice as well


    <em>{While Im happy you think that, can you please hold off onplimenting me like that until Mordred is gone? I want to at least keep a dignified image in front of others that arent particrly close to you.}</em>


    <em></em>


    Got it. Ill hold off for now.


    So, Im guessing were changing our ns for tomorrow? (Soleil)


    Unfortunately yes. Since the mongrels brother is dead, we should speed up our travel. (Luna)


    Why do you need to do that? Even if Mortem managed to kill you, he would still have to travel two weeks to get back to Onigashima. (Mordred)


    Because that mongrel Beryl can use his diviner skill to see us. I mean, I have a way to block him, but the rest of you dont unless you stay in a domain I create. If he tries to look at his brother and cant, but can see us, hell know that his brother failed to kill us. If he learns that, then hell try to do something else even more drastic than sending assassins after us. (Luna)


    Youre right. Not to mention that if he sees me with all of you, hell destroy my n. (Mordred)


    Then do we leave tonight? (Ophidia)


    That would be for the best. If I go all out in folding space, well probably end up in Onigashima by the day after tomorrow. (Luna)


    You can get us there that fast? (Mordred)


    It wont be as fast as teleportation, but yes. (Luna)


    Why not just look at the Onigashima with space magic and teleport there? (Velvet)


    Velvet, if I did that, I would be taking in too much information. Just because Im a demigod doesnt mean I can process that much information yet. If I was a god, then I could probably easily do that, but for now I still have limits. (Luna)


    It was just a suggestion. (Velvet)


    I know that, and I was telling you why its not one we can take. (Luna)


    Well, now that we know what we need to do, do we leave now? (Soleil)


    No, Im going to heal all the people in the inn first, then well go. (Luna)


    How long will that take master? (Ophidia)


    Not long. Since time is of the essence, Ill use an area of effect healing spell. (Luna)


    I dispelled the domain and started getting the magic ready.


    Mordred, if you have anything to collect, do it now. (Luna)


    Yes. (Mordred)


    Velvet, Soleil, go and help her. (Luna)


    Right.


    The three of them went off to collect Mordreds things. Soon after they left, my magic was ready and I used the spell. A light green light covered everybody in the inn and the spell was finished.


    Tch, this just had to happen the night before the full moon.


    {If you want, instead of calling you to me, you can set up a domain after you deal with the mongrel.}


    I guess well just have to do that. And I was looking forward to seeing the changes you made to your ce.


    {There is always next month.}


    True, but now Im even angrier at that stupid mongrel. Not only is he coveting you, he has now gone after the lives of my family and is getting in the way of us spending time together.


    Master, youre starting to let out mist. (Ophidia)


    Sorry, I got a little angry. (Luna)


    I was still calming down when Soleil, Velvet, and Mordred came back.


    Ready? (Luna)


    Yes. (Mordred)


    Then lets go. (Luna)


    Ophidia, what pissed Luna off now? (Velvet)


    Im not sure. It looked like she was discussing something with the Great One and her mood started to turn sour. (Ophidia)


    Tomorrow is a full moon. I think that is the reason she wanted us to stay here tomorrow. (Soleil)


    What terrible timing. (Velvet)


    What happens on a night of the full moon? (Mordred)


    Those are the nights Luna gets to spend with the Goddess. Now that we have to move nonstop, shell have to miss it. (Velvet)


    Ooohhh. Then her anger is more than justified. (Mordred)


    We made it to the gate to the road to Onigashima but it was closed.


    Someone grab onto Ophidia, we have to teleport over the wall. (Luna)


    Mordred did as I said and all of us teleported to the outside of Mid.


    This is going to be awkward. How do I make sure no one touches my tail if we have to squeeze together to make this work? (Luna)


    If it helps master, I can transform into my serpent form and shrink my size. That way I can wrap around an arm and be out of the way. (Ophidia)


    You can shrink in size? (Luna)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    Can you do that in your fox form as well?


    {Of course I can.}


    Good to know. I looked over to Ophidia. Please do that.


    Ophidia transformed into serpent form, then shrunk. I picked her up and she wrapped around my arm.


    You really do have smooth scales Ophidia. They feel quite nice. (Luna)


    <em>Thank you for thepliment. </em>(Ophidia)


    Mordred, whatever you do, do not touch my tail. If you do, then I wont be able to fix whatever happens. (Luna)


    I understand. (Mordred)


    With that, I started us on our way to Onigashima.


    Chaos Realm:


    Skadi: I expected that they would make him suffer more.


    Nah. The suffering is being saved for Beryl.


    Atmos: I know what you said earlier Tamamo, but are you really ok with not calling Luna to see you?


    Tamamo: Truthfully, no, but it has to be done this way or else it puts everyone else at risk. You know just as well as I do that people like Beryl are more dangerous the more things go wrong for them. I won''t risk that for the momentary pleasure of one night with Luna.


    Skadi: Atmos, you could learn a thing or two from how Lady Tamamo is handling this. It makes me question who the older one of the two of you is.


    Atmos: Hey.


    Hahahahahaha! By the way, how did the giant cake go?


    Atmos: He''ll still be finding pieces of it on him when Luna is busting his doors down. And I think he is finally traumatized by anything to do with lemons.


    Tamamo: Will you let me tell Luna to do something with that?


    Have at it.


    Tamamo: Thanks.

 Chapter 120: Lead up to the Confrontation

    Chapter 120: Lead up to the Confrontation


    [Luna POV]


    We travelled quite the distance by the next night. We were still going as the full moon shone above our heads.


    Lets stop for a bit. (Luna)


    Is something wrong? (Velvet)


    No, I just need to rest for a bit, folding space like this is a lot moreplicated than you think. (Luna)


    Im surprised you havent run out of mana by now, Lady Luna. (Mordred)


    Heh. Thats because I cant run out of mana. A perk of being a demigod. (Luna)


    Thats amazing. (Mordred)


    I moved over and sat down on a rock that was nearby. When I gotfortable, I looked up at the moon.


    *Sigh* (Luna)


    Several emotions were contained in that sigh with anger and sadness being the most prominent. Sadness that I wasnt with Tamamo at the moment, and anger at Beryl for forcing my hand like this.


    Prepare yourself Beryl Volkihar. You will regret ever making me this angry. (Luna)


    At this moment, I felt a little squeeze on my arm.


    <em>While I know its nothingpared to being with your beloved, we are with you master. </em>(Ophidia)


    Fufu. Thanks Ophidia. (Luna)


    <em>There is no need for thanks. It is one of my jobs to support you master. </em>(Ophidia)


    {Not to mention that this is only a slight dy.}


    Thats true. Well see each other soon.


    {By the way, when you confront Beryl, pull out anything lemon rted. I think thebined onught from you and Atmos has him traumatized of the things.}


    Got it.


    I sat on the rock for a while longer then decided that it was time to set off again. I took another look at the moon then called the others to get ready to go again.


    Did you rest enough, big sis? (Soleil)


    Yeah. Expect to see the city by morning. (Luna)


    While slower than teleportation, making it this far while on foot is surreal. (Mordred)


    Well, what Im doing is basically just a slower teleport. Its kind of the same concept, but less disorienting than a sudden change in scenery. (Luna)


    If Impletely honest, I think I prefer travelling this way more than teleportation. No matter how many times experience that, I still get a bit ufortable at the destination. (Mordred)


    That just means you dont experience it enough. (Velvet)


    Yeah. You get really used to it if you experience it almost every day. (Soleil)


    It must be nice to have space magic then. All Im stuck with is dark and lightning magic. (Mordred)


    Hey, lightning magic is useful. You can use it to speed up your movements as well as thrown weapons. Not to mention its fun to call lightning down on things. (Luna)


    I wont deny that. (Mordred)


    Dark magic is also useful. I need to train it more, but my mother uses it quite a bit. Her favorite thing to do is travel through shadows. (Velvet)


    I know that. Thest time there was a meeting that Beryl forced me to attend in his stead, she made her entrance that way. I mean really, I though dark magic was supposed to be discreet, yet she managed to make a shy entrance using it. (Mordred)


    How like her. (Velvet)


    Anyway, lets head off. The sooner we get there, the sooner this can be finished. (Luna)


    Everyone grabbed onto my arms, and we started on our way again. After several hours we could see arge wall on the horizon.


    Two more times and well be there. When we arrive, you need to lead the way Mordred. (Luna)


    Yes. (Mordred)


    I folded space two more times and we ended up right un front of the wall.


    Now to teleport over. (Luna)


    Ophidia got off of my arm and transformed back into human form. She put a hand on Mordreds shoulder while Velvet and Soleil were next to me. We teleported to the top of the wall. The scenery of the Onigashima spread out before our eyes. For the most part, the city looked like Kyoto though I could also see ancient Greek style buildings here and there.


    Lady Luna, do you see that section of the city? Mordred asked while pointing to the eastern part of the city.


    The section of the city Mordred pointed at had a lot of Greek style temples.


    That is the temple district and our location. (Mordred)


    Then before we go over there, we should figure out what to do from here. We will go with Tamamos oracle n, but in order to pull that off, we need to gather the vampires. How do we go about doing that? (Luna)


    You can leave that to me. (Mordred)


    Ok, then should we split into groups when we arrive? (Luna)


    Thats fine with me. (Velvet)


    Ill follow whatever you say master. (Ophidia)


    Sounds fine to me. (Soleil)


    Ok then, Velvet and Ophidia go with Mordred. Soleil, youre with me. Ill go and deal with Beryl while the others go and gather the vampires. (Luna)


    Im fine with that, but why am I going with you, big sis? (Soleil)


    Ill be using a domain, so while I take care of Beryl, you can get some ster magic training in. (Luna)


    Is this really the time for that? (Velvet)


    Why not? Its not like Ill have any trouble dealing with Beryl and Soleil still needs to practice the magic, so its killing two birds with one stone. (Luna)


    *Sigh* Fine, but make sure to keep her safe. (Velvet)


    Thats only natural, Ive already messed up once, and I dont n on messing up again. (Luna)


    Dont me yourself for that, big sis. We all knew that we could have been targeted and even then let our guards down. Not to mention that you healed us immediately. (Soleil)


    Even knowing that, I feel bad about letting it happen in the first ce. Anyway, we can discuss this moreter, for now, we finish our objective. Ill bring us to were you showed us, then you take over leading the way Mordred. (Luna)


    Everyone grabbed onto me, and I folded space one more time. Since we were high up, the location we went to was the roof of one of the temples. We then jumped down to the ground and Mordred led us to our destination. After several minutes of walking, we came up to the entrance of a temple made from ck stone.


    This is the Temple of Night. (Mordred)


    Very nice. Fitting for Tamamo, though I think it needs some silver coloring here and there. (Luna)


    {Now that you say that; I agree. Especially after you create the stars.}


    Fufufu.


    We entered the temple and I was immediately hit with the faint smell of lemons.


    I know what Ive been doing is one thing, but what did Atmos do that made it so I could smell lemon all the way here? (Luna)


    {Thest cake she used was massive.}


    I wish I could have seen that reaction, not to mention that this will make it easier to find him. I just need to go where the smell is the strongest. (Luna)


    We split ways and me and Soleil followed the smell. Several minutester, we came up to arge door. Outside of it were two statues of Tamamo.


    <em>I dont mean any offence, but this is just bad taste. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>I agree. Only I should be allowed to have something like this. </em>(Luna)


    {Why do you need statues when you have the real thing?}


    Fair enough, Ill destroy themter then.


    <em>Are you ready, big sis? </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Yep. Its time to remove Tamamos stalker from the world.</em> (Luna)


    I walked closer to the door and kicked it with all my strength.


    Chaos Realm:


    *Yawn* Damn it, I''m sleepy again.


    Skadi: Then go take a nap or something.


    And miss the exciting conclusion of a stalker vampire''s life?


    Skadi: Then why bring up how sleepy you are?


    So I can start a conversation. It gotten a bit quiet here since Atmos went to sleep after watching Luna''s group travel in a straight line for two days, Grey left to get back to his paperwork, and Tamamo left so that she can be ready to spend time with Luna.


    Skadi: That''s true, it has been pretty quiet in heretely.


    Want some coffee?


    Skadi: Sure.


    I''ll go make some then, be back in a bit.

 Chapter 121: Hydra Blood

    Chapter 121: Hydra Blood


    [Luna POV]


    After kicking the door, it flew off its hinges and into the room. I also saw the rooms upant quickly jump to the side. I quickly took out a potion of greater hurting and threw it in his face.


    WHO ARE YOAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHGGGGGGGGG! (Beryl)


    Soleil and I entered the room and I immediately set up a domain. The scenery was the same as the one I used when we confronted Mortem. The only difference was that this time, swords and various other types of weapons littered thendscape. Once Beryl recovered from the potion he red straight at me.


    YOU! Youre the damn fox Ive been seeing instead of my precious Tama- (Beryl)


    I cut his words off with a snap of my fingers. Shortly after that, chains made from ster magic restrained his arms and legs. They lifted him off the ground, holding him in the air in the shape of an X.


    You are not allowed to say her name. I said in a voice colder than Cocytus.


    Says who? I am more qualified than any other to speak her name, for I will be her husband once she calls me to her side. (Beryl)


    A shame for you since that will never happen. And to answer the question of who, I do. Might as well introduce myself properly as well. Luna Reed, holder of Tamamos Divine Protection and Fated One of the Moon Goddess. Its a pleasure to be killing you today. (Luna)


    And I am Soleil, little sister to Luna and her future Apostle. (Soleil)


    I see, then it seems I really must kill you. (Beryl)


    I sshed his face with another potion.


    How rude. As a noble vampire, I would expect you to at least introduce yourself after we have. This makes you even less qualified to even think about Tamamo then before. (Luna)


    AAAAGGGGHHH! I amBeryl Volkiharleader of the vampiresof the Demon Empireand husband ofthe Goddess ofNight. (Beryl)


    Hearing his introduction, I readied another potion and he flinched. When he saw I didnt throw it, he red at me, which is when I threw it in his face.


    AAAAAAAAAAAAAGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHH! (Beryl)


    Aww, poor thing, did you get a shard of ss stuck in your eye? Let me heal that for you. (Luna)


    I used healing magic on his eye, but left the ss shard embedded.


    AAAAAAAAGGGGGHHH! YOU MORON, YOURE SUPPOSED TO REMOVE THE GLASS FIRST! (Beryl)


    And why would I do that? Soleil, I think hes an idiot. What about you? (Luna)


    I agree. In fact, I think this lowers the qualification to below knowing of the Goddesss existence. (Soleil)


    I couldnt agree more. (Luna)


    ILL KILL YOU BOTH! (Beryl)


    Now, now, there wont be any of that from you. Unless of course you can free yourself from my magic. (Luna)


    He started to struggle and attempted to use magic, but nothing happened.


    Why wont my magic work!? (Beryl)


    Its the effect of the chains binding you. They are meant to bind and seal the casters target. This means that your magic and skills are sealed and unusable. (Luna)


    What kind of magic is that, I have never heard of it before!? (Beryl)


    Ster magic. (Luna)


    Ive never heard of that kind of magic before! (Beryl)


    I would be more surprised if you have. I mean, it was created not too long ago when my Authority of Stars was established. As far as I know, only me and Soleil have it, and at the moment only I can use it fully. (Luna)


    You im to hold an Authority!? Absurd! Only the gods or demigods are allowed that right! Even I dont hold an Authority! (Beryl)


    You are correct, I am a demigod. Double correct for you that you hold no Authority and soon, you will have lost your authority. (Luna)


    What!? (Beryl)


    You didnt think I just brough Soleil with me, right? I know youve been seeing me through divination for a while now. I know you know about everyone in my party. (Luna)


    So, Mortem failed to kill any of you. (Beryl)


    Of course. And since Im so nice, Ill even show you how it happened. (Luna)


    As soon as I said that, an illusion of the events that took ce in the town of Mid appeared in front of us. Beryl watched the whole thing with a look of pure anger and hate on his face.


    You lowly mutts. When I free myself from these ursed chains, Ill kill you slowly. (Beryl)


    Like I said, you wont be freeing yourself any time soon. In fact, soon, these chains will be the least of your problems. Now answer a question I have for you. When was thest time you had any blood? (Luna)


    What does that matter? Beryl said as he red at me.


    I threw a potion in his face.


    AAAAAAAGGGGGGHHHHHH! (Beryl)


    Its rude to answer a question with a question. (Luna)


    Amonth. (Beryl)


    I see. Then you should be close to needing some. I then pulled out a bottle of dark red liquid. And look, I just so happen to have some.


    I undid the lid of the bottle and held it under Beryls nose. When he breathed in, his fangs grew a little and his eyes started to glow a little. While that happened, I could see fear start to creep into his eyes.


    What kind of blood is that? (Beryl)


    Oh? Just some hydra blood. Ive had it for quite a while, but could never find a use for it. Then I remembered that you are a vampire and my enemy for coveting my wife. After that, you targeted me and mine for assassination in order to keep you delusions and influence. Sure, I was going to kill you even if that didnt happen, but by doing that, you added suffering to what would have been a quick, painless death. By the way, I heard Atmos has been throwing cakes around recently. How have they been? I bet they were good, I really like lemon cake. (Luna)


    He flinched again at the words lemon and cake.


    How do you know about that? (Beryl)


    Youre only asking that now? Not when I said I knew youve been watching me through divination. Anyway, its the same answer for both. You see, I am an Abyss, and when one stare into an Abyss, it stares back. Naturally, that just means Im more perceptive of peoples gazes, but ever since I obtained the Authority over space, I saw you every time you looked at me through divination. I then started retaliating by dropping potions on your head. Then Atmos wanted to join in on the fun and started throwing cakes in your face. Just what you would expect from the Goddess of Fate and Mischief, right? (Luna)


    What!? (Beryl)


    I yet again, threw a potion in his face.


    AAAAAGGGGGHHHHH! (Beryl)


    Stop yelling when Im so close to you. Its loud and your breath stinks. (Luna)


    Hehehehe. (Soleil)


    Now, back to the blood. Before I let you drink this, let me tell you a little story. There was once an immortal centaur sage. He taught many people thatter became heroes. Unfortunately, he died. Killed by an arrow coated in hydra blood. Now, you may be wondering why he died from that, correct? (Luna)


    I looked at my audience. Soleil was nodding her head at my question while Beryl gave me a re mixed with some confusion mixed in.


    You see, hydra blood is a poison that causes pain so severe that I dont know how to describe with words. Once the centaur sage was hit with the arrow and the poison started to affect him, he gave up his immortality to escape from the pain. Now, lets see if hydra blood is all its chocked up to be. (Luna)


    I started to walk closer to Beryl and he started to try and break free from the chains.


    Dont you dare approach me with that! If you kill me, Tamamo will never forgive you! (Beryl)


    Oh? Is that true Tamamo? I asked as I let my mirror out of my inventory.


    {OF course-}


    Beryls face had both surprise at hearing Tamamos voice and relief that she was defending him.


    {Thats not true. In fact, Ill even reward youter for doing this.}


    At those words it seemed like his entire world shattered. I took this chance to lean his head back and shove the open end of the bottle of hydra blood into his mouth. Several secondster the now empty bottle was spit out onto the ground. A single drop of blood was left and when the bottle hit the ground and shattered, it started to sizzle.


    Oooooh. Soleil, whatever you do, dont go anywhere near that spot. (Luna)


    I understand. Now, if you need me, Ill be over there. Soleil said as she walked a small distance away.


    I moved away from Beryl and watched what was going to happen. My mirror floated up beside me allowing Tamamo to do the same. Not even a minuteter Beryl started to make a sound that I had never heard any living being make and hoped I would never hear again. It was so loud that I felt my eardrums rupture.


    <em>Tamamo.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>{Yes, Luna?}</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Remind me to never use hydra blood again. I mean, he deserves this, but watching what its doing is making me feel horrible.</em>


    <em></em>


    Currently Beryls body was in a state of practically melting from the inside-out. Starting from his mouth, going all the way down his throat, and ending at his stomach was ck line that made it look like a burn. His head slumped forward a bit, but I could see that he was still alive. I picked up one of the swords that was near me, went over to him, and beheaded him. I then cast some healing magic on my ears and spoke to Tamamo again.


    Yeah, definitely never using that again. In fact, I think I should hand all of it over to Grey and let him deal with it.


    {I think thats for the best. Im sorry for encouraging the use of that.}


    Youre not at fault here.


    {But I am. He has been like this for hundreds of years, but I put dealing with him off and now Ive made you do something that made you ufortable.}


    You didnt make me do anything. I made the decision to kill him with hydra blood. I just didnt know it would be THAT effective.


    {What are you going to do with the body?}


    Purify it with Fox Fire. I want to make sure he doesnte back as an undead.


    {Good call.}


    I made several blue fox fires appear and they descended onto Beryls corpse. It went up in beautiful blue mes and about an hourter was a pile of ashes. At that point in time Soleil came back over to me.


    Big sis, I managed to get my ster magic to level 2. (Soleil)


    Good job. Im done here now, so lets go and find Velvet and the others. (Luna)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    I dissolved the domain and me and Soleil left the room we were in. As we were leaving, I destroyed the statues by freezing them then shattering them to diamond dust.


    Chaos Realm:


    *I take a slow sip of coffee*


    Damn, hydra blood is scary.


    Skadi: I agree. I''m d Luna decided to not use it after this.


    Grey: Same, but now I need to figure out what I''m going to do with it.


    I''ll take it off your hands. I can dispose of it here.


    Grey: Thanks.


    Atmos: *Wakes up suddenly* What''s going on? Did I miss something?


    Skadi: Yeah. You missed Luna confronting Beryl.


    Atmos: A. Which way did she deal with him?


    Grey: What do you mean?


    Atmos: There were two ways Beryl was fated to die. Hydra blood and beheading, or turned into a pincushion by innumerable weapons both real and illusory.


    Hydra blood.


    Atmos: Oooooooh. Well, that''s fine. This means that my job is easier down the line now.


    Skaidi: What do you mean?


    Atmos: If Luna didn''t use the hydra blood now, she would use it at some point down the line, which would cause a chain reaction of events that ultimately lead to a war happening. Since she now knows what hydra blood does, she''ll hand it off to Grey to dispose of, so that potential fate has been avoided.


    Grey: It''s good a potential war has been avoided.


    Skadi: I agree.

 Chapter 122: Stellar Spirit

    Chapter 122: Ster Spirit


    [Luna POV]


    Hey Tamamo, is everything on Velvets side done?


    {Yes. I even went as far as making Mordred and her n the new leaders of the vampires in the Demon Empire and named you as the one to fight Beryl. Hopefully that will make things a little easier for you.}


    Thanks. I think that will make things easier.


    {You sound tired.}


    Im a bit mentally tired. Travelling what would have been two weeks in two days and everything that has happened today is finally catching up to me.


    {Then finish finding Velvet and Ophidia and go back to your mansion for a few days. Then we can have a day for just the two of us. After that you cane back here and do whatever you want. Especially now that all your major problems are dealt with.}


    Hehehe. Youre right. Now I can just focus on adventuring and leveling up without dungeon trauma and a crazed vampire that wants to marry my wife.


    We turned a corner and walked down the hallway we found ourselves in.


    Is Velvet close? (Soleil)


    She should be right behind the door at the end of this hallway. (Luna)


    When we got to the door and opened it, we found Velvet, Ophidia, and Mordred inside arge room. When we entered, they all turned to look at who came in.


    Is it done? (Velvet)


    Yes. (Luna)


    What did you use to end the bastard? (Mordred)


    Hydra blood. (Luna)


    Oooooh. (Velvet)


    Yeah, it was a lot worse than I thought it would be, so Im going to hand the rest over to Grey for disposal. I no longer want anything to do with hydra blood if I can help it. (Luna)


    Lady Luna, thank you for dealing with him. I say this on behalf of all vampires that reside in the Demon Empire. (Mordred)


    Ill dly ept your thanks. Now we need to discuss our ns for the future. (Luna)


    Im listening. (Velvet)


    I am as well. (Ophidia)


    I think we should go back to the mansion for a few days, thene back here. After that, we can do whatever. (Luna)


    What do you mean by whatever? (Velvet)


    Exactly that. Aside from getting my level to 100, I have no other objectives now. We can actually focus on adventuring and finding things to raise everyones stats. (Luna)


    So, you wont be staying in the city? (Mordred)


    If everyone agrees to this n, then we wont be here for a few days to at least a week. After that well be back. (Luna)


    I understand. Then the next time all of you are in the city,e see me and Ill let you stay in the temple for however long youre in Onigashima. Its the least I can do for your help in getting rid of Beryl and his brother as well as your rtionship with the Goddess. (Mordred)


    Thank you, Mordred. Now, what is everyones opinions on that n of action, or would it be inaction? (Luna)


    I think its fine. (Ophidia)


    I agree. (Velvet and Soleil)


    They looked at each other and let out smallughs.


    Oh right, Ophidia, can you take Velvet to Savanna at one point in the next few days so that we can let Sonia know how things went here? (Luna)


    Consider it done, master. (Ophidia)


    Go-*yawn*-od. (Luna)


    My party members all came up to me so that we could teleport away. I turned to Mordred onest time.


    See you again soon, Mordred. (Luna)


    Youre wee here at any time. (Mordred)


    With that, we went back to my ind. We appeared in my room and I immediately jumped into my bed.


    Im going to sleep for a while, please dont wake me up unless absolutely necessary. (Luna)


    Got it. Soleil, lets go and take a nap ourselves. (Velvet)


    Of course. (Soleil)


    I might as well do the same. (Ophidia)


    They all left my room to go to their own.


    *Yawn* Ill see youwhenever Iwake upTamamo.


    {Ufufu. Have a good rest, Luna.}


    When I next woke up, it was dark outside my window.


    How long was I asleep?


    {Several hours. By the way, what were you dreaming about? You had a nice face for a while.}


    I was just dreaming about you.


    {You tterer.}


    Is it ttery if its true?


    {Cant it be both?}


    Both is good.


    {Felling refreshed?}


    Very. By the way, is it normal that Ive been feeling less and less sleepy since I got my fifth tail? I know I have sleep resistance, but this feels different from that.


    {Id say its normal. The closer to godhood you get, the less you need things that mortals do. Of course, that wont stop you from enjoying those things, but they wont be necessary.}


    Interesting. Ive always hated sleep, so its nice that I need less of it now.


    {Really? When you slept next to me you seemed to really enjoy it.}


    Thats because you were there. Ill always enjoy anything when you are involved.


    {I feel the same way.}


    I got up from my bed and stood in front of my window. I looked up to the sky and watched the moon.


    The moon is beautiful, isnt it.


    {I feel the same.}


    Fufufu.


    {Ufufufu.}


    I stared at the moon for a few minutes then moved away from the window. I left my room and the mansion as well and went to the top of the pyramid.


    Much better. Now Im just a little closer.


    {You know we could be even closer if you set up a domain.}


    True, but not yet. I want to nt the Lunar Sakura first. By the way, so you know how to gather spirits?


    {I do. Why do you need to know?}


    They need to be present for the tree to sprout and grow. I would like to try summoning some and see if it grows differently depending on what kind of spirit is summoned.


    {What kind do you want to summon?}


    I would say fluff, but something is telling me that that would be a bad idea.


    {I get the same feeling. The world may not be ready for them yet.}


    That just means Cres will remain the only fluff spirit in the mortal world for now.


    {So, with the exception of fluff, what kind of spirit do you want to summon?}


    I was thinking space, but maybe we could try to get some for my other Authority.


    {What would they be called, star spirits or ster spirits and do you know if any even exist yet?}


    I think ster spirits is the name. As for if any exist, I think so.


    {Well, we can try. Do you remember the spirit contract magic circle?}


    Yes.


    {Its simr to that one. The only difference is that you need to add a part to it that corresponds to the type of spirit you want to summon. For a ster spirit, youll need to add a part to the magic circle to ount for ster magic. I can help with most of the circle, but you will need to figure out the ster magic part.}


    I think I can do that.


    {Ok. Where do you want to do the summoning?}


    Right here should be fine, right?


    {Probably. Now what Im about to do may be a bit ufortable, but bear with it.}


    When Tamamos words finished, some information was pushed into my mind.


    Ugh. That felt weird. How did you do that?


    {I just telepathically sent an image instead of words. The difort was due to the information the image contained.}


    Who knew telepathy was like an e-mail.


    {Whats that?}


    Something this world doesnt have. Dont worry about it.


    I then started to draw the magic circle that Tamamo showed me. When that was done, I needed to figure out what I needed to add for ster magic.


    Hmmm. Oh, I know.


    I started to add images of dots connected with lines to mimic constetions.


    What do you think?


    {Looks good to me, though you will need to remember what you did here since this will probably be the kind of thing any ster magic circles will need in the future.}


    Ill make a copy of it on paper real quick then.


    When that was done, I faced the magic circle and started to channel mana into it. It started to glow and after a few minutes nothing happened.


    {It should have worked.}


    Hmmm. Maybe there arent any ster spirits yet after all. Hmmmmm.


    After thinking for a short while, I got an idea. I created a domain that epassed the pyramid and sat down.


    {What are you thinking Luna?}


    Well, if there arent any ster spirits yet, shouldnt I try to make one? I technically did it once already with Cres, so why shouldnt I be able to do it again?


    {Why not. Not like youll lose anything by trying after all. Do you have an idea on what form it will take?}


    I smiled at her question.


    I do.


    I shut my eyes and an image surfaced. I then started using constetion creation to turn that image into a constetion. When I opened my eyes again and looked up, the new constetion I created was there.


    {Its very pretty.}


    Thank you. Now for the important part.


    I stood up and cleared my throat.


    |My stars that exist in the heavens, heed you mastersmand. Send forth an envoy to the world. Spirit of the Stars, I Luna Reed, Demigod of Starsmand you to appear.|


    When my chant finished, the new constetion started to shine in a blinding light. It did this for several minutes before dying down. Once it stoppedpletely, I looked down to my feet. Laying there was a fox with ck fur dotted with white.


    {How adorable.}


    I agree. This is what all great ster spirits will look like in the future.


    {Does the constetion have any other effect?}


    No. Its one that only I as the holder of the Authority of Stars can use. Soleil will be able to use it too when she bes the Apostle of Stars.


    {I see.}


    While me and Tamamo were talking, the fox at my feet woke up. When it looked up at me, it started to speak in a feminine voice.


    [Hello, my goddess. Thank you for creating me.]


    Hello, my new little friend.


    [Is there anything you need me to do?]


    At this exact moment, no, but when I find a good ce to nt a certain seed, I will summon you. After that, you are free to do whatever you want.


    [Then can I make a request?]


    Im listening.


    [Will you find me a mortal to contract with? I would like to see the world that me and my brethren will live in once you fully ascend.]


    It may take a while, but I can do that for you. I even have the perfect person in mind.


    [I am grateful, my goddess. As for time, it matters not.]


    Ok. Where will you go once I dissolve this domain?


    [I will go to the domain of spirits. Now that I exist, we will have a space for us to live until you assume your full Authority. Once that happens, lesser ster spirits will start appearing in the world and greater spirits like myself will be allowed to freely travel between the mortal world and spirit domain.]


    I see, then I will summon you soon.


    [I will eagerly await your summons.]


    With that said, I dissolved the domain.


    {That spirit was so much calmer than Cres was.}


    I agree. I hope he hasnt been causing any trouble for Lia. It will reflect poorly on me if he has.


    {That just means that you will have to discipline him the next time you see him.}


    Guess so.


    -Meanwhile in the Elf Nation-


    [Oh dear.]


    Whats wrong, Cres? (Lia)


    [I do not know, contractor. It feels like I will be in trouble the next time I see my goddess.]


    Have you done anything that would make her angry at you? (Lia)


    [I dont think I have. The most I have done is try to teach some of the elves the true amazingness of fluff. So what if they seem to have be somewhat obsessed.]


    *Sigh* So thats what happened to them. I hope Luna goes easy on him if she everes here. (Lia)


    [Why do you have that look of pity on your face, contractor?]


    Dont worry about it, Cres. (Lia)


    [I understand.]


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna: It''s been a while since I wasst here.


    Wee back.


    Skadi: Hello Luna.


    Luna: Hey Skadi, I wasn''t expecting you to show up here.


    Skadi: Yeah, I just randomly showed up here one day and have been visiting frequently ever since.


    By the way Luna, you can hand me the hydra blood you have and I can dispose of it here. No need to go through Grey.


    Luna: Can I really trust you with it?


    Skadi: You can.


    Luna: If Skadi says it''s ok, then fine.


    *Luna pulls out several full bottles of hydra blood from her inventory and ces them on the table*


    Luna: This is all of it.


    Ok, I''ll take it from here.


    *I snap my fingers and the bottles move themselves into two crates. I pick the crates up and leave the room.*


    Luna: As mysterious as always.


    Skadi: As expected of the God of Chaos.


    Luna: The what of what now?


    Skadi: I''ll exin while he is gone.

 Chapter 123: Planting a Tree

    Chapter 123: nting a Tree


    [Luna POV]


    Sitting at the top of the pyramid, I was watching the sunrise.


    No matter how many times I watch this, its always so pretty.


    {Quetz would be delighted if she heard you say that.}


    Speaking of Quetz, do you think I should let her meet Ophidia? I mean, she is a serpent as well.


    {You dont have to go out of your way to do that. Theyll meet eventually once you ascend and Ophidia bes an Apostle.}


    I guess your right. Speaking of Ophidia, seems like Skadi likes her.


    {I seem to remember Skadi asking me a few things about her thest time we met, though I cant remember where that was.}


    Same, but enough about that for now, I should probably head inside and start preparing breakfast.


    {You saying that is making me hungry.}


    Ill make us something when we get together.


    {Ill help. I wonder how good something made by the both of us will be.}


    If its good enough, maybe well both get a fourth Authority.


    {Ufufufufu. While funny, I dont think it works that way.}


    Oh well, theres the rest of eternity for us to try.


    {True.}


    I climbed down the pyramid and entered the mansion. I made my way to the kitchen and found Velvet and Soleil already there and cooking.


    I wasnt expecting this. (Luna)


    Oh, we didnt know you were already awake. (Velvet)


    I was, turns out I dont need to sleep as much as I used to. (Luna)


    Because youre a demigod now? (Soleil)


    Yep. By the way, I n on looking for a good ce to nt that seed today. (Luna)


    Welle and help you. (Soleil)


    Thanks, and also I want the both of you to help with something else. (Luna)


    What is it? (Velvet)


    Dont ask me how I know this, but Skadi likes Ophidia, so we need to help Ophidia figure out how she wants to deal with that. I for one, am all for them to getting together. (Luna)


    Im of the same opinion. (Soleil)


    *Sigh* You two really like this kind of stuff, dont you? (Velvet)


    Of course.


    Haha. Count me in as well then. (Velvet)


    I joined in with helping them make breakfast and we finished quickly. When we brought everything to the table, we found Ophidia still somewhat half-asleep sitting at her preferred spot.


    Hello. Ophidia greeted us sleepily.


    And I thought me and Velvet had a hard time waking up sometimes. (Luna)


    Heh. Masssster lookssss sssso fluffy. (Ophidia)


    She started to get up ande towards me but stopped when she smelled the food.


    Hungry. (Ophidia)


    Fufufu. I guess I should start getting her used to the Abyss soon. (Luna)


    I think so too. (Velvet)


    Speaking of that, what depth are you at now, Velvet? (Luna)


    90% (Velvet)


    I wonder if anything will happen when you reach 100% (Luna)


    Maybe well find out what your Abyssal Blessing skill does. (Soleil)


    Ooh. Maybe so. (Luna)


    We all started eating. Once Ophidia took her first bite, she fully woke up.


    I really wish I can stop making a fool of myself like that. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry, its kind of cute when you are like that. (Luna)


    That doesnt make me feel any better, master. (Ophidia)


    Its a good thing though. (Luna)


    Do the two of you agree with master? (Ophidia)


    Yes. (Soleil)


    I do. (Velvet)


    *Sigh* (Ophidia)


    Anyway, do you want to help us find a good spot to nt a tree, or do something else? (Luna)


    Ill help. Do you know how bit the tree will be? (Ophidia)


    If its like the one at Tamamos ce, then it will be somewhatrge. (Luna)


    {It will be about the same size.}


    We all finished breakfast and went outside.


    Any specific area you want to start looking first? (Velvet)


    Not really. As long as it has enough space and atmospheric mana, then it should be fine. (Luna)


    Then lets start looking. (Soleil)


    We started wandering around the ind looking for a spot that matches the requirements. Several hourster we found a spot that fit what was needed. It was a clearing that used to house some ruins before I picked them up.


    I think this ce is good. It has enough space, and the atmospheric mana is enough. (Luna)


    Is there anything else needed to grow the tree? (Ophidia)


    Yes, but I have that part handled, just give me a few minutes. (Luna)


    I teleported to the top of the pyramid and poured magic into the magic circle I madest night. A minuteter, the ster spirit appeared.


    [I havee, goddess.]


    Good, lets head to the ce.


    The spirit hopped up onto my shoulder and I teleported back to everyone.


    What did you need to get, big sis? (Soleil)


    Use your spirit vision. (Luna)


    Soleil did as I said and her eyes widened in surprise as she saw the spirit on my shoulder.


    What kind of spirit is that? Ive never seen one like that. (Soleil)


    A great ster spirit. Shes going to help make the tree grow. (Luna)


    *Sigh* When was this one born? (Velvet)


    Last night. (Luna)


    Of course it was. (Velvet)


    Why are you still surprised by the things big sis does Velvet? You should be used to it by now. (Soleil)


    At this point, Im not really sure. (Velvet)


    Ignoring their conversation, I pulled the seed out of my inventory. I walked over the center of the clearing and dug a little hole, dropped the seed in, and covered it.


    Now, all we need to do is pour some mana into it. Spirit, you do the same. (Luna)


    [Yes goddess.]


    The spirit hopped off my shoulder and stood in front of the spot with the seed. We both started to pour mana into the spot and a few minutester, a sapling started to grow rapidly. It stopped when the top of it was just above my head. Its leaves were a mix of silver and ck with what looked like a starry sky inside of them.


    {Interesting. I look forward to what this tree will look like once it fully grows.}


    I agree. Im intrigued by the leaves that arent silver though.


    {I am as well. I wonder what the flowers will look like.}


    All we can do is wait to see that.


    As I was talking with Tamamo, the spirit came up to me.


    [Goddess, may I look around this ce before I depart?]


    Go ahead. (Luna)


    [Thank you]


    With those words, the spirit walked off in a random direction. I turned around and faced everyone else. They all had mesmerized expressions on their faces.


    Is something wrong? (Luna)


    No, its just that Ive never seen a tree as pretty as this one. (Soleil)


    I had heard that they were beautiful, but this is beyond expectations. I look forward to what it will look like when fully grown. (Velvet)


    I feel like this tree would be a nice ce to take a nap in in my serpent form. (Ophidia)


    You can do that when its fully grown. (Luna)


    Ok. (Ophidia)


    Do we need to do anything to take care of it? (Soleil)


    No, itll take care of itself, but we cane and check on it sometimes. (Luna)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    So, now what do we do for the rest of the day? (Velvet)


    No idea. I guess we could practice Soleils ster magic and Ophidias space magic. Is there any magic you want to work on Velvet? (Luna)


    I could practice my dark magic. (Velvet)


    Then lets do that. Ill set up a domain so that we dont have to worry about any coteral damage. (Luna)


    With that decided, we went back to the area near the mansion to practice magic for the rest of the day.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: That is going to be an impressive looking tree in the future.


    Grey: I wonder if Luna will let use and see it when it''s fully grown.


    Tamamo: I don''t see why she wouldn''t.


    Skadi: Ophidia was right, it looks like a good spot tp take a nap at.


    Grey: I wonder if those starry leaves have any effects.


    You know divinations like horoscopes and stuff?


    Grey: Yeah.


    Those leaves will help in making those clearer, but only after Luna ascends and makes the stars.


    Skadi: So Luna''s star Authority has some sway over divination?


    Yeah. Luna doesn''t know it yet, but several diviners got ster magic when the Authority was created.


    Tamamo: Then why does Soleil have ster magic?


    She had the aptitude for it. Diviners have a higher chance to be able to have it, but no one NEEDS to be a diviner to have the aptitude.


    Tamamo: Does that mean Anastasia can use it as well?


    Maybe. She''s your Apostle so ask her.


    Grey: Did Beryl get ster magic as well?


    No.

 Chapter 124: Tamamo Time

    Chapter 124: Tamamo Time


    [Luna POV]


    When we finished practicing magic, we all went to bed. Well, everyone else went to bed, Iid in mine wide awake.


    This feels weird.


    {What do you mean?}


    I know I can sleep, but since you told me that Im starting to not need it, I cant fall asleep.


    {Then why dont we spend some time talking?}


    Thats always wee. Is there anything you want to talk about specifically?


    {How about we discuss some of the constetions you want to make?}


    Fine by me.


    {Then what is the first one you are going to put in the sky when you ascend?}


    Easy, a joint constetion of the two of us.


    {Oooooh. Is it going to do anything in regards to ster magic?}


    Not necessarily. Of course, if you want it to, then I can make it so.


    {Ill think about it. What next?}


    Thepass one I made in my domain. After that Ill go with the one that allowed me to make the ster spirit. Then Ill go with the ones I made already whose main purpose is to be used in ster magic. After all of that is done, Ill make then as I think of them.


    {Sounds good to me. By the way, when are we going to spend some time together?}


    Tomorrow. The others are going to Savanna and Im staying here.


    {Very well.}


    Is there anything specific you want to do? I need to know how big of a domain I need to make.


    {Im tempted to say make one the size of your room and we can have some fun, but I kind of want to go around the ind and look around.}


    I smiled at her words.


    I thought we agreed to not rile each other up until we can spend every day together?


    {I couldnt help it, seeing youying there is reminding me of everything we did, and it makes me want more.}


    You have no idea how much Im tempted to just make a domain right now.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Fufufufu.


    After that we talked for a while longer when, before I knew it, I was falling asleep.


    Heh. Seems likeImsleepy now. Ill see youinabit.


    {Sweet dreams, Luna.}


    I fully fell asleep after hearing Tamamos words. When I next woke up, the sun was just starting to rise.


    {Morning Luna.}


    Mmmm. Hehe. Ta-ma-mo


    {Oooh. Half-asleep Luna makes a reappearance.}


    Hehehehehehe. Tamamo is in my head and all for me.


    {Always and forever.}


    Fufufufufufuhahahahahahhahahahahahahahaha!


    {Careful Luna, youll fall out of-aaaaaaaaand you did.}


    I fell out of my bed and hit my head on the floor.


    What happened?


    {Half-asleep you.}


    Makes sense. I find that I end up on the floor when Im like that.


    {That seems to be the case.}


    Anyway, where do you want to explore today?


    {Wherever you take me. Though I do want to see the tree in person.}


    Got it.


    I got up and got dressed and left my room. I found that everyone else was already awake and preparing to head out.


    Leaving so early? (Luna)


    Yeah, dont want to get in your and the Goddesss way. (Velvet)


    Yeah, big sis. Well be back tomorrow. (Soleil)


    Have fun master. (Ophidia)


    Got it. See you guys tomorrow. (Luna)


    As soon as I said that Ophidia put her hands on Velvet and Soleils shoulders and teleported away. After they left I moved to the main living room and created a domain that covered the entire ind. Immediately after that was done, Tamamo appeared next to me and we gave each other a kiss.


    Tamamo.


    {Luna}


    We stared into each others eyes for a few seconds and kissed again. When we broke apart, I backed away slightly.


    If we keep doing that, we wont do anything we nned to do today.


    {I agree. Youre too addicting Luna.}


    Fufu. I was going to say the same thing about you. I can never get enough.


    {Oh, before we go and do anything, take a look at this.}


    She pulled out a shirt. It had the word Lunamo on it.


    Where did you get that and where can I get one?


    {I dont remember, its like the time with that special brush of yours.}


    I see. Have you worn it already?


    {I have. Its quitefortable to nap in, though its a bit big.}


    Hehehehehe. Thats a nice mental image. My beautiful wife in only a shirt. Hehehehehehehehe.


    {Snap out of it Luna. We can both do that some other time.}


    Ill hold you to that.


    {I wouldnt have said it if I didnt n on following through with it.}


    Hahahahaha.


    {Hahahahaha}


    We stayed thereughing for a few minutes when we decided to eat some breakfast. Since it was a special day with Tamamo, I went all out. When we sat down to eat, I waited for Tamamo to take the first bite. Her eyes widened in surprise.


    {How is it that you surprise me every time you cook? Its a simple omelet, yet its so fluffy.}


    You realize who I am, right? If I cant make a fluffy omelet, then no one can.


    {To think the Abyss even holds sway over eggs.}


    Speaking of fluff, I think your tails are in need of a good brushing.


    {Ufufufufu. We can do that after going around the ind. We have all day and night after all.}


    Thats true.


    We finished breakfast and left the mansion.


    {I expected it to be more humid.}


    I can control that inside a domain. I dont fully understand exactly how I do that, I just know I can. I cant have you feel ufortable after all.


    {I can handle a bit of humidity Luna.}


    I know, but just because you can handle it doesnt mean you need to.


    {So, this is another case of you spoiling me?}


    Of course. I will always spoil you if given the chance.


    {Then I am obliged to do the sameter.}


    Fufu. Im looking forward to it.


    We continued to chat until we got to the tree.


    Is it supposed to grow this fast?


    The tree that was only a little taller than me was now as big as a normal oak tree.


    {Its growing a little slower than mine did, but thats to be expected since this ce has less atmospheric mana than the divine domain.}


    Well, I didnt expect that. How long till its fully grown you think?


    {Id give it a month. A month and a half at most.}


    I guess I should let Velvet and Soleil know when they get back. I did promise to let them spend time under it on a full moon when it was fully grown after all.


    Tamamo walked over to the tree and took a closer look at one of the starry leaves.


    {These leaves are quite pretty. I kind of wish my Lunar Sakura had some like this.}


    Dont worry, when I move the ind to the divine domain, well have two trees to spend time under. We can switch which one we sit under whenever we want.


    {Then I just need to be patient.}


    Anywhere you want to go next?


    {How about the top of the pyramid? Ive seen the view up there from watching you, but I want to see it with my own eyes.}


    Ok then, grab onto me and well go.


    She smiled a mischievous smile and wrapped me in a tight embrace. I smiled myself and teleported us to the top of the pyramid. Although we were at our destination, we continued to hug each other.


    We just cant hold back very well, can we?


    {This is rather tame though.}


    Ill agree to that.


    We, regretfully, stopped hugging each other and turned to look over the ind.


    {You really lucked out with obtaining this ind, its beautiful up here.}


    I agree. I said as I looked at Tamamo.


    When she noticed my gaze, she smiled.


    You know Tamamo, when you smile like that, it reminds me more of the sun than the moon.


    {Then I need to apologize to Quetz for infringing on her Authority.}


    Fufufu.


    We both sat down and continued to look out over the ind.


    This is so nice. Me and you together on the ind that will be our home in the future. Its like a dreame true.


    {Now whose smile is like the sun?}


    Hahahahahaha. Didnt you know Tamamo? In my previous world, the sun was just another star, so that is quite fitting for me.


    {Really? I actually didnt know that.}


    I would have figured Grey would have mentioned that at some point since hes been here for so long.


    {He might have mentioned that to Atmos, but never to me. Does that mean you have partial control over the sun in our world?}


    No. I tried to see if I could do anything, but its somethingpletely different here. Even if it did count as a star, I wouldnt mess with it. I want to keep a good rtionship with Quetz after all. Especially since my uncle is trying to be her Apostle.


    {Fair enough.}


    We sat there for a while when I sensed something on the outside of the domain.


    Hmm?


    {Whats up?}


    Hang on a second.


    I focused on the outside and noticed that it started to rain.


    Ugh. Its raining outside the domain. I should probably let it do the same in here since I dont want everything to dry out over time.


    {I doubt that will happen if it misses rain once.}


    True, but Im not sure how long this ce has gone without rain. For all I know, this could be the first time its happened in a while, so I dont want to take chances.


    {Fine. Lets go inside then.}


    I brought us inside the mansion and shrunk the domain to epass only the mansion.


    Now, do you want to start the immersing ourselves in a paradise of fluff, or do something else before we do that?


    {I would like that very much. Its been a while since I got to feel the Abyss.}


    Fufufu. Thee and dive into the Abyss.


    I moved my tails in a way that they covered Tamamo as I watched her expression change into one of pure bliss.


    {Ahahahahahahaha. I can never get enough of this.}


    She then pulled out a brush from somewhere and started brushing. Every stroke of the brush sent a tingle up my spine.


    Ehehehehehe. It feels so goooood.


    I unconsciously started to make a purring sound.


    {Ufufufu. How are you this cute Luna?}


    No idea, all I know is that this feels amazing. So much better than when I brush my tails myself.


    {I dont think thats possible. You are more skilled with a brush than I am.}


    Thats not what I meant. Sure, its nice when I do this myself, but it feels so much better when you do it. Like how food tastes better when you eat with friends.


    {Hmm. Why dont you give me another example?}


    I smiled and pulled out my special brush.


    I guess I will.


    I started brushing one of Tamamos tails and I could tell she was enjoying it.


    {I see, so this is what you meant. I have to agree, this is so much better than doing this myself.}


    We continued to brush each others tails and by the time we were done with all of the fluff, it was close to lunch time.


    What do you feel like eating for lunch?


    For a second Tamamo got a smile I saw a lot when we spent a week together, but it went away just as fast as it appeared.


    {Do you have any kitsune udon?}


    While I am tempted to ask what you were going to say before that, though I have an idea on what it was, I wont. As for the kitsune udon, I always have some ready.


    We moved to the dining room and I pulled out several bowls of kitsune udon for the both of us. We started digging in immediately and before I knew it, every bowl was empty.


    {Calling that good wouldnt do it justice. It was so much better than good.}


    Thank you. The secret is that I made it with you in mind.


    I put all of the bowls away into my inventory and we went back to the living room. I sat down on a couch and Tamamo stood in front of me. I tilted my head in confusion but before I could ask anything, Tamamo transformed into her fox form though this time it was small.


    <em>{I did promise to do this for you, didnt I?}</em>


    <em></em>


    Awawawawawawa.


    <em>{Luna?}</em>


    <em></em>


    Youre! So! CUTE! I yelled as I grabbed the small Tamamo.


    I hugged her close to my chest and flopped back onto the couch.


    <em>{Luna. LUNA! I cant breathe!}</em>


    Eh? Oh, sorry.


    I released Tamamo and she undid the transformation.


    Wait, do you even need to breathe?


    {Ufufufu. I wont die if I dont, but that doesnt mean its not ufortable.}


    When she finished saying that; she pushed me down and started kissing me. I kissed her back and we spent the rest of the day like that.


    Chaos Realm:


    And this is where we stop watching.


    Atmos: Theysted longer than I though they would.


    I agree. They need to figure out that as long as they hold back a bit, they can go as far as they want with each other.


    Atmos: By the way, where is Skadi?


    Elsewhere. Did you need her for something?


    Atmos: No, I was just wondering why she wasn''t here.


    You do realize that people have more going on than just hanging around my house, right?


    Atmos: Really!


    Oi.

 Side Chapter 14: Ophidia鈥檚 Fun Day

    Side Chapter 14: Ophidia��s Fun Day


    [Ophidia POV]


    While master spends time with the Great One, the rest of us travelled to Savanna to report to Velvets mother and just spend the day there. I teleported us into the room that we met with her thest time and found Velvets mother sitting behind her desk.


    Hello you three. Is Lady Luna not with you today? (Sonia)


    No, she has business with the Goddess, so we decided to give them some alone time for the day. (Velvet)


    Is that all, or is there more? (Sonia)


    We also came to report that Beryl has been taken care of and the le Fay n is now in charge of the demon Empire organization. (Velvet)


    Got it, Ill send the recall order to the shrine vige shortly. Now tell me, how did Lady Luna kill him. (Sonia)


    She made him drink hydra blood. (Soleil)


    Oooooooh. Thats quite the nasty method. (Sonia)


    I didnt see the aftermath since big sis burned the corpse with purifying fox fire, but the sound he made when he drank it was horrifying. (Soleil)


    Hearing her words, Velvet instinctively hugged Soleil.


    While Im not going toin, why did you start hugging me? (Soleil)


    Im not sure myself, I just felt like I should. (Velvet)


    Hahaha. Im happy to see that the two of you are so close. (Sonia)


    They are closer than that. You should have seen them when they taunted the brother of Beryl. (Ophidia)


    Do tell. (Sonia)


    Well, Soleil walked right up to Velvet and- (Ophidia)


    Thats enough out of you, Ophidia. (Velvet)


    Velvet started to drag me out of the office followed by Soleil.


    Come on Velvet. Let her tell me what happened. (Sonia)


    Nope. (Velvet)


    Just as the door was being shut, I managed to tell her one thing.


    Just ask master the next time you see her, shell dly tell you. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, please dont encourage her. Shell never let it go until she learns what happened. (Velvet)


    I just thought your mother would have wanted to know that the two of you are in a healthy rtionship. (Ophidia)


    I understand that you just wanted to do something nice, that is one thing that you dont just tell people. (Soleil)


    *Sigh* Sorry. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry about it. Just remember not to do that next time. (Velvet)


    I understand. (Ophidia)


    We left the building and made our way into the city. We eventually made it to the main za.


    So, what do we do today? (Ophidia)


    Not sure. (Soleil)


    Just to make sure, you cant get back to the ind, right? (Velvet)


    Yep,pletely blocked. I can get to the jungle around and under it, but not to the ind itself. (Ophidia)


    Then we just need to do whatever. (Velvet)


    As we were trying to decide what to do with our day, I heard someone speak from behind us.


    Hello again you three.


    I turned around and found Skadi walking up to us.


    Hello Skadi. (Ophidia)


    Hello. (Velvet and Soleil)


    Wheres Luna? (Skadi)


    Spending time with her wife. (Soleil)


    Ok. Mind if I steal Ophidia for the day? (Skadi)


    Eh? (Ophidia)


    Go ahead. (Velvet)


    You two have fun now. (Soleil)


    EH!? (Ophidia)


    Thanks. (Skadi)


    I was then grabbed and dragged off by Skadi.


    Why am I being dragged around so much today? (Ophidia)


    I was brought to an alleyway somewhere in the shopping district.


    It should be around here somewhere. (Skadi)


    What are you looking for? (Ophidia)


    A ce that I heard good things about. Oh, there it is. (Skadi)


    Before we go in, can you let me go? (Ophidia)


    Huh? Oh, sorry. (Skadi)


    She released me and we walked up to the door. We entered and found ourselves in a nice shop that smelled familiar.


    It smells like that coffee stuff master likes to drink. (Ophidia)


    Nn. (Skadi)


    We walked further inside, and an old man came up to us.


    How can I help you two lovelydies today? (Bart)


    Can I ask for a private table? (Skadi)


    Of course, please follow me. (Bart)


    He led us deeper into the shop and showed us to a table that was more isted than the others.


    Take a few minutes to decide what you would like. (Bart)


    We sat down and I picked up a menu. Skadi did the same and we figured out what we wanted. When the person came back to take our orders, we told him what we wanted and he left again. We waited for a while until the stuff arrived and then were left to ourselves.


    Now, what is it you wanted from me today? (Ophidia)


    I want you to be mine. (Skadi)


    Sorry, but I will only ever serve master. (Ophidia)


    Thats not what I meant. I mean I want to be together with you. Like Velvet and Soleil and Luna and Lady Tamamo. (Skadi)


    Ooohhh. Im fine with that. I have no idea how to go about being in a rtionship like that, but we can figure it out as we go. (Ophidia)


    Great. (Skadi)


    A smile appeared on Skadis face which made my heart skip a beat.


    So, do you know what were supposed to do now that we are together? (Ophidia)


    Not a clue. (Skadi)


    We both took a sip of our drinks and ced them back on the table at the same time.


    Hmmm.


    Want to go and hunt some things? (Skadi)


    Sounds fun. Anything specific? (Ophidia)


    Not really. We can go to the guild and see if anything catches our eye. (Skadi)


    Ok. (Ophidia)


    We finished our drinks and paid for everything. Then we made our way to the guild. When we entered, it went silent and everyone turned to look at us. The second they saw Skadi, they turned away. We walked over to the quest board and looked for something to hunt.


    Hmm. (Ophidia)


    How about this? (Skadi)


    Oooh. Ive never hunted a griffon before. Lets do it. (Ophidia)


    We brough the quest form to the reception desk and epted it. After that we left the guild and the city.


    Since Im faster, do you want me to carry you to the location? (Skadi)


    Ill make myself easier to carry then. (Ophidia)


    I transformed into my small snake form and went up to Skadi. She picked me up gently and I moved to make myselffortable.


    How cute, and you feel so smooth as well. I could get addicted to this. (Skadi)


    <em>Heh. Maybe Ill be the Abyss of smooth scales. </em>(Ophidia)


    Hehe. Since Im the Abyssal Hunter, that means Ill need to keep you as close to me as possible. (Skadi)


    <em>But master is actually the Abyss of Fluff. Doesnt that mean you have to hunt her as well? </em>(Ophidia)


    No. She is fine. You are the only Abyss I would ever go for. (Skadi)


    <em>Hahaha. Your words make me feel very happy, Skadi. Now, let us set off on our hunt. </em>(Ophidia)


    Lets. (Skadi)


    She started running in the direction that we needed to go.


    <em>This is amazing. Its even faster than when Im trying to go as fast as I can. </em>(Ophidia)


    Im d youre enjoying it. (Skadi)


    After an hour of running, we came up to the ce that was described on the quest form. I blinked myself to the ground and transformed back to human form.


    What is this feeling of loss? (Skadi)


    Ill let you feel my scales againter, for now, we have a griffon to huntHow exactly do we go about finding it? (Ophidia)


    Griffons are territorial creatures, if we just make our presence known, it wille to us. (Skadi)


    Skadi then let out a short burst of intimidation. I could hear the small animals and even a few monsters start running away. Several minutester, I heard the roar af arge monstering from above us.


    See. It came straight to us. (Skadi)


    Hahahahahaha. How much of it do we want to keep intact? (Ophidia)


    All we need is the beak. (Skadi)


    Then Ill knock it to the ground for us. (Ophidia)


    I then teleported above the griffon and punched it to the ground. When my punch connected, I heard a cracking sound and the griffon scream in pain. I then teleported back beside Skadi and the griffon crashed right in front of us.


    Very good. (Skadi)


    Skadi then pulled out her sword and was about to swing it when the griffon started to use magic. It shot out several spears of ice towards us. Skadi blocked all of them with her sword and I dodged or parried them.


    Heh. A variant, how rare. (Skadi)


    Does this change anything? (Ophidia)


    This means that we need to bring the whole head in instead of just the beak. (Skadi)


    Then let me give you the opportunity to behead it. (Ophidia)


    I ran up to the stumbling griffon and kicked it in the side. It slid over to Skadi and coughed up blood. It was about to turn and shoot off more magic when Skadi swung her sword through its neck. The head feel to the ground as the body swayed for a second then fell over as well.


    If all we need is the head, what do we do with the body? (Ophidia)


    Hmmm. Well, griffons dont taste good, but they do have materials that people use, so we can just take it with us and sell it. (Skadi)


    Ill store it then. (Ophidia)


    I put the griffon body in my space magic inventory and then looked at Skadi.


    Now what do we do? (Ophidia)


    Well, we can turn in the quest at the guild, but after that I dont know. (Skadi)


    Hmmmm. Oh, how about we go on one of those date things? (Ophidia)


    Ok. What do we do on one of those? (Skadi)


    Ummmmm. I think were supposed to go around the city and do things together. (Ophidia)


    Like what? (Skadi)


    I think stuff like shop and eat and stuff. Gah. If I knew this was going to happen today, I would have asked master what you do on a date. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry about it too much, well just have to figure it out ourselves. We can start with turning this quest in then do the things you just said and after that we can figure out what else we want to do. (Skadi)


    Ok, then lets head back. Do you want to run or teleport? (Ophidia)


    Lets teleport. (Skadi)


    Ok. (Ophidia)


    I grabbed Skadis hand in mine and teleported us back to the city. We then walked to the guild and turned in the quest we had justpleted. After that, we went to the shopping district again and looked around for a while. We stopped in a few stores and bought some things. We were both having fun when we decided to stop for lunch.


    We found a nice ce to go and when we went inside we saw Velvet and Soleil sitting at a table. They hadnt noticed us yet and were sitting there and chatting happily with each other. They both had nice smiles on their faces, and I could tell that they were having the time of their lives just being close to each other.


    I want us to be like that one day. (Skadi)


    I agree. Though I think it will take some time to get like that since we both have no clue how a rtionship is supposed to work, I think it will happen eventually. If only we had a way tomunicate with each other no matter the distance like master and the Great One. (Ophidia)


    Hmmm. Ill try to figure something out, but it will take time. (Skadi)


    Ok. Soleil gave you a letter box, right? (Ophidia)


    Yeah. (Skadi)


    Then Ill ask master if she can make one for me that will only send letters to you. That way we can still keep in touch. (Ophidia)


    Sounds good to me, at least until I find a way for us to speak telepathically over any distance. (Skadi)


    I look forward to the day that happens. (Ophidia)


    We both smiled as we waited for our lunch to arrive. When it did, we ate then left the shop we were at. We went around the city some more and found a few interesting things. As the day wasing to a close, we decided to part ways.


    Before we go our separate ways again, let me give you something. Skadi said as she pulled a bracelet out of her pocket.


    I held out my wrist and she put it on me.


    I guess we were meant to be together since I had the same idea. I said as I pulled out a simr bracelet to the one Skadi gave me.


    I put it on her wrist and we both smiled at each other.


    Hehe. I look forward to our next date, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    I do as well. I will ask master about it and give you the time of your life when next we meet. (Ophidia)


    With that, we walked away from each other. I then went back to Velvets home and found her and Soleil waiting for me.


    How did it go? (Soleil)


    I think it went well. We went on a quest together and then we went shopping and ate lunch together. Then we just walked around the city and then she gave me this. (Ophidia)


    I showed the both of them the bracelet on my wrist.


    I gave her one as well. (Ophidia)


    Good on you. (Velvet)


    How about the two of you? It looked like you were enjoying yourselves at lunch. (Ophidia)


    You saw us today? (Velvet)


    Yep. It gave me and Skadi the goal to be just like the two of you today. (Ophidia)


    Hehehehehe. Thats nice. Now, are we staying here for the night, or can we go back to the ind? (Soleil)


    Hmmm. I can get onto the ind now, but not inside the mansion. (Ophidia)


    Looks like were staying here then. (Velvet)


    We all went into Velvets home and spent the night talking more about how our day went.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: So, this is where Skadi was.


    Yep.


    Atmos: They''re cute together. I especially like how they don''t really know what they''re doing but are having fun regardless.


    I agree. Makes me want someone like that.


    Atmos: You''ll find someone eventually.


    To think I''d be getting encouraged by you.


    Atmos: Hey! I''m encouraging sometimes.


    Hahahahahahahaha.

 Chapter 125: Visiting the Shrine

    Chapter 125: Visiting the Shrine


    [Luna POV]


    I woke up the next day with Tamamoying beside me in my bed. She was still asleep, so I decided to watch her until she woke up.


    Tamamos sleeping face is so cute. I could justy here and stare for hours and not get bored.


    I smiled at that thought.


    Hmmm. Maybe I should immortalize this as a constetion only I can seeNo, Ill hold off on that, the real thing is better.


    While contemting random, Tamamo rted things and staring at her face, my smile widened. She then began to wake up and I got lost in her beautiful golden eyes.


    {Ufufufu.}


    While quietlyughing, Tamamo grabbed me and brought my face to hers. After kissing for a few minutes, we broke apart and she started to speak.


    {Good morning Luna.}


    Good morning Tamamo.


    {Did you enjoy staring at me?}


    Of course, I enjoy staring at you any chance I get.


    {Ufufufu. The feeling is mutual.}


    Wey there in silence for a few minutes when Tamamo started to get up.


    {As much as I want to continue, I should go.}


    Unfortunate indeed, but necessary. I look forward to the full moon.


    {I do as well. I cant wait to see your reaction to the new scenery.}


    I cant wait to check it out.


    At that, Tamamo started to shine, then she disappeared. Iid back on my bed and sighed. I waved my hand which dissolved the domain and got up to get dressed. I stretched and looked at myself in the mirror.


    I should probably take a bath first.


    Once that was done, I dressed myself and started to brush my tails. While I was doing that, I felt the others teleport back to the mansion.


    That was weird.


    {What was?}


    I could feel the others get back. Its different to knowing where Velvet or Ophidia is through our connection. I dont know how to describe it.


    {Its probably due to your Space Authority. The more ustomed you get to it, the more things you will notice in regards to what it pertains to.}


    Interesting. I guess I should be happy that not many people have space magic then. It would be annoying to feel it every time someone uses it.


    {Ill teach you an easy way to get used to itter. It makes things easier when you just stop noticing it.}


    I was about to reply when I heard a knock on my door.


    Its us, big sis. (Soleil)


    You cane in. (Luna)


    All three of them entered.


    Wee back. How did everything go? (Luna)


    It went fine. (Velvet)


    Did you have fun doing whatever you did after that? (Luna)


    Yep. Oh, and Ophidia and Skadi met up as well. (Soleil)


    Thats a surprise. Anything fun happen with that? (Luna)


    Yes. We hunted a griffon, then went around the city, then ate at a ce for lunch, then gave each other matching bracelets, then promised to do it again some time. By the way can I get a letter box that can exclusively send and receive letters from Skadi? (Ophidia)


    Ok, first, calm down a bit. Second, sure. And third, when I do that, ask Skadi to send over that bracelet of hers for a second, Ill enchant it so that the two of you can tell where the other is at. If she is in a ce that you can teleport to, you can go and see her. (Luna)


    Ophidia beamed and then left the room to do Ophidia things.


    Well that happened. (Luna)


    {Doesnt seem like you have to do much there.}


    I agree. I wonder how things will work out between them?


    {Probably good. I dont think youll have to worry too much about it.}


    Ok.


    How was your day yesterday? (Velvet)


    It was amazing. We went to look at the tree, which will be fully grown in a month to a month and a half, then we sat at the top of the pyramid for a while and looked over the ind, then we ate lunch, then (Luna)


    What happened after that? (Soleil)


    Ummm. (Luna)


    I was struggling to exin this in a way that wouldnt lead to all of us turning into embarrassed messes when Velvet helped me out.


    Anyway, what is the n for today? (Velvet)


    I dont know about all of you, but I was going to go and visit my parents for a while. I havent shown them that I have five tails yet and I just want to go see them. (Luna)


    Can Ie as well? I want to talk with mom for a bit. (Soleil)


    Well, thats what were doing. Do you want toe? (Luna)


    Why not? (Velvet)


    Guess I should go and ask Ophidia as well. (Luna)


    Ill go and ask her. (Soleil)


    Once she left, I looked at Velvet.


    Thanks for helping me out. (Luna)


    Dont mention it. (Velvet)


    Velvet then left as well, and I finished taking care of my tails. I then left my room and went to make breakfast. After all of that, I teleported us to the shrine vige. We left the room that we teleported to and made our way to the usual ce we always went to. When we got there, the office was empty.


    Well. (Luna)


    How rare. (Soleil)


    Tamamo, can you tell me where my mom and Ana are?


    {Hmmm. Seems like they are meeting with someone.}


    Do you know who?


    {Looks like a noble, not sure exactly who though.}


    Thanks, well go and see themter.


    Luna? (Velvet)


    Lets go and find my dad first, mom and Ana are meeting someone right now. (Luna)


    We moved to the training grounds outside to see the usual scene of soldiers fighting in mock battles.


    Still the same as ever. (Luna)


    Master, is this how you were trained as well? (Ophidia)


    Yep. I trained alongside several of the people here for several years before setting off. (Luna)


    Interesting. (Ophidia)


    We stood there watching for a while when dad noticed that we were here.


    All right everyone, stop! This concludes morning training! (Deacon)


    After saying that, he walked over to us.


    Wee home. What brings all of you here today? (Deacon)


    I just wanted toe here today, Soleil wants to talk with Ana, Velvet and Ophidia just wanted toe since they didnt have anything better to do. (Luna)


    Haha. How carefree, but thats what the life of an adventurer should be like. (Deacon)


    Anyway, who is mom in a meeting with? (Luna)


    A messenger from the royal family. (Deacon)


    Did something happen? (Soleil)


    No. Its just that the second prince is getting married soon and the royal family wants to hold the wedding here. They sent a messenger to iron out the rest of the details before the preparations are started. (Deacon)


    Sounds interesting. When is the wedding? (Velvet)


    Next month. (Deacon)


    Will you need my help in any way? (Luna)


    Dont know. Is your schedule free next month? (Deacon)


    Should be. The only things we have nned for now is just questing and dungeon diving. (Luna)


    How long have they been in a meeting? (Soleil)


    About an hour, I think. Itll be a while before they finish. (Deacon)


    What should we do while we wait master? (Ophidia)


    Since were here, why dont we train a bit? Tamamo, can you tell me when the two of them are done? (Luna)


    {Leave it to me.}


    Are you sure about that Luna? We received word that you became an S-ranked adventurer. Can the training grounds hold up if you go to hard? (Deacon)


    Heh. Dont worry about that, dad. I have just the thing for that. (Luna)


    He looked at me in confusion and I snapped my fingers. We then found ourselves in a domain that looked like the training grounds at the shrine but scaled up in size.


    What!? (Deacon)


    Fufufu. Surprise. I said as I took my ne off, my five tails appearing as I did so.


    Five already! When did that happen!? (Deacon)


    Not long after we went to Beria. We met Skadi the Abyssal Hunter there and she and I fought a kraken that was about to evolve into a Charybdis. Killing it leveled me up enough to get my fifth tail. (Luna)


    And the reason you never told us in a letter? (Deacon)


    We were busy after that. (Luna)


    Dad looked over to Soleil and Velvet for confirmation.


    What big sis said is true. (Soleil)


    We did have some off time, but it was pretty much one thing after the other. (Velvet)


    Is this also the reason that vampires were sent to watch us? (Deacon)


    Yes. While we were in Beria, the former leader of the Demon Empires vampire organization started some things. We came over to ask Velvets people to watch over everyone here just in case he sent people after all of you. (Luna)


    Got it. So, what is this ce? (Deacon)


    My domain. One of the skills I got when I became a demigod allows me to make a space that is essentially its own little world. (Luna)


    I see. Wait, did you say demigod? (Deacon)


    Yep. I also learned about Apostles and how most of my family either are or will be one. (Luna)


    *Sigh* Well, its good that we dont have to hide that from you anymore. (Deacon)


    Anyway, lets get to training. Soleil, do you want to try magic again? (Luna)


    Yeah. (Soleil)


    Ok, give me a second then. (Luna)


    I looked to the sky and snapped my fingers. The sky darkened and the constetions appeared.


    There you go. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Soleil)


    What are those? (Deacon)


    Ill exinter, for now, what do you want to do dad? Watch or participate? (Luna)


    Ill participate. (Deacon)


    Ok, then can you and Ophidia have a mock battle? (Luna)


    Sure. (Deacon)


    Dont hold back. (Ophidia)


    What is your specialty? (Deacon)


    Brawling, martial arts, and space magic. (Ophidia)


    Uuuggghhh. Has Luna trained with you at all? (Deacon)


    A few times, yes. (Ophidia)


    *Sigh* I guess I need to prepare myself then. (Deacon)


    Dad walked away from us and got ready for the mock battle and Ophidia did the same.


    Why did he react like that? (Velvet)


    By the end of my training with him, I might have started using space magic to blink around during our fights. (Luna)


    Oooooooh. (Velvet)


    It wont be as bad this time since Ophidia doesnt have a skill that makes mist. (Luna)


    You really put him through a lot, didnt you? (Velvet)


    Dont me me, he was the one that gave me the idea to do that, so he did it to himself. Not to mention that we were both having fun. (Luna)


    So, thats were you get it from. (Velvet)


    Both dad and Ophidia were ready and I gave the signal to start.


    Chaos Realm:


    Skadi: If Luna enchants my bracelet like that, will Ophidia be able to find me here?


    No, but once she bes Luna''s Apostle, she''ll start showing up here.


    Skadi: How long will that take?


    Depends on when they find Int increasing items. The sooner Ophidia gets S level Int, the closer she will be to bing the Apostle of Space.


    Skadi: Then I should start looking as well.


    You do you.

 Chapter 126: More Constellations

    Chapter 126: More Constetions


    [Luna POV]


    As soon as they heard the signal, Ophidia blinked behind dad and threw a straight punch. Dad dodged out of the way at thest second and moved away from her. She didnt let him rest and chased after him with abo of kicks and punches. He dodged and parried as many as he could but was hit once or twice. Ophidiasst kick sent him sliding backwards.


    Oi! Who taught you to fight like that? (Deacon)


    Grey taught her the basics. (Luna)


    *Sigh* Honestly, I should have expected something like that. (Deacon)


    Is what Ophidia doing not normal? (Luna)


    Of course not! No brawler or martial artist Ive ever fought has fought like her. (Deacon)


    Anyway, you better watch out. (Luna)


    Dad turned back to face Ophidia again but he couldnt find her.


    At least there is no mist this time. (Deacon)


    After saying this, dad dodged to the side and Ophidias attack missed. He then counterattacked with a punch of his own. The hitnded in Ophidias stomach and she stumbled back some.


    Guh. (Ophidia)


    My turn to press the attack. (Deacon)


    He charged at Ophidia and went for a shoulder tackle. Ophidia recovered and dodged to the side. She then then ran to him after he stopped and punched. The hitnded then she teleported behind him and hit him again. She did this several times and on the final hit, she punched him square in the jaw. When the punchnded, we all heard a cracking sound.


    All right, stop, thats enough! (Luna)


    I walked over to them and used healing magic on dad.


    Thanks Luna, and Ophidia, that was a good hit. (Deacon)


    Thank you. (Ophidia)


    You up for more dad? (Luna)


    Haha. Naturally, let me see what you can do now Luna. (Deacon)


    Fufufu. Ready yourself. (Luna)


    We backed away from each other. I pulled a sword out of my inventory and tossed it to him. He caught and readied it.


    Velvet, give the signal. (Luna)


    ReadyBegin! (Velvet)


    I immediately covered the area with mist and activated my stealth skill. I then opened several Gates and prepared to fire. I made my way over to dads location and conjured an illusory me to go at him as I followed closely behind it.


    You do this every time Luna, you need to change it up a bit. (Deacon)


    As soon as the illusion ran into him and disappeared he turned around anticipating me to attack from behind. Taking this chance I kicked the back of his knee then backed off into the mist. His posture broke and I fired a spear from a Gate.


    What!? He yelled as he sloppily dodged the spear by falling face down.


    He then rolled to dodge a few more weapons I fired at him before he managed to get back up. I then went to attack like Ophidia did and got in a few good passes before he got a feeling for my rhythm. On thest swipe, he swung his sword where I would appear and I blocked it by conjuring a shield with ster magic. I then dispersed the mist.


    What kind of shield is this? (Deacon)


    Ill exinter. Now, Im all warmed up, lets get to the real fun. (Luna)


    I jumped back, readied my short sword, then shot forward. Dad dodged my attack by a hair and I turned to try again. When I went for the attack, I went faster than thest time and dad didnt move. I stopped my sword just before his throat.


    You can do better than that, dad. (Luna)


    I dont know if I can, actually. I couldnt see thatst move of yours. (Deacon)


    Tch. Looks like the only decent opponent I can have is Skadi then. I said as I pulled back my sword.


    I healed the cuts that dad received and walked to stand by Velvet and Ophidia.


    You want a turn, Velvet? (Luna)


    Im good. (Velvet)


    Sorry I couldnt give you a challenge Luna. (Deacon)


    Its fine, I expected this to happen one day. (Luna)


    What are we going to do now? (Ophidia)


    I guess Ill make some more constetions. (Luna)


    Mind if I watch, master? (Ophidia)


    Not at all. (Luna)


    Im going to watch Soleil and practice some dark magic. (Velvet)


    Guess Ill watch with Ophidia. (Deacon)


    I sat down on the spot and crossed my legs.


    I said you could watch, but I dont know if it will be interesting. (Luna)


    Well be the judge of that. (Ophidia)


    The both of them sat down as well and stared at me. I closed my eyes and began to think of things to turn into constetions. I then realized that there were some that could be extremely useful for buffs.


    Come to me, my knowledge of video games.


    I pictured the skill constetions and what effects they would have. I then used my skill.


    Woah. (Deacon)


    I opened my eyes and found all of the constetions that I was making floating around me in a circle. The began to growrger and float up into the sky. Once they reached the height of the other constetions, they shone for a few seconds then dulled to the same brightness as the other constetions already up there.


    Heh. With this, ster magic users will be in high demand. (Luna)


    What do those do, master? (Ophidia)


    All of those will be the source of buffs, like the wing one. For example, the one that looks like a bow will help temporarily improve an archers archery, or that one that looks like a snake will buff stealth skills. (Luna)


    Youre the same as always Luna. (Deacon)


    Why would I be any different? (Luna)


    Are you going to make any more? (Ophidia)


    Yes, but I want to try something different this time. (Luna)


    I then dropped 11rge stones out of my inventory in a circle around us.


    Lets see, how did it look and what did it do again?


    I closed my eyes and tried to remember the standing stones and their effects. When I started to recall one, I picture the constetion in my mind and touched one of the stones. I used constetion creation and then opened my eyes. On the stone that I was touching was the constetion I just imagined.


    Hahahahahaha! It worked! Now, to see if it will work as intended. I looked over to Ophidia and dad. Ophidia, channel some mana into this stone, then use some magic after, then tell me if your mana recovers any faster than normal.


    She did as I asked and poured some mana into the stone. The constetion glowed a little and then a smaller version of the constetion appeared on the back of the hand that touched the stone. Ophidia then started to teleport until her mana depleted some. After waiting for a few minutes, she reported her findings.


    My mana is recovering a little faster than normal. (Ophidia)


    Good, that means that it works as intended. (Luna)


    Is this a permanent effect? (Deacon)


    No, this effectsts until the constetion on the back of her hand disappears. It should stay there for about a week or she uses another one of the stones Im about to make. (Luna)


    Why not make it permanent? (Deacon)


    Because thats not how it works right now. Once I fully ascend I can make them like that, but for now, temporary is the best I can do. (Luna)


    Will the effect persist outside of your domain? (Ophidia)


    Not sure. We just have to wait and see. (Luna)


    I turned back to the other stones and went to putting a constetion onto each of them.


    Where are these going to be ced? (Deacon)


    Im going to keep them for now, but in the future, I n on asking Grey to put them in the guild. Though if I wanted to, I could also just ce them randomly around the world and let people find them. Maybe Ill do both. (Luna)


    Why do that? (Ophidia)


    It would add a mystical and adventurous feel to them. Imagine it, you are making your way through an old, unexplored forest ande across a clearing with an old stone with carvings it. You walk up to the stone to inspect it and when you touch it, it shines. Once the light dies down, you have a mark on your hand and feel like you received a small boon. Or something like that. (Luna)


    Good idea Luna, that sounds like something adventurers would enjoy. (Deacon)


    I see. Sounds interesting. (Ophidia)


    I started putting the stones back in my inventory when Tamamo spoke to me.


    {Luna, their meeting is over and Amagi and Anastasia are moving back to the office.}


    Thanks Tamamo.


    {d to be of assistance.}


    Looks like mom and Ana are done with their meeting. (Luna)


    Ill go and tell Velvet and Soleil. (Ophidia)


    How long have we been in here? (Deacon)


    I dont know, two hours maybe? (Luna)


    The other three came over to us and I dissolved the domain. Once that was done, we made our way to moms office.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Oooh. I''ll happily put those in the guild, and I also like the idea of spreading them around the world in obscure ces for people to find.


    Luna: We can finalize everythingter then, I need to tweak some of the effects on a few of the stones to be more socially eptable in this world.


    Grey: Fair enough.


    Yeah, I don''t think the ones that help with things like necromancy or allowing people to paralyze people would be used for good things.


    Luna: I''m open to suggestions for help with those.

 Chapter 127: Catching up with the Family

    Chapter 127: Catching up with the Family


    [Luna POV]


    When we got to the office, dad knocked on the door and entered when mom answered back.


    Hello mom, Ana. (Luna)


    Hello everyone, to what do we owe the pleasure of your visit today? (Amagi)


    We just came over because we could. I wanted to catch you up on the things that have been going on since we conquered the ind. First of which is me getting my fifth tail. (Luna)


    I took the ne off and the illusion dissipated, revealing all of my tails.


    Congrattions. (Ana)


    Very nice. (Amagi)


    I also learned about several things like Apostles and such as well as how all of you are one. (Luna)


    Its good that we dont have to hide that now. (Amagi)


    Are you going to exin the whole demigod thing? (Deacon)


    What? (Amagi)


    When I got my fifth tail, I became a demigod. (Luna)


    Thats it? (Deacon)


    I mean, there isnt that much to exin about it. It happened and I told you it happened. When it happened, I got several skills like domain creation and constetion creation along with a few others. (Luna)


    What about Authorities? (Amagi)


    They are Space, Fluff, and Stars. Space is self-exnatory, Fluffes from me being the Abyss of fluff, and Stars is a bit weird on how I got it, but Im not going to question it. Also, with the Authority of Stars came ster magic. (Luna)


    Ive been wondering what that was about. (Ana)


    You got it too? (Soleil)


    It would make sense. I mean, stars were said to be useful in divination in my previous world, so it only makes sense that it would work the same way here. (Luna)


    Interesting. (Soleil)


    I did get ster magic, but I dont know how to use it. Every time I try, nothing happens. (Ana)


    Yeah, we ran into that problem at first, but we figured out how it works. For now, the only way youre going to get anything out of it is to be with me in a domain. Me and Soleil can show youter. (Luna)


    Back on the topic of Apostles, can you make them yet? (Amagi)


    Well apparently, I made Velvet into one a while back, but to answer your question, yes. Soleil and Ophidia are in the middle of clearing the requirements to be the Apostles of Stars and Space respectively. (Luna)


    Speaking of requirements master, I reached level 10 space magic during the mock battle with your father. Now I just need to get my Int to S level. (Ophidia)


    Got it. Well start looking for things that raise that stat once we go back to Onigashima. (Luna)


    So, youre currently staying in the Demon Empire? (Amagi)


    I mean technically, my ind is in the Empire, but yes. We are taking a small break from cleaning up a mess before we actually do any adventuring there. I want to get back to everything tomorrow, but I still need to consult with everyone beforemitting to a n. (Luna)


    What mess? (Ana)


    Tamamos vampire fanatic. When we reached Beria, he started seeing me through divination. I noticed this and was able to see him as well through a mix of my Space Authority and me being an Abyss. We finished all of our business in Beria and started making our way to Onigashima. When we reached the Town of Mid, we faced an assassin that tried to poison us. After that we sped up our travels and made it to Onigashima in two days, I confronted the mongrel and killed him, then we went back to the mansion on the ind for some rest. Am I forgetting anything? (Luna)


    That sounds about right. (Velvet)


    *Sigh* Never a dull moment on your travels is there? (Deacon)


    I just shrugged my shoulders.


    How have things been going here? (Luna)


    The same as always. Though next month well be holding the wedding of the second prince here. (Amagi)


    Will you need my help with anything rted to that? (Luna)


    Not really, though you might need toe as the daughter if a Marquis. (Amagi)


    Ugh. (Luna)


    Why are you acting like that? We have never asked you to do anything rted to nobility before this, so you shouldnt have that much aversion to doing this. (Deacon)


    And Im thankful for that. I just get the feeling that something will happen if I participate. (Luna)


    I agree with Luna, though Im biased as her mother, she is a stunning beauty. There is no telling what some of the noble families with single sons will do. (Amagi)


    Itll be fine, all she has to do is give her adventurer rank and they should back off. No one wants to mess with an S-rank adventurer after all. And if that still doesnt dissuade them, just show them your ring. (Deacon)


    *Sigh* Fine, just let me know if my participation is required or not and Ill n ordingly. (Luna)


    Speaking of weddings, when should we start preparing for yours, Soleil? (Ana)


    Moooooom. We havent gotten that far yet. (Soleil)


    Why wait? Velvet is immortal already and you will be soon enough, so why not just propose and set a date? Or are the two of you nning on tying the knot after Luna and the Goddess? (Ana)


    Thats what I was thinking. (Velvet)


    I have to agree with Velvet on this. I will be immortal soon enough so why rush it? (Soleil)


    I just want to see my daughter in a wedding dress as soon as possible. Its the pride of a mother. (Ana)


    {Speaking of that, how do you feel about matching dresses, Luna?}


    Sounds good to me.


    {Ok, Illmission them from the goddess that oversees marriage.}


    I look forward to seeing them and the sight of you wearing it.


    {I feel the same.}


    Luna! What are you and the Goddess talking about? (Deacon)


    If we will wear matching wedding dresses and how good Tamamo will look in one. (Luna)


    And what did you decide? (Amagi)


    I agreed to it. Tamamo willmission themter. (Luna)


    I look forward to seeing the both of you wear them. (Amagi)


    I know I should feel proud, but I also have a feeling of not wanting this to happen. (Deacon)


    {Dont even think of getting in our way.}


    I only feel proud. (Deacon)


    At dads words, everyone startedughing. Once we all calmed down, we spent the rest of the morning catching up and in the afternoon, I showed mom and Ana my domain and the constetions I made. Ana and Soleil then started practicing ster magic together. When it came time for dinner, I shared some wyvern meat and then me and my party went back to the ind.


    Now, do all of you agree to going back to Onigashima tomorrow? (Luna)


    Thats fine with me. (Ophidia)


    Sounds good. (Velvet)


    Lets make the most of it. (Soleil)


    With all of us in agreement, we all headed to bed.


    Chaos Realm:


    *Yawn* I should head to bed as well.


    Atmos: Good night, I''ll be heading off for the night as well.


    Yeah...yeah.

 Chapter 128: Onigashimas Guild

    Chapter 128: Onigashima''s Guild


    [Luna POV]


    After waking up the next day and going through our usual morning routine, we started preparing to head back to Onigashima. Once that was done, we all convened in the living room.


    Is everyone ready to go? (Luna)


    I am. (Ophidia)


    We are. (Velvet and Soleil)


    Then lets head off. (Luna)


    We then teleported into the room we werest in in the Temple of Night. Mordred was in there sitting behind a desk and when we appeared she instinctively drew the sword she had next to her. When she realized who we were, she put it away.


    Sorry about that, I wasnt expecting you all to show up like that. (Mordred)


    Its fine, that reaction is only natural after all. (Luna)


    So, are all of you here to stay for a while? (Mordred)


    Yeah. Well be here doing adventurer stuff and dungeon diving until next month, then well probably be gone again for a bit, thene back. (Luna)


    Is something happening next month? (Mordred)


    The second prince of the Beast Kingdom is getting married and Ill most likely have to show up since Im the daughter of a Marquis. (Luna)


    I see. Then let me know if any of you need anything while you are here. I will have rooms prepared here for you all to stay so you dont need to find an inn. (Mordred)


    Thanks. Can you tell us the location of the guild? (Luna)


    Its in the center of the city, you cant miss it. (Mordred)


    Thanks. Oh, and before we go, I have a message for you. (Luna)


    Im listening. (Mordred)


    The love of your life is nearer than you think. (Luna)


    After rying the message I herd in a dream, Mordred grew very confused.


    What do you mean by that? (Mordred)


    Not too sure myself, I just know I was supposed to tell you that. (Luna)


    With that, we left the temple and headed for the center of the city. We got there two hourster due to us taking our time exploring a bit.


    Aside from the temple district, this city reminds me so much of Kyoto.


    {Is that the ce you were from in previous world?}


    No. Me and my ss were on a trip to there when we were summoned to this world. I was from a different country.


    {I see.}


    If Im totally honest, I like how this city feels more than my previous home. It feels more vibrant and clean. Not to mention that its like I can feel the history of the city just by walking around.


    {Im not surprised by that, this is one of the oldest cities in this world. Since the demon races have the longest lifespans aside from vampires or gods and our Apostles, the ces they live change very little. The way this ce looks is most likely how its looked since it was first built.}


    Interesting.


    Big sis, what are you talking with the Goddess about? (Soleil)


    Just how this city looks. It reminds me of a ce I visited in my past life. (Luna)


    Thats interesting, I wonder why its like that. (Ophidia)


    If I remember the exnation correctly, its because several people in my previous world had divination abilities and used them unconsciously. That is the reason for many of the fictional things that came to be there, though we can add architecture to that list now. (Luna)


    Im interested in seeing how that world looked, would you be able to show us some time? (Velvet)


    Sure, Ill show you a few things the next time we go into a domain. (Luna)


    Im looking forward to it. (Velvet)


    Suit yourself, but it wont be that special. Unless of course, you like the dull colors and tall buildings. (Luna)


    Velvet shrugged her shoulders and said, I think that is just your opinion, it might be impressive to us.


    Fair enough. (Luna)


    We walked into a bustling za in the center of the city and Soleil and I immediately increased the potency of our sound dampeners.


    So loud. (Soleil)


    I agree. (Luna)


    We looked around and saw a tall, pagoda style building with the adventurers guild symbol on it.


    We really cant miss it, can we. (Luna)


    Yeah, that reminds me, doesnt one of Shuten and Ibarakis family members work here? (Velvet)


    I believe it was their mother and she is the guild master here. (Luna)


    Rrriiiggghhhttt. When do you think we will meet her? (Velvet)


    Probably once we show our guild cards. (Luna)


    What are we waiting for, lets head in. (Soleil)


    We all went and entered the guild. The first floor looked like every other guild weve been to, though itcked the bar that the one in Celestia had. Once the doors shut behind us, a few people looked over to us, then went back to what they were doing. I looked around for a few seconds and noticed something.


    Is it just me, or are the only people here lower ranked adventurers? (Luna)


    I agree. (Velvet)


    How can you tell, master? (Ophidia)


    The gear that everyone has matches with what people just starting out would usually have. (Luna)


    While we were discussing this, a guild employee came up to us.


    Excuse me, is this the first time you havee to this guild before?


    Yes, this is our first time in Onigashimas guild building. (Luna)


    May I ask your ranks?


    Me and Velvet here are S-rank. Soleil here is B, and Ophidia is D. (Luna)


    T-two S rank adventurers!


    Me and Velvet took our guild cards out to prove my words and the employee nearly fainted out of surprise.


    Can you calm down; youre causing a scene. I said.


    M-my a-a-apologies. I-if you c-ce with me, Ill t-take you t-t-to the guild master.


    The employee started to speedily walk towards the stairs and we followed.


    He doesnt need to be that scared of us. Its not like we bite.


    {I dont know about that, Luna. Ophidia is a snake and Velvet is a vampire. Not to mention that you bite sometimes.}


    You do as well.


    {Ufufufu. Anyway, I think he is more nervous about offending you or Velvet.}


    Our fuses arent that short.


    {What does that mean?}


    It means that we dont lose our tempers that easily.


    {Oh. Well, I think this is the usual kind of behavior weak people show in front of stronger people. Once your name as an S-rank adventurer bes more well known, this might happen more often.}


    Guess I should just get used to this then.


    {Once you ascend, you wont have to worry about it much.}


    What do you mean much?


    {Youre a bit special Luna. Once you ascend, your ce in the divine domain will be one of the top positions due to your Authority over Space. If Crate and Gear are the top two, you will be the third.}


    Thats surprising.


    {Not really. Even without the Authority over Space, you would have been in the same position as me and Quetz in the top of the top.}


    What exactly are the top positions in the divine domain?


    {We have Crate and Gear, the gods of creation and time, then Atmos as the goddess of fate and now mischief, then there is me and Quetz as the goddesses of the moon and night and sun and day. If you didnt have Authority over Space, you would be added next to us as the goddess of stars.}


    So, the three of us are goddesses of the sky?


    {Ufufufu. I guess youre right. Anyway, youre almost at your destination, so I wont distract you any more.}


    Fufu. Silly Tamamo, youre never a distraction.


    We all stopped in front arge pair of heavy looking and highly decorated wooden doors. The employee knocked on them and the person inside told us to enter. The employee pushed the doors open and we went inside.


    Chaos Realm:


    That was a good sleep.


    *I leave my room and head to the living room*


    Luna: Morning, or is it evening here?


    Time doesn''t really matter here, so whenever I get up is what I call morning.


    Luna: Then good morning.


    Nn. Want some coffee?


    Luna: I''ll never turn down coffee.


    Then I''ll go make some. Any request for what kind?


    Luna: No.


    Got it, I''ll be right back then.


    *I walk into the kitchen to make some coffee*

 Chapter 129: Ibuki Doji

    Chapter 129: Ibuki Doji


    [Luna POV]


    Once we entered the room, the first thing that stood out to me was the amount of stacks of paperying everywhere.


    Why is it that every important person I meet in this world always has mountains of paperwork to do? Even moms office gets like this sometimes.


    {I would expect this from the adventurers guild or from rulers, but I dont know why mother-inw is always doing paperwork.}


    I think mom is a workaholic and takes up dads paperwork. He is technically the one who manages the vige and a few of thends around it as a Marquis.


    {Youre probably right.}


    We all stood in silence as we listened to the sound of writinging from behind one of the mountains of paper. When the sound stopped and the paper was moved to the side, we got our first glimpse of the guild master of Onigashimas adventurers guild. She had light grey skin and light purple eyes. Her hair was a light cyan color and she had four ck and purple horns on her head. She looked at each of us for a few seconds before smiling slightly. She then started to speak.


    Shuten was right, you are quite pretty indeed. My name is Ibuki Doji, guild master of Onigashimas adventurers guild. Its nice to meet you Luna of the Spectral Mists, Velvet the Viper-de. I have heard good things about the two of you from Shuten. (Ibuki)


    After introducing herself, she looked over to the employee that brought us here and he left the room, shutting the doors behind him.


    Please sit down over there and we can have a nice conversation, I could use a break from all of this damn paperwork. (Ibuki)


    We did as she said and moved over to the couches that were in the room. She moved over and sat in front of us.


    Its nice to meet you, Miss Ibuki. (Luna)


    Just Ibuki is fine. There is no need for S-rank adventurers to be so polite. (Ibuki)


    Ok then. (Luna)


    Now, Im assuming you all want an exnation on how the guild here works, right? (Ibuki)


    That would be helpful. (Velvet)


    Each floor has quests for the different ranks. The first floor is where beginners start, once they hit D-rank, they can move up to then second floor. They stay there until they make it through C-rank, then they move to the third floor for B to A rank quests. Anything above that, they came straight to me. (Ibuki)


    Why is it like that here when other guilds arent like that? (Soleil)


    Its to manage the adventurers. We of the demon races are prideful and respect strength. We try to keep the ones who are too weak from taking quests that are too much for them to handle. Of course, this doesnt always work, but cases like that are rtively rare nowadays. (Ibuki)


    I see, then what does that mean for our party? Do we take quests from you or the floor below us? (Velvet)


    The highest rank in the party takes precedent, though in the case of S-ranks you should just take quests from the floor below us unless I have something specific for you. On that subject, I dont have anything at the moment, so you are free to do whatever. (Ibuki)


    Got it. I think for now we should focus on getting Ophidia caught up in rank then focus on whatever else. (Luna)


    Sounds good. (Velvet)


    With all of that out of the way, mind if we chat for a bit? (Ibuki)


    I have no problem with that, what about the rest of you? (Luna)


    The others shook their heads.


    Perfect. I have heard through letters from Shuten that you were promising adventurers as well as quite stunning in the look department and I have to say she was correct. I bet all of you have trouble keeping the other adventurers from bothering you. (Ibuki)


    Not really. Surprisingly, we havent had anyone try to hit on us with the exception of one time for me and Velvet, though my case was a bit different. (Luna)


    That time you froze a guys arm off? (Ibuki)


    Yep. There is also the fact none of us are single, so we wouldnt give anyone else the time of day if they tried anything. (Luna)


    Oh. Who is with who? (Ibuki)


    Me and Soleil. (Velvet)


    Ophidia is with Skadi the Abyssal Hunter and my fiance is elsewhere. (Luna)


    I didnt know Skadi finally found someone. (Ibuki)


    Its a fairly recent development. (Ophidia)


    You know Skadi personally? (Luna)


    I was friends with her father a long time ago. (Ibuki)


    She never told us that when we spent some time getting to know her. (Luna)


    She hasnt met with me since he died, so I dont think she would have mentioned me. (Ibuki)


    I guess this exins why it seemed like Skadi and Tomoe knew each other rtively well. (Luna)


    How is Tomoe doing, she doesnt send letters to me as often as Shuten? (Ibuki)


    Shes fine I guess, we havent been in Celestia for a while. (Luna)


    Thats good enough for me, I think of her like a third daughter so any news is good news. (Ibuki)


    Do you not get any letters from Ibaraki? (Velvet)


    Not really. She is too scatterbrained to do that regrly so Shuten tells me how she is in her letters. I worry about that girl sometimes. (Ibuki)


    She didnt give me that impression when we met her though. (Luna)


    Thats some good news then. Oh how I wish they woulde visit sometimes, its so incredibly boring just doing paperwork all day. (Ibuki)


    If you want to, me or Ophidia can teleport there and back with them, but you would have to make it a request. (Luna)


    I like that idea, but it will have to wait for some other time where I have less to do. (Ibuki)


    Dont you have a sub guild master to help you out with all of this? (Velvet)


    I did at one point until I discovered he was embezzling guild funds. After that, I havent been able to find a decent recement. I think that was about five years agomaybe. (Ibuki)


    Sounds tough. (Ophidia)


    It was until I got used to it somewhat. I hope Suzuka returns from the Elf Nation soon, she would be so much help. (Ibuki)


    Who is that? (Luna)


    Tomoes little sister. She went to the Elf Nation to go to the academy about two years ago. Once she graduates from there, I was nning on asking her to work here with me. (Ibuki)


    I hope that works out for you. (Luna)


    Thanks. I enjoyed this chat, but I should get back to work now or these mountains will never disappear. Ill ask an employee to bring you here if I ever get a quest that needs an S-rank adventurer. (Ibuki)


    We all stood up and started leaving the room. Once wee were back in the hallway, we started going down the stairs to the third floor.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: I wonder who her ancestors are.


    Why?


    Tamamo: She is a very old oni. They don''t normally live as long as her.


    Hmmm. Ooooooh. One of her ancestors is an Apostle of a god. I guess her and her family still have the immortality from that ancestor.


    Tamamo: That can happen?


    Guess so, even I''m surprised. Oh and before I forget. *Snap*


    Tamamo: What was that about?


    Don''t worry about it.

 Chapter 130: First Quest in Onigashima

    Chapter 130: First Quest in Onigashima


    [Luna POV]


    When we got to the third floor, I noticed how empty it was.


    Was it this empty when we wereing up here? (Luna)


    There were a few people earlier. (Velvet)


    I looked around the room and noticed a small bar on one side with a person sleeping with their head on the counter.


    Well anyway, lets go and take some quests. (Luna)


    We walked up to the quest board to find something to do.


    Lets see. (Luna)


    Hmmmm. (Velvet)


    Both me and Velvet assumed a pose with our hands holding our chins.


    Its sometimes annoying being as strong as we are. None of these seem fun, just tedious. (Luna)


    I agree. (Velvet)


    I think a few of these would be interesting, like this one. (Soleil)


    She picked up one quest paper and showed it to us.


    Hunt Stymphalian Birds, huh. Heh. (Luna)


    Whats so funny about this? (Ophidia)


    I already killed the hydra and Nemean lion, guess Im going through the twelvebors. (Luna)


    What are those? (Velvet)


    Ill tell youter. Lets do this one then. (Luna)


    We brought the quest paper over to the reception counter next to the bar and epted the quest. As we were leaving, the person that was sleeping woke up and looked over to us. After a few seconds, she got up and ran over to us.


    Ooohhh? New people up here? How rare nya. (???)


    My ear twitched when I heard the nya.


    Do cat people actually say that?


    {Yes they do, its just the few you have run into before were the weird ones that dont say it much.}


    Hey hey, who are all of you? Ive never seen you here before. (???)


    You should be the one introducing yourself first. (Velvet)


    Nyahahahahahahaha. Right right, my name is Mio.


    My name is Luna Reed.


    Im Velvet.


    Soleil.


    Ophidia.


    Nyice to meet you all. So tell me, what quest did you take? (Mio)


    The one to hunt Stymphalian Birds. (Luna)


    Mios eyes shed as soon as I said that.


    Nyaaaa. Very good, those are really tasty birds. Hey hey, if you hunt more than the quest requires, Ill buy them off of you. (Mio)


    I look at everyone and they all nodded.


    Why not, but only if we find more than the quest wants. (Luna)


    Nyahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! Very good, if you ever need to find me, Ill be here. (Mio)


    She went back to the bar counter andid her head back down. Shortly after I started to hear snoring. We started making our way down the stairs when I decided to speak up.


    Well, that was interesting. (Luna)


    I agree. (Ophidia)


    Is something up, Velvet? (Soleil)


    I feel like Ive heard her name before, I just dont remember from where. (Velvet)


    Hmmm. Maybe shes a famous adventurer? (Ophidia)


    Possibly, Ill let you all know if I remember. (Velvet)


    We made our way down and out of the guild without any more interruptions and then left the city.


    Now to find the birds. (Luna)


    The quest paper said they can be found near a marsh type ce, do you know where that is? (Velvet)


    I can find it. (Luna)


    I used my space magic and spread as far as I could handle.


    I see, the ce were headed is several leagues away from here. (Luna)


    Lets move then. (Soleil)


    They all grabbed onto me and we started making our way to the location. After a few times of folding space, we arrived at the edge of the marshnd. I could hear the sounds of birds from the tops of trees. I pulled out a bow and a quiver, readied some ice spears, and opened several Gates.


    How do we make sure they dont just fly away? (Ophidia)


    Simple, we cover the area in a one-way space barrier. (Luna)


    Why not make a domain? (Velvet)


    I want to give Ophidia some practice with her space magic. I shouldnt be the only one to ever use it after all. (Luna)


    Fair enough. (Velvet)


    Then allow me. (Ophidia)


    She raised her hands up and used her space magic. I felt the barrier cover us and the area around us.


    Very good, just let me know if you start running low on mana and I will transfer some to you. (Luna)


    Understood, master. (Ophidia)


    Now that their escape route is gone, how do we get them toe at us? (Soleil)


    Ill take care of that. (Luna)


    I pulled out arge gong from my inventory and got ready to hit it.


    *Sigh* Im not even going to ask where you got that from. (Velvet)


    I grinned and swung the stick I was holding and hit the gong. It made a very loud sound and all the birds on top of the trees started flying around erratically. I quickly put it away and readied my bow again.


    HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! So many. (Luna)


    Are you sure Soleil and Ophidia can handle this many? (Velvet)


    Of course they can. The both of us will be handling most of them, but we need to let them take a few. Soleil especially need to so she can get her levels up. (Luna)


    Very well. (Velvet)


    Several of the birds looked our way and started diving at us while others started shooting feathers like arrows. We all dodged or blocked the feathers that were shot at us. I took a quick nce at one thatnded close to me and stuck in the ground.


    Metallic, just like the legend.


    I shot an arrow into one the eye of one of the birds that was diving towards me and Velvet cut a few down with her sword in whip form. Ophidia was punching the feathers that came at her which redirected them into other birds.


    Grey really did a good job teaching her.


    Soleil was firing off fire and wind spears, doing her best to hit as many birds as she could.


    Patience Soleil, only take the shots you know youll hit. (Velvet)


    Right. (Soleil)


    I shot several ice spears through the wings of a few birds, which Soleil finished off. The birds that Ophidia was dealing with started to dive at her which was a mistake on their part.


    Hahahahahaha! Come at me meat. (Ophidia)


    One of the birds that dove at Ophidia missed and she punched it in the chest sending it flying into the others. When that happened, they all fell out of the sky in a big lump and Ophidia was about to run towards them when several more birds pinned her down again with ranged attacks.


    Annoying. (Ophidia)


    After saying that, she started punching the feathers back at the birds again. While that was happening, Velvet was swinging her sword-whip around making it look like an actual snake. Every swing brought down several birds at once. She had a slight grin on her face.


    Ha, and I thought me and Ophidia were the only ones who enjoyed a fight.


    {Has Velvet ever denied enjoying it?}


    I dont remember.


    I continued my assault on the birds with magic, arrows, and weapons. After about an hour of nonstop fighting, we all heard a very loud cry from above. I looked up and saw a Stymphalian Bird that was bigger than the rest and had silver colored feathers and beak. It was high in the sky and started to dive towards us faster than any of the others had before.


    I think its boosting its speed with wind magic. (Luna)


    I cant hit that with my magic. What about you Velvet? (Soleil)


    Not with magic, but if I wait for the right moment, I think I can cut it. (Velvet)


    Want me to create that opportunity? (Luna)


    Go for it. (Velvet)


    I smiled widely and readied an arrow. I pulled the string of the bow back as far as I could until I heard the bow start to groan.


    Soleil, cover this arrow with as much wind magic as you can. (Luna)


    She did as I asked and the arrow was then covered in ayer of wind. I fired the arrow and just barely missed the silver bird that was diving towards us. Once the arrow was fired, my bow snapped. The wind that was covering the arrow managed to alter the birds trajectory some and just as it entered Velvets range, she swung her sword horizontally, cutting the silver birds head off.


    Nice going Velvet. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    The remaining birds started trying to escape.


    Master, I cant keep the barrier up much longer, do you want me to drop it or are we going to kill the rest of the birds? (Ophidia)


    Drop it, weve killed more than enough. (Luna)


    She dropped the barrier and we started collecting our spoils. I picked up several feathers and looked over them for a bit.


    Hey Tamamo, do you like feathers as hair ornaments?


    {Depends on how they look. I dont think they would look good on me, but on you I bet they would look nice.}


    Then Ill take several from the silver one.


    Once we were finished picking up the birds, everyone gathered around.


    Do you want to teleport us back, Ophidia, or do you want me to? (Luna)


    I can. Where do you want to teleport to, outside the city or in the guild? (Ophidia)


    Outside the city is fine. (Luna)


    Ok then. (Ophidia)


    We all grabbed on to her and she teleported us next to the city walls. We walked over to the gate and went inside. When we got to the guild and went inside, it was as empty looking as when we left. We walked up to the third floor and found Mio still sleeping at the bar. There were a few other adventurers up here this time, but all they did is nce at us before returning to whatever they were doing.


    We walked up to the counter and reported our sess to the receptionist. Once we shoed proof of our achievement, thepletion was recorded and we were done. We then went over to Mio and I shook her awake.


    Nyaa? (Mio)


    Hey, wake up for a bit. (Luna)


    She looked at me through squinted, sleepy eyes.


    Oh, its the new people. How did the quest go? (Mio)


    We finished it and we got a lot extra. (Luna)


    When she heard me say that, her still sleepy eyes started to shine and she grabbed my shoulders.


    Truly!? (Mio)


    I nodded my head in affirmation.


    Nyahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! How many, Ill buy them all. (Mio)


    Im not sure but there are at least over two hundred. (Luna)


    Her smile cramped a bit and her shoulders slumped a bit.


    I cant buy that many nya. (Mio)


    Dont worry about it, I was only going to give you as many as you could buy and take the rest for us. (Luna)


    Her smile returned to what it was before I told her the number we still had.


    Nyaha! Then Ill take 30, just put them in this bag while I count out the payment. She said as she handed me a bag.


    I transferred 30 birds from my inventory to my space magic inventory then transferred them into the magic bag I was handed.


    Even if its limited, Authority over space is so handy.


    {So, you can reach inside of anyones magic bags?}


    Yep, though I wont do it if I dont have to. Im not a thief.


    Once I was done with that, I ced the bag next to Mio on the counter. She then ced several stacks of gold coins on the counter and slid them over to me. I picked them up and stored them.


    Thanks friends, Ill be eating good for a while with this. (Mio)


    She smiled as she said this before her eyes got a sleepy look to them again.


    *Yawn* So sleepy. (Mio)


    Sheid her head back on the counter and went back to sleep.


    How very cat-like.


    We decided to leave the guild and look around the city for a while before heading back to the temple.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Have you seen Atmos aroundtely?


    No, but I do hear herughing from the istion room from time to time, so she must be enjoying whatever she is buying from that mysterious sphinx.


    Tamamo: Is that really a good idea to let her do that?


    Probably not, but none of us can really do anything about it.


    Tamamo: Not even you?


    I mean I could, but I won''t. *I smile a bit* I''m sure whatever she gets into with that stuff will be entertaining to me.


    Tamamo: *Sigh* Are you really that bored?


    I can be. It''s not like I''m constantly watching Luna. It would be creepy if I was and I don''t want to be seen that way.


    Tamamo: Fair enough.

 Chapter 131: Back at the Temple

    Chapter 131: Back at the Temple


    [Luna POV]


    After looking around the city for a bit, we returned to the Temple of Night.


    Have you also blessed this temple Tamamo?


    {I did, but it was a lesser blessing than the one at the Shrine of the Moon.}


    Why is that?


    {Because out of my three Authorities, the one that pertains to the moon is the one Im most known for. It would only make sense to bless the ce dedicated to the moon with a bigger blessing.}


    Will I need temples or shrines dedicated to space and fluff then?


    {Like Ive said before, followers and ces of worship dont really affect us except for morale, so they arent really necessary, but that probably wont stop people making temples or shrines eventually.}


    I see. Now that I think about it, what exactly does blessing a ce do?


    {Depends on what the god or goddess blessing the ce wants, though most of the time, it just consecrates the ce. That way when funerals are held and people are buried they dont return as undead.}


    Interesting.


    {Do you have any idea on what you want your blessing to do at your shrine?}


    I have a few ideas, but Im not sure on the final details yet. Ill consult with you some other time.


    {I understand.}


    As we came up to the temple, the sun was setting. When we entered the temple, it seemed to be busier than it was this morning.


    I guess this ce will be rtively busy at night, wont it. (Luna)


    Thats highly likely. (Velvet)


    We headed to the office Mordred was most likely in and knocked on the door. When we heard her reply, we entered and found another person inside.


    Wee back. (Mordred)


    So, these are the people you were telling me about? Its nice to meet you all, my name is Morgan le Fay, Mordreds mother. (Morgan)


    Its been a while, Lady Morgan. (Velvet)


    Indeed it has, Miss Velvet. How has your mother been? (Morgan)


    Shes been good. She has taken up leadership in the Beast Kingdom again. (Velvet)


    I assumed as much when Mordred told me you were travelling around as an adventurer. Im honestly surprised yousted as long as you did as the leader over there. (Morgan)


    You and me both. (Velvet)


    Morgan then turned to me.


    And you are Lady Luna, I presume? (Morgan)


    I am. (Luna)


    She smiled and bowed to me.


    Thank you for ridding the world of those two lunatics. (Morgan)


    There is no need for thanks, Ill do anything as long as it makes the Goddess happy. (Luna)


    {It feels weird hearing you talk about me without using my name.}


    I agree.


    Understandable. (Morgan)


    She then turned back to Mordred.


    Ill leave the rest to you Mordred, I need to go and handle n affairs now that the Volkihar n is gone. (Morgan)


    She then left the room.


    Those two were thest of their n? (Luna)


    Yep. The rest of them died a long time ago when vampires were hunted. (Mordred)


    Why would they not put rebuilding their n as their first priority? (Soleil)


    Well, you all know how Beryl was. Mortem on the other hand was just as stupid. He believed that only getting the daughter of one of the old ns to marry him would be good enough for his n. Thats the reason he only ever went after either Velvet or Miss Bathory. (Mordred)


    I still dont really get that. Its not like only two people can rebuild a n. If he was waiting for his brother to do anything with Tamamo, that wouldnt really work out since I know Tamamo doesnt want children. Not that I would ever let him even get that far in the first ce. (Luna)


    Believe it or not, Beryl was the smart one. All Mortem ever cared about was listening to his brother and trying to find someone that met his standards. Mordred said with a scowl.


    What made you hate him so much? (Ophidia)


    Everything. But if I had to say one of the more infuriating things, it would be how he insulted my family. Us vampires have a lot of pride in our families and the things he said about mine stomped all over that pride with spiked boots covered in goblin dung. (Mordred)


    I see. (Ophidia)


    Enough talking about insignificant dead people, did you have those rooms prepared? (Luna)


    Yeah, Ill show you to them. Follow me. (Mordred)


    She led us out of the office and brought us to a hallway with several doors on either side.


    While not as fancy as I would have preferred to let you stay in, this is all the temple has, not to mention that I doubt any of you would have wanted to stay in a room like that. (Mordred)


    Thanks for that. (Luna)


    No problem. (Mordred)


    She showed us all several rooms next to each other. We thanked her and went inside. The rooms interior was pretty empty aside from a bed, a desk, and a dresser.


    Not much, but thats better than a fancy, overdecorated room.


    Iid down on the bed and stared at the roof. Iid there in silence for a few minutes.


    {What are you thinking about Luna?}


    Not much.


    I raised my hand and the roof exploded with an illusion of a starry sky.


    Better.


    {How pretty.}


    Thanks. Im nning on making my shrines inside look like this once I bless it. Maybe add an effect that that helps diviners a small bit.


    {That sounds good to me.}


    *Sigh* You know, I really want to hug you right now.


    {Any particr reason?}


    No. I just want to be close to you right now.


    {Then make a domain and Illy down next to you until you fall asleep.}


    I did as she said and made a domain the size of the room. Tamamo then appeared andid down next to me. She moved a few of her tails to cover me and I wrapped my arms around her.


    Fufufu.


    She then started petting my head.


    {This is nice.}


    I tightened my hug for a few seconds then spoke.


    I love you so much Tamamo.


    {Ufufufu. I love you too, Luna. You are my one and only.}


    She then started hugging me with both her arms and tails. After spending a while like that, I started slowly falling asleep.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAAHA!


    Damn it Atmos, you just ruined the good atmosphere that was going on.


    Atmos: Eh? *She looks over to the tv where we watch what goes on* Oh, sorry about that.


    Well toote now. So, what is it that made youugh like that?


    Atmos: That new portal you added to my room that leads to that sphinx''s ce is great. There is so much stuff I can get there that I''ve been having trouble keeping all of my excitement bottled up. I''ve even had Grey spread several of the items I got from there in dungeon chests for people to find.


    I feel conflicted about that. On one hand, I''m a bit worried about the kind of things that will happen from now on, but on the other hand, I can''t wait to see what happens because I know it will be exciting.


    Atmos: Hahahaha! That''s the spirit.

 Chapter 132: Leadup to a Future Meeting

    Chapter 132: Leadup to a Future Meeting


    [Luna POV]


    Waking up the next day, I was alone in the bed and the domain was gone. I rolled over and groaned.


    I guess even if I dont need much sleep anymore, its still annoying waking up.


    {Good morning, Luna. Did you sleep well?}


    I did. Especially since you were here for a while. I will always sleep soundly when youre involved.


    {Ufufufu. And I have to say, your sleeping face is absolutely adorable. Especially when your ears twitch.}


    I got up from the bed and stretched, then I pulled out a change of clothes from my inventory and started changing.


    {As beautiful as always Luna.}


    Why thank you. You look just as stunning.


    {But Im not even there for you to look at me.}


    Does that matter? I have your image burned into my mind, so I dont need to see you in person, though I will always wee it if I can.


    {Fair enough.}


    I finished changing and then I heard a knock on the door.


    Come in.


    When the door opened, Soleil and Ophidia came in.


    Morning Soleil, Ophidia. (Luna)


    Good morning, master. (Ophidia)


    You seem to be in an extra good mood today, big sis. (Soleil)


    Fufufu. I spent a little time with Tamamo yesterday. (Luna)


    I should have figured as much. (Soleil)


    I looked over at Ophidia who hadnt said anything after greeting me. She was looking at the roof. When I followed her gaze, I noticed the starry sky.


    Oh yeah, I forgot I made that illusionst night. (Luna)


    Soleil looked up as well and sighed.


    No matter how many times youve shown that to us, I still find it extremely pretty. (Soleil)


    Indeed. Its a sight that mesmerizes me every time. It makes me want to see the real thing more and more. (Ophidia)


    Im d you enjoy it so much. (Luna)


    Come to think of it, can you use an illusion like that for ster magic? (Soleil)


    No. Ive tried it before, and it doesnt work. Ive even tried using constetions from my previous world to see if that did anything, but it didnt. Only the constetions that I make work with it. (Luna)


    I see. (Soleil)


    Are you going to keep this up for as long as were here, master? (Ophidia)


    No, Im about to dispel it. Thanks for reminding me it was up there. (Luna)


    Wouldnt keeping an illusion like that going eventually drain your mana? (Soleil)


    Infinite mana, remember. (Luna)


    Oh right, I forgot about that. (Soleil)


    Is Velvet still asleep? (Luna)


    Yes. The both of us stayed upte talking with each other. I didnt go back to my room until reallyte, or would it be early? Anyway, she is still asleep. (Soleil)


    Should we go and wake her up then? (Ophidia)


    Ill do that, the two of you can go and find breakfast. (Soleil)


    Ok, just dont fall asleep again when she most likely pulls you into the bed while half asleep. (Luna)


    Ill do my best to resist. Soleil said in a monotone voice.


    Soleil then left the room, leaving me and Ophidia alone.


    Before I forget, Ophidia, Im going to make your letter box soon, do you have any requests on a design? (Luna)


    Ill leave it up to you master. (Ophidia)


    Ill hand it over when its done then. (Luna)


    We left the temple and headed into the city in search of something to eat. We eventually found something close to the center of the city and sat down on a bench that was nearby. While I was sitting and chatting with Ophidia, I kept feeling a gaze on me from somewhere.


    I wish whoever is staring at me stops soon or I will have to make them stop.


    Is something wrong, master? (Ophidia)


    Someone around here is staring at me and its getting annoying. (Luna)


    Just as I was about to get up and find whoever it was, the feeling disappeared.


    Theyre gone now. (Luna)


    It must be troublesome for you master. (Ophidia)


    What do you mean? (Luna)


    Always having people stare at you wherever you go. (Ophidia)


    Oh that. Not really since Ive learned to just ignore it. I only ever get annoyed by it when someone keeps staring like whoever it was just now. (Luna)


    I see. (Ophidia)


    [??? POV]


    As I was walking around the city like I do every morning, I saw two gorgeous women sitting on a bench and eating. Though they were sitting, I could tell they were quite tall. One of them looked like a human with ck hair with silver streaks and a chest that was slightlyrger than average. The other one was a kitsune with ck hair and tails with silver tips on her ears and tail and arge chest. The kitsune was absolutely stunning and my heart skipped a beat when I saw her.


    I wanted to go and talk to her, but I didnt have the time since I needed to meet with my father today. I stood there staring unconsciously for several minutes when I saw the kitsune start getting up with an annoyed face.


    Did she notice me staring at her?


    I started to panic a bit and left the area. I made my way back to the noble district and entered my home. I went to fathers office and found him sitting at his desk and drinking some tea while looking out the window. When he heard me enter the room, her turned in his chair and looked at me.


    Did something happen while you were out, Morax? (Damon)


    I saw a very prettydy in the city who caught my eye. (Morax)


    Oh, thats great news. Did you talk to her? (Damon)


    No. (Morax)


    *Sigh* Give me a description and Ill see if I can help you out. (Damon)


    She is a ck haired kitsune with sliver tips on her ears and tail. I think she had silver eyes as well. (Morax)


    The more I described thedy I saw, fathers expression darkened.


    I think you should give up, Morax. (Damon)


    Why? (Morax)


    Because the person you just described to me is Deacons daughter. She is an S-rank adventurer and also already engaged to someone. Who she is engaged to, I dont know. (Damon)


    Thats a shame, I would have really liked to court her. (Morax)


    It truly is a shame, but at least you gave me some good information. I should invite her here as a greeting. You can be here when that happens and you can at least try to befriend her. (Damon)


    Thats fine as well. Maybe I can court the person she was with. She was a beauty as well. (Morax)


    That depends on them. (Damon)


    Father then rang a bell and our butler entered the room.


    How can I assist you, Sir?


    Seb, I need you to find out where a kitsune by the name if Luna Reed is staying and send her an invitation to meet with me. You should go and ask at the adventurers guild to see if they know anything. (Damon)


    I shall take care of it right away. If youll excuse me.


    Seb then left the room.


    Now we wait. (Damon)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: At least Damon recognized it was Luna from that description.


    Tamamo: He has met her once and Luna''s appearance isn''t one most people would forget.


    Atmos: That''s true.


    I''m still surprised she hasn''t attracted more annoying people to her.


    Tamamo: I assumed either you or Atmos had something to do with that.


    I haven''t done anything to prevent that. I don''t know about Atmos though.


    Atmos: I just meddled a little bit. Don''t want thigs to get repetitive and such.


    Tamamo: I suppose I should thank you for that then.


    Atmos: As thanks, can I get one of those moon jewels you sometimes make?


    Tamamo: Sure, but I want to know what you need it for.


    Atmos: Nothing much. I was going to consult with the person I''ve been getting my newest mischief stuff from if they had any idea what it could be useful for besides being a very pretty jewel.


    Tamamo: Fine.


    *Tamamo condenses power in the palm of her hand until it turns into a sparkling silver-white jewel*


    Atmos: Thanks. If any of you need me, you know where I''ll be.


    *Atmos then leaves the room*


    I hope she keeps whatever she makes with that tame.


    Tamamo: I hope so too.


    Should I call Gear here just in case?


    Tamamo: No, I think me, you, Luna, and Skadi will be enough if anything happens.


    Got it, just know I can bring him here if we ever need him.


    Tamamo: Good to know.

 Chapter 133: The Rest of the Morning

    Chapter 133: The Rest of the Morning


    [Luna POV]


    While we were on our way back to the temple to get Velvet and Soleil, we decided to walk instead of teleport so that we could stop if we found anything interesting. So far we only found a few things that we ended up buying. As we were about to enter the temple district again, we found a nice little clothing shop and we decided to check it out. Inside we found several clothes with interesting designs. They were practical for adventuring, but also stylish enough to be worn as casual wear.


    Anything catch you eye, Ophidia?


    A few things.


    You want to try them on?


    Why not.


    Ophidia picked up the things that she was interested in while I continued to look around. Eventually I found something that I really liked and decided to go and try it on. I made my way to the changing room and went inside.


    {I like that very much, Luna. Its very fitting for you.}


    Thanks. I think Im going to make this my main wardrobe, though I might make a few adjustments here and there. The sleeves are a bit much if I wanted to use my melee weapons.


    {You do have a skill to help with that, so go for it.}


    I stuck my head out of the changing room and called out to a clerk. When they came over to me I asked if I could pay for the clothes and wear them out of the shop. They said yes and I handed over the money. When I left the dressing room, I found Ophidia waiting for me.


    Did you end up buying any of the things you liked?


    I did, I put them in my inventory. I can see you did the same.


    Yep.


    Though I am as ignorant as it gets to fashion, I must say that those clothes really suit you master.


    Thanks. Tamamo said the same thing.


    We then left the shop and finally went back to the temple. When we arrived, we went to find Velvet and Soleil. We eventually found them in a small garden on the temple grounds.


    Hello you two. (Luna)


    Hello. (Ophidia)


    When they turned around to face us, they immediately noticed my change in clothes.


    I see you went around shopping for a bit on your way back. (Soleil)


    Yeah, if you want, I tell you where the shop I got this from ister. (Luna)


    Please do. (Velvet)


    Have the two of you eaten anything yet? (Luna)


    No, we thought the two of you would probably bring us something. (Soleil)


    And you would be correct. (Luna)


    I pulled out the rest of the food me and Ophidia bought earlier and handed it over to them. Once they finished eating, they stood up.


    Shall we head to the guild now? (Velvet)


    Sure. Do you want to teleport there or walk? (Luna)


    Teleporting sounds fine to me. (Velvet)


    I agree with Velvet. (Soleil)


    Got it. Once we finish everything we do today, Ill tell you where that shop is and the two of you can go on a small date there. (Luna)


    Sounds good to me. (Soleil)


    Maybe I should bring Skadi there one day. (Ophidia)


    You can try it. (Luna)


    With that, we teleported to the guild. Instead of bringing us to the entrance, I brought us to the third floor. It was as empty as yesterday and Mio was still sleeping at the bar. When we arrived, I thought I saw her ear twitch, but she didnt make a move after that.


    Lets go see if anything new has been posted. (Velvet)


    We all went over to the board and started looking over it. There werent any new quests on the board so we were trying to figure out what to do. While we were doing that, a guild employee came up to us.


    Excuse me, are you Miss Luna?


    I am. (Luna)


    The guild master would like to speak with you.


    Ill be right there, then. You three, keep looking for a quest, Ill go and see what this is about. (Luna)


    Ok.


    I followed the employee up to the guild masters room and entered when prompted to. When inside, I saw Ibuki and an old butler sitting across from each other.


    Hello again, Luna. Sorry to call you in here out of the blue. (Ibuki)


    Its no problem. All we were doing was looking for a quest to do. (Luna)


    All right then. Allow me to introduce you, this is Seb, the butler of General Damon. (Ibuki)


    The butler then stood up and gave a polite bow.


    Like Lady Ibuki said, my name is Seb. I came here to extend an invitation to my lords home. He wishes to greet you. (Seb)


    I will dly ept this invitation. Is it alright if my party also joins me? (Luna)


    Yes. That is fine. (Seb)


    Very well. I will go and tell them that our ns have changed slightly. (Luna)


    I will go and wait at the carriage then. Thank you for epting. (Seb)


    Saying that, he left the room.


    Before you go, may I ask where you are staying at and for how long? It will be helpful to know so I can forward any messages to you. (Ibuki)


    Were staying at the Temple of Night. (Luna)


    Oh. Thats an odd ce to stay. (Ibuki)


    We helped the residents there with a little problem they were having and they are letting us stay there as thanks for that. As for how long were staying here, for now itll only be until next month, then Ill have to head home for a bit. After that, well be back for I dont know how long. (Luna)


    I see. Thank you for telling me. (Ibuki)


    If thats all, Ill be heading out. (Luna)


    Very well. (Ibuki)


    I left the room and went back to the third floor. I found everybody still standing around the quest board and I walked up to them.


    Im back and there has been a change in ns. General Damon has invited up to see him and I epted the invite. (Luna)


    Ok then. We cane backter and decide on what to do then. (Velvet)


    We headed down to the entrance to the guild and found a fancy carriage waiting for us. Seb stood next to the door and opened it for us when he saw us. He held his hand out to assist us like a gentleman and each of us epted to be polite. Once all of us were onboard, he climbed onto the coachmans seat and we started moving.


    Ugh. I would have expected Grey or some other otherworlder to introduce suspension for carriages by now. Im going to need to talk to ke about thister. (Luna)


    What is that? (Soleil)


    Something that decreases the shaking you feel while moving in something like this. (Luna)


    That would be very nice. (Velvet)


    We continued to chat like that for a while when we felt the carriage start slowing down. When it stopped and Seb opened the door, we saw a veryrge mansion in front of us.


    Let me be the first to wee you all. (Seb)


    He assisted us out of the carriage and led us inside.


    Chaos Realm:


    *Snap*


    Tamamo: Again?


    It''s not affecting anything, just doing a favor for one of my regr guests.


    Tamamo: Ok then.


    I wonder how this is going to y out.


    Tamamo: You don''t already know?


    It''splicated. This particr time, I know roughly what''s going to happen, but not the details. At least for now. As time goes on, I''ll know more and more.


    Tamamo: I see.

 Chapter 134: A Quick Meeting with General Damon

    Chapter 134: A Quick Meeting with General Damon


    [Luna POV]


    Once inside, we were led to an ornate lounge room.


    I will go and tell my lord that you are here. (Seb)


    He then left the room. I then started looking around. Most of the furniture here had a gold or silver trim and it all looked extremely expensive.


    Im d I was never raised to act like nobility. It seems really tiresome. (Luna)


    Velvet looked around like I did.


    I agree. I think its dumb that high-position nobles have to have stuff like this just to show off. (Velvet)


    The good thing is that General Damon isnt the haughty type of noble. At least ording to dad. (Luna)


    Havent you met him before, big sis? (Soleil)


    I have, but I never talked to him more than just greeting him briefly. Honestly, I dont even know how he knew I was here in Onigashima. (Luna)


    Maybe the person that was staring at you earlier has some rtion to the person were meeting. (Ophidia)


    Maybe so. (Luna)


    Whats that about? (Velvet)


    While me and Ophidia were eating our breakfast, someone was staring at me enough for me to not ignore it, thats all. (Luna)


    As we were discussing what happened this morning, the door to the room opened again. We all stood up as a tall, muscr demon entered the room followed by a slightly shorter demon.


    Hello there. (Damon)


    General Damon. (Luna)


    Before we continue this conversation, let me first say wee to Onigashima. (Damon)


    After saying that, we all sat down.


    Do you know how long you will be here? (Damon)


    Until next month, then Ill have to head home for the second princes wedding. After that, Ill be back for an indefinite period. Well mostly be doing quests and diving in dungeons. (Luna)


    I see. (Damon)


    After that, the topic of my father came up and General Damon started acting like an old man reminiscing on the past. The whole time this was happening, the other person that came with him was staring at me and Ophidia.


    While I am interested in hearing more about my fathers and your past exploits, you havent introduced the other person you came here with. (Luna)


    Ah, forgive me. This is my second son, Morax. (Damon)


    Yes, my name is Morax. Its a pleasure to meet you. (Morax)


    He bowed his head slightly in greeting.


    I am curious about one thing. (Luna)


    Yes? (Damon)


    How did you find out I was in this city? (Luna)


    That would be because of me. Morax said. I saw you and yourpanion in the city while I was on my morning walk. When I describe you to my father, he recognized you and sent Seb to invite you here to greet you.


    So, it was you that was staring at me so long earlier. (Luna)


    You knew about that? (Morax)


    Due to certain circumstances, I am acutely aware of it when people stare at me. Usually I ignore it, but when someone does that for extended periods of time, I cant. (Luna)


    Then allow me to apologize for that. I couldnt help myself since Ive never seen someone as beautiful as you. (Morax)


    While I will thank you for thepliment, I must inform you that I am engaged, so please refrain from going any further. I said, trying to be as polite as possible while hinting at moving on from this subject.


    I have heard as much from my father, and I assure you that all I meant from that is topliment you. (Morax)


    Very well then. (Luna)


    On that subject though, may I ask if yourpanion here is in a rtionship? He asked while looking toward Ophidia.


    I regret to inform you, but I am currently in a rtionship with the adventurer Skadi. (Ophidia)


    Hearing that, Moraxs shoulders slumped. Damon reached over and patted his son on the back.


    Better luck next time, Morax. Youll find someone someday. (Damon)


    I dont know why, but I feel kind of bad for him.


    {I wouldnt, he is still young and his specific race live for thousands of years. Hell find at least one person eventually.}


    I feel a lot less bad now.


    {Ufufu.}


    With that out of the way, I should get back to what I was doing. Thank all of you for taking time out of your day toe here. (Damon)


    Thank you for inviting us here. We all stood up. If you ever need my help while Im here, just ask through the guild or look for us at the Temple of Night. (Luna)


    Ill remember that. Do you need a ride back to the guild? (Damon)


    We can manage on our own. Thank you for the offer though. (Luna)


    Everyone grabbed on to me and we teleported out of the room.


    Hehehe. I wonder what their reactions are to that.


    {Probably not as amusing as you think.}


    Tamamos words caused me to pout a bit.


    You could at least let me imagine they were shocked.


    {But if I did that, I wouldnt get to see you make a cute face like that.}


    Her words caused me to blush a bit.


    {Ufufufufu.}


    HEY TAMAMO, IM HERE TO PLAY! (Atmos)


    {Gah.}


    Whats wrong, big sis? (Soleil)


    Atmoss yelling. (Luna)


    Ooohhh. (Soleil)


    {ATMOS!}


    Uh-oh. H-hey Tamamo, sorry about that. (Atmos)


    {I would forgive you if it was just me, but you were so loud it even hurt Lunas ears, so I think I need to lecture you for a bit.}


    L-Luna, if you can hear me, please help! (Atmos)


    No.


    Please reconsider. (Atmos)


    These are the only times I can hear Tamamo like this, so why would I?


    You would let me suffer through a lecture just for that? Im shocked.


    Why? You know exactly what Im like when ites to Tamamo, so I hardly find this surprising.


    Come to think of it, youre right.


    {Enough Atmos, get over here.}


    Youll never catch me!


    I quickly imagined Tamamos home and tried opening a Gate. I felt it work and then Iunched a chain in what I assumed to be Atmoss direction.


    EH!?


    I heard the sound of Atmos falling over.


    {Was that you, Luna?}


    Yep. I thought I would try to help you out and it worked surprisingly well.


    {Does this mean you cane here whenever you want then?}


    I highly doubt it. Im already struggling to keep that Gate open in the first ce.


    {I see. Thanks for the assist.}


    Any time.


    Im going to punish Grey for giving these to you Luna.


    Fufufufufufufu.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: *Sniff* They''re so mean.


    You kind of brought that on yourself though. How many times has Tamamo asked you not to yell loudly when you go and see her?


    Atmos: Too many times to count.


    Then why do you keep doing it?


    Atmos: I really don''t know.


    Skadi: Oh, it''s been a while since I wasst here. Hello.


    Hey Skadi.


    Atmos: Hi. *Sniff*


    Skadi: What''s up with her?


    Tamamo lectured her after Luna caught her with one of her chains.


    Skadi: She can do that!?


    Just barely, but yes.


    Skadi: Authority over space is crazy.


    By the way, Ophidia has almost fulfilled the conditions to be Luna''s Apostle. Once she bes one, she''ll be able to show up here.


    Skadi: That''s great, I can''t wait for that to happen.

 Chapter 135: Preparation for the Wedding

    Chapter 135: Preparation for the Wedding


    [Luna POV]


    Over the next several weeks, we cleared quest after quest. Soleil was raised up to A-rank and Ophidia made it to C-rank. We were going to finally start going to dungeons when I got a letter from home saying that I needed toe and help out with the preparations for the wedding of the second prince. Since all of us were going over there, we went around letting the people we interacted with the most know. Once that was done, I teleported all of us to the shrine vige. When we arrived, we immediately headed to where mom was.


    We should head to the shrines main hall, right?


    {Yes. That is where your mother and Anastasia are.}


    Thanks, Tamamo.


    {Anything for you, Luna.}


    I smiled at her words.


    The same goes for you, Tamamo. If you ever need me to do anything for you, just ask and Ill do my best to provide.


    {Ufufufu. Ill take you up on that when we next see each other.}


    While I was conversing with Tamamo, we came up to the shrines main hall. There were priests and shrine maidens moving around frantically preparing decorations and other things. Mom was in the center of everything giving directions while Ana was moving about and helping where needed. When mom saw us enter, she called out to us.


    Soleil and Velvet, go and help Ana. Ophidia and Luna,e over here. (Amagi)


    Soleil and Velvet did as she said and went over to assist Ana while me and Ophidia walked over and stood next to mom.


    Luna, Im going to need you to help out in the kitchen when we start preparing food. You wont be the only person there since the royal family is sending chefs from the castle, so Im going to need you to take charge there. For now though, Im going to need you and Ophidia to gather the ingredients. (Amagi)


    Is what I have in my inventory not enough? (Luna)


    It probably is, but I want you to collect more just in case. Im not going to ask you to use your wyvern meat, but if you could spare some, I would be eternally grateful. (Amagi)


    Ill spare some for the royal family at least. Is there anything specific you want us to get? (Luna)


    Thanks. As for the second thing, not really, just make sure you stock up on as much meat as you can get. Though there will be several other races here, most will be wolf beastkin. (Amagi)


    Got it. Ophidia, lets go and hunt some stuff. (Luna)


    Im ready master. (Ophidia)


    Well be back in a bit. If you need me for anything else, tell Velvet or Tamamo and Ill rush back over. (Luna)


    Very well. (Amagi)


    Me and Ophidia then teleported to one of the forests near the capital Savanna. We began hunting animals as well as picked up herbs and other nts. We spent a few days doing this and by the time we went back to the shrine, we had enough meat to feed the entire vige.


    Master, do you think we went a bit too far?


    Nah. We made sure to move forests enough so that we didnt disrupt the bnce. If we dont end up using all of this, Ill just use it at some point in the future.


    Then I wont mention it again.


    We then went to find mom again. We found her as well as the others resting in the living area of the shrine.


    Were back. (Luna)


    Good. Take a break for the rest of today, the chefs should be here tomorrow. When they get here, you will be busy pretty much until the start. Then well need to get you ready. (Amagi)


    Me and Ophidia sat down next to everyone.


    Are all royal wedding preparations this hectic? (Luna)


    *Sigh* This is rather tame. If it was the wedding of the first price or the king, it would be ten times as busy. (Amagi)


    Honestly, I wonder what its going to be like for your wedding, Luna. I dont know how often gods get married, but I doubt its often. (Ana)


    {Its going to be much more extravagant than this. Weddings for minor gods and goddesses are at about the same level as this, but because of mine and Lunas positions in the divine domain, itll be quite the spectacle. Maybe even bigger than Atmoss wedding.}


    Hahaha. Im looking forward to seeing that. (Amagi)


    Ill have to make sure Soleil and Velvets wedding doesnt pale inparison. (Ana)


    Mom, I dont think that will be necessary. Its not like well need to have a wedding to rival a divine one. (Soleil)


    I agree with Soleil. (Velvet)


    I wonder what Skadi would like. (Ophidia)


    Come to think of it, I dont even know who the second prince is marrying. (Luna)


    The daughter of an earl. (Amagi)


    I see. (Luna)


    Going back to preparation talk for a bit, how much did the two of you manage to hunt? (Amagi)


    Not including the wyvern meat I have,bining everything we hunted with what I already had, we would be able to feed the entire vige for around six months, maybe seven. (Luna)


    Thats more than enough then. (Amagi)


    We all sat in silence for a few minutes.


    Anyone want any tea or something? I managed to get some good tea leaves in the Empire? (Luna)


    Ill take some. (Amagi)


    I will as well. (Ana)


    I would like some. (Soleil and Velvet)


    Ill pass. Its not really to my taste. (Ophidia)


    Got it. Ill get it ready. (Luna)


    I pulled out a tea set from my inventory and started preparing everything. Ana was watching my every movement.


    Youve improved since the time I taught you how to do this. (Ana)


    Obviously. This is tied to the cooking skill, so I would hope Ive improved. (Luna)


    I conjured a physical illusion of a table and started boiling water with a fire I made with normal fox fire and waited.


    Now that I think about it, what has dad been doing? (Luna)


    Hes been doing physicalbor the entire time. Hes passed out over there. Mom said as she pointed to dad who wasying on a couch not far from us. Hes been running around for four days straight so dont bother him.


    Got it. (Luna)


    Once the water started boiling, I added the tea leaves and started to steep it. Once that was done, I brought out tea cups for everyone that wanted some and poured. Once everyone had a cup, we waited for it to cool down for a minute or two and all took a sip.


    This is very good. (Amagi)


    I agree. Its even better than the tea that we can make here. (Ana)


    Ill give you some of the leavester. (Luna)


    You dont have to do that. (Ana)


    Its fine, I have more than enough to share. (Luna)


    Just ept it mom. Big sis bought enough tost for months. (Soleil)


    Luna, did we not teach you to be a little frugal with money? (Amagi)


    You did, but its fine. We have more than enough to do this sort of thing. In fact, doing that barely put a dent in our savings. A-rank quests more often than not give a lot of mary rewards. (Luna)


    Very well then. (Amagi)


    Im curious, have you gone on any S-rank quests yet? (Ana)


    The only one Ive been on is when me and Skadi fought the kraken. After that, no. (Luna)


    I would consider that a good thing. (Velvet)


    I guess, but Im getting a little bored doing such easy quests all the time. (Luna)


    Big sis, I know the quests weve been doing are easy to you, but they have been decently challenging for me. (Soleil)


    Why are you bragging, Soleil? (Luna)


    I wasnt trying to. (Soleil)


    Ophidia then patted me on the back, being careful to avoid touching my tails.


    Dont worry master, though I dont know when, well find a decent challenge for you some day. (Ophidia)


    Thanks Ophidia. (Luna)


    I finished my tea then stood up.


    Where are you going? (Amagi)


    To get started preparing to cook. I still need to process several of the things we hunted. (Luna)


    Shouldnt you rest a little? (Ana)


    Im fine. Ever since I became a demigod, Ive hardly needed sleep. Combine that with my sleep resistance and Im good to go for as long as I want. (Luna)


    {Are you tempting me Luna?}


    While normally I would say yes, I wasnt this time.


    If its like that, then go. If you lose track of time, Ill send the chefs to you when they get here. (Amagi)


    Got it. I said as I went to the kitchen of the shrine to get to work.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hey, where did Skadi go? She was here not to long ago.


    She left since she was going to be busy for a while. Why, did you need her for something?


    Atmos: No, I was just wondering.


    Tamamo: Hehehehe.


    Atmos: What''s up with her?


    My guess is she''s been imaging how her and Luna''s wedding is going to be like.


    Atmos: Fair enough, I was like that a few times while waiting for Grey to ascend, so I get it.


    Why does that not surprise me?

 Chapter 136: The King Arrives

    Chapter 136: The King Arrives


    [Luna POV]


    The next couple of days was spent mostly in the kitchen preparing everything. When the chefs of the royal family arrived, they spent a while going around and checking everything so that they knew what was what and where was where. They then checked on the ingredients that I provided and were surprised by the wyvern meat. A few days after that, other nobles started to arrive. I was now with Ophidia and the others waiting for the day of the wedding to arrive.


    Im surprised that this much work goes into preparing for a wedding. Ive seen several of them from a distance, but never participated in the set up. (Velvet)


    It is quite hectic, isnt it? (Soleil)


    I was about to say something when I felt a powerful presence approaching the vige.


    Seems like Skadi ising. (Luna)


    Really! (Ophidia)


    Yep. I wonder what she is doing though. (Luna)


    It was then that mom came to us.


    Luna,e with me, the royal family is arriving shortly. (Amagi)


    And that answers that question. (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Amagi)


    Dont worry about it. (Luna)


    We moved to the vige entrance just in time to see an extremely ornamented carriageing. From a distance, it looked like solid gold and silver.


    I realize there is a meaning to having something like that, but isnt that going a bit too far? (Luna)


    While I know what youre trying to say andpletely agree with it, please keep thoughts like that to yourself. (Amagi)


    I will, but even if I didnt, none of us could be executed for lese majeste. We all technically have higher status than they do. (Luna)


    Now that I think about it, youre right. But even then, its still rude. I didnt raise you to be rude. (Amagi)


    Fair enough. By the way wheres dad? (Luna)


    He rode out to greet them before they arrived. Its some tradition from a long time ago. (Amagi)


    Got it. By the way, once this is over, can you have Ana prepare a room close to Ophidias for Skadi? (Luna)


    Sure thing. (Amagi)


    As we were having this quiet conversation, dad rode up to us on a horse.


    You actually look like a knight for once. (Luna)


    Dont I always look like that? (Deacon)


    No.


    You agree with her, Amagi!? (Deacon)


    I do. Normally, you only partially wear your armor, so it doesnt have the effect you think it does. (Amagi)


    But wearing all of this all the time would be a detriment. Anyway, as you can see, they are almost here. (Deacon)


    As dad said this, the carriage that was surrounded by guards on horses and Skadi on foot entered the vige. When she saw me. Skadi gave a small wave in my direction and I did the same. I then spoke to her telepathically.


    <em>Meet with us tonight when you are free.</em>


    She nodded at my message. It was then that the carriage slowed down and the door opened. Then a person stepped out. He was tall and had unkempt gray hair and eyes. Instead of a regr crown that you would expect to see on his head, he had a golden circlet instead. His wolf ears were constantly moving at every sound showing that he was vignt.


    I expected him to give off a regal feeling, but he just seems like a regr person.


    {Thats because yourmon sense when ites to important people is skewed. You already know several people even more important than some measly king.}


    Thats true, but I guess I should at-wait, do I even need to y along? Im an S-rank adventurer as well.


    I then started to ask mom and dad.


    <em>Hey, because of my S-rank status, will I need to bow in front of him? </em>(Luna)


    <em>I dont know. </em>(Amagi)


    <em>No clue.</em> (Deacon)


    I then looked over to Skadi and asked her the same thing. Her response was shaking her head, implying that it was not necessary for me to bow to the king of my home country. This whole situation happened in the few seconds it took for the king to get off of the carriage ande to stand in front of us. Dad had already dismounted his horse and he and mom then kneeled in front of the king while I remained standing. The king silently looked at me like he was assessing me then grinned a bit.


    I see. When I heard that there was an S-rank adventurer with the family name of Reed, I figured that it was someone rted to Deacon, but to think I would meet you so soon. The king then looked ant mom and dad. You may rise.


    They did as he said and when they raised their faces, I could see dad had a smirk on his face.


    I told you my daughter was special, didnt I, King Lobo? (Deacon)


    Hahaha. You did many times, even back when you hadnt met her yet. (Lobo)


    I could see mom holding in a sigh.


    Guess there is more to their rtionship than I thought.


    {Guess so. Im actually surprised your father never told you about his rtionship with the king.}


    You know how he is, always with the training. He probably forgot that he never told me.


    {Thats true.}


    The king then looked over to mom.


    And thank you, Amagi, for doing this for my son. (Lobo)


    Its not a problem. (Amagi)


    The king then looked back at me and smiled.


    Its nice to meet you. I am King Lobo Savanna.


    I am Luna Reed, or, as you might have heard, Luna of the Spectral Mists.


    Well met. (Lobo)


    He held his hand out for a handshake and I shook it. Once that was over, he turned around and went back to the carriage.


    Now I must go back to acting like a king. We can talk againter. (Lobo)


    He then climbed back into the carriage and it started moving again. Once the kings carriage was further into the vige, I spoke my thoughts.


    The way that ended make it feel like he owns the ce. Is that how kings are supposed to act? (Luna)


    This question caused mom to facepalm and dad to chuckle.


    What? Doesnt this ce technically belong to Tamamo? (Luna)


    No. The shrine, belongs to the goddess. The vige around the shrine belongs to us as a proxy to the king, so technically, he does own the vige. And yes, that is how kings usually act. How did you not notice this when you met Drome? (Amagi)


    I dont know. (Luna)


    Pfft. Ahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Deacon)


    *Sigh* The two of you are so alike. (Amagi)


    And you love us for it. (Luna)


    This made mom smile.


    Naturally. (Amagi)


    We then made our way back to the shrine.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Now that I think about it, Luna really does take after her parents in this life. Why is that?


    Mortals change over time. Just because she has the memories and personality from her past life doesn''t mean she won''t change. She was around them for 15 years and unconsciously picked up some of their personality traits that mixed with what was already there.


    Atmos: I see. I guess that''s what makes watchin and messing with mortals so much fun.


    I agree. They are so much fun to watch and mess with. Like this one time, I was bored so I decided to see what was going on down there and watched this one person that interested me. He was down on his luck so I intervened a little by giving him an item. After that, a lot of things happened, both good and bad, and eventually he became the first king of the Celestia Kingdom.


    Atmos: Oh, I remember him! He really was exciting to watch, though I was always confused on how he would slip at random times.


    Yeah, that was me. I was reading something from Luna''s previous world where the main character used magic to make things slip and it amused me, so I decided to try it out. It was great.


    Atmos: Would you please teach me that magic? It would be great to add that to my prank repertoire.


    I''ll teach it to youter.


    Atmos: Thanks.

 Chapter 137: Talking with Skadi

    Chapter 137: Talking with Skadi


    [Luna POV]


    Back at the shrine, the kings carriage was parked and he was greeting all of the other nobles that had arrived over thest few days. There were also three other people with him. Two women and one man.


    Im guessing those other people with the king are the royal family? (Luna)


    Yes. The two women are the queen and second princess, while thest one is the second prince. (Amagi)


    What about the first prince and princess? (Luna)


    They arent in the country currently. The first princess is in the Elf nation at the academy while the first prince is off somewhere as an adventurer. (Deacon)


    I got a little annoyed at that.


    Oh really. So, he can be away from this, but I have toe? (Luna)


    Mom then pped the back of dads head.


    You werent supposed to say that. (Amagi)


    Dad started to rub the back of his head while apologizing.


    So, what is the real reason you wanted me toe here? (Luna)


    Because we wanted to see you. (Deacon)


    Exactly what he said, you havent been sending as many letters as you used to and even though we know practically nothing can hurt you, we still worry. (Amagi)


    I couldnt help but smile.


    {Ufufu. Youre all so cute. Though you should know Luna better than this. She would havee over here and stayed for a bit if you just asked her to.}


    Shes right, you know. (Luna)


    Now that I think about it, the Goddess is right. All we should have done was ask. (Amagi)


    We continued to have some nice family time until the day ended. After that, everyone in my party was sitting in my room waiting for Skadi. We didnt wait that long because there was a knock on my door. When I gave permission to enter, Skadi walked in. Ophidias eyes immediately lit up and she got a big smile on her face.


    Hello Skadi. (Ophidia)


    Hello Ophidia, everyone. (Skadi)


    She then sat down next to Ophidia.


    Hows it going? (Luna)


    Good. A little boring, but thats normal. (Skadi)


    Are you here on a quest, or just visiting because Ophidia is here? (Velvet)


    Im on a quest to guard the royal family while they arent in the capital. Though right now Im on break, otherwise I wouldnt be sitting here right now. (Skadi)


    Did you get to ride in that shiny carriage? (Soleil)


    I could if I wanted to, but I decided not to this time. It makes it easier to guard them if I was outside it. By the way Luna, like earlier, as you are an S-rank adventurer, you dont have to bow to anyone. This goes doubly so for you as you will be a goddess in the future, but still. (Skadi)


    Good to know. (Luna)


    Did you bow to the king earlier? (Velvet)


    No. I just didnt know if it was required of me to do that or not since technically Im a noble of his country but also and S-rank adventurer as well a future goddess. Though only a small amount of people know thatst part. (Luna)


    Was he offended? (Ophidia)


    Not at all. If I had to say from my small interaction with him, he has a simr personality to my dad. (Luna)


    Laid back and a training fanatic? (Soleil)


    I dont know about thest part, but he does seemid back. (Luna)


    Interesting. (Soleil)


    That sounds different than what my mother has told me about him. She always said he was a serious person that gives off a somewhat intimidating feeling. (Velvet)


    He did have a different kind of atmosphere around him when I saw him greeting the nobles that are here, so I think he only shows his real personality around certain people. But you know Im not reliable when ites to stuff like that, what with me knowing a lot more important people than him. (Luna)


    You should get used to that feeling like Luna has Velvet, as Lunas Apostle, you are a person that has a higher position than a king. Even if that wasnt the case, as an S-rank adventurer, you have enough authority to speak to any ruler as an equal. (Skadi)


    Yeah yeah, Ill try my best. (Velvet)


    We chatted for a while longer when I suddenly got a feeling like I was forgetting something to do with Skadi and Ophidia. I stared at them silently for a bit when I remembered.


    Oh yeah, Skadi, Ophidia, had me your bracelets for a minute so I can see something. (Luna)


    They did as I asked and handed me their bracelets. I inspected them for a few seconds before handing them back.


    *Sigh* Guess I cant do what I was nning on doing after all. (Luna)


    What were you going to do? (Skadi)


    I was going to enchant those bracelets for you so that the two of you will know where the other is at. If it worked, then if you were in a ce that Ophidia could teleport to, she could do so if she wanted. Its unfortunate because I just remembered that nothing but orichalcum can stand space magic enchantments without breaking. (Luna)


    I see. That is unfortunate but thank you for even thinking of doing that for us. (Skadi)


    We can figure something out at another time, master. Its not like we dont have time to do that. (Ophidia)


    Thats true. Oh, that reminds me, Ophidia has cleared half the requirements to be my Apostle. All we have left to do is get her Int up and then I can do that. (Luna)


    Skadi didnt show much of a reaction to that.


    Huh? Why does it feel like I already knew that? (Skadi)


    You did? (Luna)


    Maybe? Its like Ive heard that before, but forgot it, and you saying that made me remember it. (Skadi)


    {Ooohhh. Its that Luna.}


    Hmm? Oh, I know what youre talking about now. Yeah, just dont worry about that Skadi, thats something that happens pretty often. (Luna)


    She just shrugged her shoulders and we moved on to another topic. By the time we finished talking for the night, it was already past midnight.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Are you lightening up with you memory maniption or something?


    No. It''s not like I block everything from all of you and some stuff I do block I don''t consider that consequential so you have a chance to remember it with a small push like with what happened when Luna told Skadi Ophidia was close to bing her Apostle.


    Tamamo: On this subject, why do you block the memories of us as well? I can understand doing that to Luna and Skadi, but why us?


    In your case Tamamo, it''s just a small precaution. You and Luna are very open with each other and I can''t have you mentioning this ce to her while she is still in the mortal world, especially since we sometimes talk about her own possible futures. As for Grey, it''s the same reason really. You don''t interact with Luna as much, but you have a good rtionship with her and you might slip up and identally say something you shouldn''t when talking to her.


    Grey: Do you do the same to Atmos?


    No. As the Goddess of Fate, she works together with me and Gear. You forget that my jobs of God of Chaos and Destruction are only secondary and tertiary. My main job is being a Fate-Weaver. I make it and Gear and Atmos manage and archive it.


    Grey: Now hold on a minute here. You are also the God of Destruction?


    Yep, but it''s different to how you think it is. You know how people can be summoned to this world?


    Grey: Yeah.


    If mortals can manage to do that with a little help, then it should be even easier to do for gods. And, just like mortals, not all gods are good. I''m the one that stops these evil gods or other malicious entities froming and wreaking havoc here. As the God of Destruction, I''m the only one allowed to kill a god. That''s why the most the gods of justice can do is seal those that break the rules.


    Tamamo: How many people know about all of this?


    For the Chaos part, aside from the people that show up here regrly, Gear and Crate. For the Destruction part, my friends that show up here from time to time, Gear and Crate, and the gods of justice. Luna will also learn about this when she ascends.


    Grey: Never a dull moment here, is there?


    Well, this is the Chaos Realm after all.

 Side Chapter 15: Chat Between Friends

    Side Chapter 15: Chat Between Friends


    [Amagi POV]


    While Luna and the others were having their fun chat with Skadi, Amagi and Deacon were having a friendly chat with King Lobo.


    Hahahahahaha! Youre the same as ever Deacon, always with the training and pushing all your paperwork on your second-inmand. (Lobo)


    If all I do is paperwork, I will grow rusty. I honestly dont get how Damon manages to do both. (Deacon)


    He probably figured out the perfect mix of both. He is older than all of us, so it makes sense. (Amagi)


    Thats true. (Deacon)


    Hmmm. (Lobo)


    Is something wrong, Lobo? (Deacon)


    Something is weird about the two of you. (Lobo)


    What do you mean? (Amagi)


    Ive known the both of you for a long time, I mean, we practically grew up together and something has changed with the two of you. (Lobo)


    He squinted his eyes and looked like he was analyzing us.


    And its not just the two of you, your daughter is even stranger. I only met her briefly, but its strange, normally anyone would have at least a small reaction to meeting the king of a country, but she just looked at me like I was any other person. And dont even get me started on how strong she seems to be, I meane on, how does someone that young be an S-rank adventurer so fast? Shes what, 16 or close enough to that age, right? (Lobo)


    I was panicking inside a little. I didnt know how much we could say. About us or Luna.


    {I think its fine to tell him, just make sure you get him to keep it to himself.}


    Will Luna be angry if we do?


    {Its doubtful. Just know that Im going to tell her, but rest assured that I will make sure she knows I said it was ok.}


    Thank you, Goddess.


    {Its no problem.}


    Amagi, are you alright? You seem to be a bit dazed. (Lobo)


    *Sigh* Im fine. As for what you were saying earlier, what exactly would you like to know? (Amagi)


    Is it fine to talk about it Amagi? (Deacon)


    I just got permission to, so yes. (Amagi)


    I looked back at Lobo. His previous rxed expression turned into a serious one.


    Let me first ask, is this something dangerous for the country? (Lobo)


    No, but I will have to ask you to keep everything to yourself. We dont want this information to interfere with our or Lunas life. (Amagi)


    Fine then, as your friend and king, I swear to keep whatever Im about to hear to myself until told otherwise. (Lobo)


    Then where do you want us to start, with us or Luna? (Deacon)


    Start with your daughter. I know nothing about her besides the things that have happened since she helped the capital that one time and that she recently became an S-rank adventurer. Oh, and that Deacon will do basically anything she asks of him. (Lobo)


    Hey! (Deacon)


    Stop it Deacon, you and I both know hes right. (Amagi)


    Tch. Youre no better, Lobo. (Deacon)


    I never said I wasnt. Id do anything for my wife and children and Im not ashamed to admit that. (Lobo)


    Well anyway, the first thing about Luna and probably the least shocking is that this isnt her first life. (Amagi)


    Oh, shes one of those rare reincarnated people? (Lobo)


    Yeah. In herst life, she was one of the most recent summoned people. (Deacon)


    What, but didnt all of them survive? (Lobo)


    No. You remember how I said the hero and saint were? (Deacon)


    Narcissistic trash that were even hated by the gods. (Lobo)


    Yep. Im d theyre dead now. (Deacon)


    I thought they were brought to the main guild branch and imprisoned there? (Lobo)


    Well get to that eventually. Anyway, those two killed one of the other summoned people in a dungeon then wasted time for several years before doing their job. The one they killed became our daughter. (Amagi)


    I see. So, she got lucky and got reincarnated, but that doesnt exin everything, does it? (Lobo)


    Nope. And I would say that she is even luckier than you think. I mean, she is the Fated One of this countrys patron deity. (Deacon)


    What? (Lobo)


    She is going to marry this countrys patron deity. (Deacon)


    Lobo leaned back into the seat he was sitting in with a dazed expression.


    *Sigh* So, does this mean she has the divine protection? Lobo said after a few minutes.


    Yes. And shes well on her way to bing a goddess. In fact, you could say shes halfway there since shes now a demigod. (Amagi)


    *Ssssiiiigggghhhh* Why didnt I ever get word of this until now? (Lobo)


    It was the wish of both Luna and the Goddess. (Amagi)


    Fair enough. Wait, does this mean youve met the goddess? (Lobo)


    Yeah. We met her in person once and whenever Luna is here and were alone, she can speak with us through a set of mirrors that they own. (Deacon)


    At this, well move on to us. I became the Apostle of the Moon. (Amagi)


    And Im the Apostle of Adventure. (Deacon)


    .*sssssiiiiiggggghhhhh* (Lobo)


    You ok Lobo? (Deacon)


    Hahahahahaha! To think two of my good friends became some of the most important people in the world and their daughter even more so. (Lobo)


    Honestly, I thought youd be more surprised. (Deacon)


    Oh I am. Im actually having a hard time processing all of this. I mean, what am I supposed to do? (Lobo)


    What do you mean? (Amagi)


    As Apostles, the two of you have higher status than I do, so I cant really go around and ordering you to do stuff as the king of this country, not that I would do that anyway, but even if I had to, now I cant. (Lobo)


    Well, aside from the people closest to us, no one else knows about this, so we can continue to act like we always have. Its not like we would refuse a request from you anyway since youre our friend. (Deacon)


    What about the other things that this will affectter? I cant call your brother here from the Celestia Kingdom to take over for youter and your only sessor is going to be a goddess. (Lobo)


    (Deacon)


    We never thought of that. (Amagi)


    *Sigh* (Lobo)


    Not to mention that even if you could call Rex over here, hes going to be an Apostle too, so you would still have this problem. (Deacon)


    Seriously!? (Lobo)


    Yeah, the Goddess has a n to make everyone closely rted to Luna an Apostle and shesrgely seeded. The only ones left are Rex whos working on it, Nia who is waiting for a while but will be one in the future, and thest two members of Lunas party. (Amagi)


    Isnt one of her party members the daughter of a former hero and your friend and assistant? (Lobo)


    Yes. There is also the sole daughter of the Belmont vampire ns head andwhere did Ophidiae from again? (Deacon)


    She is an ancient serpent that protected a floating ind in the Demon empire. (Amagi)


    So thats why Sonia is active again. I was really confused when she started reporting to me again instead of whatever proxy was sent. That woman never tells me anything else but the bare minimum unless its work rted. (Lobo)


    Why would she do anything else? (Amagi)


    Because she was a good friend to my father, and I thought she was to me as well. (Lobo)


    Not to mention that you used to have feelings for her before you met nca. (Deacon)


    Oohh. (Amagi)


    Deacon! I thought you swore never to reveal that to anyone! (Lobo)


    Ah! Sorry. (Deacon)


    Fufufufufu. This is quite interesting information. (Amagi)


    Now look what youve done, Deacon! Shes going to use this to tease me for the rest if my life now! And doubly so if she tells nca! (Lobo)


    Hahahahahaha! This reminds me of when we were little. (Deacon)


    Hey Amagi, Deacons first love is now Titus Ashes wife. (Lobo)


    Hearing that, I felt a bit annoyed.


    Oh really? (Amagi)


    Lobo, what have you done? You know that they dont get along. (Deacon)


    Youre right. Sorry about that. (Lobo)


    Fufufufu. Dont worry Deacon, its all in the past. Not to mention that you have me now. I said with a smile.


    I will pray for you Deacon. (Lobo)


    It wont help. Shes the Apostle of the Goddess you would be praying to. (Deacon)


    Oh yeah. (Lobo)


    Back on topic, well figure something out to fix this problem. Wont we Deacon? (Amagi)


    Yes. (Deacon)


    It was then that the clock in the room chimed and we looked at the time.


    I didnt know it was thiste. I should head to sleep since tomorrow is an important day. (Lobo)


    Good night, my good friend. (Deacon)


    I will make sure that nothing goes wrong tomorrow, so rest at ease. (Amagi)


    Thank you, this means a lot to me and the rest of my family. (Lobo)


    With those parting words, he left the room. I looked over to Deacon and he seemed nervous.


    You know Im not going to do anything, right? Like I said, its in the past and you have me. (Amagi)


    Youre right. (Deacon)


    He said that with a warm smile on his face that made my heart feel fluffy like Lunas tails. He then stood up and walked closer to me, then gave me a kiss.


    I have you, now and for eternity. (Deacon)


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna: I really didn''t need to see thatst part.


    Tamamo: Now now, Luna, it''s normal for your parents to do something like that.


    Luna: I know, it just makes me feel weird seeing my parent do that.


    Tamamo: Would you like me to help you forget it?


    Luna: Oh? And what exactly would you do to help me forget?


    *Tamamo moves closer to Luna in the couch they were sitting on*


    Tamamo: This.


    *Tamamo then leans toward Luna and starts kissing her*


    *Sigh* It''s like they forgot they''re in someone else''s home.


    Atmos: They probably did.


    *I snap my fingers and Luna and Tamamo disappear*


    Atmos: Where did you send them?


    One of the empty rooms.


    Atmos: Won''t that just encourage them to do more than just kiss?


    If they do, they do. Not like I can do anything about it.


    Atmos: But you can though.


    I mean sure I can, but I''ll just let them have their fun together since they deserve together time.


    Atmos: Fair. Now if you excuse me, I have a date with Grey.


    Have fun and don''t do anything Luna and Tamamo wouldn''t do.


    Atmos: That sounds more encouraging than discouraging.


    It does, doesn''t it? Eh, whatever, you''re both adults, so it''s fine.


    *Atmos then disappears in a sh of light*

 Chapter 138: The Wedding

    Chapter 138: The Wedding


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning, the shrine was practically buzzing with activity. This was understandable though since it was finally time for the second princes wedding. Most of the noise was from the nobles. They were taking advantage of the event to catch up with acquaintances and gossip. Most of this was taking ce in the courtyard of the shrine. I was standing in a ce where I wouldnt really be noticed and had my stealth skill active.


    Bored.


    {I can tell.}


    Annoyed.


    {Understandable.}


    Need something to do.


    {I can chat with you.}


    Ok.


    {Hmm. Lets see, oh, I gave your parents permission to tell the king of this country about us. I hope you are fine with that.}


    Im fine with it, but even if I wasnt, its already been done, so I cant do anything about it.


    {Thank you for being understanding.}


    Its not a problem. You made that decision, and I trust your judgement. I will fully support any decision you make, no matter what, and if I think you made a mistake, I will point it out to you so that we can fix it.


    {Ufufufu. Thank you for saying that.}


    I smiled at her words. While we were talking, I saw Skadi roaming around, trying her best to avoid talking to too many people. I decided I would help her out and give her a safe haven.


    <em>Skadi,e to the corner to your left.</em>


    She did as I said and came over here. I then set up a small domain that epassed our spot.


    Thanks Luna. (Skadi)


    Its not a problem. (Luna)


    Are you as bored as I am? (Skadi)


    Yes. Im also a bit annoyed since so many people tried to curry favor with me when I first got here. I have rarely ever had the want to just teleport them into the sea before. (Luna)


    Unfortunately, this is the curse of S-rank. (Skadi)


    Its stupid, I thought I was immune to curses. (Luna)


    {Ufufu. Its not that kind of curse, Luna.}


    I know. (Luna)


    {Not to mention that you will probably get the same treatment from weaker gods in the future. Someone always wants something from those in a higher position. Its just a fact of life.}


    As long as they dont get between us, Ill at least hear them out for a while. As you have proven, Tamamo, collecting favors from others is a very good idea. (Luna)


    Ill agree to that. (Skadi)


    Wait, shouldnt you be guarding the royal family? (Luna)


    Its not like I cant reach them from here if anything happened to them. And besides, if it was needed, you would probably be even faster than me since you can teleport anywhere at the shrine. (Skadi)


    Thats true. (Luna)


    Honestly, Im envious of you. It must be nice being able to teleport everywhere. (Skadi)


    It wasnt in the beginning. Constantly feeling sick every time I teleported anywhere and the feeling of disorientation of sudden scenery change was a hurdle, but aside from that, its great. (Luna)


    It was then that I saw mome into the courtyard in her ceremonial attire. I dissolved the domain we were in so that we could hear what she was going to say.


    Attention please. (Amagi)


    All the people present turned to look at mom and paid attention to what she was saying.


    It is time to begin. Proceed to the main hall and be silent. (Amagi)


    With that, she went back into the main hall. All the people present started making their way to the main hall as well. Both me and Skadi waited and enteredst. When we entered, Skadi looked confused for a second, then whispered to me.


    I just noticed this, but how is it that so many people are fitting in here? I understand that this is arge room in the shrine, but still. (Skadi)


    I expanded the space in here with space magic. When mom and Ana noticed that even more people were here than the room could fit, they asked me to help with it, and this is the solution I came up with. (Luna)


    Interesting. So, you basically made this room a small domain? (Skadi)


    Yes and no. Yes, in the sense that I can do any space rted thing in here I want, but no in the sense that this is a spell any space magician can learn. Its just a bit special since Im the one who did it and if any other space magician did this, they would run out of mana in a few hours depending on how much they have. (Luna)


    Must be hard on space magicians since spell cost so much mana. (Skadi)


    Well, messing around with space can be dangerous, so its understandable. I remember this one time I almost ended up stuck in a wall when I was trying to get used to teleportation. It wasnt fun. (Luna)


    I can imagine. (Skadi)


    Mom then made a reappearance at the end of the hall by the doors to the innermost part of the shrine. Any small chatter that was still going on died down and everything wentpletely silent. The doors nearest to me and Skadi opened again, and the king, queen, and second princess walked in. They made their way to stand next to mom. Once they got in position, they faced the crowd and the king started speaking.


    My subjects, thank you all foring to attend the wedding of my son Hessian, the second prince of this country. It makes me proud as a king and father to see so many people here. He swept his gaze over the crowd in front of him. When he looked in my direction, his gaze seemed to linger on me for a second longer. He then looked over to mom. I must also thank you, Priestess Amagi, for officiating this wedding and allowing us to hold it in the shrine of our countries patron Goddess.


    There is no need for thanks, your majesty, it is the duty of someone in my position to do this. (Amagi)


    King Lobo nodded his head and then he and the rest of his family moved over. The doors opened again and a tall wolf person wearing an ornate suit walked in. He looked very simr to the king. He walked down the center of the room and stood on one side of mom.


    Hmm.


    {Is something wrong, Luna?}


    No. He just looks like one of the people I would be annoyed with back in my previous world. Back then I was very insecure about my appearance and got annoyed by people like him that made it seem like they could get by with only their looks. Though I dont know if he is even like that in the first ce.


    {And how do you feel about your appearance now?}


    If I say anything, Ill sound like a narcissist.


    {Ufufu.}


    By the way, do you have any part to y in this?


    {What do you mean?}


    I mean, two people are about to get married in a shrine dedicated to you. Do you have to do anything special as the Goddess of the shrine?


    {Not really. Honestly, even having Amagi do this is more than special enough since shes my Apostle and all. The only one that would ever do anything special is the goddess of marriage, and even then, she only really makes things a little shy, like shining a little light over the heads of the two getting married.}


    I almost startedughing at that, but I managed to hold it in.


    {Is that really that funny?}


    It is, at least to me.


    I then returned my attention to what was going on. It seemed that the second prince had a small speech or something, but since I didnt pay any attention to it, I didnt hear a thing. It was now time for the bride to enter. Everyone turned their attention to the doors and they opened. The person that walked in was in a very pretty white dress. She was a red-haired wolf person and she walked slowly to stand next to mom on the opposite side of the second prince. When she got into position and they looked at each other, they both seemed happy.


    {Pffft.}


    I know its funny Tamamo, but please hold back fromughing or I will start to as well.


    {Sorry Luna, its hard to watch the two of them struggle to keep their tails from wagging.}


    Like I said, I know, but if I startughing, it will cause a scene, and I dont want that to happen.


    {Ill-pfft-Ill try my best.}


    While I was fighting to hold in myughter at the situation, the two up front started saying their vows and everything you would usually do at a wedding. When they were done, they kissed briefly then mom led them into innermost room of the shrine. Once those doors closed, the people left started making their way to the doors to the courtyard again.


    I expected more. (Luna)


    Really? (Skadi)


    Yeah, though now that I think about it, this was just the start, isnt it? (Luna)


    Yeah. Now its basically going to be a party for the rest of the day and maybe tomorrow. (Skadi)


    Ugh. I can handle the rest of the day, I think, but if I have to participate in this tomorrow, I think Ill go crazy. (Luna)


    Dont worry, if you manage tost the rest of today, you dont have to participate tomorrow. (Deacon)


    Hello dad, took you long enough to get away from all of those people. (Luna)


    I cant help it Luna, noble obligations and all that. (Deacon)


    Since when have you actually cared for stuff like that? (Luna)


    Since I have no choice but to put up with it. I dont have a max level stealth skill like you do. (Deacon)


    Then you should work on that. Now, lets move somewhere else before peoplee to talk to us again. (Luna)


    We started to look for a ce that we could stand and where no one would bother us.


    What do you mean by again? (Deacon)


    When I got here earlier, some people kept trying to talk to me about this or that in their territories that they think I should help with as an S-rank adventurer. The thing is all the things they keep asking for and offering arent anything special. I think they just want me to show up and stay there for a while so that they can brag about how they have a connection to an S-rank adventurer or something. (Luna)


    For future reference, this will happen a lot if you participate in things like this and sometimes even if a noble sees you walking down the street. (Skadi)


    I think Ive already experienced that once. (Luna)


    Oh. What happened? (Deacon)


    Me and Ophidia were looking for breakfast one morning while Velvet and Soleil stayed back and flirted. When we found something and sat down to eat, I felt someone staring at me for an ufortable amount of time and it ended up being one of Genera Damons sons. Later that day I was invited to have a chat with said general and his son. (Luna)


    *Sigh*I told him not to try something like that if you were ever in the Empire. (Deacon)


    Its fine, nothing actually happened and from what I could tell, General Damon made sure his son didnt try to court me, though he did try with Ophidia. (Luna)


    Hmm. (Skadi)


    And Ophidia turned him down as well. (Luna)


    Luna, you know I dont like people messing with me. (Skadi)


    Sorry sorry, it wasnt intentional. (Luna)


    Why dont I believe you? (Skadi)


    I havent ever lied to or tricked you before, so I have no idea. (Luna)


    Skadi looked at me with her eyes narrowed a bit but decided to let the matter go.


    Fine. (Skadi)


    Oh, since were all here for a while after this is over, you want to fight again Skadi? (Luna)


    Sure. It was fun thest time, so Im looking forward to it. (Skadi)


    Mind if I watch? (Deacon)


    Thats fine with me. What about you, Skadi? (Luna)


    I dont mind. (Skadi)


    Mind if I join in on this as well? Someone asked.


    We all turned around and saw King Lobo standing behind us.


    The more the merrier I say. (Luna)


    Why not. (Skadi)


    Again, no reaction to me. Why do I even try to put on a kingly act if people just dont react to it? (Lobo)


    It probably works most of the time, Im just used to it. I know more people in positions of power than people that arent. (Luna)


    And Ive been alive a lot longer than you have, so Ive met my fair share of rulers. (Skadi)


    *Sigh*Even with everything I now know, your daughter is still weird, Deacon. (Lobo)


    Eh, Ive epted that a long time ago. (Deacon)


    Well, at least youre talking about me right in front of me instead of behind my back. Not that I wouldnt be able to see that anyway. (Luna)


    Eh? (Lobo)


    Space magic. It leads to many abilities some consider to be unnatural. (Luna)


    ?


    Tch. If only ke was here, he would get it. (Luna)


    {Was that something to do with your previous world?}


    Yeah, Ill have to try and remember all of that so I can show you some time.


    Well anyway, I wasnt aware that you knew Skadi. (Lobo)


    Yeah, we met in Beria not that long ago. Shes the one that advocated for me and Velvet to be S-rank adventurers. (Luna)


    I see. (Lobo)


    It was then that the newly married couple exited the main hall.


    Ill leave the conversation here. I must go and congratte my son and daughter-inw. (Lobo)


    King Lobo then left us.


    And then there were four. (Luna)


    But theres only three if us right here. (Deacon)


    {Hey, Im here as well.}


    Oh, right. (Deacon)


    {Im hurt, hepletely forgot about me. How could my father-inw be this cruel?}


    I red at dad.


    C-calm down Luna, it was just a joke. (Deacon)


    Hmph. (Luna)


    Pffft. (Skadi)


    Mom then came up to us and I noticed that she had already changed out of her ceremonial clothes.


    Whatd you do to make Luna mad at you now, Deacon? (Amagi)


    I made a joke in poor taste. (Deacon)


    Was it really a joke? (Amagi)


    Y-yes. Dad said as he looked away.


    I red at him even harder, then touched him on the shoulder and teleported him to the other side of the shrine.


    What did he do Luna? (Amagi)


    He hurt Tamamos feelings by forgetting she was here as well. (Luna)


    I see. He deserved to be sent wherever you sent him then. (Amagi)


    Hmm. (Luna)


    {Its alright Luna, I was just trying to mess with him.}


    Even so, it still made me mad he forgot you were here.


    {Ufufu. Youre so cute, Luna.}


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Ha ha. Hey, do the thing.


    *I snap my fingers and we watch Deacon slip and fall while he made his way back*


    Atmos: Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! You''re right, it never gets old.


    Grey: Hahahahahahahaha!


    He. He he. Hehehehehehahhahahahahahahahahahahah! I forgot how addictive this feeling was.


    Atmos: I think I may have messed up.


    Grey: I think we should take this opportunity to leave before he notices.


    Atmos: I agree.


    *Atmos and Grey then disappear from the Chaos Realm for the day*


    *Ssiigghh*Wait, were did they go?

 Chapter 139: Kitsune Nature

    Chapter 139: Kitsune Nature


    [Luna POV]


    The rest of the day continued to be as boring as the start, though when it came time for dinner, the royal family was surprised by getting to eat wyvern meat. I think I even saw the king crying a little. The next day I was hanging out with my party and Skadi. I was sitting with Velvet and Soleil while Ophidia and Skadi were talking with each other.


    Hmmm. (Luna)


    I was staring at Velvet.


    What? (Velvet)


    Something is weird about you. (Luna)


    I-I dont know what youre talking about. Velvet said in a nervous tone.


    I stood up and moved closer to Velvet.


    Big sis, please leave her alone. (Soleil)


    I turned my attention to Soleil. When I did that, a nervous look crossed over her face for a split second. I went back to my seat and sat down. I then rested my head on my hand like a bored ruler and spoke.


    Velvet, what did you do to my little sister? (Luna)


    I-I did nothing to her. (Velvet)


    Shes r-right, big sis. (Soleil)


    Lies. (Luna)


    {Ooooh, I like this Luna as well.}


    Hahaha. This seems interesting. (Atmos)


    Tell me the truth, Im waiting. (Luna)


    The both of them looked at each other, then got up and tried to run away. I tapped my finger in the armrest of my seat and the two of them reappeared in front of me.


    You cannot escape. (Luna)


    Ugh. (Velvet)


    (Soleil)


    I continued to stare at the two of them.


    Hey Tamamo, is Luna actually an overprotective sister? I though she supported their rtionship. (Atmos)


    {Yes, and she does. I think shes just messing with them.}


    Ooohhh. Shes letting her kitsune nature take over for a bit. (Atmos)


    {Yes, but thats understandable, you should have seen how bored she was yesterday. Luna isnt good with just sitting around all day while people she doesnt know talk about random things she doesnt care about around her.}


    Then why didnt she just leave? (Atmos)


    {Because her parents asked her to be there for the day.}


    Oh. (Atmos)


    Ill ask one more time, Velvet, what did you do to my sister? (Luna)


    Big sis its nothi- (Soleil)


    Quiet Soleil. (Luna)


    *Sigh*Fine, Ill tell you. I drank her blood. Velvet admitted while blushing.


    Did Soleil take some of yours, I remember you telling me that doing that is special. (Luna)


    She looked away from me again. I then turned my attention to Soleil.


    Youre not a vampire, so what was it like? (Luna)


    It tasted like normal blood, but also good? I dont know how to describe it. (Soleil)


    Hmmm. (Luna)


    I nced back to Velvet and her face was even redder.


    Fine, but if this bes a regr thing, dont drain my sister dry. Is that understood? (Luna)


    I would never dream of doing that! Velvet yelled as she stared at me angrily.


    When she saw my face, she started blushing again. I had a wide smile on my face.


    Fufufufuf. Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahhahahahaha! (Luna)


    Even as the Goddess of Mischief, I could learn a thing or two about teasing from Luna. Hey Tama- Ok wow, I havent seen you smile like that before. (Atmos)


    {Luna is so cool. I want her toe here right now. My Luna. I want to hold her in my arms. I want to go mess with people with her. Hehehehehehe.}


    Crap. Luna! Stop influencing Tamamo in a bad way. Luna? (Atmos)


    Heh. My Tamamo. We can mess with so many people. We can go everywhere. Screw the rules, Ill make a domain across the whole world if I have to. Ha. Haha. Hahahahahahahahahaha! (Luna)


    Oh no, theyre influencing each other. This isnt good, I dont know what to do. Um, Skadi! Help! (Atmos)


    Hmm? (Skadi)


    Please try to calm Luna down. (Atmos)


    *Sigh* (Skadi)


    Skadi walked up to me and stared into my eyes.


    Luna, snap out of it or I wont fight youter. (Skadi)


    EH!? But you said we could have a fun fight! I want to show off to my parents how strong I am now, so please reconsider. (Luna)


    Are you happy now, Atmos? (Skadi)


    On that side, yes, now I just need to work on calming Tamamo down. Its going to be quiet for a while Luna. Atmos said as the connection between me and Tamamo was cut.


    Kitsune nature is really something. (Velvet)


    Yeah. (Skadi)


    They looked at me and Soleil.


    Hey, we keep it in check most if the time. Why else do you think we always try to keep busy? (Luna)


    Now that I think about it, the two of you are always doing something. (Velvet)


    Well yeah, a bored kitsune is never good. Thats why we always have something to do. (Luna)


    Uh huh. (Soleil)


    Well, with this settled, Im going back to talk with Ophidia. (Skadi)


    She then made her way back over to where she was earlier and sat sown next to Ophidia. I stared at them for a while before speaking again.


    It looks like they are just friends than girlfriends. (Luna)


    I got the same feeling. (Velvet)


    Well, I guess that makes sense, from what I know of Skadi, she hasnt ever been in a rtionship before and Ophidia even more so. Maybe we should help them figure it out? (Luna)


    Let them figure it out themselves. Theyll grow more like that. (Velvet)


    I guess youre right. (Luna)


    So anyway, now what do we do? (Soleil)


    Hmmm. How about we go and bother ke? (Luna)


    Sounds fun. (Soleil)


    Are youing Velvet? (Luna)


    I dont see why not. (Velvet)


    Lets go then. Ill teleport us there. (Luna)


    I then grabbed the two of them and we were off. When we arrived at kes ce, I heard the sound of a hammer striking metal.


    Hes the same as always. (Luna)


    It would be weird if he wasnt. (Soleil)


    Thats true. (Luna)


    We went to the back of the ce and made our way to the forge. When we got there, we saw ke sitting down and swinging his hammer. When we got a little closer, I saw something a little strange, kes eyes looked different. They reminded me of old man Reves.


    So, what happened with you? (Luna)


    I learned some things from Reve and when he finished teaching me, he taught me some kind of dragon magic. The side effect makes my eyes like this. (ke)


    Its cool. (Luna)


    I know right. They also help when I have to keep those annoying, spoiled noble kids from bothering me for weapons theyll never use after a few hours. (ke)


    Must be tough. (Luna)


    Not really. (ke)


    Hey, have I showed you my Gate of Babylon yet? (Luna)


    You actually managed to do it!? ke said as he turned to us excitedly.


    Who do you think I am? Of course I did. (Luna)


    I then started opening Gates all around us and weapons and my chains started poking out of them.


    Hahahahahahahahahaha! (Luna)


    Calm down there, Gilgamesh. (ke)


    Why should I, mongrel? (Lunamesh)


    Hahahahahahahahaha! (ke)


    Meanwhile Velvet and Soleil were watching this interaction with stupefied faces.


    Ive seen this happen so many times, and yet Im still always caught off-guard by it. (Soleil)


    You can really tell that they have been friends for a long time. (Velvet)


    It was then that ke looked over to them.


    Hmmm? (ke)


    Seeing this, a smile spread on my face.


    Velvet, what did you do to my daughter? (ke)


    Not again. (Velvet)


    Fufufu. Dont worry, ke. She just gave her a good time. (Luna)


    Oi! Just because you two are girlfriends doesnt mean I gave you permission to do that. At least wait until youre married or something. (ke)


    Who said I needed your permission, dad!? (Soleil)


    I did. (ke)


    Hmph. (Soleil)


    Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Luna)


    Really Luna, I thought you were done with that for today. (Velvet)


    Oh, you sweet summer child, Im never done. I will always take any chance I get to tease the two of you. (Luna)


    Pffft. Really Jason? (ke)


    I told you to stop calling me that. (Luna)


    I cant help it sometimes. (ke)


    Like this, I spent the rest of the day messing around with ke.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: *Ssssiiiigggghhhh*I''m so tired.


    Did you have that hard of a time?


    Atmos: Yes. It''s always a struggle when Tamamo gets like that.


    So it''s happened before?


    Atmos: Yes. It happened several times when Tamamo was younger and got bored more easily, though I was the only focus of it. Honestly, how does she manage to mess with someone with the Authority of messing with people?


    Because she knows what makes you tick.


    Atmos: That''s true.


    Is she calmed down now?


    Atmos: For the most part, yes.


    Who would have thought they would influence each other like that.


    Atmos: I know right? I''m worried about what will happen once Luna makes it to the divine domain and they both get like that. I don''t think I can handle two of them.


    Well, Luna has three Apostles that can help you, though one of them being a kitsune could pose a problem.


    Atmos: And Tamamo''s Apostles are out since both of them are kitsune as well.


    So is Grey''s and Quetz''s.


    Atmos: I guess that leaves me with just Velvet, Ophidia, and Nia then.


    Don''t forget Skadi, she''ll most likelye to help as well.


    Atmos: Right.

 Chapter 140: Surprise Fluff

    Chapter 140: Surprise Fluff


    [Luna POV]


    We stopped our visit with ke once evening came around and were about to leave when I told him about my fight with Skadi that was happening the next day. He agreed toe and watch, then we went back to the shrine. I brought us back to the room we left from and we found Ophidia and Skadi taking a nap and leaning on each other.


    Hmmm. Ah. Hehehehehe. (Luna)


    What are you about to do? (Velvet)


    Just watch. (Luna)


    I moved over to the two of them and lightly put my hand on Ophidias shoulder. I then teleported her over slightly and she fell sideways with her headnding in Skadisp. It seemed like Ophidia woke up slightly, but then fellpletely asleep again with a content smile on her face. I moved back over to Velvet and Soleil with a smile on my face.


    We agreed to let them figure it out themselves, but it doesnt mean we cant do small gestures like this once in a while. (Luna)


    Thats true. (Velvet)


    *Yawn*Sleepy. (Soleil)


    Head to sleep then. Ill see you both tomorrow. (Luna)


    Soleil nodded her head sleepily and she and Velvet left the room.


    {Im back.}


    Yay, Tamamo.


    {Ufufu. Hello Luna, you doing better now?}


    Yeah, I got my fill of messing with Velvet and Soleil for the day.


    {Ok. Just dont give them a hard time tomorrow.}


    I wasnt nning on it; Ill actually have something to do tomorrow.


    {Thats true. I hope you have fun.}


    I know I will. Fighting with Skadi is fun.


    I made my way to my room and sat on my bed.


    {Set up a domain.}


    I did as she said and Tamamo appeared next to me.


    Tamamo


    {Hello my lovely Luna.}


    I snuggled up next to her and wrapped my arms and tails around her.


    Mine.


    {Always.}


    She then did the same. We were now in a pile of heavenly, Abyssal fluff.


    Hehehehehe. If this country ever got cold, this would be even more amazing.


    {I have to admit that this is quite amazing. I honestly want to just bury my hands and face in your tails and snuggle in them.}


    Then do it. You know I wont stop you.


    She didnt say anything else once she buried her face and hands in my tails.


    Hehehehehe. That tickles, yet feels good.


    I then pulled out my special brush and started brushing Tamamos tails. While I did this, I noticed Tamamo was moving around less, so I looked over to her and saw she fell asleep.


    Fufufu. Sleep well, my lovely Tamamo


    I continued to brush her tails for a while and when I was done, I moved her head to myp. I ran my fingers through her hair as I looked at her sleeping face. She had a peaceful expression and her ears would sometimes twitch when I moved my hand. I couldnt contain my happy smile while staring at her.


    Hehehe.


    We stayed like this for a while when Tamamo started waking up.


    {Seems like I fell asleep.}


    You did, but its not a problem. I hope you like the pillow.


    {You know I do.}


    She started to sit up, but I stopped her by leaning forward and kissing her.


    <em>No no, Im pampering you right now.</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>{Very well then.}</em>


    <em></em>


    We separated though our mouths were still connected by a silver string.


    Would you like a massage?


    {Sounds amazing. My shoulders have been a bit stifftely.}


    I couldnt agree more. Thats the downside of having such arge chest.


    {True, but theyre still nice.}


    What a cultured fox you are.


    She tilted her head in confusion, which was absurdly cute.


    Dont worry about it.


    {Ok.}


    She got up, bared her back, andid down on her stomach.


    Let me know if it gets ufortable.


    {Mmm.}


    I charged my hands with a small amount of lightning magic and went to work on massaging Tamamo. Every so often she would let out a cute sound and by the time the sun started rising, I finished.


    How was it?


    {Sho good.}


    She had a slightly dazed expression on her face.


    Fufufu. Good. You can do the same for me next time we see each other.


    {Yesh.}


    She then disappeared in a sh of light and I dissolved the domain. I then left my room and went to the training grounds. When I got there, I was alone, which made sense since it was still very early. I began practicing with my magic and my sword. After about an hour, I heard someone making their way here and turned around to see dad.


    Oh, youre up early. (Deacon)


    I hardly sleep anymore. (Luna)


    I must have had a good expression on my face since dad asked me about it.


    Whats got you so happy this morning? (Deacon)


    Fufufu. My domain is so useful you know, I just set one up and Tamamo can visit me whenever she wants. (Luna)


    Aaahhh. I see. (Deacon)


    Shall we? We have a while until me and Skadi fight. (Luna)


    Sure, but when you do that, please hold back enough so you dont destroy the training grounds. (Deacon)


    I was going to set up a domain, so we dont have to worry about that. (Luna)


    You really want to do that? Lobo will be there as well. (Deacon)


    He already knows about me, so why try to hide it? (Luna)


    Fair. Now, lets begin. (Deacon)


    We started sparring while waiting for the appointed time. During all of this, Lobo showed up. I never knew the king got up so early. When he arrived at the training grounds, we stopped sparring.


    Oh, dont mind me. (Lobo)


    Fine by me. I said as I teleported away from their view and started spreading mist.


    *Sigh*Have I ever told you I find this skill of yours annoying? (Deacon)


    Fufufufu. Every time I use it. (Luna)


    We then continued sparring in the depths of my mist. We slowed down again once the others started showing up, and stopped when everyone that was going to watch was present. As a side note, I was the winner.


    Hahahahahahahaha! You lost to your daughter. (Lobo)


    Shut it Lobo, you try fighting her and win. If you can, then you canugh all you want. (Deacon)


    You ready Luna? (Skadi)


    Just let me set up a domain and Ill be set. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers and the scenery warped then returned to normal.


    What was that? (Lobo)


    A skill of mine. I set it up mostly so that we can go all out without worrying about environmental damage, but it also helps to keep people away. (Luna)


    Interesting. (Lobo)


    {Hey Luna, Ill be cheering for you.}


    The smile on my face grew wider.


    Now Im even more motivated.


    Skadi and I moved away from the group and prepared to start. Dad then raised his hand and gave the signal.


    Begin! (Deacon)


    Chaos Realm:


    Well that was unexpected.


    Atmos: I''m gone for a few minutes and she goes right to Luna, I should have expected that.


    Does that surprise you?


    Atmos: Not at all.

 Chapter 141: Fighting Skadi-Round 2

    Chapter 141: Fighting Skadi-Round 2


    [Luna POV]


    Once the starting signal was given, the both of us rushed toward each other. When Skadi swung her sword, I ducked under it and shed at her with mine. She used the momentum from her swing to dodge my attack and backed off before charging at me again faster than before. I teleported backwards and avoided therge sword, then I teleported behind Skadi and created illusions of myself.


    Skadi turned around quickly and looked around at the innumerable number of mes. She grinned, took a stance with her sword, and swung while channeling mana into it.


    What the hell! She has a freaking sword beam! (ke)


    *Smack*


    Shut it, ke. (Ana)


    Yes. (ke)


    The sword beam cut through and wiped out most of my illusions, but not all of them. The ones that remained started running towards Skadi and started attacking with their swords.


    Hahahahahahaha! Physical illusions, youre making good use of your infinite mana well! (Skadi)


    All the illusions spoke at the same time.


    Of course, it makes things so easy, for example, above you. (Luna)


    She looked up and saw a giant ball of ice falling toward her. She knocked all of the illusions away and brought her sword up to cut the ice. When the sword met the ice, she struggled a little but started cutting through it a bit. Just before she cut it I spoke again.


    Now what about the second one? (Luna)


    Eh? (Skadi)


    *Booom*


    The secondrge ball of ice crashed into the first one, increasing the weight that was falling on Skadi.


    HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! YES! (Skadi)


    Skadi increased the strength in her arms and her sword and it started cutting through the ice. Sounds of creaking and cracking could be heard then a loud crack could be heard. Shortly after that sound, four loud booms could be heard and Skadi could be seen standing in the middle with ice surrounding her.


    HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! THIS IS EVEN BETTER THAN LAST TIME! (Luna)


    Looking at Skadi, her eyes were glowing brightly. I teleported back to the battlefield and charged my entire body with lightning. It increased my all things rted to Agi and added it to my already high Agi, then I used my Agi boosting ster magic. I took a step and I was already on the other side of the domain.


    I think that was faster than teleportation.


    I looked back toward Skadi and saw her looking at me with a smile on her face. She had a scratch on her side. Seeing that she was barely hurt, my own smile widened. I started opening Gates all across the battlefield, covered the ground in ice, spread mist, and prepared my lightning and ster magic. The second Skadi took a step, I attacked as well.


    [Amagi POV]


    Deacon, I me you for raising our daughter to like fighting like this. (Amagi)


    Hey, I wasntpletely at fault for this. (Deacon)


    Yeah, she was like this in the past as well, just not to this level. (ke)


    So, this is a fight between S-rank adventurers. (Lobo)


    For the record, I cant do this much. (Velvet)


    Master seems to be having so much fun, I want to join in so much. (Ophidia)


    I looked back at the fight. While the battlefield was covered in Lunas mist, I could still see shes of sparks from swords shing and magic. Thissted for several minutes while the sounds of maniacalughter could be heard. All of a sudden, several columns of light that came from the sky hit the ground and caused it to shake.


    What was that!? (Lobo)


    Ster magic. Look up. (Soleil)


    We all looked up and saw glittering shapes in the sky.


    How stunning. (Lobo)


    {Isnt she? Have you ever seen such a beautiful person in this world?}


    I was talking abou-goddess! (Lobo)


    {Yes?}


    Hello Goddess. (Amagi)


    {Hello Amagi. When are you going to start calling me by my name?}


    Its hard to break a lifelong habit. (Amagi)


    I see. I have to admit that I thought Luna always exaggerated how beautiful you looked, but now I can see she wasnt kidding. (Ana)


    {Come to think of it, youve never seen me before, have you?}


    I have not, but Im happy to be able to meet you personally now. (Ana)


    {Ufufufu.}


    Is this normal? (Lobo)


    {No, the only reason Im here is because were in Lunas domain. I couldnt hold back any longer from just watching in the divine domain and decided toe and watch her fight in person.}


    There was another loud boom and everyones attention back to the fight. The mist had cleared and Luna and Skadi were shing their swords. Skadi looked pretty roughed up, but Luna still looked pristine.


    {Shes healing herself with her healing magic as well.}


    Shes a one-person army. (Lobo)


    Ugh. Ill never be able to beat her now. (Deacon)


    {Of course not. And this isnt even the end, she still has four more tails to go.}


    Doesnt she only have oneextremelyfluffytail? (Lobo)


    We all turned to look at Lobo and saw his eyes losing their light.


    {Shes mine. You cant have her.}


    Goddess Tamamo red at Lobo and he snapped out of his daze.


    What was I saying? (Lobo)


    Dont think about it. (Amagi)


    Ok. (Lobo)


    The sound of thunder sounded and we turned our attention back to the fight again. Luna was covered in crackling lightning and glittering lights floated around her.


    {How mesmerizing.}


    What are those lights that are floating around her? (Ana)


    {Probably constetions, there are more than just the bows she was attacking with earlier.}


    The two of them lunged at each other again and passed by each other. Luna then turned toward Skadi again and more openings in space appeared around her. Cains shot out of them while another glittering chain manifested from the sky. They all went after Skadi, and she started dodging them. Luna didnt let up however and every chain that missed flew into another opening and shot out yet another while the ster magic chain chased Skadi like a snake.


    HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! (Luna)


    Whileughing, Luna entered the fray with her sword and ice magic. She even seemed to disappear into thin air, but differently to teleporting.


    Is she using her stealth skill? (ke)


    {Yes. She uses it every time Skadis sight is blocked by either her own sword or one of Lunas chains. Shes probably about to start using illusions again as well.}


    Shes been doing that for a while actually. One of her favorite tactics to use when fighting is messing with perception through illusions. I think thats another reason she seems not to be touched while Skadi is getting worn down. (Deacon)


    Did you teach her that, Deacon? (Lobo)


    No, even if its racial magic, Im terrible at it. (Deacon)


    As the one who trained her magic skills, I didnt teach her that either. (Amagi)


    Shes reincarnated, remember? Its probably something she learned about in her past life that shes putting in to practice. (ke)


    {I remember her telling me that a lot of the original magic she useses from references in her past life. Just like those Gates she keeps opening.}


    Yeah, though its scary how effective she is at controlling all of this at the same time. (ke)


    Hmmm. Why is Skadi avoiding that chain that came from the sky so much? (Lobo)


    That chain has the effect of sealing anything that gets trapped by it. The second Skadi gets caught by it; the fight will be over. (Velvet)


    Isnt this ster magic a bit too strong then? Just one person with it could cause massive trouble. (Lobo)


    {While I wont deny that it is powerful, so is all other magic. Not to mention that the effects are boosted for Luna since she holds the Authority over it and her numerous titles that help with magic. Any other mortal with ster magic at the same level as Luna wouldnt be able to do half the things, she is able to with it.}


    The battle continued to rage for several more minutes when Skadi started to get trapped by Lunas normal chains. The ster magic chain then managed to capture Skadi and she dropped to the ground like all of her strength just disappeared. Luna walked over to Skadi and pointed her sword at her throat, marking her as the winner. Once the battle was over, we all walked over to them and clearly saw all of the destruction that had happened.


    If this happened outside of this ce, we would have to redraw the map. (Lobo)


    If its any constion, Id do it for you. Im quite good at making maps. (Luna)


    [Luna POV]


    Lobo chuckled a bit at my words.


    And would I have to go through the guild to request that from you? (Lobo)


    Of course, why do a job like that and not get paid for it? (Luna)


    My gaze crossed over the entire group and I smiled when I saw Tamamo. I knew she appeared since I could feel it when she enters my domain. I then turned back to Skadi and healed her with my magic. After that was done, I dispelled the ster magic chain and undid the normal ones. Once she was free. She stood back up and smiled at me.


    I wont lose next time. (Skadi)


    Im looking forward to it. (Luna)


    I then stomped my foot and all of my weapons that I shot out of my Gates looked like they were absorbed into the floor or disappeared into puffs of smoke.


    Oh, by the way, sorry for putting you at a disadvantage the whole time. I didnt know if your water domination worked with moisture in the air, so I made it as dry as possible here without making it a desert. (Luna)


    Dont apologize, it just means you were prepared to face me and took measures to ensure you had the upper hand. Id never be angry about that. Im more annoyed by the fact that you healed any damage you took during the fight. I never knew healers were so annoying to fight. (Skadi)


    Thats because most of them hide in the back and dont fight personally, though maybe I should start getting people to train like that. (Deacon)


    I agree, I should get the healers at the in the royal guard to train inbat healing as well. (Lobo)


    While dad and Lobo started talking with each other about how they were going to branch out onto trainingbat healers, Tamamo came up to me and hugged me.


    {I was very impressed, Luna.}


    Ehehehehe. (Luna)


    Hey Amagi, they look so good together. (Ana)


    I agree, theypliment each other very well. I mean you could tell since the beginning, but actually seeing them together like this proves it even more. (Amagi)


    Havent you seen me and Tamamo together once already? (Luna)


    I did, yes, but its even more apparent now than it was back then. (Amagi)


    {With that, I should go. Although I would like to, I cant stay down here forever and Luna need to dissolve this domain sooner orter.}


    See you again soon, Tamamo. And remember our promise. (Luna)


    {Ill never forget a promise I make to you.}


    With those words, Tamamo vanished in a sh of light.


    What promise did you make this time? (Amagi)


    Shell massage my shoulders the next time were alone together. My shoulders are a bit stiff and its annoying. (Luna)


    My words caused Velvet, Soleil, Ana, Ophidia, and Skadi to look down, then back at me, then down again.


    Envious.


    Me and mom looked at them all, while the men started to look at us for few seconds. When we all red at them, they looked away and focused on something else. I then decided to dissolve the domain. As it disappeared, all of the environmental damage disappeared with it. This shocked Lobo.


    Amazing. Was that high level space magic? (Lobo)


    I said it earlier, its a skill, and before you ask, no, no other space magician can do this. Even if they max out their space magic level and have high mana reserves. (Luna)


    How unfortunate. Things like this could be so useful to help with training. Everyone could go all out without worrying about breaking the training area and they would all improve. Of course, I can invite you to stay at the castle as a court magician and you could work with the royal guard-*smack*-ouch! What was that for, Deacon! (Lobo)


    Stop trying to solicit my daughter. This is the reason we never told you about any of this until recently. Even if youre my friend, youre still the king. I know youre just looking out for the country, but none of us will budge on this, especially Luna. (Deacon)


    Fine, but you didnt have to smack me in the head, and it was only a joke in the first ce. (Lobo)


    Thats the thing, I can never tell if youre joking or serious. (Deacon)


    You should really learn how to do that. (Lobo)


    The two of them continued to argue like that for a few minutes when we all heard someone stomping toward us, clearly angry.


    LOBO!


    Ah crap. (Lobo)


    We all turned around to see the queening this way.


    So, this is where you were. We were supposed to leave two hours ago, but we couldnt since the king of the damn country wasnt there. I send the royal guards to look for you but no one can find you, then when I start looking myself, I find you arguing like a child with Deacon. Hurry up and get to the carriage. Oh, hello Amagi, its been lovely seeing you after so long, you should reallye to the capital more often. Id love to chat with you about our daughters. (nca)


    Ill find some time to do so in the future. I think I need a break from all of the paperwork I have to do. (Amagi)


    I looked over to the dad and Lobo and saw they were sweating bullets.


    Lobo! What are you still doing just standing there!? I said go to the carriage! (nca)


    *Sigh*Bye Deacon, Amagi, its been a pleasure. (Lobo)


    The king then started to slowly walk towards the entrance to the training grounds. Queen nca smiled to all of us then did the same.


    Seems like I need to go as well. (Skadi)


    Aww. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry, well see each other again. I guarantee it. (Skadi)


    Skadi then left the same way as the rest of us stood there in silence.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: That was exhrating.


    Grey: I agree. That is what a fight between demigods should be like, though I would have liked to see Skadi use her power over water.


    Well, Luna made sure that she couldn''t.


    Grey: True. I think it would have been a much closer result if she didn''t do that though.


    Obviously.


    Atmos: I''m curious about something.


    What?


    Atmos: Why didn''t the spectators react much to all the force that obviously should have reached them every time Luna and Skadi shed and when Luna used big magic attacks?


    She partitioned the domain. Basically, everyone was watching from a separate room.


    Atmos: Ooohhh.


    I''m kind of surprised you didn''t go down there to watch in person as well. It would have gotten an even bigger reaction from Lobo than just Tamamo showing up.


    Atmos: Gah! A missed opportunity!


    Grey: Aside from initially, he didn''t seem too shocked to see Tamamo appear.


    On the outside maybe, but his thoughts were going crazy. He''s just a master at hiding it.


    Grey: You can do that as well?


    Of course I can. I can do everything any of you do. That''s what Chaos is, the primordial beginning of everything, so obviously as the God of Chaos, I can do basically everything, though I''m better at some stuff over others.


    Atmos: All that impressive build-up led to a mediocre conclusion.


    Hey, I''m sleepy, so don''t point out my ws like that.


    Grey: How does that have anything to do with you being sleepy?


    It''s because I''m just saying whatever random things I think of while we''re talking. So, if either of you need me, I''ll be in my room asleep. Good whatever time it is.


    *I walk off to my room and shut the door*


    Atmos: Well, that happened.


    Grey: Indeed it did.

 Chapter 142: Finishing Up at the Shrine

    Chapter 142: Finishing Up at the Shrine


    [Luna POV]


    After the king, queen, and Skadi left, I trained with the rest of my party for the rest of the day. Apparently, Ophidia got really motivated after watching our fight and wanted to get stronger. When we were done for the day, everyone but me was exhausted.


    Master, while I appreciate you training with me, you need to learn moderation. (Ophidia)


    But that was moderate. (Luna)


    EH!? (Ophidia)


    You were watching dad, was I going too far? (Luna)


    Maybe a little, you need to realize that even if you recover injuries and stamina with healing magic, it doesnt recover mental fatigue. (Deacon)


    Oh. (Luna)


    {Luna, I love you and everything about you, but I have to agree with Ophidia on this. You need to remember that they arent like you and cant manage the things that you can. What is moderate to you is too much for others.}


    Sorry for pushing too hard, Ophidia. Ill work on it. (Luna)


    Its alright master, I still appreciate you training with me. (Ophidia)


    We made our way inside, cleaned ourselves, then went to eat. After that we all headed to our rooms to rest for the night. I was more tired than I realized since even I fell asleep the second my head hit my pillow. The next day, we all helped clean up around the shrine. I was in the main hall with mom, Ana, and Soleil.


    Im kind of annoyed that its messy in here. What happened to get it this way? (Luna)


    Things like this happen when you get arge group of nobles drunk. (Ana)


    While I feel the same way, why does this annoy you, Luna? (Amagi)


    There are several reasons with the most prominent one being that this is my wifes shrine that is messy. I feel like its an insult to her. (Luna)


    {Thank you for thinking about me.}


    I always think about you.


    {Ufufufufu.}


    I should have figured the reason would have something to do with Goddess Tamamo. (Amagi)


    Oh, its rare for you to say Tamamos name. (Luna)


    She asked me to start calling her by her name, so Im trying to get out of the habit of just calling her Goddess. The same goes for Ana. (Amagi)


    Its quite difficult. Even if Im her Apostle and have the right to say her name, I still feel like its disrespectful. (Ana)


    {You know, I never actually understood why mortals think its disrespectful to use the names of gods. I mean, you want people to say you name when you speak to them, right? So why not do the same for us?}


    I think it has something to do with pride. Are there any gods that are extremely prideful? (Luna)


    {Several.}


    Then think of it like this: You are one of these prideful gods and these weak mortals call you by your name and treat you like an equal. You wouldnt like that would you? (Luna)


    {Sorry, I just cant think in that way. Its hard to imagine it.}


    Luna, while I get what you were trying to say, I dont think you exined it well. (Amagi)


    Well, that could bepletely wrong in the first ce. Thats just my opinion. There might not even be a reason. (Luna)


    {Well, its not like it bothers me anyway. I was just a little curious.}


    *Sigh* (Soleil)


    Whats wrong Soleil? (Ana)


    I feel left out. You all realize that to people that cant hear the Goddess, it just sounds like youre all crazy right? Im just here, listening while all of you have a conversation that I cant participate in since Im missing half of it. (Soleil)


    Sorry.


    Its fine, I just wish I could participate as well. (Soleil)


    {Just continue working on bing Lunas Apostle and youll be able to participate as well.}


    Tamamo said youll be able to participate when you be my Apostle. (Luna)


    Ok, Ill try my best to get there as fast as possible. Wait, doesnt that mean Velvet can already do this? (Soleil)


    Velvets case is a little different since she is an oracle. She could hear Tamamo when Tamamo wanted her to, but if she doesnt want that, then Velvet cant hear her. (Luna)


    Its the same for us as well. (Amagi)


    Yep. Its not like we hear every conversation Luna has with Goddess Tamamo. (Ana)


    I see. (Soleil)


    By the way Luna, this is apletely different subject, but when are all of you leaving again? (Amagi)


    In a few days. Well stay to help out here then go back to Onigashima. We need to start dungeon diving so that we can increase our levels and find stat raising items. (Luna)


    Will you being back for the Vanquishing Festival in two months? (Amagi)


    Of course. Tamamo is allowed toe and spend the festival with me, so I will being here. (Luna)


    Cant you just make a domain around the entire vige and spend time with her that way? (Soleil)


    I can do that now, but this is something that was going to happen before I got domain creation. I dont know the process that she needed to go through to get permission to do this, but I dont want whatever it was to go to waste. (Luna)


    {Its not that troublesome of a process. I just have to make sure I dont use any of my powers and I need to hide my tails.}


    Its going to be weird seeing you with only one tail. (Luna)


    {It wont be a regr thing, so you dont have to get used to it. Just know that, aside from when you set up a domain or some other extenuating circumstance, I wont be allowed to descend to the mortal world for 100 years after this.}


    Is that how it works? (Ana)


    {All gods get two chances to go to the mortal world every 100 years. Ive already done it once and going to the festival with Luna will be my second. Of course, this is only officially, I can descend whenever I want if Luna sets up a domain.}


    Im so d I was born with an affinity for space magic. (Luna)


    You really were lucky there, werent you, big sis. (Soleil)


    Yep. (Luna)


    After that, we spent a few more days helping out at the shrine, then we set off back to Onigashima.


    Chaos Realm:


    Looks like things are going to start progressing again.


    Atmos: True.


    Grey: I should send Luna a letter and prepare a lot of orichalcum.


    Finally going to add checkpoints to more dungeons?


    Grey: Yeah. It''ll help increase the survivability of adventurers that dive into dungeons. Most dungeon rted deaths happen when they are making their way back from the depths.


    Makes sense.


    Atmos: Hey, any one want some cake? I just made a coffee vored one and want to see if it''s any good.


    I''ll take some.


    Grey: Me to.

 Chapter 143: Back in the Empire

    Chapter 143: Back in the Empire


    [Luna POV]


    When we arrived back in Onigashima, we appeared in the office Mordred was using. It seems we startled her because she drew her sword on us again.


    *Sigh*I wish you would somehow let me know you are going to show up like that before you do. (Mordred)


    Sorry. I looked through my inventory and took out a letter box. Take this, itll send and receive letters from another box that I have. Ill let you know before we arrive the next time.


    She takes the box from me and puts it in a drawer in the desk.


    Thank you. (Mordred)


    Now, if you excuse us, well head to the guild. I teleported us here to tell you that were back. (Luna)


    Have fun. (Mordred)


    I then teleported us to the guild. When we got there, the room actually had more people in it than we were used to. People were standing around, checking the quest board, and sitting at the bar. The strange thing was that it seemed like people were avoiding sitting by Mio as much as possible. Finding this strange, I decided to go and talk with her. While I was making my way over there, several people started whispering.


    Hey, is she crazy?


    I dont know. Does she not know who that is?


    Why would I know, Ive never seen her before.


    Shes hot, should I try talking to her?


    Dont you see the ring on her finger?


    Gah. Why are all the beauties always taken?


    Better luck next time, friend.


    {One of them is lucky that their friend is perceptive. Luna is mine and only mine, no one should even think about trying their luck with her.}


    I feel the same way about you, Tamamo.


    {Ufufu.}


    I reached Mios spot at the bar and sat next to her.


    Hey Mio. (Luna)


    Nya? Oh, hey Lunya. How you been? (Mio)


    Good. Just got back to the city. (Luna)


    Cool nya. (Mio)


    Quick question, why does it seem like all the people here are avoiding you? (Luna)


    I think theyre scared of menya. (Mio)


    Why though? (Luna)


    Because nyone of them can beat me. Thats the difference between their rank and S-rank nya. (Mio)


    Oh, youre S-rank too? (Luna)


    Yep. My full name and title is Mio the Shadow nyaWait, youre S-rank as well? (Mio)


    Yeah. Me and Velvet are. My name and title is Luna of the Spectral Mists and Velvets is Velvet the Viper-de. (Luna)


    Oooohhhh. I remember hearing about that nya. This makes me happy since that means you wont avoid talking to me when youre here. It gets boring just sleeping here all day nya. (Mio)


    Why dont you do any quests? (Luna)


    Who said I didnt? Most of the quests I do take ce at night when there is more darkness to use. Thats why Im always sleeping during the day. (Mio)


    Makes sense. We should take a quest together some time. I bet youre fun to quest with. And it would be even better if we get Skadi in on it. (Luna)


    Oooooh nya. You knyow Skadi? (Mio)


    Yeah. She and Ophidia are together, and were good friends. (Luna)


    Nyahahahahahahahahahahhaha! I nyever thought Skadi would actually find someone. Shes always been so distant from people nya. Good for her. (Mio)


    Well, Ill let you sleep again. Let me know when you want to take a quest together and well discuss the details then. (Luna)


    Gotcha nya. See you again. (Mio)


    She thenid her head back on her arms and immediately fell asleep again. I made it back to the others who were now looking over the quest board all the while ignoring the annoying whispers of the people around me.


    Sated your curiosity? (Velvet)


    Yeah, turns out shes an S-rank adventurer as well. (Luna)


    When I said that, a look of realization crossed over Velvets face.


    Rrriiiggghhhttt. Shes Mio the Shadow. How could I forget that? (Velvet)


    Im assuming she is a master of dark magic? (Soleil)


    Dark magic and stealth rted skills. She is close to Lunas level of stealth. (Velvet)


    Heh. I kind of want to spar with her now. (Luna)


    Calm down master, youre scaring the people around us. (Ophidia)


    So what, they should be strong enough not to be scared by something like that. (Luna)


    I looked around us and saw several people back off as my gaze passed over them.


    Cowardly.


    {More like they have good instincts. They know they cant beat you and the look you currently have doesnt help, though I find it nice.}


    Is it really that bad?


    {For them, yes. Ever since you fought Skadi the second time, youve been in a fighting mood and anytime you think of it, you get a bit heated.}


    Oh. Is that a problem?


    {For me, no. I find that part of you absolutely adorable, but for normal people, it can seem intimidating.}


    I see.


    While I was conversing with Tamamo, a guild employee came down the stairs.


    Miss Mio, Party Steris, the guild master would like to speak with all of you.


    My smile widened.


    Seems like this could be something interesting. (Luna)


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    We all headed up the stairs behind the employee as he led us to Ibukis office. When we entered, there was even more paper mountains thanst time. All you could see of Ibuki was her horns.


    Hello all of you. (Ibuki)


    We all greeted her back.


    Ill get straight to the point, can all of you investigate a newly discovered dungeon? (Ibuki)


    I can, but why are you asking us, isnt asking three S-rank adventurers to do something like this a bit too much? (Mio)


    Mio, you havent left the guild in almost a month. You need to get out more. (Ibuki)


    Nyaaaaaa. But its sofortable here, not to mention that I still have money, so I can justze around for a while longer nya. (Mio)


    Just ept it. As your friend, Im worried that youre getting tozy. (Ibuki)


    Fine nya, Ill ept. But only because its you asking me to. (Mio)


    Good. Now, what about you and your party, Luna? (Ibuki)


    I think its fine. We were going to start looking for dungeons to dive in anyway, though I would like to discuss thepensation for this request. (Luna)


    Thats fine. (Ibuki)


    We all sat down on the couches in the room and Ibuki went to sit across from all of us.


    What kind ofpensation would you like? (Ibuki)


    Simple. Any stat raising items we find in the dungeon will solely go to us. (Luna)


    Does that include any Mio finds? (Ibuki)


    If it doesnt bother her. If needed, Ill pay for them, be it in money or food. (Luna)


    Hearing that I could pay in food, Mios ears twitched.


    Now you have my attention nya. What kind of food are we talking about? (Mio)


    Wyvern meat cooked by someone with the cooking skill at level 10. (Luna)


    Both Ibuki and Mios jaws hit the floor.


    L-luna, you realize what youre offering, right? (Ibuki)


    Yes? Is it that big of a deal? (Luna)


    It is. Even I have a hard time fighting wyverns nya. If you have wyvern meat AND its cooked by a level 10 cooking skill, then Ill do more than just let you take any stat raising items we I find in the dungeon, Ill follow you to the ends of the world. Well be eternal friends. (Mio)


    I look forward to working with you, my eternal friend. (Luna)


    Nyahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! The feeling is mutual, my eternal friend. (Mio)


    *Sigh*I should have expected something like this to happen. (Velvet)


    Congrattions? (Ophidia)


    Big sis, teach me how to get along with people as well as you do. (Soleil)


    Arent you already good at doing that? (Luna)


    Not as good as you are. (Soleil)


    The only advice I can give is to just be confident in yourself. If you show that, then people will be more open to being friendly with you. (Luna)


    Though this may be a bit rude, can I ask for some of that as well? (Ibuki)


    Sure, its not like Ill run out anytime soon, so I dont mind. (Luna)


    Wait really!? You have that much that you can just give it away!? (Ibuki)


    Yeah, I have enough to crash the market on wyvern meat if I wanted. (Luna)


    Will you tell me how you managed that? (Ibuki)


    Ill have to keep that to myself. (Luna)


    Oh well. Back on topic, the dungeon that Im sending all of you to is a recently discovered dungeon is in the snowier part of the country that is about a week away from here. I already sent some people to set up a small branch of the guild at the entrance. Just show them the letter Im going to give you and theyll let you in. I want you to record however many floors there are and if possible, make a map of the currentyout. (Ibuki)


    I can take care of mapping it since I have the cartography skill and space magic. (Luna)


    Ooooh. Thisll be even easier then nya. (Mio)


    What about clearing the dungeon? (Velvet)


    I would like you to clear it if possible. (Ibuki)


    It should be simple to do that with master, Velvet, and Mio. (Ophidia)


    Hey, why didnt you count us Ophidia? (Soleil)


    Because I didnt think I needed to. If master and Velvet are there, then well obviously be there as well. I meant no offence to you, Soleil. (Ophidia)


    Its fine. (Soleil)


    If thats all, then we can head out soon. I just need to let Mordred know what well be doing. Mind if I take a piece of paper? (Luna)


    Not at all. Ill write the letter to the branch guild right now. (Ibuki)


    I took the paper Ibuki handed me and wrote a quick letter to Mordred telling her what well be doing and that well be away again for a while. I then put it in my box and sent it over to her. When I did that, Ibuki looked at me with shock.


    You have one of those too? (Ibuki)


    Of course I do, Im the one who made them. (Luna)


    I didnt know that. The grand guild master sent one a while ago and its made my job so much easier. Now I dont have to send a messenger to the Celestia kingdom with reports now. (Ibuki)


    As she spoke of this, she pulled out the letter box that Grey sent her which then glowed softly showing that a letter just arrived. Ibuki got a confused look on her face and took the letter out to read. Once she was done, she handed it to me.


    Its for you, Luna. (Ibuki)


    I looked it over and sighed.


    Velvet, you can handle any other details for finalizing this quest, Ill be back in a bit. (Luna)


    Got it. (Velvet)


    I then teleported to Greys office. Unlikest time, it was way easier to get there and I didnt feel the barrier trying to stop me.


    Im here Grey. By the way, is your barrier weaker? (Luna)


    Hello, and its not. (Grey)


    {Barriers are basically meaningless in front of you now, Luna.}


    Oh, cool. (Luna)


    This also means that any barrier you make is probably indestructible. (Grey)


    Eh, its not like I use them that much. At most I use them to keep myself from getting blood from monsters all over me. (Luna)


    Thats just*Sigh* never mind. (Grey)


    Anyway, give me what you called me here for and Ill set it up on whatever floor you want me to. (Luna)


    Follow me then. (Grey)


    Grey then led me to one of his vault doors and we entered the room behind it. In there were hundreds of pirs of orichalcum.


    I feel slightly irritated by this. It was so difficult for me to get enough orichalcum for my and Tamamos mirrors and now I see this. (Luna)


    {Dont feel irritated Luna, this is just the difference between your and Greys connections. One day youll be able to pull favors from people like he did to do this.}


    Do you want me to take all of these? (Luna)


    Yeah. Youll be going to several dungeons, right? (Grey)


    Thats the n. (Luna)


    Then take all of them. When you get to good spots in the dungeons, Ill let you know where to ce them to set up the checkpoints. (Grey)


    Got it. (Luna)


    I collected all of the pirs and teleported back to Ibukis office.


    Im back. (Luna)


    Got everything taken care of? (Velvet)


    Yeah. Remember the agreement we made in the Celestia kingdom? (Luna)


    About the checkpoints? (Velvet)


    Yep. Thats what this was about. (Luna)


    Got it. By the way, Mordred sent a reply. (Velvet)


    I took the letter Velvet handed me and read it.


    Something wrong? (Ophidia)


    No, she was just reminding me to let her know when we will be teleporting back to the temple. (Luna)


    Oh. (Ophidia)


    Now that all of this is taken care of, should we head off, or do you need to prepare, Mio? (Luna)


    Im good to go whenever. The only thing I ever bring on quests like this is food, and I still have a stockpile of birds that I bought from you. (Mio)


    Then lets head off. (Luna)


    All of us left the Ibukis office and made our way out of the guild. Every time we crossed the rooms to leave, people were surprised to see Mio with us.


    Nya. I wish they wouldnt do that ever time I do something. (Mio)


    It may sound cold, but I would just ignore them. (Luna)


    Ill try my best, my eternal friend. (Mio)


    We made our way out of the city and toward the new dungeon.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hahahahahahahahahahahahaha!


    What''s up with you?


    Atmos: It''s never boring around Luna. I didn''t expect that Mio girl to be Luna''s eternal friend.


    I''ve been wondering, is that important?


    Atmos: For cat beastkin, it''s very important. She''s basically dering Luna as family.


    Oh wow. She made that decision a bit recklessly, didn''t she.


    Atmos: Yes, but then again, I would have done the same if I was her. Luna''s full force cooking is simply too much to pass up.


    I''ll agree to that. Ugh, and now I''m hungry.


    Atmos: Gah! Now I am too.


    I me you for this.


    Atmos: I do as well.


    Extra: I have a discord server we can discuss things now, feel free to join: https://discord.gg/f8ad9R4sGd

 Chapter 144: Mio the Curious

    Chapter 144: Mio the Curious


    [Luna POV]


    After leaving the city gates and walking for a while, I decided to ask Mio a question.


    Hey Mio, what is the significance of being eternal friends? (Luna)


    For my people, its basically dering someone as part of your family. (Mio)


    Oh. Then are you sure you want to make me your eternal friend just because I offered you food? Dont get me wrong, Im happy that you think that positively of me, but this seems to be something really important that you cant just decide on due to food. (Luna)


    I have no problem with it at all. Out of all the people thate and go from the guild, practically no one but Ibuki and the employees ever talk or evene near me. Not to mention that I find you and everyone else here interesting. So much more so than anyone Ive ever met aside from Skadi. Honestly, the food is just a bonus for me nya. (Mio)


    Then Ill dly ept being your eternal friend. I said as I offered my hand for her to shake.


    She grabbed my hand with both of hers and shook.


    Nyahaha. Were going to have so much fun. (Mio)


    True. Now, lets stop here for a minute and discuss something important. (Luna)


    We all stopped and everyone looked at me.


    Do you all want to travel faster or at a normal pace? (Luna)


    You mean folding space? (Velvet)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Lets do it then. (Velvet)


    Im fine with it. (Soleil)


    Do you want me to be small again? (Ophidia)


    That would be helpful. (Luna)


    Ok. (Ophidia)


    What are you talking about? (Mio)


    A way for us to travel a week faster. (Luna)


    Ooooh. Sounds interesting. Is it anything like teleporting? (Mio)


    Its something like it, yes. Just less disorienting, though thats just my opinion. (Luna)


    Then Ill agree with it as well nya. (Mio)


    Since it was unanimous I prepared to fold space. Ophidia transformed into her small snake form and I picked her up. She slithered up my arm and wrapped herself loosely around my neck.


    Nyaa! Ophidia isnt human!? (Mio)


    <em>No, Im a serpent with a human form. </em>(Ophidia)


    Are you not good with snakes? (Soleil)


    They dont bother me nya. I was just surprised. (Mio)


    Anyway grab onto my arm, just make sure to not touch my tail. (Luna)


    Ok, but is there a reason for that? (Mio)


    Its better for your mental health. Since were considered family now, Ill fill you in on itter, so hold back any curiosity you have for now. (Luna)


    Got it nya. (Mio)


    {You epted the eternal friend thing fast.}


    No use in dwelling on it for longer than necessary. Its not like I hate Mio, so I dont mind thinking of her as family. The more the merrier and all that.


    {Fair enough. If she decides to stay with all of you, Ill consider making her my third Apostle.}


    Ok. When were done with this dungeon, Ill ask if she wants to stick around with us.


    {Alright.}


    Everyone ready? (Luna)


    Yes.


    I started folding the space in front of us and took a step.


    Wwwoooaaahhh nnnyyyaaa. Amazing. (Mio)


    Fufufufufu. (Luna)


    We continued on our way until sunset. When we stopped, we were on top of a smallish hill with arge tree on it.


    Lunya. This is amazing, we came so far in only one day nya. If it keeps going like this, Ill never want to leave your side nya. And how are you not tired? Doesnt doing that take a lot of manya? (Mio)


    I dont get tired easily and it doesnt really take much, just slightly more than teleporting. Id regenerate it as fast as I spend it. (Luna)


    Nyahahahahahahahaha. Then shall we set up camp nya? (Mio)


    Lets do it. (Velvet)


    We set up three tents and started a small fire for cooking which I started doing. I brought out one of the birds and started preparing it. After a while, I could feel Mio staring at me.


    Calm down, Mio. Its almost done. (Luna)


    Nya! Howd you knyow it was me? (Mio)


    Because I can see you. (Luna)


    How nya? Do you have eyes in the back of your head nya? (Mio)


    Space magic. I can see everything around me. (Luna)


    Nyahaha. Is there anything you cant do nya? (Mio)


    Ummm? I cant do cksmithing. Soleil can though. (Luna)


    Nyahahaha. Its funny that you had to think about it nya. (Mio)


    Hey Mio, can you help me with this? (Ophidia)


    Duty calls, Ill be back nya. (Mio)


    She then went to help Ophidia fix her tent.


    {Shes a curious person.}


    I agree, but its not a bad thing as long as she doesnt get us in trouble in the dungeon.


    {True.}


    I finished cooking everything while talking with Tamamo then called everyone over. We all sat on some logs I pulled out of my inventory and dug in. I looked over to Mio to see her reaction and saw tears running down her cheeks like rivers.


    Nyaa. Sho good nya. (Mio)


    At least swallow your food before talking. (Luna)


    Mm-hmm. (Mio)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    When Mio finished her food, she stared at me with shining eyes.


    Lunya, this was the best thing Ive ever eaten in my life nya. (Mio)


    d you liked it. (Luna)


    How can any of you stand to eat normal food after eating this? (Mio)


    Because this isnt even Lunas best. (Velvet)


    Nya! Really? (Mio)


    Yep. I could do so much more. (Luna)


    Wouldnt you need a proper kitchen for that nya or do you actually have one in your inventory nya? (Mio)


    I looked away while scratching my cheek.


    Wait really nya!? You actually have one! (Mio)


    Yeah, but its a pain to set everything up so I just didnt take it all out. Ill treat you to something even better when I do actually pull it out though. (Luna)


    Ill look forward to it nya. So, whos going to take first watch? (Mio)


    I will. (Luna)


    No. Youve done too much today nya. You did all the work I getting us here then you cooked everything. (Mio)


    But- (Luna)


    No, those are for sitting nya. I said youre resting for the night and thats final. (Mio)


    {Let her have her way, Luna. She wont stop until you agree.}


    Fine. Ill rest for the night. (Luna)


    Good. Ophidia, will you join me on night watch? (Mio)


    Sure. (Ophidia)


    Good. Velvet, Soleil, will you take up the watch after midnight nya. (Mio)


    Sure.


    Then thats settled nya. Luna, you go to sleep, well take care of everything here. (Mio)


    Ok, see you all in the morning. I said as I jumped into the tree.


    Why? (Mio)


    We only set up three tents. One for you, one for Ophidia, one for Velvet and Soleil. (Luna)


    Why dont you share with Ophidia nya? (Mio)


    Same reason I told you not to touch my tail earlier, its bad for peoples mental health if they do. (Luna)


    Fine nya, but you better go to sleep nya. (Mio)


    Night then. I said as I closed my eyes and pretended to sleep.


    Chaos Realm:


    Crate: Hello Payto, it''s nice to see you again.


    Hello Crate, it''s rare for you toe here.


    Crate: Hohohohoho. I won''t be here for long, I just came to visit and see how everyone thates here is.


    Atmos: Hello Old Man Crate. How''ve you been doing?


    Crate: Very well, little Atmos, very well indeed.


    Atmos: That''s good. What about Gear?


    Crate: Still the same as ever. I wish he would put his books down and rx every once in a while though. It''s not good for him to just slouch over like that all the time.


    Atmos: Maybe he''ll do it if I bake him a cake.


    Crate: Oooh. A splendid idea, he likes blueberries quite a lot, so I''ll give you some to use.


    Atmos: Thanks. While I''m at it, do you want one as well?


    Crate: I''d love to try one.


    Atmos: Then follow me. Payto, can you allow him in the istion room for a while?


    *Snap* It''s done, just remind me to fix it backter.


    Atmos: Got it and thanks.


    Crate: Thank you Payto, my old friend. I''ll try to visit more often in the future.


    You are wee here any time, Crate. The same goes for your brother.


    Crate: Hohohohohoho. I''ll let him know you said that.


    *Crate and Atmos then enter the istion room*

 Chapter 145: Entering the New Dungeon

    Chapter 145: Entering the New Dungeon


    [Luna POV]


    After the first day on the road, not much happened. On the third day we noticed that it was getting colder and there were patches of snow here and there.


    You know, this is the first time Im actually running into snow that isnt inside a dungeon. (Luna)


    Really nya? (Mio)


    Yeah. After living in the Beast Kingdom for all my life, only being it the Celestia Kingdom for a rtively short time, and being in the warmer parts of the Demon Empire, I havent really had the chance to be around it. The only experience I have with it was from one or two floors in a dungeon. (Luna)


    That makes sense nya. The beast kingdom is always warm. I dont know much about the Celestia Kingdom since Ive only ever been there once and that was for my S-rank promotion nya. (Mio)


    Who was the one that sponsored you for S-rank? (Velvet)


    That old sword saint that died a few years ago. He was a nice person who always gave me food. He was also the one that first gave me those birds that I bought from you. I kind of miss him nya. (Mio)


    We continued on in silence for a few minutes. During those few minutes, the ce we were heading started to be seen in the distance.


    Were almost there. (Luna)


    To think we travelled a week in three days. Space magic is something else nya. (Mio)


    Yeah, it beats travelling two weeks distance in two days. Thats really tiring. (Luna)


    Do I even want to knyow? (Mio)


    I can tell youter if you want. (Luna)


    Thats fine nya. (Mio)


    I folded space one more time and we ended up right next to the building that was here. The building was made of stone and seemed a bit too small to be a branch of the guild. We went up to the quickly made wooden door and entered to find a stairway leading down.


    I wonder what this is all about? (Soleil)


    We all headed down the stairs and found arge open space at the bottom. Inside the space were people sitting at tables or behind a counter and chatting or drinking. When we entered the room several people turned to look at us then turned away, uninterested. We walked up to one of the people behind the desk to report our business.


    Hello, this is the guild branch for that new dungeon, right? (Luna)


    Yes, though if you are here to dive into the dungeon, I regret to inform you that we still need to wait for the team that the guild master is sending before allowing other adventurers to do so.


    Thats fine since we are the people she sent. I said as I handed over the letter that Ibuki gave us.


    The receptionistdys eyes widened a bit in surprise as she took the letter and read it.


    She sent three S-ranks!?


    The receptionists yell caused everyone in the room to look at us in surprise. Once they all calmed down, the room filled with whispers. This cause me to feel slightly annoyed which must have shown on my face.


    Ah. My apologies.


    *Sigh* Its fine, is there anything we need to know before we head into the dungeon? (Luna)


    Weve sent a few teams into the first floor and found that it is pretty much the same as most dungeon first floors with extremely weak monsters and such. The only difference is that it is very big.


    Do you have any simple maps for what has been explored? (Luna)


    Yes, but they arent very good.


    Thats fine, well be making some as we go anyway. (Luna)


    She then handed me a few pieces of paper with badly drawn pictures on them.


    Thank you. Now, tell us where the entrance is, and well start. (Luna)


    Right this way.


    She led us to a heavy stone door which needed two people to open. Once it was open, all we saw was a doorway ofplete darkness that even night vision skills had a hard time dealing with.


    Whats with the entrance? (Velvet)


    This is what all new dungeon entrances look like. Once its cleared for the first time this will disappear.


    Are you all ready? (Luna)


    They all nodded their heads and I entered the door first. The darkness opened the way like a curtain then closed again when we all were inside.


    Tamamo, so you know why its like that?


    {Hmmm. Not really, youd have to ask Grey about it, sorry.}


    Its fine, you dont need to apologize.


    We headed deeper inside for a few minutes before I stopped the group.


    Let me make a map first. (Luna)


    I sat down on the floor and crossed my legs, then I created an ice table in front of me to write on. I pulled out arge paper from my inventory and ced my hand on top of it, then I spread my mana to every inch of the first floor and used my space magic. After I did that and started to see theyout of the floor, I channeled mana into the paper in front of me and a map started to draw itself.


    Ooooh. Ive nyever seen the cartographer skill in action before nya. Its interesting. (Mio)


    Mio, please dont say anything, itll disrupt masters concentration. (Ophidia)


    Sorry nya. (Mio)


    It took several minutes for the map to finish itself and when it did, we were all surprised by just howrge the first floor was.


    What are these darker spots nya? (Mio)


    Areas of interest. There is either a chest or some other kind of something there. The ces marked with x are ces that have more monsters and the ce with the arrow is the entrance to the next floor. (Luna)


    Wow nya. Having you here is cheating. (Mio)


    Mio, this is a warning for your mental wellbeing, any kind ofmon sense you have, get rid of it when you think about anything Luna does. (Velvet)


    Says the person that is still barely holding on to hers. (Luna)


    Big sis is right Velvet; you still haventpletely gotten rid of yours. (Soleil)


    Really? (Velvet)


    Yeah, you still sometimes get surprised by what I do. (Luna)


    Oh. (Velvet)


    Nyahahahahahahahahahahahaha! Youre all so fun. So, are we going to go and collect everything of interest or just go to the next floor nya? (Mio)


    Is that question even necessary, of course were going to collect everything. We wouldnt be adventurers if we didnt. (Luna)


    Nyahahahahahaha! Oh, I have an idea, before we head to start collecting stuff, lets go to one of the monster spots and Ill show you how I fight since we havent done anything like that yet nya. (Mio)


    Ok, lets go then. (Luna)


    Like that, we headed off in the direction of some unsuspecting weak monsters whose worse nightmare was nicer than what was about to happen.


    Chaos Realm:


    Let me guess Grey, the darkness over the entrance is just for ambiance.


    Grey: Absolutely.


    I thought you would only do that in front of boss rooms.


    Grey: I did at one point in time, but it got tiring to maintain thousands of them at the same time all over the world.


    Ah, I get that, but I respect the dedication to video game references that only otherworlders and those that view everything from the outside understand.


    Grey: Hahahahahahaha! If there is one thing anyone should know about me, it''s that I will always try to make as many references as I can, no matter how obscure they may be. Heck, in one dungeon on one of the other continents, I put a door with a dragon w key.


    How long did it take for people to figure out that the answer to unlocking it was on the key itself?


    Grey: It took three years. Everyone was so sure that it was a trick and were too scared to actually try it because anytime someone failed, they were chased out of the dungeon by a rolling boulder.


    You went all out with that one, huh?


    Grey: Yeah, those were the days. Now I''m just stuck doing paperwork all the damn time. Likee on, why is there so much? It never ends.

 Chapter 146: The Many Happenings of the First Floor

    Chapter 146: The Many Happenings of the First Floor


    [Luna POV]


    After a while of walking, we came up to a room with hundreds of spiders. When I got a good look into the room, I immediately turned around and spoke to Velvet via telepathy.


    <em>Velvet, whatever you do, do not let Soleil into that room. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Why? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Its nothing but spiders in there. </em>(Luna)


    Soleil, wait out here with me so we can make sure that no other monsters show up. (Velvet)


    Ok. (Soleil)


    I gave a small nod to Velvet who did the same. I then turned my attention back to Mio and Ophidia.


    <em>You can go whenever youre ready Mio. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Got it. If youll excuse me nya. </em>(Mio)


    Mio then took a step and disappeared into the shadows. I could still feel her through presence detection so I knew where she was, but the spiders in the room were none the wiser. When she stopped in the center of the room, she left the shadows and was crouched close to the floor. Her presence seemed dim, so I assumed she was using the stealth skill. I then heard her whispering.


    Silent as the night, all of my enemies shall perish.


    After she finished speaking, the shadows on the ground and walls seemed to writhe and innumerable spikes shot out from them. The spikes impaled every spider in the room at once.


    I guess this is what d the Impalers enemies must have seen when they tried to invade Wchia.


    {Who?}


    The person that was the inspiration for the most recognizable vampire from my previous world. He was the ruler of a country called Wchia and he was famous for impaling his enemies on stakes while keeping them alive as a message not to mess with him or his country. I dont really remember why he was equated with vampires though.


    {You know, I sometimes think that your old world is a really messed up ce.}


    It really was. Corruption was rampant in most governments that I knew of, and it went through two world wars. Though I feel bad for my previous family, Im way happier in this world than my old one.


    {Im d you feel that way.}


    Well talk moreter, Mio ising back.


    {Ok.}


    Mio then appeared in front of me and Ophidia again.


    So, what did you think nya? (Mio)


    Im impressed, though I do want to know what that chant was about. (Luna)


    You heard that? (Mio)


    I have really good hearing for a kitsune. (Luna)


    Ahhh. Its really nothing, I just say that to focus, it doesnt really help with my magic. Its a habit I picked up at some point that I just cant seem to get rid of nya. (Mio)


    Ok. (Luna)


    Big sis, are you all done ove-Grrrrrrrrrrrrrrrrr. (Soleil)


    Velvet! (Luna)


    Sorry. (Velvet)


    The temperature around us started to rise and a haze wasing off of Soleil.


    Ill burn them all until not even ashes remain. Yol-Toor-Shul! (Soleil)


    An inferno sted from Soleils mouth and incinerated everything in the room.


    Soleil! Do you realize how dangerous that is!? Were in a cave with no openings around us! That means fire isnt allowed! (Luna)


    Soleil took a step back from me with her ears and tail drooping.


    Luna, calm down. (Velvet)


    No Velvet, she needs to know that she cant do that. I get not liking something so much that you want to eradicate even its corpse. I know that more than anyone here, but I also know that there is a time and a ce for that, and this is neither. (Luna)


    Sorry, big sis. It wont happen again. Soleil said while her ears and tail drooped even further.


    I couldnt stand to see her like that even if I was the one that caused her to.


    *Sigh*Im sorry for yelling at you as well. This is technically your first real dungeon experience, so you didnt know any better. (Luna)


    Everything settled now nya? (Mio)


    Yeah, it should be. (Luna)


    Alright then. Oh, and Soleil, that was very impressive fire magic nya. (Mio)


    Thanks. (Soleil)


    What do we do now? Start finding the treasures or show off our skill against more monsters? (Ophidia)


    I say both. From here, well find more loot before we make it to the next monster area. (Luna)


    Then lead the way, Lunya. (Mio)


    Lets go. (Luna)


    We headed deeper into the halls of the dungeon for several hours. We passed by tons of chest rooms that didnt have many useful things. We were now sitting in front of the 17<sup>th</sup> chest.


    Luna, its your turn to open it. (Velvet)


    Got it. (Luna)


    I walked up to the chest and checked to see if it was trapped or a mimic. It was neither so I went ahead and opened it. Once it was fully open, I learned that it was empty. As soon as I turned around to tell everyone that, a cake flew into my face.


    (Luna)


    Pfffffft. Nyahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Mio)


    Big-pfft-big sis, are you ok? (Soleil)


    (Luna)


    Master? (Ophidia)


    (Luna)


    Well, this wont end well. (Velvet)


    I wiped the cake off of my face and looked up to the ceiling of the dungeon.


    ATMOS! I WONT FORGET THIS! BE READY THE NEXT TIME I SEE YOU! (Luna)


    {Yes Luna, well have a splendid talk with her.}


    Tamamo, can you share the image of Atmoss home with me like you did that one time?


    {I can.}


    Please do it.


    Without answering me, I felt a pressure in my mind as images started to flow in. When that was over, I began to smile.


    *Sigh* (Velvet)


    Oooh. Such a scary look nya. (Mio)


    -Meanwhile in Atmoss home-


    I wonder who I should prank today? Hmm? He. Hehe. Hehehehahahahahahahahahaha! Someone just got caked by one of my cake chests. I wonder who it was.


    I use my Authority over Mischief to see who the lucky person was. When I see that it was Luna, I start to feel cold sweat.


    Oh crap.


    As soon as the words left my mouth, a Gate opens up in front of me and one of those hateful chains pops out. It wraps around me and drags me into the Gate. Once Im on the other side, I find myself in a familiar ce with arge tree.


    {Why hello there, Atmos. How nice of you toe and visit me on this lovely day.}


    H-hey Tamamo. H-how y-you doing?


    {Quite well.}


    T-thats good. A-and Luna. How i-is s-s-she?


    {Shes also doing well, though she did run into something a little unfortunate about a minute ago.}


    O-o-o-o-oh n-n-n-n-nnn-no. Wh-what h-h-happened?


    {I think you know.}


    Instead of saying anything else, I tried to run away but was stopped. Even though the Gate had disappeared, the chain was still wrapped around my waist and the other end was in Tamamos hands.


    Fufufufufufu. Im sorry I cant be there to tend to you Atmos, but Tamamo has dly agreed to help you in my stead, enjoy. (Luna)


    Luna! H-hey Luna! Im sorry ok! I didnt think you would find one of my prank chests that I snuck in when Grey was cing them! Please forgive me! (Atmos)


    {Its no use Atmos.}


    Noooooooooooooooo! (Atmos)


    -Back on Lunas side-


    Nooooooooooooooo! (Atmos)


    Hearing thatst part before the connection was cut, my smile widened even more.


    Ok, nyow Im actually scared. (Mio)


    Dont be, Mio, you have absolutely nothing to worry about. (Luna)


    Youre not mad Iughed at you nya? (Mio)


    Not at all. Im only angry at the culprit that set up this prank. (Luna)


    You talk like you knyow who it is. (Mio)


    Thats because I do. Ill exin everything to youter, for now, we shall continue. Oh, and by the way, Im taking the next monster room. (Luna)


    We left the prank room and headed towards the nearest monster room. When we got there, I spent no time entering it and freezing everything. In a split second, the room looked like the ice age hade. I then used lightning magic to shatter everything at once.


    H-hey Velvet. Remind me never to get Lunya angry. (Mio)


    I hate to break it to you, but this isnt angry Luna. This is slightly pissed off Luna. (Velvet)


    O-oh. My request still stands though nya. (Mio)


    I understand. (Velvet)


    I then made my way back to the group with a refreshed smile on my face.


    Lets go. (Luna)


    I started leading the way again while everyone else followed behind me silently. We spent several more hours going around the first floor and eventually we were back to how we were when we first entered the dungeon.


    Hey Mio, Im curious about something. (Soleil)


    Whats up nya? (Mio)


    Where are you from? (Soleil)


    What do you mean nya? (Mio)


    Like, where were you born? You have a slight ent that Ive never heard before. (Soleil)


    Are you talking about me saying nya nya? (Mio)


    Yes. (Soleil)


    Ie from another continent. Dont ask me its name since I dont remember it nya. (Mio)


    I see. Whats it like there? (Soleil)


    I cant really remember since its been so long since Ive been there. I came to this continent when I was little with my parents nya. (Mio)


    Interesting. Where do your parents live? (Velvet)


    They live in the port city close to Savanna. My dad works as a shipbuilder and my mom is an herbalist nya. (Mio)


    Have you ever wanted to go to the continent you used to live on again? (Ophidia)


    Sometimes nya. But then I remember that it takes like six months to get there nya and I dont like riding on boats much. Cant stand the rocking or smell nya. (Mio)


    Then how did you manage on the way over here? (Luna)


    Mom is an herbalist, she gave me something that blocked my sense of smell and temporarily cured dizziness nya. (Mio)


    What if you found a quick way to get there and back without having to ride on a ship? (Luna)


    Then Id go in a heartbeat nya. Though I would only want to stay there for a little while and explore a bit nya. (Mio)


    Good to know. (Luna)


    Mio tilted her head in confusion at my words.


    Dont worry about it. I said as I instinctively patted her head.


    Nyaa! (Mio)


    Oh, Im sorry, my hand just moved on its own. (Luna)


    Hehehe. Its fine nya. It was quite pleasant nya. (Mio)


    Why does it feel like my position as little sister is in danger? (Soleil)


    Dont worry Soleil, you will always be my little sister. No one can ever rece you. I said as I also patted Soleils head.


    Hehehehe. (Soleil)


    <em>Luna, will you help me improve this techniqueter? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Sure. While were at it, we can also finish your submersion into the Abyss. </em>(Luna)


    Velvet nodded her head and we continued for a little while longer. We finished exploring the whole first floor and I teleported us to the entrance stairs.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: *Sniff*


    *I pat Atmos on the head tofort her*


    Atmos: Thanks. *Sniff* I never expected Luna to be the one to get hit with that. She should have been able to detect it. *sniff*


    She couldn''t because it was a prank chest, not a trap chest. There is a difference.


    Atmos: Wait really!?


    How do you not know this?


    Atmos: I-I always assumed that pranks counted as traps. He. Hehe. This opens up so many opportunities. I can finally go after those gods that have always had good senses for traps now. Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahhahahahaha!


    Well that was a quick recovery.

 Chapter 147: Velvets Descent is Complete

    Chapter 147: Velvet''s Descent is Complete


    [Luna POV]


    When we reentered the guild branch, the receptionist from earlier came up to us.


    Wee back.


    Thank you. Would you like the full map of the first floor? (Luna)


    It would be helpful.


    I walked over to an empty table andid the map out on top of it. Aside from the receptionist, a few other curious employees and a few of the other adventurers that were here came to get a look as well.


    This is such a detailed map.


    Its the product of high-level cartography. (Luna)


    This is going to be very helpful.


    Is there a ce to rest here or do we need to set up camp outside. We need to get some rest. (Luna)


    We have a barracks, please follow me.


    We all followed the receptionist while she led us to a wooden door. That door led to a hallway with several rooms on each side.


    Each room can house a party of six, so choose any free one.


    Thank you. (Luna)


    The receptionist left us when we chose a room to stay in. We all chose a bed to sleep on and sat down on them.


    Nyaaa. I had fun today. (Mio)


    Thats good. (Luna)


    I agree. (Ophidia)


    I looked over to Soleil and saw she looked a little down.


    Whats up Soleil? (Luna)


    Im sorry again for what I did earlier. (Soleil)


    Youre still worried about that? Its fine just as long as you remember not to do something like that again. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    Velvet then patted Soleils head and Soleil nestled into it. I then heard the sounds of light snoringing from behind me and found Ophidia already asleep.


    Oh right, Lunya, can I ask about a few things? (Mio)


    Sure. (Luna)


    Ive been wondering since it happened, but why did you use the Goddess of Fates name earlier? Also, why do you not want people to touch your tail? And why is your skillset so weird? I mean what are you, a scout or a mage? And how can you use so much magic without feeling tired at all nya? (Mio)


    Ok first of all, slow down, I can only answer one thing at a time, and second, before I answer any of those, promise me you will keep what you hear a secret. (Luna)


    Of course, as my eternal friend, your secrets are my secrets. No one will ever learn them, even if Im tortured nya. (Mio)


    {Such a dark way of thinking.}


    Well, I doubt it will evere to that, but ok. *snap* (Luna)


    I set up a domain just in case someone tried to eavesdrop on us.


    First of all, I used Atmoss name because I know her personally. (Luna)


    Seriously!? (Mio)


    Yep, shes going to be my sister-inw, so of course I would call her by her name. (Luna)


    You have a divine protection nya? (Mio)


    Yep. My wife will be Tamamo, the Goddess of the Moon, Night, and Gravity. (Luna)


    I then pulled out my mirror and Tamamos face appeared.


    {Nice to meet you Mio.}


    Goddess nya! Its very nice to meet you nya! (Mio)


    To answer your second question, I dont want people to touch my tail since its really bad for their mental health. That is due to my title as the Abyssal Fluff. (Luna)


    Nyever heard of it nya. (Mio)


    {We wouldnt expect you to. Just know that since you and Luna are considered family now, you will one day have to get used to it.}


    If its as bad for mental health as you say it is, can it wait for when we are done with the dungeon nya? (Mio)


    Yes. Though the same doesnt apply to Velvet since she will finally bepletely submerged before tomorrow. (Luna)


    I thought we were going to wait for when we finish the dungeon for me as well? (Velvet)


    Nah, youre almost done, so why put it off any longer? (Luna)


    *Sigh* Fine. Hand me the brush. (Velvet)


    I pulled out my brush from my inventory and tossed it to Velvet. She caught it and moved to sit next to me.


    The reason my skillset is so strange and mixed up is because Im a reincarnator and have the skill from my past life. That time I was a scout, this time Im a mage, though I guess I can be considered an allrounder technically. Also, due to my divine protection, I can learn and level up skills faster then normal people. Thats why most of my skills are max level. (Luna)


    I dont even know how to respond to that nya. (Mio)


    And for the question of why I can use so much magic without feeling tired is because I have infinite mana. (Luna)


    Isnt that impossible nya? (Mio)


    {For mortals, yes, but Luna is a demigod, so that doesnt apply to her.}


    If you have a hard time believing that; I can show you proof. Be ready Velvet. (Luna)


    Just do it. (Velvet)


    I took off my ne my other four tails appeared. When I looked at Mio again, I saw her eyes sparkling.


    This is amazing nya! So many tails nya! They look so fluffy and huggable nya! (Mio)


    She was about to jump at them when I told her to stop.


    Remember what I said earlier Mio, no touching, at least not yet. (Luna)


    Right nya. Sorry nya. (Mio)


    Its fine. Now, I have a question for you. (Luna)


    Im listening nya. (Mio)


    Though I nned on asking you this once we finished here, Ill ask you now. Would you like to continue to travel with us once were done with this quest? (Luna)


    Hmmmm. Can you let me consider it for a while nya? (Mio)


    Yeah, I wasnt expecting an immediate answer. Take as long as you want to figure out what you want to do. Just let us know before we finish up in the Empire, whenever that will be. (Luna)


    Thanks nya. Now, Im gonna try and get some sleep nya. See you all in the morning. (Mio)


    The second she put her head on the pillow, she fell asleep.


    Ugh. (Velvet)


    Whats wrong Velvet? (Soleil)


    Nothing is wrong, its just that almost oppressive feeling I get when I touch Lunas tails is gone. Hang on, Luna, did your tails get even fluffier? (Velvet)


    No? Theyre as fluffy as always. (Luna)


    {I see. Now that Velvet has been fully submerged, she can feel the full effects of the Abyss unhindered.}


    You mean all this time; Ive never felt the full fluffiness of Lunas tails? (Velvet)


    {Ufufufufu. Wee to the club Velvet. You have finally learned the full force of just how amazing Lunas tails are, though I guess it was only a matter of time since you are her Apostle.}


    I wonder if I can use Abyssal Blessing now? (Luna)


    {Want to try it out?}


    Im down, what about you, Velvet? (Luna)


    Sure. (Velvet)


    I turned to face Velvet and put my hand on her head. I then closed my eyes and tried using the skill. I felt it taking effect and opened my eyes again.


    Anything different? (Luna)


    My Res stat raised to SS, my dark magic became level 10, and I got the title: One Who Dwells in the Abyss. (Velvet)


    Do you know what the title does? (Soleil)


    It gives a passive buff to stats when Im near the Abyss, so basically whenever Im close to Luna, Ill be stronger. (Velvet)


    Interesting. (Luna)


    {Luna, can you turn that effect on and off?}


    I think so, let me see. (Luna)


    I closed my eyes again and focused on the connection I share with Velvet since I felt it grow even stronger when I gave the blessing. I tried restricting it a little and it returned to how it felt before.


    I think I did it. (Luna)


    You did. (Velvet)


    Guess we all need to work on submerging ourselves then. (Soleil)


    True, but that can wait for another time. For now, try to get some sleep. (Luna)


    Alright.


    Like that Soleilid down and Velvet moved over to the bed she would sleep on. I let the blessing take full effect again and thenid down as well. I put my mirror away and started talking to Tamamo in my head.


    And with this, another day is over.


    {Indeed. Are you going to leave that domain up?}


    Yeah, I dont feel like sleeping with my ne on tonight, so Ill just leave it up till morning.


    {Fair enough. Are you actually going to try and sleep?}


    I think so. Im a bit tired mentally speaking.


    {Good night then, my precious Luna.}


    Good night, my lovely Tamamo.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: So Velvet has finally felt the full force of the Abyss.


    Tamamo: Indeed. It''s been a long timeing.


    Yep. I wonder who will be next?


    Atmos: My money is on Soleil.


    Tamamo: I think Ophidia.


    I''m going to bet on Amagi.


    Atmos and Tamamo: Really?


    Tamamo: Why do you think that?


    Neither of you noticed? Last time Luna let her brush her tails, she managed to resist a little more than normal. Not at the level Velvet did in the beginning, but she still resisted the pull.


    Atmos: Really? When was thest time Luna let her do that?


    Tamamo: Before they left the shrine again.


    Atmos: Howe we didn''t see it?


    I''ve said this before, it''s not like I''m watchin every aspect of Luna''s life. We don''t need to see every small detail.


    Tamamo: And I''m thankful for that. Especially when me and Luna are in a domain alone.


    Atmos: Back on subject, do you know how far Deacon has been submerged?


    Barely any. I don''t know the reason for that though.


    Tamamo: Luna said she feels awkward when she lets Deacon brush her tails. That''s also why Rex and ke haven''t done it either.


    I know this is probably just me, but I find that weird that she feels awkward about that considering she used to be a man and all.


    Atmos: You know, I forgot that was the case. She really doesn''t act like it.


    Tamamo: That''s because she full embraced who she is now a long time ago.


    I see.

 Chapter 148: The Next Morning and the Second Floor

    Chapter 148: The Next Morning and the Second Floor


    [Luna POV]


    I was the second to wake up the next morning. When I looked around, I was surprised to see Mio was the first.


    You know, for someone who falls asleep so much, you wake up pretty early. (Luna)


    Its an essential skill for an adventurer nya. Sleep easy, wake easy. (Mio)


    Fair. (Luna)


    So tell me, why cant I get out of the room nya? (Mio)


    Oh, thats because I used one of my skills to make this room a separate space so we could have our talkst night. Dont want people listening in you know. (Luna)


    I get it nya, but could you please let me out nya. Its urgent. (Mio)


    I snap my fingers and the domain dissolves.


    Youre good. (Luna)


    Thanks, nya. Mio said as she rushed out of the room.


    Once Mio left the room, I put my ne back on and four of my tails vanished. I then got up and stretched a bit. I then saw Ophidia start to stir and after a few seconds, she woke up. Her eyes still looked a bit unfocused and when she turned to me, she smiled a bit.


    Hello massster. (Ophidia)


    Morning Ophidia. Wake up. (Luna)


    Im awake. She said as she tried to get out of the bed but fell face first onto the floor.


    Ouch. (Ophidia)


    You fully awake now? (Luna)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    {You two are so alike.}


    How so?


    {There is a high chance that the both of you end up face first on the floor when still half asleep.}


    Oh.


    {Its cute so its fine.}


    Ill agree with that.


    Wheres Mio? (Ophidia)


    She had some urgent business to take care of, shell be back in a bit. (Luna)


    Ok. Should we wake them up? (Ophidia)


    Probably. (Luna)


    I turned to the two still sleeping and grinned a bit. I dont know when, but it seems like Soleil got up at some point during the night, transformed into her fox form, and got into Velvets bed. Now it looked like Soleil was Velvets hug pillow.


    {Ufufufufu. How cute.}


    I agree.


    {How about one of us tries this next time?}


    Ok, we can decide whoter.


    I moved over next to Velvet and started shaking them awake.


    Its time to get up you two, we have a busy day ahead of us. (Luna)


    You can stop shaking me you know. (Velvet)


    Im not shaking you; Im shaking the one youre holding. (Luna)


    Eh? (Velvet)


    Velvet opened her eyes and saw a fox in her arms.


    Hehehe. My cute Soleil. (Velvet)


    Hearing her words, my grin turned into a wide smile.


    You can be the one to wake her up now. (Luna)


    Nn. (Velvet)


    It was then that Mio came back.


    I have returnednya. Whats with this cute atmosphere? (Mio)


    It just happened. (Luna)


    Nyahaha. (Mio)


    While Velvet was waking Soleil up, the rest of us got whatever we needed ready for our trip into the dungeon. After a few minutes, we all heard a poof sound and I turned around to see Soleil back in her normal from with her head still being hugged by Velvet.


    While I wont lie and say Im not enjoying myself, will you please let me go, Velvet. (Soleil)


    *Sigh* Fine. (Velvet)


    They both got up and started preparing as well. Once we were all done, we left the room and headed into the main lobby. Once one of the receptionists saw us, they brought over the map I made yesterday.


    Here you go, we made a copy of it so you can take this one with you.


    Ok. Were headed in now. (Luna)


    I took back the map I made yesterday and we all headed to the stone doors and the dungeon entrance. Once we were inside, I opened the map to find the path to the stairs.


    We heading to the second floor today? (Velvet)


    Yeah. Follow me. (Luna)


    I led the way to the stairs and after about 30 minutes of walking, we made it there. We started descending and after several more minutes, we came out onto a dreary looking ne. It had ankle high mist and dead looking trees scattered sparsely around. It also smelled of death.


    Ugh. Smells like a floor of undead. (Luna)


    At least we have two people here with a skill that will make progressing through here easy. (Velvet)


    Thats true. Soleil, be ready to use fox fire. (Luna)


    Got it. (Soleil)


    I prepared several balls of blue fox fire and they started floating around me like little blue suns.


    How pretty nya. (Mio)


    Thank you. (Luna)


    Like thest time, I made a map of the floor, but there wasnt much to it since the area was just a t area from end to end.


    There isnt much here so we can just head straight to the stairs. (Luna)


    Everyone nodded at my words, and we started on our way. Not much happened until we got to the center of the room. Once we reached that point, we heard sounds of movement from all around us as all types of undead started to rise out of the ground like in a horror movie.


    I immediately deployed my fox fire and purified as many undead as I could with that volley. Soleil was a few seconds slower but did the same. We continued to move in the direction of our destination while holding back the sea of undead. Though they werent really a challenge, they did slow us down considerably. We reached the stairs after an hour and once we crossed the threshold, the undead following us turned around and ambled off.


    Even though that was easy since the two of you were here, I feel gross nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. (Ophidia)


    Reminds me of that one time. (Luna)


    It does, doesnt it. (Velvet)


    Oh right, that was how you got your second tail, wasnt it, big sis. (Soleil)


    Yep, defending a city from a crazy fiend cult and their horde of undead. (Luna)


    That sounds like a good story, you have to tell me about itter nya. (Mio)


    Me as well. You havent told me that one yet. (Ophidia)


    I didnt? (Luna)


    Nope. (Ophidia)


    Then Ill tell it when we finish in the dungeon today. (Luna)


    Alright.


    With that, we headed down to the third floor.


    Chaos Realm:


    *Sounds of Grey muttering while looking into the distance*


    What''s up with him?


    Tamamo: He''s going through every dungeon to try and find Atmos''s prank chests.


    Ah. Is he having any luck?


    Tamamo: Maybe?


    That''s better than a no.


    Tamamo: Well, anyway, the second floor of the dungeon wasn''t even a challenge.


    Nope. Undead are a poor match when Luna is around, though Soleil did get some practice in with her fox fire.


    Tamamo: That''s true.

 Chapter 149: Dont Scare the Fox

    Chapter 149: Don''t Scare the Fox


    [Luna POV]


    Over the next few days, we continued to go deeper into the dungeon. The early floors were no challenge whatsoever since everything was weak even for Soleil. Another factor that made it easy was my mapping that showed the location of everything on each floor. We would quickly go to each area of interest and take anything of value. When we ran into monsters we would let Soleil take care of them so she could gain levels. At the current time, we were walking down the stairs to the 20<sup>th</sup> floor.


    Im surprised we havent run into any traps yet nya. (Mio)


    Whyd you say that, now were definitely going to run into some. (Luna)


    How do you know nya? (Mio)


    Because thats how it works when people say something like that. (Luna)


    Mio, at times like this, you should just nod your head like you agree with her. (Velvet)


    Oooohhhh nya. (Mio)


    Isnt that something youre supposed to try and let me not hear? (Luna)


    Even if I whispered it, you would have heard me. (Velvet)


    You do realize that I cant hear telepathy, right? (Luna)


    Thats right, you cant. (Velvet)


    How exactly do you see me, Velvet? I cant be that bad, right? (Luna)


    Luna, since the time I met you, you have basically broken every notion ofmon sense I have. It wouldnt surprise me if you be omniscient at one point. (Velvet)


    Why would I want that? It would be so boring, not that I cant somewhat be like that already. (Luna)


    Wait, you can nya!? (Mio)


    What do you think the level 10 space magic is? If it didnt give me a headache if I use it for too long, even with the help of another skill, I can basically see everything for as far as I can spread my mana. And with infinite mana, I can spread it pretty far. (Luna)


    Thats true, that magic is pretty interesting, its just the downside of too much informationing to you at the same time that makes it hard to use. (Ophidia)


    Space magic is just ridiculous nya. (Mio)


    All magic is ridiculous, you just think of space magic like that since its a rare affinity. (Luna)


    Is that how it is? (Soleil)


    Yeah, though things like time and creation magic are also rare, but I think thats for different reasons, but something as simple as fire magic can be just as ridiculous given the right time and knowledge. If I was any better at studying or just remembering things from my past life, I could help all of us improve our magic to ridiculous levels. (Luna)


    Could dad help with this as well? (Soleil)


    Yeah, we learned the same things for most of our lives, so he should know about as much as I do or even more depending on what his hobbies were back then, though I dont know how much he can remember since its been so long since then. Maybe I should track down Damien as well and pick his brain about some things. (Luna)


    Isnt he the vampire obsessed pervert alchemist? (Velvet)


    Yeah, but who knows, maybe he mellowed out by now. Of course, he could have also somehow made himself immortal through alchemy and stayed the same, but I wouldnt know until we met again. (Luna)


    Can you do that through alchemy nya? (Mio)


    Probably. It depends on the kind, but all I know of it is fiction from my previous life, so Im no expert on it. (Luna)


    Your previous world is weird. (Soleil)


    Ill agree with that. (Luna)


    When we finally reached the bottom of the stairs, saw a mountainous area.


    Well, this is going to be a pain to map. (Luna)


    I was about to sit down and start making the map when we all heard a loud screech somewhere in the distance.


    What was that? (Ophidia)


    V-Velvet. Im scared. (Soleil)


    We all turned to look at Soleil and her face was pale, and she was shivering so much it was visible.


    {Luna, cast some healing magic on Soleil.}


    I did as Tamamo said and Soleil calmed down.


    Do you know what that was, Tamamo?


    {No, believe it or not, Im not too knowledgeable about monsters to be able to tell what it was through the sound it makes, but I can tell that it can cause a fear effect in people from the way Soleil was acting.}


    Ugh. I hate things that can use psychological attacks. (Luna)


    Is that what it was? (Velvet)


    Its what Tamamo said. That screech had a fear effect in it. The only reason it affected Soleil so much is probably because she has the lowest resistance of all of us. (Luna)


    Master, calm down a little. (Ophidia)


    What do you mean, Ophidia, I am calm. (Luna)


    Youre not, youre covering the area in mist and its getting colder as we speak. (Ophidia)


    Oh, sorry about that. (Luna)


    I sat back down and tried to calm down a little. I pulled out my mapping equipment and started mapping. While I was doing that, I was also searching for the creature that scared Soleil so much. Eventually I found something that looked like a tall humanoid with an antlered skull for a head. It had fresh blood dripping from its face and an eviscerated corpse of something in front of it.


    Well, thats horrifying. (Luna)


    What is nya? (Mio)


    Im not too sure, but I think I found the thing that screeched a few minuets ago. Anyone heard of a wendigo? (Luna)


    No. (Velvet)


    Yes nya. They are some of the more terrifying forest and mountain monsters a person can run in to nya. (Mio)


    Have you ever fought one? (Ophidia)


    No, but Ive seen one and it gave me nightmares for weeks nya. (Mio)


    Can you get anything of value from them? (Luna)


    No idea nya. (Mio)


    Well, lets kill it then move on. There isnt much of worth on this floor anyway. You ready to move, Soleil? (Luna)


    I think so, your magic helped a lot. (Soleil)


    Good. Velvet, take care of her. (Luna)


    You dont have to ask me twice. (Velvet)


    We then made our way into the forest surrounding the mountains. It was very dense and hard to move around in. After a while, I could feel us being watched. I told that to everyone using telepathy and we increased our vignce. Two hourster we entered the clearing that I saw the wendigo in earlier. It was even bloodier than it was earlier. The scent of blood was overpowering.


    This is disgusting nya. (Mio)


    I agree. Ive been alive for a long time, and Ive never seen something that kills like this. This wasnt for food, but sport. (Ophidia)


    I looked over to see how Velvet and Soleil were doing and saw Soleil crouched over and throwing up her lunch. Just then I heard movement in the surrounding forest, and it was fast.


    Velvet, do your best to cover Soleils ears. (Luna)


    She did as I said and covered her ears just as the wendigo screeched again. It was so loud that it threatened to burst my eardrums. Once it stopped, it immediately made a dash out of the forest and towards Soleil. I froze the ground in front of it and it slipped. Just before it regained its bnce, it made eye-contact with me and I tried using illusion magic on it. After a few minutes of lying there in silence, it started to twitch and squirm.


    This is what you deserve for scaring my sister you filthy mongrel. (Luna)


    I increased the intensity of the illusion it was seeing even more and shortly after it died.


    What did you do to it nya? (Mio)


    Showed it some illusions. (Luna)


    Illusions can do that? (Mio)


    Yes. I simply made them so real to it that when it died in the illusion, it died here as well. (Luna)


    How is that simple nya? (Mio)


    Because it just is, now lets go, I want to get off this floor as soon as possible. (Luna)


    We made our way through the forest again until we reached the mountain. There we found a gateway and the stair to the next floor. We started down them and onto the next floor.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Just how bad was that illusion Luna made that it scared a wendigo to death?


    Even I don''t know, I just know it''s a bad idea to use things like fear on Luna''s family members. Not that I would have in the first ce.


    Grey: I agree with that sentiment.


    *Atmos then bursts into the room.*


    Atmos: Payto, call Crate, Gear, and Quetz here, something big is happening soon.


    Got it, I''ll be back.


    *I get up and leave the room to prepare for the big event that is happening soon*

 Chapter 150: The Ascension of Insanity

    Chapter 150: The Ascension of Insanity


    [Luna POV]


    The floor after the mountainous forest was a boss floor with a hippogriff as the boss. Though it was something we considered weak, it was extremely fast, so it took longer to kill than we thought. Once we did finish it off, we decided to head out of the dungeon for the day. When we got back to the surface and showed all the maps that were made, it shocked the employees and adventurers that were there again.


    S-rank adventurers are something else.


    Heh. I wonder if one of them will fight me.


    No way dude, youll be beaten in a second.


    Hey! Im not that weak.


    Says the eternal B-rank.


    Youre no better than me!


    Those two in particr started a fist fight which I found funny. We then headed to the room we were staying in to rest for the day.


    One moment please. One of the receptionists called out to us.


    Yes? (Luna)


    Can I assume that you went to the 21<sup>st</sup> floor?


    We did. (Luna)


    Why is there no map for it?


    Its a boss floor. The monster we fought there was a hippogriff. (Luna)


    I see, thank you for the information.


    Did you hear that, they fought a hippogriff.


    Arent those like, extremely fast?


    Thats what I heard. I wonder what that fight was like?


    Dont know, but it was probably intense.


    We continued on our way to the room we were staying in while I was chuckling at the adventurers conversations.


    Fufu. If only they knew that the only thing it had going for it was its speed.


    Once we got to our room, a wave of drowsiness hit me like a truck.


    Ugh, but its not a full moon. (Luna)


    Whats wrong Luna? (Velvet)


    Idont know. (Luna)


    {Dont worry Velvet, Luna is just being called somewhere like I do when its the full moon. She isnt going to be hurt or anything. And Luna, dont fight it.}


    Oksee you alter. I said as I fell onto the bed asleep.


    [Chaos Realm]


    Oh, Im here? (Luna)


    Wee back Luna, its been a while.


    Hey Payto. Whats the asion that you called me here? (Luna)


    A special event. The ascension of a new goddess.


    Oh? But I dont have nine tails yet. (Luna)


    {Ufufufufu. Unfortunately, hes not talking about you.}


    Tamamo! (Luna)


    Hey, Im here too. (Atmos)


    Atmos. I said with a deadpan look and a monotone voice.


    Cmon, just forgive me already. (Atmos)


    Hmph. (Luna)


    I moved to sit next to Tamamo. When I did, a portal opened up in a doorway and Crate, Gear, and Quetz walked into the room.


    Hohohoho. Im back again Payto. (Crate)


    Hello Crate, Gear, and Quetz. Its good to see you all.


    Hello. (Luna)


    Oh, you even called young Luna here? (Crate)


    I did. I thought she would enjoy watching an ascension before she reached her own.


    Hohohoho. It is a rare event after all. (Crate)


    Gear, put the book down for a while, you have all the time you want to finish it.


    Fine. (Gear)


    Oh, and Quetz, you have a butler/paperwork person now. You can meet themter.


    Ooooh. (Qutez)


    They all moved to a seat and sat down. Another portal opened up a few minutester and Mordred appeared.


    Huh? This isnt the same room as always? (Mordred)


    Mordred, what are you doing here? (Luna)


    Luna? Whats going on? Why is this different than normal? (Mordred)


    Dont worry Mordred, youll meet your special person soon.


    Who are you? (Mordred)


    The one that lets you and your partner meet up. The room youre usually in is her personal room here in my home. Just go and sit by Luna and wait.


    Mordred did as Payto said, but looked a little dissatisfied while doing so.


    Now all were waiting for is Grey and our goddess to be.


    After a short wait, Grey showed up.


    Am I thest one to arrive? (Grey)


    Aside from the person of the hour, yes.


    Well, at least Im notte. (Grey)


    Thats true.


    We all spent the time waiting chatting when suddenly a ck and purple portal opened up in the center of the room. The person that came out of the portal was a cat beast person with silver hair and violet eyes. She also had two tails that had some kind of purple auraing out of them. She was also short, like loli short.


    About time you showed up.


    Nyahahahahahahahaha! Its important for the guest of honyor to show up fashionyablyte, right? (???)


    Thats true, I guess. Anyway, let me introduce you to everybody that doesnt know you. This is Tonya, the soon to be Goddess of Insanity, Void, and Sleep.


    Nyahahaha! Nyice to meet you all that dont knyow me. Oh, and hello Mordred, sorry we havent been able to see each other in a while nya. (Tonya)


    Hello. Mordred said while blushing.


    Seems like that rtionship progressed well. (Luna)


    {Thats kind of unexpected. I didnt know they were together.}


    Werent you there when it was discussed? (Luna)


    {If I was, I didnt pay much attention to it.}


    Oh. (Luna)


    Hmmm. Payto, isnt this one of your friends that shows up every so often? (Atmos)


    Yep. Things happened and she is now bing a Goddess of this world.


    Mmm-Hmm. About time too nya. You dont get how long Ive been waiting for this nya. Like seriously, its taken sooo long nya. (Tonya)


    You talk like Mio. (Luna)


    Thats right, Lunya, Im from the same continyent after all nya. (Tonya)


    Hmmm. Cool. (Luna)


    I knyow, right. Nyow Payto, what do I do to finyally ascend? (Tonya)


    Payto snaps his fingers, and aplicated looking magic circle appears in the center of the room.


    Stand in the middle of that. Itll keep the explosion of power contained so that it doesnt affect the world and rx. Ill monitor it so that nothing bad happens.


    She does as Payto asks and stands in the center of the circle. It started to glow brightly for a few seconds and then died down.


    Everyone, get ready. Luna, watch closely, youll get to experience thister.


    After those words left Paytos mouth, the sounds of chains breaking, and ss shattering sounded everywhere around us. A purple, ck, and pink aura started emanating out of Tonyas body that intensified with the sound of chains and ss.


    NYAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! Tonya startedughing maniacally. Oh, how Ive missed this nya!


    All of the auras intensified and then began to mix together. Once they became thick enough that you couldnt see Tonya anymore, it began to condense and be sucked into Tonyas body. When all of that finished, Tonya reappeared a slight bit taller, but still a loli, and her eyes changed a little bit. They now were a mix of purple and pink with some ck flecks and they were glowing like everyone elses in the room.


    Now the fun part.


    Payto stood up from his seat and ced his hand on the barrier his magic circle created. Then I felt a pressure start to descend on the room. It was something I only ever felt when I first met Atmos. It was suffocating. Small crack started to appear on the barrier, but they were repaired with Paytos mana. The pressure continued to mount until it suddenly disappeared and the sound of an explosion happened.


    That should do it. Tonya, take a few minutes to limate to your new strength and Ill let you out. Mordred, think about what kind of Apostle you want to be, Insanity, Void, or Sleep.


    Yeah, yeah nya. (Tonya)


    Tonya sat down in a meditating posture. I looked over to Mordred and she was deep in thought. She then looked up and toward Payto and Tonya.


    I think void will be best. (Mordred)


    Got it. Now, let me help you with the conditions as a service.


    Payto walked over and tapped Mordred on the forehead.


    There we go, I changed your dark magic to void magic and increased its level for you.


    Ugh, that felt weird. (Mordred)


    Hohohoho. Youre just as absurd as always Payto. (Crate)


    Eh, got to be absurd and Chaotic sometimes. I wouldnt be me if I wasnt.


    Heeeey Payto, let me out nyow nya. (Tonya)


    Iming.


    He walked over to the barrier he set up and tapped it. It then disappeared and Tonyas aura could now be fully felt.


    Restrain your aura. We have two people here that can still be affected by it.


    Im working on it nya. (Tonya)


    She closed her eyes and the oppressive feeling disappeared. She then walked over to Mordred and picked her up in a princess carry.


    Nyow, to make you my Apostle so we can spend as much time together here as we want and so we can talk to each other whenyever like Lunya and Tamamo. (Tonya)


    She then kissed Mordred on the lips and she started to glow in a ck light.


    *Sigh* I should have expected her to do it that way.


    Once they broke apart, Tonya had a somewhat mad smile on her face and Mordreds had a sloppy smile while also being redder than a tomato.


    Is that how Apostles are supposed to be made? (Luna)


    {No, so dont go kissing Soleil and Ophidia when they reach that point. Thats a privilege only I have.}


    Fufufu. I understand Tamamo. My lips are only for you. (Luna)


    *Sigh* I need to find myself someone as well. (Quetz)


    Hohoho. Dont worry young Quetz, you will find someone someday. (Crate)


    If were done here, Ill be leaving, I have other things to do. (Gear)


    Yeah, whatever you killjoy. (Atmos)


    With Atmoss words, Gear left through a portal he created.


    Nyahahahaha! Hey Atmos, lets get together sometime and mess with him nya. (Tonya)


    Sounds fun, we can discuss this moreter. Luna, bust out the wyvern meat, we need to celebrate this asion. (Atmos)


    Huh? Did you say something Atmos? (Luna)


    Are you just ignoring me now!? (Atmos)


    No, she and Tamamo were in their own little world, so she actually didnt hear you. (Grey)


    *Sigh* I asked if you could bust out some wyvern meat so we can celebrate. (Atmos)


    Oh. I dont see why not. Payto, where is the kitchen? (Luna)


    Over there.


    I got up and headed in that direction with Tamamo following behind me.


    {Ill help out as well.}


    Yay. (Luna)


    After a while, me and Tamamo finished cooking a wyvern feast and set it all on the table. Everyone was seated with Tonya at the head of the table in the seat of honor. I even gave her the biggest piece of wyvern meat. Payto then lifted a ss in a toast.


    To the Goddess of Insanity, Void, and Sleep. May she be forever prosperous.


    {Cheers!}


    We all dug into our meal.


    Lunya! This is sooo good nya. Maybe I should kidnyap you and have you cook for me all the time nya. (Tonya)


    {You will do no such thing.}


    Nyahahahahahaha! It was a joke nya. I have an agreement with Payto here nyot to interfere with Lunya as much as possible nya. Not to mention that we will be working together in the future anyway nya. (Tonya)


    What do you mean? (Luna)


    Void is a sub-Authority of Space, so youll be seeing a lot of each other in the far future.


    Oh, then d to be working with you. (Luna)


    Same here nya. (Tonya)


    We all continued to eat and chat and after a few hours, it was time for me to head back.


    Just know thisll be the same as usual Luna, most of the memories here will be sealed until youe back.


    I know, see you all againter. (Luna)


    Mordred, since youre an Apostle now, you get to keep some more memories, as for telling people about your new status, tell people or dont it doesnt matter much I guess.


    Ok. Tonya, I look forward, to talking with you moreter. (Mordred)


    Same here cutie nya. Ill pop in and out to see you sometimes, so always be vignt nya. (Tonya)


    Can you let me know in advance? (Mordred)


    Nyope. Where would the fun be in that nya? (Tonya)


    With that, a portal opened up in front of Mordred and she walked into it. I waved to everyone and walked into the one in front of me and then woke up on the bed I wasying on.


    Note: Tonya is the character from the story Insane Descension by Crisis, feel free to go and check it out.

 Chapter 151: A Small Competition

    Chapter 151: A Small Competition


    [Luna POV]


    I sat up in the bed and looked around. My head felt a little fuzzy and I couldnt remember much of what happened. I did remember a few things, but not in too much detail.


    Lets see, I was brought tosomewhere and met up with most if the gods I know. We watchedsomething and had a celebration after. I remember the name Tonya and something to do withMordred?


    {You ok, Luna?}


    Yeah, just sorting out what I remember from whatever happenedst night. I kind of remember the important stuff, but all the details are really fuzzy.


    {Yeah, I also remember some stuff, but not all the small details, though I do have a message to ry.}


    Im listening.


    {It was: I know your going to be confused when you wake up, so take my advice and dont dwell on it. Youll remember everything again at some point, so just carry on with whatever you were doing. Oh, and good luck with finding the stuff you want in the dungeon.}


    Guess I should just ept this advice.


    {Yeah, I dont remember who it was that gave me the message, but I know that they are trustworthy.}


    While I was sitting there and talking with Tamamo about whatever happened, I started to hear stirring next to me. I looked over and saw that Velvet was waking up. When she sat up and looked around, she saw me and waved.


    HelloLuna. (Velvet)


    Morning. (Luna)


    She rubbed her eyes to get the sleep out of them and stretched.


    *Sigh* So, what happenedst night with you? (Velvet)


    Not really too sure myself. I know it was something important, but most of the memories are either gone or sealed. I do know that Mordred is involved a bit, so we can ask her once we head back to Onigashima. And before you ask, Tamamo is in the same situation as I am, so asking her wont give any more information than I can. (Luna)


    I see. Does it bother you that you cant remember? (Velvet)


    A little, but Im not going to dwell on it. There is probably a reason for it. (Luna)


    Ok. Lets wake everyone up and get started for the day then. (Velvet)


    Alright. I said as I got out of the bed.


    I walked over and started shaking Ophidia awake.


    Huh? Oh, its just you master. (Ophidia)


    Its time to get up and get started. (Luna)


    Right. (Ophidia)


    I left Ophidias side and called out to Mio.


    Mio, wake up. (Luna)


    Funya! Whats up!? (Mio)


    Nothing, its just time to get up. (Luna)


    Right nya. (Mio)


    They both got out of bed and started to get ready to go. I looked over to Velvet and saw that she was shaking Soleil awake.


    *Sigh* Why is she such a heavy sleeper at times like this? (Velvet)


    At times like this, try blowing in her ear. (Luna)


    Velvet did as I said and blew into Soleil ear. Soleil immediately jumped up and grabbed Velvet.


    Dont ever do that again! (Soleil)


    Fufufu. Calm down Soleil, you werent waking up, so I just told Velvet the surefire way to do so. (Luna)


    Soleil looked at me confused, then turned her attention to who she was holding in her arms. She immediately released Velvet who stumbled back a bit.


    Sorry Velvet. (Soleil)


    Its fine. Luna, Ill get you for that. (Velvet)


    Hey, its better than thest time I did that. (Luna)


    Whats she do? (Velvet)


    She broke my nose with a lucky punch. (Luna)


    Velvet was shocked by my words.


    You managed to hurt Luna that much? (Velvet)


    Yeah, that was before she started leveling. (Soleil)


    I find it hard to believe Luna was weak back then. (Velvet)


    I only became ridiculous after I started leveling thank you very much. (Luna)


    You realized you were ridiculous? (Velvet)


    Have I ever imed I didnt? (Luna)


    No. No, you have not. (Velvet)


    Nyahahaha. Youre all so fun. (Mio)


    Soleil then got out of the bed and started getting ready as well. Once everyone was done, we left the room and headed straight for the dungeon entrance. As usual, the maps that I made were handed back to me at the door and we headed inside. After we passed the wall of darkness, I teleported us to thest floor we were on. Nothing was there when we got there, so we moved to the stairs to the next floor.


    Once we climbed all the way down, I immediately started making the map. Most of this floor was a t grasnd type. Due to theck of rocks or hills, I could see rtively far. I saw several of what looked to be bison, though they were about four times the size of the animal that I remember.


    Heh. Those look kind of tasty, dont they? (Ophidia)


    I agree. Want to spend some time hunting as many as we can? (Luna)


    Lets see who can kill more. The winner gets the biggest piece of meat nya. (Mio)


    Youre on. (Luna)


    Me, Ophidia, and Mio then rushed off to kill as many bison things as possible. Since I still had my space magic going, I saw the stupefied expression on Velvets face and an amused smile on Soleils. They then started running behind us to catch up. Like that, we spent several hours hunting down bison things until the floor was pretty much empty. Believe it or not, Ophidia was the one to win our littlepetition by four.


    Hahahahahahahahahahaha! (Ophidia)


    Tch nya. Stupid speedy snake. (Mio)


    No fair, Ophidia. Youre so much faster than us when you use yourmia form. (Soleil)


    But master is faster than I am. (Ophidia)


    Yeah, she is also strong enough to wipe everything on this floor out from the entrance, but she held back to give the rest of us a chance. (Velvet)


    Hahahahahahaha! Stop giving her a hard time, she just used what she could in order to win, the same as the rest of you. Its not like any of you lost anything except the right to the biggest piece of meat. And even then, its not like youre losing out on that front either. I mean, look how big these things are, thesell give me about the same amount of meat as I have wyvern meat. Sure, I have no idea how good theyll be, but I doubt itll be bad. (Luna)


    Nyahahahahahahahaha! Lunya is right. It doesnt matter who won thepetition, we all get to eat it anyway nya. My mouth is watering just imagining it nya. (Mio)


    I hopped down from the mountain of corpses and put all of them away but one.


    Since we didnt really eat earlier and I think its close enough to be lunch maybe, Ill start making something with this, so help me dismantle it. (Luna)


    We all started taking apart the bison thing and I set up my portable kitchen. Once the dismantling wasplete, I started cooking pieces of the meat. Even uncooked it looked amazing and some primal part of me wanted to just tear into it before it finished cooking.


    {While not at the level of wyvern meat, just seeing you cook that makes me hungry.}


    Ill send you some through a Gateter.


    {Youre really abusing that ability, arent you?}


    I can do it, so why would I not?


    {Im notining.}


    I know, its just a shame that I can only open something as big as a Gate and not just teleport there myself.


    {Well take what we can get.}


    I smiled at Tamamos words as I continued to cook the meat. Once I was done with that, I sent some to Tamamo, then handed everyone else their portion. When we all dug in, our faces melted in bliss. If wyvern meat was could be considered high-quality wagyu, then this was one or two steps below it.


    Lunya, if this is this good, how good is your cooked wyvern meat nya? (Mio)


    Better, by a small margin. (Luna)


    Nya! Im looking forward to trying it then nya. (Mio)


    Alright, well eat that to celebrate finishing the dungeon. Not to mention that I have to give some to Ibuki as well. (Luna)


    I looked over to the rest of the party and saw they were silently enjoying the meat. Once we all finished and cleaned up, we headed for the stairs to the next floor. We continued to st through that floor and several more until we reached floor 30 where we decided to go back for the day.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Tamamo, can you please share some of that with me?


    Tamamo: Fine, but only a little.


    Atmos: Hooray!


    Tamamo: It''s so good. I need to start practicing again or I''ll never catch up to Luna''s proficiency with cooking.


    Although I''m just a novice, I don''t think you''ll have to worry about that. The two of you are already the best cooks out of everyone thates here aside from Atmos, and she''s only limited to cakes and maybe pies.


    Atmos: Oooh. I haven''t tried making pies yet. Are they just as throwable as cakes?


    Some would say they are equal while others think pies are funnier.


    Atmos: Interesting.

 Chapter 152: Break Day

    Chapter 152: Break Day


    [Luna POV]


    After returning to the surface again, we went through the daily routine of handing over our maps and going to our room. Iid down on the bed and sighed.


    *Sigh* I think we should take a break tomorrow. ( Luna)


    Any reason nya? (Mio)


    Not really, I think its just time for us to, weve been doing this for nearly two weeks without stopping and I want to take a break. Of course, we dont have to, its just my opinion. (Luna)


    Im notining nya. I was just curious. (Mio)


    If thats what you want to do, then Ill agree to it master. I can take some time to send Skadi some letters. (Ophidia)


    Im all for it as well. (Velvet)


    Im going to sleep in tomorrow. (Soleil)


    Then tomorrow is officially a break day. (Luna)


    After talking for a little while, the others started falling asleep while Iid on the bed and stared at the ceiling.


    You know, while I normally dont mind not being able to fall asleep, its sometimes annoying. Even I want to at least take a nap sometimes.


    {Ufufuf. Youll get used to it soon enough. Once you do, then youll be able to sleep or stay awake whenever you want.}


    I would think Im already used to it.


    {You might be, maybe youre just not in the mental state to sleep.}


    Maybe so. But at least youre here to keep mepany or else I think Id go crazy.


    {Ufufufu. Even if you did, I would still think you were cute.}


    I blushed a little at her words then changed the subject.


    So, what did you think of the meat?


    {It was good. I still prefer your wyvern meat dishes, but what you got and sent today just barely loses to it.}


    Yeah, its hard to beat wyvern meat, though I still want to at least try dragon one day before I ascend.


    {While thatll be difficult, I hope you seed.}


    Am I still on par with dragons, or can I easily beat them yet?


    {If I had to say, you surpass them in mana, obviously, but you still need to improve a bit in other areas if you want to easily beat them. Id say theyd give you a fight close to the ones you have with Skadi.}


    You realize that makes me want to find and fight them all the more, right?


    {I do, but I also know that there are no dragons anywhere near you. Even with your spatial movement, it would take a long time to find one, so you should put this off until some other point in time.}


    Oh well, some other day then. By the way, how long is it until the next full moon?


    {A few days.}


    Yay! I can finally see the remodeled ce.


    {Ufufufu. I hope you enjoy it.}


    Of course I will, Ill be with you after all. Id be happy even in a sewer if I was with you, though I hope we never end up in a ce like that.


    {I feel the same way in both regards.}


    *Yawn* Oh, Im finally a little sleepy. Ill talk to you again tomorrow. I love you Tamamo.


    {I love you too, Luna.}


    With Tamamos final words ringing in my head, my consciousness dimmed as I went to sleep. I ended up dreaming about Tamamo that night and just as the dream was getting to the good part, I started waking up.


    Tch.


    {Whats wrong?}


    Even my dreams about us always end just before things get fun, though that doesnt really matter now that I can make a domain.


    {You were dreaming something good then?}


    Fufufu. Of course.


    {Luna, stop that before we both go wild.}


    Fine, we can have some fun like that when we are together in a few days.


    {I like the sound of that.}


    I got up out of the bed and stretched. I then changed and started to leave the room.


    Ill let them all sleep in since its a break day.


    I walked out to the lobby and found a few people up. When I entered the room, they looked at me for a second before returning to what they were doing. I looked around at all of them until I saw the usual receptionist that talked with us. I went up to her and exined that we were taking a break today then made my way outside. After climbing the stairs and exiting the small building I found myself in apletely whitendscape.


    Ive never seen this much snow even in my previous life.


    {Does this beat that one dungeon floor?}


    By a long shot.


    I took in a deep breath and let it out. My breath came out in arge white cloud that made me feel like a dragon.


    Hahahaha. Doing that brings back so many memories of when I was a child in my previous life.


    I then remembered something that I havent done in a while. I created several illusory stands and set up some of the hero(lol) and saint(lol) portraits.


    Yep, they still piss me off. Its like theyre mocking me.


    I put some distance between me and the paintings and as I was about to pull out a bow, I got another idea.


    I dont even need a bow when I can just make one.


    I created an illusory bow and an arrow. I pulled the string back to see if I got everything right. I then dispelled it and remade it again. I did this over and over until I finally mad a satisfactory one and then prepared the arrow. When I released the arrow and it struck the portrait of the hero(lol), I thought I heard a weak yelp of pain.


    Heh.


    {I dont think Ive ever seen such a smug smile on your face before.}


    Heh.


    {Keep doing what youre doing, I want to see this for as long as I can.}


    *Thunk*


    Heh.


    *Thunk*


    Heh heh.


    *Thunk thunk thunk*


    {Heh.}


    I continued shooting arrows into the portraits for at least an hour when I heard someoneing up to me.


    What are you doing big sis? (Soleil)


    Heh. Just some archery practice. (Luna)


    Can I try it out? (Soleil)


    Sure, if you can pull the string back. I said as I handed over the bow.


    Soleil tried her hardest, but the string wouldnt even budge.


    How were you doing that, big sis? (Soleil)


    Well, I have more strength than you, and also that bow is just an illusion, so its as hard to pull back as I want it to be. Try it now. (Luna)


    She did as I said and had an easier time.


    You were messing with me the whole time, werent you? (Soleil)


    No, I wanted to see if you could pull the string back with it set to something I like. (Luna)


    I think only someone like Skadi could do that. (Soleil)


    Anyway, aim for one of those portraits. (Luna)


    Again, she did as I asked and aimed, pulled back the string, and released an arrow.


    I missed. (Soleil)


    Bows take time to get used to, try again. (Luna)


    I stepped back a bit and watched Soleils posture. I then told her to hold the bow and draw back but not shoot. I walked up to her and fixed the areas that werent right, then told her to shoot. This time she hit the target.


    Why did I hear a small scream when the arrow hit? (Soleil)


    Heh. (Luna)


    Big sis? (Soleil)


    Dont worry about it. (Luna)


    I then made myself another bow and stood next to Soleil.


    Watch me and try to apply what I do to yourself and you will improve. (Luna)


    {I dont think thats how that works Luna. Not everyone can learn something just by watching.}


    Soleil is talented so shell be fine. Not to mention that I fixed her posture once already, so she will remember it.


    I then pulled the string back and let an arrow loose. It struck the portrait of the saint(lol) right between the eyes.


    I see. (Soleil)


    Told ya.


    {Indeed you did.}


    Me and Soleil stayed there and practiced archery for another hour before we decided to go back in and find something to eat.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Smug Luna is a cute Luna.


    Indeed.


    Atmos: Why does it feel like her smug aura mocks me?


    Tamamo: Because she out-smugs you.


    Atmos: Shocking revtion!


    Did Grey somehow show that anime to you?


    Atmos: What''s anime?


    H-he never told you!? I''m gonna need to have words with him now.

 Chapter 153: Kitsune Nature Strikes Back

    Chapter 153: Kitsune Nature Strikes Back


    [Luna POV]


    When we were back inside, there were more people milling around and doing whatever. Some people were still going over and copying the maps from yesterday while others just sat and talked with each other over food.


    Now that I think of it, why are there so many adventurers here when we should be the only ones exploring the dungeon?


    {I dont know. I only ever pay attention to what you are doing so I havent really put much effort into learning what these other people are doing.}


    Fufufu.


    While looking for an empty ce to sit, I noticed Velvet and Ophidia at a table and me and Soleil went over to them.


    Morning you two. (Luna)


    Hey Luna, what were you doing? (Velvet)


    Archery practice and teaching Soleil how to use a bow since she was a little interested. (Luna)


    Howd it go? Velvet asked Soleil.


    Good. I didnt get the archery skill, but it wasnt bad. (Soleil)


    Thats good. (Velvet)


    Mio still asleep? (Luna)


    Yep. (Ophidia)


    I dont know if I should be surprised or not. (Luna)


    Probably not. (Velvet)


    Youre right. (Luna)


    We sat down and continued to talk for a while when I heard Soleils stomach growl. It seemed like I wasnt the only one since we all looked at her as she blushed. I pulled out a small bit of food for us to snack on while we chatted. We did this for a while before I started to get a little bored.


    Hey Velvet, want to y some chess? (Luna)


    Sure, we havent done that in a while. (Velvet)


    Are you any good at it Velvet? Big sis is terrible. (Soleil)


    Hey. I know Im bad at it, but you didnt have to point it out. (Luna)


    Unfortunately, Im just as bad as Luna is. (Velvet)


    Gah. (Luna)


    Its ok master, you cant be good at everything. (Ophidia)


    Ugh. (Luna)


    Iid my head on the table, defeated by words.


    Who was the one that said words dont hurt? They hurt even worse than sticks or stones.


    {What are you talking about Luna?}


    Dont worry about it.


    It was then that I heard a familiar voice speak up.


    I sleep in a little bit and when I wake up, I find all of you bullying Lunya. Whats up with that nya? (Mio)


    Were not bullying her, were just stating facts. (Soleil)


    What facts nya? (Mio)


    How she is terrible at chess. (Velvet)


    Ooooh. I love that game, Im really good at it nya. (Mio)


    Really!? Then lets me and you see who is better. Big sis, bring out the board. (Soleil)


    *Sniff* Fine, take it. (Luna)


    I put the chess board and pieces on the table. Soleil started setting it up as Mio sat across from her. All of us and a few others started to watch as Soleil and Mio started a viscous war of chess.


    I-I cant believe it; someone is actually matching Soleil in chess. (Luna)


    Shut it big sis, youre distracting me. (Soleil)


    How mean.


    {Its alright Luna, Ill listen to you.}


    *Sniff* Thank you for always being on my side Tamamo.


    {Ufufufu.}


    After another hour of intense chess, Mio came out victorious.


    Very good Mio, lets do this again another time. (Soleil)


    Nyahaha. Of course, Ill beat you the next time as well nya. (Mio)


    Dont be so sure about that. (Soleil)


    Then whos next nya? Lunya, want to giveWhats up with her nya? (Mio)


    Everyone at the table looked over to me who was ignored by everyone but Tamamo.


    Heh. Its not like I wanted to talk to the others anyway. Im totally fine being ignored. The only one that matters is Tamamo who is always with me. (Luna)


    Does Lunya really like attention or something nya? (Mio)


    No, I think shes just being dramatic and bored. (Soleil)


    Isnt that a bad thing? Thest time she was bored, she started messing with us. (Velvet)


    Now that I think of it, I dont think I ever tried to see what effect my tails have on people with no resistance, maybe I should see what happens. (Luna)


    Luna, calm down, dont so something youll regretter. (Velvet)


    Shh. Youll be fine Velvet, youre the only other one here that will be safe. (Luna)


    {Luna, are you really going to do that?}


    Of course not, Im just messing with them a little.


    I started to move my only visible tail into Mios sight.


    Come on Mio. You know you want to touch it. (Luna)


    I moved the very tip of my tail like a cat toy and Mios eyes followed its every move.


    I really want to nya. II need to catch it nya. (Mio)


    She quickly moved to catch my tail when itpletely disappeared.


    Nya? (Mio)


    What just happened? (Velvet)


    Fufufufufu. Wouldnt you like to know? I said from across the room.


    When did you get over there, master? (Ophidia)


    What do you mean Ophidia? Ive been here the whole time. I said from right behind my party.


    Eh!? (Ophidia)


    Have you figured it out yet? Said one of the other adventurers with my voice.


    Are we in an illusion? (Soleil)


    Ding ding ding. We have a winner. Now tell me, how long have you been in an illusion? From the beginning? From the end? Has this whole day just been an illusion, or just the chess game? (Luna)


    Luna, why are you doing this? (Velvet)


    Because its fun and Im bored. (Luna)


    This is going too far Luna. (Velvet)


    Am I though? I mean, barely any time has passed since youve been in this illusion. Just treat it like a dream that all of you are sharing. Honestly, I havent even done anything. (Luna)


    Hmmm. Soleil, got any ideas on how to get out of this nya? (Mio)


    While Im not at this level of illusion magic, mom did tell me that if this happens, we need to find the detail that is different from the one in reality or give ourselves a big enough shock to get out. Though with big siss proficiency in illusion magic, either one will be difficult to manage. (Soleil)


    Not really, I made it easy enough for all of you to easily get out. I may be messing with you, but Im not going to go that far. If I did, Id ruin my friendship with all of you and I want to avoid that at all costs. (Luna)


    Then why dont you just release us from this? (Velvet)


    Because its good training. What will you do if you ever run into someone that has high proficiency in illusory or illusion magic and Im not there to help? Not that I would let that happen in the first ce if I could help it. (Luna)


    I see. I didnt think you were thinking this out as much as you were, master. (Ophidia)


    Fufufufu. (Luna)


    Dont get tricked, Ophidia. Thats probably only a small part of why she did this. (Soleil)


    Tch. Soleil, dont ruin my image. Ive already taken enough verbal damage for the day. (Luna)


    *Sigh* We need a shock to get out, right? (Velvet)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Fine. (Velvet)


    Velvet stood up and went over to Soleil and kissed her.


    Mmph! (Soleil)


    She suddenly jolted and looked around. When she saw me sitting next to her and smiling, her face went a little red.


    I dont know if I should be mad at you or thank you, big sis. (Soleil)


    Eh, I would ept either, though I didnt think Velvet would be so assertive. (Luna)


    Hehehe. It was a nice surprise, wasnt it. (Soleil)


    Yep, now you should get to waking up the others. (Luna)


    Oh right. (Soleil)


    She got up and started shaking the others out of the illusion as I disappeared from table. Thest thing I heard was Velvet asking where I went. I appeared on top of the outside building.


    That was fun. (Luna)


    {While it was amusing, what was the point?}


    Do I need a reason to mess with people close to me?


    {So, you really did let your kitsune nature take over for a bit there.}


    Yeah, its annoying to keep it a bay sometimes. I want to let it loose every so often.


    {Just dont go too far or youll be a second Atmos.}


    Dont worry, I wont go that far unless Im doing something to Atmos.


    {Thats fine then.}


    Fufufu. You know, I havent been back at the ind in a while, maybe Ill go and check on the tree since we still have a while before the day is over.


    {Thats true, it should be fully grown or very close to it by now.}


    I teleported to where the tree was on my ind and was surprised by what I saw.


    Woah.


    The tree was very tall, just like Tamamos. It easily reached the height of the pyramid by the mansion and its branches spread out pretty far as well. From the ground, the leaves that looked like starry skies made it look like I was staring at a gxy.


    {This is beautiful.}


    Yeah.


    I stood there and stared at the tree for a while before moving up to it and sitting down by the trunk. I leaned my back on it and closed my eyes.


    I cant wait for everyone else to see this.


    {Their reactions are going to be amazing.}


    Mm-hmm. Maybe Ill try to take a nap. This is a nice spot after all.


    Just before I tried to fall asleep, I got an idea.


    Actually, before I do that.


    I transformed into my fox form for the first time in a while and found a nice sunny spot by the trunk of the tree andid down.


    Better.


    {If only Soleil were here to paint a picture.}


    Fufufu. Maybe some other time. Will you wake me up before it gets dark so I can go back?


    {Leave it to me.}


    With that, I slowly started to fall asleep.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: You wanted to see me?


    Why have you never told Atmos about anime? You''ve been here for centuries, I would think it woulde up at least once.


    Grey: Do you really think that''s a good idea? You know how she is just like I do.


    Yeah, but it would also distract her for at least a little while, wouldn''t it?


    Grey: Yeah, and give her even more ideas.


    ...


    Grey: You really didn''t think it through that much, did you?


    No.

 Chapter 154: End of the Break Day

    Chapter 154: End of the Break Day


    [Luna POV]


    {Luna, you should wake up now.}


    Ugh, seven more hours.


    {I know youre more awake than youre putting on Luna. You just want to put off going back.}


    Yeah I am. Im kind of worried about what Velvet is going to say to me. I know I went a bit far earlier now that I think about it clearly.


    {You cant put it off forever, so just go back and get it over with.}


    *Sigh* Alright.


    I teleported to our room in the branch guild barracks. Since I was still in my fox form, Inded on top of my bed. I looked around and found that I was alone in here. I was about to transform back when the door opened and everyone walked in.


    I wonder where Lunya went nya? She should be back by now, right? (Mio)


    Do you know where she went, Velvet? (Soleil)


    No, I still havent figured out how to do much with our connection, so I still cant find out where she went. What about you Ophidia? (Velvet)


    Shes right in front of us. (Ophidia)


    They all turned to look at me.


    <em>Hello. </em>(Luna)


    Nya! Your fox form is so big Lunya. And it looks so fluffy nya. (Mio)


    <em>Thank you, Mio, but I still cant let you touch me. </em>(Luna)


    Aww nya. (Mio)


    I chuckled a bit at Mios response, then turned my attention to Velvet. She was looking at me with a weird look on her face.


    1 hour. (Velvet)


    I tilted my head in confusion.


    Ill let you off with messing with us like you did today if you let me brush you for 1 hour. Though youll need to figure out what the others want from you in order to forgive you. (Velvet)


    <em>Thats fine by me. By the way, Im going to send you and Soleil to the tree when the full moones around. I promised you I would after all. </em>(Luna)


    Its fully grown? (Soleil)


    <em>Yep. And its quite impressive. </em>(Luna)


    What tree nya? (Mio)


    A Lunar Sakura. (Velvet)


    Oooooooh. Id love to see one of those nya. (Mio)


    <em>We can show you at some point. But for now, lets get this over with and head to bed. We have more dungeon diving to do tomorrow. </em>(Luna)


    Velvet came and sat on my bed and I dropped the usual brush next to her. I thenid down and she started brushing. Soleil looked at us with a little jealousy.


    <em>Fufufu. Dont worry Soleil, Velvet will do the same to you after this. Ill make sure of it. </em>(Luna)


    She nodded at my words and sat down on her own bed. An hourter, I was freshly brushed and Soleil was getting the same treatment.


    Are you going to stay like that for the rest of the nyight nya? (Mio)


    <em>Probably. Its been a while since I was like this, so I thought I should stay like this for the rest of the day. </em>(Luna)


    But isnt it night nya? (Mio)


    <em>Semantics. </em>(Luna)


    Whats that nya? (Mio)


    <em> </em>(Luna)


    {You dont know either, do you?}


    Nope, I just thought you use that word in a situation like that.


    {Ufufufufu.}


    <em>Dont worry about it, Mio. Just know Ill be like this until tomorrow. </em>(Luna)


    Now Im curious nya, what do you look like with all of your tails not hidden nya? (Mio)


    I made my tails visible and fanned them out.


    Ooooooooh nya. (Mio)


    {Luna, I am very tempted to ask you to make a domain so I cane and hug you right now.}


    Ill do it, you just have to ask.


    {No, I must hold back. I dont want to ruin my image in the eyes of everyone in the room.}


    I dont think you being you will ruin your image.


    {Fine, do it. I cant hold back, youre just too tempting.}


    Fufufufufu.


    I set up a domain and Tamamo immediately appeared.


    Goddess!? (Velvet)


    Tamamo ignored Velvet and the rests surprise and immediately started hugging me.


    {So fluffy.}


    <em>Hahahahahahahahahahahahaha! Even a goddess has fallen for the temptation of the Abyss of Fluff. </em>(Luna)


    {Stop it you.}


    <em>Fufufu. Fine. </em>(Luna)


    So, this is the Goddess of the Moon nya. (Mio)


    {Hello Mio, I hope you treat Luna well since you consider each other family now.}


    Of course nya. (Mio)


    Tamamo then snuggled even further into my tails.


    What brought tis on? (Velvet)


    <em>Is it wrong for me and my wife to spend time together? </em>(Luna)


    No. I was just confused. (Velvet)


    {As embarrassing as it is to admit, I just couldnt hold myself back from cuddling Luna like this. Shes been like this pretty much since she left you all earlier and I just couldnt take it. Out of everyone in here, you should understand this the most, Velvet.}


    I really do. (Velvet)


    Tamamo then started petting me. I closed my eyes and enjoyed her caresses.


    Well, you guys enjoy yourselves nya. Im going to sleep. (Mio)


    {You know, I surprised that you arent more surprised by me showing up.}


    Oh, I am surprised nya. But I also know that when Luna is involved, I should just expect the unexpected. No use in wasting energymenting on everything when it can be used for something else like sleep nya. (Mio)


    How does sleep take energy? (Velvet)


    <em>Velvet, thats one of those things you just dont think about. </em>(Luna)


    See nya. *Yawn* Lunya gets it nya. Mio said as sheid down and immediately fell asleep.


    <em>And then there were three. </em>(Luna)


    What do you mean? (Velvet)


    {She means only us three are awake. Soleil fell asleep a while ago, same with Ophidia}


    Oh. (Velvet)


    She looked down at herp at fox-form Soleil and smiled.


    Better make that two. *Yawn* See you in the morning Luna. (Velvet)


    They all fall asleep so easily.


    {Well, you did sleep all afternoon on top of barely needing it, so it makes sense that yourepletely awake now.}


    Thats true, but I get to enjoy your caresses, so it evens out.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Like that, me and Tamamo spent the whole night talking with each other as she cuddled and pet me. By the time morning was arriving, Tamamo got up and was about to leave when I spoke up.


    Look forward to the full moon, Tamamo. Itll be your turn.


    {Ufufu. Ill be waiting.}


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Ahhhh. So fluffy and soft. Luna is simply the best.


    I imagine so.


    Tamamo: While I know I shouldn''t wish for this, I hope she ascends soon so I can fell the fluff as much as I want.


    Just don''t let her hear you say that because that will make her focus on doing so.


    Tamamo: I know, I still want her to enjoy the mortal world, so I''ll keep those thoughts to myself.


    *A portal opens up and Skadi appears*


    Oh, hello Skadi.


    Tamamo: Hello.


    Skadi: Hey. I came to visit and watch Ophidia.


    Come and sit then, they are about to wake up and head back into the dungeon.


    Skadi: Alright.

 Chapter 155: Deranged Spirit

    Chapter 155: Deranged Spirit


    [Luna POV]


    A while after Tamamo left, the others started to get up. Once we were all ready, we headed straight for the dungeon. When we entered, I teleported us to the 30<sup>th</sup> floor. From there we easily cleared the floor and several more after it. While exploring those floors, we managed to find several stat raising items, but only a few were the kind we needed. When we reached to 40<sup>th</sup> floor, I felt something was weird.


    Hmmm. (Luna)


    Whats wrong, master? (Ophidia)


    I dont know. Something feels strange about this floor. (Luna)


    I sat down on the ground and did the usual mapping while also investigating what was giving me that weird feeling. It didnt take very long for me to see something that seemed vaguely familiar. It was a ckish-purple with a somewhat humanoid body. It had no feet and in the ce its arms should be, were four sharp stake-like legs. In the ce where its head should be there was only a vertical mouth. It wasnt alone, there were several of them and a few had wings.


    Lahmu and Bel Lahmu. (Luna)


    What? (Velvet)


    Cant remember all the details, just know they are annoying and will try to make you angry so you be reckless. They are highly resilient and should have high defenses. Also, the ones with wings are fast. (Luna)


    Is it better if we just head straight for the next floor then? (Soleil)


    We should probably kill all of them. Ill try to make it easier for us by making the first move. (Luna)


    I stood up and walked a bit ahead of everyone. I raised one of my arms and brought it down. The entirety of the floor we were on froze.


    Are you sure that didnt kill them all nya? (Mio)


    As unfortunate as it is, I know I missed some. Look, you can see flying onesing this way already. (Luna)


    Everyone looked up and saw four Bel Lahmu flying towards our location. Once they got close enough, we could hear themughing at us.


    Kehehehehehehehehehehehehehehhehe!


    How dare they mock master. Ophidia growled.


    Calm down Ophidia, this is what I was talking about. (Luna)


    The Bel Lahmu continued to get closer at a fast pace when I opened several Gates and tried to shoot them down. I managed to damage their wings enough for them toe crashing down. When they hit the ground, they slid for a while due to the momentum.


    Keheee!


    The one thatnded closest to us started to get up when several shadow stakes pierced it from underneath. It shook a little and tried to move but fell limp a second after.


    Disgusting nya. (Mio)


    The other three that were left started to recover from their stunned states. Before that could happenpletely, Ophidia ran forward and got up close to one of them. She unleashed several punches in the span of a second and her opponent popped. Once Ophidia backed off, Velvet and Soleil shot a giant fireball at the remaining two. They burned for several minutes before they finally died.


    Those things creep me out. (Soleil)


    Do you see why I want to eliminate them all? (Luna)


    Everyone nodded.


    Lets go and hunt the rest. (Luna)


    We proceeded into the now frozen wastnd to begin our hunt. Over the next several hours, we scoured the entire floor hunting and killing Lahmu until I was sure they were all dead. Once it was confirmed, we started to make our way to the stairs.


    So, did killing all of these get rid of that weird feeling you had? (Velvet)


    No, but the source isnt on this floor. I think its on one of the ones below us. (Luna)


    We started to descend the stairs when Tamamo spoke up.


    {Describe this feeling to me Luna.}


    Its like there is something just wrong. I cant really describe it well, though it kind of feels like the times where Cres and the ster spirit were born.


    {Hmmm. This might be a bit troublesome.}


    Why?


    {This is something that can happen very rarely when a dungeon forms. Since dungeons are ces of very concentrated mana, spirits are more likely to gather there. If a spirit is too close to the core when it forms, it can be deranged and start going on a rampage. I think this happens because there is a mix of Either when the core forms. A deranged spirit is very dangerous and needs to be dealt with quickly, so its a good thing all of you are there.}


    How much of this can I tell the others?


    {Only that your uing opponent is a deranged spirit. The other things should only be kept between us.}


    Ok.


    I then ryed what Tamamo said that our opponent will be.


    Does this mean were close to the end of the dungeon nya? (Mio)


    I dont know, but I doubt it. (Luna)


    Why is that master? (Ophidia)


    Because I havent been asked to make a checkpoint yet. (Luna)


    What floor are you supposed to put that on? (Velvet)


    Grey said hed let me know. (Luna)


    With the end of that conversation, we proceeded to make it through the floors until we reached floor 45. When we exited the stairs on that floor, the feeling I had been having intensified.


    Its on this floor. (Luna)


    I looked at the others since they didnt reply and saw they were all pale.


    L-Lunya, are you sure we can handle this nya. I knyow were strong, but I dont knyow if I can take this thing on. At least not without getting really hurt nya. (Mio)


    Well be fine, what youre all feeling is its intimidation. Id say its at level 9 at most. (Luna)


    Why do you think its sting intimidation like this? (Velvet)


    No idea, but we dont need to worry about that. All we need to do is find it and kill it. (Luna)


    Can we even kill a spirit? (Soleil)


    Tamamo?


    {Its possible, though the difficulty depends on what kind of spirit it is. With the environment outside of the dungeon, its safe to assume it has to do with either ice or earth.}


    I ryed everything Tamamo just said, and we got ready to find the deranged spirit. It didnt take long since we just had to follow the intimidation to its source. We found it near ake that was frozen over. The spirit was visible so me and Soleil didnt have to use spirit vision to ry directions. The spirit looked like a giant golem made of ice and it was roaming around the frozenke and crushing anything in its path underfoot.


    Looks like my ice magic will be useless for this fight. (Luna)


    How do we go about killing it master? (Ophidia)


    I was thinking of just pelting it with as much magic as possible. (Luna)


    Wouldnt spirits be resistant to magic? (Velvet)


    Well, my guess is that they are even more resistant if not immune to physical attacks, but Im open for any other suggestions. (Luna)


    {You have the right idea, its just going to take a lot of magic to take down. Not that that is a problem for you specifically.}


    Tamamo said magic is the right idea, its just going to take a lot of it. Though I can take it out on my own in that case, I want all of you to attack it as well. (Luna)


    But wont I bepletely useless with this then? (Ophidia)


    You can take on the next boss aspensation or, I can enchant your gauntlets with magic so your fists can try to damage it. (Luna)


    Ill go with the first option. I dont think I want to be close to it while all of that magic is hitting it. And besides, I may be resistant to cold to some degree, but I can tell from here that me getting close to that is a bad idea. (Ophidia)


    I thought you were immune to cold. (Luna)


    Unfortunately not, just highly resistant. (Ophidia)


    Then when we first fought, was my mist not cold enough, or were you just acting tough? (Luna)


    Werent you holding back in that fight? (Ophidia)


    I mean sure, but I still made my mist really cold. (Luna)


    Can you two have this conversationter? (Velvet)


    Sorry. Velvet, Soleil, Mio, you three can attack first with your most powerful magic. Use as much mana as you can and Ill defend. If it is still standing when you run out of mana, Ill take care of the rest. (Luna)


    I set up a one-way space barrier in front of us so that we could attack the spirt and the three prepared their magic. Velvet was the first to fire of some fire magic. Severalnces of me flew through the air and collided with the deranged spirit. Once they made contact, it turned its attention to us and let out a roar that sounded like ss shattering. Once the roar was over, a storm of hail started but it was all blocked by my barrier. The next magic attack that was shot out was from Soleil who used her favorite shout. Since she concentrated her mana so much for the attack, it came out as a beam. It hit its target and arge steam explosion urred.


    Nice one Soleil. (Velvet)


    Hehehe. (Soleil)


    Once the steam cleared, we saw that the spirits body had arge dent in it, but it was slowly repairing itself. It was then that a ball of darkness was sent flying into the damaged part and it looked like it started to dissolve.


    *Pant* Heh, my strongest magic nya. Just wish-*pant*-I had more mana. (Mio)


    That was your trump card? (Luna)


    Yes nya. Corrosive darkness that destroys whatever ites into contact with. (Mio)


    How long will thatst? (Velvet)


    Until it runs out of the mana that was put into it. Since I put pretty much all of my mana into it nya, it shouldst for a while nya. (Mio)


    Mio then sat down and took out a mana recovery potion and drank it all in one go.


    As gross as always nya. (Mio)


    You realize I could just share my mana with you, right? (Luna)


    (Mio)


    I was about to say something else when a shadow started to descend on our position. Then a loud crashing noise echoed out as arge chunk of ice mmed into my barrier.


    It just threw the part that Mio hit with her magic. (Soleil)


    Tch. Just let my magic eat you nya. I put a lot of effort into that nya. (Mio)


    Change of ns, Ill supply the mana, all of you overcharge your magic and throw it at the spirit. (Luna)


    I moved behind the three of them and put my hands on Soleil and Mios backs and I moved my tail to touch Velvet. I then started to push my mana into them.


    OOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOHHHHHHHHHHHHHH NYA! UNLIMITED POWER NYA! (Mio)


    Mio then started to prepare her corrosive darkness again while Soleil started to prepare to shoot off another shout. Velvet started to make a mini sun with her fire magic. Velvet was again the first to let her attack loose. The mini sun flew slowly towards the spirit and when it made contact, arge explosion urred and the wave of heat that came after was so intense that, if it wasnt for my barrier, we would have gotten severely burned. Soleil then fired off her shout before the steam cleared and we heard a resounding boom as it hit its mark.


    Now clear the steam away with wind magic. (Luna)


    Soleil did as I asked and sent some wind magic to clear the steam. When it was gone, the spirit, while extremely damaged, was still standing. Though it was slower this time, it was still repairing itself. It was then that Mio attacked with her magic. This time, instead of a dark ball, it was more like a spot of nothingness that flew towards the spirit. The second the ball of darkness hit, the sound of shattering resounded again, only this time, it sounded like a cry of pain. The spirit tried to take a step, but fell to its knees while it tried to get the darkness off of it. The more it touched, the more it spread until its entire upper body and arms were covered in the darkness. Even more pained shrieks sounded until eventually nothing. Absolute silence descended on the floor as we all looked at what happened, then looked toward Mio.


    I think its a good thing I dont have infinite mana nya. That scared even me nya. (Mio)


    I think we should also all be thankful that Luna doesnt have dark magic. (Velvet)


    Everyone but me nodded their heads vigorously.


    Hey! I wouldnt do this that much. (Luna)


    The that much part being left out would be a lot better. (Velvet)


    Again, everyone nodded vigorously.


    {Even I agree with them Luna.}


    Et tu Tamamo!?


    I crouched down, dejected.


    I really wouldnt do that very much. I mumbled.


    Ugh. (Soleil)


    Whats wrong Soleil? (Velvet)


    I leveled up a lot. (Soleil)


    Makes sense, killing it helped push me to level 100. (Velvet)


    Oooh. Congrattions nya. (Mio)


    Tch. Maybe I should have attacked it at least once.


    {Dont worry Luna, you still have more dungeon to go. Not to mention all the time in the world to level, so youre fine.}


    *Sigh* Youre right.


    I stood up again and dispelled the barrier.


    Lets go see if anything is left. (Luna)


    As we made our way over to the dead spirit, or whatever was left of it, I cooled the area since it was still blistering form Velvet and Soleils fire magic. When we arrived, we saw that the only things left were chunks of ice that were slowly melting in a pool of darkness.


    Can you do anything about this Mio? (Ophidia)


    Nope nya. Once that magic is shot, nothing will stop it until it runs out of mana nya. (Mio)


    And how much did you put into it? (Velvet)


    As much as I could before it would have backfired on us nya. It was already critical when I shot it nya, so I bet this will be here for a long time nya. (Mio)


    Well, since there is nothing for us here, lets actually explore the floor and move on. I want to reach floor 50 before we head back. (Luna)


    Everyone agreed with what I said, and we started out exploration. We didnt find much and continued on. The next five floors were rtively empty of monsters and loot, though we did manage to find another stat raising item. We then teleported back to the surface when we found the stairs to floor 50.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Those things at the beginning were disgusting.


    I''ll agree with that. I''ll even show you where Luna knows them from.


    *I snap my fingers and the image on the tv changes*


    Since Grey is too scared to do this, I''ll be the one to do it. It''s time to introduce you to anime Atmos.


    Atmos: Seems interesting.

 Chapter 156: Full Moon and Hot Springs

    Chapter 156: Full Moon and Hot Springs


    [Luna POV]


    Over the next three days we continued even further into the dungeon. I set up the checkpoint on the 51<sup>st</sup> floor signifying that the dungeon had at least 100 floors. Right now, we were just about to head back to the surface after looking around for any more loot. Once we finished that, I teleported us to the surface. We handed over that days maps and went to our room. The sun was still up, but it would be night very soon. I sat down on my bed and started tapping my finger on my knee.


    Nya? Why do you look so impatient nya? (Mio)


    Because its a full moon tonight and Im ready for it to be here. I want to see Tamamo again. (Luna)


    Ooohhh nnnyyyaaa. Have fun then. (Mio)


    Of course I will, Ill be with Tamamo after all. (Luna)


    *Sigh* I want to see Skadi again. (Ophidia)


    Then how about you invite her to the Vanquishing festival back home? If its you, shell probably go and wait for you. (Velvet)


    Good idea Velvet. (Soleil)


    A good idea indeed. (Luna)


    Then I will immediately write her a letter. (Ophidia)


    Lunya. (Mio)


    Yes? (Luna)


    Is the option to permanently travel with all of you still there nya? (Mio)


    Of course. (Luna)


    Then I would like to apany all of you permanently nya. I have too much fun with all of you to ever go back to just doing boring quests and sleeping at the guild nya. (Mio)


    Then all I can say is wee to Steris. (Luna)


    Yay nya! I look forward to all of our future adventures nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. I said as sleepiness starts to ovee me. See you all in the morning.


    I fall back on the bed, but before I fall asleep, I look over to Velvet and Soleil and teleport them to the ind.


    Ophidia, can I ask you to go and get them in the morning if I dont? (Luna)


    Of course, master. (Ophidia)


    Whit that, I fall asleep. I wake up a secondter in a pile of fluffy tails.


    Hehehehe. This is nice.


    {Im d you like it. Now, take a look at the ce.}


    I did as she said and poked my head out of her tails. My eyes widened in surprise. We were sitting under the tree which was now situated on the top of a mountain. All around us were simr mountains that made thendscape look like a forest of stone pirs.


    This is amazing. Ive only ever seen mountains like this in pictures and games.


    {Ufufufufufu. Im so d you like it. Grey helped me a bit when I asked him what types of mountains were in the ce you lived in in your previous world. I decided that I would try to show you some that you never experienced.}


    I love it, and to give it an even more majestic atmosphere, Ill do this.


    I raised my hand and mist started to spread out and around the mountains.


    {Why did I never think of that?}


    Probably because you dont have a mist making ability.


    {But I can make mist with illusions.}


    Thats true, isnt it. Oh well, we dont need to worry about that. All we need to think about is me and you and what we are going to do tonight.


    {Ufufufu. I like that idea very much. In fact, I have several ideas as to what we can do.}


    My smile widened hearing her words.


    Fufufu. You have that tone that says you want many things tonight Tamamo, and I like it.


    {I know you do.}


    She stands up and a bridge made of moonlight appears and leads through the mountains.


    {Shall we take in the sights on our way there?}


    She offers me her hand and I stand up and take it.


    dly.


    We start walking through the mountains while slowly while we enjoy each otherspany. I stop every so often to look at a particrly beautiful sight. Especially when I saw one of the mountains had beautiful silver flowers that were blooming. They seemed to radiate moonlight and they gave off a pleasant scent.


    What are these?


    {They have many names, but the one that is mostmon is the moon lily. They only shine like that during a full moon.}


    Tamamo went over and picked one, then ced it in my hair.


    {And, they suit you wonderfully.}


    Thank you.


    We continue our stroll through the mountains when I see the end of the moonlight path. It ended at the peak of a mountain that had steam rising from it.


    {I though you would like to rx a little after so much dungeon diving and not being able to take a good bath. What better way to do both then an outdoor hot spring in the mountains?}


    Youre forgetting the part where my beautiful wife gets to join me.


    {I could never forget. After all, its the part I look forward to the most.}


    I couldnt agree more.


    We walk up to the hot spring and get undressed. I continuously nce over at Tamamo and cant help but blush a little.


    How can I possibly be so lucky?


    {Ufufu. I should be the one thinking that.}


    I then felt Tamamos arms wrap around me in a hug as she whispered into my ear.


    {I feel like Im even luckier than all the gods of luckbined.}


    I felt a shiver down my spine hearing her so close to me and I couldnt help but smile.


    I feel the same way.


    We then separated and got into the hot spring. I sank all the way down until only my head and the tips of my tails could be seen and Tamamo did the same. We both closed our eyes and rxed for a few minutes, letting out content sighs.


    We need to do this more often.


    {I agree with youpletely. Nothing beats a hot spring with my wonderful Luna.}


    I moved closer to Tamamo and leaned my head on her shoulder.


    I cant wait for the time when we can do this every day and for longer.


    {Ufufu. I look forward to it as well.}


    She said this as she leaned her head next to mine. We sat in silence for a bit when I felt Tamamos hand move. This caused me to smile widely.


    You cant wait any longer, can you?


    {Not at all.}


    We both looked at each other and our lips met in a deep kiss.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hey Payto, which should I watch next?


    Which one did you just finish?


    Atmos: The one you started for mest time.


    I expected you to be done with that one a while ago.


    Atmos: How is that possible?


    Every person that starts out with anime has the mysterious ability to watch 24 episodes in less than a day. That''s just how it works.


    Atmos: Anyway. what''s next?


    This one, it has what Luna wants her ind to look like in the future, though we don''t get to see much of it.


    Atmos: Start it already.


    I am.

 Chapter 157: Dungeon Cleared

    Chapter 157: Dungeon Cleared


    [Luna POV]


    The day after my fun night with Tamamo, we continued our dungeon diving. We had a good pace of going through the floors and several weekster, we reached the final floor. Right now, we were standing in front of the final boss door and were getting ready to take it on. Once our preparations were done, I opened therge doors and we entered the room. When we were all inside far enough, the doors closed themselves and we all heard a low hissing.


    Master, may I male a selfish request? (Ophidia)


    Whats up? (Luna)


    Can I be the one to fight this alone for a while? (Ophidia)


    Im fine with that, but can I know the reason why? (Luna)


    Its a matter of pride. (Ophidia)


    Again, Im fine with that. Does anyone else have a problem with this decision? (Luna)


    No.


    Nyope. (Mio)


    Then go for it, Ophidia. (Luna)


    She gave me a wild smile and started to transform into her serpent form. When she was done, she was the same size as the time we first met her. The floor boss watched this whole thing in silence, but when it saw Ophidia, its eyes seemed to glow in rage. Its hissing got louder and Ophidia returned the hiss. They stared at each other for a minute before they both struck at each other.


    Didnt think Id see a kaiju fight today. (Luna)


    {A what?}


    A fight between two giants. It usually refers to giant monsters, but thats not the case this time since one of them is Ophidia. (Luna)


    {I see.}


    Isnt Ophidia technically a monster though? (Velvet)


    I dont consider her one, so no. (Luna)


    The floor quaked as Ophidia and the snake boss fought.


    Are you going to get at least one hit in big sis? (Soleil)


    Unless Ophidia wants me to, then no. I can tell this thing wont level me up anyway. (Luna)


    You can tell that nya? (Mio)


    I can get a rough sense of it, but I cant tell when I will level up every time. I usually can tell when ites to things like this though. (Luna)


    Thats interesting nya. (Mio)


    Not really. Oh, watch out. (Luna)


    Ophidia sent her opponent flying towards us and I teleported it back to the center of the room before it hit us.


    Oi! Watch where you throw things Ophidia! (Luna)


    <em>Sorry master. </em>(Ophidia)


    The fight continued on for about two hours with Ophidia eventuallying out the victor. She nearly bit the snakes head off to finish it. When it was over, Ophidia slumped over and we went over to check on her.


    You ok? (Velvet)


    <em>Yeah, just tired. But I won in the end so its fine. </em>(Ophidia)


    You seemed a bit angry towards the end there, what was that about? (Luna)


    <em>It insulted you master, and I wouldnt stand for that. </em>(Ophidia)


    I ced my hand on Ophidias side and started using healing magic.


    Thanks for getting angry at it for me. (Luna)


    <em>Of course. Oh, and thank you for the healing magic. </em>(Ophidia)


    I nodded at her words and finished healing her. When I was done, she transformed back to human form and we went over to the corpse of the giant snake. I went up to the head and started inspecting it. I took out a few bottles and put them up to one of the fangs and a yellowish venom started seeping into them.


    Oooh. Now this is some potent paralysis venom. (Luna)


    I filled up several more bottles until no more venom came out. I then moved on to dismantling the rest of the head while the others worked on the rest of the body. When we were all done, we went up and touched the core of the dungeon. We were transferred to the stone door that blocked the entrance from the guild. When we exited, the same receptionist came up to us as usual and we ryed that we cleared it.


    Its done. Final floor count is 100. (Luna)


    Thats amazing. Thank you all for your hard work.


    We went through the details and handed over thest few maps we made then we went to the room weve been staying in and went to bed. Then next day, we went to the main room and received our maps, then we bade everyone there farewell. When we got outside, snow was piled high as well as falling from the sky. Everyone grabbed onto me and I teleported us to the guild in Onigashima. When we arrived, we were on the third floor of the guild.


    *Sigh* Just as empty as ever nya. (Mio)


    Why is this floor always empty anyway? There should be more high rank adventurers here, right? (Soleil)


    Most quests from this floor take them out of the city for a while, so they are always on quests nya. (Mio)


    I see. (Soleil)


    We went up to the counter and told the receptionist that we had something to report to Ibuki. They led the way to her office and we entered after knocking on the door. When inside, we saw that the mountains of paperwork were actually less than thest time we were here.


    Oh, youre all back. How was it? (Ibuki)


    Fine, we cleared it yesterday. (Luna)


    Thats great. (Ibuki)


    We all sat down and I pulled out all the maps that I made.


    Here are the original maps for all 100 floors not counting boss floors. Also, there is a checkpoint on floor 51 for people to use. (Luna)


    A 100 floor dungeon huh. There hasnt been a new one of those in a long time. (Ibuki)


    Are they that rare? (Velvet)


    Not rare per say, they just dont appear very often. We have several all over the empire, but a new 100 floor dungeon hasnt appeared for at least 200 years. All that have appeared until now have had 25 to 50 floors. (Ibuki)


    How interesting. (Ophidia)


    We continued our report of the dungeon and a few hourster, we were done.


    Now, with the report done, I have a promise to keep. I hope you can hold off of working for a little longer Ibuki. (Luna)


    If its to eat, then I can. (Ibuki)


    All right then. (Luna)


    I pulled several freshly cooked wyvern meat dishes out of my inventory and ced them in front of everyone.


    As celebration of finishing our quest, lets have something delicious. (Luna)


    The rest of my party smiled and Mio and Ibukis eyes were shining. When they started eating, it was like they turned into puddles form the bliss. We ate in silence while watching the twos reactions.


    Fufufu. I see that you two enjoyed that. (Luna)


    Indeed nya. I think making you my eternal friend was the greatest decision in my life nya. (Mio)


    Yes. I havent had anything this good in so long. (Ibuki)


    Oh, youve had something like this before? (Luna)


    I meant that I havent had any really good food in a while. Im always just eating something that can be made quickly so I can work and eat at the same time. (Ibuki)


    Oh. (Luna)


    Before we leave for the day, I need to tell you something nya. (Mio)


    What is it Mio? (Ibuki)


    Im joining Lunyas party. After spending so much time with them, I cant just go back to how I was before nya. Plus, I just want to go with them nya. (Mio)


    Hahahahaha. Very well, I wish you the best from now on Mio. (Ibuki)


    We all got up and bid Ibuki farewell, then I teleported all of us to the ind.


    Whyd you bring us here Luna? (Velvet)


    Why not? Since Mio is with us now, she has to pick out a room and we just finished a big quest, so I feel like a few days break should be in order. Not to mention that were going to the shrine next week for the Vanquishing festival. (Luna)


    Woah nya. Where are we nya? (Mio)


    Were on my floating ind. Come on and choose a room to make yours. We can show you aroundter. (Luna)


    Ok nya. (Mio)


    Like this, our first dungeon quest in the empire waspleted.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Payto!


    What?


    Atmos: This is frustrating. Why does this guy not just tell the girl how he feels about her? Likee on, it''s soooo obvious that they like each other, why don''t they just get together already?


    I understand how you feel.


    Atmos: And why am I even watchin this? Were are the other good animes you were telling me about?


    Hey, if you''re going to watch them, you have to take the good and the mediocre. I''ll show you a good one after you''re done with this one.


    Atmos: Fine.

 Chapter 158: Apostle of Space

    Chapter 158: Apostle of Space


    [Luna POV]


    After Mio picked out which room would be hers, we showed her around the mansion. When that was done, it waste, so we decided that we would show her around outside tomorrow. We all went to our rooms for the night and I hopped onto my bed. I immediately started to feel sleepy.


    Well, this is a surprise. *Yawn*


    {Not really. Its been a while since youve been in a decent bed, so it would make sense that you actually feel sleepy when youy down on one.}


    Tr-*yawn*-ue. Ill talk to you tomorrow Tamamo.


    {Have a good night, Luna.}


    As soon as I heard Tamamos words, my consciousness faded into the realm of dreams. After what felt like a few minutes, I woke up to find sunlighting through my window and shining directly on my face.


    I feel rested, yet not.


    {I wonder why?}


    Not sure, but I do have a message for Mio.


    {Whats it about?}


    Apparently, she is eligible for the blessing of sleep.


    {Huh, interesting.}


    By the way, is Mio able to be the Apostle of night yet?


    {Yes, all she has to do is ept the offer and I can take it from there, though the process has to take ce at night.}


    Ok, we can discuss thister as well.


    I got up and stretched. I stopped after hearing a few satisfying popping sounds. I then left my room and went to the kitchen to get something to eat. When I got there, I found Soleil sitting at the table still looking a little sleepy.


    Morning Soleil. (Luna)


    Heybig sis. (Soleil)


    You look like you barley slept. (Luna)


    Its not thatI just feel a little drained is all. (Soleil)


    Did Velvet take too much blood or something? (Luna)


    I dont knowShe did seem extra thirstyst night, so maybe. (Soleil)


    Heh. (Luna)


    (Soleil)


    She didnt say anything and justid her head on the table.


    Ugh. I walked right into that one. (Soleil)


    I walked over next to her and put my hand on her shoulder and started using healing magic.


    Fufu. You did. (Luna)


    Uuuuuuggggghhhhh. Thanks for the healing magic, I feel better now. (Soleil)


    Ok, but I would just sit there if I were you, Ill make you something to eat. (Luna)


    Thanks, big sis, youre the best. (Soleil)


    I try to be. (Luna)


    Hehe. (Soleil)


    It was then that a practically glowing Velvet walked into the kitchen and sat down next to Soleil.


    Good morning. Velvet said with a smile.


    Hello Velvet, next time you drink my sisters blood, try not to drink too much. (Luna)


    Did I do that? (Velvet)


    Yeah, when I came in here, Soleil looked haggard and a little too pale. I helped out with some healing magic, but I want you to control yourself the next time. (Luna)


    Ok, and sorry Soleil, I didnt realize that I drank so much that it was affecting you negatively. (Velvet)


    I wouldin if it was someone else and it didnt feel so good. (Soleil)


    Ok, thats enough of that. If the two of you want to continue that conversation any further, do it somewhere where I cant hear it. (Luna)


    Does it embarrass you, Luna? (Velvet)


    No, were all adults here, so conversations of that nature dont bother me. What bothers me is that I dont want to know what my sister likes in those situations. You dont see me talking about what me and Tamamo get up to, now do you? (Luna)


    Thats true. We can talk about thister then. Now, what are you going to make today, Luna? (Velvet)


    I was going to try and make something with those cockatrice eggs we found. Those and some high orc bacon. (Luna)


    That made Soleil perk up a bit.


    Can I request mine to be extra crispy? (Soleil)


    You dont even need to ask, I was going to make it that way in the first ce. (Luna)


    {Can I request some as well?}


    Of course you can, Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Yay. Ill marry you just for that.}


    We were already going to get married. (Luna)


    {Ill marry you a second time then.}


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Nya. Its all fluffy in here in various different ways nya. (Mio)


    Morning Mio. (Luna)


    Hello Mio. (Velvet)


    Yo. (Soleil)


    Hello everyone. Wheres Ophidia nya? (Mio)


    Still asleep. (Luna)


    Shes going to miss out. (Soleil)


    Eh, shelle slithering in once I start cooking, so its fine. (Luna)


    I then made my way into the back of the kitchen and started to prepare breakfast for everyone. After a few minutes of frying bacon, I heard what I expected to hear.


    Meat! (Ophidia)


    Just as Lunya said, she literally slithered in here nya. (Mio)


    Yep, she moves faster that way. (Velvet)


    Where is the meat? (Ophidia)


    Just be patient Ophidia. Big sis should be about done cooking it. (Soleil)


    I just finished. I said as I walked in with several tes of eggs and extra crispy bacon.


    I ced everything on the table and everyone took as much as they wanted. I put some on a separate te and sent it over to Tamamo. Once I did that, we all started to dig in. As usual, everyone enjoyed it and we all started talking when we were done.


    So nya, what are we doing today nya? (Mio)


    Taking you around the ind and distributing the stat raising items we got from the dungeon. (Luna)


    What will we do first master? (Ophidia)


    I think the items first since itll be faster. (Luna)


    I then pulled out all of the items from my inventory and put them on the table.


    All of the Int raising items are in front of you, Ophidia. When were done with those, we can figure out what else can go to who. (Luna)


    All right, Ill start then. (Ophidia)


    She started using the items that I ced in front of her and after a few minutes, they were all gone.


    So, whats the result? (Velvet)


    I now have S level Int. (Ophidia)


    Guess I know what else Im doing today. Oh, by the way, Mio, do you want to be one of Tamamos Apostles? (Luna)


    What are the benefits nya? (Mio)


    My mirror appeared and Tamamo started speaking through it.


    {You get a little stronger, gain more influence in the mortal world, free ess to the divine domain, true immortality, a few other less important things.}


    Why not nya. What do I need to do? (Mio)


    {In your case, just wait for nightfall and I can take care of the rest. All you have to do is agree with what I ask.}


    Ok nya. (Mio)


    You agreed to that quick. (Soleil)


    Of course I did. I dont want to be separated from all of you in the future and the only way to stop that is to agree nya. (Mio)


    Is that kind of reasoning allowed? (Velvet)


    {Yes.}


    Huh. I would think that the person needs to be a believer in the particr god or goddess to be able to be an Apostle aside from the other conditions. (Velvet)


    When did I say I wasnt a follower of the goddess nya? Every time I went on a quest at night, I prayed to the goddess for sess. (Mio)


    Oh, you just didnt seem to be the kind of person to do that. (Velvet)


    I get that nya. (Mio)


    {Now, on to Ophidia. Are you ready to be Lunas Apostle?}


    Yes. Ive been ready since I learned everything about master. (Ophidia)


    {Then youre up, Luna.}


    I stood up from my seat and went to stand next to Ophidia. She stood up as well, then knelt in front of me like a knight to their king. I focused on using the Apostle creation skill and when I felt it activate, I looked at Ophidia. I raised my hand in front of her and started to speak.


    Ophidia, do you swear to serve me as my Apostle from today into eternity? (Luna)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    Do you swear to be my voice in the mortal world? (Luna)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    Do you swear to take up arms in the event of a threat that requires me to descend and fight by my side? (Luna)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    Then, I deem you, Ophidia, The Apostle of Space. (Luna)


    Once I finished the deration, I felt arge amount of mana leaving my body and go toward Ophidia. She started to shine brightly for a few minutes then the light started to fade. Once it waspletely gone, Ophidia stood up.


    Feel any different? (Luna)


    Not really. If I had to say a change, it would be that the connection we shared due to our previous contract has been strengthened. (Ophidia)


    Is that a good thing Tamamo? (Luna)


    {That means everything went as it should. Now all thats left is Soleil.}


    Im working on it. Ster magic isnt easy to level up. (Soleil)


    Im trying to make it as easy for you as possible. (Luna)


    I know, I wasnt trying to say you werent. (Soleil)


    Well, with this done, shall we get to Mios tour of the ind? (Luna)


    Lets go nya. (Mio)


    We all then left the kitchen and headed for the door.


    Oh, by the way Mio, apparently you caught the eye of the goddess of sleep and shes willing to give you her blessing. You just need to keep a spot in your bed open or something. (Luna)


    Interesting nya. I wonder how I did that. (Mio)


    I think this is one of those times where its best to just not think too hard about it. (Luna)


    Then that is what Ill do nya. Or would it be not do nya? (Mio)


    Ummm. Yes? (Luna)


    Nyahahahahahaha. Youre funny Lunya. (Mio)


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Why has Atmos seemed down?


    She just finished watching Toradora.


    Grey: Ahhhhh. That was a good one. Always left me feeling upset I finished such a good anime when it was over.


    I know how you feel. It was even worse for me the first time I watched it since it was one of the first ones I watched.


    Grey: Any idea on what you''ll let her see next?


    I was thinking Spice and Wolf.


    Grey: Oh, I like that one as well. Invite me over when you start it and we can all watch it together.


    Got it. I''ll start it whenever Atmoses back.

 Chapter 159: Mios Island Tour

    Chapter 159: Mio''s Ind Tour


    [Luna POV]


    When we left the mansion and Mio saw outside, her eyes widened in awe.


    Wow nya. This ce is beautiful nya. (Mio)


    Fufufu. You havent seen anything yet. (Luna)


    Nyahahahaha. Oooh, whats that? (Mio)


    Mio started running towards the pyramid behind the mansion. Once she got to it, she started running up to the top, two stairs at a time. By the time she reached the top, I was there waiting for her.


    Nya? (Mio)


    If you waited, I would have teleported you here as well. (Luna)


    Sorry nya. I couldnt control myself nya. (Mio)


    Fufu. Its fine. (Luna)


    I moved over a bit to let Mio get a good view of everything.


    This is amazing nya. Ive never been this high up before. I can see so far nya. (Mio)


    She turned in a circle to get a look at everything, but stopped when she saw a tall tree with strange leaves.


    Whats that nya? (Mio)


    My lunar sakura, or maybe I should call it a ster sakura. What do you think Tamamo? (Luna)


    {I think you can use both. Its technically a lunar sakura, but with the leaves like they are, you can call it a ster sakura as well, though only people close to you will understand what that means.}


    Then Ill use them interchangeably. (Luna)


    Lunya, can we go and see that next nya? (Mio)


    That was the n. (Luna)


    She then went back to looking at the scenery from the top of the pyramid for a few more minutes before we moved on. Instead of teleporting us to the tree, I teleported us back to the entrance of the mansion.


    Oh, the two of you are back. (Velvet)


    Yeah, were going to move in the direction of the tree now, anyone elseing? (Luna)


    Ille, master. (Ophidia)


    Ill pass. (Velvet)


    Ill stay with Velvet. (Soleil)


    Ok, just dont get too carried away with each other. (Luna)


    We werent going to do that, big sis. Its not the time yet. (Soleil)


    Fufufu. Yet? (Luna)


    Gah! (Soleil)


    Fu. Fufu. Fuahahahahahahaha. This is nice, I hardly ever get to tease you so much. (Luna)


    Soleil punched me in the shoulder then ran off into the mansion while her face was redder than a tomato. As we all watched this, I saw Velvet disappearing into the shadows out of the corner of my eye.


    Since when could you do that, Velvet? (Luna)


    Since we finished the dungeon. Now, if you excuse me, I have to go calm Soleil down. (Velvet)


    As she finished saying that, shepletely disappeared.


    Can you do that as well, Mio? (Ophidia)


    I can, but it feels weird, so I dont like it much. Though it does make for a good way to get out of a sticky situation nya. (Mio)


    Anyway, lets go. (Luna)


    We started to make our way in the direction of the tree while letting Mio look around as much as she wanted. Just like the curious cat that she was, she got distracted by every little thing.


    Fufufu. Your epithet should have bee the curious instead of the shadow. (Luna)


    Nya. (Mio)


    What? (Luna)


    Its shadow nya, nya. The nya is important nya. (Mio)


    Sorry. (Luna)


    Its fine nya. I can understand why you wouldnt realize it nya. (Mio)


    As we were having this discussion, we made it to the tree.


    Nyaaaaaa. Its massive nya. Mio said as she looked up until she fell on her back. And the leaves are so sparkly.


    In my opinion, it looks better at night. (Luna)


    Can wee and see it again at that time as well nya? (Mio)


    Sure. We can even have you be Tamamos Apostle here. Itd be thematic and stuff. (Luna)


    Yay nya. (Mio)


    The three of us sat sown under the tree for a little while and enjoyed the perfect mix of shade and light.


    *Yawn* I could take a nap like this nya. (Mio)


    I agree. (Ophidia)


    Fufufu. Dont sleep now, we still have a little bit of ind left to explore. (Luna)


    Only a little nya? We havent even gone over half of it from what I saw at the top of the pyramid nya. (Mio)


    Thats because that part of the ind is reserved for the wyverns that are still alive. Speaking of them, I need to figure out what to do with them, they cant stay locked up in there for forever. (Luna)


    {Why not let Grey help you out?}


    What do you mean, Tamamo?


    {Grey is good friends with the goddess of taming. Ask him about it, and maybe she can take them off of your hands for a while. At least until you can figure out something else.}


    Sounds like a good idea. Ill ask him through a letterter.


    When I was done with my conversation with Tamamo, I brought my attention back to the others and saw that Mio was climbing up the tree.


    I stop paying attention for a minute and this happens. (Luna)


    By the time Mio was reaching the branch she was climbing to, I greeted her.


    So, why are you climbing my tree? (Luna)


    Funya! (Mio)


    It seems I identally spooked her, resulting in her starting to fall, but I managed to catch her.


    Thanks, Lunya. (Mio)


    I pulled her up all the way and she sat down next to me.


    Again, why are you climbing my tree? (Luna)


    Because I like high ces nya. Its instinctual nya. (Mio)


    Makes sense. (Luna)


    Ive said this before, but Im sooo happy I met you all nya. If I didnt, I would probably still be sleeping on the counter in Onigashima nya. (Mio)


    Come to think of it, why were you always sleeping there? (Luna)


    No reason in particr nya. I just liked that spot nya. (Mio)


    It was then that Ophidia joined us on the branch.


    I fall asleep for a few minutes and when I wake up, I find the two of you up here. Howd that happen? (Ophidia)


    Nyahahahahahahahaha! (Mio)


    I thought the exact same thing when I saw Mio climbing up here. (Luna)


    Hey Ophidia, I know you were asked earlier nya, but was teleporting up here any different now that you are an Apostle nya? (Mio)


    Hmm. It felteasier? (Ophidia)


    I dont get it nya. (Mio)


    Think of it this way. Teleporting used to feel like stepping through a thin film of water. Now, it doesnt feel like that. (Ophidia)


    Oooooh. I get it a little now nya. (Mio)


    Weird, it never felt like that to me. The only times I ever felt that way was when I teleported through a particrly strong barrier. (Luna)


    I just said that to help make a clearer image master. (Ophidia)


    Oh. (Luna)


    We sat in the branches of the tree for a little while longer while chatting about stuff. We then went back to the ground and continued to go around the ind. Once it was close to night, we went back to the tree, only this time Velvet and Soleil joined us. By the time the moon started to rise, we were all standing under the tree. I had my mirror out and it was floating in front of all of us.


    {Are you ready Mio?}


    Yes, Goddess nya. (Mio)


    Tamamo smiled and then I felt her mana fill the area.


    {Mio, do you swear to serve me for eternity as my Apostle?}


    Yes nya. (Mio)


    {Do you swear to be my voice in the mortal world?}


    Yes nya. (Mio)


    {Do you swear to take up arms in the event of a threat that requires me to descend and fight by my side?}


    Yes nya. (Mio)


    {Then, I deem you, Mio the Shadow Nya, Apostle of Night}


    When Tamamos words were finished, all of her mana that was in the area went towards Mio and she started to glow. Shortly after that happened, the glow went away and Mio stood up.


    It doesnt feel like anything changed nya. (Mio)


    {Again, that means everything went well. If you felt something off, then that would be bad.}


    I just thought I would feel stronger or something nya. (Mio)


    {Youll notice any changes in due time. Especially since youll be receiving a blessing tonight as well, though its from a different goddess.}


    Thats allowed nya? (Mio)


    {Yes. Why wouldnt it be?}


    Not sure nya. (Mio)


    Well, now that this is over, look up. (Luna)


    Everyone including Tamamo looked up at the leaves of my tree and Ophidia and Mio gasped.


    Thats beautiful nya. (Mio)


    It kind of looks like what you want to do with the sky, master. (Ophidia)


    Indeed it does. Me and Soleil were surprised by this that time. (Velvet)


    I even tried to use ster magic, but nothing happened. (Soleil)


    We all stood there looking at the tree for a bit when we decided to go back and go to sleep. When we arrived at the mansion, we all went to our respective rooms. Iid on my bed and started to talk with Tamamo for a bit when I felt someone arrive through some weird feeling space magic.


    Must be Tonya.


    {Probably. I wonder why she gives that blessing that way?}


    You know how she is. Its best not to question it.


    {True.}


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hahahahahaha. Whoever made this really got Holo''s personality down to the letter.


    Grey: I know right. I wonder if we should show her this one day.


    Atmos: We should.


    Tamamo: Hey everyone.


    Hello Tamamo.


    Atmos: Hey Tama-what''s wrong?


    Tamamo: I''ve been feeling a bit off thest few days.


    Atmos: That''s not good.


    Grey: Should we tell Luna?


    Tamamo: No, I''ve felt this way before. It''s no big deal.


    When was this?


    Tamamo: Just before I got a new tail. It was like this every single time.


    I thought you would stop at nine tails.


    Tamamo: I did as well.


    Grey: Though it holds very little relevance here, there is one 10-tailed kitsune in Japanese mythology.


    Then I guess 10 is the max.


    Atmos: Guess so.


    Tamamo: I wonder if Luna will somehow get a 10th tail as well.


    *Me and Atmos''s eyes glowed a little brighter for a second*


    I see what''s going on now. How interesting.


    Atmos: Indeed.


    Tamamo: What''s up.


    Don''t worry about it, though I think I''m going to have to tamper with Luna''s status again.


    Tamamo: When was the first time?


    When I helped her get the Authority of Stars.


    Tamamo: Oh.


    Anyway, why don''t you sit down and watch this with us.


    Atmos: You really should, it''s so interesting.


    Tamamo: Don''t mind if I do then.

 Side Chapter 16: Tamamo, the Ten-Tailed Goddess

    Side Chapter 16: Tamamo, the Ten-Tailed Goddess


    [Tamamo POV]


    Over the past few days, I have been getting that feeling I always got when I was close to getting a new tail. I can tell that it is going to happen before my festival date with Luna, I just hope that I wake up in time.


    {Atmos, will you do me a favor?}


    What is it? (Atmos)


    {In the worst case scenario that I am not awake after I get my new tail, I need you to help calm Luna down.}


    Ill try my best, but I dont know how well it will go. Im actually kind of worried about what will happen when the two of you dont talk for a few days. (Atmos)


    {Nothing will happen. Its not like we havent not spoken with each other for stretches of time.}


    Tamamo, that was years ago when Lunas body was still getting used to the divine protection. The two of you have talked with each other every single day since Luna turned five. At most, shell be fine with you not speaking for one or two days, but she will start to get worried if it goes on longer than that. (Atmos)


    {Then I guess Ill just tell her what will happen instead of keeping it as a surprise.}


    That was your goal? (Atmos)


    {Yes. I wanted to surprise Luna with my tenth tail.}


    Then just tell her that. No need to spoil the whole thing. (Atmos)


    {Ok, then give me a second.}


    I concentrated on my connection with Luna and started to speak.


    {Hello Luna.}


    Hmmm? Hehehe. Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Ufufu. While I would like to watch and talk with half-asleep you very much, I need you to wake up all the way.}


    I then increased the gravity pushing down on Luna a little which caused her to be alert.


    What? Did you do that Tamamo? (Luna)


    {I did. I needed you to wake up all the way, we need to talk.}


    Im listening. (Luna)


    {Something is happening soon and I wont be able to talk with you for a bit. Hopefully it will be finished by the time of our festival date, but if its not, I need you to not be sad about it.}


    While I will definitely feel sad, I wont go around wreaking havoc because of it. Ill just have you make it up to me in a different way. (Luna)


    Lunas words caused me to blush a little as I imagined what we would do, but shook my head to clear them.


    {You tease.}


    Fufufu. Takes one to know one. (Luna)


    How in the world did this turn into flirting? (Atmos)


    Was that Atmos? (Luna)


    {Yes. Shes here to help me.}


    Ok. Hey Atmos. (Luna)


    Yes Luna? (Atmos)


    Take good care of Tamamo for me. I dont know exactly whats going on, but make sure that she has everything she needs. If you do a good job, Ill let you take a nap on my tails. (Luna)


    Atmos then stood at attention and saluted.


    Orders received. (Atmos)


    At ease. (Luna)


    Atmos then rxed and sat down again.


    {Ufufufu. You two get along so well. It makes me happy.}


    And that makes me happy. Now, I have some breakfast to cook, Ill send some over for the both of you as well, so be patient. And let me know if you need me to do anything for you. (Luna)


    With that, Luna went about her business and a little whileter, two tes of food appeared in front of us.


    Has she gotten better at doing that? (Atmos)


    {I think so. Its not to the point of her boing able toe here yet, but the Gates keep getting bigger and more stable.}


    By the way, did you ever give her back that stupid chain? (Atmos)


    {Yes.}


    Tch. (Atmos)


    {What were you going to do with it?}


    Make it so that it couldnt catch me again. (Atmos)


    {}


    Dont look at me like that. You dont understand how scary it actually is to be caught like that. I dont want to repeat that experience if I can help it. (Atmos)


    {Then make it so-aak!}


    I guess it started then. (Atmos)


    {Ugh.}


    I fell off of my seat onto the floor as pain started coursing through my body starting at my lower back. I remained aware enough to make mine and Lunas connection as weak as possible so that she couldnt hear me before the pain grew even worse.


    {AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!}


    [Atmos POV]


    This isnt a good spot for this.


    I snapped my fingers and we appeared in Tamamos bedroom. I picked her up from the floor andid her on herrge bed. I looked at her face and saw the tears falling from her eyes. I started patting her head hoping that it would help I some way.


    I wonder why this hurts so much? (Atmos)


    Why wouldnt it? (Grey)


    What are you doing here Grey? (Atmos)


    Luna sent me a letter asking me to go and help you. When I went to the usual ce by Tamamos tree, no one was there, so I used our connection to find you. (Grey)


    Shes such a worrier. Its so cute. (Atmos)


    I agree. (Grey)


    Indeed nya. (Tonya)


    What are you doing here? (Atmos)


    I just popped in to say hi and found this. Dont mind me, I just want to see whats going on then Ill go back to napping. (Tonya)


    Fine. Now, what were you saying about why this hurts so much? (Atmos)


    Shes growing apletely new body part,plete with bones, muscle, skin, and everything else. All of the paines from the nerves that are exposed for a bit. Of course, she is feeling this a lot less than a human would since she is a goddess, but even then it would still be painful. (Grey)


    Humans are weird nya.


    Why did both of you say the nya part? (Grey)


    I cant help it nya. (Tonya)


    Because its fun nya. (Atmos)


    Youre too easily influenced Atmos. This is why I refrained from showing you anime. I mean, you even started making a n to introduce Holy Grail Wars until I stopped it. (Grey)


    Whats that nya? It sounds interesting nya. (Tonya)


    Hehehe. Ill exinter. (Atmos)


    *Sigh* (Grey)


    We all sat there and chatted like this while we watched over Tamamo. After about a day, her pained expression turned into one of relief as she slept, her tenth tail already there. I went over and picked up her brush and started brushing it.


    How long do you think shell be asleep? (Grey)


    I dont know. How much longer is it until her nned festival date with Luna? (Atmos)


    There is one more day until she nned to go to the shrine and four until the start of the festival. (Grey)


    Hmm. (Atmos)


    Do you want me to help nya? I am the Goddess of Sleep after all nya. (Tonya)


    I forgot that you can also wake people up. (Atmos)


    How rude nya. Just because I only use the power to put people to sleep doesnt mean I cant do the opposite nya. Its just less fun to mess with people that way nya. (Tonya)


    Just a thought, but wouldnt causing people to wake up be just as fun? (Atmos)


    It would, but that would also be doing theplete opposite of my Authority nya. Though nyow that I think of it, isnt that what I would do nya? I mean, why just keep doing what my Authority is supposed to do nya? That goes against another part of me nya. (Tonya)


    Atmos, stop confusing her. (Grey)


    I wasnt trying to. (Atmos)


    Anyway nya, do you want me to help nya? (Tonya)


    Please, but only wake her up, dont do anything else. (Atmos)


    I wouldnt dare to nya. That would go against my agreement with him nya, and it would mess up my friendship with Lunya as well nya. I may be insane nya, but Im not stupid nya. (Tonya)


    I wasnt trying to imply that you were. (Atmos)


    I knyow nya. I was just putting that out there nya. (Tonya)


    She then walked up beside Tamamo, jumped up on the bed since she was too short, and tapped Tamamo on the forehead with one of her tails.


    Nyahahahahaha! And my work is done nya. See you around nya. Tonya said as she disappeared into a dark portal that appeared out of nowhere.


    What is it with people that have magic like that and making grand entrances and exits? (Grey)


    {Because its showy.}


    Makes sense. (Grey)


    How are you feeling, Tamamo? (Atmos)


    {Stiff and numb. That hurt way more than any of the other times. I dont look forward to seeing Luna experience this.}


    That is not going to be an enjoyable time for sure. (Atmos)


    {How long have I been asleep, and did I miss my date with Luna?}


    Not very long, its only been a day. (Grey)


    {Really?}


    Yeah, Tonya helped out a bit. (Atmos)


    {I see. Guess I should do something to thank her, but what?}


    You can figure that outter. You should let Luna know that you finished early. (Atmos)


    [Tamamo POV]


    {Youre right.}


    I then focused on our connection again and spoke to Luna.


    {Im back Luna.}


    That was fast. Its only been a day. (Luna)


    {I had some help.}


    Thats good. Though I do need to ask, why did it seem like you were hurt? (Luna)


    {Did it?}


    It did. I felt you weaken our connection, but even then, I still heard what sounded like you screaming in pain. (Luna)


    {Dont worry about it, youll see the next time we see each other.}


    Fufu. I see, I look forward to seeing you then. (Luna)


    {Please do.}


    Again, how is this turning into flirting? (Atmos)


    Because this is what happens to people who are in love. We do this all the time as well. (Grey)


    I guess youre right. Its just weird seeing it happen with other people. (Atmos)


    Oh, thank you two for helping Tamamo out. (Luna)


    No problem, though you should also thank Tonya. (Atmos)


    Ok. If you see her again before I do, tell her she can nap in my tails as well. (Luna)


    {Oh, thats a good idea. She can do the same with me.}


    We all continued to talk about this and that as I waited for my date with Luna to arrive.


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna: Oh. Hello.


    Hey Luna, you got here just in time. Which anime should I show Atmos next?


    Luna: Oh um..........Violet Evergarden.


    Sounds good. Oh, and get ready, Velvet and Ophidia will start to show up here soon.


    Luna: They will?


    Yeah. Now that Ophidia is the Apostle of Space, all of you Apostles can show up. Don''t ask me why though.


    Luna: Ok. Wait, when did you start showing Atmos anime and how much trouble is this going to cause in the long run?


    Dyed reaction much? It was not too long ago and none since Grey has been putting a stop to it.


    Luna: That''s good. I don''t know what would happen if she did something like create a means for Holy Grail Wars or something.


    ...


    Luna: She already tried to, didn''t she?


    Yep. And she got pretty far with it as well. She set up the summoning system and everything.


    Luna: Did she implement it?


    No, she would need the help of the God of Summoning''s help and that old man will only ever wake up when it''s time to summon more otherworlders.


    Luna: Then we''re safe for a while then.


    Yes.

 Chapter 160: Spending Time with Ophidia

    Chapter 160: Spending Time with Ophidia


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning I was woken up by Tamamos gravity magic and was told that she would be away for a bit. Since Atmos was also there, I thought she might want more help, so I wrote a letter to Grey then went to make breakfast. When I finished cooking, I sent some to Tamamo and Atmos before bringing it out to everyone else. When I left the kitchen, everyone but Mio was there.


    You already made some for us? (Velvet)


    I did since I heard all of youing in here. Is Mio still asleep? (Luna)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    Actually, I just got up nya. (Mio)


    Oh. I like the new look. (Luna)


    Nya? What are you talking about nya? (Mio)


    How have you not noticed the second tail? (Luna)


    Nya!? (Mio)


    She started to turn around in circles while trying to see her tails. While it was funny to watch, I decided to help her out. I pulled a mirror out of my inventory and put it in front of her.


    Thanks nya. (Mio)


    She turned to the side and looked at herself.


    Interesting nya. I guess this is the effect of the blessing nya. (Mio)


    Did you get anything else from it? (Soleil)


    I can now use sleep magic as well nya. (Mio)


    I wonder what that does? (Luna)


    I can use today to figure that out nya. (Mio)


    Do thatter, eat first. (Luna)


    Dont mind if I do nya. (Mio)


    Mio sat down and we all started to eat. Once we were done, everyone started to go and do their own thing.


    Hey Ophidia. (Luna)


    Yes master? (Ophidia)


    You have the dance skill, right? (Luna)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    Can you help me get it? (Luna)


    Sure, but what do you want to get it for? (Ophidia)


    Because I need something to do today. (Luna)


    Then let us go. (Ophidia)


    We went to the back of the mansion and Ophidia started to teach me how to dance. She first showed me some basic movements that I was then told to copy. I tried to but messed up a few of the steps. I tried over and over again until I got it right, then Ophidia showed me some more. We repeated this process until I got all of the steps right, then we moved on to putting them all together to a rhythm.


    This is more difficult than I thought it would be. (Luna)


    Indeed. Though you are doing much better than I did. It took me a long time to get this far. (Ophidia)


    Thats all thanks to one of my titles. Now, lets continue, I have some other things I also want to do today. (Luna)


    What e;se are you nning on doing master? (Ophidia)


    Some woodcarving. I almost have the skill maxed out and want to do that today as well. I want to try and make some stuff. (Luna)


    Its like youre trying to distract yourself or something. (Ophidia)


    Thats exactly what I am trying to do. Dont get me wrong, I nned to ask you to help me with this today regardless, but now I have even more reason to focus on this. (Luna)


    Why are you doing that though? (Ophidia)


    Tamamo is away and might be for some time at that. I need something to keep my mind upied. (Luna)


    I see. Then I will teach you everything I know. (Ophidia)


    After this small break, we continued to practice until around noon when I finally acquired the dance skill. Once I got the notification, I stopped what I was doing and sat down. Ophidia sat next to me and I handed her some water.


    Well, that is one thing done. (Luna)


    Im curious master, why did you want this skill in the first ce? (Ophidia)


    If I get proficient enough in it, I can add it on top of my swordsmanship. Plus, it seems like a skill I should have if I ever decide I want to dance with Tamamo. I dont want to step on her feet and stuff, you know. (Luna)


    Makes sense. Now, you said you were going to start some woodcarving, right? (Ophidia)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    Can I watch? I want to learn a hobby skill like that. (Ophidia)


    I dont mind. (Luna)


    I pulled out several stacks of wood and several different carving tools.


    I brought out some extras so you can try as well. (Luna)


    Thank you master. (Ophidia)


    Any time. (Luna)


    I then set to work trying to level the skill to 10. During this time, I felt my connection to Tamamo weaken even more than it already was, but not before hearing what sounded like pained screams.


    I hope that was just my imagination.


    I shook my head to try and get rid of the worry and went back to doing what I was doing. A few hourster, I finally got the skill to level 10.


    Great, now to actually start making what I want to make. (Luna)


    You know master, you have it so easy. I thought this earlier as well, but gaining and leveling skills this fast is just unfair. (Ophidia)


    I can understand where youreing from. I feel the same way about how people like Soleil and previously Velvet had it when it came to leveling up. If it wasnt as slow as it is for me, I bet I would have at least six or seven tails by now. (Luna)


    I forgot that you level up slower. Honestly, I cant remember how quickly I gained levels since its been so long since I needed to worry about that. I just remember those being tough times. (Ophidia)


    Must have been. Say, were you already level 100 by the time those ancient people worshipped you? (Luna)


    Yes. That is the reason they revered me so much I think. Back then and even now, most animals find it difficult to reach level 100. I was just one of the lucky ones to be able to reach that point without encountering something that would have killed me quickly. Let me tell you, its no joke how bad it is in the wild like that. Ever since I can remember, it was always terrifying to even sleep for a full night without having to be vignt. (Ophidia)


    She shuddered a bit when she said that.


    I thought you would have been one of the ones that caused that fear, not one of the ones feeling it. (Luna)


    There is always something stronger than you out there. Fear is a necessary instinct that everyone must have. It has saved my life countless times. Though you might not find this necessary since almost nothing can really hurt you master. (Ophidia)


    Just because thats true, doesnt mean I wont take your advice. (Luna)


    We went back to afortable silence as I continued to work on my project and Ophidia continued to practice. The only sound we made was the sound of scraping wood. After another hour, I heard a snap and Ophidia gasp a little in pain.


    Ouch. (Ophidia)


    Cut yourself again? (Luna)


    *Sigh* Yes. (Ophidia)


    I grabbed her hand and healed it.


    Thank you master. (Ophidia)


    Fufu. Its no problem. (Luna)


    I dont understand what Im doing wrong. Its not like Im putting too much strength into it, but I keep snapping or cuttingpletely through. (Ophidia)


    In this case, you cut into a really weak part of the wood. Youll be able to tell where you can cut and not when you get better, so dont give up. (Luna)


    I patted her head as I said this resulting in Ophidia smiling and closing her eyes in enjoyment.


    Mmm. I can see why the Goddess and Soleil like it when you do this, it feels so good andforting. (Ophidia)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    We sat like this for a few minutes before again going back to what we were doing. Ophidia started to finally get the hang of it without hitting bad spots or just cutting the wood in two in general and I was almost done with what I was making. When I finished, I held my creation up to see if I needed to make any small adjustments or not.


    What is that master? (Ophidia)


    A flute. (Luna)


    Why do I have a bad feeling about this all of a sudden? (Ophidia)


    Fufufu. Dont worry, I wont use this like a snake charmer. I made it so I could try and teach myself how to y it. (Luna)


    GoodI think? I really dont like the sound of snake charming. (Ophidia)


    Again, dont worry. Ive been there, done that with charm. I never want anything to do with it again. (Luna)


    I then put my newly made flute to my mouth and attempted to y it, but nothing happened.


    Well, thats disappointing. I wonder what I did wrong? (Luna)


    Youd have to ask someone else; I have no clue about anything rted to that. (Ophidia)


    Then I guess I can ask Velvet; she knows most things. (Luna)


    Come to think of it, thats true, isnt it? Why does she know so many things? (Ophidia)


    Well, she is the daughter of the leader of what is essentially an information gathering organization, so it would be more surprising if she didnt know a lot of things. (Luna)


    Thats true. (Ophidia)


    Now just hold on a minute, is that really what you think about me? (Velvet)


    Only a small part. I could name a ton of other, just as important and amazing things about you, but Ill leave that to Soleil since shell be able to do even better than I will. (Luna)


    O-oh, I see. Then its fine. (Velvet)


    Anyway, can you tell me if I messed up on making this? I asked as I tossed my flute to Velvet.


    She caught it and looked it over.


    Luna, this is just a piece of wood carved into the shape of a flute. You didnt make any of the other things that make a flute a flute. (Velvet)


    Well, its not like I knew what I was doing, ok. I just remembered the shape and though with a high enough level in woodcarving, it would somehow work out. (Luna)


    Why not just buy a flute if you were interested in them? (Velvet)


    Because I thought it would be fun to make my own. And it was. Plus, I got to spend some time with Ophidia which I dont get to do very often. (Luna)


    (Velvet)


    Whats that look for? (Luna)


    I just wasnt expecting that answer. I thought you were going to say that you never thought about it or something. (Velvet)


    Oi! Im not that dumb. (Luna)


    I never implied that you were. Im just used to you giving random, Luna-like answers that a normal answer threw me off. (Velvet)


    Oi! Im not that bad, am I? (Luna)


    I looked over to Ophidia, but she refused to meet my eyes.


    See, even Ophidia agrees with me. (Velvet)


    (Luna)


    So, Velvet, where is Soleil? (Ophidia)


    Shes painting the tree. Shes been there all day. (Velvet)


    I see. And what have you been doing? (Ophidia)


    A little bit of training, writing some letters to home, reading some books. Just rxing in general. (Velvet)


    Do you know what Mio has been doing? (Ophidia)


    Last I saw her, she was practicing her new sleep magic. (Velvet)


    You two really are just going to act like Im not here anymore, huh. (Luna)


    I wonder what sleep magic actually does. (Ophidia)


    I have no idea. The only thing I can think of is that it might help put people to sleep. As for anything else, well just have to ask Mio. (Velvet)


    Will you two please stop ignoring me now? (Luna)


    Is there anything you need Luna? (Velvet)


    *Sigh*What do the two of you want to eat tonight? (Luna)


    Can we have some of those birds and some of that meat that we hunted in the dungeon? (Ophidia)


    Stymphalian bird and buffalo thing meat, got it. (Luna)


    I then got up and started making my way inside.


    Ill start cooking then, can the two of you go and get the others? (Luna)


    Leave it to us. (Velvet)


    The two of them left to get Soleil and Mio as I went and started cooking. While I was busy, I heard them arrive. Soleil came into the kitchen and showed me her painting which looked amazing. It was almost camera quality in detail.


    You really are talented, Soleil. (Luna)


    Hehe. Thanks big sis. Ill go and find a ce to hang this up, then Ille and help you. (Soleil)


    Alright. (Luna)


    She then left the kitchen and came back about 15 minutester. We started working to get everything done while chatting about our day. When we finished and ced the food on the table, I could see everyone almost drooling.


    Lets eat. (Luna)


    We all dug in like this was our first meal in ages and soon everything was gone. Once we were done cleaning up, we moved over to the main living room.


    Hey Mio,e sit next to me and Ill let you brush one of my tails for as long as its safe to. (Luna)


    Yay nya. Ive been wanting to try this for a while nya. (Mio)


    She sat down next to me and I handed her my brush. She started brushing and actually managed tost a few minutes before she started to lose it a bit.


    Nyehehe. This is wonderful nya. Its pulling me in nya. Its sofortable nya. (Mio)


    And this is where you stop. (Luna)


    I teleported Mio away from me and onto a chair in the room. She was still dazed, so we were about to knock her out when she snapped out of it.


    Ugh nya. My head feels al fuzzy nya. (Mio)


    Im surprised you snapped out of it. Normally, we have to knock someone out to snap them out of it. (Luna)


    You couldnt even if you tried nya. The only person that can put me to sleep or knock me out now is myself of Tonya nya. Thats part of the blessing nya. (Mio)


    So you are immune to sleep effects unless they are self-inflicted? (Velvet)


    I think so nya. (Mio)


    Thats interesting. (Soleil)


    I knyow, right. (Mio)


    Speaking of sleep, Im heading to bed now, so Ill see you all tomorrow. (Luna)


    Thats not like you, big sis. Whats up? (Soleil)


    Tamamo isnt here right now, so Im trying to either stay upied so I dont notice it or sleep so I cant think about it. (Luna)


    Do you want me to use magic to put you to sleep nya? (Mio)


    Wont work on me, I have status effect immunity. The only way to get around that is some divine level magic, and even then, it will probably only work once if at all. (Luna)


    Oh nya. (Mio)


    I appreciate the thought, now good night, everyone. I said as I left the room to go to my own.


    As I made my way there, I passed by Soleils newest painting. It was hung up in the hallway next to her other ones. I smiled when I saw it. I then got to my room, changed, and got into bed. I slowly started to fall into the sea of dreams as I thought about how my day went.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: What kind of time shenanigans is this?


    You know, some timey-whimey, wibbly-wobbly stuff.


    Atmos: I don''t get it?


    Next time you take a break from anime, I''ll show you.


    Atmos: Ok.

 Chapter 161: Tamamo Returns

    Chapter 161: Tamamo Returns


    [Luna POV]


    I woke up early the next morning and decided to practice dancing some before going to make breakfast. I spent about an hour doing this before stopping. As I was walking towards the kitchen, I heard Soleil and Ophidias voices. When I walked in, I saw Soleil in the middle of teaching Ophidia how to cook.


    Well, isnt this a surprise. (Luna)


    Morning big sis. (Soleil)


    Morning master. (Ophidia)


    What made you want to try cooking, Ophidia? (Luna)


    Well, all of you can, so I wanted to be able to do the same. Though Im no where near as good as you are master. (Ophidia)


    Well thats obvious. It takes time to get good at cooking, but I believe you will get there one day. (Luna)


    Big sis, is the Goddess back yet? (Soleil)


    My ears and tails drooped when Soleil asked that.


    Guess not. Sorry for bringing it up. (Soleil)


    Its fine. Its only been a day, I cant be too sad about it. Not to mention that I managed tost five years without talking to her, so a few days is nothing. (Luna)


    I believe none of your words. (Soleil)


    (Luna)


    Youll be fine master. Even if the Great One doesnte back for a while, you still have us. Not to mention that youll get to see her soon anyway. (Ophidia)


    She did say that she might not be able toe. (Luna)


    But thats only one possibility, big sis. Dont only think of the negatives. (Soleil)


    You know what, youre right. I said as I went up and hugged the both of them. Thanks for cheering me up you two.


    Anytime big sis. (Soleil)


    I will always be there for you master. (Ophidia)


    After that, Ophidia went back to cooking while me and Soleil watched her and gave her pointers every so often. When she was done, we moved everything to the table and started eating. Velvet and Mio joined us eventually andmented on Ophidias cooking. Once that was done, we moved on to whatever we were going to do today. I teleported to the Celestia kingdom and went to buy an actual flute. Once I finished with that, I went back to the ind and started to practice. Turns out, Im horrible at ying the flute.


    This is a lot harder than I thought. And it hurts my ears. (Luna)


    Then why do you want to y it? (Velvet)


    Oh, hey Velvet. I just want to. (Luna)


    How very you. (Velvet)


    I wouldnt be me if it wasnt. (Luna)


    And Id prefer it no other way. (Velvet)


    By the way, did you need me for something? (Luna)


    No, I just came over here when I heard your attempt at music. (Velvet)


    I see. Well, I guess I just need to keep going until I figure it out. (Luna)


    Why not go and ask someone to teach you a little? (Velvet)


    Because I want to do this myself. (Luna)


    Ok then. If you need me, Ill be with Soleil. (Velvet)


    Ok. (Luna)


    Velvet then left and I went back to my practice. After a few hours of somewhat getting the hang of it, I got a music skill.


    I wasnt expecting to get something like this this soon.


    The second I started to try and y after I got the skill, I immediately saw some improvement.


    Ive always thought this, but skills are really amazing.


    As I was thinking this, Tamamo started to talk to me again. I was surprised that she was back already after she told me she would be away for a bit, but she told me that Atmos, Grey and Tonya helped. After figuring out what we were going to do to thank Tonya, we started to talk about what Ive been doing.


    {So, youve learned to dance, and are learning how to y the flute. You do such random things while Im away Luna.}


    Not really. Ive been meaning to learn to dance for a while, but I will agree that learning an instrument is a bit random. But Ive started it now, so Im not going to stop until Ive mastered it.


    {Ufufu. I love that about you Luna. You want to be the best at everything you do, it makes me want to get better at what I do as well.}


    But arent you literally at the divine level of everything you do?


    {Luna, you knew this already, but gods arent perfect.}


    I know, but that wont stop me from thinking of you like that.


    {Youre really going all in on the flirting today.}


    Of course I am, I missed a day.


    {I guess that means I need to respond in kind. How about you show me some of your dancing?}


    Sure thing.


    I out away my flute and started to show Tamamo my dancing. Once that was done, she praised me which made me smile a wide smile. I sat back down when I decided to speak about something that was bothering me since yesterday.


    Tamamo, do you think Im too dependent in you?


    {What do you mean?}


    Well, Ive noticed over yesterday and today while you werent here that nothing feels right. I mean, now that youre back, its fine again, but its like I cant really feel good about things without you watching over me. Dont get me wrong, I did enjoy my time with the others, but it just felt empty.


    {Oh. Hmmm. I dont know. I mean, I feel the same way, though its a bit different on my end since even then, I can at least see you. In a mortal sense, you probably are overly dependent on me, but why should that matter to us? Im a god, youre a demigod, were not exactly mortals. Not to mention that once you ascend, well spend every moment together when we can help it. I wouldnt think too much about it.}


    Ok. Wait, I thought I wasnt immortal yet. I thought my HP would have to hit EX for that.


    {No Luna, the second you became a demigod, you lost any sense of a lifespan. Sure, you can still be killed, but neither you nor I will let that happen, so its fine. Besides, Velvet, Ophidia, and Mio dont have EX level HP and they are immortal as well.}


    Oh yeah. Huh, I wonder why I never figured that out?


    {Did you think you would feel different when you got immortality?}


    I kind of thought that I would. I mean, I kind of expected to feel lighter or something. Like the weight of death leaving me or something.


    {That doesnt make sense.}


    Eh, its a thought Ive had since a long time ago, so just dont worry about it. By the way, are Atmos and Grey still there?


    {No, they left a while ago. Did you need something from them?}


    No, I just wanted to say thanks to them again for helping you.


    {Ill pass that along the next time I see them.}


    Ok.


    Like that, I spent the rest of the day talking and flirting with Tamamo.


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna: Tonya, I summon you.


    Tonya: I''m here nya.


    Luna: As thanks for helping Tamamo out, you are allowed to sleep in my tails.


    Tonya: *Smiles* Don''t mind if I do nya. *Jumps into Luna''s tails and immediately falls asleep*


    That was fast.


    Luna: Indeed.

 Chapter 162: Returning to the Shrine Once Again

    Chapter 162: Returning to the Shrine Once Again


    [Luna POV]


    A few days after Tamamo came back, we all got ready to go to the shrine for the festival. As soon as we all met in the main living room, we teleported to the shrine.


    You know, maybe I should choose another room to teleport to, mine is a bit small for five people. (Luna)


    We left my room and went to talk with mom in her office. By the time we got there, her and Ana were leaving the room to go somewhere.


    Oh, hello Luna. I was wondering when you wereing back. Wee home. (Amagi)


    d to be back. (Luna)


    I see nya. You take after your mother nya. (Mio)


    What do you mean Mio? (Luna)


    Your looks nya. No offence to any other kitsune here, but you and your mother are the most beautiful kitsune Ive seen nya. (Mio)


    Thanks I guess. (Luna)


    Fufu. Thank you for thepliment. I am Amagi Reed, Lunas mother and head priestess of this shrine. (Amagi)


    I am Anastasia Smith, her assistant and friend, as well as Soleils mother. Its nice to meet you. (Ana)


    I am Mio, or as you have probably heard, Mio the Shadow Nya. Pleased to meet you nya. (Mio)


    Shall we move to a morefortable ce to talk? (Amagi)


    We all nodded and followed mom and Ana to a private room. When we got there and sat down, mom asked me about Mio.


    So Luna, is Mio here a temporary or permanent party member? (Amagi)


    Permanent. Im also her eternal friend, so were basically family now, so she knows everything. (Luna)


    Im also the Goddesss third Apostle nya. (Mio)


    Yes, that as well. (Luna)


    I see. Nice to meet you then, fellow Apostle of Goddess Tamamo. (Amagi)


    Indeed nya. (Mio)


    I also made Ophidia my second Apostle recently. (Luna)


    Thats nice. (Amagi)


    How close is Soleil? (Ana)


    I still have a ways to go mom. My ster magic is only level four. (Soleil)


    Youll get there Soleil, you just need to be patient and work hard. (Ana)


    I know. (Soleil)


    My mirror then floated out of my inventory on its own.


    {Hello everyone.}


    Hello Goddess Tamamo. How have you been? (Amagi)


    {Quite well. Something came up a few days ago, but it has been settled, so I will still be showing up at the festival this year.}


    Was it something important? (Ana)


    {In a way, yes, but not something that I would have needed to bother any of you about. Ill let you know what happened when Ie down there.}


    Understood.


    Speaking of the festival, how are the preparationsing along? (Luna)


    Everything is going as it should. The preparations will be done either tomorrow or the next day. (Ana)


    By the way, you know how we were diving in a dungeon recently? (Luna)


    Yes. (Amagi)


    We managed to procure some rather tasty meat. Its not on the level of wyvern, but its a close second. (Luna)


    Both mom and Anas eyes started to shine when I said that.


    Do you have enough to share with us? (Ana)


    Of course I do, who do you think I am? (Luna)


    My daughter. (Amagi)


    That is correct, I am your daughter, Luna Reed. (Luna)


    You are the crazy person that has anything and everything in that inventory of yours. It would hardly be surprising if you pulled out a castle as big as the one in the capital one day. (Ana)


    Also tru-wait, I dont have a castle in there yet. (Luna)


    What do you mean by yet? (Velvet)


    Luna, do you seriously n on putting a castle in there? (Amagi)


    Well, what will pretty much be a future castle. How do you think Im going to move my ind to the divine domain? (Luna)


    Does it work like that nya? (Mio)


    Maybe? If it doesnt, Ill just do something with a domain to move it. (Luna)


    Can you move your domains? (Velvet)


    Yeah. Why wouldnt I be able to? (Luna)


    Its just, you havent ever done that up to this point, so I just assumed you couldnt. (Velvet)


    {Velvet, you have to understand. Even if its only partial Authority, its still Authority. Luna can do a lot of things with space; she just chooses to do the bare minimum. If she can create a domain, she can just as easily move it anywhere. Honestly, she doesnt even use her domains to their full potential.}


    Of course I dont. It would take all of the fun out of stuff. (Luna)


    {How very you, Luna.}


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    And there they go. (Amagi)


    So, this has happened a lot in the past nya? (Mio)


    Mio, how long have you been traveling with Luna? (Ana)


    A few months nya. (Mio)


    How have you not noticed her doing things like this all the time? (Ana)


    Most of the time weve been together, weve been in a dungeon nya. (Mio)


    Believe it or not, big sis cuts down on the flirting a lot when in a dungeon. Of course, it still happens, but not as much. (Soleil)


    Not to mention that its a lot better than it used to be, Ana. You know that just as much as Soleil and I do. (Amagi)


    Thats true. (Ana)


    Just how bad did it used to be nya? (Mio)


    On days where she had a break from training, she would just sit in one ce and talk with Goddess Tamamo all day. (Amagi)


    Wow nya. Ive seen couples like that before, but never to that extent nya. (Mio)


    Fufu. Honestly, it was quite entertaining back then as well. Since Lunas expression was easy to read, we had a little game going to see if we could figure out what they were talking about. (Amagi)


    Oh, I remember that. Though I still find it surprising that Deacon was the one who won most of the time, followed by Soleil. I mean seriously, how could they be ahead like that when Im the diviner? (Ana)


    In my defense, I was like that at the time. As for Deacon, Im not sure. (Soleil)


    Dad has always had that weird intuition, so I can see why he would be in the lead in a game like that. Also, thats rude, Im not some kind of entertainment you know. (Luna)


    {Come now Luna, theres no need to be upset by something like that.}


    Im not upset, Im just saying it was rude. (Luna)


    Oh, Ophidia, I forgot to mention, but Skadi is here. She should be at the training grounds. (Amagi)


    Thank you for telling me, Lady Amagi. If you excuse me master, I will be going. (Ophidia)


    With that, Ophidia teleported out of the room.


    I was wondering why she was so quiet. (Velvet)


    Shes been using space magic to look and see if Skadi was here. Her range is quite far. (Luna)


    How long has she been doing that nya? (Mio)


    Pretty much since we got here. (Luna)


    Doesnt that spell take a lot of mana to maintain? (Ana)


    {Shes the Apostle of space, so it takes less mana for her than it normally would.}


    Anyway, is dad training like usual? (Luna)


    No actually. Hes in the capital. Lobo called him there for something or another. (Amagi)


    You dont know? (Velvet)


    The reason was probably stated on some paperwork somewhere, but I do so much of it, I forget unimportant things like that. (Amagi)


    Mom showed a tired expression that I only ever see when she gets too much paperwork.


    Mom, you really need to push some of that off on dad every now and then. Its not good for your health to stay cooped up in that office all the time. Get out, go mess with someone. Let your nature run free for a bit. (Luna)


    Ana, my daughter is trying to tempt me and Im actually considering it. What do I do? (Amagi)


    I have no idea. (Ana)


    {You should listen to her. Ill even give you a tip on how to make it easier on yourself.}


    Im listening. (Amagi)


    {You can use illusion magic just like every other kitsune. Just make some illusions of yourself and let them do the work.}


    While I love the idea, there is a major w with it. I dont have infinite mana to be able to do that consistently. (Amagi)


    Can illusions actually even do that in the first ce? I mean, they arent sentient. (Ana)


    {Oh right, it doesnt work that way for most people.}


    Well well well. This is a side of Tamamo I dont usually get to see. (Luna)


    And there they go again. (Velvet)


    Indeed. (Soleil)


    Oh right, Ipletely forgot about this. Mio, so you have anything you wear regrly that isnt enchanted? (Luna)


    I do nya. Why? (Mio)


    I should enchant it with illusion magic so that you can hide your other tail. (Luna)


    Oh nya. Ipletely forgot about that nya. (Mio)


    Oh, she does have a second tail, I didnt even notice. (Amagi)


    Thats true. I didnt know cat beastkin could grow multiple tails. (Ana)


    We normally cant nya. Im a bit special since I was also blessed by the Goddess of Sleep nya. Thats how I got this nya. (Mio)


    When did a Goddess of Sleep appear? (Amagi)


    {Ill inform you of the detailster, so dont worry about it for now.}


    Ok. (Amagi)


    We all continued to chat like this until lunch time when I gave everyone some dungeon bison meat. After that, we went back to catching up with everything that has been going on recently.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Payto, what have you been doing over there?


    ...


    Atmos: Paytooooooo.


    Grey: Leave him alone Atmos, can''t you see he can''t hear you?


    Atmos: But he''s been doing something on that small tv in his hands and I want to know what it is.


    Grey: You know those video game things I''ve told you about?


    Atmos: Yeah. They are the things that you base a lot of stuff off of that otherworlders notice and point out sometimes.


    Grey: *Sigh* I guess I should actually introduce them to you properly once you get over the anime phase you''re in. If it''s toote to stop that, then I''ll just embrace it and join in on the fun.


    Atmos: Hehehe. I like that smile on your face.


    Grey: Heh. I knew you would.


    If the two of you are going to flirt, go and find a separate room.


    Atoms: Ooooohhhhh. So you notice that.

 Chapter 163: The Day Before the Festival

    Chapter 163: The Day Before the Festival


    [Luna POV]


    Time passed quickly as we all did things around the shrine and vige while waiting for the festival to start. I even teleported to the capital to pick dad up since he sent a letter saying that everything he had to do there was finished. Turns out that what he had to do was make a n for what to do about the future of our family since we are all immortal now and cant really pass on our family name. What was ultimately decided was that our territory will be watched over by our family for the rest of time unless we find someone suitable to take over one day. Since that will be the case, dad has to stay as the general of the country for the entire time as well, but he had no problems with that since he enjoyed the job.


    When we arrived back at the shrine, dad went to tell mom what the final decision on the matter was and I went to find my friends. Ophidia was the easiest to find since she and Skadi were always at the training grounds. Skadi was helping her hone her technique so that she could improve. I greeted them normally before going to find the others. I found Mio taking a nap under a tree in a sunny spot and decided to just let her sleep. I never found where Velvet and Soleil were, but I guessed they were together, so I decided to go and see ke. I made him jump when I arrived teleported in front of him.


    Damn it, Luna! (ke)


    Fufufu. Why so jumpy, ke? (Luna)


    You know I dont do jump scares. (ke)


    I wasnt trying to scare you. Im just bored and want something to do. (Luna)


    Then why not ask your party to do something with you? (ke)


    Ophidia and Skadi are together, Mio is asleep, and I cant find Velvet and Soleil. Granted, I didnt really try to find them, but still. (Luna)


    ke narrowed his eyes at myst statement.


    Heh. (Luna)


    Wipe that smug look off your face. (ke)


    I dont think I will. Just imagine what your sister would say if she saw how you were acting just now. Shed get a kick out of it. (Luna)


    Come to think of it, didnt the two of you have a bet going to see if either of us would get married first? (ke)


    Tch. Now that you say that, youre right. And I won it too. Guess Ill have to figure out how to travel worlds with my space magic one day. (Luna)


    {No can do, Luna. There are rules in ce to prevent that. Otherworlder summoning and the rare case of reincarnation from a different world are exceptions, but gods arent allowed to travel to different worlds. That marks them as evil gods and makes them targets for immediate destruction.}


    Guess Ill give up on that then. (Luna)


    That was a quick decision. (ke)


    Eh, I like living and dont want to be marked as an evil god, so Ill let her off this time. (Luna)


    Ooook. So, did you juste here to bother me, or did you actually want something? (ke)


    I already said that I was bored and just came here for something to do. (Luna)


    Oh yeah, you did say that. (ke)


    Hey, have you heard anything about our mutual otherworlder acquaintance recently? (Luna)


    Who, Damien? Not a word. Last I heard anything about him, he was somewhere between the Demon Empire and Dwarf country, and that was six months ago. Why, are you going to try and meet up with him? (ke)


    Maybe, I havent really decided yet. Though I hope hes mellowed out by now. Id hate to have to do something to him if he tried anything with any of us. (Luna)


    Who knows. Maybe he finally found a vampire to marry or something and mellowed out like you said. (ke)


    While that would be the best case scenario, I highly doubt that would happen. The way Velvet looked when I described him spoke volumes of how she and probably most ither vampires would see him. (Luna)


    True. He was like that after all. Though now that I think about it, Im surprised I havent heard of him much in this kingdom in all these years. I mean, animal ears and fluff were his second obsession after vampires. (ke)


    I felt a shiver go down my spine.


    Your right. Ipletely forgot about that. Maybe its best if I dont try to find him. (Luna)


    If you do ever see him, keep Soleil away from him. (ke)


    You dont have to ask me twice. Not that Velvet would let him get anywhere near her anyway. (Luna)


    You have to protect her as well. (ke)


    Really? She is an S-rank adventurer as well you know. Not as strong as me, but shed put up a good fight against any of the summoned people that I remember. (Luna)


    Luna, we were all still weak when youst interacted with any of them. (ke)


    And the ones that stayed were weakened after the fact, right? (Luna)


    Oh yeah. We were. (ke)


    Dude, youre not even that old yet, how are you this forgetful already? (Luna)


    Shut up. (ke)


    No, I dont think I will. Now, since Im here and you dont seem busy, help me out a bit. (Luna)


    What do you need? (ke)


    I dumped out several of my weapons on the ground.


    Some of these need repairs and I dont know how to do that. (Luna)


    Couldnt you ask Soleil? She can do this much too, you know. (ke)


    We dont have a forge at the mansion. Now that I think of it, I should go buy one. (Luna)


    Look at you talking about spending ridiculous amounts of money like its nothing. (ke)


    Like youre one to talk. You still havent even used up all the stuff you got from being a summoned hero that chose to stay here. And its not like I even use much money in the first ce, so I have a lot saved up. (Luna)


    {Actually Luna, couldnt you just make a forge and stuff with illusions when you really need it?}


    Youre right, Tamamo. I could do that. Now that I think about it, Cant I make most things with illusions? (Luna)


    Goddess, please dont give her ridiculous ideas. What if she decides to start doing something like making her clothes out of illusions? (ke)


    {}


    (Luna)


    Dont tell me. (ke)


    No, I still wear regr clothes. (Luna)


    *Sigh* Then what was that look for? (ke)


    The saying ignorance is bliss is perfect for this situation. (Luna)


    Understood. I will forget this whole conversation happened. (ke)


    Good boy. Now, help me out with all of this. (Luna)


    Fine, but youre going to pay me after. (ke)


    Naturally. (Luna)


    We spent the rest of the day looking over and repairing my weapons. We finished in the evening and I went back to the shrine, ready for the next day. By the time the sun started to rise, I could barely contain my excitement. Everyone was eating breakfast when Tamamo told me to create a domain. I did as she asked and she came down to join us. I immediately noticed her change.


    No fair Tamamo, how did you get a tenth tail? I said as I jumped into her arms.


    {Just like I did with the others.}


    Then how am I supposed to get a tenth? (Luna)


    {Age maybe?}


    No, there has to be another way. I wont stand for this, I need to have the same amount of tails as you. (Luna)


    Why? (Amagi)


    I just do, mom. (Luna)


    {Ufufu. Well figure something out, so dont worry about it for now.}


    Fine. How long are you allowed to stay outside of a domain today? (Luna)


    {Until sunrise tomorrow. I just wanted to show off my tenth tail before officially descending today.}


    As she said this, all but one of her tails disappeared and I could feel her presence grow smaller.


    (Luna)


    {Is something wrong, Luna?}


    No, its just weird seeing you with only one tail. (Luna)


    {Well, it must be done if you want me here for today.}


    I never said I hated it. (Luna)


    We started to hug again.


    Luna, Goddess Tamamo, you can flirtte, for now, please sit down and eat. (Amagi)


    Tch. (Luna)


    Dont tch me, Luna. (Amagi)


    Haha. This brings back memories. (Deacon)


    Was Lunya like this before nya? (Mio)


    All the time. (Deacon)


    I sat down again and Tamamo sat next to me and I pulled out some extra food for her. We all chatted as we ate before the festival truly started.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Luna and ke really are good friends.


    Grey: I know, right.


    Atmos: Though now I''m a bit interested in seeing this alchemist as well. I bet it''d be fun to see what happens if he and Luna meet.


    Shall we make it happen?


    Atmos: Not any time soon, but eventually, yes.


    Grey: I feel like I shouldn''t have heard that.


    Eh, you''ll forget it when you leave anyway, so it''s fine.


    Grey: Fair enough.

 Chapter 164: Festival with Tamamo-Part 1

    Chapter 164: Festival with Tamamo-Part 1


    [Luna POV]


    Once breakfast was over, Tamamo told me I could dissolve my domain, so I did. Even though I knew that she was allowed to stay down here today, I still half expected her to disappear once the domain was gone, but I sighed in relief when she wasnt. Seeing me, Tamamo pulled me into a hug.


    {Ufufu. Dont worry Luna, Im not going to disappear on you today.}


    I leaned further into her embrace and smiled.


    I know, it was just a habitual feeling since that is how it normally is. (Luna)


    {I understand how you feel.}


    We stayed like that for a while until dad ruined the moment.


    Luna, I know youre happy and all, but can you please not do that here? (Deacon)


    Deacon, did you really have to do that? Just leave them be. (Amagi)


    No can do, Amagi, my pride as a father wont allow it. (Deacon)


    Me and Tamamo both gave dad a cold re which caused dad to flinch and back away a little.


    H-hey, I was just joking. Not being serious here at all. (Deacon)


    We red at him even harder.


    Whistle, whistle, whistle. (Deacon)


    Saying it doesnt help you in any way. It just makes you seem dumb. (Luna)


    Guh. (Deacon)


    Luna, while I understand your frustration at your father, please dont hurt him emotionally too much. (Amagi)


    Fine. (Luna)


    Shouldnt it be not at all? (Deacon)


    No, you deserve it a little. (Amagi)


    Dads shoulders, ears, and tail slumped.


    {Ufufu. So Luna, what are our ns for the day?}


    Hmmm. We can walk around the festival for a bit if you want, but the part during the day isnt as fun as it is at night, so if you want, we can do something else. (Luna)


    {Hmmm. We can walk around a bit, then do something else while we wait for the fun part of the festival. I kind of want to explore around since this is the first time I can see it all in person.}


    Then allow me to escort you, my wonderful wife. (Luna)


    I got up from our seat and offered her my hand like a knight would a princess. She yed along and took it as we started making our way out of the shrine.


    Did you teach her that, Deacon? (Amagi)


    No, I did not. (Deacon)


    When we finally left the shrine and saw the vige, Tamamo was mesmerized.


    {Even if Ive seen it countless times while watching over you, it seems so different seeing all of this in person.}


    We started walking towards the vige when I decided to ask Tamamo something.


    You know, I kind of curious, how exactly do you watch me? Is it like a 1<sup>st</sup> person view or something else? (Luna)


    {Hmmm. If I had to say, its like Im always standing next to you and can see you and everything around you.}


    So, its basically like how we are right now, but normally I wouldnt be able to see you. (Luna)


    {Something like that, yes.}


    How may times have you tried to hug me or do other stuff like that? (Luna)


    She averted her gaze away from me and didnt answer, which caused me to smile.


    So, a lot of times. (Luna)


    {You realize that its not just hard on you to be separated all the time, right?}


    I never implied it wasnt, not to mention that Id do the same if our positions were switched. (Luna)


    I then looped my arm with hers as we walked. As we did this, I noticed a few people from the vige staring at us, but I ignored them.


    Hey, its Miss Luna.


    I know, I wonder who that other beauty with her is?


    I dont know, Ive never seen her before.


    Would the two of you shut up and get back to work. And dont stare at people, its rude.


    I chuckled a little as the two people that were talking about us got the back of their heads pped by the third person.


    {Ufufu.}


    People are so funny sometimes. Though the stares are getting a bit annoying. (Luna)


    {Come now, its not that bad.}


    It is when you can literally feel the stares of people. Especially the ones that are directed at specific ces. (Luna)


    {Where are they?}


    Tamamos voice turned a bit cold, which made me a bit happy.


    Now its my turn to tell you not to worry. Its not like that isnt normal. (Luna)


    {Then why did you point it out?}


    Because I wanted to see your reaction. (Luna)


    She pouted and inted her cheeks a little, which caused me to giggle. We continued our walk in the vige and we looked around at a few of the set up stalls. I even bought Tamamo a fox mask since she seemed interested in it.


    Fufufu. You know, I never realized just how fitting a fox mask is on a kitsune. I mean, it justpletes the look. (Luna)


    {Luna, why would it not be fitting?}


    I didnt say it wasnt. (Luna)


    {Thats true, though Id think you would have one or two of these yourself. Not to mention Velvet.}


    I do own a few and Ive seen people wear them. Its just it looks so much better on you than anyone else Ive seen. (Luna)


    {Ufufu. What do you think you will get if you tter me?}


    I dont know, all of you attention, love, and time? (Luna)


    {Id give you all of that even without ttery.}


    Does it even count as ttery if its true though. Im just trying to state facts. (Luna)


    She moved her arm and gave me a side hug.


    {Then all I can say is that everything you said is true about yourself as well. And I dont mean with the topic of masks. Honestly, I find myself lucky that someone like you is my one and only. It brings me so much joy that I can hardly contain it.}


    Fufu. I feel the same. Words cant even describe how happy I am to be with you. Especially now, since we can actually spend time together like this. Not that we cant whenever we want now, but moments like this are special. (Luna)


    I wrapped my arm around her and we continued our stroll as we were in our own little world.


    Chaos Realm:


    Ugh. So sweet.


    Atmos: Are you ok?


    How can I be? I''m the only single person here. Just watching this causes me damage.


    Atmos: Then don''t watch.


    No can do, I must watch, the yuri must be witnessed.


    Atmos: You don''t make any sense.


    I''ll give you some good yuri light novels and you''ll understand.


    Atmos: When you do, just put them in my room.


    Got it, they''ll be there before tomorrow.

 Chapter 165: Festival with Tamamo-Part 2

    Chapter 165: Festival with Tamamo-Part 2


    [Luna POV]


    For the rest of the day, me and Tamamo walked around and visited stalls. For lunch, we found a ce that sold kitsune udon and we both ate more than I we should have. After that, we went back to the shrine and took a nap. When I woke up, the sun was setting and the festival was truly about to start.


    Hey Tamamo, wake up. The sun is setting and the fun part of the festival is going to start soon. (Luna)


    {Mmmm. 30 more years.}


    While I dont thing I would mind watching you sleep for that long, I would like it if you woke up. (Luna)


    I shook her a bit, but even then, she didnt wake up. Thats when I got an idea. I leaned over and kissed her. The second my lips met hers, she grabbed my head and her tongue invaded my mouth.


    Mmmmmm! (Luna)


    She broke away with a smile on her face.


    {Thats better.}


    I couldnt respond. I could feel my face burning and my mind was in a mess. I instinctively pulled Tamamo into a hug andid my head between her shoulder and neck.


    {Ufufu.}


    She started running her hand through my hair and I closed my eyes, enjoying her caresses.


    My Tamamo (Luna)


    {Now I should be the one saying that we should go.}


    I pouted at her words.


    You tease. (Luna)


    {Now now, the night is still young, Luna. We can continueter.}


    Ill hold you to that. (Luna)


    {I dont go back on my promises, Luna.}


    I know that. (Luna)


    I stood up and offered Tamamo my hand like I did earlier in the day and she took it. We started making our way back to the festival when we ran into mom and Ana. Going by the way she was dressed, it seemed this year Ana would be the main performer. When they saw using towards them, they stopped what they were doing.


    Have you had fun so far? (Amagi)


    {We have.}


    Thats good. (Amagi)


    Im guessing youre the lead tonight, right Ana? (Luna)


    You are correct. I have a nice show in mind, so be ready to watch it. (Ana)


    Well either be there or close by, but we would never miss it. (Luna)


    {I agree. Im looking forward to seeing what you will do.}


    Ana smiled at our words. We chatted for a few more minutes before me and Tamamo left them to finish their preparations. When we got to the main street of the vige where all the festival stalls were, Tamamos eyes lit up. She looked around at everything like a child on Christmas morning.


    Fufufu. Is it that shocking? (Luna)


    {Not necessarily, its just so much prettier when I get to be here in person.}


    Silly Tamamo, youre the one thats dazzling. (Luna)


    {Are you sure youre not talking about yourself, Luna? Because I think that youre the one thats dazzling.}


    Then shall we agree that we are both dazzling? (Luna)


    {Fine by me.}


    We started to walk down the street. We stopped at a few stalls here and there and looked at what they were selling. Some of them had small games that I yed and gave Tamamo the prizes I won. We continued to do this for a while until it got close to midnight when the big performance would begin. I led us to the central za, only to find it was packed.


    Hmmm. Where should we go to watch? (Luna)


    We both looked around when something caught Tamamos eye. She grabbed onto my arm and led me to a spot on the edge of the za.


    {How about we watch from up there?}


    She pointed at the roof of the building we were standing beside.


    Fine by me. I said as I picked Tamamo up in a princess carry and blinked us to the roof.


    I then made us a couch to sit on with illusion magic and ced Tamamo on it.


    How is this? (Luna)


    {Very good. Now we can see everything, and no one will bother us.}


    I sat down next to Tamamo and she intertwined her tail with mine.


    Oh. (Luna)


    {What, is it ufortable?}


    Though she asked that, by the way she was smiling, she already knew my answer. I smiled back.


    Of course not. (Luna)


    We sat there and stared into each others eyes for a few minutes until all the noise below us quieted down. From somewhere in the za, music started to be yed and Ana appeared in traditional shrine attire and a white fox mask on her face. She carried two torches in her hands and ced them on the bonfire pile on the center of the za and it went up instantly.


    She then performed a dance around the fire that was quite beautiful. Once the dance was over, she raised her hands into the air and pieces of the fire started to float.


    {Oh. Shes doing this with gravity magic.}


    I see. (Luna)


    The floating fire moved toward smallnterns that were littered around the za and lit them, and thenterns started to float as well. Ana moved her hands again and all of thenterns started float towards her. Instead of stopping when they reached her, thenterns moved in mesmerizing patterns, almost like they were dancing. It was then that I noticed something.


    Shes making the shadows move as well. Thats the real show. (Luna)


    Tamamo and I looked around at the shadows that thenterns were causing and saw scenes of a story. What was shown was the story of fighting the fiends. It started at the first discovery and ended with the victory against them.


    Its fitting for the festival. (Luna)


    {Why wouldnt it be?}


    Because people forget over time. I bet a lot of people didnt even notice the shadow y. They onlye here to enjoy the festival, not the meaning behind it. Not that were any different. (Luna)


    {True, thought here is significant meaning in this festival, Im more focused on my time with you than its meaning.}


    I was going to say the same thing. (Luna)


    I moved in closer to Tamamo and she did the same to me. When we were touching, I looked over to her and saw her doing the same. We both smiled as we leaned into each other as we brought our lips together.


    Chaos Realm:


    ...*Sound of falling over*


    Grey: Are you alright?


    ...


    Grey: Payto? Payto!? PAYTO!!!


    Atmos: Shall we pray for his departed soul?


    I''m not dead.


    Atmos: Then get up.


    Tch.


    Atmos: Don''t take that attitude with me.


    Shut it. You don''t get how I feel right now.


    Grey: What do you mean?


    Watching this is like poison for single people. A good poison that is addicting.


    Grey: Ah, I think I get it now.


    You really don''t.


    Grey: Hey, I was human at one point, so I understand the struggle of being single.


    Yeah, but you still had the chance to get with someone. I barely have that chance by the nature of what I do and what I am.


    Atmos: Hey.


    What?


    Atmos: You know we could probably introduce you to someone, right?


    ...I''ll think about it.

 Chapter 166: The Morning After the Festival

    Chapter 166: The Morning After the Festival


    [Luna POV]


    I woke up the next morning with Tamamos arms wrapped around me. I smiled at this and snuggled into the embrace. We both stayed like that for a while before Tamamo started to wake up. When her golden eyes opened, they met mine. We both smiled at each other and then we kissed. Though I would have liked to stay like that for longer, I broke away first.


    Good morning, Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Morning Luna. When did you set us a domain?}


    At some pointst night, I didnt trust the soundproofing of the room. (Luna)


    {I see.}


    Plus, I wanted to wake up next to you instead of an empty bed. (Luna)


    {Ufufu.}


    She tightened her hug and we stayed like that for a bit. We would haveid there for hours if I didnt hear Tamamos stomach growling.


    Fufu. Sounds like someones hungry. (Luna)


    {Only a little.}


    Then Ill whip something up for us. (Luna)


    I got out of bed and expanded the space in front of me. I then pulled out my kitchen and made an illusory apron.


    {Why is that so attractive?}


    Because it hides just enough. (Luna)


    {Im tempted to push you down right here and now.}


    Save it forter. (Luna)


    {Fine.}


    I started cooking and a little whileter I brought over the food. Tamamo had gotten up and made an illusory table to sit at. She was also, unfortunately, dressed.


    {It smells amazing Luna.}


    Thanks, I actually went all out with it today. (Luna)


    {Oh. Whats the asion?}


    I wanted to give you the best I could. (Luna)


    {And Ill happily ept.}


    We started eating and once we were both done, Tamamo decided it was time for her to leave.


    See you again. (Luna)


    {Ill wait with bated breath.}


    She then disappeared in a sh of light. I got up and the table and chairs vanished. I was about to get dressed when I decided to do what Tamamo does and just make my clothes out of illusions. When I tried it, it was weird.


    Tamamo, how do you manage to get used to this? (Luna)


    {Its just how Ive always done it. Is it ufortable?}


    Not really, it just feels strange. (Luna)


    {You dont have to wear clothes like this then.}


    Yeah, Ill stick to normal clothes while I live down here. Ill get used to it at another time. (Luna)


    I got dressed and dissolved the domain. When I left my room and went to look for everyone, I found them in the dining room.


    Hello. (Luna)


    You look like you had funst night. (Amagi)


    I blushed in embarrassment.


    Fufufufu. (Amagi)


    Can you please not, mom? (Luna)


    No can do. Its my job as your mother to embarrass you. (Amagi)


    Ugh. (Luna)


    Ive never seen Lunya this embarrassed before nya. (Mio)


    Me neither. (Ophidia)


    Keep going, I want to see how red her face can get. (Skadi)


    Can all of you please stop, or Ill get mad. (Luna)


    Ill let you off for now then. (Amagi)


    It better be for good. I grumbled.


    I went and sat down then pulled out some coffee from my inventory.


    Not going to eat? (Amagi)


    We already did. (Luna)


    Wait, I thought Goddess Tamamo was supposed to leave before the sun came up? (Amagi)


    I had a domain up. (Luna)


    Oh. (Amagi)


    How have you been, Skadi? (Luna)


    Good, just bored. (Skadi)


    I see. Then how about youe with us when we leave? That way you and Ophidia can be together and youll be less bored. (Luna)


    While Id love to do just that, I cant right now. After this I have a nominated quest to do. Though I might take up that offer at ater point in time. (Skadi)


    Then just send a letter to Ophidia and one of us wille to pick you up. A spot is always open for you. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Skadi)


    You knyow, youve really mellowed out nya. I remember the first time we met, you were so blunt and hardly spoke to me or any of the other S-ranks nya. (Mio)


    And I remember you always sleeping. (Skadi)


    I still sleep a lot, you knyow. (Mio)


    Where are Velvet and Soleil? (Luna)


    They stayed at ke and Anas cest night. (Amagi)


    Oh. (Luna)


    We all chatted for a bit when the topic of the festival came up.


    So, Luna, how did you enjoy the festival? (Amagi)


    We liked it a lot. I was impressed by Anas shadow y. (Luna)


    Im d you noticed it. It seems like not many people did. (Amagi)


    Well, we had a good vantage point for us to notice it. (Luna)


    Thats good, she put in a lot of effort to make it work. (Amagi)


    {It was a brilliant use of gravity magic.}


    Ill make sure to tell her you think that. (Amagi)


    And speak of the devil, Ana, Velvet, and Soleil entered the room.


    Morning everyone. (Soleil)


    Hello. (Ana)


    Mmmm. (Velvet)


    They all sat down and I brought out another cup of coffee and slid it over to Velvet. She stopped it and started to drink.


    Thanks Luna. (Velvet)


    No problem. (Luna)


    So, what were you all talking about? (Ana)


    How impressed me and Tamamo were with your shadow y. Tamamo also praised your use of gravity magic. (Luna)


    That makes me happy. (Ana)


    She gave a bright smile that Ive only ever seen her give when I me and Soleil were really little.


    It took me nearly a month to get all the timing right, so Im d at least a few people saw the actual show. (Ana)


    It truly was impressive. (Skadi)


    Now I feel bad for only noticing it at the very end. (Soleil)


    Dont worry about it, Soleil, I can always show you before you all leave. (Ana)


    Then Ille and watch itter mom. (Soleil)


    Alright. (Ana)


    Velvet then slid the now empty cup back over to me and I put it back into my inventory.


    Thanks again Luna. I needed that. (Velvet)


    Anytime. (Luna)


    So, when are you all leaving and what are you nning on doing next? (Amagi)


    Unless somethinges up, in a day or two. As for what we will be doing, looking for more dungeons to dive in mostly. I want to reach my sixth tail by the end of the year. (Luna)


    I see. (Amagi)


    How close are you to getting to that point? (Ana)


    Im level 55 right now, so I need to get five more levels. Plus, I also need to look out for other opportunities to get my tenth tail. (Luna)


    But you still have four more to get before thinking about that, dont you master? (Ophidia)


    No, I know what I have to do to get it. Ive actually already done a few things on the road to getting there. (Luna)


    When did you find that out? (Velvet)


    Last time I checked my status. Under depth, a new counter was added calledbors. (Luna)


    Labors? (Soleil)


    Remember the birds we fought the day we met Mio? (Luna)


    Stym-something-or-other? (Soleil)


    Yeah, that was one of them. The two others Ive, no, weve done are the hydra and the lion. That means there are nine more to do. (Luna)


    So, there are 12 in total? (Velvet)


    Yeah, though I have no idea how we would do a few of them. I mean, is there a ce that has an outrageouslyrge stable that is difficult to clean or any special belts? (Luna)


    I have no clue. (Velvet)


    Then anyone know if there are any golden apples out there? (Luna)


    {I know of a ce with information on them.}


    Do tell. (Luna)


    {Its the ce where dragons live. Ill let you know were that is when youre ready to go there.}


    Got it. (Luna)


    The day went by slowly as we all talked. At some point dad and ke joined us and we all had a great time. When lunch came around, I gave everyone some dungeon bison steaks which were eagerly devoured. We spent the rest of our stay at the shrine rxing and then went back to the Empire to resume the journey.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hey Payto, I''ve decided to get Tonya in on helping me find someone for you.


    Oh, and how is that going?


    Atmos: Good I think. She said she had an idea, so I''m waiting for her. I''ll let you know when she contacts me.


    Fine. To think you''d be my wingwoman.


    Atmos: Of course I would be, you''re my friend after all and I don''t like seeing my friends lonely.


    Do I really look that lonely?


    Atmos: Not most of the time, but when we watch how close Luna and Tamamo are, it shows a bit.


    How embarrassing.


    Atmos: Hehe. Don''t worry, if all goes well, that''ll be a thing of the past.

 Chapter 167: Request from the Demon King

    Chapter 167: Request from the Demon King


    [Luna POV]


    Its been a few months since we came back from the Vanquishing festival. In this time, weve gone through several dungeons as well as some other quests here and there around the Empire. I managed to reach level 58 in these few months and Soleil eclipsed me by reaching level 62. We were now headed to the guild after finding something to eat. Once we reached the guild and went up to the third floor, we were immediately called into Ibukis office.


    Hello everyone. (Ibuki)


    Good morning. Im surprised, theres barely any paper in here this time. (Luna)


    And its wonderful. Anyway, Ill get straight to the point, the Steris party has been given a nominated quest from the castle. (Ibuki)


    I was thinking it was going to happen at some point, but looks like we get to meet even more royalty. (Velvet)


    Im surprised it took this long, honestly. (Luna)


    So, youve met royalty before? (Ibuki)


    I have. My uncle is married to Princess Nia of the Celestia Kingdom and Ive met King Drome and am on good terms with the crown princess. Ive also met King Lobo of the Beast Kingdom. (Luna)


    You know a lot of people in high ces. (Ibuki)


    You dont know the half of it. I heard Soleil and Velvet murmur.


    What is the quest nya? (Mio)


    Youll hear the details at the castle, I was just told to tell you all about the quest. (Ibuki)


    She then pulled out a letter from her desk and handed it to me.


    Show that to the gate guards and theyll bring you to where you need to go. (Ibuki)


    All right then, well go and see what this is about. (Luna)


    We left Ibukis office and started making our way to downstairs.


    I wasnt expecting to get a nominated quest today. I wonder what its going to be. (Ophidia)


    No idea, but I have a good feeling about it. (Luna)


    Do you think it might be rted to thosebors. (Soleil)


    Im hoping thats the case. (Luna)


    {Even if its not, Im sure itll be something good for you Luna.}


    If its not, then I just need to be on the lookout for situations like them like I have been for thest few months. Its not like Im in a rush to get them dome or anything.


    {Come to think of it, I wonder what will happen if you manage toplete them before you reach level 100? Will you ascend when you get nine tails, or will that not count toward your ascension?}


    I though you would know.


    {Unfortunately I dont. Im sure I can find out, but it might take some time to do so.}


    Then well worry about it at ater point in time. Its still a far off thing at the moment.


    We continued to discuss our theories of what the nominated quest would be as we made our way to the castle. When we arrived at the gate, two guards stopped us. When I showed them the letter Ibuki handed me, one of them started leading the way to our destination in the castle.


    It was an impressive building made in old Japanese style. The guard led us inside thergest building and into a magic formation in the center of the room. When we all stepped inside the center, we teleported to another floor.


    If there is these kind of teleportation tools, why is Grey only now putting them in dungeons?


    {Probably because the atmospheric mana in dungeons interferes with them. The only reason you can set them up is because youre special.}


    I see.


    I stopped my short conversation with Tamamo when a rtively young-looking butler approached us. The guard that was led us here spoke to him and the butler nodded. He then looked over to us and said he would lead us. We were led down a hallway that was gorgeously decorated with tapestries of what I assumed was the history of Onigashima. We then stopped in front of some huge red and gold doors. The butler opened them and we entered behind him. When we entered the room, I saw someone sitting on a throne. He had what looked like a crown of horns and I could tell he was tall even while sitting.


    He looked up as we approached and gave a sinister looking smile. We stopped a bit away from the throne but none of us but the butler bowed. Seeing this, the king smiled even wider before he started to speak. He had a deep voice that resounded loudly in the empty room like he was talking into a microphone.


    Sebastian, leave us.


    Yes, your majesty.


    The butler quickly left the room. Once the doors were closed, the entire atmosphere rxed a bit.


    Wee to my castle, adventurers. I have heard many things about you. I am Demon Emperor Leonhardt. I thank you foring here to listen to my request. (Leonhardt)


    It is nice to meet you, Emperor Leonhardt. I am Luna Reed, or if we go by my adventurer title, Luna the Spectral Mists. I am the leader of party Steris. (Luna)


    Well met. Now, I will move on to the request since I am soon to be very busy. My youngest daughter has recently be old enough to start learning magic. She is also capable of using spirit magic, but she has not contracted with a spirit yet. I would like you to go and bring one here so that she may contract with it. (Leonhardt)


    Is there a specific spirit she would like to contract with? (Luna)


    There is a special spirit located in thergest forest in the empire a few days walk west of here. It takes the form of arge silver hind. (Leonhardt)


    Hearing his words, I smiled inwardly.


    Very well, well take care of it. Although I would like to ask permission to teleport here once we aplish the task. (Luna)


    I would love to grant that request, but I would need to know in advance when you will arrive. (Leonhardt)


    Then Ill give you a special item that will let me contact you. I assume you know of the special boxes that the adventurers guild has, yes? (Luna)


    I do. Ibuki has spoken about them before and has told me how much easier it makes her work. Ive been meaning to ask if she knows where I can find the maker, but she refuses to tell me. (Leonhardt)


    I dont get why she would do that, but Ill let you know that Im the one that made them. (Luna)


    I then pulled out one of the extra boxes I carry around for cases just like this and handed it over to Leonhardt.


    Thank you. Would you be open to making more for me in the future? (Leonhardt)


    Ive done it for King Drome, so I dont see a problem with it. Just send it as a nominated quest through the guild and Ill work on it. (Luna)


    Then expect another quest once you finish with this one. (Leonhardt)


    Very well. We will take our leave to go and prepare. (Luna)


    I wish you luck. (Leonhardt)


    We all walked out of the throne room and were greeted by Sebastian the butler. He led us out of the castle and we made our way back into the city.


    That was impressive, big sis. (Soleil)


    Was it? I dont really think so. (Luna)


    It was nya. Even I wouldnt talk to a ruler that casually nya. (Mio)


    Why not? Youre an S-rank adventurer, so you shouldnt have to bow to anyone. Not to mention your other status. (Luna)


    Oh yeah nya. I guess youre right nya. (Mio)


    You seemed a bit excited about the details of the quest, master. What was that about? (Ophidia)


    Its abor. (Luna)


    I see. Which number would this one be again? (Ophidia)


    Four. (Luna)


    Honestly, I was surprised that you didnt offer to let the Ster spirit be the one to have a contract. (Velvet)


    Im waiting until we see Lia again to do that. (Luna)


    Ah. That makes sense. (Velvet)


    Isnt that the name of the Elf General nya? (Mio)


    Yep. I met all of the generals at a party in the Celestia Kingdom some time ago. I even had an archerypetition with her. (Luna)


    Who won nya? (Mio)


    Lia did, but only barley. (Luna)


    Thats impressive nya. (Mio)


    So, do we actually have to get stuff to prepare for this, or are we just going to head straight for the forest? (Ophidia)


    Well head straight for the forest. I have anything and everything well need like always and if I dont have something, we can just get it in the forest. (Luna)


    If nyormal adventurers heard you say that, theyd cry nya. (Mio)


    Fufufu.


    Like that, we left the city and headed off to find ourselves a spirit hind.


    Chaos Realm:


    Skadi: So, Luna finally met Leonhardt. I kind of expected it to go differently.


    How so?


    Skadi: Well, he is kind of like me and Luna where he likes to fight strong people, but he seemed a bit mellow this time.


    Maybe he was trying to act dignified in front of them for some reason. I bet if Luna said she knew you, he''d act differently.


    Skadi: Probably. I kind of want to see that now.


    Who knows, maybe you will.

 Chapter 168: In the Forest Looking for Spirits

    Chapter 168: In the Forest Looking for Spirits


    [Luna POV]


    A day after we left Onigashima, we made it to the forest that was our destination.


    Soleil, keep your spirit vision active as much as possible. (Luna)


    Right. (Soleil)


    I activated mine as well and the forest exploded with motes of light.


    Oh wow. The only other ce Ive ever seen this many lesser spirits is the shrine. (Luna)


    I know right. (Soleil)


    Was it part of your training that you noticed that nya? (Mio)


    I dont know about Soleil, but it wasnt for me. I noticed it when they were my only source of entertainment for a long time. (Luna)


    When was that? (Velvet)


    When I was still a newborn. Not much you can do when you have almost no control over your body, so I had to make do with what I could. (Luna)


    When do you be aware of yourself as a reincarnator? (Velvet)


    Please dont. I really dont want to remember that. (Luna)


    Oh. Ooooohhhhh. Got it, sorry I brought it up. (Velvet)


    I shook my head to clear away those memories and we entered the forest. After a while of silence, I started to speak.


    This forest feels weird. (Luna)


    How do you mean? (Soleil)


    I guess you could say it feels ancient maybe. Its hard to describe the feeling Im getting. (Luna)


    That would make sense nya. As far as I knyow, this forest has been here since the Empires beginning nya. OR at least thats what Ive heard before nya. (Mio)


    Any input in that regard, Tamamo?


    {Not really. Its not like I paid that much attention to forests before. Though I can tell you that it is extremely old.}


    Thats good enough for me.


    We walked deeper and deeper into the forest for several hours without finding anything. The most I saw were lesser spirits and a few greater spirits. I tried to ask the greater spirits if they knew where we should find what we were looking for, but they ran away from me.


    *Sigh* Am I scary or something? Why do they keep running away? (Luna)


    {Thats because they can tell what you are, Luna. They must be young greater spirits, so they probably havent seen anyone of divinity yet. Not to mention that those particr types of spirits are really timid.}


    Hehe. Its kind of funny actually. (Soleil)


    Its really not. I dont like it when people run away from me. (Luna)


    I wish I could see whats going on actually. (Ophidia)


    Same. (Velvet)


    You cant nya? (Mio)


    You can!? (Velvet)


    Yep nya. Ever since I became a nekomata, I could see spirits nya. It was a bit surprising at first, but I got used to it nya. (Mio)


    You would think that bing Apostles would allow you to see spirits. (Luna)


    {They will once they go to the divine domain once. Dont ask me why its like that though, since I have no idea why.}


    I see. (Luna)


    So, all we need to do is go to the divine domain? (Velvet)


    {Yes.}


    How exactly do we do that? (Ophidia)


    {Next time Lunaes here to see me, she can temporarily summon the two of you to her.}


    Oh, I never thought of that. Thats genius. (Luna)


    I guess thats that, then. (Velvet)


    Im kind of looking forward to seeing where master will live in the future. (Ophidia)


    We continued our search until the sky started turning dark. We decided to set up camp next to a really big tree.


    You know, its really pretty now. (Soleil)


    I agree. You could say its a mystical sight. (Luna)


    That describes it perfectly nya. (Mio)


    Im going to paint it. Soleil said as she pulled out her painting supplies from her bag.


    I grinned a bit as I saw the eagerness on Soleils face.


    Its moments like this that I love to see.


    {I agree. It always puts a smile on my face when people enjoy themselves like this.}


    Hey Tamamo, do you know if spirits like music?


    {Im not sure about lesser spirits, but I think greater spirits do, or at least some of them do.}


    Then I guess I can try to attract some. Maybe theyll tell me what we need to know.


    {Its worth a try. Especially since youve gotten good at ying the flute.}


    I moved a bit away form our camp spot and sat on a rock. I pulled my flute out and started to y a gentle melody.


    <em>Big sis, do you mind showing your tails? Youre in the perfect ce to make my painting even better. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Sure thing. </em>(Luna)


    I put my ne into my inventory and my tails appeared.


    <em>Thats perfect, thank you. </em>(Soleil)


    I smiled at her and went back to ying my flute. After a while, I noticed that lots of lesser spirits had started floating around me and I could see some greater spirits sitting around me and enjoying the music. These particr greater spirits looked like fairies that I remembered from my previous life. Once I finished what I was ying, I started another tune that was easy to dance to. The spirits looked at me and I nodded to them. They smiled and started to fly around to the music. I yed like this for a while before stopping.


    Thank you for the fun time, Miss demigod.


    Yep yep. It was so fun.


    Im d that you enjoyed yourselves. (Luna)


    Can you y some more?


    I can, but I would like to ask something first. Is that alright? (Luna)


    Yep.


    Ask us anything.


    Do you know where we can find a greater spirit that looks like a silver hind? (Luna)


    Yep yep, we can tell you, but we need permission to do that.


    Yep. We need to ask the king if he will meet you.


    Then can I ask the two of you to do that? Ill even give you a treat if you can. (Luna)


    A treat!


    Yep. Itll be so tasty and sweet. (Luna)


    Well do it. We will ask the king tomorrow.


    Thank you. Now, Ill y one more song for you. (Luna)


    Hooray!


    Yay!


    I started to y another song and the two greater spirits that I was talking to excitedly started dancing around in the air again. They seemed to really enjoy themselves that I got caught up in their rhythm and yed two more songs than I originally nned. When I stopped, they came over and thanked me before flying off.


    {I hope you will actually give them a treat.}


    Why wouldnt I when I said I would?


    {You had that look on your face that you get when your kitsune nature takes over.}


    Oh.


    {Anyway, you should go and check on everyone.}


    Youre right. Actually, what time is it?


    {A little past midnight.}


    I was ying for that long!?


    {You were. And I should add that it was wonderful. Youvea a long way with that.}


    Thank you. I didnt think Id get to this point by being self-taught, but I guess Im doing fine.


    {You could give professional musicians a run for their money. Though you still have a ways to go before you reach any of the music gods level.}


    Honestly, I wasnt expecting to ever get that good.


    {Dont say that. You might try to reach that point if you get really bored one day.}


    Maybe so.


    Me and Tamamo continued to converse like this as I sat back down at our camp.


    Chaos Realm:


    Ophidia: Where am I?


    Velvet: No idea.


    About time the two of you showed up.


    Velvet and Ophidia: Who are you?


    Names Payto. I''m a friend of Luna.


    Tamamo: Oh, hello you two.


    Velvet: Goddess?


    Tamamo: Yes, I''m here to, and don''t worry about him, he''s a good person that you can trust.


    Velvet: Ok then.


    Ophidia: Is master not here?


    Not today, but I''ll bring her here with the two of you eventually.


    Tamamo: Did you bring them here so that they can get the ability to see spirits?


    No, it doesn''t work like that in this case. I brought them here because Luna was supposed to show up, but she got preupied with those spirits, so I decided to just let theme here to experience it for a short while.


    Tamamo: I see.


    Velvet: So, what exactly is this ce?


    Guess I''ll start exining then.

 Chapter 169: Labor Complete

    Chapter 169: Labor Complete


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning when everyone was awake, I exined what happenedst night. We decided that we would stay in this spot and wait for the two greater spirits toe back. While we waited, Soleil showed me the painting she was working onst night.


    As impressive as always, Soleil. (Luna)


    {Indeed. I should ask if shell let me have that one.}


    Tamamo would like to know if you are willing to give that to her. (Luna)


    I dont mind. (Soleil)


    She handed me the painting and I opened a Gate to Tamamos ce. I put the painting through and closed the Gate.


    {Thank you very much.}


    She said thanks. (Luna)


    Just let me know and Ill paint as many pictures of big sis as you want. (Soleil)


    {Luna, lend me all of your money.}


    Calm down.


    {But Luna, this is an amazing opportunity.}


    Oh, so youd rather a painting of me over the real thing?


    {Dont even y like that, Luna. You know I always prefer you over an image of you.}


    Fufufu.


    So nya, how long do we wait nya? (Mio)


    No idea. Those spirits went away without telling me when theyd be back, just that they woulde back after getting permission to bring us to what were looking for. (Luna)


    I see nya. (Mio)


    Then what should we do while we wait? (Velvet)


    Whatever we want, I guess. (Luna)


    Then Im going to take a nap in a sunny spot. (Ophidia)


    Oooh. A nap sounds amazing right now nya. (Mio)


    But you all just woke up. (Luna)


    No, we woke up from sleeping nya. This is taking a nap nya. There is a difference nya. (Mio)


    Oh. I didnt know that. (Luna)


    Luna, dont fall for her words, there is no difference. (Velvet)


    Not true nya. Impletely serious nya. I will teach you some other time nya. (Mio)


    I guess Ill y my flute some more. (Luna)


    Velvet. (Soleil)


    Yes? (Velvet)


    Tail. (Soleil)


    Fine. (Velvet)


    Velvet moved over and sat next to Soleil who ced her tail in herp. Velvet then pulled a brush out of her bag and started brushing Soleils tail.


    (Luna)


    {Since when could theymunicate with only single word sentences?}


    Thats what I want to know. Not that I didnt understand what she meant.


    {True, it was obvious what she wanted. Though now I want the same thing.}


    Id set up a domain if I didnt have to wait for these spirits.


    {There is alwayster, so we can do that once you finish the quest.}


    Alright.


    I then started ying my flute while we waited for the spirits toe back. After several hours, we were just finishing lunch when the two greater spirits came back.


    Miss demigod, we got permission to lead you and your friends to the king.


    Come on lets go.


    Alright. (Luna)


    I stood up and stored everything from our camp.


    Are they back? (Velvet)


    Yeah, follow me. (Luna)


    I followed the spirits in the direction they were flying. After a little while, I felt I passed through a distortion in space. On the other side I saw what I could only describe as something out of a fairy tale. There was ake in the center of a massive clearing with water that seemed to be floating upward into the sky. There were vibrant flowers of every color everywhere.


    Wow, this ce is beautiful. (Luna)


    [Thank you, young demigod.]


    I was a little startled at the sudden voice. I looked around for the source and saw a silver stag walking on theke toward me.


    [I heard from the little ones that you were looking for one of my kin. May I ask why?]


    We were asked to find one by the ruler of the Demon Empire so his daughter could make a contract. (Luna)


    [I see. There are a few of the young ones that wish to go out and form contracts, so I dont mind sending one with you, but I would like to make a request of you before that.]


    If its within my power. (Luna)


    [The little ones that told me about you said that you y wonderful music. I would very much like to hear some.]


    Then I will happily oblige, but before that, I promised those two a treat. (Luna)


    I pulled out some small confectionaries from my inventory and ced them down near me. The two greater spirits immediately flew toward them and started digging in.


    Its sooooo sweet!


    Its the greatest!


    [Hahaha.]


    Would you like something as well? (Luna)


    [While I am thankful for the offer, I will decline.]


    Alright then. (Luna)


    I then sat down and pulled my flute out. I started to y and I saw the scenery start to change slightly. The flowers around me started to bloom and the floating water started to glow a little. I also saw several more tiny greater spiritse out and start dancing around. That made everything feel even more fairy tale like. I continued to y for about 30 minutes before stopping.


    [I am very impressed. Are you a demigod of music?]


    No, my Authorities are Space, Fluff, and Stars. (Luna)


    [I see. Then they will finally be able to rest soon.]


    Are you talking about space spirits? (Luna)


    [I am. They work so hard to maintain stability that all of us worry about them. If you spoke true and hold the Authority of Space, then they will finally be able to rest.]


    If you dont mind me asking, what kind of spirit are you and your kin? (Luna)


    [We are spirits of light.]


    I see. (Luna)


    [Now, I shall do as I promised and send one of my kin along with you.]


    When his words finished, several greater light spirits came forward. They all looked at each other before the biggest one came up to me.


    [I will be the one toe with you, Miss demigod. Please take me to the one that wishes to contract with me.]


    Very well. Thank you very much, spirit king of light. (Luna)


    [I should thank you for the wonderful music you shared with us. Its been so long since someone has yed for us. Now, to return, just go back in the direction you came from.]


    I nodded and me and the greater light spirit went back. I passed through the space distortion again and saw that the others were frantically looking around. I also noticed that the sky was darker than when we started walking.


    Big sis! (Soleil)


    Whats up? (Luna)


    What happened? We were following you then you just disappeared. (Velvet)


    I think I briefly went to the spirit world. (Luna)


    [You did indeed, Miss demigod.]


    Is that the spirit nya? (Mio)


    Yes. She agreed toe with us. (Luna)


    I then pulled out a piece of paper and wrote a quick letter to Leonhardt. After several minutes of waiting, he sent a reply saying that we can teleport over. I let everyone know and then we teleported to the castle. We appeared in the throne room just as Leonhardt and two other people were entering.


    You work fast. (Leonhardt)


    Well, we are mostly S-rank, so we have our ways. (Luna)


    Hahahaha! True. Now, let me introduce you, this is my youngest daughter, Sukuna. (Leonhardt)


    The little girl that was standing behind Leonhardt came forward and bowed her head.


    I am Sukuna, the youngest daughter of Demon Emperor Leonhardt. Thank you for taking this quest. (Sukuna)


    The third person then stepped forward and introduced herself.


    I am Sukunas older sister, Pecora. Its nice to meet you. (Pecora)


    Well met. I am Luna Reed and this is my party. We have taken andpleted the request to find a spirit for you to contract with. (Luna)


    Sukunas eyes started to shine brightly when she heard my words.


    Really!? (Sukuna)


    Of course. I said as I moved to the side and the greater light spirit walked forward.


    [Hello tiny one. I am a greater light spirit. I havee here to enter a contract with you.]


    Thank you, Miss spirit. (Sukuna)


    Pecora, can you help Sukuna prepare the magic circle? (Leonhardt)


    Of course, father. (Pecora)


    Pecora pulled several tools out of a bag she had on her waste and started to make a magic circle on the ground. Once she was done, she told Sukuna what to do and she did it. The circle started to glow and the greater light spirit walked into it.


    [Now little one, give me a name and our contract will beplete.]


    I will name you Glint. (Sukuna)


    [Then from now on, my name is Glint. I look forward to being with you, contractor Sukuna.]


    The greater light spirit, now Glint, walked out of the magic circle and stood next to Sukuna.


    Thank you very much for doing this. Leonhardt said as he smiled at his youngest daughter.


    Its no problem. Though I do want to ask, were we your first choice to do this quest? (Luna)


    Why do you ask? (Leonhardt)


    I mean, aside from Mio here, most of us arent that well known yet. I was just curious if there was some reason you wanted us specifically or not? (Luna)


    It mostly has to do with your race actually. Not many demons in the empire can see spirits and I heard that there happened to be a high rank party led by a kitsune in the city. (Leonhardt)


    I see. And here I thought that you wanted to meet us mostly because we know Skadi. (Luna)


    Wait, you know Skadi!? (Leonhardt)


    Yep. Shes the one that vouched for me and Velvet to be S-rank and she is in a rtionship with Ophidia here. (Luna)


    Thats also news to me, but on another note, if she vouched for you, then you must be really strong, right? (Leonhardt)


    Out of the two times Ive fought her, we tied once and I won the second time. (Luna)


    Hearing my answer, Leonhardt smiled the smile of someone that loves to fight.


    Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! Then may I ask to fight you? Its been a long time since Ive had anyone strong to fight with. (Leonhardt)


    I smiled back at him with the same kind of smile.


    Ill dly take up that offer, though it should wait until tomorrow. (Luna)


    Oh no. (Velvet and Pecora)


    Then we shall fight tomorrow at noon. I look forward to it. (Leonhardt)


    I do as well. I just hope you canst. (Luna)


    I should be the one saying that. (Leonhardt)


    Master, I think you should calm down. (Ophidia)


    Shes right Lunya. (Mio)


    Fine. (Luna)


    You should calm down as well, father. (Pecora)


    Very well. Again, tomorrow at noon. (Leonhardt)


    Ill be there. (Luna)


    We then left the throne room by teleporting to the Temple of Night. Everyone then went to their rooms and I jumped onto the bed.


    {Remember not to go too hard on him tomorrow. I dont want you to be arrested for idental regicide.}


    Dont worry, Ill hold back enough. And besides, even if that did happen, no one would be able to capture me anyway.


    {Thats true, but still.}


    Fufufu. You worry too much. Now, get down here, we have tails to brush.


    {Ufufu. Of course.}


    I then set up a domain and Tamamo appeared. She sat next to me while I brought out the brushes. We then spent the night brushing each others tails and talking.


    Chaos Realm:


    Skadi: Hey Payto, can you send me there from here?


    I could.


    Skadi: Will you? I would like to witness this in person.


    That''s fine. Just let me know when you want to go.


    Skadi: Hahahaha. I can''t wait.

 Chapter 170: Passing Time Until Noon

    Chapter 170: Passing Time Until Noon


    [Luna POV]


    As the sun wasing up, me and Tamamo decided to part ways for the moment.


    {Its been fun tonight, Luna.}


    I agree. Ill see you again soon.


    She then disappeared in a sh of light and I dissolved the domain. I stood up and stretched.


    Hey Tamamo, next time I see you, can I ask for a shoulder massage?


    {Sure thing.}


    Thanks, theyve been rather stifftely. Ill do the same for you.


    {Ipletely understand and am looking forward to it.}


    After stretching a bit more, I sat back down on the bed and opened up a Gate. I pulled out my chains and inspected them.


    Now that I think of it, where did Grey even get these?


    {I dont know. I didnt even know he owned those, but I can tell that they are divine artifacts. Actually, why are you wondering that after so long?}


    Dont know, I guess I just wanted to have something to talk about to pass the time.


    {Well, you could probably ask him the next time you see him, right?}


    Thats true, but Ill only ask if I remember. Its not like its that important after all.


    {Thats true.}


    I put the chains back into the Gate and stood up again. I left the room and walked around for a bit. I had never really explored around the temple much since weve been here. As I went around, I found myself in a long hallway that was made of the same ck granite-like stone as the rest of the building, but this hallway seemed different. The floor and walls were polished so much that you could see your reflection in them with as much rity as a mirror. There were also barely any forms of light in the hallway and ack of windows, so it looked like it was perpetually night.


    I wonder why this hallway is so different from the rest?


    {Hmmm. Oh, thats because it leads to the deepest part of the temple.}


    Do you think they would mind if I explored this ce?


    {Who care what they think? You can do whatever you want in any of my temples, so just go for it.}


    Alright then. I wonder if Ill find anything interesting here.


    {Even I dont know. Its been a long time since I ever looked here due to a certain nuisance.}


    I started making my way down the hallway. The further I went, the darker it got, not that it mattered that much. When I reached the end of the hallway, I found myself in front of two massive doors. When I ced my hands on them to push them open, I felt a chill.


    Interesting. That actually made me feel cold.


    I pushed the doors open and walked inside the room. It was pitch ck inside and I could barely see anything even with my night vision. I looked around for a minute before seeing two grooves on the ground on either side of me. I produced two balls of fox fire and made them go into the grooves, but nothing happened.


    Hmmm.


    {Oh, try using the blue version.}


    I did as Tamamo instructed and made two balls of purifying fox fire. The second they entered into the groves, the fox fire started to spread along lines in the floor. This caused the room to light up with an otherworldly light that gave off a mystic feeling.


    {Ufufufu. I remember that this was from a time when I liked showy things.}


    It is indeed very interesting, though you would need someone like me here at all times to be able to do that.


    {Not necessarily. Anyone that can use purifying mes can do that.}


    Oh.


    When the fire stopped spreading along the lines and the room was lit up enough for me to see, I was a bit shocked.


    {}


    Tamamo, I wont judge you, but was there a point in your life that you liked really big statues of yourself?


    {No.}


    At the very back of the room were two giant statues of Tamamo in her fox form and one even bigger statue in the middle that showed her in a very provocative state.


    Is there any way I can go and torture his soul?


    {I can go and ask the God of Death.}


    Will they ask you for anything in return?


    {Probably.}


    Then well just leave it at that. I will now get rid of these.


    I walked up to the statues and froze them. When they werepletely frozen, I shattered them into dust.


    Well, now my mood is ruined.


    {Same. How does that mongrel manage to get on my nerves even after hes been dealt with?}


    I feel the same way.


    As I exited the room, the doors closed themselves and I walked back the way I came. When I got back to a part of the temple that I was familiar with, I made my way towards the big garden-like area and found Ophidia there.


    Hello Ophidia. (Luna)


    Hello master. Where have you been? (Ophidia)


    Exploring. (Luna)


    And how was it? (Ophidia)


    Good up until the end. Then I found something that annoyed me and it ruined the mood. (Luna)


    Im sorry to hear that. But at least youll cheer up once you fight today. (Ophidia)


    Thats true. (Luna)


    I looked up to the sky and saw that we still had a while before noon. I sat down next to Ophidia and looked at what she was doing.


    Still practicing at woodcarving I see. (Luna)


    Yep. I think Im getting better as well. (Ophidia)


    She then showed me what she was working on. It was a small carved statue of a coiled snake.


    I thought I should start out with something I can easily imagine, and what is easier to imagine than yourself doing an action that youve done countless times? (Ophidia)


    Youre doing great. (Luna)


    Thank you, master. (Ophidia)


    I patted her on the head which she seemed to enjoy.


    {Ufufu. It seems that you have gotten into the habit of doing that.}


    Youre right. I cant stop myself from doing it when I see any of my close people happy like that.


    {What can I say, you give really good headpats. Even I enjoy them.}


    Then Ill give you some when we see each other again.


    {Alright, that can be my reward for the massage.}


    Oh. I was thinking of something different, but if thats what you want, I can do that instead.


    {Now hold on Luna, what were you originally going to do?}


    Fufufu. Your favorite things, but if all you want are headpats


    {I think I like your original idea better.}


    Alright.


    Hahaha. How did a conversation between you and Ophidia turn into you flirting with Tamamo?


    Skadi! (Ophidia)


    Hello Ophidia, its good to see you again. (Skadi)


    Ophidia jumped up, ran over to Skadi, and hugged her.


    I wasnt expecting you to be here, Skadi. (Luna)


    I learned that you were fighting Leonhardt today and I didnt want to miss it. (Skadi)


    How? (Luna)


    Ophidia told me in a letter. As for how I got hereHow did I get here? (Skadi)


    Was it Tonya? (Luna)


    Maybe? I dont remember seeing her recently, but then again, shes like that, so it could have been her. (Skadi)


    Thats true. (Luna)


    With Skadis arrival, we passed time until it was close to noon. Over that time, everyone else showed up and we started to make our way back to the castle.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: This should be interesting.


    I agree.


    Grey: By the way, have you seen Atmos recently?


    No,st I saw her, she and Tonya went somewhere and I haven''t heard back since.


    Grey: Hmmm. Oh well, I hope whatever they''re up to won''t cause us any trouble.


    Wait and hope.


    Grey: Why are you quoting Count of Monte Cristo?


    Is it not fitting for the situation where the Goddess of Fate, Mischief, and Baking and the Goddess of Insanity, Void, and Sleep are together?


    Grey: Wait and hope indeed.

 Chapter 171: Trouble During the Battle

    Chapter 171: Trouble During the Battle


    [Luna POV]


    When we arrived at the castle gates, the guards immediately let us through. One of them apanied us to arge area behind the castle. When we got there, Leonhardt was already there with a few other people. I recognized Damon and Morax. They were standing next to Leonhardt and talking about something. When they noticed us, Leonhardt gave that sinister, battle-thirsty grin again.


    Hahahahaha. Youve finally arrived. (Leonhardt)


    Your majesty, I know youre excited, but please reign it in a bit. (Damon)


    Gah. Why does everyone always want me to calm down so much? Its not like I take every chance I get to fight strong people. (Leonhardt)


    Thats exactly what you do. (Damon)


    Still the same as ever I see. (Skadi)


    S-Skadi! When did you get here? (Leonhardt)


    This morning. I wanted to watch the fight with Luna. (Skadi)


    Heh. Then Ill make sure to make it enjoyable. (Leonhardt)


    Sure you will, just dont lose too quickly. (Skadi)


    Oi! Im not that weak you know. (Leonhardt)


    Fufufufufu. Ill be the judge of that. (Luna)


    Hahahahahaha. I like the confidence. (Leonhardt)


    So, shall we start soon? (Luna)


    Of course. (Leonhardt)


    Everyone but me and Leonhardt moved away from the ce we were standing. Once they were a good distance away, I created a domain around us.


    What was that? (Leonhardt)


    A special skill of mine. It allows us to go all out without having to worry about damaging the surroundings. Once the barrier disappears, all damage done to the ground and possibly buildings will be like it never happened. (Luna)


    I see. Is this a type of magic or a unique skill? (Leonhardt)


    Unique skill. (Luna)


    Tch. If it was a magic, you could put it in a magic crystal and sell it. Youd be swimming in money from people buying them. Even I would pay handsomely for something like that. (Leonhardt)


    I can try to develop a space magic spell like thatter. For now, we fight. (Luna)


    Indeed. (Leonhardt)


    We both grinned as we got ready for the fight to start. Leonhardt pulled a spear out of an item bag as I readied my short sword. Damon was the one to give the signal to start. Once it was given, the both of us started running at each other. As Leonhardt had the advantage of reach, the second I entered his range, he aimed a thrust at my heart. I dodged it and stepped closer to him in order to swipe at him with my sword. He dodged it by jumping back and swinging his spear at me again. I parried it and then jumped back as well.


    Not to bad for a first strike. (Leonhardt)


    I can say the same to you. (Luna)


    Shall we get more serious now that we have introduced ourselves? (Leonhardt)


    It would be rude not to. (Luna)


    Too true. (Leonhardt)


    As soon as the words left his mouth, I teleported behind him and swung my sword toward his neck. He blocked it with the butt of his spear and kicked at me. The kick missed since I messed with his perception with illusion magic before teleporting somewhere else. He looked around to try and find me, but he couldnt.


    No matter what, no one ever looks up.


    I had teleported a bit high in the air above him and I was falling straight towards him. I then coated myself in lightning magic and struck at him again. He blocked my attack which surprised me and I jumped away before he could counterattack.


    It would have been a good surprise attack if you didnt use lightning magic. (Leonhardt)


    True, but then again, was it really an attack? (Luna)


    Eh? (Leonhardt)


    You know Im a kitsune and youve been alive for a long time, you should know what our racial skills and magic are. (Luna)


    Of course I do. (Leonhardt)


    Then think. (Luna)


    He got a pensive look on his face for a few seconds before realization bloomed.


    Hahahahahahahahahaha! This has all been an borate illusion! (Leonhardt)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Heh. If thats the case, then how about this? (Leonhardt)


    He raised one of his hand up and wind started to gather in his palm.


    I apologize about this in advance. (Leonhardt)


    As soon as he said that, an ear piercing sound could be heard.


    [Skadi POV]


    As soon as the battle started, neither Luna nor Leonhardt moved. The difference was that Luna was still poised to move at any time while Leonhardt lost any semnce of posture or form.


    What? (Morax)


    Thats interesting. (Damon)


    You know whats happening father? (Morax)


    Shes trapped him in an illusion. (Damon)


    Eh! Thats possible? I thought the Emperor had high magic resistance? (Morax)


    He does, but what does that matter when the opponent has enough mana to brute force through it? (Skadi)


    Thats absurd. (Morax)


    I was about toment again when Luna started opening her Gates all around the battlefield as well as setting up traps of ice. Just as soon as she finished that, we all heard an ear piercing noise.


    AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHH! (Soleil)


    Soleil fell to her knees as she started holding her ears with her hands.


    SOLEIL! (Velvet)


    Velvet immediately crouched down and held Soleils head to her chest.


    That idiot. He should know that magic like that is a bad idea to use around beastkin. (Damon)


    I agre-


    I was about to say something when a wave of intimidation radiated out of Luna.


    Well, this might be bad. (Skadi)


    [Luna POV]


    I was preparing Gates and ice traps around the battlefield while I had Leonhardt trapped in an illusion. Just as I was finishing up, I head him mutter something and then I felt a sharp pain in my ears.


    Gah! (Luna)


    I looked over to Leonhardt and saw him shaking his head as he tried to regain his focus. Blood wasing out of his ears and he looked a bit shaky on his feet. As he was recovering, I healed my ears just in time to hear Velvet scream Soleils name. I looked over to them and saw that Soleil was copsed on her knees and Velvet was holding her to her chest. Seeing that made my vision go red.


    *Sigh* Again, sorry about that, it was the only way I was goi-


    I cut him off before he finished speaking byunching a sword at his face from a Gate.


    OI! (Leonhardt)


    I ignored him as I dashed forward as fast as I could and swung my sword at him while also aiming weapons at any ce he could dodge to. He tried to step back but was a spear shot out at him before he could get far enough away from me. My sword sliced at his arm while the spear cut his calf.


    Tch. (Luna)


    H-hey now, lets calm down a little bit. (Leonhardt)


    I again ignored him and threw a few of my throwing knives at him, then teleported to try and cut him again. All the while I wouldunch a weapon at his blind spot when he let his guard down. He blocked the knives with a wind barrier and blocked a few of the weapons with his spear, but he didnt manage to perfectly dodge my sword swipe. I cut him on his spear arm before he moved too far away. Just as he was putting his foot down, he slipped on a patch of ice and his posture broke even more. I used that chance tounch even more weapons at him. Just before they were about to reach him, Skadi appeared and blocked them all.


    Skadi, move. (Luna)


    No, you calm down. Youre too hot headed. (Skadi)


    Thanks. (Leonhardt)


    Oh, I havent gotten to you yet. I need to calm her down first or else the Empire might need a new Emperor. (Skadi)


    Huh? (Leonhardt)


    Skadi, he hurt Soleil. (Luna)


    I know, and Im sure he didnt mean to, so calm down or Ill have to call someone that will force you to. (Skadi)


    Fine. (Luna)


    I took a deep breath and let it out. I then looked over to Soleil and the others and teleported over to them.


    [Skadi POV]


    I let out a sigh as soon as I saw Luna head over to Soleil and start to heal her. I then looked over to Leonhardt.


    Idiot. You forgot that she wasnt the only beastkin here, didnt you? (Skadi)


    Oh right. (Leonhardt)


    I couldnt help but sigh in exasperation.


    Be d I was here or she might have actually killed you. (Skadi)


    Yeah, I noticed. I could barely keep up with everything she was throwing at me at once. (Leonhardt)


    Then she wasntpletely serious. If she was, I doubt you would havested as long as you did after that little wind magic stunt. (Skadi)


    Who was it that got hurt? (Leonhardt)


    Her little sister. (Skadi)


    Ah, then her reaction waspletely justified. Its my bad for getting too lost in the moment and forgetting the other spectators. (Leonhardt)


    Dont say that to me, say that to them. Just wait for Luna to cool off for a bit. (Skadi)


    Yeah. (Leonhardt)


    I nodded and then started to make my way over to the others. When I got there, Soleil was already back to normal and trying to get Luna to calm down.


    Big sis, Im fine now, you dont need to go and kill him. (Soleil)


    But he hurt you. I cant let that stand Soleil. Even if it was an ident, he should at least give up an arm. (Luna)


    What would I even do with that? (Soleil)


    Something? (Luna)


    Luna, let it go. (Velvet)


    Why arent you angry Velvet? (Luna)


    Because I know that he didnt do that to hurt Soleil on purpose. If he did, then Id be right there with you in trying to kill him, but it was an ident, so Ill settle with just a light punishment. (Velvet)


    Oh, and what were you thinking? (Luna)


    Not sure yet. (Velvet)


    *Sigh* Not you too. (Soleil)


    Father, women are scary. (Morax)


    Indeed. (Damon)


    I think the both of you need to knock it off. (Skadi)


    But-


    No. Hell apologize and youre going to ept it. After that it will be water under the bridge, got it. (Skadi)


    Can we just- (Luna)


    I said no. (Skadi)


    Fine. (Luna)


    You handled that well. (Damon)


    It was either that or I fight her until she passes out, and I dont know if I could do that. (Skadi)


    Itd be that hard? (Damon)


    Very much so. (Skadi)


    Master is so quick to anger when ites to us, isnt she? (Ophidia)


    Thats just how beastkin are. If someone hurts a person they consider family, they tend to lose themselves in rage. (Damon)


    Wait, wheres Mio? (Velvet)


    Oh, she went and fell asleep over that way. (Ophidia)


    She then pointed to a sunny spot outside of the domain.


    Thats a relief. I bet Luna wouldnt have held back at all if Mio also got hurt by that magic earlier. (Velvet)


    I probably wouldnt. (Luna)


    You better now? (Skadi)


    Yeah. Though Im not fighting him again. (Luna)


    I think thats for the best. (Skadi)


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Well, that was unexpected.


    Indeed.


    Grey: And to think Luna would get affected by that part of being a beastkin.


    She''s still young and hasn''t been put in many situations where people close to her get hurt, so it''s obvious that that oue would happen.


    Grey: I guess you''re right.


    But at least Skadi managed to stop her.


    Grey: That''s true, though I think Tamamo helped a little at the end there in calming Luna down.


    Probably.

 Side Chapter 17: Luna and Tamamo

    Side Chapter 17: Luna and Tamamo


    This chapter takes ce at one point in the months between the festival and the present.


    [Luna POV]


    Right now, I had my head in Tamamosp as we sat under the lunar sakura in Tamamos ce.


    What should we do tonight, Tamamo?


    {Hmmm. Im not sure. While I like the idea of going to the hot spring, I think well indulge ourselves a bit too much.}


    True. Oooh. Would you like to do that thing we did that one time? You know, the caf.


    {Sure.}


    I got up from Tamamosp and snapped my fingers. A caf illusion appeared instantly and the two of us walked inside. I walked behind the counter and pulled out the things that Tamamo got from Java.


    I really should use this more, even if its just for myself since it wont affect me.


    {Yeah, we dont want it to be forgotten and go to waste after all.}


    Indeed. Any preference this time?


    {No, just make it how you want and Ill enjoy it.}


    Alright, just give me a few minutes.


    I got to work preparing the coffee for the both of us. After a few minutes, I had two cups of hot coffee done and I handed Tamamo hers. I then brought out some sugar and milk in case either of us wanted to use it. Tamamo tried a sip before putting a small bit of sugar into her cup.


    {Its nice, though a bit stronger than I remember it.}


    Yeah, thats the thing with this coffee, its different since it changes depending on how you want it. But then again, its from the God od Coffee, so it would make sense if it was like that.


    {How did you figure that out?}


    Just because I dont do it often doesnt mean I havent made myself some coffee with this since I got it. I noticed it was like this after a few times of making some with it.


    {I see.}


    We sat there and enjoyed our coffee for a bit when I decided to bring out some confections to go along with it.


    {Ooh. These are good.}


    Thanks.


    We chatted for a few more minutes while enjoying the coffee and confections when I got another idea.


    Hey Tamamo, want some good scenery to go with this as well?


    {What do you have in mind?}


    Ill show you.


    I waved my hand and the building around us disappeared. I then made an illusion of a starry sky appear. I waved my hand onest time and numerous streaks of light started to appear.


    {This is beautiful.}


    This is called a meteor shower. While there are a lot of reasons for this to happen in reality, in this instance Ill call it a star shower. There is a superstition in my old world where if you see a single one, which people call a shooting star, you make a wish on it, but this is different.


    {What happens if the stars hit the world?}


    Fufufu. Nothing.


    {But how does that work?}


    Hmmm. How to exin it? Ah, I know. Normally, what we are seeing now is like a candle me. The light is the me and it gets blown out before it hits the world in most cases. Sometimes it doesnt and they do hit the world, but they are too small to do any real damage. Of course, small in this case means smallpared to the world itself, not people.


    {I see. While I get what youre saying, I can tell that there is more to this.}


    There is. I dont really know how it works in this world since no one here really does, but in my old world, it was just one out of several and as far as I knew, we were the only one with life on it. These falling stars are actually rocks that float outside of thes atmosphere and sometimes get caught in its gravity. They are then pulled toward the center of the and get really hot when flying through the atmosphere, thats where the lightes from. Since they get so hot, they start to basically disintegrate and arepletely gone before they hit the ground. Sometimes they are too big to do that, so the hit and leave a crater, but it doesn''t do any damage that is notable.


    {What would happen if it was big enough to cause notable damage?}


    From the perspective of my old world, extinction.


    {Isnt that really bad?}


    Yes, but as far as I know, it only ever happened once, and that time it was millions of years before humans were there.


    {What do you mean as far as you know?}


    Well, I dont know if it happened more than once in the billions of years my old world was there before people, and I also dont know if it happened again since I was brought to this world.


    {Ah, fair enough.}


    Anyway, thats enough science talk, lets go back to enjoying this.


    {Alright.}


    The night continued on as me and Tamamo enjoyed our coffee and watched the stars.

 Side Chapter 18: Velvet and Soleil

    Side Chapter 18: Velvet and Soleil


    This chapter takes ce at one point in the months between the festival and the present.


    [Velvet POV]


    Hey Velvet, what do you want to do today?


    Not sure. Do you have anything you want to do Soleil?


    Want to go on a walk around the city?


    Sure, its been a while since weve been on a date.


    Hehe.


    We got up and started to make our way out of the temple. Once we got outside, Soleil grabbed my hand.


    Ive decided that we shall walk like this today.


    I smiled and agreed. We then started our walk. Since we wanted to enjoy ourselves, we went slowly so we could see the sights of the city.


    You know, since we teleport around with big sis and Ophidia so much, we hardly ever take the time to look around. I mean, I never really noticed how pretty all of these temples were before.


    I know what you mean Soleil. I think Im starting to get too used to moving around ces with space magic.


    Yeah. Should we discuss this with bis sister?


    Probably, though itll only help if we actually remember to.


    Thats true.


    We exited the temple district of the city and entered a small residential district. We got a few stares from some people as we walked past them, but they didnt bother us that much. Soon after we made it to a more crowded shopping district.


    I wonder if they have anything interesting here.


    No idea, all I know is that even if they dont, it wont matter since the time spent with you is whats important.


    Soleil squeezed my hand tighter. We then started to look around at the ces that were around us. We found a few things that were interesting. Soleil found a pretty blue shawl that she said went well with me. I found a nice ne that paired well with Soleil. Once we bought them, we gave each other what we bought and thenughed that we had the same idea. After that we moved on to our walk again. We ended up traveling down a street lined with stalls that sold all kinds of food.


    I think it was a bad idea to go this way. All the different smells are driving me crazy.


    Yeah, we didnt really think this one through, did we?


    Though I think I can tough if out for a bit since Im now kind of hungry.


    Anything stand out to you Soleil?


    Follow me.


    She led us through the crowds of people until we got to a stall that was selling what I think were pastries. When stood in the line that was there and waited for a bit. Once we got to the front, we figured out what we wanted and ordered. After that, we made our way out of that area and found a small park. We sat down on a bench to eat.


    This is really good.


    I agree.


    Want to try some of mine?


    What kind did you get?


    A fruity one.


    Sure.


    I took a bite from Soleils pastry and was surprised by just how good it was with fruit.


    Thats good as well. Try some of mine.


    I offered mine to Soleil and she took a bite. Her face instantly lit up.


    Its so sweet. What kind is it?


    Choco.


    Ah.


    We should tell Luna about this ce, dont you think?


    Yeah, Im sure big sis would like these as well. What were they called again?


    I think it was crepes.


    Right. How good do you think they would be if big sis made them?


    Theyd probably ruin normal sweets for us forever.


    True.


    We finished our crepes and decided to sit there for a bit. Soleil leaned her head on my shoulder and closed her eyes. She then let out a content sigh.


    We should do things like this more often. I mean, I like going around with everyone, but sometimes I just want to spend a day with just the two of us.


    I agree. Being around Luna is fun and all, but Id like to spend time alone with you as well.


    Maybe the next time we have a long break, we can ask big sis or Ophidia to send us somewhere and leave us there for a week or something.


    Oh, I like that idea, though it would be limited to the ces they can teleport us to.


    True. What do you feel like, Savanna, Celestia, or Beria?


    Hmmm. If we ask Skadi, maybe shell let us stay on her ind.


    Oooh. I like that idea. On an ind with no one there, just the two of us.


    Indeed.


    We then sat in silence for a few minutes before Soleil moved her head.


    Shall we continue our walk?


    Lets.


    We stood up and continued our date for the rest of the day.

 Side Chapter 19: Skadi and Ophidia

    Side Chapter 19: Skadi and Ophidia


    This chapter takes ce at one point in the months between the festival and the present.


    [Skadi POV]


    On the night of a full moon a few weeks after the Vanquishing festival, I was kidnapped to Lunas floating ind by Ophidia.


    While its good to see you Ophidia, I would like some warning next time you decide to kidnap me.


    But that would ruin the surprise.


    Haha. Anyway, is there something you wanted to do?


    I heard from Velvet that if we spend the night of a full moon under the tree master nted, we will be blessed or something, so I decided to try it.


    Ah, I see. Then let us go to this tree.


    Were already there. Just look up.


    I looked up and saw the sky covered by the leaves of a massive tree.


    Now how did I miss that?


    No idea, but were here now.


    True. So, what exactly do we do?


    Again, no idea. All Velvet said was spend the night here.


    Hmmm. Then shall we sit or something?


    Sure.


    We moved over to the trunk of the tree and sat down next to each other. We sat in silence for a few minutes before we both started to speak at the same time.


    Haha. You can go first, Ophidia.


    I was just going to ask how youve been. You havent responded to many of my letters recently.


    Ah. Ive been busy in a quest. In the port city of the Beast Kingdom, there have been signs of a leviathan, so I was asked to deal with it.


    Oh. And, how did it go?


    Good. I managed to get it to go away without killing it.


    Howd you do that?


    I beat it up.


    Hahahahahaha. I would have loved to see that.


    Maybe you will one day.


    I hope to. I mean, we have eternity together, so itll happen at some point.


    Ophidia then scooted closer to me and started hugging my arm.


    You know, I realized something after being around master, Velvet, and Soleil. We havent really been together.


    What do you mean?


    I mean, we havent been like they are. Sure, we like each other, but I feel like that is different than loving each other.


    Oh.


    I sat there and thought about Ophidias words for a few minutes.


    Now that I think about it, youre right. If I had to put it to words, weve been more friends than we were girlfriends.


    Right. But I dont know how we are supposed to fix that.


    Hmmm. Then tell me Ophidia, how do you feel about me?


    I like you a lot. I find myself thinking about you all the time and I feelplete when Im close to you.


    I think thats what love is, Ophidia.


    Oh. Then I love you, Skadi.


    Ophidias words made my heart feel fluffy.


    Hehe.


    Why are youughing?


    Sorry, its just that made me happy and I didnt know how to express it, so Iughed.


    Ophidia then smiled mischievously. She leaned closer to my ear and whispered.


    I love you Skadi.


    That made my heart start racing even more than it was already.


    O-Ophidia.


    Hehehehehehe. Now, its your turn.


    I-


    I was trying to say it when the words caught in my throat. I knew I felt the same as Ophidia did. I wanted to say it, but I couldnt. I felt that it wouldnt be enough to express just how much I felt for her.


    Is something wrong? Your face is all red.


    Ophidia leaned even closer to me than she already was.


    Skadi?


    Ophidia was so close that I could no longer think, so I just moved. I stood up and held Ophidia by the waste then brought my face closer to hers and sealed her lips with mine. Her eyes went wide with surprise before she made her own move. She moved her arms around my neck and then her tongue invaded my mouth.


    Mmm!


    Hmhmhm.


    We stood like that for several minutes before breaking apart to breath.


    I see why master and the Great One like doing that so much. Its quite nice.


    Did that get what I wanted to across?


    That and more.


    Good.


    We sat back down under the tree and both looked up.


    You know, master said that she is going to make the entire sky like this once she ascends. I never really understood the point of that, but now I think I get it a little. Sharing a view of something beautiful like this with someone you love feels amazing.


    I agree. Im so happy Ive lived long enough to meet you.


    We both leaned against the other while still looking up. We spent a long time just sitting in thefortable silence and before we knew it, we both fell asleep. When I woke up again, I was sitting with my back to the tree and Ophidias head in myp. I smiled at her as shey there and I ran my hand through her hair. Doing this caused her to stir a bit, and then she opened her eyes slowly. When she looked up and saw me smiling at her, she smiled as well. She then sat up and our lips met again.

 Chapter 172: Introspection

    Chapter 172: Introspection


    [Luna POV]


    After sitting for a while and calming down, I started to think over what just happened.


    What was up with me? Im not usually like that and I know that he didnt mean to do anything like that either.


    I ced my head in my hands as I continued to think.


    Do you know why I suddenly lost myself like that Tamamo?


    {In this case, its just how beastkin are. They have strong ties to people they consider family and if they see someone like that get hurt, they usually lose themselves in rage like that.}


    Oh.


    {Just be happy that you managed to stay rational enough to hold back.}


    Hmm.


    My shoulders, ears and tail slumped as I was feeling awful about what I did. I then felt someones hand on my shoulder and looked up to see Soleil looking at me.


    Its alright, big sis. (Soleil)


    Just then, Leonhardt came up to us.


    I would like to apologize. I lost myself in the moment and did something that I shouldnt have. (Leonhardt)


    He looked at Soleil and bowed his head. Seeing that, Soleil was getting flustered, so I spoke up.


    I would also like to apologize. I lost myselfpletely. (Luna)


    Its fine. Youre young and probably havent encountered many situations like that, so its understandable that youd lose yourself the way you did. (Leonhardt)


    You say that, but it doesnt make me feel any better about it. If Skadi wasnt here, I dont know if I would have been able to stop myself. (Luna)


    Theres no use in thinking like that, Luna. I was here, and I did stop you. Dont trouble yourself with things that wont happen. (Skadi)


    Shes right. Whats happened has happened, what could have happened didnt. Move on. (Damon)


    Alright. (Luna)


    I then stood up and offered my hand to Leonhardt. He took it and we shook.


    With this, all things are forgiven. (Leonhardt)


    Right. (Luna)


    Leonhardt then offered his hand to Soleil, who timidly took it. Once this little event was over, we went our separate ways. My group teleported to my ind.


    Whyd wee here? (Velvet)


    I need time to think about things. Im sorry if the rest of you had other ideas about how to spend the day. (Luna)


    Master. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, let her do what she wants. (Skadi)


    But- (Ophidia)


    Its fine, Ophidia. Let her figure things out on her own, if she wants our help, shell ask. (Skadi)


    *Sigh* Alright. (Ophidia)


    What Skadi said is right, Luna. If you want to talk with us, well be here. (Velvet)


    I just nodded my head, and they went inside the mansion. I breathed in a deep breath and let out a long sigh before teleporting myself to the tree. I sat down next to the trunk and ced my face in my hands. Several thoughts ran through my head as I looked back over what happened earlier.


    I know what they said earlier, but it still bothers me. I cant not think about what could have happened. I mean, I really would have killed him. Its not like I havent killed people before, but this time was different. He didnt mean to do any harm, but that didnt matter to me.


    I leaned back and looked up. I could feel tears running down my cheeks.


    I feel disgusted by myself. I know I should be better than this, but I just couldnt stop.


    I sat there, crying at the horrible feeling in my chest.


    {Luna.}


    Tamamo. What do I do? I-I dont know what Im supposed to do about this.


    {Set up a domain, let me be there with you for a bit.}


    I did as she said, and she instantly appeared next to me. She sat down and moved me so that my head was resting in herp.


    {Luna. What happened earlier, while I wont say it wasnt partially your fault, was something that you couldnt avoid. You are young, you are inexperienced in a lot of things, your nature as a beastkin one of them. You will learn to control things like that in the future as you grow.}


    But Tamamo, I should know better! This isnt my first life, remember!


    {I know, but yourst life was cut short. Even back then, you were young and didnt have that much life experience. It doesnt matter how long your soul has lived, you are you, and you are young. You are strong, so you havent faced much hardship. In most cases that is a good thing, but at times like these, it is a hinderance. There is no need to torture yourself on things that didnt happen. Yes, you got lost in rage, but did you kill your opponent? No, you didnt. I said it earlier, you were rational enough to hold back. Skadi was also there, and she stopped you.}


    Tamamo started running her hand through my hair as I continued to cry.


    I get that Tamamo, but why doesnt it make me feel better? Why doesnt this guilty feeling go away?


    {Thats because of your personality, Luna. You understand what you did wrong, and you ept that, but you alsotch onto the what-ifs. While I cant change that part of you, I will sit here and listen to you for as long as you need. Cry, scream, vent, do what you have to do to, just let it out. I am here for you; the others are here for you.}


    Hearing her words, my eyes started to overflow, and I started sobbing. I dont know how long I was like that, but at one point I fell asleep. When I woke up, my head was still in Tamamosp. She looked down at me and smiled.


    {Are you feeling better now?}


    Yes.


    {Thats good.}


    I tried to sit up, but Tamamo stopped me by bringing me into a hug.


    {Luna, things like this happen. Learn from it, if it happens again in the future, you can better handle it. While I hope that you dont have to experience this again, you most likely will. Its all a part of living, especially since we will live for a long time. Confide in me. Confide in the others. We are here for you.}


    I didnt say anything and just tightened my arms around Tamamo. We stayed like that for several minutes before separating.


    {Go to the mansion, talk to the others, after that, go to sleep. When you wake up in the morning, you will feel refreshed.}


    AlrightTamamo, thank you.


    {No thanks are needed, its my job as your wife to help you with things like this. I am and always will be here for you.}


    I smiled and hugged her again. We then stood up and Tamamo waved at me before disappearing in a sh of light. I dissolved the domain and went to the mansion. When I got there, everyone was sitting in the main living room. When they saw me, they beckoned me to sit down and I did. We discussed everything and, after a long time of talking, we all went to bed. When Iid down, drowsiness took over and I fell asleep.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos:...


    ...


    Atmos: Tamamo is really good at that.


    Indeed.


    Atmos:... I''m going to go home for a bit, call me over the next time something happens.


    Alright.

 Chapter 173: A Refreshing Morning

    Chapter 173: A Refreshing Morning


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up the next day, the I felt so refreshed that it was like I was a new person. I got up and stretched before getting ready for the day.


    {How are you feeling Luna?}


    Im feeling way better than I was yesterday.


    {Good. Remember, were all here for you if you ever need to vent like that again.}


    I know.


    Once I was dressed, I left my room and headed to the kitchen. I started making breakfast and made myself some coffee.


    Tamamo, would you like me to send you some coffee?


    {I would love some.}


    I made her a cup and sent it off to her.


    {As good as always.}


    Thanks, though Im starting to run low now.


    {I can go and visit Java to get more.}


    Would you do that?


    {Of course, I can do it before the end of the day.}


    Thanks. Ill figure something out to pay for it if needed.


    {While I doubt hell ask for payment, Ill let him know you said that.}


    Ok.


    As I was talking with Tamamo, Mio came into the kitchen.


    Morning nya. Is that coffee I smell nya? (Mio)


    It is, but I wouldnt rmend it to you since ites from the divine domain. (Luna)


    Nya. Itd probably keep me awake for too long then nya. DO you have any normal coffee nya? (Mio)


    I do. How do you like it? (Luna)


    Lots of milk nya. (Mio)


    Got it. Eat this while you wait. I said as I slid a te of food over to Mio.


    Thanks nya. (Mio)


    I started preparing Mios coffee as she started to eat.


    Nyaaaaaaaa. Lunya, what are we going to do today? (Mio)


    I dont know. I was waiting for everyone to wake up to discuss it. (Luna)


    Alright nya. (Mio)


    Did you have something you wanted to do? (Luna)


    Well, a few days ago, I heard that some famous traveling merchants wereing to Onigashima nya. I wanted to see if they had anything interesting nya. (Mio)


    That sounds interesting, did you hear anything else about them? (Luna)


    I heard that they are people of the Fenn race ande from the desert that borders the Dwarf kingdom nya. (Mio)


    The Fenn race? (Luna)


    {They are a cousin race of kitsune.}


    Oh, so fennec foxes? (Luna)


    {Id need an image, Luna.}


    I conjured an illusion of a fennec fox.


    {Yes.}


    Then that can be an option for our ns. We just need to see what the others think. (Luna)


    I finished making Mios coffee and passed it to her. She took a sip and recoiled.


    Nya! (Mio)


    Burn your tongue? (Luna)


    She nodded her head.


    Want me to cool it down for you? (Luna)


    She nodded her head again. I moved my hand over her cup and used some ice magic to cool it down. She then timidly took another sip and smiled. I started patting her head since this whole situation was cute and Mio started purring. Soleil then burst into the room.


    I knew it! (Soleil)


    Good morning, Soleil. (Luna)


    Big sis, shes trying to take my ce as the little sister, isnt she!? (Soleil)


    No, shes not. (Luna)


    Im nyot nya. (Mio)


    Fine, Ill believe you for now. (Soleil)


    Soleil, whyd you start running like that? (Velvet)


    It was nothing Velvet, just a false rm apparently. (Soleil)


    What? (Velvet)


    Fufufufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Hello Luna, feeling better today? (Velvet)


    Very much so. (Luna)


    I then slid over some food to them.


    So, even though Ophidia and Skadi arent here yet, what do you guys think about going to see if some traveling merchants showed up in Onigashima today? (Luna)


    That sounds fine to me. (Velvet)


    I dont mind. (Soleil)


    We silently ate while we waited for thest two people to show up. Several minutester, a still sleepy looking Skadi entered the room. She was dragging the plush I made her a while back with her and Ophidia was in her tiny snake form wrapped around her arm.


    Mmmmm. (Skadi)


    <em>Morning everyone. </em>(Ophidia)


    Skadi sat down and immediatelyid her head on the table.


    Seems like its not her morning. (Luna)


    <em>Isnt she just adorable? I can understand why you all like the half-asleep versions of your partners. </em>(Ophidia)


    Ophidia then slithered off of Skadis arm and transformed into her human form. She sat down next to Skadi and I slid her a te. I prepared Skadi some coffee and ced it in front of her.


    Mmm. (Skadi)


    Shezily picked her head up from the table, picked up the cup and drank. Her eyes then shot open.


    Thats good. (Skadi)


    Enjoy your stay in the sea of dreams? (Luna)


    Hello Lunawait, how did I end up in here? (Skadi)


    Dyed reaction much. (Velvet)


    Hehehe. You came in here still half-asleep with Ophidia wrapped around your arm. (Soleil)


    Hmm. (Skadi)


    She started nursing her coffee while she blushed a little in embarrassment.


    So, as we were discussing earlier, we were thinking of checking if some traveling merchants were in Onigashima yet, your thoughts? (Luna)


    If everyone else agrees, then I see no reason to not. (Ophidia)


    What about you Skadi? Want toe with us, or do you have to be somewhere else? (Luna)


    Im done with the important things in Savanna, so would you mind if I traveled with all of you for a bit? (Skadi)


    Im fine with that, and I think Ophidia agrees. Right? (Luna)


    Indeed. Skadi will stay with us. (Ophidia)


    Good to have ya nya. (Mio)


    Yep. (Soleil)


    Wee. (Velvet)


    Thats that. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Skadi)


    We all sat there and talked for a while when I noticed something.


    I just realized this, but with Skadi here, we now have four S-ranks in the party. (Luna)


    Thats true. (Velvet)


    Oh yeah, Soleil, how many more quests do you need before bing A-rank? (Luna)


    I can rank up at any time it think. (Soleil)


    And you, Ophidia? (Velvet)


    The same as Soleil. (Ophidia)


    Why havent we done that yet? (Luna)


    Weve been so focused on dungeons that we just forgot. (Soleil)


    Hahahahahahahaha. How can you forget that? (Skadi)


    Because weve literally gone from one dungeon to the next. (Ophidia)


    Oh. (Skadi)


    Skadi then finished her third cup of coffee and stood up.


    Im going to go and get ready. (Skadi)


    I am as well. (Ophidia)


    They left the kitchen and the rest of us continued to chat.


    Chaos Realm:


    Hmm-hmmmmmm-hm-hmmmm.


    Velvet: he seems happy.


    Atmos: That''s because he is.


    Velvet: H-hello Goddess of Fate.


    Atmos: Just call me Atmos. You''re Luna''s Apostle so it''s fine.


    Velvet: But-


    Atmos: No, those are for sitting, call me Atmos.


    Velvet: Very well, A-Atmos.


    Atmos: Good girl.

 Chapter 174: Shopping

    Chapter 174: Shopping


    [Luna POV]


    When Skadi and Ophidia came back, we all were ready to depart. We teleported to Onigashima and went into the city.


    Mio, do you know where these merchants would set everything up? (Luna)


    Theres usually ces near the center of the city for things like that nya. (Mio)


    So, they should be near the guild then? (Soleil)


    Yeah nya. Traveling merchants always hire adventurers to be their guards, so they set up shop near the guild nya. Something like trying to tempt more adventurers to join them when their previous guards decide they are done or something nya. (Mio)


    Plus the adventurers guild is a good ce to get information from. As merchants, they need up to date information on the state of things so they know where they should go or if they need to temporarily set up residence in the current location due to things like recent storms or such. (Skadi)


    Interesting. (Soleil)


    What kind of merchants are these ones were looking for? (Skadi)


    Fenn race nya. (Mio)


    Ah. As a heads up, dont mention their height out loud. They getunhappy when someone mentions it. (Skadi)


    Speaking from experience? (Luna)


    Not my own, butwell, just wait and see. (Skadi)


    As she said that, we entered the za where the guild was and saw that it waspletely different from the usual. It looked like a scene ripped straight out of something like the Arabian Nights. Colorful fabrics were hanging everywhere and the smell of spices was wafting around in the air. I heard the sounds of strange instruments ying somewhere and it all made me excited.


    Whats got you so excited, Luna? (Velvet)


    Ive always wanted to go to a ce like this, even in my previous life. (Luna)


    You couldnt nya? (Mio)


    No, I couldnt. ces like this only ever were on the other side of the world from where I lived. Not to mention several other reasons that I really dont want to get into. (Luna)


    As we moved closer to everything, I started to see what I could only assume were the Fenn. I could immediately tell why Skadi told us not to mention their height. They were short, like hobbits, but their ears were tall, like, really tall.


    <em>Big sis, theyre so cute. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>I know what you mean, but remember what Skadi said, dont mention anything to do with their height. </em>(Luna)


    <em>I know, thats why were talking like this. </em>(Soleil)


    I continued to talk with Soleil through telepathy while we entered the area of merchants. It was surreal walking around the ce since a lot of the set up shops were shorter than normal, making me feel like a giant.


    <em>I feel like I stand out. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Well, you are the tallest person in our group. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Its not like I can help that. </em>(Luna)


    As we were walking, we passed by a shop selling spices. When I smelled the air, I immediately stopped and turned around. I went up to the shop and its owner smiled at me.


    Wee miss, can I interest you in some of my wares?


    Of course. I couldnt help but smell the lovely spices you have here as I passed by. (Luna)


    Hohohohoho. Then how about a small exnation.


    The merchant then pulled out several small bottles of spices.


    Thesee from our homnd far south from here. Each one is special and increase the vor of anything you make with them tenfold. Though I must warn you that some of them do make food hotter, so it might be more of an acquired taste for some.


    Fufufu. Thank you for your exnation, how much for several bottles of each spice? (Luna)


    The merchant smiled.


    For the amount you want, 50 gold for the lot. Normally Id charge double, but as you have a discerning eye and are quite beautiful, I lowered the price.


    Fufufufufu. You tter me. (Luna)


    I handed over the money and the merchant handed over the spices. I thanked him again and went to join everyone.


    Luna, I think you should have tried to negotiate the price more. (Skadi)


    Why, its not like that even put a dent in the amount of money I have. Not to mention that Im terrible at haggling. Plus, I really wanted those spices. You dont get how many things I can make with them. (Luna)


    Myst words caused my whole group to gulp.


    M-master, youre saying you can make even better food with what you just bought? (Ophidia)


    Naturally. What I usually make is good, but with the right spices, it can be so much better you wouldnt believe. (Luna)


    Should we look for more spices then? (Velvet)


    Sure, but lets not only focus on those, there is so much more stuff to look at and buy. (Luna)


    We spent several hours going through the market looking at everything. We bought several fabrics and clothes, some jewelry, lots more spices. I even picked up some strange looking weapons to add to my collection. When lunchtime came around, we picked up some food from one of the shops and found a ce to sit down.


    This is so good. (Soleil)


    Indeed. It makes me curious to see what master can make with something like this. (Ophidia)


    Its so hot but I cant stop eating it nya. (Mio)


    Now I wish the Fenn woulde to the Beast Kingdom. (Velvet)


    While I understand your feelings, its a bit too far for them to travel. (Skadi)


    Hmmm. Maybe I should set up teleport gates in major cities across the world so people cane and go and spread stuff like this father. (Luna)


    Everyone went quiet at my words. I looked up to see them all staring at me.


    What? (Luna)


    No, its just that people have tried that in the past, but always failed, but you being you, it would probably work. (Skadi)


    Of course it would, though I think Id need to get the rulers of ever country on board first. (Luna)


    Well, you know several of them already. (Velvet)


    True, but I think Ill wait until I meet all of them. At least all of the ones on this continent. (Luna)


    So, then its only a matter if time until then. (Soleil)


    Yep. (Velvet)


    Just then we heard a loud sounding from close by. We looked at where it wasing from to see a metal giant throw a person out of the shop area.


    Were not short!


    A small merchant wearing a turban was riding on the metal giants shoulder and yelling at the person that was just thrown out.


    Is that a golem? (Luna)


    Yeah. The Fenn use them to pull their wagons and for extra defense when adventurers arent enough. Also, this is what happens when you call them that. (Skadi)


    This scene reminded me of a certain alchemist duo from my previous life.


    I want tough, but I feel like if I did, Id get thrown like that as well. (Soleil)


    Yeah, its best if you keep that to yourself. (Skadi)


    We continued to eat our lunch as we watched a few more people be thrown around by the Fenns golems. Once we were done, we headed back into the shops to continue looking around. Oncete afternoon came around, we decided that we had enough. We walked to the Temple of Night while discussing what we got today.


    Fufufufufu. Look forward to what I make from now on. (Luna)


    Are you going to make anything tonight? (Soleil)


    Yep, and I know all of you are going to enjoy it. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: You think Luna will share some of those spices with us?


    I can probably make them here, actually.


    Order: You can cook?


    Of course I can. I might not be at Luna''s level, but I can outcalss most chefs.


    Order: Then will you let me taste something sometime?


    All you need is ask and I''ll make anything you want.


    Order: I''ll take you up on your offerter then.


    Alright.


    Atmos: Can the two of you take this somewhere else?


    Payto and Order: No.

 Chapter 175: Resuming the Journey?

    Chapter 175: Resuming the Journey?


    [Luna POV]


    The next day, we were all sitting in the garden in the temple.


    Lunya, that curry stuffst night was amazing nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. (Skadi)


    Was that a recipe from yourst life? (Soleil)


    It was. I dont get why, but when I try to remember things from back then recently, ites to me with surprising rity. (Luna)


    Why wouldnt it? (Velvet)


    Velvet, its been 18 years since I lived in that world. Do you remember non-important things from 18 years ago? (Luna)


    No. (Velvet)


    I wonder whats going on with that then. (Ophidia)


    Its probably because of what you are, Luna. Gods and demigods need to have good memory so its no surprise. (Skadi)


    Really. (Luna)


    Yep. If you cant remember things that happen over the millennia, it leads to less-than-ideal things. Especially when ites to agreements and such. (Skadi)


    Heh. If thats the case, then this opens up so many things for me. Especially when ites to my time with Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Oh, like what?}


    In my previous life, there were types of entertainment called movies. They were a main part of many dates. Now that Im starting to be able to remember things clearly, Ill be able to project them through illusions and we can watch them together.


    {Sounds fun.}


    I mean, it will be, but there is one problem with that, and its that I never really watched many movies that people would usually watch on dates.


    {While Im notpletely sure, I think the point of those was just an excuse to spend time together.}


    OhThat makes sense. I wonder why I never considered that before?


    Luna. (Velvet)


    Yes? (Luna)


    You fell back into your old habit, big sis. (Soleil)


    Ah, sorry. (Luna)


    Anyway, what is the goal for today? (Velvet)


    I think we should go to another dungeon. Im almost at level 60 and I think one more dungeon will get me there. (Luna)


    How many dungeons have you been to in the Empire? (Skadi)


    Umm. Was it six? (Luna)


    Seven. (Soleil)


    Ah thats right. (Luna)


    Hmmm. How many floors were they? (Skadi)


    Except the first one, each one had 50. (Velvet)


    Oh, so you went to quick ones then. (Skadi)


    Yeah. Though if Im honest, Im kinda bored of doing them. I mean, you can only get so much enjoyment out of them before they get repetitive. (Luna)


    I get that. Thats the reason I havent been in a dungeon in a few hundred years. (Skadi)


    Then is there any other option you want to do, big sis? (Soleil)


    No idea. I just think the fastest way to get my level up is dungeon diving since its not like well run into anything that will give me two levels by killing it. I think that kraken was a one time thing. (Luna)


    Well, we can always go and check at the guild and see if there is anything more interesting. (Ophidia)


    Thats true nya. (Mio)


    Then lets go. Well never get anywhere by just sitting here. (Velvet)


    We all stood up and started making our way out of the temple. On the way out, we ran into Mordred.


    Hey Mordred. (Luna)


    Hey Luna, everyone. (Mordred)


    You seem really happy. (Luna)


    Of course I am, I have something nice nned forter today. (Mordred)


    Well, were headed to the guild, good luck with your ns. (Luna)


    Thanks, and have fun. (Mordred)


    She walked past us in the direction of her office.


    I know she found someone, but I didnt think Id ever see her that happy. (Velvet)


    Lovell do that to a person. (Luna)


    True enough. (Velvet)


    As we were walking towards the guild, I remembered something that we talked about before.


    Hey, why dont we take care of Ophidia and Soleils rank up while were at it? (Luna)


    Oh yeah, we should do that. (Velvet)


    Then thats also settled. And since the two of them will be A-rank now, we need to figure out who indorses them for S-rank. (Luna)


    Oh yeah, we never figured out if we were allowed to do that, did we. (Velvet)


    Do you know, Skadi? (Luna)


    Hmm. No clue, all S-ranks that I know are solo. There isnt a precedent for a party consisting of mostly S-ranks. In my opinion, however, I think any of us can indorse them. We just need to test them first. (Skadi)


    If I can state my opinion, I feel like the only ones I can realistically fight are Velvet or Mio. (Soleil)


    That isnt the only kind of test you can do, you know. That is just me specifically, though the only person Ive ever actually tested is Luna. (Skadi)


    Why is that nya? (Mio)


    Because she is the only one who would ever actually be able to fight me on equal footing. (Skadi)


    Ah, makes sense nya. (Mio)


    Then what kind of test would you do Mio? (Soleil)


    Lets see nyaId say if you could manage to out-hunt me, then Id indorse you nya. (Mio)


    Out-hunt you? I didnt think you were the type of person to do something like that. (Luna)


    I know that I havent been that way since all of you have met me nya, but that is my preferred type of activity nya. (Mio)


    I see. (Soleil)


    What about you, Velvet? (Ophidia)


    I havent really thought about it. Though in the case of anyone in our party, I would just indorse you, I guess. I mean, I know how strong both of you are, so I dont really see the point of doing a test. (Velvet)


    After hearing Velvets thoughts, everyone looked at me.


    While I would like to say my test would be fighting, I think Ill reconsider that. I mean, itd be the same as Skadi where no one would be able to pass if it was. Of course, that means I dont really need to ever test someone in the first ce, but if I was to, then I dont really know. (Luna)


    Thats surprising. (Velvet)


    Oi. I know I like fighting, but I wont bully people weaker than me. (Luna)


    Really nya? (Mio)


    Yes. (Luna)


    Then why did you provoke a fight with the Emperor nya? (Mio)


    I dont knowI never considered it. (Luna)


    Luna, that is something you need to do. You cant just do that now that you are what you are. (Skadi)


    Ok. (Luna)


    We started to approach the guild when I started to hear something. It was like a low ringing.


    Ugh. (Soleil)


    Nyaaaa. (Mio)


    Whatever that is, I wish it would stop. (Luna)


    Whats up you three? (Velvet)


    You dont hear that ringing? (Soleil)


    No. (Velvet)


    Should wee backter? (Skadi)


    No, lets just get in and out as fast as possible. (Luna)


    As we entered the guild building, the ringing got even louder and more annoying. I turned my sound dampeners on as high as they would go, but even then I could still hear it. I saw Soleil and Mio doing the same. As we ascended the stairs, the ringing got louder and louder until we reached the third floor. The ringing was so loud it was making me dizzy.


    <em>Maybe we should leave ande backter. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Nyaaaaaaaaaa. My head nya. </em>(Mio)


    <em>Big sis, can you please send me back to the temple? I cant stand it anymore. </em>(Soleil)


    Iplied with Soleils wish and sent her and Mio back to the temple.


    <em>I sent them back to the temple and Im about to go as well. Please figure out what is making that sound and tell us when youe back. And, if you can, break whatever it is. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Alright. Well try to see if there are any good quests while were at it. </em>(Skadi)


    I nodded my head and teleported back to the temple garden. I saw both Soleil and Mio sitting down and rubbing their ears. I sat down next to them and started doing the same. It was then that I got the a brilliant idea. I used healing magic on my ears which erased the difortpletely. I then got up and moved over to Soleil. I sat behind her and started rubbing her ears while using the same healing magic I did on myself.


    B-big sis!? Heh, that feels so good. (Soleil)


    After a few minutes of doing this, Soleil melted.


    Hehehehehehehehe. (Soleil)


    I then looked over to Mio and smiled.


    L-Lunya, I knyow what youre thinking and its fine, Im already better nya. (Mio)


    No no. I can clearly see you are still ufortable. Dont worry, Ill make you feel better. (Luna)


    I then blinked behind Mio and started doing what I did to Soleil. Mio tried to resist at first, but she soon turned into putty in my hands.


    Nyaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa. (Mio)


    {Luna, what is the meaning of this?}


    At first, I wanted to help them out, but I kind of got lost in feeling their ears.


    {Luna.}


    Fufufufu. Dont worry Tamamo, Im not going to leave you out.


    I set up a small domain and Tamamo appeared sitting next to me. I moved behind her and started to work my magic.


    {Mikon!}


    Hehehehehehe. Its been a while since I got that reaction out of you.


    {L-Luna!}


    Tamamo started to say something but stopped as I continued my ear massage. After a while, she started to regain her senses.


    {Luna, what even was that? It felt so good.}


    Do you want the true reason, or an excuse?


    {Always the true reason.}


    Well, at first, it was to reduce the difort from earlier, then to help Soleil out. But during me helping Soleil, I kind of lost myself in feeling her ears. Then I wanted to know what Mios ears felt like, so I moved on to her. Then, I decided that I shouldnt leave you out, so I made it a show and got you toe here and now here we are.


    {So, you just wanted to feel all of our ears?}


    Pretty much. Ill let them do the same to me once theye back to themselves.


    {Can they handle it? Your ears count as Abyssal fluff as well.}


    Eh, theyll increase their depth then. Its about time they did that again anyway.


    {Alright. Now, sit, its my turn.}


    Yes yes.


    I sat sown in front of Tamamo and she proceeded to feel up my ears.


    Chaos Realm:


    *Stare*


    Order: You know you can feel my ears anytime you want right? All I ask is that you let me know when you will.


    Then may I?


    Order: Go ahead.


    *Starts feeling Order''s ears*


    Order: That is surprisinglyforting.


    Well, I wouldn''t want to make you ufortable.


    Order: I understand that, it''s just, In-chan used to do the same thing a long time ago, but it never felt this good.


    Hmm. I wonder why?


    Order: No clue, but please continue.


    Alright, just tell me when you want me to stop and I will.

 Chapter 176: On the Hunt

    Chapter 176: On the Hunt


    [Luna POV]


    Once Tamamo had her fill of my ears, she went back and I dissolved the domain. I then looked over to see if Soleil and Mio were back to themselves, but they werent. Since I had nothing better to do than wait for everyone to get back, I pulled my flute out and started to y it. About 20 minutes after I did that, Soleil snapped out of her daze followed shortly after by Mio. I put my flute away and looked at them.


    Wee back. (Luna)


    Big sis, you better be happy that felt as good as it did, or Id be angry at you. (Soleil)


    Yeah nya. While I totally wouldnt mind if you did that again, you could at least let me prepare myself first nya. (Mio)


    Fufufu. Then as repayment, would the two of you like to do the same to me? Fair warning though, its the same as touching my tails, so be careful. (Luna)


    The two of them looked at each other, then looked back at me. The moved in tandem and touched one ear each.


    Nya. Id very much like to do this forever nya, but I must resist the temptation nya. (Mio)


    I never thought Id miss being influenced by that charm skill so much. I really missed this feeling. (Soleil)


    The two continued to touch my ears for around five minutes before I stopped them.


    I think thats enough. I dont want to have to knock the two of you out. (Luna)


    They both backed away from me when I said that.


    Thanks for that, big sis. (Soleil)


    Indeed nya. I strive for the day I canst as long as I want with touching your ears and tails nya. I will take a nap in them for sure nya. (Mio)


    Fufufu. Then work hard on resisting the call of the Abyss. If you manage to reach 100% depth, Ill give you a blessing and the privilege of napping in my tails every so often. (Luna)


    Ahh. I cant wait for that to happen; it was so nice in the past. (Soleil)


    Oh yeah, you used to sneak into my room and do that, didnt you? (Luna)


    Hey, in my defenseOn second thought, I have no excuse, though I dont regret it either. (Soleil)


    Envious nya. (Mio)


    Anyway, the others should be back any minute, so I suggest the two of you calm down. (Luna)


    Fine. (Soleil)


    Alright nya. (Mio)


    We sat in silence for a bit when the others got back.


    So, did you figure out what was causing that infernal ringing earlier? (Luna)


    Yeah, you can thank Atmos for that. Someone had just returned from a dungeon with an item they found in a chest. It was a weird sword that had two prongs and it let off a sound when it was unsheathed. He was showing it off and swinging it around. When it hit something, it made the ringing sound all of you heard. (Skadi)


    So, one of Atmoss joke items was a tuning fork sword. I guess I need to have a conversation with herter. She needs to stop putting things like that in ces that people will get them. Just imagine if that person went to the Beast Kingdom. (Luna)


    What did you do with it? (Soleil)


    I paid the guy for it then broke it to pieces. (Skadi)


    Thanks for that nya. (Mio)


    Any luck on finding a quest that was interesting? (Luna)


    There were a few. Some hunting and one was to get rid of pirates that have been going around the coasts. (Ophidia)


    Why would the guild here get a pirate extermination quest? (Luna)


    Because the adventurers in the coastal city thats being most effected arent good enough. (Skadi)


    Which city is it? (Soleil)


    One close to Berias main city. (Velvet)


    Heh. Itll be easy to get there then. How many days of travel is it? (Luna)


    Two. But with our movement speed, itd be a couple hours at most. Even less if we travel with your methods, Luna. (Skadi)


    Then what do we do first, the hunting or pirates? (Luna)


    Lets get the hunting done first nya. (Mio)


    I agree with Mio. We dont know how long it will be before the pirates show up again and the hunting will take less time. (Velvet)


    Alright. (Luna)


    What are we hunting? (Soleil)


    One is a giant two-headed bear and the other is a chimera. (Ophidia)


    Oooh. Its been a while since Ive hunted a chimera nya. They dont show up very much nya. (Mio)


    Where do we go to take care of them? (Luna)


    The chimera is located close to that 100 floor dungeon we cleared. (Velvet)


    And the bear is located in a forest close to that same area. (Skadi)


    So we can easily take care of those then go to Beria by the end of the day. (Luna)


    Yep. (Velvet)


    I stood up from where I was sitting.


    Then lets go. Maybe Ill even get a level out of this. (Luna)


    Velvet, Soleil, and Mio grabbed onto me, and Skadi grabbed onto Ophidia and we teleported near the 100 floor dungeon. There was still a lot of snow on the ground, but not as much as there was when we werest here.


    Cold. (Skadi)


    Does it bother you? (Ophidia)


    Not really. (Skadi)


    Now, to find that chimera. (Luna)


    Skadi started to lead us in the direction the quest form said the chimera was spotted atst. We walked for about an hour or so beforeing to a ce with a bunch of destroyed trees. Mio walked up to one and started inspecting it.


    Hmmm. Definitely the chimeras doing nya, but not recent. Id say this happened about three weeks ago nya. (Mio)


    How can you tell that much from a broken tree, Mio? (Soleil)


    Its nyot just the tree nya. Everything around here that I can see tells what was here and how long ago it was nya. We might be spending more time here than we want to nya. There are two direction it could have gone, and it will take time to search both nya. (Mio)


    Not necessarily. I can pinpoint the direction my space magic can see and show what Im seeing through an illusion for the rest of you. Just tell me what to look for. (Luna)


    Alright nya. (Mio)


    I sat down on the ground and started to get to work. I projected a screen using illusion magic and then started to use my space magic to see in one of the directions Mio pointed out. I moved what could be seen through the illusion at a pace that was easy for Mio to keep up with and after a while, she told me to stop.


    Hmmm. Its nyot this direction nya. All the signs Im seeing from this are older than here nya. (Mio)


    Then the other direction it is. (Ophidia)


    Alright, lets find us a chimera. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Oh no.


    Atmos, answer me this. What could have possessed you to put an item like that in a dungeon? That could cause so many problems.


    Order: Indeed.


    Atmos: Look, that wasn''t one of my best ideas, not to mention that I had no idea that it would do that to beastkin.


    You should be smarter than that. You know that there are frequencies that some races can hear that others can''t.


    Order: Be d that I couldn''t hear it here.


    She''s right. Though I bet Luna will have many things to say to you when next you meet.


    Atmos: *Sigh* Guess I''d better prepare for that lecture.

 Chapter 177: Hunt One: Complete and Nighttime Pondering

    Chapter 177: Hunt One: Complete and Nighttime Pondering


    [Luna POV]


    After several hours of tracking, we finally started to get to more recent signs of the chimera.


    Hmmmm. (Mio)


    Whats up, Mio? (Luna)


    The area weve traveled is too big an area for a chimeras territory nya. (Mio)


    How much bigger? (Velvet)


    Double the size nya. That either means there are a pair of them, or it conquered another monsters territory nya. (Mio)


    Hmm. Its somewhat close to the end of the year, so its more likely to be the first of the two. Its around this time of year that chimera usually mate. (Skadi)


    Nyaaaaaaaaaaa. Annoying nya. This is the worst nya. Stupid chimera nya. (Mio)


    Whats wrong, Mio? (Luna)


    If what Skadi said is true nya, then that means we will have a harder time than a usual chimera hunt nya. They are even more aggressive than normal nya. Theyll continue to attack without paying attention to any wound they receive nya. Theyll even go for the kill if it means they die as well nya. (Mio)


    You seem to have something against chimera. (Soleil)


    I do have a little vendetta nya. A long time ago, I almost lost my tail to a chimera nya. (Mio)


    Should we go around andmit chimera genocide? (Luna)


    Im tempted nya. (Mio)


    No, Mio, dont encourage her. Shell actually do it. (Velvet)


    Sorry Velvet, but I think Im going to side with Mio and big sis on this one. You dont go for someones tail like that. (Soleil)


    Grrr. (Luna)


    Now what Luna? (Velvet)


    Speaking of people going after tails, that reminds me of something that dad told me a long time ago. The saint(lol) wanted his tail as a scarf. Maybe I should have gone harder on them after all. (Luna)


    Skadi, Ophidia, please help. (Velvet)


    Im conflicted. Do I agree with master since I also have a tail, or does that not count since, in serpent form, my whole body is like that? (Ophidia)


    All of you stop. I get that this isnt really going to be a threat and youre all just bored looking for our quarry, but you all need to calm down. (Skadi)


    Thank you. (Velvet)


    No problem, but you need to work on this, Velvet. You need to put your foot down or things like this will only continue to happen. As Lunas Apostle, you need to be able to stop her before she makes impulsive decisions out of boredom. (Skadi)


    Youre right. But how do I go about doing that? I cant physically stop her you know. (Velvet)


    Sorry, but youll have to figure that out on your own. (Skadi)


    {If its any constion Velvet, Ill help out as well as its my job too.}


    Thank you, Goddess. (Velvet)


    The same goes for you, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    Alright. Ill try to work on it. (Ophidia)


    If youre going to talk about stuff like this, isnt it normal to do it somewhere I cant hear you? (Luna)


    Luna, where exactly would we go? Not to mention that even if we did go somewhere else near here to discuss this, youd be able to hear it anyway. Furthermore, you need to hear this so that you realize that youre impulsive and- (Velvet)


    I get it already. Sorry that I am the way I am and Ill try to reign it in. Not to mention that some of what I said was a joke. I wont actually go on a chimera genocide yet. (Luna)


    Luna. (Velvet)


    Tch, fine. No chimera genocides at all. (Luna)


    *Sigh* (Velvet)


    Nyahahahahahaha. (Mio)


    So, you good now, Mio? (Luna)


    Yeah nya. (Mio)


    Huh? (Velvet)


    I was getting caught up in the hunt and stuff nya. Its a bad habit of mine to get caught up in it and I let my nature loose a bit nya. Your whole interaction just nyow was just what I needed to snap out of it nya. (Mio)


    Beastkin and their natures are so troublesome sometimes. (Velvet)


    I agree. (Luna)


    Really? (Velvet)


    Yeah. I was human at one point, remember? Its weird sometimes having the urge to do things that I normally wouldnt. For example, its really difficult sometimes to hold back from jumping head-first into piles of snow when I see movement out of the corner of my eye, or when Im really bored, its annoying to have the itch to mess with people. Dont get me wrong, its fun to do that, but it also makes me feel the same as Atmos, and she isnt the best example to follow. (Luna)


    {Hahahahahahahaha. Thats so true. Atmos isnt always the best role model. She can be at times, but those times are so rare, youd have more luck finding a mountain made of pure mithril.}


    Is that even possible, Tamamo? (Luna)


    {Of course it is. I mean, hardly anyone but mermaids and other races that live primarily in the sea actually know whats under the water. I bet theres all sorts of things like that out there.}


    I can corroborate that. I have found a somewhatrge hill made of mithril under the sea before. (Skadi)


    Cool. (Luna)


    Indeed. I wonder what its like under the sea. (Ophidia)


    I can take you one day if you want. Its no problem for me to help you breath under the water for some time. (Skadi)


    Then its a date. (Ophidia)


    How did this turn into flirting for them? (Soleil)


    No idea nya. (Mio)


    Just leave them be. (Luna)


    Can we just get back to finding the chimera now? (Velvet)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Mio then got back to work tracking the chimera. We followed the tracks for several more hours when we came up to a thicker forest that had smoking embers here and there.


    I guess were close now. (Soleil)


    Yep nya. (Mio)


    Luna, do you want to handle it since this is for you to level up? (Skadi)


    I mean, sure, but is everyone else ok with that? (Luna)


    I wouldnt have asked if we werent. The only other person that this would benefit is Soleil anyway. (Skadi)


    Soleil? (Luna)


    Go for it, big sis. (Soleil)


    I nodded my head and started moving closer to the forest. As I approached the treeline, I started to hear growling from two different ces.


    Looks like there are two of them after all.


    Shortly after I heard the growling, two chimera burst out from the forest and started running at me.


    You know, this would be intimidating of if this was anyone else probably.


    I raised my hand in front of me and froze the ground under the chimeras feet. They lost their bnce and fell down. Before they could get back up, I made the ice start to encroach on them. In seconds, they were frozen solid then shattered.


    *Sigh* You would think that two would be enough, but apparently not.


    {Its alright Luna, youll level up soon enough.}


    Youre right, we still have to find that bear.


    I walked back over to everyone.


    You dont have to look that disappointed. (Velvet)


    Eh, its just anticlimactic. We spent so much time getting here just for it to end in seconds and I didnt even get a level out of it, so of course Im going to be disappointed. Now Im banking on this bear we have to find. (Luna)


    Where is it we have to go to find that? (Soleil)


    Hmmm. Well have to back tack for a bit then head west. (Skadi)


    Ugh. How far? (Luna)


    Not sure, but we can go faster since we dont have to really pay attention ton tracks yet. (Skadi)


    *Sigh* Ive gotten too used to teleportation. Though Ive also always hated back tacking in games too. (Luna)


    What are you talking about, master? (Ophidia)


    Dont mind me. Lets go and see if we can find the ce we need to before dark. (Luna)


    We started going back in the direction we came. After four hours of walking, the sun started to set.


    Are we going to teleport back nya? (Mio)


    Lets just camp out. If were lucky, the bear wille to us if were near its territory. (Luna)


    We started setting up camp and when we were done, we all sat around the fire. I didnt feel like cooking anything tonight, so I pulled something out of my inventory for everyone to eat. Once we were all done, Mio, Velvet, and Soleil went to sleep. Skadi and Ophidia were joining me on watch. I was sitting there and staring into the fire.


    {Whats wrong, Luna?}


    Nothing really, Im just bored. I want something exciting to happen.


    {What kind of excitement are you talking about?}


    You know, something like what happened with the kraken or something. Like, this bear turns out to be something close to bing a mythical beast or whatever and I get to fight it even if it wont really be a fight. Or maybe we find the bear, and its in the middle of fighting something like a wyvern or whatever and we get to watch it before killing whatever survives that fight. Or it turns out that this bear is some kind of escaped specimen from a mad magesb and killing it leads to some grand world-spanning quest to defeat the mage before he makes an army of unstoppable abominations.


    {I really hope thatst one doesnt happen.}


    Yeah, though if it was a novel, Id read it. No matter if it turned out to be clich or not.


    {Well, I cant do much but talk with you to alleviate your boredom. Of course, you could set up a domain, but youre on the job right now, so it wouldnt be a good idea.}


    *Sigh* I never realized being strong like this would be like this. I mean, earlier the chimera were so easy to beat that it was funny in a way. Dont get me wrong, I like being able to steamroll stuff like this as much as the next person, but sometimes it just makes it boring. Though it was fun tracking them down, so its not all bad.


    {Sounds to me like your love of fighting is waning.}


    Eh, it probably is, but even so, Ill still fight stuff. Not like Ill lose anyway. Speaking of which, didnt I have a bet with Tonya about something that we tied on? I wonder when shelle over to fight me?


    {Now you just sound full of yourself.}


    Ah. I didnt mean toe off that way.


    {I know, I was just saying that it sounded like that.}


    I stretched my arms and fell onto my back. I focused on the nk sky with the lonely moon.


    Tamamo.


    {Yes?}


    Nothing, I just wanted to say your name.


    I continued to stare at the moon for a while before looking away. I looked around at the surroundings before my eyesnded on Skadi and Ophidia. They were looking out over the area while sitting next to each other and their heads leaned against the others.


    Well, they seem happy.


    {True. If this was in the past, people would think we were crazy if we said Skadi was like this.}


    Was she really that anti-social?


    {Pretty much. Though she did open up to her mother, but I thunk thats natural.}


    I think so to, though Im happy she became our friend as quickly as she did.


    {}


    Tamamo?


    {Sorry Luna, I just got a letter.}


    Oh. Whos it from?


    {Its from Fenrir. She said she wanted toe and visit me sometime soon.}


    Interesting.


    {Give me a second to send a reply.}


    As I waited for Tamamo to finish her business, I looked back at the fire and started to stoke it again.


    {Im back.}


    Hi back, Im bored.


    {}


    Lets both agree that I never made that joke.


    {Alright.}


    Time passed slowly as I sat and talked with Tamamo. At some point, Skadi walked past me carrying Ophidia in a princess carry. Sheid her down in their tent and came back and sat next to me.


    She fell asleep huh. (Luna)


    Yeah. (Skadi)


    Skadi. (Luna)


    Hmm. (Skadi)


    How do you keep yourself upied all the time? (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Skadi)


    Well, you are really strong. So strong that not many people can match you. How do you keep yourself from getting bored of things like hunting monsters and whatnot? (Luna)


    Ah, that. Lets see. (Skadi)


    She sat there with her hand on her chin in a thinking posture for a bit before answering.


    I just try to enjoy the leadup, I guess. I mean, I get what youre asking, but thats the best I can answer. I mean sure, I can beat most monsters give or take a few that will give me trouble, most of whichrger than a leviathan. But anyway, its not the fight with the monster you have to look forward to. If you do that, then you will be disappointed more often than not. However, the leadup to the fight is enjoyable. Like today for example, you enjoyed the tracking part, right? (Skadi)


    Yeah. I was telling that to Tamamo earlier. (Luna)


    Then you are already on the way to the right mindset. (Skadi)


    We sat in silence as we both looked into the fire.


    Hey Luna, mind showing me what you wish to do with the sky once you ascend? (Skadi)


    I dont mind, but why do you want me to? (Luna)


    No real reason, I just want a change in the scenery. Ive done this so many times before that I want to change it up for once. (Skadi)


    Without another word, I raised a hand to the sky and snapped my fingers. Instantly an illusion of a starry sky appeared above us. Skadiid back like I did earlier and stared skyward.


    Breathtaking. (Skadi)


    d you like it. (Luna)


    Quick question, how big is this illusion exactly? (Skadi)


    Enough to look like it does now, but not big enough for other people to see it. (Luna)


    I see. For a second there, I thought you made it so that it covered the entire world. (Skadi)


    Nah, too troublesome. Not to mention that itd ruin the surprise for the rest of the world if I did that. I want to be able to witness others faces when I make the real thing. (Luna)


    {That will surely be a fun time. Though the uproar will also be massive.}


    Lady Tamamo is right. (Skadi)


    Hehe. But itll also be amusing. Just think about it, people all over the world go about their normal lives, then one day, someone looks up to the night sky and bam, stars everywhere. They then tell everyone to look up and the reaction spreads faster and faster. Shock, awe, wonder, excitement, maybe a bit of fear. All of these things at the same time. Then the people that have ster magic find out that it started to work for them when these appeared and a magic revolution will happen. Meanwhile, diviners also get a small boost as well as any other stuff like that causing people to go and see them more which might lead to other things down the line. Who knows, maybe thousands of years from now, people will be trying to fly to them and learn about them leading to them expanding outside of this world. (Luna)


    {Youre starting to sound like Crate.}


    Sorry, I went and got caught up in the moment. (Luna)


    Its fine. Honestly, I didnt think that you though all of this out that much. Going by your personality, I thought your reason would be making stars so the moon wasnt the only thing in the sky at night. (Skadi)


    Thats also a part of it. Everything I said just now is a side effect in my opinion. (Luna)


    Still, itll be wonderful witnessing that happen. (Skadi)


    {I agree.}


    I smiled at their words. Shortly after that conversation, the sky started to lighten up.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Where did Payto go?


    Atmos: No idea. The only one here when I got here was Order.


    Order: Nice to meet you, Lady Tamamo. I am Order, I heard you are a friend of In-chan, or Tonya, I should say.


    Tamamo: Nice to meet you, Miss Order.


    Order: Now, to answer your question, Payto stepped out for a bit to get some stuff. He should be back before too long.


    Tamamo: I see. I wonder what he''s getting.


    Atmos: Tamamo why!?


    Order: Hehe. You see-

 Chapter 178: Bear Hunting

    Chapter 178: Bear Hunting


    [Luna POV]


    After some time, everyone was awake and taking care of undoing our camp. Once that was done, we were on our way again. We walked for a while before changing direction and heading west. While we were walking, I looked up to the sky. The clouds were grey.


    Rain or snow? (Luna)


    The ce we are now, it could be either. (Skadi)


    Then lets hope for snow, I dont really want to fight in the rain. (Luna)


    Wouldnt that be just as bad? (Velvet)


    Depends on how bad it is. Well just get less wet with one. (Luna)


    Ugh nya. (Mio)


    Do you hate getting wet, Mio? (Soleil)


    Not really nya. But I do hate working in the rain nya. (Mio)


    Thats fair. (Soleil)


    Oh yeah, Skadi, does your water rted divine skill work on all water, or does it have to be sea water? (Luna)


    It has to be sea water. My mother is a goddess of the sea, not water in general. (Skadi)


    I see. There goes that n then. (Luna)


    Heh. Dont worry, Ill show off what I can do when we go after the pirates. (Skadi)


    Im looking forward to seeing that. (Ophidia)


    What n were you talking about, Luna? (Velvet)


    Well, if Skadis divine skill worked on all water, then we could probably somehow use it to find the bear if it started raining. (Luna)


    Luna, even I dont know how I would do that, even if the skill worked. (Skadi)


    Well, I never said it was a good n. I literally thought it up the second I noticed the weather. (Luna)


    We continued on until we started seeing a somewhat rocky area in the distance.


    Thats the ce. (Skadi)


    Finally. Shall I fold space so we get there faster? (Luna)


    Master, will you let me try that? I think I can do that now. (Ophidia)


    If you think you can, then go for it. Ill watch and make sure nothing happens. (Luna)


    Ophidia stared off into the distance then started attempting to fold the space in front of her. It was like the scenery was warping and distorted. She then took a step.


    Ophidia, wai-and shes gone. *Sigh* Grab on, everyone. (Luna)


    Everyone did as I said and grabbed onto my arms. I then did the same thing Ophidia did and folded space in front of me. When we took a step, we appeared next to Ophidia who wasying on the ground breathing heavily.


    Ophidia, you messed up at the end there. (Soleil)


    Whatdid Ido wrong? (Ophidia)


    You ended up blinking all the way here. You have to maintain the spatial distortion in front of you the whole way. If you dont, you end up teleporting instead and itll take a lot of your mana away. But good effort though. (Luna)


    I held my hand out to her and she grabbed it. I pulled her up while also giving her some of my mana.


    Better? (Luna)


    Much. (Ophidia)


    Luna, let me give her some of my mana next time. (Skadi)


    Alright. (Luna)


    We started looking around the area. It was a lot more rocky than I expected it to be.


    Its like someone decided to blow up a mountain.


    {Not quite. Remember that person that slew a dragon?}


    The one who died after eating it?


    {Yep. This is the area where that battle took ce. That particr dragon was very proficient in earth magic. Over time, everything has worn down.}


    Interesting. I wonder if well find anything interesting here then.


    {I highly doubt it. That happened so long ago that people have picked the area clean.}


    Oh. What a shame. (Luna)


    What is nya? (Mio)


    Apparently this is the ce where someone fought and killed a dragon. Its a shame since Tamamo said that we wont find anything interesting left. (Luna)


    Eh? Thats this area? (Skadi)


    {You didnt realize that, Skadi?}


    I didnt. Its been so long that the ce haspletely changed. Im actually surprised you noticed it. (Skadi)


    Anyway, lets find this bear already. (Luna)


    We started to look around the area for any ce the bear could be at. Not to long after we arrived, Soleil and Velvet found what looked like a cave. When we got closer to it, I started to smell the smell of a beast and blood. All around the entrance were bones of animals and monsters. Some looked fresher than others and still had meat and blood clinging to them.


    <em>This is definitely the ce. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Can you tell if its in there? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Its not. It smells like it is, but I cant hear any kind of movement in there. Its probably gone out to hunt for more food. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Then shall we continue talking normally? </em>(Soleil)


    <em>No, but we will wait for it toe back. Ill even set up a trap and everything. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Wont it notice were here due to the smell? </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>I have that covered. </em>(Luna)


    I pulled out a small vial from my inventory and spread its contents around.


    <em>Smart nya. Though I heard that stuff is really expensive nya. </em>(Mio)


    <em>Its not like I spend that much money anyway. </em>(Luna)


    <em>What was that stuff. </em>(Skadi)


    <em>Something that recently started to be circted in alchemy shops. Its creator is our resident otherworlder alchemist. Itpletely erases the smell of people in a way that it wont alert monsters. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Interesting. Youll have to show me the ce you got that fromter. </em>(Skadi)


    <em>I can just give you some. I bought a ridiculous amount of the stuff. But not right now. </em>(Luna)


    I moved over to the mouth of the cave and started using ice magic to create traps for the bear. I then hid them with illusion magic.


    <em>Thats done, now we move somewhere else and wait. </em>(Luna)


    We all moved to good hiding ces above the cave and waited.


    Now that I think about it, why is there even a cave here?


    {Like I said earlier, that dragon was masterful with earth magic. That cave is probably from one of its attack that changed thendscape.}


    I see.


    We waited for several hours for the bear to arrive. During that time, it started to lightly snow. After a while, the snow started falling more heavily and the wind started to pick up.


    Perfect time for a snowstorm.


    {Your words are practically dripping with enthusiasm Luna.}


    I was just about to respond when I started to hear the sound of somethinging in this direction. I looked up from my spot to see a massive ck shape lumbering toward the cave.


    I though we were looking for a bear, not a behemoth.


    {Luna, behemoths look different than that.}


    As the bear approached, I could start to see it more clearly. It was dragging something in one of its mouths. What it was dragging was anyones guess since it was so mangled that it was unrecognizable. It stopped right in front of the cave and its second head started sniffing around. It then stepped into the cave and triggered one of the traps. A ice in the shape of a guillotine de fell onto the necks of the bear and broke in two. It managed to make it halfway through one of the necks and was still sticking in the other. The bear let out a pained roar and started to move frantically. In doing so, it triggered another trap which caused two spiked panels of ice to crash into the bears sides turning it into a sandwich.


    <em>Lunya, you are a scary person nya. </em>(Mio)


    <em>Its not over yet. That thing is still alive. </em>(Luna)


    <em>How resilient.</em> (Skadi)


    The bear, while weakened, managed to smash one of the panels and started to unsteadily move away from the cave. It then triggered thest trap I set. Several thick ice needles shot into the bear and injected the venom from the snake dungeon boss that Ophidia defeated some time ago. Shortly after that, the bear fell to the ground dead.


    That was kind of a messy kill. (Velvet)


    Yeah, thats on me. I didnt take into ount how resilient it would be. (Luna)


    Then why did you ce so many traps? (Soleil)


    I didnt know which one it would step on. I didnt think it would step on all of them. (Luna)


    Lets just go and pick up the body and get moving. This storm is going to pick up soon. (Skadi)


    We moved down to the bear corpse. I ced my hand on it and put it into my inventory.


    Gah! I cant take it anymore! (Ophidia)


    Huh? (Skadi)


    I turned around as fast as I could when I heard Ophidia shout. What I saw was baffling. Ophidia had turned into her serpent form and shrunk to a small size. She then slithered over to Skadi and started climbing up her leg. When she made it to Skadis neck, she went into her shirt. Skadi, for her part, was shocked and I could see her face turning red.


    O-Ophidia, what are you doing? (Skadi)


    <em>It got too cold. </em>(Ophidia)


    (Luna)


    {Luna?}


    What a lie. She said that the cold doesnt affect her when we first met.


    {Then whats her motive for doing this right now?}


    I pondered for a moment.


    She was probably debating on whether she would do this or not for a while and just now made up her mind. I mean, its not like I dont get her. Ive been debating whether or not to set up a domain and get you toe here so I cany in your tails.


    {}


    Dont act like you wouldnt.


    {Ufufu.}


    The snowstorm started to get worse, so we all grouped together and I teleported us to Onigashima.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: I''m surprised Payto isn''t back yet.


    Atmos: Indeed. He would have loved to see what just went down.


    Order: Oh, he would, would he?


    Atmos: I meant with the bear.


    Order: I knew that, what did you think I meant?


    Atmos: Oh, I thought you thought I meant what went down just now with Skadi and Ophidia.


    Order: Sure, he probably would haveughed at that, but only that.


    Tamamo: Atmos, why are you trying to start something?


    Atmos: No reason.


    Tamamo: I don''t believe that.


    Atmos:...


    *Starts trying to run away*


    Tamamo: Nope.


    *grabs Atmos by the ear*


    Atmos: Gah!

 Chapter 179: A Plan for the Pirates

    Chapter 179: A n for the Pirates


    [Luna POV]


    I had teleported us to the guild so we couldplete the quests for the chimera and bear. We ignored the surprise of the adventurers around us and went up to the counter. Skadi exined what we were here for and the receptionist asked for the proof. I took out a part of the chimeras and ced them on the counter. I then opened a small Gate and had a part of the beare out since there was no room to bring the whole thing out. The receptionist filed thepleted quests, handed over our reward, and we left the guild. We made our way back to the temple. When we got there, we went to the usual spot we went to to discuss what to do next.


    Ophidia, how long are you going to stay there? (Skadi)


    <em>I wouldnt mind staying here the rest of the day since its quite nice, but Ill move if you want me to. </em>(Ophidia)


    You dont have to. (Skadi)


    She then started to pet Ophidias head with a finger and Ophidia started to let out a hiss of enjoyment.


    Ok, ignoring them, when do all of you want to head to the coast? We can either set off shortly or tomorrow. (Luna)


    I say tomorrow. (Velvet)


    Im with Velvet on this one. (Soleil)


    I agree nya. (Mio)


    Alright, then well head out first thing tomorrow. (Luna)


    With that decided, we all went to do our own things for the rest of the day. Skadi and Ophidia were still in their own little world, Mio went to take a nap, and Velvet and Soleil went to walk around in the city. I went to the room I was staying in and pulled out my brush and started brushing my tails.


    {Hey Luna, I wont be able to speak with you much tomorrow since that is when Fenrir will be here.}


    Alright. Ill manage.


    I continued to brush my tails. Once I was done with that, I looked out the window and noticed that it was dark.


    Guess Ill try to sleep tonight.


    Iid down on the bed and closed my eyes. The next time I opened them, it was early morning.


    Ugh. It doesnt even feel like I slept.


    I got up and went about doing my morning routine. Once that was done, I left the room and went to the usual spot. I found Skadi already there. She was swinging her sword around.


    Morning. (Luna)


    Hey Luna. You seem a bit out of it right now. (Skadi)


    I wanted to sleepst night and did, but it doesnt feel like I did so my mind is all weird right now. (Luna)


    I get you. I hate it when that happens. (Skadi)


    It was then that Mio showed up.


    Hello nya. (Mio)


    Morning, Mio. (Skadi)


    Hey. (Luna)


    She sat down in front of me and yawned.


    I hate mornings nya. (Mio)


    Do you hate mornings, or the fact that you have to wake up? (Luna)


    The fact that I have to wake up nya. (Mio)


    Understandable. (Luna)


    By the way Skadi, is Ophidia not up yet nya? (Mio)


    No. Why do you ask? (Skadi)


    I just figured that she would be here with you nya. The two of you were really close yesterday after all nya. (Mio)


    She stayed true to her word and only stayed where she was for the rest of the day. After that, she changed back to her human form and went to bed normally. As for her not being here now, you know how she is in the morning. (Skadi)


    Thats true nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. (Luna)


    Skadi put away her sword and sat down next to me. I handed her some water which she took gratefully. The three of us chatted until the others showed up. Surprisingly, Ophidia made it before Velvet and Soleil.


    Skadi, you could have woken me up you know. (Ophidia)


    I tried. The most I got from you was some mumbling. (Skadi)


    Oh. Sorry about that. (Ophidia)


    It was cute, so its fine. (Skadi)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Nyahaha. (Mio)


    What?


    Nothing. (Luna)


    Nyot a thing nya. (Mio)


    Ophidia sat down next to Skadi and joined our chat. When thest two finally showed up, Soleil was all haggard again.


    Velvet, what did I tell youst time? (Luna)


    Not to drink so much. (Velvet)


    Exactly. So, tell me, why is Soleil like that then? (Luna)


    UmWell, you see (Velvet)


    Its actually my fault this time, big sis. I made her drink more this time. (Soleil)


    I looked at Soleil with a deadpan look.


    Soleil, while I wont stop the two of you from enjoying yourselves, please remember that we are still technically on the job right now, so mind the time and asion. I can help you out with healing magic, but Ill only do it one more time after this, got it? (Luna)


    They both nodded their heads while they blushed in embarrassment. I got up, walked over to Soleil, and healed her.


    Now, lets head out and take care of some pirates. (Luna)


    We teleported to Berias capital then started on our way to the city that sent out the quest.


    So, do we need to meet anyone specific before taking care of the pirates, or do we just hunt them down? (Luna)


    Well have to speak with the governor of the city. After that, we can do as we see fit. (Skadi)


    Alright. Does anyone have a n on how to deal with them? I have one, but I want to hear any other opinions first. (Luna)


    I was thinking we just do what we normally would and find them, then bombard them with whatever till they are taken care of. (Velvet)


    Thats very muscle-headeding from you, Velvet. (Luna)


    True, but you cant deny that that is how things normally go, now can you? (Velvet)


    I never denied it. (Luna)


    Anyway, I was thinking along the same lines as Velvet. I mean, with just me here, they are as good as dead already. (Skadi)


    Whats your n, Lunya? (Mio)


    I was thinking that we could take a stealthy approach. If we luck out and find one of there ships, we sneak aboard, wait for them to go to their hideout, kill them all, then take everything they have. (Luna)


    What? (Luna)


    How is that any different from a bandit or pirate? (Soleil)


    It just is. I mean, thats what usually happens with loot taken from bandit subjugations, so why would it be any different here? (Luna)


    Dont look at me like that. (Luna)


    What would you even do with everything you take? (Velvet)


    I dont know. I mean, Ill have a use for the weapons. The money will just be added to what we already have. As for the ship or ships, no clue just yet. Maybe Ill do something with them and create this worlds first airships through some magic something-or-other. (Luna)


    Master, you just want the ships, dont you. (Ophidia)


    So what if I do? What self-respecting reincarnator would I be if I didnt want whatever I could get in a situation like this? I mean, its not every day I get an opportunity like this, you know. Ive only ever dealt with bandits and the like twice. (Luna)


    Lunya, thats a good thing nya. (Mio)


    Gah! None of you get it! I understand thats a good thing, but its also not. I want to find myself in a clich development like that at least once in my life before ascension. (Luna)


    Ok, something is clearly off about this situation. Lady Tamamo would normally have interjected by now. (Skadi)


    Tamamos not here right now. She said Fenrir wasing to see her today. (Luna)


    Oh, how rare. Lady Fenrir doesnt leave her home very much. I wonder what other reasons she had? (Skadi)


    Would there be more than just seeing the Goddess? (Soleil)


    Who knows? Thats just my assumption. (Skadi)


    Its no wonder youve been slightly more agitated today then, Luna. (Velvet)


    Hmph. Lets pick up the pace. (Luna)


    I sped up my pace and the others did the same.


    Chaos Realm:


    I have returned!


    Order: Wee back.


    Atmos: You''ve been away for a while.


    ??? What''s up with her?


    Order: She got scolded by Tamamo for trying to start something.


    Ah. The usual then.

 Chapter 180: Finalizing the Plan

    Chapter 180: Finalizing the n


    [Luna POV]


    We made it to our destination just as it turned noon.


    The Empire is so weird with its climate. One half is so cold it snows, and the other is tropical. (Luna)


    Whats so weird about that? (Skadi)


    Just forget it. (Luna)


    Theres no need to be snappy, Luna. (Velvet)


    Sorry. (Luna)


    Youre all good, I understand what youre feeling right now. (Skadi)


    As we walked around the city, we arrived in front of a small building that was this citys guild branch. When we entered, several people look at us then immediately looked away.


    Skadi, Mio, does it get annoying when people do that? (Soleil)


    For me personally, no. (Skadi)


    It did in the beginning for me, but after a while of it happening, I just got used to it nya. (Mio)


    The fate of the strong, huh. (Luna)


    Something like that, though there are some S-ranks that dont get treated like this. Though most of the female ones get treated like this eventually. (Skadi)


    Let me guess, some cocky person tries to get handsy with them, they retaliate, this happens as a consequence? (Velvet)


    For the most part. (Skadi)


    That actually hasnt happened to me before nya. The reasons for me is due to some of my past actions nya. Lets just say that I used to be a lot more wild in the way I fought than I am now nya. It wasnt exactly the safest while in a party nya. (Mio)


    Sounds interesting. (Ophidia)


    When we got to the desk, I stepped forward and exined the reason we were here. When the receptionist heard what I said, relief could instantly be seen on her face.


    Thank you foring to deal with those pirates. Theyve been getting bolder recently and now attack any ship that sails out. Even the fishing vessels arent spared.


    What can you tell us about them? (Luna)


    There are a lot of them. Im not sure about the exact numbers, but there are enough to fully man 3 galleons. Their captain is a siren and they have at least one sea drake. Unfortunately, this is all the information we could get.


    Thats enough, thank you. We will go out and make a n to deal with them. (Luna)


    The receptionist nodded her head gratefully as we left the counter and the guild building itself. We went to an inn that was close to the guild and got a few rooms. We all then reconvened in mine and started to discuss what to do.


    So, I assume youll be able to find them easily, right Skadi? (Luna)


    Yeah, especially if they have a sea drake with them. It wont be a problem. (Skadi)


    Alright. Now, of the two ns we have, which one do you all want to go with? (Luna)


    How about we go with both? We start off with your n, Luna, and if we get caught, we go with the usual. (Velvet)


    Alright. Then out of all of us, me and Mio have the highest stealth abilities. Skadi can find the ships, me and Mio can sneak onto one and let them bring us to their hideout, then we get to work assassinating as many as we can. If or when we get caught, we teleport away, get all of you, and teleport back to finish them. Sound good? (Luna)


    For the most part, yeah, but I have a small change. (Skadi)


    And that is? (Luna)


    I can help Velvet, Soleil, and Ophidia breath and walk underwater and we can follow the ships from underneath. Then all you have to do if or when you get caught is call out to us telepathically and well jump out in a surprise attack. (Skadi)


    Thats better than me teleporting us all back and forth, so lets go with that. Any other suggestions? (Luna)


    What do we do about the sea drake? Itll be able to notice us if we do what Skadi suggested and if we kill it before hand, the pirates will be alerted to something going after them. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, you forget what I can do. We simply kill it and I make an illusory one to rece it. No one will know what happened. (Luna)


    What time do we want this to take ce? (Soleil)


    It should be at night. If these pirates are how I think they will be, then theyll probably all be in some kind of drunken state by then and itll be easier for us to sneak around and pick them off. (Luna)


    Luna, you can use your mist to insure they go back to their hideout as well. Im not versed in voyaging on the sea, but even I know its not a good idea to sail when there is fog. At least not safely. (Velvet)


    Sounds good. Now, Mio, are you good with this n? (Luna)


    Yes nya. I am purrfectly capable of all of this. (Mio)


    Mio got a feral gleam in her eyes as she said that.


    You seem a bit excited. (Ophidia)


    Nyahaha. This is another form of hunting nya. Its exhrating nya. Especially with a n like this nya. Nyahahahahahahahahahahaha. (Mio)


    I think we flipped a switch that we shouldnt have. (Luna)


    I was about to stand up when I realized onest thing.


    Oh right, we need a countermeasure against a siren just in case. (Luna)


    I thought for a minute before pulling out some things that could be makeshift earplugs.


    This is the best I got. (Luna)


    What about you, Luna? (Velvet)


    Ill be fine, status effect immunity, remember? (Luna)


    Is a sirens ability counted as a status effect? (Velvet)


    We all looked at Skadi for an answer.


    It does, so Luna will be fine, though itll be a bit grating on your ears. (Skadi)


    Eh, Ill manage, even if I have to burst my eardrums before going in. (Luna)


    That seems a bit much, big sis. (Soleil)


    Whats a little temporary pain when I get three galleons and a ton of pirate treasure out of this? And we help out a city as a bonus. (Luna)


    Still on that, huh. (Velvet)


    Of course. I wont back down from this point. (Luna)


    *Sigh* (Velvet)


    With our n made, we all left the inn and went to the docks of the city.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: I''m so jealous! I never got to do this when I was still human.


    Atmos: It''s ok, Grey. Maybe if you ask her nicely, Luna will share some of her plunder with you.


    Grey: Nah, as long as I get to taste some sea drake, I''ll be fine.


    Atmos: That also works.


    *Both look over to Payto and Order*


    Grey: They should get a room.


    Atmos: Well technically, we''re in their house, so maybe it''s us who should leave?


    Grey: Oh yeah, that right. Wait, why are you the one with the reasonable response?


    Atmos: Hey! I can be reasonable at times. It''s just less fun than being unreasonable.

 Chapter 181: Finding and Following the Pirates

    Chapter 181: Finding and Following the Pirates


    [Luna POV]


    Skadi ced one of her hands in the water and closed her eyes. She was silent for several minutes before opening them again.


    Hmm. Luna, can you give me some mana so I can increase the range of my sensing? (Skadi)


    I walked up to her and ced my hand on her back.


    Just tell me when to stop. (Luna)


    Mm. (Skadi)


    She closed her eyes again and I started transferring mana to her. After another several minutes, she told me to stop.


    Found them? (Luna)


    Yeah. Theyre really far off the coast. Honestly, infinite mana is really convenient, I wish I had it too. (Skadi)


    Sure, its convenient, but you have your own thigs youre good at. For example, youre unbeatable in the sea pretty much and youre physically stronger than me for now. (Luna)


    Hey, Ill take what I can get, so it doesnt bother me. Now, Ill lead the way,e on. (Skadi)


    Skadi jumped into the water but didnt sink. She motioned for us to follow and we did. It was surreal standing on top of the water without the use of ice magic. When we were all ready, Skadi started using a skill and we shined in a blue light for a few seconds after which we started to sink. When we got to the ground, Skadi started speaking to us again.


    Now we walk, stay close to me. (Skadi)


    We nodded our heads and started following her. Again, it was a weird feeling walking on the bottom of the sea without feeling the water. After a while, we came up to the end of the shallows. We were standing on the edge of a sheer drop that would look scary if we couldnt see in the dark.


    Luna, Ophidia, mind blinking us down there? (Skadi)


    Alright. Ophidia, on my mark. (Luna)


    Ready and waiting, master. (Ophidia)


    Now. (Luna)


    Ophidia and I blinked down to the bottom of the drop at the same time. Once we got our sense of direction back, we started walking again. If I had to describe what the bottom of the sea looked like, it would be otherworldly. I almost wanted to stop and look around, but our job took priority, though I did take the chance to freeze and store fish that got too close. After nearly three hours of walking, we could see the shape of a ship on the surface. Swimming around it were two wyvern-like things that must have been sea drakes.


    So, not one, but two. (Velvet)


    The sea drakes must have noticed us since they started swimming toward us very quickly.


    Luna. (Skadi)


    Dont have to tell me twice. (Luna)


    Once the two sea drakes got close enough, I used ice magic and froze them, stored the bodies in my inventory, and created two illusions to take their ce.


    With that taken care of, shall we stow away? (Luna)


    Everyone nodded and we started rising up to the bottom of the ship. When we got close enough, I pulled out some hooks from my inventory and handed everyone two. We hooked ourselves to the bottom of the ship and then I started to create mist on the surface. After a while, the ship started moving and an hourter, we reached shallower waters again. I expanded my vision with space magic and saw we were getting close to arge cave opening on an ind. It was covered in really long vines that, when the ship got close, started to move to the sides. While I was doing this, I also noted the time was close to sunset. When the ship entered the cave and stopped moving, we all unhooked ourselves from the bottom of the ship and went down to the bottom again.


    Its close to sunset, so we should wait for a bit so they can all get nice and inebriated. (Luna)


    Alright, just make sure to keep up the fog above. (Skadi)


    Alright. (Luna)


    Big sis, how much fish did you catch on the way here? (Soleil)


    I didnt count. By the way, does anyone know if sea drake tastes any good? (Luna)


    Its about the same as wyvern, just a little tougher. (Skadi)


    Hmm. Ill make something with it when we finish here. (Luna)


    Looking forward to it nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    Oh right. (Luna)


    Since this mission was one of a stealthy nature, I quick changed into some ck clothes that were easy to move in and my half mask. When I was done doing that, everyone looked at me strangely.


    What? (Luna)


    Whats with the get up? (Velvet)


    Ive had the ninja title for a while now, but never really did anything with it. One day I decided to make myself an outfit fitting of the title just in case I ever needed to go on a quest that required stealth like this, and now were here. (Luna)


    Do you have any more like that nya? (Mio)


    I do. Want one? (Luna)


    Yes nya. (Mio)


    I pulled another ninja outfit out and then made a domain the size of a person over Mio so she could change. When she was done, she handed me her clothes and I stored them in my inventory.


    Wow nya. This is amazing nya. Its so easy to move in, but I can tell its almost as good as my usual armor nya. (Mio)


    I did have a bit of help from ke. (Luna)


    Dad helped with this? Isnt he only good at cksmithing? (Soleil)


    cksmiths make leather armor as well, so of course he could help with this. I mean, I have so much wyvern skin that I have no idea what to do with it all, so me and ke got together and made several sets of stuff like this with some of it. Heck, for fun we even made several articles of non-armor with it and then sold it to some nobles that were at the vige. (Luna)


    So thats where all those rumors wereing from. (Skadi)


    What rumors? (Ophidia)


    While I was in Savanna doing some quests, I was able to hear some gossip from some nobledies about some of them getting some nice leather essories. It caused some uproar from some of them wanting to know where they got them from and if there were more avable. Now I know the source of the source of the rumors. (Skadi)


    Hahaha. (Velvet)


    Oh, did Velvet finally give up? (Luna)


    *Sigh* Never change, Luna, never change. (Velvet)


    I wasnt nning on it. (Luna)


    Wee Velvet. Now that youve embraced it fully, you can finally enjoy everything more. (Soleil)


    d to be here, I guess. (Velvet)


    We continued to chat like this while we waited for the pirates to get stered.


    Chaos Realm:


    Hmm. I''m looking forward to how this ends.


    Order: Indeed. They all seem to be having fun even in what most would call a very dangerous situation.


    Well, they have four S-rank adventurers, two on the level of S-rank, and two of those S-ranks are demigods, so they aren''t in any real danger. If anything, I feel bad for the pirates.


    Order: You shouldn''t, they get in the way of the order of the world, so they are better off dead.


    I can get behind that reasoning. They don''t represent the good kind of chaos, so they have no more sympathy from me.


    Order: Where did the other two go?


    Not sure. *Puts arm around Order and brings her closer*


    *Order smiles and snuggles into the side hug*

 Chapter 182: Ninja Luna

    Chapter 182: Ninja Luna


    [Luna POV]


    We waited about three hours before Mio and I decided to really start our mission. All of us moved up to just below the surface and the two of us started to silently climb the ship we hid under the entire time.


    <em>Remember to call out to us if it turns into an all-out fight. </em>(Velvet)


    I nodded my head in response and continued the climb up. When the two of us go on the deck of the ship, we activated our stealth skills and began our ughter. I had all of my knives and my short sword on my belt and started to make my way towards two pirates that were standing on the deck. They were facing away from us and talking about something. I silently rushed up to their backs and stabbed them both in the throat. They died quickly and I hid the bodies in my inventory. I saw another one die in the same way out of the corner of my eye, then moved on.


    I made my way to one of the spots to the lower deck of the ship and descended. I could almost see the fumes of alcohol floating around not to mention the smell. There were a lot of piratesying in hammocks asleep. I created several illusory clones of myself and we simultaneously killed all of the pirates in their sleep. I then moved further into the ship to look for anymore. Once I cleared the entire below decks, I climbed back up then went to the captains cabin to see if anyone was in there. It was empty, so I moved on.


    When I got off of the first ship, I found several dead bodies littered around. They made a rough line towards one of the other ships that was docked nearby. I decided to move to thergest of the three ships. When I climbed onto its deck, there were several piratesying asleep on tables, bottles strewn everywhere. I did the same as I did on the first ship and made illusions to help kill all the pirates at the same time before moving below deck. The hammocks were mostly empty here since a lot of pirates were asleep on deck. After clearing several rooms, I heard some talking around a corner.


    Hey, how long do you think the captain will leave that thing alive?


    What, that mermaid thing?


    Yeah, that.


    Think she said that she has to wait for the full moon or something.


    Think the captainll share some of it with us?


    Hope so. I like the idea of livin forever after all.


    Same. Just imagine all the riches well be able to pile up over the years. Well be so rich we can buy all the countries on the maind.


    Livin like kings like we should, eh? I like the sound of that.


    After hearing all of this, I snuck up to the two that were talking, looked into their eyes, and trapped them in an illusion.


    Where is this mermaid being held? (Luna)


    In the captains residences dungeon.


    Go ind-side, youll be able to see it there.


    After extracting the information from them, I cut their throats and stored their bodies. I continued clearing the ship and when I was done, moved to the captains cabin again. Inside there was one person that was looking over a map and charting. I moved up to them and killed them before they noticed the door open. After that was done, I moved off the ship and found Mio waiting on the dock next to it.


    <em>Hows it going nya? </em>(Mio)


    <em>(Good. Just finished clearing this one, now we can move on to the dock area. Also, got some information about a captured mermaid. Its being held in the captains residence somewhere on the ind. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Should we tell the others nya? </em>(Mio)


    <em>They can hear our conversation. They should be here shortly. In the meantime, lets continue. We still have a ways to go I believe. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Alright nya. </em>(Mio)


    We moved away from the ships along the dock and found even more pirates. These pirates were awake and partying away, blissfully unaware of the end of their lives that were swiftly approaching.


    <em>Lunya, can you do something to distract them nya? Im confident in our stealth abilities, but even then, well get spotted eventually with this much light around nya. </em>(Mio)


    I nodded my head and looked over towards the pirates. To a third party, my eyes would seem to glow brighter than usual as I trapped all of the pirates in an illusion.


    <em>Lets go. They wont notice anything as we pick them off.</em> (Luna)


    Mio nodded and we began the ughter once again. Once everyone else made it to where we were, all the I was stabbing thest pirate in the throat. I turned towards them, pulled my mask down and smiled.


    Bout time you showed up, you missed all the fun. (Luna)


    Luna, you look terrifying like that. (Velvet)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    So, do we move onto the ind proper now? (Ophidia)


    I think we can, but we should perform one final sweep here first. Just to be sure we got everyone. (Luna)


    Ill handle that nya. Be right back nya. (Mio)


    Mio then disappeared into the shadows beforeing back a few minutester.


    Were good nya. (Mio)


    That was fast. (Soleil)


    Of course it was nya. Dark magic like that is my specialty after all nya. How do you think I kept up with Lunya nya? (Mio)


    I was wondering about that. (Luna)


    Focus guys, were not done yet. (Skadi)


    Right. Lets get to it and finish this. (Luna)


    We looked around and found the entrance to the cavern where the docks were. We followed it until we came out in a jungle-like ce with tall trees, vines, and dense undergrowth. We followed a barely visible path for a while until arge building came into view.


    My mansion feels less special now. I mean really, how many inds have fancy mansions on them? (Luna)


    Maybe a lot of them do, but which floating inds can you say have mansions on them? (Velvet)


    Celestia Kingdoms castle is on one. (Luna)


    Oh yeah. (Velvet)


    Anyway, Ill check for any patrolling pirates. (Luna)


    I used my space magic to look over the entire area. There were several pirates in ces surrounding the mansion, but they would be easily dealt with. I ryed their positions to Mio and she quickly melted into the shadows and took care of them. Once she was back, we moved to the mansion.


    Ill go in and deal with the ones inside, can you guys look for the dungeon and rescue the mermaid? (Luna)


    The others nodded and I quietly opened a window. We slipped inside and I went to the door of the room we were in. I stuck my head out into the hallway and looked around. I didnt see anyone, so I snuck into the hallway and turned left. I walked for a minute then looked around the corner to see it also empty. I started walking down that hall when I started hearing voiced from above me. I looked around for a few minutes to find the stairs and ended up killing some pirates on the way. When I found the stairs and started walking up them, I noticed that the voices I heard earlier wereing towards me. Once the pirates came next to the edge of the stairs, I blinked behind them and killed them.


    I then started systematically killing my way through this floor before moving onto the third. When I got up there, I could hear sounds of snoringing from everywhere. I used my space magic to look into every room on the floor and then made illusions that killed all the sleeping pirates at once. That left one room. It had an ornate door and I could see lighting from underneath. I crouched down and looked through the keyhole to see inside the room. Sitting behind a desk was a considerably good looking woman with feathers. She was looking at something while holding a ss if wine in one hand. I opened a Gate behind her chair and shot a spear through it and her, killing her instantly. I then opened the door, walked in, and stored the body. I then sat in the chair and put on the hat that was close by.


    I hope the others have taken care of the rest since Ill be out ofmission. (Luna)


    {Luna? Whats up, where are you?}


    Oh, wee back Tamamo. Currently were clearing a pirate hideout and I just killed the captain. Now I hit level 60 and am about to get my sixth tail. The others should be taking care of any pirates left and trying to rescue a mermaid that was captured.


    {I see. Youve been busy in the day I havent been here.}


    Eh, we get things done when I dont have you to talk toI could have worded that better.


    {If youre getting your sixth tail, Im surprised you havent keeled over in pain yet.}


    Oh, Im in pain and am about to pass out, but I wanted to fill you in on things first. Now if you excuse me.


    My vision wentpletely ck as I fell forward onto the desk.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: That looks super painful.


    From what both Luna and Tamamo have said, that''s an understatement.


    Order: I''m d I don''t have to experience something like that.


    Same.


    Atmos: Oh, is it time for the sixth tail already?


    When did youe back?


    Atmos: Just now.


    Ah. And yes, Luna is getting her sixth tail now.


    Atmos: I see. Did they get there in time?


    Yep. The mermaid was rescued.


    Atmos: Good.


    Order: Was something bad going to happen if that mermaid was killed?


    Just a war between the surface and the mermaids that would have led to the extinction of mermaids.


    Order: How much of this was nned for by the two of you?


    Atmos: None of it. It was just a possible fate, there were many other ways this could have gone, but the way it did was one of the better ones.


    Indeed. The second best one would cause it''s own problems.


    Atmos: Yeah, none of us want that S-rank to save that mermaid.


    Order: Do I even want to know?


    I won''t allow it. You''re to precious to me to allow you toy eyes in such filth.


    Order: *Blushes*

 Chapter 183: Nyapocolypse

    Chapter 183: Nyapocolypse


    [Mio POV]


    When we split up with Lunya, we turned right and started sneaking our way down the hallway nya. It was empty so far, but we stayed quiet just in case some people were there nya. I stopped everyone before we turned the corner to see if there were any enemies waiting for us, but there werent any nya. I motioned for us to continue and we did nya. We looked into every room we passed by and I killed any pirates we came across nya. Eventually we found a heavy iron door that was guarded by tworge pirates nya. I melted into the shadows and stabbed them nya.


    Thats this half of the floor taken care of nya. I bet Lunya is already done with the second half nya. (Mio)


    Can you pick locks Mio? (Velvet)


    Yep nya. But we should check it one of these two has the key first nya. (Mio)


    Skadi crouched down and started going through the dead pirates pockets before standing back up with a ring of keys nya. She then got to testing which key fit in the keyhole nya. After several tries, she finally got the right one and the door swung open with a slight screech of metal nya. I started leading the way again as we walked down the stairs nya. When we reached the bottom nya, we ended up in a room piled high with treasures nya. Chests, gold, jewels, and more were scattered everywhere nya. Further in was a cage with a woman sitting behind the bars and her arms shackled above her nya. I looked around to make sure no one else was in there before we made our way over to the woman nya.


    Hello nya. Are you ok nya? (Mio)


    !!!???


    The chains started to rattle as the woman shook nya. In her eyes was the look of fear nya.


    %^*%$%^*&


    Does anyone speak mermaid nya? (Mio)


    She asked if we came here to mock and torment her again. (Skadi)


    When Skadi interpreted her words for us, I felt immense rage at these pirates nya.


    ^@%$&&@& !&@$&*@#^ (Skadi)


    When Skadi said whatever she did, the mermaids eyes gained a bit more light to them nya.


    %&^$&^$^&^$&***&%&$&%$^&


    Skadi then started messing with the key ring again, looking for the key to the cage nya. Once she got the correct one, she opened the cage and started to unshackle the mermaid nya. Once she was free, Skadi handed her a potion to heal her wrists that were injured from the shackles nya.


    %*%#^%^&^**^^$$^%^^^^^**&%*&% (Skadi)


    &^%&%&*&!!!


    The mermaid then hugged Skadi before moving on to hugging the rest of us nya. Tears were running down her cheeks nya.


    *%%*&&%*&?


    *(&%%^$$$^##^&% (Skadi)


    Whatever Skadi said surprised the mermaid nya. She then looked up toward the roof and sped her hands in front of her in a way that looked like she was praying nya.


    Lets go and see if Luna is done now. Well figure out where to go from here once we meet back up. (Skadi)


    Lets go then. (Velvet)


    We started to make our way back the way we came nya. Once we climbed up the stairs, we started looking for the staircase to the next floor nya. I could see that the mermaid was trembling again, but that was understandable nya. When we found the staircase, we went up to find the floor empty nya. We then went up to the third floor and started looking around it nya. When we found arge ornate door that was slightly open, we opened it the rest of the way to see Lunya passed out on the desk nya.


    Lunya, are you ok nya? (Mio)


    She didnt respond nya.


    Oh, seems like she hit level 60. (Velvet)


    How can you tell nya? (Mio)


    Look at the number of tails. (Velvet)


    I looked at Lunyas back to see another tail hanging limply beside her already existing one nya.


    &((^%*^$$?


    ^(&%$^^% (Skadi)


    What did she ask, Skadi? (Ophidia)


    She asked if Luna was alright. (Skadi)


    {Oh, hello the rest of you. Velvet, can you move Luna to a morefortable ce please?}


    I will. (Velvet)


    When did you get back, Goddess nya? (Mio)


    {Right after Luna leveled up. She managed to exin the rough details of what happened before passing out.}


    Thats good. It saves us time then. (Skadi)


    Skadi then looked at the mermaid and started speaking again nya.


    %*^%(*&%%$#&%((*? (Skadi)


    **^$$^&[emailprotected]^%#&^&


    *&%^*&^$&*&%%&^$^*^$^$^$^^^#@[emailprotected]^&&^ (Skadi)


    The mermaid nodded her head after Skadi finished speaking then the two of them started to walk towards the door nya.


    Ill be back. Ill take her back to her home and exin to the mermaid what happened. Ill be gone for two days at most, so wait for me here. Ophidia, you can go and report to the guild about uspleting the quest. Take Soleil with you and rank up as well. (Skadi)


    Alright, Soleil, lets go. (Ophidia)


    Ok. Well be back. (Soleil)


    Skadi and the mermaid then left the room and Ophidia and Soleil vanished nya. Now it was just me, Velvet, and Lunya nya.


    {So, will the two of you exin in more detail everything that I missed today?}


    Well, you know we got a quest to take out pirates. This is the end of that quest. We, with Skadis help walked on the bottom of the sea until we found one of the pirates ships. Then we attached ourselves to it and Luna made theme back to their hideout. (Velvet)


    After that, we waited for the pirates to drink themselves silly nya. Once that happened, Lunya and I snuck around and killed them nya. Lunya got information that they had captured a mermaid, so we came to this mansion of the pirate ind nya. We split up and Lunya took care of all the pirates on one half of the bottom floor and all of the second and third floor nya. We rescued the mermaid and then came to look for Lunya nya. (Mio)


    {I see. You were all so busy, Im kind of sad I missed it.}


    Eh, most of this wasnt really anything special nya. Just stabbing some people and sneaking around nya. Oh, and apparently Velvet finally gave in nya. (Mio)


    {About time.}


    Hey, at least talk about that when Im not here. (Velvet)


    Uuugh. (Luna)


    {Oh? Is she waking up already?}


    We looked over to Lunya who was nowying on a bed in a different room nya. She slowly opened her eyes nya, but they were unfocused nya.


    Hmmmm? (Luna)


    She started to look around the room before frowning nya.


    Hmph. (Luna)


    A small opening in space opened next to Lunya and a fox plush came out of it nya.


    Hehehe. (Luna)


    Lunya then fell back onto the bed asleep nya.


    Well, nya. That happened nya. (Mio)


    {Indeed. But it was cute.}


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    So, what do we do now nya? (Mio)


    I guess we just wait for Luna to wake up and the others toe back. (Velvet)


    True nya. Goddess, do you know how long it will be before Lunya wakes up nya? (Mio)


    {If I go by my own experience, then shell wake up tomorrow. My sixth tails didnt knock me out for very long. Oh, and the two of you should start using my name. Mio is my Apostle and Velvet is Lunas, so there is no sense in not using it. You can tell Ophidia and Soleil as well when they get back. Plus, if we go by Lunas logic, were all going to be family, so why keep standing on ceremony?}


    Alright nya. Good to be working with you, Goddess Tamamo nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    {Ufufufu.}


    Like that, we spent the whatever night was left looking around the room Lunya was in as well as the room we found her in nya. Several hourster, Ophidia and Soleil came back nya. Once they were back, Velvet and Soleil went down to the ce we found all the treasure in to make not of what was in there nya. Ophidia was looking out of the window at the jungle with a hungry look in her eyes nya.


    Im going to hunt some stuff. Im hungry and I dont have any food in my inventory. Its all in masters. (Ophidia)


    Why not just teleport somewhere and buy some nya? (Mio)


    Wheres the fun in that? (Ophidia)


    I see your point nya. (Mio)


    Ophidia left the mansion and went into the jungle nya. Now it was just me and Lunya nya. I was about to walk to another room to take a nap when Lunya started to move around nya.


    Uugghh. Damn tail pain, it gets worse every time. (Luna)


    Morning sleepyhead nya. (Mio)


    Hey Mio, how long was I out? (Luna)


    About a day nya. The sunset is soon nya. Ophidia is out hunting stuff, Velvet and Soleil are taking stock of the treasure, and Skadi went to return the mermaid to her home nya. (Mio)


    Sounds good. Now, to check my stats. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hey Tamamo, what did Fenrir want?


    Tamamo: She came over to congratte me on finding my fated one and just to see me. She''s gotten bored and was looking for something to do. She''ll be around a lot more, so expect her toe and visit you sometime.


    Fenrir and Atmos are on good terms? That''s a surprise.


    Atmos: Hey!


    Tamamo: You know how Atmos is, if someone is fluffy enough, she won''t jeopardize her chance to be on their good side.


    Order: I see, so that''s how you keep her from pranking you. Noted.


    Atmos: I wouldn''t prank you anyway. I don''t think any would ever work on you with the Authority of Order and all.


    Order: That''s also good to know.

 Chapter 184: Teasing and a Prelude

    Chapter 184: Teasing and a Prelude


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up, Mio was in the room I was and told me what happened after we split up and where everyone else was.


    Sounds good. Now, to check my stats. (Luna)


    I looked up my stats to see what changes once I got my sixth tail.


    <strong>Name: Luna Reed</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune(Six-tailed/Demigod)</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 60</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quad-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 100%-SSS


    </strong>


    <strong>MP: EX</strong>


    <strong>Vit: SS+</strong>


    <strong>Def: SS+</strong>


    <strong>Res: SS+</strong>


    <strong>Str: SS+</strong>


    <strong>Int: EX</strong>


    <strong>Agi: EX</strong>


    <strong>Dex: SSS</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 10, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV. 10, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Stealth LV.10, Household, Restraint LV.10, Telepathy LV.10, Intimidation LV.10, Parallel Processing, Cartography LV.10, Singing LV.10, Woodcarving LV.10, Hidden Weapon LV.10, Dance LV.8, Music(Flute) LV. 9</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10, Ster Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique</strong>


    <strong>Divine Skills: Domain Creation, Constetion Creation, Divine Judgement(Sealed), Abyssal Blessing, Apostle Creation, Summon: Apostle</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Sage, Trap Master: Dismantling, Ninja, Dungeon Clearer, Master of the Ancient Serpent, Wyvern yer, Spectral Mists, Demigod of Stars, Demigod of Space, Weapons Master, Jack of All Trades</strong>


    <strong>Authority: Space, Fluff, Stars</strong>


    <strong>Depth:[emailprotected]#%^#%</strong>


    <strong>Labors: 4</strong>


    [Hello again, young demigoddess. Im here to tell you that I took the liberty of cleaning up your title section a bit. All magic masteries have been put under your sage title, your weapon masteries have been put under weapons master, and your misceneous under jack of all trades. I hope this helps a little. -God of Statuses]


    Well, thats something. (Luna)


    Whats up nya? (Mio)


    The God of Statuses cleaned up my title section a bit. Now any skill I master goes into either Jack of All Trades, Weapons Master, or Sage depending on the type. (Luna)


    {Thats convenient, now your stat page wont be as much of a mess.}


    Indeed. (Luna)


    I got up from the bed I was on and looked around.


    Everything feels slower. (Luna)


    Whats your Agi stat now nya? (Mio)


    EX. (Luna)


    Thatll do it nya. I think youre just going to have to get used to it nya. (Mio)


    Most likely. Anyway, Im going to go and see Velvet and Soleil. What are you going to do, Mio? (Luna)


    Take a nap nya. (Mio)


    Sleep well then. I said as I left the room.


    I focused on my connection with Velvet to see find where she was. Once I did that, I started to make my way there. Once I got to a thick metal door that was open, I made my way down the stairs. Before I got to the bottom though, I started to smell blood. This made me focus and I hurried my steps more until I reached the bottom to find a scene I should have expected. Velvet had her face buried in Soleils neck and Soleil had a face of pure bliss.


    You know, the two of you should really do this in your own private room instead of a ce where anyone can walk up and see. (Luna)


    The two of them jumped when I spoke and Velvet immediately let Soleil go.


    B-big sis! W-when did you wake up!? (Soleil)


    (Velvet)


    Just a few minutes ago. I got the rundown from Mio and wasing down here to check on you two and to see what treasures we got. Imagine my surprise to find this when I get here. (Luna)


    T-this is ummm (Soleil)


    .. (Velvet)


    I couldnt help but start to get a mischievous grin on my face.


    Guess I should go ahead and tell Ana to go forward with the wedding ns, eh? I mean, from what I saw, the two of you are ready to take the next step, so why hold back? Not to mention that, from what I heard from Velvet a while ago, doing something like what the two of you were just now means that youre already married in vampire culture, so why not have a ceremony to make it official? (Luna)


    Please dont do that yet.


    My grin widened at hearing their in-sync replies.


    Why not? (Luna)


    Ummmmm. (Soleil)


    (Velvet)


    Because I want to get married at your shrine, big sis. We cant do that until itspleted and you bless it. (Soleil)


    I agree with Soleil. As your Apostle and future Apostle, we should get married at a ce dedicated to the Goddess we serve, no? (Velvet)


    That answer actually made me a bit flustered.


    O-oh, if thats the case, I guess I can hold off for now. (Luna)


    {Good job Velvet, Soleil. A rare flustered Luna has appeared thanks to the two of you. Ill reward the two of youter.}


    *Cough* Anyway, I think Ill leave teasing the two of you at that for now. Have you finished going over everything here, or do you need help. (Luna)


    Weve sorted most of the chests out. They have mostly money in them with a few smaller ones having jewels, jewelry, and other misceneous things. (Velvet)


    We also moved every weapon we could find and put them in a pile over there. I was going to go over themter to see which ones were in good shape. We havent counted all the money since, as you can see, there is literally a mountain of it. (Soleil)


    Indeed. If the two of you want, you can take a break. Ill go to the room the captain was in and look over things there and see if they had documents stating how much they had. (Luna)


    Would pirates have something like that? (Soleil)


    We can only hope. Counting all of this seems like it will be a pain. (Luna)


    It definitely will be. (Velvet)


    Once Ophidia gets back, well go and check out the ships. After that, we wait for Skadi then go back to the maind. (Luna)


    Big sis, did Mio tell you that me and Ophidia ranked up to A-rank yet? (Soleil)


    No, she didnt. (Luna)


    Well, we did. How long are we going to wait before S-rank? (Soleil)


    Hmmm. I say give it a month. After that, one of us will indorse the two of you and well go see Grey to make it official. (Luna)


    Why wait that long? (Velvet)


    Why rush it? We can do it at any time, so I just dont see the need to do it immediately. (Luna)


    {Luna, youre falling into the mindset of long-lived races. That is exactly why almost none of them level skills to 10 and stagnate.}


    Should we do it when we get back then? (Luna)


    {Thats up to you, I was just pointing this fact out.}


    Hmmm. Well discuss the timingter when everyone is here. (Luna)


    Velvet and Soleil looked at each other then back to me.


    Why are you changing your mind? (Velvet)


    Tamamo pointed out that I was thinking like other long-lived races and dying something that we dont necessarily have to. (Luna)


    Makes sense. Lets discuss it with everyer then. (Velvet)


    The three of us left the treasure room. I went to the captains office and started looking over the papers that she left behind. Most of them werent anything special, just death threats and information on which pirates were nning mutiny. There were also various maps and charts of ocean currents and inds.


    All of this seems soplicated. How does anyone actually follow these?


    {Experience.}


    Sure, but that doesnt ount for everything.


    {Didnt you say that the stars will assist in things like this once?}


    Yep. Thats one of the reasons for thepass constetion I made. I dont know how many, but this world should have more than two continents, right? If it does, I dont know how many are popted or if they are undiscovered. If people have stars in the sky that they can follow, they can lead to more discoveries and more opportunities for adventure. In a sense, I by adding stars to this world, Ill be helping out Grey as well.


    {Thats true. By the way Luna, mind taking that ne off? I want to see you with all six tails out.}


    Sure.


    I stood up and removed my ne. All of my hidden tails appeared and I spread them out some.


    {It looks good. Only four more to go and well match.}


    Thanks for thepliment.


    As I sat down at the desk again, I pulled put some papers to write a few letters to home when I noticed that I had a letter waiting for me.


    Whos it from?


    I picked it out of the box and looked at the sender.


    Oh, seems like its from Lia.


    {I wonder what she wants.}


    Lets find out.


    I opened the letter and started to read. Once I was done, I could feel ears and tails twitching in agitation.


    *Sssssssssssssssssiiiiiiiiiiiiiiggggggggggghhhhhhhhhhh* This is going to be annoying.


    {There there Luna. Youll be able to handle it. Just remember to give that spirit a good scolding or itll get worse in the future.}


    Guess I know where were going next. I should go and tell the others.


    I got up and left the room.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Payto, do you have any rtion to the contents of that letter?


    None at all. All of that is solely on the first Fluff spirit. He shouldn''t be afflicted with any chaos at all.


    Order: Then it''s safe to say this also isn''t a prank from Atmos.


    Atmos: Nope. If it was, Luna would never let me feel the Abyss of Fluff again.


    Tamamo: It''ll be fine. We''ve all had a cult or two follow us before.


    For the record, I have not. Perks of no one but the people that show up here knowing I exist(monotone).


    *Order pats my back*


    Order: But we do know you exist, so it''s fine. Besides, even if everyone else here forgets about you, I''ll be here for you.


    Thanks Order.


    *Snuggles closer to her*


    Tamamo and Atmos:...

 Chapter 185: Finishing up with the Pirate Island

    Chapter 185: Finishing up with the Pirate Ind


    [Luna POV]


    When I left the room, I called everyone toe and meet me in the room I woke up in. They all showed up quickly.


    Whats up, big sis? You seem agitated. (Soleil)


    Thats an understatement, Soleil. It seems that letting Lia contract with a fluff spirit was a mistake. He has gone and influenced several elves and they started a cult. Now I need to go to the Elven Nation to take care of it somehow. (Luna)


    Thinking about it more, my agitation grew even more. I opened a Gate and pulled out a bottle, uncorked it and drank.


    What is that, Luna? (Velvet)


    Alcohol. I thought a situation like this called for it, but I forgot I wont get drunk off of it anymore. I honestly dont even want to think about this right now. I said as I took another drink from the bottle. The one time I wish I didnt have status effect immunity.


    {Luna, youre enjoying this situation a bit, arent you?}


    Im really not. I have no idea what Im supposed to do. I dont know how to peacefully deal with a cult.


    {Give them something to do that makes them leave society alone. Thats what we normally do when the cults get troublesome. After that, they normally disperse after a few hundred years.}


    Lunya nya. (Mio)


    Huh. (Luna)


    Please put that bottle away nya. Its starting to affect us nya. (Mio)


    I recorked the bottle and tossed it back into my inventory.


    Sorry. I didnt think opening that would do anything to anyone else. (Luna)


    Its fine nya. Were just tipsy at most now nya. Now if you excuse me nya, I will now bury myself in your tails nya. (Mio)


    Mio started to get up, but I used one of my chains to trap her where she was.


    No can do, Mio. (Luna)


    Luna, you shouldnt take that out again. (Velvet)


    I wasnt nning on it, though you seem better off than the others. (Luna)


    Well, I did just drink some blood, so Ill be good for a while. That isnt to say Im not affected, just not as much as the others. (Velvet)


    Weird. I wonder why? (Luna)


    {Does it have something to do with her depth in the Abyss of Fluff?}


    Why would that do anything in this situation, Tamamo? (Luna)


    {No idea, its just the first thing I thought of. Whether or not its the case is different.}


    Anyway, Velvet, take Soleil and put her in a bed, Ill do the same for Ophidia. (Luna)


    Velvet picked up the now asleep Soleil and left the room while I tried to figure out what to do with Ophidia. She had turned into hermia form and was half-asleep and mumbling to herself.


    Hehe. Skadi, where did you go? Let me wrap you and squeeze you. You will then feel how much I love you. Hehehehehehehehe. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia! (Luna)


    Oh, master, do you know where Skadi is? (Ophidia)


    Before I answer that, smell this. I said as I held out a bottle of with some sleeping medicine in it.


    Ophidia got one good sniff in before falling asleeppletely. I then picked her up from her human section and started to bring her to another room. It took some trying, but I eventually did it. When I got back to the room we were in before, I looked at Mio. She was sleeping away while still wrapped up in a chain. I unwrapped it and she fell down onto the bed. I put the nket over her and went back to the office.


    I regret doing that now. I didnt intend to get everyone drunk.


    {I dont think that could have been helped. None of us knew that they would get drunk just off the smell of that alcohol.}


    Maybe I should give it to a dwarf or a dragon one day so I dont have to deal with it.


    {A dragon would be better, though the two of us could also drink it in our alone time.}


    Ill consider it.


    I looked out the window at the night sky. The moon was high in the sky.


    Not long now until the next full moon, huh.


    {Nope. A few days.}


    Hey Tamamo, this ispletely unrted to anything that happened today, but would you enchanting one or all of my new ships with gravity magic vite any divine rules?


    {I dont think so, but I wont just to be safe. Why?}


    I wanted to make them into flying ships, but I guess Ill have to find some other way to do it. I do have one idea, but itll take some time to do. Ill also need the help of ke, Ana, and Damien.


    {The alchemist?}


    Yeah. Alchemists are the ones that can get the most out of magic crystals, and if my idea pans out, Ill need to use a lot of those. Ill just have to hope that hes mellowed out after all this time.


    While still looking out the window, I pulled out some things to make something.


    {What are you making?}


    Something to wear when I captain one of the ships. If Im going to do it, I might as well look the part.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Like that, the night continued on. When the sun came up, I went to check on the others and found they were awake. Luckily they didnt have hangovers.


    Lunya, as a member of this party, I ban you from taking that alcohol out again nya. (Mio)


    Dont worry Mio, I wasnt going to. (Luna)


    Good nya. I hate feeling drunk nya. (Mio)


    Noted. Also, sorry about that, Soleil, Ophidia. (Luna)


    Its fine.


    Now, while we wait for Skadi to return, lets go and check out the ships, then get to counting the money. (Luna)


    So, they didnt have a ledger? (Velvet)


    Nope. (Luna)


    We left the mansion and went to the docks in the cave. We spend a long time going over every inch of the ships. We didnt find any other treasure, so it must have all been in the treasury in the mansion. We then went back and got to the tedious task of counting everything. We finished close to midnight.


    So, in total, we have a little over five million in gold here. This doesnt count the cost of all the jewels in the chests. Add that on top of what we already had and were probably richer than a king. (Luna)


    What are we ever going to do with all of this? Its not like we even spend that much anyway. (Soleil)


    No idea. I guess we can donate it to some orphanages or something. (Luna)


    Well, we should keep some of it. Youll probably need it to run your shrine before people start regrly donating to it. (Velvet)


    Wait, Ill be in charge of that? (Luna)


    {Technically, Velvet, Ophidia, or Soleil will be. But you have the final say in who works and manages your own shrine. But that isnt important right now.}


    Then well shelve that for now. If you guys want to take some things before I put this all away, go for it. (Luna)


    The others looked over the pile of treasure for a few minutes before they all picked some things. I then put all of it in my inventory. I then moved over to the weapons that were stacked up in one side of the room.


    Soleil, you awake enough to help me look over all of these? (Luna)


    Yeah. This shouldnt take quite as long as counting everything. (Soleil)


    The two of us then sat down and started looking over the weapons. The other three looked at us then decided to join us. About two hours after that, we finished going over the weapons. I stored the usable ones in my Space magic inventory while putting the less usable ones in my normal inventory.


    You know, the more stuff I collect like this, the more I feel like Gilgamesh. (Luna)


    Who (Ophidia)


    Someone from my old world known as the King of Heroes. Dont worry too much about it. (Luna)


    Sounds like there is a story that goes with the name nya. (Mio)


    Ill tell them some other time. For now, lets go to sleep, I, personally, am exhausted from counting all of that. (Luna)


    Lets do that then. (Velvet)


    We all climbed the stairs and went to bed. The next day we woke up and as I was preparing breakfast, Skadi came back.


    Wee back. How did it go? (Luna)


    Good. I got a lot of stuff as thanks for bringing that mermaid, who turned out to be a nobles daughter, back. Ill show everythingter. How has it been here? (Skadi)


    Good. We counted everything we got from the treasury. Over five million in just gold. More in jewels and other stuff. Ships were empty. Also, once we get back, we need to start preparing to depart to the Elf Nation. I have a cult dedicated to fluff to take care if apparently. (Luna)


    Oh, your first cult dedicated to you? Thisll be fun. (Skadi)


    No it wont. Tamamo told me how these are normally dealt with, but I dont know how to go forward with it. By the way, can you teach me how to captain a ship? (Luna)


    I can. (Skadi)


    Good, then please do that once were all done here. Were setting offter today. (Luna)


    Alright. (Skadi)


    She then sat down and started to eat what I gave her.


    Luna, since Skadi is back, we should discuss indorsing Soleil and Ophidia. (Velvet)


    Right. (Luna)


    Why not just get it over with? I mean, we all know how strong they are, so lets just do it and get it over with. Itll only be beneficial. (Skadi)


    I dont disagree. So, which of us will do it? (Velvet)


    Ill indorse Soleil nya. (Mio)


    Ill indorse Ophidia. (Luna)


    Then thats decided. Are we going to go there right now, or do you have something else nned Luna? (Velvet)


    I want to learn to sail a ship. After getting the minimum knowledge on that, Ill teleport us to Grey and get that over with. Then we can head to the Elf Nation from there. Is everyone fine with that? (Luna)


    All of them looked at one another then back to me and nodded. We quickly finished breakfast and then made our way to the ships. I stored two of them in my inventory, then we all climbed aboard the remaining one. While Skadi was checking over the ship to see if it was good to go, I quickchanged into my sailing outfit I made. I then pulled out a tricorne hat and was good to go.


    {It suits you, Luna.}


    Fufufu.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Luna is going to start singing sea shanties, isn''t she?


    Yep.


    Tamamo: Don''t those only sound good when there are several people singing them?


    She''ll probably just make illusions of herself to join in. I mean, she''s going to have to make some if she''s going to captain a ship after all.


    Grey: Ture. It''s going to be a sight to see.


    Indeed.

 Chapter 186: Sailing

    Chapter 186: Sailing


    [Luna POV]


    Skadi spent some time teaching me the ins and outs of sailing, I made a lot of illusory mes and got to work preparing for departure. Though I now had the theoretical knowledge, I needed actual experience, so Skadi was standing next to me and would point out anything I was doing wrong.


    I dont know what to say about this. There are so many big siss. (Soleil)


    Illusion magic is crazy nya. (Mio)


    Eh, I feel she could probably do more with it. (Velvet)


    Indeed. With masters capabilities, this is probably simple. Though I dont get how she is controlling all of this. (Ophidia)


    Because shes Luna. (Velvet)


    That makesperfect sense actually. (Ophidia)


    Ignoring thements from the others, we sailed out of the cave. Once we were out, I snapped my fingers and a space barrier appeared over the ind.


    Whats that for, Luna? (Skadi)


    Im eventually going toe back here to use the docks and I dont want other people to ransack the ce. (Luna)


    I see. What are you going to use it for? (Skadi)


    Once I meet a certain alchemist and convince him to help, Im going to gather him, ke, and Ana, and the four of us are going to work on making these into ships capable of sailing in the sea and air. (Luna)


    You just dont know when to quit, do you? (Skadi)


    If Im going to ascend to godhood one day, I want to at least leave my mark on the world as a somewhat mortal first. I mean, Grey was a hero at one point and I technically was as well but normal people dont know that and being an S-rank adventurer is just something that helps me out while traveling. (Luna)


    Never in my life have I heard of someone thinking the status of S-rank was just for making it easier to get to ces. (Skadi)


    Theres a first time for everything, Skadi. (Luna)


    After saying that, I turned my attention back to captaining the ship which I had renamed the Argo. We spend about an hour going in the direction of the maind with the only sound being the wind and waves. Deciding to spice it up a bit, I started to sing with a chorus of illusory mes joining in.


    Now were ready to sail for the horn. Way hey, roll and go. (Luna)


    You know, I knew she had the singing skill, but Ive hardly ever heard her actually sing. (Velvet)


    Shes good nya. She could be a performer instead of an adventurer nya. (Mio)


    Hmmmm-Hmm-Hmmmmmm. (Soleil)


    Joining in, Soleil? (Velvet)


    What can I say, its catchy and for some reason, very fitting. Though its also a bit unsettling with all of the illusions joining in. (Soleil)


    Ill agree to that nya. (Mio)


    Hey Luna, sing another one and let me know the lyrics. Ill join in. (Skadi)


    I smiled and started on another one after telling Skadi the lyrics through telepathy.


    Oh! Santiana gained a day; Away Santiana!


    The ship then started to speed up a little and I nced at Skadi to see her smiling a little and ncing back at me before looking ahead again. This made me smile as well and sing even harder. I assumed Skadi was using one of her divine skills since I could see her eyes glowing a bit when she nced at me.


    {Ufufufufufufu. Its nice to see you having so much fun, Luna.}


    I smiled even more at Tamamos words. I was having the time of my life. It felt like I could just forget the problem I was going to have to deal with once we got tond again. Once we finished singing that song, I taught Skadi a few more, and we started up again. Skadi then taught me some of the shanties that she knew and we sung those as we sailed. We started to quiet down asnd came into view. I folded up the sails and we came to a near stop after a few minutes.


    As fun as this was, we should teleport now. The people of that city know this as a pirate vessel, so it wouldnt be a good idea to dock there. (Luna)


    I quickchanged into my usual clothes and everyone got ready to teleport. I made the illusions vanish, froze the sea next to the ship and we went to stand on it. Once everyone was there, I stored the ship in my inventory and teleported us to the Celestia Kingdoms guild.


    Luna, you still have the hat on. (Skadi)


    I know. I want to keep wearing it for a bit. I dont care if it looks weird. (Luna)


    Ignoring the surprise on the other adventurers in the guild, we went up to the desk where Tomoe was waiting.


    Its good to see all of you again. It seems like someone new has joined you since thest time you were here. (Tomoe)


    Yeah, Mio joined our party. Skadi is with us for now, but I dont know how long shell stay with us. (Luna)


    Might as well just stay permanently. I have a reason to stay after all. (Skadi)


    And that answers that. (Luna)


    Alright, Ill add Miss Skadis name to your party. Now, what can the guild do for you today? (Tomoe)


    Im going to endorse Soleil for S-rank nya. (Mio)


    And Im doing the same for Ophidia. (Luna)


    I see. Then this is the birth of the first ever party of all S-ranks. Now, Follow me to the master. (Tomoe)


    We did as she said and followed her as the adventurers started muttering to themselves. We went to the usual room downstairs and met Grey in his office.


    Hahahahaha. About time this happened. Now, to the giving of titles and such. (Grey)


    Grey stood up from his desk and stood in front of the two of them.


    I, God of Adventure, name these two as S-rank adventurers. I bestow the title of Dovahkiin to Soleil and the title of Ouroboros to Ophidia. (Grey)


    *Sigh* I should have expected that. (Luna)


    Haha. Whats wrong, Luna, dont like them? (Grey)


    Not that, but Im disappointed that I didnt think you would give them those names, I mean, I thought you would have gone for something more grandiose. (Luna)


    Luna, you should know me better by now. Ill go for a reference over all else when the situation calls for it. (Grey)


    I know. Now, can I ask you to do something for me while we are here? (Luna)


    What is it? (Grey)


    I need you to find Damien Crowe. (Luna)


    The other hero that stayed this time? What for? (Grey)


    Im going to get him to help me create flying ships. (Luna)


    Grey got a wide smile on his face when he heard my words.


    Got it, Ill mobilize the best trackers I can. Hell be found within the month. Anywhere you want me to send him specifically? (Grey)


    As reluctant as I am to do this, send him to my home then let me know. (Luna)


    Alright, itll be done. Im assuming you already have the ships then? (Grey)


    Three of them to be exact. (Luna)


    I figured you had at least one due to the hat, but three is also good. (Grey)


    He then looked back to Soleil and Ophidia.


    Hand me your cards, Ill update them. (Grey)


    They did as he asked and he sat back down at his desk.


    While Im doing this, where is your next destination? (Grey)


    The Elf Nation. The fluff spirit has done something that he shouldnt have and I have to clean it up. (Luna)


    Sounds fun. Here you two go. (Grey)


    He handed back the new cards and we got ready to head out again.


    See you again, Grey. (Luna)


    Yeah. (Grey)


    We left Greys office and the guild.


    Chaos Realm:


    Hmm. Order, how would you like to sail like that some time?


    Order: Seems fun, but how would we go about doing that?


    I mean, we could sail the chaos outside, it''s kind of like a sea in a sense. All I''d need to do is make a ship capable of withstanding it.


    Order: Will you need my help with that?


    Yeah. It''ll be our first coborative work as a family.


    Order: I like that idea. Let''s get to work.


    *We stand up and leave the room*


    Atmos: Well, that happened.


    Tamamo: He seems to be a lot freer now. Or is it uninhibited?


    Atmos: Both?


    Tamamo: Guess finding someone to actually spend time with does that to a person.


    Atmos: Now that you say that, that''s true. The two of us are like that as well.


    Tamamo: Really?


    Atmos: Yeah. Skadi is as well. Remember how she used to be?


    Tamamo: Oh yeah.

 Chapter 187: Fluff Time

    Chapter 187: Fluff Time


    [Luna POV]


    Once outside of the guild, we stopped to discuss what we were going to do.


    Since tonight is a full moon, I say we dont start making our way to the Elf Nation until tomorrow. Is that fine with everyone? (Luna)


    Sounds good to me nya. (Mio)


    I agree. I have something I want to do with Velvet, so it works out well. (Soleil)


    What do you want to do? (Velvet)


    Youll see. Im assuming well be staying at Nias ce? (Soleil)


    Ill tell her were here. (Luna)


    Me and Skadi agree as well. (Ophidia)


    We do? (Skadi)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    We do. (Skadi)


    Then thats settled. Everyone is free to do whatever. Meet up either here or at the castle gate in the evening. Ill go and tell Nia were here. (Luna)


    At that, we split up. Soleil took Velvet towards the shopping district, and I felt that Ophidia teleported somewhere with Skadi.


    Heh. Seems like Soleil and Ophidia had the same idea. (Luna)


    What do you mean nya? (Mio)


    Youll see when theye backter. (Luna)


    Alright nya. (Mio)


    [Soleil POV]


    Soleil, where are we going? (Velvet)


    Youll see when we get there. (Soleil)


    Since the other day when big sis saw Velvet drinking my blood and we said what we did to get her to stop teasing us, its been on my mind. Now we have a ce and I guess time of our wedding, but we havent gotten engaged yet. I decided to change that. I led Velvet by the hand to a ce I saw thest time we were here. When we got to the ce, Velvet finally figured out what was going on.


    I see. So this is what we are doing. (Velvet)


    Yeah, lets go in. (Soleil)


    We walked into the shop and went up to the counter.


    How may we help you today?


    Wed like a set of rings please. (Soleil)


    I understand, one moment please.


    The clerk left the counter to get the rings then came back after a minute. She ced them on the counter and I handed over the payment. Once we left the shop, we went to one of the parks that were in the city. We found a quiet ce and sat on a bench.


    Soleil. (Velvet)


    Velvet. (Soleil)


    We looked into each others eyes for a few minutes before I pulled the rings out. I handed one to Velvet then we looked into each others eyes again.


    Soleil, I love you with all of my heart. Please ept this as a sign of my love for you. (Velvet)


    I held out my left hand and Velvet put the ring on my ring finger.


    Velvet, you are the light of my life. My most important person. The one that knows all of me. I love you with everything I have and will have in the future. Please ept this as a sign of my love for you. (Soleil)


    She held out her left hand and I put the ring on her ring finger. When I pulled my hand away, we leaned into each other and our lips met. The rings on our fingers shone for a second and when the light died down, I had a ck and gold ring on my skin and Velvet had a red and violet ring on hers. We looked at our fingers then went back to giving each other a kiss.


    [Ophidia POV]


    Once everyone went their separate ways, I grabbed Skadi and teleported us to masters ind next to the tree.


    What are we doing here, Ophidia? Its too early to stay here for the night and weve already done the whole full moon thing. (Skadi)


    Who said we could only do that once? And besides, thats not the point today. (Ophidia)


    Then what is it you want to do here? (Skadi)


    So, you know how master has that mark on her hand? (Ophidia)


    Her ring? Yeah. (Skadi)


    So, I asked master about it, and she told me about it. So I decided that I want the same thing. (Ophidia)


    Skadis eyes widened a little and her face started to get a little red.


    O-ophidia, are you sure? I-I mean Im happy that you feel that way, b-but are you ready to spend the rest of your life with me? (Skadi)


    Of course. I may not understand everything, but I am positive that I want you for all eternity. (Ophidia)


    Skadi didnt say anything and just smiled at me with her eyes getting all teary. I pulled out the rings that I got from that pile of treasure and handed Skadi one of them. She held her left hand out to me and I put the ring on the same finger as masters.


    Skadi, I love you like none other. You bring me such joy and warmth that it makes it hard to contain myself in your presence. Please be mine forever. (Ophidia)


    I ept you, Ophidia. I feel the same, I want and will cherish you forever and my love for you has no bounds. Even the sea itself cannot contain all the love I hold for you. (Skadi)


    She then ced the ring I handed to her on my finger. We then hugged and kissed each other passionately. The rings then glowed and mine turned into a silver and red mark while Skadis turned ck and amber. I was going to say something about this when my lips got sealed by Skadis again. We stayed like that until evening came around.


    [Luna POV]


    Me and Mio were making our way to the castle gates. When we got there, I waved at one of the guards that I recognized. He nodded at me and we went through the gate. We then went to the castle through the normal method. When we got up there, I led Mio towards Nias vi. We passed people every so often that I greeted before we reached our destination.


    You seem to know a lot of people here nya. (Mio)


    Not really. I was just being polite. (Luna)


    No, youre not usually like this nya. You just seem really happy today nya. (Mio)


    Well, I do get to see Tamamo tonight, so theres that. I also got to do something that Ive always wanted to do, so why would I not be happy? (Luna)


    That makes sense actually nya. (Mio)


    When we came to the entrance of Nias vi, I saw Uncle Rex.


    Afternoon, Uncle Rex. (Luna)


    Hey Luna. Its good to see you again. (Rex)


    Hello nya. (Mio)


    Ah, you must be Mio. Its nice to meet you. (Rex)


    Likewise nya. (Mio)


    So, what can I do for you today? (Rex)


    Can we stay the night tonight? We came here to rank Soleil and Ophidia up and then we are going to go to the Elf Nation. Thing is its a full moon tonight and I didnt feel like traveling with that happening. (Luna)


    Youre always wee. Where are the others? (Rex)


    Soleil is off with Velvet and the same with Ophidia and Skadi. (Luna)


    I see. So should it just be four rooms then? (Rex)


    Yeah. (Rex)


    Got it, Itll be done shortly. (Rex)


    Alright. By the way, wheres Nia? (Luna)


    Shes away from the capital with Drome and Mythra visiting some nobles. (Rex)


    Ah, the duties of royalty. (Luna)


    Haha. Indeed. (Rex)


    We decided to end the conversation there and we all went inside. Rex told some of the maids to prepare rooms for us and we went to the usual room we always talk in.


    So, you have a full party of S-ranks now, right? (Rex)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Nyahaha. That makes us the strongest adventurer party in the world nya. (Mio)


    Im pretty sure that was the case with just Luna and Skadi. (Rex)


    Uncle Rexsment made Mio dete a bit.


    Uncle Rex, you didnt have to point that out. (Luna)


    Sorry. (Rex)


    Dont worry Mio, well get you stronger somehow. Even if its just teaching you as many skills as possible, Ill do as much as I can to help. (Luna)


    Lunya nya! (Mio)


    Mio then started hugging me.


    You just wanted to get close to me and my tails, didnt you. (Luna)


    Yeah nya. I want to get to the same point as Velvet already nya. (Mio)


    Im curious, what depth are you at right now? (Luna)


    57% nya. (Mio)


    Fine, the go for it for a few minutes. I think you can reach at least 60. (Luna)


    Yay nya! (Mio)


    Hahaha. You treat her like Soleil, Luna. (Rex)


    Thats only natural. I feel like everyone in my party is a part of my family. I mean, Mio already considers me her eternal friend which she says is basically family. Ophidia is contracted to me and is my Apostle and shes with Skadi, so they are basically family, and the same goes for Velvet and Soleil. (Luna)


    Hahaha. I like that mindset. If only mom and dad could see this. (Rex)


    You know, I dont really know much about my grandparents. Mom and dad never spoke about them much. (Luna)


    Well, I can tell you about them while you wait for the night toe. (Rex)


    Ill take you up on that offer. (Luna)


    Like that, Uncle Rex told me about my grandparents of this life until it came close to evening. Mio had fallen asleep at some point in time and I had her head in myp.


    Ill go and see if the others are in the ce we said we would meet at. Ill be back. (Luna)


    Alright. (Rex)


    I moved Mio off of me and teleported away. I appeared in front of the castle gate to see Velvet and Soleil being all clingy. Then Ophidia and Skadi appeared nearby in the same state. When the four of them saw each other, they started tough.


    Seems we had the same idea, Ophidia. (Soleil)


    That seems to be the case. (Ophidia)


    Congrats all of you. Ill make sure the weddings are magnificent. (Luna)


    We look forward to it, big sis. (Soleil)


    Id expect nothing less from you, master. (Ophidia)


    We then teleported back to the vi. When we got back to the room, we seemed to have woken Mio up.


    Nya!? (Mio)


    Sorry about that, Mio. (Luna)


    Nyaaaawn. Its fine nya. (Mio)


    She rubbed her eyes then looked at the others.


    Nya. Congrats nya. (Mio)


    Thanks.


    Well, Id love to hear the details, but Tamamos calling and I must answer. I said as I went to the room prepared for me.


    When I got there and hopped onto the bed, I shut my eyes and was brought to Tamamos ce. It was still the mountainous version that it was thest few times, but I still liked it nheless. I wasntying in Tamamosp like I usually was and was just standing under the tree. I looked around for Tamamo but didnt see her. I did notice that there was already a pathway of moonlight leading off into the mountains. I followed it for a few minutes until I saw the end. What I saw waiting for me there made me smile a wide smile. I sped up my pace and when I got to the end, I jumped into Tamamos arms and gave her a passionate kiss. Due to my momentum, Tamamo fell backwards onto therge bed.


    {Im happy to see you too, Luna.}


    I didnt say anything and just hugged Tamamo tightly. I even wrapped her in all six of my tails.


    {Ufufu. Calm down Luna, we have time for thatter. Didnt you want to watch some of those movie things first?}


    Tamamo you tease.


    {Ufufufufu.}


    I reluctantly let Tamamo go only for her to wrap a few of her tails around my waist and pull me closer.


    {Just because I told you to calm down doesnt mean you had to let go, you know.}


    Geez Tamamo, if you dont stop, Ill pin you down and forget any ns we had for the night.


    She didnt rely and only smiled. I freed myself enough to be able to look up to the sky and she did the same.


    So, what do you feel like watching?


    {I know nothing about them, so just choose whatever you remember most vividly.}


    Alright, then get ready for a long one.


    I snapped my fingers and an illusion of Lord of the Rings started to y. It kept our attention for a few hours until we got so lost being with each other that wepletely forgot about it.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Grey!


    Grey: What?


    Atmos: Get over here. You need to spend more time with me.


    Grey: Fine.


    *The two of them start to cuddle*


    *Meanwhile, in the sea of chaos outside*


    Order: I expected it to be more chaotic out here.


    Eh, it''s rtively calm today. Anyway,e with me.


    Order: Alright.


    *We enter the cabin of the ship we built*


    Order: You know, if you all you wanted was a nice private room, you could have just asked and we could have made it so no one would show up for a bit.


    True, but I liked this idea as well.


    Order: So then.


    *Fade to ck*

 Chapter 188: Onward to the Elf Nation and a Reunion

    Chapter 188: Onward to the Elf Nation and a Reunion


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up the next morning, I was a bit upset.


    Tch. Day just had toe, didnt it.


    {Now now Luna, you know it was inevitable.}


    Just because its inevitable doesnt mean I have to like it.


    I got up from the bed and got to my morning routine.


    Anyway, how did you enjoy the movie before wepletely forgot about it?


    {It was interesting. I would like to see it again without getting distracted next time.}


    Then well try to do that.


    I left the room and went to were I left everyonest night to find the others already awake.


    Oh, seems Im thete one today. (Luna)


    You did wake up a bitter than normal. Not that any of us me you. (Velvet)


    So, do you want to pick up a quest or something before heading out? (Skadi)


    We can if you want to, but I dont think its really necessary. I mean its not like were strapped for cash and were all S-rank, so I think it would be a bit much if we took a normal quest that brought us to the Elf Nation. (Luna)


    Luna, something you have to understand is that even if were not in need of money, quests serve other purposes. Take me for example, I do them to stay upied. If I didnt, Id always be bored. (Skadi)


    I see. Any kind youd rmend we take then? (Luna)


    Well, we could take a transport quest. Its like an escort quest, but we dont have to deal with guarding merchants the whole way. (Skadi)


    Why not. What about the rest of you, want to do it? (Luna)


    Lets do it nya. (Mio)


    Anything Skadi says is good, I will also agree with. (Ophidia)


    Were in as well. (Velvet)


    Then thats settled. Lets head to the guild and find something. (Luna)


    We left the vi and went to the guild. When we got there and headed to the quest board, the adventurers in front of us parted like the Red Sea. We looked over the board for a few minutes until Mio picked up a quest.


    Found one that ends close to our destination nya. (Mio)


    She showed it to the rest of us and we agreed to take it. We went up to the reception counter and I epted the quest for us. We then left the guild to go and pick up what we were transporting. On the way there, we were discussing the particrs of the quest.


    So, it requires two parties, even if ours is what it is. (Luna)


    I have a feeling I know who we will be traveling with. (Velvet)


    Funny, I thought the same thing. (Luna)


    Even so, are we going to use your space magic and inventory, Luna? (Skadi)


    I mean, we can I guess, but I feel like it would kind of ruin the whole, keep us upied thing. (Luna)


    True. I dont even know why I suggested it. (Skadi)


    Before we could continue, we arrived at our destination. Waiting there was a familiar party.


    Well, well, well. Seems like we meet for a third time. (Luna)


    Hahahahaha! Indeed. And it seems yer party grows every time as well. (Jarl)


    My rank does as well. (Luna)


    Yeah. You passed me up alreadyss. (Jarl)


    Anyway, howve you been, Jarl? (Velvet)


    Good more or less. (Jarl)


    At that moment, Apollo came from around the wagon wed be using for this quest.


    Jarl, is the other party- (Apollo)


    He stopped talking when he saw both me and Skadi. I started to grin mischievously.


    Hey Apollo. Long time no see. (Luna)


    It has been a while indeed, Apollo. (Skadi)


    *Sigh* Never expected this. To think the two of you would be in the same party. (Apollo)


    Fufufu. Its all good. Not like were up to any trouble. (Luna)


    Something wrong with that, Apollo? (Jarl)


    Nah. Dont worry about it. (Apollo)


    If you say so. Anyway, to those who dont know, names Jarl. I lead this party. We mostly take quests like this as well as escorting. That there is Apollo, our archer and scout. The other two that are off gettingst minute prep done are Zan and Gief, theyll be back shortly. (Jarl)


    Then Ill start. Im Soleil, little sister of Luna and an S-rank adventurer. (Soleil)


    Ophidia. Contracted to master Luna, and S-rank adventurer. (Ophidia)


    Mio nya. S-rank adventurer and Lunas eternal friend nya. (Mio)


    Skadi, S-rank adventurer and Ophidias partner. (Skadi)


    You know me already, but Velvet, S-rank adventurer. (Velvet)


    Might as well. Luna Reed, S-rank adventurer. (Luna)


    Jarl was speechless and Apollo looked amused.


    Lass, you and everyone else is S-rank? (Jarl)


    Yep, though Soleil and Ophidia only ranked up yesterday. (Luna)


    Jarl leaned back on the wagon.


    *Sigh* You*Sigh* (Jarl)


    Hehe. Calm down Jarl. And you owe me money now. (Apollo)


    Damn it I know that Apollo. How much was it again? (Jarl)


    100 gold. (Apollo)


    Tch. Guess I owe Zan and Gief as well. (Jarl)


    Making bets are we? (Luna)


    Geh. (Jarl)


    Dont feel bad, me and Velvet did the same. (Luna)


    Hoh? And what was yours? (Apollo)


    If Jarl here was dwarven royalty. (Luna)


    (Jarl)


    Pfft. They got you Jarl. (Apollo)


    Tch. (Jarl)


    Here Velvet. I said as I handed over some gold.


    Thinking back, we should have increased the amount. (Velvet)


    Nah, this was enough. (Luna)


    (Skadi)


    ? (Apollo)


    Youve changed, Apollo. (Skadi)


    I could say the same to you, Skadi. (Apollo)


    Eh, being around Luna will do that. (Skadi)


    Seems like it. (Apollo)


    Oi, its not like I intentionally change people. (Luna)


    !!! (Zan)


    !!!!?! (Gief)


    Oh, hello Zan, Gief. (Luna)


    !!!


    Seems like everyones here. Lets set off. (Jarl)


    We started on our way and once we were out of the city, I asked Jarl a question.


    So Jarl, you a prince? (Luna)


    *Sigh* Yeah. 3<sup>rd</sup> prince to be exact. Not in line for session. (Jarl)


    Makes sense. Otherwise you probably wouldnt be an adventurer. (Luna)


    Nah, even then I would probably be. Not like there isnt a precedent for rulers or future rulers to be adventurers at some point in their lives. (Jarl)


    *Sigh* Everyone is so free. (Luna)


    {Not like you have any right to criticize them, Luna.}


    Never said I was.


    By the way, do you know whats up with Apollo and Skadi there? Seems to me like there is or was something. (Jarl)


    Its not what youre thinking. They do know each other, but never were in that kind of rtionship. I just think they dont know what to talk about with each other. I mean, from what Skadi has told me, they havent seen each other in a long time. (Luna)


    Huh. Interesting. Also, you seem different. And I dont mean that in the sense that youre S-rank now. I dont know exactly what, but I can tell. (Jarl)


    Eh, things happen, but exactly what, I wont say. Girls gotta have her secrets and all that. (Luna)


    Haha. Fair enough. (Jarl)


    I then left Jarl to go and stand next to Skadi and Apollo.


    And you two need something to talk about. Its no good to stay like this the entire time, you know. (Luna)


    So then you know about me? (Apollo)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Did you tell her, Skadi? (Apollo)


    Yep. Shes one of us, so why wouldnt I? (Skadi)


    So I was right. You became a demigod. (Apollo)


    Indeed. Four tails to go and I ascend. And if you absolutely need to know, my wife will be Tamamo. (Luna)


    I knew that much. I could hear your conversations every time after all. (Apollo)


    My visible tail twitched at that.


    And why didnt you tell me that, Tamamo? (Luna)


    {I was too engrossed in our conversations to notice.}


    Fair enough. I was as well. (Luna)


    And there they go again. (Apollo)


    Eh, you get used to it. (Skadi)


    Hey, dont think youre different, Skadi. You and Ophidia do this a lot as well. (Luna)


    Do we? I didnt think we did that much. (Skadi)


    You do. You just dont notice it when you get lost in your own little world. Its a feeling I know well. (Luna)


    So, you really did find someone before I did. (Apollo)


    Heh. That means I beat you once again, Apollo. (Skadi)


    Tch. Ill one up you one of these days. (Apollo)


    I backed away as the two began to yfully argue.


    Heh.


    {Got what you wanted, Luna?}


    Yep. Now I know how I can mess with Apollo.


    {Remember to keep it in moderation.}


    I know, I wont be a second Atmos.


    Like that, our group continued onward to the Elf Nation.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I''m starting to think all of you think the only thing I''ve ever done is prank people.


    Tamamo: So, you''ve finally figured it out?


    Atmos: I''ll ept a lot of things, Tamamo, but that is going too far. I know I was bad in the past, but I haven''t really gone on a pranking spree in a long time. I mean sure, I spread a lot of stuff throughout dungeon chests, but that doesn''t count.


    Tamamo:...


    Atmos: Don''t stare at me like that.


    Tamamo:......


    Atmos: Look, Luna won''t get affected by any of them again. That chest and that sword were just coincidences.


    Tamamo: If you promise that, then I''ll let you off.


    Atmos: I''ll manipte fate if I have to.


    Tamamo: Fine then.


    Atmos: *inner monologue* Luna, whatever you did with Tamamo, thank you for getting her in such a good mood.

 Chapter 189: Around a Campfire

    Chapter 189: Around a Campfire


    [Luna POV]


    When we stopped for the night, I called Gief over.


    Gief, show me how much youe with your cooking. (Luna)


    !!! (Gief)


    He walked over with a confident look on his face. I moved over to give him full ess to the cooking area of our camp and he got to work. After a while, he was done and everyone was sitting around a fire.


    Gief. (Luna)


    !? (Gief)


    You did good. (Luna)


    !!!!!!!!!! (Gief)


    He got a smug smile on his face.


    Lass, you have no idea how much you helped himst time. Since then, hes been practicing every day. Hes gotten so good that we can hardly eat anything other than his food now. (Jarl)


    d I could help. (Luna)


    Mister Jarl, how many ces have you been? (Soleil)


    You dont need to add the mister, just call me Jarl. As for your question, Ive been to every country at least once, though we mostly go between the Beast Kingdom and the Celestia Kingdom. The reason were going to the Elf Nation this time is because the ce were headed to is Zan and Giefs hometown. (Jarl)


    Oh, I didnt know they were from the Elf Nation. (Velvet)


    !!...!!!!.!!..!!! (Zan)


    I see. (Luna)


    You understood that? (Apollo)


    A bit. (Luna)


    Hahahaha! I told you it was possible, Apollo. Now you dont have any excuse to not try and understand them. If me and Luna here can do it, then so can you. (Jarl)


    !!!! (Gief)


    Skadi, what is going on here? (Ophidia)


    No idea, but its fun, so who cares. (Skadi)


    Eh, Ill agree to that. (Ophidia)


    I have tried before though. Even then I couldnt understand them. (Apollo)


    Well, what you have to do is pay attention to their gestures as well as the current situation. (Luna)


    Exactly. Youd think hed be good at that, but no, he just cant make heads or tails about it. (Jarl)


    Gah. (Apollo)


    Hehe. (Luna)


    It really is easy to understand them nya. Especially Zan nya. Hes been telling me a lot of stories while we walked today nya. (Mio)


    Luna, your party is full of weirdos. (Apollo)


    Nah, youre the one whos weird. (Luna)


    See when you deal with Luna, its best to just not think about anything. Itll only tire you out. (Velvet)


    Good job Velvet, youvee so far from the person that would point out everything that big sis did. (Soleil)


    Guess this is what it takes to be S-rank. None of you have anymon sense. (Apollo)


    Oi, not like you can say that. (Skadi)


    Yeah, but I can at least imitate it well enough. (Apollo)


    Come on Apollo,mon sense is so boring. Let loose some and just enjoy yourself. (Luna)


    Youre already talking like her. Dont think I didnt notice how much youve been trying to mess with me today. (Apollo)


    Wrong! I wont be like her, I know moderation. (Luna)


    Tch. I cant deny that. (Apollo)


    Hahahahaha. (Skadi)


    {Ufufufu. This is fun to watch.}


    You know thats just going to encourage her, why are you egging her on? (Apollo)


    {Why wouldnt I? I like seeing Luna enjoy herself.}


    *Sigh* (Apollo)


    Gahahahaha. I didnt think Id ever see you make expressions like that, Apollo. Who knew the only thing needed to break that stoess was bring in Luna and Skadi. (Jarl)


    To be fair, something like this wouldnt be possible without Luna. (Velvet)


    Really? (Jarl)


    Yeah. Luna is the one that started befriending Skadi first. (Velvet)


    Thats true. I still remember that fight. (Ophidia)


    So, is that how Luna got promoted to S-rank? Fighting Skadi? (Jarl)


    Yeah. That fight ended in a draw. (Soleil)


    What!? You actually didnt win a fight, Skadi? (Apollo)


    Yeah. And the second time I fought her, I lost. (Skadi)


    I wish I was there to see that. Wait, how long ago was that? (Apollo)


    A long time ago. (Luna)


    Nyaaaaaawn. While this is fun, Im going to sleep nya. Just wake me up if I am keeping watch tonight nya. (Mio)


    Mio then went over to her tent and went to sleep. Zan and Gief did the same a few minutester.


    Guess Ill take first watch. Whos joining me? (Luna)


    I will. (Apollo)


    I might as well. (Skadi)


    Then thats settled. Call me up when its time to switch out. (Jarl)


    Same for us. (Soleil)


    The others went to bed and me, Skadi, and Apollo sat there by the fire. It was silent for a while and when we were sure Jarl, Zan, and Gief were asleep, I made a small domain around us.


    We can talk without people waking up and hearing us now. Not that my party doesnt know everything already. (Luna)


    Youre ridiculous, Luna. The only normal person in your party is that little sister of yours. (Apollo)


    She wont be for long. Shes going to be my third Apostle once she clears the conditions. (Luna)


    So, from the thing you just did, one of your Authorities is Space, right? (Apollo)


    Yep, the other two are Fluff and Stars. You probably get the first one, but I dont expect you to know the third. (Luna)


    Yep,pletely lost with thatst one. (Apollo)


    I snapped my finger.


    Look up. (Luna)


    He did and to say he was surprised would be an understatement.


    (Apollo)


    {You really love doing that to people, dont you Luna?}


    Of course I do. The reactions are always so good. (Luna)


    {Ufufufu.}


    You gods just dont hold back. (Apollo)


    Oh, and is that a problem? (Luna)


    Not really. Just an observation from past experience. (Apollo)


    Surprisingly, I havent met that many gods yet. Just the major ones. (Luna)


    Really? Even I havent met the top of the top. Of course, Ive met Atmos and Grey, but those are the only two big names I have talked to extensively. (Apollo)


    Im beating you again, Apollo. (Skadi)


    Gah. (Apollo)


    {Im actually surprised by that. I mean, youre more social than Skadi was, so I would expect you to have met more gods.}


    I hate that I cant deny that. (Skadi)


    Youre all good, Skadi, things that happen in the past are what make you who you are today. And look at you now, a very sociable person that is engaged. (Luna)


    Hehehe. Wait, I need to tell my mother. Luna, next time were somewhere with a sea temple, can you let me and Ophidia go there? (Skadi)


    Sure, just make sure toe back in a reasonable time. Wait, damn, Tamamo, we forgot to let Ophidia and Velvete to the divine domain for a bitst time. (Luna)


    {Oh, youre right. We have to remember next time.}


    Yeah, Ill try to, so please dont distract me with how beautiful you are. (Luna)


    {If I can avoid falling for you all over again when I see you.}


    And there they go. (Skadi)


    *Sigh* (Apollo)


    The night continued on. After a few hours, we switched watch with Zan and Gief. Once daybreak came, we packed up camp and set off again.


    Chaos Realm:


    We''re back.


    Order: Hello anyone who is here.


    Tamamo: Hello. Wait, isn''t this your home? Why am I the one weing you back?


    ...


    Order: Fufu.


    Anyway, what''s been up with Luna?


    Tamamo: Not much. They met up with Jarl''s party again and are on their way to the Elf Nation.


    I see. They having fun?


    Tamamo: Seems like it.


    Order: That sounds good.


    Tamamo: It is. Any fun Luna has is good.

 Chapter 190: Finishing the Quest

    Chapter 190: Finishing the Quest


    [Luna POV]


    After a week of travel, we made it to the border of the Elf Nation. Over this week, nothing of note has happened. No bandits have attacked us, the viges we passed by werent facing any monster attacks, no other clich events happened. The most exciting thing aside from conversation so far is that it started raining a short while ago. I was sitting on top of the wagon with a space barrier spread over top of us to keep us from getting wet. While maintaining the barrier, I was going over all the weapons in my treasury and cleaning them.


    Lunass, thats the 30<sup>th</sup> sword youve pulled out of that inventory of yours. What do you even do with all of those? (Jarl)


    I use them as projectiles. I open a Gate with space magic, aim, and fire them out at my opponent. Mix them in with some illusions and there you go. (Luna)


    I see. Youre a lot scarier than I thought. (Jarl)


    Fufufu. Dont worry Jarl, I dont fight to kill my friends. Spar, yes, but only that much. Though I dont really do that much any more either. (Luna)


    Well, Im d you consider me a friend. (Jarl)


    Of course I do. You and your party are the first adventurers I met, youre all really good people, and you dont look at me or anyone else in my party with indecent thoughts. (Luna)


    From what youve said, you dont really run into anyone like that though. (Jarl)


    Just because they dont speak to us doesnt mean I dont know what they think. I can feel their stares all the time. Its just that weve been lucky they dont approach us. Especially now that Mio and Skadi are with us. (Luna)


    About the being lucky people dont approach us thing, I think your reputation proceeds you, Luna. Remember that incident early on? (Velvet)


    Yeah, I remember. Actually, I wonder how that guy is doing now? Last I saw him, he apologized to me and after that, I havent seen him since. (Luna)


    Why not ask your father? (Velvet)


    I mightter. Anyway, if that is also a reason people dont approach us, then Ill dly take it. (Luna)


    Fair enough, though from what I can see, most of you are engaged so even if you were approached, it wouldnt lead anywhere. (Apollo)


    Thats also true. (Luna)


    Nyot entirely nya. There are always a few that dont care about that nya. Especially THAT guy nya. (Mio)


    Ugh. I really hope we never run into HIM. I dont know if Ill be able to hold myself back from punching him in the face a few, thousand, times. (Skadi)


    Who are you talking about? (Ophidia)


    A filthy degenerate of an S-rank adventurer. He walks around with the gaudiest set of golden armor and has a reprehensible personality. And even with all of that, women flock to him on droves. Its absolutely disgusting. (Skadi)


    Exactly nya. I met him once nya, and to say I wasnt impressed would be the understatement of the millennia nya. (Mio)


    Im surprised you managed to get away without him trying to seduce you, Mio. (Skadi)


    I didnt nya. It took me threatening to remove his second mind to get him to leave me alone nya. Or should it be his main mind nya? I mean he clearly doesnt think with the one he is supposed to nya. (Mio)


    Whats this guys name so we know to avoid him at all costs? (Luna)


    Gilderoy, or as his epithet goes, Gilderoy the Collector. (Skadi)


    I see. (Luna)


    {Luna, I hope we dont ever meet this person because, if what they say is true, even I will have a hard time holding back when he goes after you.}


    Dont worry Tamamo, if that happens, Ill deal with it, consequences be damned. No one tries anything like that with me or my family and makes it out unscathed.


    Calm down big sis, youre making it really cold. (Soleil)


    Sorry. (Luna)


    Dont worry about it,ss. Even we dont like thatI really dont want to say man since hes more a wild animal in heat. (Jarl)


    Yeah. Ive never met him, but the things Ive heard about him dont really paint a good picture, though I think its mostly been influenced by the jealousy of male adventurers. This is one of the few times Ive heard any woman badmouthing him. (Apollo)


    Just be d you havent ever met him nya. Just thinking about it gives me chills nya. (Mio)


    Maybe I should hunt him down and rid this world of him then. (Luna)


    No Lunya nya. If you did that nya, youd taint whatever you used to kill him nya. (Mio)


    Then shouldnt I just use one of my disposable weapons? (Luna)


    Just drop it, Luna. Doing that will just end up bringing you more trouble than its worth. (Skadi)


    Fine. Ill drop it for now. (Luna)


    With the end of that conversation, we kept slowly making our way down the road. Eventually the rain stopped, but the sky remained overcast, so it was likely going to start again. We stopped for lunch by a small river. Gief had been the one that cooked the entire time, so I decided to do it today.


    Gief, Im going to give you a new goal to aim for, so let me cook this time. (Luna)


    Gief saluted me and went over to help the others with whatever they were doing. I pulled out some ingredients and got to work. I decided to use some of the fish I caught while we were looking for the pirates as well as some of the things the mermaids gave Skadi. I was really excited to use a few of those things. Especially this apple-looking fruit. Instead of the any of the normal apple colors, it was a nice blue color and from the small bit I tried, it tasted like a mix of a mango and lime. After a bit, I was done with everything and the others were looking at me with their eyes shining.


    Lass, I dont know what youve been making, but it smells amazing. (Jarl)


    Fufu. I hope you guys like seafood. (Luna)


    I handed everyone their portion and then sat down next to Soleil and Mio. They immediately started eating and from their reaction, I could tell that they enjoyed it. I looked over at Gief and his expression made me get a wide smile.


    Fufu. Looks like I was sessful in motivating him to get even better.


    {Can I ask for the reason behind that, Luna? Dont get me wrong, Im happy that you are enjoying yourself, but I just really want to know.}


    He has great potential. When you find someone like that, it makes me want to see how far they will go. I dont know if Im describing it right, but thats just how I feel.


    {I see. Now that I think about it, I can see where youreing from.}


    Once we finished eating, we started on our way again. A week and a halfter, we made it to our destination. The ce was bigger than a town, but smaller than a city, but it had a good atmosphere. There were a lot of elves as one would expect, but there were also more of other races than I was expecting.


    So, where are we supposed to bring this? (Luna)


    The big building in the center. (Jarl)


    We headed there and dropped off our cargo, then we all went to the guild branch here. When we walked in, we got the usual reaction of people looking toward us then immediately turning away once Skadi and Mio came into view. After we finished turning in thepletion papers, Jarl spoke up.


    So, Lunass, you gonna finally let me buy you that drink? (Jarl)


    Why not. Not like we were going to head off to the capital until tomorrow anyway. (Luna)


    We all moved over to the bar that was in the guild and sat down a one of therger tables. Jarl and Apollo went over and got drinks and then handed them out to everyone before sitting down themselves.


    To a sessful quest andsting friendship. (Jarl)


    We all nked our cups together and drank. When we put them down again, I saw that Soleil and Ophidia had a disgusted face.


    Oh yeah, the two of you have never drank before. (Luna)


    I dont get how people drink this stuff so much. (Soleil)


    Indeed. It reminds me of some things that I ate in the past. (Ophidia)


    Eh, its an acquired taste so dont think you have to keep going. (Jarl)


    We spent some time sitting there before we left the guild and found an inn. After spending the night there, my party and I left the town and headed to the capital of the Elf Nation.


    Chaos Realm:


    Here you go, Order.


    Order: Thanks.


    *I sit sown and take a sip of my coffee.*


    Order: Hey, teach me how to make this like you do next time.


    Alright.


    *I wrap an arm around Order while we sit and watch what happens next*

 Chapter 191: Arrival at the Elven Capital

    Chapter 191: Arrival at the Elven Capital


    [Luna POV]


    A few dayster, we came to the entrance to a forest with trees that would make redwoods look like saplings. I could also feel the mana in the air be a bit more dense. Not as dense as in a dungeon, but still noticeable.


    To think the elven capital would be in a forest of world trees.


    {Ufufu. Luna, these are still rtively smallpared to where youre going.}


    Eh!? But if thats the case, howe-oh, magic.


    {Yep.}


    We crossed the treeline while having this conversation and it felt like entering a barrier.


    Anyone know how far into this ce the capital is? (Soleil)


    From what Tamamo said, we go until we see trees that are even bigger than these. (Luna)


    They get even bigger!? (Soleil)


    Apparently. (Luna)


    Hehe. Even though I havent been here in a really long time, I remember my first timeing here, I had the same reaction. (Skadi)


    Are there any other ces out there that are like this? (Ophidia)


    Off the top of my head, a few of the older dwarven cities are just as impressive. The difference is that they are underground. But they have their own charm, especially the one that is built in giant crystals. (Skadi)


    Ooh. Ive heard of that city nya. Think we can go there one day nya? (Mio)


    Sure. I feel like all of us would love to see that. (Luna)


    We walked for a long time before the I noticed the trees start to get wider and taller. Some of them even went above the clouds. Seeing this made me excited to see what the city looked like. Will it be like the usual fantasy setting for elves, or will it be something I wasnt expecting? My tails started to sway as I got more excited.


    {Ufufu. Luna, you seem really excited.}


    Of course I am. Im visiting a new ce. I also have high expectations when ites to ces like this.


    {Then I cant wait to see what you think when you finally see the city.}


    A few more hours of walkingter and I could no longer see the top of any trees. I also started to notice signs of civilization aside from the road we were walking on. Then arge wooden wall appeared in the distance. Once we got closer, I started to notice more details. It was a normal wall but therge doors on it looked like a work of art. Seeing it made me want to make something just as impressive. When we got to the foot of the wall, two guards were standing on wither side of the doors. When they saw us walking up, one of them came up to us. He was going to ask us something but when he saw Skadi, he med up a bit.


    S-Skadi the Abyssal Hunter? To what does our city owe the pleasure of your visit?


    There isnt really any special reason. Im just here with my friends. Luna, however does have some business to take care of. (Skadi)


    The guard turned to me.


    Yes, General Lia sent me a request toe here. (Luna)


    Wait, Luna and in Luna Reed? The daughter of General Deacon Reed and the person that was able to nearly beat the General in an archery contest!?


    Yes thats me and can you please not yell so loudly? (Luna)


    My apologies, its just youre kind of a hero to us that work under General Lia. Anyway, Ill show you the way to her, so if you follow me.


    Thank you very much. (Luna)


    We started to follow the excited guard. Once we were inside the city, I was immediately awestruck at the sight. The buildings were a majority wood with some stone or brick here and there. More buildings were built on low branches of trees and some even looked like they were built upside down. Also, in tune with many fantasy settings, I could hear musicing from somewhere in the city. My tails started to sway even faster the further we went into the city.


    {Ufufufufu. Should I change my ce again to look like this a bit?}


    No, I like the way it is now.


    {Alright. Maybe some other time then.}


    While we were walking, I started to feel gazes especially focused on my visible tail. This was a metaphorical bucket of cold water being thrown on me. My party members immediately noticed my change in mood.


    <em>Luna, what happened? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>I remembered what we were here for. Plus, I feel them watching me. </em>(Luna)


    <em>I think I get what you mean, big sis. I can feel it too. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Same nya. Is this what you feel all the time Lunya nya? </em>(Mio)


    <em>More or less. Its just I can normally ignore it. </em>(Luna)


    I was about to say more when we started to pass by a veryrge building that took up almost an entire tree.


    What is that ce? (Luna)


    Ah, that is the pride of the capital, the Academy, or Odin Academy to people from other countries.


    I see. What exactly is taught here? (Luna)


    Anything really. Name it and its probably taught here.


    Thats kinda surprising. (Soleil)


    If you n on staying in the city for a while, Im sure the General can give you a letter of introduction to check it out.


    Then Ill ask about thatter. Thanks. (Luna)


    Think nothing of it, Im just doing my job.


    We soon moved on again and I started to see fancier buildings built on taller, more robust trees. After a bit, I saw the ce the guard was leading us to. It was arge mansion built around the trunk of one of therger trees. It was like a ring that surrounded the trunk.


    Thats an interesting design. (Ophidia)


    Yeah, that is what a lot of older building looked like. Over time things were either built over them or reced altogether. Only the Generals home, some of the Academy, and parts of the castle are still like that.


    Interesting nya. (Mio)


    We walked up to the trunk of the tree and stepped inside a doorway that was at the base. We started up a spiral staircase until what I assumed halfway up to the building. The guard that was leading us then stopped and knocked on a part of the wall. It opened up and an androgenous looking person that looked to be in their early twenties came out. The guard exined what was going on and the other person turned their attention to us.


    I see. Madam Lia has been expecting you, please follow me and Ill bring you to her.


    We parted ways with the guard who started making his way back to the city gate. We followed the person inside and along a hallway. After several turns, we came to arge set of wooden double-doors. The person knocked on one then started to open it. They ushered us inside and then closed the door behind us. Waiting inside was Lia. She was sitting behind a desk with her head in her hands and a tired look on her face.


    Before anything else, Im so sorry for this. (Luna)


    Heh. Dont worry Luna, I dont me you for anything, its all on Cres. (Lia)


    Lia motioned for us to sit down, so we did. She then moved over to sit in front of us.


    Seems like youve expanded your party a lot since west met. (Lia)


    Yeah, things happened. Ill tell youter if you want, but I need to know, where is Cres right now? (Luna)


    I have him in a room close to this one where spirits like to stay in. Its the ce that Ive had to keep him in for the most part since if I dont, he goes around and indoctrinates more people. (Lia)


    The both of us sighed.


    Im sorry about that. I truly am. Ill do what I can to either stop itpletely and if I cant do that, Ill figure out how to give the ones that are too far gone a purpose so that they dont get too out of hand. Oh, and on a different note, I have another new spirit that you can contract with. This one should be less trouble than Cres. (Luna)


    What kind is it? Lia asked as she perked up.


    A ster spirit. Ill call it over now if you want. (Luna)


    If you would. (Lia)


    I snapped my fingers and a small spirit summoning magic circle appeared. I channeled some mana into it and a few secondster, the ster spirit appeared.


    [You have called me, my goddess?]


    Im fulfilling my promise to you. The person sitting across from me is the contractor you wanted. (Luna)


    The ster spirit turned around and looked at Lia.


    [Ufufu. Thank you, my goddess, the one you chose for me is very impressive. The amount of contracts she has isrge and she has high potential.]


    I looked up at Lia to see her with a somewhat surprised face.


    Luna, this is one of the calmest spirits I have ever met. The others that Im contracted with are always high-energy and in a way, troublesome to deal with sometimes, Cres being the leading offender. (Lia)


    [I see. You must have contracted with some interesting people then. If you would like, I can act as a mediator for you. And this Cres, who is he?]


    He is currently the only fluff spirit on this world and hes been making a cult. (Luna)


    [I see. So he is another follower of my goddess. It seems like he needs to be taught what it means to be a respectable spirit. Please contract with me so that I may educate him.]


    dly. (Lia)


    Lia drew a contract magic circle and the ster spirit walked into it. It started to shine and the two of them went through the contract ritual. The spirit was named Dia.


    [Thank you, contractor, goddess. If you excuse me, I will go and teach Cres now.]


    Dia disappeared in a puff of stardust. Shortly after that, I heard a deep voice yelling from another room before going quiet again.


    You wouldnt think that was basically a newborn spirit, huh. (Luna)


    I agree. Honestly, even I havent seen a spirit that calm and collected before. (Skadi)


    Luna, I feel like every time I meet with you, world altering things happen. First, its a fluff spirit and now this. Of course, Im extremely thankful that you allowed me to do this. (Lia)


    Haha. Thats Luna for you. (Velvet)


    Now, its gettingte, so we can have a longer discussion tomorrow. The one that led you here should have already prepared some rooms for you all. Please rest for the night. (Lia)


    Thank you very much. See you tomorrow. (Luna)


    We got up and left the room and were led to the rooms that were prepared for us.


    [3rd person POV]


    At the same time within a somewhat dark room in the city.


    Brothers and sisters in fluff, I have called this meeting to discuss an important matter. Today, a group of people arrived in the city and three of them have amazing fluff.


    Murmurs started to be heard from ever part of the room.


    Please quiet down. I understand your excitement, but that was least important of the news.


    The noise immediately stopped.


    One member of that group in particr is one that we should bring in to lead us. While I have no proof to base these assumptions on, I got the feeling that she is the pinnacle of fluff. Upon seeing her fluffy tail and ears, I felt an instinctive draw to immerse myself.


    Another voice spoke up.


    How will we confirm this? Do we wait for the great fluff spirit toe and inform us, or do we take matters into our own hands?


    Yet another voice spoke up.


    We should wait. If we do something foolish and bring this supreme fluff here against her will, it could lead to bad things.


    I agree with you, my sister in fluff, we shall wait for word from the great fluff spirit and move after that. For now, stay at a distance and observe.


    Then the decision is made, we wait and watch. Of course, if you find an opportunity to assist the supreme fluff, do not hesitate, but do not be over eager. I now dere this meeting adjourned.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Payto, what''s wrong?


    Sorry, just remembering something I didn''t want to.


    Atmos: No, no more fluff spirits.


    Order: Atmos as well?


    Atmos: Payto, you arepletely sure that Cres isn''t affected by a small amount of chaos, right?


    He isn''t.


    Atmos: Good. We can calm down some then. This''ll be simple for Luna to deal with then.


    *Sigh* Good. That''s good.


    Order: Payto, calm down. I don''t know what happened, but you''re fine.


    Thanks Order.

 Chapter 192: A Quiet Night

    Chapter 192: A Quiet Night


    [Luna POV]


    I was sitting in a chair that was in the room I was provided. It waste at night and the moon was high up. Looking out the window that took up a majority of the wall over the city, it was a beautiful sight. While sitting there, I created a domain and Tamamo appeared in the chair across from me. She sat there silently and looked out of the window as well. Several minutester, I started to speak.


    Tamamo. I feel weird. I feel watched, and not in the normal way. I also dont mean in the way I felt earlier when we were walking through the city to get here. Sometimes I even think I hear people talking to me. What is going on?


    {Ive said it before, havent I? This city has a temple or shrine,rge and small dedicated to almost every concept that a god or spirit presides over. That includes space and, thanks to Cres, fluff. What you are feeling is the prayers to those shrines that are connected to your Authorities. Its a feeling all of us get and one that we learn to, if Im to be harsh, ignore. They need to learn to fend for themselves some. Of course, we also help every so often when things get a bit much for them to handle, but its hands off most of the time.}


    Heh. Even a somewhat cold Tamamo is nice, but I get where youreing from. Ill work on it. Just wish that they would shut up some. I mean, I can only hear the word fluff so much before it gets irritating. Of course, if you or the others say it, its fine. But people I dont know and cant see is different. All I can say is, being here for a while might make me a bit irritable until I can ignore this.


    I got up and stood in front of the window with my hands sped behind my back.


    Such a beautiful city. Ones in my previous world would cry tears of jealousy if they could.


    {I like this sight a lot more, but I can see where youreing from.}


    Fufu.


    Tamamo joined me by the window. We stood in silence for a bit before Tamamo started to speak again.


    {Luna, may I vent and be a bit selfish for a moment?}


    Why ask when you already know my answer?


    {Then Ill start.}


    Tamamo took in a deep breath.


    {I want more time with you. I dont want to wait for a full moon. I dont want to wait for you to get the rest of your tails. I want to spend all of my time with you right now and always. Its so frustrating only being able to watch you and speak with you. Dont get me wrong, its better than the alternative of not being able to do this, but still. Never in my long life have I ever felt time was so slow. Ive been patient for so long, so I want to be selfish for a least a little while. I want you to forget this cult that selfish little spirit made. I want you to forget making flying ships. I want you to forget everything else but me, at least for a little while. Let me be the selfish one for a bit.}


    I couldnt help but smile at Tamamos rant. I couldnt help but feel a little happy and I desperately wanted to do everything she just said. I moved closer to her and embraced her with my arms and tails.


    Tamamo, you have no idea how much I want to do all of what you just said. In fact, I agree with all of it. My domains canst up to a week and have no cooldown whatsoever. Heck, I could put one up just before one goes away and you wouldnt even have to leave. Honestly, were both frustrated in many ways. Even on the way here, Ive been holding back my kitsune nature more than I ever have. Sure, I understand what Skadi said about enjoying the journey to the destination, but she is different than I am. Sure, I enjoy it, but I also get tired of it. In my opinion, I hide it well, but there is only so much I can do before it alles bursting out like a broken dam. So, after this whole cult ordeal is finished, I go to the floating ind and set up a domain and we spend an entire week, maybe two, together? Just the two of us, no interruptions, not real time limit. Just me. And you.


    {I absolutely love that idea Luna. So much in fact, that I want to reward you foring up with it.}


    She turns to me and kisses me. I lean into the kiss as well and we stay like that for some time. When we break apart, a string still connects us. We smile at each other before turning back to the window.


    If I get that kind of reward every time, then I shoulde up with more good ideas. Of course, the same can go for you.


    {Ufufu.}


    Another silence descends between us broken up by the voices in my head. A slow, quiet chant of fluff. It makes me shiver which Tamamo notices. She pulls me in with her tails.


    {Just ignore them Luna. They dont matter right now, the only thing that matters is me and you.}


    I lean my head on Tamamos shoulder and close my eyes as I revel in her warmth. I feel her hand start running through my hair and some of her tails that arent wrapped around me entangle themselves with mine. We stay like that until the first rays of the sun start to peek through the low branches of the ginormous trees.


    {It seem like I should leave or we might end up spending those two weeks in someone elses home.}


    Fufu. Unfortunate, but we dont want to be rude guests, so I have to agree.


    Tamamo separates from me and moves over a bit. She starts to shine and just as she disappears, I hear her say something.


    {Deal with them quickly Luna, Im holding back just as much as you are.}


    Once she was gone, I dissolved the domain and sat back in the chair. In the reflection in the window, I could see a fire in my eyes.


    Tamamo, you are the greatest motivator to ever exist.


    I made a cup of coffee and enjoyed the morning view before leaving the chair again and exiting the room.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: *Shivering*


    What''s up with you, Atmos?


    Atmos: Did you not hear them? They''re holding back their kitsune nature too much. I-I don''t know if I can deal with that on my own.


    Order: Didn''t they also say they were going to lock themselves up for two weeks to take care of all of that? Doesn''t that mean they won''t bother you?


    Atmos: Order, you''re rtively new here, so you don''t quite get it. Sure, that will take care of arge majority of it, but not all of it. And with the two of them together and two weeks of none of us looking in on them can only spell trouble.


    You''re just paranoid, Atmos.


    Atmos: Why don''t the two of you get it!?


    Order: Atmos, what is my name?


    Atmos: Order.


    Order: Exactly. That is also my main Authority. Any kind of trouble those two may cause can be easily taken care of by me.


    Atmos: Payto-


    No, you can''t have my wife. Not to mention that you''re also married.


    Atmos: That wasn''t what I was going to ask.


    Hmmm.


    Atmos: Hehehe. Anyway, if and when they let loose in the future, can you let Order help me out to quell the chaos?


    Only if Order is ok with it.


    Order: It''ll depend on the situation, but I''ll do it for the most part.


    Atmos: Thank you. As an advance payment and thank you for the trouble, you are now on the official no-prank list.


    Order: I wasn''t before?


    Amtos: Oh, would you look at the time. I gotta go do my taxes or something. *poof*


    ...


    Order:...A-


    No, there are no such taxes in the divine domain.


    Order: I thought not, but I needed to make sure.

 Chapter 193: Conversation with Lia

    Chapter 193: Conversation with Lia


    [Luna POV]


    Walking down the hall we were in yesterday I made my way to Lias office. When I got there, I knocked on one of therge doors and was let in. Inside was Lia and the person that led us around yesterday. That person bowed to me then left the room, leaving me and Lia alone.


    Morning Luna. Howd you sleep? (Lia)


    Eh, sleep is kinda an afterthought for me now, but if I did, Im not really sure how well it would be. I mean, with what I am now, Im hearing so many things that itd make it hard to sleep until I could ignore it. (Luna)


    Lia just tilted her head at my answer.


    Im a demigod now, and Ive been somewhat hearing the prayers of people in regards to space and fluff, mostly fluff. They dont shut up. (Luna)


    Ah. Sorry about that. (Lia)


    It should be Cres apologizing, not you. Youve done nothing wrong. And speaking of Cres, is he still being educated? (Luna)


    Yes. Honestly, I could learn a thing or two about disciplining spirits from Dia. In this short amount of time, she has already done more than I could ever have done to teach Cres and a few others to be more respectable. Dont get me wrong, I enjoy the things my contracted spirits get up to, but sometimes it gets to be too much. With her around, itll be so much easier to get them in line when needed. (Lia)


    Thats good. Take care of my precious first ster spirit. (Luna)


    Yes, and speaking of that, what exactly is a ster spirit? Like, what do they hold sway over? (Lia)


    Before I exin that, do you know any elves or other people that got a new affinity of magic recently? (Luna)


    Yes. Some people have, most of them being diviners. For the most part they have given up on figuring it out though since whatever they try, nothing happens. (Lia)


    Well of course nothing happens, the things they need to use it dont exist yet. Of course there are three exceptions to this, but for the most part, until I ascend, they wont be able to use that magic. (Luna)


    Ah, so it has something to do with you. (Lia)


    Yeah. But now I dont know if I want to exin it all or just let you experience it when the timees. (Luna)


    Let me wait. Sounds like itll be quite the spectacle and I like a surprise like that. (Lia)


    Then that is what Ill do. Now, can you tell me everything you know about Cress or I guess MY cult? I need to know what and who Im looking for and if I can reform them or if I can only redirect their obsession to benefit society. (Luna)


    I have a list of names here. Good thing Cres isnt exactly ashamed of his deeds. First thing he does every time ise and tell me the names. Most of them Ive had people check up on and they arent that badly affected. But some of them that havee into contact with him several times are different. Of course, they dont hurt or forcefully try to get people to join them, but all they do is talk about fluff and how it is the truth of the world. At most, theyre a public nuisance. If they were human or another somewhat shorter lived races, you would just pass it off as them being senile. Thing is, as elves, they dont have that excuse. (Lia)


    I rxed in the seat I was sitting in a bit.


    Im actually relieved. I was thinking this would be a whole lot worse. Heck, I was worried that Id have near mindless drones to deal with. If all they are is obsessed with the fluff to the level of a public nuisance, then I can think of several ways to deal with them. I mean, all I have to do is get them to focus on an objective and make that objective something that they can dedicate the rest of their lives to, it may even benefit the world. Give them a small glimpse of the end goal and there we go. Sure, Ill probably have to reveal myself as a demigod to them, but Ill handle the aftermath of that. (Luna)


    Then Ill leave it to you. Of course, if you need the assistance of me or my people, Ill do what I can. (Lia)


    Alright. Oh, and once this is dealt with and I fulfill my promise with my wife, how about we have anotherpetition? Only this time, we allow magic. (Luna)


    Ill take you up on that offer. (Lia)


    She handed over the list of names and I put it in my inventory.


    Now, on a less business like note, how have you been sincest we met? (Lia)


    Good. Just going around doing what I want really. Though there was that thing with the previous leader of the vampires in the Demon Empire. (Luna)


    I did hear they were under new management. So it was you that made that happen. (Lia)


    Well, if you had some creep thinking they were your significant others one and only partner, youd want them dead as well. (Luna)


    True. (Lia)


    By the way, can I get an introduction letter to the Academy? I want to see what its like and I also have a few acquaintances there that Id like to see again. (Luna)


    Easy. What about the others? (Lia)


    If they want toe, they can. I doubt Skadi or Mio would need a letter though since they are more well known than the rest of us for now. (Luna)


    I dont know, the popce atrge might not know much, but the important people know. Your names just dont have much weight yet. (Lia)


    I see. Anyway, I should head out and get started taking care of all of this. Ille and get Cres if I need to. (Luna)


    Youre not going to wait for your party? (Lia)


    This is something I need to do myself. Not to mention that I want to get it over with as fast as possible. (Luna)


    I know Im the one that called you here to take care of this, but does it really warrant such swift action? (Lia)


    It does if it stops me from a goal. And I got a goal to aim forst night. Ill be off then. (Luna)


    I open the door and leave the room.


    [Lia POV]


    Just as the door shut behind Luna, Cres and Dia appeared on top of my desk.


    [Contractor! Please save me!] (Cres)


    Cres tried to jump toward me but was stopped by Dia.


    [Shameless fool. You must greet our contractor with dignity. Only then will you be allowed to be at ease.] (Dia)


    [You foul beast! I need to do no such thing! In fact, you should be the one listening to me! I hold seniority as a spirit and time with the contractor!] (Cres)


    [You also have caused trouble for our goddess. Your actions have made it so she is the one to clean up the mess when it should be the other way around. Do you have no dignity? Our goddesss time is precious, she shouldnt have to deal with this cult you have started.] (Dia)


    [Tch. Wait, I get it now. You are angry at me since the goddess is taking a detour from her ascension. You still hold little power since your concept ispletely reliant on the goddess and her domains.] (Cres)


    Dia then mmed Cress head onto the desk.


    [Untrue. If that were the case, then I wouldnt even be able to be here right now. Now, apologize to our contractor for your actions and then we will continue with your education. I will make sure to turn you into a proper great spirit by the time our goddess leaves this country.] (Dia)


    You know Dia, I think the two of us will get along very well. (Lia)


    [Thank you, contractor. I look forward to my future with you.] (Dia)


    I was about to say something when Dias wordspletely registered in my mind. The way she said it seemed weird to me.


    Dia, did your words just now have a deeper meaning, or am I just tired? (Lia)


    [Fufufu. Ill let you figure that out on your own, my contractor.] (Dia)


    Dia then looked back to Cres and her voice returned to the strict tone from earlier.


    [Cres.] (Dia)


    Cres then looked at me with somewhat tearful eyes and bowed.


    [Contractor Lia, I humbly apologize for the trouble my shameless, selfish actions have caused. I will do my best to remedy this and promise not to do this again in the future.] (Cres)


    [Good. Go and rest, I will continue your education in 5 hours.] (Dia)


    Cres then immediately disappeared. Dia looked up to me again and even though it was a little difficult to make out, I think she was smiling at me.


    [I shall now be off, my contractor. I shall explore this ce to understand it. If you need any help or just a conversation partner, Im a call away.] (Dia)


    Dia then disappeared in the same way she did yesterday, leaving me alone with my thoughts.


    Wait, was shenoyes? Gah! I dont know whats going on! Can that even happen in the first ce? (Lia)


    Chaos Realm:


    I think that ster spirit has been influenced by Luna and Tamamo.


    Atmos: I think you''re right.


    I bet Lia is going to be surprised once Dia gets strong enough to get her humanoid form.


    Atmos: I''ll agree to that. Especially since Dia is growing rather fast for a spirit.


    Order: Here the two of you go. Let me know what you think.


    *Takes a sip from my cup*


    It''s good. Really good.


    Atmos: Indeed.


    Order: Fufu. Thank you. Now, another question, why would that ster spirit be growing faster than normal spirits?


    My bet is that, since she was directly created by Luna, that had a bonus effect on her.


    Atmos: That''s as good a theory as any. And at this rate, she''ll outpace Cres.


    Pfft. She already has.

 Chapter 194: May the Fluff be with Us

    Chapter 194: May the Fluff be with Us


    [Luna POV]


    Leaving Lias home, I started wandering around the streets of the elven capital of Ygg. Even though it was still rtively early, there were already many people moving about. If I wanted to make it as easy as possible to find the people of my cult, I need to go to a densely popted area. Following the flow of people, I found myself in a market of some kind. Most of the things being sold were fruits, vegetables, and other ingredients. I decided to go around and buy some things while I waited for the people of interest to take notice.


    I hope this works. I really dont want to have to ask around for individual names.


    I moved on from the stalls selling ingredients and found some selling breakfast. I bought myself something and went to sit by a fountain. When I sat down and started to eat, I finally started to feel intense gazes focused on me. I used my space magic to see everything and pinpointed the person that was staring at me. Once that was done, I finished eating my meal, then teleported behind them.


    Shhh. Its rude to stare at people like that, you know. I whispered in their ear.


    AH!


    Shhhhhhhhhh. Are you one that understands the meaning of fluff? (Luna)


    The elf in front of me froze up for a second before nodding their head in an ecstatic manner.


    I am. The fluff has opened my eyes to the truth of the world.


    Fufufu. Then can I ask you to lead me to the rest of you? For I have a revtion for you all. If all of you arent in one ce, then gather them. (Luna)


    The elf nods their head again.


    I understand. Follow me, I will bring you to our meeting ce then I shall gather the rest if us.


    The elf then led me through the city to a ce that was in one of the medium sized trees. We climbed the stairs all the way to a building built near the top of the tree. Standing guard on either side of the doors were two more elves. They looked at my guide and me with some confusion before my guide whispered to them.


    I have brought the one that was discussedst night. It seems she too knows the truth.


    Both guards eyes widened and they stepped aside while opening the doors. I was then led inside and asked to sit on a chair that could be considered a throne.


    To have something like this prepared already. (Luna)


    The great fluff spirit made sure that we had a seat for the one considered the supreme fluff. Now, I shall go and gather the rest of our brothers and sisters in fluff.


    The elf then left the room and the doors shut behind them. Two hourster, the doors opened again and a group of 20 or so elves entered the room. Upon seeing me sitting on the throne, a few of them fell to their knees with tears running down their faces.


    TRULY AN AUSPICIOUS DAY! THE SUPREME FLUFF HAS FINALLY COME! MAY THE FLUFF BE WITH US!


    MAY THE FLUFF BE WITH US!!!!!


    I expected to be a bit creeped out by this, and I was, but I also wanted to y along a little bit. It seems like my kitsune nature was getting too close to fully taking over. I leaned my head on my hand and crossed my legs. The fingers of my other hand were tapping on the armrest of the throne.


    Calm yourselves. (Luna)


    All of the elves immediately quieted down.


    I am not your supreme fluff. I paused my words for dramatic effect.


    Several of the elves gasped in shock making me smile and my eyes to glow brighter.


    I am more than that.


    I stood up from the throne and removed my ne, revealing all six of my tails.


    I am the Abyssal Fluff. The pinnacle of all you strive for. I will ascend to godhood and be the goddess that hold Authority over fluff.


    Even more gasps of shock sounded and I think a few elves even passed out from excitement. I ignored those and turned my attention to the elf that led the chant earlier.


    You.


    Me?


    Yes. Approach.


    I sat back down on the throne and the elf came closer. Once he was four steps away, he knelt.


    I have heard that, in your attempts to spread the joy of fluff, you are seen as public nuisances. Is that correct?


    Yes, Abyssal One. It seems the people of this country do not want to listen to the truth of this world. While we do respect their wills, we also wish that they would listen. Many of us that are in high positions in the country wish to do more, but we are held back by tradition andws that prevent us from spreading our influence. We-


    Shhh. I understand. I also have a solution. You wish to spread the good word of fluff and open the eyes of the worlds people, correct? Then it is simple, make things. Create products that improve things you consider fluffy. Hair, tails, fur, if its fluffy, then make it more so. If you want people to understand the true value of fluff, then make it so that they find it for themselves. (Luna)


    I understand, Abyssal One, but what do we aim for? Fluff changes depending on the individual. How will we know we seeded in creating something that will captivate the world of fluff?


    Fufufu. I will teach you. You and the ones that lead alongside you,e closer.


    The elf in front of me as well as three others came closer. I moved four of my tails over and touched their foreheads with them. Almost instantly, their eyes started to lose their light and I oved my tails back. The three that approached from earlier fell down and seemed unconscious. The one that I was speaking with knelt once again, this time with even more tears running down his face.


    T-to be graced with such an honor.


    I have given you the briefest of glimpses into the Abyss of fluff. With that, you should know what you need to dedicate your lives to, yes? (Luna)


    Indeed. Though we may never reach that point, we will strive to make things that will bring us even a step closer.


    Good. No longer will you go around and preach of the fluff, you must show the world with your creations. (Luna)


    Yes. But how will you see our results?


    Fufufu. Worry not, upon my ascension, I will see. At that time, fluff spirits will be moremon as well. Now, go, show me what you are capable of creating with your own hands. And before you all leave, keep my identity hidden until I ascend. I decided to grace all of you with my presence as I deemed you worthy to show the world the importance of fluff. Now, may the Abyss, Moon, and Stars guide you on your path to ever fluffier heights. (Luna)


    I then disappeared along with the throne I was sitting on. I reappeared in the room I stayed in at Lias mansion, my face crimson and burning.


    AAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!! IM SOOOOOO CRINGY I WANNA BURY MYSELF IN A HOLE!


    {Ufufufufufufufufu. Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! You were very impressive, Luna. I think you seeded in redirecting them to a path that will benefit the world.}


    Waaaaaaaaaa! Tamamo!!!!! I didnt want you to see me like that!!!!!!


    {Hehehehehehe. Luna, you know of a way to get me to forget, dont you?}


    I stopped.


    Fu. Fufu. Fuahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! I do indeed.


    I quickly scribbled a note to whoever found it and teleported to my ind. I then set up a domain around the mansion and Tamamo appeared. I jumped into her arms immediately and stole her lips.


    Time to forget everything else in the world, Tamamo.


    {Thats my line, Luna.}


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: What was that near the end there?


    Atmos: The result of Luna and Tamamo''s kitsune nature influencing the other. Now do you see why I''m a bit worried about it?


    Order: A little bit. I mean, I am a bit surprised, but this is still nothingpared to what In-chan got up to before.


    Atmos: What exactly have you experienced before?


    Order: Please don''t ask.

 Chapter 195: While Lunas Away, the Party will do Something

    Chapter 195: While Luna''s Away, the Party will do Something


    [Soleil POV]


    While all of us were sitting around and eating breakfast, I suddenly heard big sisughing like she had lost her mind.


    Fuahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Luna)


    Umm nya? Was that Lunya nya? (Mio)


    Yes. And by the sound of it, shes letting her kitsune nature take over again. (Soleil)


    That wont end well. (Velvet)


    We all waited for big sis toe here and join us so we could get whatever she was going to do out of her system, but she never came. While we were waiting, the door to the room opened and General Lia came in.


    Oh, hello everyone. Why do you all look like that? (Lia)


    We were expecting Luna. Did you not hear herughing earlier? (Skadi)


    I did. Anyone know what that was about anyway? (Lia)


    Ever heard of kitsune nature? (Soleil)


    Yeahoh. Should I be worried? (Lia)


    Not sure. With big sis, it could be a simple prank or teasing to trapping us in an illusion for training. (Soleil)


    *Sigh* Well, if shes not here, then shouldnt we go and see whats going on? (Lia)


    Probably. Now, who will we send? (Ophidia)


    Silence. We all looked at one another.


    *Sigh* I guess Ill go. (Soleil)


    Are you sure, Soleil? (Velvet)


    Yes. I figure that she would go a little easy on me. (Soleil)


    Alright, but if needed, run back to me. (Velvet)


    I doubt Id be able to escape, but Ill do my best. (Soleil)


    I got up from my seat and walked to the room big sis was staying in. I hesitantly knocked on the door but got no answer. I then opened the door and walked in to find the room empty.


    Please dont be an illusion. Please dont be an illusion. Please dont be an illusion.


    I looked around for a bit and saw a piece of paperying on the ground. I walked over and picked it up.


    [Whoever finds this please bring it to my party. Ive dealt with the cult so we can feel free to rx and do whatever in the Elf Nation. Im off to spend two weeks with Tamamo, so dont look for me. Also, donte to the ind, none of you will be able to get to it.]


    I turned around and went back to everyone, sat down next to Velvet, and let out a long sigh.


    Whats wrong, Soleil? (Velvet)


    Instead of saying anything, I just ced the letter on the table. Velvet picked it up and read it before passing it around. After everyone had read the letter, they all let out a collective sigh.


    (Lia)


    Is something wrong? (Soleil)


    She left to deal with the cult this morning. How did she manage to deal with it this fast? (Lia)


    You read the letter. Shes spending two weeks with her wife alone, that is all the motivation she needed. (Velvet)


    I see. (Lia)


    Silence.


    So. What do we do nyow nya? (Mio)


    I guess we can just go around and see the city. Do some quests if we feel like it. Whatever we want really. (Skadi)


    Sounds good to me, Ive been meaning to take Velvet out on some dates, so this works out well. (Soleil)


    Same, Id like to go ces with Skadi. (Ophidia)


    Guess Ill take some naps or something nya. (Mio)


    You dont want to do anything else, Mio? (Soleil)


    Eh, what can I do nya? I dont have someone like the rest of you nya. And I like napping nya. Though I do get the feeling that Ive been doing it more often nya. I wonder why nya? (Mio)


    Didnt you get a blessing or something? (Ophidia)


    That might be why nya. (Mio)


    You guys are soid back. (Lia)


    Haha. Why wouldnt we be? (Skadi)


    Well, I would think youd all have some kind of reason to go everywhere you do or some goal to reach. (Lia)


    I do have a goal, but it requires big sis to be here. (Soleil)


    Same nya. (Mio)


    Im here because of Ophidia mostly. Though I also enjoy traveling ces with everyone. (Skadi)


    Im here since its fun to be with everyone. (Velvet)


    I follow master because its better than roaming around a jungle, and for Skadi. (Ophidia)


    Hehehe. I should have expected that from people close to Luna. Now, is anyone here well versed in things to do with spirits? (Lia)


    Im fairly knowledgeable. (Skadi)


    Then can I ask some things? (Lia)


    Go ahead. (Skadi)


    First, can spirits enter a rtionship with a mortal? (Lia)


    I dont know. Ive never seen it happen, but that doesnt mean it cant. (Skadi)


    *Sigh* (Lia)


    What made you ask that question nya? (Mio)


    I think Dia wants something like that with me. Im notpletely sure, but I had a small talk with her this morning just after Luna left and it seemed like she was trying to flirt with me. I could just be reading too much into this though. (Lia)


    Hmmm. Sorry, I dont think I can help with any of that. Im no expert when ites to individual spirits. Especially when ites to a new type of spirit like Dia. Youd have to either ask a god or Luna, and even if you ask Luna, its more like youd be indirectly asking Lady Tamamo. (Skadi)


    This seems like it might turn into something interesting, doesnt it Velvet? (Soleil)


    It does. I wonder what will ultimately end up happening? (Velvet)


    Well, all we can do is watch on the side, but itll be entertaining. (Soleil)


    Hehehe nya. Maybe Ill take a few less naps if its to watch this nya. (Mio)


    I dont mean to offend anyone, but are you guys just bored or something? (Lia)


    Well, aside from going and doing things with our partners or in Mios case, napping, then yes. At least until something else happens. (Soleil)


    (Lia)


    Hehehehe. (Soleil)


    Soleil, stop messing with her. (Velvet)


    Fine. (Soleil)


    You let it slip a bit Soleil nya. (Mio)


    Im not as bad as big sis, so it should be fine. (Soleil)


    Thats true nya. (Mio)


    Hahaha. Is it always like this with all of you? (Lia)


    For the most part. (Skadi)


    Hahahaha. Well, I have to get back to work, if any of you need anything, let me know and Ill get someone to help you. (Lia)


    General Lia then left the room and it was just us again.


    Now, lets go look around the city, Velvet. We have two weeks to of this, so lets make the most of it. (Soleil)


    Alright. (Velvet)


    The two of us then left the tree mansion to explore.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Now that I think about it, are none of Luna''s party wary of Soleil? I mean, she is a kitsune like Luna, so shouldn''t she also have the kitsune nature to mess with people?


    She does, she just redirects the urges it give her into more productive things. For example, she used its drive to improve herself so that she could join the party earlier than she would have otherwise.


    Order: I see. Then why doesn''t Luna do the same thing?


    Maybe because she has more fun when she doesn''t? I don''t really know. You''d have to ask her yourself.


    Order: I guess I will the next time shees here then.


    Sounds good.

 Chapter 196: A Mysterious Meeting

    Chapter 196: A Mysterious Meeting


    [Soleil POV]


    Once me and Velvet were out of the mansion, we started walking around the city.


    If Impletely honest, this is the most beautiful city Ive been to yet. (Soleil)


    Ill agree to that. (Velvet)


    We looked up at the trees around us and the buildings on the branches.


    I wonder how they built these, and I dont mean with magic. There has to be something more to it. (Soleil)


    I cant really answer that, but since well most likely be here for a while, we can find out. And knowing Luna, shell probably want to go and check out Odin Academy at some point, so we could probably tag along with her then. (Velvet)


    True. But enough about stuff we can do with big sis. Lets focus on ourselves for today. (Soleil)


    Hehe. Alright then. (Velvet)


    We continued down the road we were on before finding arge gathering in front of arge fountain. We decided to get closer and we started to hear some music. It sounded like it came from some sort of flute different from the one big sis yed. There were also some sort of string instrument being yed as well. The two of us joined the crowd just as whatever was being yed. The next song that was yed had a yful tune. The flute and string paired well and as the song progressed, I felt an urge to get closer to Velvet. I let go of her hand and grabbed her arm. I then leaned my head on her shoulder and closed my eyes. A little time passed with the two of us like that and then the song ended. I moved my head from Velvets shoulder and looked at her in the corner of my eye. She had a rxed, happy smile on her face.


    Shall we move on now? We have a lot to explore after all. (Soleil)


    Hehe. Alright, but lets trade ces after a bit, ok. (Velvet)


    Fine by me. (Soleil)


    The ce we walked to was a lively little ce full of stalls on both sides of the road. The people were calling out to others to get there attention and it was quite noisy. I was about to mess with my sound dampeners when Velvet did it for me.


    Thanks. (Soleil)


    Mm. (Velvet)


    We took a look at some stalls as we went.


    Hmmm. (Soleil)


    Whats up, Soleil? (Velvet)


    Well, dont some of the people here seem a bit young to be doing something like this? And the things they are selling seem, if Impletely honest, a bit cheap? (Soleil)


    Velvet looked around for a second.


    Now that you point it out, youre right. Hmmm. Oh, maybe this has something to do with the Academy? I mean it is close to here and we were told it taught basically anything. (Velvet)


    Huh, maybe youre right. (Soleil)


    We came to the end of the road so we turned a corner and came out to arger road. I then smelled something and turned to look in its direction.


    Smell something? (Velvet)


    Yeah, it smells like tea? (Soleil)


    Want to go check it out? (Velvet)


    Yeah. (Soleil)


    We followed my nose and found a shop hidden behind several others, making it a bit inconspicuous. It had several bundles of leaves hanging from strings and some steaming cups on a table. Behind the table sat an old looking elf woman.


    Oh, some faces Ive never seen before. Wee to my humble little shop, is there anything I can help you with?


    Yes actually, I smelled something from here a little ways away and was wondering what it was. When we followed the smell, it led us here. I would like to know what kind of tea leaves made such a fragrant smell. (Soleil)


    Kukuku. A beastkins nose is hardly ever wrong. Please sit and Ill show you what I have.


    The two of us sat and the old woman began her exnation.


    What you were smelling was a tea made from some leaves only found in this country. They make a tea that calms nerves and heals headaches.


    She pushed a cup forward and put some leaves next to it.


    Now, this right here is a tea that helps people fall asleep.


    She did the same thing with a second cup.


    I nodded my head at her exnation. She then put forward a few more cups and leaves as she exined each one. When she was finished, I looked at her a little strangely.


    These are all quite nice, but you still havent showed everything. (Soleil)


    Kukuku. An astute one. I do have one more, but its a bit special. Its a rare tea that raises a random stat. The thing is, the leaves for this tea are only avable every 200 years.


    The old woman moved the cups and leaves aside and ced a few small leaves on the table. They were a slight goldish color.


    May I ask how much for everything youve showed us? (Soleil)


    Oh? For my normal wares, Ill sell it for the market price, but for the special leaves, Ill ask something more.


    We both narrowed our eyes.


    Kukuku. Dont get all suspicious young ones. I wont ask for much, just some more of your time. You see, Im an old woman. One of the oldest elves even. One of my favorite things is hearing the stories of young people such as yourselves. In particr, I like hearing stories of romance. Tell me your story and Ill give you these special tea leaves.


    Velvet and I rxed when we heard the old elfs words. We nced at each other then Velvet spoke up.


    Where would you like us to start? (Velvet)


    Kukuku. The beginning of course. How did the two of you meet?


    For the next few hours, Velvet and I told the old woman our story. Once we made it the present moment, the old woman smiled.


    Ah, youth, such a time of excitement and adventure. Thank you for telling me your story. As promised, you can have the tea leaves.


    We thanked the old woman and I handed over the money for the other leaves as well. We stood up and were about to leave when the old woman called out to us.


    Kukuku. Enjoy this wonderful city, young ones. If you want a fun ce to walk and enjoy thepany of each other, go west for a bit and youll run into a small park. There, go north and find two trees that look like a gateway, walk through that and youll be surprised at what you find.


    Thank you. (Soleil)


    The old woman waved and we started on our way again. As we turned the corner, the smell of that shoppletely vanished. I looked back and the whole alleyway was gone.


    Velvet, where did the alleyway go? (Soleil)


    Velvet looked back as well and was just as confused as I was.


    No idea. (Velvet)


    We stood there looking at where we came from for a second before shrugging our shoulders and making our way to the ce the mysterious old elf told us to go. When we reached the park, we looked around for the ce we were told about. After a little bit of searching, we found the ce and walked between the tree gate. We walked down a corridor of branches, leaves, and vines. Once we exited the corridor, we found ourselves in a beautiful garden. Flowers and other nice smelling nts were everywhere. A small brook flowed through the middle and around a small ce in the center. Also in the center was a silver colored tree.


    Oh, a Lunar Sakura tree. (Velvet)


    Its a bit small. (Soleil)


    True, but its still beautiful. (Velvet)


    Want to sit under it for a while? (Soleil)


    Sounds good to me. (Velvet)


    We walked over and sat under the tree. We leaned back and closed our eyes as a gentle breeze blew through the garden. The sounds of the brook and birds and swaying leaves created a calm atmosphere. I opened my eyes and looked over to Velvet. I smiled and moved closer to her. Once I was close enough for my shoulders to touch hers, she opened her eyes and looked at me. We looked into each others eyes in silence for a short time before we brought our lips together. When we broke apart after a few minutes, we both smiled and Velvet spoke.


    Soleil.


    Velvet.


    I leaned my head on Velvets shoulder and then she leaned her head on mine. We descended into a long,fortable silence.


    I wonder if this is how big sis felt all the times when she and Goddess Tamamo were together during the full moon?


    A warmth filled my heart as I sat next to Velvet. It made me feelplete in a different way than when I was with everyone else. We sat beneath the tree for several hours before the sky started to change colors.


    Soleil, I think we should start heading back. (Velvet)


    Mm. (Soleil)


    We stood up and Velvet wrapped her arms around one of mine. I smiled and we exited the garden.


    Chaos Realm:


    Amtos: Payto, I''m bored. I want to talk to Tamamo.


    Well, I can''t do anything about that.


    Atmos: I know. Anyway, I have stuff to do, so I''m off. You know where to find me if something interesting happens.


    *Atmos goes into her istion room.*


    Oh, Order, I got an answer to your question.


    Order: How?


    Some minor memory reading.


    Order: Oh. Anyway, what is the answer?


    It was as I thought, she has more fun not suppressing or redirecting her kitsune nature.


    Order: I see.


    *Order then moves closer*


    ???


    Order: I just want to be close to you.


    Alright.

 Chapter 197: Treetop Date

    Chapter 197: Treetop Date


    [Ophidia POV]


    Its been a week since master went to stay with Great One Tamamo. Velvet and Soleil had been going out and exploring the city every day while Mio kept her word and mostly took naps while ever so often heading out into the city. Skadi and I had been doing the same as Soleil and Velvet and exploring the city while on our dates. Today we were doing the same.


    So, Skadi, where to today? (Ophidia)


    Hmmm. Oh, I know. I overheard some people talking about a nice ce the other day. We just need to find it. (Skadi)


    Did you hear where it was at? (Ophidia)


    Not the exact location, but I did hear it was basically on top of one of the trees here, so all we need to do is get high enough and well find it eventually. (Skadi)


    Sounds good to me. Which tree do you want to climb? (Ophidia)


    Who said anything about climbing? (Skadi)


    Skadi then picked me up in what master calls a princess carry, moves to a ce away from other people, and jumps. We flew up high beforending on a branch and Skadi jumped once more. Taking advantage of this position, I hugged Skadi tighter.


    Hehe. Enjoying yourself, Ophidia? (Skadi)


    Yep. I love being this close to you. (Ophidia)


    When Skadinded on the next branch, she didnt jump again and stared right into my eyes.


    Then let me get even closer. (Skadi)


    She then kissed me. I closed my eyes and kissed back. We stayed like that for a short while before Skadi broke away before she fell over.


    Youre getting better at that. (Skadi)


    Well, I dont like losing, and so far, Ive never won one of these fights. (Ophidia)


    Hehehe. (Skadi)


    I was going to go in for a second kiss but Skadi jumped again. After that jump, she jumped to three more branches before we reached the top of the tree we were on. I unconsciously tightened my hug on Skadi again when I looked down.


    T-this is higher than I though it would be. (Ophidia)


    Scared of heights? (Skadi)


    Not normally, but this is different. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry, even if we fell from this high, we wouldnt die. Wed be a bit sore at most. (Skadi)


    Oh, thats a relief. But Im still going to hug you. (Ophidia)


    Hehehe. Well, we should look to see if we see any building from up here. (Skadi)


    The both of us looked in a direction as we searched for any sign of a building. The way I was facing I did see a few fancy looking ces, but it turns out that they were just the tops of the castle and academy.


    Skadi, what kind of magic keeps these buildings from crumbling off of these trees? (Ophidia)


    I dont know. Ive never really questioned it? (Skadi)


    Hmmm. (Ophidia)


    A few secondster, I noticed a little of what looked like the roof of a building blending in with some leaves a little way away from us.


    I think I found it. (Ophidia)


    Skadi turned in the direction I told her and I pointed out where I thought the ce we were looking for was.


    I see it, hold on tight. (Skadi)


    Skadi then leapt from the tree where we were andnded on a branch on the next tree. She did this a few times until we made it to our destination. We could see the ce better now and Skadi had a contemting look on her face.


    Is this not right? (Ophidia)


    Im just trying to remember what I heard about the ce. (Skadi)


    After a few minutes of silence, Skadi leapt down a few branches until we saw a staircase that exited the trees interior and led to a door to the building. She then jumped andnded on the staircase and then she put me down.


    That was fun. (Ophidia)


    Then should we do that again some time? (Skadi)


    Hmmm. Maybe after master ascends and we can look at the sky at night. (Ophidia)


    I like that idea. (Skadi)


    We then turned and walked toward the door. It had a sign stating that the ce was open. I opened the door and went inside followed by Skadi. Once the door was shut and my eyes adjusted, I could see a nice looking ce with a long counter in the back with several ss bottles lined up behind a nicely dressed elf. The elf looked up from the ss cup he was cleaning with a rag and weed us in.


    Wee. Have a seat and Ill be right with you.


    Skadi and I looked at each other then moved to sit directly at the counter. The elf ced the ss down and threw the rag over his shoulder.


    What can I get you two lovelydies?


    What do you rmend? (Skadi)


    Some dwarf whisky and a few wines from one of this countrys vineyards.


    Then that is what well have. (Skadi)


    Alright.


    The elf walked over to some of the bottles behind him and started to pour the alcohol in sses. Once he finished, he slid two of them over to us. We stopped them, picked them up and clinked them together before drinking. The alcohol burned my throat, but it was nice once it went down.


    So, tell me, howd this cee to be? (Skadi)


    A few years back, a person that was a summoned hero came here and worked with me and a few others to make this ce. He called it a high-ss bar. Its been a hit ever since we opened, especially to some of the higher-ups in the country. Ive even seen Headmaster Mimir here a few times.


    Interesting. (Ophidia)


    Indeed. But thats enough from me, enjoy yourselves. If you need any more to drink, just wave me over.


    The elf went back to cleaning a ss and acting like he didnt see us.


    Come on, Ophidia, lets drink some more. (Skadi)


    Skadi took another sip from her ss and I did the same. We stayed there for a few hours slowly drinking and talking with each other. By the time we decided to leave, both of us were the slightest bit tipsy, but not enough to impede our movement. We paid what we owed and left the building. As we were descending to the ground in the normal way, I caught a glimpse of Skadi backed by the moon. That made my heart start to beat faster. As we entered the tree from the stairs outside of it, I pushed Skadi against the wall and mmed my hand next to her.


    Skadi.


    I leaned in and took her lips with mine. In addition, I stuck my tongue into her mouth as well. We were like that for a few minutes before Skadi put her hands on my shoulders and pushed me away a bit.


    Ophidia, not here, not now. Im not ready to go that far. (Skadi)


    Sorry, I dont really know what came over me. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry about it, I would just rather do something like that where no one will be able to see or hear us. Maybe even have Luna set up a domain for us. (Skadi)


    I took in a deep breath and nodded my head.


    Alright. Let me know when you are ready and Ill teleport us to your ind. (Ophidia)


    Alright. (Skadi)


    We stood there for a second before I grabbed Skadis hand and teleported us to the room I was staying in here.


    I will go and bathe, good night, Skadi, I love you. (Ophidia)


    I love you as well, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    She then left the room as I went to the bathroom to prepare for bed.


    Chaos Realm:


    To think Skadi would get that flustered when she wasn''t the one making the moves.


    Order: Indeed. It was a cute reaction.


    Not as cute as you.


    *Order blushes*

 Chapter 198: Party Reunited

    Chapter 198: Party Reunited


    [Luna POV]


    I sleepily opened my eyes a bit and patted around to try and find Tamamo. After a few tries of not finding anything, I sat up.


    Tama?


    I was close to falling asleep again when I saw movement in the corner of my eye. I looked over to see Tamamo sitting in a chair and watching me.


    {Morning sleepyhead. Hungry?}


    Mmm.


    I slowly got up from the bed and went over to Tamamo before hugging her.


    Hehehe. Who needs food when I have you to fill me with all the energy I ever need?


    {Ufufufu. But I made us breakfast.}


    Oh? Guess Ill eat that as well.


    I was about to move when Tamamo did first. She picked me up in a princess carry and brought me to the dining room. She ced me in a chair and then sat next to me. Spread out in front of me was a table full of food.


    {Forgive me for using so much stuff. I kinda got lost in the moment and ended up cooking too much.}


    Fufufu. Its fine, its not like it really put a dent in what I have stockpiled. I think I have enough stuff to feed a medium sized city for a few days at least.


    {Alright.}


    We started to eat and I enjoyed every bit of what Tamamo made. Once we were done, I stood up and stretched.


    I guess I should get dressed. I have to go back today after all.


    {True. I had a lot of fun Luna. I think this was enough to keep me satisfied until you get at least eight tails.}


    Fufu. Ill keep that in mind. Now, are you just going to sit there, or are youing with me?


    {Dont ask questions you already know the answer to.}


    We made our way back to our room and I started to get dressed.


    {Luna, when are you going to start getting used to just wearing illusions?}


    When I ascend. Im not sure why, but I get the feeling that I should still wear normal clothing while in the mortal world.


    {I see.}


    Once I finished getting dressed, I went over to Tamamo and gave her a hug and a kiss.


    Ill see you on the next full moon, by beloved.


    Tamamo hugged me tighter.


    {Ill be waiting with bated breath.}


    She gave me another quick kiss before disappearing. Now alone in our room, I dissolved the domain and teleported to the Elf Nation. I appeared in the room I stayed in previously. I then used my connection to find the others and followed it. I found them all in the dining room. While I had calmed down considerably, that didnt mean that I couldnt mess with them a little bit. I used my stealth skill and walked into the room.


    So, anyone know when big sis ising back? (Soleil)


    It should be any time now I think. (Velvet)


    Nyehehe. (Mio)


    Whats so funny, Mio? (Ophidia)


    Nothing nya. (Mio)


    I walked up behind Soleil and put my hands on her shoulders.


    Say my name and I will appear. (Luna)


    MIKON! (Soleil)


    Fufufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Big sis! Dont do that again! (Soleil)


    Sorry, sorry. (Luna)


    Wee back nya. (Mio)


    Indeed, wee back master. Did you enjoy yourself? (Ophidia)


    Yeah. I feel refreshed now. (Luna)


    I sat down in an empty seat and took out a cup of coffee.


    Now tell me, what did you guys get up to while I was gone? Anything interesting? (Luna)


    For the most part, we just went on dates. (Skadi)


    Same here. (Velvet)


    I took a lot of naps nya. There are some good ces here that get just the right amount of sun and shade nya. (Mio)


    Hmmm. At least you all had fun as well. (Luna)


    We sat around and chatted for a bit when Lia entered the room.


    Oh, wee back, Luna. (Lia)


    Heya Lia, hows it going? (Luna)


    Good. Cres is still being educated and hasnt gone on another recruitment spree and Dia isDia. (Lia)


    Whats up with Dia? (Luna)


    Nothing really, but I need to ask you some things in regard to spirits at some point. (Lia)


    Ill answer what I know and ry what Tamamo will inevitably answer. (Luna)


    Thanks in advance then. Oh, and I have that introduction letter to the Academy for you, Ill hand it over next time youe to my office. (Lia)


    Thanks. Ill pick it upter. (Luna)


    Lia sat down.


    Luna, since you left right after you did it, how did you deal with the cult? (Skadi)


    Oh that. I just gave them something that they could dedicate the rest of their lives to. So, get ready to start seeing products that increase the softness, shine, and other things rted to hair and fluff in general being sold. (Luna)


    Hmm. I guess thats better than you just wiping them out. (Skadi)


    I wouldnt do that. Im not a ruthless deity. (Luna)


    Hehe. It was joke. (Skadi)


    Hmm. (Luna)


    I stared hard at Skadi. Seeing me, she started to sweat a little.


    What? (Skadi)


    Hmmmm. (Luna)


    Seeing me staring at her harder, Skadi seemed to get even more nervous and moved a little closer to Ophidia. I smirked at her reaction.


    The two of you got closer. (Luna)


    (Skadi)


    Master, leave Skadi alone. (Ophidia)


    Fine, fine. I was just messing around. (Luna)


    I thought you went to spend tome with Goddess Tamamo to get all of that out of your system. (Velvet)


    I did. But this is also just me being me. (Luna)


    *Cough* Anyway, what do we do now that youre back, big sis? (Soleil)


    Not sure. I do want to go and check the Academy out for a bit. Also, I want to go around the city. After that, we can just go and do whatever. Not to mention that I need to find a ce to level up. (Luna)


    Got a new goal nya? (Mio)


    Well, thats always been the main goal. I cant be with my wife forever if I dont after all. (Luna)


    I might have had a strange or scary look on my face since everyone backed up a little.


    What? (Luna)


    You were a bit scary for a second, big sis. (Soleil)


    Oh, sorry about that. (Luna)


    Well. Id love to stay and chat, but I have business to attend to. Luna,e get the letter from me before you go anywhere today. Oh, and just let me know when you want to have thatpetition so I can free up some time. (Lia)


    Ok, Ille and get it shortly. (Luna)


    Lia then left the room.


    Ok, want to go and check out the guild? I feel like taking a quest. (Luna)


    Sounds fine to me nya. I want to get out and stretch my legs nya. (Mio)


    Lets get to it. (Skadi)


    I hope we find something interesting. (Ophidia)


    With big sis back, it cant be anything other than exciting. (Soleil)


    I agree. (Velvet)


    Then its decided. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: So Tamamo, feel better now?


    Tamamo: Yep. I needed that and so did Luna.


    *A portal opens up in the middle of the room and cold air starts to flow out of it. A woman dressed in white furs and with a wildish look walks out of it.*


    Fenrir: Where am I?


    Tamamo: Oh, hello Fenrir.


    Fenrir: Tamamo? And Atmos? Seriously, where am I?


    Atmos: I''ll exin, so sit down.


    Fenrir: Mm.

 Chapter 199: Talk of Spirits

    Chapter 199: Talk of Spirits


    [Luna POV]


    Well, I say its decided, but let me get what Lia wants done first. It shouldnt take too long I think. (Luna)


    Mind if I sit in on this as well? I want to know more about spirits as well. (Skadi)


    Fine by me. (Luna)


    Skadi and I stood up from our seats and went to Lias office. When we got there, I knocked on the door and we were let in. We sat down and Lia moved over to sit in front of us.


    Before we start, can I ask what is up with this world and paperwork? I mean really. The only person of importance that I know that hardly ever does any is dad. Heck, even mom is swamped with it. (Luna)


    Trust me, I wish I was as brazen as your father with pushing all of this off on someone else. Though Im d Im not the queen. This is nothingpared to what she has to go through. Id exin what it is, but state secrets and all that. (Lia)


    Understandable, I just felt like I needed toment on it. (Luna)


    And this is why Im an adventurer instead of a politician or military leader somewhere. (Skadi)


    I thought that was because you were immortal. (Luna)


    There are plenty of immortal people out there, Luna. Or should it be eternal? They can be killed quite easily unlike us who are significantly harder to kill. (Skadi)


    Anyway, to start our actual discussion, what can you tell me about spirits, Luna. (Lia)


    Ummm. I know some stuff, but I dont know if Im allowed to say it. But we can ask Tamamo since she know what can and cant be shared. (Luna)


    I pulled my mirror out and Tamamo appeared in it.


    {Oh? Its been a while since we used these. Could you not wait any longer to see me, Luna?}


    I wont deny that, but we actually have some business we need to discuss with you, Tamamo. Well, I say we, but I mostly mean Lia. Me and Skadi are just here to learn. (Luna)


    Hello, Lady Tamamo. (Skadi)


    {Just call me Tamamo, Skadi. No need for you to be all formal with me anymore.}


    Alright. (Skadi)


    My mirror then faced Lia.


    {Now, miss elf general, what do you want to know?}


    Several things, but first and foremost, can spirits and mortals be together? (Lia)


    {I need you to rify that. Be together is too vague. I mean, youre technically already together with spirits if you have a contract with them.}


    I meant in a romantic rtionship. (Lia)


    Lia started to blush when she said that making me realize that she didnt have much experience in rtionships of the romantic variety.


    {I see. Before I answer that, which one is it? Cres or Dia?}


    Dia. (Lia)


    {Hmm. Luna, I think we messed up.}


    What do you mean? (Luna)


    {That spirit has been roaming around your ind ever since you first created her, right?}


    Yea-oh. Ipletely forgot that. And since she has a connection to stars, she can show up in any domain I make since she has a constetion there. Wait, does that mean (Luna)


    {Most likely. Dia has probably been influenced by me, you, or both of us when we are beingpletely ourselves. Well, nothing we can do about that. And to answer your question, miss elf, yes and no. Yes in the meaning that you can have a romantic rtionship with a spirit, but no in the sense that you cant if youre a mortal.}


    I see. Guess Dia will be disappointed then. (Lia)


    Lias ears seemed to droop a little.


    {Have some hope. If Dia really wants this, then once she is strong enough, she will offer you a choice. Be a demispirit and youll be able to be with her.}


    Is there a difference between a spirit apostle and a demispirit? (Lia)


    {Yes. You could say that a demispirit is the next step after spirit apostle. Its just that most people die before they reach that point. And besides, even if they lived long enough, the other requirement is even more difficult to achieve.}


    What is the requirement? (Skadi)


    {Be offered the choice by a spirit king. Thats why I said it was up to Dia when she is strong enough. But dont worry too much, at the rate Dia is growing, shell be able to reach spirit king status in a few decades.}


    I see. Lia said before whispering quietly. If all I have to do is wait a few decades, then Im good.


    I smirked at her words.


    Ill ask this of you again, Lia. Take care of my precious ster spirit. (Luna)


    Naturally. (Lia)


    {If thats all you need, then Ill be off.}


    Thank you, Goddess. (Lia)


    {Mmm.}


    Tamamos face disappeared from my mirror. Me and Skadi stood up and started to leave when I quickly turned around.


    Before I forget, the introduction letter. (Luna)


    Right. (Lia)


    She moved over to her desk and pulled out a green envelope that had a wax seal on the back.


    Show that to any important looking person at the Academy and they will lead you right to Headmaster Mimir. After that, youll probably get full ess to anything you want in the Academy. (Lia)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    We left the room and made our way back to everyone else.


    Something tells me that there is more to that exnation from earlier. (Skadi)


    {There is, but she cant know that yet or itll throw things out of bnce.}


    Can we know it? (Luna)


    {Once you ascend, you can, but Skadi cant. Its like the things with dungeons. If Skadi ever takes over for her mother though, then shell probably learn. Unless of course you want to have to live the rest of your life in the divine domain.}


    Maybe in a few thousand years. I still have things I want to do here with Ophidia. (Skadi)


    Just tell me when and Ill help in bringing your ind to the divine domain. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Skadi)


    We finally got back to where everyone else was when I felt something on my tail. I turned my head to try and see what was going on. What I saw was a tiny person hugging my tail like a ko. I though she was asleep but her twin tails were moving, so I knew she was awake.


    Hello Tonya. Where did youe from and how are you even here? (Luna)


    Lunyafluffy nya. (Tonya)


    *Sigh* Guess were postponing our guild visit. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    *Whisper yelling* Order! Why is there a person sleeping in our bed!?


    Order: That''s In-chan''s daughter. We''re taking care of her while she and Mordred are on their honeymoon.


    Ok. Um. Do we wake her up and introduce ourselves or just let her sleep?


    Order: Let her sleep. We can introduce ourselves when she wakes up.


    Alright.


    Order: *Inner monologue* He''s so cute when he''s flustered.

 Chapter 200: Confrontation with Tonya

    Chapter 200: Confrontation with Tonya


    [Luna POV]


    We walked into the room and everyone looked over at me with confused looks.


    Um, big sis, who is that clinging to your tail like I used to when you were asleep? (Soleil)


    Oh nya. Tonya nya. (Mio)


    Nya? Nyapping friend Mio nya. (Tonya)


    Tonya reluctantly got off of my tail and went over to Mio. She hopped up and sat in herp and smiled before closing her eyes again.


    This is also good nya. (Tonya)


    Mio started patting her head and we all heard the sound of purring.


    Again, how and why are you here, Tonya? (Luna)


    I came with my eternal friend and Mordred nya. Theyre on their honeymoon nya. I felt the call of your tails and found you nya. (Tonya)


    I see. By the way, why are you different than what I remember? You seem lessenergetic maybe? (Luna)


    Long story nya. Ill tell youter nya. Just knyow that I am Tonya, Goddess of Sleep nya. (Tonya)


    Ok. But that still doesnt answer how you are here. Arent there rules that say you cant? (Luna)


    Special nya. Its easier to see into dreams of Im nearer nya. (Tonya)


    So youre like Grey then. (Luna)


    MmLunya, we made a bet, remember nya? (Tonya)


    I dont remember all the details, but yeah. (Luna)


    Want to get your part done nya? (Tonya)


    Well, we did have other ns for the day, but I feel like this should take precedence. If we dont, I dont know when well get another chance. (Luna)


    Mm. Ill make it quick then nya. (Tonya)


    Oh? You think youll win? (Luna)


    Guaranteed nya. Lunya is still only a demigod nya. Dont worry nya, I wont hurt you nya. (Tonya)


    Hehe. Fine then, lets see if youre right about that. (Luna)


    Skadi, do you have any idea what is going on or what just happened? (Ophidia)


    Well, before we walked in here, Tonya appeared hugging onto Lunas tail, then she moved to Miosp, at some point in the past Luna and Tonya made some kind of bet and it seems Luna won, maybe, and now shes going to fight Tonya since I assume that is what she wanted from that bet. (Skadi)


    One thing wrong nya. We tied in the bet nya. Nyow, lets go, I have a nyap in your tails to take nya. (Tonya)


    Sure, where do you want to do this, I dont know of any ces to fight in this city. (Luna)


    Why not go to the ind? (Velvet)


    Might as well. (Luna)


    Lets go nya. (Tonya)


    Tonya hopped off of Miosp and back onto my tail.


    (Luna)


    We then all teleported away to my ind in front of the pyramid. I set up arge domain just in case there was coteral damage.


    Ready? (Luna)


    Tonya let my tail go again and walked a bit away from me. The others moved away as well so that they wouldnt get in the way. When Tonya stopped moving, she nodded to me. Skadi then yelled out the start signal. As I was about to move, Tonya let out a wave of magic that nearly put me to sleep. When my status effect immunity kicked in, Tonya was gone and then I felt something hit me in several ces and my vision went dark.


    [Skadi POV]


    The fight ended almost as soon as I gave the signal. I could tell that Tonya used some magic since it dibobted Luna enough for her to not notice Tonya get near her. Tonya then struck Luna in several ces with her fingers and tails and Luna fell forward, unconscious.


    Before anyone said anything, Tamamo appeared and caught Luna before she hit the ground and went inside the mansion.


    Tonya came up to us and started talking to Mio.


    Mio nya. Lets take a nap in Lunyas tails nya. (Tonya)


    Id love to nya, but wont it make me go mad nya? (Mio)


    Ill keep you sane nya. (Tonya)


    Alright nya. Lets go nya. (Mio)


    Now hold on just a second, how did you beat Luna so fast? (Skadi)


    Tonya tilted her head as she looked at me.


    That was slow nya. I had to get close nya. That magic was supposed to be my only move nya. Had to hit her pressure points and put her to sleep nya. She then let out a yawn. Sleepy nya. Come on Mio nya.


    Ok nya. (Mio)


    They both went inside.


    Velvet, am I dreaming, or did big sis actually lose a fight? (Soleil)


    Im not sure, Soleil, but if this is a dream, then were sharing it. (Velvet)


    (Ophidia)


    *Sigh* (Skadi)


    Once the rest of us fully epted what happened, we went inside as well. We went to Lunas room to find Tamamo sitting beside Luna on the bed and Tonya and a cat form Mio sleeping in Lunas six tails.


    Is big sis hurt at all? (Soleil)


    {No, but she wont wake up for a while.}


    You were watching as well, right? (Skadi)


    {I wouldnt have been able to catch Luna otherwise.}


    Then do you know why that magic kinda worked on Luna? (Skadi)


    {Lunas status effect immunity isnt perfect. She can be affected by statuses at the divine level. The thing is, thatll only work once then the skill will make it impossible for it to happen again. Thats the same reason why she didnt get drunk from that alcohol that made most of you drunk off the smell. She got drunk from it one time and now it wont work again.}


    I see. So basically, if Luna had a rematch and Tonya tried the same tactics, Luna wouldst longer? (Skadi)


    {Tonya would have to use a different method to distract Luna, but it would end the same way, just not as fast. Thats the difference between a god and a demigod.}


    Hmm. (Skadi)


    I wonder if big sis will be upset when she wakes up. (Soleil)


    {Probably not. We talked about a lot of stuff over the past two weeks, and one of them was Lunas slight battle maniac tendencies. The fight with the Demon Emperor and her little breakdown afterward has been on her mind this whole time and she noticed that its not a very good thing for her to be that way. Thing is, shes so strong that nothing could really give her thatst push to drop that part of her. Now that she lost a fight, shell probably give up fighting people unless absolutely necessary. That doesnt mean she wont fight you, Skadi, but normal people are out.}


    If Impletely honest, I dont get why she needed to lose a fight to give up fighting people. (Velvet)


    {Thats just the way she is.}


    Tamamo looked at Luna with a smile and brushed some hair out of her face.


    {Luna is stubborn in strange ces. She doesnt like changing how she is. She knows that its not a good idea to fight people weaker than her since, in her mind, it counts as picking on the weak, but with the way she was raised, she liked the thrill of a fight. She knew she needed to get rid of that mindset, but thats where her stubbornnesses in. Now that shes lost a fight, she can justify getting rid of that part.}


    I never knew master was still struggling with that. (Ophidia)


    {She hid it well.}


    Why didnt she share that with us though? (Velvet)


    {Because none of you could have helped with this problem. While I dont mean to offend, with the exception of Skadi, none of you would be able to win against Luna. And even Skadi has a hard time if her previous fights with Luna are anything to go by. And now that she has six tails, it would be even harder for Skadi to win. In my opinion, it might have even had the opposite effect of Skadi was the one to fight Luna.}


    So, when do you think Luna will wake up? (Skadi)


    {Tomorrow at thetest.}


    Alright. One final question. (Skadi)


    {Hmm?}


    Are you fine with that? (Skadi)


    Tamamo looked at Tonya and Mio and while her facial expression remained the same gentle one as always, one of her ears twitched in agitation.


    {Yes. Its something Luna agreed to in the past after all, so even if I wasnt alright with it, I would respect Lunas decisionEven if it makes me jealous.}


    She said thatst part quietly, but we all heard it.


    {Anyway, Ill stay here until she wakes up, so feel free to leave Luna to me.}


    All of us nodded and started to leave the room. I was thest one out and as I was closing the door, I saw Tamamoy down next to Luna and hug her head to her chest and start stroking her head. This made me want to try that with Ophidia and then my thoughts went to what happened a few days ago. My face started to burn and I shut the door in a hurry. I ran to the room that Luna let me have in this mansion and shut the door and my thoughts and heart raced.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Atmos, is that really Skadi?


    Atmos: Yes.


    Fenrir: Also, who was that tall cat beastkin that was next to the vampire and red haired kitsune?


    Atmos: That''s Mio, Tamamo''s third Apostle and Luna''s eternal friend.


    Fenrir: I see.


    Atmos: *Grinning mischievously* Did she catch your eye?


    Fenrir: Yes.


    Atmos: Tch. I forgot that you''re no fun to mess with.


    Fenrir: And where are the owners of this ce? I still haven''t greeted them properly.


    Atmos: They''re taking care of the Goddess of Insanity''s daughter while she is on her honeymoon. They took her onto the ship they built to sail in the chaos outside.


    Fenrir: That sounds like a bad idea.


    Atmos: Eh, it''ll be fine.


    *Cut to the ship*


    Order, is it normal for someone to be this addicted to sleep and headpats?


    Order: I don''t know, but I feel like I need to speak with In-chan about this.

 Chapter 201: Awake Once Again

    Chapter 201: Awake Once Again


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up next, I was strangely refreshed. I also noticed that what was under my head wasnt my usual pillow. I opened my eyes slightly to see exactly what I expected to.


    Ta-ma-mo. (Luna)


    {Ufufu. Good morning, Luna. I would kiss you now, but were not alone at the moment, so Ill hold off.}


    I was confused for a second when I remembered what happened as well as felt the weight in my tails. I looked back to see Tonya asleep and hugging one of my tails like a body pillow. In another ce was a cat with two tails that I assumed to be Mio. It took me a few seconds for that recognition to click and then I started to panic. My free tails started to wave about and I was about to move Mio when Tamamo stopped me.


    {Its alright, Luna. Tonya did something to protect Mios mind, so she was safely able to sleep there. Now she should be safe even when Tonya isnt here.}


    I rxed at that.


    Can she do the same for the others that need it? (Luna)


    Nyo. I can only protect those with my blessing nya. And I dont feel like doing that for anyone else but Mio nya. (Tonya)


    Talk about selfish. (Luna)


    It is what it is nya. Who knyows nya, I might change my mind in the future nya. But for nyow, I dont feel like it nya. (Tonya)


    I took in a deep breath.


    *Sigh* Fair enough. Its just as selfish of me to even ask that of you, so Ill call us even on that. (Luna)


    MmIll be off nyow nya. More dreams to watch nya. Tell Mio to sleep more nya. (Tonya)


    Tonya then disappeared in a puff of purplish fog.


    She is so different from thest time I saw her. (Luna)


    {Ufufu. Even if shes different, shes still interesting.}


    Do you know why? (Luna)


    {I do, but its not my ce to tell you.}


    I nodded my head. Then I moved toy by Tamamos side. I moved the tail that Mio was sleeping on over in front of me and started petting her. Tamamo did the same. We were quiet for a few minutes.


    So, I lost.


    {Yes. And very quickly at that.}


    I closed my eyes, took in a deep breath, and released it.


    This is for the best.


    {It is.}


    I took another deep breath then snuggled up to Tamamo.


    <em>Um, do you want me to leave? </em>(Mio)


    I froze.


    (Luna)


    {Its fine, Mio, I was just leaving.}


    Eh!? (Luna)


    {If I stay, you wont go forward. Remember Luna, eight tails, but dont rush headlong for it, well be here for eternity after all.}


    Tamamo the disappeared in a sh of light.


    (Luna)


    Mio moved away from me, hopped off the bed and transformed into her humanoid form. She reached for the door before I stopped her.


    Mio, depth. (Luna)


    100% nya. (Mio)


    I pointed at her and used my divine skill.


    Bang. (Luna)


    Nya! (Mio)


    And youre good. (Luna)


    I got up from the bed as well and started to move towards the door.


    Fufufu. Dont just stand there Mio. (Luna)


    As I moved passed her, she suddenly hugged me.


    Thank you, Lunya nya. (Mio)


    I patted her on the head and smiled.


    Of course, my eternal friend. (Luna)


    We left the room and headed down the hallway. When we got to the living room, Velvet, Soleil, and Ophidia were sitting there and drinking some tea.


    Wheres Skadi? (Luna)


    Hey master. Shes locked herself in her room for some reason. (Ophidia)


    She wont even let you in? (Luna)


    Nope. She didnt even answer me when I called out to her. Of course I can just teleport in there if I felt like it, but I feel like that would be a bad thing to do. (Ophidia)


    Hmm. I wonder if anything has happened recently. (Luna)


    She has been a bit jumpy around Ophidia since a few days ago. (Velvet)


    Oh? Ophidia, did anything happen between the two of you? (Luna)


    (Ophidia)


    Her silence and blush were all the answer I needed.


    Give her some time, Ophidia. When shes ready, shelle to you. (Luna)


    What? (Luna)


    That sounded like actually good advice. (Velvet)


    Good advicees from those with experience, Velvet. And experience is something I have in droves. (Luna)


    Everyone in the room blushed at my words.


    Heh. Ophidia, you and Skadi can stay here until everything is resolved. The rest of us are going back. (Luna)


    Alright, master. Ill heed your words. (Ophidia)


    Everyone but Ophidia gathered around me and we teleported back to the Elf Nation. When we arrived, we left Lias home.


    Oh right, Mio. Tonya told me to tell you to sleep more. (Luna)


    Why though nya? I already sleep more than I used to nya. (Mio)


    I guess she thinks its still not enough. (Luna)


    Nyaaaa. If I do that, then Ill just never be awake nya. Just because I like sleep, doesnt mean that I like it that much nya. (Mio)


    Anyway, do we go to the guild as we nned tost time, or something else? (Luna)


    I think we should. I mean, its not like Ophidia and Skai will miss much. (Soleil)


    With you saying that, they just might. (Luna)


    Wait, was that one of those things that Im not supposed to say? (Soleil)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Gah! (Soleil)


    Velvet patted Soleils head tofort her.


    Its fine, Soleil, were with Luna, so something happening is guaranteed. They wont miss much. (Velvet)


    You know, I kind of miss the Velvet that would deny something like that. (Luna)


    me yourself for that. (Velvet)


    Nyahahahahahaha. (Mio)


    [Ophidia POV]


    Once master and the others were gone, I got up and went to Skadis door. I knocked on it and spoke.


    Skadi, the others have left. I will sit right here and wait until you have your feelings in order. (Ophidia)


    I then sat beside the door. Several hourster, the door opened slightly and I saw Skadis crimson eyes looking at me.


    Skadi? (Ophidia)


    The door opened more and a crimson-faced Skadi beckoned me to enter. I did and as soon as I was inside, Skadi shut and locked the door. She came up to me and leaned her head on my back. She took in a shaky breath then spoke.


    Ophidia. (Skadi)


    The way she sounded made tingles go down my spine. I quickly turned around and grabbed Skadi into a tight hug.


    Skadi. (Ophidia)


    She looked up at me and I saw her face was less red than before. She then pushed me down onto the bed.


    Im ready, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    She then leaned down and gave me a passionate kiss.


    Chaos Realm:


    And we''re back.


    Order: Indeed.


    Don''t be sad, Order. She wasn''t our daughter, we were just watching her for her actual parents.


    Order: Hmmm.


    Atmos: Anyway, wee back. Someone new showed up.


    Fenrir: So, you are the gods or Chaos and Order. Nice to meet you, I am Fenrir.


    Hello Fenrir.


    Order: Nice to meet you.


    So, Atmos, what did we miss?


    Atmos: Well, things went as expected on Luna''s side, and on Skadi and Ophidia''s, things have progressed.


    Hmm. I''m happy for them then.


    Order: Indeed.


    Fenrir: Am I just being ignored?


    No, just needed to get that out of the way. Anything you want to know?


    Fenrir: I''d like a more detailed exnation of this ce. While I believe everything Atmos has told me, I''d still like the details from the owner of this ce.


    Then sit and we''ll talk.

 Chapter 202: Starting a New Quest

    Chapter 202: Starting a New Quest


    [Luna POV]


    We looked around the city for the guild. When we found it and went inside, we were surprisingly ignored. The entire guild seemed lifeless. We were then beckoned over to the reception desk. When we got there, the receptionist asked for our ranks.


    All of us are S-rank. I said as I pulled out my card.


    The others did the same and it was like life was breathed into the guild again.


    It seems like the Goddess of Fate is smiling down on us.


    {Pfft.}


    I understand that its funny, Tamamo, but please refrain from doing a spit take.


    Is something going on nya? (Mio)


    Yes. A Dyavol Tron has appeared.


    Ive never heard of that monster. (Soleil)


    Its a rare variant of arge forest viper. It has three heads and is extremely venomous. Its ssified as an S-rank monster and we were about to send out a request for an S-rank adventurer to the main guild, but now we dont have to with you here.


    Then give us all the information you can and well head off immediately. (Luna)


    It wasst seen about three days north of the city. Youll be able to tell the area it set up as its nest due to fallen trees and the thick smell of alcohol.


    Alcohol? (Luna)


    Yes. Its unknown why, but Dyavol Tron produce highly concentrated alcohol inside their bodies.


    Weird. Anyway, if thats everything, well be off to take care of it. (Luna)


    Thank you and be safe.


    We left the guild and started to make our way north.


    See, what did I say? Something did happen. (Velvet)


    This would have happened even without me here. (Luna)


    Are you sure about that? (Velvet)


    We can always ask Atmos. (Luna)


    We can, cant we. (Velvet)


    Tamamo.


    {Already on it.}


    What do you need, Tamamo? (Atmos)


    {Would the monster that Luna and the rest are going to kill have shown up if Luna wasnt in the area?}


    (Atmos)


    Shes checking. (Luna)


    It would have appeared without Luna or the others being here. (Atmos)


    It would have appeared without us. (Luna)


    Is this all you needed me for? (Atmos)


    {Yes, but you can stay if you want, we havent talked in a while after all.}


    But we-wait, nevermind. Ill take you up on that offer. (Atmos)


    I feel like this was kind of an abuse of power. (Soleil)


    Eh, its fine, we were just asking Atmos a question. (Luna)


    Oi, Im the Goddess of Fate, at least treat me with a little respect. (Atmos)


    {Ufufufu.}


    Tch. Why is it that you and Tamamo are the only ones able to mess with me this much? (Atmos)


    {Because, aside from Grey, I know you best, and Ive taught Luna everything I know.}


    GASP! (Atmos)


    Its not funny when you say it. (Luna)


    Really? And that was a joke Ive been wanting to use for a while now. (Atmos)


    {Dont be so down, Atmos. Here, you can fluff my tails.}


    Tamamo! You do love me! (Atmos)


    {Ufufufu. Of course I do.}


    Ahhhhhh. The rare but always wee fluffy tail headpat. (Atmos)


    (Luna)


    I nced at my tail and the hidden ones then moved them and patted Velvet and Mio on their heads, while doing the same to Soleil with my hand.


    While Im nyotining nya, why nya? (Mio)


    I just felt like it. (Luna)


    Like this, we left the city and headed in the general northern direction. After a few hours of walking, I voiced something that I was thinking about.


    So, what exactly is the usual S-rank monster like? Like, Ive seen a kraken, but from what Skadi told me that time, it was way stronger than usual since it was close to turning into a mythical beast. (Luna)


    Ive only ever heard stories, so Im not too sure myself. (Velvet)


    You know just as much as I do, big sis. (Soleil)


    Hmmm nya. I have seen one S-rank monster before nya. It looked like a griffon only like, 100 times bigger nya. It was also the thing that got me my S-rank endorsement nya. (Mio)


    You killed it!? (Soleil)


    Yeah nya. It was tough nya. (Mio)


    Hmmm. (Luna)


    Whats up, Luna? (Velvet)


    Just wondering how we are going to fight this thing. We can obviously use magic to kill it, but it feels like, and this is going to sound arrogant, itll be too easy. (Luna)


    For you maybe, but what about us? (Velvet)


    You and Mio have my Abyssal blessing, so you should be a bit stronger around me, and we wont let it even touch Soleil. (Luna)


    Ok, then well fight it like we would a normal monster. What about you, Luna? (Velvet)


    I was thinking of going with just my short sword. I dont use it as much as I should. Plus, I want to actually put into practice an idea I had a while ago. (Luna)


    What idea, big sis? (Soleil)


    Using the dance skill for movement while fighting with a sword. If it turns out not to be very practical, then I can just not do it again, but I want to try at least once. (Luna)


    Well, even if its nyot practical nya, itll probably look good nya. (Mio)


    Thats what Im hoping for. (Luna)


    Hey Tamamo, wasnt there a tribe of people that used those skills in tandem before? (Atmos)


    {I think so. If I remember right, it was for a kind of prayer ritual to one of the gods or something.}


    Oh yeah, it was dedicated to one of the weather gods. They hoped that by doing that, it would rain more frequently in the desert. (Atmos)


    And here I thought I was going to do something never thought of before. (Luna)


    {If it makes up for that, you will be the one reviving the art.}


    Yeah, and you can even make it so that people that worship you perform sword dances dedicated to you at festivals and stuff. (Atmos)


    Hmm. Ill think about it. (Luna)


    Tamamo, whats with that look? (Atmos)


    {Oh, its nothing.}


    (Atmos)


    {Wipe that smirk off your face, Atmos.}


    So, you want Luna to make a sword dance dedicated to you? (Atmos)


    {I never said or thought anything of the like.}


    Your words say one thing, your tails say another. (Atmos)


    {Tch. Why must you betray me, my tails?}


    Hahahahaha! I finally get to see an embarrassed Tamamo again after so long! (Atmos)


    {Atmos. What have I told you about yelling?}


    To not do it again. (Atmos)


    {Now, what did you just do?}


    I yelled. But I have a good excuse. (Atmos)


    {Dont say its because you got too excited.}


    (Atmos)


    Tamamo, let her off this time. (Luna)


    {Eh!?}


    Eh!? (Atmos)


    {Why Luna?}


    Because I also got to see my cute wifes embarrassed face due to her. (Luna)


    {What?}


    SHOCK. The mirrors. (Atmos)


    Its still not funny. (Luna)


    Tch. (Atmos)


    {But where is my mirror? I dont see it anywhere.}


    Hehehe. Mischief managed. (Atmos)


    {I thought only we could use our mirrors, Luna.}


    Well, when you use yours to call(?) me, mine usually floats out of my inventory on its own, so it should also be the case in the opposite way. Atmos just hid it with whatever magic she used. (Luna)


    {I see. I guess I cant really be angry at that then.}


    Anyway, Im going to start paying attention to what Im doing now. (Luna)


    Big sis, what was that all about? You just randomly pulled your mirror out. (Soleil)


    Just seeing what was going on on Tamamos side of things. (Luna)


    It was impressive how you still managed to pay attention to your surroundings nya. Oh wait nya, space magic nya. (Mio)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: We''re baaaaack.


    Tamamo: Calm down, Atmos.


    Fenrir: Hello you two. Tamamo, can I ask a favor of you?


    Tamamo: Hmm?


    Fenrir: That Mio person, can you let me meet her?


    Tamamo: I can. Come to my ce on the next full moon and I''ll bring her there with Luna.


    Fenrir: Thanks.


    Tamamo: I have to ask, are you going to give her your divine protection?


    Fenrir:...I don''t know. I find her attractive, yes, but I don''t know if she will ept my divine protection. If she doesn''t, I''ll still try to be with her.


    Tamamo: What makes you think she won''t?


    Fenrir: Instinct.


    Tamamo: Ah, makes sense.


    Atmos: Indeed.

 Chapter 203: Monster Fight

    Chapter 203: Monster Fight


    [Luna POV]


    While traveling in the direction we were told, we started running into a lot of animals and monsters. We left them alone for the most part unless they attacked us. After three days of keeping a normal pace, we started to notice the signs of arge monster. Some of the smaller trees were knocked down and broken. Others were crushed. In the air, the smell of alcohol lingered and it got stronger the further we went north.


    Im feeling dizzy. (Soleil)


    Use your wind magic. (Luna)


    Alright. Ill do the same for anyone who needs it. (Soleil)


    Please. (Velvet)


    Me too nya. (Mio)


    Big sis? (Soleil)


    Im fine. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    Soleil used some wind magic to cover the three of their noses, mouths, and eyes. We continued on, following the smell and destruction. When we got to the spot where the smell was making my nose and eyes burn, we saw an absolutely giant three headed serpent. It had primarily ck scales with a dark blue underbelly. It was coiled around arge tree and two of the head were trying to tear apart what looked like a deer. I crouched down into the underbrush and the others flowed suit.


    <em>Thats a lot bigger than I was thinking. Its even bigger than Ophidia. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Yeah. By the way Luna, are you ok? Your eyes are really red.</em> (Velvet)


    <em>Im fine. It just burns a bit, but nothing that will get in the way. </em>(Luna)


    <em>I can use some wind magic on you if you want, big sis. It wont impact me too much. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Im fine. And if I wasnt, I would put up a space barrierwhy didnt I do that in the beginning? </em>(Luna)


    <em></em>


    <em></em>


    <em>*Mental cough* Anyway, how do we want to proceed with the killing of a giant alcoholic snake? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Well, youre going to try thatwhat did you call it? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>de dancing. </em>(Luna)


    <em>That. Ill do what I usually do with my own sword. Soleil and Mio, what about the two of you? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Big sis, can I borrow a bow? I know it wont be very effective, but it could be used as a distraction. </em>(Soleil)


    I nodded my head and pulled a bow and a quiver of arrows from my inventory. I handed them to Soleil and she attached the quiver to her hip.


    <em>Ill protect Soleil and aim for a head with my magic nya. </em>(Mio)


    We all nodded when we finished our strategy meeting. We then moved into the monster-made clearing. The dyavol trons three heads turned to look at us simultaneously. They started to hiss and venom started to drip from the fangs in one of the mouths.


    Soleil, get the arrows ready. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    The dyavol tron uncoiled from the tree while never looking away from us. As it started to slither toward us, I signaled Soleil to shoot. She did and the arrow hit it on one of its heads and bounced off its scales. This made it focus all its attention on Soleil. This is when I made my move. I held my sword in a reverse grip and started to move towards the monster. One of its heads noticed this and it started to hiss again. It struck at me quickly. It was faster than the hydra back then, but still too slow to actually do anything to me. I dodged with flowing movements. I swung my sword and hit its neck, but my sword started to slide off the scales. I jumped back with more dance-like movements.


    Tch. I didnt put enough power into that.


    I continued to dodge the heads strikes while adjusting my movements. I hit the neck several more times, but only chipped the scales.


    Gah! Annoying. Fighting like this doesnt let me put the needed amount of force to actually cut it. This isnt going to work without magic assistance.


    I jumped back again before covering my body and sword in lightning. I moved again and made it close to the monster before it could react and swung my sword again. This time, my sword cut through the neck like a hot knife through butter. When the severed head hit the ground, the ground shook. I returned my attention to the other two heads to see that one of them was inbat with Velvet.


    It was striking at her like the head I was fighting was and she dodged it with minimal movements while shing at it with her sword. After it struck at her again, she stabbed her sword into its neck, backed up a little while extending her sword and jumped over it causing her sword to wrap around the top of its neck. When shended, she slid underneath its neck before jumping over it one more time. She then pulled her sword-turned-ded whip taught. The des cut into the neck. Velvet continued to pull until the des cut into the neck enough topletely cut the head off.


    I then turned my attention to Soleil and Mio. Soleil was firing arrows in an attempt to hit the monsters eyes while Mio defended her by drawing the monsters attention away. When Soleil ran out of arrows, she slung the bow over her back.


    Mio, we move to magic now. (Soleil)


    Alright nya. (Mio)


    Mio backed off and stood next to Soleil.


    Ill grab its attention, you find an opportunity and finish it. (Soleil)


    Mio nodded and they got to work.


    Wuld.


    Soleil used a shout and sprinted toward the monster.


    Fus-Ro.


    She then used an iplete unrelenting force shout on the ground which pushed her into the air above the monster. While above the monsters head, Soleil took in a deep breath.


    YOL!


    A pir of mes shot from Soleils mouth and started burning the monster. It must secrete the alcohol from its body since it caught instantly. Soleil thennded near Velvet.


    Mio, now! (Soleil)


    Nyaha! (Mio)


    Mio was standing underneath the monsters neck in the shadow it cast. She raised her hands to the sky and arge de of darkness rose from the ground and cut through the monsters remaining neck like a reverse guillotine. Mio then sunk into the shadows before appearing next to me and the head fell to the ground.


    Well, that went well. (Luna)


    Indeed nya. Though it looked like you had to resort to magic as well nya. (Mio)


    Yeah. Fighting like that doesnt really allow you to put full force into your sword, so it managed to take a few unassisted hits. Plus, its defense was surprisingly tough. (Luna)


    Well, it WAS and S-rank monster. (Velvet)


    Thats true. Oh, Soleil, that was a great use of magic. But you could improve when ites to archery. (Luna)


    I know, but I did actually get the archery skill this time, so I will only improve. (Soleil)


    Good, since were in the Elf Nation, you can get all the pointers you could want from me, Lia, or any other elven friend you make that uses a bow. (Luna)


    Hehe. Indeed. (Soleil)


    Finishing our post-battle banter, we turned to look at the monster. I pulled out several bottles from my inventory and held it under one of the neck stumps. The bottles quickly filled with a clear liquid.


    Why? (Velvet)


    This could be used in cooking. Im going to collect as much as I can. (Luna)


    At least youre not going for the venom. (Soleil)


    Yeah no. Not going to happen. In fact, why dont you go and cut out the venom sacks and burn them? (Luna)


    Velvet, will you help me with that? (Soleil)


    Sure. (Velvet)


    Mio, please help me out with this. If you run out of bottles, tell me and Ill give you more. (Luna)


    Got it nya. (Mio)


    We spent a few hours collecting as much of the alcohol as we could from the body before we started to dismantle it. By the time we were done, it was close to midnight. We all sat down with our backs against a fallen tree.


    That was tiring. Why did this thing have to be so big? (Velvet)


    (Luna)


    Whats up, big sis? (Soleil)


    Just trying to figure out what Im going to use the rest of it for. The meat I can cook, but I dont know what to do with the bones and other stuff. I mean, I can give them to ke so he could make stuff out of them, but I feel like I could put them to use as well, I just dont know for what. (Luna)


    I would say sell them nya, but we already have more money than we could ever use nya. (Mio)


    *Sigh* Ill leave it to future Luna to figure out. Lets rest for the rest of the night and then Ill teleport us back in the morning. (Luna)


    Sleep time nya. (Mio)


    Mio transformed into her nekomata form and jumped onto my tail.


    (Luna)


    {Oi, Mio, thats mine!}


    Imjust keeping itwarm for youGoddess Tamamonya. (Mio)


    {}


    Did that really convince you Tamamo? (Luna)


    {What can I say? I really enjoy your tails when they are warm. It makes them morefortable and fluffy.}


    II dont know how to respond to that. (Luna)


    I looked over to Velvet and Soleil to see them asleep leaning on each other. I smiled and made a nket appear over them from my inventory.


    Chaos Realm:


    Well, de dancing looked nice, but it''s not practical.


    Order: Indeed.


    Fenrir: I''m more impressed by the attack that actually worked. Most people that have lightning magic just use it to smite or paralyze an opponent. Hardly anyone can stand using it for movement.


    Tamamo: That''s right. Isn''t my Luna just the greatest?


    Fenrir:...While I''m happy for you Tamamo, you''re so different from how you used to be.


    Tamamo: How so?


    Fenrir: You seem...freer? No, that''s not it. Um?


    Atmos: Don''t think about it too much, Fenrir. This is how Tamamo has always been when around family.


    Fenrir: Oh...Wait, when was I considered family?


    Tamamo: Well, you like my Apostle and if she gets with you and marries you, you''ll be my family, so why would I not treat you as such?


    Fenrir: But we don''t even know if Mio will like me or not.


    Fenrir, at moments like this, it''s best to just roll with it.


    Fenrir: Oh, ok.

 Chapter 204: A Wild Mongrel Appeared

    Chapter 204: A Wild Mongrel Appeared


    [Luna POV]


    When the sun started to rise, Soleil woke up.


    Thanks, for the nket, big sis. (Soleil)


    Mmm. (Luna)


    Big sis? (Soleil)


    Soleil shook my shoulder a bit.


    Wha? Soleil, is something wrong? (Luna)


    Oh, were you asleep? (Soleil)


    Not really. I was kind of half asleep, sort of. (Luna)


    Still, sorry for waking you up. (Soleil)


    I patted Soleils head.


    Its fine, Soleil. (Luna)


    Uuugh. My neck. (Velvet)


    Want some help with that? (Luna)


    Please. (Velvet)


    I put my hand on Velvets neck and used some healing magic.


    Better? (Luna)


    Much. (Velvet)


    I stood up and stretched then remembered that Mio was sleeping on my tail.


    Mio, get up, time to go. (Luna)


    Mio woke up and looked at me with sad eyes.


    Mio. (Luna)


    Nya. (Mio)


    She hopped off and transformed into her humanoid from.


    Lunya, your tails are dangerous nya. (Mio)


    I know that. (Luna)


    You shouldnt be affected by the fluff though. (Velvet)


    Im nyot nya, but soft and fluffy is soft and fluffy nya. (Mio)


    Ill give you that. (Velvet)


    Enough about my tails. I know they are weapons of mass fluffstruction, so can we move on and head back? (Luna)


    Alright nya. (Mio)


    Everyone grabbed on to me and we teleported to the guild. We appeared in front of the reception desk, scaring the receptionist behind it. I leaned my head over to look at her and apologized.


    Sorry about that. (Luna)


    The receptionist stood back up and dusted herself off before looking at us.


    The quest isplete, the dyavol tron is dead. (Luna)


    The receptionists, employees, and adventurers all let out a cheer when I said that. It got so loud that I thought my ears drums were going to burst. I turned up the sound dampening until the cheering died down. The receptionist regained herposure and looked at us once more.


    While I dont doubt you, guild rules state proof is needed.


    I moved over to the center of the room.


    Move over. (Luna)


    I told the people that were in the way to move then I ced one of the skulls on the floor. Gasps of awe could be heard from everywhere.


    With this, the quest is trulyplete. On behalf of the guild and the city of Ygg, I thank you.


    The receptionist and other employees bowed to us. Adventurers that were drinking already raised their mugs in our direction and others started to cheer again. I put the skull back in my inventory and moved back to the desk. The receptionist had already ced arge sack that I assumed contained money on the desk.


    This is the reward money. Now, if yo-


    *SLAM*


    The doors to the guild mmed open. We all turned around to see who did that and I was immediately annoyed. Standing in the doorway was a man dressed in golden armor that looked more like decoration than practical. He had wavy blond hair and blue eyes. He also had unnaturally shiny teethpared to normal people of this world. Instead of walking normally, he sauntered into the guild. On his way to the desk where we were at, he didnt hide his ogling of every woman that entered his sight. When his eyes finallynded in us, a chill went down my spine.


    Damn it nya. Thisthing nya. (Mio)


    Mio, is that the mongrel you told us about on the way to this city? (Luna)


    Yes nya. This mongrel is Gilderoy the Collector nya. (Mio)


    Velvet, you can use shadow movement, right? (Luna)


    Yeah. (Velvet)


    Use it and take Soleil with you. (Luna)


    Mm. (Velvet)


    Velvet grabbed Soleil and sunk into the shadows. Disappointment crossed over the mongrels face for a brief second before being reced by a beaming smile.


    Its been a while, my lovely Mio. Have your desires to be with me allowed you to learn where I will show up? And I see you have a ravishingly beautiful friend next to you. He turned his disgusting gaze to me. Nice to meet you, mdy. I am the S-rank adventurer, Gilderoy the Collector. I look forward to you bing my woman at any time.


    My ears and tails started to twitch in agitation. I was clinching my fist hard enough to draw blood and I could hear Mio grinding her teeth. Strangely, I didnt feel any of Tamamos anger, so I assumed she wasnt present at the moment.


    What? Are you so stunned by my looks that you have no words? And why do you tremble so? There is no need to hold back, feel free to rush into my embrace. (Gilderoy)


    I forced a smile onto my face.


    I am S-rank adventurer, Luna of the Spectral Mists. Also, I must inform you that I have a wife, so use your pickup lines on someone else that isnt me or my party members. (Luna)


    You already know me nya. (Mio)


    Kehehehe. A pleasure to meet you, Mdy Luna. As for you being married, even better, bring me to your wife and Ill make her my woman as well. That way the both of you can enjoy the pinnacle of the human race. (Gilderoy)


    At that, I was about trap him in a domain and rain every weapon and magic I owned onto him, heal him before he died, and attack again on repeat. Before I did that however, Mio grabbed me and my vision went dark. When I could see again, we were far away from the guild.


    Mio. (Luna)


    I understand how you feel nya, but we cant kill him yet nya. He needs to be caught doing something thatll give us that excuse nya. (Mio)


    He literally just spoke sphemy, Mio. (Luna)


    I knyow that nya, but the other people there dont nya. Do you really want to expose yourself just to kill an insignificant mongrel like that nya? (Mio)


    You could have at least let me curse him. (Luna)


    Do itter nya. As loath as I am to admit it nya, we will run into him again nya. Hes seen us here nya, and that means hell chase us down until we either lose him by leaving the country nya, kill him nya, or be his nya. And Im nyot going to do any of those nya. Especially nyot thest one nya. (Mio)


    Why dont you want us to leave the country? (Luna)


    Because you want to do things here nya. If we leave nya, we wont knyow when he will nya. It could be in a week nya, or a few years nya. Depends on how long until he is satisfied nya. (Mio)


    That contradicts what you said earlier. Will he stay here for years, or chase us down? (Luna)


    Well be his priority nya, but that doesnt mean that he will stop his usual actions nya. When I say he will leave when satisfied nya, I meant that when he is chased out by a mob of people nya. He will treat it as a festival dedicated to him nya. (Mio)


    Why hasnt he been smote? (Luna)


    Dont knyow nya. (Mio)


    Guess I have to talk to Grey about this. (Luna)


    Indeed nya. I wish the people would just chase him away already nya. Or burn him to ashes nya. Whateveres first nya. (Mio)


    We couldnt stay in this tree forever, so I grabbed Mio and teleported us to Lias home. When we got there, we found Velvet and Soleil already there. We exined what happened after I told them to leave and we all fumed while we pondered on what to do.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Tamamo, calm down! You can''t go and kill that thing!


    Tamamo: Don''t hold me back, Atmos.


    Atmos: Payto, Order, can you help me!?


    ...


    Order: *Taps Tamamo on the forehead*


    Tamamo: *Falls asleep*


    Atmos: You can do that?


    Order: Just tap the right pressure point.


    Atmos: Ah.


    ...


    Order: Payto?


    What a piece of trash. Who allowed that thing to live?


    Atmos: Unfortunately, I had to keep him alive.


    Why?


    Atmos: If I didn''t, some things would have happened in the past that could have caused a chain reaction leading to bad oues for the world. If it wasn''t for that, that thing would have stayed on Dandes Himmels and died a long time ago.


    *Sigh* And now? Is it still needed?


    Atmos: For one thing, but after that, he will be unnecessary.


    Fine. But we have to get rid of it before Skadi, Ophidia, and Fenrir return.


    Atmos: I''ll do my best to get things moving then.


    Order...

 Chapter 205: One Less Mongrel

    Chapter 205: One Less Mongrel


    [Luna POV]


    Night of the same day the mongrel showed up, Lia met up with us in the dining room. The second she entered the room, she immediately noticed the terrible mood we all had.


    Do I even what to know what put all of you in such a bad mood? (Lia)


    Have you ever had a persone up to you and tantly say that they will make both you and your significant other their woman? (Luna)


    Isnt that sphemy of the highest order in your case? (Lia)


    I think so. (Luna)


    Who was it? (Lia)


    What was that mongrels name again, Mio? (Luna)


    Gilderoy the Collector nya. (Mio)


    Wait, that thing is here? (Lia)


    Youve heard if it? (Luna)


    Only stories. Heard that some guy came here from the continent Dandes Himmels some time ago and made it to S-rank status somehow. And from what I heard, he isnt the best kind of person. (Lia)


    Hearing this pissed me off even more.


    I cant take it any more. Ill be back in just a second. (Luna)


    I got up and teleported to Greys office, grabbed him by the arm, and teleported back to Lias ce. I sat him down in a chair and we all started ring at him.


    What did you do that for, Luna? And why are all of you staring at me like that? (Grey)


    Why? (Luna)


    Why what? (Grey)


    Why is a mongrel with the epithet of Collector an S-rank adventurer? (Luna)


    Grey deted at my words.


    Damn it. You met him? (Grey)


    Clearly. (Luna)


    *Sigh* I didnt want to make him one, but Atmos told me that it was necessary. Honestly, thats the only reason he hasnt been smote. You dont understand how much that THING has pissed off many gods. But he was necessary to make the fate of many ces better. And, while I absolutely hate to admit it, hes apetent adventurer. (Grey)


    Guess I need to drag Atmos here as well. (Luna)


    Luna, thats too much. (Grey)


    Grey, he literally told me he would take me and MY Tamamo for himself. I feel like Im justified. (Luna)


    My expression must have been terrifying because everyone in the room backed away from me.


    Calm down, big sis. We know that youre angry, but still. (Soleil)


    I sat down and took a few shaky breaths before finally calming down a little.


    Grey, how bad of a crime does an S-rank need tomit before being stripped of S-rank status or adventurer status in general? (Luna)


    Something that can lead to an international dispute, abundant lese majeste, murder, mass murder, or genocide, too much coteral damage. These are a few of the worst offences. (Grey)


    Out of all of those, the first two seem most likely to happen while its here. (Luna)


    Indeed nya. But I hope that when it happens nya, it wont traumatize them nya. (Mio)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    Luna, when the timees,e and get me. Ill revoke its status when judgment is made. (Grey)


    Youll do it personally? (Luna)


    Yeah. That thing has caused me problems as well. You dont get how manyints I get from the guilds he visits. I want get a little payback as well. (Grey)


    He got up from the chair and disappeared.


    Lia nya, you better be prepared nya. Whenever that mongrel causes enough trouble nya, youll probably be called nya. (Mio)


    *Sigh* I hear you loud and clear. (Lia)


    Velvet, youve been really quiet, is something wrong? (Luna)


    Huh? Oh, no, its just, something seemed off about that thing. It made me nauseous and I havent been able to get it out of my head. (Velvet)


    Can you recall exactly what felt off? (Soleil)


    He smelled like blood. And a lot of it. I know that sounds weirding from a vampire, but even we have a limit. Lia, you said he was from the other continent, right? (Velvet)


    Yes. (Lia)


    Has there been a war or something over there recently? (Velvet)


    I think so. I dont know if its over or not though. (Lia)


    Hmm. (Velvet)


    Does anyone have more information on that continent? (Luna)


    We all looked at Mio.


    I dont knyow much nya. Me and my family came here when I was little nya, and they dont talk about it much if at all nya. My only real connection to that ce is my ent nya. (Mio)


    Well anyway, I think we all need to get some sleep to calm down. (Luna)


    All of us got up and went to our rooms. Over the next few days, we stayed mostly inside so we could avoid the possibility of running into the mongrel.


    [Pneuma POV]


    Me, Zeke, Shana, and Selene, the first princess of the beast kingdom, were heading to the Elf Nation castle since Selenes twin sister, Selena came to visit. We had the windows of the carriage open and were listening to the crowds outside. Most of it sounded jumbled together to us, but Shana and Selene could pick out the different conversations.


    So, any interesting things being said? (Pneuma)


    Some. Seems like Luna is here since a few people are talking about a stunning kitsune with ck hair and tail. (Shana)


    Oooh. I hope we get to see her. (Pneuma)


    There are also some people talking about some monster that was killed by a party of S-rank adventurers. (Selene)


    Hmm. I bet Miss Luna was involved in that. (Zeke)


    Probably. (Shana)


    We continued the ride with Shana and Selene picking out pieces of conversation outside and rying them to us when we all started to hear some angry yelling. Both Shana and Selenes ears turned toward that direction. After a few minutes, we passed by whoever was yelling.


    Well, that happened. (Shana)


    Indeed. (Selene)


    Dont leave us in suspense. (Zeke)


    Hmm. How to put it in a decent way? (Selene)


    The person that was yelling just caught his wife in the throes of passion with another man and was then thrown out of his own home by said other man. By the sounds of it, he went and got drink and was yelling out hisints for all to hear. (Shana)


    Shana, that wasnt a verydylike way to say that. (Selene)


    It was a better way to put it than how it was actually said. (Shana)


    True. (Selene)


    Our carriage was passing through the center of the city. As we passed by the adventurers guild, someone came out of the doors in shy golden armor that was so polished, it was like it was never used. The second I noticed the person, he looked in this direction and smiled a creepy smile before recing it with one that Ive seen on some of the moreambitiousnobles. I opened the small window separating us from the carriage driver and told him to speed the carriage up.


    Is something wrong, Pneuma? (Zeke)


    I just saw a person that we shouldnt le- (Pneuma)


    Kehehehehe. A carriage full of beauties, I see. Minding with me? Ill show all of you the wonders of a man of passion. (Mongrel)


    The carriage door was wrenched off of its hinges and thrown into the street as the golden armored person forcefully ced himself in the carriage. He looked at all of us before his gazended on Zeke. He frowned a little at that and then picked him up and practically threw him out of the carriage. We were all shocked at that disy.


    Now, with that bug out of the way, how about you three tell me about yourselves? Oh, where are my manners, my name is Gilderoy, S-rank adventurer with the epithet of Collector. I look forward to seeing all of your faces in ecstasy. (Mongrel)


    Do you realize what you have just done!? (Pneuma)


    It tilted its head in confusion.


    Threw out a nasty distraction that was getting in the way of you falling head over heels for me? (Mongrel)


    You just attacked a royal carriage, assaulted the prince of a foreign country, and are harassing two princesses and the daughter of a duke! (Selene)


    Oh, so all of you are either royalty or high nobility? Very nice, maybe I can finally be the king of a country or two. As expected of me. (Mongrel)


    At this moment, the guards of our carriage as well as elven guards came to the door and attempted to drag the thing out of the carriage. Noticing this, it swung its arm knocking them out of the carriage.


    Annoying pests, cant you see Im busy. Go y around in the mud where you belong. (Mongrel)


    When it turned to face us again, it had that unnatural smile on its face that showed all of its unnaturally white teeth.


    Now, where were we? (Mongrel)


    As we were desperate about what to do, an opening in space appeared behind the things and a chain shot out of it. It wrapped around the things torso and retracted, pulling it out of the carriage. The things tried to struggle, but it was in vain. Behind the opening, I saw Luna standing there with a very angry look on her face. Beside her were Velvet and two others. She was also joined by General Lia. The thing managed to turn and get a look at who pulled it out of the carriage and its face practically lit up.


    Kehehahahahaha. It seems like youve finallye around, Mdy Luna. And you even brought me more beauties to y with. Is one of them that wife of yours? (Mongrel)


    When I heard its words, it felt like even my soul froze. As one of the people that knew who Lunas wife was, I thought that she would execute it right on the spot. To my surprise, however, that didnt happen. Luna stood there quietly with a scary look on her face and her ears and tail twitching, but other than that, nothing. General Lia, however, did step forward. She had an angry face as well.


    Gilderoy the Collector, you are under arrest for the crimes of lese majeste against royalty of a foreign nation, causing public disturbances, public indecency, and various other misceneous crimes. You wille to the castle quietly to face judgement. (Lia)


    General Lia then looked over to Luna who got a cold smile on her face. She started walking in the direction of the castle while dragging the thing on the ground.


    Kehehe. Yes, this gives me a nice view of your beautiful legs, Mdy Luna. I look forward to seeing more of themter. (Mongrel)


    Everything stopped like it was frozen. The air around Luna was slowly turning to a cold mist. She turned her head to look at the thing over her shoulder.


    Shut up, you disgusting mongrel, before youmit even more sphemy against me. (Luna)


    The absolute authority in her voice forced all who heard it to stiffen up. Three four more openings in space opened up and four chains came out of them and wrapped around the things arms and legs, lifted it up spread eagle style with its face facing the ground. The chain around its torso unraveled and went back into its opening. Luna then started to walk again. Everyone else was stillpletely frozen when the next person to break the silence was a silver haired cat beastkin. She was helping Zeke back to the carriage with one of his arms on her shoulder. She then helped him into the carriage.


    Once Lunya delivers that mongrel to the castle nya, shelle and heal you nya. (Mio)


    T-thank you. (Zeke)


    Nyames Mio. We can talk moreter once the situation is resolved and Lunya is calmer nya. (Mio)


    She then left the carriage and sprinted beside Luna and the others with her. General Lia then came up to the carriage.


    I apologize on behalf of the Elf Nation for what has happened. We will punish that thing for the problems it has caused all of you. For now, continue on to the castle. There, you all and the queen can discuss what to do. (Lia)


    We all nodded and once General Lia got off the carriage, we started toward the castle again. We sat in silence for a few minutes before Selene turned to us.


    Was that a goddess? (Selene)


    I started to freak out internally at Selenes question.


    What are you talking about, Selene? (Shana)


    That ck haired kitsune, Luna, I think, had six tails, didnt she? (Selene)


    No, she only had one. (Zeke)


    Huh? But I clearly saw she had six. (Selene)


    (Pneuma)


    Do you know something, Pneuma? (Selene)


    I cant say. (Pneuma)


    I realized that that was basically a confirmation as soon as I said that.


    *Sigh* (Pneuma)


    Selene, do you have a unique skill or something? (Shana)


    Yes. My eyes can see through any and all illusions, no matter how powerful. By the way, have any of you ever heard of a cat beastkin with two tails before? (Selene)


    No. I would think you would know about that more than we would. (Zeke)


    Zeke, there are more beastkin races than I can count, even as one myself. I dont know every one of them, thats why I asked. (Selene)


    Selene looked at me again.


    I dont know anything about that. (Pneuma)


    We were silent for a few more minutes before the carriage hit a small bump and Zeke groaned.


    Zeke, how bad are you hurt? (Shana)


    I cant really move my arm that well, but other than that, Im unharmed. (Zeke)


    Shana moved closer to Zeke with worry on her face. After checking out his arm for a few seconds, that worry turned to rage.


    Zeke, your arm is dislocated. That THING dares to do this. (Shana)


    Shana, calm down. (Zeke)


    Zeke. (Shana)


    I know. But were not the only ones that are angry at that. Plus, its a part of the adventurers guild, unless it gets punished by them, we can only issue aint. And I feel that ourint will be heard since this can start an international incident. (Zeke)


    Fine. (Shana)


    Soon, the carriage stopped and we got out. General Lia came up to us as a guard was helping Zeke out of the carriage. She looked at him with concern.


    Ill call a healer for you immediately, Prince Zeke. (Lia)


    No need. Well be meeting up with Miss Luna, correct? She can heal me when we get there. (Zeke)


    Alright, please follow me. (Lia)


    We followed General Lia to a magic circle and we stood in the middle of it. It then started to glow and a strong wind started to push the floor up. When it stopped, we were led to arge room with several couches ced in a circr shape. Sitting on one of the couches was Luna and the members of her party. She had calmed down but her face showed she was still annoyed. The same went with the rest of her party. On another couch was the queen of the elves, Titania. General Lia went and stood behind her. And on the third couch was a beastkin with identical features to Selene. We nodded our heads in greeting and sat down on the third couch.


    [Luna POV]


    Once Pneuma and her group sat down, the room went silent again. The elf queen was listening to the report of what happened by Lia who was whispering in her ear. I looked over to Zeke and saw he was holding his left arm with his right. I got up and went over to him.


    How bad is it? (Luna)


    Shana said it was dislocated. (Zeke)


    Hmm. (Luna)


    I took out a thick leather belt and handed to Zeke.


    Bite into this and brace yourself, this will hurt. (Luna)


    He nodded his head and put the belt in his mouth.


    Mio, Velvet,e and hold him in ce. (Luna)


    They did as I said and held Zeke so he couldnt move.


    Ill go on 3. (Luna)


    He nodded his head and shut his eyes tightly.


    3. I set his dislocated arm back into ce as soon as I spoke.


    AAAAAAAAAAAAGGGGGGGGGGGHHHHHHHH. (Zeke)


    I then started casting healing magic on his arm to sooth the pain and heal any other damage that was there. When I was done, I went back to my seat.


    Sorry, I had to do it that way so you wouldnt back out of it. Everything should be fine now. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Zeke)


    I turned my attention back to the others in the room and noticed that the other beastkin that came in with Shana, Pneuma, and Zeke was staring at me. When she noticed my gaze, she quickly looked away.


    Thank you for the report, Lia. (Titania)


    The elf queen then looked at everyone present before facing Pneumas group. She then bowed her head to them.


    First off, I sincerely apologize for what happened today. I hope the actions of that despicable pest havent ruined your image of my nation. (Titania)


    Please raise your head, Queen Titania. None of us me you or anyone in your country about the actions of an adventurer like that. (Zeke)


    Thank you, Prince Zeke. (Titania)


    She then looked over to me and my party.


    And Lady Luna Reed, thank you for being the one to restrainTHAT. (Titania)


    Think nothing of it. I have a grudge with that mongrel as well. (Luna)


    Everyone aside from my party and Lia looked a little shocked at my words.


    Luna, you have that much of a grudge? (Pneuma)


    You heard what he said when he saw me. (Luna)


    (Pneuma)


    *Cough* Anyway, I will list the crimes that THAT hasmitted in the few days that it was in the city. (Lia)


    She stepped forward and started reading off of a piece of paper.


    Adding the onesmitted beforeing here there is: Almost causing an international incident, highest order lese majeste, five counts of causing a public disturbance, ten cases of public indecency, five counts of theft, seven cases of discrimination due to race- (Lia)


    Lia continued to list offence after offence. When she finally finished, I was stupefied.


    Its been less than a week since that mongrel has been here, how is it even possible to do that much and not be arrested on the spot? (Luna)


    Those smaller crimes were found earlier today. When you were dragging it to the castle dungeons, the people that had encounters like that came forward to report them. We believe that it was using its status as an S-rank adventurer to threaten them into silence. (Titania)


    I see. Will that status be a problem in terms of execution? (Luna)


    Unfortunately. Unless its status as an S-rank adventurer is revoked, it has to be sent to the guilds main office to be dealt with. (Titania)


    I dont think we have to worry then. (Luna)


    I stood up again and teleported to Greys office, told him the situation, and teleported back. Most of the people were surprised when I came back with Grey in tow.


    I really didnt expect this to happen so fast. I though this would happen after at least another week. (Grey)


    With Grey here, we can finally get this taken care of. (Luna)


    R-right. (Titania)


    Actually Luna, we need to figure out who is going to execute it. While the incident happened here on Elven soil, the involved parties are from three different nations. (Lia)


    Tch. Just let me do it. Grey, what would the mongrels punishment be when it was brought before you? (Luna)


    Stripped of adventurer status and executed. Just because its an adventurer doesnt mean its immune tows of the country its in. Considering what it did this time, it would result in execution in any country. (Grey)


    As for letting you do it, if you use your right as an S-rank adventurer to im yourself as a neutral third party then its allowable, right my queen? (Lia)


    Yes, but the other parties involved need to agree as well. (Titania)


    Everyone looked over to Pneumas group.


    As the one in this group with the most authority, I agree to this as well. (Pneuma)


    Then its settled. Now, let us proceed to the execution and be done with this. (Titania)


    Most of the group went to a terrace at the castle while me and Lia went down to get the mongrel from the dungeon. Once we retrieved it, we made our wat to the same terrace. I ced it in the center and pulled my chains back so that it was in a kneeling position. When it looked up at all the people gathered here, it smirked.


    Kehahahahaha. A ravishing sight. (Mongrel)


    *Sigh* Are you really stupid enough not to understand your current position? (Grey)


    Ah, Grand Guild Master, its good to see you. Please tell these lovelydies to release me so I can show them a good time. (Mongrel)


    While its words seemed loose and calm, we all could hear the venom dripping from them.


    Unfortunately for you, Im not here to save you. Quite the opposite in fact. I, Grand Master of the Adventurers Guild herby strip Gilderoy the Collector of its adventurer status. It is no longer allowed to use the name of the guild and all crimesmitted shall be punished ording to thews of the country. (Grey)


    WHAT!? YOU DARE DO THIS TO ME!? THIS GREAT ME!? (Mongrel)


    The mongrel turned its eyes to me.


    YOU, STUPID FOX, RELEASE ME THIS INSTANT! I WILL OT STAND FOR THIS INSULT! (Mongrel)


    I got closer to it with a cold smile, crouched down in front of it, and spoke in a quiet tone so only it could hear me.


    Dont worry, just y along. You said you wanted to meet my wife as well, right? (Luna)


    The mongrels eyes widened and it nodded its head. I stepped back beside my party and things proceeded.


    For numerous crimes,rge and small, that you havemitted, you shall now be executed. As the victims are numerous and are of import to numerous foreign countries, S-rank adventurer Luna of the Spectral Mists shall be the one to end your life as a neutral party in this matter. (Lia)


    I stepped forward and raised my hand to the sky. Dark clouds began to swirl around and silver lightning started to crackle. I brought my arm down and a bolt of lighting followed the motion. It looked like it crashed into the mongrels body. When it was over, not even ashes remained. I then gave Lia and grey a sideways nce, created an illusion of myself, and teleported to the ind the pirates were on. I was standing behind the mansion with the mongrel still strung up with my chains. I snapped my fingers and a domain appeared.


    Thank you, Mdy Luna. Now, where is your wife. I will enjoy the two of you before nning my revenge on those mongrels that made a fool of me. (Mongrel)


    Silence, mongrel. This isnt over yet. You will be executed shortly for your sphemy. (Luna)


    WHAT!? (Mongrel)


    I got closer and punched the mongrel in the throat.


    And shut up, your voice is a pain in the ears. (Luna)


    Soon, Tamamo in all of her glory appeared.


    {Hello Luna. Im sorry Ive been so quiet, Atmos has been keeping me away for a bit while you dealt with all of this.}


    Its not a problem. Lets just get this over with before my eyes rot from looking at this thing. (Luna)


    {Agreed.}


    We both turned to look at the mongrel and my rage immediately red up again. The way it was looking at the two of us made me sick.


    {sphemous mongrel, you shall now be judged by the Goddess of the Moon. May your soul be purified.}


    Tamamo raised a hand to the sky and then brought it down. For a few seconds nothing happened and then the mongrels body burst into silver mes.


    What kind of fire is that? (Luna)


    {Moonfire. Unlike sr fire, it burns cold. It willpletely burn the mongrel to its soul in order to cleanse it before its sent to the god of death. Though in this case, there might be too much to cleanse. But the god of death can deal with that. Now, your turn Luna.}


    I faced the mongrel again. I could tell it was in pain by the look in its eyes, but I ignored it. I raised my hand to the sky and one of the bow constetions started to glow.


    sphemous mongrel, you shall now be judged by the Demigod of Stars. May this arrow bestow upon you the death you deserve. (Luna)


    Above us, the constetion glowed brighter before a beam in the shape of an arrow pierced through the mongrels chest, killing it. Tamamos moon fire started to burn even faster until even the ashes were gone. I recalled my chains and sat down. Tamamo did the same and we sat in silence for a while.


    Whatever that mongrel needed to do better have been worth it. (Luna)


    {I agree. Now you should head back.}


    I will. See you again soon, Tamamo. (Luna)


    {See you soon, Luna.}


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Atmos, what was that thing needed for?


    Atmos: Its interaction with that prince. In the far future, he will be a key figure in many things and he needed this experience to show him the path he should take.


    Order: Are you going to exin the exact details?


    Atmos: No, if either me or Payto say anything more, alternate fates can appear. Just know that this was the best oue.


    Order: Alright, I''ll drop the topic then.

 Chapter 206: Aftermath of Events

    Chapter 206: Aftermath of Events


    [Luna POV]


    I kissed Tamamo goodbye and went back to the others. When I got there, Grey was standing in the same spot that he was when I left.


    Luna, you need to talk with one of those beat kingdom princesses. (Grey)


    Why? (Luna)


    She noticed that you went somewhere. If it wasnt for Pneuma, she would have said something. (Grey)


    *Sigh* Well, at least its someone with a family that knows, even if its just one person. (Luna)


    Hehe. I get what youre going through. I had to hide my divine protection from people who werent as considerate as you when ites to appraisal. It was a pain. Though you have it easier since no one can appraise you and, with an exception, no one can see through your illusions. (Grey)


    Fufu. Guess Ill go and sort this out then. Thanks for your help. (Luna)


    No thanks needed, it was a pain for me as well. (Grey)


    He then turned around and disappeared as he stepped away from me. I used my stealth skill to go to the others. They were in the room we were in earlier with the exception of Titania. I sat in ce of my illusion and it disappeared as I undid my stealth. Mio nced at me for a second before returning her attention back to what she was doing. The only person tantly staring at me was one of the twin beastkin from earlier.


    Can I help you? (Luna)


    She started to get fidgety and was about to speak when I interrupted her with telepathy.


    <em>I think I know what you want to ask, but not here. Talk with Pneuma and set up a ce for us to meet in private at the Academy. Send the location to General Lias home and Ill talk to you then.</em> (Luna)


    She nodded her head. It was then that Pneuma looked over at the princess she came here with and me and she went pale.


    <em>Its fine Pneuma, Ill exin things to herter, so dont make a fuss out of it. </em>(Luna)


    Pneuma nodded her head at me.


    Miss Luna. (Zeke)


    Yes, Prince Zeke. (Luna)


    Thank you for earlier. Both the carriage and my arm. I wasnt strong enough to do anything but get thrown away like a ragdoll. (Zeke)


    Chin up, Zeke. You now know what youck, so all thats left to do is go out and get it. (Luna)


    Yes. I will do what I can, for me, Shana, and my kingdom. (Zeke)


    Good. I look forward to seeing where your resolve will take you. (Luna)


    Luna, did you eat something weird recently, this is the second time youve given good advice in the same month. (Velvet)


    Really Velvet, I was trying to keep a good image in front of people I dont know. (Luna)


    Hehehe. (Velvet)


    *Sigh* You got me this time Velvet. (Luna)


    Hehe. (Velvet)


    It seems like Velvets actions helped lighten the mood in the room and we could start having more rxed conversations.


    Right, before we talk any more, we should introduce ourselves. I am Selene Savanna. (Selene)


    I am Selena Savanna. Nice to meet you in person. (Selena)


    I remember seeing you at the wedding. Did Lobo say anything about me after that? (Luna)


    Not you in particr, but he and General Deacon like to gush about us when they are together. Oh, and Lady Amagi visited recently and she and my mother talked about a lot of things, including their daughters. (Selena)


    Ah, its a good thing mom took a break from all that paperwork, she needed it. (Luna)


    Hehe. Indeed, that was aint she had along with one about how her daughter doesnte home as much as she should. (Selena)


    Gah! (Luna)


    {Ufufufu. Youre off your game, Luna.}


    Uuuuu. That stupid mongrel is at fault. I dont know how, but it is.


    I was about to speak up when a clock in the room chimed. We all looked at it and Pneumas group stood up.


    We must go before it gets tote, we have sses and such tomorrow. I look forward to seeing you again, Luna. (Pneuma)


    I feel the same. Youll have to tell me everything thats been going on here. (Luna)


    They left the room and now it was just me and my party.


    Should we leave as well, or do we have to wait for Lia? (Luna)


    Lia told us when we came here that we could leave when we wanted since shell be herete dealing with things. (Velvet)


    Alright, then lets go. I think Ophidia and Skadi should be back. (Luna)


    They missed so much. (Soleil)


    It was probably for the best nya. Well, at least this past week nya. (Mio)


    True. I dont know what would have happened if both Skadi and Ophidia were here. Anyway, lets go brag about hunting an S-rank monster. (Luna)


    I teleported us to Lias home to find Ophidia and Skadi sitting on a couch and being extra clingy.


    Fufufu. Seem like the two of you enjoyed yourselves. (Luna)


    Indeed master. Ive hardly enjoyed something as much as I enjoyed that. (Ophidia)


    I agree. I understand why you and Tamamo like to lock yourselves away for so long. (Skadi)


    Velvet, Soleil, and Mio started blushing.


    Fufu. Anyway, guess what happened with us while the two of you were away. (Luna)


    Knowing you, master, it could be any number of things. (Ophidia)


    Hmm. Judging by your expression, whatever it was, you got some good stuff out of it. (Skadi)


    Yep. It was an S-rank monster calledsomething. How was it pronounced? (Luna)


    Dyavol Tron. (Soleil)


    Yeah, that. (Luna)


    Oh, one of those. Bring some alcohol form that to the dwarves and theyll worship you like a hero. They even have a funny name for that monster. (Skadi)


    What is it nya? (Mio)


    A vodka hydra. Its funny since its not actually a hydra. (Skadi)


    That is funny. But something else happened as well. (Luna)


    My sudden shift to a serious tone caused the two of them to change into a serious mood as well.


    We ran into a certain mongrel. (Luna)


    The Collector nya. (Mio)


    Ugh. Is it gone? (Skadi)


    Better, its dead. (Luna)


    Really!? Thats surprising. That thing somehow always got out of things. (Skadi)


    Yeah, not this time. Me and Tamamo made sure of that. (Luna)


    So, how bad was it? (Skadi)


    Lots of things nya. Most notably was nearly causing an international incident and lese majeste of the highest order nya. (Mio)


    Ooooh. Enough to get Grey to revoke his status, nice. Guess we dont have to worry about running inti that in the future now. (Skadi)


    Yep. Thats about all we did while you werent here. (Luna)


    I see. Just as action packed as Id expect. (Skadi)


    Yep. Im off to bed now, dealing with that tired me out mentally. (Luna)


    We all then went to bed. Once I got to my room, I talked with Tamamo for a bit before slowly falling asleep.


    Chaos Realm:


    ...


    Order: What''s wrong, Payto?


    Hmm? Oh, nothing. *Moves closer to Order*


    Order: *Does the same to me*


    Quiet times where no one else is here are nice too. Especially with you here now.


    Order: I agree.


    *Both lean in and kiss.*

 Chapter 207: An Uneventful Day

    Chapter 207: An Uneventful Day


    [Luna POV]


    Over the next few days, a lot of nothing happened. We would go out and take quests, explore the city, or explore the forests outside the city. Right now, I was alone exploring the forest while the others were off on dates, or in Mios case, napping. I had spent most of the day just walking aimlessly in one direction. I didnt even have Tamamo to talk to since she had some important business to deal with.


    *Sigh* This is kind of starting to get boring. No one to talk to and the only thing around me are trees. (Luna)


    Well, if you want, I can talk to you for a bit. (Atmos)


    Oh, hey Atmos. I didnt think you could talk to me without Tamamo being there. (Luna)


    Of course, I can. When you became a demigod, you became allowed to do this. (Atmos)


    Wait, does that mean that I didnt have to teleport to Grey to get him during that incident? (Luna)


    No, you would have had to so he could keep his image of being a mortal to for the people that dont know he isnt. (Atmos)


    Oh. Well anyway, do you know where Tamamo went? All she told me was that she would be busy for a few days then nothing. (Luna)


    I do, but she told me to keep it a secret from you. Something about it being a surprise. (Atmos)


    Oh, then its fine. Im just lonely. (Luna)


    Thats understandable. (Atmos)


    I walked around for a few more minutes before finding a fallen log and sitting on it.


    You know, this ce is nice and all, but I expected a moremysticalfeel. Dont get me wrong, the city feels like that, but all the rest of the forest has to it are stupidly tall trees. Like, ridiculously stupidly tall. (Luna)


    Hahahaha. Thats just because you havent gone deep enough yet. But there is one ce somewhat near you that you might like, but Id rmend going there at night. (Atmos)


    Tell me where it is and Ill do that. I dont have to wait for long after all. (Luna)


    True. Just keep going the same way you have been all day and youll get there after an hour. But only if you walk. (Atmos)


    Then I best get to it then. (Luna)


    I hopped off the log and started to walk.


    So, Atmos, pranked anyely? (Luna)


    After sneaking more prank chests into the dungeons, yeah. Its always funny seeing adventurers open chests only to find they get hit in the face with a cake. (Atmos)


    (Luna)


    Wait, I wasnt supposed to say that to you. Um, forget you heard that. (Atmos)


    Hmmm. (Luna)


    Um, um, um, oh, I know, if you forget I said that, Ill tell you a good ce in Ygg that sells some of that oil you got for Tamamo once, only itll be better quality. (Atmos)


    Im listening. (Luna)


    Right, its in this special alley that only a few people ever find. Coincidentally, Velvet and Soleil found it and bought some tea there, but thats beside the point. When you find it, the olddy there will sell you the stuff, all you have to do is ask for it. (Atmos)


    And are you going to tell me the location? (Luna)


    Wheres the fun in that? That olddy woks hard to be mysterious and Im not going to be the one to ruin it. (Atmos)


    Ah, if thats the case, then thanks for telling me this much. (Luna)


    After an hour of walking, the sun had set, and the moon was rising. It was at the perfect angle to let moonbeams through the branches of the trees.


    Now this is a mystical feeling forest. (Luna)


    But you havent even gotten to the spot I told you yet. (Atmos)


    Hey, it is what it is. I just pointed it out. But I do look forward to seeing whatever it is you talked about. (Luna)


    Good, and youll find the ce in the middle if this tree stump. (Atmos)


    In front of me was what looked like a massive wooden wall. It stretched quite the distance in either direction. I looked up and figured that I could easily jump this. I crouched down and sprang up, did a cool flip, andnded on the edge of the stump.


    And she sticks thending. (Luna)


    *p, p, p.* (Atmos)


    When I was done ying around, I looked down into the stump and my mouth fell open. On the ground in the stump was a field of red spider lilies. They were glowing in the moonlight creating a beautiful scene.


    Amazing. (Luna)


    Hahaha. I know, right. This is one of my favorite ces to make fated meetings happen. Especially when the Goddess of Love wants my assistance. (Atmos)


    And, am I supposed to have a fated meeting tonight? (Luna)


    No, but even if you were, do you think Id spoil it? (Atmos)


    Not sure, that seems like something youd do as a prank if you were in a bad mood. (Luna)


    I hate that I cant deny that. (Atmos)


    Fufu. (Luna)


    I sat down on the edge of the stump and stared at the flowers for a bit.


    {Im back, Luna.}


    Hey Tamamo. Look at the ce Atmos showed me. (Luna)


    {I see it. Its almost as beautiful as you.}


    And thats my cue to leave. (Atmos)


    So, Tamamo, when do I find out the reason youve been gone for so long? (Luna)


    {Tomorrow. Its about time for it to happen and I wanted you to see it once before you ascend.}


    Hmmm. Yep, no idea what youre talking about. (Luna)


    {Ufufufu. Just wait and see.}


    Alright. (Luna)


    I enjoyed the sight of the spider lilies for a while longer before standing up and getting ready to go back.


    Ill have to remember this ce. (Luna)


    Just before I teleported away, I got an idea. I jumped into the stump,nded in a clear patch of ground and knelt next to one of the flowers. I looked at several before finding what I was looking for.


    {What are you doing?}


    Getting some seeds. I think Ill nt them in the ind when I bring it to the divine domain. Just remind me of them. (Luna)


    {Got it.}


    I put the seeds I collected in my inventory and teleported away.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: I''ve always liked those flowers. It''s a shame that they don''t really grow in my part of the divine domain.


    Huh? I figured that you could just change the ce to be whatever you wanted it to be.


    Fenrir: We can within reason. If someone lives in the colder ces, then it''ll have to remain a certain temperature, no matter what.


    Huh. Guess even I can still learn things.


    Fenrir: By the way, where is that wife of yours?


    Off to visit a friend of hers.


    Fenrir: Oh.


    Did you need her for something?


    Fenrir: No, I just had a question for her. I''ll just ask her when she gets back or if Tamamo or Atmos show up, I''ll ask them.


    Alright.

 Chapter 208: Special Event

    Chapter 208: Special Event


    [Luna POV]


    Waking up the next morning, I immediately noticed something was weird. The lighting in from the behind the shades on the window was a reddish hue. I got up and opened the shades to find that the outside was way darker than normal. I looked up to the sky to see the start of an eclipse.


    Oooooh. Is this the surprise you were talking about?


    {Ufufufu. Yep. It was about time for one, so me and Quetz have been preparing to make it happen.}


    Its pretty. By the way, is there any significance to this?


    {These happen every 50 years or so. We make them so that the cycle of day and night is kept on track. Thats the simple exnation, it way moreplicated than that, but thats all you need to know.}


    I see. How long does thisst?


    {Not long, a few hours at most.}


    Hmm. Another question, do these only ever happen during the day, or are there lunar eclipses as well?


    {There are, but those only happen during the full moon, so that wont happen for a while.}


    Fufufu. I get you.


    I left the window and room. When I entered the dining room, I saw the others standing beside the window and looking outside.


    Heya. (Luna)


    Hmm? Oh, hey Luna. Its eclipse time. (Skadi)


    I saw. (Luna)


    I joined the group and looked up again.


    Tamamo, if you and Quetz have to work together to do this, does that mean she is there as well? (Luna)


    {No, she is making sure the sun is doing what it needs to. Eclipses are somewhat tricky to manage, so were doing what we need to to make it go right. Ill have to stop talking with you shortly so I can do my part.}


    Ok. Good luck. (Luna)


    {Ufufufufu. Now Im motivated.}


    As the sun and moon slowly crossed paths, it got darker and darker outside. After about an hour or so, they finally looked like one object. Instead of goingpletely dark, everything got tinted in a shade of red.


    Ooooh nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. Its an interesting sight. (Velvet)


    Its been a while since I saw this. (Ophidia)


    Yeah. Its always interesting to watch. (Skadi)


    (Soleil)


    I nced at Soleil to see her sitting down with a canvas in front of her. She was painting away as fast as she could. This gave me an idea. I held my hands up and formed a square with my fingers and created a domain between them with the image of what I was looking at. I then moved my hands away from the view, but I still had the image in the domain.


    Hehe. (Luna)


    Tch. I didnt finish it. (Soleil)


    Soleil, look here. (Luna)


    Oooh. Thanks, big sis. (Soleil)


    As Soleil was finishing her painting with my help, I turned my attention back to the window to see that the sun and moon were separating. After another hour or so, the eclipse was over.


    {*Sigh* That was tiring.}


    Want me to give you a massage once Im done with this? (Luna)


    {Im tempted, but we can save it for another time. I think Ill just go and take a nap. Talk to youter, Luna.}


    Have a good rest. (Luna)


    Big sis, Im done, so you can stop that now. (Soleil)


    You sure? Once I stop, weactually, well probably be able to see this any time, so never mind. (Luna)


    The domain popped like a bubble when I lowered my hands.


    So nya, what did you do there nya? (Mio)


    Hmmm. I made a small domain between my fingers with the image of the full eclipse inside it. Basically capturing the scene inside one so Soleil could finish her painting. Also, with that, I can also recreate it at any time inside a domain now. (Luna)


    Couldnt you do that before though? (Velvet)


    No, I could change thendscape with illusions, but the sky was different. I needed a reference of an actual eclipse if I wanted it to seem real, and now that Ive seen one, I can. If I tried before, it would look fake. (Luna)


    I see. (Velvet)


    So, what do we do today? (Skadi)


    Im not sure. (Luna)


    While we were trying to figure out what to do for the day, Lia came into the room.


    Hello everyone, did you all watch the eclipse in here? (Lia)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    Whatd you think of it? (Lia)


    Interesting and beautiful. (Luna)


    Same. (Velvet)


    Yep. (Soleil)


    Indeed nya. (Mio)


    Now, on to other business, Luna, a letter hase for you. (Lia)


    Lia came up to me and handed me a letter in a fancy envelope. I opened it and read the letter that was inside.


    I see. Guess Im going to the Academy today. (Luna)


    I know youve been wanting to check it out, but who sent you that letter that made you decide to go there today? (Skadi)


    The princess from the Beast Kingdom. It seems like she knows my secret to some extent, so I need to tell her whats what. (Luna)


    Now hold on, when did that happen? (Velvet)


    Same day we met her. I think Pneuma has been running some interference for me while they were waiting for a good time and it seems like that time hase. (Luna)


    Then lets go. I want to take a look around the Academy as well. (Soleil)


    Anyone elseing? (Luna)


    We all are. There is a small shrine dedicated to my mother there, so Im going to go and introduce Ophidia to her. We wont be able to see her in person, but well be able to talk to her. (Skadi)


    Alright. (Luna)


    Eh!? Ah, um, um, ummm. Master, what do I do? Do I bring something to offer? Do I just tell her that her daughter is mine now? What do I do? (Ophidia)


    You calm down and let me do the talking at the beginning. After that, well exin everything to her. (Skadi)


    B-but shes my mother-inw! I have to make a good impression on her or shell hate me forever! (Ophidia)


    Before Ophidia could start to freak out even more, Skadi kissed her and she immediately calmed down.


    Ophidia, youll be fine. (Skadi)


    Ophidia took in a deep breath and let it out.


    You better keep that upter, Skadi. Dont toy with me. (Ophidia)


    Ophidias eyes got sharper for a second when she said that.


    Hahaha. Dont worry, I wasnt nning on toying with you. (Skadi)


    Hey Velvet, will we also get like that? (Soleil)


    While I would like to say no, we probably will be. (Velvet)


    I dont know whether to look forward to it, or not. (Soleil)


    Just let me know, and Ill send the two of you off to be alone for a week whenever you want. (Luna)


    Luna! (Velvet)


    (Soleil)


    Soleil, this is where you say something as well. (Velvet)


    Fufufufu. There is my cute, flustered Soleil. (Luna)


    Soleils face was crimson and I thought I could see steaming off of her head. Velvet turned to look at her and she froze. A gleam started to appear in her eyes for a second before she snapped out of it.


    *Cough* Soleil, snap out of it. (Velvet)


    Velvet touched Soleil on the shoulder and she jumped. She looked at Velvets face with an expression of embarrassment with a hint of desire mixed in. She then shook her head to clear her thoughts.


    Big sis, that wasnt nice. (Soleil)


    Hey, I was only stating the truth, all you two need to do is ask. (Luna)


    Big sis! Stop it now, or Ill get mad at you for real. (Soleil)


    I went stiff at that.


    F-fine, Ill stop for now. (Luna)


    Good. Now lets go, we shouldnt keep a princess waiting. (Soleil)


    Soleil started to move towards the door while everyone else looked at her in shock.


    I said lets go. (Soleil)


    The rest of us started to move.


    Luna, why did that scare you so much? (Velvet)


    You dont get it, Velvet. She can be worse than me when shes mad. And when I say worse than me, I mean her mischievousness. When we were younger, I got her mad at me, and that started a prank war between us thatsted almost two months. I lost big time. (Luna)


    So, what Im getting here is that I should never let Soleil get mad at me, right? (Velvet)


    Dont let her nature take hold of her is what Im getting at. She actually controls it and puts it to work in helping her improve herself, unlike me. (Luna)


    Noted. (Velvet)


    Like that, we left Lias home and headed to the Academy.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: I''m back.


    Wee back. How was it?


    Order: Good. Less insane than I was expecting.


    That''s...good?


    Order: Yes.


    Fenrir: *Cough* Lady Order, may I have a bit of your time? I''d like to ask about some things.


    Order: That''s fine. Do you want this discussion to be private or is he allowed to be here?


    Fenrir: Private if neither of you mind.


    Alright, call me if you need anything. *Leaves the room*


    Order: Now, what did you want to ask?


    Fenrir: Well, you see...

 Chapter 209: Meeting with the Princess

    Chapter 209: Meeting with the Princess


    [Luna POV]


    After a while of walking, we made it to the Academy entrance. Outside it were some guards. When we got to the entrance, one of them came forward to see what we wanted. I showed him the princesss letter as well as the letter Lia gave me and he immediately went to call someone more important. Several minutester, the guard came back with an old looking elf in long robes.


    Hello, honored guests, I am Leif. Pleasee in and I will lead you to Headmaster Mimir. From there, he can tell you where the princesses youre meeting are. (Leif)


    Alright. (Luna)


    When we crossed the threshold, I felt like we entered a barrier. I would have written it off as normal if it didnt feel off. As I started to think on what the feeling was, Skadi spoke to me through telepathy.


    <em>Dont worry about it, Luna. Thats a special barrier set up by Mimir. It appraises people that pass through it the first time, but it wont do anything to us. Especially with your reincarnator title, it didnt give any information. </em>(Skadi)


    <em>Is this Mimir special too? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Youll see when we meet him.</em> (Skadi)


    I nodded my head at her and we continued to follow Leif. We ascended some stairs to one of those wind elevator things. Then we walked through innumerable hallways and corridors before getting to a highly decorated wind elevator.


    This is where I leave you. Once the lift stops, head down the hallway and knock on the door, Headmaster Mimir already know youre here, so he will let you in. (Leif)


    He then left us and we stood in the center of the lift. Once it stopped moving and we headed down the specified hallway, I was about to knock on the door when it opened by itself. We walked in and behind the desk in the back of the room was a person that looked like a satyr.


    Wee to my Academy, I am Mimir, the headmaster. Its good to meet all of you. Also, long time no see, Skadi. (Mimir)


    Whats it been, 300 years? (Skadi)


    500. (Mimir)


    Ah. (Skadi)


    When I first saw Mimir, I immediately knew what Skadi meant when she said I would know when I met him.


    So, youre a spirit king. (Luna)


    Indeed, young demigoddess. I am Mimir, Spirit King of Knowledge. (Mimir)


    Names Luna Reed, demigoddess of Space, Stars, and Fluff. (Luna)


    I see. No wonder the space spirits have been in such a good mood recently. Theyll soon get to take a break. Anyway, all of you sit, lets chat for a bit before you go off to your other meeting. Also, Skadi, Ive made sure that your mothers shrine is off limits for the day, so when you go there, feel free to take your time. (Mimir)


    Thanks. (Skadi)


    Think nothing of it, I did owe you after all. (Mimir)


    Oh, I thought you forgot about that. (Skadi)


    Bahahaha. You know I cant forget anything. (Mimir)


    Anyway, lets get the rest of the introductions out of the way. (Luna)


    No need, I already know who everyone is with the exception of you. But youve said who you are, so that is no longer the case. (Mimir)


    So thats why I felt something off with that barrier nya. (Mio)


    Indeed, Miss Apostle of the Night. (Mimir)


    Just Mio is fine nya. (Mio)


    Fine then, now, lets get to business. Is there anything specific here you were wondering about, or just curious about the Academy in general? (Mimir)


    I cant speak for the others, but Im just curious about the Academy in general. (Luna)


    I was wondering if you had a ce that has information on painting and increasing magic skills faster. (Soleil)


    Im the same as Luna. (Velvet)


    Id like to learn more about sleep magic nya. (Mio)


    Im here for Skadi. (Ophidia)


    Hmmm. Little kitsune, Ill give you a pass to the main library where you can find what youre looking for. Miss Vampire, you can go with her since shell have a lot of things to look through, so your help will be necessary. Miss Serpent, you can just follow Skadi. Ill give you a pass to the magic library, Miss Mio. As for you, Lady Luna, youll find the people youre meeting in the dorms assigned to royalty from other nations. Take this and ask Leif to take you there. Once youre done with that, feel free to wander around as you like. If anyone asks, just tell them that you have my full permission to go wherever. (Mimir)


    Thank you. (Luna)


    Its no problem, though if you wouldnt mind, could I have one of those letter boxes that you created? I would like to study it. (Mimir)


    Take two. (Luna)


    I put two boxes on his desk and his eyes started to gleam gold.


    Thank you, and if you evere up with any other interesting things, let me know about them. I love learning about new ideas and inventions. (Mimir)


    Alright. I do have something in mind that will hopefully be started soon, Im just waiting for a certain someone to be found and get to a certain ce. (Luna)


    I look forward to seeing what it is. (Mimir)


    With that, we left Mimirs office and went back down the lift. When we exited the lift, we found Leif waiting for us. I exined what Mimir told us and Leif got some people to bring everyone to their destinations. I followed Leif to the dorms. When we got there, he told me where I would find the princesses and I made my way there. I stopped in front of the fancy door and knocked. The person that opened the door was Shanas personal maid, Louise.


    Oh, hello, Lady Luna, its been quite a while. (Louise)


    Indeed it has. (Luna)


    Pleasee in, mydy and the others have been expecting you. (Louise)


    I entered as directed and was astonished at howrge the room actually was. It was about the same size as the living room in my mansion.


    Guess this is what a royal suite is like.


    After getting over my shock, I looked for the inhabitants of the room and saw Pneuma, Shana, Zeke, and both beastkin princesses sitting around a table drinking tea. I walked up to the table and said hello.


    I havee as requested, my princess. (Luna)


    Pfft. (Pneuma)


    Come on Pneuma, thats gross. (Zeke)


    My apologies. (Pneuma)


    Was it really that funny? (Luna)


    If it was anyone else, no, but you specifically, yes. (Pneuma)


    Well, technically speaking, they are my princesses since they are children of the king of my home country. (Luna)


    Still, its not like that matters to you. (Pneuma)


    True, but I wanted to say that at least once in my life. (Luna)


    Hahaha. (Pneuma)


    Can you two please save this forter? (Shana)


    Sorry about that, Shana. (Luna)


    Yes, yes. Now sit down, Princess Selene has a lot of things to ask you, and Pneuma wont exin anything. (Shana)


    I turned to look at the princess that was staring in the direction of my tails.


    Princess Selene, if were going to talk secrets, then allow me to put up something that will give us true privacy. (Luna)


    Go ahead, Lady Goddess. (Selene)


    I snapped my fingers and a domain appeared around the room.


    Now, ask away. (Luna)


    So, you are a goddess, right? (Selene)


    Not yet. Im getting there, but at the moment Im a demigod. (Luna)


    I see. Can you show everyone else your tails? (Selene)


    I took my ne off and my five hidden tails appeared. Everyone in the room but Pneuma and Selene were surprised.


    *Sigh* Honestly, I feel like at this point, I should just go around and tell every important person I meet my secret since it always gets found at some point or another. (Luna)


    I think you shouldnt. I know that everyone here will keep it a secret, right? (Pneuma)


    The others nodded their heads.


    Alright then. Oh, your father already knows, Selene, Selena. He found out at your brothers wedding. (Luna)


    Can I ask whose divine protection you have? (Selene)


    Tamamo, Goddess of the Moon, Night, and Gravity, patron goddess of the Beast Kingdom, and whatever other titles she has that I dont know. (Luna)


    The eyes of the four beastkin in the room lit up.


    Our Goddess gave her divine protection!? Thats amazing! (Selena)


    I know, sister! We should get father to make the day that happened a national holiday! (Selene)


    Their words started to give me a headache. Louise, being a perfect maid, noticed this and ced a cup of tea in front of me. I thanked her and took a sip.


    Please hold off on creating any holidays about me until after I ascend. The same goes for you, Pneuma. (Luna)


    Dont worry Luna, I was only nning on making two festivals about you. (Pneuma)


    Thats two more than I need. (Luna)


    Tamamo would usually have some input at this moment, but she was unfortunately asleep, so I had to bear with it until the excitement calmed down.


    Luna, how many tails did you have when we first met? (Shana)


    The first time I only had one, then the second time I believe it was three. The first time I met Pneuma and Zeke I had two. (Luna)


    I see. (Shana)


    Landy Luna, what are you going to do when you fully be a goddess? (Selene)


    Do you mean what my Authorities are? (Luna)


    Yes. (Selene)


    Space, Fluff, and Stars. The first two you know, thest one will be kept a secret until its time. I look forward to seeing your reactions then. (Luna)


    So we will be fluffier? (Selena)


    I dont actually know. I know what that does with me, but I dont know what will happen once I ascend. Though there is the whole reason Im in this country that will eventually make their rounds to the world atrge. (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Zeke)


    Dont worry about it. Its taken care of and I really dont want to think about it. (Luna)


    Um, can I ask why you left after the execution of that thing the other day? (Selene)


    But she was there the whole time afterwards, sister. (Selena)


    No, she left right after and then came back when we were all talking in the reception room. (Selene)


    Before I answer, can I ask how it is you see through my illusions? I know it has to be a unique skill, but is there any more to it? (Luna)


    Its my eyes. I have a unique skill called the Mystic Eyes of Truth that allow me to see through any and every kind of illusion. (Selene)


    Can you also see through lies? (Luna)


    I probably can if I train my eyes more, but I dont really feel like I should do that or Ill probably never trust people if I do. (Selene)


    Yeah, thats probably for the best. Anyway, I teleported that mongrel to an ind where me and Tamamo punished it for sphemy. No one says they will sleep with my wife but me. (Luna)


    So its true that having a divine protection means that you will marry a god? (Shana)


    Yeah. I thought that wasmon knowledge? (Luna)


    Its more a rumor. As far as we currently know, a god or goddess giving their divine protection has only happened once with you being the second case. (Zeke)


    Oh, well I dont think Ill get in trouble if I talk about it. Yes, receiving a divine protection is the same as a proposal for marriage. I dont know if being granted a divine protection also means one is the Fated One of that god or goddess, but it is in my case. I would ask Tamamo, but shes asleep from managing the eclipse earlier. (Luna)


    You can talk with the Goddess? (Selena)


    Whenever and wherever I want to. Though its only been since I was five. (Luna)


    When did you find out you had the Goddesss divine protection? (Shana)


    I knew it from the beginning since she told me she was giving it to me. See, Im a reincarnator, so I met Tamamo when I was only a soul right after I died. After that, we talked, I chose to reincarnate, and she gave me her divine protection. Now Im Luna Reed, future goddess and wife of Tamamo. (Luna)


    Then, can you tell us more about your past life and your adventures in this one? (Selene)


    I dont mind. I mean, Ive shared this much about myself, so why not? (Luna)


    Like that, I spent the rest of the day telling my story to this point. By the time I left, it was evening. I decided that instead of going everywhere to look for the others, I would just meet them back at Lias ce, so thats what I did and teleported away.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Thank you for the advice, Lady Order.


    Order: Just Order is fine.


    Fenrir: Alright. Now, I just need to wait for the full moon to arrive.


    Order: Yep. But you don''t have to wait for too long, it should be here in a few days.


    Fenrir: I really hope Mio takes a liking to me.


    Order: I bet she will. With what I''ve seen of you, the two of you will be a perfect match. Honestly, I''m surprised she isn''t a Fated One.


    Fenrir: Well, we can''t all be as lucky as Tamamo, but even still, I like her a lot and want to get to know her more.


    Order: Then when the two of you meet, tell her that and I''m sure the rest will work out.

 Chapter 210: A New Meeting

    Chapter 210: A New Meeting


    [Luna POV]


    After another few days of slowly doing this and that, I managed to hit level 64. Turns out that a lot of strong monsters lived in the deepest parts of the Elf Nation. Well, strong for normal people. We were taking a break today since there was a full moon tonight. It would soon be evening and I was getting ready to get everything we needed to done so me and Tamamo could have our time to ourselves.


    {Remember Luna, first thing you need to do is bring Velvet and Ophidia here. Also, Im doing a favor for Fenrir, so Im bringing Mio here as well.}


    Hold up, when was that agreed on? (Luna)


    {UmA while ago? Doesnt really matter.}


    True. So, Mio has a divine admirer? (Luna)


    {Yep.}


    So does that mean Mio will be a god too? (Luna)


    {No, shes not a Fated One, Fenrir just fell for her when she first saw her.}


    Oh, well Im d for Mio all the same. We just need to see what she thinks. (Luna)


    {Yep, but going by what we know of Mio, I feel like shell like Fenrir quite a bit.}


    I agree, though I dont really know Fenrir at all. Guess Ill meet her tonight. (Luna)


    {And speaking of night, up youe.}


    Yay! (Luna)


    I then flopped unceremoniously onto the bed and then waking up in the divine domain. Once I got my bearings, I noticed a woman standing next to Tamamo. She was wearing fur lined white clothes. She had greyish-gold eyes, a wild looking face, and waist length white-silver hair with wolf ears on top of her head. A tail the same color as her hair nervously swayed behind her.


    {Wee home, Luna.}


    Im back. (Luna)


    {Luna, this is Fenrir, Goddess of Winter, and the North. Fenrir, this is Luna, my wife.}


    N-nice to meet you, Luna. (Fenrir)


    Nice to meet you. Please treat my eternal friend with care. (Luna)


    I-Ill do my best. (Fenrir)


    {Calm down, Fenrir. Just be yourself and youll be fine.}


    Fenrir took in a few deep breaths before she finally calmed down.


    {Better?}


    A little. Its just, I feel nervous that this wont go well and its driving me crazy. (Fenrir)


    Some advice from someone that is close to Mio, be yourself. Shes veryid back, so all you have to do is be yourself and shell do the same. (Luna)


    Alright, I can do this. (Fenrir)


    Both Tamamo and I smiled before turning a bit. I raised my hand and a two magic circles appeared. I used my summon: Apostle skill and Ophidia and Velvet appeared in the middle of the circles.


    Ok, that felt weird. (Velvet)


    Yes, its very different than teleportation. (Ophidia)


    Hello you two. Wee to the divine domain. (Luna)


    So, this is where you go every full moon? Its very nice, just a bit much on the atmospheric mana. (Velvet)


    It is indeed beautiful. Ive never seen mountains like this before. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, you havent seen much but nds, jungles, and forests. (Luna)


    Thats true. (Ophidia)


    {Ufufufu. Now its my turn.}


    Tamamo raised one of her arms and the same kind of magic circle appeared on the ground next to the ones Velvet and Ophidia were in. It glowed brighter and then Mio appeared.


    Nyaaa? (Mio)


    Mio looked around sleepily. When her eyesnded on me, she tilted her head.


    Lunya nya, where am I nya? Am I in thend of dreams again nya? (Mio)


    Mio, wake up and look around again. (Luna)


    She rubbed her eyes and looked around again.


    NYA!? Why am I on top of a mountain nya!? And Goddess Tamamo nya!? And Velvet and Ophidia nya!? And a prettydy nya!? Whats going on nya!? (Mio)


    Me and Tamamo snickered at herst observation. I nced at Fenrir to see her face turn crimson and I could hear her muttering about how Mio called her pretty.


    <em>{Luna, I think this will be quite entertaining.}</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>I agree, but we should probably give them some space. By the way, how do I send those two back?</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>{Just think about it and use the circles they came her in again.}</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Alright. Velvet, Ophidia, Im going to send the two of you back in a minute, check to see if you can use spirit vision.</em>


    <em></em>


    They both nodded at me and started to check their statuses. After a few seconds, they both nodded their heads and I held my hand up again.


    See you both in the morning. (Luna)


    Have fun, master. (Ophidia)


    Night, Luna. It was good to see you, Goddess Tamamo. (Velvet)


    Tamamo waved them goodbye as they disappeared. We both then turned our heads toward Mio who was looking curiously at Fenrir.


    So nya, who are you prettydy nya? (Mio)


    M-m-m*Cough* My name is Fenrir, Goddess of Winter and the North. (Fenrir)


    My name is Min nya, eternal friend of Lunya nya and Apostle of the Nyight nya. (Mio)


    Miss Mio, may I ask you something? (Fenrir)


    You just did nya, but you can ask something else as well nya. (Mio)


    Heh. Right, is there any mortal you are interested in romantically? (Fenrir)


    Nyot really nya. Id rather spend my time with my friends nya. (Mio)


    O-oh, then does that mean youll never consider a romantic rtionship? (Fenrir)


    I nyever said that nya. Its just nyo one has caught my eye nya. (Mio)


    Good. Then would you consider something like that with me? (Fenrir)


    (Mio)


    Mios eyes went wide.


    Nya? D-does that mean I need to be a god nya? (Mio)


    Not at all. I know several gods and goddesses that are married to an Apostle. (Fenrir)


    So Lunya is a special case nya? (Mio)


    Yes, its very rare for a god to find their Fated One. So rare that you can count the times its happened on one hand. Of course, the only recent ones have been Grey and Luna. (Fenrir)


    Ok then nya. Im open to the idea nya, but I feel like we need to get to know each other first nya. I mean, Ive just met you nya. (Mio)


    Well, youre not outright rejecting me, so Ill take it. Would you like my divine protection? (Fenrir)


    Thats basically us marrying each other, isnt it nya? (Mio)


    O-oh yeah. Maybe some other time then. But, if you dont take it, how will I be able to talk to you whenever we want? We cant get to know each other otherwise. (Fenrir)


    This is when Tamamo interjected. We can help with that.


    We can? (Luna)


    {Yep. While preparing the eclipse, I also picked up some orichalcum from the god of cksmithing. He shaped them into some essories that go by the ear. All we need is for you to work some magic and theyll be able to speak with each other whenever they want.}


    Were going from letters straight to wireless earpieces? Isnt that a bit fast? (Luna)


    {What are you talking about?}


    Nothing. Anyway, I can do that. (Luna)


    Thank you both. Ill never forget this favor. (Fenrir)


    Tamamo handed me the orichalcum essories and I got to work enchanting them. When that was done, I handed them to Fenrir.


    I enchanted them, but you need to do something to imbue your own mana into them. Same with you Mio, that way the only people that can use them are me and the two of you. (Luna)


    Thats easy. (Fenrir)


    One of Fenrirs fingernails sharpened and she pierced her hand. Golden blood started to flow and covered both essories. They glowed for a second before the bloodpletely disappeared like it was absorbed into the essories.


    Wasnt expecting that. (Luna)


    {How very her.}


    She then handed them to Mio and she did a simr thing as Fenrir, but less messy. She made a small cut on her hand and dropped some blood on the essories. The same thing happened as with Fenrirs blood. I stepped closer to Mio and healed her hand before stepping back again. Mio handed one of the essories back to Fenrir and they both put one next to their ears.


    Now, we test them nya. (Mio)


    Fenrir immediately disappeared through a portal.


    NYA! (Mio)


    Whats wrong, Mio? (Luna)


    I-its like shes whispering into my ear nya. (Mio)


    Mios face was turning a bit red. She then started to murmur something while the essory glowed a little bit. That was when the portal Fenrir went through closedpletely. Both Tamamo and I tilted our heads in confusion.


    She said that she is thankful to you both and that shell leave the two of you alone now nya. I should do the same nya, so can you please send me back nya? (Mio)


    {Alright. Good night, Mio.}


    See you in the morning, Mio. Stay up aste as you want. (Luna)


    Nyahaha. I will nya. (Mio)


    Mio stepped into the magic circle she appeared in and Tamamo sent her back.


    And now that were alone, I can do this.


    I turned to Tamamo, jumped into her arms and kissed her like I hadnt seen her in years.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Hehehehehe. She didn''t reject me.


    Atmos: Good for you, Fenrir.


    Indeed. And now you get to enjoy some nekomata ASMR whenever you want.


    Order: What''s that?


    I''ll demonstrateter.


    Order: Ok, I look forward to it.


    Atmos: Will you two stop flirting, this is Fenrir''s time to be in the limelight.

 Chapter 211: Luna meets the Old Lady

    Chapter 211: Luna meets the Old Lady


    [Luna POV]


    Aahh! T-Tamamo!


    {Ufufufu. Does that feel good, Luna?}


    Aahh!


    {Guess so. And what happens if I do this?}


    Uuuun!


    {Heheheh.}


    I wasying face down on the bed while Tamamo was massaging my shoulders since theyve been rather stiff recently.


    Aahh! Tamamo, youre so much better than healing magic.


    {Of course I am. Magic may be nigh-omnipotent, but it cantpare to the hands of your beloved wife.}


    Tamamo slowly ran a finger from the base of my tails, up my spine, and stopping at my neck as she slowly walked next to me, sending a shiver go down my spine and giving me goosebumps.


    {And as loath as I am to admit it, out time is pretty much up.}


    Tch. And we were just about to get back to the good part.


    {Next time. And I also look forward to you massaging my shoulders as well. Youre not the only one whos shoulders get stiff you know.}


    Yes, yes. Ill give you such a good massage that you wont be able to walk for a day.


    She smiles and then kissed me.


    {I look forward to it.}


    I then disappeared from the divine domain and sat up in the bed I wasying in. I stretched and got up. I changed my clothes and left the room to go and find everyone. On my way to the dining room, I ran into Velvet and Soleil. Soleil was leading Velvet by the hand while Velvet was looking around with glowing eyes.


    Morning you two. (Luna)


    Hello, big sis. (Soleil)


    Hey. (Velvet)


    Enjoying having spirit vision? (Luna)


    Its interesting. I never knew that there were so many lesser spirits everywhere. (Velvet)


    Eh, it loses its appeal eventually. (Luna)


    We then continued on to the dining room. When we got there, we found the other three members of the party already there. Ophidia was in the same state as Velvet while Skadi was looking at her with a smile in her face. Mio on the other hand was sitting quietly while whispering something every so often.


    Morning all. (Luna)


    Hey Luna, have funst night? (Skadi)


    Yep. And, my shoulders arent stiff anymore. Tamamo had magic hands. (Luna)


    Oh, to be well endowed. (Skadi)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    We sat down and started to chat.


    So, what are we going to do today? (Soleil)


    Not sure. I kind of feel like going and trying to level up a little bit. Though first I want to find this hidden alleyway so I can get something. (Luna)


    You mean the one with the mysterious olddy? (Velvet)


    Yeah. Atmos told me she could sell me something that Tamamo likes. (Luna)


    We can lead you in the general direction, but youll have to find it yourself after that. (Velvet)


    Why is that? (Luna)


    We havent been able to find it again ourselves. (Soleil)


    How mysterious. (Luna)


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    We all ate breakfast and left Lias ce to go do what we nned on today. As we were making our way to the ce that Velvet and Soleil were leading us to, I noticed how the atmosphere was a bit festive.


    There a festival going on soon? (Luna)


    Maybe. (Skadi)


    I wonder what itll be for nya. (Mio)


    Who knows, but I bet itll be fun. (Soleil)


    As we continued on, we passed an alleyway that seemed strange. It gave off a feeling of space magic and illusions. I stopped walking and turned in that direction.


    Is something wrong, big sis? (Soleil)


    Hang on a second. (Luna)


    I walked toward the alleyway and when I went inside it and turned around, I saw the others looking around confused.


    <em>I think I found the alleyway. The rest of you wait there for me, Ill be back soon. </em>(Luna)


    I went deeper into the alley until I saw an olddy sitting at a stall. When she noticed my approach, she smiled.


    Wee. It must be my lucky year to meet another kitsune.


    Are we that rare? (Luna)


    Not anymore. Im just remembering a time long ago when your race was seen as symbols of good fortune. It was said back then that meeting a kitsune would bless you with good fortune for many years.


    Huh. Never heard that before. (Luna)


    This was something from about 2000 years ago, so hardly anyone alive remembers it. Or was it 4000? Eh, doesnt matter. Now, my lovely new friend, what can I get for you? Some tea leaves? Medicinal nts? Read your palms and tell you of your love life?


    I have all of those and I already have someone. But I did hear that you have a selection of fragrant oils. (Luna)


    Oh. And who could have told you that?


    A friend of mine that likes mischief. (Luna)


    I know many people like that, so any number of them could be the one you speak of. Anyway, let me show you what I have.


    The olddy pulled out a roll of fabric, ced it in front of her and unrolled it. It had several vials of different colored liquid.


    Take a whiff and find the ones you like.


    I did just that and after a few minutes I picked out several vials that contained oils with smells both Tamamo and I liked.


    You chose some good ones, youngdy.


    How much do you want for them? (Luna)


    Some gold as per usual and an answer to a question.


    I handed over the gold and waited for her to ask her question.


    I simply want to know what you will use those for.


    The vials I chose have smells that me and my wife love. I was going to use a few of them over time when we want to use scented oils for our tails. (Luna)


    Kukukuku. So these are a gift for your wife? Thank you for telling this olddy something good.


    Thank you for selling to me. Ill try to find this ce again if I ever need more. (Luna)


    I wish you luck with that.


    I left the olddys stall and exited the alley. Once I was out, I felt it disappear with space magic.


    Big sis, did you meet the olddy? (Soleil)


    Yep. Got what I wanted as well. Now, lets go, I want to make it to level 66 today. (Luna)


    Oh, if thats your daily goal, well be out for quite a while. (Skadi)


    Eh, I feel like Ill get there rtively fast, but that might just be because Im in a good mood. (Luna)


    Just remember to moderate yourself master. You dont want to throw off the bnce of forest with all of the monster ying. (Ophidia)


    *Sigh* I know. (Luna)


    Like that, we left Ygg and went to the deepest parts of the forest to hunt for the rest of the day.


    Chaos Realm:


    *Rumbling*


    Oh, that hasn''t happened in a long time.


    Order: What was that, a chaos quake?


    No, something else. I have to go and deal with it personally, so I''ll be gone for a few days. I''ll exin what exactly it was when I get back.


    Order: Good luck then.


    Thanks. Oh, but before I go, if you notice anything with any of your Authorities, just know it''s perfectly fine. *I disappear from the room*


    Order: Hmmm.

 Chapter 212: Prelude to a New Festival

    Chapter 212: Prelude to a New Festival


    [Luna POV]


    When we arrived back at Lias home from our day of ughter, I slumped down in a chair.


    Stupid slow leveling, stupid monsters that dont give enough exp. (Luna)


    Ummm, whats wrong with her? (Lia)


    You know she levels slowly, right? (Velvet)


    I do now. (Lia)


    Well, she wanted to make it to level 66 today, but she didnt, just level 65. (Soleil)


    Not my fault that all the monsters here dont give enough exp before them dying screws up the ecosystem. I mean seriously, youd think monsters like a behemoth would be worth a lot. (Luna)


    (Lia)


    Well, ignoring Luna, Lia, what can you tell us about a festival or something like it happening here soon? (Skadi)


    Oh, guess its that time of year already. Its a hunting festival held every year where several people go out and try to capture thergest boar they can. Winner gets a lot of rare medicinal nts, and a stat raising item. (Lia)


    Boar you say? (Luna)


    Yeeees? (Lia)


    Lia, is there such a thing as an Erymanthean Boar? (Luna)


    Its a legendary boar that is the reason this whole festival started. A long time ago, a boar that is said to be the size of a wyvern terrorized a newly built capital. The most skilled hunters back then grouped up, tracked it down, and hunted it. When they brought it back, they cooked it and it fed the entire city for a month. After that, the city held a festival to celebrate the asion. Over the years, it turned into somethingpletely different as things tend to do over time. Now, its apetition to see who can bring in the biggest boar. Whyd you want to know? (Lia)


    Thanks Lia, you just improved my mood. Ill be participating. (Luna)


    Ok, have fun. It starts in three days and youll have a week to bring in what you can. (Lia)


    Fufufufufu. Ahahahahahahahahaha. Number five. Night everyone. (Luna)


    I got up from the chair and left the room.


    Do I even want to know? (Lia)


    No big deal nya. Another one of her goals nya. (Mio)


    When I made it to the room, I jumped onto the bed.


    Tamamo.


    {Luna.}


    Tamamo.


    {Luna.}


    {}


    Fufufufufu.


    {Ufufufufufufu.}


    Progress to my tenth tail shall soon be made. Even if I have to break my limits to do so.


    {Meaning?}


    There is no guarantee that there is an Erymanthean Boar in this whole forest, so if I need to look at the entire world with my space magic, I will.


    {You dont need to go that far. I dont want you getting hurt just so you can speed up the process of getting another tail.}


    Oh fine, if there isnt one, Ill just do what I can.


    {Not going to do it anyway?}


    You said you didnt want me to hurt myself, and I dont want to worry you. Plus, I dont want to hurt myself either.


    {While Im happy that you take my thoughts into consideration, it also doesnt seem like you. Whats up?}


    Ive been thinking about stuff while I was hunting today. And something that I noticed, or well, always knew about, is that Im impatient. I want to enjoy my time down here, I really do, but I also want to spend every waking moment with you. Its so hard to bnce these two things sometimes that it drives me crazy. And the thing is, there are a variety of ways I can join you indefinitely, but they will all end badly. I can just set up domain after domain for us, but then wed basically be stuck in one ce forever unless I go and set up one at another ce. Or, I could go on an indiscriminate monster genocide, but that would ruin multiple ecosystems. Then there is the option of dungeons, but I run the risk or Atmos chests. Thing is, I feel like my progress has stagnated. I feel stuck. Things hardly give me enough exp to level up at a regr rate. I mean, Soleil is going to reach level 100 before I do at this point. If you see this story anywhere else other that ScribbleHub, it is stolen and I request you tell me and report it.


    {Honestly Luna, I dont know how to help with this. I mean, I will listen to you vent, but I also feel like Im thest person that should give you advice on this topic since Ill just encourage you to do whatever you want. Why not ask the others their opinions?}


    If I did, I feel like I would be saying that Im tired of adventuring with them and just want to be done with this. And that isnt even true. I love it. Going ces with them, hunting monsters, talking with them, just having fun in general. I dont want to take all of that away from them since I like to think they enjoy it as well.


    {Youre overthinking it, Luna. They will understand if you talk to them about it. Plus, I feel like I should apologize to you.}


    What? Why?


    {Because its my fault you feel like this. Because of my divine protection, you level slower and thats causing you to feel bad and not consult your close friends.}


    This made me mad. I created a domain and then opened a tear in space and pulled Tamamo through it.


    Bad Tamamo.


    {Eh!?}


    Sit, seiza style. Now.


    She did as I said while being confused.


    Dont you ever me yourself for that again. Your divine protection is one of the greatest things to have ever happened to me in this life and myst. Its a symbol of us and our connection, just like these rings. Sure, even if you never gave it to me, Id find a way to get to you, even if I had to throw this world into chaos to do it. So what if I level slower? Yes, I said I was impatient, but that doesnt mean that you need to feel bad about it. Think Tamamo, its thanks to this that Ive aplished as much as I have. If you didnt give me your divine protection, me calling you my wife would be just that, me saying it.


    {Actually, you would have still gotten the Fated One title, even without the divine pro-}


    Shh. Yes, Im fated to be with you, but even if I wasnt, Id still find a way to get you to be mine. I fell for you the first time I saw you. Like I said, if it meant I could be yours, and you be mine, Id turn into the worst cmity or greatest blessing for this world.


    I moved closer to Tamamo, knelt down in front of her, and kissed her.


    So, dont you ever, EVER, feel like apologizing about some insignificant part of your divine protection. You understand?


    She nodded her head timidly.


    Good. Now what are you still sitting on the floor for when we should be sitting on that couch over there brushing each others tails and making out?


    I picked Tamamo up in a princess carry, went over to the couch in question, sat down, and locked my lips with Tamamos.


    Chaos Realm:


    I''m bbbbbbaaaackkkkkk.


    Order: Wee back. Like you said, I felt something with my Authorities. What was it?


    That rumbling we felt was the creation of a new world in anotheryer of the chaos outside. What I had to do was make sure nothing was off about it and to establish the hierarchy of the pantheon there. By the way, me and you are top of the top like we are here.


    Order: Oh. Will we start watching that ce as well?


    Not at the moment. If we did, it''d get a bit unstable, so we''ll hold off for a few millennia.


    Order: I didn''t think we''d be able to see it that soon.


    Yeah. Can''t wait to see what the others thate here will think of it when they show up to see it.


    Order: That''s allowed?


    As long as they only watch it from here and don''t try to go there themselves, then yes.


    Order: Alright. Now what was up with my Authorities?


    Like I said, me and you are the top of the top in the hierarchy there as well. It''s the same deal as in Luna''s world really, I just added you there since you''re my wife.


    Order: I see.


    Are you mad about me doing that without asking first?


    Order: No, but I don''t like being left alone here for a few days. So you will pamper me to my satisfaction as rpense.


    Fine by me, mdy. Anything you want, I will provide.


    Order: Then why are you standing there when the spot next to me is empty and your lips aren''t on mine?


    Did you learn that from Luna?


    Order: So what if I did?


    Notining, just need to reward her for that.


    Order: Shut up and kiss me already.

 Chapter 213: Fluff Returns with a Vengeance

    Chapter 213: Fluff Returns with a Vengeance


    [Luna POV]


    After a few minutes of kissing Tamamo, I broke away from her.


    {Luna?}


    I smiled at her but didnt respond. I moved a bit and her head ended up in myp. I started to run one of my hands through her hair as the other one started to massage one of her ears.


    {Uuun.}


    Fufufu.


    I stopped running my hand through her hair and started to massage the other ear as well.


    {L-Luna.}


    Ill never get over how cute you are when you make a face like that.


    Tamamos face grew more and more rxed as I massaged her ears. She was about to move her arms to do something but I stopped them with two of my tails.


    Not yet. I still havent finished looking at you quite yet.


    {Whos the tease now?}


    Both of us. Dont think I dont see and feel those tails of yours wrapping around mine.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Once I was done with Tamamos ear massage, I allowed her to sit up from myp. Once she was sitting uppletely again, I immediately wrapped my arms around her neck and pulled her close. Our foreheads touched as we looked into each others eyes. I then moved and gave her a quick peck on the cheek.


    That is for being so beautiful.


    I gave another peck on the opposite cheek.


    That is for being the greatest thing to ever happen to me.


    I kissed her forehead.


    That is for all the things you have done for me.


    I kissed the tip of her nose.


    That is for the things youll do in the future.


    I then finally kissed her lips.


    That is for being mine and only mine.


    Her eyes glowed slightly more than usual and she started to smile. I tightened my hug and pulled her even closer, sealing our lips together. At first, the kiss started as just that, a normal kiss, but soon it started to get more heated. Tamamo started to nip at my lip a little and my body was being pushed back some. I returned the favor by pushing in the other direction. When we reached an equilibrium, I started my attack. I pushed my tongue into Tamamos mouth and she did the same. The battle was legendary, but in the end, I started to get the upper hand. We continued this battle until I had to break away. Once my mouth was free from Tamamos, I took in a deep breath.


    At what point do I lose the necessity to breath?


    {I believe at your eight tail. By that time, you should have EX level Vit.}


    Huh, so breathing is tied to Vit?


    {Same as stamina. Then well truly be able to go for as long as we want.}


    Something to look forward to then. Now, where was I? Oh, I know.


    I locked mine and Tamamos lips once again and the battle resumed. The equilibrium was disturbed again, in my favor this time. As we leaned into each other, Tamamo moved one of her tails and brushed it against one of my ears. My eyes widened at the feeling and I was pushed back. This time, Tamamo was the one to break away.


    Sneaky.


    {Ufufufu. You enjoyed mine to your hearts content, so why cant I do the same?}


    Tamamo then pushed me down and loomed above me. Two of her tails trapped my arms as she reached for my ears with her hands. The second she touched them, I felt several sensations.


    Aaah.


    {Extra soft today. What exactly did you do?}


    FufufuAbyssal fluff, Tamamo. It softens in response to my wifes touch.


    She continued to massage my ears for a bit after that. Once she stopped, I was left in a small daze. When I was able to focus again, I sat up causing Tamamo to back off.


    Shall we continue our little game of fluff, or do we go to our other favorite activity?


    {While the second option is tempting, you have a festival to prepare for and we both know youll miss it, so Ill go with option one.}


    Then let us proceed.


    I pulled out my special brush and began working on Tamamos tails all the while going in for a kiss or several and Tamamo had done the same. While working on her tails, I noticed that they were a bit fluffier than normal.


    Tamamo, whats up with your tails? They seemfluffier.


    {Thank Fenrir for that. Shes been around my ce for a while, so her Authority of Winter was starting to affect my tails.}


    {Luna?}


    I didnt think that happened to kitsune. Does that mean that if I made it cold enough near me, I could make mine and Soleils tails even fluffier?


    {Are you sure you want that? Dont get me wrong, I will embrace it with open arms, but are you sure the mortal world is ready for that?}


    I pondered her words for a second.


    Itll turn into something even worse than an easily dealt with cult. But Ive been to plenty of wintery environments and other cold ces before, not to mention my own magic and skills, so why hasnt it happened to me before?


    {You simply didnt spend long enough there or used them long enough to affect them.}


    Then Ill experimentter when I have the time. And it wont break anyone in my vicinity.


    I then buried my face in Tamamos ultra fluffy tails.


    Heheheheheh. Its been so long since even I was affected by fluff like this.


    {Hey Luna. Were almost out of time.}


    Quetz, Ill get you for this.


    {Now, now, dont me Quetz. Instead, start kissing me like you were earlier. I want to taste your lips until thest minute.}


    Oh? But this is a domain. We have all~ day to continue.


    {No. While I would absolutely love to, no.}


    Fine then, Ill let you escape this time, but know that it was my victory tonight.


    {Ufufu. But you were the one that was pinned, so isnt it my victory?}


    What do you mean? Youre pinned right now.


    I then quickly started kissing Tamamo again as I pinned her down with all my strength. After another hour, I saw the sun rise outside the domain and Tamamo started to disappear as well. Once she waspletely gone, I fell face first onto the seat where she was.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: *Sounds of writing*


    Atmos: Fenrir, what are you doing?


    Fenrir: Taking notes on what to do once Mio fully epts me.


    Atmos: Wait, you were watching!?


    Fenrir: Yes. Once the owner of this ce''s wife dragged him to their room, this came up and I don''t know how to turn it off, so instead, I decided to make the most of it and learn.


    Atmos: I see. Well, as long as Luna and Tamamo never find out about it, then it''ll be fine.


    Fenrir: My thoughts exactly.

 Chapter 214: Luna the Teacher

    Chapter 214: Luna the Teacher


    [Luna POV]


    Afterying there reveling in the lingering warmth of Tamamo as well as breathing in her scent, I got up to get ready for the day. Once I was done, I left the room and went to the usual spot we always gather. When I got there, Skadi was the only one present.


    I was expecting to be the only one awake at this time. (Luna)


    I just got up actually. (Skadi)


    And Ophidia? (Luna)


    Still asleep. While I do love her to no end, she can get a bit clingy while asleep, so I needed to take this chance if I wanted to move before she woke up. (Skadi)


    I see. Honestly, I never pictured Ophidia to be the type to do that. (Luna)


    It started after our alone time. (Skadi)


    Ah. Understandable. (Luna)


    Indeed. (Skadi)


    We stood in silence as we looked over the city from the window.


    Want some coffee? (Luna)


    Sure. (Skadi)


    I got to work making the two of us coffee. When I was done, I handed her a cup and we went back to looking out over the city.


    Youve been making use of your domains quite a lot. Im, assuming you and Lady Tamamo were togetherst night. (Skadi)


    Yeah. We didnt do anything too much since this isnt our own home, but we did spend time together. (Luna)


    I see. On another note, how is it going with the hearing prayers thing? (Skadi)


    I got used to tuning them out rtively quickly. Now its kind of like an almost inaudible whisper. (Luna)


    Thats good. It was a pain to learn how to do that when I was little. (Skadi)


    So, you went through the same thing? (Luna)


    Yeah. Perk of being half divine. (Skadi)


    Was it hard sometimes? Like, in the sense of people dying at sea and stuff? (Luna)


    Yeah. When I was in the divine domain, I could hear stuff from all over the world. It gave me nightmares at first, but over time it got better, though I did resolve myself from ever going to the other continent. That ce is no good. One country over there used to sacrifice people to the sea since they thought doing that would protect them from monsters and give them a better catch. After a while it just turned to killing anyone that someone didnt like. (Skadi)


    Some things dont change, regardless of world, huh. (Luna)


    Something like that happened in your previous world as well? (Skadi)


    Several times. One notable one was called the witch trials where, due to religious beliefs, anyone though to be practicing witchcraft was given a trail where, for the most part, were only cleared of usation if you died. If you survived you would be imprisoned and then executed. It went the same way. Another one was in more modern times only instead of witchcraft, it was political ideology. I know less about that one. (Luna)


    Coming from someone that has never lived in a world without magic, that first thing sounds so stupid. (Skadi)


    I agree. But anyway, thats enough about all that. (Luna)


    Yeah. So, what are you going to do to prepare for the festival here? (Skadi)


    Im going to use my space magic to look over as much of the forest as I can to find what Im looking for. Hopefully there is an Erymanthean Boar out there. (Luna)


    Hmm. (Skadi)


    We descended into another silence as we drank our coffee. After a bit, I heard someone else enter the room.


    Morning Velvet. (Luna)


    Hey you two. (Velvet)


    Velvet came and stood next to us.


    Coffee? (Luna)


    Im good, but thanks. (Velvet)


    Out of the corner of my eye, I could see that Velvet was a bit nervous about something.


    If you want to talk about whatever is making you nervous, then speak, well listen and see if we can help. (Luna)


    Then can I ask for some advice in the rtionship area? (Velvet)


    What would you like to know? (Luna)


    Well, me and Soleil arent ready to go as far as either of you have yet, but I feel like I want to make some progress. The most that ever happens is a quick peck on the lips and her letting me drink her blood. (Velvet)


    Me and Skadi looked at each other and back to Velvet.


    Isnt the second thing already a lot of progress?


    Velvet got flustered at our words.


    No, I mean yes, but also no? (Velvet)


    She crouched down where she was standing while hiding her face in embarrassment.


    Well, aside from the whole drinking her blood thing, if you want more from Soleil, just talk to her about it. If shes anything like Ana, then shes just waiting for you to speak up. The second you say you want something more than just a quick peck on the lips or cheek or something, shell jump on the opportunity. (Luna)


    Indeed. Just consult with her about what you want and shell do what she can to amodate. Thats how it went with Ophidia. (Skadi)


    Also, if you want something good, massage her ears. I can teach you the best method. Just know that once you do that, you better be prepared to ept whatever happens to you afterward. (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Velvet)


    Sensitive ears, massaging them feels REALLY nice, but also leads to things getting out of hand really fast depending on how you do it. Its something were all taught when were little. Since you and Soleil will get married someday, youll need to learn this. (Luna)


    I pulled out a plush fox form me and sat down in a nearby chair. Velvet and Skadi did the same and watched me intently.


    You want to know as well, Skadi? (Luna)


    Might as well. I have nothing else to do. (Skadi)


    So, there are multiple meanings to the way you massage ears? (Velvet)


    Yes. One way basically means that you are ready for night activities, another way means that you care deeply for the other person, there is even one way that signifies that you want children, not that either of you will do that one. (Luna)


    So, which one are you going to teach me? (Velvet)


    Ill start with deep affection. We dont want you to rile up Soleil by mistake after all. Oh, also once you start, do not stop until she tells you to. That is very important. (Luna)


    I then started to demonstrate on the plush me. Velvet was staring intently at everything I was doing so that she couldmit it to memory. Once I stopped, I handed the plush to Velvet so she could try. I watched her hands to make sure she did it correctly.


    This is difficult. I dont know if Im doing it right or if Im not. (Velvet)


    Sorry, Id let you practice on me, but (Luna)


    I get it. I just dont know if Im using enough pressure in my fingers or not. (Velvet)


    Oh, that depends on the person. The second you start this and Soleil figures out what youre doing, shell tell you how much pressure, so just focus on what youre doing. (Luna)


    Are all beastkin thisplicated? (Skadi)


    I cant say anything about any but kitsune, but probably. Though I do know that cat beastkin like to mark their partners by rubbing against them, so Fenrir is going to have fun with that. (Luna)


    As the early morning transitioned to normal morning, Velvet kept practicing while I gave her pointers on what to do when she did something wrong.


    Velvet, youve got it down now. When the two of you are ready to go all the way, Ill teach you that method. (Luna)


    Ok. (Velvet)


    Her face turned crimson. Just as that happened, Soleil came into the room. Since I think Velvet wanted to keep this as a surprise, I put the plush she was holding into my inventory before Soleil could see it.


    Hey everyone. (Soleil)


    Morning. Sleep well? (Luna)


    Yes. Can anyone tell me why Velvet is so adorably embarrassed? (Soleil)


    She said some embarrassing things about her past while half asleep. (Skadi)


    Oh, do tell. (Soleil)


    Nah, Ill let her tell youter. (Luna)


    Aww. (Soleil)


    Anyway, all we need now is Ophidia and Mio and we can set off to find our quarry for the festival. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    Soleil sat next to Velvet and leaned her head on her shoulder. Velvet started to eye Soleils ears and a fire of determination burned in her eyes.


    L-Luna, mind if me and Soleil sit out of todays search? (Velvet)


    Eh? (Soleil)


    Not at all. You go and have fun with each other. (Luna)


    Big sis, what did you teach my Velvet? (Soleil)


    Nothing bad. Just wait and find out. (Luna)


    Like this, we bantered about until the two heaviest sleepers of the party joined us. Once they were here, we split into two groups. My group went into the forest to start searching for the boar while Velvet and Soleil went to progress their rtionship.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: In all these years, how have I never know anything about the ear massage meanings?


    Tamamo: I don''t know.


    Fenrir: Heheheh.


    Atmos: Fenrir, you good?


    Fenrir: Sleeping Mio is cute.


    Tamamo: Understandable, a sleeping Luna is also adorable, not that I get to see it that often anymore.


    Atmos: I wish Grey was cute when he sleeps. All he does is snore. But back on topic, which kind of ear massage did you and Luna dost night?


    Tamamo: What?


    Atmos: Oh um, y-you see. Fenrir, help me out here.


    *Silence*


    Atmos: She''s gone.


    Tamamo: Now, are you going to answer?


    Atmos: Fenrirwasleftalonehereanddidn''tknowhowtostopwatchingLunaanditgottothepointwherethetwoofyouwereinyourownlittleworldandsoshekeptwatchingandtakingnotesonhowtodosomethingsimrwithMio.IonlycameinattheveryendofeverythingsoIdidn''tseemuch.


    Tamamo:...I see. Then Fenrir better not share those with anyone else. And once she is done with them, I will personally dispose of them.


    Fenrir: I''m fine with that. And don''t worry, I have no intention to share these with anyone.


    Atmos: Oh, so you''re back now?


    Fenrir: Yep.


    Atmos: Shameless.


    Fenrir: Only with my friends.

 Chapter 215: More Fluff

    Chapter 215: More Fluff


    [Velvet POV]


    After we saw the others off, I started to bring Soleil to that ce we went with the lunar sakura tree.


    Velvet, why didnt we go with them? (Soleil)


    Because there is something else I want to do with you today. When we get to where were going, Ill exin. (Velvet)


    I could feel my face het up a little when I thought about what I was going to do. Soleil clearly saw my face and I could see her smile a little. She let go of my hand and then started hugging my arm.


    Lead away then. (Soleil)


    It took us a bit to get there since the streets were starting to get crowded with morning traffic. When we did arrive, I was relieved that no one else was there.


    Im d no people are here. (Velvet)


    Yeah. (Soleil)


    We went over and sat under the lunar sakura. A gentle breeze blew through the area and made Soleils hair flutter, making her look stunning and my heart to skip a beat.


    So, were here. (Soleil)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    We sat in silence for a few minutes while I found the courage to say what I wanted to say.


    Soleil, I think its time to progress our rtionship. I dont mean as far as Luna or Ophidia, but still some progress. (Velvet)


    Alright. How far do you want to go? (Soleil)


    I dont know. All I know is that I want to do something more than just drink your blood or give you quick pecks on the lips or cheek. (Velvet)


    Hehe. Youre so cute, Velvet. (Soleil)


    Soleil moved and started to hug me. I hugged her back and we stayed like that for a few minutes before separating. Before Soleil did anything else, I moved over and patted my thighs. Seeing this, she smiled andid down.


    This is nice. (Soleil)


    It really is. (Velvet)


    I then closed my eyes and gathered my resolve again, then I moved my hands to Soleils ears. When I felt the heavenly softness that is different from her tail, my eyes went wide. It wasnt anywhere near Lunas level, but it was amazing nheless. When I looked at Soleils face, her eyes were wide and she was looking at me with a heated look. I then started to massage her ear the way Luna taught me to.


    V-Velvet, you- (Soleil)


    Shhh. I know what doing this means. Just let me do it. (Velvet)


    Soleil nodded a little and closed her eyes. As I massaged her ears, I started to hear a purring noiseing from Soleil. It got louder every time I put pressure on certain parts of her ears. I massaged her ears for close to an hour before she opened her eyes and asked me to stop. When I did, she sat up slowly and faced me. The look in her eyes was hot enough it could burn.


    Velvet, I can never let you go now. I know were already engaged, but with this, we can never be separated. (Soleil)


    She wrapped her arms around my neck and pulled me close. Her lips connected with mine and I felt her tongue invade my mouth. We fell backwards and now Soleil was on top of me. I was in a daze since all of this was happening so fast, but when I realized what was going on, I made a move. I flipped over and our positions switched and I started to fight back. We stayed like that for several minutes before we backed off to breath.


    Soleil still had that look in her eyes while she was breathing heavily and I felt like I had a simr look. When we had caught our breath, we got closer to each other once again. This time however, we started slowly. Soleil pecked at my cheeks and mouth while I did the same in turn before we went back to a passionate kiss. When we broke away to catch our breath again, Soleil finally spoke.


    Velvet, is this what you wanted? (Soleil)


    It is. It so very much is. (Velvet)


    I caught my breath first and pulled Soleil close while I moved my mouth to her neck. I licked it a bit before biting into it.


    Aaaah. (Soleil)


    As Soleils blood filled my mouth, I though it tasted even better than it usually did. Soleil was hugging me very tightly and I could feel her heavy breathing on my neck and back. Once I got my fill, I stopped biting Soleil and the wound healed quickly.


    Velvet. (Soleil)


    Soleil tightened her hug even more and I felt her tail wrap around me.


    Heh. Heheh. Heheheheheheheheheh. (Soleil)


    She moved a little and started looking directly into my eyes. She then locked her lips with mine once again. Every so often she nipped my bottom lip before going back to the passionate kiss from earlier. She then moved and pinned me beneath her. Once she stopped kissing me, she moved before falling onto my chest, asleep. I smiled and started patting her head and running my fingers through her hair.


    My Soleil, dont worry, I was never going to let you go. Though I am happy that you will be Lunas Apostle. I didnt want to have to make you a vampire. (Velvet)


    I kissed Soleils forehead before falling asleep myself. I didnt know how much time had passed when I woke up, but it must have been a lot since the sun was setting. I looked at Soleil who was awake and staring at me.


    Evening, Velvet. (Soleil)


    Hehe. (Velvet)


    I started hugging Soleil. She did the same and we sat like that for several minutes.


    Hey Velvet, I think we made a lot of progress today. (Soleil)


    I agree. Did you have a good time? (Velvet)


    Of course. So much so that Im tempted to do it again. However, I feel like if I do, things will get out of hand very quickly. (Soleil)


    I agree. Though Im starting to think that it would be fine. (Velvet)


    True. Maybe after this festival, well take big sis up on her offer to send us to the ind alone. (Soleil)


    Yes. But that means I need to learn how to massage your ears in that way as well. (Velvet)


    Hheheheh. Ill teach youter, but Ill have to ask that you practice on something other than me or I wont be able to hold back. (Soleil)


    I smirked at her words.


    Then youll just have to teach me when were alone on the ind because I dont want you to hold back. (Velvet)


    She smiled a heated smile at me.


    Understood. Next time we go all the way. Now, lets go back. Maybe if we get back early, big sis wont tease us as much. (Soleil)


    Yeah, that sounds like a good idea. (Velvet)


    We stood up and made our way back to Lias home. When we got back, the others werent there.


    Guess we got back first. (Velvet)


    Seems so. (Soleil)


    Indeed. You two lovebirds got back just before we did. (Luna)


    We both turned around to see Luna smirking at us in the way that meant she was going to tease us to no end. She walked up closer to us and stared. After a few seconds, her smirk grew wider.


    Velvet. (Luna)


    Yes? (Velvet)


    Dont you ever make Soleil sad. Same goes for you, Soleil. I expect the two of you to be one of the best couples to exist, just behind me and Tamamo. (Luna)


    She then walked past us in the direction of her room. We started at each other for a second in bewilderment.


    She didnt tease us. (Soleil)


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    Its simple nya. Shes in a really good mood nya. (Mio)


    Yep, master is happy that the two of you are getting along so well. (Ophidia)


    Yeah, she was saying how happy she was that the two of you were getting along so well all day. (Skadi)


    You know, I forgot that big sis gets like that sometimes. I mean, its been a long time since shest was like that. (Soleil)


    Huh. Never would have thought Luna had a side like that. (Velvet)


    Everyone then went to their rooms for the night, leaving me and Soleil alone again. We looked into each others eyes for a few seconds before nodding and heading to my room to get some sleep.


    Chaos Realm:


    We leave for a little while ande back to this.


    Order: Indeed.


    Atmos: A little while, you two were gone for like, two weeks.


    And? That''s nothing to us and you know it.


    Atmos: True. Also Fenrir, again with the notes?


    Fenrir: Every little bit helps. I will pay attention to all of this so that I know exactly what to do with Mio. I don''t want to mess it up after all.


    Tamamo: I hope you realize that the second you get into a situation like that, you''ll forget all of that and just start running on instinct.


    Fenrir: Really?


    Yep.


    Order: In something like this, it''s about practical experience.


    Fenrir: But-


    Atmos: Don''t worry Fenrir, I won''t say much, but you''ll do just fine. You just need to be your usual confident self, and everything else will go perfectly.


    Fenrir: Alright. Tamamo, can I ask you to ask Luna to make a domain for me and Mio sometime soon, or will you call Mio up to the divine domain?


    Tamamo: I''ll bring her to the divine domain. That way the two of you will have more freedom than in one of Luna''s domains. All I ask is that you return her in after an appropriate amount of time.


    Fenrir: Of course. I won''t keep her long, just a mortal world day will be enough for now.


    Tamamo: Then I''ll let Luna know that Mio will be with you in a few days.


    Fenrir: Thanks.

 Chapter 216: Capturing a Boar

    Chapter 216: Capturing a Boar


    [Luna POV]


    The day after Velvet and Soleil took the next step in their rtionship, we all headed back into the forest to follow the lead me and the others found. As we were getting ready to go, Velvet asked what the two of them missed.


    Luna, did you manage to find what you were looking for yesterday? (Velvet)


    Not entirely, but we found a promising lead. ces that showed signs of boar activity were everywhere. And even deeper in was signs of onerge enough to match the description Lia gave us of the previous one. Were going to start following the tracks again today. (Luna)


    Doesnt the festival start tomorrow? (Soleil)


    Yeah, but even then, we have a week to track it down, capture it, and bring it back. Not that it will be that hard. (Luna)


    After the exnation, we all headed out to where we were yesterday. The ce was deep in the forest where it would be somewhat hard to see without night vision in ces. It also hadrge clusters of fungus everywhere.


    Ummm. I dont know why, but Im somewhat creeped out about this ce. (Soleil)


    Its fine, nothing here is that dangerous, just some parasitic mushrooms. (Skadi)


    Isnt that dangerous enough? (Velvet)


    No. Just wear a mask and youll be fine. Take these. (Luna)


    I handed Velvet and Soleil a mask each and they put them on immediately. Everyone else but me did the same and we headed into the mushroom infested part of the forest.


    {Luna, Ive been thinking about this for a while, but are you sure your status effect immunity will protect you from parasitic fungus?}


    Yeah. If it didnt, I would have been infected when I got a face full of spores yesterday.


    {Good. I was really worried when that happened.}


    Dont be, I immediately used healing magic after that happened anyway.


    As me and Tamamo discussed this, we got to the ce where we found all the boar traces. I even heard a few run off when we entered the area.


    Such jumpy little things nya. Makes me want to chase them nya. (Mio)


    You want to participate in the festival separately than me? (Luna)


    Nah nya. I knyow I wouldnt win nya. (Mio)


    Dont be like that Mio, its not about winning for me, I just want to catch the one boar to fulfill a goal. Plus, wed all win since were doing this together. (Luna)


    Just another reason to help here then nya. (Mio)


    Master, just a thought, but what if the boars around here are infected with the mushrooms? Wouldnt it be bad if we brought it our from here then? (Ophidia)


    Ill just use healing magic to get rid of any paratization that is there. Though I dont think well have to worry about it since, for all I know, the boars might be immune to the effects. I mean, it seems like they eat the mushrooms, so why would they eat something that will consume them in the end. (Luna)


    I agree with Luna on this one, there are a lot of things in the sea that are the same, so it would make sense. (Skadi)


    Oh, so its kind of like the rtionship I had with those people a long time ago? (Ophidia)


    Kind of, I think? (Luna)


    We looked around the area for a bit to find the tracks we found yesterday and once we did, we started to follow them. After a few hours, we started to see the signs ofrger andrger boars. The further we traveled, the bigger the traces.


    Mio, I want your opinion. How old do you think these traces are? (Luna)


    Old nya. Of course, there are traces of fresh marks here and there, but for the most part they are old nya. (Mio)


    Hmm. (Luna)


    I went over and sat down on a fallen log. A bunch of spores flew into the air when I did that, but I just ignored them. I watched them float around as I dove into my thoughts. As I was thinking, my mind wandered to random directions. Once thought in particr stuck with me, but I put it off and got back onto the main objective.


    Skadi, you think well still find what were looking for? (Luna)


    I cant say. We might or we might not. Is there any reason that it needs to specifically be an Erymanthean boar and not just a giant one? (Skadi)


    (Luna)


    Ill take that as a not sure. (Skadi)


    I mean, it would make sense to be that since the first three I did were all correctly named, so I just assumed that it would be the case this time. It doesnt help that there is a record of one existing. Heck, Ill settle for a Calydonian boar. (Luna)


    Ugh. Those are a pain to hunt. Theyre so aggressive and unpredictable. (Skadi)


    Oh, I think I killed one of those before as well. It was all spiky and tough. Tasted horrible too. (Ophidia)


    Well, youd have to go to the beast kingdom to hunt one of those anyway. I know that their habitat isnt here. (Velvet)


    Even you know of them Velvet? (Luna)


    Yeah. Calydonian boars are somewhatmon in the southern part of the beast kingdom. Though I havent heard of any attacks in recent years. (Velvet)


    Huh. What is it with this world and mythological beasts from my old one? (Luna)


    {Diviners seeing into other worlds ismon, remember.}


    Yeah, but to think it was THISmon.


    I stood up again and we moved on from the area we were in. We went even deeper until the sunlight was reced by the florescent cyan glow of mushrooms.


    We better not run into any mutated, blind elves here or any chaurus. (Luna)


    Do I even want to know what youre talking about? (Skadi)


    Its not that interesting so no. (Luna)


    Lunya, the traces here are more recent nya. Still old nya, but not as old as the ones before nya. (Mio)


    We continued on even further before I stopped the group.


    Soleil, wind magic in front of us. Nothing spiraling though. (Luna)


    Soleil nodded and used wind magic. The almost invisible wall of spores in front of us dispersed. I looked around to make sure there were no other spores before we continued. It was then that I heard something approaching us from above. I immediately stepped back and the thing hit the ground. It was a rtivelyrge bird, but it was strange. It had small mushrooms growing off of it and its eyes seemed dead. It had clearly broken its neck when it hit the ground, but it started to move again.


    B-big sis, is it an undead? (Soleil)


    No. It IS dead, but its not an undead. The fungus is moving it like a puppet. (Luna)


    I made a purification fox fire and lit the bird on fire with it to demonstrate.


    See. Not being purified. (Luna)


    Then I used some normal fox fire and lit the bird on fire. It let out a silent scream as the fungus got burned away.


    Hold on, big sis, when did your normal fox fire turn silver? (Soleil)


    Im not too sure myself. Maybe when I got my sixth tail? Every time I get one, something changes with me, so thats the theory Im going with. It is kind of pretty though. It reminds me of Tamamos Moonfire. (Luna)


    Oh, when did you see that? Ive only ever heard of Tamamo using Moonfire once. (Skadi)


    When we punished that mongrel together. (Luna)


    Ah. (Skadi)


    We were about to start moving on again when I heard another sound. This time though, it was the sound of something eating. I moved my ears in several directions to find the right way to go then started in that direction. As we got closer, I started to see what was making the noise. A boar that was way bigger than a wyvern was munching away at some glowing mushrooms. It had giant tusks that curled around and were almost as thick as one of the smaller trees in the forest. It looked up from its feast and looked around and huffed.


    It turned to face another tree with mushrooms growing on it and started to eat again. Then, a boar the size of a pr bear entered the clearing and started eating some mushrooms as well. The boar that was already there huffed again and pawed the ground. It lowered its head some and started to charge. The new boar looked up just as the massive boar got too close. I expected a gory scene, but instead, the bear sized boar was just turned into a mist of blood. All of us were shocked at what had just happened.


    <em>So, lets avoid that from hitting us. </em>(Luna)


    <em>It might not kill me or you, Luna, but it will be very painful. But the others should definitely not get hit by a charge. </em>(Skadi)


    Everyone nodded their heads. I then appraised the boar we were staring at and was disappointed.


    <em>Not what we are looking for. </em>(Luna)


    In response, everyone looked at me like I was insane. Velvet looked like she was about to say something when a roar shook the ground and trees. We turned out attention back to the clearing and saw a boar the size of the kraken from back then. Its eyes seemed to glow red as it stared down at the other boar. The one from before started to back away, but the newest one charged and yet another mist of blood was created. Only this time, the mist of blood wasnt the only thing left behind. Several trees that were behind the previous boar were smashed to splinters. I appraised the new boar.


    <em>Thats the one were looking for. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Um. How exactly do we go about capturing that nya? </em>(Mio)


    <em>The same as always, Mio, brute force. </em>(Luna)


    I jumped out from our hiding ce and ran to where the boar was looking. It responded by huffing at me and then pawing the ground. It lowered its head and started to charge at me. I dodged and opened a Gate. I shot a chain out of it and it wrapped around one of the massive tusks. When the chain went taut, the boars head jerked to the side and it tripped. I made the chain loosen a bit as it slid and the boar stopped on its back. I then shot another chain out of another Gate and made it immobilize the boars legs.


    Well, that went well. (Luna)


    The others moved towards me from the spot we were in earlier. Just as they got to my side, I felt the ground beneath me shake.


    Oh, will it not be easy this time? (Luna)


    I stepped to the side as a spike or earth shot up from the ground.


    {How feisty.}


    Indeed. (Luna)


    The boar tried to shake loose from my chains, so I moved to its head and tapped. Its eyes went unfocused and it stopped struggling.


    What did you do? (Ophidia)


    Just a simple illusion. It wont even know that its not here anymore by the time I release it. Thing is, we now have to drag it back. (Luna)


    Why? (Soleil)


    Because itll be a spectacle. Plus the festival starts tomorrow and I doubt Lia will let us keep it at her home for any amount of time. And I really dont want to keep it on my ind. If it somehow wakes up and gets out of my chains, who know what itll do. (Luna)


    *Sigh* You really like the spectacle, dont you. (Velvet)


    Yep. It makes it more fun. (Luna)


    Nyahahahaha nya. It really does nya. (Mio)


    Then lets head back. Im starting to get a weird feeling about this part of the forest. (Luna)


    Oh, so now you dont like it. (Soleil)


    Never said I did. (Luna)


    We started to walk as I dragged the boar behind us.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: They''re right, I get a weird feeling about that ce.


    Tamamo: Indeed.


    Hmm. Heh. This''ll be fun.


    Order: Notice something?


    Yep. We just have to wait and watch.


    Fenrir: My Mio better not be in danger.


    Fenrir, she''s close to Luna, she''s one of the safest people in this world. And if anything DID happen, Luna can heal her.


    Fenrir: Then I''ll put my trust in her.


    Tamamo: Ufufu.

 Chapter 217: Getting back to the City

    Chapter 217: Getting back to the City


    [Luna POV]


    Progress was very slow as we made our way through the forest while dragging the boar. By the time we made it a good distance away from the fungus infested part of the forest it was starting to get dark.


    Shall we stop here for the night? (Luna)


    Might as well. (Velvet)


    Yeah. Also, big sis, can you put up a barrier or something around the boar that cuts off the smell, its driving me crazy. (Soleil)


    I was going to do that anyway since I get where youreing from. (Luna)


    I stopped dragging the boar, used more chains to tie it down, and put up a space barrier over it to cut off the smelling from it. Then we got to work setting up camp.


    {Oh, Luna, Mio, there is something the two of you need to know.}


    My mirror floated out of my inventory as Tamamo spoke.


    Whats up? (Luna)


    {After this festival is over, Im going to bring Mio here since Fenrir wants to spend some time with her. She said she would only keep her for a mortal world day.}


    Oh nya. Sounds fun nya. Im looking forward to it nya. (Mio)


    Mios two tails made the shape of a heart as she said this which I thought was adorable. Mio then started to get her stuff ready while happily humming away.


    Hmm. (Luna)


    {Something wrong?}


    No. Its just I realized something. Like, is this what I was like since I was five when we started to be able to talk with each other all the time? I mean, those two met for the first time not too long ago, but now Mio seems like shes head over heels for Fenrir. (Luna)


    {Well, aside from a few days, they have been talking and getting to know each other with those magic tools since then, so I feel like this was the only way this rtionship could go.}


    I agree with Tamamo on this one, Luna. Though I havent met with Fenrir that much, I do know that she is really easy to get along with and, taking Mios personality into ount, there is no possible way they would take long to get together. Especially if Fenrir is the one that fell first. (Skadi)


    You know, youve said you werent very social, but you seem to know a lot of gods, Skadi. (Luna)


    Thates with being a demigod and living long enough. Just because I wasnt as sociable as I am now, doesnt mean that I never interacted with other gods. (Skadi)


    I wasnt trying to criticize you or anything, I was just voicing an observation I made. Sorry if it came out wrong. (Luna)


    I didnt take any offence, so youre all good. (Skadi)


    As we conversed, the night evening turned into night. We all rested and, once the sun rose, we began our trek once again. As we were walking, Ophidia was looking at the chains and the Gates that they came out of.


    Master, how exactly does this work? (Ophidia)


    Well, the concept of the entire thing is really simple, though the chains are a bit special. The concept of the Gates themselves is just me opening up the space magic inventory, having a weapon partially exit it, then shooting it out with mana. The more mana used to shoot the weapon out, the faster and more deadly it will be. The chains, on the other hand, are a gift from Grey. I inject my mana into them and then I can move them around however I want. (Luna)


    Another Gate opened by me and a chain came out and started to move around like a snake.


    I see. At some point where we have some free time, can you help me practice doing this myself? (Ophidia)


    I dont mind. At the same time, Soleil can start working on her ster magic again. I feel like weve been putting it off. (Luna)


    Ok, but that will have to wait a little after the festival. Me and Velvet have ns after all. (Soleil)


    Got it. (Luna)


    The day passed slowly as we walked through the forest. By noon, we reached about halfway to the city.


    Now that I think about it, did you even announce your participation in the festival Lunya nya? (Mio)


    I asked Lia about it at one point and she said that it doesnt matter. All one needs to do is bring in a boar. (Luna)


    Thats good nya. Itd be embarrassing to show up with this big guy but not be epted since you forgot to sign up to participate nya. (Mio)


    I know right. (Luna)


    So, are we going to show upst minute to make the most of it, or are we just going to walk in when we get there? (Velvet)


    While it sounds more interesting to wait, I wont take that option. (Luna)


    Any reason for that? (Skadi)


    Not really. Just feel like it. (Luna)


    Thats as good a reason as any. (Skadi)


    We made more progress before setting up camp again. While I was sitting by the fire and looking at the moon, Tamamo started to talk.


    {Luna, you look worried about something.}


    Yeah. Its that fungus infested part of the forest. Its been stuck in my head for a since we first found it. Like, you know that bird that I burned with fox fire?


    {Yeah.}


    When I killed it, I didnt get anything. And I dont mean in the sense that it was such a small amount of exp that it just didnt register, I literally got nothing from it.


    {I dont get why that makes you worried.}


    It means that I didnt kill it. Remember what I said, that bird was already dead and being controlled by the fungus?


    {Yeah.}


    What Im thinking is that all of that fungus is one giant thing. As in, its all connected and not good for the forest. Of course, I could be wrong and that whole part of the forest has been like that for forever, but if Im not, then what?


    {Wait, its all one thing?}


    Yeah. Stuff like mushrooms are, sometimes, just like the leaves of a tree. Its the mycelium that is the main body of the fungus. Now, Im notpletely sure if there is a fungus monster out there in the world like this or if I didnt get exp just because its treated as a nt, but still, its worrying that there is parasitic fungus in this ce.


    {Then maybe you should consult with Lia and Mimir about this.}


    Thats the n. Now, thats enough with the serious talk. Is there anything going on for the new year in the divine domain this year?


    {Hmm. Not that I know of. Why?}


    Just wanted to know. I feel like well be at the shrine for the new year this time and I was going to set up a domain to spend it with you. And maybe inviting the others too.


    {Thats a lovely idea. Ill ask them if they would like to do that.}


    Thanks.


    Like that, the night continued on. Over the next two days, we would make steady progress back to Ygg and I was ready to see the reaction of all the people there when we arrived.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos:...


    What''s up, Atmos?


    Atmos: It''s just, Luna and the others that can show up here haven''t been back in a while and I was wondering what was up.


    Well, things have been pretty busy on either side, so there is that.


    Atmos: I guess you''re right.


    Hehe. Don''t worry, I get the feeling that they will show up here again soon.

 Chapter 218: Return to the City and a Discussion

    Chapter 218: Return to the City and a Discussion


    [Luna POV]


    It took us two more days, but we did start to see the signs of the city being close. As we proceeded, the city finally came into view.


    Were on the final stretch. (Luna)


    I dont know why youre telling us that, we havent really done anything this entire time. (Velvet)


    I said it cause it fits the mood. (Luna)


    We approached the gate and two guards immediately came up to us. When they got closer and actually realized the size of the boar that was being dragged behind us, their bottom jaw nearly hit the floor. It was then that I recognized one of the guards as the one that led us to Lias home on our first day here.


    Oh? Good to see you again, sir guard. (Luna)


    This snapped him out of his shock.


    Y-yes. Its good to see you again as well. Im assuming this is for the festival?


    Yep. (Luna)


    Hehe. S-rank adventurers never disappoint.


    He turned to his guard friend and told him to snap out of it. They then moved over to the gate again and started to open the gatepletely. Once that was done, the guard we didnt know ran into the city to report what we brought. We were asked to stay put for the time being while the streets were cleared and some important people were brought to our location.


    Looks like youre getting your spectacle, big sis. (Soleil)


    Fufufu. Its not just my spectacle, its OUR spectacle. You guys are a part of this as well, even if I did a lot of the work. I mean, you all helped with tracking it down after all. (Luna)


    One of the others was about to say something when they got interrupted by Lia.


    Luna, you really went out and did it. You actually brought back an Erymanthean boar. (Lia)


    I said I would, though its a bit bigger than what you said it would be from the story you told us. (Luna)


    Thats an understatement. Its three times bigger than the one from the legend I told you. (Lia)


    It was then that one of the other people that came with Lia spoke up.


    Hello, Im the organizer of the hunting festival this year. Im assuming you wish to present this magnificent boar as a festival quarry, is that correct?


    Yes. We wish to offer this boar as a festival quarry under the Steris party. (Luna)


    I understand. While you have most assuredly won the contest this year, we still have to wait out the rest of the time since other contestants are still out there. Is that fine with all of you?


    I think so. Its trapped in an illusion and wont get out unless I let it out, so it shouldnt be a problem to keep it somewhere untilter. (Luna)


    Very well. Please follow me and Ill show you where you can keep it until the contest ends.


    We started to follow the festival coordinator. As we entered the city, I could see tons of people on either side of the road staring in wonder at the boar we brought in. Several people started to cheer when they saw it.


    <em>Lia, when were done bringing this to wherever we are, I need to talk to you and Mimir about something. </em>(Luna)


    Lia nodded her head and then a small green bird appeared on her shoulder. She whispered something to it and it flew off in the direction of the Academy. After a bit, we arrived at a za near the adventurers guild where a stage was set up and a few pins with boars of different sizes were already in. Once we stopped at a good spot, I undid the chain around the boars legs and reced it with a rope. Once that was done, we finished with the formalities of turning in a festival quarry. Then, we, along with Lia, went to the Academy to have a discussion with Mimir.


    I know you guys probably want to check the festival out, but this is something that needs to be taken care of first. (Luna)


    Are you going to ask about THAT nya? (Mio)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    Thats a good idea. Even I got a weird feeling about that ce, so its best if we do this. (Skadi)


    What are you talking about? (Lia)


    The ce we found the boar in the forest. When we get to Mimirs office, Ill exin everything I know. (Luna)


    Fine, but youre making me nervous. I mean, if something makes several S-rank adventurers get a strange feeling, then it cant be good. (Lia)


    Thats understandable. (Velvet)


    Then to help get our minds off of it for a bit, what are we going to do with the boar we brought? (Ophidia)


    Well, the winning boar is usually killed and then cooked for the winner or winners of the contest, but since what you guys brought in is so big, itll probably be served to as many people as possible, with your permission of course. (Lia)


    Im pretty sure none of us mind that. Though I would like to be the one to kill it so I can at least try and get a level from it. Things like that normally give me at least one. (Luna)


    I doubt anyone will mind that, so once this is done, Ill let the coordinator know. (Lia)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    We then made it to the gates of the Academy. When we walked up to them, they opened and the old elf that showed us aroundst time was waiting for us. Lia nodded her head his way and he did the same. We were led to the elevator thing and rode it to Mimirs office floor. Once we were inside the office, the elf that led us here left. When the door was shut, I felt a barrier cover the room.


    Lets not waste any time and get to the point. What is it that you wanted to discuss with me and General Lia, Lady Luna? (Mimir)


    We brought in an Erymanthean boar for the festival, but something gave all of us a weird feeling in the part of the forest that we found it in. (Luna)


    Both Lia and Mimir got a serious look on their faces.


    What do you mean, weird? (Lia)


    The part of the forest we were in was pretty much being taken over by fungus, and the deeper in we went, the more there was. (Skadi)


    Fungus? You mean mushrooms and the like? (Lia)


    Yeah. Mushrooms of several sizes with some of therge ones being bigger than this room nya. (Mio)


    And, in some of the deep parts, ones that glowed blue and white. Aside from boars, there were hardly any other animals or monsters there. As for the animals that were there aside from the boars, they were dead and being puppeted around by the fungus. They arent undead since purifying fox fire doesnt work, but normal fire or fox fire does. (Luna)


    (Lia)


    Grr. (Mimir)


    So, going by your reactions, this isnt normal. (Luna)


    Not at all, Lady Luna. The things you described are part of a monster. Its a giant thing that takes over patches of forest until it sucks it dry of any vitality. (Mimir)


    Dont take this the wrong way, but shouldnt there be people patrolling that far into the forest for things like that? (Velvet)


    There should have been. The reports from the deep-forest patrol squad have been all clear for the past several years. It seems like I need to reeducate my people. (Lia)


    How do we handle this? (Soleil)


    Lady Luna, this is presumptuous of me, but do you have anything, magic or skill rted, that can take care of it in one fell swoop? (Mimir)


    I can think of a few ways that me or some of my party members can do to take care of it with my assistance, but it will leave that part of the forest uninhabitable orpletely destroyed, or, in the worst case, both. (Luna)


    At this time, my mirror floated out of my inventory.


    {Luna, what if you covered the entire area with a domain? Wont that negate the coteral damage?}


    Oh, hello Goddess Tamamo. (Mimir)


    {Hello Mimir.}


    Hmmm. I dont know. The fungus is one giant organism and most of it is probably underground. I dont know how deep it goes or how far it spreads. If I can find that out, Im pretty sure a domain can take care of the coteral damage. (Luna)


    I can try and get all the spirit mage soldiers that are contracted to earth and nature spirits to find out. Can I ask that you help take care of it after we get that information? (Lia)


    Of course. I would try and do something to help anyway since it seems interesting. Plus, killing it might give me levels that I need. (Luna)


    A good enough reason as any, I say. (Mimir)


    Then Ill go and get my people ready. Im sorry about this since I bet you were looking forward to enjoying the festival, but this has to take priority. (Lia)


    Dont be sorry nya. A festival is a festival nya, we can always enjoy the next one nya. (Mio)


    What Mio said, this isnt thest festival here, so, if I dont ascend before the next time, we will definitely be here for the next one. (Luna)


    Now, Mimir, for this fungus monster, is it weak to something other than fire? (Luna)


    Fire is one weakness, but so is extreme cold. Just make sure you get as many of the spores as possible as well. (Mimir)


    Velvet, Soleil, looks like the two of us will be the big contributors this time. (Luna)


    Looking forward to it. (Soleil)


    Yeah. (Velvet)


    Then its time I go and get my people ready. Luna and everyone else, itll take a few days to get there for us, so please enjoy the festival some, Ill send my contracted wind spirit to get you when we get the information you need. (Lia)


    Alright, well be waiting. (Luna)


    We all stood up and left Mimirs office. After leaving the Academy, Lia went to gather her people and we went to try and enjoy some of the festival.


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna: Oh, it''s been a while.


    Atmos: LUNA!!!


    Luna: Gah!


    Order: Ugh.


    Tamamo: Gah!


    ...Atmos, I pray for your soul.


    Atmos: Wait, I get why they are ring at me, but why are you?


    Order is my wife, why would I not be mad at someone that caused her pain?


    Atmos:...Bye.


    Luna: Nope. *Sounds of chains shooting out of Gates*


    Atmos: Noooooooooooo!

 Chapter 219: Collapsing Space

    Chapter 219: Copsing Space


    [Luna POV]


    We waited for a few days for Lia and her people to go and check out the infested part of the forest. During those days, we went around the festival. It was fun, but not as fun as I was thinking it would be. Most of the things that you could get from stalls and such were things for hunting, trapping, or gathering nts. Today was the day that the boar hunting contest ended. All the contestants were in the za and standing in front of the quarry they brought in. I was getting a kick out of the reactions of the other that saw that we were the ones that brough in the massive boar.


    Fufufufuufufufufufufufu.


    {Enjoying yourself?}


    Yes. I feel some sort of instinctual joy by seeing their reactions. Its like I pulled a sessful prank without actually pulling a prank. Like an itch that needed to be scratched has been.


    {Ufufufufu.}


    Big sis. Their reactions are so satisfying. (Soleil)


    I know right. (Luna)


    Luna, please dont influence Soleil like this. (Velvet)


    Velvet, she grew up with me, shes been influenced for a while now. (Luna)


    (Velvet)


    Dont worry Velvet, I wont let my nature run full force like big sis does. Much. (Soleil)


    (Velvet)


    I patted Velvet on the back.


    Good luck. (Luna)


    It was then that the festival coordinator entered the za. He cast a small wind spell that amplified his voice.


    Wee all, to the end of our annual hunting festivals boar huntingpetition. This year is a bit special, as you all can see. Earlier this week, a group that has been staying in the city for some time decided to join in. And the quarry they brought inis an Erymanthean Boar.


    The za went silent for several minutes before some elves started to cheer wildly. This caused a chain reaction and soon, the entire za was a sea of noise. The coordinator made some gestures to get the crowd to quiet down.


    Yes, we are all excited, but we still have to reward all of ourpetitors before moving on to the good part. We will start with the others before getting to our winners. After that, the leader of the party will y the winning boar. And, as we received permission from the people in question, we will all get to feast.


    Another deafening cheer from the crowd sounded. What followed after the cheering was a few hours of awarding contestants followed by the top scorers and finally us. We were stood on a stage and the boar we brough in was behind us, still trapped in its illusion. The coordinator gave a speech that ended with him giving me the permission to y the beast. I walked up to it, put a finger in the ce between its eyes, and passed some lightning through its brain, killing it quickly and painlessly. When that was done, I was surprised to find that I leveled up twice.


    Oooh. How nice, level 68. I might be getting tail seven soon.


    {I look forward to petting it.}


    I looked over to the coordinator and nodded. He announced the end of the ceremony and then several elves came up to us to start butchering the boar. After that started, the hours passed as meat was cut up, cooked, passed out, then eaten. I made sure to get me and my party a generous portion and the day transitioned to evening which transitioned to night as the celebration continued. We decided to leave at some point after midnight when Ophidia got drunk and started trying to drag Skadi away somewhere. The next morning, we were all sitting in Lias home.


    Master. Healing magic please. (Ophidia)


    Fufu. Alright. (Luna)


    I ced my hand on Ophidias head and used some healing magic to cure her hangover.


    Anyone else need some? (Luna)


    Me nya. (Mio)


    I did the same to Mio. When I started moving my hand away from her head, she grabbed it and ced it back on her head. I smiled and started headpatting her.


    Nyaaaaaa. (Mio)


    No fair! (Soleil)


    I have another hand, Soleil. (Luna)


    Soleil moved over and ced my free hand on her head. I started patting her and she closed her eyes and smiled.


    You two are so spoiled. Not that its a bad thing. (Luna)


    Its not that, big sis, its that your headpats are unparalleled. The only person that everes close is Velvet. (Soleil)


    Nya. Soleil is right nya. Even my parents cant beat this nya. (Mio)


    Im surprised Ana isnt on that list, Soleil. (Luna)


    She was, but then Velvet appeared and now I can only ever stand pats from you and her. (Soleil)


    As I patted these two, the doors to the room mmed open and a tired looking Lia walked in. She moved over to a free seat and fell into it. Dia then appeared and hopped into herp with what I could only call a worried expression.


    [Lia? Are you alright Lia?] (Dia)


    Yeah, just tired, mentally. (Lia)


    Whats the news? (Luna)


    Aside from me having to severely discipline some of my people, this fungus monster is absolutely massive. I thought we would be able to take care of it before asking for your assistance, but no, we cant. Its too big. (Lia)


    [Lia, leave it to my Goddess. Rest now, I will keep youpany.] (Dia)


    Thank you Dia, but I need to go with them. They dont know how big it is and where it ends, and I cant entrust this to a subordinate. (Lia)


    Lia, Ill use some healing magic on you, but once this is done, you will get some actual rest. Dia, make sure she does. (Luna)


    [Yes, oh Goddess mine.] (Dia)


    I walked over to Lia and used some healing magic. She looked revitalized once I was done, but she still had shadows under her eyes.


    Lets go guys. Ophidia, grab Skadi and Mio and teleport to that part of the forest. Lia, Soleil, Velvet, youre with me. (Luna)


    Right.


    Everyone got into position and we teleported near the infected part of the forest. Everyone but me donned a mask to keep spores out of their system and we started to walk. When we got nearer to the edge of the infected area of forest, Lia pulled out a map.


    Luna, this is the entire area that is infected from an areal view. Earth and Nature spirits have told us that it went 1km deep. (Lia)


    Hmm. Got it, just give me a second. Everyone, I think I can handle the main part, but it will take all my concentration, so please defend against anything that tries to stop me. (Luna)


    They all nodded and I turned my attention back to the map Lia showed me. I then closed my eyes and took in a deep breath. When I opened my eyes, I put my hands forward and created a domain. As it was by far thergest domain I have created so far, it was a bit difficult. I started to get a headache and I could feel myself start to sweat.


    This is more difficult than I thought it would be.


    {Are you alright, Luna?}


    Yeah. But a domain this big is kind of hard to maintain.


    {I believe in you.}


    Thanks. Now I definitely can.


    I poured more mana into the domain and it expanded again. Itpletely enveloped me and the area in front of me. I then lowered my arms and was breathing a bit heavily.


    How.about.that?


    Silence.


    Tamamo?


    More silence.


    Huh, guess this domain is a bit too much for our connection.


    I took in some more deep breaths before closing my eyes to see if I got the entire fungus and gave a small smile.


    Got you. Now, lets get to killing you.


    I then tapped my foot on the ground and the entirety of the domain, above and below ground froze. I snapped my fingers and the ice shattered. When this happened, the space turnedpletely white with no scenery at all.


    This is always creepy.


    I was about to dissolve the domain when I noticed that nothing happened. No exp was rewarded for what was supposed to be a killed monster.


    Can fungus survive extreme cold? Guess so. I should have paid more attention in ss.


    I thought about how to go about this then.


    Lightning might be a bad idea. Ice and ice mist clearly wont work. I cant really use physical means now.


    I started to pace.


    Think, Luna, think. What else can I do?


    I continued to pace when a dangerous thought popped into my head.


    Copse space. I can try that, but safety measures are needed. Guess Ill need to put an even bigger domain up.


    My shoulders, tail, and ears drooped at that thought. I prepared to make another domain to go around the already set up one and got started. It took several minutes before I felt it work to a safe standard. Once that was done, I rested for a few more minutes. I moved outside of the first domain and turned to face it.


    Now lets try this and hope it goes right.


    I started to concentrate on the first domain I made. I imagined that it and all the space inside it should no longer exist. At first nothing happened and then I started to feel a rumbling. After the rumbling, I started to hear the sound of shattering ss. The domain in front of me started to show cracks and it started to shatter. When it did, the ce in front of me felt like pure nothingness. Then the domain that I set up as a safety precaution started to shatter as well. I looked around frantically. I looked up to see the domain falling to pieces with parts of it in shards. Overhead the moon shone brightly and I fell on my back while breathing heavily. The second domain continued to slowly shatter around me and I felt the ce where the first one was return to normal.


    {LUNA! ARE YOU ALRIGHT!?}


    Im.fine.


    {Youre pale. What happened, when you were swallowed by the domain, I couldnt reach you with our connection and I couldnt enter it. Dont you ever worry me like that again!}


    Imsorry.


    {I didnt ask for apologies, I want to know what happened!}


    Ice didnt work, and I didnt know if lightning would be safe. No physical attacks I can do would work, so I tried copsing space. I set up a second domain, then copsed the first one. It was scary. When it was gone, there was just nothing. Then, the second domain started to break down and I thought I messed up, but it was just you, so now Im relieved.


    {Luna, never, EVER try something so dangerous again.}


    Yeah, I dont n on it.


    I was about to say something else when I felt nothing but pain.


    GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!!


    {LUNA!?}


    Itsjust a new tailnothing else.


    {Stop scaring me. Alright, next time Im with you or its a full moon, I get to do anything I want to you in rpence. This is non-negotiable.}


    Fu fu fu. Understood.


    At that, I passed out.


    [Skadi POV]


    After Luna set up a domain, several small animals covered in mushrooms starteding at us, but they were easily dealt with. Once they were re-killed, Soleil and Velvet then burned them with fire magic. After a while, no more animals came at us, so we waited for Luna to finish. Several hours passed with no change in the domain when we started to hear cracking noises.


    What was that? (Lia)


    No idea. (Skadi)


    It was then that Ophidia took a trembling step back.


    MASTER!? (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, did something happen? (Soleil)


    I-I dont know. Its just, I felt something weird with space inside masters domain, but thats it. (Ophidia)


    Goddess Tamamo, whats going on? (Velvet)


    {Dont worry, everything is fine now. Luna did something dangerous, but shes safe. Now shes passed out since she got her seventh tail.}


    She sounded tired.


    Tamamo, are you alright? (Skadi)


    {Yeah. Its just Luna scared me. She said she copsed space to kill the fungus.}


    What does that mean? (Skadi)


    {I dont know. All I do know is that it was dangerous and that it scared Luna when she did it. Anyway, she set up a second domain and that one is slowly falling apart, so you should all be able to get to her shortly.}


    Alright. Velvet, Mio, get ready to carry Luna. Ophidia, bring Lia and Soleil back. After that,e back here to see if Luna is reachable and well go from there. (Skadi)


    Hey, why cant I stay? (Soleil)


    Its just Ophidias first trip, Soleil, well be following shortly. (Skadi)


    Tch. Fine. But when you get big sis, make sure shes really alright. Its not that I dont trust the Goddess, but I still want to make sure she is alright with my own eyes. (Soleil)


    Ophidia grabbed Soleil and Lias shoulders and teleported away. She then reappeared and we waited for the domain in front of us topletely crumble. When it did, we saw Lunaying on the ground with two tails limplyying on either side of her. We walked over to her when Ophidia stopped and looked at the space behind Luna.


    Something wrong nya? (Mio)


    No, its juststrange. (Ophidia)


    Just then, a distortion appeared next to the space where Ophidia was looking and a humanoid silhouette appeared.


    [Demigod Skadi, tell my goddess here that she should hold off from doing that again until she fully ascends.]


    I nodded at the space spirit and we teleported away with Luna in tow.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Oooh. A space spirit appeared.


    Tamamo:...


    Tamamo, calm down. You know I would intervene if before something happened. I owe Luna that much for her letting us watch her life like this after all.


    Tamamo: Mmm.


    Order: *Patting Tamamo on the shoulder* It''s alright.


    Tamamo: *Deep breath in and out* I''m good. But she is going to really get an earful from me when she wakes up.


    Completely justified. But watching that made me realize something.


    Atmos: What?


    Tamamo can do things simr with gravity. Maybe even more. Alright, I''vee to a decision, Tamamo, from this point on, your ce in the hierarchy is changed. You join Luna, Crate, and Gear in the number one spot due to your Authority over gravity.


    Tamamo: You can do that?


    Who do you think is the one that made the hierarchy in the first ce?


    Atmos: Congrats, Tamamo.


    Order: Indeed.


    Tamamo: Thanks I guess.

 Chapter 220: Lunas Punishment

    Chapter 220: Luna''s Punishment


    [Luna POV]


    After an unknown amount of time, I woke up. I wasying on the bed in my room in Lias home. I looked around to see if I could figure out what time it was and saw that it was dark outside the window.


    How long was I out?


    {A day. Its close to midnight now.}


    I see.


    We were both silent for several minutes.


    Tamamo. Im really, REALLY sorry. I didnt mean to make you so worried.


    {Can you make another domain to let me see you in person?}


    I did as she said and she appeared sitting on the edge of the bed.


    {Luna, what did you learn from this experience?}


    That I can do some really dangerous stuff and that I should really consult with others before trying a crazy idea. Also, my wife is a worrier.


    {Of course I am! Think Luna, what would have happened if you got caught up in that and died!? I cant bring you back again!}


    Tamamo came near me and grabbed me into a tight hug.


    {Luna, you need to realize this, you are my entire world, if you died, I would very likely go insane. When you suddenly got cut off from our connection, I panicked. So from now on, you are not allowed to ever copse space or whatever you did again unless I say its ok and we both know its 100000000000000% safe. Understand?}


    Yes, I understand, and I dont n on ever doing that again in the first ce. It was terrifying. The nothingness left behind, it was an Abyss different than that of fluff and it was terrifying.


    We sat and hugged for a while longer before Tamamo let go and backed off enough for us to look into each others eyes.


    {With the scolding over, what has changed with your stats?}


    Ill check.


    I checked my stats to see what was different.


    <strong>Name: Luna Reed</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune(Seven-tailed/Demigod)</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 70</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quintuple-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 100%-SSS</strong>


    <strong>MP: EX</strong>


    <strong>Vit: SSS</strong>


    <strong>Def: SSS</strong>


    <strong>Res: SSS</strong>


    <strong>Str: SSS</strong>


    <strong>Int: EX</strong>


    <strong>Agi: EX</strong>


    <strong>Dex: EX</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 10, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.10, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.10, Stealth LV.10, Household, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.10, Brushing Technique LV.10, Telepathy LV.10, Intimidation LV.10, Parallel Processing, Cartography LV.10, Singing LV.10, Woodcarving LV.10, Hidden Weapon LV.10, Dance LV.10, Music(Flute) LV. 10</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10, Ster Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique</strong>


    <strong>Divine Skills: Domain Creation, Constetion Creation, Divine Judgement(Sealed), Abyssal Blessing, Apostle Creation, Summon: Apostle</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Sage, Trap Master: Dismantling, Ninja, Dungeon Clearer, Master of the Ancient Serpent, Wyvern yer, Spectral Mists, Demigod of Stars, Demigod of Space, Master of Hidden Weapons, Weapons Master, Jack of All Trades</strong>


    <strong>Authority: Space, Fluff, Stars</strong>


    <strong>Depth:[emailprotected]#%^#%</strong>


    <strong>Labors: 5</strong>


    EX Dex, no new skills, all skills are now level 10,bors went up to 5.


    {Youve said that something else changes when you get a new tail, have you figured out what it is yet?}


    No. But that will be clear at some point, so Im not going to worry about it. And with that out of the way, what are you going to do to me?


    {So, you remembered?}


    Yeah. Though if I can make a request, please at least leave me able to walk in the morning.


    {Luna, doing any of that would be a reward, not a punishment.}


    But Tamamo, youre already rewarding me by being here.


    {Guh. True, but I cant leave you alone either. Hmmm.}


    Tamamo sat in thought for a while. It was fun watching her think since her tails and ears moved when she got an idea and discarded it. She then finally decided on what to do.


    {Luna, for the rest of the night, you will let me meticulously groom your new tail until it reaches above our standards.}


    But tha-


    {I know it sounds like a reward, but its the best thing I can think of that wont eventually lead to us losing ourselves in each other.}


    Alright, Ill do my best to not enjoy the situation.


    {Good.}


    Tamamo then started to take care of my seventh tail. As the hours passed, shebed, brushed, oiled, and brushed again until my seventh tail was the picture of pristine.


    {Oh, by the way, I got a promotion.}


    Eh?


    {In the hierarchy of the divine domain. I was told bywhoever manages that, that I have been moved up to the top of the top along with you, Crate, and Gear due to my Authority of gravity.}


    Congrattions I guess. I dont really understand that whole thing. Like, whats the point?


    {Not too sure myself, its just something thats always been there and Ive never questioned it. Im sure there is a point to it, but as for what it is, youd have to ask someone else.}


    Anyway, are you going to do my other tails, or are you just going to leave after one?


    {I should go. I know how much it annoys you when something is left unfinished, and that is your punishment for worrying me.}


    I will strive to never worry you ever again.


    {Ufufu. Good, now, Ill talk to you againter.}


    Tamamo then disappeared. I dissolved the domain and ced my face in the pillow.


    Uuuuuugh. I hate this punishment.


    I then sat up again and got to work on my other six tails. I made it to my third one by myself when Soleil and Velvet entered the room.


    Good, you up. (Velvet)


    Are you alright, big sis? (Soleil)


    Yeah, Im alright. And before you try to give me a punishment for worrying you as well, Soleil, please dont, Tamamos is already enough.


    Oh, what was the Goddesss punishment for you? (Soleil)


    She groomed my new tail then left. (Luna)


    The Goddess really got you good, huh? (Soleil)


    Yeah. I love grooming her tails, but my own are a different matter. Theres so much fluff and its hard to reach a few of them. (Luna)


    Id offer help, but then it wouldnt be a punishment. (Velvet)


    Same, but I cant stay sane for long while touching your tails yet. (Soleil)


    We need to work on that. (Luna)


    Indeed. I want to be able to hug them again at least a little bit. (Soleil)


    Soleil, just make do with petting them until you fully submerge. In other news, whats happened while I was out? (Luna)


    Nothing much. When we first got back, Dia got all overprotective of Lia and made her go to bed the second we got back. The next day, Lia then reprimanded the people that let this situation get to this point. All of us took turns checking in on you. Thats about it. (Soleil)


    I see. (Luna)


    Now that youre awake, can we ask you for something? (Velvet)


    Whats up? (Luna)


    Can you send us to the floating ind for a little while? (Velvet)


    I couldnt stop from grinning.


    Sure. Just send me a letter when youre ready toe back. (Luna)


    I touched Velvet on the arm and she disappeared. I then looked at Soleil.


    Soleil, take these. (Luna)


    I pulled several bottles out of my inventory and handed them to Soleil.


    What are these? (Soleil)


    Stamina potions. You still dont have the stamina of a vampire or an Apostle. (Luna)


    Soleils face turned redder than a tomato. I touched her on the shoulder and just before I teleported her away, I whispered in her ear.


    Have fun. (Luna)


    She sheepishly nodded her head and then disappeared from the room as well.


    Now, what to do while they are away?


    I resumed my work on my tails as I thought.


    {Hey Luna, didnt that Ibuki person ask you to look for someone in the Academy here?}


    I think so, or she at least mentioned someone here. I think it was Tomoes sister maybe?


    {Going to go to the Academy to deal with that?}


    Sure, not like I have anything else to do. And the new year is still a month away.


    {But the full moon is close.}


    True. And I cant wait.


    By the time I finished grooming my tails, it waste morning. I then got up, put on my ne, new tag included, and left the room.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Tamamo.


    Tamamo: Yes?


    Atmos: Drop the act.


    Tamamo:...


    Me and Order: ???


    Atmos: Just how much did you hold back from actually staying and finishing all of Luna''s tails?


    Tamamo: It''s so hard not to. Like, so so hard.


    Ahhhh.


    Order: Now I''m really curious on how soft they actually are.


    Atmos: Don''t do it. If you try it, then you''ll be trapped like the rest of us.


    Order:...


    Atmos, stop scaring my wife with lies like that.


    Atmos: Tch. Look, I don''t want any morepetition for petting and fluffing Luna''s tails.


    Tamamo: Now hold on, she''s my wife, so you should be grateful either of us let you.


    Atmos: Hmph. It''s her fault for being so damn fluffy.

 Chapter 221: At the Academy Once More

    Chapter 221: At the Academy Once More


    [Luna POV]


    When I went to the usual room, the rest of my party, Lia, Cres, and Dia were sitting around.


    Hey all. (Luna)


    Oh, youre up. Thats good. (Lia)


    Hey master. Im d youre alright. (Ophidia)


    Yep nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. Oh, Luna, before we brought you back, a space spirit appeared and told me to tell you not to do what you did again until you ascend. (Skadi)


    I was already going to not do it again. I didnt like what was left behind after I did it. (Luna)


    What was left behind? (Ophidia)


    Nothing. And I mean absolute nothingness. (Luna)


    I see. So thats the weird feeling I got. (Ophidia)


    As we were discussing this, Cres came up to me and attempted to bow.


    [My Goddess, if I may make a selfish request?] (Cres)


    I was momentarily taken aback by his changed attitude but snapped out of it quickly.


    Speak. (Luna)


    [May I see your fluff in its fluff fluffiness? Since Ist saw you, oh goddess mine, you only had two tails. It would do this humble fluff spirit good to see your progress.] (Cres)


    [I would like to request this as well, oh goddess mine.] (Dia)


    Dia came to stand beside Cres and bowed simrly to him. I decided to humor them, so I removed my ne and all my tails appeared in their full, fluffy force.


    [Oooohhhhh. Amazing, my goddess. Absolutely amazing.] (Cres)


    [Indeed, my goddess. An impressive sight.] (Dia)


    Oh please, Im no where near the level I need or want to be at. Im still missing three after all. (Luna)


    [Your goal is 10?] (Cres)


    Yeah, ever since Tamamo got a tenth tail, I have made my second goal to get the same amount. Coincidentally, I made progress on that the other day. Now, unless something is different than what I know, I have at most seven more things to do to reach that point. (Luna)


    [Interesting. Does that mean more of my kind will be brought into the world soon?] (Cres)


    No idea. (Luna)


    Lunya. You look good nya. And I request to nap in your tails at some point please nya. (Mio)


    Youll have to wait in line for that. So far, you are third. (Luna)


    Whos in the first and second spot nya? (Mio)


    Tamamo and Atmos respectively. (Luna)


    {Oh, you remember that?}


    Naturally. (Luna)


    But, you have seven nya. Cant we all get one nya? (Mio)


    Oh, my sweet, naive Mio, think. Would you like to nap in a single tail, or in a bed of ten? (Luna)


    A bed of ten nya. (Mio)


    Not going to lie, that is a tempting thing to think about. (Skadi)


    Indeed. (Ophidia)


    So fluffy. (Lia)


    [Goddess, thank you, but please put them away before my Lia gets drawn in too much.] (Dia)


    I put my ne back on and six of the seven tails disappeared.


    [Thank you, goddess.] (Dia)


    No problem. (Luna)


    {Oh, Mio, do you have any ns for the day today?}


    Nyot really Goddess Tamamo nya. (Mio)


    {Then go and get ready and Ill bring you here to see Fenrir. Shes been eagerly waiting for the day you two get to spend together.}


    Then I must get ready immediately nya. (Mio)


    Mio dashed away from the room.


    Im not even going to ask. Talking with all of you always leads to interesting, yet headache inducing things. (Lia)


    [Fufufu. Thats what happens when you are around someone with a divine protection, Lia. They always bring a small amount of chaos with them wherever they go.] (Dia)


    {How would you know, spirit? You are only recently born.}


    [While I was going around my goddesss ind, a lunar spirit appeared and taught me many things. Thats why I know as much as I do.] (Dia)


    {Ah. That makes sense, they were always a calm, knowledgeable bunch. It would make sense if a few of them sought out a spirit attuned to the Authority of my wife to meet and teach them, space spirits excluded.}


    [Yes. The one that visited me was quite nice.] (Dia)


    So, what are you going to do today, master? (Ophidia)


    Im going to the Academy. Tamamo reminded me of something Ibuki said and Im going to try and see if I can find that person. Plus I kind of want to visit Pneuma and the others as well. (Luna)


    Then youre lucky that the Academy is still off for the festival. Otherwise youd have to wait for a few days before going to visit anyone aside from Mimir. (Lia)


    Indeed. Also, is princess Selena still here, or has she already gone back to the Beast Kingdom? (Luna)


    She should still be here for a week or so more. After that, students from abroad will go back to their countries for the new year, so she and her sister will be leaving at the same time. (Lia)


    Thanks for the info. Since I want to go home myself for the new year, I might offer to teleport them back. (Luna)


    Sounds nice, magic that lets you travel to wherever youve been to. (Lia)


    It IS convenient. Anyway, thats what Im doing today, what about you two? (Luna)


    Were going to the Academy as well. My mother wants to talk with Ophidia some more. (Skadi)


    Let me meet her as well some time. (Luna)


    You will inevitably meet her someday, so just wait for that time. (Skadi)


    Fair. (Luna)


    We chatted a little longer with Lia before she needed to go and finish something in the castle. After she was gone, we left in the direction of the Academy. When we got there, we separated. Skadi and Ophidia immediately went to the shrine dedicated to Skadis mother and I went to see Mimir. When I got to his office, he closed the book he was reading and gestured for me to sit.


    Good day to you, Lady Luna. How can I be of service? (Mimir)


    There are two things. The first, I need to know about someone that should be attending here from Onigashima named Suzuka. And second, I would like to know if Pneuma and the other people I met here before are free to see me today. (Luna)


    Starting from the second one, they are free today and I can send a message to them saying that you wish to meet with them. As for the first thing, may I ask the reason for looking for Suzuka? (Mimir)


    Ibuki, her rtive, asked about her at one point when I met her, so I thought Id do something nice and check on this person for her. (Luna)


    Ibuki? That woman is still alive!? (Mimir)


    Oh, was she famous? (Luna)


    When the demons were a wilder bunch, she was a cruel leader of thousands. I thought she was killed at some point since she fell into obscurity. (Mimir)


    Huh. She didnt give off that feeling at all. To me, she seemed like a somewhat overworked office worker. (Luna)


    Guess you never know what youll learn if you live long enough. Anyway, Suzuka should be around somewhere here, give me a little bit and I can tell you where the two of you can meet. Shes a little entric as many young demons are, but then again, so are you, so youll get along with each other quite well. (Mimir)


    Ill take that as apliment and leave it at that. Anyway, should Ie back here once that is done to get the message to Pneuma and the others? (Luna)


    No need, Ill let them know youre here and to expect you at some point. By the time you are done conversing with Suzuka, just head straight to the ce youst met with them. (Mimir)


    Thank you, Mimir. (Luna)


    Its nothing, Lady Luna. If anything, I still owe you for dealing with that fungus monster. As a spirit that has lived in this forest for thousands of years, but possesses littlebat power, I am deeply grateful to you for ending it. (Mimir)


    Hey, I got my seventh tails from that, so it worked out for me as well. (Luna)


    A few minutes passed in silence as Mimir had a far away look in his eyes. When he became focused again, he told me where I could find Suzuka.


    Then Ill let you get back to whatever youre doing. (Luna)


    See you again, Lady Luna. (Mimir)


    I left Mimirs office and went to the ce he told me I could meet with Suzuka. The ce I was told to go was arge open za built on several thick branches of the tree. People were milling about talking, reading, and other things people do in academies. I started walking around to try and find the person I was looking for with the description I was given.


    {Oh, is that her? Over there by that fountain.}


    I looked in the direction Tamamo pointed out and saw a person matching the description Mimir gave me. She was sitting on the edge of a fountain reading a book. She had long orange hair, dull gold eyes, and two horns that reminded me of Tomoes. I made my way over to her and then spoke.


    Excuse me, are you Suzuka? (Luna)


    I am. She said as she looked up from her book.


    Nice to meet you, my name is Luna. (Luna)


    No fair. (Suzuka)


    Hmm? (Luna)


    No fair. You look so damn cute. How can someone like you exist? Its like youre mocking every average girl that cares about their looks. (Suzuka)


    I was dumbfounded and had no idea how to reply.


    {Ufufufufufufufu. Shes right, you ARE absurdly cute. And all of that cuteness is mine.}


    U-um, thank you? (Luna)


    Youre wee. Now sit, you are going to tell me everything you do to look so good and you cannot leave until Im satisfied. (Suzuka)


    I did as she said unconsciously.


    Now spill, give me all your secrets. (Suzuka)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Wow. Someone that managed to catch Luna in their rhythm instead of the other way around.


    Indeed.


    Order: That is a surprising development.


    Tamamo: I think I like that Suzuka girl. She understands Luna''s cuteness.


    Atmos: My dear Tamamo, you better watch out or she''ll go after Luna.


    Tamamo: Lies. Luna is mine and only mine as I am hers and only hers. I trust her topletely turn anyone but me down immediately.


    And you''re confidence is well founded.


    Order: Atmos, that was going to be a joke in bad taste if you kept going.


    Atmos: Yeah. I don''t know why I even tried that. Maybe I just need to cause some mischief to get it out of my system before I do something I''ll regret.


    ...


    Order:...


    Tamamo:...


    All three of us: She''s learning.


    Atmos: OI!

 Side Chapter 20: Mio and Fenrir

    Side Chapter 20: Mio and Fenrir


    [Fenrir POV]


    The day has finallye for Mio toe and visit me. Since our first meeting, we have been talking to each other all the time, so weve gotten close, or at least I think we have. Since Im nervous about this, I have been pacing around my ce for what feels like hours when I felt the arrival of two people. Shortly after that, I saw Tamamo and Mio approaching me.


    {Morning Fenrir. I brough Mio over, so have fun, just remember to get her back in a mortal world day.}


    Tamamo said this then immediately disappeared. Mio and I stood there staring at where Tamamo was for a second before we both looked at each other. We stared into each others eyes for a few seconds before Mio made the first move. She leapt from her position and tackled me. We fell backwards and Inded on my back with Mio on top of me. She was rubbing her head on me and she used her twin tails to grab either one of my arms or legs.


    Nyaaaaaaaa. (Mio)


    I smiled at her and started patting her head which elicited purring from her.


    Its good to see you in person again, Mio. (Fenrir)


    Fen nya. (Mio)


    I then wrapped my arms around her in a hug. We sat there for several minutes before I let her go and we stood up. She then started looking around at the ce we were.


    Snowy yet not very cold nya. (Mio)


    Well, I didnt want you to be too ufortable, so I made it as warm as I could. (Fenrir)


    Its nice nya. (Mio)


    As she said that, she started to hug my arm and sheid her head on my shoulder.


    Perrfect temperature to do this nya. (Mio)


    My heart skipped a beat.


    Why is she so cute? Like, seriously, she isnt actually the Goddess of Cuteness in disguise, right? (Fenrir)


    Nya? (Mio)


    She tilted her head in a questioning way as I didnt say anything. This almost killed me due to how cute it was, but I endured. I then coughed to clear my throat as I tried to move on to what I nned for the day.


    A-anyway,e with me. Ill show you my home and we can decide on what to do from there. (Fenrir)


    Ok, lead the way, Fen nya. (Mio)


    While I was busy trying not to die from cuteness and probably failing, I led Mio to my home. As we approached Mio was amazed.


    Looks cozy nya. Large log cabin in the snowy woods nya. If you have a nice fluffy carpet and arge firece, I will marry you right here and now nya. (Mio)


    (Fenrir)


    When we got to the door, Mio let go of me and I let her inside. A wave of warmth hit the both of us as the door opened. Once I closed the door behind us, Mio was once again in awe.


    Fen, are you sure Im not your fated one nya? This is the kind of ce I absolutely love nya. (Mio)


    Well, I actually had some help in order to make you like me more. Through Tamamo, I asked Luna what you liked and changed the ce to suit you. Though over time, I have alsoe to enjoy thefort of this ce. (Fenrir)


    I see nya. What was it like before nya? (Mio)


    A lot colder and icier. Morerge trees. At one point I tried living in a castle made of ice, but it got annoying slipping around everywhere, so I changed it. (Fenrir)


    Huh nya. Well, it makes sense nya. I mean, no ice can stay cold when youre such a warm person nya. (Mio)


    My heart fluttered at her words.


    Mio, its no fair if youre on the offensive all the time. (Fenrir)


    I cant help it Fen, your reactions are just too cute for me to stop nya. (Mio)


    Hehe. Ill get you before the day is over. (Fenrir)


    I look forward to it nya. (Mio)


    We moved over to sit on therge couch in front of the firece. A fire was roaring inside and Mio curled up and ced her head in myp. She started rubbing her head on me again and I could only smile at that.


    Mio, you realize that you dont need to mark me, right? (Fenrir)


    Dont care nya. My mom always told me to mark what is mine nya, so Im doing that nya. I would have done the same to Lunyas tails nya, but they are Goddess Tamamos nya. (Mio)


    Heheheh. You really like Tamamos wife, dont you. (Fenrir)


    Yep nya. She is my eternal friend and family nya. Life would be soooooo boring if I hadnt met her nya. And, I probably wouldnt have met you either nya. (Mio)


    Then I should thank her at some point. If you meeting her led to me meeting you, then I owe her big time. (Fenrir)


    I started patting Mios head again and she started to purr again. We watched the fire like this for a while when Mio sat up.


    Alright nya. Fen, its your turn nya. (Mio)


    Eh? (Fenrir)


    Did you think Im a selfish cat that wont give what back what I receive nya? Nyope nya. Now, your head, myp nya. (Mio)


    Seeing no problem in her words, I listened to her andid my head in herp. To say it was amazing would be an understatement. To think the thighs of the person I love would feel sofortable. The second I gotfortable, Mio started running her hand through my hair and patting my head. If I wasntying on my back, my tail would probably be causing enough wind to create a blizzard.


    Nyehehehe. Fen, it feels like weve known each other for forever, doesnt it nya? (Mio)


    It does. Even if we met not to long ago, talking with you pretty much every day is really enjoyable. Of course, this it infinitely better, but even then, I enjoy it. (Fenrir)


    Same nya. I mean, sometimes I find myself wanting to ask Lunya to put up a domain for us to meet nya, but I feel like if I asked, it would be too much nya. (Mio)


    Well, I dont really know her all too well, but I feel like if you asked her, she would do it immediately. (Fenrir)


    Thats the thing nya, she probably would nya, but I still feel like its too much to ask nya. (Mio)


    We sat in silence as I tried to figure out what to say to that. Mio then changed the subject.


    Anyway nya, do you want to try something nya? (Mio)


    Depends on what that something is? (Fenrir)


    At some point in the past, I bought some things off of Luna and the others before we started to travel together nya. When we joined up, I gave them back and Luna cooked them for me nya. I then put them in my storage bag forter nya, and I thought you might like to share some nya. (Mio)


    Im game. (Fenrir)


    I sat up from Miosp and we moved over to the table. Mio then pulled out two tes with some cooked birds on them. The smelling off of them was simply amazing and I couldnt help but anticipate the taste.


    It may be Lunyas cooking this time nya, but I n on asking her to teach me soon nya. (Mio)


    Maybe I should ask the Goddess of Culinary Arts myself. (Fenrir)


    Nyahaha. Well, lets eat before it gets cold nya. (Mio)


    I nodded my head and we started to eat. To say it was delicious would be an affront to the food, it was more than that.


    Maybe I should ask Luna instead. (Fenrir)


    Lunya is beating a god of cooking nya? (Mio)


    If not, then very close. The Goddess of Culinary Arts has, no offense to her, stagnated in her field, so when Luna ascends, Tamamo should really get them to meet. (Fenrir)


    Wow nya. Nyever thought Id hear something like that nya. (Mio)


    Eh, just because were gods doesnt mean we arent also people. We get stuck too. It juststs longer than it does for mortals sometimes. (Fenrir)


    Interesting nya. (Mio)


    We finished eating and moved back to the couch. Mio was in myp again and I was patting her head while staring at her ears.


    Feel free to touch and massage them nya. Ill just have to make sure we never break apart nya. (Mio)


    So, its holds meaning like when the kitsune do it as well? (Fenrir)


    Not to such an extreme as kitsune, but yes nya. But still, I dont mind nya. (Mio)


    Since she was saying this much, I decided to go for it. I stopped patting Mios head and started to gently massage her ears. Her purring intensified as I did this. Her tails also made the shape of hearts. After a while, I saw that she fell asleep. I smiled at that and stopped massaging her ears. I closed my eyes and started to hum as I enjoyed just being with Mio. Hours passed like this when I noticed the time.


    Mio, wake up. (Fenrir)


    Nyaaa? (Mio)


    She looked around until her gaze met mine.


    Nya! I fell asleep nya. Sorry nya. (Mio)


    Hehe. Dont mind it, I enjoyed watching you sleep. (Fenrir)


    Mio blushed at my words.


    Anyway, as much as I am saddened by it, if I dont bring you back now, youll end up here for longer than you need to be. (Fenrir)


    Oh nya. So, its time to go nya. I think I understand what Lunya went through before she got the ability to make domains nya. (Mio)


    Hehe. Well see each other again sooner than you think, so its fine for now. (Fenrir)


    What do you mean nya? (Mio)


    Tamamo invited me and a few others to a new year get together in one of Lunas domains. I n on attending and assumed you would be there as well. (Fenrir)


    Definitely nya. (Mio)


    Then Ill see you then. (Fenrir)


    We both stood up and went over to the door. I knocked on it a few times and then opened it. On the other side was a scene of mountains with arge silver-leaved tree in the distance.


    Just go through here and youll be in Tamamos ce. (Fenrir)


    Just before Mio went through the door, I stopped her, grabbed her arm, and pulled her close to me. Our lips met for a few seconds before separating.


    Nyaaaaaaaaaaa! (Mio)


    I said I would go on the offensive before you left, didnt I? I said as Mio stumbled through the door and it closed. I then moved back over to the couch, picked up a pillow and started to hug it. My heart was beating so fast and I could feel my face burning.


    That was nice. I have to do it again the next time we see each other.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I can''t believe Fenrir is this cute.


    Order: Indeed. She is extremely adorable.


    Atmos: Like, seriously, she''s apletely different person when in front of Mio. In the past, she was the serious, wild type.


    Order: Maybe that was just what she wanted others to think of her as?


    Atmos: Possibly, though that image is ruined now.

 Chapter 222: Illusory and Illusion Magic

    Chapter 222: Illusory and Illusion Magic


    [Luna POV]


    While visiting the Academy to find Ibukis rtive, I visited Mimir who told me where I could find her. When I did find her and introduced myself, I somehow got caught up in her rhythm.


    Now spill, give me all your secrets. (Suzuka)


    Hmm. Well, I dont use any makeup and I try to eat bnced meals so that I stay in perfect shape. Plus, I make sure to put extra care into my hair and tail. Me and a friend even put together some stuff to make sure to bring out the maximum amount of fluff from them. (Luna)


    I see. They do look pristine. Mind if I ask for some of that stuff? (Suzuka)


    I dont mind, but we can save that forter. (Luna)


    True, true. What is it that you needed from me today? (Suzuka)


    Not much. I sought you out since Ibuki mentioned you back in Onigashima. Said she would like your help in reducing her workload and just to see you or something. (Luna)


    Sounds like her. Id really like to help her too, but constantly doing paperwork isnt my style. I mean seriously, have you seen how much she has to do? Its insane. And dont even get me started on how it never decreases, like,e on, what are people doing that requires this amount of paperwork? Id rather just burn it all and be done with it. (Suzuka)


    I totally get it. My mom is always doing paperwork as well. My dad would be too if he didnt push it off on a subordinate and train all day. (Luna)


    Your dad is smart. (Suzuka)


    Eh, sometimes. (Luna)


    Hahahaha. But aside from Ibuki, is there anything else? (Suzuka)


    Not really. But it is fun talking with you. (Luna)


    Thanks, I try. Hmmm. Do you mind staying still for a few minutes? (Suzuka)


    S-ure? (Luna)


    Suzuka stood up and walked around looking at me from every angle she could. When she was done, she sat back down.


    What was that about?


    {No idea.}


    Hmmmmm. (Suzuka)


    As I was pondering why Suzuka did what she did, she started to use some magic. She closed her eyes and a few secondster, her horns disappeared and two fox ears the same color as her hair appeared on her head. At her back, a fox tail also appeared.


    Haaaaaaah. Why is illusory magic so hard? (Suzuka)


    Hmmm. (Luna)


    What? (Suzuka)


    A good enough recreation, but itcks true fluff. I dont mean to be rude, but its a disappointment, almost an insult on the level of wyvern scales. (Luna)


    Damn, harsh much? (Suzuka)


    No, that was sugarcoated. And why did you do that in the first ce? (Luna)


    Because Im training my illusory magic and want to get it as realistic as possible. (Suzuka)


    Neat. By the way, whats the difference between illusory magic and illusion magic? (Luna)


    Illusion magic is the more potent and powerful version of illusory magic. Illusory magic only affects the caster and is pretty much only useful for disguises and theatre type things. (Suzuka)


    Interesting. Im fond of illusions myself. (Luna)


    You get illusion magic as a race skill, right? (Suzuka)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Mind showing it off some? If I get a feel for the extreme end of the spectrum, it might give me some inspiration for my own magic. (Suzuka)


    Fine, but dont me me for anything that happens afterward. (Luna)


    I stared into Suzukas eyes and they became dull.


    {What did you trap her in?}


    A sea of fluff. If shes going to try and imitate it, then she needs to know what true fluff is. But dont worry, I made sure it wont mess with her too much.


    {You really took offense to her cheap imitation didnt you?}


    Only a little.


    After a few more minutes of bantering with Tamamo, I snapped my fingers and Suzuka returned.


    Eh? (Suzuka)


    Youpletely back yet? (Luna)


    Y-yeahThat was anexperience. (Suzuka)


    I hope so. And your thoughts? (Luna)


    Well, at first I thought you didnt do anything, but then everything disappeared and I was surrounded by things that looked like your tail and other extremely fluffy things. Then I started to get covered by them and the fluff kind of whispered to me to let it consume me. After trying to resist for a bit, you pulled me back. (Suzuka)


    Well, that wasnt supposed to happen, but at least you learned a bit about true fluff and stayed sane, so its all good. (Luna)


    Ignoring that first part, I am very impressed. I never thought an illusion could get to that point. (Suzuka)


    Oh please, that was simple. The realplicated stuff is making the illusions take physical form. The mana consumption to keep it up is ridiculous and they cant be used for much at the same time. Of course, this hardly matters when you have equally absurd amounts of mana, but still. (Luna)


    {Luna, none of that is really simple for normal people.}


    Eh, tomato, potato.


    Can you demonstrate please? (Suzuka)


    What do you mean? (Luna)


    Can you demonstrate a physical illusion and how close it can get to something real? (Suzuka)


    Easily. (Luna)


    I turned around so Suzuka couldnt see anything and pulled out a small bread from my inventory and then made another one with illusion magic. I then turned back around.


    Try both of them and tell me if you can figure out which one is an illusion. Just remember to use all of your senses. (Luna)


    Suzuka took both things from me. She weighed each of them in her hands, smelled them, broke them apart, and then finally tasted them.


    Wow, theyre both delicious. (Suzuka)


    Thanks, I made them myself. Anyway, which is fake? (Luna)


    Ummmmmm. Neither of them? (Suzuka)


    Nope. That one. (Luna)


    I snapped my finger and the illusion bread vanished.


    Ok, that felt weird. (Suzuka)


    Sorry about that. But thats not even the best part about illusions. (Luna)


    What is? (Suzuka)


    Well, are you sure this entire conversation even happened? (Luna)


    Eh? (Suzuka)


    Are you still trapped in the first illusion I showed you, or is this the real world? Am I still sitting in front of you, or did I move somewhere else? Is the fountain were sitting on actually real, or is it a false image of thest scenery you saw? (Luna)


    Suzukas eyes went wide and she gripped the side of her head.


    Ugh. I dont know. If I am still stuck, please let me out. (Suzuka)


    Ok, yeah, sorry, I just wanted to mess with you a bit and got a little carried away. Dont worry, youre in the real world and Im the real me. Everything around us aside from that fake fluff is real. (Luna)


    Fine, Ill get rid of it if it offends you so much. (Suzuka)


    She snapped her fingers and she went back to normal.


    Better? (Suzuka)


    Yep. And again, sorry for giving you a small existential crisis. (Luna)


    Alls fair in fun and illusions. (Suzuka)


    I like the way you think. So, did this give you any ideas or anything? (Luna)


    A ton. In fact, Id like to get to trying it out. (Suzuka)


    Then Ill leave you to it. Oh, and before I go, send some letters to Ibuki and think about at least helping her out a bit when you get out of here. (Luna)


    Fine. But only if you help me out with stuff like this again some time. (Suzuka)


    Ill try for as long as Im in this country. (Luna)


    Good enough for me. (Suzuka)


    I got up and left Suzuka to her own devices and started to make my way to my next destination in the Academy.


    That was a very interesting encounter.


    {Indeed. But did you really need to go that far in messing with the poor girl?}


    Yeah, I really went overboard with that, didnt I. But at least I cleared it up before she started to question if the world was real or not. Id only do that to my enemies.


    {Understandable. Now, what are you going to talk with the others about today?}


    Whatever I feel like. I kind of just want to chat with people other than my party for a bit.


    {Fair.}


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I see.


    That doesn''t sound good.


    Order: It really doesn''t.


    Atmos: Maybe I should work on my illusions.


    Order: Payto, call Grey and Tamamo here now, we need to put a stop to this yesterday.


    Already on it.


    *Snap*


    Grey: What? Why am I here?


    No time, go and stop Atmos from doing Atmos things.


    Grey: How bad is it?


    Order: Illusions.


    Grey: So extremely serious, got it.


    *Snap*


    Tamamo: You better have had a good reason for that.


    Atmos and illusions.


    Tamamo: On it.


    Atmos: Oi! Why is that all it took to convince you?


    Tamamo and Grey: Because it''s you.


    Atmos:... Stop being so reasonable all the time.

 Chapter 223: Girls Talk

    Chapter 223: Girl''s Talk


    [Luna POV]


    When I finished my discussion with Suzuka, I made my way over to meet Pneuma and the others. I had just made it to the door and knocked on it. After a few seconds, Louise opened the door and let me in. Once inside, I noticed that everyone but Zeke was here.


    No Zeke today? (Luna)


    No, hes busy. That thing that happened really got to him, so hes busy trying to improve himself. (Shana)


    Good for him. (Luna)


    Indeed. (Pneuma)


    I sat down at the table with the rest of the group.


    Good day, Selene, Selena. (Luna)


    Good day.


    Um. (Selene)


    Yes? (Luna)


    Your new tail looks nice. (Selene)


    Thank you. (Luna)


    You got another one? (Shana)


    I took my ne off and my tails appeared.


    Yep, seven now. (Luna)


    You know, I think this every time I see them, but doesnt that make it hard to sit in chairs and stuff? (Pneuma)


    Not really once I got used to sitting straight all the time. (Luna)


    But doesnt that also get tiring? (Selena)


    It can, but again, I just got used to it. If anything, the most inconvenient thing about multiple tails like this is grooming. Of course, it helps when Tamamo does that for me, but even when she doesnt and I have to, it takes a considerable amount of time each day. (Luna)


    Understandable.


    The four other beastkin in the room agreed immediately.


    Really? It doesnt seem like it would be that annoying to me. (Pneuma)


    Pneuma, it is. Especially after a bath. Getting all of these dry in an eptable manner is one of the most difficult things Ive ever had to do. And dont even get me started on what happens when it gets humid. Just ugh. (Luna)


    Not to mention that you have it worse than we do with the number and fluffiness. (Selene)


    Even so, I would never hate them. They make me feel closer to Tamamo. (Luna)


    I moved one of my tails in front of me and hugged it.


    {Ufufufu. Silly, I would love you even if you didnt have more than one tail. Heck, Id love you if you didnt have any. As long as its you, I wouldnt care what you looked like.}


    Fufufu. I feel the same.


    Louise then ced cups of tea in front of everyone. We all picked them up and took a sip.


    Also, recently Ive been wondering what my tails would be like with a winter coat. I mean, Tamamo has been hanging around with Fenrir recently and her tails have been ultra fluffy due to that. (Luna)


    I dont think that would end well for people like us. (Pneuma)


    Thats why I havent tried it yet. I dont want to identally add to that cult. (Luna)


    That yet worries me. (Shana)


    It shouldnt, I wasnt nning on trying it until I ascended. (Luna)


    Thats a relief then. (Shana)


    Just what do you take me for? Just because I casually reducemon sense to nothing doesnt mean Im not reasonable. (Luna)


    Everyone started tough at this exchange. Once we calmed down, we all took another sip of tea.


    Now that I think about it, is this what a noble tea party is like? (Luna)


    Sort of. There is less sucking up and rumor spreading. Id say this is more a chat between friends. (Selena)


    I like that more. (Luna)


    Honestly, Id kind of like trying a day in your life, Luna. It must be nice to not have to hold a dignified image all the time. (Selene)


    Or to have to hear emptypliments. (Shana)


    Or have people trying to get to know you in the hopes that they can get a better social position. (Pneuma)


    And dont even get me started on the number of proposals. Its such a pain to politely turn them down. (Selena)


    While I wont say its not easy to live like I do since I hardly run into major problems, it can be difficult in its own way. For example, none of you have to deal with hearing the prayers of people all the time. (Luna)


    Must be annoying. (Shana)


    At first. Its more manageable now, but they get so ridiculous sometimes. I mean, its not like I can just give someone five levels in space magic out of nowhere, or stop balding. I mean, at one point someone even prayed to be able to make their hair into a weapon. Who does that? (Luna)


    {Thats stupid. Do they not get how tangled and messy that will make it? Not to mention how long youd have to grow it out to make it even feasible.}


    Exactly Tamamo, exactly. (Luna)


    Weaponized hair, huh? Sounds dumb. (Shana)


    Exactly. Honestly, those cultists minds must have been fried or something. (Luna)


    Oh, Luna, how are the others in your party doing? (Pneuma)


    Good. Skadi and Ophidia are visiting Skadis mother, Mio is on a date with her girlfriend, and Soleil and Velvet are having some alone time for a bit. (Luna)


    Sounds nice. (Selene)


    Indeed. (Selena)


    Makes me wonder who Im going to marry one day. (Pneuma)


    Got any crushes or anything? (Shana)


    Not really. No guys have really caught my eye here or back home. (Pneuma)


    Sounds rough. I wish I could help, but I dont really know anyone that youd be interested in. (Luna)


    Eh, itll happen when it happens, Im in no rush and my father knows that. (Pneuma)


    What about you two? (Shana)


    Nope. (Selene)


    Hmmm. Cant really think of anyone. (Selena)


    Well, that topic kind of fell t. (Luna)


    Indeed. Oh, Luna, did you have any real reason to visit us today? (Pneuma)


    No, I just felt like visiting you guys, so I did. Though I can make a reason if you want me to. (Luna)


    Oh, just what can youe up with? (Selena)


    I can offer my services. Anyone here want a teleport back home for the new year? (Luna)


    All of them raised their hands.


    Fufufufu. Thought so. Just tell me when and Ill help out, free of charge since youre all my friends. (Luna)


    No, thats too much of a discount for friends. (Selene)


    At least let our countries pay you. Treat it as a nominated quest or something. (Pneuma)


    If you insist. (Luna)


    We insist. Teleportation like that is something extremely valuable. (Selena)


    Yes. (Shana)


    Fine, I get it. (Luna)


    Like that, I spent the rest of the day chatting about random stuff with some of the highest noble or royal daughters of two countries. When I got back to Lias ce that evening, I found Mio was already back and in a daze while blushing and Skadi and Ophidia having a nice discussion over some tea and small confections. I joined them all for a bit before heading to my room to waste the night away talking and hopefully fluffing Tamamos tails.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Heheheheheh.


    Tamamo: Someone''s in a good mood.


    Fenrir: Of course. I kissed the person I love today, why would I not be in a good mood?


    Atmos: Very understandable.


    Order: Indeed.


    Tamamo: Makes sense.


    Fenrir: By the way, is everyone that show up here going to show up at the new year get together?


    Order: Me and Payto aren''t since that is the rule of the world. Well, I could show up, but I won''t since I don''t want Payto to be alone.


    Atmos: I''m definitelying. I want to see Ana''s reaction to all the top gods showing up.


    Tamamo: That will be interesting to see. It even makes my naturee to the surface when I think about it.


    Fenrir: I''ve never seen that happen, sounds fun.


    Atmos: It most certainly is NOT fun.


    Tamamo: For you maybe, but for me and Luna, it''s a st.


    Fenrir: Miss Order, call me here the next time that happens please.


    Order: One: Just Order is fine. Two: Of course.


    Fenrir: Thanks.

 Chapter 224: Rainy-day Fluffing

    Chapter 224: Rainy-day Fluffing


    [Luna POV]


    Several days have passed since I visited my friends in the Academy. Over those days, I didnt do much but talk with Tamamo and the others. I also went and helped Suzuka out with her illusory magic a few times. Today though, we are stuck inside due to the weather. I was standing in front of therge window it the room I was staying in and watching the rain and lightning.


    You know, it doesnt rain that much in this world. I wonder whats up with that?


    {Mostly magic. nts and other things that need water hold it for longer due to the magic in the ground and air. Of course, that doesnt mean its unnecessary, but not as necessary as you would think.}


    Interesting. Then, do weather gods not do much?


    {They are actually quite the active bunch. They really like the other continent though. Lots of people over there have festivals and stuff dedicated to weather and some even im that they are the incarnation of a weather god. Its really weird.}


    Oh, so that continent strokes their egos.


    {Yep.}


    Honestly, I dont know that much about that continent.


    {Thats for the best, honestly, you would hate it.}


    Then say no more.


    Outside the window, a bolt of lightning streaked across the sky followed by billowing thunder a few minutes afterward.


    Hmmmm.


    {Whatre you thinking about?}


    The difference between my lightning magic and normal lightning. Like, would I get hurt by being struck by lightning or would I resist it since I have an affinity for lightning magic?


    {Well, even if you did get struck by lightning, it wouldnt really hurt you in the first ce, so does it really matter?}


    Guess not.


    I went over to a chair and sat down in it while still facing the window. I pulled a cup of coffee out of my inventory as well and sipped it.


    Weather like this makes me thing weird things. Previous topic for example.


    {Its fun to listen to your rainy-day thoughts, so its fine.}


    What about you, Tamamo? Do you have any random thoughts or ideas when you see scenery like this?


    {Aside from how cute and beautiful you are, not really.}


    Fufufu.


    {Ufufufu.}


    So, how has Atmos beentely?


    {Shes good. Been pranking people as usual, maybe even a bit more. Plus, her cakes have gotten ridiculously good as well.}


    Ill have to ask her to let me try one some time.


    {I can arrange that.}


    Thank you.


    {Hey Luna, have you figured out your seventh tail ability yet?}


    No. I havent. What about you, did you get anything with your tenth?


    {Not sure. I dont really have the need to try anything like that.}


    Fair.


    Another bolt of lightning shed outside and the rain started to pour a little harder.


    {Hey Luna, want to set up a domain? That way we can both do more than just talk.}


    Sure. Id like to cuddle a bit anyway.


    I snapped my fingers and a domain was created. Tamamo then appeared sitting on the armrest of the chair I was in.


    Mmmmph.


    {Ufufu.}


    Tamamo stood up and sat on the couch that was next to the chair.


    While that was nice, I wish it didnt happen as I was breathing in.


    {Sorry about that then.}


    I got up and sat next to Tamamo. I then wrapped an arm around her and pulled her closer. Her head rested on my chest and I began running my hand through her hair. I closed my eyes and started to hum a bit and we just enjoyed being near each other for some time. Tamamo then yawned.


    Sleepy are we?


    {I cant help it, this is toofortable.}


    Then feel free to nap, Ill enjoy watching you.


    {Ufufufu. Dont mind if I do then.}


    Tamamo moved her head and rested it in myp and shortly after fell asleep. I sat there and watched Tamamos cute sleeping face for about an hour. Her ears and tails would sometimes twitch when thunder sounded or rain hit the window at a specific angle. She started waking up again after another hour.


    You could have slept more, you know.


    {True, but then I wouldnt get to see your cute face or hear you soothing voice.}


    You really know what to say and when to say it, huh.


    {Of course, but the same could be said for you as well.}


    Fufu.


    Tamamo started to sit up, but I blocked her by leaning forward and we ended up meeting in the middle. We stayed like that for a few minutes before separating. After that, Tamamo sat all the way up and we leaned against each other.


    {You taste like coffee.}


    Well, I have been drinking some. You taste like vani.


    {Mm.}


    We leaned our heads against the other and sat watching the rain out the window. Tamamos tails were intertwining with mine and the atmosphere of the room became cozy.


    Tamamo.


    {Hmm.}


    I love you.


    {I love you too, Luna. More than you could possibly understand.}


    Fufu. I was about to say the same thing.


    I rubbed my cheek on Tamamos head and a purring noise came from my throat. I noticed that Tamamo did the same.


    Fufufu. It feels more like were cats when I hear that.


    {Well, were not. Were foxes.}


    I know, and I enjoy that. It makes things so much fun. Especially when I let my nature run wild.


    {You look so nice when you do that too. Seeing it always makes me want to join you. Im honestly surprised that Soleil doesnt let loose when she sees you like that.}


    I think its because she doesnt want to cause Velvet any trouble by having to manage two rampaging kitsune.


    {That makes sense. Though there is also how she uses the urges her nature gives her to help in her growth.}


    Hmm. Well, that is that.


    One of Tamamos ears moved close to my nose and mouth just then and I felt a bit yful. I opened my mouth and took a little nibble of her ear.


    {Mmmm!}


    Silly Tamamo.


    She looked me in the eyes then smiled.


    {Now, now Luna. You know I need to return the favor now.}


    She moved suddenly and took a nibble from one of my ears.


    Aaa!


    {Ufufufu.}


    Tamamo then pushed me down and stole my lips. We stayed like this exchanging kisses for the rest of the day.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Aww, Luna was asking about me.


    Order: If you like it that much, why don''t you talk to her more often?


    Atmos: And get in between the two of them? Nu-uh, I did that before and I was threatened by losing all sense of touch for an undisclosed amount of time. Though I will asionally visit Tamamo and speak with Luna while there, I don''t want to identally interrupt something I shouldn''t.


    Order: A reasonable argument.


    Atmos: By the way, where is Payto?


    Order:...


    Atmos: Why''d you look away from me?


    Order: He''s fine, just tired.


    Atmos: Ahhhhh. Say no more.

 Chapter 225: The Return of the Fox and Vampire

    Chapter 225: The Return of the Fox and Vampire


    [Luna POV]


    The next day I woke up with a sleeping Tamamo in myp.


    Fufu.


    I started running my hand through her hair.


    My lovely Tamamo.


    {Mmm.}


    Tamamos eyes slowly opened and looked up at me.


    Fufufu. How does it feel to wake up from myp for a change?


    {Quite nice. This is even better than my pillow back home.}


    Good. Im better than any pillow you could ever own.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Tamamo sat up and gave me a quick kiss.


    {Ill leave it at this for now. See you again tonight.}


    Oh yeah, its a full moon tonight. I cant wait.


    Tamamo then disappeared from the room. I then stood up from my seat and immediately fell down.


    Stupid legs. Why did you fall asleep when Tamamo wasying on you? When you did, I couldnt feel Tamamos soft, fluffy hair with you.


    I started to use healing magic on my legs to get the feeling back in them. Once that was done, I decided to check my letter box. When I took it out, there was a letter waiting for me. It was from Velvet and Soleil asking toe back.


    Guess Ill do this first.


    I got up again and teleported to the ind. When I arrived, I was on top of the pyramid just as the sun started to rise.


    I really need toe back here more often.


    I turned from the stunning view and started walking down the steps of the pyramid. When I reached the bottom, I found Velvet and Soleil waiting for me. Soleil was beaming as she hugged Velvets arm and she seemed to be glowing while Velvet seemed to be a bit tired.


    Good to see you two again. Had fun? (Luna)


    Yep. Those potions you gave me were great. Too bad we ran out. (Soleil)


    You know you could have just asked me to send more, right? I have tons of them. Literally. (Luna)


    While Im happy for the offer, Ill have to decline. (Velvet)


    Come now Velvet, dont be like that, youll make it seem like you didnt have just as much fun as I did. (Soleil)


    Now thats not true, Im just still tired. (Velvet)


    Good job, Soleil. (Luna)


    Eh, its mostly your potions. I think Im still running on the effect of thest one, so Ill probably pass out in a few more hours. (Soleil)


    Well, thats what happens when you take them back to back over the course of almost a week. At some point, the exhaustion will catch up to you. (Luna)


    Alright, can we go back now? I need something to eat and I can barely stand. (Velvet)


    Heh. Want some healing magic? (Luna)


    No. Unless of course you made a healing spell for sleepiness, then go for it. (Velvet)


    Hmmm. Ok. (Luna)


    I pointed at Velvet and used some magic. She glowed for a second and the tiredness vanished from her face.


    You actually had something for sleepiness. (Velvet)


    Of course I did, how do you think I got the sleep resistance skill when I needed it? (Luna)


    By staying up aste as possible over an extended period of time? (Velvet)


    At first, yes, then I decided to attempt making a healing spell tobat it. It worked to a degree, but after a while, it stopped working on mepletely. (Luna)


    Oh, I remember that time. You walked around pretty much half asleep for like, three weeks before finally giving up. (Soleil)


    Yeah. That wasnt my best idea back then. I felt horrible. (Luna)


    And looked it too. (Soleil)


    Anyway, lets go back. Well be setting off again in a few days to bring Pneuma and the others home, then we set off for the shrine for the new year. (Luna)


    Isnt that still a little less than a month away? (Velvet)


    So? Maybe I just want to go see my family for a bit. Plus, I want to see if he is there yet. I want my flying ships. (Luna)


    Same, I kind of want to see mom again. (Soleil)


    Not ke? (Luna)


    Meh. (Soleil)


    Hehe. (Velvet)


    Alright, off we go. (Luna)


    I grabbed the two of them and teleported us back to Lias ce. After that, we all went to the usual room and found the others there already.


    Oh, wee back you two. (Ophidia)


    Its good to see the two of you again. (Skadi)


    Im the only one left nya. (Mio)


    Youll get your turn eventually, Mio, dont rush. (Luna)


    Nyahaha. I was kidding nya. (Mio)


    All of us sat down and chatted about meaningless things over breakfast. After that, we spent the day just doing whatever we wanted to. I went around shopping with Mio and Ophidia while Soleil finally crashed and went to sleep while sitting in Velvetsp in her fox form. Skadi went to the Academy since she said her mother wanted to talk to her alone. While going through several shops, I found a few interesting things that I ended up buying.


    When are you ever going to wear that, master? You dont really change up your things that often. (Ophidia)


    I was going to wear it tonight when I go to see Tamamo. (Luna)


    Any particr reason for that nya? (Mio)


    Not really. Just thought Id change it up a bit and wear something like she sometimes does. (Luna)


    Is she not watching though? (Ophidia)


    Not at the moment, no. Fenrir asked her to visit for a little bit. (Luna)


    I wonder what Fen wanted nya. (Mio)


    Fen, eh? Nice nickname you made for her Mio. (Luna)


    Thanks nya. (Mio)


    By the way, how was your date with her the other day? (Ophidia)


    Good nya. Though I somehow managed to fall asleep for a lot of it nya. Fensp is too good nya. (Mio)


    Understandable.


    Me and Ophidia looked at each other.


    Lap pillow from Skadi is great. (Ophidia)


    I can say the same about Tamamos. (Luna)


    So, its safe to say allp pillows are amazing nya. (Mio)


    Yes.


    Good talk, now lets get on with our shopping. (Luna)


    We continued to go around the city for the rest of the day. When we got back I bade everyone a good night and headed to the room I was staying in. I quickchanged into the clothes I bought today and hopped onto the bed where my consciousness disappeared in an instant.


    {Oh. I like the outfit.}


    Thanks. I thought Id try out some shrine maiden clothes for a change. Though I could go for arger hole for my tails.


    {Guess you didnt have time to modify it beforeing here?}


    No, the priority ising here. I didnt even think about it.


    {Silly. I could have waited for a little bit you know. Youre so skilled with sewing that it wouldnt have even taken a few minutes.}


    I can try it right here if you want.


    {Luna you temptress.}


    Thats also a kitsune thing you know. Though Ill only do so for you.


    Like that, another fun night with Tamamo began.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order what did I miss?


    Order: Nothing much. Just a lot of flirting between Luna and Tamamo mostly.


    Ah, so the usual.


    Order: Yep. Though you did just miss Atmos.


    Huh. Oh well.


    Order: Yeah, but she left us a cake, so it''s all good.


    Oooh. She''s gotten really good at making thosetely.


    Order: Indeed.


    Wait just a minute and I''ll bring us some coffee to go with it.


    Order: Alright.

 Chapter 226: Returning Home Once Again

    Chapter 226: Returning Home Once Again


    [Luna POV]


    A few days after an exciting night with Tamamo, we were preparing to head out. We had said our goodbyes to Lia, Dia, and Cres and were waiting for the princesses, Zeke, and Shana.


    Hmm. They are taking a while, arent they? (Luna)


    Big sis, allow me to speak somemon sense. This is normal, all we do is throw everything in your inventory and were done. Normal people and people that dont have space magic dont do that. (Soleil)


    Not to mention that the space magic inventory is limited to the amount of mana one can use. (Ophidia)


    Ugh. This world spoils me too much. Ive be so used to having an inventory that I forgot such a simple thing. (Luna)


    {Its alright Luna, that just means you run on a different kind ofmon sense. As for the world spoiling you, Ill spoil you even more if you want.}


    Ill never not ept that. Especially if it goes both ways since I enjoy spoiling you as much as you do me. (Luna)


    As I flirted with Tamamo, the party we were waiting for arrived. They were in two separate carriages from their respective countries.


    Ophidia, mind taking the second carriage? (Luna)


    Not at all, master. (Ophidia)


    I moved to get on the Celestia Kingdom carriage and Ophidia moved to the Beast Kingdom carriage.


    We head to Celestia first, then the Beast Kingdom. Everyone get ready. (Luna)


    Do you want to go to the castle grounds, or outside the city, master? (Ophidia)


    Castle grounds for Celestia, a little outside the city for the Beast Kingdom since Ive never visited the castle there. (Luna)


    Alright. (Ophidia)


    Once everyone was settled, we teleported. Thending was a little rough due to the different terrain, but nothing too bad. I looked outside of the carriage I was in to see if Ophidia had any trouble but it didnt seem like it. We all got out of the carriages.


    Thank you for this, Luna. Ill have father get you the payment in a bit. (Pneuma)


    Dont worry about it right now, since you all insisted on paying me, Ille and collect itter. (Luna)


    Ill hold you to that, so you better not just be making an excuse to not collect it. (Pneuma)


    Tch. Fine, I really will be back then. (Luna)


    Why are you so averse to us paying you for this? (Zeke)


    Because we already have too much money. Like, so much that we could buy out probably every shop here and still have too much left over. (Luna)


    Wait really!? (Pneuma)


    Yeah. I mean, we dont really ever spend that much and we just keep umting it. I have considered donating it to ces anonymously, but I will wait for that when Im closer to ascending. (Luna)


    Hmm. Then do you want your payment to be donated to somewhere anyway? I mean, if we just add to the alreadyrge pile, then by the time you ascend, the economy of the continent will probably be mostly yours. (Zeke)


    Thats probably for the best. Just donate it to wherever you think is best and treat that as my payment then. (Luna)


    We said a few more things before we moved over to the other carriage to leave.


    See you guys again at some point, and tell Drome I said hello. (Luna)


    We all waved at each other and we teleported away again. This time, we ended up near one of the forests close to the capital Savanna.


    Ah home, its been so long. (Selene)


    Yeah, but then again, you havent really missed much, sis. The only big things were an undead attack and big brothers wedding. (Selena)


    Hey, I regret missing the wedding. It just would have taken me too long toe back before it started. (Selene)


    I know, I was just giving you a hard time since its fun messing with you. (Selena)


    Geez. Luna, help me out here. (Selene)


    Cant. Im the same way, when I see someone that is fun to mess with, I go for it. Im not doing that right now since your twin is already doing so. (Luna)


    For the record, she is not lying. Big sis does this to all of us regrly. (Soleil)


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    I just cant win, can I? (Selene)


    Youll get used to it nya. (Mio)


    Really? (Selene)


    Youll need to nya. (Mio)


    Then Ill do my best. (Selene)


    Selena, that means you need to up your game as well. (Luna)


    Indeed. (Selena)


    Luna, dont encourage her. Ive given up on you, but I dont want other people bing closer to someone like Atmos. (Skadi)


    Why did you give up on me? Im still not THAT bad. (Luna)


    Ok, yeah, that was a bit harsh. But still, dont encourage it. (Skadi)


    Fine, I wont encourage it too much. (Luna)


    And thats how you do it. (Skadi)


    I see. Thank you, Miss Skadi. (Selene)


    No problem. (Skadi)


    Soon after this small conversation, we entered the capital. After a little more time, we got to the castle gates and were met with a small group of people with Lobo in the lead. When he saw me and my party get out of the carriage, some understanding shes across his face.


    I was wondering why I was told a royal carriage was seen entering the city. Turns out it was Lady Luna bringing my two daughters home early. (Lobo)


    Eh, just felt like helping out some friends. (Luna)


    And again, thanks for this, Luna. (Selene)


    No problem. (Luna)


    What about payment? How much is this going to cost us? (Lobo)


    I discussed it with these two already, just talk with them about it. (Luna)


    Alright. Will you be staying here for any amount of time? (Lobo)


    No, were heading to the shrine after this, though we will be in the country for some time. (Luna)


    Alright. Mind if I call all of you if something needing S-rank adventurerses up? (Lobo)


    I mean, as far as I know, we are the only ones here at the moment, so sure. (Luna)


    Alright. See you some time then. (Lobo)


    Come and visit sometime Luna, everyone. (Selene)


    Indeed. We will look forward to it. (Selena)


    We waved at them before teleporting away once more. This time, we arrived in front of the shrine.


    {Not teleporting to your room this time?}


    Nah, too many people. (Luna)


    {Fair.}


    We headed inside. Walking around the shrine I noticed how there werent many people around.


    I wonder where all the shrine staff are, they shouldnt be preparing for new year this early. (Luna)


    I dont know either. Maybe there is aing of age ceremony today? (Soleil)


    Possibly. Tamamo, do you know anything? (Luna)


    She didnt respond.


    Well, Tamamo isnt saying anything, so that might be it. (Luna)


    Thats as good a confirmation as any, I suppose. (Velvet)


    We walked until we got to the residential part of the shrine where we first headed toward moms office just in case something else was going on. When we got there, all we found was dad. When we entered the room, he looked up from whatever he was doing.


    Oh, what a pleasant surprise. (Deacon)


    Hey dad. Where is mom, Ana, and the rest of the shrine staff? (Luna)


    Severaling of age ceremonies are today, so they are taking care of that. (Deacon)


    Figured. Just making triple sure. (Luna)


    And to what do we own the pleasure of all youing here today? (Deacon)


    Were here for the new year. We just decided to get here early. (Soleil)


    Ah. Wait, why do I have a bad feeling about this? (Deacon)


    No idea. (Luna)


    {Im back for now.}


    Oh, Tamamo. How was it? (Luna)


    {Just as cringy as I made it before. I really regret younger mes actions when making this ceremony up.}


    Goddess Tamamo, what exactly does Luna have nned for the new year? (Deacon)


    {Just spending time with me and a few others, why?}


    Oh dear. (Deacon)


    It wont be that bad, itll just be a small get together. (Skadi)


    Skadi, when Luna is involved, is it ever just small? (Deacon)


    Yes, for the most part. (Skadi)


    Velvet? (Deacon)


    What are you asking me for? Ive gotten used to whatever Luna does being anything but small for normal people. (Velvet)


    Oh, so youve finally gave in. (Deacon)


    Pretty much. Its more fun and enjoyable that way. (Velvet)


    Just then mom and Ana came into the room.


    Oh, wee home. (Amagi)


    Hey mom, Ana. (Luna)


    (Ana)


    Ana was looking at Soleil and Velvet and squinting her eyes. She then gave Soleil a thumbs up and Soleil repeated the gesture. Mom and dad just tilted their heads in confusion before moving on.


    So, whats up? (Amagi)


    Just here for the new year. (Luna)


    Dont be fooled, she has nned some get together and I dont think it will be a normal one. (Deacon)


    Luna. (Amagi)


    What? All I was going to invite was the people fromst new year with the addition of Fenrir so she and Mio can see each other. (Luna)


    And I thank you for that nya. (Mio)


    Just ask and Ill set up a domain for the two of you. (Luna)


    Nya. (Mio)


    *Sigh* (Amagi)


    Oh dont worry, all of you are invited as well. I wont leave my family out of it. (Luna)


    !!! (Ana)


    Whats wrong mom? (Soleil)


    D-does that mean I will be meeting even more gods? (Ana)


    Naturally. (Skadi)


    I dont know if this feeling Im feeling is excitement or dread. (Ana)


    Why would it be dread? Theyre all nice people. (Luna)


    {Luna, just let her feel what she feels, shell get used to it eventually. She has to.}


    Fair enough. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Is Soleil''s mother going to be alright?


    Yeah. Like Tamamo said, she''ll need to get used to this before too long, so Luna is just helping her out.


    Order: Ok. Though I am surprised that Luna''s parents aren''t just as shocked.


    They are, they just hide it better than Ana.


    Order: I see. Anyway, want to go on another boat trip?


    Sounds fun, let''s go.

 Chapter 227: A Family Chat

    Chapter 227: A Family Chat


    [Luna POV]


    Later in the day that we went to the shrine, I was alone with mom and dad. Ana had kidnapped Velvet and Soleil, Mio went off to find a napping spot, and Skadi and Ophidia went somewhere.


    So, Luna, how have you been? (Deacon)


    Good. Busyish, but good. I did get my seventh tail recently and I made progress on my tenth as well. (Luna)


    Oh, what did it this time? (Amagi)


    A fungus that, given enough time, would have probably taken over the entire elf forest. And capturing a Erymanthean boar for the elven hunting festival for the other thing. (Luna)


    Oh, that sounds exciting. (Deacon)


    Well, as exciting as capturing a kraken sized boar can be. Even if it only took like, a minute at most to do. (Luna)


    I still would have liked to see that. I participated in that festival once and it was quite fun. (Deacon)


    {Hey Luna, set up a domain.}


    Ok.


    I snapped my fingers and a domain was set up. Tamamo then appeared sitting next to me. I moved immediately and moved myself closer to her side.


    {Hello you two. Nice to see you again.}


    Goddess Tamamo.


    {Still with the goddess in front?}


    Just a force of habit. (Amagi)


    {You former mortals and your habits.}


    Hahahaha. (Deacon)


    So, is there anything you wanted to talk about? (Amagi)


    {Not really, I just felt like joining in on the family time.}


    Oooh, I like that. Now, what about the two of you? I know mom recently visited the capital, so how was that? (Luna)


    What about me? (Deacon)


    All you do is train. Unless you can surprise me, then let mom talk. (Luna)


    Dad looked like he wanted to say something but immediately dropped it.


    Fufufu. She got you there, Deacon. (Amagi)


    Hmph. (Deacon)


    Anyway, I did go to the capital recently. I wanted a break from my normal day-to-day work, so I decided to go visit some old friends. (Amagi)


    Sounds fun. By the way, I befriended the twin princesses of our country. Though I did have to exin my circumstances to them since one of them has a unique skill that sees through all illusions. (Luna)


    Wait, really? (Deacon)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    {If youre worried about something, dont be, those two are trustworthy.}


    Its not that I was worried, I just didnt know there was a unique skill like that. (Deacon)


    Well, it might be a secret of the royal family for all I know, but still. (Luna)


    Anyway, I also stopped by that shop where you bought that kimono that one time, Luna. It was a nice ce. I got a few kimonos myself as well as some more casual clothing. (Amagi)


    {Oh, if only you could move domains, Id love to go there with you as well.}


    Are there not ces like that in the divine domain? (Amagi)


    {There are, but if I were to take Luna there, several things would happen. One, we would be mobbed since Luna is a new face and her status as a demigod has spread. Two, it would take too long to get there and back and we wouldnt have enough time to ourselves.}


    Forgive me for asking if there is a reason, but why cant Luna just spend several days in the divine domain? I mean, she IS a demigod, so shouldnt she be allowed to? (Deacon)


    Dad, I already struggle to hold back from spending ridiculous amounts of time with Tamamo in one of my domains. If I spent time in the divine domain, I dont know how many years it would be before I came back to the mortal world. Thats why. (Luna)


    I see. (Deacon)


    {Sorry to keep interrupting you, Amagi.}


    I dont mind. Its quite nice seeing the two of you all cuddly like that. (Amagi)


    I chuckled a little and hugged Tamamos arm.


    I agree. Im so happy that I got the ability to make domains. Ive been abusing it so much since I got it. (Luna)


    Id bet. You must be making up for all those years you could only talk to each other, excluding the full moon of course. (Amagi)


    {It does feel like that, doesnt it?}


    Eh, I just like spending time with you. (Luna)


    Hmm. Goddess Tamamo, forgive me for being presumptuous, but are your tails extra fluffy? (Deacon)


    {Yes. Fenrir has beening over somewhat often so her Authority of winter has been making my ce a bit cold, so my tails have developed a winter coat. The same would happen to all of you in the same circumstances.}


    Oh, I remember that happening one time when I was young. I was practicing my ice magic over the course of a few months in the same room and it happened to me. It was somewhat of a pain to deal with. (Amagi)


    Hmmm. I guess I should be lucky I barely ever practiced ice magic or my ice mist inside. (Luna)


    Barely? (Amagi)


    Before I turned five and still had very little mana, I would, but it didnt make it cold enough for that to happen. (Luna)


    What about now? Have you tried getting a winter coat yet? (Amagi)


    No. I dont n on it while I still live in the mortal world. Too much risk of corrupting people. (Luna)


    d we dont need to talk you out of that. (Deacon)


    {Now, now, Deacon. Luna isnt THAT unreasonable.}


    Thank you. Finally someone on my side. (Luna)


    Fufufu. I was on your side as well, Luna. I raised you to at least be considerate of the consequences of your actions after all. (Amagi)


    Oh, if that was you, then what did I do for her? (Deacon)


    {Physical training.}


    (Deacon)


    Just kidding, you did a lot. For example, you told me about wyverns. (Luna)


    I did, didnt I? (Deacon)


    You really let that work on you? (Amagi)


    Ill take whatever I can get. (Deacon)


    {Ufufufu. Im looking forward to doing this more in the future. Its so much fun.}


    I look forward to it too. (Luna)


    I have to say, I am enjoying this quite a bit as well. Though I do also feel a bitplicated since you are both the goddess I worship AND my daughter-inw. (Amagi)


    {I-I dont know how to respond to that. I mean, Id be happy of you just treat me like a normal person, but I also know that isnt really possible. At least at the moment. None of us know what exactly will happen in the next thousands of years after all.}


    True enough. (Amagi)


    *Yawn* (Deacon)


    Tired dad? (Luna)


    A bit. I havent really slept well recently for some reason. (Deacon)


    I wonder why? (Luna)


    No idea. Though I have been doing more paperwork recently. (Deacon)


    Mom, this is a big problem. (Luna)


    Yes. Maybe you havent been spending all of your energy so you cant sleep. (Amagi)


    Maybe so. I need to find someone new to push it all off on. (Deacon)


    {What happened to thest person?}


    He retired. He turned 200 this year, so it was time for him to. (Deacon)


    {Ah. That person must have stuck it out in this job for a long time then.}


    Yeah. He was around when my father was in charge. (Deacon)


    Have any idea for a recement? (Luna)


    Yes actually. That one guy whose arm was frozen off. Hes improved to the best of his abilities and needs to do something else. I might get him to try paperwork out. (Deacon)


    No offence, but I kind of feel that that is in bad taste. I mean, it cant be easy to write with one hand. (Luna)


    Hes surprisingly good at it. (Deacon)


    Then go for it. (Luna)


    I think I will. But enough of that, Im going to go and try to sleep. (Deacon)


    Dad got up and started to leave the room.


    Wait. (Luna)


    Hmm? (Deacon)


    Want to try a sleeping medicine I made? (Luna)


    When did you start making medicine? (Amagi)


    If I can make poison, why cant I make medicine? They are the same thing in a sense. (Luna)


    Why not? (Deacon)


    I took out a small bottle from my inventory and handed it over to dad.


    Drink a small sip and you will be out until morning. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Deacon)


    With that, dad left the room.


    What about you, mom? Are you not tired yet? (Luna)


    I am actually. Ive spent this whole week preparing theing of age ceremonies for today. (Amagi)


    {Im sorry I made such a stupid thing so long ago.}


    Dont be sorry, its better than just sitting in this dusty room all day. (Amagi)


    {I still regret making that a ceremony. It makes me cringe every time.}


    But I love your embarrassed side every time you bring it up, so I think its great. (Luna)


    {Luna.}


    Tamamo. (Luna)


    And that is my cue to leave. Good night, you two. (Amagi)


    Mom then quickly left the room leaving me and Tamamo alone. The two of us looked at each other.


    Hey Tamamo, is it counted a sphemy if I kiss you in your own shrine?


    {No. Not at all. In fact, it might be if you didnt.}


    Well, we cant have that, now can we?


    I immediately stole Tamamos lips with mine.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Hello?


    Atmos: No one home?


    Grey: Guess not.


    Atmos: Hmm. Oh well. Let''s see what Luna is up to.


    Grey:...


    Atmos: Oh, she''s just kissing Tamamo some more, boring.


    Grey:...


    Atmos: Hey Grey.


    Grey: What?


    Atmos: Want to go on a date?


    Grey: Sure, we haven''t done that in a long time.


    Atmos: Yay!

 Chapter 228: The Get Together

    Chapter 228: The Get Together


    [Tamamo POV]


    The time until the new year went by quickly. During that time, Luna and her friends rxed around my shrine. Today however, Luna was busy preparing everything for our get together tonight. I was sitting on a seat in my ce watching her when Atmos, Grey, and Fenrir came over.


    {Hello you three.}


    Heya Tamamo. Watching Luna like usual? (Atmos)


    {Yep. Shes busy preparing for tonight.}


    She doesnt have to do that much if all thats happening is a small get together. (Grey)


    Yeah. And no offense, but Im mostly just going to be with Mio so I probably wont notice any preparation she made. (Fenrir)


    {I told her as much, but since her family will also be present, she insisted.}


    Oh, this will be fun then. I cant wait to watch Anas reaction to everyone. (Atmos)


    Indeed. (Grey)


    {Hmm? Atmos, Grey, you two seem cheerier than normal.}


    Yeah, we went on a few dates these past few weeks. (Atmos)


    {Good for you.}


    Time passed as we chatted about random things until it was time. Luna then set up a domain and all of us went there.


    Tamamo! (Luna)


    Luna ran up and hugged me. I hugged her back.


    Fufu. (Luna)


    Hey Luna, long time no see. (Atmos)


    Hey Atmos, Grey, Fenrir. (Luna)


    Hey. (Grey)


    Evening. (Fenrir)


    Fen nya! (Mio)


    Mio! (Fenrir)


    Mio and Fenrir ran up and hugged each other in the same way me and Luna had.


    {Ufufu. How cute.}


    I agree. (Luna)


    I also agree. Fenrir is surprisingly cute. (Atmos)


    Indeed, indeed. Young Fenrir has finally dropped her tough faade. (Crate)


    Hello old man Crate. Howve you been? (Atmos)


    Quite good. That otherworlder alchemist is quite the fun one to watch. (Crate)


    Oh yeah, he should be on his way here. (Grey)


    Thats good to know. I can finally start working on my flying ships then. (Luna)


    Oh. I might turn my attention to those when you start making them, Little Luna. They sound interesting. By the way, take this and drink itter tonight. (Crate)


    Crate handed Luna a bottle of silver liquid.


    What is it? (Luna)


    Drinking that will disable your status effect immunity for 12 hours. (Crate)


    Oh, sounds like Im having some extra fun tonight then. (Luna)


    {Me too.}


    Just dont get too out of hand, I like the two of you and dont want to have to discipline you with some time magic. (Gear)


    {Yes, Gear, well try.}


    Hmm. (Gear)


    So, all were missing is Quetz then? (Luna)


    Yep. Shell be a bitte though since she is still making the sun set over here. (Atmos)


    Now that I think of it, do you do the same thing, Tamamo? (Luna)


    {Yes, but my job is a lot easier than Quetzs in that regard. The moon doesnt produce heat after all.}


    Makes sense. (Luna)


    Come to think of it, where are all of your people, Luna? Mio is over there flirting with Fenrir already, but what about the others? (Grey)


    Theyll be here shortly. I told them it wasnt necessary, but they insisted on getting at least a little dressed up for the event. (Luna)


    Ah. (Grey)


    Just then, a small opening appeared in Lunas domain and several people entered. The first toe in was Deacon and Amagi with an extremely nervous Ana behind them. After that was Velvet, Soleil, Skadi, and Ophidia. Last to enter was Lunas old friend ke. Once they were all inside, the domain closed behind them. The second Anas eyesnded on all of us, she nearly fainted but ke managed to catch her in time.


    *Sigh* Why is she so nervous? (Luna)


    That is supposed to be the normal reaction, Luna. You and the rest of your family are just weird. (Grey)


    I cant deny that. (Luna)


    Pfft. (Atmos)


    Atmos, calm down. The night is still to early for you to get all Atmos-like. (Grey)


    Why is my name bing more and more a description? (Atmos)


    {Because it is the best way to describe your behavior.}


    Luna, bust out the alcohol. (Atmos)


    Not yet. We need to eat first. (Luna)


    Oh, is it your cooking? (Atmos)


    Naturally. (Luna)


    Then off I go to food. Grey,e on, lets go and greet the others as is polite in this situation, then eat. (Atmos)


    Tamamo, is Atmos already drunk? Shes being reasonable tonight. (Gear)


    {She isnt, she has, however, been on several dates with Grey recently, so she is a lot calmer than normal.}


    Ah. Good. (Gear)


    Loosen up, Gear. This is a party, no need to be all stiff and formal. Let us go and greet the new Apostles and eat as well. I have heard many things about Little Lunas food, so we should get some before Young Atmos eats it all. (Crate)


    Hmm. Let us go then. (Gear)


    Gear seems more talkative than thest time I saw him. (Luna)


    {I agree. We must have gotten him while he is having a good day.}


    Well then, let me drink this thing Crate gave me and we can head over there as well. (Luna)


    Luna uncorked the bottle that Crate had given her and drank the contents in one gulp. She then got a strange look on her face.


    Hmm. Citrusy like oranges, or maybesatsumas? (Luna)


    After Luna finished debating with herself about what that potion tasted like, we headed over to the group.


    {Hello everyone.}


    Goddess Tamamo. Its lovely to see you again so soon. (Amagi)


    I agree. (Deacon)


    Hey ke, Ana. (Luna)


    Hey. (ke)


    Heh. S-so many gods. Heheh. (Ana)


    Is she going to be alright? (Luna)


    Yeah, just give her some time and enough to drink. (ke)


    Got it. (Luna)


    Luna, you werent kidding when you said a lot of big names wereing. (Skadi)


    Why would I lie about that? (Luna)


    You wouldnt, I just wanted to say what everyone on this side was thinking. (Skadi)


    Ah. (Luna)


    {Evening you two.}


    Goddess Tamamo.


    We greeted the rest of the people that were here and then everyone went and got some food. Luna got a kick out of seeing everyones reactions when they took their first bite. Gear was so impressed that he ate more than Atmos did. After a while, Quetz showed up and joined in which cased Ana to almost faint again. Seeing that, Luna decided to bring out the drinks. She went over to a table she set up with ice magic and pulled several different alcohols and an assortment of other beverages.


    Deacon and Atmos were the first two to the table.


    Luna, when did you stock up on such a variety of drinks? I mean, you have everything here, from mead, to wine, even dwarven whisky. (Deacon)


    I pick things up here and there. Never know when Ill find and befriend a dragon or dwarf. (Luna)


    Hohohoho. Dragons are heavy drinkers after all, so that is a good idea, Little Luna. (Crate)


    Hey Luna, you got that stuff fromst year still? (Atmos)


    I do, but I dont want to take it out since itll hit everyone here with the fumes alone. (Luna)


    Bah. Youre no fun. (Atmos)


    Oh, fine then, but you can only open it far away from the rest of us. I will not tolerate being called no fun though. (Luna)


    Woo! (Atmos)


    {Grey, keep herpany so she doesnt get too out of hand.}


    That was the n from the start. (Grey)


    ke, get me the strongest stuff you can. I dont want to stay sober tonight. (Ana)


    Already on it. (ke)


    Once everyone that wanted one had a ss, we raised them to the sky.


    To the new year. (Luna)


    To the new year. (Everyone)


    The night continued. As everyone got progressively more inebriated, they spread out into groups and talked. It was fun watching who went where. Ana, surprisingly, went to the group of Atmos, Crate, and Quetz.


    H~ey Tamamo. Shtop paying attention to them. Looook only at me. (Luna)


    A really drunk Luna was hugging my arm tightly to her chest. When I looked at her, she started to smile brightly.


    Ehehehe, better. (Luna)


    She then started to rub her cheek against my arm in an affectionate manner.


    Fufufufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Hey Tamamo, Luna. (Atmos)


    Shoo. (Luna)


    Luna teleported Atmos away from us before she got close. A few secondster, Atmos crashed into the ground from up above.


    Ouch! (Atmos)


    Mine. (Luna)


    {Ufufufu. Feeling quite possessive are we Luna?}


    Hmph. No prankshter goddessh will take you away from me. I want alllll of your attention sholely for myself. (Luna)


    {Ufufu. I understand.}


    I went over to a bench that was nearby and sat down. Luna immediately ced her head in myp and stared into my eyes. She smiled for a bit before frowning.


    Missing. (Luna)


    {Hmm?}


    Shomething is missing. (Luna)


    Luna scrunched her face in thought before it lit up. She then pointed to the sky and it exploded with small lights.


    Better. (Luna)


    I smiled at her antics and started petting her head. She started to purr and her tails wrapped around mine. She closed her eyes in enjoyment and several minutester, she was asleep.


    {Ufufufu. My adorable Luna, thank you for the fun night.}


    I leaned forward and kissed her forehead. Even though she was asleep, she smiled a small smile. For the rest of the get together, the two of us sat on that bench, me patting Lunas head and running my hand through her hair as she slept.


    Chaos Realm:


    I''m d they had fun.


    Order: Me too.


    ...


    Order:...


    Hey Order, want something to drink as well?


    Order: Why not? What do you have?


    Everything.


    Order: Then surprise me with something.


    Alright.


    *I pour the two of us some alcohol*


    *I move my arm around Order as I sit next to her and she leans her head on me*


    Order: Quiet times like this are also good.


    I agree.

 Chapter 229: The Next Day

    Chapter 229: The Next Day


    [Luna POV]


    When I next woke up, I found myself in Tamamosp on a bench. It was still dark and I had a headache that was almost as painful as growing another tail.


    Tamamo, what happened? Thest thing I remember was drinking some stuff then nothing.


    {You got drunk. After that you got super clingy which was adorable and every time Atmos tried toe and talk to us, you would teleport her away, even after falling asleep, which was funny.}


    I see. I said as I ced a hand on my head and used healing magic. Ugh, my head hurts so much.


    The healing magic was slowly taking effect, so I closed my eyes in order to try and reduce the pain even more.


    Since youre still here, the domain isnt gone. Are the others still here?


    {Not all of them. Fenrir and Mio are napping under the tree in the corner, but other than them, only me and you are still out here.}


    Mmm. Remind me to apologize to Atmoster.


    {Ok. Did you enjoy what you remember?}


    I did, but then again, I should be the one asking since it was my idea in the first ce.


    {I had a great time. Especially after you got drunk.}


    Mmm. How was Ana?


    {After a few drinks, she lost her inhibitions and was really chatty with everyone.}


    Thats going to be fun when I see her next. From what I know about her, she will remember everything she did.


    {I cant wait to see that as well.}


    My hangover was finally gone and I opened my eyes again.


    That took longer than expected.


    {Are you sure you werent making it take longer just so you could enjoy myp for longer?}


    Id like to use my right to remain silent.


    {Ufufufu. Why, I enjoy this just as much.}


    Then that is exactly what I was doing. Every time we do this, yourp gets more and morefortable.


    {Ufufu. I was going to say the same. So next time were together, its my turn on yourp.}


    Of course, anything for you my lovely moon.


    I sat up and hugged her before then bringing my face to hers and kissing her. Once I broke away, I looked over to the tree at Mio and Fenrir.


    Should we wake them up now?


    {Probably. The sun is about toe up and we dont want to cause trouble for any of the shrine staff.}


    Then lets get to it.


    We walked over to the sleeping couple. When we got next to them, the two of us smiled. Fenrir and Mio were sleeping soundly while cuddling close to each other. Mio had her tail wrapped around Fenrirs leg. I crouched down next to Mio and started to shake her shoulder.


    Mio, time to get up. (Luna)


    Nyaaaaaaaaa. Fen nya. (Mio)


    Mio, you need to wake up. If you dont you cant pet my tails anymore. (Luna)


    Nya! (Mio)


    {How effective.}


    I know right. (Luna)


    Uugh. Mio, whats wrong? (Fenrir)


    {Fenrir, its time to get up. We need to head out so Luna can finish clearing the ce up.}


    Tamamo? (Fenrir)


    Fenrir looked around sleepily before her eyesnded on Mio.


    Mio. (Fenrir)


    After Mio fully woke up, she turned her head towards Fenrir when she said her name. Fenrir then grabbed the sides of Mios head and kissed her. Mio was startled for a second before realizing what was going on. Tamamo and I looked at each other then moved to give the two some space.


    Well, that happened.


    {Indeed. Lets go and clean up some while they wake up some more.}


    No need.


    I snapped my finger and all the mess fromst night disappeared.


    {I forgot you could do that while in here.}


    Sowhat now?


    {Hmmm. Got any coffee?}


    Is my name Luna? Of course I have coffee.


    I pulled two cups of coffee out of my inventory and handed one to Tamamo. As we enjoyed our coffee, Fenrir finally released Mio.


    I-Im sorry about that Mio, I did that unconsciously. (Fenrir)


    Nyaaaa. Whyd you stop nya? (Mio)


    You enjoyed it? (Fenrir)


    Yes I enjoyed it nya. Why wouldnt I nya? Fen nya, you need to get more confidence in yourself nya. (Mio)


    Its not that Im not confident, its that I thought I was being too bold. (Fenrir)


    But I like that about you nya. If this was somewhere where we werepletely alone, I would have even preferred of you were bolder nya. (Mio)


    O-oh. (Fenrir)


    Fenrir started to blush and it looked like she was about to break down into an embarrassed mess.


    I can arrange that if you want, you know. (Luna)


    Next time nya. I think Fen needs time to prepare her heart nya. (Mio)


    {I agree. Thanks for the coffee, Luna, Ill take Fenrir and get going.}


    Youre both wee back at any time, just let me know. (Luna)


    {Ill take you up on that offer soon.}


    See you both again nya. Fen, I love you nya. (Mio)


    Ehehe. I love you too, Mio. (Fenrir)


    They then disappeared from the domain.


    Good going Mio. (Luna)


    Thanks nya. For someone like Fen, I need to take the lead like that since she gets too wrapped up in unnecessary thoughts nya. (Mio)


    Have you had rtionship experience before? (Luna)


    Nyo. Its my mothers teachings nya. My dad was the exact same way nya. (Mio)


    Ah. (Luna)


    By the way nya, youre cute when youre drunk nya. Seeing the Goddess of Fate being teleported around was funny nya. (Mio)


    Ugh, I really need to apologize for that. (Luna)


    I removed the domain and the two of us went inside. There we found Ana and ke who had apparently stayed here for the night talking with Soleil and Velvet.


    ke, am I going to be cursed now? I-I was so rude and disrespectful. (Ana)


    Ana, I keep telling you that you will be fine. None of them are spiteful like that. (ke)


    Really mom, you need to calm down. (Soleil)


    Indeed. I doubt Luna would have invited any of them here if they were like that. (Velvet)


    I really wouldnt have. (Luna)


    Morning big sis. (Soleil)


    Hey. (ke)


    Heya. (Luna)


    Morning nya. (Mio)


    Ana, you really need to calm down. I dont get how you think they would get mad at you. (Luna)


    Its just how Ive always lived. I mean, I was taught that I should always be respectful to the gods, no matter what. (Ana)


    And Im sure that is the right thing to do, but now that you are an Apostle, you have the right to be less formal than others. You are allowed to treat them as regr people. (Luna)


    See, even Luna says it will be alright. (ke)


    I get it, its just going to take some time to get used to it. (Ana)


    I know, and Ill help you. (ke)


    The two of them started to stare into the others eyes. Seeing this, Soleil rolled her eyes at them.


    If the two of you are going to continue, can it please be somewhere else? (Soleil)


    I dont want to hear that from you, girl who was all over her girlfriend during the party. (ke)


    Soleil looked like she wanted to raise an objection but in the end didnt.


    Dummy. (Soleil)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Also, Luna, next time you somehow manage to get drunk, please avoid teleporting people randomly. (ke)


    Will everyone please stop bringing that up. (Luna)


    Anyway, what are we going to do now, Luna? *(Velvet)


    I dont know. I kind of want to wait for Damien to get here so we can get the flying ships done, but I dont know how long that will take even once he gets here. (Luna)


    Well, I for one hope that you all stick around for a little while longer. I want to spend some time with you after all. (Amagi)


    Hey mom. (Luna)


    Mm. Ana, I think the two of us should take this week off. Spend some time with Soleil and Velvet. Mio, feel free to continue how you have been. (Amagi)


    Thank you nya. (Mio)


    Of course. I know what it means to be eternal friends, and if my daughter is yours, then you are already family. (Mio)


    Mio smiled at this and thanked mom again.


    Luna, mind taking me to the capitalter? (Amagi)


    Sure. What for? (Luna)


    I want to go around and shop with you. We havent done that in years after all. (Amagi)


    Sounds fun. As you know, Im free, so just tell me when youre ready and well go. (Luna)


    Alright. Lets all eat something then Ill get ready to go. (Amagi)


    We all moved to the dining hall and got something to eat.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Ugh. My head hurts.


    Grey: Well, you did have a lot to drink.


    Atmos: Not like that.


    Oh, you mean since you were continually thrown around by Luna?


    Atmos: Yes. Remind me if she ever gets drunk again to go no where near her.


    Order: No promises.


    Atmos: I thought at least you would be on my side.


    Order: When did I say I wasn''t? I just said I wouldn''t promise anything. I mean, me and Payto weren''t there so how could we remind you?


    Atmos: Gah! You know what I meant when I said that.


    Hahahaha.


    Order: Hahaha.


    Grey: Hahahahaha.


    Atmos: Ugh. Stop messing with me, that''s supposed to be my job.

 Chapter 230: Mother/Daughter Shopping Trip

    Chapter 230: Mother/Daughter Shopping Trip


    [Luna POV]


    After eating some breakfast, I went to my room to take a quick bath and change my clothes while mom got ready for the day. After that and some nicements from Tamamo, I left my room to go and fine mom. It didnt take long since she wasing towards my room.


    Ready mom? (Luna)


    I am. I was justing to see if you were. (Amagi)


    I would have been done faster if Tamamo hadnt distracted me with her constantpliments. (Luna)


    {Hey, I need to make sure you know that I like every inch of your body.}


    Fufufu. (Amagi)


    Anyway, shall we be off? (Luna)


    Lets go. Im in your care, Luna. (Amagi)


    I wrapped my arm around moms and teleported us to the capital, Savanna. We appeared near the adventurers guild.


    Youve been to the shopping district before, so why did you bring us here? (Amagi)


    If were going to enjoy our day, why lessen our time by showing up at our destination? (Luna)


    Fair enough. (Amagi)


    We started to make our way to the shopping district while browsing around the stalls along the way.


    {Such hungry foxes.}


    I cant help it; it smells too appetizing.


    {Ufufufufufufu. Like mother, like daughter.}


    Fufu. You know Luna, its sometimes hard to tell that you have reincarnated. You take after me and Deacon so much. (Amagi)


    Yeah, I dont get it either. I mean, Im pretty much a different person than I was, but I think its because Ive lived longer in this body than I did in myst, if that makes any sense. (Luna)


    It doesnt, but Im going to choose not to think about it. (Amagi)


    {And dont even ask me, I dont get it that much either, but Im notining since I get you in the end.}


    Well, that aside, what do you want to look at today? (Luna)


    Not too sure, I just wanted to spend a day with you, and this is the best thing I coulde up with on the spur of the moment. (Amagi)


    Then how about we go around to some merchant stalls, some clothes stores, and any other ce we think is interesting. I mean, that was kind of the n already, but put to words. (Luna)


    Sounds good. (Amagi)


    With that decided, we spent another hour in the part of the district with food stalls before moving on. When we got to the bazaar part of the shopping district, we went around to the stall that caught our eye. It was fun to see a few peoples reactions since it turns out mom is somewhat famous.


    How did I not know you were so famous, mom? (Luna)


    Well, from what I know, you rarely use the family name, you would hardly ever bring us up in everyday conversation with merchants, and you never really asked about my life before I moved to the shrine. (Amagi)


    Come to think of it, youre right. Want to exin some as we walk? (Luna)


    Sure. But where to start? (Amagi)


    How about why so many people recognize you? (Luna)


    Alright. Its actually not thatplicated. Im just really recognizable as the head of the shrine. Im honestly surprised you are less recognized miss S-rank adventurer. (Amagi)


    Eh, its not like Im bothered by that. Ive said it before, and Ill say it again now, adventuring is just a means to an end for me. The higher the rank, the easier it is for me to do things wherever I go. Its not like Ill need that status in the future unless the world goes under some unprecedented changes. (Luna)


    Fair. But anyway, thats the reason Im famous. That and because Im the wife of this countrys general. (Amagi)


    We stopped at an interesting stall that sold small trinkets and looked at the wares. Mom saw a small fox figure and bought it while I bought a pretty hairpin. We left the stall after paying and entered the part of the shopping district with higher-end shops.


    Cute hairpin. (Amagi)


    I like your little fox. (Luna)


    Thanks, it reminds me of your fathers fox form. (Amagi)


    Fufufufu. (Luna)


    Now, anything else you want to know? (Amagi)


    Hmmm. How about your rtionship with the queen? (Luna)


    That? Well, weve been friends since childhood. Our mothers were good friends and we turned out to be the same. Honestly, I kind of regret not bringing you here a lot more when you were little. I think I kind of focused too much on your training and other circumstances. (Amagi)


    I think its fine, I mean, I still befriended three members of the royal family as well as the dukes daughter. It just took longer than it would have if I met them when I was little. (Luna)


    True. But again, thats about it, we are childhood friends. Actually, now that I think about it, my life is kind of nd up to the point where you were born. (Amagi)


    Dont say that, there are probably a lot of fun and interesting things that happened before I wasborn? Or should it be reborn? Whatever. (Luna)


    Sure, to me they might be fun, but to you it would probably seem uninteresting. I mean, almost everything you do is ridiculous that my past pales inparison. (Amagi)


    Mom, this is where youre wrong. Having ridiculous adventures is one thing, but hearing about a normal life is refreshing. (Luna)


    {I agree with Luna on this one.}


    You agree with Luna on most things. (Amagi)


    {Guilty as charged.}


    Fufufufu.


    {Again with the being in sync.}


    Mom and I looked at each other and started tough.


    *Sigh* This is fun. (Luna)


    I agree. You need toe home more often so we can do this more. (Amagi)


    Ill think about it. (Luna)


    We passed by the shop where I bought that kimono that one time and decided to see what they have at this time of year. When we got inside, a clerk immediately recognized mom and hurried over.


    Wee, Lady Amagi.


    Nice to meet you. (Amagi)


    What can I help the two of you with today?


    Me and my daughter are just looking around, we will call you over if needed. (Amagi)


    I understand, please, take your time.


    We left the clerk behind as we went into the shop.


    See anything you like, Luna? (Amagi)


    Some things here and there. I kind of wanted to see if they had any more kimonos. I liked thest one I got and thought I could make them a regr part of my wardrobe at some point in the future. (Luna)


    {You do look good in them, so I approve.}


    I agree. I might not have seen you wearing a kimono, but since youre a lot like me, they must suit you. (Amagi)


    Then Ill try some out. Mind helping me? (Luna)


    I picked out a few kimonos to try and mom followed me into a fitting room. An unspecified amount of timeter, I bought all of the ones I tried.


    Luna. (Amagi)


    Yes? (Luna)


    Im happy that you wear the kind of clothes you do. (Amagi)


    What brought this on? (Luna)


    Well, you hardly ever get called out, right? (Amagi)


    Yeah. I mean, it happened like, twice, and each time the person doing the calling out either ended up armless or dead. (Luna)


    Oh. Well, what Im trying to say is that the clothes you always wear hide your figure well. I mean, people would never know youre as big as you are unless you tell them. (Amagi)


    I know, thats the point of why I wear what I do. It also helps that it is superfortable. (Luna)


    Where did you get those clothes anyway? (Amagi)


    The Demon Empire. (Luna)


    I see. (Amagi)


    Moms ears and tail drooped a little.


    Why are you so sad? If you want to go there, all you need to do is say it and well be there in an instant. (Luna)


    Thats true. Lets do that then. (Amagi)


    We left the shop and went over to an alleyway nearby. I grabbed moms arm and we teleported away to the Demon Empire.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Hey Payto.


    Hmm?


    Order: Are you absolutely sure you can''t go to the divine domain?


    I mean, I can, it''s just that I don''t do it very often since I never really see the need to.


    Order: Then if I asked to go on a date there?


    Then I''d make myself presentable and we''d go.


    Order: Then shall we have a date in the divine domain?


    Let me get ready and we''ll be off.


    Order: I''ll get ready as well then.

 Chapter 231: Shopping Trip Turned Sour

    Chapter 231: Shopping Trip Turned Sour


    [Luna POV]


    We instantly appeared somewhere in Beria.


    Wee to Beria, mom. (Luna)


    Ah, Ive always wanted to go here, but I never had the time. (Amagi)


    Well, here you are. If you want, I can show you to the ce where I bought this first. (Luna)


    Yes, lets do that, and after, we can explore a little. (Amagi)


    Moms expression reminded me of a little kid excited to see the big city for the first time. We left the spot where I teleported us and headed to the shop where I found my favorite clothes. When we got there and went inside, the clerk there recognized me.


    Wee back, Miss.


    Hello again. (Luna)


    Is there anything you need help with?


    Not at the moment, but well call you over if we need to. (Luna)


    Very well.


    We then started to look around at what was avable. Mom found a few things she liked and went to try them. After showing them to me and deciding that they were worth it, she bought them and we left the shop.


    Now, care to give me a small tour, Luna? (Amagi)


    Why not, we did spend some time here after all. Just dont expect to go to the fish market. (Luna)


    Yeah, thats for the best, we dont want to leave smelling like fish after all. (Amagi)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    We then spent a few hours walking around Beria. We went to some small shops, got some local specialties, and looked at the sea for a bit.


    This is nice. Its different than at the port city in the Beast Kingdom. (Amagi)


    How so? (Luna)


    Well, the port city is more a trade hub than anything. It has two separate main ports. One for the sea, and one for arge river. The river runs from there, across the Beast Kingdom, all the way to the Dwarf Country. That way, the dwarves ship things up that river, to the port city in the Beast Kingdom, and from there, ship things by sea to ces like here and the one port city in the Elf Nation. Here though, there are fewerrge ships and more small fishing boats. The beach is alsorger and more for tourists. (Amagi)


    Well, now I know where to go if I want to travel to the Dwarf Country, though I wont have to if I can get my flying ships done first. (Luna)


    Is that going to be your next destination? (Amagi)


    Probably. Skadi told us about this dwarf city made from crystals or something and I kind of want to see it. But thats a discussion forter. (Luna)


    Right. So, where to next? (Amagi)


    Want to go to the ind Iliberated(?) from some pirates? (Luna)


    Is it anything like your floating ind? (Amagi)


    Its morejungley and has a cool cave hidden behind a waterfall. (Luna)


    Then lets go. (Amagi)


    I grabbed mom and teleported us to the pirate ind. We arrived in the cave part of the ind. Since it was dark in here, I used my fox fire to light the torches that were ced in the cave.


    Whyd you light it up? (Amagi)


    Why not? It adds to the ambiance. (Luna)


    Fair enough. (Amagi)


    {Luna, you really like stuff like that, dont you.}


    Yep. (Luna)


    We looked around the cave a little bit since mom seemed interested in it before moving on to the mansion that the pirates stayed at.


    This is almost as big as your other mansion. (Amagi)


    I know. I think I was going to put this whole thing in my inventory and then add it on to my other one at one point, but then decided against it. I mean, what would I do with a mansion double the size? (Luna)


    Im not sure, but that does sound like something you would do and then question why you did itter. (Amagi)


    {Pfft.}


    Stop it Tamamo. (Luna)


    Before we headed inside the mansion, I showed mom the back of it that overlooked the sea from a cliff.


    This is very pretty, though that one mark over there kind of messes with it. (Amagi)


    Oh, just ignore that spot, its where a stupid mongrel met its end. (Luna)


    Oh. (Amagi)


    We looked out over the sea for a few minutes before heading inside the mansion. It was still sparsely decorated and still a bit messy since all we really did here was sleep.


    Luna, I raised you to be a neat and cleandy. Why is this ce so dirty? (Amagi)


    Hey, wemandeered it from pirates, I got a new tail, and we left pretty quickly here, so I didnt really have time to do a deep clean. (Luna)


    Thats no excuse. (Amagi)


    Well, Ill do itter. (Luna)


    We walked past a few rooms before mom stopped and picked up a piece of paper with nearly illegible writing. After looking it over for a few minutes, her face showed several different emotions ranging from anger to disgust. I looked over her shoulder to try and read it as well. From the parts I could make out, it had something to do with merchandise going to the other continent.


    Mom, how can you read any of that? (Luna)


    Years of paperwork Luna, I can read even the most illegible things now. This is a message to the previous owners of this ce and ve dealers from Himmels. (Amagi)


    I felt disgust from her words.


    I thought this world was better than that. (Luna)


    {No, Luna, this continent is. This is one of the reasons I said you would hate the other one.}


    I see. Should I go and destroy a continent then? (Luna)


    {ABSOLUTELY NOT! If you do that, you will be sealed!}


    Then that option is off the table. (Luna)


    Luna, this isnt good. I dont know how old this letter is, but judging by how long it takes for a ship to travel from here to the other continent, the vers might be here already. (Amagi)


    Want to try and find them? Then we can deal with them before they be a problem. (Luna)


    How far can you see with your space magic? (Amagi)


    Without pushing myself, really far. With pushing myself, probably this entire side of the continent. And if you want me to go all out, I could probably cover the entire world at the cost of I dont know, but probably nothing good. (Luna)


    Hmmm. We should go to any port city close to here and see if they have seen any suspicious ships first, then go from there. (Amagi)


    Alright. Now, let me ask before we do that. I get why you want to do this, but why dont we alert the Emperor? I mean, we are an uninvolved third party in this matter. (Luna)


    My own satisfaction. (Amagi)


    Good enough for me. (Luna)


    I grabbed mom and teleported us to the port town that once had a pirate problem.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I wonder why that continent continues to be the way it is even after everything Tonya did over there?


    Grey: Who knows? It''s majority human with several beastman tribes that are less advanced, right?


    Atmos: Yes.


    Grey: I guess not all humans can be considered "good" like on Luna''s continent.


    Atmos: True. Though Tonya''s meddling did do quite a number over there before she ascended.


    Grey: Yeah, it''s a good thing that she did all that she did over there before bing a god or else she would have been sealed.


    Atmos: Oh well. We''ll soon get to see what Amagi is capable of, so that should be interesting.


    Grey: Indeed.

 Chapter 232: Collecting Information

    Chapter 232: Collecting Information


    [Luna POV]


    When we got to the port town, we immediately headed to the guild there. When we went inside, we got several looks like normal. Some people recognized me and a few others didnt. As we were walking toward the reception desk, I felt several intense looks directed towards me.


    <em>Mom, dont say anything. Were being watched, and I dont mean in the normal way. </em>(Luna)


    <em>You think its them? </em>(Amagi)


    <em></em>


    <em>I dont know, but the gazes feel gross. Like Im being appraised for sale. Its honestly making me mad. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Alright, Ill let you do the talking then. Can you point out who it is from here while you get the information?</em> (Amagi)


    <em>Two at the bar over there, one near the door, and one by the quest board. </em>(Luna)


    Along with telling mom where the intense gazes wereing from, I discretely pointed them out with my tail.


    <em>Alright, I memorized their faces. Even if they arent vers, I will need to have a nice, peaceful conversation with them. </em>(Amagi)


    Mom had a smile on her face that gave off a feeling of intimidation. She calmed down a little when we made it to the counter. The receptionist behind the counter smiled and greeted me.


    Its nice to see you again.


    Same to you. (Luna)


    What can I help you with today?


    I leaned forward a little and spoke in a somewhat quiet voice.


    I need information. (Luna)


    The receptionist picked up on my want for some semnce of secrecy and offered to bring us to a back room to talk. I agreed to it and the three of us moved behind the counter to a back room. On our way there, I felt that one of the gazes from earlier stopped and I heard the door to the guild open and close. When we got to the private room, the receptionist asked us to sit. She did the same and we baegan speaking.


    What kind of information are you looking for?


    Have there been any suspicious ships seen around here recently or ships with marks or other symbols from Himmels? (Luna)


    Not that I am aware of, but Ill ask someone to look through any reports that I am unaware of.


    Then have there been reports of any missing people? (Amagi)


    A few reports, yes. Is there something big going on?


    As you recall, me and my party took care of some pirates that were terrorizing this ce before. They were based on an ind some ways away from here. I recently went back to that ind for personal reasons and we found a letter from some vers from Himmels. Taking the assumed age of the letter and the time it takes to travel between continents into ount, we think these vers are here. (Luna)


    And, with what we just asked, it seems like they might be behind these missing person cases. (Amagi)


    The receptionists face showed an expression of anger and disgust.


    Thank you for reporting this. The guild will give you any help you require.


    Alright. Then the first thing you should probably do is be on guard against peopleing to the guild to get information. I dont know anything about the other continent, so I dont know what to look out for though. (Luna)


    The majority of that continents poption is human is about all I know. (Amagi)


    So, look out for new humansing here, preferably with ents and features from Himmels.


    For now. If we find anything else out or take care of itpletely, well let you know here. (Luna)


    Thank you. Please, take be safe and, if you do find them, make sure they dont get out of this without consequences.


    That was the n. (Amagi)


    We left the back room of the guild and made out way to the door. This time though, all the gazes from earlier were gone.


    Tamamo, say something. (Luna)


    {Who dares look at my wife like she is something for sale?}


    I get what you are feeling, but dont worry, they wont get off with a loss of limb except maybe their head. (Luna)


    As we left the guild and made out way through town some, I felt the gazes again. I started a conversation with mom out loud while saying somethingpletely different with telepathy.


    <em>Mom, should we act like normal adventurers and get kidnapped by these mongrels so we can be taken to their base, or so you want to go with a shier approach like ambushing the ones watching us right now, nicely asking for everything they know, and then kicking down their door? </em>(Luna)


    <em>The second option. I dont like the idea of acting like a weak person like that. Plus, I want to vent on them for looking at you like an item for sale. </em>(Amagi)


    <em>Heh. Yeah, I like that approach more as well. The ones from earlier are following us from a distance. Ill spread some mist and we ambush them. </em>(Luna)


    Mom nodded at me and I started to use my ice mist skill. Soon, the entire area around us was covered in a chilling, thick mist where normal people would barely be able to see their hands an inch from their face. I could hear our stalkers get confused and agitated.


    What the hell is this? Where did this foge from? (Mongrel 4)


    Damn it. Did you lose sight of those foxes? The boss wont like it if we dont bring in some high quality goods like them. (Mongrel 2)


    I cant even see my own hands, of course I cant see those two. (Mongrel 1)


    Grrah! Lets hurry up and find them then. Ill use the old one as some relief before heading back to the boss. (Mongrel 3)


    Idiot, you know the boss wont like that. (Mongrel 2)


    Who gives a damn! That one hit all my preferences, so itd be a missed opportunity. Screw getting a pay cut. (Mongrel 3)


    Hearing those words, I got really angry. I also physically felt moms anger grow.


    Fufufu. Old? Fufufufufufufufufufu. (Amagi)


    Hieeeeeeeeeeeee! (Mongrel 3)


    Whoops. My magic slipped. (Amagi)


    Fufufu. Good one. (Luna)


    I opened a few Gates and shot some chains out of them. I captured the other three mongrels. We then met up near them and I teleported all of us to the pirate ind. The three conscious mongrels immediately started puking their guts out while the fourth one was curled up in a ball with an ice spike sticking out of a ce no man should ever have a spike of ice.


    {Good job, Amagi.}


    Im not old. (Amagi)


    I smiled at mom before looking down at the things squirming at our feet. I was just going to kick one of them with a healing magic infused foot, but decided against it.


    Hey mom, mind if I interrogate these three? You can get that one. (Luna)


    Sure. What are you going to do? (Amagi)


    Just some work with illusions. Show them something nice so that they give me the info I want before things turnless nice. (Luna)


    You sure you want to say that with them present? (Amagi)


    Theyre too busy being sick to listen to anything. Not that it would matter when the illusion is so good its basically a different reality entirely. (Luna)


    Fair enough. Now, I think this thing need more ice. (Amagi)


    Moms chilling smile appeared again and I dragged the three in front of me to a different part of the dungeon room. After several more minutes, they recovered somewhat. Just as they were about to start protesting, my eyes shined brightly as I trapped them in an illusion.


    Ugh, I feel gross just by showing them what I am. It feels like Im giving them what they want. (Luna)


    {Then why go that far? Just do what Amagi is doing.}


    It doesnt work like that, Tamamo. No offense to mom, but what she is doing will get a mix of reliable and unreliable information. That one will give some answers that it thinks she wants in order to get the pain to stop. What Im doing is will get reliable information at the cost of seeingthis. (Luna)


    {Gross.}


    Indeed. (Luna)


    {Would you be like that with me if you were still male?}


    No, these things are degenerates. I would treat you like I do now, with care and respect. (Luna)


    {And I would treat you the same as well.}


    After several more minutes of waiting, the first of the three mongrels started to speak about what I wanted to know. After I got everything out of him that was useful, his illusion turned to theplete opposite of what he was just experiencing. He died shortly after with a look of terror on his face. The other two did the same soon after. I then started to clean the ce up and once that was done, I went over to mom.


    Hows it going? (Luna)


    I dont know. Should I add an ice spike here or here? (Amagi)


    Neither, add one there. (Luna)


    Ah, that works way better. (Amagi)


    uuuugh. (Mongrel 3)


    So, got any information that you think is actually useful? (Luna)


    Nope. All this thing has said is ouch and stop and more. (Amagi)


    I took an instinctive step back.


    Are you sure you want to keep doing that then? (Luna)


    Eh, I was just waiting for you to finish. (Amagi)


    Well, I got enough for the two of us I think. Well go and take care of it tonight. Lets clean this up and go upstairs and rest for a bit. (Luna)


    Alright. (Amagi)


    Mom then froze the thingpletely before shattering it.


    Chaos Realm:


    Oi, wee back from a nice date to see this.


    Order: In-chan should have done more there before ascending again.


    Atmos: Well, she did do a lot. If anything, these are the dying embers.


    Order: So things are going to get better over there?


    Atmos: Meh. If they do, they do, if they don''t, they don''t.


    Give it a few hundred years and it''ll be on the road to recovery. Maybe a small fiend crisis will straighten them out to a reasonable level.


    Atmos: Yeah, though I feel bad for the ones that will be summoned over there to take care of it.


    Same.

 Chapter 234: Finishing Up

    Chapter 234: Finishing Up


    [Luna POV]


    After resting for a few hours, we decided to get started with the cleaning up of trash.


    Mom, you ready to head out? (Luna)


    Yes. Lets get this over with. (Amagi)


    I grabbed moms arm and teleported us to the port town. We then left the town and walked beside the coast.


    Where are we going? (Amagi)


    A cove several miles in this direction. Its tucked away between two cliffs that hides it well. (Luna)


    Wouldnt the locals know about this ce? (Amagi)


    They probably do. (Luna)


    I would think these vers would choose to hide somewhere else then. (Amagi)


    Who said they were hiding? Ships aremon in this area and the dock at that town are busy all the time, so I would assume that docking a ship in any decent ce is eptable. So, they are essentially hiding in ne sight. (Luna)


    I see. (Amagi)


    We started walking up a steep incline. At the end of it was a sheer drop into the sea. In-between thend we were standing on and the other side was the cove in question. I crouched down and mom followed suit. In the water down below us was a ship made of nearly pitch ck wood. The g it was flying had a symbol or crest Ive never seen and from what I could see, there were several people walking around on deck. The other things I saw made me scowl.


    Filthy mongrels, the lot of them. (Luna)


    What can you make out Luna? (Amagi)


    They have several people chained up in heavy irons spread across the deck, probably more inside. Its mostly women, some men, no kids from what I can see. A few of them have what might be whip marks on their backs. (Luna)


    I was about to say more when I saw something that made me go speechless. When I saw that, I felt a rage so intense that it started to burn.


    Luna, whats wrong? Why are you releasing so much intimidation and killing intent? (Amagi)


    {Amagi.}


    Y-yes? (Amagi)


    {As your Goddess, I beseech you to eradicate all of them. Leave no survivors.}


    Naturally, but what happened? (Amagi)


    Some of those filthy mongrels just cut off a kitsunes ears and tail. (Luna)


    Luna, lets go. Get us down there right now. (Amagi)


    Yeah, let me set something up so they cant get away first. Itll help us as well. (Luna)


    I stood up and snapped my fingers. A domain covered the entire cove and was almost instantly covered in a thick mist. I grabbed mom and teleported us to the ship.


    <em>Mom, Ill free the captured people, feel free to go wild. </em>(Luna)


    I started to move around to the captured people and moved them somewhere safe.


    [Amagi POV]


    After Lunas telepathy and I was sure she wasnt near me, I got ready to go all out. I listened around me for the voices of these mongrels.


    OI! Whats with the sudden fog!?


    I dont know, is it a normal thing here?


    How would I knaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaagggggggggggggggggggghhhhhhhhhhhh!


    JOHNNY!


    Using the voices of the vers, I started using my ice magic. The one that just died had all of the blood inside its body frozen solid. The next one to die had gone to check its newly deceasedrade only to find that it was frozen to the deck of the ship. Before it could break free of the bindings, it started to show signs of fatal frostbite. Several others died to one of these two methods before I moved on to a different area of the ship.


    What the hell is going on!?


    I-I dont know. I-I think were under attack.


    Finding the location of two more vers, I caused ice spikes to form inside one before they shot out of its body into the second one. I then turned around when I heard the sound of someone running towards me.


    Got you!


    Dont be so loud when you try to sneak up on someone, it defeats the point. (Amagi)


    Before the ver that tried to sneak attack me got close, its feet froze to the deck. It kept its momentum from its charge so the sudden stop forced it to fall forward. This, in turn, caused its legs to shatter to frozen pieces.


    GAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHHHHHH!


    Shut up, youre too loud. (Amagi)


    I made an ice spike and dropped it through the back of the vers neck before moving on.


    <em>Mom, Ive taken care of the belowdecks. All thats left is the captains cabin. Ill meet you there. </em>(Luna)


    [Luna POV]


    After securing the safety of the people that were chained up, I made my way below deck. Since my mist is a skill, it had even made its way inside the ship. I activated my stealth skill and started assassinating all the vers I found. I wanted to take all of my anger out on them, but if I did, I would probably end up making severalrge holes in the ship which would cause it to sink.


    {Luna, shall Ie and join you?}


    No. While I understand why you want to, I feel like of you did, it would break some kind of divinew that even my domains cant get around.


    {Fine, but make these mongrels suffer a little. They dont harm one of my people like that in my sight and get off easy.}


    Of course, that was the n after all.


    I snuck up behind two vers that had their backs turned to me. I stood straight up between them, pulled two knives out and stabbed them both in the throat at the same time. I then spun around and threw one of the knives at another ver that was behind me. All three bodies slumped to the floor at the same time. I then heard the sound of chains rattling and saw several scared people hanging by their wrists with their feet barely touching the floor. Since they couldnt see, they were looking around in a panic. I quietly made my way over to them and started whispering.


    Im here to help. Ill cut the chains, but please stay put until the mist clears.


    They were surprised, but after hearing my words, a few nodded their heads. I cut the chains with my short sword. As the chains were cut, the people fell to their knees and they started rubbing their wrists. After I was done with that, I moved on to the other rooms below deck. Several minutes and dead verster, I finished my sweep of interior of the ship. I then spoke to mom through telepathy and made my way up top. I thinned the mist enough to allow mom to see better and we both made out way to the captains cabin.


    Luna, lets finish this. (Amagi)


    No need to tell me twice. (Luna)


    I positioned myself in front of the door and kicked it in. It flew off its hinges and nearly through the back of the ship if it didnt explode into splinters. The current tenant of the room was apparently asleep and the sudden loud noise woke it up. The thing was a fat, slimy looking thing that would make orcs look like the equivalent of the worlds best models.


    W-what!? Who is there!? Do you know who I am!?


    Mom and I both raised a hand and pointed them at the ver. Two spears of ice formed and shot into it.


    Reeeeeeeeee!


    That was thest sound the thing made as the two ice spears impaled it, one through the heart and one through the face.


    Now, lets get to the rest of the cleanup. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers and the mist started to clear. Since I didnt want to scare the captured people, I left some mist around to cover up the bodies. Once that was done, I ran to where I moved the captured people on deck. The first person I went to was the kitsune that had his ears and tail cut off. One woman was keeling next to him and sobbing.


    Move aside, if hes alive, I can heal him. (Luna)


    The woman looked up when I spoke and moved over. I crouched down next to the man and checked to see if he was still alive. He was but either the pain or the shock had knocked him out. I grimaced as a new wave of rage filled me, but I pushed that rage aside as I picked up the mans tail and brought it to his lower back. I then started to use healing magic. After a few seconds, his tail was reattached and I moved on to his ears. Once that was done, the woman pushed me aside and lifted and hugged the man with more tears running down her face.


    I stood up and moved on to healing other injured people. Most of the men that were captured had whip marks on their backs while the women were rtively untouched aside from a few cuts and bruises on their arm, wrists, and faces. After making sure I didnt miss anyone, I went below deck where mom went. I found her freezing and breaking the chains and shackles of the captured people.


    Im done up above. Anyone that needs healing, raise your hand. (Luna)


    Several people raised their hand and I started making my way to them. After an hour all the people below deck were freed and healed and we all moved up top. Several people ran over and hugged while others fell to their knees as they looked up at the sky like they hadnt seen it in a long time.


    {This is one thing I hate about being a god. Im not allowed to directly help these people like I want to. Just like Im not allowed topletely abandon my duty on the other continent. People that stoop to doing things like this dont deserve my benevolence.}


    I get it. I really do.


    Mom then came up to me.


    Luna, teleport me to the port town. Ill go to the guild and get them to send a ship here to pick these people up. After that, we can destroy this one. (Luna)


    Alright. Ill teleport you directly into the guild building. (Luna)


    Mom nodded her head and I teleported her away. I exined how a ship would soon be on its way to pick us all up and about an hourter, it arrived. The people were moved to the other ship with the help of the crew and some adventurers that came with it. Once I was on board and the ship was far enough away, I caused a massive bolt of lightning to strike the ve ship until it was reduced to ashes on the wind. Some timeter, we arrived back at the port town. People slowly got off the ship with me and mom as thest ones to get off.


    Mom, what do we do now? (Luna)


    The guild will take over from here. As much as I want to help, Im actually not that knowledgeable when ites to helping psychological trauma. The most I can do is listen to their worries and offerforting words. (Amagi)


    Shall we go and calm down then? (Luna)


    Thats for the best. Lets go and tell that person from the guild first and then well leave. (Amagi)


    Right. (Luna)


    We went to the guild where people were running around. The receptionist that we spoke to earlier was giving people instructions when she noticed use in.


    Youre both back. Do we need to send people with healing potions and magic?


    No, but you do need to send people that are good with psychological trauma. (Amagi)


    Yes, were getting all of the people with any training in that field here as we speak and we also sent out a message for support from Onigashima. They should be sending several people here with teleportation soon.


    Then is there anything else you need from us? (Luna)


    What of the mongrels?


    All dead and the ship is nothing but ashes. (Luna)


    Then your job is done. Though I assume many of these people will want to thank you once they calm down and recover some.


    If they do, tell them to write letters and ask Ibuki to send them to me. Shell know how. (Luna)


    Very well. Thank you both for all the hard work.


    We both nodded and left the guild. I grabbed moms arm and teleported us back home. We appeared in my room and I immediately fell onto my bed and let out a long, heavy sigh.


    Well, today started out great and turned pretty crappy. (Luna)


    I agree. (Amagi)


    A few minutes of silence passed when mom spoke again.


    Luna. You did good today. Sleep now and well talk more about this in the morning. (Amagi)


    Yeah. Same to you, mom. (Luna)


    Mom left my room. As soon as the door shut, I made a domain and Tamamo appeared. She was sitting next to me and the first thing she did was hug me. I hugged her back and started patting her head.


    Tamamo, I know youre frustrated, so let it out.


    I started feeling wet dropsnd on my back and tails.


    {Luna. Its hard having all the power I do but not be allowed to use it.}


    I understand.


    {I wanted to help the both of you, but even if its in one of your domains, I wouldnt be able to do much. It-its so frustrating when I see something like that.}


    I hugged Tamamo tighter. Feeling this, she started to let all of the pent up rage and frustration out. A little whileter, Tamamo fell asleep. Iid her down before standing up, changing, andying next to her. I moved a strand of hair from her face before hugging her head to my chest and running my hand through her hair. I kissed her forehead before closing my eyes and going to sleep.


    Chaos Realm:


    ...


    Order: Payto.


    Order, I feel horrible.


    Order: I understand.


    I mean, I''m the one that made the divine rules. They are there for good reason, but seeing this...it makes me...*sigh*


    *Order hugs my head to her chest and starts patting my head*


    Order: Payto, I know you don''t need me to say this, but you did the right thing in making those rules. If they weren''t there, this world would tear itself apart with gods doing stupid things. I understand that it is frustrating for both the ones that have to follow them as well as you when your rules seem to cause your friends pain, but it IS necessary. Tamamo understands this as well.


    Thank you, Order.


    Order: Mm.

 Side Chapter 21: Angry Atmos

    Side Chapter 21: Angry Atmos


    [Atmos POV]


    Atmos, what happened? Why are you so angry? (Grey)


    Shut up Grey, not now. I have work to do. (Atmos)


    Not until you tell me whats going on. (Grey)


    Grey, those<em>things</em> made Tamamo upset enough to cry. Im going to do everything in my power to end all those responsible. (Atmos)


    But what about the rules? (Grey)


    Oh please, Im the Goddess of Fate and Mischief, I can end them while still following the rules. Now, Let. Me. Go. (Atmos)


    Fine. Ill let Luna know that youre making a move. That will probably help her and Tamamo somehow. (Grey)


    You go do that. (Atmos)


    I transferred myself from my home to my istion room. Before I got started, I notified Order and her husband of my ns. I didnt wait for their reply and locked the door.


    Now, lets get to work.


    I looked at the map of the world that wasying on the table in front of me. When I focused on Himmels, the continent became the only thing on the map, then further focused on the country that sent those vers. As I was figuring out all the parties involved, a small ripple spread across the map.


    Heh. Serves you right. Guess Tamamo giving up on that continent was thest straw for a lot of others as well.


    Once my map stopped moving, all the parties involved in this debacle started to glow.


    Lets see. The royal family, most nobles, lots of merchants. Hmmm.


    I looked closer at the people to separate the innocent from the guilty. After several seconds of deliberation, the innocent people started to glow purple while the guilty ones glowed green.


    Tch. This will be hard to stay in the rules. Mischief is one thing, but making them fated to fall into it is another thing. Gah, the one time I wish I was a Fate-Weaver. Anyway, lets do this here and that there.


    I ced some of my more nefarious prank traps in ces where their intended target would be almost guaranteed to trigger them.


    Now I wait and see how well this works. If something doesnt, then I just have to try again with something else.


    Time passed as the first of my mischiefs was about to go off. He was a fat man walking down an overly opulent hallway filled with self portraits of him and his family. As he passed under a door, he tripped a tripwire. That caused him to fall down. It just so happened that where he was going was a small staircase. He bounced down them beforeing to a stop.


    Oh no, the countries prime minister is in critical condition, I hope someone finds him before the damage bes irreparable without highest level healing magic. Oh wait, no one can use that anymore there.


    I looked over at a few of the others to see that they have been triggered as well. One merchant with the most guilt of the lot is now stuck in aa from getting hit in the face with too many cakes.


    I hope he recovers. Though with how far behind this continent is I doubt they know what to do withwhat was it called again? Diabitus? Styabeetees? Whatever.


    I looked at the castle of this country and what I saw made me smile.


    Oh, the horror, the king is trapped in a perpetual cycle of slipping. He cant stand properly anymore. I hope someone helps him, oh wait, they will join him if they do. Heh.


    I was about to move on to watching and setting up the next thing when I got an idea. In front of the people that can still actually recover from this, I left a message.


    [Hey stupid mongrels, if you want this to stop before it gets worse, then repent for the wrongs you have done. This is your one and only out. Have a- you know what, no, dont have a good life. -A]


    Hah, good luck figuring out what I mean by that.


    I turned my attention back to the next mongrel.


    Oooh. I actually almost feel bad for that one. I mean, even I hate it when I stub my toes on things. Though you have it way worse, mister prince. I mean the pain in multiplied by whatever his Def stat is.


    I looked over the others to see if everything went well and they did.


    *Sigh* I guess this is good for now, though I will check back every now and then to see how far these have spread.


    I got up and left the istion room.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos.


    Atmos: Don''t be like that, I stayed within the bounds of the rules.


    I wasn''t going to say anything about that. Good job.


    Atmos: That''s unexpected.


    Order: Not really. We would have stopped you if we knew you would go too far.


    I mean, that is the reason you told us of your ns after all.


    Atmos: True.


    Notice: I will be back on Monday. When that timees, we will be back to our regrly scheduled fluff.

 Chapter 235: A Day in the Divine Domain

    Chapter 235: A Day in the Divine Domain


    [Tamamo POV]


    After a long and lovely bath with Atmos, we dressed ourselves and left my home for the day. I quickly told Luna that I would be with Atmos and she told me to have fun. After walking through the portal Atmos made, we emerged on the streets of one of the most popr ces in the divine domain.


    {You know, I cant wait to see Lunas reaction to this ce.}


    I agree. So far, shes only ever been to your ce, right? (Atmos)


    {That and the small slice of Greys ce.}


    Oh yeah, his office is counted as his ce. I keep forgetting that since we cant really go there. (Atmos)


    {Yes, well lets get going.}


    Yep yep. (Atmos)


    We started waking down the street. This particr part of the divine domain was under the jurisdiction of the gods ofmerce, economics, crafting, and other simr Authorities. It was a bustling ce with building along each side of an almost endless road. Buildings were stacked on top of one another and at several different angles, some of them even floated. As we walked, Atmos looked at one of the floating buildings and then asked me a question.


    Now that I think of it, its been a while since the gods of crafting and architecture have asked you for any gravity gems, hasnt it? (Atmos)


    {When Luna showed up, I mass produced a few trillion of them so no one would bother me.}


    Ahh, makes sense, but Im surprised that they havent run out yet, if I remember correctly, they use those up like water found by a thirsty human in the desert. (Atmos)


    {I told them to use them sparingly.}


    We stopped walking as the ground shook a little as a whole section of the street in front of us moved and a new row of buildings reced thest set.


    Oo, how about we go there? Seems like some of the goddesses of beauty made some new products. (Atmos)


    {Lets go then. Ive been meaning to get some more oils for my tails. While I appreciate what Luna brings me, one small bottle is hardly enough for ten tails.}


    The two of us walked into one of the newly appeared shops. A small bell above the door chimed as we walked into the shop.


    Wee, oh, Lady Tamamo, Lady Atmos, its been too long.


    {Indeed it has.}


    Mmm-hmmm. (Atmos)


    Are you here for some oils for your tails, Lady Tamamo?


    {I am. What my wife brings me from the mortal world isnt enough for all 10 of them.}


    I see. Wait, 10? Didnt you only have ninest time?


    {Yeah, seems like the maximum is 10, it grew at some pointst year.}


    Well, it looks stunning. It reallypletes your look as well. I bet the other kitsune goddesses will be jealous.


    Yeah, but then again, they have always been jealous of Tamamo. (Atmos)


    True enough. Every time theye here its always, this and that about how they want this many tails and has that silver one started to wrinkle up like the old bat she is. Honestly, it gets really annoying.


    {Im not old. And also, please never say that in front of my wife, shell get mad at them if she hears that.}


    Yeah, I bet Luna would go on a scolding spree if she knew about this. (Atmos)


    Your wife is the new demigod thats been going around the mortal world, right?


    {Thatd be her.}


    Honestly, shed give us goddesses of beauty a run for out money. Its just a shame she hardly cares for her appearance. I mean, with all due respect, she hardly needs to use any makeup or anything, but just think of what shed look like if she used some. The same goes for you, Lady Tamamo. In fact, now that I get a closer look at you, your tails and hair are pristine. I mean, they always were, but now it perfect or very close to it.


    Thank Luna for that one too. She got a unique skill that makes her the best of the best when ites to taking care of stuff like Tamamos hair and tails. (Atmos)


    I see. You simply must let me meet her at some point in time. Id love to sit and chat with her. And, if what Lady Atmos said is true, then Id love to get some tips on hair care.


    {Ill see what I can do when she ascends.}


    Thank you so much.


    I bought several bottles of oils for my tails and Atmos bought some skin products. We then left the shop and started walking again. As we went, buildings moved, the street changed several times, and some buildings shuffled back to make room for others. We came up to another shop that we wanted to stop at. As we entered, the smell of food hit us. We walked up and sat down at the counter. Shortly after, the God id Culinary Arts came out from the kitchen.


    Well, well, its been a while since Ive seen your faces.


    {Indeed. Whats it been, 18 years?}


    19. (Atmos)


    {Right.}


    Huh, its felt like longer. Anyway, anything I can interest the two of you in?


    {Something simple would be nice.}


    Ill have the same. (Atmos)


    Alrighty then, itll be right out.


    She went back into the kitchen and several minutester she came back carrying two tes in her hand.


    Here you go.


    We thanked her and started to eat. It was as good as always, but after trying Lunas cooking, this seemed to be missing something.


    {Have you gotten over your slump?}


    Not yet. For the life of me, I just cant figure out what to do.


    Hmmm. I think youll figure it out soon. Give it like10 more years or something. (Atmos)


    Oh, thats a lot sooner than I was thinking you would say.


    {Well, I wish you luck.}


    Thanks.


    We finished up and left. After going around for a little while longer and visiting some shops here and there, we decided to go somewhere else. We walked through a portal and ended up in one of the scenic areas of the divine domain. This one in particr was a vast in with rolling hills and a nice gentle breeze. Trees of all sizes were scattered around the ce and in the distance you could hear the sounds of small brooks.


    {Oh, its been a while since Ive been here. Its as calming as usual.}


    Yeah. I thought itd be better than the hovering mountains or inverted sea. (Atmos)


    {Indeed, though the sea does kind of sound nice.}


    Save it for when Luna is here. I bet shell enjoy seeing you in a swimsuit. (Atmos)


    {Indeed. Just remembering Luna in one makes me feel things.}


    Of course, you could also change your ce into a small beach and the both of you could do that. (Atmos)


    {Some other time.}


    We started walking toward one of the trees that had the perfect amount of shade underneath it. It rested beside one of the brooks and was a perfect spot for an afternoon nap. We sat down and looked up at the sky through the leaves.


    Tamamo, how are you feeling now? (Atmos)


    {Better. Its just all the things I saw yesterday that I couldnt interfere with got to me.}


    Heh. Its been a while since that happened. I think the first time was when you had only one tail. (Atmos)


    {Ufufu. How long ago was that? Like, 300000 years?}


    No, it was310000 years. (Atmos)


    {Oh yeah, it was the first time I witnesses a Fiend season.}


    Yep. By the way, how are you going to handle Luna when she actually sees her first Fiend season? Shes like you are, so shell want to step in most likely. (Atmos)


    {Hopefully I can distract her from it for the duration for the first few times. After she getspletely used to just what living for eternity means, then Ill ease her into it.}


    So, youre going to use the same method I did with Grey. (Atmos)


    {It worked for you, and Luna and Grey have simr personalities, so itll probably work for her.}


    True enough. (Atmos)


    {Speaking of you and Grey, how are things?}


    Great. Since he met Luna, hes been happier and more affectionate as well. I think its because he now has a close friend that actually understands some of the things he says and does. (Atmos)


    {Well, you are getting there with how many things you watch at THEIR ce.}


    Thats also true. Guess being who they are has its perks. (Atmos)


    {Yeah. As for me and Luna, were also doing good. Ive found that Luna is somehow getting even better at pampering me.}


    Haha. Thats nice. I kind of cant wait for her to ascend either. I mean, shes kind of a kindred spirit when ites to messing with people, so I look forward to seeing what we can get up to when we put our heads together. (Atmos)


    {Ufufu. Just make sure she doesnt be as infamous as you do. I want her to be able to walk around here without people hiding from her.}


    Honestly, they need to get over it already. Its not like I mess with them THAT much anymore. (Atmos)


    {You forgot the for now part.}


    I did, didnt I. Oh well, Ill give it a little while longer before turning my antic back to the divine domain. Gotta make my quota and all that. (Atmos)


    I leaned my head on Atmoss shoulder and she moved her hand to pet my head.


    This reminds me of the old times when we woulde here all the time. (Atmos)


    {Indeed, big sis Atmos.}


    Hahahaha. How long has it been since youve called me that? Too long. (Atmos)


    {Haha. Maybe if you actually acted like a big sister, then Id call you that more.}


    Hey! I try sometimes. (Atmos)


    {That sometimes is the problem. If you acted a little more seriously, then maybe Luna would respect you more than she does already.}


    She respects me at all? Thats a surprise. (Atmos)


    {Why? She knows you try in your own way. I mean, the world hasnt fallen intoplete chaos, so you must be doing SOMETHING right. So what if you act the way you do. I prefer you this way after all and so does Luna. Shes said so many nice things about you to me you know.}


    Like what? (Atmos)


    {Ufufufu. Ill keep that to myself. Spend some time with Luna and maybe shell tell you herself.}


    No fair, you cant say something like that and then not tell me at least one thing. (Atmos)


    {Well, I just did.}


    Hmph! Oh, by the way, this was brought up earlier, but what should we do about the other kitsune goddesses? I know for a fact that Luna will want to smack them around a bit the second they meet. (Atmos)


    {Ill deal with themter. They need to realize that there is no reason to get jealous over the number of tails we have.}


    How many are any of them up to now anyway? (Atmos)


    {I dont know about currently, but thest time any of us saw each other, one of them had I think four.}


    Pffft. Then they will definitely dislike Luna. I mean, shes already at seven and has made significant progress on getting her tenth. (Atmos)


    {Well, they can get over it. And if they call me old again, Ill show them what an angry kitsune is actually like.}


    I shall pray for them. (Atmos)


    {Who would even answer that?}


    Umm. Someone? (Atmos)


    {Ufufufu. Want to head back now? Ill prepare us some tea and we can see what kind of troubles Luna has caused Deacon.}


    Sounds fun. Lets go. (Atmos)


    We stood up and left the ever-expanding ins through a shining door.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Order, can I ask for some advice?


    Order: Any time.


    Fenrir: What do you think Mio would like to see more? The Diamond Mountains, or the Sanctuary of Clouds?


    Order: Well, going by the names alone, she''d probably just instantly fall asleep in the Sanctuary of Clouds, so I''d go for the Diamond Mountains. But are you sure you want to bring her there so soon?


    Fenrir: Oh, I wasn''t asking about this for any time soon, this was for when we finally start seeing each other all the time. I already know where I want to show her when we have our next date.


    Order: Ah. Then like I said, go for the Diamond Mountains.


    Fenrir: Got it.


    Order: Just out of curiosity, how far have you nned?


    Fenrir: Hmmm. I''ve got all the way up to about 400 years into the future nned. Just between you and me, I feel like once we get married, we''ll be busy for a few years.


    Order: Understandable.

 Chapter 236: Fenrir and Mio go on a Date

    Chapter 236: Fenrir and Mio go on a Date


    [Fenrir POV]


    A few days after Tamamo and Atmoss adventure, Fenrir went over to Tamamos ce.


    Tamamo, I havee for a small visit. (Fenrir)


    {Hello, Fenrir. What can I help you with today?}


    I was wondering if you could let Mioe over so I can take her out for the day. (Fenrir)


    {Well, its about time I taught her how to get here by herself anyway, so let me do that.}


    Tamamo turned around and looked off into space for a few minutes before speaking.


    {Mio, wake up, Fenrir wants to spend some time with youYes, yes, I get it, listen to me. Go to the innermost part of the shrine and knock on the doors at the farthest end of the hall seven times then open them. After that youll be able toe here anytime youre in a shrine or temple dedicated to me.}


    Tamamo then turned back to me.


    {Shell be here shortly.}


    True to her words, a few minutester, Mio appeared through a shining door.


    FEN NYA! (Mio)


    MIO! (Fenrir)


    {Please stop yelling!}


    Sorry. (Fenrir)


    Sorry nya. (Mio)


    {Apology epted, now, off you two go. Have fun on your date.}


    I nodded my head, grabbed Mios hand, and led her through a portal of swirling snow. When we exited the portal, Mios eyes widened in awe.


    Wwoooooww nya. So shiny nya. (Mio)


    Heheh. Wee to the most popr shopping ces in the divine domain. (Fenrir)


    How does it all work nya!? I mean, there are buildings upside-down over there, some built sideways on walls and others are floating nya! And why did the ground move over there nya!? (Mio)


    Calm down, Mio. This is normal. In fact, its the least impressive thing youll probably see today. (Fenrir)


    Eh nya!? (Mio)


    Now, times wasting. Ill show you to some ces and we can buy you some things. (Fenrir)


    We started to walk as Mio looked around in awe some more. Every time some buildings changes or the street switched, she jumped a little and clung closer to me.


    Ehehe. (Fenrir)


    Fen nya, I just realized this, but wouldnt it be a bad idea for me to brings stuff from here back to with me nya? (Mio)


    Well, I have some space at my ce that you can store it in, but only if you want. (Fenrir)


    Oh nya. I see nya. Lets do that then nya. Nyehehehehe. (Mio)


    As we walked, I led Mio to the first ce we would visit today. It was run by the god of tailoring and his wife, the goddess of sewing. When we entered the shop, a bell rang and we were greeted by a husky voice.


    Oh, Miss Fenrir, its been a while since youst came here.


    Yeah, I decided Id show her around the ce and decided toe here first. (Fenrir)


    Oh, a new ApostleWait, when did Lady Tamamo start appointing Apostles?


    As far as I knyow, nyot very long ago nya. By the way, Im her third one nya. (Mio)


    She is also my girlfriend. (Fenrir)


    I see, and congrattions, Fenrir.


    Thanks. (Fenrir)


    Mm. Now, are you looking for anything specific today?


    Well, I would like to get her some things thatst in the cold for a long time as well as just some casual wear for the divine domain. (Fenrir)


    Yes nya. (Mio)


    Got it.


    The god of tailoring tapped his finger on the counter he was sitting behind and the wholeyout of the shop changed to show the kinds of clothes we were looking for.


    Feel free to pick out what you like. When you find somethinge and see me and Ill fix it to your size.


    We browsed around for a bit and picked out some things for the both of us. After collecting a good amount, we brought them up to the counter. After a few minutes of measurements being taken, the god of tailoring snapped his fingers and the clothes immediately adjusted to the correct sizes.


    Amazing nya. This beats going to any kind of tailor Im used to nya. (Mio)


    I would hope so, while its not a particrly powerful Authority, its still an Authority.


    Makes sense nya, Im just used to the mortal world nya. I still live there after all nya. (Mio)


    Ah. Makes sense then.


    Well, thanks for this. We have to go before we spend too much time here. (Fenrir)


    Have fun then. Oh, but be careful, two of the kitsune are out and about today and from what Ive heard, theyre in a bad mood.


    How was theirplex stoked this time? (Fenrir)


    Rumor has it that Lady Tamamo got a tenth tail.


    Oh, she did, so it makes perfect sense. (Fenrir)


    I thanked him for that tip and we left the shop. We started walking down the street to out next destination when Mio asked what that was about.


    Fen, what was that about nya? (Mio)


    Well, there are a few other kitsune goddesses like Tamamo and soon, Luna. The thing is, they are a lot younger than Tamamo and they have always been jealous of her tails. (Fenrir)


    How dumb nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. Its gets even worse, however since they cant figure out how they increase the number of their tails. Some of them have managed to, but not as much as Luna has. The most any of them have is four, and they arent even as fluffy as Tamamos, not to mention Lunas. (Fenrir)


    As we walked to our next destination, we heard a loud crashe from somewhere close. I looked at where the sound came from and two people were kicked out of the shop ran by the goddesses of beauty.


    Ive had it with you two! Shut up and go away, you arent allowed here for a century!


    I guess Lunyas luck is contagious nya. (Mio)


    Seems like it. (Fenrir)


    Gah! Annoying. How can she kick us out? All we wanted was information on the old hag.


    I know right. Like seriously. So what if we wont buy anything from them. And the least she could have done is answer if that stupid nine-tails has lost any of that fluff of hers. Just shave it off and give it to us already.


    Mio and I just stared at the two kitsune who were loudlyining to anyone that would listen. Mio then turned to me with mixed emotions swirling in her eyes.


    Fen nya. I have the sudden urge to do something nya. I dont knyow whether I want to sit them down and lecture them nya, or tell Lunya about them nya. All I do knyow is that I should never, ever tell Tamamo what they just said about her nya. (Mio)


    That is for the best, Mio. Now, lets get out of here before they notice you or things will get even worse. (Fenrir)


    We turned around and started walking away in as inconspicuous a manner as possible. After several minutes, we were a good ways away from them before we turned and went into a different shop.


    Lets look around here for a while. (Fenrir)


    Alright nya. (Mio)


    The shop we entered was a shop that sold several kinds of herbs that ranged from tea leaves to cooking ingredients. It was run by one of Javas subordinates. No one was at the counter, but there was a sign that said that we were free to look around and peruse the wares until the clerk returned.


    Fen, if I bought some things from here, would I be able to bring them back and give them to Lunya nya? I want to knyow what she would be able to do with them nya. (Mio)


    I dont see why not. I mean, Tamamo has told me that Luna walks around with some coffee that Java personally grew, so I think that much is fine. (Fenrir)


    We split up to look around the shop. I found several types of tea leaves that I liked and Mio picked up some herbs that go well with birds and other types of meaty ingredients. It was then that things got strange. Mio passes by one shelf and she froze.


    Nya? (Mio)


    Mio turned to look at the shelf and picked up one of the herbs that was disyed there. She sniffed at it and her pupils dted.


    Nyaaaaaaaaaaa. Nyeheahahhaaehhe. (Mio)


    Mio what happened? (Fenrir)


    I walked over to see what Mio found. When I read thebel, I couldnt help but smack my forehead with my hand.


    This might not end well. (Fenrir)


    Feeeeeeeennnnnnnnnnn nnnnnnnnnnnnnnya. Nyehe. (Mio)


    Mio acted like she was sneaking up on me and pounced onto my back. She then moved her head and took a little nibble of my ear.


    M-Mio! (Fenrir)


    Nyahahahehehehehahahahahahahahahaheheha. Feeeeennnnnnn nnnnnnnnnnnya. (Mio)


    Yeah, I should just bring you home. We can always continue this at ater date, we have eternity after all. (Fenrir)


    I quickly ced all the things I picked up down, grabbed Mio, and walked through a portal to my home. We ended up in my main room and I moved Mio to the couch. As I was about to try and sit her down, she grabbed me and pushed me down, then she pinned me and brought her face close to mine.


    Nyeheheheh. Fen, let me eat you up nya. (Mio)


    Mio then started to kiss me with a passion that I never felt before. My mind wentpletely nk and all I could do was reciprocate with a kiss of my own. After several minutes Mio moved away.


    Tasty nya. (Mio)


    Mio was about to lean forward again before she started to sway and then fell limply on top of me. I could hear quiet breathsing from her letting me know she fell asleep.


    Hehehe. While I enjoyed that, I need to remember to never let Mio get close to catnip again. (Fenrir)


    Iid there for a while running my hand through Mios hair for a few hours before she started to stir again. Her eyes opened and she sat up and looked around.


    Nya? How did I get here nya? (Mio)


    You in the right mind again? (Fenrir)


    Mio looked down at me before leaning forward and kissing me again. It didntst as long as the one from earlier, but it was still nice.


    Guess that answers that. As for how we got here, after we started looking around the herb shop, you found some catnip and things happened that led us toing here. (Fenrir)


    Ah nya. I hate that stuff nya. I always forget what I do when I get a whiff of it nya. I hope I didnt do anything that I would regret nya. (Mio)


    No, you were fine. The most you did was kiss me a lot. (Fenrir)


    Good nya. Im happy I didnt do anything further than that nya. Id like to remember the first time after all nya. (Mio)


    I felt myself blush at her words.


    I-I feel the same. Id rather you be the current you when that h-happens. (Fenrir)


    Nyehehehe. (Mio)


    Mio was about to lean forward again when my clock chimed. We both looked at it and saw that it was reallyte.


    Mio, you should head back now. (Fenrir)


    Alright nya. But I will be back nya. (Mio)


    Mio kissed me quickly before getting up and moving to the door.


    Um nya, does it work the same way that I got here nya? (Mio)


    Hahaha. Yes. (Fenrir)


    She nodded her head and knocked on the door seven times. She then opened it and walked through the shining light behind it. I leaned back on the couch and covered my eyes with an arm.


    *Sigh* Even if today didnt turn out just how I wanted it to, I still enjoyed it. (Fenrir)


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Ufufufufufu.


    Luna: Fufufufufufufu.


    Why did they both have to be here to witness that?


    Order: Why would you expect any less?


    ...Yeah, that was a stupid question from me.


    Luna: Tamamo, do you thing I can deny fluff like we can deny magic?


    Tamamo: Probably. Now I''m looking forward to you ascending even more. In fact, if you are going to do what I think you are, then I''ll put off their punishment for now.


    Order, should we put a stop to this?


    Order: I don''t know. On one hand, it''s an abuse of power, but on the other hand, it''s deserved and going to be funny.


    It being funny is the deal breaker, we shall now encourage this further. Hey Tamamo, Luna,e and watch these.


    *I snap my fingers and several other screens appear with every instance of the other kitsune goddesses badmouthing Tamamo andining about things about her.*


    Tamamo: Ufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufu.


    Luna: Fufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufu.

 Chapter 237: The Alchemist

    Chapter 237: The Alchemist


    [Luna POV]


    Its been almost two weeks since me and mom got back from dealing with those vers in the Demon Empire. Most of the time between then and now was spent spending time with mom, dad, or one of my party members. Right now I was sitting on my bed as Tamamo brushed my tails.


    {Hmmm. Luna, this is the brush that you got from that person, right?}


    Yeah, why?


    {Well, I just thought that there might be more to it than what we originally thought. I mean, that person is quite powerful, so I doubt they would just give you a regr brush.}


    I get what youre saying, but are you sure youre not just overthinking it?


    {I could be. I just thought Id bring it up for a conversation starter.}


    Oh, well, we can try and see if there is anything special about it aside from what it already aplishes. I mean, I use it on you in tandem with that unique skill, so what else could we try?


    {How about we try channeling mana through it?}


    Go for it.


    Tamamo started channeling mana into my brush and it started to glow a little.


    Ooo. Shiny.


    Tamamo started brushing again and then stopped.


    {Ok, lets not do that. At least, not until you ascend.}


    Why?


    {Luna, it somehow increases your fluff even more. I mean, youre already the apex of all fluff, but this makes it even better.}


    Ok, though that doesnt mean Ill hold back when I brush your tails with it.


    {Ufufu.}


    Tamamo started again without channeling mana into the brush. I closed my eyes while I enjoyed the feeling of Tamamo brushing me and we spent some time like that until someone knocked on my door.


    Big sis. (Soleil)


    I snapped my fingers and Soleil was teleported into my room.


    Whats up Soleil? (Luna)


    Dad sent me toe and get you. He told me to tell you that hes here. (Soleil)


    About time. (Luna)


    {You have perfect timing, Soleil. I just finished.}


    Thank you very much, Tamamo. Ill see youter. (Luna)


    Tamamo and I leaned closer and gave each other a quick kiss before Tamamo waved and left. I dissolved the domain and stood up. I put my ne on and turned to Soleil.


    Lets go Soleil. (Luna)


    Right. Im kind of curious about this person. (Soleil)


    I grabbed onto Soleil and we teleported to kes shop. When we got there, I saw ke leaning on the counter and talking to two people. One was a ck haired youth with grey eyes and a pair of sses. He was wearing a long coat that looked like one that a shady merchant in a certain game wore. The other person was a dog beastkin wearing a clich frilly maid outfit. She was taller than the youth and had long white hair. She also gave off a feeling simr to Skadi and Apollo. When they heard my arrival, they turned to look at me and the youths sses shed like they do in anime.


    Ah. Two supremely fluffy kitsune have arrived. Good day. I am Damien Crowe, wandering alchemist of the highest order. (Damien)


    Damien, dont even think about it. One is my daughter and the other one is already spoken for. (ke)


    I already knew that, ke. Im not blind, I can see the rings on their fingers. I was just being polite. (Damien)


    (Luna)


    I was shocked. This is theplete opposite of what I remembered him being like. I looked over to ke and he shrugged his shoulders.


    I know what youre thinking and I was just as surprised. (ke)


    May I get your names? (Damien)


    Sorry about that. I am Luna Reed. (Luna)


    My name is Soleil. (Soleil)


    Wait, Luna Reed? You are rted to General Deacon? (Damien)


    Im his daughter. (Luna)


    I see, I see. Ah, before we move in, there is one more person that needs to be introduced. (Damien)


    The woman in the maid outfit stepped forward and deeply bowed.


    I am Vina. I am the maid and apprentice of Sir Damien. Its a pleasure to meet you all. (Vina)


    With the greetings done, ke invited all of us into the back of the shop. We all sat around a table while Vina made and served tea to everyone. She apparently had space magic since she pulled the things to make the tea from an inventory that wasnt Damiens. Once everyone had some, ke was the first to speak.


    So, Damien, how have you not aged a day since then? (ke)


    ke, Im an alchemist. Think about it and youll get the answer. (Damien)


    So, you made a philosophers stone. I hope you didnt have to genocide anyone to do that. (Luna)


    Of course I didnt. Im a shameless otaku, not a madman. (Damien)


    Heheheh. (ke)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Wait, how did you know about that? Did you tell her about anime and stuff ke? (Damien)


    Nope. (ke)


    Damien looked at me with squinted eyes before piecing it together.


    Reincarnation. (Damien)


    Bingo. (Luna)


    Big sis, why would you reveal that so easily? (Soleil)


    Because he would have pieced it together soon enough. I mean, all of us will probably be seeing each other for a while so I decided to get that one particr thing out of the way first. (Luna)


    Hahahahaha. Indeed. So, mind if I appraise you? I would like to know how a reincarnator is stat wise in this world. (Damien)


    You can try, but it probably wont work. The reincarnated title blocks all types of appraisal and I cant turn that off. (Luna)


    Oh. Well, thats information enough. So, who were you in the past if you dont mind me asking? (Damien)


    Jason Strider. (Luna)


    Pffft. You got gender bent. (Damien)


    And there it is. (ke)


    Indeed. (Luna)


    *Cough* Anyway, seeing as that is the case, what happened? Was it those two like the rest of us thought? (Damien)


    Yep. (Luna)


    I see. (Damien)


    We sat in silence for a few minutes before Soleil spoke up.


    So, you are from the same world as big sis and dad, right? (Soleil)


    Yep. (Damien)


    Then- (Soleil)


    As Soleil was speaking, the door to the room opened and Ana and Velvet walked in.


    ke, were ba-oh, guests. (Ana)


    I see, I see. ke, you did good for yourself. (Damien)


    Thanks. That is Anastasia, my wife and Soleils mother. The other one is Velvet, Soleils girlfriend. (ke)


    Nice to meet you, I am Damien Crowe. (Damien)


    Ah, the alchemist that Ive heard so much about. Its nice to meet you. (Ana)


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    Velvet looked nervous about meeting Damien, so she excused herself from the discussion. Seeing that, Soleil decided to go after her.


    Sorry for being rude, Ill ask my question at some other time. (Soleil)


    The door shut behind her.


    What was that about? (Damien)


    Dont worry about it. With Ana here, we have all the people needed for our discussion to actually take ce. (Luna)


    You need me here to? (Ana)


    Yep. You are one of the vital people needed for this to possibly work. (Luna)


    Alright. (Ana)


    She pulled up a chair next to ke and sat down. Vina immediately ced a cup of tea in front of her.


    So, to get the actual discussion started. I was tracked down by some people from the adventurers guild while I was in the Dwarven Country about an S-rank adventurer having a lucrative deal for me. I was asked toe to this ce and now Im here. (Damien)


    That would be me. (Luna)


    Oh, so youre an S-rank adventurer? (Damien)


    Yeah. But thats not the important part. Damien, how would you like to participate in a project that will hopefully advance this world a little? (Luna)


    How much are we talking about? (Damien)


    Flying ships. (Luna)


    Damien smirked and his sses shone again.


    I like it. I dont get why you need an alchemist, but Im in all the same. (Damien)


    Please wait. (Vina)


    Yes? (Luna)


    I apologize for my impoliteness, but I must ask what we will get out of this arrangement. My hus-I mean Sir Damien is very impulsive, so it falls to me to set him straight and to make sure he doesnt get cheated. (Vina)


    Vina. (Damien)


    No, no, I get it. As for what you get out of it, aside from the obvious achievement of creating a new mode of transportation for this world, you will get part of the profits earned from the finished product once its spread around. I will also pay for whateverbor and materials are needed for the construction. And if it turns out to be an impossible task, then I will pay you for the time spent aspensation for wasting your time. (Luna)


    I see. Then we will ept. (Vina)


    {Im surprised you arent mentioning the slip up she made.}


    In due time, Tamamo. (Luna)


    Vina, you know we can trust these people, right? (Damien)


    You can, but I dont know them personally, so I needed to make sure we werent going to be cheated or anything. (Vina)


    Had problems with that before? (ke)


    Yeah. But thats what I get for making a something that grants immortality after all. (Damien)


    You did that? Im surprised the gods didnt say do anything about that. (Ana)


    Never said they didnt. By the way, the God of Death is a very understanding fellow if you can get past the initial terror of meeting her. (Damien)


    Youve met the God of Death? (Luna)


    Yeah. When I made the philosophers stone, she appeared in front of me and warned me to never make another one. Something about it being something that can throw the bnce of the world out of order. (Damien)


    Im surprised she didnt take it from you and curse you for making it. (ke)


    That is why Im here. (Vina)


    So that was the case after all. (Luna)


    Indeed. (Vina)


    What are you talking about Luna? (Ana)


    Shes a demigod. (Luna)


    Wait, howd you know that? (Damien)


    Because I am too. (Luna)


    Oh. (Damien)


    {Now hold on, when did she have a daughter?}


    My mother married her Apostle and had me 22 years ago, Lady Tamamo. (Vina)


    {When did she get an Apostle? I know I havent been caught up on everything for the past 17 years, but would have remembered hearing about the God of Death getting an Apostle and marrying them.}


    It was a quiet thing. Not many actually knew about it until I started travelling with Sir Damien. (Vina)


    Who are you talking to? (Damien)


    I pulled my mirror out of my inventory and Tamamos face appeared.


    Oooo. Very fluffy and beautiful. (Damien)


    *Smack*


    Ouch. (Damien)


    Vina smacked Damien on the back of the head.


    Damien, Im not going to say anything since it was apliment, but dont go any farther than that. Shes mine. (Luna)


    Dont worry, Miss Luna, Ill have a nice chat with himter. (Vina)


    Just Luna is fine. (Luna)


    Wait, if youre a demigod, then why are you acting as a maid? (ke)


    Because its fun. (Vina)


    And what about you marrying him? (Luna)


    Because hes cute (Vina)


    Vina started to blush and I started grinning and chuckling.


    {Ah, so thats what you meant by due time.}


    Can we get back on track here? (Ana)


    Right. Luna, what did you need to call Damien here for in regards to building the ships? (ke)


    Mostly to deal with magic crystals since alchemists are the best with dealing with them. I want to use them for either a power source or for the mechanism to make the ships fly. This is also where Anaes in. As the top authority on gravity magic aside from Tamamo, Ill need your help as well. ke is for any metal work that needs to be done and I am providing the ships, materials, and funding for anything else we dont have. (Luna)


    You are quite prepared. (Vina)


    Well yeah. I wouldnt call Damien here without being prepared. Ive had ships for months and its not like I sail on the open seas very often. (Luna)


    When did you learn how to do that? (Ana)


    Skadi taught me after wemandeered the ships. (Luna)


    Is Miss Skadi travelling with you? (Vina)


    Yeah, shes a part of my party. (Luna)


    I see. Would it trouble either of you if I met her as well? Id like to try and meet all the demigods that are in the mortal world all the time at least once. (Vina)


    Once were done here, Ill bring you to meet her. Though I cant help you find Apollo. (Luna)


    This is enough. Ill meet him at some point. (Vina)


    Wait, lets go back for a second, youre a demigod too!? (Damien)


    Ok, first, stop yelling, and second, why are you still stuck on that? The more important thing is the flying ships. (Luna)


    Vina, did you know about this in the first ce? (Damien)


    I knew that there were other demigods in the mortal world and that one of them was a kitsune, but I didnt think she was the person we were going to meet. I figured it out the second she teleported here. (Vina)


    I see. (Damien)


    Luna, do you have a ce for us to work on these ships? We cant really do that here after all. (ke)


    Yeah. I have an ind with some docks. (Luna)


    Will we be staying there while working on them, or will we be going back and forth? (Ana)


    Either. Depends on who wants to do what. (Luna)


    Then shall we start tomorrow? (Damien)


    Sounds good. Come with me and Ill get you a room at the shrine. You can also meet Skadi there, Vina. (Luna)


    She nodded her head and we all stood up. I left kes shop with Damien and Vina on tow and led them to the shrine.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hold up, she really married someone and had a kid!?


    Yeah.


    Atmos: You knew about it!?


    Obviously.


    Atmos: Why''d you never say anything about that!? It''s kind of important!


    Order: Would you please stop yelling?


    Atmos: Sorry.


    No one ever asked.


    Atmos: What is the Authority she has ess to?


    Swords. Her father was a mortal that was highly proficient in swordsmanship. The god of death made him her Apostle after he died and after a while they got married and had a kid. Since Death is a concept that only one god can hold, her daughter got something from her father that manifested as an Authority. Of course, it''s only a partial Authority, but one all the same.


    Atmos: To think that she would actually get married and have a kid. I never figured she was the type to settle down like that, though it would exin why she''s been so quiet recently as well.


    Order: Was she someone like you, Atmos?


    Atmos: No, but she was more social than she has been. She must have gotten really lucky since it''s not every day a god has a child.


    Order: Yeah.


    Atmos: Payto.


    Don''t say a word, Atmos. That is something even I have no control over. And Order, don''t worry, we have eternity to keep trying.


    Order: *Hugs my arm and nuzzles into it*

 Chapter 238: More Fluff with Tamamo

    Chapter 238: More Fluff with Tamamo


    [Luna POV]


    When we got to the gate of the shrine, Skadi was walking in our direction. When she saw the two people following me, she spoke.


    I was wondering why I felt the presence of another demigod. (Skadi)


    Yeah, I was surprised as well. (Luna)


    Its nice to meet you. I am Vina, the daughter of the god of death. (Vina)


    I am Damien Crowe, wandering alchemist extraordinaire. (Damien)


    Skadi, daughter of the goddess of the sea or more famously, Skadi the Abyssal Hunter. (Skadi)


    Skadi shook both of their hands before we all started to enter the shrine.


    So, the god of death got married, thats surprising. (Skadi)


    Everyone that learns that says that. Is mom infamous or something? (Vina)


    Not infamous, call it an upational hazard or something. She gives off an unapproachable feeling to most people, so everyone assumes she wouldnt get married and stuff. (Skadi)


    Ah, that makes sense. (Vina)


    Im curious, have you seen her recently? (Luna)


    Yes, why? (Vina)


    Has she said anything about a certain pair of mongrels? (Luna)


    Yes. She is taking her time with them since she said they were really cursed. Though she was surprised the first time she saw them get wounds from arrows randomly. (Vina)


    Fufufufufu. Ahahahahaahahahahahaha! Good. (Luna)


    You know, as much as they deserve it, isnt that reaction a bit much? (Damien)


    No. (Luna)


    You know, I didnt know you all that well in the past, but I could have sworn you werent this vindictive. (Damien)


    Its a kitsune thing. (Skadi)


    Ah, makes sense. Wait, does that mean you also like messing with people? (Damien)


    While not as much as Atmos, yes. Its quite fun. Especially with illusion magic. (Luna)


    I am suddenly very scared of you now. (Damien)


    Dont be, Luna isnt letting her nature run wild recently, so youre safe. (Skadi)


    Indeed. And well be busy for the foreseeable future, so you most likely wont see that happen either. (Luna)


    We entered the shrine and I led the way to where the guest rooms are.


    Do you two want a single room, or two separate rooms? (Luna)


    A single is fine. (Vina)


    Alright. (Luna)


    H-hey. (Damien)


    I nced at Damiens face to see he was a bit embarrassed. This caused me to smirk a little.


    Oh, so the married life is still fresh, eh. (Luna)


    This time they both blushed and looked away from me.


    {Luna, leave it at that for now.}


    Fine. (Luna)


    We stopped in front of an empty guest room.


    Here we are, if you need anything, just find someone and say that youre my guests. See you both tomorrow. (Luna)


    Me and Skadi left the two to their own devices and walked away. As we passed by Skadi and Ophidias room, she bid me a good night. When I made it to my room, I set up a domain and Tamamo appeared.


    So many revtions today huh.


    {Indeed.}


    So, where did we leave off earlier?


    {I just finished brushing your tails.}


    I see. Hmmm. Do I start on yours, or do we do something else?


    {How about this?}


    Tamamo wrapped her arms around my neck and started to kiss me. We stayed like that for some time until I needed to breathe.


    Stupid bodily limitations.


    {Now now, dont be like that. At least were both satisfied.}


    True.


    I moved to sit next to Tamamo and leaned my head on her shoulder.


    Hey Tamamo.


    {Yes Luna?}


    I love you.


    {I love you too.}


    I hugged Tamamo closely and held her for several minutes before letting go. I then pulled out my special brush and turned to her.


    Now, lets see just how fluffy your tails can get when we go all out with this brush.


    {Lets. I cant wait to put those annoying ones in their ce. Maybe then theyll finally understand not to call me old.}


    I channeled mana into the brush and started using my unique skill. The brush started to glow and I started going over Tamamos first tail. I was amazed at just how smoothly it glided over it.


    Tamamo, Ive done this brush a disservice. Doing this could cut the time we spend on our tails in half.


    {Only half?}


    Yes.


    I continued to brush Tamamos tails until they were perfect. Once I was done with the tenth one, she moved it in front of her and felt it.


    {Luna. This is absolutely amazing. Though it makes me worry for the divine domain when we do this to your tails.}


    Heheheheh. Well show them all the true meaning of fluff.


    As I looked at Tamamo, I felt a desire, well, many desires, but a particr one that I never felt before was more prominent this time. I patted her on the head and used my Abyssal Blessing skill. Tamamo shone in a silver light for a second as the blessing took hold.


    {What did you just do?}


    I used my Abyssal Blessing on you since I felt like it would work and it did.


    {Interesting. I wonder what I can do with this?}


    Tamamo looked at me and her eyes shone brighter for a second.


    {Ooo.}


    What?


    {I see. So thats what I can do. You blessing me with this allows me to judge the fluff of others.}


    Neat, but what exactly does that mean?


    {It means that if I see someone that I deem not suitable for fluff, then you as the Abyssal Fluff can give or take it away. You can probably do the same, you just never tried it before.}


    I see.


    I thought over this for a few seconds before I got what I could call a crazy grin.


    Ku. Kuku. Kuahahahahahahahahaha! Tamamo, I know what we can do to get back at those jealous goddesses that want you to get rid of your fluff.


    {Ufufufufufufufufufu. I know exactly what youre thinking Luna and I am on board with it. Should we get Atmos in on it too?}


    Maybe. She can help with making up the full n on how exactly we go about it.


    {Ufufufufufufufufufu.}


    Fufufufufufufufufufu.


    Meanwhile in the divine domain; the kitsune goddesses that are jealous of Tamamo:


    Why did I like, get chills just now? (KG1)


    No idea, but I felt them too. (KG2)


    For some reason, I feel like we are in for some trouble in the future. (KG3)


    And now back in the mortal world:


    *Sigh* Well anyway, what to do now?


    {May I make a request?}


    Go ahead.


    {I would like to sleep in your tails tonight. May I?}


    Any time. But I request to do the same tomorrow.


    {Of course.}


    I moved my tails and wrapped them around Tamamo as weid down.


    {Pure bliss.}


    Like that, we spent the rest of the night before the first day of ship construction.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Payto, are you sure you should have made that brush?


    Absolutely.


    Atmos: Alright.


    Order: May I have one as well? Sure, my tails isn''t really one to be brushed, but my hair is and I''d like to have it softer.


    *Snap* Here you go, I upped the effect even more than Luna''s.


    Order: Thank you.


    Atmos: You know, your existence is just a cheat.


    Do you want one to?


    Atmos: No. But I do want to experience what Tamamo is right now and what Luna will tomorrow. I especially look forward to experiencing this when they both have ten tails of ultra extreme fluff.

 Chapter 239: Otherworlder Collaboration Starts

    Chapter 239: Otherworlder Coboration Starts


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning, I woke up with Tamamos arms wrapped around me. It seems at some pointst night my tails unraveled and she clung to me to warm up. Her illusory clothes also got dispelled telling me that she fell into a really deep sleep.


    Fufufu. Tamamo, if you dont wake up right now, I might eat you up right here and now.


    She smiled a smile so small it might as well not have happened. I smiled seeing that and leaned in. I kissed Tamamo on the lips as I pinned her beneath me. After I did this, her eyes shot open and she wrapped her arms around my neck and pulled me into a hug. We stayed like this for several minutes before separating out lips.


    {Oh no, the big bad Abyss is going to eat me. I guess I should just ept it so that the world can be spared.}


    Fufufu. Silly little moon goddess, soon you will be one with the Abyss. When that happens, we will spread the Abyss of Fluff across the entire world until nothing is left.


    {Oh my, then maybe I should eat the Abyss instead.}


    Tamamo rolled over and ended up pinning me down instead. She leaned forward and started kissing me like I did earlier. Thissted for a good bit before she broke away.


    {Ill leave it at this for now.}


    Tamamo got off of mepletely and conjured some clothes.


    Tamamo, this kind of teasing isnt very fun.


    {I know and Im sorry, but if we kept going, then wed be in here for who know how long.}


    Iid t on my back again and let out a long sigh.


    {Ill make it up to you after youre done with your ships, so dont be like that.}


    Alright. We wont gopletely crazy that time since that will be saved for my eighth tail, but I look forward to it all the same.


    I got up from my bed and stretched.


    Tamamo, try to get Atmos over today and start nning up some things for those other kitsune goddesses. Ill add my input as well when I can.


    {Alright.}


    Tamamo came over and hugged me and gave me a small kiss before moving away.


    {Till next time Luna.}


    See you again.


    Tamamo disappeared and I dissolved the domain and left my room. As I was walking toward the dining room, I ran into Skadi and Ophidia.


    Hey you two. (Luna)


    Morning master. You seem a little agitated. (Ophidia)


    Dont worry about it. I initiated something that I shouldnt have, so Im reaping what I sow. (Luna)


    Ah. (Ophidia)


    That is indeed agitating. (Skadi)


    I me Tamamo for being so naturally seductive. (Luna)


    {Oi! I can say the same about you. It took a lot of willpower to stop where I did.}


    I know, it took a lot of willpower to keep from denying your departure from the domain. (Luna)


    You can do that? (Skadi)


    Yeah. If I can let people in, why cant I do the opposite and not let people out? (Luna)


    I meant keeping a goddess trapped inside. (Skadi)


    Oh. I mean, probably. She would most likely be able to force her way out if she really tried, but since its Tamamo, I doubt she would try that hard. (Luna)


    {I know for a fact I wouldnt.}


    And there you go. By the way, are you guys going toe and help out with the ships, or do you want to stay here? (Luna)


    I kind of want to take Ophidia on a sea date, so do you mind letting use to that ind and well go from there? (Skadi)


    I dont mind at all. (Luna)


    Im looking forward to this, Skadi. (Ophidia)


    Please do. There are so many things to see at the bottom of the sea. I look forward to seeing your reactions. (Skadi)


    That makes me curious as well. (Luna)


    Ill lead us on an undersea adventure at some point before you ascend. (Skadi)


    Alright. I look forward to that. Though wont that be a bit difficult? I mean I know you have that power that allows us to breath underwater, but wont that cause you a lot of trouble if we do that for an extended period of time? (Luna)


    Not really. My mom gave me some items for that just in case we ever decided to do something like this. By the way, she wants to meet you at some point, Luna. (Skadi)


    Ill add her name to the list. (Luna)


    We arrived at the dining room during this chat. When we went inside, we found Vina and Damien already there. Vina was wide awake while Damien looked like he was sleepwalking.


    Hello you two. (Luna)


    Good morning, Luna, Miss Skadi. (Vina)


    Morning, Miss Vina. This is Ophidia, my girlfriend and one of Lunas Apostles. (Skadi)


    Its nice to meet you. (Ophidia)


    Luna can already make Apostles? (Vina)


    I can and two positions are already filled and thest one already has a candidate. (Luna)


    You even have three Authorities!? Youre just full of surprises. (Vina)


    Vinaaaa. Do you have to be so loud? (Damien)


    Stopining and wake up already. Were guests here so the least you can do is act presentable. (Vina)


    Want me to help with that? (Luna)


    Depends on what you want to do. (Vina)


    Just a little ice magic. (Luna)


    Then by all means. (Vina)


    I snapped my fingers and a small piece of ice fell down the back of Damiens shirt.


    AHHHHH! COLDCOLDCOLDCOLDCOLD! (Damien)


    Fufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Oi! That was uncalled for! And when the heck did you get multiple tails!? (Damien)


    Oh, I forgot to put my ne on. (Luna)


    I quickly did that before turning to Skadi and Ophidia.


    Why didnt either of you mention anything? (Luna)


    I wanted to see how long it would take before you noticed. (Skadi)


    I am the same. (Ophidia)


    I was about to say something when dad walked in.


    Hey Luna, Skadi, Ophidia. (Deacon)


    Morning dad. We have guests. (Luna)


    Dad looked at the two other people in the room before he became alert.


    You. (Deacon)


    Hello again, General Deacon, its good to see you again. (Damien)


    Hello, Alchemist. Stay away from my wife. (Deacon)


    *Sigh* That is the same reaction Ive gotten from every other general except General Lia and Princess Knight Nia who I havent seen since the Fiend season. I wasnt that bad. (Damien)


    Tell that to several of the female knights from every country thatined about you. (Deacon)


    A guy tries to peep in a hot spring one time and this is the treatment I get. (Damien)


    Oh. (Vina)


    I shouldnt have said that. (Damien)


    Every woman in the room started to stare at Damien with cold eyes.


    Oi! Why are you staring at me like that? If anyone else here would understand me, it should be you. In fact, you are in an ideal situation. (Damien)


    I wouldnt get turned on by any women aside from my wife so why would I waste time on doing something like that? And even then, Ive never been to amunal bath in this world. The closest Ivee to something like that is when Ive been on a date with my wife. (Luna)


    Oh, so youve gone the yuri route? (Damien)


    I may have been gender bent from my previous life, but that doesnt mean my tastes have changed. (Luna)


    I respect that. (Damien)


    Still, dont get any ideas. (Deacon)


    Dont worry, General Deacon, Ill make <strong>absolutely sure</strong> he wont do anything he wille to regret. He has me after all. (Vina)


    Ill trust you on that. Now Dad started as he turned his attention to me. Why is there another demigod here Luna?


    Shes his wife and daughter of the god of death. If you want the whole story then ask them since I dont know all of it either. (Luna)


    I see. (Deacon)


    Vina, how do people keep figuring that out? I thought it was supposed to be a secret. (Damien)


    Thats because most people around me have some form of connection to gods. Demigods and Apostles can tell if other people are demigods or Apostles as far as I know, so thats whats going on. (Luna)


    Exactly. In fact, the only person that Ive seen since yesterday that wasnt an Apostle was that kitsune that left with the vampire. (Vina)


    Did you say vampire!? (Damien)


    Damien was about to stand up but I used my chain to tie him to his chair.


    Dont get any ideas, Damien. Shes my best friend and Apostle, so you are not allowed to do anything to her. (Luna)


    Master, calm down, youre letting your intimidation run loose. (Ophidia)


    Miss Luna, please let him go. (Vina)


    Not until he promises not to do anything weird to Velvet. If he does, hell have two angry kitsune after him, and he wont like that very much. (Luna)


    I promise I wont do anything to her. Ever since I made the philosophers stone, Ive given up on my vampire obsession. All I want to know now is the difference between the vampires of this world and ourst one. (Damien)


    I squinted my eyes at him before deciding he was telling the truth. I retracted my chains and he let out a relieved sigh.


    Honestly, what is up with beastkin being so overprotective? (Damien)


    Its just how we are. (Luna, Deacon, Vina)


    Hahahaha. (Skadi)


    Heheheh. (Ophidia)


    Soon enough some of the shrine staff brought in some food and all of us present started to eat. Once we were done, dad got up and left.


    Ill be in the training grounds. Call me if anything happens Luna. (Deacon)


    Dont worry dad, well be going somewhere to start on the ships once ke and Ana get here. (Luna)


    Alright. (Deacon)


    As dad left the room, Mio entered.


    Morning nya. (Mio)


    She said nya. I didnt think cat beastkin said that. (Damien)


    Hey Mio. Are you going toe with us to the pirate ind or stay here while we work on the ships? (Luna)


    Ill stay here nya. Im going to spend some more time with Fen nya and this ce is the easiest way for me to do so without bothering Goddess Tamamo nya. (Mio)


    {Its no trouble for me to summon you here though. And even if it was, Id still be the one sending you to Fenrirs ce.}


    Ah nya. Thats true nya. Then I guess Ille along since it wont change anything in the end nya. (Mio)


    Alright. Then that leaved Soleil and Velvet. (Luna)


    Leaves us for what, big sis? (Soleil)


    If the two of you areing to help out with the ships. (Luna)


    I wanted to help with what I can. (Soleil)


    And I dont see why I would want to be left behind. (Velvet)


    Guess all of us are going to the ind then. (Luna)


    Um, isnt this too many people for one person to teleport? (Damien)


    When Damien asked this question, Velvet noticed he was here and froze up.


    One, Velvet, calm down, hes promised not to do anything, and two, its no problem. Ophidia can also use space magic to teleport to the ind were going to. Also, Vina will be able to as well once shes been there once. (Luna)


    You know I have space magic? (Vina)


    Yeah. Thats were you got the tea from yesterday and I know for a fact that Damien wasnt the one carrying it in his inventory. Not to mention that I can tell when you use it. (Luna)


    Ah. Guess I still have a ways to go before making it unnoticeable. (Vina)


    Um, miss vampire, may I have a bit of your time at some point? I would like to ask a few things. (Damien)


    Um. Sure? As long as Soleil is allowed to be there as well. (Velvet)


    Thats fine. More than fine. (Damien)


    So, Im guessing were waiting for mom and dad? (Soleil)


    Yeah. You two stayed over therest night, right? (Luna)


    Yeah. They shouldnt be long. Dad just had to pack up some stuff. (Soleil)


    Alright. (Luna)


    Everyone then sat down and started to chat some more while we waited for thest two arrivals. Around 30 minutester they arrived. After the usual greetings and some light banter, we all got up and got ready to teleport. Since there were so many people this time, me and Ophidia had to make multiple trips. The ce we decided to bring everyone was the mansion on the ind. After everyone went and chose a room to stay in during our stay here, I led the way to the docks.


    Feels like Im in a game. (ke)


    Indeed. (Damien)


    It was even more like one when it was full of pirates. Honestly, it was kind of fun sneaking around and picking them off one by one. (Luna)


    I agree nya. Theres something about sneaking up on unsuspecting prey and silently taking them out that gets you going nya. (Mio)


    Indeed. (Ophidia)


    I can understand Miss Mios point, but why is Miss Ophidia agreeing? (Damien)


    Despite my looks, Im not human. If we want to go into technicalities, Im a monster. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia then transformed into hermia form before transforming back into her human form.


    Amia? (Damien)


    No, Im a serpent, its just that my original form is too big, and I didnt feel like shrinking myself while in that form. (Ophidia)


    Oh. Thats still interesting. (Damien)


    We finally made it to the entrance to the docks. As we proceeded through the pathway in the cave, I lit the torches with some fox fire. When we got to the main part of the cave where the docs were located, the people that havent been here before were impressed.


    These pirates had a good sense of aesthetic. Cave hidden behind a waterfall on a secluded ind. (ke)


    I agree. The only thing thats missing is some ancient puzzles or some sort of overgrown temple and wed have the perfect setting for a game. (Damien)


    They then turned to me with expecting looks.


    None of those things are here. It was one of the first things I checked after all everything calmed down here. (Luna)


    When did you do that, big sis? We were pretty busy that whole time. (Soleil)


    I hardly ever sleep anymore, remember. (Luna)


    Oh yeah. (Soleil)


    Luna, what have me and your mother told you about that? Sleep is important, even if you dont think it is. (Ana)


    Ive said it before that I hardly need to sleep. (Luna)


    No backtalk. Even if your body doesnt need it, that doesnt mean your mind doesnt as well. (Ana)


    Thats what healing magic is for. (Luna)


    Luna! (Ana)


    Fine. I get it. (Luna)


    Now, how long has it been since youve actually slept? (Ana)


    I sleptst night. (Luna)


    Hmmm. (Ana)


    {She did, I was there as well.}


    Fine. But you are not allowed to avoid sleep from now on. (Ana)


    Geez. Im not a kid anymore. (Luna)


    Hey ke, are we really sure shes reincarnated? Shes acting like she isnt mentally older than her biological age. (Damien)


    Ive learned to just not question it. (ke)


    Oi! Dont think I didnt hear that. (Luna)


    I decided to just move on from this whole conversation and get things moving again. I lit the rest of the torches in the cave before moving to one of the piers. I then put one of the ships from my inventory into the water.


    When you said ship, I was thinking it was going to be something like a brig, not a galleon. (Damien)


    Damien, if theres one thing you learn about me while were working together, its that I dont skimp on things like this. If Im going to have a flying ship, then it might as well be an impressive one. And in my opinion, you cant get more impressive than a flying galleon. (Luna)


    Fair enough. (Damien)


    I can see where youreing from with that Luna, but did you really need to name it the Argo? (ke)


    Its thematic. Ive run into a lot of stuff that was prominent in Greek mythology in this world. Heck, Im already doing the twelvebors. And, just for some final spice on things, my previous name was Jason. This world is basically begging me to have my own Argonauts. Too bad my partys name is Steris. (Luna)


    Anyway, lets climb aboard. Then we can figure out exactly how were going to do this. (ke)


    I turned to Skadi and Ophidia.


    You two are free to go at any time. If were not here when you get back, well probably be either in the mansion here, back at the shrine, or somewhere else Ophidia can teleport to. (Luna)


    Alright. Lets go, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    The two of them walked up to the edge of the pier and dove in. The rest of us then climbed onboard my Argo.


    So, Im assuming you had some sort of idea on how to make this work, right? (Ana)


    Kind of. I was thinking that we can build something inside the ship that then casts constant gravity magic to keep it in the air until it either runs out of mana or the captain turns it off. How we do that though, is up to all of us to figure out. (Luna)


    *Sigh* Youve never been one for making overlyplicated ns. (ke)


    I know, thats one of the reasons youre here, ke. (Luna)


    Fine, Ill try and think of something that does what you want it to do. Just give me some time. (ke)


    ke went below deck to check the inside of the ship and I turned to Ana.


    Ana, since I know you probably want to get back to the shrine, Ill help you out with the part you need to do. I dropped all the mana crystals and mana diamonds that I had in my inventory on the deck. Please enchant these with gravity magic. Ill provide you mana when you start to run low.


    Alright. Soleil, Velvet, please help me out as well. I want you to hand me one when I finish imbuing it with magic. (Ana)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    Yes. (Velvet)


    Damien, think you can figure out any ideas with all of this? (Luna)


    Yeah, same as ke, give me time and Ille up with something. Vina, please help me inspect the enchanted crystals. (Damien)


    Right. (Vina)


    With the roles assigned, we all began our work.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: I''m excited for the finished product.


    I figured you would be. Though I have to say, I''m surprised you never tried to make a flying ship in all this time.


    Grey: Well, I''ve been busy since my hero days. Setting up the guild system, paperwork, spending time with Atmos, paperwork, and making sure Atmos doesn''t prank the world into oblivion. It''s a lot of work, so I''ve barely had time to actually do stuff like that.


    Fair enough.

 Chapter 240: Plans

    Chapter 240: ns


    [Luna POV]


    After several hours of assisting Ana with her enchanting Damien came up to us.


    Luna, have all of these been enchanted with gravity magic already, or are some still pure? (Damien)


    The pile on the left has been enchanted, the pile on the right hasnt yet. (Luna)


    Then save a good number of them pure. Also, get some that are enchanted with wind magic. You wont be able to always rely on natural wind after all, so its best to make something that can propel you when needed. (Damien)


    Alright. (Luna)


    I divided the pile of still pure mana crystals and diamonds in half.


    Ok, now Ill take some of the pure ones and the gravity ones to inspect them and see if I can figure out what to do further. Once ke is done with his inspection, send him over to me. (Damien)


    He then walked back over to Vina and got to work on his part of the project.


    Luna. (Ana)


    I moved over to Ana and ced my hand on her back and started sharing mana with her.


    Thank you. (Ana)


    No problem. (Luna)


    Ana continued working on her pile of enchanting while Velvet and Soleil handed her the materials. ke then came back from below deck.


    Luna, you never cleaned the ship after taking it, did you. (ke)


    No, why? (Luna)


    You need to work on your assassination skills, some ces down there still have blood. (ke)


    Ah, yeah, I need to clean that. Ill do that at some point. Anyway, figure anything out? (Luna)


    I have some ideas, but I wont really know how well they will work without outside opinions. (ke)


    Alright. Damien wants to discuss with you about things. (Luna)


    Cool. (ke)


    He went over to where Damien was and they started discussing things. This continued for a while when Tamamo started talking to me.


    {Luna, Atmos will be here in a few minutes. Feel free to join the discussion whenever you want.}


    Ok.


    Several minutester, I heard Atmoss voice.


    So, what made you finally decide to stop ignoring those jealous idiots? (Atmos)


    {Them calling me old one too many times as well as them saying something about me shaving my tails.}


    I cant allow that for obvious reasons. (Luna)


    I agree, Luna. Thatment alone deserves punishment of the highest order. Do you have any idea on what to do, or is that my job toe up with something? (Atmos)


    {We have a rough idea of what we can do, but we want your input since this is one of the things youre best at.}


    Alright, give me the details. (Atmos)


    {Well, yesterday we discovered a method to increase the fluffiness of both of us to an even higher degree and we tried it on my tails.}


    Two things already, one: thats amazing and I want to experience this myself. Two: How is it even possible for Luna to get even fluffier? Like seriously, anymore and we might not be safe from the Abyss. (Atmos)


    Dont worry Atmos, you will be second after Tamamo to feel it. (Luna)


    Safety? Who needs it? (Atmos)


    {Ufufufu, anyway, once Luna finished making my tails even fluffier, she tried using her Abyssal Blessing on me and it worked. Now I have to ability to judge the fluff of others. I assume Luna has the same ability, but thats not important right now. Our n is for me to judge them unworthy of fluff and then Luna takes theirs away.}


    Hmmm. Aside from a newfound fear of the two of you, I think its solid so far. Now, let me ask, do you want this to be a private affair, or do you want to go public with it and have an audience? (Atmos)


    Depends on them. Im all for either, but if they actually attempt to do anything once their jealousy pushes them far enough, then it will have to be with the biggest audience we can get. (Luna)


    I like the way you think, but II was going to say I doubt they would do something since they havent in several thousand years, but if they somehow learn that Tamamo has gotten even fluffier, then they might actually do something. (Atmos)


    {Just let them try something. If theye anywhere near the tails that my wife loves, then Ill discard any n we make and seal them myself.}


    Wait, you can do that? (Luna)


    All gods have the ability to seal things, Luna. Its just that people like me and Tamamo arent proficient in doing so unlike, say, gods of justice whose main job is to uphold thew and seal anyone that breaks it too badly. (Atmos)


    That makes sense. (Luna)


    {I would advise against trying it down there, Luna. You never know how long they willst when you just start out and I dont want you to identally seal something for several millennia identally.}


    Alright. Ill hold off until you can spend some time to teach me properly. (Luna)


    With that settled, Ill think up several ideas and then let the two of you choose which ones you want to go with depending on the situation. (Atmos)


    {Thanks Atmos.}


    Anytime, my favorite kitsunes, anytime. (Atmos)


    With that discussion over, I turned my attention back to whats going on around me. I looked over to ke and Damien to see they were ying around with different metals and mana crystals for some reason. Ana was almost done with her enchanting and Mio was off somewhere doing whatever Mio does. Velvet and Soleil were happily flirting with each other while mindlessly handing Ana mana crystals.


    Luna, will you need anything else from me after this? (Ana)


    I dont think so, though if you want to stay you can. (Luna)


    Id actually like to head back. While it was nice toe here and help, I also have other things to do. (Ana)


    Alright. Thanks for everything youve done for this. (Luna)


    Dont mention it. But I do request that you take me on the maiden voyage once this is fullypleted. (Ana)


    Naturally. (Luna)


    Ana stood up from where she was sitting and came over to me. I then teleported her back to the shrine. I then went over to the two that were discussing what to do with this and that and the other thing.


    Hows the nninging? (Luna)


    Good. We have a rough idea on what to do, but its going to need a stupid amount of mithril. (ke)


    Ill use as much of my stock as I can, but I cant use all of it. (Damien)


    Im the same. (ke)


    Alright, let me check how much I have and Ill use it all. If its still not enough, then Ill figure something out. (Luna)


    All three of us then turned our attention to our inventories as we checked how much mithril we had to work with. I heard a thunking sound as ke and Damien cedrge crates on the ground.


    Lets see, I think well need about ten more crates of about this size if we want to have the bare minimum. (ke)


    Tch. I have only have five crates. (Luna)


    Hey Luna, go and ask Grey for some, he has more than enough sitting around collecting dust. Just tell him I said you could have it. (Atmos)


    And that solves that. (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Damien)


    Dont worry about it. Ill go get the rest of what we need, so Ill be back shortly. (Luna)


    They both nodded and I teleported to Greys office.


    Grey, I need mithril and Atmos said you had tons of it. (Luna)


    Hello to you to, Luna. Why do you need mithril? (Grey)


    For the ships. Well, one ship for now. (Luna)


    Ah, so its finally time for that. Take as much as you need, but let me apany you on the first official flight. (Grey)


    Ill add your name to the list. (Luna)


    Grey snapped his fingers and three massive crates appeared behind me.


    This enough for now? (Grey)


    Probably. Thanks. (Luna)


    No problem and good luck with the project. (Grey)


    I nodded my head before storing the crates and teleporting back to the others. I then ced the crates Grey gave us next to the others.


    Hows this? (Luna)


    ke checked inside.


    More than enough. Whered you get all this so fast? (ke)


    An investor. (Luna)


    ke nodded before pulling out a fist sized chunk of mithril from the crate. He looked it over for a few seconds before moving off of the ship.


    Luna, mind if I set up a portable forge here? (ke)


    Go for it, just mind any smoke. (Luna)


    I know. (ke)


    I then turned to Damien.


    So, what now? (Luna)


    We wait. ke needs to finish what hes doing and then its my turn. Youll need to put the finishing touches though. It will be your ship after all, so youll need to make sure that no one but you and those you want to can use it. (Damien)


    Alright. (Luna)


    Big sis, its time for everyone to take a break. (Soleil)


    Yeah, its time for lunch. (Velvet)


    Alright. (Luna)


    Everyone left the ship and started to make our way to the mansion. We told ke what was up and he started to follow. When we got back to the mansion, I went to the kitchen followed shortly by Vina.


    Youre cooking too? (Luna)


    Its a force of habit after all. Though hes a master alchemist, hes a horrendous cook. (Vina)


    That makes no sense whatsoever. (Luna)


    I agree, but its the truth. (Vina)


    Well anyway, shall we begin? Itll go faster with two people after all. (Luna)


    Lets. (Vina)


    Chaos Realm:


    Mio: Nya? Where am I nya?


    Fenrir: Mio? I didn''t think you''d be able toe here.


    Mio: Fen nya? I have no idea what''s going on but I won''tin if I get to see you nya.


    Tamamo: I forgot our Apostles cane here.


    Atmos: I did too.


    Tamamo: Fenrir, do you know where those two are?


    Fenrir: No, no one was here when I got here.


    Mio: Who are you talking about nya?


    Fenrir: The owners of this ce.


    Mio: Ah nya. Well, they''ll show up when they do nya. Nyow, myp is lonely, Fen nya.


    Fenrir: We can''t have that, allow me to make it not lonely.


    Tamamo: I wish Luna was here now.


    Atmos: Same, I am tempted to go and grab Grey.

 Chapter 241: Method of Shipmaking and a Promise Fulfilled

    Chapter 241: Method of Shipmaking and a Promise Fulfilled


    [Luna POV]


    Once lunch was done being made and everyone was served, we started to eat and discuss the ns going forward.


    So, how exactly are we going to make the ship fly with a bunch of mithril and gravity crystals? (Soleil)


    Well, Im going to make some framework out of the mithril that will then be made a part of the ship. We then alchemically merge the crystals with the mithril and make it into a system that gives the ship the ability to float. (ke)


    Of course, this framework wont only be inside the ship, but covering the entire thing. This will also require me to do some more alchemical magic to merge the mithril and the wood of the ship together. This will take a while and a lot of mana. (Damien)


    Vina, are you a demigod with infinite mana, or are you specialized in a different stat? (Luna)


    Im specialized in Dex and Def. I do, however, have high reserves of mana. (Vina)


    Then I guess Ill be on mana sharing duty again. Oh yeah, Soleil, we also need to start work on enchanting mana crystals with wind magic. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    What part of the framework will those be made a part of? (Velvet)


    Im thinking the sails. (Damien)


    And Im guessing it will be the same method to im ownership of the finished product like normal magic items? (Luna)


    Yeah. (Damien)


    Well then, sounds like we have our work cut out for us. (ke)


    Indeed. But its also fun. I look forward to the future when ships like this are more widespread. (Damien)


    Indeed. Though once we finish this one and make sure it works, I dont know if I want to stop at only three. Im kind of tempted to go for a fleet instead. (Luna)


    What would you even do with all of those? (Velvet)


    Who know? If I actually do make a fleet, then I could go and invade Himmels from the sky. Especially since I wouldnt run into much resistance now that a majority of magic cant be used over there. (Luna)


    Id join you on that crusade. Ive met a lot of people that came to this continent to escape from there. The stories they told of the ce werent great. (Damien)


    Well, its just a hypothetical. I can also see myself just ignoring itpletely and looking for other things to do with a fleet of flying ships. What those things would be only Gear and probably Atmos know. (Luna)


    Thats not how it works, Luna. Well, notpletely. (Atmos)


    Oh. (Luna)


    Once we finished lunch, we all moved back to the docks to restart our work. Soleil was sitting where Ana was earlier and enchanting away while I provided mana when needed. ke was working with the mithril and Damien and Vina went off to explore the ind a bit since they wouldnt have anything to do for a while and Mio was still somewhere. Since Soleil didnt have that many things to enchant, she finished rather quickly and she and Velvet went back to the mansion. Since I didnt have anything else to do either, I decided to talk with Tamamo.


    Hey, is Atmos still there?


    {No, she left a little while ago. Whats up?}


    I was just wondering.


    {Luna, have you told anyone else about that one ce on this ind yet?}


    You mean that secret ce that I found? I dont think Ive mentioned it.


    {Want to go there and set up a domain? I mean, all youll be doing is waiting for a few days at least, right? I might as well make it up to you earlier than we nned since we didnt know exactly how long this would take.}


    I like the way you think, Tamamo. Though I dont really think this is the time for those activities. We can still enjoy spending time with each other.


    {Then lets do that.}


    I smiled as I teleported to the ce we were talking about. It was a small natural hot spring near the top of the small mountain on the ind. I found it one night while exploring and thought it was a nice little retreat with a great view. When I got there, I set up a domain and Tamamo appeared beside me.


    {I have to say, this IS a nice view. Almost as good as the one at my ce.}


    I think yours is better.


    {Well anyway, shall we?}


    We shall.


    Tamamo instantly dispelled her clothes and walked into the hot spring before turning around to watch me.


    You know, I should really start to do that as well. At least when I know I wont run into the princess with the special eyes.


    {While I agree, I also like this as well. It makes things exciting.}


    I wont disagree.


    Once I waspletely undressed, I got into the hot spring as well. I sidled up next to Tamamo and we looked out at the view of the ind and sea. It was sunset right now and the sky was a multitude of oranges, pinks, and blues. As we looked at the view, Tamamo leaned her head on my shoulder.


    {You know, I really love hot springs. And not just because they give me an excuse to be close to you like this. Theres just something about them that makes them better than normal hot baths.}


    I agree. They just feel special.


    We sat in silence like this for a several minutes before Tamamo moved. She turned around and sat in myp before wrapping her arms around my neck.


    {I know we said wed hold off, but I never said I wouldnt get my fill of you, Luna.}


    Tamamo smiled seductively as she started to kiss me. We both enjoyed a long, passionate kiss before Tamamo broke away to let me breathe.


    {Ufufufu. As tasty as always. Makes me want seconds.}


    Fufufu. Thene and get some.


    This time, it was me who initiated the kiss and I pushed Tamamo back until she was leaning against the other side of the hot spring and I was in herp. The two of us went back and forth like this untilte at night when we decided to stop before we lost each other too much.


    {I think this makes up for this morning quite well.}


    I agree. Though I could also use a Tamamo shaped pillow tonight. Maybe then Ill actually sleep instead of doing other things.


    {Well, I just so happen to be free tonight, so that Tamamo shaped pillow might be in need of a Luna shaped person to sleep with it.}


    Oh my, what a coincidence. I just so happen to be a Luna shaped person.


    {Ufufufufufu.}


    Fufufufufufu.


    The two of us got out of the hot spring, dried off with some towels I had, and got dressed. Tamamo then left as I dissolved the domain and teleported to my room in the mansion before making another one. Tamamo appeared once again and the two of usid on the bed.


    Good night, Tamamo.


    {Good night, Luna. Have pleasant dreams.}


    Thats only natural, after all, youre at my side.


    After saying this, I closed my eyes and slowly drifted off to sleep.


    Chaos Realm:


    Mio: Um, is it fine for us to have seen that nya?


    Fenrir: I think so. All we really saw is steam and the asional sun beam after all.


    Atmos: To think that could actually happen in real life.


    Mio: What is she talking about nya?


    Fenrir: No idea.


    Atmos: It seems it falls to me to enlighten the two of you in the ways of culture as Payto did for me.


    Mio: Fen nya, the Goddess of Fate is strange nya.


    Fenrir: Mio, I love you, but how did it take you until just now to figure that out?


    Mio: Because this is the first time I have spent a long amount of time near her nya. I at most hear her when she asionally pops in to speak with Lunya and Goddess Tamamo nya, so I''ve only ever heard them messing with her nya.


    Fenrir: I see. Well, this is what a calm Atmos is like.


    Mio: Calm nya?


    Fenrir: Let''s hope you never see a bored Atmos. It''s a cmity that only a few people ever gat away from unscathed.

 Chapter 242: Even Serpents have Fluffy Moments

    Chapter 242: Even Serpents have Fluffy Moments


    [Ophidia POV]


    While master and the others were working on the ship, Skadi decided to take me on a date under the sea. On the day we started, the most we did was walk in a direction with hardly any change in the scenery of rocks, sand, and the asional giant fish. That night we found an undersea cave to rest. It was a strange feeling, falling asleep knowing I was underwater, but Skadis embrace more than made up for that.


    When I woke up again, my head was still fuzzy. I looked around sleepily when my eyes met Skadis shining red ones. I smiled happily and wrapped my arms around her neck as I pulled her into a hug. I nuzzled myself in the crook of her neck and let out a small chuckle.


    Ehehehe. Skadi all for me.


    Since I have a habit of unconsciously transforming into mymia form in my sleep sometimes, I wrapped my body around Skadis so she couldnt move as I removed my head from her neck to look into her eyes again. She had a gentle smile on her face as she freed one of her arms and started running her fingers through my hair.


    Hows my adorable serpent this morning?


    I simply smiled at her in reply. I was about to go back to hugging her when she stopped her hand behind my head and pushed our faces closer together. Our lips met and we both closed our eyes as we enjoyed this kiss. Once we separated, I waspletely awake.


    Are you fully awake now? (Skadi)


    I am, but I also dont mind just staying like this for a while if you dont. (Ophidia)


    While extremely tempting, I think we should move on. This cave isnt really the right kind of environment for that. (Skadi)


    Thats true. (Ophidia)


    I uncoiled myself from Skadi and transformed into my full humanoid form. I then held my hand out to Skadi and she took it. I pulled her up from the ground and we went over to the mouth of the cave.


    So, how far exactly is it to the ce youre taking me? (Ophidia)


    If we keep the same pace from yesterday, then we have about two more hours of walking. After that we have a brief dive and well be there. (Skadi)


    Alright, lets go then. (Ophidia)


    We left the cave and started the journey to our mysterious destination. As we walked, I looked around at the unchanging scenery. Just rocks and sand. Fish would asionally swim by but for the most part it was just us.


    You know, I expected to see more fish and other creatures, but there is hardly anything. (Ophidia)


    Well, this isnt the time of year that fish are in this part of the sea. Theyll be in warmer parts closer to shore or in the even deeper parts. These medium depth ces dont really get much activity until summer. (Skadi)


    I see. (Ophidia)


    Soon after this little conversation, I saw a change in the scenery. A little further in front of us was a sheer drop. It was like someone had stabbed a sword into the ground and then pulled it out. When we reached the edge, I looked down to see darkness.


    Now the fun part. We jump. (Skadi)


    Eh? (Ophidia)


    Hahahaha. Dont worry, itspletely safe. (Skadi)


    She came up behind me and picked me up in what master calls a princess carry before taking a casual step off the cliff. We plummeted down into the deep. I instinctively hugged Skadi tighter and closed my eyes. After what felt like hours of falling, Skadi spoke up.


    Get ready. (Skadi)


    I slightly opened one eye and looked down to see a stream of bubblesing towards us. When they hit us, are falling speed slowed down to the point where we slowly floated down.


    Hahahahahahahahahaha! I always loved that part. Anyway, were near our destination. (Skadi)


    I opened my eyes once more and looked at Skadi.


    Skadi, at least tell me what will happen the next time we decide to jump down a deep, dark ravine. (Ophidia)


    And ruin the surprise? (Skadi)


    Yes. While I know the most that would have happened is some soreness, I hate the weightless feeling of falling like that. (Ophidia)


    Alright. (Skadi)


    She put me down and I looked up. I could still barely see the light of the surface, but is was so dim that it looked more like an illusion than reality. When I turned my attention back to the scenery around us, I froze. The vista in front of us was stunning. Brightly colored formations were everywhere. Some gave off a mysterious glow and others let out streams of bubbles. In ces there wererge ball shaped formations that gave off orange and red glows and streams of steam. Multicolored fish and other strange looking creatures swam about.


    What is all of this? (Ophidia)


    Hehehehe. The beginning. This is the entrance to the ce I call the coral forest. Once we head inside, it will be like an entirely different world than the one youre used to. (Skadi)


    She grabbed my hand and started leading me in the direction of the coral forest. As we passed by the ce Skadi called the entrance, the vibrancy of the entire area increased even more. It was a mesmerizing sight. Corals gave off multicolored lights that lit up the area like the sun. This light reflected off of crystalline structures that gave this ce a truly otherworldly feeling.


    This ce is beautiful. (Ophidia)


    I would have agreed with you in the past, but recently, Ive found something even more beautiful than this ce. (Skadi)


    I turned my attention to her to see she was staring at me. This made my heart skip a beat and I felt my face heat up.


    Now, let me show you around. There are a lot of things to see here. (Skadi)


    She started leading me by the hand again. The ce she led me to was inside a giant coral formation. We entered through a giant opening and in the center I saw a shiny jewel that gave off a soft purple light. There were offshootsing from the jewel that connected to the walls of the coral and every so often bolts of lightning shot from the jewel.


    This is called a lightning pearl. Its made of highly condensed mana kind of like a mana diamond, but it somehow was naturally imbued with lightning magic. Normally they are as small as a normal pearl, but this one is special. This is the reason this entire ce is the way it is. Normally coral cant form this deep in the sea, but this giant lightning pearl made it possible. (Skadi)


    Its amazing. (Ophidia)


    We admired the lightning pearl for several minutes before moving on. We walked around some of the giant corals before arriving before another hollow formation. This one however, was surrounded by fish and other sea creatures making it look alive.


    That is actually a giant sea creature. It constantly sucks in water on one side and filters nkton for its sustenance while it spits out condensed stuff that other scavenging sea creatures love. Those scavengers, in turn, protect the main body from threats. (Skadi)


    How interesting. (Ophidia)


    Yep. Now, lets move on. (Skadi)


    As we walked, I asked about something that Ive been wondering about.


    Skadi, what are these other crystal things that are everywhere? (Ophidia)


    I honestly dont know; theyve always been a part of this ce. They seem like mana crystals, but also give off a more powerful feeling. Thats why I try not to get too close to them. When I do, it feels like Im too close to something I shouldnt be. (Skadi)


    Then is it really safe to be here? (Ophidia)


    In my mind, its safe as long as we dont touch those crystals. (Skadi)


    Alright. (Ophidia)


    As we walked, I saw something that looked out of ce in this environment. It was a massive ship that wasying broken in two. It was bigger than all three of masters shipsbined and it was pierced here and there with massive pirs of bubbling stone.


    This is? (Ophidia)


    An ancient shipwreck of course. As for how a ship managed to get to this ce, I have no idea, but it did. When I first discovered this ce, I was just as surprised as you are. Now, this shipwreck is like my own little undersea retreat. I managed to repair several ces on it and then pushed all of the water out of it. I used toe here all the time when I got bored of the surface and didnt feel like going to the divine domain. (Skadi)


    Im impressed. But Im wondering what those bubbling rock spears are. (Ophidia)


    They are spines from a monster that got here a long time ago. It was after the lightning pearl, so I decided to fight it to keep it away. During the fight it shot out those spines and hit the shipwreck. (Skadi)


    What happened in the end? (Ophidia)


    I killed it. Stupid thing would just keeping back if I didnt. After that, I sold its corpse to some wandering mermaid merchants. Now that I think about it, I wonder if that thing was a menace to more than just this ce? I mean, those merchants looked at me like I was some sort of savior and when I brought that mermaid back from the pirate ind, I was given a heros wee. (Skadi)


    How long do merfolk live anyway? (Ophidia)


    About the same as elves. And the whole monster fiasco happened about 350 years ago. (Skadi)


    Well, that must mean you did something good for them. (Ophidia)


    Guess so. Now, want a tour of the ce? (Skadi)


    I would love one. (Ophidia)


    We moved to the shipwreck and went inside. The inside of the ship waspletely different than the outside. It was covered in gold and silver and other precious materials. There were soft carpets in every hallway and room. It was like the people that built this ship wanted it to be a floating mansion or castle.


    I know what youre thinking, and no, I was not the one that decorated this ce. It was like this when I found it and it was a pain getting everything here clean. Especially the carpets. (Skadi)


    I was actually thinking that whoever built this ship must have wanted a floating mansion or castle, not your taste in furnishing. (Ophidia)


    Oh. Well anyway, shall we go and rx a little? (Skadi)


    Of course. (Ophidia)


    Skadi led me to arge room that had a bunch of couches and chairs set in a half circle and facing arge window.


    I did put that window there. Its made of sea ss so it can withstand the pressure of the water outside. (Skadi)


    That was a good choice. The view is quite nice. (Ophidia)


    We sat down on the longest couch in front of the window and looked out at the view of the coral forest.


    Before we getfortable, I need to ask, but how can we breathe in this shipwreck? If youpletely sealed it off and was at one point filled with water, then there shouldnt be any air in here, right? (Ophidia)


    Thanks to some stuff the merfolk gave me. Theyve developed magic tools that make it possible for people to breathe inside ces like this. I dont know how they actually work, but they do, so Ive never really questioned it. (Skadi)


    As long as it works, I guess. (Ophidia)


    Yep. (Skadi)


    We then sat in silence for a while as we watched fish swim in front of the window. As we enjoyed each otherspany, I moved over a little causing Skadi who was leaning on my shoulder to fall. Her headnded in myp and I immediately started to brush her hair with my fingers.


    Hehehe. Hows this for a change? Instead of my head in yourp, its yours in mine. (Ophidia)


    I could get used to this. Your thighs are extremely soft and smooth. (Skadi)


    Good. Like master prides herself with her fluffiness, I pride myself with my smoothness, be it in every one of my forms. (Ophidia)


    Hahaha. Thats such a you response. (Skadi)


    Why would it be anything else? We are the only two here. Of course, you are smooth as well, but I am smoother. (Ophidia)


    Pfft. Thats not what that means. (Skadi)


    Skadi started tough more as I was left in confusion. I tilted my head slightly to the side as I tried to figure out what she meant when Skadi lifted her head up and kissed me.


    Dont think about it too much. (Skadi)


    A-alright. (Ophidia)


    What are you getting all embarrassed for? Its not like a small kiss like that is anything that special. (Skadi)


    True. The only thing that kiss did was make me fall for you all over again. (Ophidia)


    Heheh. (Skadi)


    Sheid her head back in myp and looked up into my eyes.


    Ophidia, I am truly happy that I met you. Never in my wildest dreams did I ever think that I would fall so deeply in love with someone than I did with you. My life has been full of adventure, but after meeting you and the others, its taken on an all new light. (Skadi)


    I can say the same about you, you know. In the past when I was just a normal ancient serpent that guarded an ancient civilization, all I ever really cared about was when the next wyvern would try to go somewhere or if people would enter my territory to try and conquer it. After meeting master and joining her, I had a lot of fun, and that fun increased exponentially once I met you. It feels like the world has be more vibrant with you by my side, and Id have it no other way. I had always wondered what the emotion of love felt like, but I never would have thought it would feel this warm and electrifying. (Ophidia)


    We smiled at each other as we stared into the others eyes. Skadi lifted her head once again and pulled me into a tight hug. I hugged her back and we stayed like this for some time. I then heard Skadi chuckle a little and she pulled the two of us down. Once she was t on her back, my head ended up being hugged to her chest. The sound of her heartbeat was soothing. Combine that with the warmth of her embrace and I immediately started to feel sleepy.


    Skadi, are you trying to make me fall asleep? (Ophidia)


    Maybe. I do enjoy watching you sleep after all. (Skadi)


    Ahahah. Then by all means, watch as much as you want since it will be thest time you see it for a while. (Ophidia)


    Hehe. Have a nice nap, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    I smiled at her as I nestled into her chest some more. Thest thing I heard as the sleepiness took hold of me was Skadis soft humming and aforting feeling washing over me.


    Chaos Realm:


    Oh, I see we have a new face here.


    Fenrir: Yep, Mio appeared yesterday.


    Mio: Hello, I am Mio nya.


    Nice to meet you in person, Mio. My name is Payto and this is Order, my wife. We are the owners of this ce.


    Order: Good day.


    Mio: Thank you for allowing me to stay and spend time with Fen nya.


    Of course. You are wee here at any time.


    Order: Yes. Please make yourself at home.


    Fenrir: See Mio, I told you they were weing people.


    Mio: I never said I didn''t believe you nya, but it''s nyice to actually meet them nya.

 Chapter 243: Sun, Sea, and Fluff

    Chapter 243: Sun, Sea, and Fluff


    [Soleil POV]


    While dad is working on the things for the ship, the rest of us are free to do whatever on the ind. It was the second day we were here, big sis hasnt left her room, so me and Velvet decided that she is probably with the Goddess. Dad woke up early and went to start his work, and Mister Damien and Miss Vina left to explore more of the ind together. Me and Velvet were sitting inside my room of the mansion and trying to figure out what to do today.


    So, what are you feeling like doing? (Velvet)


    Hmmm. Well, I dont really feel like walking around the jungle since we do that a lot, so how about we go to the beach part of the ind today? (Soleil)


    Sounds good to me, we dont go to ces like this all that often after all. Not to mention that I kind of want to see you in a swimsuit again. (Velvet)


    I was thinking the same thing. Its a good thing I always pack it in my magic bag. (Soleil)


    Indeed. (Velvet)


    The two of us grabbed our bags and left the mansion after leaving big sis a note she probably wont even read and headed to the beach. We had to walk for a little bit through the jungle but once we got through that, we were there. The beach on this ind was quiterge. The sand was soft and a shimmering gold and white. The waves gentlypped at the edge of the beach.


    How pretty. (Soleil)


    Yeah. We really need toe to ces like this more often. Dont get me wrong, I dont hate forests and nes, but Id like to go to ces with more variety than just those two. (Velvet)


    Then lets bring this up with big sister. (Soleil)


    Alright. (Velvet)


    We moved further onto the beach and found a nice spot. Velvet pulled out arge nket and an umbre to block the sun and we set those up.


    To think I would finally understand it a little when Luna has random stuff in her inventory. I never actually thought Id use this, but never got around to taking it out. (Velvet)


    Hehe. (Soleil)


    I started rummaging through my bag to find my swimsuit and pulled it out. I looked between it in my hand, and a shaded part of the jungle that would be out of view and back. After a few seconds of deliberation, I decided to just forgo it and started stripping on the spot.


    S-Soleil! W-why are you doing that right here? What if Damien and Vina came close to here? (Velvet)


    Were fine, when they left, they went in theplete opposite direction from here. And besides, I only decided to do this right here since you are watching. I mean, its not like we dont see each other naked close to every day. (Soleil)


    Thats trueGuess Ill do the same then. (Velvet)


    Velvet rummaged through her bag again and pulled out her swimsuit before stripping. I had stopped midway through to watch and admire Velvets figure before snapping out of it and continuing myself. Once we were properly adorned in our beach attire, we moved to the water and walked until it reached our ankles before stopping and looking out at the sea.


    Velvet, do you think well ever have an adventure under the sea? (Soleil)


    I think I heard Luna and Skadi talking about doing something like that before Luna ascends, so we probably will. When, no idea, but Luna is good at keeping to stuff like that, so we just need to wait and see. (Velvet)


    Sounds fun, though Ill need to figure out what I can contribute then. I mean, most of my abilities involve fire or wind, and I cant really use that underwater. (Soleil)


    I can teach you how to use a whipsword like I do. Want to try that? (Velvet)


    Sounds fun, so lets do it. Ill take any excuse to be near you. (Soleil)


    But were near each other all the time, not that Imining about that. (Velvet)


    I giggled at her words as I went deeper into the water. When it was up to my chest, I turned around and sshed at Velvet. She put up her arms to try and block the water before she moved to get back at me. On the way, she lost her bnce and tripped. When she fell, I moved forward to catch her, but her momentum ended up bringing the both of us down. I made sure to fold my ears down and shut my eye before we went under the water. When I opened my eyes again, I was mesmerized, Velvet had a backdrop of shimmering water and her hair was freely floating. Her eyes seemed to sparkle a little as she stared down at me. It was so beautiful that I wish I could have painted it right here and now. My back hitting the ground was what shook me out of the moment and the two of us immediately got up. We took a few seconds to catch our breaths again once our heads were above the water before looking back at each other.


    Sorry about that. (Velvet)


    I got to see something good, so its fine. (Soleil)


    Did you get any water in your ears? (Velvet)


    No, I managed to avoid that at least. I never want to experience that again, so my reaction to something like that is fast. (Soleil)


    Its happened before? (Velvet)


    Yeah. It was once when I was really little. I was taking a bath and for some reason decided to dip my head under the water. After that, I could barely hear for a week. (Soleil)


    Must have been annoying. (Velvet)


    The worst part was that healing magic couldnt help. (Soleil)


    Why would it? Sure, it does a lot of things, but getting water out of ears doesnt really count as an injury or illness. (Velvet)


    I know that now. (Soleil)


    After that conversation, we spent more time ying in the water before we decided to go back tond and take a small break. We went over to the nket that we set out earlier andid down on it. It was nice and warm from the sun and made me want to curl up and take a nap. I wasying on my stomach while Velvet was sitting. She was looking out at the sea while asionally ncing at me.


    Whats up, Velvet? You know I dont mind if you stare at me. In fact, I almost prefer it to you looking out at the sea. (Soleil)


    Only almost? (Velvet)


    Ok, I absolutely prefer it. (Soleil)


    Hehehe. Anyway, aside from just wanting to look at you, I was looking at your tail. (Velvet)


    Is something wrong with it? (Soleil)


    No, its just got a lot of sand in it. (Velvet)


    Ugh. I hate sand. Its rough, and coarse, and it gets everywhere. (Soleil)


    Then why did you want to go to the beach? (Velvet)


    Because I get to see you in a swimsuit and that makes getting a little sand in my tail worth it. (Soleil)


    Ill give you that. Seeing you in a swimsuit IS one of lifes greatest things. (Velvet)


    I smiled at that before cing my head in my arms again.


    Anyway, feel free to admire me all you want, and then tonight when we go back, you can help me wash the sand out of my tail. Hows that sound? (Soleil)


    I like it. And you can help me wash my own hair, and maybe other ces too. (Velvet)


    She said thatst part really quietly, but not quiet enough for me not to hear it. I smiled at that before thefort of this spot forced me into a nap. When I woke up again, I sat up to see Velvet sleeping next to me. I watched her sleeping face for a few minutes before looking up to see what time it was. The sun was setting and the sky was a multitude of oranges. The light reflecting off the water made a setting that was perfect for a painting. I admired the scene for a moment before turning back to my sleeping vampire. I was about to nudge her awake when I got an even better idea. I brushed her hair out of her face and leaned in. My lips met hers and a few secondster, I felt her arms wrap around my neck. Velvets eyes flew open as the kiss became more intense. After a few seconds, the realization of the situation hit Velvet and she let me go.


    A, whyd you stop? (Soleil)


    Because I dont like kissing you when Im half asleep. I cant enjoy it otherwise. (Velvet)


    Then why stop after actually waking up? It doesnt make sense. (Soleil)


    Velvet pushed me down and then spoke.


    Because I want to be the one to initiate it this time. (Velvet)


    Our lips met again and her tongue fought its way into my mouth. Mine fought back against this invader and the battlested for several minutes. It ended in a draw when a chilly breeze blew across the beach causing us both to shiver and break apart from each other.


    Shall we change and head back? (Velvet)


    Yes. We have a nice, hot bath to take after all. (Soleil)


    We both smiled and a small blush crept onto Velvets cheeks as she caught the secondary meaning in my words. We both stood up, changed, packed up out stuff, and made our way back to the mansion. When we got there and went inside, we ran into big sis. She shed a small, knowing grin at us.


    How was the beach? Im thinking of taking Tamamo there at some point. (Luna)


    Good. Id highly rmend it. (Soleil)


    I agree. (Velvet)


    Nice. (Luna)


    We passed by her and big sis whispered to me.


    Want me to set up a domain around your room? (Luna)


    And the bathroom next to it if you dont mind. (Soleil)


    Big sis nodded her head and quietly snapped her fingers. The two of us nodded at each other and I continued on to the bathroom with Velvet.


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna: So, this is where you were, Mio.


    Mio: Hey, Lunya nya. I''ve been here for a while and have no idea how to leave nya. But Fen is here so I don''t really mind nya.


    Fenrir: Hello Luna.


    Luna: Nice to see you again, Fenrir. You two as well.


    It is indeed good to see you again.


    Order: Yes.


    Oh, and Mio, if you want to leave, all you need to do is think about it. Just know that you won''t remember much.


    Mio: Will I at least remember my time with Fen nya?


    I''ll allow that much.


    Mio: Thanks nya.


    Order: Luna, may I ask for a bit of your time in private?


    Luna: Sure.


    Order: Thank you.

 Chapter 244: Back to Business

    Chapter 244: Back to Business


    [Luna POV]


    It has been several days since ke started working with the mithril. While he worked on that, the rest of us did our own things. It seems like Damien and Vina found the hot spring near the top of the mountain on the ind since he wouldnt stop talking about it. On the fifth day of working, ke had finished most of what his part. When he told us this, we all gathered at the ship once again to see a neat pile of mithril objects ced on the dock next to the ship.


    Good work ke. (Luna)


    Thanks. Now if you all excuse me, Im going to rx. If you need me, Ill be sitting on the beach and fishing. (ke)


    Have fun, dad. (Soleil)


    Ill try to. (ke)


    He left the cave and the rest of us turned to the pile of mithril stuff.


    Alright. Damien stretched his arms in front of him while cracking his fingers. Lets get the magic and alchemy going. Luna, Soleil, Velvet, can you take the mana crystals and ce them in the sections of the mithril. Vina, help them out, Ill go and get the other processes ready on the ship. (Damien)


    We all nodded and went to work. I ced the pile of enchanted crystals on the ground next to the mithril and we all sat down. What followed was mind numbing work of picking up mithril, cing a crystal into the open slot inside it, and moving on to the next.


    Big sis, have you heard anything from Skadi and Ophidia since they left? (Soleil)


    Not really, but I think thats normal. Theyve been away longer than this before, so there is no need to worry. And even if something did happen, I trust the two of them would be able to handle it. (Luna)


    Thats true. What about Mio? She just kind of disappeared at some point. (Soleil)


    Shes with Fenrir, I think. Either that or she found a really good napping spot and decided to sleep there for a while. (Luna)


    She doesnt sleep that much. (Velvet)


    Then shes with Fenrir. (Luna)


    Once that conversation ended, the only sound that could be heard was waterpping against the ship and the sounds of metal and crystal being put together. After several minutes, I started another conversation.


    Hey Vina, whats it like traveling with Damien? (Luna)


    Its interesting. He is very random with the things he does, and that usually ends in us going on random adventures. (Vina)


    So, the two of you are married, right? (Velvet)


    Yes. (Vina)


    How did all of that happen? Like, whats the story of your rtionship? (Velvet)


    Well, I first met him when my mother learned of a mortal creating an item that could throw the bnce of the world off. She decided to confront this person in person. She appeared in front of him, warned him what would happen if the item he made fell into the wrong hands, and gave him a choice. Either keep the item and be one of her subordinates in her part of the divine domain. This choice meant he would basically have to die. The other choice was to give up the item and have a watcher assigned to him to make sure he wouldnt make another one. Since he is an otherworlder and mom has a penchant for being overly cautious, she assigned the second most powerful person she could to watch him. (Vina)


    Im guessing the most powerful would be her Apostle? (Soleil)


    Yes. But dad is always busy keeping watch over the souls of the damned that are waiting for moms judgement. Anyway, I was assigned the task of watching over Damien. At first, I took the job seriously but over time and several adventures, I fell for him. After that, I got him to fall for me as well and eventually we got married. (Vina)


    Huh. This may sound insensitive, but how clich. He basically lived an ideal isekai life. (Luna)


    He said the same thing. I never understood what he meant and every time I asked, he would just change the subject. (Vina)


    Now that doesnt sound like him. The way I remember him, he would jump on the chance to tell you everything about that. (Luna)


    People change, Luna. Youre a prime example of that. (Damien)


    I get that, but youre change is quite the drastic one. (Luna)


    Ive been in this world for 19 years, if a person doesnt change in that amount of time, then something must be wrong with them. (Damien)


    {Hes right Luna, this is something you need to learn or else your mind wont be able to handle living for eternity. Ill be able to help you, but you also need to be able to change every so often or else youll beak, and I dont want that to happen.}


    Hmm. Alright then, new, changed Damien, is everything on your end ready? (Luna)


    Yeah. How about here? (Damien)


    Were almost done. (Vina)


    Ok. Ill start working with the ones that are done. Bring the rest after. (Damien)


    He ced all the finished pieces in his inventory and climbed back onto the ship. We continued with the little amount of work we had left and once that was done, we climbed aboard as well. We went below deck to look for Damien and found him at the absolute lowest part inside the ship. He had a serious look on his face as he ced a piece of the mithril on the wall and held it there. Once he had it in a spot he liked, his hands glowed and the mithril looked like it turned into liquid and got absorbed into the wood of the ship. Once the light went out, the spot where the mithril was absorbed took on a silvery sheen.


    So thats how alchemy works. (Soleil)


    Its faster than normal alchemy. (Velvet)


    Velvet, I thought you gave up on being the straight man in these situations. (Luna)


    I did, I was just making an observation. (Velvet)


    Well, I do have level 10 alchemy skills. (Damien)


    So, how long are you thinking this will take? (Luna)


    I say about three days. After that, Im going to have to make one final touch to actually bring everything together. Speaking of that, Vina, can I ask you to start with that in the ces Ive already gotten to? (Damien)


    Yeah. What ink do you want to use, the one made with powdered wyvern blood, or the naga blood? (Vina)


    Hmmm. Go for naga blood ink, itll make the process smoother. (Damien)


    Alright. (Vina)


    The rest of us watched as Vina went to the end of the ship where Damien had started the alchemy process and pulled out a quill pen and a belt with vials strapped to it. She put the belt on and opened one of the vials before dipping the end of the quill into it. The three of us scrunched our faces at the smell that came from that vial.


    Ah, I forgot to say that this wont smell pleasant. (Vina)


    Ugh. Im going to step out. (Velvet)


    I turned to look at Velvet and saw she was extremely pale. Soleil noticed this as well so she grabbed Velvet by the hand and led her back outside.


    Sorry, I was careless. I forgot she was a vampire. (Vina)


    I wonder why she reacted like that? (Luna)


    I dont know either. (Damien)


    It has to do with the main ingredient in the ink. (Vina)


    Naga blood? (Luna)


    Yeah. There are some magical creatures and monsters out there whose blood changes after they die; naga are one of these creatures. The blood turns poisonous and, as a vampire who needs blood to remain healthy, she could tell. (Vina)


    That still doesnt help exin it that much, I mean shes smelled hydra blood before and she never reacted like that. (Luna)


    Hydra blood is extremely toxic, but this specifically targets things that would try and consume the blood. (Vina)


    Huh, so naga blood is basically vampire repent, or more specifically, a repent for anything with vampiric traits. Interesting. (Damien)


    Yes, yes, anyway, does this smell do anything, or is it just a deterrent? (Luna)


    No, Velvet wont be affected in any way aside from feeling nauseous until the ink is gone. (Vina)


    Alright. Now, what is that ink even for? (Luna)


    Its a catalyst. Since this will be arge-scale alchemical process, Ill need something that acts as a catalyst to bind everything into one full object. The materials of that catalyst also make a difference in the final product. Naga blood is useful for binding materials with high mana like the mithril and crystals. (Damien)


    Interesting. Are naga rare? (Luna)


    They are mythical beasts, so yes. We were lucky enough to kill an extremelyrge one in a dungeon once, so we have a near unlimited supply. (Damien)


    Good. I wasnt going to let you ask for any of Ophidias blood if you needed more. (Luna)


    Ophidia is a naga? (Damien)


    Yeah. A special one, but a naga all the same. (Luna)


    A light entered Damiens eyes and he looked like he was about to ask something when Vina interrupted him.


    Damien, I would highly rmend you reconsider what you are about to ask. (Vina)


    How did you know I was about to ask something? (Damien)


    Im your wife, if I couldnt tell what youre thinking, then I wouldnt be able to keep you out of trouble. And I can tell that what you were about to ask would be something that shouldnt be. (Vina)


    Ill let you know this, Damien. I like you, but not enough to let you ask for things from people close to me. If I do that, it will make it seem like Im treating someone I consider family as a source of materials. (Luna)


    I understand. The alchemist in me was close toing out. Ill push that knowledge out of my mind. (Damien)


    I nodded my head and the two of them got back to work. The silence during this time was an awkward one when Damien decided to ask me something.


    Luna, have you ever tried making something like paper tags? (Damien)


    Paper tags? (Luna)


    You know, the kind of things that onmyoji use. (Damien)


    Ooohhh. No, Ive never even thought about that. I mean, why would I when magic in this world is the way it is? (Luna)


    Fair enough. I just thought it would fit your image as a kitsune, so I wanted to ask. (Damien)


    Hmmm. Would they even work in the first ce? And if they did, what would they be used for? I mean, for purifying things, there is a version of fox fire for that. In the case of undead, healing magic also works. Seals I have no idea about but will learn eventually. In my mind, they would just be inefficient and maybe redundant. Why use them when they cost something to make that you cant either do yourself or hire someone else to do with magic? (Luna)


    For show. (Damien)


    You make a decent argument. (Luna)


    Really!? Thats all it took to shoot down all of your reasoning? (Vina)


    {Vina, you need to learn that when ites to people from other worlds, to just let the entricities go.}


    I though I had. (Vina)


    Tamamo, Im not that entric. (Luna)


    {I beg to differ. Youre almost as bad as Grey when ites to picking stuff up and throwing it in that inventory of yours. Not to mention that you need to be at least a little entric to be able to tease Atmos in the way you do.}


    What can I say, she makes it too easy to do that. (Luna)


    Vina, whats going on here? (Damien)


    Lady Tamamo is talking with Luna about how she teases the Goddess of Fate and how that makes her entric. (Vina)


    Um, isnt that kind of dangerous? I mean, shes the Goddess of Fate, teasing her sounds like an absolutely horrible idea. (Damien)


    (Luna)


    {}


    Do I tell him? (Luna)


    {I dont know. On one hand, itll be funny to see his reaction, on the other, it would ruin Atmoss image in his eyes.}


    Ill keep it between us. Its best if he learns about it on his own in the future. (Luna)


    {Alright.}


    Um? Whyd you go all quiet and look at me like that? (Damien)


    Dont worry about it. (Luna)


    Damien looked at me for a few seconds before turning his attention back to his work. I stayed and watched for a little while longer before I started to get overpowered by the smell of the ink.


    Call me when you need a top up on mana, Ill be outside. (Luna)


    Mmm. (Damien)


    I climbed back outside to see Velvet and Soleil sitting on an empty crate. Soleil was rubbing Velvets back as she still looked a bit queasy. I walked up to them and sat down.


    Hows it going here? (Luna)


    Im feeling a little better, but I dont think Ill be able to go inside the ship again. (Velvet)


    They said that all of that would be used up as the finishing touches of the alchemy process, so youll be able to go inside again after that. (Luna)


    She nodded her head in reply. I ced my hand on her back and started to use healing magic to help out.


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    No problem. How about you go back to the mansion andy down for a while. I know that helped, but you still look like you feel sick. (Luna)


    Yeah, I think I will. Mind helping me Soleil? I dont think teleporting would be a good idea. (Velvet)


    Yeah. (Soleil)


    Soleil wrapped one of Velvets arms around her shoulder and they started to make their way back to the mansion. Once they were gone, I sat back on the crate.


    Tamamo, what should I do while I wait for my turn to help?


    {Hmmm. Want to y some chess or something? No need to set up a domain, Ill tell you where to move my pieces.}


    I guess thatll work. Just be prepared to beat me every time.


    {Dont be like that, youve improved a little.}


    Sure, but not enough to contend with you or Soleil. Heck, even Ophidia is better than I am.


    {That doesnt matter, lets just have fun with it.}


    I like that way of thinking.


    I hopped down from the crate and set up the chess set. We yed for hours as I waited to be called to fulfill my purpose as a mana battery.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: *Sniff*


    What''s wrong with you?


    Atmos: They actually care.


    Order: Why wouldn''t they? One is your sister and the other is her wife. They tease you because they are close to you.


    Atmos: I know that, but it hits different when you actually hear it from them.


    I can get behind that reasoning.


    Order: Indeed. It''s always better to hear how people feel from themselves rather than from someone else.


    Atmos: Yeah. By the way, where did the other two go?


    They fell asleep over there.


    Atmos: Aww. How adorable. I never would have thought the sight of a cat sleeping on the back of a giant wolf would be cute, but it is.

 Chapter 245: Talismans of the Stars

    Chapter 245: Talismans of the Stars


    [Luna POV]


    It was now the second day of Damien doing his alchemy work on the ship. He had finished the entire bottom of the ship yesterday and he was now working on the middle floor. I had just moved back to the main deck after topping off his mana for the first time today and was now just sitting on a crate and waiting. I kicked my legs back and forth as I stared out into the distance.


    Tamamo, this isnt good. Im extremely bored.


    {Youre right, that isnt good.}


    Hmmmmmmmmmm. Oh, I know. Ill try to make those talisman things Damien talked about yesterday. That should keep me upied for a little bit at least.


    {Go for it. Do you know what to do?}


    Not a clue. Well, actually, maybe a small clue. I want to see if they will bepatible with ster magic. Then, maybe Soleil will be able to level it up faster while not in a domain.


    {Shouldnt she be the one making them then?}


    Who knows. Maybe both will work. Only time will tell, and even then, we need to actually make them to see if they even work.


    {Thats true.}


    I pulled out a stack of paper, some scissors, a small paintbrush, and some ink. I but the paper into long rectangles and stacked them next to me. I then picked one up from the pile and dipped the end of the brush into the ink. I made a palm sized domain next to me and looked into it to see what constetions I had already made.


    Hmmm. Which one should I try out first?


    {Why not go for the one that tells which way north is? It wont require another person to test it on.}


    Thepass it is then.


    I looked into the domain at thepass constetion to get the details and then started to draw the same thing on the paper. Once that was done, I used the ster magic spell on the paper and the ink glowed softly for a second before growing back to normal.


    {Did it work?}


    I think it did.


    I stood up from my seat and channeled mana into the paper. Thepass symbol started to glow softly and the glow grew brighter as I turned before glowing its brightest when I faced north.


    Well, I dont know whether to feel disappointed that it went so well or not.


    {Well, we really should have known it would work out well since all you are really doing is enchanting paper.}


    Thats truebut I was kind of hoping to go through more trial and error to perfect them.


    {Well, you are the holder of the partial Authority of stars, so maybe thats what made it go so well. I mean, that came with level 10 ster magic after all.}


    Also true. Level 10 is such a cheat really, it makes things so easy.


    {Maybe Soleil will have a harder time.}


    Maybe. Anyway, now that we know it works, lets get to making as many as I can.


    {Ufufufu. You sound so excited.}


    I enjoy stuff like this. Plus, itll keep me busy so that my kitsune nature wont run wild for a little longer.


    {While I wouldnt mind seeing you like that, I dont feel like being influenced by it and causing Atmos trouble today.}


    Youre being really considerate of her recently. Has anything happened?


    {Not really. We just has a good day of sisterly bonding recently.}


    Ah. Speaking of sisterly bonding, I should really spend a day with Soleil at some point in the near future. Ever since she joined us, its been mostly all of us together or just her and Velvet.


    {Then once all of this is finished, the two of you should go and do something before you start heading to your next destination.}


    I think I will. Maybe Ill even get her depth up some.


    {How deep is she?}


    No idea.


    The next talisman I made had a picture of a bow on it. I did the same thing I did with the first one and enchanted it. I then stood up and held the talisman between my index and middle finger, channeled mana into it, and threw it at the mouth of the cave where the waterfall was. After a few seconds of flying straight at the waterfall, the talisman looked like it burnt up and a beam of light shot out of the small domain I still had open beside my head. The beam sailed through the cave entrance and off into the distance.


    Im sure thatll be fine.


    I robotically turned around and sat back down where my papers were and got to work making more talismans. After a few hours, my hands were stained with ink and I had piles of different talismans piled up everywhere. I heard someoneing up from below and I nced over to see who it was. When I confirmed it was Damien, I went back to work.


    What is all this? (Damien)


    Ster magic talismans. (Luna)


    Whats ster magic? This world doesnt have stars. (Damien)


    For now. (Luna)


    Quite ambitious arent you. (Damien)


    Is it really ambition if its basically been aplished? All thats left for me to do is ascend and stars will be born. (Luna)


    I think so. Itll cause huge changes to the world after all. Damien said as he stooped over and picked up one of the talismans. So, what does this one do?


    Agi buff. Thats why the constetion is winged shoes. (Luna)


    Hmmm. (Damien)


    Damien channeled mana into the talisman and pped it on his arm. The constetion on the paper glowed and the paper burnt up leaving a faint copy of the constetion on Damiens arm. It was fainter than if the actual spell was used, but it seemed to have still worked.


    Ugh. Why does Agi have to also be linked to perception? Everything is all weird now. (Damien)


    Heh, get good then. If that insignificant boost messes with you that much, then imagine what the actual spell is like. Better yet, imagine what having EX level Agi is like. (Luna)


    Stats go that high? I thought they stopped at S+. (Damien)


    EX is apparently saved for gods and demigods. Other than that, stats can go up to SSS, or at least I think they can under special circumstances like mine. (Luna)


    The more you know, I guess. Anyway, I just finished the inner middle of the ship and am waiting for Vina to finish her part. Well start on the inner top soon. (Damien)


    So, need more mana? (Luna)


    If you dont mind. (Damien)


    I touched his arm and transferred some mana to him.


    Thanks. Also, mind if I take some of these? (Damien)


    Go for it, just not any of the ones with the image of a bow. Only me and my party can use those since they require me to make a domain. (Luna)


    Whats a domain? (Damien)


    Authority od Space stuff, dont worry about it. (Luna)


    Alright. (Damien)


    He picked up a small variety of the talismans and put them into his inventory. Several minutester Vina came up to take a small break and I repeated the exnation I gave Damien when she asked what all of this was.


    By the way, what was that sound from earlier? (Vina)


    Sound? What sound? (Damien)


    Ah, that was me testing if one of the talismans worked. It did and that is the end of this conversation. You will ask nothing more about it. (Luna)


    {Youre panicking, Luna.}


    I have no idea what you are talking about, Tamamo. (Luna)


    Oooo~k, so is anyone hungry? (Vina)


    Hmmm. A bit. What time is it even? (Damien)


    It should be a little after one. (Luna)


    Then lets eat lunch and then get back to work. (Damien)


    Me and Vina nodded. All of us pulled out something to eat from our inventories and ate while chatting for a bit. Once we were all done, the two of them went back below deck to continue working and I got back to making talismans. The rest of the day continued like this and by the time we called it a day, I had mountains of talismans the size of the paperwork mountains in moms office.


    Chaos Realm:


    Mio: Um, should I tell Lunya where that magic went nya?


    Fenrir: Nah, it''ll keep going and mess with that stupid continent, so it''s fine.


    Mio: If Fen say it then it must be true nya.


    Atmos: Hmmm. This could be good.


    Order: Atmos, no. As Goddess of Order, I say that these talismans shall not be used in pranks or other mischief.


    Atmos: Tch. You''re no fun.


    Order: Even I have to do my job sometimes. Payto can''t really deny you the right to use them since mischief causes chaos, so I have to be the one to do it.


    Atmos: What are you, my mom?


    Order:...


    ...


    Atmos: Ok yeah, sorry about that. That was going a bit too far. And I don''t have a mother to begin with.


    Fenrir: Atmos, this is one of the reasons why some gods don''t like you.


    Atmos: Yeah, I''ll shut up for a while.

 Chapter 246: Time to Sail the High Skies

    Chapter 246: Time to Sail the High Skies


    [Luna POV]


    When we got to the mansion that night, I immediately went to find Soleil, which didnt take long. She was sitting on a couch in a lounge with Velvets head in herp. When she heard mee in, she looked up and held her index finger in front of her mouth. I nodded before speaking with telepathy.


    <em>Soleil, I have an idea for something that might be able to help you level your ster magic. Ill tell you more about it in the morning since you are busy right now, but I want you to see if this idea works while were at the ship tomorrow. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Alright. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Also, what do you say to going somewhere, just me and you, for a day before we decide where exactly to go next? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Sounds good to me. We havent done anything just the two of us in a while after all. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>By the way, what is your depth? </em>(Luna)


    <em>86% </em>(Soleil)


    Hmmmm. Tamamo, think itll be safe to just go for it? (Luna)


    {I say two more times. Go for as much as you can this time while being safe, then go for the final push next time.}


    I nodded at Tamamos words before looking back at Soleil.


    <em>Me and Tamamo think two more sessions of tail brushing and we can get you to 100%. </em>(Luna)


    Soleil didnt say anything, but I could tell she was happy about this news. We talked for a few more minutes before I went to my room. When I shut the door, I set up a domain for Tamamo. She appeared sitting on my bed already in her sleeping clothes. I quickly took off mine before making some sleeping clothes with illusion magic.


    {Oh? Finally trying to get used to it?}


    Might as well. But Im going to stick with sleeping like this in the beginning, Im not confident enough to go out in public like this just yet.


    {Ufufufu. The only time you would have any trouble is when you are around that one princess.}


    Thats not it. Im just overly aware that what Im wearing isnt actually real. Im fine with it in front of you, but only because its you.


    {Thats understandable. And even if it does dispel, the only thing that will happen is I get a different good thing to look at.}


    And thats why I said I dont mind doing this with you.


    Tamamo chuckled some more beforeying down and opening her arms wide.


    {Well, what are you standing there for?}


    I smiled at her words before climbing into her arms and snuggling as close to her as I could.


    Goodnight, Tamamo.


    {Night, Luna.}


    I closed my eyes and fell asleep while enjoying the warmth of Tamamos everything. When I opened them again, I was met with Tamamos sleeping face. I smiled and nuzzled closer to her when I felt something off. I nced down to see that my clothes were dispelled at some point in the night.


    Oh well. Ill just have to somehow get used to using magic while asleep.


    I closed my eyes again and was starting to fall asleep again when Tamamo started to stir. She slowly opened her eyes and looked into mine. This would have been fine if her eyes had any light in them.


    {Ufufufu. L-u-n-a.}


    She wrapped her arms around my head and pulled me into her chest. As my head was surrounded by the amazingly soft pillows, Tamamo started talking again.


    {My precious star, stay with me forever. Ill never ever, EVER let you go.}


    Her hug tightened even more and she started brushing my hair with her hand. I enjoyed this situation for a little while before deciding that Tamamo needed to actually wake up. I snaked my hand around her and used a little ice magic just above her tails.


    {MIKON!}


    Tamamos tails went rigid and she immediately let me go.


    Are you fully awake now Tamamo?


    {I am but did you really have to use that method to do that?}


    Well, thest time I pinched you awake, you bit me, so I figured this would work out better.


    {I only bit your ear, and it wasnt even hard.}


    Yeah, and what followed after that?


    {}


    Thats what I thought. And while I would love for that situation to happen again, were almost done with the ship, so I want to get that done first.


    {I see that the illusion got dispelled.}


    Fufufu. Dont think I dont get what youre trying to do, but yeah, it did. Any advice on keeping it going while sleeping?


    {Either sleep alone or with me.}


    Really? No advice to constantly use magic while asleep?


    {Youd have to ask someone else. Ive never really tried doing that before. I hardly sleep after all and even when I have, its always been alone, so no one ever saw anything.}


    Oh. Well, if thats the case, then no real need.


    Tamamo got up from the bed and hugged me.


    {Well, Ill go so you wont be too distracted.}


    Ill see you again tonight.


    Tamamo then disappeared and I started getting dressed for the day. After I was done and left my room, I met up with everyone in the dining room for breakfast. After the usual morning banter, I pulled out several stacks of paper and sat Soleil in front of them.


    Soleil, take these and copy what I did here. I pulled out some of the finished talismans. After copying that, try enchanting them with the ster magic that corresponds to the constetion. Try one now to see if you can do it without a domain. If you cant, Ill set one up before going to the docks.


    Soleil nodded and quickly copied one of the finished talismans. When she tried enchanting it, it almost worked but before it took effect, the paper burned up.


    It felt like it was trying to take effect, but before it did, the amount of mana burned the paper. (Soleil)


    Now try another with a domain. (Luna)


    I made a domain the size of the room and Soleil tried again. This time, the enchanting process worked instantly.


    I guess having ess to the source of the magic makes it way easier. (Luna)


    Seems so. (Soleil)


    Well, Ill leave this up for you to do this. I want to see if making these and using them will increase your level in ster magic. Once you finish making them, ask Velvet to help you out and tell me the resultster. (Luna)


    Alright. Try not to get too bored today, big sis. (Soleil)


    Well see what happens. (Luna)


    With that done, I left the mansion and met up with Damien and Vina who had left earlier. They were already at work on the ship. I stuck my head down the into the ship.


    Im here now. You know what to do when you need me. (Luna)


    Yeah. (Damien)


    Mmm. (Vina)


    I moved away and went over to the usual crate while I tried to figure out something to do to keep the boredom away. As I whittled away the hours, I tried several different things. Currently, I was trying to walk on space. It hasnt been working with what Ive tried so far, but I wont give up on it just yet.


    {Luna, what are you going to try next?}


    I dont know.


    I paced around in circles as I thought about what to do when one of the rounds I walked caused me to stub a toe on my sitting crate. It didnt really hurt, but it gave me an idea. I moved back a little and covered my foot in mana. I then kicked the empty space in front of me as hard as I could and heard a crack. I looked down at my foot to see it hovering on what felt like solid ground and saw that the space around it was cracked like ss.


    {}


    Well.


    {LunaLuna, I have no idea what I should say about this.}


    I remained silent as I removed my foot from that spot and saw the cracked space slowly start to repair itself.


    Hmmm. So, I can do that if I want to climb straight up, but it doesnt solve anything but going up and down.


    {Youre going to roll with it!?}


    Why not? If it works, it works.


    {Ufufufufufu. Ahahahahahahahahahahaha! Never change this part of you, Luna. But now I have an idea. Why notbine your ice and space magic? If kicking space hard enough to break it works, why cant you just freeze space as well?}


    I like the way you think, Tamamo.


    I immediately tried what Tamamo suggested. I climbed space a little bit before attempting to freeze space in front of me to make a tform. It started to work very slowly. Once there was a tform big enough for me to sit on, I sat on it.


    {And, the verdict?}


    If I didnt have infinite mana, Id be passed out on the floor right now. Even now, its taking a ridiculous amount of mana just to maintain this small tform, and dont even get me started on the little amount of climbing I did. So, all in all, a good way to waste time, but not practical for everyday use.


    {Well, did you have fun trying to figure this out?}


    I had a st.


    Just then Damien and Vina came up top.


    Oi, you two done down there? (Luna)


    Yeah. (Vina)


    Um. How are you doing that? (Damien)


    Oh, you know, just freezing space. (Luna)


    Oh. CoolWait what!? (Damien)


    I said Im freezing space. Simple. (Luna)


    How is that in any way simple? Forget physics, how much mana is that taking to do? (Damien)


    Ummm. About as much as every mage on this entire continentbined? (Luna)


    *Sigh* (Damien)


    Tch. If only I had mana and magic affinities like that. (Vina)


    Eh, this was just to pass the time, so I dont n on doing this again. (Luna)


    I-I finally understand. This is the feeling ofmon sense dying. Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha. (Damien)


    Luna, why did you break my husband? (Vina)


    Hes not broken, just smack the back of his head and hell be back to normal. (Luna)


    Vina did as I suggested and Damien actually did go back to normal.


    Ouch. You could have geld back some. (Damien)


    Youd have been fine; Luna can use healing magic after all. (Vina)


    Can we just move on to thest bit for today? (Damien)


    Sure. Im assuming youre working on the masts and stuff now? (Luna)


    Those and the captains cabin. (Damien)


    I hopped down from my ice tform andnded next to Damien. I pat him on the shoulder while transferring him some mana. He thanked me and the two of them moved on to thest bit of work. I moved off the ship to give them space and decided to busy myself with some fishing. Several more hours and three more mana top-upster and Damien finished the first part of his alchemy. Vina finished an hourter and all three of us stood at the helm of the ship. On the wooden wheel was a veryplex looking pattern drawn in the same ink that Vina had been using the entire time. Damien let out a long breath and cracked his neck and knuckles.


    Lets get thisst part done. (Damien)


    He ced his hands on the magic pattern and his hands started to glow. The ink then started to glow the same color as his hands and the light flowed along the ink like a shining river. Several minutes passed before Damien spoke up again.


    Luna, put some of your blood in the center of the pattern here and start channeling you mana into the ink. Thats all thats left to make this ship yours as well as toplete the circuit. (Damien)


    He moved aside and I cut my hand with one of my knives. I dropped some blood where I was told before healing my hand. I then ced my hands on top of that spot and started channeling my mana into it. The color of the light changed to silver, and it started to glow brighter. After about 10 minutes, the glowing started to die down. I watched as the lines of silver light burnt up like lines of gunpowder until they all met once again under my hands. Once the lightpletely died, the ship shuddered for a second.


    Hahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! We did it! And its even better that I could have imagined! Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Damien)


    Would you stop being so loud!?


    *Cough* Sorry, but this is amazing. This isnt a normal magic artifact, its a divine artifact. (Damien)


    Oh, cool. (Luna)


    How is that your only reaction!? (Damien)


    I mean, yeah, its impressive that this turned into a divine artifact, but this isnt the first time this has happened, so its not as special. (Luna)


    What was the first time? (Damien)


    I pulled out my mirror.


    Twin mirrors for me and Tamamo that allow us tomunicate and see each other. (Luna)


    So let me get this straight, the first divine artifact you had a hand in making was a pair of glorified phones? (Damien)


    Take that back! They arent glorified phones! Do you know how hard it is to go 15 years while only being able to see your wifes face once a month? (Luna)


    Umm. Sorry? (Damien)


    Hmph. (Luna)


    Vina, what do I do in this situation? (Damien)


    I dont know. (Vina)


    {Luna, you can mess with themter, dont you want to try flying your ship first?}


    Youre right, Tamamo, messing with peoplees second to this. (Luna)


    She was messing with us? (Damien)


    I couldnt tell. (Vina)


    I ignored the voices of the other two and closed my eyes. I focused on the domain at the mansion and found Soleil, Velvet, and ke all gathered in the room. I tapped my foot and all three of them appeared next to us. ke fell onto his butt while Velvet quickly regained her bnce and caught Soleil before she could fall.


    A warning would be appreciated next time. (ke)


    Yeah, yeah, whatever. ke,e with me, were going to get Ana and one more person. (Luna)


    Is it done? (ke)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    I grabbed ke and teleported us to moms office. There I grabbed Anas arm and teleported away before anyone else could figure out what was happening. We then appeared in Greys office. He was standing in the middle of the room like he was waiting for us. He ced his hand on my shoulder and we teleported back to the ship.


    Luna, what have I told you about randomly kidnapping people with space magic? (Ana)


    To only do it for pranks or when I deem necessary. (Luna)


    No, to never do it. (Ana)


    Same difference. Now, lets get this maiden voyage underway! (Luna)


    I created a number of illusion clones that went about preparing to set sail. Soon the anchor was lifted out of the water and we started to move. After the ship exited the cave and we sailed far enough away from the ind my excitement peaked. I got a crazed grin on my face and started to channel mana into the wheel. Shortly after that the ship started to lift out of the water.


    Ku! Kuku! Kuahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Luna)


    Is this going to happen every time she pilots a ship? (Velvet)


    Eh, shell get over it sooner orter. (Soleil)


    We continued to ascend until the tallest mast of the ship brushed against the bottom of the clouds. I stopped channeling mana into the wheel and the ship slowly drifted. I gave up control to an illusion and walked over to one of the railings. The others joined me, and we looked over the world from on high.


    *Whistle* Now this is a view. (ke)


    Yeah. (Ana)


    Its so different from Atmoss map. (Grey)


    Grey, I have a hard time believing that you havent seen this sight before. (Luna)


    Never from the deck of a flying ship. (Grey)


    Fair enough. (Luna)


    Look at that. (Soleil)


    All of us turned out attention to what Soleil was pointing at to see animals that looked like manta rays jumping in and out of the underside of the clouds. They were quiterge and every time once jumped it would try catching something that looked like a dragonfly with eight wings. They passed above the ship and off into the distance.


    To think that its a literal sea of clouds. (Damien)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    We all stood and watched everything for a little while longer before I moved back to the helm. I steered us in the direction of the ind just in time to see the sun setting over the horizon. It was a sight that Ive seen thousands of times but it was different this time.


    This really is beautiful.


    {It really is.}


    Chaos Realm:


    Mio: *Shivering*


    Fenrir: What''s wrong, Mio?


    Mio: That looks so high up nya.


    Fenrir: Are you not good with heights?


    Mio: No nya. Not at all nya.


    If so, why didn''t you tell Luna?


    Mio: Because I didn''t want to ruin her excitement nya.


    Order: Mio, that''s no reason to not speak up.


    Mio: *Closes eyes and takes a deep breath to calm down* Nyaaaaaa. When I go back nya, I''m going to get over this fear nya.


    Order: Um? Did I miss something? Why is she resolved to do that now?


    She had an entire inner monologue just now.


    Order: Oh. What did she say?


    A lot of struggle with oveing the fear or being chained down by it, a lot of nya, some reliving of memories, more nyas, a final push of reasoning that overtook the fear enough for her to resolve topletely ovee it, a lot more nyas. So many nyas.


    Mio: Mister Payto, please send me back nya.


    Fenrir: I look forward to seeing you again, Mio.


    Mio: Same nya. Keep that spot in your bed warm for me nya.


    Fenrir: O-ok.


    *Snap* *Mio disappears from the Chaos Realm for the time being*

 Chapter 247: After the Maiden Voyage

    Chapter 247: After the Maiden Voyage


    [Luna POV]


    The sky darkened as we descended to the water. Once wended, the ship shook and Grey almost fell overboard.


    Oi, a warning would be nice the next time! (Grey)


    First time Ive done this so how would I know? (Luna)


    Grey just waved off my statement and walked over to another part of the ship. As we sailed back to the cave, I was about to ask someone to light thenterns for the ones that didnt have night vision, but the moon gave off enough light that it wasnt necessary.


    Thanks, Tamamo.


    {For what?}


    Being my guiding light on this dark night.


    {Ufufu. Any time.}


    I smiled and started to hum to myself while we went. After a little while we entered the cave again and I dropped anchor. We all disembarked and made our way to the mansion. Grey was going toe as well, but Atmos apparently had other ns, so he bid us all goodbye and left. Once we got there we all convened in the dining room where arge pile of paper was stacked. That caused me to remember what task I gave Soleil to do today.


    Soleil, how did it go today? (Luna)


    Doing that actually gave me a level. My ster magic is now level 7. (Soleil)


    Good. I guess if making these will help you level, then using them will as well, so lets try to get into the habit of using them inbat. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    What exactly are these, Luna? (Ana)


    Paper talismans, theyll allow us to use ster magic while stars dont exist. Or at least they will while I have a tiny domain floating around me. (Luna)


    Ana picked one up and inspected it.


    Hmmm. I feel a strange sense of affinity with these. (Ana)


    See, kitsune and talismans go hand in hand. Why did it take me asking about them to make them? (Damien)


    Um, hello, as far as we know, they will only work with ster magic, and only the people around me can use that for now. Plus, Ive been preupied on other things to recreate every small thing from over there. (Luna)


    That didnt stop you from making your own Gate of Babylon. (ke)


    She did what now!? (Damien)


    I red at ke.


    Luna, please teach Vina how to do that. Ill do anything you want if you do. (Damien)


    Oh, anything? (Luna)


    Y-yes. (Damien)


    Then what if I asked you to help out with two more ships? (Luna)


    Hehe. You dont actually have two more ships, right? (Damien)


    I smiled in reply.


    V-vina, please help. (Damien)


    *Sigh* Luna, can you make the request something else? While we normally wouldnt mind helping, two more ships is a bit much for now. We do have other ces to be. (Vina)


    Yeah, I was thinking the same thing. Ill save the other two for ater date. But dont be surprised if, when that timees, I have more than two. (Luna)


    Do you n to make a whole fleet? (Ana)


    Why not? (Luna)


    Luna, what would you use an entire fleet of flying ships for? (Ana)


    Um. Just to have one? Oh, I know, if there is a long thought dead civilization of people that lived above the clouds and they decide to send sky pirates out to raid thend, Ill be there to stop them. (Luna)


    Ana turned to look at ke. How am I supposed to reply to that?


    Im just as lost as you are with that answer to be honest. (ke)


    Big sis, did you somehow get drunk again? (Soleil)


    No. (Luna)


    Then maybe youre tired. (Velvet)


    She did say she used a lot of mana today, so maybe she actually is. (Damien)


    I have infinite mana, why would that matter? (Luna)


    Luna, even gods get tired when they use extreme amounts of mana in a short amount of time, even with infinite mana. (Vina)


    Really? Never knew that. Did you, Tamamo? (Luna)


    {No. Ive never been in a situation where I used so much mana in a short amount of time to feel tired, so I had no idea.}


    Guess Ill try to go to bed then. Night everyone. (Luna)


    I left everyone to do whatever and went to my room. After shutting the door and setting up the usual domain, I sat on my bed. The second I did that, tiredness washed over me like a tsunami.


    Ugh. They were right. I dont feel physically tired, but mentally is different.


    {Then why dont you quickly change andy down?}


    Mm.


    I put all my clothes into my inventory with a quickchange and was about to conjure some when I started falling backwards. My headnded on something soft and my eyes started to shut.


    HehGuess Illsleeplike this.


    My eyes shutpletely as I fell into the sea of dreams.


    [Tamamo POV]


    While looking down at Lunas sleeping face, I couldnt help but smile.


    {Ufufu. Sleep well, Luna. A good nights rest after an exciting day will do you good. Not that Im qualified to speak of sleep.}


    I started running my hand through Lunas hair before hugging her closer to my chest. I closed my eyes as well and started humming a song that Atmos taught me a long, long time ago. A short timeter I fell asleep as well.


    [Luna POV]


    When I opened my eyes again, all I saw was darkness. My head was sandwiched in a valley of softness and I could hear calm, slow breathing next to my ears. I smiled a small smile before thinking back onst night.


    That was a weird yet nice dream. Though I could have done without the whole sailing upside down part.


    As I remembered the dream I hadst night, Tamamo started to wake up. I half expected to be weed by the half-asleep version of Tamamo, but it was the just as perfect fully awake version this time.


    {Mmm? What are you doing down there, Luna?}


    I dont know, I woke up like this. Not that I particrly mind.


    {I dont either, but I would also like to see your beautiful face when I wake up instead of just Abyssally fluffy ears.}


    I scooted up some so that we were eye to eye.


    Better?


    {While my chest is a little colder now, yes.}


    Well, Im tempted to warm it up, but Ill save it forter. I actually have a lot to do now that the ship is done.


    {And what would that be?}


    Well, I have to discuss with Damien and ke how were going to start marketing this information and technology, then I have to let the kings I know know about the ship so that they can start making policies for when they are moremon as well as the inevitable answer for when they ask me for the ns to make their own. After that I need to discuss Damien and Vinas payment in more detail. Once that is done, I need to find out where Mio went and get her. THEN, I have that sisterly bonding day with Soleil. And at some point during all of that, I need to gather my party to discuss where exactly we are going to go next.


    {That IS a lot of stuff to do.}


    It really is. Oh, I forgot to schedule in some time to mess with people to get my nature in check again. (Luna)


    {You realize the others are going to figure out that you just use that as an excuse sooner orter, right?}


    Eh, when they do, they do. Until then its all the kitsune natures fault, though I wont deny that it is actually a part of it as well.


    {Thats true. But Ill say this again, make sure you never go too far with it. I dont want you to end up just like Atmos has in a lot of gods eyes.}


    I know.


    Me and Tamamoid like this and talked for a little while before I decided it was time to get up. As I was doing my morning stretches, I turned to Tamamo who was watching me with great interest and asked a question.


    By the way, were you singing somethingst night?


    {I was, why?}


    I vaguely remember hearing it while I was dreaming. It was nice and I would love it if you sang it again at some point.


    {Ill sing it for you as much as you want next time were alone.}


    Fufu. I look forward to it.


    I conjured up some clothes as Tamamo disappeared. I then left my room to go about the new day.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Who knew we could still get tired from using mana too much?


    I didn''t.


    Order: Me neither.


    Fenrir: Really? How have none of you ever noticed that?


    Atmos: Let me ask you this instead, how did you know?


    Fenrir: I figured it out when I was getting my ce ready for Mio''s first visit. I had to use a lot of mana to get the ce warm enough for her to not freeze the second she arrived.


    Atmos: And how exactly did that work? I didn''t even know you could warm up winter with mana.


    Fenrir: I don''t exactly know how I did it either. I just tried really really hard to make the ce warmer and channeled as much mana into my Authority as I could and it worked.


    You and Luna are going to get along really well when the two of you get to interact more.


    Order: I agree. You both have the same way of doing things.


    Fenrir: Hahahahaha! That''s good then, that means I''m going to get along well with Mio''s family...Wait...Mio''s family......I need to meet her parents and tell them I''m going to marry her.


    And there she goes, turning into an embarrassed mess again.


    Atmos:...


    Order: Atmos?


    Atmos: Um, Payto, quick question.


    Hmm?


    Atmos: Would it somehow be possible for me to meet Grey''s old family, or am I already toote for that?


    ...Give me some time, I need to find which world Grey came from and if the time difference between them lines up, but don''t expect much.

 Chapter 248: Morning Conversations

    Chapter 248: Morning Conversations


    [Luna POV]


    When I entered the dining room, the only people that were there were Ana and Soleil. They were hunched over the table and scribbling on pieces of paper.


    Teaching Ana about talismans? (Luna)


    Yeah. We may not be able to enchant them, but we can at least draw them. (Soleil)


    Want a small domain to enchant them as well? (Luna)


    If you want to make one. (Soleil)


    I snapped my fingers and a domain the size or a melon started to float next to Soleils head.


    Thanks, big sis. (Soleil)


    Youre wee. (Luna)


    Luna,st night you said that you only tried making these with ster magic, right? (Ana)


    Yeah. I didnt really think of trying my ice, lightning, space, or healing magic. I cant really think of how those would work with these. (Luna)


    Hmmm. Well, I think I can do something with gravity magic, but they would have to be ced in certain ways to channel mana into several at the same time. (Ana)


    You really put a lot of thought into these sincest night. (Luna)


    Like I said, I feel a sort of affinity with them. Not to mention that the ster magic ones could be a big deal in the future. With what youve told me and have showed with it so far, ster magic has a wide variety of uses, especially in the way of support. If non-mages can use these, then it could lead to massive advancements in a lot of things. Plus, people that can make them will be in high demand and will be able to rake in the profits. These are honestly revolutionary. (Ana)


    Wow, I never really thought that far about these. They were just something Damien mentioned in passing and I attempted to make since I had nothing else to do for hours and hours. (Luna)


    I see. Then take some advice from me, dont tell people about these and once you ascend, have Soleil go around and teach people about them. Or, have people that work in your main shrine make and sell them if they are qualified to so your shrine has a source of ie. Of course, Im not telling you to not use them on quests and stuff, especially if they can be used to level ster magic for Soleil, but be careful when you use them until the right time. (Ana)


    I got it, so please calm down. Youre getting a bit heated here. (Luna)


    Ah, sorry about that. Its just been a while since I got to really talk about magic stuff that I lost myself a little. (Ana)


    I forgot you were a big fan of magic and magic rted technology. By the way, where is ke? (Luna)


    At my question, Anas face turned red and she looked away.


    H-hes still asleep. (Ana)


    I looked at Soleil and saw she had aplicated expression on her face.


    The soundproofing in this mansion is almost nonexistent. Im surprised that you didnt hear anything considering you have better hearing than most of us, big sis. (Soleil)


    Well, I do set up a domain almost every night so. Plus, I actually fell into a really deep sleepst night. (Luna)


    Oh.Now that I think about it, since mom and dad are both Apostles, what would happen if I got a little brother or sister? (Soleil)


    {They would be in a simr situation as Ibukis family. Immortal, but not an Apostle. If they wanted to live in the divine domain, they would have to be born there because if they werent, they wouldnt be able to go there unless they became an Apostle at some point in their life.}


    I ryed Tamamos words to the two of them.


    I see. Soleil then turned to Ana. Mom, please at least use contraception for the time being.


    Anas face turned even redder than it already was and I thought I could see steaming off of her head.


    Fufufu. Feeling a bit yful today, are we Soleil? (Luna)


    Gotta get some small revenge on the people that kept me awake all night. And since dad is out ofmission, mom is the one who gets the brunt of it. Of course, he will get whatsing to himter, but that is for future Soleil to take care of. (Soleil)


    Fufufufufu. Have fun then. (Luna)


    I sat down at the table with them and pulled out something to eat and some coffee. Once I was done eating and while I was slowly enjoying my coffee, Damien and Vina came into the room.


    Is that coffee I smell? (Damien)


    Want some? (Luna)


    If you dont mind. (Damien)


    I ced another cup on the table and slid it over to him like a bartender. He stopped it and took a sip after thanking me. I was about to ask Vina if she wanted some when I saw her slightly ring at Ana.


    Miss Apostle of Gravity, I would like to suggest you check a ces soundproofing before you do things like that again. (Vina)


    Ana didnt say anything as she facented on the table and covered her head in an attempt to hide. Her ears somehow looked even redder than normal and there was definitely steaming from her head this time. While I enjoyed the sight of the rare specimen that is the embarrassed Ana, I spoke to Damien.


    So, how much do I owe the two of you for your time and the resources you used? (Luna)


    Damien looked at Vina and they seemed to have a quick telepathic conversation before turning back to me.


    In total, well take 100,000 gold for the resources and you teaching Vina the Gate of Babylon for our time. This is on top of part of the money you get from people using this method to create their own flying ship in the future. (Damien)


    Alright. (Luna)


    I tapped a finger on the table and several neat stacks of gold coins appeared in front of Damien. He quickly looked over them to see if it was all there before putting them into his own inventory.


    As for teaching Vina, that depends on what her space magic level is. While its not something to be ssified as a level 10 spell, it is easily level eight or nine. To make it easier to use, I would rmend trying to get the parallel processing skill. (Luna)


    My space magic is level eight, but I dont have the parallel processing skill. How did you get it? (Vina)


    Using level 10 space magic. (Luna)


    Well. Mind if I learn this at ater date then? (Vina)


    I dont mind. Damien? (Luna)


    Im fine with that too. (Damien)


    Well then, that takes care of my first agenda for the day. Since ke is indisposed at the moment, Ill have to postpone the discussion on how we market the information on the ships, so I guess Ill get to writing letters to the rulers that I know so they can get the things on their side done. By the way, Soleil, I know this a bitte to ask, but wheres Velvet? (Luna)


    It was half-asleep Velvet this morning, so shes still asleep. She should be up at any time now though. (Soleil)


    Alright. Then when Im done with my letters, I need to go and look for Mio. (Luna)


    Actually, she showed up right after you went to bedst night. Shes probably in her own room asleep right now. (Soleil)


    Then that is taken care of as well. I guess that just leaves waiting for ke then. (Luna)


    I got myself another cup of coffee while chatting with everyone that was in the dining room. We had a lively conversation while Soleil periodically poked fun at Ana who got ever increasingly embarrassed.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Atmos, please calm down and stop pacing around.


    Atmos: I can''t. I''m sopletely nervous that if I don''t keep myself upied, things might get wonky. We don''t want things to get wonky, it ends very badly.


    Order: Payto, how is it going?


    Still looking. The Sea of Chaos is vast and there are several universes contained within it, so it''s going to take more than a day to find. Atmos, I advise you to either figure out a way to calm down, or I''m going to have to make you fall asleep until I find the ce.


    Atmos: That''s easier said than done, you know.


    Then think about it this way, meeting Grey''s parents will be simple. Just be yourself and don''t overthink it and you''ll be fine.


    Order: Are you sure her being herself is a good idea?


    Atmos: I have to agree with Order on this.


    It''ll be fine. Better let them know exactly what kind of woman their son married than let them have a false image of you that you''ll feel guilty about after the fact.


    Atmos: Sage adviceing from a being that has no parents.


    Atmos, I''m older than every god in every world in the Sea of Chaosbined. I''ve had a long time to watch mortals of several different worlds go through this exact same thing. If I don''t pick up on stuff like this after this long, then something would be really wrong with me.


    Atmos: You know, I never actually knew how old you were. But anyway, thanks for the advice, I''ll do my best to take it to heart.

 Chapter 249: Taking Care of Important Things

    Chapter 249: Taking Care of Important Things


    [Luna POV]


    After chatting with everyone as well as the arrival of Velvet and Mio, I actually got started on what I needed to do. I pulled out several papers and something to write with. I then stared at the paper with a nk look.


    So, anyone here know how to write a letter to a ruler? Like, do I need to be all formal and stuff, or do I write casually? And then, how do I exin exactly what is what? (Luna)


    I have no idea. (Soleil)


    I usually let other people take care of that. (Velvet)


    Nyever had to do something like that nya. (Mio)


    Why would I know a ruler? (Vina)


    Cant you just, I dont know, exin it in simple words? I mean, youre S-rank, so you dont really have to be all formal and stuff from what Ive heard about S-rank adventurer status. (Damien)


    I mean, thats what I was thinking, but I wasnt too sure about it. (Luna)


    {Just do it in the way you see best, Luna. Its not like they have the authority to do anything if you are rude in some way, and even then, most of them are friendly with you or your family, so I doubt they would care.}


    Youre rightNow that I think about it, why was I hesitating?


    {You were just overthinking it. It happens to all of us.}


    Simply nodding along to Tamamos words, I started writing the letters. The contents of each were mostly the same. I detailed what was made, advised that, should they want one, it will take time to make, and that if these were to be made into things that many people will use, then to start drafting policies for them and their use. The only thing that was left to add was the details of who exactly we would give the information to in order to actually market the method of making the ships.


    Damien, want to discuss how we deal with spreading the knowledge of making the flying ships and then ask ke for his input once herecovers? (Luna)


    Hmmm. Well, there was something Ive been nning on doing for a few years now and this can act as the impetus for actually going forward with it. That is, of course, if you feelfortable with me handling the details like marketing and stuff. (Damien)


    That depends on what this n of yours is. (Luna)


    Well, theres an adventurers guild, yeah? Then what if I made a general crafters guild? Bring all kinds of crafting professions into one cohesive guild and have them share resources and manpower where needed. Have it be in a friendly rtionship with the adventurers guild and stuff. (Damien)


    Are you sure you can handle that? Adventurers are one thing, but crafters are a wide variety of entricities and individual techniques passed on through generations. Most wont like being put in a position of cooperation with others in the same profession. (Ana)


    Itll be tough at the start, yes, but once they understand that theyll have ess to more and better resources by joining, then I doubt theyll mind. I mean, Ive already started the preparations for this anyway. Thats the reason we were in the Dwarven country beforeing and helping here. Its the leading country when ites to crafting professions aside from more specialized things that other races and countries are known for. By the way, if you ever go there, be ready for a lot of familiar looking architecture. Lots of bronze and pipework. (Damien)


    Dwemer? (Luna)


    Yep. Well, the capital at least. (Damien)


    I dont know whether to feel excited by that or annoyed for some reason. (Luna)


    That is understandable, but at least you dont have to worry about blind, mutated elves and giant insects that spit poison. (Damien)


    Oh, then Im excited. Not that I expected that in the first ce. (Luna)


    Big sis, youre doing the thing you do when you talk to dad again. (Soleil)


    Eh, oh, sorry. (Luna)


    *Sigh* Its been a while since I got to talk about stuff like that and someone actually gets it. Its a good feeling. (Damien)


    Anyway, if you can promise that youll deal with all theplicated stuff, then you can deal with the marketing of the flying ships. You and ke are the ones who made all the actual stuff to make it work, all I did was provide the ship and mana. (Luna)


    Damien offered his hand and we shook on it.


    Um, Lunya, can I ask something unrted to all of this nya? (Mio)


    Go for it. (Luna)


    Before we head off on the nyext adventure nya, can we go to the port city in the Beast Kingdom so I can see my parents nya? I need to exin a lot of things to them nya. Plus, Fen wants to meet them nya. (Mio)


    I dont mind that. I want to go and see that ce at least once anyway. How about you two? (Luna)


    Ive been there a few times, but I dont mind going there again. (Velvet)


    Sounds good to me. (Soleil)


    Then all that leaves is Skadi and Ophidia, but I have a feeling that theyll agree as well. (Luna)


    Yeah. By the way, have you heard anything from them? (Velvet)


    Not a peep. But Im not worried, theyre probably just lost in the throes of passion. Weve all been there, so its understandable. (Luna)


    Nya. Guess Ill need to spend some fun time with Fen next time nya. (Mio)


    Just ask and I can give the two of you a week. (Luna)


    Later nya. We have to meet my parents first nya. (Mio)


    Then with all of this settled, we just need ke to get up. Ana, just how much did you do to him? (Luna)


    Anas face wentpletely red again and she looked down before whispering so quietly even I couldnt hear it clearly.


    I get that you are embarrassed by this question, but avoiding the answer isnt going to stop me from asking it again. (Luna)


    I said hell be better by tomorrow, the day after at most. (Ana)


    I closed my eyes and ced my hand on my chin in a thinking pose for a few seconds before opening my eyes again and looking at Ana. I said nothing but gave her a thumbs up. I turned to the others that were present.


    All in favor of leaving these two here to enjoy a vacation and going back to the shrine today? Say aye in favor, nay in refusal. (Luna)


    {Aye.}


    Aye. (Luna


    Aye. (Soleil)


    Aye. (Velvet)


    Aye nya. (Mio)


    Aye. (Damien)


    Aye. (Vina)


    Aye. (Ana)


    We all looked at Ana with knowing grins when we heard her answer. She looked away from us but couldnt hide the small smile on her face. The rest of us stood up to leave the room. As we were going, Soleil leaned closer to Ana and whispered something into her ear. Ana went beet red once again before nodding her head frantically. Soleil then caught up to the rest of us and we went down to the docks.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos, good news, I found the world and Grey''s parents are still alive. It seems the time difference between worlds is enough to where it''s only been ten years between his summoning and the present here.


    Atmos: I''m sensing bad news as well.


    Why? The only troubling thing is that it will take a week here for that world to be close enough for you to meet them. At that point, you two will have three weeks to meet and spend some time with them before the worlds get too far away to be safe. After that, the next time you''d be able to meet them will be in a few millennia.


    Atmos: That''s way better than I ever expected.


    Order: I''m happy for you, Atmos.


    Atmos: Thanks, Order. And thank you too, Payto, for doing this and actually giving us the time to do this.


    Think nothing of it, you''re my friend and I take care of my friends.


    Atmos: *tears up* Truly, thank you. Well, I''m off to tell Grey, I''ll be back.

 Chapter 250: A Voyage in the Sky

    Chapter 250: A Voyage in the Sky


    [Luna POV]


    We were boarding the ship and I was just about to set sail when I heard the sound of something jumping out of the water. It didnt take long for me to figure out what it was since the thing in questionnded on the deck. It was a happily smiling Skadi with an equally happy Ophidia being carried in her arms.


    You two have perfect timing, we were just about to head out for a day of sailing near the Sea of Clouds before heading back to the shrine. (Luna)


    Whyd you call the sky that? (Skadi)


    You didnt know? Its literally like a sea up there. With animals and probably monsters and everything. (Luna)


    Interesting. I cant wait to see that. (Ophidia)


    I agree. (Skadi)


    Skadi slowly put Ophidia down as the ship started to move. As we exited the cave and were briefly blinded by the sunlight, I enjoyed the vastness of the sea and sky in front of us. I had an excited grin on my face as I struggled to contain theugh that threatened to burst from my chest. After getting far enough away from the ind, I started channeling mana into the ship and it slowly started to lift out of the water. While that was going on, Mio shakily came and stood next to me.


    L-Lunya. I knyow this might seem like itsing out of nowhere nya, but I am extremely scared of heights nya. While I wont ask you to stay low nya, please try nyot to do something suddenly nya. (Mio)


    Alright. Ill do my best in order to keep this as smooth as possible. If it gets to be too much for you to handle, you can stay inside the captains cabin. (Luna)


    Thanks nya, and sorry for suddenly dropping this on you nya. Ill do my best to get over it nya, but all I ask is that you be patient with it nya. (Mio)


    I fully understand you, so no need to apologize. (Luna)


    Mio, while still shaky, came up and hugged me.


    Thank you for not being mad nya. (Mio)


    She let me go and, while tightly holding onto a handrail, went back down to the main deck.


    Why would I be mad?


    {I think she thinks if she said something, you would have been angry at her for not telling you earlier.}


    That still doesnt make sense to me, but Ill just not think about it. And anyway, I doubt I could ever get mad at Mio. Same with the others, theyd have to do something on the level of a mongrel for that to happen, and I dont ever see any of them doing something close to that.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Soon enough, the ships tallest mast started to graze the bottom of the clouds as I steered us in the direction ofnd. I saw Ophidia and Skadi walking around and looking at everything that they could since they missed the opportunityst night. Skadi even started to climb up and sticking her hand into the clouds. Damien was at the bow and recreating that once scene from that one movie with Vina. Velvet was sitting down next to Mio who was sitting between some crates in the middle of the ship. It seems she doesnt like heights either. Soleil, on the other hand, wasnt bothered by it and was actually speedily painting the scenery of the horizon before it changed too much for her to capture it as a painting.


    This is fun.


    {Im happy to see you enjoying yourself, but what are you going to do once you reachnd?}


    Continue of course. Were so high up that well look like a dot to those on the ground, and if some people have good enough eyesight to actually see us, then theyll probably just write it off as some kind of hallucination or trick of the light. And, if someone that can see us AND fly, well either meet them or I can hide us with illusion magic. I think Ill have us flying until dark and then teleport us to the shrine.


    {Sounds good to me.}


    I continued talking to Tamamo while we went. After about an hour of flying with the only sound being the wind, thend came into view.


    Land ho! (Luna)


    What? (Ophidia)


    Nothing, I just wanted to say it. (Luna)


    As long as you enjoy yourself, master. (Ophidia)


    Always, Ophidia, always. (Luna)


    When we finally made it tond, the ship shook some as a strong gust hit it, but other than that, nothing bad happened. I left an illusion to man the wheel and walked over to the edge of the ship to look out at thend from above. When I saw it, the word beautiful was all I could think of. It was endless fields and forests. ces that had to be towns or viges dotted thend here and there, but for the most part, it was vast amounts of nature.


    So different from walking it. (Luna)


    I have to agree. And to think I used to think that my jungle was the biggest. It must be so small inparison to all of this. (Ophidia)


    As I was about to reply to Ophidia, we heard a loud sound that was a mix between a hiss and a screech. Everyone looked in the direction the sound came from to see a giant serpent-like bodying in and out of the underside of the clouds. It was a mix of dark grey and white and its head was as wide as the ship. It had dull amber eyes with slitted pupils and was staring straight at the ship. It was moving rather quickly in our direction. I opened several Gates and prepared them to attack when Ophidia held her hand up to me for a moment.


    Master, let me talk to it first. (Ophidia)


    Are you sure? (Luna)


    Yes. (Ophidia)


    I thought about it for a second before nodding to Ophidia. She nodded back then went to the bow of the ship. Just before the cloud serpent rammed into the ship it stopped. It flicked its as it stared down Ophidia as she did the same. Then a low hissing sound could be hearding from Ophidia and another one came from therge serpent. It must have been somewhat intelligent because after one hiss from Ophidia, its eyes seemed to get a little stormy with anger. It struck at Ophidia, but she pped it away like she was swatting a mosquito.


    Master! End this arrogant pile of scales! It doesnt deserve to swim in the same skies as you! (Ophidia)


    I didnt have to be told a second time. I aimed my Gates and shot at the cloud serpent. Two swords pierced each eye and the thing started to fall. I shot several chains out and they wrapped around it before retracting into the Gates. Once they were fully retracted, the cloud serpent went into a Gate before I transferred it to my normal inventory. Ophidia and Skadi then joined me.


    Ophidia, what did it say? (Luna)


    That flying noodle of rotten scales demanded we submit to its will and then force us to have its offspring. When I refused its ridiculous and disgusting offer, it got mad that I defied it. (Ophidia)


    Luna, let me get a good punch in. I dont care if its dead, Ill kill its corpse. (Skadi)


    Ill do that when we get off. I dont want you to identally break the ship. (Luna)


    Alright. (Skadi)


    Skadi walked off with a pout on her face and Ophidia quickly followed her in order to calm her down. After a while she seeded and now they were standing at the bow and scanning the horizon for any more interruptions to our peaceful sky journey. We didnt run into anything else aside from more of what I started calling Cloud Rays before the sun started to set. Instead of teleporting everyone to the shrine before putting the ship into my inventory, I decided to try something. I focused on the space in front of the ship like I would to fold space, but I instead used the same method and opened arge Gate in front of the ship. We sailed into the Gate and for a split second a purplish-ck void was all that could be seen before cracking sounds followed by the sound of shattering ss could be heard as a hole opened up in front of the ship.


    {Luna, while I didnt say anything when you were trying to walk on space, but you better apologize to the space spirits at some point. Youre doing things that are probably causing them so many problems that its increasing their workload more than ever.}


    Alright. Ill do so as soon as I can.


    {Please. You dont want them to end up hating you, itll make your job so much harder than it needs to be.}


    I nodded and promised myself to never try to make a portal like this again while not fully ascended. Once we exited the portal, we were in the skies above the shrine. I looked back and saw the hole in space slowly stitching together beforepletely disappearing.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Those poor space spirits.


    I know right.


    Order: Why haven''t they sent one to reprimand Luna yet?


    They''re actually split into two camps. The workaholics, and the non-workaholics. Do I need to exin further than this?


    Order: No.


    Atmos: When Luna ascends, she better be prepared to give them gifts of freshly brewed coffee straight from Java himself. I think that''s the only way the non-workaholics will forgive her for all the times she identally does stuff like this.


    I agree. Speaking of coffee, anyone want some?


    Order: I''ll take some.


    Atmos: Me too.


    Made the usual way I assume.


    Order: Of course.


    Atmos: Yes please.

 Chapter 251: Getting in Trouble

    Chapter 251: Getting in Trouble


    [Luna POV]


    After the hole in space was fully closed, I turned around to see everyone staring at me.


    What? (Luna)


    Um, what was that just now? (Damien)


    I tried a more advanced version of folding space and made a teleportation gate from where we were to here. In essence, we just crossed the continent in an instant. (Luna)


    Aside from the folding space part, I got that you just teleported us here. What I meant was the cracking and shattering sounds. And why did that hole look like a broken window? (Damien)


    Oh. Um, I think I identally broke space for a few seconds, but its fine now. See, the hole is gone. (Luna)


    Damien let out a long sigh.


    Why is it that I get in trouble for making a philosophers stone, but you can casually break space with no repercussions? (Damien)


    [Thats because she will be the Goddess of Space once she ascends. But the no repercussions part is wrong.] (???)


    We all heard a voice from somewhere, but we couldnt see who spoke. I activated my spirit vision and saw a humanoid silhouette standing next to us. A few secondster, the silhouette gained more shape and took on more defined features. The face was feminine. She had a single horn spouting from her forehead and had piercing eyes. She was tall, like, really tall, easily towering over me who is the tallest in our group. She had dark green hair that reached to below her shoulders. She looked around at the others before snapping her fingers. The others disappeared instantly.


    Hey! (Luna)


    [Worry not, oh Goddess mine, I only sent them down to the ground. Now, its time I introduced myself and reprimanded you. I am the Space spirit king. My name is Hoshi, given to me by %&*^$. Ah, seems like I cant speak his name in the mortal world. Anyway, sit.] (Hoshi)


    The mix of what I assumed was exhaustion and a small amount of annoyance in her voice made me listen to her. I sat down in a seiza position while Hoshi looked down at me.


    [First, please stop breaking space. PLEASE! Youve been doing so well with stopping at almost breaking it until recently. First with the straight up deletion of space and then the several small incidents of you kicking small cracks and just now that giant hole. WHY!? Why do you insist on going so far out of your way to make as much trouble for us recently!? What did we do to anger you in such a way? I know that none of us havee to offer our respects to you yet but taking care of space while you cant is a lot of work. Every time you break space, it adds even more to that. Doing that folding trick is fine, but why do you have to push the boundaries of what you can do as a demigod? And back when you just deleted space that one time, if I hadnt stepped in personally to take care of the aftermath, you would have died and this world might have followed shortly after.] (Hoshi)


    I (Luna)


    I wanted to say something in my defense, but thinking back at her words, I couldnt. I just bowed my head in shame.


    I am truly sorry. I knew that I was causing all of you trouble, but I honestly dont know how far I can take things until something actually happens. As for me being angry at any of you, that isnt the case at all. So what if none of you have visited me, that doesnt matter. You all have an important job to do, so meeting me is secondary or maybe even tertiary to your main job of taking care of space while I cant. If anything, I should be the one who went and tried to meet you, so Im sorry for not doing so. (Luna)


    The more I spoke, the worse I felt.


    [GoddessThank you for not being angry at any of us. That eases my mind a great deal, though I do wish you would tone down with the breaking of space. As for knowing how much you can push it before it gets to be too much, when you hear cracking sounds, you should stop what you are doing. At that point its still safe, but going any farther than that is a no go. So please limit yourself to at most folding space or making your domains. Your Gate attack method is also safe as well as the usual spells anyone with space magic can use. As for you noting to meet us, think nothing of it, we never expected you to do so until you ascended.] (Hoshi)


    Then what can I do for you to make up for my mistakes aside from sticking to the limits you just said? (Luna)


    [Me personally, as long as you stick to those limits, then Ill consider everything forgiven. Half of the others, you should gift them some coffee from Lord Java and theyll forget all past grievances. The other half you dont have to do anything, they love all the extra work youve been unintentionally forcing onto them.] (Hoshi)


    No offense, but it seems like some of them are broken. (Luna)


    [None taken, those of us that arent workaholics think the same. Anyway, Ive taken as much time off as I could to give you this sermon. Please keep this conversation in a corner of you mind from now on.] (Hoshi)


    As she was turning around to leave, I called out to her.


    Um, before you go, take this. I know this will seem like Im just trying to suck up to you, but its the best I can do at the moment. (Luna)


    I ced hundreds of cups of steaming coffee on the ground in front of me from my inventory.


    All of these are brewed from stuff that Tamamo got from Java. Expect more in the future. (Luna)


    [Thank you, oh Goddess mine. I will take these and give them out to the others.] (Hoshi)


    She snapped her fingers again and all the coffee disappeared along with her. I sat there in silence for several minutes.


    Tamamo. I feel really bad right now.


    {While I do sympathize with you, I think you deserved that. Just be d that they are forgiving.}


    Yes. By the way, could you tell every time I got close to going to far? And if so, why didnt you stop me?


    {I didnt, so I couldnt even if I wanted to. The only time I would have stopped you was when you deleted space, but even I was cut off at that point in time.}


    *Sigh* Well, lets go down. I want to sleep some while I mull this over.


    {Ill see you soon then.}


    I stood up and put the ship into my inventory. The second it was gone I started falling. I set up a domain on the ground and teleported myself into it. Inded feet first and rolled a few times to get rid of the excess momentum. When I stood up again, I was a bit dizzy.


    Ugh. Spinning.


    It took a few seconds before everything was better and I dissolved the domain and went to my room. I did see some of the others and exined what happened before bidding them all a good night. When I got to my room and shut the door, I set us a domain and immediately jumped into Tamamos embrace.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Now hold on, when and why did you name a spirit king?


    A long time ago when this world was still new. I do that to all major spirit kings of every world in my Sea of Chaos. It helps them manage things when they don''t have a god or goddess to do it.


    Atmos: Then what about the spirit king of Fate? He never told me his name. Come to think of it, I''ve only ever met him once. I wonder why?


    Order: Why is that surprising? You''re you after all.


    Atmos: Ah, that makes sense.

 Chapter 252: Sisterly Bonding Time

    Chapter 252: Sisterly Bonding Time


    [Luna POV]


    After a night of reflection and cuddling with my fluffy wife, I was determined to do my best to not cause my precious space spirits anymore trouble than I already have.


    So, Tamamo, with that decided, mind telling me exactly what you are doing right now?


    Tamamo was currently sitting behind me and wrapping herself in my tails. While this isnt anything different from normal, it just seemed like an awkward time to so this.


    {Im simply immersing myself in your tails. Its been too long since Ive done this.}


    We woke up five minutes ago andst night I was your body pillow.


    {Exactly, five minutes too long since Ivest done this.}


    Tamamo then proceeded to bury her face in one of my tails. Her breath sent shivers up my tail and spine. I could hear some muffled chucklinging from Tamamo which clued me in on the exact situation.


    Ah, Im dealing with half-asleep Tamamo right now.


    I was about to do something when what felt like electricity shot up my spine.


    Ahh.


    I fell forward on the bed and Tamamo moved her face away from my tail.


    {Ufufufufufufufu. Luna~ You let your guard down. Now let this nice, fluffy moon goddess Eat. You. Up.}


    Tamamo slowly crawled up my body before her face was right next to mine. She smiled in a seductive manner before bringing her face and mine together. My mind went nk as I immersed myself in the kiss. Itsted for a long time before Tamamo broke away. As Iy there trying to catch my breath, it seemed Tamamo fully woke up. Tamamo looked down at me and let out a long sigh.


    {Im sorry Luna. I dont know why my first reaction to seeing you while half-asleep is to rile you up as much as possible while never going all the way. Especially since you have other ns.}


    After calming myself down enough to actually think, I brought Tamamos head to my chest and I started patting her.


    Its alright, Tamamo. I understand that you enjoy doing that with me and that you always raring to go. I also understand that your half-asleep self has no inhibitions of going after what you want. Heheh. The only thing that Im disappointed about is that we have to stop. Though I do promise you one thing, the next time we spend an extended time together, Im going to make sure you make up for every instance you tease me before stopping at the point of no return. So feel free to do this again. That way, well both enjoy ourselves a whole lot more when we can finally enjoy doing that again.


    {Ufufufu. I look forward to it. Now, I have to go.}


    Have some ns of your own today?


    {Yeah. Atmos and I are going to a new ce the goddesses of beauty opened. I think they called it a spa or something.}


    Oh, have fun then. And make sure you judge THEM if you see them. What are their Authorities anyway?


    {The jealous ones are goddesses of fire. Its one of the reason they are so hot-headed.}


    Then is it really fine for us to judge them?


    {Absolutely. Just because they are hot-headed doesnt absolve them from their crimes against me. Im friends with several other fire gods that are just as hot -headed and even they dont think those four are that great.}


    Alright. Then judge them as with all the authority my blessing lets you. And if I decide its still not enough when I actually meet them, then Ill add my judgement on top of yours.


    {Ufufufu. Sounds good. Now, I really need to go or Ill bete.}


    See you tonight.


    {See you tonight.}


    Tamamo vanished in a sh of light and I stood up from my bed.


    Hehehe. Tamamo, look forward to my eighth tail. Ill make you feel so good that even healing magic wont help you walk again.


    While making that deration in my heart, I went and took a quick bath before getting ready for the rest of the day. Once I left my room, I saw Soleil walking down the hall.


    Hey big sis. I was justing to see if you were up yet. (Soleil)


    Sorry I took so long. I had a half-asleep Tamamo to deal with. (Luna)


    Is she like Velvet when shes half-asleep? (Soleil)


    No. Velvet acts drunk, Tamamo loses all inhibitions and limits. Thing is, she fully wakes up just before going all the way, so it always ends in really intense teasing. (Luna)


    It must be hard. I dont know if Id be able to stop myself if Velvet was like that. (Soleil)


    Its normally Tamamo that talks me out of it. Anyway, lets not talk about this anymore. Are you ready to go? (Luna)


    Yeah. Im ready to go at any time. (Soleil)


    Then let our bonding day begin. First on the list of things to do, go to one of the capitals and shop around. Where do you feel like going? (Luna)


    Hmmm. How about we go to Celestia? I explored there a lot with Velvet, but not you. (Soleil)


    Then that is where we shall go. (Luna)


    I grabbed Soleils hand and we teleported to Celestias capital. After we arrived, we started walking in a direction.


    So, big sis, what did that spirit want to say to you? All you really told us yesterday was that you got in trouble. (Soleil)


    Well for the most part it was her venting her frustrations with my recent actions. Ever since that incident with the fungus, Ive broken space several times and that has added more to the workload of the space spirits. Thest straw was me teleporting the whole ship yesterday in the way I did it. (Luna)


    Did she ce any restrictions on you? (Soleil)


    Not really. All she said was to make sure not to break space again. That means that any time I use space magic and start hearing cracking sounds, I should stop. Otherwise, the farthest I can take my space magic is folding space since that is just barely on the safe side apparently. (Luna)


    So, everything you do with space magic is fine as long as the cracking or shattering sounds dont happen? (Soleil)


    Yep. (Luna)


    Alright. I was worried that you would be banned from doing anything aside from normal teleporting from now on. (Soleil)


    I doubt they would go that far. And even if they did, I dont think they could really enforce that. (Luna)


    That makes sense. I mean you are technically higher ranked than them, right? Or is it will be? (Soleil)


    I dont know. And I cant ask Tamamo since she is out with Atmos at the moment. (Luna)


    So, youre both having a bonding day with your sisters. (Soleil)


    Yeah. Ah, before this day goes any further, I hope something happens today. (Luna)


    Soleil tilted her head at my actions. She opened her mouth to say something before I shook my head.


    Dont ask, lets just continue. (Luna)


    Soleil gave me a strange look before shrugging her shoulders and continued forward. I chuckled a little bit as I followed after her.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Hey, since no one is here, do you want to go on another date?


    Sounds fun. Where do you want to go?


    Order: Hmmm. How about we go to that one ce. You know, the one with trees with autumn leaves year round.


    You really like that ce, don''t you.


    Order: I do. It''s the atmosphere there that makes it just the right ce to walk around really close together.


    Alright. Then lets get ready and we''ll go.


    Order: Yay.

 Chapter 253: Divine Spa Day

    Chapter 253: Divine Spa Day


    [Tamamo POV]


    Once I made it back home after <em>identally</em> teasing Luna to a fair degree, I waited for Atmos to arrive. While waiting, I watched as Luna took Soleil to the Celestia Kingdom for the day. They were currently walking down the street while stopping at almost every food stall.


    {Ufufufu. As hungry as always.}


    As I watched the two enjoy their time together, I felt Atmos arrive and walk up next to me.


    Luna and Soleil spending a day together, eh?


    {Yeah. By the way, why did you suddenly invite me out to do something? While I wont say Im unhappy about it, it isnt really like you to do something like this after doing something simr recently.}


    Im actually going to be meeting Greys parents soon, and this is supposed to help me rx. Believe it or not, Im panicking quite a lot.


    {Well, you can always vent to me. Ill listen to everything if it helps you calm down.}


    Atmos hugged me tightly.


    Thanks, Tamamo. What did I do to deserve a sister like you?


    {I dont know, you were the one that decided I was your sister after all.}


    Oh yeah. Anyway, lets go.


    {Lead the way.}


    Atmos opened a portal and we both went through it. After walking through the portal, I was greeted by arge building made of beautifully carved white and blue stone.


    {The goddesses of beauty really dont skimp on the things they run, huh.}


    Nope.


    Just before we walked through the door, we heard someone else arrive.


    Oh my. Thats a face I havent seen in a while. How have you been, Tamamo? (Norn)


    {Hello Norn. It has been quite a while. Ive been good, just watching and spending time with my wife.}


    Hehe. How nice. I would very much like to meet her. (Norn)


    {Come over any time you feel like it. You may not be able to meet face to face at that time, but youll at least be able to talk to her. And if you are over when she makes a domain, Ill ask her if shed be ok to invite you for a meeting face to face.}


    Thank you. Id love to hear about how the two of you met and her feelings about you at that time. (Norn)


    There you go again, trying to get as much gossip out of Tamamo as you can. (Atmos)


    Oh, dont be like that, Atmos. Also, what have you been up to recently? You donte around and prank people as often. I miss hearing stories of who and how someone got pranked. (Norn)


    Ive actually been doing my job more as well as spending more time with Grey. Ever since Luna appeared and seeing Tamamo all lovestruck has made me focus on my own rtionship with Grey more. (Atmos)


    Hehehe. I see, I see. (Norn)


    Hey Norn, want to join us? That way we can all catch up and rx at the same time. (Atmos)


    While I appreciate the offer, wont I be in the way of the two of you bonding? (Norn)


    {Not at all. As Luna sometimes says, the more, the merrier.}


    Then Ill ept. (Norn)


    With that decided, the three of us walked into the building. We walked up to the reception desk where the same goddess of beauty that we met at the shop was sitting.


    Wee. Its nice to see you all. Especially you Lady Tamamo, I have some things that you should know. The day after you visi-


    As she was speaking, the door we just walked through mmed open and four faces I had hoped to both see and not see walked in.


    Oi! Were here to try this ce out! If you do good enough, well help spread the name of the ce so you can get even more business, so dont ask us to pay or anything. (KG1)


    Yeah! (KG2)


    We want your best service, and we wont settle for anything less! (KG3)


    Hey, look who it decided to show her face again. Its the old hag, the older hag, and thewho is the third one? (KG4)


    Oh, thats Lady Norn, Goddess of Charity. Shes a good person, so dont cause too much trouble for her. (KG2)


    Hold up. Something isnt right about this. (KG1)


    The first of the four squinted her eyes as she looked me over. Her gaze felt disgusting.


    NO! HOW!? THIS HAG GOT ANOTHER ONE! AND SHES JUST OVERALL FLUFFIER! (KG1)


    EH!!!!?


    I got fed up with their act already. I was about to just start ignoring them when I got a better idea. I walked toward them while emphasizing all 10 of my tails with each step.


    {Ufufufu. Now, now, is that any way to act in front of someone else? I mean, I do realize that the four of you are mediocre at best, and even less so in the fluff department, but thats no reason to insult me to my face.}


    Once I was directly in front of them, I looked down at them. I briefly nced into each of their eyes and saw the rage, hate, and envy in them before turning my attention to their tails.


    {Aw, how unfortunate. You could have such beautiful tails. Too bad none of you actually take the time to care for them. I mean really, I can see the split ends and patchy spots from here.}


    I moved one of my tails in front of me and ran my hand along it.


    {You should really take more care of them, you only have four, so it shouldnt take too long.}


    YouI take hours every morning just for a single tail! If mine isnt perfect, then what is!? (KG3)


    {Ufufufu. If you think THAT is perfect, then you dont even qualify to have a single tail, much less four. Even I am far from perfect with my tails. But I do at least have a standard set for myself.}


    I focused a re at the third ones tails and judged her unworthy. Nothing much happened but I did feel my mana being used. She then shrunk away from me while cradling one of her poorly maintained tails.


    You hag, leave her alone! You have no right to criticize our tails! (KG4)


    {I dont you say? Ufufufufufufu. How wrong you are. Be happy, Ill allow you to feel what a decently taken care of tail feels like.}


    I moved another one of my tails and grazed the fourth ones hand with it.


    Wha? H-how is it that soft? (KG4)


    {See? Much better than that coarse excuse you have.}


    Again, I stared at her tail and judged it. This time however, instead of backing away, she red at me even harder.


    Just you wait, Ill be the one standing and looking down on you when you start shedding. And then Illugh as you walk around with patchy bald spots on your tails. (KG4)


    Those words caused everyone in the room to look at her with pity. In all my many years of life, my tails have never shed and from the gazes of the others with tails in the room, I could assume they havent either.


    Why are you all looking at me like that? (KG4)


    I decided to ease my judgement on her a small bit.


    Right. Hag, tell us how you got a tenth tail and how you get them so fluffy! If you dont wellwellWhat will we do? (KG2)


    Well make it so that you can never show your face in public again. (KG1)


    {Oh, and how exactly will you do that? As far as Im aware, Im liked by nearly every god and goddess, am one of the highest ranking gods in this world, and hold Authorities more powerful than all four of youbined.}


    Tch. (KG2)


    Heh. I heard the reason youve been so secluded in recent years is because you have a wife now. I also heard that shes well on her way to bing a goddess. What do you think would happen if, say, she made a small mistake that got her sealed by the gods of justice for several millennia? How would your reputation hold up after something like that? (KG1)


    The room fell silent.


    {Fu. Ufufu. Ufufufufufufufufu. Did you just threaten my wife?}


    I took a step closer to the leader of their group.


    {I dont care if you threaten me, youve been doing so for thousands of years. But now you decide to threaten my wife over some small jealousy.}


    I took another step closer.


    {I am a very patient person. I am a very tolerant person.}


    Another step.


    {Threaten me with small things like ruining my reputation, shaving my tails, calling me old. Do it, I couldnt care less, but threatening Luna is a step too far.}


    I was now so close to her that I could count every flea nesting in her hair and tails.


    {You will be judged to the highest degree. You and your friends here have no idea what you just brought upon yourselves. By my blessing of the Abyss, I judge you unworthy. May you and your friends never again feel the joy of fluff.}


    I turned while pping all four of them in the face with my tails and walked back to Atmos and Norn. The four excuses for goddesses stood there dumbstruck.


    Tamamo, while I understand you are angry, I am too, but can you stop with the gravity? Its kind of hard to stand and those four are literally about to be crushed. (Atmos)


    {Fine.}


    I flicked a tail and the pressure in the room vanished. As soon as it was gone, the four embarrassments ran away.


    {Sorry for themotion.}


    Think nothing of it, they have whatever it will being to them. Now, I assume you three are here for a day of rxation, correct?


    Yes. And at this point, I believe Tamamo will need the best you can give. (Atmos)


    Alright, please follow me.


    The goddess of beauty led us behind the counter into a small room with towels hung up in several ces.


    Please put these on and go through those doors. After that, enjoy all the amenities at our establishment. And, if you want a rmendation on where to start, I rmend the massages.


    The goddess of beauty left us then and the three of us looked at each other. Atmos and Norn started undressing while I simple dispelled my clothes.


    I forgot you only ever wear illusions. It must be nice being able to choose what to wear each day with only a snap of the fingers. (Norn)


    Yeah. Maybe I should start doing the same. I got illusion magic when I got the Authority of Mischief, but Ive hardly used it. (Atmos)


    {It is nice. Im also trying to get Luna used to it, but so far all she does is make sleepwear with it. Not that Imining about that.}


    I wont lie about this, but Im also jealous of your chest. (Norn)


    {Dont be. These things are useless to me. The only real good thing thates from them being this big is that Luna enjoys them.}


    Tamamo, I know thats not true. Youve told me that you like how Luna has some just as big as yours. (Atmos)


    {When did I say that?}


    One time when you were still half-asleep. (Atmos)


    {Curse myck of inhibition when Im like that.}


    Hehehe. Anyway, shall we move on? We have all day to talk about things like this after all. (Norn)


    Atmos and I nodded, and we left the changing room. We came into a hallway with several doors with signs above them.


    {Shall we go to the rmended room first? I could use something like a massage right now.}


    Lets. (Atmos)


    The three of us went to a room on the farthest left of the hallway and went inside. There were three tables lined up in the center and three more goddesses of beauty standing next to the tables. The one in the middle stepped forward.


    Pleasey on these and we will get started. We have already been informed of what happened in the main lobby, so we will give you the best service we possibly can.


    The three of us chose a table andid down on our stomachs. After I gotfortable, the goddess that was next to me picked up a bottle and started tother something on my exposed back. It was cold, but felt nice. She then started to massage my back with skill that surprised me.


    {I didnt think the goddesses of beauty would be good at doing something like this.}


    Lady Tamamo, our Authority over beauty doesnt apply to only us, it also applies when we use methods to do or make others beautiful. Something like this is a beautifying process, so we would naturally be good at it.


    I was about to say something else when she hit a spot and my whole body shuddered.


    Lady Tamamo, this is for you to rx, so please stay quiet. If you arent nearly falling asleep, then Im not doing good enough.


    I shut my mouth and the massage continued. I did actually almost fall asleep by the time it was over. After we got up from the tables we were pointed in the direction of one of therge baths they had here. We listened to their advice and when we got to that room, we found a bath that took up the entire room. There was a thick steam wafting about in the room and you could hardly see the water.


    {Smells like a hot spring.}


    It probably is one. (Norn)


    We all took our towels off and folded them before stepping into the bath and sinking down to our chins. I immediately felt my body rxing.


    Some light healing magic is in the water. I wonder how they did that. (Atmos)


    {Doesnt matter, it feels nice. Its like I can feel whatever stress umted from when we got here leaving me.}


    I agree. Its been so long since I felt this rxed. (Norn)


    So, how have you been, Norn? Busy? (Atmos)


    Somewhat. Greed reports that most things are going well. Orphanages are well taken care of, people that can help out with those that have no homes are helped, money is donated to ces that need it desperately. (Norn)


    {And the other continent?}


    Hehehe. Silly Tamamo, everyone knows there is only one continent. Did you start falling asleep or something? (Norn)


    I nced at Atmos and saw she was doing the same to me. In that instant we decided to not mention THAT ce again when Norn is present.


    Now, care to tell me more about your wife, Tamamo? (Norn)


    {What would you like to know? Ill share as much as I can as long as its not about our alone time. That will stay between us and only us.}


    Aww. That was going to be the first thing I asked, but I guess its good to know that the two of you are intimate. Anyway, does she know her Authorities yet? (Norn)


    {Space, Fluff, and Stars.}


    So, the space spirits will finally catch a break. Fluff is, in my opinion strange, and what are stars? (Norn)


    {Youll see when she ascends. I dont want to ruin the surprise.}


    I love surprises, so Ill ept that answer. (Norn)


    Why is fluff strange? I think its on the same level of obscure as adventure, but still reasonably straightforward. (Atmos)


    Sure, but what will it do? Make all people that have things like tails more fluffy? More than that? What? (Norn)


    {As far as Ive seen, it mostly affects Luna and it increases how soft her hair and tails are. We believe that more effects and powers will manifest once she fully ascends.}


    Makes sense. When we talk about it, I get the feeling that it will allow her to join the big two if she didnt already have the space Authority. (Norn)


    {Its actually the big three since I was promoted to that level recently.}


    What!? Why hasnt that news been spread? Thats really important! (Norn)


    Uuummm. Thats my bad. I was in charge of spreading that information but I kind of got sidetracked. (Atmos)


    {*Sigh* Atmos, what have I told you about handling all of your important jobs before doing things you want to do?}


    To do them first and always prioritize them. (Atmos)


    {And why havent you followed that advice?}


    Because Ive been busy ying around with my new Authorities to really do that. But in my defense, pranking mortals with chests is too much fun. Especially when some of them catch on to which chests are pranks and they trick their friends into opening them. (Atmos)


    Hehehe. That does seem like fun. Youll have to let me see that at some point, Atmos. (Norn)


    See, even Norn likes the idea. That means I wasnt wrong. (Atmos)


    I let out a long sigh and sunk a little lower into the water. We spent a while soaking before we decided to move on. We left the room and made our way to the room called sauna. It was a small room with arge bowl in the middle that had extremely hot stones inside. A bucked to water was ces on the floor next to it with adle to scoop water onto the rocks. We all sat on the bench and Atmos started making the room fill with steam.


    {So what exactly is the benefit of this?}


    No idea, but it seems fun. Want to see who canst the longest? (Atmos)


    Atmos, we both know that Tamamo will win this. (Norn)


    I know, but its thepetition, not the result thats the fun part. (Atmos)


    True. Then what are you waiting for? More steam! (Norn)


    Atmosplied with Norns words and pored basically the whole bucket on the rocks. It didnt take long before the two of them had to get up and leave.


    {Ufufu. What am I ever going to do with the two of them?}


    I got up and left the room to cool off and then we moved on. The rest of the day we went around the rest of the spa and got pampered in all sorts of ways. They even had a room dedicated to tail hygiene which I took full advantage of. By the time we were back in the changing room, Atmos and Norn looked like they just had the most rxing day of their lives.


    Tamamo, you should really take Luna here at some point. (Atmos)


    {I nned on it.}


    Yes, I need to tell others about this ce. Ill even sponsor it personally. This needs to be spread to more people. (Norn)


    {Sounds like itll start to get really busy then.}


    Yeah. (Atmos)


    Once the two of them were dressed, we left the changing room, paid, and went our separate ways. I had promised Norn to invite her over soon and me and Atmos went back to my ce. The first thing I did was check on Luna and saw she was back in her room at my shrine. She was busily scribbling away on some paper.


    Oh, shes making more talismans. (Atmos)


    {Looks like it.}


    Anyway, I had fun today. Lets go there again, preferably with Luna and all of our Apostles in tow. (Atmos)


    {Sounds good to me. And Atmos, when you meet Greys parents, be yourself, dont overthink it.}


    Thats the same advice HE gave me. (Atmos)


    {Well, its true. When I first met Amagi and Deacon in person, I just acted like normal and everything went perfectly.}


    Then Ill do my best to be my usual self. Now, dont keep her waiting. Ill see youter. (Atmos)


    Atmos disappeared and I turned my attention back to Luna. I was just about to say something to her when she made a domain and I descended into it.


    I figured it was about time.


    When Luna looked at me, I saw the mes of desire burning in her eyes, but it disappeared just as quickly.


    Tamamo, tell me about you day. Id love to hear about every little detail. Especially when ites to those who have been judged.


    {You can tell?}


    Oh yes. And I must say, when I finallyy my eyes on them, their fluff will be gone, never to return.


    {Ufufufu. Then let me tell you all about it.}


    I sat down on her bed and she sat next to me as I started to exin how my day went.


    Chaos Realm?:


    Order: I really do love this ce. It''s so colorful and refreshing.


    Want me to see if I can make a small ce like this back home?


    Order: Will you?


    Anything for you, my precious Order. All you need do is ask and I''ll do my utmost to give you everything you could ever want.


    Order: No fair. If you do that, then what can I do for you?


    Be yourself. All I need to be happy is you after all.


    Order: *clings closer to me* I''m so happy to have met you.


    *Hugs Order tighter* I feel the exact same.

 Chapter 254: Discussing Plans for the Journey

    Chapter 254: Discussing ns for the Journey


    [Luna POV]


    After yet another morning of Tamamo leading me on, which Im starting to suspect is intentional, I met up with my party and we all sat down to discuss where to go next. We all agreed to start off by going to the port city in the Beast Kingdom and meeting Mios parents, but after that was still up in the air.


    So, Luna, do you have a destination in mind? (Skadi)


    I do. Weve been to every country on the continent except one so far, so I was thinking we go to the Dwarven Country. After spending some time there, we move on and have an adventure under the sea. After seeing how that goes, I want to go and meet some dragons and find a golden apple. Tamamo has told me that dragons guard golden apples so that will happen when it does. But thats just what I want to do, if any of you have some input, Ill dly amodate it. (Luna)


    While I dont have anyints about those ns, how about I make a suggestion for our undersea adventure? (Skadi)


    What are you thinking? (Luna)


    How about we spend some time with the merfolk? We can make one of their cities our base while we do whatever there. (Skadi)


    Sounds like a good idea to me. (Luna)


    I agree. Id very much like to see what an undersea city is like. (Velvet)


    Sounds fun. I wonder if Ill be able to paint stuff though. (Soleil)


    I think the merfolk have special paints that allow them to do paint underwater. (Skadi)


    With that settled nya, how are we going to go to the dwarf country nya? By river or sky nya? (Mio)


    Well, for the most part by sky, but well have to go by river once we reach dwarvennd. I did get replies back from the rulers of the countries that I know. Aside from the obvious request for their own flying ship, they also drafted some basic aviationws. They arent fully fleshed out, but its enough that a permit is needed to freely fly a ship in these countries. I was given one for each since Im really the only one thesews apply to at the moment, but since the dwarf country doesnt know about it yet, itll be safer to sail the river than fly. I dont want us to be unreasonably attacked after all. (Luna)


    Master, would we even get hurt by an attack? (Ophidia)


    No, but the ship would. I cant really set up a proper space barrier around it since it affects how it flies. Plus, I just dont want to take any chances. (Luna)


    So, with all of this decided, when do we set out? (Velvet)


    Either today or tomorrow. The only thing thats actually stopping us from leaving is either me or Ophidia has to pick Ana and ke up. I sent them a letter earlier, but I havent gotten a reply yet. (Luna)


    Um, I can also pick them up if needed. Me and Damien n on staying here for a little while longer so I dont really mind doing that. (Vina)


    Are you sure? I dont want to trouble you with something rted to my parents. (Soleil)


    I really dont mind. (Vina)


    Soleil, its best you just ept Vinas offer. When she decided she wants to do something like this, she doesnt really take no for an answer. (Damien)


    Oh. Then I guess all I can say is thanks. (Soleil)


    No problem. (Vina)


    With that decided, I checked my box again and saw two letters were waiting for me. I read over one and sighed.


    Well, looks like those two want toe back tomorrow. Also, here Soleil, Ana had a message for you as well. (Luna)


    I handed Soleil the second letter and she read it.


    *Sigh*At least they had fun. By the way big sis, mom said that it would be best if none of us go there for a while. She didnt say exactly why, but if she wrote that, then there is probably a reason. (Soleil)


    Hmm. I guess that means that you should meet them at the docks, Vina. (Luna)


    Alright. Ill go and get them tomorrow morning then. (Vina)


    So, you know where you are headed next then? (Damien)


    Yeah. What about you two. Where are you going once you are done here? (Luna)


    I want to go to Savanna and meet that apprentice that set up shop there, and then Ill get started on making my crafters guild. (Damien)


    Then I wish you luck with that. (Luna)


    Same to you and your journey. (Damien)


    My group then stood up and we made our way out of the shrine. On the way out, I went to moms office to tell them we were leaving, and that Ana would be back the next day. What I found was dad also there and doing paperwork while a one-armed man was standing beside him and observing.


    Whats up, Luna? (Amagi)


    I was just here to tell you we were about to go. (Luna)


    Alright. Any news on Ana? (Amagi)


    Vina offered to bring her and ke back tomorrow. (Luna)


    Ill have to thank her for that. (Amagi)


    Anyway, well be back again at some point. Oh, and dad, dont overload your subordinates with paperwork. And you, Jarred, feel free to refuse doing this if you want, he needs to do this himself more often. (Luna)


    Wait, you remember my name? (Jarred)


    Of course I do. Now, I have to go. (Luna)


    I shut the door and started walking away. I did, however, hear some of the conversation.


    I cant believe she actually remembered my name. (Jarred)


    Why wouldnt she? You made amends for your previous actions, so she has a neutral opinion of you. Not to mention she knows almost all the peoples names that work under me. (Deacon)


    Hes right. I dont hold that much of a grudge against a person if they apologize. Im not THAT vindictive.


    {Ufufufu. Its just that hes one of the only ones whove apologized after making you mad, not counting your family.}


    Speaking of, Tamamo, we really need to talk about somethingter.


    {About what?}


    You know exactly what Im talking about.


    {Is it what happened this morning?}


    Yes. Im starting to suspect youre intentionally doing that now. It was even worse than yesterday. I mean really, I was this close to*Sigh*


    {Close to what? I know I didnt go THAT far.}


    I was this close to pinning you down and not allowing you to leave. We both know it takes longer for both of us to reach THAT point. Its just that youve been making it real hard for me to hold off until my eighth tail.


    {Luna, youre overthinking it. When we made that promise, we promised to spend several weeks together. We never promised to not cross the line before then.}


    I know that. Weve already crossed the line several times since we made that promise, but you do know the more you provoke me, the harder it will be for me to stop at doing it for a single night, right? Honestly, I really wish I could stop time, but Im not some insanely broken tiger.


    {Whats that supposed to mean?}


    It doesnt matter. Just know that tonight, neither of us is getting any sleep.


    {Ufufufu. Perfect. My n worked.}


    Ahhh. So you WERE nning this.


    {Yep. But its your fault. Ever since you started sleeping again, you tempt me every night.}


    You realize that Im not the only one that can initiate it, right?


    {Yes, but I want you to take the lead this time.}


    Then just tell me that, dont go y these teasing games.


    {And wheres the fun in that? Im a kitsune as well you know.}


    Fufufu.


    {Ufufufu.}


    I walked out the main gate of the shrine to where the others were waiting. We then left the vige proper. We made our way into the forest near the vige and to theke that was in that forest. There I ced the Argo in the water and we all climbed aboard and I prepared to set off.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Oh dear, oh man, oh no, it''s soon. What do I do? What do I wear? Do I call them mother and father or just use their names? Do I bring a gift? No, I can''t do that, it''s against the rules. Uuuuuuuuuuu.


    Order: Fenrir, calm down, you still have several days until they get there.


    Yeah, and I''ll say the same thing I told Atmos, just be yourself. If you do that, then they will ept you. I even did a little investigating about them for you. Mio''s parents are quiteid back, so as long as you don''t let the suspense of meeting them get to you, you''ll be fine.


    Fenrir: *Takes in a deep breath to calm down* Alright. I can do this, just be myself. I can do that.


    Order: Better now?


    Fenrir: Much.


    Good. Now, drink some of this herbal tea. It does wonders for nerves.


    Fenrir: Thanks.

 Chapter 255: A Day of Sailing the Open Skies

    Chapter 255: A Day of Sailing the Open Skies


    [Luna POV]


    Once the preparations were done, I started channeling mana into the ship, and it started lifting out of the water. It was slow at first, but sped up once fully out of the water. I then used some illusion magic to hide the ship so it wouldnt scare anyone from the vige that happened to see it. Once we were high enough, I canceled the illusion hiding the ship and started sailing in the direction of the port city.


    Hey Velvet, how long do you think itll take us to get there? (Luna)


    Hmm. At the speed this flies, well probably be there by tomorrow night or the morning after that. Maybe earlier if we sail through the night. (Velvet)


    Alright. By the way, are you feeling better about flying on here now? (Luna)


    Somewhat. Im morefortable with it, but only if I dont go and look over the edge of the ship. (Velvet)


    Then can you go and help calm Mio down? Id give her something to let her fall asleep, but I actually dont have anything for that. (Luna)


    Ill try to help her, but in my opinion, I dont think her falling asleep will help in the long run. Sleeping through a fear doesnt help someone get over it, it just prolongs the issue. (Velvet)


    Then do what you think is best. Once I get us to a ce where I can leave the steering up to an illusion, Ille and help as well. (Luna)


    Velvet nodded and went to where Mio was sitting. Soleil and Ophidia also joined her and they got busy giving Mio reassurance. Skadi on the other hand was walking around and periodically fixing something one of my illusions either missed or didnt do correctly. Like this several hours went by with nothing of note aside from a few instances of aerial marine(?) lifeing over to inspect and fly(?), swim(?) around the ship.


    Hey Tamamo, I dont remember if Ive asked this before, but are there any sky gods?


    {Not really. The closest thate to that are me and Quetz. You will be unofficially added to that when you ascend.}


    Ahhh. Does that mean Ill also technically be a goddess of the night? I mean, I know I wont get that Authority since I already have three, but since stars are things thate out at night, it would make sense.


    {You can think of it that way. Like you said, you wont have the Authority, but youll be an honorary goddess of the night.}


    Hehehe. Then well match.


    {Ufufufu.}


    I enjoyed chatting with Tamamo when I noticed a slivery-white cloud was in the path the ship was going. I was going to avoid it at first but decided against it when I notices that it was just a school of shrimp-like things. The cloud split like the Red Sea when the ship got close and as the helm passed by, I grabbed one of the shrimp things out of the air.


    {Youre going to try eating that, arent you.}


    Yep.


    I took out some salt and a small amount of salt and pepper, peeled the shell off the thing, applied some lightning magic to cook it, applied the salt and pepper, and it was done. I then threw it into my mouth.


    Hmmm.


    {How was it?}


    Bitterwith a hint of tangfollowed by slight spiciness. It was probably poisonousUgh. And the aftertaste is horrible. Its likeI dont know, but its gross.


    {Well, guess catching some of those is out of the question then.}


    Yep. Though it also makes me want to see what the other things that call this ce home taste like.


    {Have you tried butchering thatrge serpent yet?}


    Yeah. After Skadi gave it a good kick. By the way, remind me to keep Skadi from kicking things. It wont end well for others.


    {Noted, though you arent any better in that regard.}


    True.


    {Anyway, did you try eating the serpent yet?}


    No. Though I guess I could try some now.


    I pulled out a small piece of the sky serpent and did the same thing I did with the shrimp thing. When I threw it into my mouth, I was quite surprised.


    Hmm. Still poisonous, but way better than that other thing. I even think it tastes better that way, not that I would know any different.


    {I guess that means a lot of things that live in the sky are poisonous.}


    While I wont say everything, you are probably right. Though that begs the question of why we dont see the corpses or blood of things that die up here on the ground.


    {Even I dont know the answer to that, so I cant really help with an exnation. I dont even know where to start considering the answer.}


    Hmmm. Oh well, Ill just chalk it up to a mystery of the world. Its more fun that way.


    {I agree. What is life without some mystery to it after all.}


    Yep, yep.


    Another few hours passed, and I was finallyfortable enough to leave steering the ship up to an illusion. I conjured one and then went below deck where everyone else was. They were all sitting around a table with some simple dishes spread around.


    If you guys had food ready, you could have called me. (Luna)


    We did nya. You were too preupied with the helm and talking to Goddess Tamamo nya. (Mio)


    Youre feeling good enough to talk Mio? (Luna)


    Yeah nya. While I wont say Impletely over my fear nya, its not as bad as it used to be nya. Though I will still be a shaking mess if I go up top nya. (Mio)


    Well, its still a good thing. (Luna)


    Oh right, Luna, I saw you eating something earlier, what was it? (Skadi)


    At first it was a shrimp thing that I managed to grab out of the air. It was disgusting and poisonous. I then tried some of that big snake fromst time. It was way better, but still poisonous. (Luna)


    How poisonous are we talking here, master? (Ophidia)


    No clue. (Luna)


    Big sis, is there something you needed? (Soleil)


    Not really, I just wanted to take a break. While it is fun to sail the ship, its also a bit boring just staring at sky, clouds, and wood for hours on end. (Luna)


    I could take over for you if you want, you know. (Skadi)


    If you want to, feel free to. Right now there is an illusion up there, but I can always dispel it. (Luna)


    Then I think I will. (Skadi)


    Skid got up from her seat and went up top. Ophidia followed shortly after saying she wanted to watch Skadi and possibly learn how to sail as well. I grabbed a small piece of bread that was on the table.


    Mio, what can you tell us about your parents? (Luna)


    Theyre just my parents nya. Last I heard nya, dad was a shipbuilder nya, and mom runs a flower shop that is also a pharmacy nya. (Mio)


    What are their names? (Velvet)


    Moms nyame is Cleo nya, and dads is Dio nya. (Mio)


    When I heard Mios fathers name, I almost choked on the bread I was eating.


    Whats wrong nya? (Mio)


    *cough, cough* Nothing, dont mind me. (Luna)


    The three of them stared at me strangely for a second before deciding that it wasnt worth thinking about it.


    Anyway nya, they are reallyid-back people nya. Im sure theyll love all of you when you meet them nya. Also, Lunya (Mio)


    I know, Ill set up a domain for you and Fenrir. Just tell me when. (Luna)


    Thanks nya. (Mio)


    Oh right, speaking of parents, Velvet, Ive met your mom, but what about your dad? (Soleil)


    (Velvet)


    I was curious about this as well. Velvet never talks about her dad ever. I could think of several reasons for this, but I never asked since I didnt want to trouble Velvet if it was one of those reasons.


    Lets not talk about that right now. Ill tell you about himter, but not right now. (Velvet)


    After those words, an awkward silence filled the room. Soleil looked a bit distressed since she brought up a tough topic for Velvet and me and Mio had no idea what to say to break the ice. Velvet had a far away look in her eyes but snapped out of it shortly after. She looked at the three of us and tried to fix the atmosphere.


    UmSo, um (Velvet)


    Velvet was panicking, so I decided to change the subject.


    How do we want to handle tonight? We can either stay in the air, or find a body of water and stay there for the night. (Luna)


    Depends, does the ship constantly drain mana from you to stay flying? (Soleil)


    Not really. I dont know if thats just because of my infinite mana or not though. For all I know, it could be taking such a small amount that I cant notice it. Or it could be that every time I initially pour mana into the ship to get it to fly, it runs on that mana and then stops when it runs out. I think its probably the first thing though. (Luna)


    Then why dont we just stay up here tonight? Itd be more trouble to find a body of water deep enough for the ship just for the night. (Velvet)


    I agree nya. While the thought of the ship falling from the sky while you sleep is terrifying nya, Ill ce my trust in you nya. (Mio)


    Then I guess its decided. Have you picked rooms yet? (Luna)


    All three of them nodded. I then stood up from the table to go and tell Skadi and Ophidia what we decided. When I got back up top, the sun had set, and the moon was rising into the sky. I smiled at the sight before making my way to Skadi and Ophidia.


    Hows it going? (Luna)


    Smoother than sailing the sea. Though I do wish there was a bit of rocking. (Skadi)


    We also saw a giant thing earlier. It looked likewhat did you call it, Skadi? (Ophidia)


    A whale. Though it was different than any whale Ive seen before. It had a horn on its head. And it looked sharp too. (Skadi)


    Huh, a sky narwhal. Interesting. (Luna)


    Did you need something from one of us? (Skadi)


    I was here to tell you two that we decided to stay in the air for the night. We can stop whenever and Ill set up a barrier since we wont be moving. (Luna)


    Then shall we stop here? (Ophidia)


    Sure. Luna, the sails please. (Skadi)


    My illusions got to work folding up the sails and we started to slow down. When the ship came to aplete stop, I snapped my fingers and a space barrier spread around the ship. Skadi nodded at my work before she and Ophidia went below deck. Once I double checked everything, I went to the captains cabin and locked the door. I set up a domain and Tamamo appeared. Instead of wearing her usual clothes, she was wearing something much better for the current situation.


    Oh? This is different, not that Imining.


    {And better yet, theyre real as well.}


    Fufufu.


    {What are you just standing and staring for? Are you going to take these off of me or not?}


    All in due time, Tamamo.


    I walked up to her and started to kiss her while simultaneously conveying all the frustration she ced on me every morning for the past few days.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Payto, how much longer?


    Soon.


    Atmos: That doesn''t answer my question.


    Well it''s the answer you got. Calm down. And get Grey here already, he''s needed to make this work.


    Atmos: I''ll be back then.


    *Atmos instantly vanishes*


    Order: Is that actually true?


    No, but she hasn''t stopped asking the same question all day and I got fed up with it. Plus Grey should be here anyway, it''s his parents after all.


    Order: True. And where did Fenrir go?


    To Tamamo''s ce. She got there just after Tamamo left, so expect her to show up again soon.


    Fenrir: I''m back, Tamamo wasn''t home.


    See.


    Fenrir: What?

 Chapter 256: Arrival at the Port City

    Chapter 256: Arrival at the Port City


    [Luna POV]


    After an extremely fun night with Tamamo where some of our frustrations were relieved, I got ready for the day. I teleported back home to take a quick bath before going back to the domain on the ship.


    Did the ship move at all when I was gone?


    {No, I made sure it didnt.}


    Thanks.


    {No, thank you. While Im a bit sad we could only go for so long, it was enough to satisfy me for a bit. I think I can hold off from teasing you for a few days now.}


    Oh Tamamo, what am I ever going to do about you?


    {Love me for all eternity.}


    Thats just a fact of life. I meant what am I going to do about other things. The more time we spend doing it here, the longer it will take me to ascend. That means itll take even more time before we can just forget about time for bit and have all the fun we want. Do you really want to do that?


    {Fine. But were still spending a few weeks together once you get your eighth tail. Ill even wrap myself in ribbons and call myself your reward for reaching that point.}


    While I like the sound of that, that kind of gift would be better for something like my birthday than just getting my eighth tail.


    {Thats a lot sooner than a new tail, so I guess Ill go and buy some high-quality ribbon.}


    I hugged and kissed Tamamo as soon as she stood up. Once I released her, she smiled at me and vanished from my domain. I then dissolved it and left the captains cabin. I took in a deep breath and then canceled the space barrier that was around the ship. I then got to work making illusions and getting the ship ready to move again. Right when the ship started to move, Skadi and Soleil came up top.


    Hey big sis. (Soleil)


    Morning. (Skadi)


    Morning. How was sleeping in the sky? (Luna)


    It was a bit weird falling asleep in a hammock, but not too bad. (Soleil)


    If youve slept in a ship before, its the same every time. Only difference was theck of rocking. (Skadi)


    What about you? (Soleil)


    I had more important things to do than sleep. But it was refreshing all the same. (Luna)


    {I agree, you are more important than sleep.}


    Skadi then walked up next to me and took hold of the wheel.


    Im steering today. (Skadi)


    Alright. Let me know if you want to switch at any point. (Luna)


    Mm. (Skadi)


    Me and Soleil moved over to one of the sides of the ship and looked down.


    Everything looks so tiny. It makes me think. (Soleil)


    Think about what? (Luna)


    Just how small we actually are. I mean think about it, when were on the ground, we think things like houses and viges and cities are big, but from up here, they are so small. The world around those ces is so much bigger. (Soleil)


    Ive known you for most of my life here, Soleil, but I never took you for the philosophical sort. (Luna)


    Im not, but thats the thought that pops into my head when I look down from up here. (Soleil)


    Have I ever told you abouts? If you really want to feel small, I can tell you what I know about them, but dont expect superplicated stuff. (Luna)


    Maybe some other time. (Soleil)


    Alright. (Luna)


    We stood there looking out over the world below us and the sky above us. Every so often, one of the manta ray things would jump out of the clouds and catch something.


    Hows Velvet? (Luna)


    Shes back to normal. I guess talking about her dad is a bit of a taboo. (Soleil)


    Shell talk about him eventually. I do have some ideas as to why she would react like that when he was brought up, so if he is alive and we end up meeting him somewhere, go easy on him. Or better yet, let Velvet handle him. And then you can knock some sense into him once Velvet finishes. (Luna)


    Ill do that. The only way that I wouldnt would be because Velvet stops me. (Soleil)


    Good girl. (Luna)


    Another manta ray thing jumped out of the clouds. It was a bit different from the usual ones we saw as it was about 10 times the size.


    Wwoooooaaaaahhhhh. (Soleil)


    Very impressive. I wonder what it tastes like? (Luna)


    Are you hungry, big sis? (Soleil)


    Very. (Luna)


    Then lets go make something. The ships kitchen is actually pretty nice. (Soleil)


    I nodded my head at her words, and we went to make something to eat. After that, we spent the rest of the day looking out at the sky or ying chess with everyone. I was even able to almost beat Ophidia once. By evening we could see the port citying into view. I walked up to Skadi and took over the steering of the ship.


    Luna, do you have a Beast Kingdom g? (Skadi)


    I do. Why? (Luna)


    If you are going tond in the sea then sail to the port here, you should have a g of the kingdom flying. If you dont theres a chance well be seen as pirates. (Skadi)


    I took the g out of my inventory and Skadi went to fly it. After she was done with that, I hid the ship with illusion magic and flew past the city. I brought us down in the water before turning the ship around and then started sailing to the port. I slowly made the illusion disappear as we neared port. Once we got close, some of the dock workers assisted in the docking. When we all got off the ship, we got several strange looks from a few people since there were only six of us leaving the ship. Then when I ced it in my inventory, the looks turned to shock. I ignored all of this and turned to Mio.


    Mio, do you want to go see your parents right now, or should we find an inn first? (Luna)


    Lets go meet them first nya. (Mio)


    With that decided, Mio led the way to where she remembered her parents lived. After navigating the maze-like port, we made it into the city proper. Most of the buildings were a whitish color with blue ents and built close together. As we walked, the ones that havent been here before were impressed by how nice it was. After about 20 minutes of walking, we came to the door of a building that had a lot vines and potted nts sitting around. Mio knocked on the door and several minutester a cat person opened the door. She was the same height as Mio and shared the same white hair color, though hers went all the way down to her legs unlike Mio, whose went to her lower back and deep blue eyes.


    Well, well, well nya, look who decided toe home for once nya. And you even brought friends nya. (Cleo)


    Hey mom nya. (Mio)


    Well, dont just stand there nya,e in nya. (Cleo)


    Miss Cleo moved and let us all inside. The room we were now in had a lot more nts ced everywhere. Some were hanging on some kind of and the whole ce smelled like flowers and medicine. We were then ushered further inside and then sat around arge table.


    Sorry for the mess nya, I was finishing up somest-minute medicine nya. Miss Cleo said as she moved several mortar and pestles off the table and over to a counter. She then sat at the head of the table and looked at each of us before nodding. Mio nya, good job making so many friends nya.


    Mio puffed out her chest in pride before she started speaking.


    Nyot just friends nya, Lunya here is my eternal friend nya. (Mio)


    Oh nya. How surprising nya. Miss Cleo then turned her gaze to me. Wee to the family nya.


    Thank you. I am Luna, its nice to meet you, Miss Cleo. (Luna)


    Drop the miss nya. (Cleo)


    But- (Luna)


    Drop the miss nya." (Cleo)


    A- (Luna)


    Drop the miss nya." (Cleo)


    Alright. (Luna)


    Good nya. (Cleo)


    The others started to introduce themselves as well when we heard the door open again. Another person then entered the room we were all in. He was tall and very macho. He had amber eyes and short blond hair. The resemnce to that one character was so uncanny that I instinctively used my spirit sight and saw a tall spirit that was just as macho as the man was floating behind him. From the looks of it, the spirit was a sea spirit and Im sure there was a story behind why it was following him around, but that could be brought up at ater point in time.


    Ho ho, Mio, youve returned nya. (Dio)


    Hey dad, meet my friends nya. (Mio)


    Well met, friends of Mio, I am Dio nya. (Dio)


    We all introduced ourselves one again after Dio sat down next to Cleo.


    Um nya, there is also one more matter I need to announce nya. (Mio)


    Mios seriousness caused her parents faces to turn serious as well.


    I kind of got a girlfriend nya and am nning on marrying her at some point nya. (Mio)


    Who nya? (Dio)


    Um nya, that will take a lot of exining nya. (Mio)


    Then we will listen to thatter nya, but at least tell us this nya, are you happy with her nya? (Cleo)


    Extremely nya. (Mio)


    Then we give you our blessing nya. (Cleo)


    We still want to meet her though nya. That is nonnegotiable nya. (Dio)


    That was the n nya. Lunya will help out with that tomorrow nya. (Mio)


    Yes, I will help set up a proper meeting ce. Though some advice before tomorrow, dont be too surprised about who you will be meeting as much as possible. (Luna)


    That warning is slightly troubling nya. (Dio)


    Not really, youll be fine. (Luna)


    Nya. (Dio)


    Aside from that nya, tell us about some of your adventures nya. Howd you all meet Mio and what have you all done since meeting her nya. (Cleo)


    With the prompting of Cleo, the subject changed and we spent a long time telling stories of our adventures. Every time something he considered shocking happened, Dio made a wryyy sound to which I struggled to keep fromughing. Overall they wereid back just like Mio said and we all had a lot of fun chatting the night away with them.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Ok, I''m ready. See you guys again.


    *Fenrir opens a portal to Tamamo''s ce and walks into it*


    Atmos, are you and Grey ready as well?


    Atmos: I am.


    Grey: I am as well. Also, thanks for doing this. And may I ask a favor?


    Depends on what it is, though I think I already know.


    Grey: Am I allowed to have them stay over in this world permanently?


    Don''t get your hopes up, but I''ll see what I can do. I won''t force them to, and you won''t either.


    Grey: I just want them to have the choice.


    If they do choose to stay, I''ll have you owe me a favor since it would technically be against the rules since it''s different from summoning otherworlders normally.


    Grey: Fine by me.


    Order, are you done with your part?


    Order: Yes. All that''s left now is your part.


    Then let''s get this done.

 Side Chapter 22: Meeting the Parents

    Side Chapter 22: Meeting the Parents


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning, me and Mio went back to her parents house from the inn we decided to stay at.


    Lunya, Im nervous nya. (Mio)


    Just take some deep breaths and youll be fine. There is nothing you need to worry about. (Luna)


    When we arrived at the door, Mio knocked on it. Cleo opened it shortly after that and invited us inside.


    Sorry we couldnt offer any rooms nya. Even to you Mio nya. (Cleo)


    Its fine nya. (Mio)


    Wheres Dio? (Luna)


    Getting dressed nya. Hell be here shortly nya. (Cleo)


    The three of us sat down and Cleo offered us some freshly made herbal tea. We chatted for about ten minutes when Dio entered the room. He smiled cheerfully at the me and Mio before sitting down next to Cleo. After the usual morning greetings, I stood up from my seat.


    Ill set up a domain. After that, you can just ignore me while you have your meeting. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers and a domain was created. I then activated my stealth skill and used some illusion magic to hide myself.


    [Fenrir POV]


    {Fenrir, Luna made a domain. You can go down at any time.}


    Ok, deep breaths Fenrir, deep breaths. (Fenrir)


    I took in several deep breaths to calm my nerves. Tamamo walked over next to me and started patting my head for some reason.


    {Youll be fine.}


    While Im notining, why are you patting my head? (Fenrir)


    {Because it has a calming effect.}


    I cant deny that. (Fenrir)


    With Tamamos help, I had calmed down a considerable degree. After one more deep breath, I made a portal to Lunas domain and stepped through it. The room I found myself in was quite different from what I was used to, but that shouldnt be a surprise. It had a thick smell of herbs and other nts as well as a faint smell of the sea. As I took in the sight of the room, my gaze fell on three cat people. One was obviously my Mio. The other woman looked like a slightly older version of Mio but with different eye color and longer hair. The man was tall and extremely muscr. He had the same eye color as Mio and unkempt blond hair. He also had a sea spirit with the same body build floating behind him for some reason.


    Mom, dad, this is Fenrir nya. My girlfriend and the person I want to marry in the future nya. (Mio)


    Its nice to meet you, mother-inw, father-inw, I am Fenrir, Goddess of Winter and the North. (Fenrir)


    WRYYYYYYYY NYA! (Dio)


    Good job Mio nya. I always knew you would end up with a great person nya. (Cleo)


    I took a step forward to sit next to Mio when her father stood up, giving off a menacing aura.


    Oh, youre approaching my daughter? Instead of standing at a respectable distance, you are approaching her? (Dio)


    I cant sit next to my girlfriend without getting closer. (Fenrir)


    I matched his aura which caused him to smile.


    Ho ho, then get as close as you like. (Dio)


    His menacing aurapletely disappeared and he sat back down. I nced at Cleo and Mio and saw that Mio had her face buried in her hands and Cleo was pinching the bridge of her nose.


    Dio nya. Why nya? Why must you always do things like that nya? All it does is embarrass us nya. (Cleo)


    Its a force of habit nya. (Dio)


    I finally sat down next to Mio, and she peeked through her finger.


    Fen, please forget my dad ever did that nya. (Mio)


    I have no idea what you are talking about, Mio. (Fenrir)


    Nya. (Mio)


    She took her head out of her hands and looked at both of her parents.


    Nyow, let me exin all the things nya. (Mio)


    Mio told the story of her first meeting with Luna, her adventures after meeting her, the point of their journey, the fact that she became an Apostle. She was about to get to the part where we first met, but I interjected.


    I feel I should tell this next part. (Fenrir)


    Go ahead nya. (Mio)


    I then went into an exnation about how I first saw Mio from the divine domain, though I feel my exnation was a bit different to how it actually happened. Anyway, I told them how I pretty much fell for Mio at first sight, how, through some of my connections, met her, and how we became a couple.


    I think that about sums it up. (Fenrir)


    Hmmm. So my daughter will marry a goddess and is an Apostle to another one nya. Dio looked directly into my eyes. While I respect all gods, let me say this as a father nya. If you ever hurt my Mios feelings, I will do my utmost to make you regret it nya. Even if Im sentenced to eternal damnation for it nya.


    I met his gaze head-on before replying.


    I would never hurt Mios feelings. To us, our word is one of the most important things. I promise you on my name as a goddess that I will never hurt Mios feelings and give you full permission to enact judgement on me if I ever do. (Fenrir)


    Dio crossed his arms and nodded his head. I then looked over to Cleo. Her eyes were shining while also having tears in the corners.


    *Sniff* Mio nya, you really found yourself a good woman nya. Fenrir, as a her mother, I give you full permission to marry my daughter nya. But remember this as well nya, I have the same sentiments as my husband nya. (Cleo)


    I fully understand and give you the same permission as father-inw. (Fenrir)


    Very well nya. Nyow, tell us when the wedding is nya. (Cleo)


    Thats not decided yet nya. We still need to talk about it nya, but it will probably be after Lunyas. (Mio)


    As long as we get to witness it, then thats fine nya. (Cleo)


    Indeed nya. (Dio)


    Ill try my best to figure out what to do and ry that to Mio. (Fenrir)


    Alright nya. Nyow, lets get to something less serious nya. Please tell us about yourself more nya. (Cleo)


    I smiled at that and spent the rest of the day talking about myself as well as listening to several things about Mios childhood. By the time it was time for me to leave, I got up and bade my farewells. Luna showed up from out of nowhere as I created a portal to the divine domain. I thanked her for setting up the domain for us but she just smiles at me and patted my head like Tamamo did earlier.


    Tamamo was right, you are very headpattable. (Luna)


    Again, I dont get why you are doing this, but I wontin about it. (Fenrir)


    As well you shouldnt. (Luna)


    As I was turning back to the portal, Luna pulled me closer to her and whispered into my ear.


    Just let me know when and Ill make a domain for you and Mio in a private ce for the two of you to spend some time together. I gave Mio the same offer before, so I extend it to you. (Luna)


    I nodded my head as I felt my face start to blush. Luna then released me and I walked through the portal.


    Chaos Realm:


    [Atmos POV]


    I was sitting on a couch while Payto and Order were working away on arge magic formation with so manyplicated symbols and patterns that it gave me a headache. Grey was sitting next to me with a simrly confused face.


    Atmos, what kind of magic is that? (Grey)


    No idea. Just watching them is making my head hurt. (Atmos)


    Yeah, I dont rmend looking at this too much. It contains secrets only Im supposed to know, and I really dont want to mess with your memories as much as I normally do. At least in Greys case. (Payto)


    And you especially dont want me to do that. Im still learning how to manipte memories. (Order)


    When do you mess with my memories? (Grey)


    Every time you leave here. I cant have you reveal the Chaos Realm to the outside world or divine domain. Its not that I dont trust you to keep your mouth shut, but its a precaution I still need to take. (Payto)


    Thats understandable. (Grey)


    Payto nodded his head before writing one more symbol. The magic formation then shone in a mix of red, ck, and white light. It then split down the middle like a door and two people kind of fell out of it with bewildered looks on their faces.


    Did we just get abducted? (Alexander)


    Not sure, but I dont think so. (Cassandra)


    Its less abduction and more like a really vivid dream. Anyway, you two turn around and talk for a bit. (Payto)


    Payto and Order then disappeared. The two new arrivals were confused but did turn around and all of our eyes met. When they saw Grey, their eyes went wide and tears could be seen forming in Greys mothers.


    G-Grey? Is that you? (Cassandra)


    Long time no see, mom. (Grey)


    Boy, you have some exining to do. You disappear ten years ago, never contact us, then we randomly show up here just to see you again. Not to mention that you have apletely different feeling than what I remember. (Alexander)


    Yeah, thats whats going to happen. So why dont you calm down and sit. There are a lot of things that need to be said, and probably not enough time to do so. (Grey)


    Hmph. (Alexander)


    Greys father grumpily sat down on the seat in front of Grey while his mother was still silently staring at him.


    Cass, snap out of it. (Alexander)


    Alex, its Grey. Our Grey. (Cassandra)


    I know. Sit and listen to what he has to say. And you,dy with the weird eyes, who are you? (Alexander)


    Ok, one, my eyes arent weird, and two, Im Greys wife, Atmos. (Atmos)


    Eh? (Alexander)


    EH!? (Cassandra)


    Really Atmos. (Grey)


    Hey, even if they are my inws, I wont stand for my looks being called weird. (Atmos)


    How is it not? A green eye and a purple one, not to mention dark purple hair. What normal person has features like that? (Alexander)


    Alex, thats rude. You know that stuff like this is all the rage these days. (Cassandra)


    Bah. Its still weird. (Alexander)


    I could feel myself twitching and a feeling of wanting to see a cake meet the face of my father-inw was very, VERY prominent in my mind.


    Dad, please stop. I wont be able to save you if you get on her bad sidepletely. (Grey)


    Then what are you waiting for, boy? Start talking. And start with why you just up and disappeared ten years ago. (Alexander)


    *Sigh*Before I start, I need you to keep an open mind to all the craziness. (Grey)


    With that warning, Grey stated telling his story from the time he was summoned to our world as a hero, his adventure, his meeting me and learning he was my Fated One, his ascension to godhood, and everything up to the present moment.


    Boy, you know you soundpletely insane, right? (Alexander)


    Yeah, but its still the truth. Ive even shown you proof that Im not lying. (Grey)


    Grey, while I do believe your story, was there really no way to somehowe back home temporarily? (Cassandra)


    Unfortunately not. Rules are rules. In fact, I have no idea how this isnt viting them, but Im not going to look this gift-horse in the mouth. (Grey)


    Greys father then turned to me.


    Atmos, was it? Thank you for taking care of my meathead of a son. Also, sorry for calling you weird. I didnt know I was insulting a goddess. (Alexander)


    So, you WERE insulting me. (Atmos)


    Dont mind him, hes like that with everyone. But Ill thank you as well. (Cassandra)


    No thanks are needed. Honestly, Grey is the one that takes care of me than the other way around. (Atmos)


    Yep. (Grey)


    I smacked Greys arm.


    Thats the part where you deny that and say we take care of each other. (Atmos)


    Says the one that pranks others almost indiscriminately. (Grey)


    Oi! How can I not? Its literally my job to do that. (Atmos)


    Yeah, but thats only been the case recently. How many hundreds or even thousands of years were you doing that?" (Grey)


    "Grey. What have we talked about in that regard? (Atmos)


    Not to bring up age in front of my parents. (Grey)


    Then why did you mention what humans would consider an absurd number of years? (Atmos)


    Because they have already figured out that more time has passed than they actually think. (Grey)


    They get along so well, eh Cass? (Alexander)


    Yeah. (Cassandra)


    Of course we do. We were literally fated to be together. There is literally no one better than Grey. Though my sister and her wife doe close. (Atmos)


    Oh, so this world that youre from is progressive in love? (Cassandra)


    What do you mean? (Atmos)


    In our world, liking people of the same gender isdifficult in a lot of ces. Of course, we think that you love who you love, no matter what, but a lot of other people dont think that way. (Alexander)


    No offence, but that sounds like a horrible ce. (Atmos)


    Eh, we make do with what we can. (Alexander)


    Anyway, I have a serious question for the two of you. My friend, the one who made this meeting possible, might be able to let you stay here permanently. However, it has to be your choice. I cant make you do this. (Grey)


    The two of them looked at each other before looking back at us.


    Grey, while Im thankful for the offer, I think well decline. (Alexander)


    I had a feeling that was the case, but can I ask why? (Grey)


    Our whole lives are back there. Family, friends, our entire livelihood, everything. This is selfish, but we cant give all of that up. We dont me you for choosing to stay here after everything you went through. Meeting your lovely wife as well. (Cassandra)


    Grey didnt say anything but nodded his head. I reached over and started patting him on the back tofort him.


    Grey, look at me. (Alexander)


    He did as he was told.


    Like your mother said, this is selfish on our part, but you have your life here to worry about. Dont take this as a slight on you. Greys father stood up and then knelt in front of Grey. We love you with all our heart, nothing will ever change that. Getting brought to a new world? So, what. Bing a god? Good on you. We love you with everything we have and more. Just because we cant abandon everything weve ever known doesnt change that fact. (Alexander)


    Grey nodded his head and I could tell he was holding back tears. Greys mother then stood up and knelt next to her husband. She then grabbed Greys hands with hers.


    Grey. This is just another part of life. I get that youve lived way longer than we have by this point, but you will always be my son. There is no possible way we regret bringing you into the world and the choices we made when raising you. And this point is a learning experience. Be better than us, who are selfish. I wont say be a saint, far from it, but be better. Hehe. Heck, you are better. (Cassandra)


    Haha. (Grey)


    Greys parents stood up and they both turned to me.


    Atmos, when we leave this ce, take care of him. If you dont, Ill traverse however many worlds to get back here and give you an earful. (Alexander)


    Naturally. Ive done that for this long, and Ill continue to do so forever. (Atmos)


    Good. (Alexander)


    Atmos. Thank you for loving my son. I can tell that you both make each other happy, so please continue to do so. (Cassandra)


    Of course. (Atmos)


    Also, while I dont know if its possible to do this again one day, if it is, let me see some grandchildren. (Cassandra)


    AhI-its not like we dont try. Its just really hard for gods to get pregnant. Like, super, super, SUPER hard. (Atmos)


    I see. Then you best be getting busy. (Cassandra)


    I could tell my face was red to my ears hearing my mother-inws words.


    Mom, did you really have to bring that up? There are people here who are also struggling with that. (Grey)


    Ah. Sorry, I just got caught up in the moment. (Cassandra)


    Its fine. We know it wasnt anything meant for us. Also, times almost up. What was your decision to the choice? (Payto)


    Were going back. (Alexander)


    I see. Then I wish the two of you the best of luck in your endeavors. If you both manage to live for another 30 years in your world, you might get to have another meeting like this. (Payto)


    Hear that, Cass? Thirty more years and we might get to see some grandkids. (Alexander)


    I did. If thats our motivation, then I bet I can live for 100 more years. (Cassandra)


    Now youre talking. Hear that Grey, well live for as long as it takes, so this wont be thest time we see each other. (Alexander)


    Yeah, I heard. Im gonna hold you to that too. (Grey)


    And Ill try my best. (Atmos)


    The two of them smiled and waved as they walked through the magic formation again. It shut slowly and thenpletely disappeared. Grey slumped back down into the couch. I nced at Payto and Order and they nodded at me. The second they disappeared, Grey broke down a little.


    That washarder than I expected it to be. (Grey)


    I know. But you did fine. And remember, they have the chance to see us again. What was that thing you said before? Wait and Hope Do that and well see them again. (Atmos)


    YeahHey Atmos. (Grey)


    Hmm. (Atmos)


    Mind if I borrow your shoulder for a bit? (Grey)


    For as long as you like. (Atmos)


    Thanks. (Grey)


    We spent a while after that together. Grey let out all of the feelings he was holding in during the meeting while I did what I could tofort him.

 Chapter 257: Stormy Days and Some Some Small Genocide

    Chapter 257: Stormy Days and Some Some Small Genocide


    [Luna POV]


    Over week we stayed in the port town, I had gone and made a domain for Fenrir to get to know Mios parents. While I did stay there in the background for the first few times, I had to stop before I went mad withughter at everything Mios father did. In the times when I wasnt keeled overughing, I managed to learn why he had a sea spirit following him around. Apparently when they lived in Himmels, he somehow saved the spirit from some ritual. After that he took his wife and Mio and fled the continent.


    Anyway, now we were getting ready to leave the port city. We were all standing at an open dock at the mouth of thergest river Ive ever seen. It was wide enough that you could fit an entire armada of aircraft carriers from my previous life side by side and still have room for smaller ships between them.


    Ive never seen a river this big in my lives. (Luna)


    It is quite impressive. And to think it starts as just a trickle in the mountains of the dwarven country. (Skadi)


    I ced the Argo next to the dock as we all climbed aboard. I started preparing my illusions and we set off. We didnt immediately start flying as I wanted us to get a bit away from the city before we did that.


    Big sis, do you smell that? (Soleil)


    Yeah. Rain. Guess were not flying today. (Luna)


    Luna, if there really is raining, then let me take over steering. Its way different than calm weather. (Skadi)


    Alright. It doesnt smell like a storm, but Ill leave it to you nheless. (Luna)


    I handed over the helm to Skadi and went to stand next to Mio and Ophidia.


    Nyo flying today nya? (Mio)


    Rainsing. Dont want to risk it. (Luna)


    Thanks for that nya. (Mio)


    Yeah. I dont think Id like flying in a storm. (Ophidia)


    Will it be a storm? All Soleil or I can smell is the rain on the wind. (Luna)


    Yeah. And its going to be a big one. (Ophidia)


    How do you knyow nya? (Mio)


    I can just tell. (Ophidia)


    Tamamo, are the storm gods being uppity? (Luna)


    {Probably. They are a rowdy bunch.}


    This makes me less eager to meet any of them. (Luna)


    {Youd probably get along to a few of the ones Im friends with, but I have to agree that most of them arent really that easy to get along with.}


    Anyway, guess well be in for some less than ideal travel conditions. (Luna)


    {Why not just teleport somewhere and wait for the rain to pass?}


    Cause wheres the fun in that? (Luna)


    {Tempting Atmos are we?}


    No, Ill only ever tempt you. But I can get Atmos to unconsciously make things more fun for us. (Luna)


    {Ufufufufu. Then feel free to tempt me all you want tonight.}


    That was the n. (Luna)


    While I was talking with Tamamo, the clouds turned a dark grey and rain started to fall. I walked back to Skadi.


    Need any space barriers? (Luna)


    One around me would be nice. I may like water, but even I hate getting drenched like this. The ship, however, no. (Skadi)


    Alright. (Luna)


    Master, Ill do it. (Ophidia)


    Fufu. Alright. (Luna)


    I then went below deck where Soleil and Velvet were at. We talked about several things with Mio who came down when the rain started to get worse. Like that, several days of storms that got progressively worse. We even had to put out a few fires from when lightning struck the masts.


    Tamamo, will you figure out which storm gods are doing this? I have words for them. (Luna)


    {Ill add their names to the list.}


    We were currently sailing through the wends of the Beast Kingdom. For miles on each side of the river were marshes, swamps, and bogs filled with tall grass and veryrge bugs. Every so often, I would feel a gaze looking at me from somewhere in the tall grass and when I used my space magic to see what it was, I would find lizardmen. They all came in different varieties of appearances. Some looked like crocodiles, others like alligators. There were even a few with frills on the sides of their faces that reminded me of a dinosaur that spit poison in peoples faces.


    Skadi, Ophidia, Velvet, were being watched by lizardmen of all kinds. Theyve been following us ever since we entered the wends, and the numbers keep growing. (Luna)


    How many? (Velvet)


    Hundreds and counting. (Luna)


    I wonder why theyre watching us? I mean, sure, they are territorial monsters, but if what you said is true, then they are all working as a cohesive unit. (Skadi)


    Think a king was born? (Luna)


    Possibly. (Skadi)


    Master, several are swimming behind the ship. (Ophidia)


    Hmmm. For now well wait. If they attack us, then we will retaliate. (Luna)


    Who are you and what have you done with Luna? (Velvet)


    Rude, Im the same me Ive always been. (Luna)


    No, youre being too passive. (Velvet)


    nder! I just have something I want to try out, but Im waiting for them to amass a big enough group. (Luna)


    Something tells me this is a bad idea. (Velvet)


    Nah. Just an application of lightning and ice magic. Sure, it could possibly cause some slightly map-redrawing damage to the terrain, but thats what domains are for other than for me to spend time with Tamamo. (Luna)


    While thats nice, Ill be inside the ship when you do that. (Velvet)


    I second that notion. (Ophidia)


    Ill watch. (Skadi)


    You will? (Ophidia)


    Yeah. Im not bothered by a little bit of lightning magic and rain. (Skadi)


    With that settled, we continued to sail up the river while the lizardmen numbers continued to grow. After a few hours, there were so many that the banks of the river looked like a roiling mass of scaled bodies, it was really quite disgusting.


    Definitely a king. There would be no possible way for this many toe together and not kill each other. (Skadi)


    Before I could reply, I heard the sound of somethingrge falling into the water ahead of the ship. I squinted my eyes and looked ahead to see several logs tied together with vines blocking the way. Naturally, this wouldnt really stop us since we could just ram through the blockade, but I decided this was the time.


    Velvet, Ophidia, this is the time for you two to go below unless youve decided to stay and watch. (Luna)


    Well, Ill see you when youre done. (Velvet)


    I think Ill stay and watch. Nothing a simple space barrier cant handle. (Ophidia)


    Then I best make this a good show. (Luna)


    Velvet quickly went below deck as I made my illusions close the sails and drop the anchor. I climbed up the main mast and stood in the crows nest. I then made a domain that epassed the area around the ship where all the lizardmen were.


    {Luna.}


    Dont worry Tamamo, Im not doing anything ress in regards to space this time.


    {If thats the case, then show me exactly what you want to do. Im on the edge of my seat.}


    This made me smile a feral smile. I used some ice magic and created a spear like construct and then filled it with lightning magic. I filled it with so as much lightning magic as it could handle before reinforcing it with even more ice magic. After several minutes I held a glowing silver spear of ice and lightning.


    HAHAHAHA! (Luna)


    I looked around at the roiling mass of lizardmen and saw one that looked bigger than all the rest. I took aim and threw my magic construct at my target. As it flew, it left arcs of lightning that killed several lizardmen before it made contact. I teleported to the deck and set up a heavily fortified space barrier around the ship. The second the ice hit the target; a deafening sound of thunder echoed across thend. I pir of silver light arced through the entire area and after electrocuting everything, ice started to form and freeze everything. The drop in temperature was so much that even I who had a high resistance to cold started to shiver a little. Once the magic finally calmed down and the thunder stopped, me, Skadi, and Ophidia looked out over the carnage.


    Luna, you are one scary person. (Skadi)


    The entire area was frozen. All the lizardmen were turned into statues while simultaneously cooked by the lightning. It was actually quite a morbidly beautiful spectacle.


    I dont know if its just my natural instinct or not, but seeing all of these monsters like this is making me hungry. (Ophidia)


    You know, its easy to forget youre not human until you say things like that. (Luna)


    Thats just a part of what makes Ophidia, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    Also, master, this cold is something else. Normally it doesnt bother me, but Im actually starting to feel sluggish for once. (Ophidia)


    Ok, Ill finish up then. But before I do, anything usefule from lizardmen? (Luna)


    Not particrly. You can get some weak blinding poison from the ones with the frills, but thats about it. Lizardmen are like the goblins of the marshes after all. (Skadi)


    Ah, sopletely worthless. Anyway, if thats the case, then time for the finale. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers and the already dark clouds above us grew even darker. Silver streaks of lightning arced between them before shooting towards the ground. The ces that were hit caused a chain reaction that shattered everything that was frozen in a brilliant spectacle of shimmering ice crystals and silver light.


    AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! (Atmos)


    {Damnit Atmos!}


    Sorry, sorry its just two of the storm gods that were stupid and got in a drunken brawl just got one upped by Luna. And shes not even a demigod of storms. Pfft. AHHAHAHAAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! (Atmos)


    {And why are you here telling us this while making us both deaf?}


    Pfft. *Sigh* Now, they want to know who one upped them and be their follower. How funny is that? The cult of Luna is spreading even further into the divine domain. And this time it isnt rted to fluff. (Atmos)


    The what now? (Luna)


    {What Luna said.}


    Oh crap. I shouldnt have said that. Um. UmAh, I know. <em>You didnt hear anything.</em> (Atmos)


    {Why are you waving your hand around like that?}


    Atmos, the mind trick doesnt work on strong-willed people. (Luna)


    Oh. Anywaygottagobye! (Atmos)


    (Luna)


    {Youre not going to use your chains to drag her back?}


    No, I have a headache now. (Luna)


    {Ill see what I can do to find out about what Atmos just said.}


    Please do. And if possible, try to either disband it or put them to work like what I did for the elves. Just tell them that they have to listen to you since youre my wife. Also, I highly suspect this is Atmoss doing, so please scold her next time you see her. (Luna)


    {Alright.}


    I dissolved the domain and all the damage that was caused by my magic disappeared. The sky was also clearing at a rapid rate.


    Master? (Ophidia)


    Not now, Ophidia. Skadi, can I ask you to steer for a little longer. I need a nap to get rid of this headache. (Luna)


    While I get it, why not use healing magic? (Skadi)


    Because I just want to take a nap and not think about stuff for a little while. (Luna)


    Understandable. (Skadi)


    I went to the captains cabin andid on the bed. I pulled out my Tamamo plush and shut my eyes.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Oh Atmos.


    Atmos: On no.


    You brought this on yourself. I told you it was a bad idea to start a Luna fluff cult in the divine domain.


    Order: I also tried to dissuade you as well.


    Atmos: But it was such a fun idea. I''ve even gotten most of the goddesses of beauty on board.


    Tamamo: I see.


    Atmos: Very big oh no.


    For the record, Tamamo, we tried to stop her.


    Order: Indeed.


    Tamamo: I heard you the first time. Though by the looks of it, you two didn''t try too hard. And Order, I expected you to be the one with the most reason here.


    Order: I''d like to use my right to remain silent.


    Crisis: Ah, so the dissuading was post fun times with Payto, eh?


    Order: In-chan, let''s have a nice long discussion about things that should and should not be said.


    Crisis: AHAHAHAHAHA! You''ll never catch me!


    Mordred, control your wife.


    Mordred: No can do. I''m just an Apostle, I don''t have the strength to hold her back. Plus isn''t she just adorable when sheughs like that?


    Not as cute as Order''s embarrassed face.


    Atmos: Um, are we just not going to question anything about what just happened or why those two showed up after months of being wherever they were?


    Tamamo: Stop being a voice of reason and receive your scolding.


    Atmos: You''ll never catch me!

 Chapter 258: The First Apostle Confides in her Goddess

    Chapter 258: The First Apostle Confides in her Goddess


    [Luna POV]


    I woke up from my nap to find moonlighting through the window.


    I wanted to nap, not sleep the rest of the day. Ah, whatever.


    I was irritated. Either because of what Atmos let slip earlier or because I just woke up, I had no idea. I got up from my bed and looked out the window. Looking at the moon reflecting off the water of the river lessened my irritation some.


    Tamamo.


    {Hmm?}


    When gods and demigods dream, are the dreams prophetic?


    {The only god I know that has for sure had prophetic dreams is Atmos wit Gear being a possibility. Why? Did you have a weird dream?}


    Just one of me sitting on a gilded throne while all things are bowing to me and chanting Hail fluff.


    {Oh, then that might have been prophetic.}


    Please dont joke about that. I dont want that to ever happen. I dont mind being the Abyss of Fluff, but I dont want something like that to ever happen.


    {I was only trying to ease your mood. Anyway, want to know what I got out of Atmos?}


    Justy it on me. I have to hear this at some point, might as well just get it over with.


    {For the most part, the members are Atmos, most of the goddesses of beauty, those two storm gods, apparently me, and several spirits.}


    Why are you included?


    {Apparently, Im counted as a member and secondary figure or worship. Atmoss doing.}


    Ah.


    {Anyway, its not really that bad. The storm gods and spirits are one thing, but the others just joined because they were bored. Itll pass, just give it a few hundred years at the least.}


    That eases my mind a bit. The others we can probably just ignore.


    {I agree. Those two storm gods are particrly meatheaded, so theyll probably forget soon. As for the spirits, they wont bother you.}


    I nodded my head at her words. I continued to stare out the window for a little longer before moving back over to my bed and sitting down.


    Did she say why she started it?


    {Want her answer, or mine?}


    Both.


    {My answer: Shes Atmos, she does things like this because she thinks theyre funny. And sometimes, she forgets to take into ount the other sides feelings. Her answer: Because it seemed like an interesting way to pass some time.}


    Figures.


    I closed my eyes and took a few deep breaths to wash the irritation away.


    Well, no use dwelling on it any longer. Whats done is done and since you said itll just be a temporary fad, then Ill just ignore it and let is sort itself out.


    {Sounds like a good n.}


    As I tried to figure out if I wanted to try and sleep again or not, I took a quick look at my status to see that I had gained a level and was now level 71.


    Well, there were a lot of lizardmen, so that makes sense.


    {Hmm?}


    I went up a level. One step closer to tail eight.


    {Yay for you.}


    I smiled at Tamamos cheerful voice and was about toy back down when someone knocked on the door. I got up and let whoever it was in. Myte night visitor turned out to be Soleil.


    Hey big sis*yawn* (Soleil)


    Hey Soleil. What are you doing up sote? (Luna)


    Ive been hard at workand it paid off. (Soleil)


    Soleil was clearly exhausted and she could barely stand straight. I led her over to the bed and sat her down.


    Hehe. Imfine, big sis. Not tired at all. Anyway, I did it. I got to level 10 ster magic. Hehehe. All it took me was several sleepless nights. (Soleil)


    I sat next to Soleil and her head immediately fell onto my shoulder.


    Thats some good news, Soleil. Why dont you go to sleep now? (Luna)


    No. I cant sleep yet. Not when I can finally be your Apostle. (Soleil)


    I smiled at her and moved her head from my shoulder to myp. I then started running my hands through her hair.


    Fufufu. Soleil, Im proud of your hard work. And like I promised, I will make you my Apostle, but for now, sleep. (Luna)


    I started to hum a song that Tamamo taught me and Soleils already sleepy eyes started to close.


    Hehehe. Just likeoldtimeszzzzzzzzzz. (Soleil)


    Fufu. Like old times indeed. (Luna)


    {Ill concede that spot for the night, Soleil.}


    I spent the rest of that night with Soleils head in myp as I talked with Tamamo. After the sun rose, I carefully moved Soleils head and stood up. I immediately started to use healing magic to get rid of the gross feeling you get when your legs fall asleep and left the room. Skadi was still at the helm and happily humming a song to herself.


    Morning. Want to switch out? (Luna)


    Sure. (Skadi)


    I took the wheel from Skadi when she moved over. She then stretched and I could hear popping soundsing from her arms, legs, and neck.


    Ive been up most of the night, so you could havee and let me take over before now, you know. (Luna)


    Skadi shrugged her shoulders as she spoke.


    Eh. It doesnt really matter to me. What about you and that thing that Atmos said yesterday? Also, what did Soleil need? (Skadi)


    Im going to ignore the first thing. As for Soleil, she had apparently been on a grind of making talismans to level her ster magic and finally hit level 10. (Luna)


    I though that those could only bepleted with the help of a domain? (Skadi)


    Shes been asking me to keep a small one around her so that she could make them. But I didnt realize she was sacrificing sleep for it. Maybe she got more of those stamina potions I made. How though, Im not so sure. (Luna)


    Maybe Ana gave her some of the ones you left for them on the ind. (Velvet)


    Oh, so shell scold me for not wanting to sleep, but when Soleil asks for things that make it unnecessary temporarily, its fine. (Luna)


    Morning Velvet. (Skadi)


    Velvet waved at Skadi before speaking again.


    Is Soleil finally asleep? (Velvet)


    In the captains cabin. Shes been out like a rock since a little past midnight. I dont think shes going to wake up for a few more hours still. (Luna)


    Then Ill leave her be. Are we going to try flying today? (Velvet)


    Not sure yet. The storms are over, but it still seems a bit too windy. (Luna)


    Ok. Might as well figure out something to do then. (Velvet)


    You do that, Im going to take a nap. (Skadi)


    Skadi went below deck, leaving me and Velvet alone. We stood in silence and listened to the sounds the ship and river made while enjoying the breeze. Velvet leaned her back on the railing next to the helm and stared off into the distance.


    Whats on your mind? (Luna)


    A lot of things. (Velvet)


    Want to talk about some of them? (Luna)


    Are you sure, at least one of them is kind of heavy? (Velvet)


    You are my best friend and first Apostle. If I cant help carrying your worries, then what good am I? Not to mention Soleil. Shed say the same thing I did. (Luna)


    Its about my dad. (Velvet)


    Ah. Im going to ask something insensitive. Is he dead, or deadbeat? (Luna)


    Deadbeat. Drunkard. Absent for most of my life. Need I go on? (Velvet)


    Nah. Though I do want to beat him if I ever meet him now. (Luna)


    Get in line. Anyway,st I heard, he was in the Dwarven Country. Where exactly, I have no idea, but hes there. And knowing our luck, were guaranteed to run into him while were there. (Velvet)


    If hes been absent from your life, then would you even recognize him? (Luna)


    I said absent for most of my life. He shows up once every five or so years and then disappears again. (Velvet)


    Oh. (Luna)


    And the worst part is, I cant hate him. Every time he shows up, hes always nice, brings me interesting things and masks, and tells stories of things that happened a long time ago when this continent was less peaceful. (Velvet)


    Thatst part doesnt sound very nice. (Luna)


    The thing is, its interesting. Makes me think about what it was like to live back then. What was the culture like, the people, the everything. (Velvet)


    Hmmmm. The used, a deadbeat, drunk, somewhat absentee father that also has some good points that nearly bnce the scales in his daughters heart. Verdict: A p from said daughter, a p from said daughters best friend, and whatever torment said daughters fiance decides to heap upon him. Verdict to be carried out upon first sighting the used. We will now go to judge Tamamo to see if said verdict is rational and legal. (Luna)


    {As presiding judge, I, Tamamo, Goddess of the Moon, Night, and Gravity, dere this verdict eptable on all ounts. Court adjourned.}


    Thanks for ying along.


    {Any time.}


    Pffft. Ahahahahahahaha. (Velvet)


    Miss Velvet Belmont, do you see any problems with the ruling of the court? (Luna)


    No. I do not. (Velvet)


    Aww. This is where you yell objection and point at me before demanding you get two ps, one for each cheek. Preferable open palmed ones as well so you get a good sound to pain ratio. (Luna)


    Oh. Sorry for ruining the bit. (Velvet)


    Im just messing with you about thatst part. But at least your mood is better now. (Luna)


    Hehe. Thanks for that. (Velvet)


    Any time. But why not confide this stuff with Soleil? She is your fiance after all. (Luna)


    Dont get me wrong, I love Soleil with all my heart and soul and I will confide even my most darkest secrets with her. But she also has a habit of getting a bit heated when ites to things that she thinks hurt me in any way. Dont get me wrong, I love that part of her, and Id do the same, but it just feels like shedtch onto the negative parts of what I said andpletely ignore the good parts. (Velvet)


    Yeah, she takes after Ana a lot in that way. Plus, all of that is just a beastkin thing in general. (Luna)


    Now that I think about it, aside from skills, Soleil takes more after Ana than she does ke. (Velvet)


    Notpletely. Sure, she takes after Ana a lot more on the surface, but ke also had some influence. Her caring attitude, thoughtfulness, drive, and yful side are all heavily kes doing. Not that Ana doesnt have all of that as well, but ke is the one that refined them. Gah! I dont even know if that makes sense. (Luna)


    I got what youre trying to say. (Velvet)


    Well good. Now, I should leave this to an illusion. I have a new Apostle waiting to be anointed. Please go get Ophidia. I want all of my Apostles to witness this. (Luna)


    Got it. Want Mio and Skadi to join as well? (Velvet)


    If they are awake, sure, but dont wake them up if they are still or already asleep. When you get her, meet me in the captains cabin. (Luna)


    Alright. (Velvet)


    Velvet went below deck to get Ophidia while I made an illusion to steer the ship and went back to the captains cabin.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hmmm. Alright.


    Don''t go and do something you''ll regret so soon after yourst scolding.


    Atmos: I''m not. I want to help Velvet resolve this, so I''m going to do some small things to make absolutely sure they will meet.


    You just want to see how far he flies when Luna ps him, don''t you.


    Atmos: That''ll be a bonus, but I truly am doing this to help Velvet.


    Fine then, but don''t go too overboard.


    Atmos: Wasn''t nning on it. By the way, are you going to stop Order and Crisis from chasing each other yet? They''ve been at it for a while now.


    Nah. Order is enjoying herself too much for me to stop her.


    Atmos: I forgot she and Crisis were something like sisters like me and Tamamo. This just reminds me of the past now. Like that one time when Tamamo was young and we yed, what was it mortals call it? Tag, that''s it.


    Let me guess, Tamamo always won?


    Atmos: Yep. She always pinned me with gravity magic. Now that I think about it, I should have made a rule banning that.


    Save the young Tamamo stories for Luna.


    Atmos: Yeah. I really need to spend a day with just the two of us again. Anyway, back to what I was doing.

 Chapter 259: Apostle of the Stars

    Chapter 259: Apostle of the Stars


    [Luna POV]


    When I entered the captains cabin, I saw Soleil sitting up and rubbing her eyes.


    Big sis, when did I get in here? Last I remember, I was sitting at a table below and making talismans. (Soleil)


    You came in here past midnightst night telling me that you hit level 10 ster magic. After that you fell asleep in myp. (Luna)


    Ah. Did I interrupt anything? (Soleil)


    No. (Luna)


    Also, while I wasnt too aware of anything really, I do remember hearing a song. And I had a nice dream too. Did you do that? (Soleil)


    I did hum a song that Tamamo taught me to help you fall asleep. Though now that I think about it, I had good dreams when Tamamo sang it to me too. (Luna)


    {If it helps, I learned that song from Atmos. For all I know, it could actually be using some kind of magic that Im not aware of.}


    We can ask herter. (Luna)


    Soleil was about to say something when a knock sounded at the door.


    Juste in. No need for knocking this time. (Luna)


    The door opened and Velvet and Ophidia entered.


    Morning master, Soleil. (Ophidia)


    Hey Ophidia. (Luna)


    Morning. (Soleil)


    Velvet went and sat next to Soleil and Ophidia sat down in a chair. I sat on the edge of the desk that was in the room.


    Now that all are gathered, shall we begin? (Luna)


    Yes. (Soleil)


    Soleil stood up and moved to the center of the room. I got up and stood in front of her.


    Nervous? (Luna)


    Not really. Im more excited than anything. (Soleil)


    I saw Velvet and Ophidia nce at each other and suppressed a chuckle myself.


    I hope she wont be too disappointed. (Luna)


    {I doubt it. Just because she wont get a super buff to everything doesnt mean that some changes wont happen.}


    Soleil then knelt on one knee in front of me, bowed her head and sped her hands in front of her. I ced one hand on her head and started to use the Apostle Creation skill.


    Soleil, do you swear to serve me as my Apostle from today into eternity? (Luna)


    Yes. (Soleil)


    Do you swear to be my voice in the mortal world? (Luna)


    Yes. (Soleil)


    Do you swear to take up arms in the event of a threat that requires me to descend and fight by my side? (Luna)


    Yes. (Soleil)


    Then, I deem you, Soleil, the Apostle of the Stars. (Luna)


    I then felt arge amount of mana leave my body like the time I did this with Ophidia. Soleil then shone for several minutes before going back to normal. When she stood back up, she looked around at everyone.


    I dont feel any different. (Soleil)


    Were you expecting to? (Ophidia)


    I kind of expected to feel different. Like, Im immortal now, so Id think Id feel some sort of metaphorical weight lift off me or something. (Soleil)


    Velvet tilted her head at Soleilsment and Ophidia looked equally as puzzled.


    Soleil, you realize that the only one here that would kind of understand what you mean is me, right? Velvet was already immortal, and I dont have any clue at what Ophidias original lifespan was, but I bet it was something ridiculous. (Luna)


    If you want my opinion, before bing an Apostle I think I still had a good two or three thousand years left. (Ophidia)


    Then you do get what I mean, right big sis? (Soleil)


    I do. But when I became immortal, I was in too much pain to really notice anything else. (Luna)


    Oh yeah, you were getting your fifth tail at that time. (Velvet)


    But hey, I wont be alone in that feeling now. Me and Tamamo have theorized that other kitsune will gain more tails when the reach a certain age, so someday, everyone thats a kitsune in my family will understand that pain. (Luna)


    Ugh. I dont look forward to that. (Soleil)


    You should. That means Ill have even more fluff all for myself. (Velvet)


    Now, Soleil, sit. With this done, the next thing to do is get you to 100% depth. Youre so close that we might as well get that done too. (Luna)


    Yay. I will finally be able to nap in big siss tails again. (Soleil)


    I am conflicted now. (Velvet)


    Dont worry, Velvet, I wont neglect you. Ill only nap in big siss tails 5% of the time. The other 95% is all yours. (Soleil)


    Thats fine. (Velvet)


    I tossed Soleil a brush then looked at the other two.


    Want to join? Ophidia can get her depth up some as well. (Luna)


    The other two nodded.


    {Luna.}


    Alright. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers, and a domain was made. Tamamo appeared in the room. I then handed out brushes to everyone and then pulled the chair Ophidia was sitting in next to the bed. Everyone else was sitting on the bed holding a brush. When they started, I felt strange.


    This feels weird. (Luna)


    {How so?}


    Just imagine feeling four different sensations through different tails at the same time. (Luna)


    {That sounds ufortable.}


    Thats the thing, it really isnt. Just weird. Maybe a little sensory overload, but nothing too too bad. (Luna)


    Ugh. Mastertoo fluffy. (Ophidia)


    I tapped my foot on the floor and Ophidia disappeared.


    Where did you send her? (Velvet)


    Skadis hammock. (Luna)


    {Ufufu.}


    Big sis, its done. I can now enjoy this to my hearts content again. I-Im so happy. The only things that have made me happier were when Velvet finally epted being with me and when we became fiances. (Soleil)


    I moved one of my free tails and patted Soleil on the head.


    Ehehehe. (Soleil)


    Good job, Soleil, you worked hard to reach this point. (Luna)


    {Indeed. You could even serve as inspiration for some of thezier gods.}


    I dont know how to respond to that. (Soleil)


    This is when you just smile and nod. (Velvet)


    {You know, I should spend some time with the two of you at some point. For all intents and purposes, well be family in the future, but Ive never actually spent time with anyone aside from Luna, Amagi, and Deacon. I should spend some time with Anastasia and Mio as well. Ugh, Ive failed as a goddess and as an inw.}


    Thats not true in the slightest. (Luna)


    {You know what I meant by that.}


    Its still not true. Plus, I nned to have you spend time with the others when I got to the divine domain. Sure, it would have to wait a bit for after the weddings, but it was still my n. (Luna)


    I do kind of want to spend some time with you. All I really know about you is from our brief interactions, what big sis says, and what mom has taught me. (Soleil)


    I want to do this as well. Even if Ive interacted with you as an oracle, its still only that. If were going to be on good terms forever, then we should probably spend a little time to get more acquainted with each other. (Velvet)


    {I think were already on out way to a good point, Velvet. I mean, you dont talk with the reverence and nervousness that you did in the past. And Im naturally happy about that, so dont stop.}


    Fufufu. Operation Family Bonding has started early. (Luna)


    {Oh, Luna, there is also someone that wants to meet you at some point in the near future.}


    Who? (Luna)


    {The Goddess of Charity and the East, Norn.}


    Ok. You know Im open any time. (Luna)


    {Yeah. I think Ill invite her over to my ce after the next full moon.}


    How many days away is that? (Luna)


    {A week. And it falls on a special day as well.}


    I tilted my head in thought.


    Your birthday, big sis. (Soleil)


    How does someone forget when their birthday is? (Velvet)


    Hey, the only other person here whos birthday I know is Soleils. No one else either knows or has told me when theirs is. And Soleil didnt want to celebrate hersst year. (Luna)


    Well, Ive never really celebrated mine. Mom told me that once I reach over several hundred years old, I wouldnt really care anymore, so I never really celebrated it to prepare for that. (Velvet)


    {And Ive said before that I dont even remember when I was born or whatever you want to call suddenlying into existence.}


    Then will this be another year of only celebrating mine? (Luna)


    {Probably.}


    (Luna)


    Since I didnt know what to say, I just shoved my tails in their faces.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: And done. With everything I just finished, they should run into Velvet''s father rtively soon after making it to the Dwarf Country.


    Any fallout?


    Atmos: No. If there would be, I wouldn''t have done anything.


    Alright.


    Order: I finally caught you!


    Crisis: Hahahahahhahahahaha! That was just like old times...Hey, where did Mordred go?


    She went back to the mortal world. You''ve been away for months, so her work has piled up a ton.


    Crisis: Tch.


    Order: Now now, you won''t notice how long she''ll be away. You''ll be getting scolded by me after all.


    Crisis: *Grins maniacally* Oh? What for, stating the truth?


    Order: No matter how true it is, you shouldn''t say something like that out loud. Especially in front of other people.


    *The more Order spoke, the redder her face grew as she continued to scold Crisis on what is eptable to say. Crisis nces at me and I give her a thumbs up since she is letting me witness the cute embarrassed side of my wife.*

 Chapter 260: Birthday Once More

    Chapter 260: Birthday Once More


    [Luna POV]


    A week has passed since Soleils anointment as the Apostle of Stars. We were still water bound due to the wind being too temperamental to safely fly. At the moment I wasying in my bed while my head was resting in Tamamosp.


    {Luna, I need you to calm down. I get that you are bored and want something to do, but in this state, youll be a second Atmos.}


    Tamamo, there is nothing to do. All Ive done for the past week is steer a ship past unchanging scenery. I want something to do. If we were traveling by foot, we would have run into something like a dungeon spawning or another evil cult that we would end up wiping out. The two most exciting things that happened on this route were the lizardmen thing and Soleil bing my Apostle.


    {I know, but I still need you to calm down. Nothing good wille from you going on a pranking spree.}


    Fufufu. There might be one thing that can keep me upied.


    I stared into Tamamos eyes with longing. She smiled and booped my nose.


    {Theres time for that tonight. For now, be satisfied with this.}


    Tamamo leaned forward and kissed me. After staying like that for several minutes, Tamamo broke away.


    {Now, I need to go prepare for tonight. Be a good girl and dont mess with everyone too much.}


    Tamamo moved my head off herp and stood up. Just as she was about to go home, she looked at me over her shoulder.


    {Happy birthday, Luna.}


    She then disappeared. Once the domain was gone, someone knocked on the door. When I told them toe in. Velvet walked into the room followed by Mio.


    Luna, do not resist. (Velvet)


    I tilted my head in confusion when the two of them quickly moved to my side and pulled a bag over my head. I had no idea what they wanted to do, but I decided toply since I had nothing better to do. I felt them pick me up and bring me outside the captains cabin. We then went below deck. There I could smell a lot of things that made my mouth water. I was sat on a seat and the bag was pulled from my head.


    While I wontin since that was somewhat fun, you didnt have to act like you were kidnapping me. (Luna)


    That was actually more for our safety. We all know you are extremely bored, so we though cutting off your line of sight would save us from any illusion you would attempt to trap us in. Thats the reason Mio came with me. (Velvet)


    Nya. (Mio)


    While I AM extremely bored, Im not to that point yet. (Luna)


    Anyway, happy birthday, big sis. (Soleil)


    Happy birthday.


    I smiled and thanked everyone.


    We dont really have any presents, so we all decided to cook something. (Velvet)


    Thats enough for me. It makes me happy all of you did anything. (Luna)


    Well, lets eat before it gets cold. (Ophidia)


    We all nodded and started to eat. While not everyone was the best at cooking, it was still really good. We had a lot of good conversation and I even brought out some alcohol that I had. Even though it wasnt the ones that would get me drunk, it made the festive atmosphere even more festive. Mio even got so drunk that she stood up on top of the table and started to sing and dance. It was really funny until she fell off onto my tails and fell asleep.


    Hahahahahahahaha. (Ophidia)


    Ehehe. Mio went flop. (Soleil)


    Lunaaaaaaa. Moar. (Velvet)


    Luna, I think we should stop here. We dont want them to identally climb up and fall overboard. (Skadi)


    I agree. (Luna)


    Feel free to leave them to me. I lock it down, down here, you go and enjoy your time with Lady Tamamo. (Skadi)


    Thanks. Ill help out some with Ophidia, we dont want her teleporting away after all. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers and a domain was created around this part of the ship.


    Thanks. (Skadi)


    Think nothing of it. And thank all of you for doing this today. (Luna)


    Its what friends do. Or do you consider me family as well? (Skadi)


    Well, I consider Ophidia family and you are her fiance, so yeah. (Luna)


    Skadi smiled at me then I made my way back to the captains cabin. When I got up top, I looked at the position of the sun to see it was about to dip below the horizon.


    Spent more time down there than I realized.


    After shutting the door behind me I hopped onto the bed and was immediately knocked out. When I opened my eyes again I was leaning on Tamamos shoulder while sitting on a couch. I also felt something ying with my tails and turned to see Atmos burying her face in them.


    Oh, how I missed this. You need to invite me to domains more often, Luna. (Atmos)


    When me and Tamamo arent doing other things, then my domains are always open for you to visit, you know. (Luna)


    That would have been good to know before. (Atmos)


    You never asked. (Luna)


    Im gonna bury my face in your tails again now. (Atmos)


    She did exactly that and I turned my attention back to Tamamo.


    {How was the party with the others today?}


    Fun. Did you help them somehow? (Luna)


    {Skadi and Mio asked me to keep you busy while they got everything ready.}


    I smiled at her and pulled her into a hug while I nuzzled into her neck.


    Oi, Im still here you know. (Atmos)


    Want me to make you not here. (Luna)


    How rude, Ie here to celebrate your birthday with you and Tamamo and this is the thanks I get? (Atmos)


    Fufufufu. Then how about this? (Luna)


    I wrapped several tails around Atmos in an Abyssal fluff hug. Atmos then melted into a puddle of bliss.


    The fluffit consumes me. (Atmos)


    {Ufufufufu. And thus, the Goddess of Fate, Mischief, and Baking was consumed by the Abyss.}


    Atmoss head then popped back out of my tails.


    <strong><em>We must be one with the fluff. We must all be assimted. The fluff must rule all of creation. </em></strong>(Atmos)


    {Cut it out.}


    Tch. Let me have my fun too. (Atmos)


    What was that? How did you make you voice all echo-y and stuff? (Luna)


    Im the Goddess of Mischief, if I couldnt do that, then I wouldnt be able to imitate people for mischievous reasons, now could I. (Atmos)


    Then do some impressions. I want to see what you got. (Luna)


    Very well. (Atmos)


    She closed her eyes and then started to speak again.


    Ufufufu. Youre just as cute and fluffy as always, Luna. Would you like me to make you even fluffier? (Atmos)


    I would very mush like to take up that offer, Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Worry not, I have ns like that forter.}


    Oi. Im the one who said that. (Atmos)


    I dont know how I feel when you imitate my dads voice. (Luna)


    Too bad. Imitating others is actually really fun. (Atmos)


    And now it was mom. (Luna)


    I can do more than that, you know. (Atmos)


    That imitation made me freeze up.


    A-Atmos. How did you know that voice? (Luna)


    {Atmos. Stop it.}


    I was now shaking slightly, and I could feel tears fall from my eyes.


    Eh? I thought I was over this. (Luna)


    Um, who did I imitate? (Atmos)


    My mom from my previous life. How did you know her voice? (Luna)


    I was just imitating voices from your subconscious. Im really sorry for doing something like that. (Atmos)


    Atmos started to fidget since she made me upset.


    {Luna, its alright. I understand what youre feeling right now, so just calm down.}


    I took a few deep breaths.


    Why am I acting like this? I should be over this by now. I mean, its been what, almost 20 years in total since I wasst in that world? (Luna)


    {Two years when we first met and 17 years as Luna Reed.}


    So, 19 years. But seriously, I thought I was over this when you told me what has happened with them since I was brought here. (Luna)


    Luna. (Atmos)


    {Atmos, make this up to herter. For now let me handle it.}


    Yeah. Ill do that. (Atmos)


    Atmos got up from the couch and left. Tamamo then pulled me into a tight hug while I trued to calm down some more. After some time, I was back to normal.


    Im good now. Thank you Tamamo.


    {No need for thanks. I was just doing what I should as your wife. Though I will get Atmos to make up for that somehow.}


    You dont need to. She already said she was just imitating voices that I subconsciously remembered.


    {Alright. Do you want to just stay like this the rest of the night? We can always do what I originally nned at ater date.}


    Mm.


    Tamamoid down on the couch andid my head on her chest. She then wrapped her arms and tails around me. She then started running her hand through my hair. I closed my eyes and snuggled closer into her.


    Thank you for being the best, Tamamo. Im so happy I met you.


    {I feel the same, Luna.}


    I smiled at that and then I slowly fell asleep while embracing Tamamos warmth.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Why does it feel like I''m messing up so much recently? I never wanted to make Luna sad.


    Calm down, Atmos. You didn''t know that would happen either.


    Order: While I do think you could be more responsible with abilities like that, I also don''t think you did anything wrong here.


    Atmos: Sure, I can be more responsible, but that doesn''t fix my current problem. What do I do to make this up to Luna?


    In my opinion, just spend some time with her and sincerely apologize. All of us here know what Luna is like, so you know she''ll forgive you.


    Order: Yeah. And besides, you aren''t perfect, and Luna understands that, so she shouldn''t hold a grudge or a want to get back at you. Though I also agree with Payto on the you apologizing sincerely part.


    Atmos: Then I''ll do that and then figure out a good time to spend time with her. Though now I also feel bad for ruining Tamamo''s ns for the night. Especially after all the preparations she made.


    We can''t help you with that, but I doubt Tamamo will care. I mean look, she seems happy enough to me.


    Atmos: *Looks at what Tamamo and Luna are currently doing* At least I didn''t ruin the night entirely.

 Chapter 261: Atmos鈥檚 Apology

    Chapter 261: Atmos��s Apology


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up again, I was still held in Tamamos embrace. When she noticed I was awake, she smiled at me.


    {Had a good nap?}


    Yeah. You are better than any bed an nket in any world.


    {Im happy these uselessly big things are good for something then.}


    Dont say that, they are nice, soft, and full of dreams. They arent useless in the least.


    {Anyway. We still have a little time, is there anything you want to do?}


    Honestly, I wouldnt mind just staying like this. Though I could also act as your bed for a bit as well.


    {Ill take that offer upter. For now, we will stay like this, my insanely huggable Luna.}


    Alright, me equally insanely huggable Tamamo.


    As we somehow snuggled even closer together, a portal opened up and Atmos timidly popped out of it.


    I wont stay long, but there are some things that I need to do. (Atmos)


    Atmos walked over to us and knelt down to eye level with me.


    Luna, I am so, so sorry for what happened earlier. I didnt mean to make you feel bad, especially on your birthday. She then turned her gaze to Tamamo. And Tamamo, Im sorry for ruining your ns for the night, especially after all the preparations you made for them. Please allow me to make it up to the two of you.


    Atmos, I understand that you didnt do that on purpose, so I have no hard feelings about the matter. If anything, I feel I should be a little grateful to you for that. (Luna)


    {I feel the same. Sure, the night didnt go as nned, but I still got to enjoy being close to Luna, so it all worked out. And besides, I can always save what I had nned for the next full moon. Its not like a month wait is anything to any of us.}


    Atmos teared up a little and hugged us.


    *Sniff* Thank you for not holding this against me. Again, Im sorry for messing up, but thank you all the same. I dont deserve either of you. (Atmos)


    I nced up at Tamamo and our eyes met. We both gave a small nod and we moved a few of our tails and wrapped them around Atmos. I even made one of them pat her head.


    There, there, Atmos. And dont say you dont deserve us, we both love having you around. Sure, we may scold or make jokes at your expense, but we still care for you. Thats what family is, after all. (Luna)


    {Its exactly what Luna said, there is not a day in my life that I wish you werent who you are to me. Sure, I might get a little annoyed at you showing up yelling, but even then, its all in good fun in the end.}


    *Sniff* I love you guys so much. (Atmos)


    She tightened her hug and we all sat that way for a few minutes before Atmos attempted to let go. When we let her, she wiped her eyes and looked at me.


    Luna, I do have a few things for you. (Atmos)


    She waved her hand and a table appeared out of nowhere. On the table were a few different cakes.


    These are some things I just finished baking. They are both my gift for your birthday and an apology gift. Also, some mutual friends gave me something for you as well. (Atmos)


    She ced a small box on the table next to one of the cakes.


    I dont really know what that box is, but they said you would. (Atmos)


    I do. Tamamo, Atmos, share some cake with me while Im still here. (Luna)


    They both nodded at my suggestion and Tamamo and I sat up. I looked over the assortment of cakes and chose to start with the cheesecake. With Atmoss permission, I stored the other ones and pulled out a knife to cut us some. When we all took a bite, we all melted into blissful puddles.


    Atmos, you make cakes better that I cook. (Luna)


    Well, I am the Goddess of Baking after all. (Atmos)


    {Ufufufu. Im still amazed you got that Authority.}


    Well, all the cakes I sling around have toe from somewhere. Sure, I can manifest them from nothing, but those taste horrible, so I figured that I should at least give my prank victims something to look forward to while they clean cake off their faces. (Atmos)


    Fufu. How considerate. (Luna)


    I know, right. (Atmos)


    {Luna, what is that little box? You said you knew what was in it, but never exined.}


    Oh right. (Luna)


    I picked up the box and opened it. I then pulled out a thin, chocte covered stick. I handed it over to Tamamo.


    Eat it. (Luna)


    She did as I said and when she finished it, she nodded in understanding.


    {So, its a snack.}


    Yep. But the snack part isnt important. Its the game you y with them thats important. (Luna)


    Game? (Atmos)


    Yep. Tamamo, if you will sit in front of me. (Luna)


    She moved over and sat facing me.


    Put the non-chocte covered end in your mouth, but dont start eating it yet. (Luna)


    Again, she did as instructed.


    Now, I will do the same to the other end. Then, we both start eating at the same time. The goal of the game is to kiss the opponent. The winner kisses, the loser gets kissed. Simple. (Luna)


    I see. May I ask for a demonstration? (Atmos)


    There was going to be one anyway. Tamamo, I will count down from three then we start, ok. (Luna)


    Tamamo nodded her head and I bit onto the other end of the stick. I raised my hand and counted down. When I hit zero, me and Tamamo rapidly crunched through the stick until my lips met hers, signaling my win. Of course, I maximized on the opportunity and stayed locked together with Tamamo for a few seconds before backing off.


    Fufufu. I won. (Luna)


    {Are you sure? I feel like I was the one that won in that situation.}


    Technically you lost, but this is a more everyone wins type of game. (Luna)


    Luna, how many times can you y this game? (Atmos)


    I looked into the box to see how many were left to discover that the ones that we ate were reced by new ones.


    I guess infinitely. (Luna)


    Mind if I take some to y this with Grey? (Atmos)


    Go for it. (Luna)


    I took out several sticks and handed them to Atmos who hid them away somewhere. I then started to shine.


    Guess my times up. (Luna)


    {Sure does. I guess Ill see you tonight then?}


    Yep. (Luna)


    Um, Luna, one quick thing before you go. (Atmos)


    Hmm? (Luna)


    Mind if the two of us spend some time together after you ascend? Sure, its still a ways off, but still, would you like to? (Atmos)


    Of course. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Atmos)


    I then fully disappeared from Tamamos ce.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I was forgiven.


    We told you you would be.


    Order: We don''t lie to you, so why didn''t you believe us?


    Atmos: Because I thought you were just saying that to make me feel better.


    That was a part of it, but we wouldn''t give you false hope either.


    Atoms: I''ll keep that in mind for the future. Also, are you sure giving that to Luna is fine?


    Yep. It''s just an infinite supply of snacks.


    Atmos: Yeah, but what if she uses it for other stuff?


    Like what?


    Atmos: I don''t know, temporarily stop a famine or fill a ravine with it or something.


    Order: Atmos, I doubt she''ll do something like that.


    ...It''ll only refill after she eats everything first now.


    Order: You really think she would do something like that?


    Payto and Atmos: She''s Luna, so it''s a possibility.


    Order:...That''s true.

 Chapter 262: Taking a Break from Sailing

    Chapter 262: Taking a Break from Sailing


    [Luna POV]


    Over the next few days, we continued to sail the river. We were still in the Beast Kingdom but were getting close to the border with the Celestia Kingdom. Every so often we would pass by small viges and towns whose residents would all wave to us as we passed by.


    Luna, mind if we stop in the next vige or town for a bit? (Velvet)


    I dont mind, but can I ask why you want to? (Luna)


    We want to walk around a bit more than just on the ship if that makes any sense. (Velvet)


    Ah, sure. Next town or vige I see, well stop and look around. (Luna)


    Thanks. (Velvet)


    Its no problem. Oh, I think well be able to start flying soon as well. (Luna)


    Alright. And can I ask for a few of those snack things? I want to y that game with Soleil again. (Velvet)


    Take the box with you. Give it back when youre done and share with Mio, Skadi, and Ophidia if they want some. (Luna)


    I tossed Velvet the box and she caught it with a smile. She went below and I spent the rest of the day sailing the river. On the next day, I saw a town in the distance and started preparations to stop sailing.


    So, were taking a break from sailing? (Skadi)


    At the request of Velvet and probably Mio and Soleil. (Luna)


    Skadi looked towards the ce I was nning on stopping.


    Oh, a minotaur vige. I havent been to one of these in a while. (Skadi)


    I thought minotaurs lived in the Demon Empire. (Luna)


    Some do, but most live in the Beast Kingdom. Though all of them are lumberjacks, no matter the country they live in. (Skadi)


    Thisll be interesting then. (Luna)


    Once we reached next to the town, I dropped the anchor and the ship stopped. All of us got off the ship and entered the town. All the buildings wererge and the people walking around were taller than anyone Ive seen. Many of them carried around axes while others seemed to be working on lumber and other woodcrafts.


    Seems nice. (Soleil)


    I agree nya. Smells nice too nya. (Mio)


    Sawdust, smells good but irritating if it gets in your nose. (Luna)


    Happened before? (Ophidia)


    Both in this world and thest one. Though its better than it getting in your eyes. (Luna)


    Do I even want to know how that happened? (Velvet)


    Gust of wind at a bad time. Its not like I would just rub sawdust in my face. (Luna)


    (Velvet)


    Velvet, we need to have a talk one day about what kind of things you think I do just to see what would happen. (Luna)


    Luna, Ive seen you snacking on sky creatures when you are bored even though they are all poisonous to some degree ording to you. You have lost any right to talk to me about that. (Velvet)


    Tch. I thought I hid that well. (Luna)


    Not at all. (Velvet)


    I cant help it; they taste strangely good. The poison adds a weird sour, spicy taste thats actually kind of addicting once you get used to it. (Luna)


    Everyone in my party started looking at me weirdly.


    Oi, dont look at me like that. (Luna)


    {Ufufufu. Dont worry Luna, even if the others think you are weird, I just think you have refined taste.}


    Thats just because you are immune to weak poison like that so you can share in the indulgence.


    {And I agree with your sentiments on the taste of sky creatures.}


    Lady Tamamo, please dont enable her even more. (Skadi)


    {Ufufufu.}


    Anyway, I wonder what will happen here? (Luna)


    What do you mean, master? (Ophidia)


    Im hoping something happens that will alleviate my boredom that has been umting for the past while. (Luna)


    I actually agree with you on that, big sis. Now that I dont really need to make talismans to level my skill, Ive had nothing to do as well. Sure painting and ying that game with Velvet is fun, but I still want other things to do. (Soleil)


    Heh. Sisters together, bored. Just think of the things we can get up to. (Luna)


    We really need something to happen. (Velvet)


    Yes nya. And soon nya. (Mio)


    We continued to walk around and look at various woodcrafts that some of the minotaurs sold. I bought a few things that looked like they had Norse themes for some reason before we looked for a ce to stop for lunch. The minotaurs here were surprisingly nice as well. Most greeted us with smiles and some were even more friendly and patted out heads.


    Is this a minotaur thing?


    {I believe so. They pat the heads of others to show they mean no harm and are weing you to their town. I think it has something to do with how they were seen in the very distant past.}


    Interesting.


    We then turned a corner and I saw something that I wasnt expecting. In what I assumed to be a detached part of town was the silhouette of a massive bull. It easily towered over the buildings of the town and if I had to guess, it was a bit bigger than the boar we caught in the Elf Nation.


    Something is definitely going to happen here. (Luna)


    Why are you so confident about that now? (Skadi)


    Because you dont see something massive like that and expect nothing to happen. (Luna)


    I wish I could deny that, but I cant. (Skadi)


    You cant? (Velvet)


    Nope. Most times something that big is around, something happens regrly. Its just the way of things. (Skadi)


    Velvet, are you done ying the part ofmenting on everything ridiculous today? (Soleil)


    Yeah. Though I kind of do miss doing that all the time. Its somewhat fun. (Velvet)


    Nyahahaha. Velvet, while you y the straightman role well nya, nyone of us are suited to the role nya. Nyone of us are men or straight nya. (Mio)


    Pfft. (Luna)


    Can we get back to finding lunch now? (Ophidia)


    Alright. Ill start following my nose, as it hasnt let me down yet. (Luna)


    Masters nose knows after all. (Ophidia)


    We soon found a ce that smelled like food and we went inside. The interior of the building was just as big as I assumed it would be from the outside. Even the tables were huge. When we sat down at one, someone came and asked what we wanted to eat. We ordered the rmended and waited. When we got the food and started eating, everyone let out content sighs.


    Like I said, masters nose knows. (Ophidia)


    As long as it doesnt involve something that smell horrible, then I feel like I could find anything. Especially food. (Luna)


    Hahaha. And were all thankful for that. (Velvet)


    We all enjoyed our lunch and the rest of the day walking around the town of minotaurs before heading back to the ship for the night.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: No no no, you idiots, don''t do that!


    Order: What''s happening, Atmos?


    Atmos: These idiots! That''s not how you pull a prank! That''s just reckless endangerment of your hometown. Aaaand they''ve done it.


    Atmos.


    Atmos: *Sigh* Well, Luna''s hunch was right, something is happening.


    Figures. You didn''t have anything to do with this, did you?


    Atmos: You know I didn''t. I always run any changes of fate by you before I do anything, never after.


    True.


    Fenrir: Hello, is now a bad time?


    Order: Hello Fenrir, I don''t think so, you actually came at the perfect time to witness something.


    Atmos: Oh great, now the pranksters are badly injured. Just how dumb can you be to get caught up in your own prank?


    Order: See.


    Fenrir: Yep.


    Atmos, while I do see where you''reing from, they are just young minotaurs.


    Atmos: Doesn''t matter. Any good prank is only sessful if you don''t get caught up in it and everyone canugh afterwards. None of that is the case this time. It actually annoys me at how bad this is.


    Fenrir: On second thought, I think I''lle backter.


    Order: No, stay, you won''t be targeted by her.


    Atmos: She''s right. I have four targets to take my annoyance out on in the divine domain already. They don''t even get the privilege of tasting cakes I made myself, they get the gross ones that I can make from nothing.

 Chapter 263: A Prank Gone Wrong

    Chapter 263: A Prank Gone Wrong


    [Luna POV]


    At some point around midnight, I was woken up by loud soundsing from the minotaur town. There was a lot of crashing, sounds of something heavy pounding on the ground causing it to shake, and yelling. I shot out of bed and quickly conjured some clothes since that was even faster than quickchanging. When I got outside, I saw the others on the deck.


    Whats the situation? (Luna)


    Not sure. (Velvet)


    All of you get dressed, Ill head to the town first and see whats going on, meet me there. (Luna)


    They all nodded and ran back below deck. I teleported into the town and asked the first person I saw what happened.


    Whats going on!? (Luna)


    *huff* Not sure, but our Cretan bull got out and is on a rampage. Wait, who are you?


    All you need to know for now is that Im an S-rank adventurer. Ill help with what I can, and the rest of my party will be here shortly. (Luna)


    He looked surprised but decided it was better to go and check out the damages first. The two of us ran to the ce I saw earlier where the bull was kept. As we ran, I asked for anything I needed to know.


    We kept that bull here for breeding purposes of our dairy cows as well as the fertilizer its feces is used in. Otherwise, the forests we get out lumber from wouldnt grow as fast and strong as they do. Its normally very docile unless its in its mating season, but thats still months away.


    As we approached the detached part of the town, we could hear more yelling. There was arge group of people surrounding something or someone. When we arrived, the yelling became more clear.


    Oi! Wake up, are you alright!?


    Hey! Hes bleeding too much, someone go get a potion or bandages or something!


    GAAAAAAAAAHHHHHHHHHH! MY LEGS! AAAAAAAAAAHHHHHH!


    Seeing as there were people that were injured, I started to push my way through the crowd. I thought it would be more difficult seeing as all the minotaurs that were there were quite muscr andrge, but they were surprisingly light. When some of them wouldnt move, I might have identally thrown them out of the way. When I finally got to where the injured people were, I found three male minotaurs whos horns were more like nubs. One of them had their legs bent in ways they werent supposed to be while another one had several gashes that looked like they were made by splintered wood and maybe something sharp. The third one was the worst of the lot, he was bleeding from his head, had a hoof shaped indent in his chest, and his arms and legs were broken. It was honestly a miracle that he was even barely alive.


    I ran up to the most severely injured youth and started to use healing magic. The first thing I healed was his chest. I heard audible creaking sounds as his ribs returned to their original position and mended. The same happened with his arms and legs. After those were done, I moved on to his head. There wasnt much needed here, and he was unconscious due to the pain from his other wounds. When I was done making sure he was going to survive, I moved on to the second guy that was bleeding. He had fallen unconscious as well and his treatment ended quickly. The third guy was going to be the most trouble.


    Were here, Luna. (Skadi)


    Good. Skadi, Ophidia, hold him down and make sure he doesnt move. Velvet, Soleil, Mio, calm the people here down and try to figure out more of what happened. Ill exin the information I got on my way here with telepathy. (Luna)


    The others quickly went to do what they were assigned. Skadi and Ophidia grabbed the still injured youth and held him down while I knelt over him.


    Im going to start healing your legs, but I need to get them straight first. It will hurt a lot, so try to bear with it. I then pulled out arge wyvern scale from my inventory. Bite into this if you need to.


    He nodded frantically and I ced the scale in his mouth. I then got to work straightening his horribly bent legs. The second I touched one, he started to scream in pain. Ignoring this and the ringing in my ears, I continued my work. After a few slow minutes, I finished straightening his left leg. I then moved onto the right one. Once they were both facing the correct direction, I started using my healing magic. His pained screams faded into quiet sobbing and then silence as the adrenaline from the ordeal ran out and he fainted.


    Skadi and Ophidia let him go and all three of us stood up. I looked around and found the minotaur that I got the information out of on the way here. Now that I took the time to really get a look at him, he was clearly the tallest and most muscr one here.


    Thank you, Miss S-rank adventurer. My name is Asterius, mayor of this town. (Asterius)


    Luna Reed. This is Skadi and Ophidia, the other three are Velvet, Soleil, and Mio. Im done healing these three, are there any more injured anywhere? (Luna)


    Reed! No, there is time for thatter. No, these were the only injured that we know of. Thankfully no one were in the buildings that were crushed in the bulls rampage. (Asterius)


    Have you figured out what caused it to rampage? (Skadi)


    We need to wait for them to wake up. From what the others told me, they were here before anyone else. (Asterius)


    Lunya, we found some things nya. (Mio)


    Skadi, Ophidia, Asterius, and I moved over to where Mio, Soleil, and Velvet were. When we got there, I saw Soleil and Velvet lifting up arge metal rod that was glowing on one end while Mio was trying to put out some straw that caught fire by covering it with dirt.


    Thats a brand we use to mark some of our woodworks. Whats it doing here? (Asterius)


    Asterius picked it up out of Velvet and Soleils arms and stuck the glowing end in a nearby trough of water. It sizzled for a few seconds before cooling downpletely.


    I feel like I know what was going on here now. (Luna)


    I think so too. (Soleil)


    Mayor! All the cattle are loose!


    And the bull has pulverized half the town and run off into the forest!


    Tch. This is a problem. A big problem. (Asterius)


    Well help since were here. (Luna)


    Youve done enough for us, Lady Reed. Healing those injured youths is more than we could have asked for. (Asterius)


    Just Luna is fine, and I still want to help. It cant be good to leave that bull alone to rampage freely and we have the strength to stop it. (Luna)


    Its not that, Lady Reed, I would love to ept your assistance, but we cant pay the appropriate reward for an S-rank adventurer. (Asterius)


    No need to talk about payment at the moment, there are other pressing matters to worry about. And besides, I want to capture the bull for apletely different reason than mary gain. (Luna)


    Mister Asterius, take some advice from us, its better to let her do what she wants and not think about it than to try and stop her. (Velvet)


    Yeah nya. (Mio)


    I see. Then let us discuss this in the morning. Well bring those three to rest more before we get answers out of them. After that well assess the damage and follow the bulls trail of destruction. (Asterius)


    We nodded and Asterius went over to the group of minotaurs to calm them down and organize what needed to be organized.


    Now, all in agreement that this was a failed prank by those three? (Luna)


    Yes. Its quite obvious and poorly nned out. (Soleil)


    It would make the most sense nya. (Mio)


    Why didnt you bring this up with the mayor? (Velvet)


    It was a good choice not to. Minotaurs are easily influenced by emotions and when they get flustered like they are now, are more prone to violent outbursts. With how flustered he was, he would easily get enraged and probably take it out on those three. (Skadi)


    Sure, lets go with the thinking I actually knew that. (Luna)


    What was the real reason master? (Ophidia)


    I mean, its kind of obvious with what you three found over here. A still hot brand in a pin that held a bull that is normally docile, and three injured youths. If this wasnt a prank gone wrong, then what else could it be? (Luna)


    Anyway, whats our next move? The mayor said one thing, but are we really just going to sit around and wait for morning to get here? (Skadi)


    Of course not. I say we start tracking down the Cretan bull now and work on bringing it back. (Luna)


    Im in nya. (Mio)


    I am as well. (Ophidia)


    Lets get this done. (Soleil)


    Its been a while since weve done something like this, so lets do it. (Velvet)


    This is why I love traveling with you guys. You all think the same way I do. (Skadi)


    With our objective decided, we started to follow the trail of destruction the Cretan bull left.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Those three young minotaurs really are idiots.


    Atmos: I know, right. I can understand wanting to pull a prank, but what kind of prank is branding a bull that is bigger than a minotaur house? That''s just in cruelty.


    Order: Payto, any input from you?


    Young people do stupid things. Of course, I''m not defending them at all, but that is what I believe this whole incident can be chalked up to. Especially at the age those three are at, though I''ve seen behavior like this mostly in humans of other worlds. Guess spontaneous stupid actions are a thing no matter the world or race.


    Tamamo: Annoying.


    Atmos: Oh no. Tamamo, calm down.


    Tamamo: Annoying. They just HAD to interrupt my watching of sleeping Luna.


    Atmos: Tamamo.


    Tamamo: Don''t worry, I won''t do anything. I''m just venting my dissatisfaction.


    Fenrir: Crisis averted then.


    Order: Shhh. Don''t say her name or she''ll show up and make it worse.


    Crisis: I was called?


    Order: No, you definitely were NOT called. Go back to whatever else you were doing.


    Crisis: Tch. Killjoy.

 Chapter 264: Labor Six: Complete

    Chapter 264: Labor Six: Complete


    [Luna POV]


    Even if the whole incident happened not too long ago, the bull had left a lot of destruction in its wake. It also managed to get a considerable amount of distance from the town.


    At least its going in a straight line nya. (Mio)


    Yeah, its making it real easy for us. (Luna)


    Big sis, is this another one of thosebors? (Soleil)


    Yeah. Howd you guess? (Luna)


    The way youve been acting since you first saw that bull is the same way you acted when we went after that boar. (Soleil)


    Oh. I didnt realize I was acting any different. (Luna)


    Its not a big difference, youve just been a bit moreexcited, I guess. (Velvet)


    Hmm. I didnt even notice. (Luna)


    We finally reached arge forest that had a path of trees crushed, broken, or bent at odd angles. We could also feel the ground shaking and I heard the sound of more trees being damaged and destroyed.


    Everyone ready? (Luna)


    They all nodded, and we entered the trail of destruction. Since it was a straight path that was cleared, it didnt take long for the bull toe into view. It was thrashing around with trees lodged on its horns. It was kicking and bucking around like it was in a rodeo. It mmed its head on the ground and one of the trees that was stuck on its horns broke and it must have seen us since it huffed loudly and turned in our direction. Its eyes glowed red and it pawed the ground.


    U-um. This doesnt seem good. (Soleil)


    Theres no need to be scared, Soleil. I wont allow any of you to get hurt. (Luna)


    I realize that, but its still intimidating being looked at like that by something that is 10 times bigger than you. (Soleil)


    I was about to reply with a snarkyment when the bull huffed again and started its charge. It lowered its head so that the points of its horns were aimed at us.


    Luna, move over to the right a step and brace yourself. Grab its left horn and Ill do the same for its right. After that, dig your heels in. (Skadi)


    Hahahaha. I like that n. Ophidia, Mio, brace Skadi. Velvet, Soleil, do the same for me. (Luna)


    Everyone moved into position and a few secondster the bull was upon us. Skadi and I grabbed our respective horn and dug our heels into the ground. The others also supported us. We all slid back leaving tracks in the ground.


    Luna, shift your weight to the right and get it off bnce. (Skadi)


    I followed her lead and shifted a little. The bull started to lean right and out of the corner of my eye I saw Skadi pushing up. I started to pull down and the bull leaned even more before its weight and momentum led it to topple over and slide. While it was dazed, I opened up some Gates and had some of my chains restrain the bull.


    What are you doing? (Ophidia)


    Healing and calming it down. (Luna)


    I walked up to the bull and looked it over for where those idiots branded it. When I got close to its hind legs it tried kicking me, but I stopped its foot with a hand.


    Tch. Skadi,e and hold its leg still for me. I cant heal it if its moving around this much. (Luna)


    Got it. (Skadi)


    Skadi took over restraining the leg that I stopped and I tied the other one down with another chain. Ignoring the thing in front of my face, I knelt down and inspected the inner side of the bulls hind leg. There was a raw mark burnt into the leg. It was sloppy and been made even worse while the bull rampaged.


    This cant even be considered a failed prank; this is just cruelty. (Luna)


    I started to use healing magic on the bulls wound and it visibly started to calm down. When I was done, I backed away and motioned to Skadi to let its leg go. I walked up to its face and saw its eyes had also stopped glowing red. It looked at me and twisted its neck a bit and licked me. With a cramped smile, I made my chains release it. It lumbered up and licked me again.


    I think it likes you nya. (Mio)


    How lovely. (Luna)


    I was not amused. We started to walk when the bull huffed at us. I turned and looked at it again and it knelt down.


    I think he wants us to ride him back. (Velvet)


    Looks like it. (Skadi)


    We all climbed on the bulls back, and it started to saunter back to the town. It took a little while since even with the path it had made the first time, its horns would still get snagged on trees. When we could see the town again, the sun had already started to rise. I could see a group of minotaurs gathered around the bull sized hole. Some of them turned around when they felt the ground shake when the bull stepped, and their faces morphed into ones of shock. When we got close enough, the bull knelt down again, and we all hopped off. Mayor Asterius separated from the group and started speaking.


    *Huff* I guess S-ranks are even more impressive than I thought. (Asterius)


    I know we said wed wait for, well, now, but we figured it would be better to go after it and calm it down as early as possible. (Luna)


    And I thank you for that. And from the looks of it, you did a good job. Not only did he allow you all to ride on his back, but also licked you. He only ever does that to me and a few of the other more experienced handlers. (Asterius)


    Yes, anyway, have those three woken up yet? (Luna)


    No. (Asterius)


    His joyful tone made an immediate shift to one of simmering fury.


    By your tone, I assume you figured out what happened anyway. (Luna)


    For the most part. But thats a problem for us to handle,e with me and we can discuss your rewards. (Asterius)


    With that, he turned on his heels and started walking back to the group. He spoke to two of the other minotaurs and they started making their way to the bull. We all followed Mayor Asterius to what I assumed was his home. It was just asrge as the others if not a little bigger. When we went inside, I saw a woman that was only about an inch shorter than Asterius standing with a domineering pose and holding what looked like a sandal in her hand. Kneeling in front of her were the three youths that were injured earlier. They were all even paler than when they were injured as the female minotaur loomed over them.


    The second the door opened, one of them tried to bolt but the woman threw the sandal, and I watched as it smacked the youth in the head like it was attracted to it with a high-powered ma. Both Soleil and I shuddered at this scene as we remembered something simr happening with mom and Ana.


    Im back and with guests. (Asterius)


    Fine. Ill take their scolding elsewhere.


    She dropped the sandal that had somehow ended up back in her hand on the ground and put it on then grabbed the two youths in front of her by the ears and left the room. She came back shortly after and dragged the third one off by the leg. After a few moments of silence, I turned to look at Asterius.


    First off, let me thank you again for healing those boys as well as bringing our Cretan bull back. (Asterius)


    He bowed his head to us and let out a huff. He then raised his head once more and his look turned serious.


    While I and by extension the rest of the town are thankful, we cant pay for all of your help. We simply dont have the money to spare. Is there anything we can give you that is of equal value? (Asterius)


    Then let me ask, what is your towns specialty? (Luna)


    Aside from our woodworks, we also make a special type of cheese. Its not special in the magic or stat raising sense, but from what weve been told by travelling merchants, its something that would be perfect for eating with wine. Not that I really believe that; its just cheese after all. (Asterius)


    Then how about we ask for some of your best woodworks and cheese as payment? (Luna)


    I looked at my party and they all nodded.


    Are you sure, that doesnt seem like enough for the services of an S-rank adventurer? (Asterius)


    Its fine, really. I find things like this way better than money. (Luna)


    You truly are benevolent. (Asterius)


    He stood up and grabbed my hand in his and shook them.


    This town and I will never forget your kindness. From this day forth, you are all friends of the minotaurs. May your journey through thebyrinth of life be a safe and meaningful one. (Asterius)


    After that and a little more polite chat, we all left the mayors house. Asterius went to get some people to gather our rewards while we went back to the ship.


    When theye to deliver the rewards, tell them to put them down over there. Im going to my floating ind to take a bath and get the smell of bull saliva off of me before I go insane. (Luna)


    I teleported away and spent the next four hours repeatedly scrubbing myself before I finally felt and smelled clean.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Why won''t she make a domain?


    Fenrir: I doubt she wants you to smell her.


    Atmos: Yeah, Cretan bull saliva stinks almost as bad as goblins.


    Order: Do I even want to know how you know that?


    Atmos: Probably not.


    Um, Order, can you please move your hands from my eyes?


    Order: No.


    You realize that the only person here that can see anything is Tamamo, right? To the rest of us, the screen is either off, or covered in steam, or blinding light from a mysterious ce.


    Order: Doesn''t matter.


    Fine. Though could you at least try not to put so much pressure? It feels like you''re trying to scoop my eyes out.


    Order: Sorry, that wasn''t intentional.

 Chapter 265: Leaving the Town

    Chapter 265: Leaving the Town


    [Luna POV]


    When I got back from my bath, I saw wheels of cheese and severalrger woodcarvings ced neatly on the deck of the ship. The carvings were exquisite.


    That was a long bath. (Soleil)


    I know. The smell just wouldnte off. (Luna)


    I put all the things in front of me into my inventory and turned to face Soleil.


    Big sis, are we going to move on today, or are we going to wait for tomorrow? (Soleil)


    I kind of want to get going since I feel like if we stay, Im going to end up licked again. (Luna)


    Was it that bad? I mean, the smell was, but it was enough for you to want to leave as fast as possible? (Soleil)


    Yes. I felt like I was walking around while wearing clothes made from goblins. (Luna)


    Id be traumatized. (Soleil)


    Anyway, Ill start getting things ready, can you go let the others know? (Luna)


    Yep. (Soleil)


    Soleil went below deck while I made illusions that started preparing to set sail. A little whileter everything was ready and as the ship started moving I rang a bell. Several of the minotaurs that were near the river looked up and saw we were leaving. They started to wave at the ship and call out goodbyes.


    Even if we were only here for a day, it was fun. Minus being licked by a giant bull.


    {How many times are you going to bring that up?}


    As many times as it takes to get just how unpleasant it was across.


    {I think we get it.}


    Someone seems annoyed.


    {Oh, you noticed?}


    Of course I did. Tell me whats wrong and Ill deal with it. Was it those other goddesses?


    {No, its that my night was ruined when that whole fiasco went down, and I didnt get invited to take a bath with you.}


    While I can understand the first part, I wasnt going to let you smell me like that.


    {I wouldnt care.}


    I would. Just imagining you making a disgusted face at me is horrible, I dont know how I would react if it actually happened.


    {Again, I would never do that.}


    Luna, when youre done flirting with Goddess Tamamo, let us know. (Velvet)


    Whats up? (Luna)


    {Welle back to thister.}


    Are we going to fly the rest of the day? (Velvet)


    Yeah. When I was getting everything ready, I blinked up to where we usually sail at and the wind was just right. Im just waiting for a good ce before we start ascending. (Luna)


    What do you mean good ce nya? (Mio)


    A straight part of the river. The river curves too much here to safely take off. (Luna)


    That matters? (Ophidia)


    I mean, we canpletely stop and then go straight up, but then wed have to pick up momentum again and I dont feel like doing that. (Luna)


    It was then that I started to hear something off in the distance.


    Well, thisll be fun. (Luna)


    What do youyoure right. This WILL be fun. (Soleil)


    Nya! Is that what I think it is nya? (Mio)


    Yep. (Luna)


    I opened several Gates and used my chains to tie everyone to the ship. As we turned a bend, the river became straight and the others that couldnt hear it saw it.


    Luna, I hope you know what youre doing. (Velvet)


    When have I let you down in regards to things like this before? (Luna)


    The ship started to pick up speed as we got caught in the current of the river. We quickly approached the waterfall and I started channeling my mana into the ship. As soon as the bow of the ship went over the waterfall, we started to fly. When we werepletely free of the water and were stable, I turned to look at the scene behind us. It was a surprisinglyrge waterfall that reminded me of Niagara. The mist at the bottom formed several rainbows and it was just an overall beautiful sight. Combine it with the time of day where the sky was just starting to turn orange made it even more stunning.


    Big sis, I NEED to paint this. I know that will force us to stop, but still. (Soleil)


    Actually, we dont need to. (Luna)


    I made sure nothing was directly in our way and left the steering to an illusion. I then held my fingers up and framed the scene with them before making a domain between them. The domain captured the image I was looking at like a camera and then I made it into a small window that could float around Soleil.


    There you go. (Luna)


    I forgot you could do that and thanks. (Soleil)


    No problem. (Luna)


    Soleil immediately set up her painting supplies and got to work as I went back to steering.


    To think even I didnt know a ce like that existed. (Skadi)


    Thats surprising. (Velvet)


    Not really. Ive hardly ever gone this way while traveling in the Beast Kingdom and Celestia Kingdom border regions. I may be oldpared to everyone but Ophidia here, but even I havent explored every inch of the continent yet. (Skadi)


    By that yet, do you n on doing so nya? (Mio)


    Maybe. That was my original goal, but after meeting Ophidia, my priorities have changed. (Skadi)


    How about we make that our honeymoon? (Ophidia)


    Thats a wonderful idea. Assuming Luna is fine with that since you are her Apostle. (Skadi)


    Go for it as long as you two promise to visit every so often. (Luna)


    {We need to think about what we are going to do. Why havent I thought about this yet?}


    We can talk about thatter, Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Yes, its essential.}


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    We continued to make it to our usual sailing altitude while chatting about random things. After the ship was steady I left the steering to an illusion and went below with the others.


    Now, lets try some of this cheese. (Luna)


    I pulled one wheel out of my inventory and cut a piece out of it which I further cut into pieces and handed them out to the others. The second I tasted it I knew what I needed to do. I pulled out a small pot and a burner that is used to boil things for making potions and lit it. I then ced another chunk of cheese in the pot and waited for it to melt.


    What are you doing? (Ophidia)


    Making fondue. Ive tried doing this before but every kind of cheese Ive tried had been too strong in vor or the exact opposite. (Luna)


    I then pulled out some small sliced of bread and some makeshift fondue sticks I made a long time ago and handed them out to everyone. I then showed them what you were supposed to do before trying it.


    So good. (Luna)


    Why does this make it taste better than just eating the cheese normally nya? All you did was melt it nya. (Mio)


    No idea, but its great. (Velvet)


    Does this count as cooking? Is it the bread thats making it taste better? (Soleil)


    I dont think it counts as cooking really, and the bread is some I bought from a bakery. If I made all of it myself, from the bread to the cheese, then itd probably be a different story. (Luna)


    Master, can we try this with meat? Specifically wyvern meat. (Ophidia)


    We all stared at Ophidia.


    Ophidia, I think youre a genius. We NEED to try this now. (Skadi)


    Woo! Wyvern meat fondue party! (Luna)


    I jumped up and went to the ship kitchen and immediately started to prepare some wyvern meat. Once it was done and I brought in tworge tes of it, we got to work eating it. To say it was one of the greatest things Ive ever tasted wouldnt be a lie.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Envyous.


    Atmos: Agreed.


    Order: Want to try it.


    All you need to do is ask. It might not be on the level of Luna''s cooking, but I can get something like that going at any time.


    Fenrir, Atmos, and Order: Then what are you waiting for?


    Be right back.


    *Some timeter*


    Fenrir: Bliss.


    Atmos: Agreed.


    Order: Payto, I''m so d I married you.


    Hahaha.

 Chapter 266: A Peaceful Day of Sailing

    Chapter 266: A Peaceful Day of Sailing


    [Luna POV]


    A few days after our impromptu wyvern fondue party we were still sailing the skies. Its been peaceful for the most part with the asional curious or hostilerge sky creature.


    I still wonder why no one has ever seen or heard of these sky creatures. I mean, they dont disappear when they die since they can be eaten, so where do they go?


    {Luna, thats the second time youve asked that. Though I am also curious.}


    I looked around to see if anyone was on deck before taking a small piece of some sky monster and popping it in my mouth.


    And why is this stuff so good? Aside from those damn shrimp things, everything else is great.


    {Luna, I feel like if the others see you eating that, theyll try to hold an intervention or something. I mean, I get it, its tasty, but its also poisonous. Sure, it doesnt affect you, but youll get strange looks from people if they find out you eat poisonous stuff just because you like how it tastes.}


    Why do you think I made sure no one else was up here before eating some?


    Tamamo was about to say something before she got cut off by a loud roar. In front of the ship there was a thing that looked like a giant alligator with the only difference being it had fins instead of legs.


    {How rude.}


    Perfect timing, I say. Lets see what happens when I dont collect it when it dies.


    It flew near the ship, and I opened a Gate above its head and shot a spear out of it. It hit the spot on its head where its scales were the weakest and the spear shotpletely through it.


    Well, that was a waste of a perfectly good spear. I hope it doesnt hit anyone when itnds.


    {Why didnt you use an illusory one?}


    Cause I didnt feel like it. I originally nned to grab it before watching whatever happens to this thing, but I identally put too much power behind it. I was expecting its scales to resist it more.


    {Oh well. You can always rece it.}


    True. Now, to watch what happens.


    I stared at the sky alligator as its corpse just floated there. Seeing as this was an experiment, I used a chain and tied it to the back of the ship. Several minutester, a groggy Soleil climbed up top and stood next to me.


    *Yawn* What was that roar, big sis? (Soleil)


    That thing that is being dragged behind the ship. Im watching to see what happens when these things die since we never corpses of these things on the ground. (Luna)


    Thats nice. (Soleil)


    Were you taking a nap? (Luna)


    Everyone isits the perfect day for a napnow if you excuse me, I have a Velvet to hug some more. (Soleil)


    Soleil slowly made her way back below deck.


    Yknow, shes right about that. The sun is making it the perfect temperature to take a nap.


    {Id be happy to join you if you opt to take one.}


    While I like the idea, Ill hold off for now.


    {Fine.}


    Fufu. Dont sound so disappointed, Ill take a nap with you next time Skadi decides to take over the steering.


    {Alright.}


    Over the next few hours of sailing, nothing really changed with the corpse other than it started to float a little higher than before.


    Do they float up instead of fall down? How interesting. Does it have something to do with gravity maybe? Or is it some other kind of magic? Actually, how do these things even fly? GAH! One question gets answered and more take its ce.


    Since the question for why we never see corpses from sky creatures was somewhat answered, I put the body of the alligator in my inventory and looked ahead. It was then that I saw something shimmering in the distance.


    I wonder what that is?


    As I continued to sail in that direction, the shimmering became more pronounced and I could make out what it really was.


    Tiny, sharp looking fish things?


    While individually small, they moved in an extremelyrge school. The closer the ship got to them, I started to hear somethinging from them. It was like the sound of insect wings. I squinted my eyes to try and her a better look at them when the school turned toward the ship and the noise grew even more intense.


    Oh no you dont.


    The school shot toward the ship and I set up a lightning barrier just in time to get most of them. A few managed to get in before the barrier was fully up and they started wreaking havoc on the sails.


    No, bad shiny fish things.


    I left the steering to an illusion and then leapt up to the rigging to try and get rid of the stragglers. EX Agi is no joke and I managed to catch all of them in about 20 minutes.


    That was annoying. Stupid things, Im going to have to fix these now.


    I set up a space barrier around the ship and it slowed down beforeing to a stop. I looked at all the holes in the sails and sighed.


    {What happened in the time I went to get a snack?}


    Ran into a school of shiny fish things, turns out they are sharp and aggressive, set up a lightning barrier but some got in before it was done, and they did this to the sails. Now I have to fix them.


    {How unfortunate.}


    Meh. I was getting bored just standing and steering, so its a change of pace.


    I looped a chain between two Gates and used it as a hanging chair as I got to work mending the holes in the sails. The smaller ones didnt take too long to finish, but thergest of the sails also had the most damage. It was also filled with small holes that were spread out.


    {Just how versatile are those chains of yours?}


    Extremely. I could even use them as stairs if needed. They wouldnt be the most stable, granted, but still usable.


    {I see. Now I really want to ask Grey where he got those in the first ce.}


    I continued my work and once I was done, the sun was starting to set. When I got back on deck I decided to call it a day and went to the captains cabin where I slumped into a chair.


    Tamamo, may I make a request?


    {Anything for you.}


    I would love it if you could give me a shoulder massage.


    {Then you know what you need to do.}


    Ill naturally pay the toll. It was fifty bowls of kitsune udon, right?


    {That or an equivalent amount of kisses.}


    Ill pay with both then. The udon up front and the kisses after.


    {Then we have a deal.}


    I went over andid face down on the bed and then set up a domain. What followed was another wonderful massage from Tamamo followed by a nice meal and some kissing to finish off the daypletely.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Now I''m curious as well. What exactly does happen with those sky creatures?


    Not telling.


    Fenrir: Why not?


    Because it preserves the mystery.


    Atmos: That''s as good a reason as any.


    Fenrir: Indeed. What''s a long life without a little mystery to spice it up.


    Exactly.


    Atmos: By the way, where did Order go?


    She went to take a nap. And speaking of naps, I think I''ll go take one as well.


    Fenrir: Rest well.


    I''ll try to. Atmos, if anything interesting happens, you know what to do.


    Atmos: Yeah yeah.

 Chapter 267: Some Information About Dwarven Culture

    Chapter 267: Some Information About Dwarven Culture


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up the next day, I was being hugged and stared at by Tamamo.


    Morning, my beautiful wife. Enjoyed watching me sleep?


    {More than you know. Though you were very talkativest night.}


    What did I say?


    {Very many things. It seems like you were having a nice dream about the two of us.}


    Aaahhh. Well, I wouldnt mind doing a few of those things if we werent flying right now and it wasnt morning.


    I got up from the bed and ced a few different sets of clothes on the bed while Tamamo turned herself to start at me. As I was deliberating on what to wear today, I was struck with an epiphany.


    Hey Tamamo, mind helping me out with something?


    {Depends on what it is.}


    Mind enchanting one of my bras with some minor gravity magic?


    {}


    Tamamo?


    {You might be onto something with that. Which one do you want me to do that to?}


    I handed one of my favorite bras to Tamamo and she quickly enchanted it with some gravity magic before handing it back to me. When I put it on, I immediately noticed a difference.


    Tamamo, this is amazing. Why didnt I think about this earlier?


    {Maybe I should start wearing those as well.}


    Cant you just use gravity magic on yourself?


    Go with that one.


    {Prefer me only wearing illusions, do we?}


    Of course. Last time was nice, but seeing them slowly disappear has its own charm.


    {Then Ill try it outter. Now, what are you going to wear today?}


    Im thinking Ill wear this one. I mean, I made it for the sole purpose to wear while sailing, but Ive only done so once.


    {Then go for it. Itll be a nice change of pace to see you wearing something different than usual.}


    Are you sure youre not saying that because it shows more cleavage?


    {I wont deny that as being part of the reason as well.}


    I love how honest you are about that.


    {Whats the point in hiding it? I love you and everything about you, so why be coy about me also loving seeing that?}


    Thats true. Anyway, Ill get dressed now. Thanks for enchanting this for me.


    {Any time. Ill enchant the rest of them for you while you get dressed if you want.}


    Thanks.


    I dumped the rest of my bras on the bed while I got dressed.


    {Why do you have so many?}


    Just happened. I just dumped all the ones that were in my inventory here, Im pretty sure several of those are old ones that dont fit anymore, so you can ignore those.


    {How will I know which ones those are?}


    I refuse to think you wouldnt be able to tell by sight or feeling.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Tamamo got to work as I continued to dress myself. By the time I was done, Tamamo had two neat piles on the bed with one being a lot bigger than the other.


    {Left pile is the ones I enchanted, the other is ones that no longer fit you. I suggest either getting rid of them or passing them onto Soleil or one of the others in case they ever reach that size.}


    Can that happen?


    {Who knows. Ive seen weirder things happen before, so you can never be too careful.}


    Good to know. Now I have a question for you.


    {Whats up?}


    Change my hairstyle up for a bit, or no? I kind of want to until we reach the dwarf country, but I dont know if youll like it.


    {Even if I didnt like it, you could still do it.}


    I know, but your opinion matters a lot to me, so I had to ask.


    {Then show me what you want to do.}


    I tied my hair up in a ponytail and looked at Tamamo to get her opinion.


    {I like it. Its a good change to the usual you, so its fresh.}


    I nodded my head then put on my pirate hat as the final touch to todays wardrobe.


    How do I look?


    {Great. Though I feel like something is missing from this.}


    Hmmm.


    I turned and looked into the full-length mirror. I mumbled to myself trying to figure out what could be missing from my ensemble.


    Hmmmmm. Ah, thats what it is.


    I pulled out a somewhatrge feather from my inventory and ced in on my hat.


    It was a plume.


    {Perfect.}


    I walked up and hugged Tamamo before she left and then walked out of the captains cabin. I undid the space barrier once I stood at the helm and made some illusions to unfurl the sails. A little whileter I heard movementing from the stairs and Mio appeared.


    Morning nya. I like the outfit nya. (Mio)


    Thanks. Did you all enjoy your naps yesterday? (Luna)


    Yeah nya. Though I was surprised that everyone was sleeping nya. (Mio)


    Same. I would have liked at least one more conversation partner, not that Tamamo isnt good enough, she is, but still. When she wasnt around due to one thing or another, it was incredibly boring. There were only two really interesting things that happened. The first being that I figured out a little bit of the mystery surrounding the sky creatures and that some of them made me stop and repair the sails. (Luna)


    Sorry for leaving you alone nya. Its just we dont have anything to do nya. At most only Skadi can take over for you nya, so all we have to entertain ourselves is talking, games, and napping nya. (Mio)


    I realize that and Im sorry. I didnt realize that traveling by flying ship would be as boring as it is. Once we reach the dwarf country, Ill try and figure out some more things we can do when we travel like this again. (Luna)


    Please do nya. Ill try and help as well nya. (Mio)


    By the way, hows the getting over the fear of heights thing going? (Luna)


    Well I thing nya. I can walk around up here without getting dizzy nyow nya. Though I still cant go near the railing nya. (Mio)


    Then take your time. Its not like were in a rush and I know it can take a while to get over a fear youve always had. (Luna)


    Thanks nya. By the way, can I get one of those outfits at some point nya? I really like it nya. (Mio)


    Ill make you er. (Luna)


    Yay nya. (Mio)


    At this point in the conversation, Skadi appeared on deck.


    I forgot you made that to wear. (Skadi)


    Its fitting for the setting. (Luna)


    I agree. (Skadi)


    I do as well nya. (Mio)


    Hey Skadi, youve been to the dwarf country before, right? (Luna)


    A few times, but not as many as the Demon Empire, Beast Kingdom, and Celestia Kingdom. (Skadi)


    Can you tell me a bit of what its like there? (Luna)


    I dont mind, but only if you understand that I havent been to the capital in a really long time. From that alchemists description of the ce, it seems to have changed from when I wasst there. (Skadi)


    I was asking more along the lines of the culture and stuff. (Luna)


    Oh, then thats fine then. Since most dwarf cities are underground in mountains or ravines, they have lots of cksmiths, jewelers, metalworks, and simr professions. They also have a taste for alcohol that is only rivaled by dragons and certain sub-races of demons. That also leads to them having an abundance of foods that other races consider too salty. Also, they prefer things that can be easily eaten with alcohol instead of, what they would consider, fancy and ornate meals like were all used to. And then there is the bathing culture there. They are big onmunity like beastkin, so they have lots ofmunal baths. No matter where we go there, itll be hard to find a ce with separate single baths, so I hope none of you here are ufortable with bathing with the rest of us. (Skadi)


    Hmm. As long as there arent any men that show up, Im fine with it nya. (Mio)


    I agree with Mio. My past life not-withstanding, I cant consider bathing with men present anymore. (Luna)


    Thats understandable. Especially with everyone in this party, wed face no end of annoying situations due to this. Would you like me to reach out to some old dwarven friends of mine to see if they can set up a ce for us? (Skadi)


    If you dont mind. I bet I could also arrange something with the General there if I ask dad, but I dont really want to throw around influence like that if possible. At least not if I dont have to. (Luna)


    Thats also understandable, though unavoidable in some cases. (Skadi)


    I wonder nya. (Mio)


    About what? (Luna)


    What well encounter there nya. Since I joined this party nya, Ive experienced a lot of things that I never thought I would nya. It makes me really excited nya. (Mio)


    I agree. Traveling with everyone here reminds me of when I first went on adventures with my father. We would always run into things that would be considered extremely dangerous, but they were also some of the most exciting things. (Skadi)


    Tell us some of those stories sometime, Skadi. Im sure all of us, especially Ophidia, would like that. (Luna)


    How about I tell one when everyone else gets up? (Skadi)


    Miss Mio. (Luna)


    Nya nya, Captain nya. (Mio)


    Miss Skadi, while Miss Mio is away waking the others, shall we start some shanties? (Luna)


    Haha! Lets do so, Captain Luna. (Skadi)


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Best decision ever.


    Atmos: About the gravity magic?


    Tamamo: That and Luna tying her hair up like that while wearing that outfit. She''s so good looking like that that it''s making me crazy.


    Fenrir: I agree, she does look good. Makes me wonder what Mio will look like when Luna makes her a simr outfit.


    Atmos: Maybe I shouldmission one for Grey.


    Order: I agree. I want to see Payto look like that. Maybe add a small beard as well and it''d be perfect.


    ...What kind of conversation did I walk in on?

 Chapter 268: A Mundane Problem

    Chapter 268: A Mundane Problem


    [Luna POV]


    Another two weeks had passes of us smoothly sailing through the skies. Not much of note had happened except a few instances of aggressive sky creatures attacking the ship. Skadi showed just how good she was at fighting while sailing as she did most of the work there. I also managed to find a sky creature that wasnt poisonous, but it tasted even worse than the shrimp things even after I went all out with my cooking skill. Today, we finally entered Dwarf Country airspace.


    Looking at what I could see of the ground from our position in the sky, there was a lot of barren, rockynd with not much else around. There were also several small hills here and there. In the distance I could see several mountains of varying heights.


    Do they not have any settlements on the surface? (Luna)


    There are a few, but they are really spread out and mostly built around the foot of the mountains. Below the surface, however, is where everything is. From what I remember, the entire country is connected by an innumerable number of tunnels. Every city is connected by at least two but are spread out to different areas. If were going to find a city, its best we start sailing the river again. (Skadi)


    Then Ill start bringing us down. (Luna)


    I made the ship descend and after a while, wended in the river.


    Hmm. I need to work on making riverndings, that was a bit rough. (Luna)


    Once the ship stopped rocking, Mio ran up top.


    Whats going on nya!? Are we falling out of the sky nya!? (Mio)


    No, we justnded in the river. (Luna)


    Nyaaaaaa. You could have warned us nya. (Mio)


    Sorry about that. (Luna)


    Nya. So, whyd wend in the river nya? (Mio)


    Skadi said I should so we can get into a city. (Luna)


    Mio then looked at Skadi.


    Yeah. We should being up to the city that acts as the port city in the next few days. Well probably start seeing more river traffic at some point soon, so I thought we shouldnd here and sail like this the rest of the way. (Skadi)


    By the way, do I need to worry about the size of the ship? (Luna)


    Not really. This river stays as wide as this or wider in ces weve already flown over, so youll have plenty of room. (Skadi)


    Oh. I actually wasnt expecting that. I kind of expected the start of this river to be somewhere in this country and that it would be a lot smaller than where weve been on or flown over. (Luna)


    {As far as I can recall, this river starts somewhere deep in the mountains and cut its way through until it was this big.}


    Oh. Well, thats interesting. I kind of want to see the beginning of the river. (Luna)


    We might, but that can be forter. (Skadi)


    Yeah. Hey Mio, what are the other three doing right now? (Luna)


    Velvet and Soleil are making food right nyow nya, and Ophidia is doing something nya. She was in hermia form all day nya. (Mio)


    Is she shedding or something? (Luna)


    Does she do that? (Skadi)


    I though you would know. (Luna)


    Shes never told me she does and I would think you would know since youve know her for longer than I have. (Skadi)


    Shes never mentioned it and Ive never seen her do it, so I just assumed she didnt need to for some reason or another. (Luna)


    We both looked at Mio for her opinion, but she just shook her head. As we were all curious, we decided to go and see what was up. I left the helm to an illusion and we all headed below deck. As we passed by the ships kitchen, I heard Soleil and Velvet flirting with each other. As we made it to the crew quarters, we stood at the entrance to Ophidias room. Ophidia was currently sitting coiled up in the middle of the room with a somewhat frustrated expression on her face.


    Hey Ophidia, whats wrong? (Skadi)


    Hmm? Oh, hey you three. Nothing is really wrong, Im just a little agitated. (Ophidia)


    By what? Are you shedding or something? (Luna)


    No, I havent had to do that for a very long time, and if I was, Id be a lot grumpier than I am currently. It seems that at some point when I was asleepst night, I transformed into this form and Ive been feeling like something was stuck between some of my scales. I know where it is, but I cant get it. (Ophidia)


    Why didnt you ask one of us for help? (Skadi)


    I would have, but its kind of instinctual to avoid letting anyone but me do anything to ces like that. (Ophidia)


    Ah. That makes sense. (Luna)


    Indeed nya. Though I am surprised nya, I didnt think serpents could get things between their scales nya. I thought they were just apletely smooth surface nya. (Mio)


    I sometimes wish that were the case. It would be so much less irritating for that to be the case. (Ophidia)


    Well, do you want us to help you since were here? (Skadi)


    Might as well. All I ask is that you are all extremely careful. (Ophidia)


    She then uncoiled herself as much as she could in the confines of the smallish room. The three of us got closer to her and she showed us the area where she felt something.


    Oh, you have several splinters stuck in a few spots here, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    I wonder how that happened. I figured your Def stat would prevent that from happening. (Luna)


    {That should normally be the case, but this ship is special, Luna. Its a divine artifact and is almost constantly being saturated with your mana, which reinforces it. Add that to how much Ophidia weighs in this form makes it believable that this could happen.}


    Oh. (Luna)


    Im assuming Goddess Tamamo gave you an exnation, master? (Ophidia)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    I repeated Tamamos words and Skadi nodded her head in agreement.


    That does make sense. But enough of that, lets get these removed. Luna, Mio, Im going to need you to pull back some of these scales so I can get to them. Ophidia, I need you to stat as still as you possibly can. (Skadi)


    Thanks. I should have asked for help earlier. (Ophidia)


    Its no problem at all. (Skadi)


    Mio and I then ced our hands on the ces where we needed to and pulled back Ophidias scales. Internally, I was surprised at just how smooth the scales were. I have felt them before when Ophidia made herself into a tiny snake when we had to fold space with a lot of people, but her being this size gave them a different smoothness consistency. As I pondered over these things, Skadi got to work removing the splinters from Ophidia.


    Ahhhn. (Ophidia)


    (Luna)


    (Mio)


    Ophidia? (Skadi)


    Ophidia blushed and turned hid her face behind her hands.


    Sorry. Its just the area between my scales is sensitive. (Ophidia)


    A seductive smile spread across Skadis face at that moment.


    Good to know. (Skadi)


    Skadi continued to remove the slinters all the while Ophidia let out small pained sounds and gasps. Once she was finished, Ophidia was out of breath and Mio and I were somewhat ufortable.


    I feel like I shouldnt have been present for this. (Luna)


    I feel the same nya. (Mio)


    I feel like I might have dragged this out a little bit more than I should have. Sorry Ophidia. (Skadi)


    Itsfine, SkadiIll getmy paybacksoon. (Ophidia)


    Skadi gave Ophidia a look that I knew well since Tamamo and I have had the same look many times before. I gave Mio a look and she nodded and left the room. When I did the same, I covered the door in with a thick wall of ice and made a domain around the room.


    Well nya, that happened nya. (Mio)


    Yes. Yes, it did. Im going to go back to sailing the ship now. (Luna)


    Ille with you nya. I could use some fresh air nya. (Mio)


    The two of us returned to the deck and continued to sail the rest of the day, eventually being joined by Velvet and Soleil who had brought us something to snack on,pletely ignorant of what happened earlier.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir:...


    Atmos: What''s wrong, Fenrir? Why do you look so dejected?


    Fenrir: I missed an opportunity. Mio and I should have asked Luna to set up a domain for me and her at some point while she had nothing better to do. Now that they are so close to their destination, I missed my chance.


    Tamamo: Don''t worry, Fenrir. You''ll get your chance soon. I give it at least one more week before Mio asks Luna to help the two of you with that.


    Fenrir: How are you so sure?


    Tamamo: Did you not see Mio''s face before they left Ophidia''s room? She''s about to give in to her urge to truly make you hers. I think the only thing that''s stopping her now is the awkwardness of asking Luna for help. Of course, this timeline can be moved up with one word from you to Luna.


    Fenrir: Get up Tamamo. Me and you are going to talk with Luna. Now.


    Tamamo: Ufufufu. Alright. I''ll be back, Atmos.


    Atmos: Yeah yeah.

 Chapter 269: An Inspection

    Chapter 269: An Inspection


    [Luna POV]


    A day after locking Skadi and Ophidia away, Fenrir showed up at Tamamos ce and asked me to send her and Mio somewhere for a little while. I quickly agreed to her request and set up a domain on my floating ind before bringing Mio there. Fenrir showed up shortly after and I left them a letter box to let me know when to either pick Mio up or refresh the domain. Once that was done, not much else happened for several more days.


    Over those days I noticed an increase in the number of ships on the river which told me we were getting close to our destination. I also noticed that Skadi and Ophidia were trying to get out of the domain, but I ignored them since I had a feeling that I shouldnt do that until they are cleaned. I quickly scribbled a letter to them and teleported it into the domain.


    I know I cant really say anything, but I wish they would have held off until we go settled here. I mean, I understand how they felt, but they could have teleported to the pirate ind, though I can also see the problem with that. Especially since Ophidia cant teleport back to the ship since itll be in a different ce than when she left.


    {How are you able to do that?}


    I can teleport into any domain no matter where it is even if its moved. Thats why I never closed one until after I got back.


    {I see. I had a feeling that was the case, but its nice to have confirmation.}


    Oh, and theyre gone. Guess Ill have to pick them upter.


    After finishing that thought, I noticed the mouth of arge cave a little way away from our current position.


    Our long voyage is about toe to an end. SOLEIL, VELVET! GET UP HERE!


    Shortly after my shout, the two of them climbed on deck. They came up to me and stood at attention.


    Miss Soleil, reporting. (Soleil)


    Miss Velvet, reporting. (Velvet)


    What do you need, Captain? (Velvet and Soleil)


    Fufufu. Our destination is ahead, get ret ready to disembark. (Luna)


    Aye, aye, Captain. (Velvet and Soleil)


    Dismissed. (Luna)


    The two of them rxed and we stood there for a minute before all bursting out intoughter.


    Fufufu. Ahahahahahahahaha. I love it when you guts y along. (Luna)


    Hehehehehehehehe. Its surprisingly fun. (Velvet)


    Hahahahahahaha. It really is. (Soleil)


    We allughed a bit more before the two of them went back below to take care of whatever they needed to. I also quickchanged to my normal attire, much to Tamamos disappointment.


    {Boo. Change back.}


    Maybe some other time. Ill even y the part of a pirate that captures a fair maiden.


    {Only if that fair maiden has the chance to y the role of pirate the next time.}


    Of course. That was the n from the beginning.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Fufufufufu.


    While we bothughed at our ns for our next night together, the ship finally entered the cave. Inside, it was unexpectedly bright from the sunlight that came in from outside, bioluminescent moss on the ceiling, and some kind of torches that lined the walls.


    Those arent normal torches. I wonder what they are exactly. (Luna)


    They are made from weak wind and fire magic ores. Dont ask me how they work though. (Velvet)


    Thats all I wanted to know. (Luna)


    Big sis, where are Skadi and Ophidia? (Soleil)


    I told them to go and clean up. Ill pick them upter. (Luna)


    Good call. (Soleil)


    Yeah. (Velvet)


    Just then, I heard someone ringing a bell off the side of the ship. I walked over to the side and looked down. There was a small boat with several dwarves on it.


    AHOY! PERMISSION TO BORD FOR INSPECTION!?


    ALRIGHT. ILL DROP ANCHOR! (Luna)


    I made several illusions to fully close the sails and drop the anchor. Once the ship came to aplete stop, I dropped a ropedder and several of the dwarves climbed onto the ship. The dwarf that was wearing the most official looking clothes of the few that climbed on my ship came up to me.


    Are you the one in charge of this vessel,ss?


    I am. I am the S-rank adventurer Luna of the Spectral Mists. The two over there are some of my party members. The rest of the crew arent important since they are just illusions. (Luna)


    S-rank!? Very well, well finish our inspection as fast as possible. Please show us any cargo you are carrying first and then well move on to the next things.


    Alright, follow me. Soleil, Velvet, take the others around to anything else they need to check. (Luna)


    Right. (Velvet and Soleil)


    You heard her, boys!


    SIR!


    I brought the lead dwarf below deck to where I ced some things we were going to sell to the first guild we went to while in the dwarven country. As the dwarf was inspecting things, I asked him about something I was curious about.


    Is this inspection thing normal, or has something happened recently? (Luna)


    Its a recent thing. The king received word from the Demon Empire that there was a ship of vers from the other continent and now we have to inspect any ship thate in or out of the country to make sure they arent affiliated with them.


    Ah. So word of that has already reached here. (Luna)


    You knew about it, missy?


    Yeah, Im one of the people that rescued the ones captured, after all. (Luna)


    Thats an S-rank adventurer for you. And speaking of which, while Ive never in my life seen materials like these, youre clear here. All thats left for me to do is listen to my men, and well be outa your hair. All thats left for you to do after this is to keep following the river until you see the city and find a dock that will be able to hold your ship. There is also a guild branch near the docks, so if you n on getting this stuff appraised and sold, go there and let the staff know.


    Thanks for the information. (Luna)


    No thanks are needed,ss. Im just doing my job.


    We went back up top and the dwarf leader went over to his men and discussed things whit them before turning around.


    Were all done here. Just follow what I said earlier and youre all set.


    Alright. Keep up the good work. (Luna)


    The dwarves all saluted and then climbed back down the ropedder. They then rang the bell signaling that we could move again. I made the ship start moving and about 15 minutester the city came into view.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Why would the Dwarven Country need ship inspections? They are literally the farthest country from anything to do with that damnable ce.


    Atmos: I''m notpletely sure, but it might be because people like those vers normally have veryrgeworks of people that spread out a lot farther than you might think. I''m honestly surprised you didn''t know at least some of that.


    Tamamo: Atmos, you know I''m not omnipotent.


    Atmos: True, but that seems like one of the more simple things.


    Atmos, not everything you consider simple is simple for others.


    Order: That''s right.


    Atmos: That''s also true. Now, where have you two been?


    Inspecting something. That''s as much as I''m going to tell you for now.


    Atmos: Tch. Keep your secrets then.

 Chapter 270: Appraising Sky Materials

    Chapter 270: Appraising Sky Materials


    [Luna POV]


    Once the city was in view, it didnt take long to find a ce to dock the ship. Once everything was settled, I checked to see if Skadi and Ophidia were ready for me to pick them up, but there was nothing. I then turned to Velvet and Soleil and spoke.


    First things first, lets head to the guild branch that I was told close to here. I want to get the guilds opinion on sky creature materials. If they cant tell us anything here though, Ill go to the Main Officeter and do it. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    Sounds good to me. But what will we say if they ask where we got them from? (Velvet)


    Well think of that when we get to it. (Luna)


    Why would I expect anything else? (Velvet)


    I went below deck and ced all the materials in my inventory.


    {Luna, why didnt you just keep them in there in the first ce?}


    I took them out when those inspectors were boarding. It would be pretty suspicious if a ship wasnt carrying something in the hold after all. And we both know that S-rank status isnt a get out of jail free card.


    {I thought we agreed to wipe that thing from our memories.}


    We did, but it needed to be brought up in this particr situation as an example.


    Once I was done picking everything up, I rejoined Velvet and Soleil on deck and we then disembarked from the ship. I then stored it in my inventory which caused me to get several surprised looks from other people.


    Fufufu. Those surprised faces are nice in a way. (Luna)


    Luna, just how bored are you right now? (Velvet)


    My boredom has umted a bit, but itll be alleviated when we go around this and other dwarven cities. (Luna)


    Soleil. (Velvet)


    I know. Ill keep her in check. (Soleil)


    Tamamo, how do I respond to that? (Luna)


    {I dont think youre supposed to.}


    Lets go. (Luna)


    I then started walking in a direction and my twopanions quickly followed behind me. After some time of moving around a somewhat crowded dock, we managed to find the guild branch and headed to it.


    Ugh. I hate crowds, especially with my particr constitution. (Luna)


    I agree. Though Im also impressed you managed to avoid touching anyone with your tail. I didnt think youd manage for a minute or two. (Velvet)


    It was way harder than you think since my other tails are only hidden, so I was basically waving all seven of them around frantically avoiding people. (Luna)


    Is it bad that I kind of want to see that? (Soleil)


    No, I feel the same. It would be a funny sight. (Velvet)


    I ignored theirments and just walked into the guild branch. Inside was the usual clich kind of guild branch. A quest bored on the wall, bar on the side, reception counter along the back wall. The only thing that made this one unique was that the bar was busier than the rest of the guild. We walked up to the reception counter and spoke to the dwarven receptionist. He was a dwarf as expected and his beard grew to just below his belt. It was braded with some kind of metallic thread that reflected in different colors depending on where the light hit it.


    What can I do for you threedies today?


    I ced my card on the desk and asked for a private room and someone that handles appraising materials.


    Right away, maam. Please follow me.


    The reception dwarf was actually pretty calm when he saw my card and he led us into the back of the guild to arge room.


    Ill go get the appraiser.


    He quickly left the room and about five minutester he returned with a tall demon man. He had leathery looking wings, eyes that were purely crimson, and wore one of those things that people wear when they inspect jewels. He also wore a ck and red suit. All in all, the air he gave off was like he was about to ask for a contract where Id use my soul as payment.


    Madam Luna, I am this guild branchs appraiser. Pleased to make your acquaintance. (Appraiser)


    Nice to meet you, as well. As you know, I am Luna, and these are two of my party members, Velvet and Soleil. (Luna)


    The two nodded in the appraisers direction and he moved to sit in front of us. The receptionist then bowed to all of us and left the room.


    Now, may I see the materials you need appraised? (Appraiser)


    I pulled out a few of the sky creature materials and ced them on the table in front of us.


    I have the appraisal skill, so I know the information about the materials themselves, but I dont have a clue what theyd be worth if sold or what they would be useful for. (Luna)


    Hmmm. Ive never seen materials like these. He picked up what looked like a scale from that sky alligator. Extremely light, and it feels durable. Might be useful in making armor and shields. Can you tell me where you got these and also if there are any more and of different types?


    Thats a difficult thing to answer. There are more types from different things, and we do have a lot of the stuff. The difficult part is where we got them. Its not that I cant tell you, but more like nobody else will be able to acquire these for a long while. (Luna)


    Hmm. That is a bit of a conundrum. How about this, you give us as much of this stuff as you can and the guild can pass them around to trusted crafters. They try to make things from these materials and depending on what they figure out, we price them ording to that. As for the ce you got these from, it would probably be better to say, even if a more reliable way to get them from more people is still a long ways off, itll be better for the guild to know so when that timees, well be prepared. (Appraiser)


    I nced at Velvet to get her opinion and she subtly nodded her head.


    Alright. The ce these materialse from is the sky. More specifically, in and about a mile under the clouds. (Luna)


    Eh? But how is that possible? How were you able to travel at that altitude and withstand the pressure up there? (Appraiser)


    Theres pressure up there? (Luna)


    Of course, theres pressure up there. And at the altitude youre talking about, it should be so much that youd pop like a bubble. (Appraiser)


    Hmm. Well, thats a whole other thing thats even more difficult to exin. (Luna)


    The room stayed silent for several minutes while all of us tried to figure out what to say. The first one to speak was the appraiser.


    *Sigh* This is all above me in what I can do. I feel like this inquiry needs to be taken up with the Grand Guild Master. While I will still hold to the offer of letting craftsmen here look to see what they can do with these materials and pay you ordingly, Im afraid I dont have the knowledge or experience to deal with secrets even S-rank adventurers cant part with. In my personal opinion, only the Grand Guild Master and those in central can deal with advising you in this regard as they are the ones that manage all S-rank adventurers in the truest sense. (Appraiser)


    I looked at Velvet and Soleil to get their opinions on the matter and they gave me their opinions telepathically. I then turned back to the appraiser.


    I think itll be best if we take this up at the Main Office. Thank you for your time and I apologize we couldnt give you all the information you probably wanted. (Luna)


    Worry not, Madam Luna. These things happen. If you ever change your mind or have more materials you arent sure of and are in the area, please feel free to ask for my assistance again. (Appraiser)


    We all stood up and shook hands. The appraiser then left and I turned to the others.


    Well, now that this is done, shall we go and explore the city while we wait for Skadi and Ophidia? (Luna)


    Might as well. (Velvet)


    I wonder if they have any specialties here. Food or trinket wise. (Soleil)


    If youre hungry, just say so. (Luna)


    Im hungry. (Soleil)


    Fufufu. Then lets go and find something to eat. (Luna)


    We left the guild and entered into the main part of the city in search of food.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: OI! Don''t foist that responsibility on me. I don''t know what to do with that stuff either.


    Calm down, Grey.


    Order: You''ll figure something out.


    Atmos: I believe in you.


    Grey: Atmos, where did you get a cheerleading outfit?


    Atmos: Crisis.


    Grey:...Do I thank her, or ask her why she gave that to you in the first ce?


    Atmos: I don''t know.


    Anyway, now they know why flying races don''t fly that high or know about sky creatures.


    Order: Is it due to Luna''s ship being divine artifact that they can survive the pressure?


    Well, Luna would probably be able to survive it normally, but for the most part yes. That''s why the first generation of flying ships are going to be forced to fly lower.


    Grey: Well that''s to be expected. I give the mortals around 300 years before they figure out a way to survive the pressure of where Luna likes to sail.


    Atmos: How generous. I give them 700 years.


    I''ll throw in my own opinion and say 900.


    Order: I put my money on 500.


    Grey: Guess we wait and see now.


    Indeed.

 Chapter 271: An Exciting Start in the Dwarf Country

    Chapter 271: An Exciting Start in the Dwarf Country


    [Luna POV]


    A little while and some satisfied stomachster, we were walking around aimlessly. Wed stop every so often when something caught our eye, but for the most part, this city was an average port city with the only improvement being it had a less fishy smell.


    Big sis, are we just wandering around since were waiting for Skadi and Ophidia? (Soleil)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    I have a feeling well be waiting for a few days. I mean, you sending them off alone and together will probably lead to them just doing more of what they have been for thest few days. (Velvet)


    Thats true. But its not like were in a rush, so let them have their fun. Its not like any of us are any better after all. Wed all do the exact same thing in their situation. (Luna)


    Velvet and Soleil both nodded in agreement with my words. We then turned a corner and I saw something that would allow us to relieve some of our boredom. I held my arm out signaling my twopanions to stop and move into the shadow of the buildings next to us.


    In the direction of my gaze was a shifty looking dwarf walking behind a human that was carrying something. The dwarf then quickly and stealthily took what I assumed was the humans wallet before quickly dropping it into a space magic inventory and then turning in a different direction.


    Fufufu. Velvet, follow that dwarf as stealthily as you can. Ill take back what he took and then catch up to you. Soleil, feel free toe with either of us. (Luna)


    Alright. (Velvet)


    Ill go with Velvet. She needs someone with a ktisunes hearing and sense of smell if she loses sight of them. (Soleil)


    I nodded at them and then the two of them disappeared into the shadows. I focused my sight on the dwarf and then reached into his inventory and pulled out the wallet he stole.


    Fufufufufufu. That could be an addicting feeling, looking into others inventories.


    {Luna.}


    Im kidding, I wont start doing that regrly.


    I then moved until I was a bit behind the recently pick-pocketed human and went up to him. I tapped him on the shoulder and then acted like I was out of breath from running after him for a bit.


    Sir! (Luna)


    Oi. What do you want? Cant you see Im busy?


    Sorry for bothering you, but you dropped this. (Luna)


    I held my hand out with his wallet ced on my palm. His eyes went wide and he ced the object he was carrying down and checked his belt. He then yanked the wallet out of my hand and inspected its contents.


    Everythings still there. Thanks, miss.


    Youre wee. (Luna)


    The human then picked up whatever it was he was carrying again and walked away. I turned as well and concentrated on my connection with Velvet and Soleil. I activated my own stealth skill and started to lightly jog to where they were. It only took me about a minute to catch up with them and the three of us followed the shifty looking dwarf around for the rest of the day. He was quite the busy person as well, pick-pocketing anyone he could. I was also busy since I returned everything that I watched him steal.


    Im starting to get annoyed by this. Just go to your hideout already.


    {And what are you going to do once you follow him to his hideout?}


    Capture him and any others he works with, turn him in to whatever security force exists in this country, after that Im not sure, then profit.


    {But you dont need any profit. You dont need money and you already have more reputation than you could ever want.}


    Fine, Im doing this because Im bored. I wanted something to do while we wait for Skadi and Ophidia and I didnt feel like leaving this city the same day we got here.


    {Ufufufu. Oh, the things you do due to boredom. Its always entertaining.}


    I inwardly chuckled at Tamamos words as we continued to follow the thief. After another hour of trailing, he finally started going in a different direction than the rest of the day. He eventually made his way to the docks and onto a ship. He went below deck of that ship before we stopped following him.


    What now? (Velvet)


    We continue to follow, obviously. (Luna)


    Big sis, you smell it too, right? (Soleil)


    Yep. And were going to hate every single bit of this. But my entertainment outweighs my reluctance, so we continue. (Luna)


    Theres the Luna we all know and love. (Velvet)


    Yep. Shes been too calm for the past while. (Soleil)


    You realize Im right here and listening to you, right? (Luna)


    Thats the point.


    Pfft. I love how in sync you two are sometimes. Now, lets get going, that thief and his potential friends arent going to capture themselves. (Luna)


    We stealthily climbed onto the ship and went down where the thief did earlier. The inside of the smallish ship was normal except for arge hole cut into the bottom of it. There was also a cylindrical tunnel of water held at bay by magic that led into another tunnel. That tunnel also reeked of sewer.


    Are you sure about this, Luna? (Velvet)


    Itll be fine as long as none of us touch or fall into it. (Luna)


    Big sis, say that again without gagging. (Soleil)


    I closed my eyes and took in a deep breath before sticking two fingers under my nose and shot some lightning magic into it. After some light pain, my sense of smell waspletely gone.


    Soleil looked at me with some worry before turning her attention down into the tunnel again. She then did the same thing as me and two small mes appeared on her fingers. She was about to burn her nose as well when I stopped her.


    Soleil, let me do it. (Luna)


    She nodded her head and I did the same thing I did to myself. She let out a hushed cry of pain and started holding her nose with tears forming in the corner of her eyes.


    Was that really necessary? Velvet said with worry and exasperation.


    Velvet, that down there is a sewer. You know what goes in sewers. We are kitsune with good senses of smell. (Luna)


    She rolled her eyes and then looked down the hole like Soleil and I did.


    Do me too. (Velvet)


    Once more I burnt a nose,pletely removing its sense of smell. Velvet had a simr reaction to Soleil and I waited for them to recover.


    Big sis, how are you so calm about this? That hurt a lot more than you let on. (Soleil)


    I tilted my head in confusion.


    Yes, it was painful, but not THAT painful. Like a small pinch at most. (Luna)


    Soleil, she has stupid level Res, Im more surprised that magic actually did something to her. (Velvet)


    Well, I actually just used a level of lightning magic that would work on me. I obviously toned it down for the two of you immensely. (Luna)


    Wait, you can do discrete, high-powered magic? (Velvet)


    Velvet, just because I like shy doesnt mean I dont know when not to use it. (Luna)


    Big sis, even I didnt know that. You always took the shiest approach to magic for as long as I can remember. (Soleil)


    In my defenseI have no defense. shy is just more exciting. Now lets stop stalling and get this over with. (Luna)


    I then jumped into the tunnel.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Luna really will do almost anything if it''s entertaining to her, huh.


    Don''t act like any of us are any better.


    Atmos: Fair enough. Let''s just hope all of them manage to make it out of this without falling in.


    Order: Atmos, why are you trying to make that oue a reality?


    Atmos: Damn, I didn''t mean to say that. Luna, if that does happen, please forgive me.


    This won''t end well for Atmos.


    Order: What should her obituary say?


    Let''s go think about it when an angry Luna storm in here.


    Order: I like that n.


    Atmos: Wow. What good friends you two are.


    Me and Order: Thanks.

 Announcement

    Announcement


    To everyone that isnt on discord: I recently got a job so chapters might not be released as frequently as you are all used to. I will try my best to keep to daily, but as apparent already its sometimes not possible. Please be understanding. Thank you all for taking the time to read this announcement and may you all be embraced by the Abyss of Fluff.

 Chapter 272: Cleaning Up Some Thieves

    Chapter 272: Cleaning Up Some Thieves


    [Luna POV]


    Once the other two joined me in the sewer I closed my eyes and focused on my hearing. Tuning out the sound of moving water and the asional dripping sound, I listened for our prey, I mean victim, I mean thief. After about a minute I made out the sound of footsteps. I opened my eyes and turned in the direction we had to go. When we started walking, Soleil spoke to me through telepathy.


    <em>Big sis, couldnt you have used your space magic just now? </em>(Soleil)


    <em>I could have, but where would be the fun in that? Thrill of the chase. </em>(Luna)


    <em>I thought you were a fox, not a cat. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Mio is the cat of our group. </em>(Luna)


    <em>You know what I mean. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Fufufufu. Anyway, we should slow down now, or well catch up to our friend here. He still needs to lead us to the destination. </em>(Luna)


    We slowed down to a walking pace and soon our unaware thief was in sight. He was standing in a circr opening of another branch of the sewer and looking back and forth. He then tapped several of the bricks on the wall and it opened. It started to close immediately after he walked through it so I grabbed the others and blinked us in before quickly dashing behind some piled up crates and throwing up an illusion on top of us. I heard our dwarf walk some more before I decided it was safe for us to move.


    I kept the illusion over us as we slowly made our way forward before, I stopped. I looked at the ground, walls, and ceiling above us before quietly tapping my foot on the ground.


    Fufufu. Been a while since I had to deal with traps. Too bad theyre so easy to dismantle now.


    {I thought you hated dismantling traps.}


    I do, but even then, theres a certain satisfaction to disarming them by hand that this doesnt give.


    {Then maybe another time when you arent busy following a strage dwarf.}


    Sounds good to me.


    We proceeded further into the secret tunnels on the trail of the thief. After about 10 minutes of sneaking, we made it into arge circr room. In this room were several other dwarves as well as a few people of other races. They all had the same dark colored clothes on which made me grin a little.


    Fufufufufufufu. A genuine thieves guild. Fufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufufu.


    {Calm down, Luna, or youll give yourself away.}


    Tamamo, you almost baited me into saying something that would jinx us.


    {Sorry. That wasnt my intention.}


    I chuckled a little at my and Tamamos antics before returning my attention to the thieves. Our dwarf was standing in front of arge table where another dwarf sat. The one sitting behind the table was even shadier looking than the dwarf we followed here.


    Well, what did you make out with today?


    Boss ckbryar, I made a mint today. If I had to say, it was one of my best yet.


    What are you waiting for, then? Show me the goods and Ill give you your cut.


    This conversation made me snicker. The prey opened his inventory with an exaggerated gesture of his hand, andnothing fell out.


    Eh?


    He did the same hand gesture several more times with the same result.


    Is this supposed to be funny?


    The boss dwarf asked with an unamused look on his face and a vein bulging on his forehead that even I could see.


    <em>Big sis, when do we make our move? </em>(Soleil)


    <em>In a bit, I want to see what happens next. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Thats fine, but should me and Velvet move to a different position or just follow you lead when you finally decide to move? </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Do that. Go to that exit over there and Velvet block thatrge cask, there is probably a hidden entrance around it. Ill take this exit and then signal the prime time to incapacitate the prey here. </em>(Luna)


    <em>So, youre not even denying that now? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Dont act like you two arent enjoying this just as much as I am. You both have grins just as big as mine spread over your faces. </em>(Luna)


    <em>I never denied that. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Then yes, Im no longer denying it. </em>(Luna)


    Velvet chuckled a little and then disappeared into the shadows with Soleil. She appeared again in the ce where Soleil was going to guard and then disappeared only to appear again in the ce I told her to be. I then turned my attention back to what was going on with the prey and boss prey.


    You thering idiot! What happened to Made a mint huh!? This is the fifth time this week youvee up basically empty handed! No, worse than that, you actually dide up empty handed! You know what happens when you fail this much, and youve run out of chances! Boys! Hold the idiot down, its time to show the new blood what happens when they spurn the thieves guild.


    B-boss, I-I really dont know what happened! I know I picked nearly 50 people clen today as well as cased out a big target! It was all in the inventory spell!


    Pah! Grim, bring the sealing shackles.


    A extremely buff looking thief that wore ufortably tight looking clothes stepped up from behind the boss prey and handed him some heavy looking metal shackles. They were then pped onto the wrists of the original thief and he fell limply to the floor.


    Boss ckbriar, please!


    Shut it. Do your duty as an example and die.


    The boss prey then hefted a morning star that was sitting next to his chair onto his shoulder and walked over to the center of the room while two more thieves dragged the now sniveling thief behind them. I looked up to Velvet and Soleil and sent them a telepathic message to incapacitate as many as they could as quickly as they could.


    They both sprung into action. Velvet had unsheathed her whip-sword and was swinging it around. She grabbed a thief with it and then used him to knock several of them out with the unlucky one. Soleil on the other hand was dragon shouting thieves into the walls in such a reenactment of video game ragdolling that it was enough to bring a tear to my eye.


    Im so proud of her.


    {Hurry up or youll fall behind.}


    No I wont.


    I snapped my fingers and a wave of ice magic was used that froze the thieves that were running in the direction of the exit I was in front of. Now all that were left were the boss prey, the original dwarf prey, and the two holding him down.


    Who are you people!? And how did you find this ce!?


    Just some passing S-rank adventurers who are bored. No need to concern yourself, now please, take a nap. (Luna)


    Wha-


    He was cut off and sent flying by Soleil right into a wall where he was promptly turned into a nice wall mount featuring dangling legs. The three remaining prey were then knocked out by either me or Velvet.


    Good work, and Soleil, extremely good job. (Luna)


    Thanks. That was surprisingly more fun than I thought it would be. I kind of want to do it again. (Soleil)


    Fufufufufufufufufufu. Just wait until you do that to something from the top of a mountain. (Luna)


    Soleils eyes started to shine and she ran up and grabbed my hands.


    Can I!? (Soleil)


    You know I cant refuse you when you get this excited. While were in this country, well look for the tallest mountain we can and climb it for that. (Luna)


    YES! (Soleil)


    Hey, dont leave me out of this. (Velvet)


    Why would we? If I take Soleil somewhere, you are obviouslying with us. (Luna)


    Then all is good. (Velvet)


    We then rounded up all the thieves and tied them up with a thick rope and I had Velvet and Soleil guard them in case they woke up while I went to find someone to collect them. I asked around to find out who I was supposed to go to and eventually found the people I was looking for. It was a building that stood out almost as much as the adventurers guild did in some ces. I went inside, exined the situation to whoever was in charge when I mentioned my S-rank status and was now leading arge group of dwarf knights through the sewer system.


    {Poor dwarves having to walk through a ce like this and having to smell it all the way.}


    Yeah, but Im not offering to stick my fingers up their noses.


    {Fair enough. I wouldnt want to do that either.}


    When we finally got to our destination, I was about to snap from having to endure theints about the smell.


    This is your own city, why are youining to me. And if I have to stop one more from falling in to the water.


    {I think Im starting to see why this city has such a big thieves guild. All these supposed knights are big babies.}


    Not ALL of them, but a fair few, yes.


    When all of the dwarves saw the tied up thieves the morepetent ones immediately got to work. I walked over to Velvet and Soleil and grabbed them on the shoulders.


    Were leaving. (Luna)


    The two of them nodded seeing as I wasnt in the mood for discussion. I looked over to the leader of the knights and told him to contact us through the guild if he needed anything and then left before he could respond. We then walked around until we found an inn to stay at where we promptly got some food and then went to bed.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: GAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!


    HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!


    Grey: Soleil is truly Dragonborn. I haven''t seen anyone be flung like that in so long.


    Oh, I remember back then. You introducing dragon shouts was ingenious. Too bad they fell out of use after a few hundred years.


    Grey: I know, right. Maybe I should ask Mimir to get some of the elves in that academy of his to reintroduce them.


    Do it. It''ll serve as some good entertainment.


    Grey: I''ll write him a message.


    Order: Do we stop them?


    Atmos: Nah. Let them have their fun.

 Chapter 273: A Taste of Dwarven Culture

    Chapter 273: A Taste of Dwarven Culture


    [Luna POV]


    When I woke up the next morning, I witnessed something very sweet. Velvet had her arms wrapped around Soleil while Soleil had her tail wrapped around Velvets waist.


    How cute.


    {I agree. While I do love having multiple tails, sometimes I miss only having one. Especially in a situation like that one.}


    Ipletely get what you mean. Multiple tails get in the way sometimes and its annoying modifying my clothes every time I get a new one. But I dont regret getting more in the slightest.


    {Im just d you thought up that quickchange thing when ites to certain activities. Itd be such a turn off to watch you struggle removing your underwear.}


    Praise be to my inventory skill, though I guess I can at least wear illusory clothes underneath my normal clothes too. Decisions, decisions.


    {Im all for whatever you choose to do.}


    At that moment, Soleil started to move around. I saw her eyes open, but they were still clouded with sleep, meaning this was half-asleep Soleil.


    Thisll be fun to watch.


    {Indeed, though now Im curious about what would happen if they were both half-asleep.}


    I hope to find out one day.


    My half-conscious sister looked around the room for a second before her eyes fell on Velvets sleeping face. A sloppy smile then spread across her face. She unwrapped her tails from around Velvets waist and then moved Velvets head to her chest where she started to stroke her head.


    Ehehehehe. My precious Velvet, all for me. (Soleil)


    Soleil closed her eyes again and started to hum a song that we both heard a lot when we were little before she drifted off to sleep again.


    That was adorable.


    {It was, though I half expected her to start kissing Velvet as well.}


    Same.


    {By the way, when are you going to heal your noses?}


    Im honestly a bit reluctant to at the moment. I dont know if any sewer smell attached itself to us and we didnt bathest night.


    {Then why dont you wake those two up and go take a bath?}


    Might as well. I kind of want to see what these dwarven baths are like since Skadi spoke about them.


    I got up from the bed and went to shake the other two awake.


    Oi. Wake up, we have something to do. (Luna)


    Nothing happened when I shook them but some unintelligible grumbling so I went with the next best method. I moved two of my tails and tickled their noses. They couldnt smell anything, but that wouldnt stop them from sneezing.


    Achoo! (Soleil)


    Well, thats one up. (Luna)


    Big sis? (Soleil)


    Since this method wasnt working on Velvet, I just put a finger on the back of her neck and used a small amount of ice magic.


    COLD! (Velvet)


    And theres the other one. (Luna)


    What was that for!? (Velvet)


    To wake you up. Get up, were going to take a bath before I heal our noses. (Luna)


    Oh right. I was wondering why I couldnt smell anything. (Soleil)


    How do you forget you something like that? (Velvet)


    Maybe she still isnt fully awake. Velvet, kiss her and see what happens. (Luna)


    Dont have to tell me twice. (Velvet)


    Velvet stole Soleils lips. Soleils eyes went wide for a second before she leaned into the kiss. When the separated, their lips were still connected by a silver string.


    You fully awake now, Soleil? (Luna)


    YeahI think Velvet should wake me up like that more often. (Soleil)


    That can be arranged, all you need to do is ask. (Velvet)


    For the record, itd be the other way around a lot more often. I mean, out of all of our party, the two hardest to wake up in the morning are Velvet and I, and that only depends on if I actually sleep and everyone else wakes up before me. (Luna)


    Big sis, you know what mom and Lady Amagi will say if you dont sleep. (Soleil)


    Yes, thats why I have beenfor the most part. (Luna)


    And Im not that hard to wake up. If anything the person that is hardest to wake up is either Ophidia or Mio. (Velvet)


    Ill give you that one on Ophidia, but Mio is actually extremely easy to wake up. All you have to do is call her name and maybe shake her a little. Anyway, lets go and ask where we take a bath at here. (Luna)


    The two got up from the bed they wereying on and we left the room and went to the front desk of the inn. We asked the innkeeper there where we go to take a bath and she gave us directions to a ce that was supposedly good and not visited by locals all that much, so we would most likely have that ce all to ourselves for a good while.


    When we left the inn and started making our way to our destination, I started to hear something in my head that was different from the usual prayers I normally ignored.


    ---ter. Master, can you hear me? (Ophidia)


    Ophidia? How? (Luna)


    Oh, good. Skadi told me that as your Apostle I should be able to contact you like this without going through the box. But thats not important, can you pick us up now? (Ophidia)


    In a bit, let us get to where we are going first and then Ille and get you two. (Luna)


    Alright, well be waiting at the dock area. (Ophidia)


    Big sis, whats up? (Soleil)


    Well, aside from something I didnt know I could do yet, Skadi and Ophidia are ready for me to pick them up. (Luna)


    What is the first thing? (Velvet)


    Apparently, I can talk with Ophidia from here with telepathy since she is my Apostle. I guess that means that goes for you two as well. (Luna)


    Thats cool. (Velvet)


    It really is. Though I do wish I could do the same with mom, dad, and the others back home. (Luna)


    {Have you actually tried that since you got your seventh tail?}


    Why would that matter? (Luna)


    {Well, you still havent figured out what kind of thing you could do now that you got your seventh tail, so I thought you should at least try that. Whats the worst that could happen?}


    Good point, Ill tryter. (Luna)


    Several more minutes of walkingter, we arrived at our destination. The dwarven bathhouse we were standing in front of looked like it was carved out of the wall of the cave we were in. The entrance looked a little like a pantheon from ancient Greece only instead of marble it was just grey stone. When we went inside the scenery changed into an almost Japanese style hot springplete with red and blue cloths covering the doors to the mens and womens side of the establishment.


    Again, with the shing of aesthetics. Its something Ill never get used to, no matter how long I live in this world. (Luna)


    {Dont say that. Youd be surprised to see what you get used to when you live long enough.}


    Noted. (Luna)


    This looks like a nice ce. (Velvet)


    I agree, and I think those curtains are enchanted or something because no matter how hard I try, I cant hear anything from behind them. (Soleil)


    Same. But I guess thats a good thing. Anyway, you two go in first, Ill go pick up Skadi and Ophidia. Be right back. (Luna)


    I gave them a small wave and then teleported away. When I arrived at my pirate inds docks, I almost appeared on top of Skadi.


    That was almost bad. (Luna)


    I agree. Ive seen what happens when someone teleports into the same spot as another person and its not a pretty sight. (Skadi)


    Ok, I dont want any more details on that. Are you two ready? (Luna)


    Yes. (Skadi)


    Yes, master. By the way, where are you going to teleport us to? (Ophidia)


    Well, we were on our way to a bathhouse when you contacted me. So thats where were starting the day. (Luna)


    I was wondering what that smelling from you was. (Ophidia)


    So, I really do stink. Good thing I didnt heal my nose yet. (Luna)


    Do we even want to know? (Skadi)


    Ill tell you when we get there. Lets go now. (Luna)


    I grabbed the two of them by the arms and teleported back to the bathhouse. The three of us then went behind the red curtain and started to undress. I put my dirty clothes into my inventory and ced a clean set in the basket next to Velvet and Soleils stuff before walking into the bathroom proper. It still looked like a Japanese hot spring resort from an anime only more old fashioned. I quickly washed my body at the washing area before going over to the tub and sinking into it.


    Aaaaahhhhh. Just like a hot spring. (Luna)


    Yeah. Its quite nice. (Velvet)


    I agree. And sitting in a tub this big kind of reminds me of when I was little and mom would get you to take a bath with me, big sis. Though the ones at the shrine werent as big as this. (Soleil)


    It really does feel like those times. (Luna)


    Skadi and Ophidia then walked over and sank into the water.


    Mmmmm. Its hard to beat dwarven baths. (Skadi)


    Master, I request that when you remodel the floating ind, you add at least onerge bath like this. (Ophidia)


    Alright. Ill see what I can do, though I feel like Ill have enough room for more than just one. (Luna)


    Yes, that sounds delightful, now, can you tell us what you did yesterday? (Skadi)


    Oh, just destroyed a thieves guild since we could. (Luna)


    Yeah. It was based in the sewers of the city, but that was really the only downside of that whole pastime. (Soleil)


    And the part where I almost fell in a few times. (Velvet)


    You almost fell in a few times? (Luna)


    Yeah. A few spots were too wet, and I almost slipped into the sewer water. Im more surprised you two didnt have any problems like that. (Velvet)


    Wait, so just because you could, you destroyed a thieves guild? And you didnt invite us? (Skadi)


    Well, if you two werent away the whole day, you could have joined us. (Luna)


    Thats actually on me, I kind of fell back asleep when I teleported us off the ship. (Ophidia)


    Eh, its not like it was a big deal. Not really as exciting as some of the other things weve done, but it was enough to get the boredom out of my system. (Luna)


    I then leaned back and closed my eyes as I soaked in the water. We all rxed there for a while before we decided it was time to leave. We all got out and dried off. After getting dressed again, we left the bathhouse and decided what we should do for the rest of the day. After a lengthy discussion, we decided to go around the city to let Ophidia and Skadi get a feel for the country of dwarves before moving further into the country.


    Chaos Realm:


    Again with the eyes?


    Order: Yes. Even though I trust youpletely, I must still take precautions. In-chan made it very clear that even the most faithful of husbands can get wandering eyes.


    What would she know? She doesn''t even like men in the first ce. At least not in that way. And though that is true for mortals, I have enough respect for you as well as Luna and her party members to not peek at them in this situation.


    Order: You make a good point.


    Thanks for removing your hands, but what''s with this situation now?


    Order: First, I just want you to only see me right now, that''s why I''m sitting in yourp. Second, stop ying the fool, you know exactly what I''m doing and the reasons behind my actions.


    Both of these statements are true. I just wanted to see what it was like to act like one of those clueless people for a change.


    Order: And your verdict on it?


    It''s dumb and I am positive I will cringe at even thinking of trying that act in a few years.


    Order: Then let me rece that memory with a better one.

 Chapter 274: Heading Towards the Crystal City

    Chapter 274: Heading Towards the Crystal City


    [Luna POV]


    After exploring the city without the distraction of chasing a thief, we turned in for the night. The next day we prepared to set out for the crystal city. We were now standing in front of the gate of the tunnel that would lead us in that direction ording to the simple map that we acquired from the guild.


    Maybe I should just map the country as we go. This map is a bit too simple. (Luna)


    Id rmend against that. This country is a ce where them more detailed a map, the harder to read it will be whenplete. There are an uncountable number of old, unused tunnels, abandoned mineshafts, ancient ruins from civilizations that got buried by what most think was some magic disaster from long ago, and more. (Skadi)


    There are also branch tunnels made by worm monsters and wyrms. (Velvet)


    Wyrms. Are these a sub-species of dragons? (Luna)


    No, drakes. These ones live mostly underground and hardly ever attack people. The dwarves even tame them to use them as beasts of burden, though thats not to say they arent all nonaggressive. (Skadi)


    And Im guessing worms are like the ones that we sort of saw in that first dungeon I went to I first joined the party. The ones we barely ran into since big sis made a path through that desert floor. (Soleil)


    Yeah. (Velvet)


    Anyway, mapping is a bad idea, got it. Anything else I should know before we leave? (Luna)


    Not that I can think of. (Skadi)


    I do have a question. Why are we leaving here when Mio is still busy? Shouldnt we wait for her? (Ophidia)


    Since you dont know, we discussed this before Mio left. She said to start making our way to whatever ce we decide to go after docking and pick her up when its time to. (Luna)


    Oh. (Ophidia)


    Its not like shes going to miss much. The domain will close itself in two more days. (Luna)


    Then lets set off. (Velvet)


    We walked through the gate into the well-lit tunnel. We walked for a long time before Soleil spoke up.


    I dont mean any offense to the dwarves, but there isnt much here to see. (Soleil)


    From my past experience here, the tunnels nearest to the cities arent very interesting to walk through. The true beauty of this countryes from the cities and the cave systems that are deeper into the mountains. Going by the map we got and what I can remember, we should pass through a few natural caves before we get to where were going. (Skadi)


    How big are these caves? (Soleil)


    Extremely big. I remember one was about as big as the area underneath Lunas floating ind. (Skadi)


    Oh wow. (Soleil)


    Now I can only imagine that as a cave where a lot of trees are growing and small rivers run through it. Like a world beneath the ground. (Luna)


    There is a cave like that, you know. (Skadi)


    Where? (Ophidia)


    Its between the crystal city and the capital. Though its different from what you are imagining. Instead of greenery and rivers of water, its a lot of nts that can only grow underground with the right conditions, one of which are rivers of magma. (Skadi)


    Ok, that makes no sense. What kind of nutrients can nts get from liquified rock and minerals, or can they? Ugh, I wish I paid more attention to geology sses back then. (Luna)


    Mag- (Skadi)


    No, I want an actual exnation. (Luna)


    I dont know. I never questioned it and even then, Ive only ever been there once. Its never bothered me. (Skadi)


    Tamamo? (Luna)


    {I dont have an answer to everything, Luna.}


    Why is this the thing that bothers you? (Velvet)


    I dont know. (Luna)


    Hahaha. Its so funny how you get caught up on the most random things, master. (Ophidia)


    I just wanted to change it up from my normal eptance of everything with magic. (Luna)


    It was still funny. (Ophidia)


    We continued on for the rest of the day with not much going on except for some fun conversation. Skadi regaled us with some stories about her previous adventures and we overall enjoyed the otherwise boring walk through the unchanging scenery of the tunnel. When we stopped for the night, we set up camp in a part of the tunnel specifically made for camping out.


    Everyone, its time to eat. (Luna)


    The best time of the day. (Ophidia)


    I wouldnt go that far, but it is one of the better parts of the day. (Velvet)


    Ill agree to that. I look forward to eating big siss cooking every day. (Soleil)


    Good food and good friends, two of the best things in life. (Skadi)


    Cheers to that. (Luna)


    We ate in silence for a few minutes when a thought urred to me.


    Hey Ophidia, whats your depth at? (Luna)


    Ummm65%. (Ophidia)


    Tch. Cant go with that n, then. (Luna)


    What n are you talking about? (Velvet)


    Well, I was thinking that maybe we could travel in a different way than just walking or folding space, especially since I dont know if folding space is a good idea in caves. (Luna)


    And that different way is? (Velvet)


    Riding on Ophidias back while shes in her serpent form, or alternately, me in my fox form since Im pretty sure its big enough to carry at least a few of us at the same time now. (Luna)


    Then why not just split us up into two groups? One group rides on Ophidias back and the group with people who wont go mad from the Abyss rides on yours? (Velvet)


    (Luna)


    Why even bring this option up? I mean, why now and not earlier? Or better yet why bring it up when were in a country where the main roads are tunnels with limited space? (Soleil)


    Mostly just because I dont use my fox form almost ever. I mean, I do spar with dad in that form sometimes, but ever since I got my seventh tail, I havent transformed once. Plus, I kind of want to see the reactions of any other travelers we run into when they see a big fox and a giant serpent traversing the tunnels. (Luna)


    Now that you say that, I dont use my fox form all that much either, and when I do, its mostly just to take naps in Velvetsp. (Soleil)


    What about Mio, she doesnt use her, what was it again, nekomata(?) form all that much either. (Velvet)


    I mean, I can give a reason as to why I dont use my fox form all that much, but for all I know the reason could be exclusive to me. I dont use it much since Im not as nimble or flexible like that, even if I am faster when ites to running. Not that I need to be any faster. (Luna)


    I just dont like how small it makes me feel. (Soleil)


    For my part, I stay in this form more for various reasons. One being that this form feels morefortable than my serpent form now. Another being that its a fresh feeling since I didnt have legs for hundreds of years. (Ophidia)


    {Since were sharing reasons we dont use our animal forms, I dont use mine much since I dont really see a need to. I can count the number of times Ive used that form on both hands, and most of those times were because Atmos wanted to use my tails to take a nap and I wanted to do other things, so I carried her around while I was in that form.}


    Thats as good a reason as any. (Skadi)


    Yeah. Anyway, do you guys want to try that tomorrow and see how much ground we can cover? (Luna)


    Sure. Though we need to know how big your fox form is now to see if its even viable. (Velvet)


    Well, lets see now. (Luna)


    I stood up and walked away from the campfire before transforming into my fox form.


    Well, this is bigger than I was expecting. Not as big as you are, Tamamo, but Im at least as big as a somewhat small one-story house. (Luna)


    {Even Im surprised. I didnt expect your fox form would grow this big when you got more tails. I thought it was an age thing.}


    Maybe its both? We dont have a very big sample size to really know. (Luna)


    {True.}


    I think this will work. (Velvet)


    Yeah. It will definitely work. (Soleil)


    Why does she look fluffier like this? (Skadi)


    I dont know, but it makes me want to pet her. (Ophidia)


    <em>Fufufufu. I just got an idea. Hey Ophidia, want to have a race tomorrow? Ill hold back enough to be equal to your speed. </em>(Luna)


    Sure, but how do we decide who wins? (Ophidia)


    <em>How about whoever is ahead when night falls wins? </em>(Luna)


    Lets go with that, then. Goddess Tamamo, will you be the one to tell us when night falls? (Ophidia)


    {Yes.}


    <em>Then were all set. Lets all get some sleep so were well rested for it. </em>(Luna)


    I transformed back and we all went to our tents for the night.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Good times, napping in Tamamo''s tails. I should do it again some time soon.


    Crisis: Now I want to try that as well. Tonya getting to nap in Luna''s is unfair.


    Tonya: Nyahahaha. It''s bliss nya.


    Atmos: Well well well, these are faces I haven''t seen in a while. Where have you two been?


    Crisis: I was with Mordred and actually doing my job for once.


    Tonay: Sleeping nya, dreamwalking nya, and just watching people''s dreams nya. But mostly sleeping nya.


    Atmos: Figures. Any special reason you two came here?


    Crisis: I wanted to see what Luna was up to as well as to mess with Order a bit. I''ve fallen behind on that particr quota ever since I met Mordred.


    Tonya: This is a good ce to nyap nya.


    Atmos: Well, I have no idea where the two of them went, so I can''t help you there, Crisis.


    Crisis: Oh, I know exactly where they are, I''m just biding my time. Order''s insanely cute embarrassed face will soon make its appearance.


    Atmos: You realize that won''t end well for you, right?


    Crisis: Sure it will. She''ll forgive me eventually. I mean, it''s happened before.


    Atmos: Eh!?


    Crisis: Of course, those other times, Order was alone, so this time will be slightly different, but that just means I get to see if I can see the oh so mighty God of Chaos''s embarrassed face as well.


    Atmos: Tonya, what do you think about this?


    Tonya: Zzzzzzzzzzz.


    Atmos: Of course she''s asleep. Oh well, I wish you luck and hope you survive.


    Crisis: Hahahahahahahaha. I always survive.

 Chapter 275: The Fox and the Serpent

    Chapter 275: The Fox and the Serpent


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning we quickly picked up camp and left the camping area before me and Ophidia stood next to each other with enough space between us to both transform.


    Ready Ophidia? (Luna)


    Of course, master. And even though I know youll be holding back I n on winning this race. (Ophidia)


    Fufufu. Well see about that. The only way youll win is if you drop some golden apples in front of me. (Luna)


    I dont have any of those. (Ophidia)


    Yeah, just ignore that, something rted to a myth from myst life, I dont expect anyone to get it but me. (Luna)


    We both looked forward and transformed into our respective other forms. I crouched down onto the ground and let Velvet and Soleil climb on my back and Skadi started riding Ophidia.


    <em>Hold on tight, dont bite your tongues, and please for the love of fluff, dont pull my hair out. </em>(Luna)


    Well do our best. (Soleil)


    <em>Are youfortable, Skadi? </em>(Ophidia)


    Perfectly. (Skadi)


    <em>Soleil, give us the signal to start. </em>(Luna)


    AaaaaaaandGO! (Soleil)


    Ophidia immediately moved when Soleil gave the signal, and I started right after so I could get a read on her speed. I then realized that this would be more difficult that I thought.


    Why didnt I think this through? Even with a tunnel this big, our sizes are quiterge and its hard not stepping on her tail.


    {I have faith youll do well. And if pushes to shove, just run on the walls. Youre fast enough that you should be able to.}


    Heh. That actually gives me an idea.


    <em>Hey Soleil, Im going to open a small domain and have it float around us, stick as many of the winged shoe talismans onto Ophidia that you have and well see just how fast thatll make her so that this bes more interesting. </em>(Luna)


    <em>While I dont mind doing that, is Ophidia OK with it? </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Are you, Ophidia? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Go for it. </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>I dont like this idea. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Hey, at least Im not coating my body in lightning at the moment. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Very true. </em>(Velvet)


    I opened a small domain and then got a little closer to Ophidia who slowed down enough for us to do this. Soleil reached into her bag and pulled out talisman after talisman and stuck them to Ophidia where they activated immediately on contact and left somewhat faint glowing marks on the ces where the talismans were ced.


    <em>Hahahahahaha. Everything looks so slow now. Is this how you see the world, master? </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>When I want to. It gets annoying after a while though. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Im done. Lets resume. </em>(Soleil)


    We refocused on the path in front of us and sped up again. The second Ophidia actually attempted to speed up, she practically disappeared.


    <em>Fufufufufufu! Ahahahahahahahahaha! Thats more like it! Here we go! </em>(Luna)


    I sped up as well and very quickly caught up with Ophidia. During this speed up, I felt the two on my back cling tighter to me. I nced at where Skadi was on Ophidias back and saw she had a fierce smile on her face showing she was clearly enjoying this situation. As we ran, I heard a few rumblesing from us.


    I hope that doesnt cause any problems.


    {These tunnels are fortified by magic, so theyll be fine. By the way, what were those sounds?}


    Probably the sound barrier breaking. Im so happy I put a barrier around Soleil and Velvet for safetys sake.


    {Indeed. Though by the looks of it, Skadi is enjoying herself.}


    I think Soleil is enjoying this, but Velvet, not so much. At least thats what I can somewhat tell from how hard they are gripping me.


    {Oh, look out, youre about to run into some other people.}


    I saw what Tamamo was talking about and veered to the left and up the wall of the cave.


    <em>LUNAAAAAAAA!!! </em>(Velvet)


    <em>HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! THIS IS SO MUCH FUN! </em>(Soleil)


    As I passed by the obstacle I was delighted by the peoples shocked faces.


    Hahahahahaha! Priceless.


    {Ufufufufu. That was really funny. Especially the one that fell backwards while trying to follow your movement.}


    Im more surprised they could even follow my movements at all.


    {Well, they did see youing from the front, just not for very long.}


    I made my way back to the ground and I somehow pulled ahead of Ophidia. When I used my space magic to look at her and saw an excited gleam in her eyes. When I started to pay attention to what was in front of me again, I saw that the tunnel opened up into a cave filled with pirs of rocks spread everywhere.


    <em>Velvet, Im so very sorry for whats about to happen. </em>(Luna)


    When I burst into the cave I started doing my best to keep my speed while also avoiding the pirs and minimizing my movements so I didnt shake Velvet and Soleil up too much. I was doing well for about a minute when Ophidia passed beside me weaving through the pirs like it was nothing.


    <em>Ill be seeing you, master. </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>Gah! You and your serpentine body! </em>(Luna)


    She is a serpent, Luna! (Skadi)


    <em>I know that! </em>(Luna)


    I focused on dodging the pirs for a bit until I found my rhythm and I started to slowly start gaining on Ophidia again.


    <em>Master, a warning, a big gap is approaching. </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>Alright. Thanks. </em>(Luna)


    A few secondster I saw what Ophidia was talking about. It was arge chasm that had only one thin bridge spanning it.


    Pfffffft. AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! The bridge of Khazad Dum!


    {Huh?}


    Its nothing. Lets see if I can jump it.


    Ophidia slithered across the bridge at an incredible speed while I lined myself up to the edge and, once there, jumped.


    <em>WHY DID I DECIDE RIDING ON LUNAS BACK WAS A GOOD IDEA!? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>I AGREE WITH YOU AT THIS PARTICULAR MOMENT! </em>(Soleil)


    I had made it more than halfway across before I figured I wasnt going to make it, so before I started falling, I blinked to the other side and slid to a stop. Seeing this, Ophidia did the same.


    <em>What a rush. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Are you ok, master? </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>Im fine, but lets take a break here, Velvet and Soleil need a moment. </em>(Luna)


    Ophidia nodded her head and Skadi climbed off her back before she returned to her humanoid form. The two on my back shakily climbed off me and I did the same.


    Luna, we need to have a talk. (Velvet)


    No need, I get that that was a bit too reckless but I kind of got caught up in the moment. (Luna)


    No, you need to reflect. If you dont, I know for a fact that something like this will happen several more times. I may have given up onmon sense, but I havent given upmon decency. (Velvet)


    Velvet, how much of this is you being mad at what big sis just did, and how much of it is just you venting since you havent really enjoyed this in the slightest? (Soleil)


    Im mostly just venting at this point. But Im still serious about Luna reflecting on her actions just now. Now, as I was saying, Lunawhered she go? (Velvet)


    Over there. (Skadi)


    I had sneakily moved away from Velvets lecturing and was staring down into the chasm that we just crossed. I took out a torch from my inventory, lit it with lightning magic, and dropped it down into the dark. I could see it fall for a while before it got too far away for the light to be seen. I strained my ears to see if I could hear the torch hit the ground, but I never did.


    (Luna)


    {No.}


    But Tamamo!


    {No.}


    Fine.


    I turned my back on the chasm and walked back over to the group.


    Ophidia, how about calling the race here? Velvet is clearly not enjoying it and by the look of it, this cave still goes on for a while. Going by this, youd most likely be the one who wins. And for the record, you only win due to terrain advantage. (Luna)


    Im fine with that. But now I must ask, what do I get for winning? (Ophidia)


    Wyvern meat cooked by me using the full power of level 10 cooking and not level 6 to 8 like I usually do. (Luna)


    WOOOOOOOOO! (Ophidia)


    Youll share, right? (Skadi)


    yes. (Ophidia)


    Hahaha. (Soleil)


    Anyway, lets set up our resting spot and Ill get to cooking. (Luna)


    We all got to work and a little bitter I presented Ophidias reward to her. Her eyes were all sparkles and her mouth was creating waterfalls. When she took her first bite she frozepletely.


    (Ophidia)


    Luna, you better not have broken my Ophidia. (Skadi)


    I didnt. Shes just trying to process what shes experiencing now. Shell be back to us eventually. (Luna)


    Ill trust you on this. (Skadi)


    I chuckled at this and then got to handing out everyone elses meal before sitting down with my own. We chatted for a bit while waiting for Ophidia to reboot about todays event. By the time Ophidia snapped out of it, she went on a tangent of how insanely good the meal in front of her was causing Skadi to try a small bit of it which resulted in the same thing happening to her that Ophidia just recovered from.


    Master, you better not have broken my Skadi. (Ophidia)


    You literally just went through the same thing. (Luna)


    I know, but I still had to say it. (Ophidia)


    Its funny they both said the same thing. (Velvet)


    Yep. Had the same expression and tone as well. (Soleil)


    The chatting continued until Skadi recovered and then we discussed if we would move on now or just stay for the rest of the day. A majority voted to say here until tomorrow, so we got to work setting up the rest of our camping equipment.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: INSANTIY!!!!!!!!!!!!!!


    Crisis: HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!


    Grey: Do I even want to know?


    Atmos: No.


    Grey: Alright then...So, Velvet isn''t good with thrills like this, huh.


    Atmos: Seems like it. But it was still a good race.


    Grey: I agree. Shame it had to end so soon. And those talismans, damn were they effective.


    Atmos: I think the only reason they were was because it was Luna and Soleil that made them. Normal ones made by normal people most likely won''t be as effective when Ster magic bes more usable.


    Grey: I figured as much, but it''s still impressive.


    Atmos: Yep.


    Tonya: Nya. Too loud nya. Irritated nya.


    Crisis: HAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! Tonya has joined the case!


    Order: GET BACK HERE!!!

 Chapter 276: Mio Returns and the Trip Continues

    Chapter 276: Mio Returns and the Trip Continues


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning, we were picking up camp when I felt the domain around the floating ind start to disappear. I told the others what was going on and then teleported over there to pick up Mio. I found her sitting on the front step of the mansion with an extremely please look on her face.


    Seems you enjoyed yourselves. (Luna)


    Sure did nya. I nyever knew doing that with someone else was so much better than doing it by myself nya. (Mio)


    I didnt need to know that much, but Im happy you had a good time. Are you ready to continue traveling? (Luna)


    Yep nya. How far did you guys get nya? (Mio)


    Not really sure. Ophidia and I had a race yesterday and we made a lot of ground, but I have no clue how close we got to the crystal city in that time. (Luna)


    You dont have a map nya? (Mio)


    We do, but I havent checked it since we set out yesterday. We were picking up camp when I felt the domain disappear. (Luna)


    I see nya. Anyway nya, lets get going nya. (Mio)


    I grabbed Mios shoulder and teleported us back to the others.


    Im back nya. (Mio)


    Hey Mio. (Ophidia)


    You know, I missed the nyas. (Soleil)


    Same. Its something hard to get used to not hearing after so long of hearing it. (Velvet)


    Aww nya. Im so happy you guys missed me nya. Wait nya, thats nyot right nya. (Mio)


    Hahaha. Dont worry, Mio, we understood what you were trying to say. (Skadi)


    Nyahahaha. (Mio)


    Well then, since were all ready, lets head out once more. (Luna)


    Master, are we going to continue like we did yesterday, or are we going back to just walking? (Ophidia)


    Lets start off walking and if nothing interesting happens for a bit, we can speed up like we did yesterday, though we wont be racing. (Luna)


    Alright. (Ophidia)


    With everyone ready to move, we left the side of the chasm and walked in the direction of the crystal city. Not much special had happened during this trip except the asional worm attack. After about a week of this, we finally started seeing changes in the so far never-ending grey stone walls. Every so often we would find sparkling crystals jutting out from the walls, ceiling, and floor.


    How pretty nya. (Mio)


    And shiny. Mesmerizingly so. (Luna)


    {You do live shiny things, dont you Luna.}


    I do, Tamamo, I do. (Luna)


    Are you sure youre not part dragon? (Skadi)


    Not that I know of. (Luna)


    {She is 100% kitsune demigoddess. No dragon lineage whatsoever.}


    Should I ask why you are so certain about that, Tamamo? Or why you could answer that so quickly? (Skadi)


    {Its only natural that I know the entire family history of my wife. So what if I had to ask a favor of Gear to do so?}


    When did you do that, Tamamo? (Luna)


    {In the years where all I could do is watch you but not speak to you. No offense, but even I got bored watching youy in a crib staring off into space.}


    None taken. Those were truly boring times. Justying there staring at the ceiling and watching lesser spirits float aroundfor days upon days upon days. Honestly, Im surprised I made it out of that time with my sanity mostly intact. (Luna)


    Why do you say mostly, big sis? You seem pretty sane to me. (Soleil)


    Guess Im doing something wrong then. (Luna)


    But Soleil said something good. (Velvet)


    Yes, she did, but sanity is also overrated. Arent people like us supposed to be at least a little crazy? (Luna)


    Im with Lunya on this one nya. As S-rank adventurers, were supposed to be somewhat crazy, or at the very least entric nya. Its the way of the world nya. (Mio)


    Yep. Though if I had to say, were probably the sanest S-ranks out there. All the others are a special kind of crazy. (Skadi)


    Speaking of them, how have we not met any of them? I mean sure, we met Mio who was S-rank before we were, but what of the others? (Ophidia)


    Well, from what Velvet told me when we first started out, most S-ranks went to the fiennds to hunt dungeons or something like that. (Luna)


    Yeah, thats what my people had gathered back then. As for now, I have no idea whats up with them. (Velvet)


    How stupid. The fiennds dont have any special dungeons. If anything, the dungeons there would be weaker than the ones in any of the other countries. (Skadi)


    Huh. I wonder if well meet any more of them before I ascend? I hope so, but its not like I really care if we dont. (Luna)


    When I finished that sentence, a weird feeling washed over me. I tilted my head in confusion before shrugging it off.


    {Luna? Are you feeling alright?}


    Yeah, for a second I feltsomething, but I dont know what it was, so its probably not anything to worry about.


    {I see. If you ever get that feeling again, tell me.}


    Naturally.


    As we continued this line of conversation, we entered a cavern that was smaller than the one with the pirs of rock and the chasm, but it was made almostpletely of crystals. There were all shapes and sizes of them jutting out everywhere. Some of them produced light which reflected off of others making the entire ce like the inside of a kaleidoscope.


    Woooooooow. This is beautiful. (Soleil)


    Amazing nya. (Mio)


    So many colors. (Luna)


    Hehehe. Its nice to see this ce hasnt changed since back then. And its still as beautiful. (Skadi)


    I looked over to Velvet and Ophidia and saw that they had awed expressions on their faces. I was about to say something to them when Velvet spoke up.


    Wait, are these what I think they are? (Velvet)


    Velvet moved over to a small space that was somewhat separated from the path. It was a circr, almost domelike formation made of foggy white crystals.


    Oh, how rare. (Skadi)


    What is it? (Luna)


    Crystals that naturally repel magic. It bounces right off. (Velvet)


    Hearing those words, a smile spread across my face.


    Fufufu. Is that so? (Luna)


    Luna, I have a feeling I know what you are about to do and since I cant stop you, please dont go overboard and use magic that will instantly obliterate the crystals. (Velvet)


    I know, I wasnt going to go that far anyway. (Luna)


    I stepped into the center of the formation and pointed a finger at a wall. I shot a small, weak bolt of lightning from that finger and when it made contact with the wall, it bounced off in a random direction. It hit another spot and ricocheted in my direction. I dodged it and the bolt kept ricocheting over and over again while I dodged it every time it flew toward me.


    Fufufufufufu. This is fun. (Luna)


    I fired off more small lightning bolts to add to the fun and soon I was constantly moving around dodging magic. At some point during this, I could tell my dance skill kicked in so I could only imagine what this was like from the others point of view.


    [Velvet POV]


    Is it wrong of me to want to try that out as well? (Velvet)


    No, since I do as well. It seems like so much fun as well as a good way to train. Not that any of us really need any training. (Skadi)


    Is it just me, or is she just dancing now? (Soleil)


    Well, the dance skill also activates when you dodge something enough, so technically, she is. (Ophidia)


    Paying closer attention to Lunas movements while she dodged magic after magic over and over again, I could see where Soleil and Ophidia wereing from. Her movements were fluid and there was not a single step was wasted. Every bolt of lightning missed her by centimeters and the silver light reflecting off the crystals gave this performance the perfect stage. It was captivating to watch.


    Nya! (Mio)


    What happened, Mio? (Velvet)


    Her ne got hit nya. (Mio)


    I looked over to Lunas neck and sure enough the ne snapped off. The illusion magic on Luna lifted revealing her six other tails. This, however, made the performance in front of us even more mesmerizing. Her tails danced along with her body in a show that would captivate anyone that passed by.


    Luna also noticed her ne snapped, so she decided to wrap up this little sideshow. She continued to dodge magic while catching a bolt of lightning every time it passed near her hands. Soon enough, she had caught every bolt before crushing them in her hand causing the silver glow to immediately disappear. She stepped out of the formation and sat down on a crystal nearby.


    Whew. That was fun. And Velvet, sorry about breaking the ne you gave me. (Luna)


    You dont need to apologize. It wasnt that big of a thing. (Velvet)


    Nonsense, it was something you gifted to me when we were still at the beginning of our journey. It might not have been important to you, but it was to me, and I dont mean just because it was what hid my other tails. (Luna)


    OhII dont know what to say about that. (Velvet)


    Guess Ill have to get it repaired next time I find a jeweler. But what to do? What do I temporarily enchant for the time being? (Luna)


    Big sis, I refuse to believe that you dont have some unenchanted jewelry in your inventory. (Soleil)


    Its not that I dont, I just dont know what to enchant. (Luna)


    Why nyot a ring nya? Youre already wearing three, so why nyot add one more nya? (Mio)


    Luna sat there in thought for a minute before a smile spread across her face. It was the same smile she always got when she thought of something she thought was funny.


    Mio, you genius, you absolute genius. Also, Skadi, are there any volcanoes in this country? (Luna)


    One or two. Why? (Skadi)


    Fufufufufufufufufu. Were going to have to visit one before we leave this country. (Luna)


    Luna then pulled out a simple gold ring from her inventory, enchanted it, and slipped it on the index finger of her right hand. Her six other tails disappeared and she stood up.


    Now, is anyone else going to try that out, or are we moving on already? (Luna)


    Soleil, Ophidia, and Skadi said they wanted to try out what Luna was just doing, so we decided that we would stay in this spot for the night as well. While those three took turns ying around in the crystal formation, the rest of us set up camp.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Ok, so why is he freaking out and why is Order looking exasperated but not stopping him?


    Atmos: Just wait and you''ll see.


    Fenrir: Seriously, I leave for one week mortal world time and I miss out on so much. And who is that?


    Atmos: Oh, that''s Crisis, Goddess of Insanity and Void. The one sleeping over there is Tonya, Goddess of Sleep.


    Order, is this good enough, or should I reinforce the ce even more?


    Order: This is the sixth time you''ve reinforced the ce, sit down and rx.


    I can''t. My excitement is overflowing and I need something to do or I feel like I''ll explode.


    Order: I understand, but still, you need to calm down.


    Atmos: He''s going to be one of THEM, huh.


    Crisis: Yep.


    Fenrir: Oi! Why are you grabbing my tail?


    Tonya: Nya. Nyot fluffy like Luna''s nya, but still fluffy enough nya. Good pillow nya.


    Fenrir: Atmos, help.


    Atmos: Just ept it. Tonya has a way of always getting what she wants when ites to using people as pillows.


    Fenrir: *Sigh*

 Chapter 277: Arrival and a Meeting

    Chapter 277: Arrival and a Meeting


    [Luna POV]


    After we camped out near the fun reflecting crystal formation, we walked a few more days before the crystal city came into view. It was located in the center of a massive cavern where equally as massive crystals grew. Along the edges of the cavern, I could hear waterfalls and there were rivers in the bottom of several ravines down below. The city was situated on arge ind in the ce where all the ravines met. It was a very impressive sight to see buildings shaped out of a mix of stone and crystal. One the ceiling of the cavern was a whitish-yellow crystal that shone brightly like the sun.


    See that crystal up there? That was something made with the cooperation of a past summoned hero. It acts like the sun for the people of this city during the day. At night the denizens use the normal magic torches that weve been seeing since we got here. So, while none of us will have a problem with it, be prepared for it to get really dark at night here. (Skadi)


    Its been a while since weve run into anything rted to a previous hero. Not counting anything Grey did, what was thest thing, Velvet? (Luna)


    Ummmm. Was it something to do with Damien? Cause other than things hes done, I think thest thing was the shop that was started by a previous hero way back when we were still getting to know each other. (Velvet)


    Huh. I could have sworn there were more things, but I guess Im wrong. (Luna)


    Anyway, lets get down there before night, I want to sleep in a bed tonight. (Skadi)


    Ill agree to that. (Luna)


    We started making out way down a well-maintained path toward the city. It was paved with what looked like polished granite with names etched into the stones on each side.


    I wonder what the names are for. (Soleil)


    That I have no clue about. It wasnt like this thest time I was here. (Skadi)


    Well probably figure it out if we ask someone nya. When in doubt, ask after all nya. (Mio)


    As we approached, I noticed something was up with Velvet.


    <em>Velvet, whats wrong? </em>(Luna)


    <em>I dont know. I just have a feeling something is going to happen here. What? I have no clue either, but I get the feeling it will be unpleasant. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Dont worry, Velvet. Ill burn anything and everything that makes you feel bad. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Fufufu. Just keep the coteral damage to a minimum. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Ill do my best. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>This is where you were supposed to say that youd make no promises. </em>(Luna)


    <em>It was implied. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Hahahahaha. </em>(Velvet)


    I grinned a little when Velvet started tough. I nced at Soleil and gave her a small nod and she did the same. The three of us then sped up our pace to catch up to Skadi, Ophidia, and Mio who had gotten ahead of us.


    When we got to the gates of the city, I was impressed. On either side of the gate stood two statues made of a mix of stone, metal, and crystal and shaped in the forms of dwarves. They held halberds three times their height.


    Golems. (Luna)


    Also new, or at least new for me. (Skadi)


    We passed through the gate after showing our adventurer cards. On the way through the gate, I looked up and saw the walls were equipped with ballista and harpoon-like spears.


    Seems like theyre prepared to defend the walls from either something very big, or an army of something. (Luna)


    No nya, just something big nya. (Mio)


    Hmm. (Luna)


    As we walked further into the city, I could hear the sound of hammers hitting metal, cheerful noises from people in what I assumed were bars, and music. Lots of music.


    How lively, and weve only just entered the city. (Ophidia)


    Dwarves are a rowdy people nya. The only people that are rowdier are certain demon sub-races nya. Like the oni nya. (Mio)


    Sounds fun. (Ophidia)


    It looked like Velvet was about toment something when the crystal above us went dark and everything was shrouded in darkness for a few seconds before both my night visions skill activated and the torches lit up.


    Talk about abrupt. (Soleil)


    I know, right. Thats going to take some getting used to if we stay here for a while. (Ophidia)


    So, are we actually going to look for something, or are we just going to walk around for a while with no real destination? (Velvet)


    Well, first, we should find an inn. (Luna)


    As we were walking in what was hopefully the direction of an inn, we all heard some crashing soundsing from one of the bars that lined the street we were on. There was also lots of shouting and suddenly a person was thrown through one of the shuttered windows. He slid a few feet before stopping in front of me and Velvet.


    AND STAY OUT UNLESS YOU INTEND TO PAY!


    Ah ShuDdap! Youuuuu knoW Im gOooooD for iT!


    PAH!


    The window shutters that were sted open when the drunk guy was thrown through them were spammed shut again.


    "Damn! That was thest bar I was allowed to enter here. And stupid vampire regeneration, let me be drunk longer.


    Oh, boo hoo for you. Maybe you should head home for a bit. (Velvet)


    Damn. Theres enough venom and sarcasm her voice that it could probably even poison me.


    {Seems like this will be interesting. And its only your first few hours in the city.}


    Isnt it wonderful? Though I get the feeling Atmos was involved in this somehow.


    {Yeah, this seems like her work.}


    Isnt managing all Fate her work?


    {Yes, but this feels like one of the times she manipted Fate to get things to go the way she wants them too.}


    Well anyway, lets see where this goes.


    The previously drunken vampire that was stillying face-first on the ground seemed to freeze up at Velvets words. He slowly raised his face and when he met Velvets eyes, he smiled.


    Well, well, well, if it isnt Velvet. Howve you and your mother been?...How long has it been?


    You actually managed to go over the normal five years. Its been seven. (Velvet)


    No. It cant have been. I could have sworn I was there like a month or two ago.


    Nope. Seven years. Though I guess you wouldve missed me in thest two since Ive been out and about. (Velvet)


    It was at this point that Soleil stepped forward with a cold looking smile.


    Care to introduce us, Velvet. (Soleil)


    This is my father, Rayon Belmont. (Velvet)


    Nice to meet you, youngdy. (Rayon)


    Oh, I wouldnt say nice. Big sis, do the thing. (Soleil)


    Fufufu. dly. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers and a Gate opened behind Velvets father. A chain shot out of it and wrapped around him.


    Kukukukuku. Its cute you think this is enough trap me. (Rayon)


    He started to struggle against the chain, but it held strong and I even tightened it some.


    Well. I did not expect this. (Rayon)


    Now, what was the verdict again, big sis? (Soleil)


    *clears throat* For his crimes of being a deadbeat, mostly absentee father, Rayon Belmont is to be subjected to one p from me, two ps from Lady Velvet Belmont, and whatever Miss Soleil deems right. (Luna)


    Thank you. (Soleil)


    Of course. Now, Velvet, youre up first. (Luna)


    Alright, but wasnt mine also only one p? (Velvet)


    I added an additional one. Perks of being the judges wife. Im allowed to add to the punishment if I want. (Luna)


    {Ufufufu. As presiding judge over this case, I shall bear witness to the doling out of punishment. Also yes, Luna is allowed to add whatever she feels is necessary or cathartic to the punishment.}


    You two. (Velvet)


    Um. So, Im guessing Im not getting out of this without being pped, correct? (Rayon)


    Of course. You have been found guilty, after all. We cant let people that are guilty weasel their way out of their punishment. (Luna)


    Makes sense, but can I at least know who you people are first? I dont know any of you but Velvet. (Rayon)


    Later. (Velvet)


    I raised the Gate and chain to the level where Velvets father was dangling above the ground. He face was now arm height with Velvet.


    Remember, open palm. (Luna)


    Velvet nodded her head and then swung her hand. When her palm met Rayons face, a good smack could be heard. The strike seemed to have dibobted him for a second and when he recovered from that, a second smack was heard.


    Surprisingly refreshing. (Velvet)


    Ok, my turn. (Luna)


    Just remember that I dont want him dead, Luna. (Velvet)


    Yeah, yeah. Ill smack him with healing magic at the same time. (Luna)


    I lifted my hand and swung just as Rayon was about to protest. When my hand connected with his face, a smack louder than Velvets was heard and he spun around in a way that when his face came around, he smacked into the back of my hand.


    Fufufu. That still only counts as one. (Luna)


    Why do I feel better after that? I mean, it still hurt, a lot, but I overall feel better than I have in a while. Wait, you did mention healing magic, so that must be it. (Rayon)


    Well, Soleil might have many things, either physical or verbally to say to you, so its best youre as healthy as possible. Now, Soleil, your turn. (Luna)


    Soleil stepped up in front of Rayon and red at him for a minute in silence. She then looked at me.


    Big sis, remember that portal that you made to teleport the ship? (Soleil)


    I do. (Luna)


    How big can you make them and still not get in trouble with the space spirits? (Soleil)


    Not sure, but as long as we dont hear the sound of cracking or shattering ss, were fine. (Luna)


    Then do you mind seeing if you can make some small ones. Enough for an average height human man can fit through. (Soleil)


    Let me see. (Luna)


    I attempted to do as Soleil suggested and two holes in space started to slowly open on either side of me. Once they were a little bit bigger than the size of a troll, I started to hear small cracking sounds, so I immediately stopped expanding them and shrunk them slightly.


    This is as big as I can make them. (Luna)


    Perfect. Now, can you move one of them under Mister Rayon here, and the other one above him? (Soleil)


    Soleils words made a malicious smile spread across my face.


    Soleil, Im so very proud of you. You just suggested something that I always wanted to try, but never got around to doing. (Luna)


    I moved the portals to the ces Soleil said to and slowly unraveled the chain.


    Um, Velvet, please help. I can tell this is not going to be fun. (Rayon)


    Now why would I do that? This is something my fiance is doing for me, so why would I stop her? (Velvet)


    Wait what? Fiance? When did that happen? (Rayon)


    Wouldnt you like to know. (Velvet)


    Velvets father was about to say something when he was finallypletely unraveled from the chain. He fell through one portal and out of the other in an endless loop and gaining speed each time.


    Fufufufufufufufufufufu. Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Luna)


    Alright, lets go find an inn now. Welle and fine him again in the morning. (Soleil)


    Sounds good to me. (Velvet)


    The three of us left the perpetually falling old vampire and rejoined the other three who were just standing to the side and watching.


    Are you three done? (Skadi)


    Yep. (Velvet)


    Great nya. While you three were doing stuff nya, we asked in the bar over there if there was any rmended inn nearby nya, and theres one nyot too far from here nya. (Mio)


    Nice going. Lead the way. (Luna)


    We all started walking in the direction of the inn they heard of. When we got there and got our rooms, we did our usual routines before heading to bed.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: Well, I didn''t expect something like this to be going on here while I''m not around.


    Atmos: Yeah. But hey, these things happen.


    Tamamo: True. By the way, why is Fenrir in that state?


    Atmos: Tonya used her tail as a pillow, but Fenrir wasn''t veryfortable, so Tonya cast some sleep magic on her.


    Tamamo: Ah, so it''s just Tonya being Tonya.


    Atmos: Pretty much. By the way, how did the meeting go with Velvet''s dad? I''ve been preupied keeping the peace for once to watch.


    Tamamo: Exactly how you could imagine. By the way, did you manipte things to get this to happen so soon?


    Atmos: A little bit. But only on his side of things. By the way, my Authorities of Fate and Mischief go really well together. And no, I don''t mean making my pranks fated to be sessful. It''s the other way around, using my pranks to push someone down a better path of fate.


    Tamamo: I''d ask if that''s in any way alright, but it seems the only person that would even be able to give me a decent answer is preupied fussing over his wife''s every need.


    Atmos: Well, that part will be over soon. Though it will be reced by a different kind of fussing.

 Chapter 278: A Discussion of Parent, Child, and Fianc茅e

    Chapter 278: A Discussion of Parent, Child, and Fianc��e


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning we all took our time getting ready and eating breakfast. Once we were all ready, we went back to where we left Velvets father. I had the foresight to set up some illusion and space magic so that nobody would bother him. When we got there, he was still falling and he had an unamused expression on his face.


    AbouttimeyoushowedupagainCanyoustopthisalreadyplease (Rayon)


    I looked to Velvet and she just shrugged. I then nced at Soleil and saw she was chuckling a little before she nodded her head.


    Im satisfied for now. (Soleil)


    I nodded my head before moving the portal in the air onto the ground. Velvets father fell through it and up high into the air, where I blinked next to him, caught him, and teleported back to the ground where I unceremoniously dropped him.


    Ah, sweet, sweet ground. I will never leave you again. (Rayon)


    Get up, youre making a fool of yourself. (Velvet)


    Hey! I spent the whole night in freefall, so let me have this much. (Rayon)


    And when did you earn the privilege of making requests of me? (Velvet)


    (Rayon)


    Shall we take this somewhere else? (Ophidia)


    Thats sounds best. You, do you have anything that lets you walk under the sun? (Luna)


    Yeah. Im always wearing it. (Rayon)


    Perfect. Ophidia, to the floating ind. (Luna)


    Yes, master. (Ophidia)


    We all teleported to my floating ind under my tree.


    HolyIve never seen a Lunar Sakura look like this or grow to this size. And whats with the leaves? (Rayon)


    Dont get toofortable, after were done with our discussion, Im having Luna send you over to mom. (Velvet)


    Ah. (Rayon)


    Velvet, do you want all of us here, or just you, Soleil, and him? (Luna)


    Hmmm. Just me and Soleil this time. (Velvet)


    Alright. Just use telepathy when youre ready for me to pick you up. (Luna)


    Velvet nodded at me and all of us but those three teleported back to the crystal city.


    [Velvet POV]


    When the others left, I looked back at dad who was staring up at the tree again.


    Dad, we need to talk. And no, you are not getting out of it either. (Velvet)


    *Sigh* Guess I should have expected this to happen one day. Come on, sit on my knee and Ill listen to what you have to say. (Rayon)


    How about no. Im 25 already. (Velvet)


    Eh? Really? Oh, the years, how they fly. (Rayon)


    Velvet, let me smack him. Hes not taking this seriously at all. (Soleil)


    On the contrary, Soleil, this IS him taking this seriously. (Velvet)


    I refuse to believe that. (Soleil)


    Believe it, little kitsune. This is just what Im like. Now, if were going to have a discussion, I deserve to know whats happened in thesest, what was it again, seven, years with you, Velvet. And you best start off with the you having a fiance. I never gave my blessing for that. (Rayon)


    And I dont care for it. The only reason I call you dad in the first ce is because mom still loves you, despite you only being home for at most a day or two every few years. Sure, I also care for you a bit since youve always been good to me when you were home, but youre more like a family friend in my eyes than my actual father. Plus, mom already gave her blessing. (Velvet)


    You wound me, Velvet. My own daughter, showing such disinterest in me. I still remember a few years ago when youd run up and grab onto my leg and ask me to buy you masks and tell you stories. (Rayon)


    That was before I actually knew the world was more than just the city I lived in. (Velvet)


    (Soleil)


    And Soleil, dont ask him anything, hes unreliable when ites to things like that. (Velvet)


    Guess Ill just ask your mother next time I see her. (Soleil)


    While Id prefer you didnt do that, I also know youll do it anyway. (Velvet)


    Im still here you know. (Rayon)


    I rolled my eyes at him and then sat down on one of the roots of the tree. Soleil sat next to me and dad sat on the ground in front of us.


    So, you want me to go first, Im assuming. (Velvet)


    If you dont mind. By the way, do you have any blood on you? I havent had any inI dont remember how long. (Rayon)


    I rolled my eyes again and pulled out two blood potions from my bag and tossed them over to him.


    Thanks. (Rayon)


    He uncorked one of the bottles and drank the contents like he was draining a mug of alcohol.


    Thats some good stuff. (Rayon)


    Just start asking your questions. We have stuff wed rather be doing. (Velvet)


    Ive already asked what I wanted to know, though I will add what your mother has been up to as well. (Rayon)


    Lets see. I was appointed as head of the organization in the Beast Kingdom for about three years and mom retired, I met Luna, the ck haired kitsune from earlier and joined her as an adventurer two years ago while giving mom back her position as head, went on some adventures, met Soleil, started dating her and eventually got engaged to her, went on more adventures, became and S-rank adventurer, more adventures all the way up until now. (Velvet)


    Are you not going to exin the finer details in between? (Soleil)


    Later. (Velvet)


    I missed a lotdamn itI missed too much. (Rayon)


    Well, that happens when you just up and disappear for several years at a time. I mean, you dont even know me really, aside from my like of masks and old stories. (Velvet)


    Why even do that? While I dont act like it, even Id hate it if my dad wasnt around all the time, so I just cant understand why you are like that with Velvet. (Soleil)


    Honestly, its all on me. See, Im kind of messed up in the head a little bit. I dont really feel the years go by, and by the time I do realize it, its been several years since I left home again. But thats what you get when you live as long as I have. I mean really, 5000 years is a long time to live. Thest thousand or so have felt like a few months to me. But that is nothing more than an excuse, but its the best reason I can offer. And to tell the truth, I feel horrible about it. He uncorked the other bottle and drank some of its contents. I really wanted to be there for Velvets entire life, but when I leave to do something, I always, ALWAYS, end up losing track of time. (Rayon)


    (Soleil)


    Whats with that confused look? Im spilling my honest, heart-wrenching feelings here. (Rayon)


    I still dont get it. If its only been 5000 years, shouldnt you be fine? (Soleil)


    Now that you say that, youre right, Soleil. (Velvet)


    Velvet, are you broken? I could have sworn you had more sense that this. (Rayon)


    Impletely half-sane. But still, why are you having problems with you head after only 5000 years? Lady Tamamo is far older than that andpletely sane. (Velvet)


    And from what weve heard, Lady Atmos is as well. And probably Fenrir too. (Soleil)


    From what Mio says, yeah. (Velvet)


    Um, I know Velvet is an oracle, but when were you allowed to speak the names of gods like you speak to them regrly? (Rayon)


    Since a while now. Not that they ever really said we couldnt in the first ce. Oh, maybe thats why, Soleil, they are gods, not, technically, mortals, and my guess is that this also extends to Apostles, or at least, I hope so. (Velvet)


    Yeah, that makes sense. (Soleil)


    Ok, I am clearly missing something here. Please exin whats going on. (Rayon)


    Me and Soleil became Apostles of Luna, who is, currently, a demigod and will ascend to a goddess in the future. She is married to Goddess Tamamo. She is also the daughter of the General of our home country, Marquis Deacon Reed, and a reincarnated hero from thest ones that were summoned. Ophidia, one of the other people from earlier is also her Apostle and is engaged to Skadi the Abyssal Hunter, who is also a demigod. Thest person in our party is Mio the Shadow Nya, who became an Apostle of Lady Tamamo and is also dating the Goddess of Winter, Fenrir. As for Lady Atmos, she is Lady Tamamos sister. By the way, Luna will be a in a very high position in the divine domain alongside the Gods of Time, Creation, and Gravity. I am the Apostle of Fluff, and Soleil is the Apostle of Stars. Ophidia is the Apostle of Space. (Velvet)


    Im gonna need some more to drink, Im not drunk enough for this. (Rayon)


    I expected a better reaction. (Soleil)


    I think Luna is rubbing off on you. (Velvet)


    Well, I did grow up with her, so its not that surprising. (Soleil)


    True. Anyway, lets get Luna back here so she can send him to mom and we can get back to exploring the crystal city. (Velvet)


    Lets. (Soleil)


    <em>Luna. Can you hear me? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>On my way. </em>(Luna)


    Luna then appeared right behind dad and grabbed him. She smiled her usual mischievous smile and disappeared once more before reappearing almost immediately.


    Alright, lets go. (Luna)


    Soleil and I both nodded and grabbed onto Lunas hands and we teleported away.


    Chaos Realm:


    ...


    Atmos: Payto.


    ...


    Atmos: Payto!


    ...


    Atmos: PAYTO!!!


    What?


    Atmos: Calm down. Believe it or not, Tamamo has experience in helping with these things, so just calm down.


    ...


    Atmos: *Sigh* Why do I even try?


    *Door opens*


    Tamamo: Payto, you can go in now, but be quiet. Order is exhausted and needs rest.


    Alright.


    Tamamo: Oh, and congrattions, you two have a beautiful daughter.


    *I walk into the room and shut the door*


    Tamamo: Now, what did I miss on Luna''s side?


    Atmos: Not much, all she did was walk around the city for a bit while Velvet and Soleil conversed with Velvet''s father.


    Tamamo: I see.

 Chapter 279: Letting Bottled Up Feelings Out

    Chapter 279: Letting Bottled Up Feelings Out


    [Luna POV]


    After picking Velvet and Soleil back up, we spent the rest of the day walking around and exploring the city. After returning to our inn for the night, we all met up in my room to discuss what we would do from here on.


    So, with that surprise meeting out of the way, what should we do now? Do we move on already, or do we stay a few days and explore the city more? (Velvet)


    I say we stay at least one more day. I want to do one or two things before we move on. (Luna)


    Oh, what do you have in mind? (Soleil)


    Well, from what I saw today, there are a lot of jewelers in this city, so I want to get my ne repaired. After that, I want to figure out what the purpose of thoserge ballista on the walls and the names carved into the road here are for. After that, we can move on unless one of you guys finds something you want to do. (Luna)


    That sounds fine to me. (Skadi)


    Yes. There are some ces here that I kind of want to explore more, so I was going to suggest staying at least one more day as well. (Ophidia)


    Im fine with whatever nya. (Mio)


    If this is settled, Velvet, I want to talk with you about some stuff. (Soleil)


    Alright. See you guys in the morning. (Velvet)


    The two of them left my room and shortly after the other three did as well. Once I shut and locked the door, I set up a domain and Tamamo appeared sitting on the edge of the bed.


    {Whats wrong, Luna? Youre all twitchy.}


    I honestly dont like this country, Tamamo.


    {Where is thising from all of a sudden?}


    Dont get me wrong, its not the people or even the cities, not that Ive been to many of them. Its just the ce they are located. How can they stand living underground like this with no view of the sky? And no, this isnt some roundabout way of flirting with you, Im truly just ufortable, no, thats not the right word, what is it? Gah! I dont know!


    {Hmmm. Come to think of it, even when youve been in dungeons youve always ended up going back to the surface at the end of the day. Maybe youre just not good with long stretches of time underground? I mean technically, you havent seen the surface for what, almost two weeks now?}


    Maybe thats it. But why is this happening to me? I mean, Im not necessarily afraid or anything, but its like this itch in the back of my mind saying that I need to see the sky again. And that little bit of what I saw this morning wasnt enough.


    {Oh, I think I know what it is now that youve went into more detail. You are, technically, a demigod of the sky. Since you have a connection to it with your Authority of Stars, not seeing it or being under or in it is making you a bit ufortable.}


    There arent any sky gods? Like, there is no Authority of the Sky?


    {The closest to any kind of sky gods are me and Quetz and, eventually, you. Consider it a sub part of our Authorities over the Sun, Moon, and Stars}


    Tama, will youfort me?


    {Why even ask when you know the answer to that? Get over here.}


    I walked over and sat next to Tamamo where I immediately wrapped my tails around hers and pulled her closer to me. I leaned my head into the crook of her neck and breathed in her scent.


    Im already feeling better. Guess its a bit of what you said as well as a deficiency in Vitamin T.


    {While I dont know what this vitamin stuff is, Im happy youre feeling a little better.}


    That vitamin part was a joke, anyway, I really do feel better being close like this. It makes me feelplete.


    Tamamo hugged me closer to her and started petting my head. We sat in silence for several minutes as we enjoyed the others presence when I moved my head from Tamamos neck. I stared into her shining golden eyes that held endless kindness and love and, following the feeling of being pulled into them, brough my face closer to hers. Our lips met and I could feel all the stress I was feeling vanish as I lost myself in the kiss. When I felt Tamamos tongue invade my mouth, all thoughts vanished from my head, and by the time I came back to myself, the light of the false sun was shining through the curtained window. I separated my lips from Tamamos while continuing to stare into her eyes.


    {Ufufufu. Feeling all better now?}


    Much. Though this is only a temporary fix. I might need more of this when we get to the next city.


    {Ill be ready to administer treatment whenever youre ready.}


    Fufufu.


    Iid down on my back and stared up at the ceiling. Tamamoid on her side and propped her head up on her hand as she stared at my face.


    {Whats on your mind?}


    Absolutely nothing. Aside from that itchy feeling that I was talking aboutst night, Ive been trying to figure out what that feeling I felt not to long ago was, but I just cant seem to figure it out. It wasnt some ominous feeling like I felt something was going to happen, but it wasnt afortable one. Just sort ofempty.


    {HmmmI got nothing. What was it that was being discussed when you got that feeling?}


    UmmmOh.


    {Figure it out?}


    Maybe. Its a sort of sad feeling. I was saying something about how my time in the mortal world is almost over or something close to that. Sure, time wise, that isnt the case, but Im so close to the end goal that its messing with me. I mean think about it, I have, technically two more tails to go before bing a goddess, not counting my progress toward my tenth since that is just a bonus Id get after who knows how many years. But, at that time, Id be leaving any non-god, demigod, or Apostle friends behind as well as any possible adventures I can still go on here. I just dont know how to describe it. Its not regret since I dont and wont ever regret leaving the mortal world to be with you, but this is the only world I really know. And I am intentionally not mentioning my old world since that will just bring out even more of this feeling or possibly some worse ones. I just dont know what to do now.


    {I see, so its a feeling of fear of the future and sadness of leaving all the things you know and take for granted behind to take the next step in your life.}


    Tamamo smiled at me and moved to give me a tight hug.


    {Luna, I know that I cant really say I know what youre feeling right now since I havent experienced what you have, but do know I am here for you. The others are as well, not to mention your parents and other family. I will provide all theforting you need now, but I advise you also bring this up with all of them at some point before you ascend. They all will probably have better advice that I can possibly give in this area.}


    Tamamo, can I vent for a second?


    {As much as you need.}


    I leaned further into the hug and buried my face into her chest. I felt some tears falling from my eyes as the feeling that I described earlier filled my chest.


    Tamamo, I-I want to both live in the divine domain with you AND keep exploring the mortal world. I know Im being unreasonable and that I shouldnt even be thinking about these things yet, but I cant help it. Its just, the thought of this whole journey being somewhat close to the end is-is-is, I dont want it to. I love this world and I dont want to stop exploring it with everyone. But I also want to live with you for all eternity. Why!? Why does it hurt my heart so much to feel this way!?


    As I continued to vent all these feelings, some deeper sadness that Ive been, as of recently, consciously locking even deeper within myself started to leak out. The tears started to flow even more.


    A-and, Im so sad! I love my family here, but I want to see my old one as well! My mom, my dad, my sister! All of them! Just knowing what happened after everything that led to now has isnt enough! And whats worse, I can hardly even remember their faces! Their voices! What do I do with all of these feelings!?


    Tamamo caressed my head as I cried and cried and vented all these feelings out.


    {Its ok, Luna. Its all ok. Let these things out, dont bottle them up.}


    I wrapped my arms around Tamamo and squeezed with all my strength as the tears started to flow even more. After another hour of crying and venting, I felt lighter and my head was clearer. Tamamo was still hugging me and caressing my head.


    Tamamo.


    {Are you feeling better now?}


    The warmth and care in her voice almost made me start crying again.


    Yeah. I dont know what came over me just now that made all of thate out, but Im d it did.


    {If you want my opinion on this particr question, I think its just all built up over time and you being more stressed out due to the environment made it fullye to the surface. Now that youve got it out of your system, youll probably feel better for a while. And remember, dont be afraid to call me to do this again if you need. I would stay and say more, but youve already spent more time than you probably meant to here.}


    Youre right. Thank you for being you, Tamamo. There are no words to describe how much I love you.


    {Ufufufu. I feel the same way, Luna. Now, dont keep the others waiting.}


    Tamamo gave me one more squeeze before letting me go, kissing me, then disappearing from my domain. I stood up as well, washed my face to get the remnants of my crying to go away, and got ready for the day.


    Chaos Realm:


    I feel conflicted.


    Atmos: About what?


    Well, I want to introduce my daughter to you, but with the whole somber feeling from Luna just now, it kind of feels like an inappropriate time.


    Atmos: In my opinion, this is the perfect time to do so. Break the tension and all that.


    Alright. Come with me.


    *We enter the bedroom where Order isying in bed holding a small baby in her arms.*


    Atmos: Adorable. She has your ears and Order''s eyes. What''s her name?


    Order: Astraea. Payto came up with it.


    Atmos: And what are her Authorities? I hope noting ridiculous, but knowing her parents, it could literally be anything.


    Bnce, Positivity, and one more, but it''s vague at the moment, so it''s either not fully cemented yet, or the trigger for it to be realized hasn''t been met yet.


    Order: Honestly, we should have figured that bnce would be one, but we were both surprised about it.


    Atmos: I mean, now that I think about it, it does make sense. Payto is the God of Chaos and you are the Goddess of Order, so Bnce is kind of perfect.


    Order: True. As for Positivity, we have no idea where that once came from.


    Atmos: Anyway, wasn''t Crisis also pregnant? I mean, she and Mordred have been pretty busy since even before they got married, and even with the fertility problems gods have, she got lucky.


    Order: Probably soon. I expect to see her pop up here in a few days in the least.


    Want me to run interference?


    Order: No. I''ll be back to normal by the time she shows up in all likelihood, so no need for that, though if you would hold Astraea for a while so I can sleep, it''d be great.


    Of course. Sleep well.


    Atmos: Have a nice nap.

 Chapter 280: Some Interesting History

    Chapter 280: Some Interesting History


    [Luna POV]


    When I left the room I was staying in and walked into the main room of the inn, I found the others sitting at a table and chatting. Soleil noticed me first as I was making my way over to them.


    Big sis, whats wrong? (Soleil)


    Cant hide anything from you, can I Soleil. Im just a bit stressed out. Tamamo helped me vent so Im doing better for the time being. (Luna)


    What can you possibly be stressed about? (Velvet)


    Several things, actually. But, and this is Tamamos conjecture, is due to me not being able to see or just be under or in the sky. Not counting the very little time yesterday, its been nearly two weeks since weve gotten here and we havent really seen the sky since we arrived in the first dwarven city. (Luna)


    Ah. So thats whats up. Ive been wondering why you seemed a bit jitterytely, but now I get it. Its something to do with one of your Authorities, right? (Skadi)


    Yeah. Got any advice? (Luna)


    Well, in your case, the best I can say is to just tough it out since you said it has to do with the sky. (Skadi)


    Im assuming you went through something simr? (Luna)


    Yeah. Though in my case, the process to get used to what youre feeling was as simple as carrying around some sea water in a bottle. And, unless you have some ingenious idea to bottle a small bit of sky, I dont think we can do much. (Skadi)


    Hmmm. Bottle the skynope, cant think of anything. Unless, of course, dwarves have some special magic that lets them use the nature of things to forge stuff. (Luna)


    What does that even mean nya? (Mio)


    Something like using the sound of the wind or something. (Luna)


    Still dont get it nya. (Mio)


    Anyway, do you still n on continuing the journey in this country, master? (Ophidia)


    Yeah. I want to at least see the capital of every country on this continent before ascending, so until we do that, I think I can tough out this feeling. And if it turns out I cant tough it out, I can just teleport somewhere with a view of the sky for a bit beforeing back. (Luna)


    We chatted a bit more before we all left the inn to go about the few things we wanted to do in the crystal city. Since there were a lot of jewelers in this city, I visited a few before finally finding one that was able to fix my ne in a reasonable pace. After that we walked around the city looking for something like a library. Before we found one though, we stumbled upon a za that looked like a memorial. It has arge monolith of ck marble with names carved into it. Around the monolith were painted stone carvings of what looked like a fierce battle with some kind of octopus monster. We walked closer to the painted carvings and I found some worn down writing carved under the pictures.


    Big sis, what does it say? I dont understand that writing. (Soleil)


    In summary, a few hundred years ago, a big monster that the people called The Watcher appeared in the waters around the city and rampaged. It killed a lot of people and, since the people of the city back then were caughtpletely off guard, locked themselves in the city. They survived for a while, while cut off from the rest of the country, but started to get desperate. As resources dwindled, the people started throwing together things in order to try and kill The Watcher. While this was happening, other cities sent people to try and figure out what happened here, and upon discovering that the people here were trapped by a monster, sent soldiers and adventurers to try and help the people here. A lot of those people died, and their names are the ones carved into the road leading in to the city. I moved over to another painted carving to read the rest of the story. Eventually, some people fromIm not suremanaged to sneak into the city while a group of people sacrificed themselves to give them an opening. Those people brought ns for those ballista that line the walls and, dismantling buildings and other things for materials, managed to build enough to use. Then a lot of people left the city in order to drag The Watcher out and give the people on the walls an opportunity to shoot it. After many sacrifices, they managed to kill The Watcher, freeing the city. They then carved the names of all those who sacrificed themselves into the monolith as a memorial for future generation to remember their bravery. (Luna)


    (Skadi)


    Skadi, I think I know what you want to say, but dont. At least not here. (Luna)


    Fine. (Skadi)


    {Actually, Ill interject here to say that this actually happened. Of course, there is some, well, a lot, of embellishing of details, but the majority of it is fact. As for why not more people know about it, I have no clue. Probably some reason only mortals know or something.}


    So, its an event that even caught the eyes of the gods. Still doesnt make sense why I wouldnt have heard about it before, but I guess Ill let it go for now. (Skadi)


    Its still interesting. Though now Im curious as to where The Watcher came from. (Ophidia)


    Maybe it was some monster that lived in the water around the city and managed to survive long enough to evolve to that point. I mean, thats the only other thing I can think of aside from someone intentionally bringing it here and setting it free. (Luna)


    Im of the same opinion as Luna. I cant think of any other reasons for why something like that showed up. (Velvet)


    Im kinda interested in this ce nya. The one you couldnt read nya. (Mio)


    Its not that I cant read the letters, its just unreadable. The stone is cracked here and the letters are ruined in a way that makes what is legible basically gibberish. (Luna)


    Guess well never know. Though I do want to know whatnguage this is. (Soleil)


    Its old dwarfish. It was the primarynguage here before themonnguage became wide spread. (Skadi)


    Hmm. Well, at least that one skill is finally getting some use. (Luna)


    Itll be getting some use when we visit the merfolk as well. Of our group, only you and me will be able to understand them. Well have to figure out something when we get there for the others. (Skadi)


    Alright, future us, good luck. (Luna)


    After looking around the memorial for a bit longer, we went around doing some more sightseeing of the city before going back to the jeweler to pick my ne up. Once that was done, we headed back to the inn and prepared to leave for our next destination.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: You know, little Astraea is really well behaved. She hasn''t really cried almost at all and she isn''t very messy.


    Atmos, do you not know what the children between gods are like? After the amount of time you''ve lived? That''s surprising.


    Atmos: Hey, children haven''t really been on my mind like, at all. It''s not like I have any close friends that have had kids either, so all my experiencees from what Grey has told me and what I''ve observed of mortal children.


    Fair enough. Children of gods are not like mortal children, they don''t get upset easily, they mature somewhat quickly by mortal standards, and generally are well behaved, though thatst one depends on the Authority.


    Atmos: What do you mean mature quickly?


    I mean, Astraea is going to grow rtively fast up to a point. In the next few weeks, she''ll grow to the equivalent of a mortal four year old, where she will remain for a few millennia before hitting another growth spurt.


    Atmos: Huh. The more you know, I guess.


    It does help. Speaking of which, Astraea, do you want to go see the Sea of Chaos with me?


    Astraea: Gah!


    I''ll take that as a yes.


    Atmos: *Sigh* Why do I have to be the only other person here today? While Astraea is cute, her father is getting on my nerves with the doting.


    Fenrir: NnnnnnnAH! Eh?


    Atmos: Oh, I forgot you were here still.


    Fenrir: Um, what happened? Thest thing I remember was that Sleep Goddess using my tail as a pillow and then nothing.


    Atmos: Oh, you''ve missed quite a lot.


    Fenrir: Care to fill me in? And please start with why the owner of the ce has a baby in his arms and a smile that says; "Look upon this adorable being and fall to your knees with joy upon being given this opportunity."


    Atmos: How very specific.

 Chapter 281: Can I Offer You Some Violence in this Trying Time?

    Chapter 281: Can I Offer You Some Violence in this Trying Time?


    [Luna POV]


    Almost a week has passed since we left the crystal city and not much has really happened. We did run into some monsters here and there, but they were dealt with instantly, so they were no real trouble. We were currently walking through a tunnel that was a bit darker than the ones weve been through so far.


    Nya. Something is strange nya. (Mio)


    Yeah. Thesemps shouldnt be this dim, and this tunnel seems less taken care of than normal. Did we take a wrong turn somewhere and enter an old one or something? (Skadi)


    We shouldnt have. Luna is many things, but she hasnt ever led us in the wrong direction before. (Velvet)


    Um, what was that first part all about? I mean, Ipletely agree, but still. As for your question, Im following the map every step. I wouldnt lead us in the wrong direction without good reason and consulting with the rest of you first. (Luna)


    We stepped into a small cavern as we discussed the surroundings. The entire cavern looked eerie with the dim light of the magic torchnterns lengthening the shadows. Holes covered the ground and looking into them was like looking into an abyss of absolute darkness.


    This- (Soleil)


    Shhh. Hold that thought, Soleil. (Luna)


    While I wasntpletely sure, I thought I heard somethinging from one of the holes. I walked near it, closed my eyes, and focused on my hearing to see if I wasnt going crazy. While tuning out the sounds of myself and the others breathing and other ambient cave noises until eventually I could make out the faint sound of drumming.


    I hear drums. Drums in the deep. (Luna)


    The drumming got louder and then I felt the ground shaking underneath me. Then came cracking sounds and the ground underneath me and the others started crumbling.


    Is this the part where we choose to run or fall in? (Ophidia)


    Yep. And Im partial to falling in so we can see where that drumming ising from. (Luna)


    That sounds fun nya. (Mio)


    As I was the one closest to the hole, I was the first one to fall in. I turned to the others and saluted.


    See you guys at the bottom. (Luna)


    I then fell backwards into the darkness. As the dim light receded to a dot above me, I turned around and stared down.


    {Luna, while we both know nothing can really hurt you down here, this is still reckless.}


    I know, but Im starved for entertainment at the moment and the stress is piling up again. Im hoping that at the end of this plummet will be something that will let me relieve some of this stress.


    {In other words, you just want to kill some stuff.}


    Exactly. I havent leveled up since one of those run-ins with arger sky creature. Im hoping that whatever is down here will either be strong enough or in enough numbers to give me at least one level.


    {Just set up a domain when yound. I dont want an entire mountain falling on your head when the inevitable coteral damage gets to a high degree.}


    Got it.


    A few more seconds of falling in the darknesster, I was out of the tunnel and falling from the ceiling of arge cavern. On the ground I could see campfires, stony outcroppings and wooden structures, and, though a bit hard to make out from this distance, creatures moving around. The sounds of drums was louder and a loud sound came from a far wall of the cavern. When I got to a distance where I could make out what the creatures were, I smiled.


    Fufufufu. To think wed stumble upon an underground orc settlement. I swear, if there is some giant monster made of fire and darkness, Ill petition to the ruler of this country to rename it Moria.


    Seeing that I was going tond soon, and in the middle of a group of orcs, I covered myself in ice magic and when I hit the ground, I cast the magic, freezing all the orcs around me solid and shattering them.


    Guh. I thought rolling was supposed to make that better.


    Once I got my bearings again, I took out my short-sword and opened several Gates behind me. The orcs that were outside the range of my magic quickly recovered from their shock at my amazing entrance and then started to rush towards me with weapons and fists raised. I answered in kind with my own and my ughter began. Several minutes and a newly created sea of corpsester, I saw the others fall into the cavern. Ophidia grabbed Skadi and blinked to the floor, Soleil used some wind magic andnded softly, and Mio and Velvet dived into the shadows like they were pools of water before springing out of them like they choreographed it before hand.


    Hahahhahahaha. Join me, my friends, we still have a lot of orcs to kill. And the best thing is, they have some cave trolls! (Luna)


    I turned around again and continued my application of pure violence on the trash mobs all around me.


    {Luna, while I understand why you are taking your time like this, youre also getting so much blood and viscera in your tails and hair. Youpletely forgot to set us a barrier around yourself to keep it off of you.}


    Meh. That just means that when I eventually go and take a bath, I can let you take one with me. So, while Im doing this, get ready to spend the night soaking in our hot spring. Ahhhh! I cant wait to see the sky again, so just hurry up and die orcs!


    I sped up my ughter by taking advantage of my Authority in the domain and opening up Gates and Illusory Gates andunching barrages of weapons and other magic onto the orcs. I also checked on the others and saw that they were having just as easy a time as I was. Skadi was swinging around her greatsword and cleaving several orcs in two or more pieces every swing while Ophidia was punching and kicking away. Every time her fist or foot made contact, the orcs head, chest, or stomach would pop like a balloon.


    Velvet was swinging her sword around in its extended form while firing off fire and darkness magic. Mio was popping in and out of shadows and stabbing orcs in the neck with daggers made of pure darkness, and Soleil was using her fire and wind magic in the forms of dragon shouts torching and ragdolling orcs like no tomorrow. I then turned around when I heard a loud roare from a walled off area and arge troll crashed through the wall of logs. It started barreling towards me and I smiled as I spread my ice mist around the area I was in. Since trolls are stupid creatures, it tried punching the mist only for its fist to be frostbitten the instant it touched the mist. It then tried to run away, but my mist was ruthless and all-consuming. It continued to spread as I made my way through the settlement, freezing all that touched it while I finished off any that managed to survive the cold for longer than a few seconds. Several hours of endless violenceter, I speared thest orc I could find with a chain through its throat.


    Well. That was some good exercise. (Luna)


    Yeah nya. I havent had a workout like this in a while nya. (Mio)


    Same. Theres just something about mowing down countless mobs thats cathartic. (Skadi)


    I agree. I also enjoyed the way they went pop when I punched them. It made me feel this primal kind of joy that I havent felt in a long time. I think thest time I felt like this was when I was still small and had to protect my home from some kind of rat things. (Ophidia)


    Im more worried about how such arge gathering of orcs managed to survive here and not be found out by the dwarves. I mean really, if Luna could hear their drums and the ground shook when they did something, then they should have been dealt with by now. (Velvet)


    Well, maybe it has to do with that city that we could see when we were falling into this cavern. It looked abandoned from what I could tell. (Soleil)


    Well, we can explore thatter, Im going to take a bath with Tamamo under the moonlight now, so Ill be back. Feel free to start exploring without me. (Luna)


    I then teleported to the hot spring on the mountain of my pirate ind, set up a domain, and dove into Tamamos chest as she appeared in the water in front of me.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Payto, get ready, she''s about to show up.


    Done.


    Crisis: ORDER! I HAVE ARRIVED AND I BRING MY CHILD WITH ME!


    Order: NOW!


    *Snaps fingers*


    Crisis: Oh? Why am I tied up now? And when did you start holding my daughter?


    Order: You will be let go when you calm down. I get that you''re happy, but that is no reason to yell at the top of your lungs. You almost woke Astraea up.


    Crisis: Ah. I''m actually sorry about that. If I knew she was asleep, I would have yelled after she woke up.


    That''s the part where you say you wouldn''t yell at all.


    Crisis: And you should know me enough by now to know that''s not how I work.


    That is also true.


    Order: Now...Payto, what''s happening right now?


    ...


    Crisis: Well, this seems like some fun things are about to happen. Ah, if only I had popcorn right now.


    .........*Sigh*What is it with this century and Fated Ones showing up? And why has MY daughter''s Fated One already shown up?


    Order:...*Sigh*


    Crisis: Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha. To think my and Order''s daughters would be fated to be together. Talk about luck. I can''t wait to tell Mordred. Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha.

 Chapter 282: Did Anyone Order Some Fluff?

    Chapter 282: Did Anyone Order Some Fluff?


    [Luna POV]


    After several minutes of silence, I flipped around and looked up. Since my head was resting on Tamamos chest, I had the perfect view of both her face and the sky above me.


    The best view in all the worlds, and its all for me.


    {You know ttery wont get you anything.}


    And why would it? I have a lot of what I need right here.


    {Isnt the saying all of what you need?}


    It is, but I need more than just you, you know. I need my family as well. Sure, you take 95% of it, but thest 5% is for everything else.


    {Oh. But Im a selfish goddess you know. What if I wanted four percent more?}


    Tamamo, I love you, but please dont joke about that. You know just how much family means to me, so even then, Id have to stay firm about this.


    {Yeah, that was in bad taste. Sorry about that.}


    Tamamo tightened her hug around me, causing my head to sink further into her chest. I smiled and closed my eyes as I enjoyed the softness underneath my head and the warmth of the water seeping into my body.


    {You seem to be enjoying this a lot.}


    Of course I am. Ignoring my mental state from being underground for so long, I will always enjoy moments like this. Were a far cry from the start where we could only meet on nights of the full moon. Im making up for all the years that that was the only way we could meet. That doesnt mean I wont let you enjoy the same thing in a bit, all I did was take the initiative.


    Tamamo hummed in acknowledgement and then wepsed into afortable silence. For a while Iid there with my eyes closed while listening to Tamamos heartbeat and breathing as well as the sounds of nature that surrounded the hot spring. After enjoying it for several more minutes, I let out a small sigh and sat up.


    Guess I should start cleaning my hair and tails now. And, Tamamo, sorry for getting any blood and other stuff on you if I did.


    {Its fine. Itll all clean off so it doesnt really bother me. If anything, Im looking forward to helping you clean your tails and hair.}


    You just love touching my stuff, dont you.


    {What kind of question is that? Of course I do. I enjoy touching all of you.}


    I chuckled hearing her response and then pulled out my tail-tending kit and cing it on the side of the spring.


    Mind starting on my tails while I get my hair done?


    {Now the hard part, choosing which tail to start with. I think Ill go withthis one.}


    Tamamo grabbed some of my cleaning supplies and then started scrubbing away at what I believe was my original tail. I felt a pleasant tingle go up my spine before I refocused on what I needed to do. I wet my hair and started applying what needed to be applied before rinsing and repeating several times.


    Do I need to do this some more, or did I get all of it out?


    {Mmmmm. A few more times. Its pretty much all gone, but the smell still lingers.}


    I nodded and went back to cleaning my hair. Several washester, I got Tamamos stamp of approval before doing it one more time, this time with some of Tamamos favorite vani scented oil.


    {Mmmmm. Perfect.}


    Fufufu.


    I smiled and then got to work on another one of my tails. About two hourster, the two of us finishedpletely cleaning all of my tails.


    *Sigh* That was a lot of work, worth the effort, but a lot nheless.


    {True, but its what you get for fighting in a messy way without the barrier you keep up to prevent this from happening.}


    True. Now, get over here.


    {dly.}


    Tamamo sidled over to me and positioned herself in the exact same way I was sitting earlier. After shifting around for a few seconds to getfortable, she smiled and let out a long, rxed sigh.


    {Ufufufu. So warm and soft. Combine that with your heartbeat and I could take a nap right here and now.}


    Tempting. Very tempting, but well have to nap togetherter, its not good to sleep while bathing.


    {Since when did either of us care about stuff like that?}


    Never, but in this situation, I want to spend time with you while awake. We can sleep when were bored or something.


    {The saying is we can sleep when were dead.}


    I know. I also know that neither of us can die. Well, technically, I still can, but its extremely unlikely.


    {Ufufufu. True. And even then, Id never let anyone or anything ever get close to killing you. Even if I had to break every divine rule to do so. But enough of that kind of talk.}


    I hummed a reply before wrapping my arms around Tamamo and leaning back a little bit more. I closed my eyes as a cool breeze blew past making this entire situation absolutely perfect. It was then that Tamamo stirred. She sat up and turned around. Sitting down in myp, she wrapped her arms around my neck and stared into my eyes.


    {Luna, Ive been thinking about what you talked aboutst time we were together like this and on how I can try to assist you. And, while I still think you should get together with all of your family to talk abut it, Ill provide as much support as I can. And my support wille in the form of making you forget all your troubles for a short time.}


    She then leaned in and kissed me. I felt her also wrap her legs and tails around me, locking me in cepletely. My own mind went mostly nk but left enough working for me to reciprocate. I wrapped my arms around her again and started kissing her back with an equal amount of passion. We continued this little battle of affection for hours, onlying up to breathe every so often, until the sun started to peek over the horizon.


    Chaos Realm:


    ...


    Order: Payto, I get what you''re feeling, but you need to ept it.


    ...


    Crisis: You know the rules, you made them after all, no one is allowed to get between two Fated Ones when they meet.


    Tch. Fine. But they need to wait until they grow up first. I won''t allow anything more than kissing until they are at LEAST a million years old.


    Crisis: Heh. I respect the attempt, but you realize that you have no actual way of enforcing that.


    Order: Let him have this much and don''t point out the obvious.


    Crisis: Fine. Anyway, they even have an Authority that bnces the other one out. Sure, Astraea has Bnce as an Authority already, but Positivity as well. It will keep my daughter''s Authority of Negativity in check.


    I''m still surprised she got that Authority. You aren''t connected to negativity in any way, so it kind of came out of nowhere. Though taking into consideration them being Fated Ones, it also kind of makes a bit of sense.


    Order: Yeah. I''m still confused about Astraea''s third Authority, but I guess all it''ll take is some time to figure it out.


    Yep.


    Crisis: Make sure to tell me what it is when you figure it out. This seems like something I need to know.


    Order: Again with stating the obvious. You''ve been doing that quite a bittely.


    Crisis: Mordred does that a lot when she gets flustered, so I guess it kind of rubbed off on me a bit. Though with the-


    And that''s enough out of you. We don''t want our daughter to learn about all of that just yet.


    Crisis: Order, he''s just getting annoying with the overprotective parenting now.


    Order: Really? I think it''s cute.


    Crisis: Ugh. You two are hopeless.


    Payto and Order: Like you''re one to talk.

 Chapter 283: Some more Fluff and Getting Back to the Others

    Chapter 283: Some more Fluff and Getting Back to the Others


    [Luna POV]


    After a spending the rest of that night kissing Tamamo, we were now sitting shoulder to shoulder and leaning our heads on one another while watching the sunrise. We had moved away from the hot spring at some point and were sitting on a small teau near the peak of the mountain.


    Sights like this are some of the best things. I dont think Ill ever get tired of seeing them.


    {Sorry to burst your bubble, but you probably will one day.}


    That just means we need to look for or make better ones at that time. Were both creative people, so who knows what welle up with.


    {Ufufufu. True.}


    Tamamo then snuggled closer to me.


    {*Sigh* View aside, I think this is one of my favorite things, being next to you. I just feelplete.}


    I feel the same. Like a gap in my being is filled when you are next to me. Its such an addicting feeling.


    {Yeah.}


    Tamamo looked into my eyes once more before bringing her lips to mine once more. This kiss, however, was different from the ones we traded all night. This one was filled with all of her love and affection towards me. It transferred a feeling of warmth directly into my heart and soul. Feeling I had to do the same, I kissed her back with the same feelings as well as my feeling of longing to always be by her side. When we both conveyed what we wanted to, we separated our lips and then we both quietlyughed.


    Fufu.


    {Ufufu.}


    We turned back to look at the sunrise in a nice silence. Some part of me wished this moment wouldst forever, but I knew it couldnt, at least not yet. Once the sun was risen enough, we both stood up. I hugged Tamamo tightly and she did the same. When we let each other go, we backed away to almost an arms length away while still holding hands.


    As unfortunate as it is, I think I should get back to the others. Who knows what kind of trouble they are getting up to without me.


    {Ufufufu. Are you sure thats right? Arent you the one that usually causes or finds the trouble?}


    Im sure they enjoy it as much as I do. If they didnt, one of them would say something.


    {Ufufufufufufu.}


    Did I ever tell you that I love the way youugh? It sounds so pleasant on my ears that it makes me want to hear you do it all the time.


    {I could say the same about you. Now, as reluctant as I am, we should stop stalling. You know Im just a domain away, so pop one up whenever you need meWithin reason.}


    Tch.


    {Ufufufufufufu.}


    Whileughing with a smile on her face, Tamamo was surrounded by light and disappeared leaving me alone on the mountain peak. I turned toward the sun again and took a deep breath.


    Alright. Time to go, me.


    I took one more deep breath and then teleported to where I left the others. When I got there it took my eyes a second to adjust to the dark of the cave and my night vision to activate. When I looked around, all I saw was a sea of orc and troll corpses in various states of not alive. Some were cut up, some were torched, some were in one piece, but still dead. In another ce that I could see from where I was standing was what could only be considered a forest of frozen statues.


    Damn. Give me snake hair and call me ice Medusa. I went wild down here. (Luna)


    Do you not remember what you did? (Velvet)


    No, I remember it all clearly, but its still a sight to see when Im actually calm and thinking about as rationally as I normally do. (Luna)


    Makes sense. Now, follow me. The others are already in the abandoned city and exploring. (Velvet)


    Why arent you with them? (Luna)


    Someone needed to lead you to the others, and I was the one that ended up with that job. (Velvet)


    You need to get better at rock, paper, scissors. (Luna)


    We actually chose with a game of chess. (Velvet)


    So basically, you volunteered for this job. (Luna)


    Hey! I may be bad at chess, but Im still better than you are. (Velvet)


    Yes, but I wasnt here to y with all of you, so my point remains valid. (Luna)


    Anyway, I also wanted to talk to you. (Velvet)


    Lets walk and talk. (Luna)


    Yeah. (Velvet)


    We started making our way towards the abandoned city while moving around the corpse mountains and orc bits that were scattered everywhere.


    So, what did you want to talk about? (Luna)


    I wanted to thank you. About the whole bringing me and Soleil to the floating ind so we could talk to my dad. I know this is really dyed, but still, thanks. (Velvet)


    You know you dont need to thank me. Its not like it was that big a deal to bring you there, though I do wish I was there to see his reaction to all the news that you gave him. (Luna)


    It was pretty funny. (Velvet)


    I bet. But enough of that. Did you guys find anything in the city while I was away? (Luna)


    We didnt really look around all that much yet. The most we did was find a clean enough building to sleep in. Also, were going to need you to trante a lot of stuff. Skadi is doing what she can, but, ording to her, shes rusty with old dwarfish text. (Velvet)


    Fine by me. Also, are we going to leave all of these orc corpses? (Luna)


    I mean, you can collect them if you want. Itll just add to your alreadyrge stock of orc meat, so I doubt well ever get to butchering them any time soon. (Velvet)


    You should know me by now, Velvet. Enough ingredients are never enough. When you think you dont need any more, then that means you are running low. (Luna)


    Hehehe. Well, you are the one with the space magic and inventory skill. (Velvet)


    Ill get to it then. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers and a domain spread over the cavern and immediately closed it. When it was gone, so were all the orc corpses. I checked the inventory list in my head to make sure everything was ounted for and nodded.


    You know, one of these days, I should organize my inventory. (Luna)


    Make a list of everything in there when you do so that we can see what exactly is in there. Ive been curious about this for a while, but never wanted to bring it up since I dont know if my remaining sanity could handle it. (Velvet)


    Ah, then I definitely need to do that. We cant have anyone with sanity in this party. Itll hold us back at some point. (Luna)


    We bantered more about this and that beforeing up to the walls of the abandoned city. They were quite tall, and further inside I could see a tall tower. It was a very spiky tower that reminded me of a certain book and movie trilogy.


    Guess I know the first ce Im looking in when I get inside. I wonder if Ill find some magic crystal ball in the tower. Shame were so strong though, since I kinda want to make an epic escape from a mad wizard from the top of the tower on the back of a massive eagle. But in reality, any one of us would be able to just punt him off the top of the tower. Especially Soleil. (Luna)


    Honestly, I was expecting more of a, Im gonna take this entire city for my own, situation. (Velvet)


    While Id love to do that, I also feel that it would be kind of illegal to do that. I mean, this ce is technically still a part of the Dwarf Country, so if Imandeered this city, it might count as an invasion. (Luna)


    Huh. I never thought of it that way. I mean sure, its an abandoned city, but a part of the country all the same. (Velvet)


    That doesnt mean I wont take some parts of it and then me the passage of time for them missing, but the entire city, no. (Luna)


    Youre taking the tower, arent you? (Velvet)


    I am totally taking the tower. Ill add it next to my pyramid on my floating ind. That way Ill have an ancient pyramid, a mansion, Isengard, and a Lunar Sakura in my flying Hanging Gardens of Babylon. I think the only thing that Id be missing after that is some kind ofrge colosseum or something. Well, that and maybe a temple. I think Tamamo has one somewhere in her ce, but Im notpletely sure. (Luna)


    Speaking of, will you get your own ce in the Divine Domain, or will you just show up in Lady Tamamos ce when you ascend? (Velvet)


    While were notpletely sure, I think Ill end up with my own ce that I can then merge with Tamamos. Of course, if I just appear in Tamamos ce then it wont really change anything, but if I end up with my own, I wont not be happy about it. Who can say no to arger living area? (Luna)


    Nobles that dont want to take care of all of it. Sure, even then their vassals take care of thend, but the bigger thend, the more responsibilities thate with it. Though I guess its probably different when gods are concerned. (Velvet)


    A fair and reasonable argument. I am d I attended this Velvet Talk. (Luna)


    Velvet just tilted her head in question at my joke before shaking her head and moving on with the conversation. We had finally reached the gate of the wall and when we went inside, I was impressed. The city was vast, with a lot ofrge buildings. They were all made of the same stone as the rest of the ce, but they were in pristine condition for somewhere abandoned.


    Remember Luna, only the tower. The tower is all that matters. (Luna)


    Hehehe. (Velvet)


    This is noughing matter, Velvet. Im really considering taking everything now. (Luna)


    Ill make the decision easy for you then. This is just the ce between the inner and outer walls. If you take only the inner wall and tower but leave the outer wall and other buildings, then I doubt anyone thates to reim this city will miss them. (Velvet)


    Velvet, when did you start thinking like me? I thought youd try to stop me from taking any more than just the tower. (Luna)


    Like you said earlier, sanity has no ce in this party. Plus, I wanted to y along with you instead of calling you out on your actions this time. And by the way, I can see why you like this way of thinking so much. (Velvet)


    Ah. Im so proud of you. It seems my Velvet is finally starting to fully join the fluff side. (Luna)


    Dont you mean dark side? (Velvet)


    No, you were kind of born on that side and fully integrated yourself into it when you first gave in about not caring aboutmon sense. (Luna)


    I seeNow, lets find the others. Last I saw any of them, they were all near the inner wall in what we think was an inn. (Velvet)


    Lets go. Everyone else and my tower awaits. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: So Crisis''s daughter Evelyn has Negativity, Illusions, and Blood as Authorities and your daughter, Astraea, has Bnce, Positivity, and one unknown Authority. Am I missing anything?


    Nope.


    Atmos: You seem to be taking the whole Fated One thing in stride now.


    Order: He really isn''t, but he''s trying.


    I can''t help it, OK. My daughter is only a few days old, and she already has a wife in a sense. How would you feel if you had a child and then someonees along that they will love more than you before they even really get to know you?


    Atmos:...


    Order: Payto, go take a nap.


    I-


    Order: Go. Take. A. Nap.


    Yes Order.


    Order: Good. Even gods need to sleep sometimes and you''ve had I don''t know how many cups of coffee over the past few days that you are going kind of crazy.


    See youter then.


    Atmos: You handled that well.


    Order: Obviously. Though what I don''t get is why he is the one that''s acting all crazy about this.


    Atmos: Well, he is way older than all of us put together and for most of that time he was most likely alone, so now that he has a family that he has probably wanted for the longest time, he might want to just spend a few millennia without outside interruptions, but this situation is kinda throwing off his whole vision of how he wanted this to go.


    Order: Hmm. While that makes sense, he still needs to calm down. I''ll make sure to talk things through with him when he gets up.


    Atmos: You should. As the one with more rtionship experience, the two of you need to talk about stuff like this. I''ll even do you the favor of babysitting Astraea while you two talk.


    Order: Thanks.


    Atmos: Anytime.


    Author''s Message:


    Hello everyone, Paytoechip here, and all I wanted to say in this part is: Have a Merry Christmas and happy New Year. If you don''t celebrate Christmas, then still, have a happy holiday season, I wish you all the best, and I look forward to continuing this journey of fluff now and into the future. May you all be assimted into the Abyss of Fluff along with me.

 Chapter 284: Time to Loot?

    Chapter 284: Time to Loot?


    [Luna POV]


    As we proceeded towards the others, I looked around at the buildings that surrounded us. They seemed to be built bigger than what weve seen in the two previous cities and a lot of them had things that I could only think were for venttion all over the roofs from what I could see.


    I wonder what this city specialized in? (Luna)


    We havent been able to figure that out either. We only barely explored it at all yesterday and this is the only part weve seen, but from what we did investigate, this seems like the district where a lot of alchemy was performed and medicines were made. (Velvet)


    Interesting. Have you guys found any interesting items or stuff like that? (Luna)


    Some small things here and there, but nothing any of us can make use of. And even then, a lot of the stuff was either broken or so old it was useless. (Velvet)


    Hmm. (Luna)


    After several more minutes, we walked onto a different street and several minutes after that, we reached the inner wall of the city.


    Over there is where we were stayingst night. (Velvet)


    It does indeed look like an inn or maybe a barracks. (Luna)


    It has beds, so does it really matter? (Velvet)


    Not really. (Luna)


    We entered the building and found the others sitting around a table with some old papers scattered all over it. Skadi was sitting at the head of the table with a frustrated expression on her face as she red daggers at a piece of paper sitting in front of her. Soleil, Ophidia, and Mio were looking over different things. Soleil had several pieces of paper that had drawings of people, items, animals, and nts with a pensive look. Mio had some kind ofthing, in her hand, and Ophidia was organizing papers next to Skadi.


    Were back. (Velvet)


    Hey Velvet, big sis. (Soleil)


    Good, Luna,e look at this please. Im getting a headache trying to trante this. (Skadi)


    Alright. (Luna)


    I walked over and stood behind Skadi and looked at the paper in her hands.


    Interesting. (Luna)


    What is it? (Skadi)


    A recipe for cookies. (Luna)


    (Skadi)


    Skadi then mmed the paper on the table and let out a long sigh.


    And here I thought it was some important document or something. Stupid oldnguage with words that look the same as others. (Skadi)


    Hey now, that is important, thatll make some real good cookies. (Luna)


    How good are we talking here nya? (Mio)


    I wont say on the level of something from a professional bakery or a royal chef, but better than something youd find in any random home. (Luna)


    Nya. You gonna make some nya? (Mio)


    Later. Im going to need to find some of the ingredients since I might not have some. (Luna)


    Thats a surprise. (Ophidia)


    Its not that I dont have something that could act as a substitute, but if I used that, then itd be somethingpletely different in the end. (Luna)


    What are you missing? (Skadi)


    It calls for something that I assume was only grown in this city. To me, the words say its a kind of coco bean, but I dont know if there will be any still in this city or wherever the previous residents got them from. (Luna)


    Well, this is a big city, so we can only hope. (Soleil)


    Yeah. Oh, and by the way, most of the papers on this table are recipes for other stuff. Other than that, there are what I think are ledgers or some kind of registry. (Luna)


    *Sigh* All that time I spent, and I mistranted all of it. I thought most of these were some kind of code some military types used to use. (Skadi)


    Well, they could also be some kind of hidden alchemy recipes, but since I dont know alchemy above making basic healing and stamina potions, I wouldnt really be able to gleam any secrets from them. (Luna)


    Basic? Luna, the stamina potions you make are what would be considered highest quality. (Velvet)


    I think thats just due to the ingredients. And even then, the ones I hand out to people are the sessfully made ones. I fail more than I seed when making them. (Luna)


    What ingredients do you use nya? (Mio)


    Aside from the basic herbs, I also use some wyvern materials. I mean, what else am I going to use the wyvern stuff for? Its not like I know how to make armor or weapons and aside from the meat I use for cooking, I have no idea what else to do with it. And no one say sell it, we already have more than enough money that we could literally live for probably a few thousand years before we have to worry about running out. (Luna)


    Well, putting aside Lunas nonexistent sense for material worth, shall we head out and look around the city more? (Velvet)


    Everyone else agreed to Velvets words and they all stood up at the same time.


    Lets all meet back here in a few hours and share what we find. (Skadi)


    With those words, everyone filed out of the room, leaving me standing there alone.


    Did I say something strange?


    {No, I think they were all excited to go out and loot whatever they could find.}


    If thats the case then I can totally understand. Its not every day you get to explore apletely abandoned city. (Luna)


    {Youre heading straight for that tower now, arent you?}


    You know it. If its going to be mine, I should at least get ayout of the ce so I can figure out what Ill use it for.


    {Are you going to collect any interesting kind of building you find and add it to your ind?}


    If I was going to do that, then I would have been stealing buildings since the start of the journey. I have standards, one of which being that the ce needs to be abandoned.


    {Ufufufu. So, if the ces you thought were interesting were also abandoned, then you would have taken them?}


    Absolutely. By the way, Im still on the lookout for any ruined or abandoned castles or forts. If I cant make it work out for the final product of the ind after its renovationster, then Ill just ce it somewhere else or repurpose its materials for the ind renovations.


    {While I doubt youll need the materials, you could always ce them somewhere else and we could use it as a vacation home.}


    True, but wouldnt we just need to change the scenery of our home for the same effect?


    {Yeah, but there are ces in the Divine Domain that you could never imagine in the mortal world that we cant make our home look like.}


    I didnt know that. Anyway, we can talk more about this at some other point. I have a tower to explore and an abandoned city to loot, I mean inspect for things that I can use for myself or the others.


    {Just say loot. Its not like anyone will be mad at you for taking stuff if its all been abandoned for hundreds of years.}


    Then loot awaits me.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Oh, is this the first abandoned city Luna gets to loot?


    Yeah.


    Grey: Good for her. The first abandoned city is always the most fun.


    Atmos: Now that I think about it, you did that a lot when you were a mortal. Though you also had a penchant for running into traps. I''ll never forget that one time you were chased out of an old, abandoned temple being chased by a boulder.


    Grey: For the record, I ran from the boulder for a bit, I could have destroyed it if I felt like it.


    Atmos: Hehehe.


    Order: Payto,e here.


    Coming.


    *Payto leaves the room*


    Atmos: Hey Grey.


    Grey: Hmm?


    Atmos: I''m gonna hug you now.


    Grey: What brought this on all of a sudden? Not that I''mining.


    Atmos: Just seeing Payto and Order being all close and stuff. Not to mention Luna and Tamamo.


    Grey: Wait, is this a roundabout way of you telling me you-


    Atmos: No. I am not hinting at anything like that. I do not want a baby and I won''t want one anytime in the near or far future. Do I want to be more intimate with you, yes, but I do not, in any way, want to have a kid.


    Grey: I just needed to make sure. I''m not ready for that either.


    Atmos: I know. That''s not saying I won''t change my mind one day, but for now or a few million millennia more.


    Grey: Good to know. Now, about that hug.


    Atmos: Get over here.

 Chapter 285: Everyones Separate Findings

    Chapter 285: Everyone''s Separate Findings


    [Luna POV]


    As I made my way to the tower in the center of the city I peeked into a few of the buildings along the way. Most of them were pretty much empty with some small items left behind here and there. Some of therger buildings which I assumed were nobles mansions had some wonderfully made pieces of art or some kind of pottery or metalwork, but nothing that I saw any value in. I did take any painting I found for Soleil, though. Once I was almost at the tower, I found a building that looked like arge music hall or some kind of theatre.


    Come to think of it, I remember looking into some of the music I heard when we first got to the crystal city and was surprised that the dwarves are the race that invented jazz in this world.


    I entered the building and after a quick look around the empty lobby, entered the main room. It was arge amphitheater-like structure with arge stage at the center of the room. I made my way to the stage and walked behind the faded curtains and actually found a lot of instrumentsying around. A lot of them were broken, but there were a few that could be repaired if brought to a specialist. I collected all of them regardless of their state before going back to looking around.


    {Luna, what are you going to do with all of those?}


    Have someone fix them and then teach myself to y if I ever get bored. Just imagine it, an entire orchestra made of illusory mes.


    {Well, if you ever want to be taught instead of self-taught, I can ask the God of Music if she can teach you.}


    If I ever get stuck, then we can do that.


    {Alright.}


    After that conversation, I continued to look around the ce before leaving after collecting a few more instruments. Several more minutes of walkingter, I arrived at the gate of the tower.


    Fufufu. Time to explore some more.


    [Soleil POV]


    Me and Velvet were currently looking around the part of the abandoned city that we assumed was either the shopping or entertainment district. We had just left another building that was full of old paper, dust, and rats.


    Hey Velvet, this is actually really fun, dont you think? (Soleil)


    Yeah. Kind of a shame we cant read any of the papers weve been picking up, but its still fun looking inside old buildings to see if we can find any treasure. (Velvet)


    Yeah, though its also kind of eerie. (Soleil)


    Hehehe. Are you a little scared, Soleil? (Velvet)


    Nope. Just because I said it was eerie doesnt mean Im scared. (Soleil)


    Aww. (Velvet)


    You know Id dive into your arms if you asked, right? I wouldnt need to be scared to do that. (Soleil)


    Yeah, but there is also a different kind of feeling when I ask you and when you do that without my prompting. (Velvet)


    Fair enough. (Soleil)


    Ooo. Lets look in that building next. (Velvet)


    I turned to look at the building Velvet was pointing at to see a three story building with some impressively carved columns in the front of it and a metal sign with more old dwarfish words carved into it. When we went inside, we could hear the scurrying of rats that were running from us when we opened the door. Arge cloud of dust was made when the door swung open and smaller poofs of dust were made after our every step.


    *Cough cough* So much dust. (Soleil)


    Ugh. I feel like Im about to sneezeAnd its gone. (Velvet)


    I hate that. (Soleil)


    Same. (Velvet)


    We walked up to a long desk and climbed over it. We checked every drawer behind the counter but came up with nothing but old inkwells and some quills that disintegrated when they were touched. We then went into one of the rooms in the back and foundrge bookcases filled with books.


    Nice. Into the bag you go, books. (Soleil)


    Ill take this side, you take the other. (Velvet)


    Yep yep. (Soleil)


    As we were throwing books into our storage bags I noticed a strange feeling in the room. I jumped straight back and as soon as I did, spectral hands sprouted from the floor, bookcase, and roof.


    Velvet. (Soleil)


    Ghosts or maybe wights. (Velvet)


    No big deal. (Soleil)


    I made several balls of purifying fox fire and attacked the hands with them. The hands seemed to shrivel up in pain before disappearingpletely.


    Be on guard in case more appear. (Velvet)


    Dont have to tell me twice. But its good to know that there are more things here than just rats and dead orcs and trolls. (Soleil)


    True. (Velvet)


    We went back to collecting everything we thought would be interesting or would give some kind of information, but this time we took it slow. We ran into a few more of our spectral friends but nothing a bit of fox fire couldnt take care of. After we cleared the entire building, we left in search for more loot.


    [Mio POV]


    Nya nya nyaaa nya nya nya NYA NYA. (Mio)


    What are you singing, Mio? (Fenrir)


    Im just saying nya in a singing way nya. (Mio)


    Hahaha. Well, it sounded like a song to me. Anyway, are you having fun? (Fenrir)


    Yep nya. There are so many things to find here nya. I havent gotten to do a lot of this since we stopped going into dungeons nya. Nyot that Imining about that nya. (Mio)


    Is there anything you hope to find? (Fenrir)


    Nyot really nya. Im just walking around in whatever direction I feel like nya. If I find something interesting nya, Ill go and check it out nya. (Mio)


    As I said that I saw a building that looked like one where people would store things for merchants. My senses were telling me that I would find the most glorious of treasures there, so I went over and entered the building.


    Once inside, my eyes went wide and a smile formed on my face.


    NYAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAHA! (Mio)


    I ran up and jumped. When Inded, I was inside a veryrge box. Once I made absolutely sure that the box was indeed a box, Iid on the ground and started to take a nap.


    Box nya. (Mio)


    Note to self: get as many boxes as I can fit in my home. (Fenrir)


    [Ophidia POV]


    While exploring the abandoned city, I was getting many strange feelings.


    *Sigh* (Ophidia)


    Whats wrong? (Skadi)


    Looking around this city is making me remember something from a long time ago. Its reminding me of the people I used to watch over before master came along. (Ophidia)


    In what way? (Skadi)


    Its the abandoned feeling of the city. The quiet streets, the empty buildings, the dead feeling of the ce. It makes me remember when the people I watched over started dying off. Once they were all gone, their cities were exactly like this one with the sole exception that these buildings havent started crumbling yet. (Ophidia)


    I see. (Skadi)


    Skadi walked closer to me and wrapped one of her arms around me and pulled me closer to her.


    Let me help by doing this. (Skadi)


    I hummed a reply and we continued walking. After passing by several streets, we came up to a gate that surrounded arge domed building. We went inside and found a ce literally overflowing with nature. In the center of the dome above us was arger version of the crystal torches that we saw a lot of in the tunnels between cities. There was also a dwarf-made river flowing through the room and trees, shrubs, and other nts growing everywhere. There were also vines climbing up the walls and roof and we could hear the sounds of insectsing from everywhere.


    Guess this is where the orcs got all of that wood they used. I can see ces where a lot of trees were cut down. (Ophidia)


    Yeah. Hey, I just got an idea. (Skadi)


    And that idea would be? (Ophidia)


    Hehe. (Skadi)


    Skadi grabbed my hand and started leading me through the ce like she owned it. We walked around until we found arge tree growing on a small ind in the middle of one of the waterways. We walked over the small bridge and sat down next to the tree. Its leaves were hanging down from the branches like silvery-green strings.


    Nowy your head down on myp. (Skadi)


    I did as she said andid down. She looked at me with a warn smile as she started running her fingers through my hair.


    Well sit here until you feel better. (Skadi)


    Her warm words and the sight of her smiling down at me made my heart race.


    Skadi, how is it that you make me keep falling in love with you? (Ophidia)


    I dont know. I just try my best to make you as happy as I can and help you out when you feel any way other than happy. (Skadi)


    I was just about to say something when I felt a rumblinging from underneath us. Figuring what was about to happen, a frown formed on my face. We both jumped up and away from the tree and the head of arge worm burst from the ground. It let out a screech and iled around, knocking the tree over and into the water.


    Tch. Stupid worm ruining the moment. Ill make sure you suffer. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, calm down. (Skadi)


    No can do, Skadi. This worm needs some punishment for this. (Ophidia)


    I cracked my knuckles and started walking back to the worm. When it noticed me approaching, it screeched again and started rapidly approaching me. Just before the worm came into contact with me I sidestepped and threw a punch. My fist sunk into the side of the worm but didnt pierce it. It went flying and only stopped after crashing through several more trees. I jumped over the river that was separating us and I grabbed it with both arms. I tried my best to use the worm as a whip, but since it was to big to do so easily, I instead went for something simpler. I started to spin around using a heel as a pivot before throwing the worm into the air.


    While it was air-born, I jumped and kicked it up. It flew higher before getting impaled on the light crystal on the roof. Inded on the ground underneath it and it slowly started sliding off the crystal. Once it did, it let out a weak shriek and just before its head hit the ground, I punched it again. I then used my space magic and punched the air beside me. My fist made contact with the worms head again and it flew back towards me. I continued to punch it back and forth until its head was nothing more than a mound of tenderized meat.


    Im still not satisfied. You ruined the whole atmosphere. Give me back my precious time with Skadi. (Ophidia)


    Hey, dont act like it killed me or something. (Skadi)


    I never implied that. But it ruined the moment AND the scenery. (Ophidia)


    Sure, me the damaged scenery on the worm and not the serpent that kept knocking it around. (Skadi)


    Hmph. (Ophidia)


    Hehehehehehe. (Skadi)


    I crossed my arms and was about to talk more when I saw a tree that escaped the worms rampage. It had some, things, growing on it that Id never seen before.


    Hey Skadi, what is that? (Ophidia)


    Hmm? (Skadi)


    She looked over to where I was pointing.


    I dont know. (Skadi)


    We both walked over to the tree and I picked up one of the things that was growing on it.


    Is it some kind of fruit you think? (Ophidia)


    Maybe? Want to bring some back to our partys culinary expert? (Skadi)


    Yeah. I have faith that master will be able to figure out what this is. (Ophidia)


    Then lets collect as much of this as we can. You know how Luna is after all. (Skadi)


    Yep. (Ophidia)


    We collected every funny tree fruit(?) we could find before leaving the domed building and heading back towards the inn we made our base. While on the way there, we could hear some sounds and see some shes of lighting from both the tower and another part of the city in the direction that Soleil and Velvet went.


    Seems like they are having fun. (Ophidia)


    Yeah. (Skadi)


    Should we go help them? (Ophidia)


    Theyll be fine. If they needed help, they would have let us know someway or another. (Skadi)


    True. (Ophidia)


    We continued to walk back to the inn, chatting all the way, my feelings from earlierpletely forgotten.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Gah!


    Order, I think I''m gonna go crazy. Our daughter is so cute that I can''t handle it.


    Order: I''m of the same opinion.


    Astraea: Gu! E...Eve.


    ...


    Order:...


    I am both happy and depressed now.


    Order: Same. Of all the things she could say for her first word, it has to be the start of the name of her Fated One.


    Well, at least she''s growing. Soon enough she''ll be talking our ears off.


    Order: Look at you taking this in stride.


    I''vee to terms with it, so I''m just going to be happy for Astraea. Won''t stop me from getting depressed about it, but happy for her all the same.


    Order: That''s all we can do as her parents, but don''t worry, we still have a while before she''s ready to leave us.


    Let''s make the most of it.

 Chapter 286: The Story of Velvet the Hero and Luna the Demon Lord

    Chapter 286: The Story of Velvet the Hero and Luna the Demon Lord


    [Velvet POV]


    After several hours of somewhat intense battling against wights and other spectral monsters that would pop up from time to time, Soleil and I eventually made it back to the inn that we made out base. Aside from Luna, everyone else seemed to be back. Mio wasying in arge box in the corner of the room and Skadi and Ophidia were looking through a pile of some kind of fruit(?) things.


    Is big sis not back yet? (Soleil)


    No. By the way, what was up with all the fighting soundsing from the area you two were in? There were someing from the tower as well. (Skadi)


    There were a lot of wights and other ghost type monsters where we went that started appearing after a while. Did you guys not run into any? (Velvet)


    Nope. We ran into a stupid worm, but thats it. (Ophidia)


    All I did was nyap when I found this nyice box nya. (Mio)


    As I was about to say something, I started to hear Lunas voice with an unnecessary echoy flourish added to it.


    <em>Foolish trespassers. You dare sully my city with your presence. Come to the tower where I will dole out your punishments personally. </em>(Luna)


    We all stood or sat there in silence for several minutes.


    Is this the part where we y along nya? (Mio)


    Knowing big sis, then yes. (Soleil)


    Lets head out then. We dont want her to be grumpy for us not ying along. (Velvet)


    Eh, shell be fine if we dont. Shell be grumpy for a few hours, yes, but thats about it. (Soleil)


    Well, lets y along for a bit. If anything this promises to be somewhat entertaining. (Ophidia)


    The Apostles have spoken. Lets go, Mio. (Skadi)


    Nya nya. (Mio)


    We all left the inn and made our way towards the tower. Once we made our way past the inner wall, the scenery changed. The tower was surrounded by dark clouds and silver shes of lightning and there was some sort of barely audible music that could be heard.


    Shes going all out with this, isnt she? (Skadi)


    Would you expect anything less? Its master were talking about here. (Ophidia)


    True. (Skadi)


    We continued to make light of the situation that would seempletely ominous to anyone that didnt know Luna well as we approached the looming tower. When we reached the gate and doors, they opened up themselves apanied by the sounds of metal scraping against metal. When we were all fully inside, they shut with loud nging sounds and thunder rolled as lightning shed and the music in the background hit a high note.


    How theatric. (Velvet)


    Yeah. (Soleil)


    As soon as we passed the threshold of the tower, we were all swallowed by an intense light and when it died down, it looked like we were wearingpletely different clothes. Skadi had some extremelyrge, heavy looking te armor that shone in an almost incandescent silver and an equallyrge sword strapped to her back. Ophidia was wearing some strange kind of dress that had no sleeves and hadrge slits starting at her waists all the way down her legs that were probably there for movement reasons. Her fists were covered with some kind of gauntlets that were just as shiny as Skadis armor.


    Soleil was wearing a pitch-ck robe that covered everything and a giant pointed hat that was just as ck as the robe. She also had arge wooden staff with arge green orb on the end in her hands. Mio was wearing some form-fitting ck clothes, dark knives strapped to her belt, thighs, and arms, a dark hood and half-mask that covered her mouth and nose, and wrapped around her neck was a ck scarf that ended just above her lower back. I was wearing some shiny silver armor that shone in a rainbow light depending on how the light hit it. I had a red cape that reached all the way down to my ankles and the sword that was strapped to my hip had a gaudy, impractical hilt in an overly ornamented scabbard.


    Well this is something. (Soleil)


    I knyow this is just illusory clothes nya, but they feel somehow fitting nya. Like I could actually see myself wearing something like this nya. (Mio)


    I could get used to seeing Ophidia dressed like that. Its quite nice. (Skadi)


    Eh, I dont really like it. Yes, it seems easy to move in, but I feel veryopen. (Ophidia)


    I feel the same. I cant really see out of this helmet. And I dont like how it echoes in here when I talk and breathe. Plus, even if its an illusion, it feels almost suffocatingand now those problems are gone. Thanks Luna. (Skadi)


    <em>No problem. If anyone else is having some small problems with their getup, say it and Ill adjust the illusion. </em>(Luna)


    This hat keeps falling over my eyes and the robes are a bit too long, so I feel like Im going to trip. (Soleil)


    And this armor is a bit stiff in the elbow and waist area, so I cant really bend my arms or turn well. (Velvet)


    <em>There and there. How about now? </em>(Luna)


    Good. (Soleil)


    Perfect. (Velvet)


    <em>Now, lets resume. And sorry for the abruptness, this is all a spur of the moment thing that I wanted to do, so for ying along, Ill treat you all to some good foodter. </em>(Luna)


    With thatst statement, we all became fired up to go along with whatever Luna had nned from this point onward. We walked through the tower slowly as we observed everything. The architecture matched most of the rest of the city, especially the parts of the inner wall, while also being extremely decorated with murals of scenery that none of us have ever seen. Some depictedndscapes with beautify manors built in mountain havens with waterfalls falling around them. Others depictedrge castles built into the sides of mountains with prospering towns built below them. One that really caught my eye was a forest of white trees that had golden leaves and homes connected by bridges built onto them.


    Are these murals real or part of the illusion? (Soleil)


    These feel like part of the illusion. But then again, Luna is so good at making them that I cant be absolutely sure. Honestly, Im d shes our friend because shes such a hard opponent to fight. (Skadi)


    Yeah. Being a demigod aside, if all she had was a ton of mana and this level of mastery over illusions, Id give up any chance of winning against her in a fight. I mean really, its scary when you think that she could easily make someone question what is and isnt reality with illusion magic of this level. (Ophidia)


    Speaking of that nya, Soleil, dont you also have illusion magic nya? (Mio)


    I do, but I find it hard to use well. I cant really exin why, but it just is for me. (Soleil)


    <em>Its because you focus too much on the details. If all youre doing is making a quick illusion meant to throw someone off, then there is no need to make it extremely detailed. Like if you are using it in the heat of battle, you really only need to have a general idea of what you want and, most of the time, the one on the receiving end will either not notice or ignore the inconsistencies which will give you the desired result. Same with other times as well. As long as you have most of the bigger details right, then the other person will normally be fooled. The only reason my illusions are like they are, is due to being reincarnated and my infinite mana letting me keep them up for as long as I want and making them pretty much as real as I want. </em>(Luna)


    I guess thats what happens when I have painting as a hobby. Its kind of the opposite of illusions after all. (Soleil)


    Not really. They have their differences, obviously, but painting is simr as well. Just like illusions, you picture something and then give it form. One is temporary while the other willst until some outside influence does something to it. (Skadi)


    I never thought of it that way. (Soleil)


    Lets continue thister, were about to arrive. (Velvet)


    We stopped walking when we encountered tworge doors. They gave off a somewhat intimidating feeling like we were about to face a challenging battle.


    This feels like were about to enter a boss room in a dungeon. (Ophidia)


    As we were about to open the doors, words started to float in front of them with a note saying that I should read them out loud.


    My friends andrades, after our long, difficult journey, weve finally made it. Now all we need to do is defeat the Evil Demon Lord, Luna to save the world and bring peace. This will be our hardest battle yet, so resolve yourselves to even give your life so that we can win. Now, lets go. (Velvet)


    I could feel my face burning in embarrassment as I read those word and I could tell the others were stifling theirughter.


    <em>Ok yeah, Im sorry for putting you through that, Velvet. That whole thing sounded way less cringy in my head. Heck, even I feel embarrassed for even thinking it up. So, what we are all going to do is proceed and forget this little event never happened. For Velvets sake since she is the one I asked to read it. </em>(Luna)


    Pfft. Yeah, Ill try. (Skadi)


    Sorry, Velvet, that was really funny. (Soleil)


    Nyahaha. (Mio)


    Hahaha. (Ophidia)


    In order to escape from this situation, I kicked the doors as hard as I could and they flew open. Cold mist flowed out around our feet and we entered a room that seemedrger than should be possible in the tower. It was decorated withrge ck and red banners with some random emblem looking picture on them,rge windows that let inrge beams of moonlight, a long red carpet leading all the way to the back of the room where arge, ornate throne stood. Sitting on that throne was Luna in dark, dress-like clothes. All of her tails were visible and syed out behind her and she sat cross-legged on the throne with a bored look in her glowing silver eyes. That look sent chills down my spine as it looked like she was actually about to hand down some kind of punishment. Overall, the atmosphere of the room was intimidating yet captivating.


    Youve all finally arrived, heroes. For the crime of trespassing in my city and killing my minions, I shall hand down your punishments. I am, however, a benevolent ruler. I will give you all a choice; join me and I will forgive all your past transgressions. If you decide to refuse my offer, then all that awaits you is death. So choose, oh brave heroes, will you betray all that you stand for to join your mortal enemy, or die by my hand while maintaining your dignity as heroes? (Luna)


    The room fell silent as even the music in the background stopped. I looked into Lunas eyes and saw myriad emotions in them. Most of those emotions were embarrassment with an equal amount of expectation for our answer. I rolled my eyes but, remembering the promise of good food after this, stepped forward.


    Let me ask you this before I give my answer. What do we stand to gain from joining you? (Velvet)


    An unconceble smile spread across Lunas face for a second before she went back to her stern expression. She made a thinking expression for a moment before answering.


    I will give you all three meals a day, several breaks, and as much entertainment and excitement as you can possibly handle. Not to mention that you will never have to worry about money again and you will not be held to any restricting standards like formal events or stuffy expectations from people everywhere. The title of hero is but a shackle for you who have be strong that those in power have ced on you to keep you in check. By joining me, you will be freed from that burden. (Luna)


    Do we also get nyap times nya? (Mio)


    Of course. (Luna)


    Im in nya. (Mio)


    Same. (Skadi)


    Ill ept as well. (Ophidia)


    Me too. (Soleil)


    Everyone then turned their gazes to me.


    Of course Im epting. (Velvet)


    Fufufufufu. Very well. I wee you all with open arms. (Luna)


    Once Lunas words were done, we all heard a disembodied voicee from nowhere.


    [And so, the heroes decided to join the demon lord. After this, they world went through an age of upheaval that ultimately led to a longsting age of piece and prosperity under the rule of Luna and her heropanions. They conquered thends of the ones that sent the heroes where they learned that they truly were used by those rulers and were set to be killed once they returned. While the people of thosends looked upon the heroes with scorn at first, over time they came to find that they were treated much better under the demon lord than they ever were under their previous rulers. As the ages passed, the heroes and demon lord were recorded in the annals of history as great beings that ended an era of oppression and brought about a golden age.]


    As the voice faded, the room did as well. When everything disappeared, we found ourselves standing in a much smaller room covered in bookshelves, tables, and desks. Luna made her way over to us whileughing.


    Fufufufufu. Ahahahahahahahahaha! Thanks for ying along until the end. As promised, Ill cook up some of my best ingredients, so I hope you are all hungry. After that, Ill talk about what I found. (Luna)


    We all let out happy cheers as we left the tower.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraes: Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha!


    Well, at least she enjoyed that.


    Tamamo: True. Though I feel bad for Luna. She was constantly saying how embarrassed she was when she was speaking.


    Grey: Well, it was pretty cringy. I bet this will be one of those memories that keeps her from falling asleep in the future.


    Atmos: Eh, we all have some of those.


    Order: Yep.


    Tamamo: Well, I''ll be there to get her mind off of those thoughts, so she''ll be fine.


    Does nobody feel bad for Velvet? She also participated with equally as cringy lines.


    Atmos: I figured that was something that we all just had a silent agreement on.


    Astraea: Dada...dumb.


    ...


    Order: Pfft.


    Grey: Gahahahahahahahahaha!


    Tamamo: Ufufufufufufu.


    Atmos: Ahahahahahahahahahahahaha!

 Chapter 287: Finishing up in the Abandoned City

    Chapter 287: Finishing up in the Abandoned City


    [Luna POV]


    After getting back to the inn that was our temporary base, I cooked up a feast to thank the others for ying along and to hopefully get them to forget all the cringy things that I said and made Velvet say. Once I handed out all the food and sat down, we started eating while I exined what I found.


    I managed to find several interesting things in the tower, one of which was some kind of cursed orb that summoned a wraith and several more spectral undead that proceeded to attack me. Though at some point in the middle of that a lot of the other undead ran somewhere else for some reason. Anyway, once I dealt with all of the undead, I smashed the orb after picking it up. The stupid thing tried to erode my mind, after all, and then I explored the rest of the tower. I found several library like ces with a lot of old books and scrolls but I was too afraid to touch them since they werent really stored well. The ones that I managed to pick up without the fear of deterioration didnt reveal a lot, but still enough for me to get a somewhat good idea of what this ce was. (Luna)


    I stopped for a bit to take a few bites of food before continuing.


    First off, this ce is the city that came up with the ballista that lined the walls of the crystal city. I found what I believe are the prototype ns for them. Also, this ce was abandoned due to that cursed orb I found. It was something someone found in a dungeon and gifted to the ruler of the city. They thought it was just a pretty jewel but in time it started to erode the minds of those that were always close to it. Things happened over time and, in his or herst bout of sanity, the ruler of the city told all the citizens to leave. They kept all those who were affected by the curse close and eventually they all died, became spectral undead, and were confined to the tower where they protected the orb. Now, most of this is just my spection since there wasnt really much information to be gleamed from the rambling scratches that were written all over the room with the orb. (Luna)


    Hmm. I wonder why several of them ran somewhere else? (Skadi)


    Yeah, they were a pain to deal with. Not in the power sense, but the number. Id take fighting countless orcs to that many spectral undead. (Soleil)


    Yeah, and Soleil had it easy. I managed, but it was definitely a pain. (Velvet)


    It probably had something to do with you being a kitsune, Soleil. The wraith kept rambling about something, something a kitsunes soul is good for something. Complete nonsense ording to Tamamo, but still. (Luna)


    Oh, I think I remember something about that from a long time ago. I remember some old child bedtime stories my father would tell me that said that if you ever saw a kitsune, you would be blessed with good fortune and that their souls held the key to prosperity or divinity or buried libraries guarded byrge owls or something like that. (Skadi)


    Now that I think about it, that mysterious old elfdy said something simr to me when I first met her. (Luna)


    How have I never heard any of these kinds of stories before? Youd think as a kitsune, wed hear at least a few of them. (Soleil)


    Now that you mention it, I wonder why I never heard any of these before either. I mean, when I think about it, I was never really told any bedtime stories, even before I told everyone about me being reincarnated. Soleil is different since I always told some to her and Im sure ke and Ana did as well. But not once have I heard any of these kitsune stories. (Luna)


    {Thats because they havergely been forgotten over time. The only reason you even learned of these is because someone that is really old told you about it.}


    True, but with the amount of long-lived races in this world, Id think itd be harder to forget things like this. (Luna)


    Not the case, actually. The older people get, the more selective their memories be. Exceptions like gods, demigods, Apostles, and spirits aside, when people with long lives get that old, the things they deem unimportant kind of just slip away from their memory until something either makes them remember or they feel like reminiscing for one reason or another. (Skadi)


    If thats the case, then why do I still have trouble remembering things sometimes? (Luna)


    No idea. Ive never really had a problem like that, so I cant say. Though if you want my opinion, its probably because you are someone that became a demigod from a mortal. (Skadi)


    But I have two Apostles that were mortal, Velvet excluded, so shouldnt they also have the same issue? (Luna)


    Like I said, that was just my opinion. I never said or implied that it was the case. (Skadi)


    {For the record, I have no idea either. This isnt really my area of expertise. I can give mostly general knowledge and other things depending on the situation or circumstances.}


    Moving on, master, Skadi and I found some weird nt stuff you might be interested in. (Ophidia)


    While still chewing on a piece of meat, Ophidia rolled something over to me. I picked it up, appraised it, and smiled.


    Show me where you got this tomorrow. Id like to get a seed or cutting of the nt that produced this. (Luna)


    What is it? (Skadi)


    The ingredient I needed to make those cookies from that recipe that you found. Ill make someter. (Luna)


    The conversation then turned to Velvet and Soleil as they talked about what they found on their excursion before they were so rudely interrupted by undead. Most of the things they found were ledgers, inventory lists, information pertaining to people and money, and several other things youd find in a merchants office or a bank. They also found some more recipes for both alchemy, cooking, and brewing. I asked about what Mio found, but she was already fast asleep in her new box.


    After we all finished our meal, I went and made a batch of those cookies which everyone loved and then we all went to bed. We spent several more days in the citybing over ces we didnt look through. I also got several seeds of the cocoa trees to ntter. On ourst day in the city, I went up and put the tower and the inner wall of the city into my inventory before we all teleported back to the tunnel where we initially fell from. Before we left that area, we discussed what to do about the holes that were made and decided that we would block off the spot with the hole with some of my ice magic. I made arge chunk of ice that wouldnt melt for a long time and blocked up the hole until we could tell someone about it. We then moved on.


    You know, Im surprised no once else fell into that while we were down there. I mean we spent like, a week down there and I doubt this tunnel didnt have any travelerse through it in that time. (Luna)


    Its not like people are that dumb, Luna. Only crazy people and us would willingly jump into a hole that led to somewherepletely unknown. (Velvet)


    I like how you made the distinction that we arent also crazy. (Ophidia)


    I feel like were on the more sensible side of the crazy. (Velvet)


    Ill agree to that. Out of a lot of crazy people that Ive met, everyone in this group is among the more sensible ones. Not the most, mind you, but still a close second or third. And by the way, out of everyone here, Mio and Velvet are the ones at the top of this groups sensibility list. (Skadi)


    What about me? I feel like Im sensible. (Soleil)


    You were raised by an otherworlder and grew up next to a reincarnator. You use magic in a way that hasnt been seen in a long time, and you casually dismiss the randomness and outrageousness of almost every one of Lunas actions. (Skadi)


    I-I wish I could deny any of that, but I cant. (Soleil)


    Sorry to interrupt, but how far are we from the capital of the country? (Ophidia)


    Hmmm. ording to the map, if we keep a normal person pace, another three weeks of walking. If we go at a semi-normal pace for us, we can shorten that time by a week and a half. If we let loose and go on with folding space and no more detours, the time is shortened by two weeks, maybe two and a half. (Luna)


    If we go with thest option nya, I call the spot on Lunyas tail nya. (Mio)


    Ill ride on her arm like usual. (Ophidia)


    Ill take the spot on her head. (Soleil)


    (Luna)


    What nya? Its nyot like we can allfortably grab onto your arms to walk and fold space nya. (Mio)


    Nothing. I just feel like some kind of transportation now. (Luna)


    So its decided were travelling by folding space now? (Velvet)


    Seems like it. Now, everyone take your ces so we can get this journey back on track. (Luna)


    Mio, Soleil, and Ophidia transformed into their other forms and went to their respective ces while Velvet and Skadi grabbed onto my arms and we set off on our journey to the dwarven capital.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Evelyn!


    Evelyn: Astraea!


    Why is this so adorable? It''s like all the cuteness in all of existence has been condensed in front of us.


    Order: It is absolutely adorable.


    Crisis: I agree. I''m almost speechless.


    Mordred: Haha. This sense of pride I feel is wonderful. Like, I can''t describe this feeling really well, but it''s there all the same.


    And it''s going to get even worse since they are going to hit their first growth spurts in the next few days. After that, they''ll be able to run around a lot more.


    Crisis: Kukuku. I can''t wait. I''ll finally be able to teach Evelyn stuff.


    Order: Guess I''ll have to start teaching Astraea how to handle that then.


    ...What can I teach Astraea? She''s not ready to know how to...*starts a rant of mumbling*


    Mordred: Guess I''ll teach Evelyn stuff about blood since that is one of her Authorities, not that I know that much outside of how it tastes.

 Side Chapter 23: Meeting of the Gods

    Side Chapter 23: Meeting of the Gods


    On the peak of one of the mountains in Tamamos area in the divine domain a circr table was set up with Tamamo sitting in one of the seats as she waited for the others. After several minutes, several shed of light lit the area as the participants of this meeting arrived.


    [Tamamo POV]


    {Wee everyone and thank you foring to this impromptu meeting.}


    Ooo. Its been a while since Ive seen you acting all formal, Tamamo. Not that I get why youre acting that way since we all know how you usually are. (Atmos)


    Atmos, this is the proper way for someone to act when you call people to a meeting like this. (Gear)


    Hohoho. Loosen up, Gear. You could learn a thing or two from Atmoss always casual attitude. (Crate)


    Hmph. I can say the same about you, brother. There is a time and ce to be casual and this is one of those times where you need to be serious. (Gear)


    Can the two of you hold off from having the same argument youve had for who knows how long untilter? Were here to listen to what Tamamo has to say. (Quetz)


    Yes. While its good to see the two of you are still lively, this isnt the time for this. (Java)


    Oh, hey Java, its been a while. (Atmos)


    Hello Atmos. (Java)


    Grey asked me to thank you for your most recent shipment of coffee to him and to say hes sorry he hasnt been able to thank you in person recently. Hes been busy dealing with the S-rank adventurers that came back from the fiennds. (Atmos)


    Ive told him before that he doesnt need to always thank me in person, but Ill ept his thanks all the same. (Java)


    Anyway, shall we get to what we were actually called here for now? And Tamamo, speak up some or else everyone else will just start doing their own thing and get lost in it. (Quetz)


    {I would, but were still missing one person.}


    Tch. (Gear)


    Gear, stop holding people to your standards, otherwise, youll only ever be disappointed. Not everyone can be as punctual as you. (Crate)


    Ill concede on that point, this time. (Gear)


    Hohoho. (Crate)


    Everyone then took their seat as they continued to chat. About ten minutester another sh of light appeared and a god wearing ck pants, a white button-up shirt appeared. He had grey hair and eyes with a perpetually tired look to them. He walked over to thest free seat and slumped into it while letting out a long sigh. Before I had a chance to speak, Java slid over a mug of steaming coffee to the newest arrival. When the mug stopped in front of him, he perked up enough to drink a few sips.


    Thanks Java, I needed this. (Stadia)


    Hoh? Well, well, well, its been a while Stadia. How has the status system been running? (Crate)


    Same as thest time you asked me that. Though with the update that I pushed a few years ago, Ive actually had some free time here and there. To think moving to a letter rating scale would make things run so much smoother. (Stadia)


    I then cleared my throat and stood from my seat.


    {Wee to my home God of Creation: Crate, God of Time: Gear, Goddess of Fate, Mischief, and Baking: Atmos, God of Statuses: Stadia, Goddess of the Sun, Day, and the West, and God of Coffee: Java. I, Goddess of the Moon, Night, and Gravity: Tamamo, thank you all for attending this meeting. Now, with introductions out of the way, I will get straight to the point. I need help from all of you, though I feel like the one that will actually be able to help with this problem is either Crate or Stadia. Anyway, the topic of this meeting is my wife and future Goddess of Space, Stars, and Fluff: Luna. Specifically, her leveling progress.}


    Whats wrong with her leveling, young Tamamo? (Crate)


    {Its stagnated in a sense. As you all know, she has my divine protection and that it gives her many benefits with the demerit of making her level slower. This is the problem. Before I called this meeting, I asked her what level she was, and she told me she was at level 76. At this point she basically needs to eradicate either several mythical level monsters or nearly entire ecosystems of monsters to get any meaningful exp. I know that this sounds like Im making a selfish request out of impatience or something of the like, and I wont deny that that is one of my reasons for calling this meeting, but the bigger issue is that for her to level up to level 100 and ascend, shell need to basically genocide severalrge ecosystems. We all know that that is something that cant happen. I know I dont have the power to change this, so I called a meeting of the top gods in order to get any ideas on what to do or if there is anything I even can do.}


    Hmm. Ill start off with probably the easiest suggestion. Why not just tell Luna to go dungeon hopping? Sure, itll slow her down somewhat since shell need to travel to a lot of them at least once, but shell be able to teleport to them after that, and since she is the demigod with the partial Authority of Space, she can easily teleport to the boss floors to kill the dungeon bosses over and over until she levels to the desired level. (Atmos)


    {That is an option, but its also boring, and you know that a bored Luna isnt a good thing. Of course, if there is nothing that can help with this problem, Ill suggest that to her as ast resort.}


    What about golden apples? Doesnt eating one of those give people levels? (Quetz)


    They only give one level to one person one time. If they did any more, then the dragons would rule the world since they are the guardians of the golden apples. (Crate)


    Oh. Guess Ive been running on outdated information. (Quetz)


    Have you been too preupied studying those ruins you like so much? (Java)


    For the most part. I mean its not like I have that much else to do since my Authorities arent that difficult to maintain. (Quetz)


    You should get out more, Quetz. Come over to my ce sometime and share a cup of coffee with me. (Java)


    Oh. A-alright. (Quetz)


    {Good for you, Quetz, but can we get back on topic?}


    Ah, my apologies, Tamamo. I should have saved that for after the meeting. (Java)


    Hmmm. I apologize, but I cant think of anything to help here, Tamamo. Its not like I can do anything with my Authority that wont cause some other problems. (Gear)


    {I understand, but thank you for trying to think of something, Gear.}


    Mm. (Gear)


    I looked at Crate, Java, and Stadia since they havent said anything rted to this yet. Of these three, Java was the first to speak.


    Im afraid Im in the same situation as Gear, only my Authority is utterly useless for this type of problem. Unless you want her to stop sleeping entirely in order to hunt, then I cant really give any good advice. (Java)


    {She wouldnt be affected by your coffee anyway. She like drinking it for the taste though.}


    Then, and I dont mean to be disrespectful, why did you even invite me to this meeting? (Java)


    {Ive heard from Luna that gathering several people that arentpletely rted to the problem to have a discussion on said problem can help give more insight into things.}


    I see. Then Im sorry for not being able to do that. (Java)


    {No need to apologize for that.}


    Before the two of us ended up in an endless loop, Crate spoke up.


    Young Tamamo, while I can make several things that can remedy or even eradicate the problem entirely, I want to ask if Young Luna would even ept my help in the first ce. (Crate)


    {It would take some convincing from me, but eventually she would. She can be stubborn about the weirdest things, so it would take a little time.}


    Crate, hold off for a bit before you do something like that. I might also have a solution. (Stadia)


    {And what would that be?}


    I just need to update the system again. First to amodate your promotion to a god in the number one position. That will have some benefits that effect your divine protection. Like, lessen demerits or something since you are in such a high position or whatever if you want an excuse for it. Another reason that I cane up with is to speed up her ascension a little bit so that she can take over for the Space spirits. Ive heard that theyve been almost as overworked as me recently, so the faster she takes over for them, they can finally get a break. There is also the fact that I can, as the mortal saying goes, open the floodgates for space magic to be moremon. Although I dont like to admit that my system has problems, it makes things run less efficiently when I have to keep tight reigns on certain affinities. I mean, I cantpletely take away the demerit from the system, but I can reduce it from 4x to something like 2x. And if she is still stubborn about epting help in this form, then just tell her that it was a decision made by a group vote to speed up the ascension of the Goddess of Space and whatever her other Authorities are. (Stadia)


    Hohoho. Thats a better idea than what I would have done, Young Stadia. I was just going to make a potion of something that would give her levels or some kind of object that would increase her level when she does a specific thing, or maybe O could have gone with creating some creatures that she could kill that would give her so much exp that it would bypass the demerit with the stiption that this method could only be used on the full moon when shees here. (Crate)


    Why would you add that stiption? (Atmos)


    Because I can. Why do you always cause mischief? Because you like to. Its as simple as that. (Crate)


    {Stadia, how long would this update take to make?}


    Not long. Its something that only changes a part of the system that goes practically unused, so if you give me like, a mortal world week itll be done. Its not like thest update that affected all living beings on the world. (Stadia)


    {Then Ill ask you to go forward with this. Shall we say I owe you one for this?}


    Doesnt matter to me. Its not like Id ever cash in this favor in the first ceActually, maybe I will. How about this, if I do this for you, will you get one of those other kitsune goddesses to leave me alone? Shes always showing up whenever she feels like,zes around like she owns the ce, and leaves hair from her tails all over the ce when she leaves. Ive tried getting her to stop myself, but she refuses to listen to me. Shes always saying stuff like am I still ying hard to get or whatever! What does that even mean!? Just leave me be to do my job! Im already busy, I cant take the time to talk to you! (Stadia)


    Um, didnt you say youve recently had time to take breaks? (Quetz)


    I meant that in the sense that I can take at most five minutes to rest my eyes. After that its right back to work. (Stadia)


    {Im starting to pity her even more. The other three no change, but her specifically yes.}


    I think you should talk to Luna about not going forward with the n in regards to that one specifically. Like you said, no change for the other three, but she is a separate case. (Atmos)


    {Yes. Ill do thatter.}


    Well, with that decided, is there anything else that needs to be discussed, or is this meeting adjourned? (Gear)


    {Unless anyone else has something to bring up while all of us are present, then thats it.}


    I looked around at everyone, but nobody raised their hand. I stood up again and officially closed the meeting.


    {Thank you all for taking the time toe here. If any of you need anything from me, I will happily amodate you to the best of my abilities and within reason.}


    We all said our goodbyes as the others left. Once the light from their departure faded, I noticed Atmos was still here.


    {Something up, Atmos?}


    No. I just decided to stay for a bit and visit. Im up to date on what Luna has been up to, but not you. You donte to our mutual friends ce as much anymore. (Atmos)


    {Ive just been preupied is all.}


    Thats understandableNo, no, no, no. Ugh, why!? WHY!? WHY DO YOU MORTALS ALWAYS HAVE TO MESS WITH STUFF YOU ARENT SUPPOSED TO!? ITS LIKE YOURE ALL ATTRACTED TO MAKING THINGS DIFFICULT FOR YOURSELVES CONSTANTLY! (Atmos)


    {Whats going on!?}


    Its the dwarves. Theyve dug too greedily and too deep. They better pray that Luna is able to fix this. (Atmos)


    {What. Happened. Atmos.}


    Theyve dug so deep that they freed the only existing Divine Beast. (Atmos)


    {IdiotsWait, you mean the Cerberus?}


    Yep. The one and only Divine Beast in this world. (Atmos)


    {Im going to go warn Luna now.}


    You do that. (Atmos)


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Why do mortals have to be so stupid?


    Cause they are? I don''t know.


    Order: I''m more confused as to why a Divine Beast is in the mortal world. Isn''t that against some rule?


    The Cerberus is an anomaly. It was born from the Ether of this world and has a partial earth Authority. No, not even partial. Suffice it to say, it''s basically a demigod. And to answer why nobody has gone to bring it to the divine domain in all the years that it''s been alive, they can''t. Even if I allowed someone to descend to do so, they wouldn''t be able to bring it back to the divine domain. It''s literally an immovable object.


    Order: And why is that?


    It''s tied to the Ether. Move the Cerberus and you disrupt the flow of Ether. It''s like...what was it that mortals have? That thing that gets cut after birth.


    Order: Umbilical cord?


    That. Since it was born from Ether, it get''s it''s vital sustenance from the Ether. Naturally, it can sever this connection on it''s own and we''d be able to bring it to the divine domain, but it''s never shown any intention of doing so.


    Fenrir: Then why is it bad that the dwarves have found it?


    Because it''s territorial. Very territorial.


    Order: I''m also assuming that it lives near an Ether source. Am I correct?


    Oh no. The way it was born is the same way a dungeon is. Connected to Ether, but nowhere near a source of it. Hmmm. Let me put it this way, if a dungeon is has a 99.9% chance of forming, a Divine Beast is thatst 0.1%. Going by the age of this world, it''s been very lucky that this is the only Divine Beast to evere into existence.


    Fenrir: Are Divine Beasts such bad things?


    Depends on the what it is. Some are helpful, some are dangerous. For example, there was a world that had a Divine Beast spawn in the form of a wolf. That wolf shared the same name as you, Fenrir, and it ended up devouring the entire world it was born on before devouring itself. And when I say the whole world, I mean pantheon and Ether included. Though I will say this much, the Cerberus in this world has no such abilities and is actually on the more peaceful side.


    Fenrir: Then why is it attacking the dwarves?


    Again, it''s very territorial and bad in the mornings, like most people are.


    Order: So basically it''s just half asleep right now.


    Pretty much.


    Astraea: Waaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaaah!!!!!!!!


    Speaking of grumpy in the morning. I''ll take care of her this time, Order.


    Order: Thanks.

 Chapter 288: Quick! A New Event has Begun

    Chapter 288: Quick! A New Event has Begun


    [Luna POV]


    We were continu-


    {Luna, this isnt the time for that little monologue that you have a habit of doing all the time. You need to speed it up as much as you can. The dwarf capital is in danger and you and Skadi are the two that are able to handle it really. No offence to the rest of you, but this is a demigod level threat.}


    Luna, full speed ahead. Velvet, Im gonna carry you. The rest of you hold on with all your might and dont let go. (Skadi)


    Skadi then picked Velvet up and held her over her shoulder and we started running as fast as we could. The scenery around us became a blur and I asked Tamamo to exin the situation in more detail.


    {Ill leave that to Atmos since she is the one that learned of this first.}


    Hey, its me. The dwarves were stupid, as mortals tend to be, and dug too deep into one of their mines. They hit a small cavern where the only Divine Beast in the world resided and woke it up. Now that Divine Beast is going on a rampage and willpletely destroy the dwarven capital if its not forced to retreat back to its home. (Atmos)


    <em>Whats a Divine Beast? </em>(Skadi)


    I cant divulge that much about it, but its basically an animal demigod. Thats about as much as I can divulge to you, though Luna is qualified to learn more, just not at this moment. Same goes for you, Skadi, if you decide to take your mothers ce one day. But for now, thats all I can say about its origins. (Atmos)


    <em>Then give us the specifics of the animal itself. You can do that, right? Itd be nice to know what kind of thing were going to be fighting after all. </em>(Luna)


    Its called Cerberus. Giant three headed dogs. Has powerful earth magic that is almost at the level of a partial Authority. Stats Im not too sure about but youll be able to check when you see it. Mostly uses golems it makes with magic to attack things though it will fight itself if pushed into a corner, like most animals. Oh, and though I cant say why, its also currently unkible. Thats why I said get it to retreat. (Atmos)


    <em>That makes things a lot harder, Atmos. If we cant kill it, then what do you suggest we do to get it to retreat? </em>(Skadi)


    I dont know, I cant see its Fate, so I cant give any advice on this. (Atmos)


    <em>Where is its exact location? </em>(Luna)


    Currently deep in a mine about a two day walk from the dwarf capital. At your current speed, youll get there by tomorrow morning if you dont stop. Though by the time you get there, youll probably meet it as ites out of the mine. (Atmos)


    <em>Then I guess its time to bust out the ster magic. Skadi, get ready cause youre about to start going even faster. </em>(Luna)


    She nodded and I opened two small domains and made them float around the two of us. I then used my ster magic to give the two of us a speed buff. Since this was pure ster magic and not the talisman version, it was more effective and the both of us felt our speed increase severalfold.


    <em>What a rush. ETA for us now, Atmos? </em>(Skadi)


    Three hours. Luna, that is some potent magic. I can see a lot of fun things happening with it in the future. (Atmos)


    *Smack*


    Oi, Tamamo, what was that for? (Atmos)


    {You know very well itll only be that potent with Luna and Soleil. Also, dont do what I know you are thinking of doing.}


    Tch. Stopped before I even started. (Atmos)


    We ran while ignoring Atmoss usual antics and an hourter we entered arge cavern. While I would have loved to stop and see what it was like, since we were currently in a hurry, we continued on.


    Luna, I understand that everything around you probably looks like a blur, but if I were you, Id avoid any glowing blue spots. While it wont hurt you too much, itll be a bit ufortable and the others probably wont survive. (Atmos)


    I didnt respond and just focused on my surroundings a bit more. Ahead of us were several strings of glowing blue something so I preemptively froze the area in front of us.


    <em>Skadi, try to be careful but maintain this speed. </em>(Luna)


    <em>I know. </em>(Skadi)


    We passed by those spots I froze just for us to starting across a lot of ces like that. I continued freezing these spots before we got to them and soon enough I started noticing shiny bronzish things here and there.


    {Luna, Skadi, youre close to the city now. Veer to the right some so you dont run right through it.}


    We did as Tamamo said and veered to the right until she told us to stop. We passed by what I assumed were the walls of the city soon after.


    <em>That was close. </em>(Skadi)


    <em>Yeah. Hey, Soleil, Mio, Ophidia, you three alright? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Im fine, master. Im more worried about Mio since shes the one holding onto your tail. </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>Im fine nya. For some reason Ive kinda sunk into your tail nya. Its very warm nya. I could get used to this feeling nya. </em>(Mio)


    <em>Wait, can I store things in my tails? Ive never tried to, but maybe I can. </em>(Luna)


    I wonder. Seems fun if you can. But test that outter, you have more pressing issues at the moment. (Atmos)


    <em>Soleil, would you like to do whatever Mio is so youre not in danger of flying off my head? </em>(Luna)


    <em>I did that a while ago, big sis. And Mio is right, its superfortable in here. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Alright. Velvet, how are you doing? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Honestly, Ive been better. Its not really thatfortable hanging here with a persons shoulder in your stomach. I can manage, but I never want to have to travel like this again. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>Sorry about that. This was the easiest way to carry you on the spur of the moment. </em>(Skadi)


    Sorry to interrupt, but you need to turn left here. Hard left. (Atmos)


    <em>That would have been good to know earlier! </em>(Luna)


    Skadi and I did our best to turn left suddenly and, with some minor environmental damage, managed it. When we were back up to our previous speed Atmos spoke up again.


    Its now a straight line there. Ill tell you when you need to start slowing down but for now keep this pace. (Atmos)


    We did as she said and about two hourster she gave the word to slow down. After some trouble doing so, I grabbed Skadi and let out some spare sails from my ships from my space magic inventory behind me. They acted as a parachute of sorts and we came to a stop a little way away from the mine entrance. I put the sails back into my inventory and we rushed over to the mine. I then used my space magic to map it and find what we were here for.


    Follow me. We need to hurry because there are a lot of people down here still and Cerberus is quickly approaching them with an army of golems. (Luna)


    Sorry Velvet, seems like I still cant let you down yet. (Skadi)


    Urp. Just go. (Velvet)


    Dont you dare throw up on my back. (Skadi)


    Illtry my best. Ugh. Luna, please dont stop like that again. (Velvet)


    No promises. Now lets go. (Luna)


    We rushed into the mine with me in the lead. We made our way through the levels of the mine quickly and soon enough we could hear the sounds of people running for their lives, fighting, and the sounds thate from rocks fubbing against each other. There was also the sound of a low growl that could be heard over all of the other noise. When we arrived in one of therger spaces of the mine, we met up with a group of miners that were running in our direction.


    I dont know who you people are, but you better run the other way! A giant monster ising and its leading golems!


    Well handle it, were S-rank adventurers! (Luna)


    The miners continued to run away but their yells turned into yells of relief instead of fear. As we watched over them running out of the mine, the first wave of golems appeared and arge shadow could be seen behind them. The growling became even louder and then Cerberus entered the room. When I saw it, only one thought passed through my mind.


    Its adorable. Im gonna make it my pet. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    That''s such a Luna thing to think.


    Order: Yes, but will she be able to do it?


    Order, it''s Luna.


    Order: Yeah, what kind of question even is that? It should be, how do you think she''s going to do it?


    Astraea: Puppy!


    Do you want a puppy, Astraea?


    Astraea: No. Want fluffy tail like the prettydy has.


    Order: We''ll ask her to bless you with fluff when she ascends.


    Astraea: YAY!


    We''re such yes people with her.


    Order: So, as her parents, we should give her the world.


    I agree. We just need to make sure we don''t spoil her too much. Now is still fine, but we''re going to need to draw the line eventually.


    Order: Let''s discuss this when she''s five millennia old.


    Sounds good.

 Chapter 289: The Confrontation

    Chapter 289: The Confrontation


    [Luna POV]


    Luna, are you serious right now? This isnt time for jokes. (Skadi)


    Yes Im serious. We were told that we cant kill it and that making it retreat is practically the only option, but think about it. What else can we do to prevent this from happening again at any time in the future? Me making it my pet and taking it away from here where it wont rampage again would benefit everyone. Plus its absolutely adorable. (Luna)


    Less arguing, more golem killing! (Velvet)


    Tch. We dont have time for this, if you know what youre doing and have a good n, then go for it. If not then you better think of something fast. (Skadi)


    While every one of us used our preferred methods of attack to deal with the swarm of golems that Cerberus was making, I tried to think of ways to get it to calm down enough to be tamable if that was possible.


    Hey Tamamo, would I even be able to tame it?


    {Like I know. Though if you want to make it your pet, then taming it probably isnt the way you want to go since itll just turn out like Ophidia did with it getting a humanoid form as well.}


    I know that much. What I meant was taming it in a way that doesnt have a contract like Ophidia. I mean, I know of a few methods I can try, but I dont know if theyll work while its all riled up like this. And Atmos, any input from you would also be appreciated.


    Luna, nobody has everwaitlet me go ask Gear. He should still be rtively free at the moment and he can look into the past for anything. Give me like 10 minutes. (Atmos)


    {You all heard that right?}


    Yeah! (Velvet)


    Yes, but this better end up being helpful. (Soleil)


    Nya! Die you stupid rocks nya! (Mio)


    Skadi, on your left! (Ophidia)


    I got it! (Skadi)


    Seeing the others fighting the endless hoard of golems was quite amusing to say the least. While Velvet and Soleil used some explosive fire magic, Mio used some corroding darkness to eat away at the ones that came at her. Skadi and Ophidia were moving around punching, kicking, and shing away in what could almost be considered a dance. This isnt to say I wasnt pulling my own weight. I used ice and lightning magic to defeat the golems that came my way while I tried to move closer to Cerberus.


    Now that I think of it, why hasnt it really done anything but growl and stand in the back of the room? I mean youd think itd try and attack us as well, but it hasnt moved since entering here.


    {Well, from my vantage point, it looks more like only one head is actually doing anything. The others look almost dazed to me. Kind of like when you are half-asleep in the morning, Luna.}


    Please dont tell me this is all because it was interrupted while taking a nap. I mean, I get being grumpy when getting woken up, but still. (Luna)


    We continued the fight as we waited for Atmos to bring any news. In this time, I had managed to get into a position where I could get a good look at Cerberus aside from just its general adorableness. It was about as tall as a small, one story house and had a coat of mixed ck and white that seemed well groomed for a giant, three-headed dog that lived in a cave. If I had to say the name of a dog breed from my previous world to call it, it would be close to a Mmute.


    I really want it as a pet now that Ive gotten a better look at it. What do you think, Tamamo? Think wed be good at taking care of a pet together? (Luna)


    {Id like to think so. The problem is how are you going to get it to the divine domain.}


    Hmm. Couldnt I just open a portal with space magic next time Im there on a full moon? There should be one soon after all. (Luna)


    {Arent you limited to small portals when doing that?}


    I refuse to believe that something like this cant shrink in size at will. You can do that in your fox form and Ophidia can do that in her snake form, so why wouldnt the demigod level dog not be able to? (Luna)


    {Thatsa good argument.}


    Im back. Gear told me that in the past when several gods were allowed to descend to try and get it to willinglye to the divine domain, the thing that worked to calm it down the most was music, though that only worked for a short time. After that, nobody else could figure anything out. (Atmos)


    Wow. Talk about giving up quick. (Luna)


    Hey, dont me me, Im just the messenger here. me thosezy idiots who gave up. (Atmos)


    {When did Luna ever say your name in that statement?}


    UmAnyway, go on and y your flute, Luna. After that I got nothing. (Atmos)


    Im starting to think that gods arent that great at nning things. (Luna)


    Its not that, but Im sure whatever youe up with will be way more entertaining than anything I cane up with that wont make the situation way worse than it currently is. (Atmos)


    {Its not that Im bad at nning, its just that Im no good at it in situations like this.}


    And thats perfectly fine, Tamamo. (Luna)


    What about me!? (Atmos)


    Fufu. (Luna)


    I continued my onught against the golems as I telepathically told the others what I was going to try and for the them to get ready in case things only got worse from here. I pulled my flute out of my inventory and started ying. The ears on Cerberuss heads perked toward my music and the most aware looking head looked in my direction and tilted a bit to the side. The golems movements also slowed down due to their creator bing distracted.


    I slowly approached Cerberus while weaving through golems until there was only somewhat short distance between us. When I stepped one step closer, Cerberus started to growl at me with all three heads, so I backed up a step. When I did that, it stopped growling at me and went back to just staring at me. I slowly sat down in front of Cerberus and the other two sleepy looking heads turned my way as well. When they tilted in the same direction as the first head, I had to fight the urge to jump up and pet it. For several minutes we just sat there staring at each other.


    Ok, so now what are you going to do? (Atmos)


    Just watch. (Luna)


    As I yed, I opened several small Gates near Cerberuss heads and let some wyvern meat fall onto the floor. Cerberus immediately started to sniff the air and when it looked down at the pile of meat and smelling it, it started to drool some. I took this chance to slowly move closer. Two of Cerberuss heads started to eat the meat while the third looked back up at me. This head seemed to be the one that did most of the thinking since it looked at me like it was asking if this was really alright for it to eat. When I nodded my head it looked down and joined the other two in the mealid in front of it. Once all of the meat was gone the heads looked back up at me. I stopped ying my flute and spoke.


    Do you want more? I have way more than enough to satisfy you. (Luna)


    Cerberus let out a loud bark from the middle head which I assumed was it saying yes. I then did the same thing I did earlier and ced more wyvern meat in front of it. This time all three heads went at it and I moved closer once more. This same thing happened two more times until I was basically right next to Cerberus. When it was done with this pile of wyvern meat it looked down at me while its tail wagged.


    Fufufu. May I pet you? Im sure youll enjoy it. (Luna)


    It stood there for a moment before itid down and ced its heads on the ground. I moved my hand over and started petting and scratching it. It made what I think were happy sounds and before I knew it, Cerberus was rolling over and exposing its belly for some rubs.


    Fufufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Is that seriously all it took? Like, seriously? Just some music and meat. I-Im so disappointed! Like,e on, I was expecting some super awesome mutual respect forming thing to happen like it did with Ophidia, but no, she just yed some music and fed it! (Atmos)


    Not it, Atmos, she. (Luna)


    Whatever! (Atmos)


    {Would you calm down.}


    No, this needs to be addressed! I want something cool to happen, something exciting, something, something (Atmos)


    Epic? (Luna)


    Yes! Epic! (Atmos)


    Well, you cant always get what you want, Atmos. But on the plus side, now I have a big dog I can pet and fluff. And when Im done, shell be the fourth fluffiest thing in this world. (Luna)


    Fourth? (Atmos)


    {Theres Luna, then me, the Soleil, the Cerberus, then the rest of Lunas kitsune family members, then everyone else.}


    Ahhhh. Makes sense. (Atmos)


    Cerberus then let out a small whimper since I stopped petting it.


    Dont worry, I didnt forget about you. Now, I need you to listen to me. If you stop attacking the people you were earlier, Ill give you more meat, a new home, and friends that will pet and fluff and y with you as much as you want. So, what do you say? (Luna)


    Cerberus let out a happy sounding bark and then licked me with all three of her tongues.


    Thank you so much for that. (Luna)


    While I wasnt too thrilled about the licking, I turned to the others and motioned them toe over, only now noticing that all the golems were gone.


    What happened to the golems? (Luna)


    The all crumbled around the time you gave it the fourth pile of meat. (Soleil)


    Oh. Well anyway, meet Cerberus, my new pet. Cerberus, these people are your new friends and people I consider family, so dont be mean to them. (Luna)


    Cerberus let out another bark and it moved a head over to smell the others. They all went on guard for a second, but when nothing else but smelling happened, they rxed some.


    So, where exactly are you going to keep Cerberus? (Velvet)


    Well, I was going to bring her to the floating ind until the full moon, after that, I was going to try and bring her to the divine domain where Tamamo can watch her until I ascend. (Luna)


    I guess that works. (Velvet)


    Does that sound good to you girl? Want to see more than just these boring, skyless caves? (Luna)


    Cerberus barked again which I took for her agreeing with me.


    Alright. You take Cerberus and the others to the ind for a bit, Ophidia and I will go and tell the dwarves that everything is taken care of and then welle to the ind as well. (Skadi)


    Sounds good, I think we all need a break from these caves. (Luna)


    With that decided I teleported us to the floating ind. Cerberus immediately started to explore the area we arrived at by sniffing around.


    Now that Im seeing her like this, youre right, she is adorable, big sis. (Soleil)


    I agree. While a bit big, I can see her being a good pet for you and Goddess Tamamo. (Velvet)


    I want to nyap in the fluff nya. Speaking of which, Lunya, I think Im going to move into your tails nya. (Mio)


    Please dont. Ill let you nap in them every so often, but please dont start living in them. (Luna)


    Ill ept thatpromise nya. (Mio)


    And thus, I hadpleted my seventhbor as well as acquired a new pet.


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna: I show up here after who know how long to find a kid here. What the heck!?


    Astraea: Fluffydy!


    Luna:...Adorable.


    She is, isn''t she. Also, thanks for dealing with Cerberus. I''ve got to say though, I kind of agree with Atmos on how you handled it.


    Order: Just be happy she handled it and leave it at that.


    Luna: Thank you, Order. Also, tiny child, please don''t pull my tails. You can pet them if you want, but don''t pull.


    Astraea: Ok, fluffydy.


    Luna: I guess that''s my nickname now.


    She''s still working on names. She''s only ever gotten one right every time she says it, but she''s getting better with others.


    Order: And her name is Astraea.


    Luna: Well, congrattions, you two have an absolutely adorable daughter. The only other person that''s better than her is Tamamo.


    Astraea: Tama?


    Luna: Fufufu. She''s my wife, little Astraea.


    Astraea: Yuri!


    Luna:...


    ...


    Order: What''s that?


    Luna: Payto, are you teaching her weird things?


    No. I''ve never even mentioned that word to her, much less what it means in this kind of context. Order, call Crisis here so we can ask her nicely if she''s been teaching our Astraea weird things.


    Order: On it, but you better exin what that is to meter.


    I will.

 Chapter 290: Full Moon Fluff Time

    Chapter 290: Full Moon Fluff Time


    [Luna POV]


    We spent the next several days on the floating ind. Most of that time was spent getting Cerberus used to everyone. Aside from me, she seemed to like Mio and Skadi most out of everyone. We also discovered that her giant form was just something she used in order to try and intimidate people. The way we found this out was when she shrunk down to the size of a normal Mmute a few hours after we arrived at the ind. I also set up a domain and had Tamamoe over the first night so Cerberus could meet her as well and they both got along well. Today was going like the previous few where I was ying with Cerberus outside near my Lunar Sakura while I waited for night to fall.


    Cerberus, for the millionth time, you need to drop the ball if you want me to throw it again.


    Cerberuss two other heads that didnt have a ball in their mouths just barked at my words and looked at me expectantly while the third head chewed on a ball. Her tail was wagging at an extreme speed that would have made a windstorm if she was in her giant form. As I reached to take the ball from her again, she got even more excited and then started running around in circles.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Fufufufu. Im so happy I decided to make Cerberus my pet. The only downside is that shell interrupt our alone time sometimes, but we can manage that.


    {Im not sure about that. She seems like a smart creature so I think shell be able to read the room in a sense.}


    True. She is perceptive in weird ways like that. Though she also acts like a normal dog a lot of the time as well.


    {It seems that, depending on which head is the lead for the day, her personality and actions change. The right head is thezy kind, the middle is the smart one, and the left is the yful one.}


    I thought the same thing. Do you think its tough to live like that?


    {No idea. Though I think I would hate it if I had two other heads with different personalities.}


    Hmm. Yeah, I wouldnt like that either. I feel like the other two would get jealous when I kissed the third one.


    {Ufufufu. I like how that is the first thing you thought of when you imagine me with three heads.}


    What can I say, I like kissing you.


    {I feel the same.}


    I chuckled a little and then looked up at the sky. It was starting to turn orange as the sun was setting.


    Guess its time for me to head back to the mansion. I have to get ready for tonight after all.


    {Ill do the same. See you in a bit.}


    Cerberus! Time to go back!


    Cerberus let out a bark of acknowledgment and we headed back to the mansion. When we got there, I saw Soleil and Velvet in the front. They were both sitting on one of the steps with a sword sitting next to each of them. They looked up when I approached.


    Training in swordsmanship? (Luna)


    Velvet is teaching me how to use whip-swords. Though we havent gotten to the whip part yet. (Soleil)


    Thatll take a few years. The way I was taught, I had to get the swordsmanship skill to level five first before I was taught anything about using whips. And even then it took a while before I was actually allowed to use both skillsets in tandem in actual battle. (Velvet)


    All Im hearing is that I get to take more of your time just for me. (Soleil)


    Dont I give you practically all of my time already? (Velvet)


    What can I say, Im a greedy girl. (Soleil)


    Well, Ill leave you two to your flirting. (Luna)


    Have a good night, big sis. And Cerberus, you be good. Goddess Tamamo is very nice, so I know youll love living with her, so dont do anything that will make her mad at you. (Soleil)


    Cerberus barked in understanding.


    {Dont worry, Soleil, if Cerberus did something to make me mad at her, I wouldnt do much. Just deny her treats for a few days or something.}


    Cerberus whimpered at Tamamos words.


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Youll be fine, you big puppy. Velvet said as she started scratching Cerberus behind the ears on the left head.


    Cerberus perked up at that and then started licking Velvets hand.


    Hahahaha. That tickles. (Velvet)


    Note to self, Velvet is ticklish when licked. (Soleil)


    I shook my head at the antics of the three before I headed inside. When I passed by one of the side lounges, I saw Mio sitting on one of the big chairs. She was surprisingly awake but lost in her own little world while muttering something every so often.


    Must be talking to Fenrir. (Luna)


    {Seems like it.}


    Since I didnt want to interrupt them, I left the doorway to the lounge. I looked around for a few minutes for Skadi and Ophidia and found them napping on a couch in another lounge. I smiled at how close they were before dropping a nket from my inventory on them. When I finally made it to my room and looked out the window, I saw that the sun was just about to dip below the horizon. I jumped onto my bed and waited and before I knew it I was in Tamamos ce.


    {Wee home.}


    Its good to be home.


    I gave Tamamo a quick hug and kiss.


    Now, before we do anything else, lets take care of business.


    I turned and opened a Gate on the ground. After several seconds of waiting Cerberus walked through it and shook like she was wet. She looked around at the scenery before looking at me and Tamamo. She let out a bark from the middle head and walked over to Tamamos Lunar Sakura where sheid down and went to sleep.


    I expected her to run around a bit like when we got to the floating ind.


    {Shell probably do thatter.}


    I nodded my head at her words and we walked away from the tree. It seems that Tamamo changed the scenery of the ce to arge, sprawling field that reminded me of the way it looked like when I first met Tamamo.


    How nostalgic.


    {Yes. While I like the mountains, I felt it was time for a change.}


    So, what do you feel like doing tonight?


    {Hmmm. How about we have a quiet tea date?}


    Sounds fine to me.


    Tamamo then snapped her fingers and a table with two chairs appeared next to us. There was already a full tea set ced and one of those stacked tray things with several pastries ced on it. We sat down and the tea cups moved themselves in front of us before the teapot did the same and poured.


    Its been a while since Ive seen something so fairytale like.


    I picked up one of the small pastries and ate it. It tasted amazing and went well with the tea.


    {Do you like it?}


    I do.


    {Yay. I had Atmos show me some of her baking and I tried to imitate it.}


    Well, you did an amazing job.


    We enjoyed our tea as we chatted for a while. Once we ran out of things to eat and drink, the table and chairs vanished and were reced by arge couch. Tamamo sat down first, and I sat down and curled up next to her. We sat there for several minuets before Tamamo spoke up.


    {Luna, before we do anything else, there are two things I want to talk to you about. Its nothing serious, so you dont need to be on guard or anything.}


    Whats up?


    {Well, first things first, I called a meeting before the whole Cerberus thing happened. In that meeting you leveling progress was discussed.}


    Im trying my best, ok. That group of orcs notwithstanding, I dont think Ive done any permanent ecological damage.


    {Ufufufu. Thats not the part that was discussed. What was discussed was how you basically cant level up at a reasonable pace without doing that. To skip straight to the final decision, Stadia, the God of Statuses is going to perform a small system update that will reduce your level demerit from 4x to 2x. It should be done by tomorrow or the next day.}


    Two things. One: Thank you for this. Two: The God of Statuses name is Stadia? I never knew that.


    {Youre wee. Though Im a bit surprised that you arent a bit mad at me for doing that without talking with you about it.}


    Of course Im not mad. I was actually going to ask if you could talk to Crate about making something that could help me with my leveling since I really dont want to cause problems for the world itself. Though if I was told I could just go wild on Himmels, I wouldnt mind.


    {It wouldnt be worth it. Youd just put yourself through unneeded stress going there. But enough about that ce. The other thing I wanted to talk about is one of those other kitsune goddesses.}


    Did they do something again?


    {No, at least, not that Ive heard of yet, but anyway, Im thinking of changing my opinion on one of them.}


    Which one?


    {The one that said she had a shedding problem.}


    Ah.


    {I kind of pity her, so instead of punishing her, I think we should help her instead.}


    Im fine with that. Naturally it has to wait, but still.


    {Then thats decided.}


    Yep. Now, I have a question for you.


    {And that is?}


    Should I add some small shrines to the floating ind? They would be temporary, but I feel like if I put some there, then Skadi and Ophidia could meet with Skadis mother, and having one for you would let Mio and Fenrir be able to meet up more without me having to set up a domain.


    {Its your ind, so you can add whatever you want to it. I mean, Id still have to give it a minor blessing if you want it so Mio can use it toe here, but that isnt really that big of a deal for me to do.}


    Then Ill do thatter.


    With all of these discussions out of the way, I cuddled closer to Tamamo and watched as we used our tails to do something like thumb wrestling. When we got bored of doing that we started to chat about nothing for a bit when I remembered something.


    By the way, did we ever finish those movies?


    {Those things that you made with illusions? I dont think we did. We kind of got distracted back then.}


    That sounds like us. Anyway, feel like starting them over? We still have time to watch at least two of them.


    {Alright. From the parts that I remember, it was an interesting story.}


    Fufufu.


    I snapped my fingers and arge illusory screen appeared in front of us. For the rest of the night, Tamamo and I cuddled together as we watched the movie.


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: Yes Luna, do that and let me see Mio more!


    Atmos: Calm down, Fenrir.


    Fenrir: Who are you and what did you do with Atmos?


    Atmos: I''m me!


    Fenrir: Lies! Atmos doesn''t ask people to calm down.


    Atmos: Oi! I''m just tired today, alright.


    Fenrir: Did something happen?


    Atmos: No, I just had a fun few days with Grey.


    Fenrir: Ah. Rest well, Grey.


    Atmos: He''ll be fine, we didn''t do it that much. I did, however, get Tonya to give me some stuff to make him fall asleep for a while.


    Fenrir: Why?


    Atmos: The S-ranks returned from the fiennds and he''s been dealing with their shenanigans.


    Fenrir: They can''t be that bad, can they?


    Atmos: No, it''s just that they always bring him a lot of paperwork when they group up like this. Plus that one that''s always asking to fight him so that they can be the next Grand Master of the guild.


    Fenrir: They do know that''s not how that system works, right?


    Atmos: They probably don''t care. But then again, they only want the position since they look up to Grey.


    Fenrir: I don''t get that way of thinking.


    Atmos: Me neither, but then again, we don''t really always get how mortals think in the first ce.


    Fenrir: True.

 Chapter 291: Some Banter Between Friends Before the Journey Resumes

    Chapter 291: Some Banter Between Friends Before the Journey Resumes


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning, I sat up in my bed and stretched.


    Ugh, my neck hurts.


    {Did youy down weird?}


    Seems like it. Nothing some healing magic cant fix though.


    I ced my hand on the spot that hurt and started using healing magic on it.


    Mmmmm. That feels way better than I expected it to.


    {Oh?}


    Its like the feeling you get when you first sit down in a hot spring and you feel all the stress leave you.


    {I love that feeling.}


    I know you do. Anyway, I think its time for all of us to go back to the Dwarf Country. There are a few more things I want to see before we move on from there.


    {What do you want to see? Also, isnt this too early? Dont you usually stay in whatever capital city of whatever country you go to until you participate in a festival and get a new tail?}


    I realize that thats how the pattern has been so far, but I by no means have been doing that on purpose. Things just aligned in such a way for that to be a regr urrence. Also, I want to see the scenery that we ran through the other day. Its been in the back of my mind. Other than that, there is the promise I made with Soleil about letting her shout things off the top of a mountain and finding a volcano. After that we can move on to other things.


    {The other things after this are the merfolk, right?}


    Yeah, unless something elsees up, which knowing my luck, will probably happen in spades.


    {Thats not all bad since it keeps things exciting.}


    True.


    I stood up and changed my clothes before turning to the door.


    Oh, and Cerberus, be good. I know Tamamo will take good care of you and if Atmos ever shows up, be nice to her. But if she tries to prank you or something, feel free to get back at her.


    I heard Cerberus bark in the background.


    {Ill even provide extra treats if you do that. But ONLY in retaliation, never be the one to start something, especially with Atmos.}


    Another bark was heard which cause be to chuckle. Once I was out of my room and walking through the hallway, I saw Mio leave her room as well.


    Morning, Mio. (Luna)


    *Yawn* Morning nya. How was your nyight nya? (Mio)


    Good and rxing. (Luna)


    Nyice nya. By the way, do you have anything that helps with tails of the not thick and fluffy type nya? For some reason recently mine havent been up to the standard that I like nya. (Mio)


    Mind if I take a look? (Luna)


    Go ahead nya. The gods knyow how many times Ive felt yours nya, so you touching mine is fine nya. (Mio)


    I walked up to Mio and gently grabbed onto one of her two tails. I stroked it for a few seconds before moving onto the second one.


    Hmmm. Have you been neglecting them recently? (Luna)


    Nyo nya. Ive been taking extra care of them nya. (Mio)


    Then you might be taking too much care of them. You need to find the perfect bnce if you want to maintain the maximum fluff to silkiness ratio. For tails like yours, Id say you should brush them once every other day followed by a moderate scrub with your preferred product every three days with the exception of if you are in a fight and get dust, dirt, blood, or other battlefield grime on yourself. Same applies to your hair. Also, dont use copious amounts of it since too much can have the opposite effect you want. (Luna)


    I see nya. I guess Ive been a bit overattentive since I got together with Fen nya. (Mio)


    Apletely understandable predicament. Youre always striving to be just that little bit better for your partner. (Luna)


    Indeed nya. Nyow, Im hungry nya, so what do you say to food nya? (Mio)


    My sentiments exactly, my eternal friend. Let us eat till were full before journeying forth. (Luna)


    Nyahaha! Let us go, my eternal friend nya. (Mio)


    Afterughing for a bit, we made our way to the dining room. There, I pulled out some food from my inventory. It seems that everyone else was just as hungry as we were since they all soon joined us in the dining room. Over breakfast I went over what I was nning to do in regards to the Dwarf Country.


    All in all, well be doing whatever there for a week or two more, did I get that right? (Skadi)


    Depends, is that how long it takes to reach a volcano? (Luna)


    I mean, itd be easy to find one if we just walked on the surface. When Ophidia and I went to the city to report, I saw several long tubes that, when I asked someone, go to the surface. (Skadi)


    Those were weird. Honestly, the whole city looked weird. It felt kind of hot, but not in the way summer is, but more like the forest after rain. Whats the word for it? (Ophidia)


    Humid. (Velvet)


    Thats it. It was a very humid ce, especially in the areas where there were a lot of those metal pipes. (Ophidia)


    Hmm. So a lot of the capital is steam powered. Interesting. (Luna)


    You know about this kind of stuff? (Velvet)


    Not as much as some other people, but I can tell some of the most barebones of basics. Basically, the dwarves in the capital use steam to power stuff. I wouldnt be able to go into too much detail until I actually see the ce, but if the dwarves ever export this stuff outside of the country, then the world will probably start to develop on a technological level. Though I can also see this as something that probably would only work in the Dwarf Country. (Luna)


    Then lets finish up here. Im excited to see what this ce is going to be like. (Soleil)


    Lets. Oh, and I have a request as well while were in the Dwarf Country. (Skadi)


    Whats up? (Luna)


    Id like it if we could find somewhere that sells orichalcum. I need some so that I can repair my sword. I havent had is serviced in about 100 years now, so I think its about time I do so. (Skadi)


    You know, I forgot this is where wed have the best chance to get orichalcum. Id like some as well in case I evere up with something that ke can help me make. (Luna)


    Honestly, I kind of want some now so I can upgrade my sword. (Velvet)


    Then why dont Imission ke to make you an orichalcum whip-sword and Ophidia some gauntlets? I want my Apostles to have the best of the best equipment after all. (Luna)


    What about me? (Soleil)


    Some magic catalysts maybe? Since you mostly use magic, but not wands or staffs, I can only think of some rings and maybe a ne or something to amplify your magic. (Luna)


    Hehehehe. I must be popr if big sis is offering to give me a ring. Too bad Im already spoken for. (Soleil)


    (Luna)


    (Velvet)


    {}


    Yeah, that sounded better in my head. Please ignore my words and forget I ever said that*sigh* (Soleil)


    Oooookkkkk, so shall we go then? Things to do, ces to go, things to see. Lets finish this trip to the Dwarf Country. (Luna)


    Everyone stood up and gathered around either me or Ophidia. We then teleported away.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I don''t know how I feel about this.


    About which part?


    Atmos: About how Cerberus was given permission to retaliate against me.


    Order: You should have expected that though.


    Atmos: I did, but hearing it from both Luna and Tamamo still shocks me. Well, not from Luna, but definitely from Tamamo.


    Astraea: Tama! Luma! Atmus!


    Order: So close, Astraea. It''s Tamamo, Luna, and Atmos.


    Astraea: LuuuMA! Hehehehehehehehehehehehehehe!


    ...!


    Order: Payto, code I.


    Already on it.


    Crisis: I''M BBBBBBAAAAAAAACCCCCCKKKKKK! And I bring Evelyn!


    Astraea: Evelyn!


    Evelyn: Astraea!


    Crisis: Oi! What''s with this annoying barrier around my head?


    Order: It''s there to keep your yelling from being too loud. It''ll be removed when you stop yelling everything.


    Crisis: Psh. Me, loud? Perish the thought. Everyone else''s ears are just too sensitive.


    Atmos: Exactly! Finally someone else gets it!


    *Snap*


    Atmos: OI!


    Order: Hehehehe.


    Kukukuku.


    Evelyn: Heh.


    Crisis: Oi, not you too, Evelyn.

 Chapter 292: The Dwarven Capital

    Chapter 292: The Dwarven Capital


    [Luna POV]


    The ce that we arrived at was the entrance to the mine where Cerberus was. From there we trekked towards the city which could be seen even from far away. Though it wasnt really that noticeable the first time since we were running so fast and not paying too much attention to it, the mine and a small area around it were situated on a small teau inside the cavern. When we reached the edge and looked out over the scenery that spread between here and the city, I was astonished.


    This is actually very pretty. I wouldnt say its breathtaking, but it has its own beauty that is hard to find on the surface. (Luna)


    Yeah. And are those trees over there? Its kind of hard to tell from this distance, but whatever those are look like trees. (Soleil)


    Yeah, that side of the cavern is a forested area with special trees that can only be found here. Thoughst time I was here, not counting the other day, the whole cavern minus the city was covered in trees like that. I dont know what happened here to force the dwarves to remove so much of that forest, but its quite a shame. (Skadi)


    Im also interested to see what those glowing blue stream looking things are. I can tell its not water flowing through it, but Im not too sure what it actually is from here. (Velvet)


    We started making our way down from the teau. After reaching the bottom and walking for a bit, we finally reached one of the glowing blue streams. As we approached it, I could feel immense heating from it and immediately figured out what it was.


    Magma huh. Though Ive never seen it blue before. (Luna)


    I appraised it to see if I could gleam any additional information.


    I see. So, its a mix of magma and mana. Though the mana is almost double the amount of the magma in the mix. Interesting. (Luna)


    Mmmmm. So warm. (Ophidia)


    You said thatst time we passed through here too. Is it really that enjoyable? (Skadi)


    Yes. Though Im different from most snakes since the cold doesnt bother me, master going all out aside, I still prefer warm or hot ces to cold ones. Right here, while enjoyable at the moment, will get annoyingly ufortable after a while. (Ophidia)


    Its so hard to remember youre a snake, Ophidia nya. (Mio)


    Ophidia chuckled at Mios words and stuck out her tongue which she had turned into a snakes tongue. Everyone elseughed at this after which we decided to move on again. We passed several other streams of blue magma, some of which had special bridges built over them due to their width.


    You know, now Im curious as well. Skadi said this ce used to bepletely forested, but now its almost a wastnd. Sure there are a few weird nts growing here and there, but its pretty much just stone, dirt, sand, and y. (Velvet)


    Guess we can try to find out when were in the city. (Luna)


    A whileter we approached the wall of the dwarven capital. Aside from the usual sight of people lined up at the gate and the noise that apanied them, I could also hear various sounds of pressure being released from pipes, fast moving liquids and gasses, and other sounds that you would expect from somewhere powered by steam.


    This noise nya, I dont like it nya. (Mio)


    My sentiments exactly. (Luna and Soleil)


    Soleil and I looked at one another and startedughing.


    This is such a weird wall. Dont the pipesing in and out of it make it weaker in those ces? How would a city reliably use this to defend itself. Magic aside, its just dumb to do that. (Velvet)


    I got nothing. (Luna)


    Those pipes, from what I can tell, are the defenses. If what Luna said earlier was true and water so hot its practically steam is running through them, then itd be enough to deter many things with a sense of pain. It might not make a difference to things above a certain level, but weak things that are actually stupid enough to attack a citys walls normally arent too high level. Exceptions not counted. (Skadi)


    Still seems shabby to me, but what do I know. (Velvet)


    Once we made it to the front of the line and into the city, many feelings began to manifest inside me. Nostalgia, annoyance, curiosity, mischievousness, I could go on.


    {Luna, please dont turn the wheels that obviously shouldnt be turned. I know you are better than that.}


    It was only a brief temptation. I obviously wouldnt do thatmuch.


    {That much is what worries me. Who knows how much coteral damage you would cause if you did something and it blew up?}


    Fufufu. I find it funny that the first thing that worries you is the coteral damage.


    {If Ive learned anything from living as long as I have, its that mortals take that seriously inside their cities. Do you know how many times Ive had Atmos and Grey over just to listen almost endlessly about how these adventurers kept destroying the caravan they were supposed to be protecting when they fought the bandits that attacked them or how some viges crops took more damage from the party that was getting rid of whatever was ruining them than the actual creature? It wont look good on you if you have a history of breaking things mortals think of as important when you ascend. Common sense aside.}


    Youre reallyying it on thick this time. I promise I will absolutely not touch anything that might lead to some catastrophe down the line unless absolutely necessary. Is that better?


    {Much. The same goes for all of you as well. I know Luna and Mio are probably the ones that are the most prone to doing something like that, but this is a warning for all of you.}


    Im nyot that bad nya! (Mio)


    Yeah, Mio isnt that bad! (Fenrir)


    Fen nya, that was too loud nya. My ears nya. (Mio)


    I shook my head at our antics and healed Mios ears. Aside from the tempting wheels that were on a majority of pipes, the streets were pretty normal. Smaller and more cramped, sure, but thats been the norm in this country since the crystal city, so it wasnt too bad. A lot of the bronze pipework was situated above us crossing between buildings, underneath the streets from the sound of it, and in some ces, behindrge bronze grates. The things behind the grates were mostly moving parts like gears and other kinds of industrial stuff that I had long forgotten the name of. We could also see the steam powered elevators that went to the surface. Most of them were closer to the center of the city, though there were some here and there in other parts that I assumed were ces where a lot of people frequented.


    As for the people, they were for the most part normal. I could see a lot of dwarves, as to be expected, and a lot of humans and demons. There was an elf here and there, but not as many as youd see in other cities in other countries. Even less though, were beastkin, which made perfect sense to me as most beastkin had enhanced hearing and the constant noise of steam and moving metal was grating on the nerves.


    I expected more cksmith type ces. (Soleil)


    Well, were still in the entrance of the city. (Luna)


    True. (Soleil)


    The further we walked into the city, I started to notice a sort of pattern. While some streets we passed had numerous pipes and other stuff of the like, others were morenatural. Barely any bronze, just stonework, and much quieter. Other ces were filled with the sounds of hammers hitting metal and other sounds youd expect from dwarves. After a while, we turned down one of the quieter streets to check it out. It was lined with several things that looked like massive forges and they all led to a giant building. As we approached I heard what sounded like chains that had been allowed to release tension and then the sound of two giant masses of metal hitting each other shortly after. The ground and buildings also visibly shook with the impact.


    What was that? (Ophidia)


    Some old style dwarven cksmithing. Thats the old method of shaping orichalcum. They would have two giant hammers hanging from the roof of a building and they would use chains to lift them to the sides, heat up the orichalcum, then let the hammers loose. I dont really get how it works since, to me, it seems like itd just crush the metal, but they somehow make it work. (Skadi)


    We all nodded along to Skadis trivia as we moved on. Soon enough we arrived in a circr za where a lot of people were. It was the usual kind of sight youd see in every city. The guild was on one side, several inns and restaurants scattered around, some general goods shops here and there. What made it stand out here though, was that in the center of this za was an amphitheater with arge stage in the center of it.


    Nya? I wonder why something like that is there nya? (Mio)


    Its for performances, obviously. Though I dont think Ive ever seen one of these in a ce like this. (Velvet)


    Dwarf country, remember? The night here is always more busy than the day. (Skadi)


    Ah. Youre right. (Velvet)


    This ce might be more fun than I thought it would be. I kind on want to see a performance here now. (Luna)


    Same. (Ophidia)


    Well, it did take us a while to get here, so how about we find an inn and we can see if something is going to happen here some time soon. (Soleil)


    We all agreed with Soleils words and went to see if one of the many inns around here had any free rooms.


    Chaos Realm:


    Oh, how fun.


    Order: What is?


    Luna and the others are in for a treat. One of the most famous dwarven jazz bands is going to perform thereter.


    Order: That does sound fun.


    Atmos: You know, it''s kind of a shame that music style hasn''t really spread from that country much. It very good.


    Give it enough time and it will, as most things like that do. It is still a fairly recent thing for this world after all.


    Atmos: Yeah. It just feels painfully slow.


    Yeah. It makes me feel bad for Crate since a lot of the time, things like this end up dying out before they get a chance to spread. I mean, he is the God of Creation, so any kind of creativity made by the mortals of this world that falls into obscurity does a number on his mood.


    Atmos: Yeah. I remember the time that he was particrly interested in one thing the mortals made and when that civilization fell and that thing with it, he was so sad that you actually had to step in to cheer him up.


    Order: What was it that made him that sad?


    I don''t recall. There have been too many instances where that same thing happened that they all kind of just blend together now.


    Atmos: And even then, he cheered up again after Payto told him that those things would be rediscovered again in time and stuff. Now that I think about it, did you have anything to do with that?


    Not entirely. I may have preserved one or two things, but the one that actually did the most to get those things rediscovered was Gear.


    Order: Heh. So he really does like his brother.


    Yep. He may not show it, but he is actually a lot like Crate. But you didn''t hear this from me.


    Order: Not at all. Now if you excuse me, I think Astraea just woke up from her nap.

 Chapter 293: Experiencing some Dwarven Music

    Chapter 293: Experiencing some Dwarven Music


    [Luna POV]


    Something must have been going on soon since most of the inns in therge za werepletely booked. We did ask around about what exactly it was when we were turned away, but all the people would say was that it was a big event. On our seventh try, we finally managed to get some rooms at a very expensive, for normal people, inn. It was one of the tallest buildings in the za and made mostly of obsidian. This included a lot of the furniture inside the building. It was interesting to say the least. The sleek ck color of most of the things inside contrasted with most of the extra things like paintings, carpets, and cushions. Most employees that we saw wore pure white suits or simr clothing. The rooms were roughly the same, though the things inside the rooms were more muted colors that werent a pain on the eyes.


    While I like the aesthetic of this ce, they could do better than white on ck in most ces. I mean, it kinda strains the eyes.


    {I agree. Also, dont all these sharp corners seem like a hazard? I mean, you and the others will be fine, and even if one of you does get injured, you can just heal them, but anyway, I dont think obsidian is a very good material to use to make a building.}


    So, I wasnt the only one that thought that. Actually, maybe thats the reason its so expensive here. They need some way to pay any medical and legal fees that they get from employees and tenants when they injure themselves.


    {Possibly. Though I feel like this ce would have been closed down by this point if that were the case.}


    Maybe the owner is some bigshot of the country.


    {Well whatever, its gettingte on the surface, are you going to bed now?}


    Not yet. Since were paying such a high price to stay here, were going to takeplete advantage of that and eat something and then check out whatever that event is.


    {You say this like youreining about the ce taking all your money.}


    Oh please, like wed ever run out of money. Im just acting like Imining for the sake of it.


    I then left the room and ran into the others that were standing in the hallway. The only one that wasnt here yet was, surprisingly, Velvet.


    Is something wrong with Velvet? (Luna)


    Blood drunk. (Soleil)


    Ah. Come to think of it, there really werent many times for her to drink any in a while. Though I thought she had blood potions on her for cases like that. (Luna)


    She gave herst ones to her father and hasnt had the chance to get more. Now if you all excuse me, Im going to take care of her, so please continue with the original n. (Soleil)


    Soleil then walked back into the room she and Velvet were sharing and shut the door. The rest of us walked down to the dining area of the inn. Inside there were a few people dresses in gaudy clothes that looked like what stereotypical nobles would wear. We sat down at a table that was far away from all other people and discussed what we should eat. Once all of that was decided, we called over to order. While we waited, we chatted about whatever the even was going to be. Skadi and Mios opinion was that it was going to be some sort of y while Ophidia thought it would be something like arge party. Considering some of the things that weve heard and seen sinceing to this country, I put my bet on a concert.


    Oh? What makes you think that, Luna? (Skadi)


    Well, this is just a hunch, but I feel like the dwarves are very musically focused aside from the other, more famous things. I mean, when we were in the abandoned city, the secondrgest building that I found was a concert hall, and it had a stage simr to the one in the za, just on a much bigger scale. (Luna)


    It was then that the food we ordered arrived. It was noting special, but thats only because were all used to what I cook. If I had to rate it, it would be about a five on a scale of ten. We quickly finished eating and stood up to leave. As we were walking outside of the inn, I was hit by a wave of vertigo.


    Ugh. (Luna)


    Master? (Ophidia)


    Ophidia grabbed me by the shoulders before I fell over. We moved over to a bench, and I sat down and ced my head in my hands.


    Lunya, are you alright nya? (Mio)


    Yeah. Just got really dizzy for a second there. (Luna)


    Any idea why? (Skadi)


    Tamamo told me that the system would be getting a small update that would change some things rted to my level demerit, so I think that was what it was. (Luna)


    What kind of changes nya? (Mio)


    Its been reduced from 4x to 2x. (Luna)


    Oh, so youll be leveling a bit faster now, eh? Good for you. (Skadi)


    I sat on the bench for a few more minutes until the feeling of vertigo went away. Once I was feelingpletely better, I got up again and we went over to the center of the za. We could see that the stage now had several well dressed dwarves standing on it preparing instruments.


    Fufu. I was right. (Luna)


    Seems like it. (Skadi)


    Lets find a seat before it gets too crowded nya. (Mio)


    We should find one up top. Dont want to identally block people or turn them into fluff obsessed zombies. (Luna)


    Oh yeah nya, thats a thing that can happen nya. (Mio)


    We moved to the seats at the top of the amphitheater and sat down. As we waited for the event to start, tons of dwarves started to show up. After about 30 minutes, the entire amphitheater was filled and even more people stayed standing.


    Must be a famous band. (Luna)


    Seems like it nya. (Mio)


    It was then that the dwarves standing on stage called attention to them. The entire za went silent and soon, the sounds of music could be heard. It was a slow, calming sound that I recognized from my past life.


    I knew the dwarves were the ones that made jazz in this world, but I didnt think they also made smooth jazz. Though it is fitting now that I am actually experiencing it.


    {It is indeed quite pleasant to the ear. It makes me want to sit down, grab a cup of coffee and a good book, and rx.}


    Add in the sound of rain and you have the perfect mood for prime rxation.


    {Definitely. Actually, I think Ill do that. Just change this around here, ce this there, add some windows here and there we go.}


    I wish I knew what you were doing right now.


    {Ill teach you when you ascend. Personal spaces in the divine domain can be a bit tricky when you first start trying to change things around. The first time I tried, I somehow reversed gravity for the ce so I ended up walking upside down for a while.}


    Fufufufu. That seems like it could have been both fun and annoying.


    {It was. But enough of this, pay attention to the music.}


    I returned my attention back to the music being yed. While it matched the smooth jazz from my past life, it also had some differences that only instruments from this world could produce. The concertsted about two hours and by the time it was over, I had a newfound interest in the music of this world that went past my flute ying. As we walked back to the inn, the four of us discussed our opinions of the concert.


    It was nice, but I feel that it could have been more exciting. I prefer music that can get your blood pumping. (Skadi)


    I liked it a lot nya. That was perfect napping music nya. (Mio)


    Im with Mio on this one. (Ophidia)


    I can go either way. It just depends on my mood at the time. (Luna)


    Once we made it back to the inn, we all went to our rooms to sleep for the rest of the night. I did check on Velvet and Soleil before going to bed. Soleil answered the door and told me that Velvet went to sleep a while ago and she was just about toe and see if we were back. One we chatted for a minute or two, I went to my own room.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Oh, I remember that time well. When I first went over to Tamamo''s ce after that incident, I had no idea what way was up or down. You could drop something and it would fall up or sideways and sometimes even just orbit around you or something else.


    Order: It must have been a pain.


    Tamamo: Trust me, it was. The worst part was when you would try to drink something and it just floated out of the cup before suddenly being flung away.


    Atmos: Hehehehehehe. I remember that Crate also visited you at that time and when he tried to take a sit of tea, it floated out of the cup and then flew off before hitting me in the face. Ahh, so many memories.


    Tamamo: By the way, where is Payto and Astraea?


    Order: He''s asleep and Astraea is over at Evelyn''s ce for the day. Or well, the small ce that Payto set up so that the two could y together while not being in the regr divine domain. In-chan and Mordred kind ofmandeered the ce as their home.


    Atmos: Is that really a good thing? She is the Goddess of Insanity, so who knows what she might teach Astraea.


    Order: It''s actually Mordred who is watching them today. In-chan is off taking care of whatever business she has. Oh, and Tamamo, can you please help Fenrir out? Tonya has kind of ces her in a never ending loop of using her tail as a pillow and stuff.


    Tamamo: Where are they?


    Order: Over there. They''ve been here for the past few days and I''m getting a bit worried about Fenrir.


    Tamamo: Tonya, take a nap in my tails for now and leave Fenrir alone.


    Tonya: Nya nya nya. *Jumps into Tamamo''s tails and falls back asleep*


    Order: Thank you.


    Tamamo: No problem.

 Chapter 294: Talking with the Parents

    Chapter 294: Talking with the Parents


    [Luna POV]


    A few dayster, we had finished up just about everything we wanted to do in the dwarven country. Finding orichalcum was the hardest part of it since we had to jump through several hoops to purchase any while finding a volcano was the easiest part. Right now, we were standing on the edge of a cliff overlooking the inner part of said volcano. I was overlooking theva that was about a kilometer down from where we were standing and holding the ring that I enchanted to hide my tails. Next to me, Soleil was dragon shouting rocks and other things off the side of the volcano and into the distance. Once she ran out of things tounch, she turned to me with a satisfied expression on her face.


    That was way more fun than I expected it to be. I just hope I didnt hit anyone with that stuff. (Soleil)


    Are you done with whatever you were doing, Luna? (Velvet)


    Just about. (Luna)


    I looked into the volcanos caldera one more time before tossing the ring inside. I watched the ring fall until I could no longer see it, though I did hear it bounce off some rocks a few times before feeling the enchantment get fully destroyed.


    Im done now. (Luna)


    What was even the point of that? (Skadi)


    Ill show you guyster, for now, lets get out of here. (Luna)


    Where are we going nya? (Mio)


    Back to the shrine for a few days, I have some things I need to talk to my parents about. After that, were headed back to the Demon Empire and from there, to visit the merfolk. (Luna)


    Luna, can you send me to Savanna? I also want to talk with my mother. (Velvet)


    Send me with her please. (Soleil)


    Then off you two go, you know what to do when you are ready to be picked up. (Luna)


    Im taking Skadi to the Celestia Kingdom. (Ophidia)


    Have fun then. (Luna)


    Ophidia and Skadi teleported away and I teleported Velvet and Soleil to Velvets home before I turned to Mio.


    And then there were two. (Luna)


    Indeed nya. (Mio)


    I ced my hand on Mios shoulder and we teleported back to the shrine.


    {Oh, hello Fenrir. Come to take Mio away for a bit?}


    Yes. Seeing as Luna is going to be taking some alone time to talk with her parents, I feel like this is a perfect time for me and Mio to spend some time together. Otherwise she would just be sitting around doing nothing for a few days. (Fenrir)


    Have fun, Mio. (Luna)


    I will nya. (Mio)


    A glowing doorway then appeared in front of Mio which disappeared after she walked through it. Now, I was all alone. I walked in the direction of Moms office and once there, I walked in. As expected, she was sitting behind her desk though unexpectedly she was sipping some tea with no sign of paperwork to be seen.


    Wee home, Luna. Done in the dwarf country already? (Amagi)


    Yeah. Only difference is that I didnt get my eighth tail yet. (Luna)


    Broke the pattern? (Amagi)


    Yeah. Not that there was much that I needed to fight there really. We did kill what could be considered a country of orcs, but other than that, not much happened. Though I did get a pet. You can meet her some other time. (Luna)


    Sounds interesting. Where are the others? (Amagi)


    Velvet and Soleil are visiting Velvets mom, Ophidia and Skadi are on a date in the Celestia Kingdom, and Mio is with Fenrir. Anyway, where is dad? (Luna)


    The usual ce. (Amagi)


    And Ana? (Luna)


    Shes teaching some of the new shrine maidens and priests the ins and outs of the shrine. There have been a few neers recently. (Amagi)


    Its been a while since new people came to work here. (Luna)


    It has. So, what did you need? (Amagi)


    Theres something I want to talk to you and dad about. (Luna)


    Mom ced her cup down and sat up straight when she heard the serious tone in my voice.


    Give your father some time to get here. I just told him toe here with telepathy. (Amagi)


    I nodded my head and went over to pour myself a cup of tea while we waited. A few minutester, dad burst through the door.


    Whats wrong, Amagi? You dont call me like that unless something is wrong. (Deacon)


    Sit, Luna wants to talk to us about something and it seems serious. (Amagi)


    Dad nodded his head and sat down on next to mom who had moved to one of the couches in the office. I was sitting on the one facing them. For about a minute or two we all sat in silence before I decided to get the conversation started.


    First of all, the reason Im here and want to talk to the two of you is due to some advice Tamamo gave me a while back. While we were in the dwarf country, I got a bit stressed our since the entire country is underground which messed with my head a bit. At one point while we were making our way to one of the cities, we stopped for a break and during whatever the conversation we were having, something came up that made me realize something. Im scared. Of the future and what my future entails. There are some other things that came up with that as well, but for the most part, thats it. What do I do? While Im excited to join Tamamo, I also dont want to leave my life in the mortal world behind. Im having so much fun adventuring here that I dont want to stop. I have no idea what to do and its driving me crazy. (Luna)


    Mom and dad sat there in silence for a second before dad spoke first.


    Luna, there are some things that we should tell you as parents. Some areforting, and some are realistic. To start, well go with the realistic. (Deacon)


    That is a selfish thing to want, Luna. All of us here know that you know better than such childish things like wanting everything. Its not reasonable and you should give up the want of living with your wife and freely traveling the world when you will have other, more important responsibilities to take care of. (Amagi)


    And with the response that is supposed to be said, now we can say what we actually want to say. (Deacon)


    Its understandable that you are feeling this way. Everyone feels like this at one point or another in their life. Sometimes even multiple times depending on the circumstances. Yes, your journey is almost over in one sense, but that just means that you are close to taking the next step on the path. We went through this as well. For the part that everyone goes through, its when you move away from home on your own, or you go out into the world without the presence of your parents looking out for you. Personally for me, I also went through what you are feeling when I started working here and again when I took the position of head shrine maiden. I felt so scared about what was toe that at one point I even wanted to run away from here. (Amagi)


    For me, it was when I took over for my father, when I went to the fiennds, heck, even when I came back from the fiennds to and met you for the first time. This is just the recent things too; Im leaving out all the other things that I went through when I was young. This is apletely natural feeling for you to have and there is no need for you to stress yourself out over it. Just take a deep breath and step forward. (Deacon)


    I felt tears rolling down my cheeks. Seeing this, the two of them got up and moved to sit next to me. They wrapped their arms around me and we sat like that for a while until I calmed down enough to talk again.


    How do I take that step? I mean, like, how do I prepare myself for it? I know what I need to do, but I just dont know if Im ready to. (Luna)


    Thats the thing, Luna, you cant really prepare for it, you just have to do it. (Amagi)


    Its hard to do, sometimes it even feels impossible to, but in the end, you will almost always be better off when you take that step. And think about it, you ARE ready to take that step, its just that you need to get to the point where you are standing at that line. I know its not really something I should say right now, but you are kind of doing this out of order. We knew wed have to have this conversation one day, but we kind of expected to when you had either eight tails, or were like level 99 or something. (Deacon)


    Fufufu. Sorry for being weird then. And who knows, we might have this conversation again at that time. But I do feel better when ites to this topic now, or at least a little bit. (Luna)


    Thats good. Now, Im curious about something, what where those other things that came up? (Amagi)


    I mean, if you think you can help with that. I know its not really the same, but how do you deal with family that you will never see again? (Luna)


    Oof. That is a tough one. I know that you never met your grandparents, so you obviously arent talking about them, so Im assuming that this is about your past life? (Deacon)


    Yeah. I mean, at this point, almost everything about them has faded. I cant remember their voices and can barely remember their faces. Those are some things that just dont clear up, no matter how much I remember or think of my past life. I mean, whats the point of being able to remember so much if some of the most important things donte back to you? And I know that I cant see them again and even if I did, they wouldnt recognize me in the first ce, but it still hurts. Back then, I never lost a family member, so I dont know how you are supposed to grieve about this. I try not to think about it for the most part so that I dont worry everyone, but when this does pop up in my head, I cant help but feel depressed about it. (Luna)


    Unfortunately, there isnt something we can physically do except be close to you when you start feeling sad about this since everyone grieves differently. And even then, its a sadness that never goes away. I dont act like it, but there are times where I wish I could ask my parents for advice. Like when you were first born and before we really knew about your memories, I waspletely lost. I didnt know how to raise a child. Less raise you by myself. Sure, I had Ana and the others that work and live here to help where they could, but still. (Amagi)


    Its the same for me. Yeah, there are times when I want to ask my father what to do in regards to my position or even just to have a fun conversation. I want to ask my mother what I should do when there are things that I dont understand when ites to you or your mother, but are too awkward to ask about with the two of you. In my opinion, the best thing you can do with this is to ept that they were a part of your life and, while its ok to miss them, you need tonot move onwhats the words for it? (Deacon)


    No, move on is apt. Its a very blunt way to say it, but it gets the point across. (Luna)


    Haha. True. (Deacon)


    They both went back to hugging me silently. I enjoyed thefort that they provided and thought over everything that they said. When they both moved away from me a bit, they were both smiling at me.


    Thanks. I needed this more than you both know. (Luna)


    We are your parents, so feel free toe and talk with us about this stuff at any time. Even in the future, goddess or not, you are our daughter, now and always. (Deacon)


    We might not be able to help with divine matters at that point, but if its life advice, then well be happy to help as much as we can. And sure, Tamamo might have even more or better advice than us, she wont be able to help with everything. (Amagi)


    {Its true. I can give as much advice on divine matters and some limited life advice, but other than that, the most I can really do is be moral support and give as muchfort as I can. When ites to matters of family, I cant do much since the most familial interactions Ive ever hade from Atmos and watching all of you while Luna got to this point.}


    And thatspletely fine. In fact, you can alsoe to us if you ever have questions. You are a part of the family after all. (Amagi)


    Indeed. (Deacon)


    {Thank you both. I will make absolutely sure that if I ever need help in matters like this, you two will be the first I ask.}


    With all the heavy topics out of the way, we all started to chat about this and that. I talked about the things that happened since thest time we left the shrine. Dad was especially interested in the lizardman story.


    No wonder my people couldnt find almost any trace of lizardmen in that area. You wiped out nearly all of them. (Deacon)


    I mean, its kind ofte to ask, but is this going to be a problem? (Luna)


    Not really. Give them a year or two and theyll be back to an overabundance that needs to be quelled. (Deacon)


    By the way, what level are you now? (Amagi)


    Level 76. Though some good news, my level demerit is no longer as big, so Ill be leveling faster now. There still is a demerit, but Im no longer argescale environmental threat, or at least not as big of one. (Luna)


    Thats good. Make sure that, if possible, youe and see us before you get your ninth tail. (Amagi)


    That was the n if it can be helped. And if it cant, Ill get Ophidia toe and bring you two to wherever it is I start ascending. (Luna)


    Mom nodded her head before she looked out the window.


    Oh. I didnt realize its be thiste. Shall we all have ate dinner before going to bed? (Amagi)


    Lets do that. Its been too long since it was just the three, no, four of us. (Deacon)


    I smiled and we all left the office.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: This in one thing that us gods can''t help with well. Sure, some of us have families, but we don''t have the perspective that mortals or in this case, previous mortals have.


    True.


    Atmos: Well, I think Grey could have helped Luna with this though.


    Order: He could have, but this is something that is better heard from her immediate family I think.


    I agree with Order on this one. Through my own observations, things like this are always better heard from family than from a friend, even if said friend is practically family as well.


    Atmos: I see. I''ll keep that in mind in case I ever need to give advice like this.


    Order: Payto,e hold Astraea.


    Coming.


    Atmos: I think I''m going to go visit Tamamo, I''ll see you guyster.


    Don''t start yelling when you show up.


    Atmos: I wasn''t nning on it this time.

 Chapter 295: Cozy Times with Mio

    Chapter 295: Cozy Times with Mio


    [Fenrir POV]


    After picking Mio up and bringing her to my home, we sat on the couch while afortable silence permeated the room. Mio was the first to speak.


    Fen nya, what do you feel like doing nya? While I dont mind just sitting here and staring at you nya, I also wouldnt mind doing something nya. (Mio)


    To bepletely honest, I didnt really n anything. I just wanted to see you in person, and here we are. (Fenrir)


    Nyahaha. Thats about what I expected nya. (Mio)


    Mio then moved closer to me and then pulled me down until my head was resting in herp. She then started to massage my ears.


    Mio, do you want me to push you down right here? (Fenrir)


    There is time for thatter nya. I just want to pet your ears right now nya. Ill let you return the favor some other time nya. (Mio)


    Hehe. Then feel free to do this for as long as you want. It feels really good. (Fenrir)


    Mio continued to massage my ears for an unknown amount of time since I fell asleep at one point. When I woke up, I saw Mio looking down at me with a caring smile on her face.


    Morning nya. Enjoy your nyap nya? (Mio)


    Yes. But now I feel like doing something. (Fenrir)


    And that would be nya? (Mio)


    I want to show you something. (Fenrir)


    I sat up, much to Mios disappointment, and looked out the window. It was starting to get dark, so now would be the perfect time. I stood up and grabbed Mios arm.


    Come on, itll start soon. (Fenrir)


    We walked over to the door and Mio put on several warmyers before I opened the door and we went outside. I tapped my foot on the ground and a ring of swirling snow appeared in front of us. Mio wrapped her arms around one of mine and held on tight. I grinned at this before we stepped into the circle. The snow started to circle around us faster until it was all we could see. When it died down, we were in a different ce entirely. We were standing on a cier that was a bit far from my house. I made two chairs appear and we sat down.


    So, are you going to tell me what this ce is nya? (Mio)


    Just look up and wait. (Fenrir)


    We both looked up and a few minutester, beautiful colors exploded into life in the sky above us. Vibrant blues, greens, purples, yellows, and oranges shone and moved like waves.


    Amazing nya. (Mio)


    It truly is. (Fenrir)


    While we watched the lights above us, Mio leaned over and ced her head on my shoulder.


    Fen nya. (Mio)


    Yes? (Fenrir)


    I just felt like saying your nyame nya. (Mio)


    I chuckled before leaning my head on hers. The lights continued on for about an hour before slowly going out. Once they were gone, the two of stood up and went back to my house.


    I wonder where thosee from nya. (Mio)


    I could tell you, but it would ruin all the majesty behind them. (Fenrir)


    Then Ill just keep wondering nya. But with that over, what nyow nya? (Mio)


    Want to sit in front of the fire with a hot drink? Ive heard that that is something that couples do. (Fenrir)


    Whered you hear that nya? (Mio)


    I cant really remember. Anyway, Ill get the drinks. (Fenrir)


    Ill go find us the perfect spot nya. (Mio)


    As I prepared drinks for us, I looked into the lounge to see Mio cing pillows and nkets here and there in front of the firece. Once I went in there and joined her, she was already curled up in a nket that was pulled all the way up to her chin. The flickering fire in the firece reflected off her golden eyes making them almost glow. The sight made my heart beat faster. I ced the drinks down and sat next to Mio. She lifted one of her arms creating a hole in the nket big enough for me to slip in next to her.


    Cozy nya. (Mio)


    Want me to make it even cozier? (Fenrir)


    How nya? (Mio)


    Im the Goddess of Winter, I can make it as cold as I want outside. If I did that, then we wouldnt risk getting too hot and stuffy in all this. (Fenrir)


    Hmm. Keep it like this for nyow nya. If it gets too hot then you can do that nya. (Mio)


    I nodded my head before we both reached out from out nket and picked up our cups. We sipped from then every now and then while we sat there chatting. After a little while, Mioid her head on my shoulder again. I looked down at her and saw that her cheeks were a little flushed.


    Fen nya. Did you put some alcohol in these nya? (Mio)


    A little bit. Not enough to get uspletely drunk, but enough to get us at least the slightest bit tipsy. (Fenrir)


    Mm. (Mio)


    Mio nuzzled into the crook of my neck while letting out an almost inaudible purr.


    Fen nya. You smell so good nya. It makes me want to just rub myself all over you so I can smell the same nya. (Mio)


    I wont stop you. (Fenrir)


    Mmm. (Mio)


    She continued to snuggle closer to me while rubbing her head on me. This continued for about a minute before her head moved to right under my chin. At that point Mio moved until we were staring deep into each others eyes. I had lost all trace of time as we stared at each other. It could have been seconds or hours, but that was irrelevant.


    I was the one to initiate this time. I put my hands on Mios shoulders and pulled her closer. When our lips met, the world around me stopped existingpletely. All that mattered to me in this one moment was Mio. My heart raced and I couldnt think of anything else but the sensation of her lips on mine. I was so immersed in the moment that I failed to notice Mios twin tails wrap around my arms. Mio then pushed me down and pinned me beneath her. She broke away from our kiss and stared down at me like a cat that had caught its prey.


    Fen nya, shall we have even more fun nya? (Mio)


    I grinned at her words before freeing my arms from her tails, grabbing her by the waist, and flipping our positions. A small hint of surprise shed across her eyes for a brief second.


    Nya!? (Mio)


    Hehe. I cant let you take the lead every time, Mio. (Fenrir)


    Hoh nya. Well see about that nya. (Mio)


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Why''d it go dark?


    Because we don''t want to invade their privacy more than we already do.


    Order: Not to mention that you are too young.


    Astraea: Hmph.


    Don''t pout like that.


    Astraea: Meanie.


    Ugh.


    Order: Now now Astraea, you''ll learn in due time.


    Astraea: Mm. Mamma.


    Order: Hmm?


    Astraea: Why did they press their faces together?


    Order: Umm.


    Only do that to someone you love, Astraea.


    Astraea: Like Evelyn?


    ......Only her, and only once you are older.


    Astraea: Ok.


    Order:<em>Look at you finally epting things.</em>


    <em>It''s not like I could stay in denial forever.</em>


    Order: <em>I''m still proud of you.</em>


    Astraea: Are you going to push your faces together now?


    ...


    Order:...

 Chapter 296: Velvets Home Visit

    Chapter 296: Velvet''s Home Visit


    [Velvet POV]


    Soleil and I arrived in my room in Savanna.


    Hehe. (Velvet)


    Whats up, Velvet? (Soleil)


    Its just been a while since I wasst here. I guess Ive just gotten used to sleeping in inns, on the floating ind, or camping out that at this point, this room feels both familiar and foreign at the same time. (Velvet)


    I get what you mean. I get that feeling too when I sleep in my room back at the shrine vige. Anyway, what did you want to talk to your mother about? (Soleil)


    Whatever. I mean, I also want to see if my father has actually stuck around or if he ran off to somewhere again, but other than that I just felt like visiting really. (Velvet)


    Understandable. We dont reallye here all that often. (Soleil)


    Well, lets go and say hello. (Velvet)


    We left my room and walked down the hallway. As we did this, we passed a few of the subordinates of the organization. They all greeted us like we didnt just randomly show up before going back to whatever they were doing. When we made it to the office, the door was wide open. Inside my mother was sitting at the desk while my father was sitting at a smaller desk that was set up next to it.


    Sonia, can I please have arger desk? I feel like Im being treated like a child by having to use this one. (Rayon)


    Well, when you learn not to wander off for years at a time, then I wont treat you like a child that will run off at the first thing that catches their interest. Youve held up well enough so far, but your track record isnt exactly the best. (Sonia)


    I get that, but what if Velvet ever decides toe and visit and sees this? My image will be ruined. (Rayon)


    I dont think its possible to do that any more than you already have. Well, actually no, it is, but youve managed to not cross that line. If I were you, Id be content that she doesnt outright hate you. (Sonia)


    I am grateful for that. I already have too many regrets when ites to my rtionship with Velvet, I dont even want to know what I would do if she hated me. (Rayon)


    Youd probably just add it onto the pile of regrets you already have. (Velvet)


    Yes, that is what would happen, what I meant was, what would I actually do about it. Would I just try and drown my sorrows with alcohol and blood, or would I try to remedy the situation? Would I even be able toe back here and face all of you? (Rayon)


    If it was thatst one, Id send people out to bring you back. While I do like to take jabs at you and your ways, Im also at fault for not attempting to stop you. (Sonia)


    Wait? Velvet!? When did you get here? (Rayon)


    Oh, hello to you to, Soleil. Has my daughter been good to you? (Sonia)


    Very. (Soleil)


    Good. (Sonia)


    We just got here a few minutes ago. Thank Luna for space magic. (Velvet)


    Hahahaha. I see what you did there, Velvet. (Rayon)


    Good for you, but you didnt have to point it out. It kind of ruins the joke. (Velvet)


    I see you two are getting along a lot better than I thought. (Sonia)


    I rolled my eyes at my mothersment and Soleil and I sat down in the chairs near the desks.


    So, to what do we owe the pleasure of this unexpected visit? (Sonia)


    Am I not allowed to want toe and visit home? Do I need to have some reason for wanting to talk to you? (Velvet)


    No and no. In fact, this is a wee turn of events. (Sonia)


    How so? (Soleil)


    Because now I can actually help n your wedding. (Sonia)


    But thats still a while off, mom. And even then, were not even getting married in this country. (Velvet)


    Oh, and where exactly are you going to get married? (Sonia)


    At big siss main temple when its finished being built and after she ascends. (Soleil)


    Hmmm. Yeah, that works. As for it not being any time soon, thats all a matter of perspective. Whats a few weeks, months, or years to someone who lives forever? (Sonia)


    Shes right. I never thought of it that way. (Soleil)


    Stop, Soleil, shes just getting into your head so that youll take her side. If you do that, then well end up somehow getting married tomorrow. (Velvet)


    Tch. Whyd you have to say that, Velvet. Now shell never trust my words. (Sonia)


    Im just gonna sit this one out. (Rayon)


    I said it because its true. Dont you remember that you did the same thing to me? Last time you did that, I ended up running the entire organization. (Velvet)


    And? Look how that turned out for you. (Sonia)


    I know, but this and that are different. (Velvet)


    Once I finished speaking, my mother and I stared each other down before bursting intoughter.


    Hahahahahahahahaha. (Velvet)


    Hehehehehehehehehe. Its been too long since we had such a fun conversation, Velvet. (Sonia)


    I know. I kind of missed it. (Velvet)


    Im so confused. (Soleil)


    Same, little fox, same. (Rayon)


    Dont mind it. (Velvet)


    Anyway, let me know when the time draws near and Ill head over to the shrine vige to speak with Soleils parents about it. I want my only daughters wedding to be one of the most spectacr events in recent times. (Sonia)


    It doesnt need to be that grand. Not to mention that we probably wont be able to beat Luna and Tamamos wedding. (Velvet)


    True. Though I dont really think well be able topare ours to the wedding between two goddesses. (Soleil)


    Maybe so, but we can still try. (Sonia)


    And Im saying it doesnt need to be that grand. All I really want is a small ceremony with close friends and family. (Velvet)


    Im the same, Velvet, but you also have to remember that a lot of people we call friends are kind of important to several countries. (Soleil)


    Oh yeah. (Velvet)


    Wed also have to invite the leaders of the Vampire ns. (Sonia)


    Ugh. Why? (Velvet)


    Its the way we vampires are. Its a tradition from before even I was born. But you shouldnt really have a problem with that, right? I mean, I remember you were on good terms with the others unless something happened that I dont know about. (Sonia)


    Its not that. I just dont want to have to deal with the jealousy of some of them. Especially Elizabeth. (Velvet)


    Im with Velvet on this one. I dont want to see old Vortigern again. (Rayon)


    Ray, hes been dead for years. (Sonia)


    Eh!? (Rayon)


    Yeah, that mongrel Beryl killed him and took over. May he suffer eternal torment. (Velvet)


    I dont know. While I know he was bad and deserved what happened to him, I think eternal torment would still be preferable to what big sis made him go through. (Soleil)


    Can someone exin to me this stuff? Im lost. (Rayon)


    To make a long story short, Vortigern was killed by Beryl, Beryl made stupid decisions and became delusional, Luna killed him for those delusions, and now the le Fay n is back in charge of the Demon Empires organization. (Velvet)


    I see. So, it was Morgan that took over? (Rayon)


    No, Mordred, her daughter. (Sonia)


    Ah. Well, at least we dont have to see either of those old creeps now. (Rayon)


    True. Anyway, where were we? (Sonia)


    This conversationsted long into the night before any of us noticed.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Papa, how are we watching all of these things that happened at the same time?


    Magic.


    Astraea: Hmph. But that doesn''t exin it at all!


    What can I say? That''s the best exnation I can give you for now. If I actually exined all the small details, then I''d bore you so much you''d fall asleep.


    Astraea: Then when am I able to learn?


    Hmmm. Me and your mother can start teaching you this stuff properly in about a thousand years. At that time you should be able to control your Authorities well enough not to cause any trouble for any world.


    Astraea: You promise?


    Absolutly.


    Astraea: YAY!

 Chapter 297: A Normal Date is Fine Too

    Chapter 297: A Normal Date is Fine Too


    [Ophidia POV]


    I teleported Skadi and I to an out of the way ce in the capital of the Celestia Kingdom.


    Ophidia, what is it that you wanted to do here? (Skadi)


    Two things. The first one is to see masters shrine. The second is to take you on a date. (Ophidia)


    Skadi smiled at me and wrapped her arms around one of mine.


    Then lets be off. (Skadi)


    I chuckled a bit and we left the ce that we teleported to. It was a ce near one of the city gates and when we left that spot, we were bombarded with the noise of the crowd.


    The shopping section of the city? Whyd you choose a spot here? (Skadi)


    Its just the first ce that I thought to teleport to. (Ophidia)


    We waded into the crowd in front of us and did our best to make our way in the direction we wanted to go. After about an hour of walking, we finally made it out of the sea of people.


    Skadi, couldnt you have done something about that crowd? (Ophidia)


    No. (Skadi)


    Why not? It is a sea of people. Dont you have some sort of partial Authority over the sea? (Ophidia)


    Pfft. Ahahahahahahahaha! I never thought of it like that. If we ever get put in a situation like that again, Ill see what I can do. (Skadi)


    Hehehe. Alright. (Ophidia)


    The ce we ended up at was a somewhat small street lined with stalls and small food shops.


    Is Lady Atmos looking out for us? This is the perfect ce to end up. Skadi, Im going to go and buy some things before we head to the shrine and out date. There is something that master told me about a while ago that I want to try, but Im not too prepared for it. (Ophidia)


    What is it? (Skadi)


    Ill tell youter, just be patient and enjoy yourself. (Ophidia)


    I then went around most of the stalls and shops and bought something from each of them. After I got everything and threw it into my inventory, Skadi and I left the street and slowly walked in the direction of the shrine. On the way there, I looked up at the sky. It was clear and there were no clouds to be seen. Skadi followed my gaze and squinted her eyes.


    You know, its hard to believe there are tons of monsters and other creatures up there and nobody really knows that. (Skadi)


    Yeah. Especially since youd think theyd be seen on a beautiful, clear day like today. (Ophidia)


    It just goes to show how even if you live as long as we do, you can still discover new things in this world. (Skadi)


    Yep. Though in my case, most of the ces we go are new to me. While I always knew that there was arger world outside of my jungle, I never cared enough to venture out until I met master. There were times I wanted to, but those feelings passed before I really tried it. (Ophidia)


    Now that you say that, care to tell me some things about the time before you met Luna and the others? I know youll probably think itll be boring for me, but trust me, it wont be. (Skadi)


    I guess I can. Though itll have to wait untilter, I think were close. (Ophidia)


    We came out onto one of the main roads of the city. Around us were several tall buildings that were very impressive. As we made our way down the road, we finally reached our first destination.


    Wow. It is really impressive. (Skadi)


    Indeed. I even think its a bit bigger than Lady Tamamos. (Ophidia)


    Hmm. I think its the same size. I do like the material its made of though. (Skadi)


    Yes. It feels like something master would definitely like. (Ophidia)


    In front of us was a shrine that reminded us of the one in the Beast Kingdom. The biggest difference between the two, however, was that this one is made of beautiful ck stone with white spots of differing sizes. There were other parts made with wood painted red andrge gates that had interesting shapes. In the ces that werent stone were freshly nted trees and shrubs. When we stepped through one of the red gates, it felt like we entered a whole other world.


    Master is definitely going to love this ce. (Ophidia)


    Yeah. (Skadi)


    As we walked closer to the main building, we started to hear the sounds of hammers. When we looked around to find the source of the noise, we found a group of people working on more wooden structures around the stonework. One of the people was a muscr, bald man that looked like he yelled more than he spoke.


    OI! GET IT THROUGH YOUR THICK SKULLS! BE QUICK AND CAREFUL! THIS PLACE IS GOING TO BE IMPORTANT, SO MAKE SURE THAT EVERYTHING IS PERFECT!


    YES BOSS!


    I leaned closer to Skadi and quietly spoke to her.


    Should we leave? (Ophidia)


    I think we should. I feel like well be roped into helping out here if we get caught. (Skadi)


    We slowly started to back away from the people working when the bald man turned around and looked at us.


    OI! WHO ARE YOU TWO?!


    And thats our que. (Ophidia)


    I grabbed Skadis arm and teleported us away from the shrine. We ended up on top of the city wall overlooking the ins on the west side of the city.


    Ahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Skadi)


    Hehehehehehehahahahahahahahahahahhahahahahaha! (Ophidia)


    We sat thereughing for several minutes before we had to stop and catch our breath.


    Now, lets start our date. (Ophidia)


    I stood up from where I was sitting and looked out over the ins in front of us. When I spotted a nice hill with a tree on it, I grabbed Skadis arm and blinked us over to it.


    What are we doing all the way out here? (Skadi)


    Something called a pic. (Ophidia)


    I pulled out arge nket from my inventory and ced it on the ground. I sat down and patted the spot next to me. Skadi sat there and I started to pull out all the food I bought earlier.


    Now, were supposed to eat and then rx the rest of the time, or so Ive been told. (Ophidia)


    Then lets dig in. (Skadi)


    We started eating everything in front of us. While it was no match for masters cooking, it was enough to be called decent. Once everything was gone, I leaned my back against the tree. Skadi crawled closer to me andid her head on myp.


    Luna had ruined normal food for me. (Skadi)


    Same. How should we make her take responsibility? (Ophidia)


    Make her cook us wyvern meat for a thousand years. (Skadi)


    Wont that make this problem even worse? (Ophidia)


    Yep. Then well just make her take responsibility again. That way we can have her cook for us forever. (Skadi)


    You know, I loved you before, but aftering up with that n, I love you even more. (Ophidia)


    Hahaha. (Skadi)


    We sat in silence after that. I looked up at the sky between the leaves of the tree as a gentle breeze blew through the area. I then looked down and saw that Skadi was staring at me. I tilted my head which made her chuckle before she moved her head from myp. She moved to the side a little and then patted the ground next to her. I slid down from my sitting position andid next to her.


    So, mind telling me some things about before you became who you are now? (Skadi)


    Depends, any requests on a specific time? (Ophidia)


    How about when you were the guardian of those ancient people? (Skadi)


    Alright. (Ophidia)


    We spent the rest of the dayying there while I regaled Skadi with stories of my past.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Papa, Mama, can we do that one day?


    A pic? Sure, it''s not like we have anything else to do.


    Order: We''ll need to find a good ce, so just let us know when, and we can go.


    Astraea: YAY!


    Want to help make the food?


    Astraea: Can I?


    Order: As long as you promise to pour all of your feelings into it and let one of us handle the knives.


    Astraea: Hehehe. *Jumps up and hugs the both of us*


    Order:<em>SHE''S SO DAMN ADORABLE!</em>


    <em>I KNOW! IT''S DRIVING ME CRAZY!</em>

 Chapter 298: Under the Sea

    Chapter 298: Under the Sea


    [Luna POV]


    I stayed at the shrine for another two days. In those two days, Mio came back with a happy, satisfied expression. On what would be the third day there, Velvet and Soleil called me. Mio and I said our goodbyes to everyone and teleported away. When we arrived at Velvets ce, she was in the middle of an argument with her father.


    For thest time, stop treating me like a kid! (Velvet)


    Im not trying to! I just want to spend time with you! (Rayon)


    Im fine with that, but you keep acting like Im like four! (Velvet)


    We walked up to Soleil who was sitting in a chair and sipping some teas while watching the scene in front of her.


    Whats up with this? (Luna)


    Aside from the first day, theyve been like this ever since. He wants to try and rebuild or just make a rtionship with Velvet, but since his head is messed up, he keeps forgetting that shes actually an adult. Sonia tried to intervene a few times before she gave up and went to her office to start working and Ive just been sitting here watching for the past two hours. It was funny at first, but now Im bored, so I decided to call you here so we could head out. (Soleil)


    It was then that Velvet noticed me and Mio.


    Luna, perfect timing. (Velvet)


    Gah! Not you! I dont want to go into freefall again! Velvet, Ill see you again, have fun on your adventures. (Rayon)


    He then ran in the direction of Sonias office.


    (Luna)


    Well, that happened. Shall we go and pick up Skadi and Ophidia? (Velvet)


    Sure nya. (Mio)


    Everything is ready, so Im good to go whenever. (Soleil)


    He doesnt need to be that scared of me. It was Soleil who suggested doing that in the first ce. (Luna)


    Well, I have the privilege of being his cute daughter-inw, so of course he wont be afraid of me. (Soleil)


    Come here you. (Luna)


    I pulled Soleil into a yful hug while patting her head a little roughly.


    Hehehehehe. (Soleil)


    After our little sisterly moment, we gathered up and I teleported us to the Celestia Kingdom. We arrived at the top of one of the castle walls overlooking the city.


    Luna, when did youe here to make this a ce to teleport to? (Velvet)


    Dont remember. Anyway, Im calling Ophidia now. (Luna)


    I closed my eyes and felt my connection to Ophidia before using telepathy.


    <em>Ophidia, are you and Skadi done with your date? </em>(Luna)


    <em>We are master. Where are you right now? </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>On the city walls. You know that one spot. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Alright. Well be there in a second. </em>(Ophidia)


    True to her words, a few secondster and Skadi and Ophidia appeared behind Mio.


    Hello. (Skadi)


    Good to see you all again. (Ophidia)


    NYA! (Mio)


    Sorry Mio. (Ophidia)


    I knyow it wasnt intentional nya, but it would be nice if you at least give Lunya some time to warn us when youre about to do something like that nya. (Mio)


    Ill do that next time then. (Ophidia)


    Well, now that were all back together, shall we head to the Demon Empire? (Luna)


    Before we do, I need to know, do you want to take the long way, or the short way to the merfolk? (Skadi)


    Im in favor of the long way since I want to also try leveling a bit and see just how fast it will go now. (Luna)


    Im with Lunya on this nya. I want to catch and eat all the fish nya. (Mio)


    I dont care which way. (Soleil)


    I agree with Soleil, the whole point is to enjoy ourselves, after all. (Velvet)


    Then with that decided, lets head to Beria. (Skadi)


    We all gathered close and teleported once more. This time we ended up on the docks of Beria.


    Before we go any further, everyone should put one of these rings on. Theyll let you stay underwater like itsnd. (Skadi)


    Skadi handed out rings to everyone. When we put them on, a blue glow shone around us before fading away. We then looked around for a ce to dive into the sea away from prying eyes. When we found a good spot, we dove in and sank to the bottom. Several fish swam away when we settled and the sand cleared.


    This is such a strange feeling from thest time we did this kind of thing. (Velvet)


    Yeah. Last time felt like we had arge invisible bubble around us, but this time its just like were onnd. There isnt even any resistance in our movement. (Soleil)


    What can I say, my mothers magic is more potent than mine. (Skadi)


    Were notining. (Soleil)


    I know. Anyway, since none of you know where to go, Ill take the lead this time. (Skadi)


    We started to walk in the direction of deeper waters. As we did this, a thought urred to me.


    You know, now that I think about it, me and Soleil are kind of limited in what we can do. Me less so that Soleil, but still. I mean, I cant really use my ice or lightning magic down here, and she cant use any wind of fire magic. (Luna)


    Hey, that means we can actually use ster magic more. (Soleil)


    True. And I can also use my short-sword more as well. I dont use it enough. (Luna)


    You know, its easy to forget that you are proficient in swordsmanship since you pretty much only use magic. (Velvet)


    I me tunnel vision. (Luna)


    That and magic is just fun to mess with. (Soleil)


    This is true as well. (Luna)


    I actually dont think Ive seen you use a sword all that much nya. (Mio)


    Well, you will now. Im actually kind of excited to. (Luna)


    Just be careful, there are a lot of things that get attracted to the scent of blood in the water, so you should put the things you kill away before they bleed too much. (Skadi)


    Noted. (Luna)


    Any other advice we need, my wonderful Skadi? (Ophidia)


    Not for the moment. Though I guess I can try and teach some merfolknguage on the way so that me and Luna arent the only ones that actually understand anything. (Skadi)


    That would be appreciated. (Velvet)


    Like this, we spent the rest of the day walking to our destination while Skadi began teaching the basics of merfolknguage.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tonya: Nya. I will take this tiny child and nyap with her nyow nya.


    Astraea: ??? Aunty In but a catdy?


    Tonya: Cute nya.


    Atmos: How very Tonya.


    Tamamo: Indeed.


    Tonya: Tamamo, I am borrowing your tails nya.


    Tamamo: Go ahead, just don''t drool in them please.


    Tonya: Nya nya.


    Astraea: Hehe nya nya nya.


    Atmos: I feel like this may stick if we don''t stop it.


    Tamamo: It''ll be fine.


    Atmos: Why are you the one that''s more rxed in this situation?


    Tamamo: The better question is why are you the one actually being serious and worries right now?


    Atmos:...I-I don''t know.


    Tamamo: Just calm down. Nothing bad is going to happen. Justy down and rx.


    Atmos: Tonya, stop messing with Tamamo''s head like that.


    Tonya: Nyo nya. She nyeeds rest nya. She''s been too stressed worrying about Lunya''s mental health that she''s exhausted nya. That''s why Payto and Order kept her here today nya.


    Atmos: Why didn''t I notice this?


    Tonya: She hid it from you nya.


    Atmos: *Sigh* She should really vent more to me. Please make her sleep Tonya.


    Tonya: Nya.


    Atmos: *Lays Tamamo''s head in herp and starts humming a tune*

 Chapter 299: Various Happenings in the Sea

    Chapter 299: Various Happenings in the Sea


    [Luna POV]


    Three days since we started on the way to the merfolk and the most exciting thing that happened was a giant squid fought a whale. And even then, it lost in an instant when the whale used whatever whale noise is called to shred the squid to chum. After that event, Skadi hurried us away from the area since it would soon be filled with so many monsters and other sea creatures that would turn the area into a literal sea of carnage. We were now standing on the side of arge ravine that went so deep that all I could see was darkness and the asional stream of bubbles.


    Luna, why are you ring into the ravine like it stole your money? (Velvet)


    Im staring back. (Luna)


    What? (Velvet)


    This abyss is staring at me, and Im staring back. (Luna)


    Skadi, what do we do? Lunas finally lost the little sanity she had. (Velvet)


    Shes fine. (Skadi)


    Im fine. Anyway, Skadi, what are we just standing around for? (Luna)


    Well, we want to get across here, right? (Skadi)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    Do you want to do it the fun way, or the boring way? (Skadi)


    Do you really need me to answer that? (Luna)


    No. Anyway, the reason were just standing here is so we can cross in the fun way. It should be any minute now. (Skadi)


    Ture to her words, a few minutester the ground started to rumble and along the sides of the ravine a little ways away sand was bing clouds on either side.


    What is that nya? (Mio)


    Its a Cancer. Its a kind of giant crab. They make ravines like these that draw in fish and other sea creatures that they then periodicallyb through to catch and eat. One of the strangest things though, is that they onlyb through their ravines at the same time every day. No matter what, its always perfectly timed. (Skadi)


    Thats interesting. (Soleil)


    Yeah. Another interesting fact is that they are actually extremely docile. If you drop something down for one to eat, they will let you ride their back to the other side of their ravines. Like so. (Skadi)


    Skadi pulled a small chunk of meat from her bag and dropped it over the edge just as the Cancer was about to pass us. It stopped and plucked the meat that was floating down out of the water and inspected it. It moved up some so its eyes were staring at us. It moved one of its ws up and snapped it twice before moving back down and snapping two more times.


    Come on. (Skadi)


    We all climbed onto the Cancers back and it let go of the side of the ravine. It then shot water out of its mouth to propel it to the other side. The sudden burst of speed knocked all of us but Skadi off out feet and we hurriedly grabbed onto one of the spikes on the Cancers shell.


    Hahahahahahahaha! (Skadi)


    When we stopped again, the Cancer snapped its w three times and we all climbed off. Skadi dropped another piece of meat that was quickly caught and the Cancer then started scuttling away.


    You could have warned us about that. (Ophidia)


    I could have, but I didnt. Its not like any of you would have been left behind anyway. And, I would have caught you. (Skadi)


    I enjoyed it. (Luna)


    Same nya. Though I also kind of want to eat it nya. (Mio)


    I did not. Its mouth was creepy and its eyes felt like they were staring into my soul. (Soleil)


    Loosed up, Soleil. Its better than a spider. (Velvet)


    No. No, its not. Crabs are just spiders with a shell and pincers. (Soleil)


    There are sea spiders, you know. (Skadi)


    Eh? (Soleil)


    Skadi, please dont go further than that. (Velvet)


    I wont. And dont worry, Soleil, sea spiders cant physically live this far up in the sea, they can only survive in the deepest parts of the sea. ces where there is no light except that whiches from other creatures. (Skadi)


    Big sis, dont you dare think of going somewhere like that. (Soleil)


    Im not. Even I wouldnt like going somewhere like that. Do I want to see some creatures with that glow like that, sure, but Im not going to go out of my way to do that. (Luna)


    Good. (Soleil)


    Anyway, shall we proceed? (Ophidia)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    We resumed the journey once more. We spent a few more days walking when I started to see strange patterns dug into the sand.


    Hey Skadi, whats all this? (Luna)


    Just some things that some fish made. Nothing really too special in my opinion. Though with the amount of these around, were bound to run into some predators. (Skadi)


    {*Yawn* Oh? Youre all already underwater?}


    Hey Tamamo, I was wondering why I havent heard from you for a while.


    {Tonya made me sleep for a bit. I just woke up a little while ago.}


    Well, did you sleep well?


    {Extremely.}


    Thats good. Sleep, while Im not really one to talk, is good for your mental health.


    {Ignoring advice you yourself should take, whats been happening thest few days?}


    I started telling Tamamo about the past bit while we walked when I stopped when I saw a sh of silver and blue pass in front of us.


    Nya!? (Mio)


    Ooo. Spearfish. (Skadi)


    I looked in the direction of the thing that shed and saw a fish that looked kind of like a marlin only way thinner and extremely sharp looking. It had speared a fish that was buried in the center of one of the patterns. Once it pulled itself free from the ground again, I saw that the lines all along the side of the spearfish that I thought were just some sort of pattern that fish all have was actually a really long mouth. It was chomping away at the fish that was speared onto its body in a really disturbing way.


    Hey Luna, you wanted to fight some stuff, right? Well nows our chance. Spearfish travel in ginormous schools called a phnx. And they dont care what it is, if they spear it, they will eat it. (Skadi)


    Then we best get ready for a fight. (Luna)


    I pulled out my sword while the others got ready to fight as well. For Soleil, I opened a few domains that floated behind her as she prepared to fire off some ster magic. Soon enough, more and more spearfish started to spear the sand patterns and really anything else in the area. The ones that targeted us were easily taken care of until they started to change tactics. They started to circle around us like a hurricane of fish and every so often shoot bubble rings at us in an attempt to confuse us while others would break away from the encirclement to try and spear us.


    This is annoying. (Luna)


    I agree. Spearfish, while pretty looking when not eating, are annoying due solely to the fact that they travel in such arge group and the way they attack stuff in this way. (Skadi)


    Theyre like gnats. (Ophidia)


    Big sis, you need to work on your ster magic. It takes too much mana. (Soleil)


    Well, you are using the bows, and they are the level 10 spell, so of course they take a ton of mana. If they didnt, then anyone that reaches level 10 ster magic would be able to annihte a ce at night. Sure, people can already so that with other magic, but this one is pretty much a tactical weapon. You just need line of sight and bam, you can hit a ce with it. (Luna)


    I know, but still, cant you, I dont know, make it use less mana for others while were the only two who can use it? (Soleil)


    {Thats not how it works, Soleil. Its a one time decision when the magic is created in the way Luna made it. You should be happy with the fact that youve used it as many times as you have back to back.}


    I am, but since its the only magic I can use right now, Im kind of useless when my mana runs out. Daggers arent a real good idea here and Im still worse than a novice with a whip-sword. (Soleil)


    Then I guess its time to finish this up. (Luna)


    What are you about to do? (Velvet)


    Use the same magic Soleil has been using. I mean, seeing it in action makes me want to use it as well. So, group up people. (Luna)


    Everyone backed closer to me all the while fending off the random spearfish attacks that woulde in their direction. I made several more small domains and made them spin in a circle around us.


    Time to die, annoying fish. (Luna)


    Several beams of silver light shot out of the domains. Since it was me that cast the spell, the beams that would normally be single shots, kept firing continuously. The beams practically erased the spearfish that were hit. Once they noticed that theirrades were beyond dead and that the beams of light were certain death, the remaining spearfish broke formation and swam away in every direction as fast as they could. I then stopped the spell and closed the domains.


    Note to self, make sure that the bow constetion is way less potent and only make one for mortals to use. (Luna)


    Those beams will stop, right? (Skadi)


    Yes, I shot them into another set of domains so that they wouldnt continue traveling until they hit something. I made that mistake once when I made a talisman and I didnt want to make it again. (Luna)


    Did you ever learn where that hit? (Ophidia)


    Nope, and I dont n on it. As far as Im concerned, it fizzled out before hitting something. And not, Tamamo, that does not mean you should go and find out. (Luna)


    {Alright.}


    Nya nya. Lunya, how many spearfish did you collect in that fishing session nya? (Mio)


    150 to 160, maybe a little more. Enough that I actually leveled twice. Im level 78 now. (Luna)


    Oh wow, thats way faster than it used to be. I guess a 2x level demerit is a lot better than you thought? (Velvet)


    Yeah. If we run into something like this a few more times, I might even get my eighth tail before we meet the merfolk. (Luna)


    Thats good and all nya, but youre not asking the most important question nya. Are spearfish tasty nya? (Mio)


    We all looked to out resident sea expert.


    I wouldnt say tasty unless you like extremely bitter food. The bitterness is even worse than herbal medicine. (Skadi)


    We shall feed all of the spearfish to Cerberus nya. (Mio)


    {She doesnt like that idea.}


    No, she deserves only the best. (Luna)


    We can give them to my dad then. (Velvet)


    I like that idea. (Soleil)


    Skadi, Ophidia, Mio, and I looked at Velvet like she just grew a second head.


    Did Velvet just offer a prank idea? (Luna)


    I think she did. (Mio)


    Mio was so shocked at this that she even spoke without her normal ent.


    Luna, start using healing magic. (Skadi)


    She might have been hit in the head with another fish. (Ophidia)


    You swore to never mention that! (Velvet)


    Oh yeah. (Ophidia)


    And the rest of you, stop acting like Ive gone crazy! Im allowed to suggest pranks as well you know! (Velvet)


    Fufufu. Are you sure, Velvet? Youve already stepped off the path ofmon sense, if you step onto the path of pranks, you might never be able to step off of it. Sure, none of us will go to Atmos lengths, but pranks are something that pull you in, just like my tails. (Luna)


    Stop exaggerating, big sis. Pranks are fun and all, but they arent a way of life like youre making them out to be. (Soleil)


    {I think I just heard Atmos faint in shock.}


    Fufu. I know, I just wanted to mess with Velvet a bit since were all just having fun right now. (Luna)


    So, are we going to do it or not? (Velvet)


    Well go with your idea. Next time I find time to cook, Ill make something will all the spearfish and we can gift it to your father. (Luna)


    With Rayons fate decided, we chose to stay the night in that same area before moving on again the next morning.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos:...


    Fenrir: Hehehehehahahahahahahaahahhahaha!


    Order: Pfft.


    Hehehe.


    Atmos: It''s not funny. That was a genuine insult.


    Fenrir: Sorry, but it''s really funny.


    Order: And what''s even better is that she can''t prank in retaliation.


    Atmos: Oh? Who said I won''t?


    Are you sure that''s a good idea?


    Atmos: When have I cared about that? I HAVE to prank her now.


    Fenrir: Well, have fun in the istion room afterwards.


    Order: Isn''t that just her workshop?


    Yes, but it still acts as the Atmos Istion Room nheless.


    Atmos: Well, I''ll be back. *Poof*

 Chapter 300: Dance of Islands

    Chapter 300: Dance of Inds


    [Luna POV]


    Another few days passed without much happening. There were times when some massive creatures swam above us, but for the most part they ignored us. A few times we ran into some yful creatures that were curious about us. Right now we were walking in what could be considered a shallow part of the sea. The sunlight that was shining through the ripples above us was beautiful. All in all, its been rather peaceful, though for some reason Skadi has been vignt for most of today.


    Skadi, is something wrong? (Ophidia)


    No, if anything Im a bit excited. While I didnt say this earlier, Ive been leading us on a little detour since I though you would all like to see this. Anyway, were almost there and the timing is perfect. All we have to do is climb over that ridge and well be there. (Skadi)


    We did as Skadi said and climbed over the ridge in front of us. When we made it to the top, my eyes widened in surprise. For miles in front of us spread giant turtles. When I say giant, I mean big enough that the back of their shells could be considered an ind. Some of them even had trees growing on them, which was surreal since we were underwater but they looked perfectly healthy. Some of the turtles that were floating around slowly had long beards of sea nts hanging from them while others had lots of remora type fish attached to them.


    What are they? (Soleil)


    Lopigos turtles. Creatures that can be said to be some of the most ancient being in this world that I know of. (Skadi)


    {They live about five times as long as the longest lived demons.}


    Theyre beautiful nya. (Mio)


    I agree. (Luna)


    This isnt even the best part. See, two times a year Lopigos turtles do what I call the dance of inds. Its not really a dance, but it looks like one. Anyway, what they do is they swim around inrge groups like this while simultaneously using magic. This then causes a change in the currents which, in turn, causes the migrations of uncountable numbers of sea creatures big and small around the world. (Skadi)


    How many times have you seen this happen, Skadi? (Velvet)


    Surprisingly, not many. Im normally too busy doing other stuff toe this far into the sea to watch it regrly. But thats not the point. The point is, we all get to experience it this time. Though I do kind of wish it was night right now since its even more spectacr at night. (Skadi)


    Really? (Luna)


    Yeah. For some reason, the patterns on the turtles glow when they do this, but its only really noticeable at night. (Skadi)


    Lunya, would you be able to do something about that nya? (Mio)


    Not really. Its moments like this where, if I set up a domain, it would actually backfire. And, while Tamamo could do something about that, do you really want to her to risk getting in trouble just so we could see some spectacle that we can watch again at any time in the future? (Luna)


    II didnt think that far nya. (Mio)


    Mios ears and tail drooped in dejection. I walked over to her and patted her on the head.


    Dont feel bad, Mio. Its only natural to want to see something thats described as wonderous AND when you know people that can actually make it possible to see it. But you also need to remember that you cant have everything. (Luna)


    Youre right nya. I guess Ive just be so used to things like that working out in our favor that I lost touch with reality a bit nya. (Mio)


    In your defense, we can all say that we feel the same. Its very rare for things to not work out for us, whether that be because of Luna, or were just lucky, though its mostly due to Luna. (Velvet)


    While I do agree, dont treat me like some crux of fate. (Luna)


    Anyway, they should start in a few hours, so how about we rest here for the day? (Skadi)


    Lets do that. With you hyping the event up like this, itd be a crime to not see it. (Luna)


    We got to setting up our camp as we have been for the past while. I set up a domain around the area we were in and then drained out all the water. After everything was set up, I ced arge nket on the ground at the edge of the ridge where we could watch the turtles. We all sat there and chatted for a while before the event started.


    All of the turtles started to swim closer together before they started to swim in a circle. It was slow at first but gradually started to get faster as time went on. At times some turtles would break away from the circle and start spiraling or swimming inrge vertical circles before going back to the main group. It was then that I started to notice that the water around the turtles started to get turbulent. It was then that the group changed the way they were swimming. They broke into two groups that started to swim in diagonal circles. Others then swam through these circles. At some point a dim blue glow could be seening from the ce in the center of the group that followed along what I assumed were the currents in this area of the sea.


    This is wonderful nya. (Mio)


    Mm-hmm. (Ophidia)


    The glow steadily became brighter until it was nearly blinding. At that point was when the biggest two turtles of the whole group broke away from the main groups and began to swim around the glowing ball in a spiral in the direction of the surface. Just before they broke out of the water, they changed direction and swam until their bellies were touching and, while still spiraling, swam back down to the glowing ball and piercing it. When they came out of the bottom of the sphere, it warped and then exploded in a beautiful light that sent waves down the currents. After that the turtles went back to the slow swimming they were doing when we got here.


    That was amazing. (Soleil)


    Yeah. Well worthing here. (Velvet)


    Skadi, do these turtles just swim around this spot until its time for them to do this again? (Luna)


    Some of them will stay here, but most will go wherever. (Skadi)


    I see. Though now Im wondering something else. (Luna)


    Whats up? (Skadi)


    If these turtles manage the currents, then what exactly does your mother do? (Luna)


    A lot of things. Also, youre a bit wrong. The turtles DO mess with the currents, but its only something they do to get migrations started to where they normally live or wander. They have to eat somehow, you know. (Skadi)


    Oh. I thought this was way moreplicated than it was then. (Luna)


    Yeah. Mom still manages everything to do with the sea, but she doesnt mess with how the creatures themselves use it to their benefit. If that makes any sense. (Skadi)


    Since this has happened, does that mean well be running into more things before we get to the merfolk? (Velvet)


    Most likely. (Skadi)


    Yay, that means I get to hopefully level up more. I kind of want to hit level 80 before we get to the merfolk. (Luna)


    With the dance of inds over, we prepared something to eat while we watched the peacefully swimming turtles for the rest of the day.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Pretty.


    Evelyn: Astraea is better.


    Astraea: Hehehe.


    We really need to talk to Crisis. She''s teaching her daughter weird things.


    Order: Leave her be. She doesn''t barge into here and tell us how to parent, so you should leave parenting their daughter to her and Mordred.


    Fine. I just don''t want Astraea to learn something weird.


    Order: If anything, Astraea will bnce out whatever In-chan teaches Evelyn. Her main Authority is bnce after all, so she should bnce out the craziness a bit.


    True. Though I say that then next time, it''s their turn to babysit the two of them.


    Order: I agree. I love Astraea with all my being, but we need a break.


    Yeah. I''ve seen how tiring it is for mortals to raise a child, but I didn''t think it''d be this tiring. It makes me wonder how they manage to handle more than one at a time.


    Order: Well, at least we have the advantage that our child grows faster than a mortal child does to a point.


    Also true.

 Chapter 301: A Wild Leviathan Appears!

    Chapter 301: A Wild Leviathan Appears!


    [Luna POV]


    Two days after we saw the dance of inds while we were walking, Skadi and I noticed something approaching us from behind.


    Skadi. (Luna)


    I know. Its big, possibly a leviathan, but its still too far to tell at the moment. It ising here quickly though. (Skadi)


    I know the answer already, but are we going to stop and fight it? (Velvet)


    I want to, but if most of you dont want to, we can definitely escape from it. (Luna)


    Id like to see what a leviathan looks like nya. (Mio)


    Same. Plus its an opportunity for you to level up, so why not fight it? (Ophidia)


    Knew this was going to be the answer, not that Imining. Just had to ask for the sake of it. (Velvet)


    It wouldnt be an adventure with big sis if something like this didnt happen. (Soleil)


    I was about to retort to Soleils words when the world around us started to be dark.


    Darkness magic nya. (Mio)


    Ugh. This kind of leviathan. These ones are annoying. (Skadi)


    How so? (Luna)


    Not that it matters much anymore, especially to you, but the leviathaning for us right now is called a ghost leviathan. It covers arge area in darkness before hunting down whatever is trapped. The reason its called a ghost leviathan is due to its body that is super resistant to physical attacks normally. Hits slide right off of it like they pass through it. But again, with honestly most of our strength levels that wont matter much. (Skadi)


    Well, if needed, I can just use ster magic again. (Luna)


    I keep forgetting about that. Alright, but dontpletely destroy it, leviathan meat is like the sea version of wyvern meat, just a little less tasty. (Skadi)


    Physical attacks all the way then. (Luna)


    Hehe. (Soleil)


    We all grouped closer together while we waited for the leviathan to appear. We didnt have to wait long though. We started to hear really loud, echoy noises that seemed toe from every direction at once. I set up a space barrier around us so that the sound wouldnt actually disorient me and Soleil.


    Thanks, big sis. (Soleil)


    No problem. (Luna)


    After another minute of looking around, the leviathan finally revealed itself. It was swimming at us head-on and it was massive. It gave off a fittingly ghostly blue glow with several points on its head glowing yellow. It had two long fins on the side of its head that were reminiscent of a hammerhead shark. It swam somewhat erratically while every so often being coveredpletely covered in darkness. Honestly, the effect was like those scenes from a horror movie where whatever is chasing the protagonist appears closer every time the lights flicker.


    Luna, is there any way you can make this barrier only cover out ears, otherwise we wont be able to hit it. (Skadi)


    I snapped my fingers and adjusted the barrier in ordance with Skadis request. As soon as I did that, the leviathan twisted its body and one of the fins on the side of its head started scraping against the ground as it tried to get us to split up. Once it got close enough it let out the loudest sound its made so far to increase its chances to disorient us, though it had little effect. We did move to avoid its head and the first to strike it was Ophidia. She punched it in the bottom of its jaw which forced it shut and knocked it off its original course. After that, Mio descended into the darkness like the leviathan was doing earlier and appeared above it with a weapon made of pure darkness and swung down. The magic pierced it, but not deep enough for Mios attack to do what it needed to.


    Tch. (Mio)


    On the side opposite of me, Mio, and Ophidia, Skadi swung her sword and sliced the fin that was dragging across the ground off. The leviathan let out a strange groan of pain after that shook the ground. Soleil used some ster magic to buff Velvet who extended her sword to try and restrain the leviathan before it could recover enough to either go into a frenzy or run away managed to get her sword to wrap around one of the other fins on the leviathan and pulled back. The leviathan was momentarily stopped but started to move again while slowly dragging Velvet with it.


    Luna! (Velvet)


    On it! (Luna)


    I jumped towards the base of the leviathans head and stabbed my sword into it. Using my sword as a catalyst, I made a de of ice around the de of my sword. The ice de then pierced out the other side of the leviathan. Then, using all of my strength, I pulled down on the handle of my sword and cut through the neck of the leviathan. It tried to let out some death noises but with most of its throat gone all that came out was some kind of gurgling. The blue glow and the darkness around us faded as the leviathan crashed into the ground kicking up sand inrge clouds. Once the clouds of sand dissipated and I could see the surroundings again, I looked at everyone. All of them but Mio had a satisfied expression on their face.


    I feel useless nya. My attack didnt do anything nya. (Mio)


    Dont feel bad, Mio. It probably had high resistance to darkness magic since it used it as well. (Luna)


    It shouldnt matter nya. I want to contribute more to the party than just being the one that naps all the time nya. (Mio)


    I understand your feelings, Mio. Well try to find more opportunities for you to shine. I dont want you to feel like you dont-ugh. (Luna)


    Lunya nya!? (Mio)


    I fell to my knees as a familiar pain started to course through my body starting at my lower back.


    Heh. Two levels from one leviathan. I like it. Ugh. (Luna)


    The others ran over to us when they heard Mio shouting.


    Another tail? (Velvet)


    Uuuuugghhhh. (Luna)


    {Trantion: Yes, and it hurts.}


    I didnt think this leviathan would let you level twice. (Skadi)


    The pain increased further as I felt something change.


    {Luna, why arent you letting yourself pass out from the pain?}


    <em>Because I want to be able to continue moving after this is over. I dont want to dy our journey for who knows how long because Im passed out in bed. With the exception of my fifth tail, I was out ofmission for some time afterwards. The time increased with the number of tails and I dont want the others to have to wait for me. </em>(Luna)


    The pain increased again and I bit down on my lip to keep from screaming. I tasted blood and I became dizzy. Another minute passed before the pain stated to rapidly fade. The sensation of another tail moving around caused me to smile before I shakily tried to move.


    Big sis, you look kinda scary with blood dripping from your mouth like that. (Soleil)


    I started to use healing magic on myself while I whipped the blood from my mouth.


    At least I managed to stay conscious. Give me a bit to actually be able to move again and we can start moving. (Luna)


    Lunya nya, I know what I said earlier nya, but that doesnt mean we need to rush nya. The merfolk can wait nya. (Mio)


    Heh. Its not just that, Mio. I also dont want all of you to just wait around somewhere while I do nothing. I feel like if I did that, Id be holding everyone back. I always feel that way when I get a new tail and am put out ofmission. (Luna)


    You do know that we dont mind, right? Honestly, you dont rest enough. (Velvet)


    Yeah, big sis. While we do go on long stretches of time where all we do is walk and stuff, and nothing is a challenge for us, but you still hardly sit still. I mean, I have no idea if you truly rx when you see Goddess Tamamo, but still. Even when we go on off weeks where we visit home, you do a lot of stuff. (Soleil)


    Im of the same opinion as them, master. I know that you hardly sleep sometimes and are always making things and putting them in your inventory at night. (Ophidia)


    Fine. I get it, you want me to take a break so that Im in peak condition. Im fine with that, but I dont feel like teleporting to the one of the inds or the shrine. So how about we reach the merfolk city and I do what you say? We shouldnt be that far from it, right? (Luna)


    Were still about four days away. (Skadi)


    Soleil and Velvet looked at each other and then back to me where they nodded their heads. Mio also nodded her head while Ophidia and Skadi didnt react but I could tell that they agreed.


    With that decided, what changed this time, big sis? (Soleil)


    Lets see. (Luna)


    I took my ne off and my other tails appeared at my back.


    Oooo. How pretty. (Soleil)


    I turned my head to see what she was talking about. When I saw one of my tails, my eyes widened in surprise. While the silver tip remained, the pure ck color was reced by what I could only describe as a starry sky pattern. When I moved the tail that I was looking at, the background didnt move along with it making it seem like my tails were now like windows looking at a starry sky. I became mesmerized by this and moved my tails some more. I noticed a few of the constetions I made as well, so, if my hunch was right, Soleil and I would be able to use ster magic without me opening up small domains now.


    Its not just your tails that are like that, Luna. Your hair is like that as well, though its only the parts that people would only be able to see if you looked straight at them. (Skadi)


    {I can get used to this. It fits you so well.}


    I chuckled at Tamamos words while pulling out one of the tags for my ne. I enchanted it like the others that were on it while adding another enchantment to make my tails look like they did before. When I finished that and before I put the ne back on, something in my head clicked.


    Wait, thats a thing that can happen? (Luna)


    What? (Ophidia)


    I concentrated on my tails and pictured them as a single one. A small ticklish feeling came from my lower back and I tried to see what happened only to be met with a giant fluffy thing blocking my view.


    Um, what just happened? (Soleil)


    Apparently I can make all of my tails turn into one to hide them, but I guess its not as discrete as I thought it would be. (Luna)


    {Wait, can I do that as well?}


    Try it, Tamamo. If I can, you most likely can as well. (Luna)


    {I can, but its weird. And heavy. I think I prefer 10 separate tails to one giant one.}


    I have to agree, though the big single tail would be nice as a hug pillow. (Luna)


    This statement caused Mio to perk up.


    Nya. (Mio)


    Not now, Mio. (Luna)


    Fine nya. But at some point it will happen nya. (Mio)


    Alright. (Luna)


    I made my tails return to eight separate ones again and put on my ne. I then stood up.


    Oh, before we go, Im gonna check my stats. (Luna)


    I pulled up my status to see the new changes and while I wasnt really surprised, I did get this surreal feeling looking at it.


    <strong>Name: Luna Reed</strong>


    <strong>Race: Kitsune(Eight-tailed/Demigod)</strong>


    <strong>Sex: Female</strong>


    <strong>Level: 80</strong>


    <strong>ss: Quintuple-mage</strong>


    <strong>HP: 100%-SSS</strong>


    <strong>MP: EX</strong>


    <strong>Vit: EX</strong>


    <strong>Def: EX</strong>


    <strong>Res: EX</strong>


    <strong>Str: SSS</strong>


    <strong>Int: EX</strong>


    <strong>Agi: EX</strong>


    <strong>Dex: EX</strong>


    <strong>Skills: Presence detection, Trap detection, Trap disarming, Trap creation, Dagger LV. 10, Short sword LV. 10, Archery LV.10, Poison crafting, Appraisal LV.10, Mana Regeneration LV.10, Stealth LV.10, Household, Sleep Resistance LV.10, Restraint LV.10, Brushing Technique LV.10, Telepathy LV.10, Intimidation LV.10, Parallel Processing, Cartography LV.10, Singing LV.10, Woodcarving LV.10, Hidden Weapon LV.10, Dance LV.10, Music(Flute) LV. 10</strong>


    <strong>Magic Skills: Ice Magic LV.10, Lightning Magic LV.10, Healing Magic LV.10, Space Magic LV.10, Ster Magic LV.10</strong>


    <strong>Race Skills: Illusion Magic LV.10, Spirit Vision, Fox Fire, Fox Transformation, Enhanced Senses, Night Vision, Enhanced Physical Strength</strong>


    <strong>Unique Skills: Status Effect Immunity, Ice Mist, Language Comprehension, Infinite Inventory, Divine Fluff Technique</strong>


    <strong>Divine Skills: Domain Creation, Constetion Creation, Divine Judgement(Sealed), Abyssal Blessing, Apostle Creation, Summon: Apostle</strong>


    <strong>Blessings, Divine Protection, and Titles: </strong>


    <strong>Divine Protection of the Moon Goddess, Reincarnated, Fated One of the Moon Goddess, Abyssal Fluff, Sage, Trap Master: Dismantling, Ninja, Dungeon Clearer, Master of the Ancient Serpent, Wyvern yer, Spectral Mists, Demigod of Stars, Demigod of Space, Master of Hidden Weapons, Weapons Master, Jack of All Trades, Owner of Cerberus</strong>


    <strong>Authority: Space, Fluff, Stars</strong>


    <strong>Depth:[emailprotected]#%^#%</strong>


    <strong>Labors: 7</strong>


    So, just how stupid strong are you now? (Velvet)


    Only things that arent EX are HP and STR. (Luna)


    Thats truly just stupid. I mean, youre basically a goddess now. (Skadi)


    Hey, I know. But were just going to treat this like its normal so that any curious gods that start watching me for whatever reason dont get all upset that Im more a goddess than a demigoddess thats descended to y around. (Luna)


    {Ill be back. I need to check on something.}


    I tilted my head at Tamamos sudden urgency before just shrugging it off. Once I made sure that I was in perfect condition again, we started moving again. Four dayster, we could see the city of merfolk in the distance.


    Chaos Realm:


    Before you say anything, Tamamo, her race is still demigod, so no, she''s not breaking any rules.


    Tamamo: That''s a relief. As for anyone else watching her, there aren''t, right?


    Nope. Aside from you and us here, no other gods are watching her.


    Astraea: Yay! Miss Tama is here!


    Order: Astraea, calm down.


    Tamamo: Ufufu. She''s gotten bigger again.


    Yeah. Though she won''t grow physically again for a while.


    Order: Astraeae back, I you need to finish your lessons for the day.


    Astraea: Ok. Miss Tama, I''ll see you in a little bit.


    Tamamo: What are you trying to teach her?


    To read. After that we''re thinking of starting to teach her the theoretical side of magic and stuff before we let her go on to the practical side.


    Tamamo: Far be it for me to try and give parenting advice, but isn''t this a bit too early to teach her that? Magic, I mean.


    The book knowledge part, no. And I''ve also already ced restrictions so she can''t sneakily try to do magic before she is actually ready to.


    Tamamo: I see. By the way, where is Atmos?


    Trying to figure out the perfect timing to prank Soleil.


    Tamamo: I knew she would hold a small grudge for that. I guess I''ll go and tell Luna and Soleil to prepare for something in the near future.


    That''s probably a good idea.

 Chapter 302: Arrival at the Merfolk City

    Chapter 302: Arrival at the Merfolk City


    [Luna POV]


    Though it was still a good distance away, from what I could tell, the city was massive. It was also very colorful, like it was made of the most vibrant coral or some simr material.


    Im kind of nervous. (Soleil)


    Howe? (Luna)


    Well, we pretty much only learned the absolute basics of thenguage, so what if we cause a misunderstanding that makes this whole trip a waste? Like, what if I say something meaning one thing, but the other party takes offence to whatever I said or worse? (Soleil)


    Me and Skadi will be there to handle it if something like that happens. (Luna)


    Not to mention that something like that wont happen anyway. The merfolk are quite amiable and as long as you dont kill someone, then youll be able to resolve something as simple as some messed upmunication. Oh, but make sure you dont mention anything about immortality, theyre kind of jaded about that. (Skadi)


    We should be fine then, immortality doesnte up very much in normal conversation. (Ophidia)


    Youd be surprised. (Skadi)


    Well, you didnt teach them the word for it, so as long as the two of us avoid it, then it should be fine. (Luna)


    True. (Skadi)


    As we approached the city, Tamamo came back and started to speak to us.


    {Luna, Soleil, be prepared. What Soleil said about pranks a while back made Atmos upset and shes nning something.}


    It wont cause us any actual problems, right? (Luna)


    {Im pretty sure shes going to be petty, but not so much as to actually hinder you. And even then, her target is Soleil.}


    Think shell let me off if I apologize? (Soleil)


    {She might go a little easier on you.}


    Regret! (Soleil)


    Fufufu. Dont worry, she wouldnt think of doing something THAT bad, right Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Did I ever tell you how wonderful you look when you make a face like that?}


    Once or twice. (Luna)


    This isnt the time for flirting, you two. This is a crisis. (Soleil)


    For a second I thought I hearsughtering from somewhere, but I decided to ignore it to try and think of something. It was then that an idea came to me.


    Soleil, think its time for a prank war? (Luna)


    Possibly. I know I brought it on to myself, but that doesnt mean Im just gonna take a prank to the face without some retaliation. (Soleil)


    A coboration of me and you pranking the goddess of mischief. Fufufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Hehehehehehehe. (Soleil)


    Should we stop them? (Velvet)


    I dont think we can nya. (Mio)


    While me and Soleil schemed, much to the chagrin of the others, we eventually made it to the city. Surprisingly, there wasnt a wall surrounding it, but when I thought about it, it made sense. I mean, things could just swim over it if they wanted, so what would be the point and a barrier would have its own maintenance issues that wouldnt be sustainable in the long term. Though even with theck of a wall, there were still guards posted on the edge of the city. When two of them saw us approaching they swam toward us. When they saw Skadi though, their faces lit up like kids of Christmas.


    Its Hero Skadi! Go alert the elders, prepare a parade!


    Why every single time? Just why? (Skadi)


    Would this happen if I survived and stayed here? Did this kind of thing happen to ke and Damien? (Luna)


    Dad said that there were some talks about something like this happening, but he ran away before he actually had to participate. Its also probably why he doesnt travel very much. (Soleil)


    How very ke, not that I me him. (Luna)


    *Sigh* Lets just get this over with. (Skadi)


    The merfolk guard that didnt swim back to the city finally made it to us before he suddenly stopped and did something as close to prostrating as he could with a tail like his in front of Skadi.


    Hero Skadi, it is an honor to be in your presence. Wee to the city of Azure.


    Thank you for the greeting, but you know a parade isnt necessary. I said that thest time I came here as well, and while I am honored by the sentiment, me and my friends here have been on quite the long journey and would really like some time to rest. (Skadi)


    The excited merman seemed to dete a little at Skadi rejecting participating in a parade, but still never lost his reverent smile.


    While its a shame that there wont be a parade today, I can at least bring you to a good ce to stay. Oh, my apologies,panions of Hero Skadi, wee to the City of Azure, we merfolk wee you all with open arms. I hope your stay here will be memorable.


    The merman guard then turned around and beckoned us to follow him.


    <em>Hero eh? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Please dont ask. </em>(Skadi)


    <em>Fine. I just hope this wont make things hard for us while were here. </em>(Luna)


    <em>If ites to it, Ill go and talk to the leaders of the city and ask them to treat the rest of you like normal people, though if they learn about my rtionship with Ophidia, that might make things a bit harder for her. </em>(Skadi)


    <em>If you want my opinion, I really dont mind since Id be suffering with you instead of just watching you go through it. </em>(Ophidia)


    We soon made it into the city. The guard that was leading us called over one of the others that had appeared when news of Skadi being here spread. He gave some quick instructions to them and they swam away quickly before he turned to us and spoke.


    I just told that one to go and stop the parade preparations. Now Ill lead you all to a ce fitting for your status.


    Actually, thest time I was here I brough back the daughter of one of the elders and they gave me a residence as a reward. If you could lead us there wed be happy. (Skadi)


    AH! Yes, I remember now, the whole city was told about that incident. Please follow me.


    I have a bad feeling about this now. (Skadi)


    I bet its going to be a grand pce nya. And itll have several statues of you nya. (Mio)


    I hate that I cant deny that Im thinking the exact same thing. (Skadi)


    I chuckled at that since I had the same thoughts as well. We were then led through the city on the way there while the guard cheerfully spoke about the part of the city we were walking through. All the while other merfolk we passed stopped what they were doing and stared at Skadi like she was a goddess walking among them.


    <em>Skadi, I know you said not to ask, but I kind of really want to know what this is all about now. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Ill exinter then. But only when were left alone. *Sigh*I hate all of this staring. </em>(Skadi)


    {If its any constion, at least they arent a cult.}


    <em>For now. I feel like if I do anything else for these people here, theyll all start dropping to their metaphorical knees to worship me and that makes me ufortable. </em>(Skadi)


    <em>Hey Velvet, arent other vampires like that with Tamamo? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Yes, though I dont see why youre bringing that up? </em>(Velvet)


    <em>I just felt like it. I mean, I just find it funny that the three people here with a full connection to the divine have people like this. For Tamamo its vampires, for me its elves, and for Skadi its merfolk. </em>(Luna)


    {Ive spent so much time watching all of you that Ive gotten used to Velvets tameness in regards to me that I almost shut out the fanaticism of most of the rest of her race from my mind.}


    <em>Big sis, while I get that you find it funny, your expression says otherwise. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Yeah, now that I brought it up, I remember the expressions of the elves back then and it just sends chills up my spine. Fanaticism is scary. </em>(Luna)


    {<em>I cant agree more.</em>} (Skadi and Tamamo)


    While some of us were wallowing in our shared difort of out fanatics, we arrived in front of a grand manor that was actually one step from being a pce. It was three stories tall and made of a mix of light and dark blue coral-looking material with decorative and very shiny shells and metals as ornaments. I looked at Skadis expression out of the corner of my eye and saw her with a twitching smile spread across her face. She thanked the guard for guiding us here before she practically shut the door in his face. Once the door was closed and she was sure that nobody but us were here, she slumped to the floor.


    Ugh. (Skadi)


    Im sorry I wanted toe here, Skadi. I didnt know that it would be like this. (Luna)


    Dont be sorry, wasnt I the one to suggesting here in the first ce? (Skadi)


    I mean, yeah, but still. (Luna)


    Its fine. Ill talk to the ones in charge tomorrow and see what I have to do to get the people here to leave us in rtive peace. (Skadi)


    Skadi nya, can you tell us why they treat you like this nyow nya? (Mio)


    *Sigh* Fine. Lets find a ce to rx and Ill talk. (Skadi)


    We looked around for a ce to sit. Once we found a lounge, we all sat on the weirdly shaped couches and Skadi started to talk about several past escapades in which she assisted or saved some merfolk which led to her treatment in the present.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Hoho. A prank war, is it? I''m game.


    Order: Atmos.


    Atmos: Don''t ruin my fun, Order. I won''t go too hard on them. It won''t be fun for any of us if I go all out from the beginning since I have the full advantage.


    Order: Just try not to cause too much chaos.


    Oi!


    Order: You know what I mean.


    Hehe.


    Atmos: Oh, mind bringing Luna and Soleil here? If we''re going to actually go through with this, we should at least agree on some terms and conditions so that we keep this contained as much as possible.


    I''ll get them here next time.


    Atmos: Order, would you mind being the impartial observer?


    Order: Fine by me. Someone needs to be the one to keep things in check if you and Luna are going to get into a discussion like this and I feel like while Tamamo will say something, she''ll concede to the two of you in the end. She''s soft when ites to the both of you after all.

 Chapter 303: Skadis Stress Relief

    Chapter 303: Skadi''s Stress Relief


    [Skadi POV]


    The next day I came back to the manor I was given after meeting with the leaders of the city. It was decided that I would act as the honored guest at a festival in order for the people of the city to let us move around freely without stopping us to more or less gush over my past deeds. If I had to describe how I felt at this moment, it would be drained. I walked over to the nearest couch andid down and burying my face in a pillow.


    Uugghh. (Skadi)


    Now now, theres no need for that. (Ophidia)


    Yes, there is. I didnt realize just how much the people here liked me and its exhausting. I mean, it took me two hours just to talk the leaders down from pretty much appointing me the ruler of the city to just a day long festival. And dont even ask how many times they tried to marry off their children or even grandchildren to me. (Skadi)


    Hmm. (Ophidia)


    Dont. (Skadi)


    Fine. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia sat down and I looked at her. She smiled at me and patted her thighs. I flipped over and moved until my head rested in herp.


    What are the others up to? (Skadi)


    Soleil is painting with the help of a domain to keep the water off of her stuff. Velvet and Mio are practicing their darkness magic. Master is writing down a list of stuff she has in her inventory. (Ophidia)


    Thatst thing sound interesting. (Skadi)


    I agree, but she wont let any of us see it until shes done with it. (Ophidia)


    I guess she wants us to be surprised by whats on this list then. (Skadi)


    Thats what I think as well. But enough about the others, close your eyes and take a nap. That will help relieve you of some of that stress. (Ophidia)


    Dont mind if I do. (Skadi)


    I closed my eyes and slowly fell asleep with the feeling of Ophidias hand running through my hair. When I woke up again, I felt refreshed. I looked up at Ophidia and saw that she was also asleep. I grinned seeing this and slowly sat up. Once I was in a sitting position, I carefullyid Ophidia down until our positions where reversed. After an hour of sitting like this and watching Ophidia sleep, she started to wake up.


    This is a nice way to wake up. (Ophidia)


    I thought that, since I enjoyed it, you would as well. (Skadi)


    And you were correct. How are you feeling now? (Ophidia)


    Better than earlier, though I know Im gonna be in the same state once we step foot outside. (Skadi)


    Should we ask master if we should just go somewhere else? I have a feeling that she will agree if it really makes you that ufortable. (Ophidia)


    Nah, Ive already agreed to participate in this festival they are gonna hold, and I dont go back on my word. Not to mention that, aside from some of the more overly excitable merfolk, most of the ones that I saw on my way to the leaders this morning didnt overreact to seeing me. (Skadi)


    Thats good. Though if anyone else tries to offer to marry you, I WILL get involved. You are mine and only mine, and I need to make sure people know that. (Ophidia)


    Hehe. I love that possessiveness of yours. Just dont go around killing people. (Skadi)


    Wasnt nning on it. At most Ill just kiss you in front of arge enough crowd to get the message across. You wouldnt mind that, right? (Ophidia)


    Not really. And even if I did, I would probably forget about it in the moment. (Skadi)


    It was at this moment that my stomach growled. Ophidia chuckled and yfully poked my stomach.


    Sounds like someone is hungry. (Ophidia)


    Shush you. (Skadi)


    I picked up Ophidias head and stood up from the couch.


    Dont run away. (Ophidia)


    Im not, Im getting something to eat. (Skadi)


    I walked over to where I had my bag and started to rummage through it to find something when I pulled out a box.


    I wonder where this came from? (Skadi)


    I opened the box and found it was full of assorted cookies. I quickly closed it again since I didnt want them to get ruined due to water. I then quickly asked Luna with telepathy to set up a domain with no water in it in the room we were in and a secondter she did so. After thanking her, I sat down next to Ophidia and reopened the box. I then noticed a little drawing of a snake on the inside of the lid.


    You made these? (Skadi)


    Yep. A while back I asked master to help me make something for you and I was going to give them to you sooner, but then things happened and Ipletely forgot about them. When I got up this morning and saw you werent here, I decided to do what master was doing and looked through my inventory and found them. Since you left your bag here, I decided to sneak them in there before I forgot again. (Ophidia)


    Well thanks. (Skadi)


    I took one of the cookies out of the box and bit off a piece. The mellow sweetness made me smile since it was just how I liked it.


    Very good. (Skadi)


    I nced over at Ophidia to see she had a wide smile on her face. I ate a few more cookies before I closed the box and put it back in my bag. When I sat back down again, I leaned my head against Ophidias shoulder.


    Ophidia, is there anything you want from me? (Skadi)


    What do you mean? (Skadi)


    I dont want to be the one on the receiving end all the time. You are the one thats almost always taking the lead in times where its just me and you, and I just go with it. I want to take the lead too, but I have no idea what you would want to do. I mean, with how good you are at all this romance stuff, youd never think that neither of us actually know what were doing regarding it. (Skadi)


    Youre overthinking it, Skadi. The only thing that I do is try to spend time with you. Thats all I really need. (Ophidia)


    Hmph. (Skadi)


    I moved and wrapped my arms around Ophidia and we fell to the side. I pinned her down by the shoulders and looked directly into her eyes.


    Ophidia, that cant be all. (Skadi)


    Why not? You know everything about me, so you know Im not that needy. (Ophidia)


    Because! I love you so much that it hurts and I dont know what to do! Id conquer the entire world and give it to you if you asked, but I know youd never ask that. I just feel like I need to do more. (Skadi)


    Ophidia was smiling up at me while I stared into her amber eyes. She then moved her arms and wrapped them around my neck, pulling me down.


    Like I said, youre overthinking it, Skadi. I couldnt care less about most things in this world as long as I have you. Who needs some material thing when I have you all for myself? I get that you want a way to express your feelings thats more than just spending time or sleeping with me, but truly, as long as its you, then Im more than content. (Ophidia)


    She then brought her lips to mine. While wey there kissing, I started to calm down. After about 15 minutes, we separated. I moved down a bit andid my head on Ophidias chest.


    Hehehe. (Ophidia)


    Whats so funny? (Skadi)


    I just wondered what all those merfolk would think if they saw us just now. (Ophidia)


    Not sure, but I bet at least a few would be jealous. (Skadi)


    Are you calmed down now? (Ophidia)


    Yeah, though Im gonna stay like this for a while. (Skadi)


    Thats perfectly fine. I like having a Skadi sized hug pillow as well. (Ophidia)


    I chuckled at that and then nestled closer. Wey there in silence for a while until the sound of Ophidias heartbeat lulled me to sleep again.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order:...


    ...


    Atmos:...


    Luna:...


    Soleil:...


    Order: Can you three just get this over with already? We have other stuff to do.


    Atmos: Fine. I now dere the start of this meeting to discuss the rules of the impending prank war.


    Luna: Alright then, state your terms and we''ll state ours.


    Atmos: First, no coteral damage. Second, no one but us three can be caught up in the pranks. Third, nothing is allowed to be life threatening.


    Soleil: I''m fine with all of that.


    Luna: So am I. Now for ours. First, all pranks must not cause extreme difort, like a certain sword.


    Soleil: Second, the pranks must not ur at times where something important is happening.


    Atmos: Define that please.


    Luna: Say we find something to do in the merfolk city like anotherbor for me toplete, you are not allowed to prank us during that time until saidbor isplete.


    Atmos: I''m fine with that. Is there any more from the two of you?


    Soleil: No.


    Luna: No.


    Atmos: Order, do you have any problem with any of these conditions?


    Order: No. These will serve to preserve order, so I give this prank war my blessing.


    *Atmos, Luna, and Soleil shake hands*


    Luna: With that out of the way, let me just say how proud of Ophidia I am. I didn''t realize she was that smooth.


    Soleil: I agree.


    Atmos: She is impressive, but I believe that she learned all of that from watching the two of you.


    I agree with Atmos. She watched the two of you interact with you own significant others a lot, so she picks up a thing or two constantly.


    Soleil: I don''t know if I should feel embarrassed about that or not?


    Luna: I wouldn''t. It just goes to show you that you are a good lover to Velvet.


    Order: I''ve been taking notes as well, I just need people to stop showing up so much.


    Atmos: You said the quiet part out loud.


    Order: Oh, my bad.

 Chapter 304: List and the War has Begun

    Chapter 304: List and the War has Begun


    [Luna POV]


    The day after we arrived in the merfolk city, Skadi left early in the morning to figure out how we could go around freely without being bothered. While she was doing that, the rest of us did our own things. Soleil asked me to set up a dry domain so she could paint stuff and Velvet and Mio went somewhere else in the manor to practice their darkness magic. I sat down in the room I was staying in to look through and make a list of stuff in my inventory. At some point during this, Skadi came back and eventually asked me to make a domain with no water in it for her. I did that and then went back to finishing my list. Once it was done, I went to the room where Skadi and Ophidia were to find Skadi sleeping whileying on Ophidias chest.


    Shh. She just went back to sleep. (Ophidia)


    I nodded at her and then sat down in a free chair. Not long after that, the others came into the room. Ophidia said the same thing to them as she did to me so we all quietly sat around a small table. There, I ced the list down and quietly told the others what it was. They all looked down at it with great interest. Here is what was on the list: <ul> <li>Ancient Dwarven Tower-1</li> <li>Ancient Dwarven Wall (Fully Assembled)-1</li> <li>Wyvern Corpse (Non-disassembled)-348</li> <li>Wyvern Corpse (Partially disassembled)-16</li> <li>Wyvern Scales-10,400,687,777</li> <li>Wyvern Bones-600,849,721</li> <li>Wyvern Hide-7</li> <li>Wyvern Blood (Bottled)-8,946,214</li> <li>Wyvern Meat-200 tons</li> <li>Orc Corpse-700,987,845</li> <li>Orc Meat-1,879 tons</li> <li>Sea Drake Corpse-2</li> <li>Assorted Fish-200,489</li> <li>Fish Bones-Innumerable</li> <li>Bottle of Mercury-409</li> <li>Poisonous Needles (Fish)-1,688</li> <li>m things-800</li> <li>Pearls-500</li> <li>Deer (Fully Assembled)-75</li> <li>Deer (Partially Disassembled)-80</li> <li>Deer Antlers-A lot</li> <li>Deer Bones-Also a lot</li> <li>Assorted Meat from various other normal animals and monsters- 15 tons</li> <li>ss Bottles-10,568,156</li> <li>Potion of Greater Hurting-689</li> <li>Healing Potion-1,657</li> <li>Stamina Potion-5,777</li> <li>Paralysis Poison-600</li> <li>Sleeping Poison-600</li> <li>Elixer-5</li> <li>Poison-600</li> <li>Mana Potion-6,000</li> <li>Trap Mechanism-150</li> <li>Lockpick-999+</li> <li>Tripwire-200</li> <li>Assorted Swords-2,000</li> <li>Assorted Spears-1,642</li> <li>Assorted Axes-80</li> <li>Assorted Daggers-1,000</li> <li>Arrows-10,689</li> <li>Bows-50</li> <li>Metal Bows-6</li> <li>Gifted Shortsword-1</li> <li>Damaged Armor (Full Set)-800,000</li> <li>Armor (Individual Pieces)-1,000,000</li> <li>Enchanted Throwing Knives-10</li> <li>Trap Dismantling Equipment Sets-50</li> <li>Hammers-50</li> <li>Fully Equipped Kitchen-3</li> <li>Fully Equipped Forge-2</li> <li>Assorted Fruits and Vegetables-2,513,633</li> <li>Assorted Books-11,004</li> <li>Grimoires-32</li> <li>Assorted Jewels-70,988</li> <li>Gold (Coins)-400,896,475,013</li> <li>Silver (Coins)- Too many to count</li> <li>Camping Gear (Assortment)-60</li> <li>Kraken Tentacles-30</li> <li>Kraken Ink- 50 Liters</li> <li>Kraken (Body)-1</li> <li>Logs (Various Sizes)-7,848</li> <li>Assorted Musical Instruments-209</li> <li>Divinely Forged Chains-100</li> <li>Undergarments (Pairs)- 800</li> <li>Shirts-600</li> <li>Pants-521</li> <li>Skirts-200</li> <li>Shoes and Boots (Pairs)-400</li> <li>Fancy Dresses-3</li> <li>Fancy Kimono-2</li> <li>Easels-60</li> <li>Assorted Paints-300</li> <li>Sewing Needles-400</li> <li>Assorted Yarns and other Sewing Things- 800</li> <li>Tamamo Plush- 1</li> <li>Normal Brush-50</li> <li>Special Brush-15</li> <li>Brush of Primordial Chaos-1</li> <li>Box of Infinite Poky-1</li> <li>Assorted Jewelry-600</li> </ul>


    When the others finished reading over the list, their faces showed some interesting expressions. For the most part they were a mix of shock andknowing.


    Whats with that face, Velvet? (Luna)


    I think I just expected more. I mean, the numbers are one thing, but this list is surprisingly short. (Velvet)


    On my part nya, I knew we had a lot of money nya, but thats just too much nya. What are you going to do with it once you ascend nya? (Mio)


    Some of it will go to my shrine, some to various other humanitarian efforts, and the rest Im not too sure. Ill have to talk to Grey about what I need to do with it since he is the only other person that has been in my situation. (Luna)


    That seems reasonable. Also, what is this Brush of Primordial Chaos? (Soleil)


    A brush that I was gifted at some point. Dont ask who gave it to me since I dont remember. As for the name, thats what appraisal tells me, so I wrote it down. And no, its not dangerous, unless you think something with the ability to make even my tails fluffier is dangerous. (Luna)


    Isnt that apocalyptic? (Ophidia)


    {I dont think so. In fact, I wee it, but only once she ascends.}


    Im of the same opinion. (Atmos)


    As soon as Atmos said that, a cake appeared above me and Soleil. I instinctively opened portals above us and the cakes went through them and back at Atmos. Unfortunately, Atmos ounted for that and another three cakes flew into me and Soleils faces before I could react.


    (Luna)


    (Soleil)


    (The others minus Skadi)


    Heh. (Atmos)


    {*Sigh*}


    Atmos, you better be happy that these taste good and that we are in an agreed prank war right now. (Luna)


    Oh, believe me, this is just the tip of the iceberg. I have to get as far ahead as I can while you two cant fully retaliate. Though I have to say, you almost got me on that rebound the first time. (Atmos)


    Alls fair in pranks and war, huh? (Luna)


    Yep. Plus, we never agreed to a set start of the war when we negotiated rules, so thats on the two of you. (Atmos)


    We messed up there, big sis. (Soleil)


    True, but dont worry, I set something up as well. (Luna)


    Eh? (Atmos)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    H-hey! How!? AHHHHHHH! STOP IT! LUNA, THATS DANGEROUS! STOP IT WITH THE STELLAR MAGIC! HOW ARE YOU DOING THIS, YOUVE NEVER BEEN TO MY PLACE BEFORE!? (Atmos)


    Who said I havent? (Luna)


    TAMAMO! (Atmos)


    {Ufufufu.}


    Big sis, is there anything I can do? (Soleil)


    Not at the moment, so keep making ns for the next time you see her. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    Wait. Ha! (Atmos)


    Tch. (Luna)


    {What did she do?}


    She used her Authority of Fate on the magic so it wouldnt hit her. (Luna)


    {Atmos.}


    Hey, that was also never stated in the rules. (Atmos)


    Yeah, but it should have been an obvious unspoken rule. Otherwise this whole thing would bepletely one sided since you have two Authorities over us who can only prank normally. And anyway, all you had to do was wait for the talismans to run out of mana. I didnt charge them with that much. (Luna)


    Fine, I wont use my Authority of Fate again. But still, that was scary, Luna. That magic singed my hair several times. You of all people know how annoying thats gonna be to fix. (Atmos)


    Not that annoying. Ill fix it next time we see you in person. Ill even dere a cease-fire. (Luna)


    Alright. (Atmos)


    I nced at Soleil to see her smirk.


    See you then, Atmos. (Luna)


    See you then, Luna. (Atmos)


    Soleil and I then stood up.


    Soleil, lets go get all this cake off of us. (Luna)


    Coming, big sis. (Soleil)


    As we left the room, the others, minus Skadi, just looked confused and a bit bbergasted at what had just happened.


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna: Atmos, sit down in front of me.


    Atmos: Ok, now what?


    Luna: Let me do my thing. And be happy, you are the first person aside from Tamamo that I''m actually doing this for.


    Atmos: Wha...ooooooooooOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOOO!


    Luna: Stop it or I''ll stop.


    Atmos: Fine. But this is what the Abyss of Fluff is like, huh? It''s...I don''t know how to describe it.


    Luna: Fluffy, absurdly fluffy, an all-consuming fluffiness that will never let you go once you experience it?


    Atmos: Thest one is apt, though I can still escape it if I wanted to.


    Luna: Sure you can, but do you WANT to?


    Atmos: This and that are different. By the way, what exactly are you doing?


    Luna: Channeling mana through my tails and cing them on your head which in turn is fixing and improving your hair.


    Atmos: I see. Wait, is this why Tamamo''s tails have been like they are recently?


    Luna: Sort of. That''s a mix of several things all at once, but this is one part of it. Anyway, I''m done. How are you feeling about your hair now?


    Atmos: Better. Actually, I think it''s even better than it was before.


    Luna: Good. Soleil, you''re up.


    Soleil: Hehehehehehe.


    Atmos: Eh?


    *Sounds of wind and fire magic are heard*


    Atmos:...Really. You made artificial humidity as a prank to mess with me? Also, I thought there was a cease-fire?


    Luna: I made one, Soleil never did.


    Atmos: I ran into that one, but still, you need to step up your game, Soleil. I''ll give you this one, but I expect better next time.


    Soleil: I''m just doing what I can. It''s not like I know when I''m gonna show up here, after all.


    Atmos: True. This prank war is kinda going to be once sided until you can actuallye to the divine domain, so I think I''ll hold off on pranking you until then. Though the war will continue.


    Luna: Sure, do that and see what happens when me and Soleil work together. Fufufufu.


    Soleil: Hehehehehe.


    *Luna and Soleil disappear in a dramatic way*


    Atmos:...

 Chapter 305: Festival Under the Sea

    Chapter 305: Festival Under the Sea


    [Luna POV]


    We all spent several more days cooped up in Skadis manor while the people of the city made preparations for a festival honoring Skadi or something like that. Ophidia worked over time with pampering Skadi since, ording to her, it was unnecessary and over the top. While I understood where she wasing from, as well as getting several scary premonitions of something simr happening to me in the future, I was also looking forward to seeing just how a merfolk festival is. Once all the preparations were made and everything was set up, the leaders of the city sent someone to let Skadi and the rest of us know.


    The person that was sent knocked on the door of the manor and when Mio, who was the closest person there, opened the door, she apparently recognized the messenger.


    Nya! We meet again nya. (Mio)


    Yes, it is nice to meet you again, savoir Mio. And Im happy that we can understand each other this time. (???)


    Theres nyo nyeed to call me savior nya. (Mio)


    Nonsense. You and the rest of your friends saved my life, so you are all my saviors. (???)


    Mio invited her in and when I got a good look at her, I could understand why people would make myths about mermaids in my old world. She was quite pretty with long aquamarine hair and eyes and a long tail with a mix of silver and gold scales. She wore several nes and bracelets made of shiny shells and on her head was a tiara-like thing made of vibrant orange coral.


    Oh, my apologies, I forgot to introduce myself. I am Miyuki, daughter of one of the leaders of the city. I am pleased to meet you all again as well as technically meeting you for the first time, miss. (Miyuki)


    She smiled as she greeted everyone, though when she looked in my direction, she tilted her head in confusion.


    Is something wrong? Oh, and my name is Luna. (Luna)


    Oh no, nothing is wrong, its just I thought you had multiple tails. Last time I saw you, you had two, or was I just seeing things due to stress that time? (Miyuki)


    *Sigh* I know I didnt exin all the details since it wasnt my ce to do so, I do remember saying that you should ignore or even forget that, or at the very least not think too much about it. (Skadi)


    No, I remember your warning, Hero Skadi, I was just wondering since that image stuck with me for some odd reason. (Miyuki)


    Im hiding it, but thats as much as Im willing to exin. Id appreciate it if you didnt ask any more. (Luna)


    I understand, savior Luna. Now, I am here to let you all know that the festival preparations have been finished and all thats left is Hero Skadis presence. The rest of you feel free to roam around to your hearts content. (Miyuki)


    Miyuki, there is one request that I want to make. (Skadi)


    Anything, Hero Skadi. (Miyuki)


    Id like Ophidia toe with me. (Skadi)


    There is no problem with that, but may I ask why? (Miyuki)


    Shes my fiance. (Skadi)


    Eh? OhOH! Yes, please have here with you. I must tell the leaders this information immediately. (Miyuki)


    Why? Is there a problem? (Skadi)


    Not really, though this information also ruins some of the leaders ns. (Miyuki)


    I was very clear thest time I met with them that I was not going to marry any of their children or grandchildren. (Skadi)


    I understand that, but some of the older ones dont care. They want to tie you here very much. (Miyuki)


    Come, Skadi. We simply must meet these people. (Ophidia)


    Just stop at maiming them, Ophidia. (Luna)


    I know, master. (Ophidia)


    This matter aside, I hope you all enjoy yourselves. Now, if you excuse us. (Miyuki)


    Skadi, Ophidia and Miyuki left the manor and boarded a carriage-like think that was pulled by two sharks and left. Half an hourter, the rest of us also left the manor to go and explore this festival. The second we left the decorative gate of the manor, I immediately noticed the festive vide of the city. People were swimming around in very colorful clothes and many of what they were wearing had some feathery kind of attachments of varying lengths. Others even had some fancy kind of face paint and body paint making intricate designs on their skin.


    Merfolk culture is strange. (Soleil)


    Its rude to call other cultures strange, Soleil, its just different from what youre used to. (Luna)


    Ah. (Soleil)


    {Would you like me to try this at some point, Luna?}


    If you want to. Ill do the same for you.


    {I can already imagine it, and I must say, you look quite nice.}


    Fufufu.


    Luna,e back to us. (Velvet)


    What? (Luna)


    Were going this way,e on. (Velvet)


    Coming. (Luna)


    While we walked and looked around, I was astonished. The city was built very interestingly. The buildings were mostly made of coral, though there were some that were made ofrge sea anemones. Others were like overlyrge tents hung from the spikes of what I thought were ginormous urchins. When we walked onto arger street, we ran into what was basically a wall of people that were having the time of their lives partying in the street. Some yed some kind of instrument that worked in some way that I didnt know. If I had topare this to something from my previous world, it would probably have to be Carnival, not that I ever experienced it personally.


    Nya! This seems very fun nya. Makes me want to dance and stuff nya. (Mio)


    Were not stopping you. (Velvet)


    I knyow that nya, but I also feel like Id mess up the rhythm if I butted in nya. (Mio)


    Nonsense! Feel free to join the festivities, surfacedy! Its a festival, dance and party to your hearts content!


    We turned to see who spoke and saw a buff looking merman that wore a giant headdress and mask.


    Come,e! Celebrate the joyous asion! HAHAHAHAHAHA!


    He swam awayughing.


    Nyahaha. To dance away nya! (Mio)


    Mio went forward into the crowd and joined in with the dancing.


    Aww. That guy could have at least told us where to get a mask like that. It was interesting. (Velvet)


    Then lets me and you look around to see if we can find someone selling them. Sorry for leaving you like this, big sis. (Soleil)


    Youre fine. Go and have fun, though Id like us all to meet up again at some point. (Luna)


    Sounds reasonable. If we find a goodndum, sea(?) mark to meet at, well let you know. (Velvet)


    Fufu. Later. (Luna)


    The two of them walked off in another direction while I remained near the street Mio went to have fun on.


    Have to say, I wasnt expecting to end up alone.


    {Youre never alone, Luna, though I get what youre saying.}


    Well, I might as well explore a bit and see what I can find.


    {Oh, are you worried about Atmos, by the way?}


    No, we agreed not to prank each other when there is a possibility for other, non-rted people to get caught up in one.


    {Alright.}


    As I walked around speaking with Tamamo, I stopped by several different spots and bought some things here and there. After some time and making my way around on some less crowded streets, I found myself in front of arge colosseum. Since it didnt seem closed off from the public, I walked inside since it piqued my interest.


    Tamamo, I have a good feeling about this.


    {How so?}


    Not too sure since its just a feeling, but still.


    After walking around for a bit, I ended up in what looked like a stable. In the stalls were horse-looking animals. When I appraised one, I learned that they were hippocampi.


    Oh, hello miss.


    I turned my head to see who spoke to me. The person that spoke was a, inparison to the people Ive seen so far, short merman. He had grey and silver scales and wavy hair that moved ever so slightly in the small currents of the water.


    Hello. (Luna)


    Since you have legs, I know you arent from around here, so I must ask, are you lost?


    Sort of. Ive just been wandering around and found myself here. Am I not supposed to be here? (Luna)


    This ce isnt off limits, but not many people actuallye here. Anyway, I can lead you back to the one of the main streets if youd like.


    As soon as I was about to answer, one of the hippocampi made a strange noise.


    No. No, no, no, no, no. Im sorry miss, Ill help you out in a bit, but I need to check on this first.


    The merman swam over to one of the stall and flung the door open. I quickly moved over there as well to see what was happening to see a beautiful hippocampiying on the ground, a dullness in its eyes that meant only one thing.


    No, please dont go yet. Its too soon.


    The hippocampus made a weak noise and it nuzzled its nose against the stablepersons hands.


    Im good at healing magic, do you want me to help? (Luna)


    The stableperson shook his head and I could see tears fall from his eyes.


    Unfortunately, you cant help, unless of course, you know how to heal old age.


    Ah. (Luna)


    I do thank you for the offer though, miss.


    My names Percy. Im the one that is in charge of taking care of all the chariot hippocampi for the arena. While I dont wish to be rude, can you please leave me? (Percy)


    Of course. (Luna)


    Thank you. If you leave here and take three left turns and a right you should find yourself back outside. (Percy)


    I nodded my head and left the stables.


    So much for my good feeling.


    {Yeah.}


    {No need to feel that bad, Luna. You didnt even know that creature to be attached to it emotionally.}


    I know, but the death of an animal that was well taken care of is still sad. Though there is one good thing that came out of this I guess.


    {What is it?}


    The full race name of the hippocampi in the stables were Diomedes Hippocampi. That means that, even if not the exact same, there is a possibility that Im going toplete anotherbor here. And I feel like that Percy guy is going to be the one to ask me to do it.


    {Good luck, then.}


    Thanks. Oh, this also seems like a good ce to meet up, especially since there is arge stage that seems important over there.


    {Tell the others then.}


    I am.


    I let the others know about the ce that we can meet up at when they are ready and got confirmation from them. After that, I walked around in the vicinity of the stage to look at some more festival shops as well as some of what I assumed were normal shops. After about three more hours, Velvet and Soleil showed up. Velvet had a wide smile on her face and Soleil did as well.


    Looks like you two had fun. (Luna)


    Yep. We found a lot of masks, Soleil found some paints made from things only found around here. (Velvet)


    We also got some pretty things from a few other shops. (Soleil)


    Good for you, then. (Luna)


    We chatted for a bit and before long Mio showed up as well. When she walked up to us, I noticed that she had some of the same feather like things tied into her hair and woven around her visible tail.


    Nyahahahaha. I had so much fun nya. These merfolk really know how to party nya. (Mio)


    Yeah. Though I wonder what this stage has to do with the festival. I mean, I have a good idea, but I wonder when its going to be used. (Soleil)


    My guess itll be when theyre done with their chat with Ophidia. (Luna)


    Probably nya. (Mio)


    So, what should we do while we wait for the main event? (Velvet)


    I did find a ce that had some interesting stuff. Want to go and see if you will find something you like? (Luna)


    The others looked at one another and nodded. I led them to the ce I was talking about and we all looked around to see if we could find anything. After some time, we paid for the things we wanted and left. When we got back onto the street, we saw that a lot of people were moving in the direction the stage was at.


    Guess its time to see what Skadis part in this festival will be. (Luna)


    We did the same as the crowd and went in the direction of the stage. When we got as to the best ce we could, we turned our attention to the stage. We saw eight merfolk that all wore something like orange coral crowns on their heads. Four of the eight of them looked elderly, while the other four were slightly younger, but still old. Several of them also looked like they had the life drained from them.


    Fufufu. Ophidia did a real number on them. Mentally speaking. (Luna)


    Seems like it. (Velvet)


    They had iting nya. (Mio)


    Yep. (Soleil)


    Once the za was as full as it could be, one of the people floating above the stage swam to the forefront and started to speak.


    Hello everyone! We hope you all had a grand time and hope you continue to do so! Now, its time for the festivals main event! We are blessed to be joined by our citys hero and savior and she has agreed to participate in the festivities!


    Cheers rose up from everyone in the crowd that made the water around us visibly vibrate. Then the eight people on stage moved to the left and right and Skadi walked up. She was wearing something different that what she was earlier. Now she wore a beautiful white toga-like gown that ended a little under her knees. It had long, flowing sleeves that trailed after her with a pretty effect as they floated behind her. Her long silver hair was adorned with bright orange coral rings that let it float around like her sleeves. Around her neck was a ck and silver ne in the shape of a snake. With her dressed like that and the backdrop of a marvelous colosseum , a normal person would think she was a goddess descended.


    Fufu. Found Ophidia. (Luna)


    Heh. Shes got the best seat in the ce. (Soleil)


    Shes also staring down the older group nya. (Mio)


    Hehe. (Velvet)


    Once Skadi was centerstage, she raised a hand and waved and the cheers made the ones earlier seem quiet. Soon a continuous chant of Hero Skadi was started. After a few minutes of this, the merman that was talking earlier stepped forward again and calmed the crowd.


    I know you are all excited! We are as well! We will now hear some words from Hero Skadi and then the party can truly begin!


    The merman swam back into his ce and Skadi took one more step forward. She looked around the crowd with a stiff looking smile on her face. When she saw us, her whole body went stiff for a second before she moved on.


    Hello to you all! I am happy to see all of you in good spirits! I hope you continue to be for the rest of time! (Skadi)


    She then took several steps back just as the crowd cheered once more.


    Shes not great at the whole speech thing. (Velvet)


    I mean, its not like she wanted to do that in the first ce. Even Id need a few days to prepare to give a speech in front of a crowd thisrge. (Luna)


    Id need to be bribed with a months worth of food to do it nya. (Mio)


    Eh, Id be fine if I had to speak about something I like, like Velvet or big sis and her tails. (Soleil)


    Thats most people, Soleil. Get someone talking about something they like and itll be harder to shut them up. (Luna)


    Soon the crowd turned into a giant mass of jubtion. People were dancing, drinking, eating, and pretty much anything else youd find at a giant party. Skadi was given an almost throne-like seat to sit on, on stage. She looked very ufortable, but only someone that knew her well would notice.


    Should we go rescue Skadi? (Luna)


    Probably nya. She looks like shes about to crack nya. (Mio)


    Alright. Time to work my magic. (Luna)


    I looked at the stage and started to use telepathy to talk to Ophidia.


    <em>Ophidia, get ready to teleport Skadi to her manor. Ill make an illusion of her that will stay there. On my signal. </em>(Luna)


    <em>Were ready at any time, master. </em>(Ophidia)


    <em>Now. </em>(Luna)


    In the blink of an eye, Skadi disappeared and was reced by an illusion. Not a single person saw it and soon, me and the others were back at the manor as well. When we got there, Skadi was sprawled out on a couch with her head in Ophidiasp.


    Never again. Once we leave this city, Im nevering here again. (Skadi)


    Fufufu. You did good, Skadi. You look nice as well. (Luna)


    Nn. (Skadi)


    Ophidia, how did yourchatgo? (Velvet)


    Quite well. The merfolk are very, <em>very</em> good listeners. (Ophidia)


    Anyway, you two rest up, Ill make you something that is good when you are tired so you can sleep soundly tonight. (Luna)


    Thank you. (Skadi)


    Thanks master. (Ophidia)


    I made my way to the kitchen and got to work.


    Chaos Realm:


    Skadi: Ah, it''s been forever.


    I thought you''d like to get out of there, even if only temporarily.


    Skadi: You have no idea.


    Order: Wee back, Skadi. You missed a lot of things here.


    Astraea: Hello.


    Skadi:...


    Astraea: *Head tilts*


    Skadi: Adorable.


    Indeed. Oh, and hello to you too, Luna.


    Luna: Hey. Is there something you needed from me?


    Yeah, I wanted to discuss something with you in regards to thebors if I haven''t already told you.


    Luna: What''s up?


    You''ve done most of them, so I''m going to count themplete after you finish two more.


    Luna: So, not all twelve, but as many as I can.


    Yep.


    Luna: Thanks for telling me.


    No problem.


    Astraea: Super fluffydy, can I pet your tails please?


    Luna: Fufufu. Go ahead.


    Astraea: YAY!


    Skadi:...


    Order: No, you can''t take her with you. I know her cuteness can heal souls, but she''s ours.


    Skadi: Aww. Not even for a little bit?


    Order: No.


    Skadi: *sigh* Fine.

 Chapter 306: Labor Quest Received

    Chapter 306: Labor Quest Received


    [Luna POV]


    Over the course of another few days, Skadi recovered mentally from the festival. After that, we all went around the city to explore. I wanted to go back to the colosseum to see if there was anything going on. As we made our way there, Skadi was called out a few times, but every time it wasnt overly fervent.


    They really calmed down, huh. (Soleil)


    Yeah. Its kind of creepy in a way. (Luna)


    Im not going toin. Though I get the feeling that once we leave and I dont show up here for some time, they will be back to how they were previously. (Skadi)


    Isnt that how things normally happen in instances like this? Take Luna for example, if she shows up in the Elf Nation again, who knows what that cult of hers will do. (Velvet)


    Not like I have any ns of going back there. Im just going to ignore them like Ive been doing. (Luna)


    Im honestly surprised nya. With how crazy everyone here was nya, I expected them to try and make some statues or something nya. (Mio)


    SHHHHH! People might be listening, Mio. Dont give them ideas. (Skadi)


    The rest of us chuckled at Skadis frantic reaction. Soon after that, we entered one of the zas in front of the colosseum. The huge structure was just as impressive as it was the first time I saw it.


    Master, youre looking at this ce like you want to take it. (Ophidia)


    Its tempting, though Id never have an actual use for it aside from looks. (Luna)


    When has that ever stopped you, big sis? (Soleil)


    (Luna)


    I deliberately ignored that statement and headed inside.


    {Luna, what is the real reason you wanted toe here? Its not just because you wanted to know if something was going on here today.}


    I wanted to see if I could learn more about those hippocampi.


    {Thinking about getting even more pets? I mean, I know you said that they might have something to do with thosebor things, but what are you going to do once you find and capture some?}


    No idea. If anything, Ill give them to that guy that I ran into herest time. Im not really the kind of person that likes having more than one pet at a time.


    I heard Cerberus bark in the background.


    How is Cerberus, by the way?


    {Good. She likes exploring all the nooks and crannies of my ce. Shes even started digging herself a big hole that she likes to y around in.}


    Fufufu. Dogs will be dogs, regardless of world.


    The others then caught up just as I turned a corner.


    Big sis, whyd you run away? (Soleil)


    Because I didnt know what kind of response to give. (Luna)


    We turned another corner and I put my arm up and stopped Soleil from moving forward. As soon as we stopped, a cakended right where we were about to step. I then pulled Soleil down into a ducking posture as four more cakes flew over our heads. I then opened up some Gates as a final two caked came flying at us. The cakes went into the Gates and then I closed them.


    Nice try, Atmos. (Luna)


    Tch. (Atmos)


    Shall we do THAT? (Soleil)


    Not yet. We save IT forter. For now Ill do this. (Luna)


    I snapped my fingers and some ck fox fire appeared floating around me before I flung them through another Gate I had opened.


    OI! What kind of petty curse did you use!? (Atmos)


    Thats for me to know, and you to discover on your own. (Luna)


    Tell me <em>rawr</em>. (Atmos)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Seriously <em>rawr?</em> (Atmos)


    Yep. (Luna)


    How long is this going tost <em>rawr.</em> (Atmos)


    Yes. (Luna)


    THATS NOT AN ANSWER, LUNA <em>RAWR</em>! (Atmos)


    Pffft. (Soleil)


    Hehehe. (Skadi)


    THIS ISNT FUNNY <em>RAWR! </em>STOP IT ME <em>RAWR</em>! (Atmos)


    While we had a goodugh at Atmoss expense, we found ourselves in front of the stables that I foundst time. When we went inside, the others were immediately taken with the beautiful hippocampi.


    Oh wow. I didnt know the merfolk managed to tame hippocampi. (Skadi)


    Are they hard to tame? (Luna)


    Not necessarily hard, its just that they are very temperamental animals. It takes a lot of time and care for them to get attached to a person. (Skadi)


    The way the ones here seem, you wouldnt think they were temperamental. They seem so docile. (Velvet)


    As everyone was admiring the hippocampi, I walked over to the stall from thest time I was here. Naturally, it was empty.


    (Luna)


    {Whats the matter, Luna?}


    I just pity that Percy guy. He seemed so close to that hippocampus. I kind of want to do something, but he isnt here and I dont know where to find him.


    {Are you sure its pity, or are you just looking for an excuse toplete anotherbor?}


    I wont deny that this being a potentialbor is a part of it, but I am capable of at least a little empathy and pity for other people.


    {I know that I was just asking.}


    Once that small conversation was over, I started on my way back to the others when the person Tamamo and I were just talking about swam into the stables.


    Oh, we meet again, miss. And I see youve brought friends this time. (Percy)


    Hello again, Percy. Sorry for not introducing myself before, my name is Luna. (Luna)


    Well met. And yourH-Hero Skadi!? (Percy)


    Someone you know, Luna? (Skadi)


    Met him when I was wandering around here during the festival, so not really. (Luna)


    M-miss Luna, you know Hero Skadi? (Percy)


    Naturally. Shes one of my friends and we traveled here together. Not to mention we will be something akin to family in the future, so yes, I know Skadi. (Luna)


    A-amazing! If you speak the truth, then you and the rest of your friends must all be powerful, right!? (Percy)


    You can say that. Why? (Luna)


    Its nothing. I cant possibly ask a favor of people of your status. In several meanings. (Percy)


    I wouldnt particrly mind since I do kind of feel bad for you due to the events that took ce thest time we met. (Luna)


    And Im curious. Plus, were all starved for something to do thats more than just walking around the city. (Skadi)


    But even if I asked, there wouldnt be much in it for any of you that I can think of. (Percy)


    A word of advice, youre better off just telling us. Otherwise, Luna is just going to pester you until you tell her. (Velvet)


    Shes right you know. And like I said a second ago, treat it like me trying to help out a person who just lost someone important to them. (Luna)


    *Sigh* Fine. I wanted to ask if it was possible for you to find and bring back some hippocampi. They are vital for my work and its be too dangerous for someone like me to go and get some by myself. (Percy)


    Tell us where to find some and we can bring them back in an instant. Also, what is it that you do for work that needs hippocampi, and what is making it so dangerous that you cant do this on your own or with the help of whatever is the equivalent of adventurers here? (Luna)


    To answer your first question, Im a chariot racer. As for your second question, the area that hippocampi can be found has undergone changes. Vents that produce enough heat to make the water around there boil or, in some ces, go beyond that, enough that it cooks a person almost instantly, have appeared. (Percy)


    Is there no other ce where hippocampi can be found? (Ophidia)


    There are, but those ces are the domains of other merfolk cities. If I or anyone from this city goes there to tame some, then it could lead to war between cities. Not to mention that it would also be bad for the animals themselves. (Percy)


    Yeah. I didnt know about the whole reason for a war thing, but bringing hippocampi from one part of the sea to another one that they werent born and raised in will normally end in that hippocamups death. I dont know exactly why that is though, but I think it has to do with mana or something. (Skadi)


    Then why nyot breed and raise some in the city nya? (Mio)


    That has more to do with various traditions among chariot racers as well as somews made by the leaders of the city. For a quick reason, most chariot racerse from old families and the hippocampi that we race with are of the same bloodline as the founders. Once wee of age, we would go out and bring back a single hippocampus to add to add to the bloodline. Thing is, the hippocampi that have been raised by my family have been having problems having offspring for thest few generations. And unfortunately, thest two hippocampi raised by my family have died recently. (Percy)


    If thats the case, wouldnt it be bad if we went out and brought back two new hippocampi? It would be going against your own traditions as well as probably going against somew or another. (Luna)


    Traditions aside, we wouldnt have to worry about anyw since the leaders have repeatedly told me that Im allowed to do whatever here and in thend, er, sea, they control. If I said I was doing this, then theyd wave it off. (Skadi)


    Well, that takes care of that. But Percy, youre sure youre ok with us doing this? (Luna)


    Its honestly my only choice. This or give up on chariot racing. (Percy)


    Just so we cover all possible routes, why not marry into another racer family? (Soleil)


    Im already engaged to someone else, and I n on keeping it that way. (Percy)


    Well, with that, you just need to tell us the location and we can be there and back in however long it takes for a one way trip there. (Luna)


    Are you sure? There isnt really anything I can offer you in return for this. (Percy)


    Whens the next chariot race? (Luna)


    Three weeks from now. But even then, itll take years for me to fully tame a pair of hippocampi, so I wouldnt be able to get you any good seats to watch. And even if that wasnt the case, as friends of Hero Skadi, youd already have ess to the best seats avable in the arena. (Percy)


    Hmm. Doesnt matter. I really dont mind doing this for no reward, but if you feel like you have to give us one for your own peace of mind, then let us see you race once youve fully tamed the hippocampi. And besides, the task itself is a reward for me. (Luna)


    Percy still seemed conflicted, but in the end gave in and asked us to follow him. He led us out of the colosseum and to a building nearby. Inside this building was arge map carved into the floor. Percy swam up to a catwalk and we followed.


    This is a map of the city and a rough outline of the seas around the city. See thatrge area to the north of the city, that is where the hippocampi of our part of the sea live. (Percy)


    Thats arge area. (Velvet)


    Yes, and most of it is inessible to us now. (Percy)


    Come to think of it, how can hippocampi live there? (Soleil)


    Its just the way their bodies are. As long as they arent moved from the part of the sea that they were born in, they can pretty much adapt to whatever. (Skadi)


    So basically, for the ability to adapt to any environment, hippocampi can only live in the defined region they are born in. Such a weird thing. (Luna)


    Weird yes, but also interesting. Anyway, I will forever be in your debt if you can do this. Far be it from just seats to see a chariot race, I will do anything that is in my power to aid you all if needed. (Percy)


    Well be off then. See you again soon, Percy. Next time, well have two hippocampi in tow. (Luna)


    We left the map building and made our way out of the city.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Ugh<em>rawr</em>. How long is this going tost<em>rawr</em>?


    I can check if you want me to.


    Atmos: Please<em>rawr</em>.


    Hmmm. Heh.


    Atmos: Well <em>rawr</em>?


    Order: Hehehehe.


    Atmos: What<em>rawr!?</em>


    Atmos, the curse is gone. Pfft. You''ve just been saying that on your own the entire time.


    Atmos:...<em>rawr</em>


    Order: Hehehehehahahahahaha.


    Hahahahahahahahaha.


    Atmos: You win this time Luna...<em>rawr</em>.

 Chapter 307: Labor Quest: The Hunt

    Chapter 307: Labor Quest: The Hunt


    [Luna POV]


    The day after we left the city, we made it to the area where we could find the hippocampi.


    I know we were told that this ce has changed, but I didnt expect it to look like this. (Luna)


    What were you expecting it to look like? (Velvet)


    A wide open in with kelp or seaweed like grass and hippocampi swimming around like wild horses. Though I guess near wastnd with open cracks and visibly boiling water and the glow of magma and fire burning underwater is also an impressive vista, in an apocalyptic sense. (Luna)


    Well, scenery aside, big sis, what are we gonna do about our environmental protection? Sure, our stats are high enough that it wont mean much, but itll still be ufortable if not at least a little painful to walk around in boiling or hotter water. (Soleil)


    Dont know if its very good for the environment, but I can spend some time cooling down the area. What do you think, Skadi? (Luna)


    It should be fine. (Skadi)


    Alright. If the resident demigoddess of the sea says so, then Ill get to work. (Luna)


    I raised my hands in front of me and started to use some ice magic. The entire area in front of us started to glow a whitish-blue color and the ces where you could tell it was boiling started to cool down.


    As over the top as usual nya. (Mio)


    Wouldnt be me if it wasnt. (Luna)


    True nya. How long do we wait here nya? (Mio)


    We can start the hunt whenever. (Luna)


    Then lets go nya. (Mio)


    Mio calm down. (Skadi)


    Nyo nya. I want to be helpful nya. I cant do that if we dont actually do stuff nya. (Mio)


    I walked over and started patting Mios head.


    Nya? (Mio)


    Mio, I get how you feel, but you dont have to try so hard. Just like the time with the leviathan, you are doing fine. None of us think you arent doing your best all the time. (Luna)


    Lunya nya. (Mio)


    (Soleil)


    Soleil, I think I know what you want to say, but dont. (Velvet)


    Hmm. Ill hold back then. (Soleil)


    Once Mio was satisfied we made our way into the now cooled ins to find the hippocampi. When we actually entered the area that was cooled down, I realized a small mistake I made.


    Did I make it a bit too cold? (Luna)


    {Well, if you look up at the surface, you can see ice forming, so maybe a little.}


    I looked up and sure enough, the surface was starting to freeze.


    Luna, is it possible for you to increase the temperature a bit? (Velvet)


    I can try. Magic of this scale is a bit tricky to adjust the perfect amount. (Luna)


    Oh, you dont make it seem like its that hard. (Ophidia)


    Not hard, just tricky. What I did here is just nket the entire area in ice magic of one temperature. The easy way if you will. If I wanted to do it the hard way, Id have to adjust the magic to the perfect temperature in each area depending on how hot it was. If I did it that way, itd be too much for my mind to handle since the area is as big as it is. But I messed up by making it colder than I needed to. (Luna)


    Then do you want us to start looking around while you try to adjust it nya? (Mio)


    If you want. Oh, and Mio, I have an idea that I want your help withter, but it needs to be night time to do it. (Luna)


    Alright nya. (Mio)


    As I started adjusting my magic, the others split up and started walking is several directions to look for the hippocampi. While I knew it would take a while to fix my mistake, I didnt think its take the rest of the day. Once I managed it, the sun had set, and the others had reconvened near me.


    Any luck? (Luna)


    No. (Velvet and Soleil)


    Nope. (Ophidia)


    I found some traces, but thats about it. (Skadi)


    Nyothing on my end as well nya. (Mio)


    Alright then. Skadi, tell us what the traces you found were and the direction. Mio,e and sit in front of me. (Luna)


    Skadi described what we needed to look for as Mio sat down in front of me.


    Alright. Mio, you can do that thing with shadows where you can see through them like I can with space magic, right? (Luna)


    Yes nyaOH NYA! (Mio)


    Yep. While I still think you are doing fine, if there is a thing that I can help you with so that you feel like you helped, I will. So I will share as much mana as you want and you use that spell to the best of your ability. (Luna)


    Alright nya. Lets start nya. (Mio)


    I sat behind Mio and put my hands on her shoulders and put one of my tails on her head.


    You can start whenever you want, Mio. (Luna)


    Mio nodded her head and closed her eyes. Shortly after that the shadows underneath us started to squirm and spread out in a somewhat wide area in the direction Skadi went earlier.


    Nnnggh. (Mio)


    If youre taking in too much information, then to not focus so much on all the details. Keep in mind what youre looking for and only focus on that. That way everything else will just be background with the thing youre looking for being the only thing you can clearly see. (Luna)


    Nya. (Mio)


    We sat like that for around an hour while Mio looked around with her magic.


    Nyaaaaaa. Ah ha nya. (Mio)


    Found them? (Luna)


    Uh huh nya. (Mio)


    The shadows under us stopped moving around and Mio slumped forward and started rubbing her temples.


    Head hurts nya. Nyeed sleep nya. Fluffy nya. (Mio)


    Before I could ask anything Mio transformed into her nekomata form and climbed into my tail. She sunk into so far that the only thing that you could see of her were her twin tails.


    Well, she did some good work, so this is fine. Think shell feel better about herself in regards to the party after this? (Luna)


    I think so. (Soleil)


    Dont look at me like that Soleil. I dont understand why you have that one-sided rivalry with Mio. Especially when it doesnt even show up all the time. (Luna)


    I dont know what youre talking about. I just think that I want to sleep in your tail as well. (Soleil)


    Oh. Well feel free to. If the rest of you could shrink yourselves, Id let you as well, but that wont really work. (Luna)


    Thats a shame, but its fine. (Skadi)


    Ugh. I need to get my depth to 100% still. (Ophidia)


    If only my family had the ability to turn into bats. (Velvet)


    Oh. I thought that was just a fictional ability. Same with turning into mist. (Luna)


    Both were abilities of ns that died out a long time ago. (Velvet)


    Interesting. Now, shall we all stay here for the night? (Luna)


    Might as well. Night everyone. (Soleil)


    Soleil transformed into her fox form and joined Mio inside my tail.


    Come to think of it, I wonder what its like in there? (Luna)


    <em>Itll be a bit before I fall asleep, so Ill tell you. Its quite spacious and superfortable. Its like a cozy little house made only of addictingly soft materials. </em>(Soleil)


    Thats good to know, I guess. (Luna)


    Im going to do it. Skadi, please rescue me if I start going insane. (Ophidia)


    I will. (Skadi)


    Ophidia sat down behind me and started petting my tail.


    <em>Oi! Trying to sleep here. You have seven others you can pet. </em>(Soleil)


    Sorry. Master, if you please. (Ophidia)


    Fine. (Luna)


    I took my ne off and my other tails appeared. The starry sky pattern in them twinkling softly as my tails swayed.


    <em>Ooo. Pretty. </em>(Soleil)


    Here I go. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia buried her hands in one of my tails and her expression turned into one of pure bliss. I chuckled at that before I noticed Velvet moving next to me.


    I may not be able to shrink myself, but that doesnt mean I cant use a tail as a pillow. If you dont mind. (Velvet)


    Go ahead. (Luna)


    Velvetid down andid her head on another one of my tails.


    Guess Ill join in as well. After Ophidia is helped if needed, of course. (Skadi)


    Sitting next to Ophidia, Skadi watched her to make sure the Abyss didnt consume her sanity. After about 30 minutes, Ophidia triumphantly announced that her depth hit 100%. After that she transformed into her serpent form, shrunk to her smallest size, and slithered into a tail. Once she was settled, Skadiid down and immediately went to sleep.


    {Im so jealous of them.}


    Now, now, its nearly full moon time, so youll get them all to yourself.


    {Are you going to sleep as well?}


    Nah. I still have the habit of stopping all my magic when I sleep, so I need to stay awake if I want to keep the ce cool.


    {Then Ill keep youpany with conversation so you dont get bored.}


    Thanks.


    The rest of the night passed slowly as I enjoyed talking with Tamamo.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I''M JEALOUS TOO<em>RAWR</em>!


    Still with the rawrs?


    Atmos: It''s fun<em>rawr</em>.


    Astraea: Hehehehe.<em>Gao!</em>


    Guh.


    Atmos: Agk<em>rawr.</em>


    Order: So cute.

 Chapter 308: Labor Quest: Complete

    Chapter 308: Labor Quest: Complete


    [Luna POV]


    The next morning, the others all took forever to wake up. Out of all of them, it was Soleil that resisted the most.


    Luna, I knew this already, but your tails are really dangerous. That was the mostfortable sleep Ive had in a while. (Skadi)


    Ssss. (Ophidia)


    You know what I mean, Ophidia. (Skadi)


    Ophidia slithered out of the tail she was sleeping in, up Skadis arm, and finally resting on her shoulders. There, she stuck her tongue out like snakes do, and tickled Skadis cheek.


    Hehehe. (Skadi)


    Turning my attention away from their flirting, I moved the tail that contained Mio and Soleil in front of me. I stuck my hand into the fluff and rummaged around until I felt one of them. I grabbed them from the scruff of the neck and pulled them out. The one I grabbed turned out to be Mio.


    Nya. (Mio)


    When I put Mio on the ground, she stretched as she yawned. While chuckling at that, I started rummaging around for Soleil. After about a minute, I finally found her and while trying to pull her out of my tail, she tried to resist.


    <em>Noooo. Five more minutes.</em> (Soleil)


    No. We have things to do, Soleil. Velvet, help me out here. (Luna)


    Soleil, wake up. (Velvet)


    <em>But Velvet, is so nice and warm. </em>(Soleil)


    Please let go before you pull some fur out. (Luna)


    I smiled at Soleil as I said that and she immediately let go, squirmed out of my grasp, and hid behind Velvet. She then transformed out of her fox form.


    Sorry big sis, Im fully awake now. (Soleil)


    Luna, stop intimidating Soleil. (Velvet)


    Whatever do you mean, Velvet? (Luna)


    I stood up and stretched. I then turned to Mio who had transformed to her normal form again.


    Mio, you still remember the way to the hippocampi? (Luna)


    Yep nya. Follow me nya. (Mio)


    Mio turned and started to walk in a direction.


    Skadi, Ophidia, time to go. (Luna)


    Wereing. (Skadi)


    Sssssssssss. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia, why arent you talking? (Soleil)


    <em>I wanted to be funny, but now that I think about it, it really isnt, so Im going to stop doing that. I am, however, going to stay on Skadis shoulders. </em>(Ophidia)


    Aww. It was cute. (Skadi)


    Sssssssssssssssssssssssssssss. (Ophidia)


    I smiled at the antics of my friends as we followed Mio. As we walked, Mio regaled us with the dream she hadst night. She said that she and the rest of us were swimming around in a sea of fluff. Its funny since Tamamo, Fenrir, Atmos, and Tonya were present as well, only instead of their humanoid form, they were in ginormous, overly fluffy animal forms. Atmos was in the form of a tanuki for some reason, but I felt it was a fittingparison.


    {Atmos a tanuki, huh. I can see it.}


    I know, right. (Skadi)


    Yep. (Luna)


    <em>rawr</em> (Atmos)


    Atmos. (Luna)


    Hmm <em>rawr</em>? (Atmos)


    Remember the rules. (Luna)


    I know, I just felt people talking about me and popped in to see what it was about <em>rawr</em>. (Atmos)


    Gods can do that? I mean, I can understand if it was prayer or people looking at me in my case as well, but I didnt think just saying your name did the same thing. (Luna)


    {Atmos, stop making Luna think we can do things we cant. Just saying our name isnt counted as prayer.}


    Tamamo <em>rawr</em>! (Atmos)


    Um, is big siss curse still active? (Soleil)


    It shouldnt be. (Luna)


    Its gone, I just think saying it is fun <em>rawr</em>. (Atmos)


    (Luna)


    Heh <em>rawr</em>. (Atmos)


    I feel regret now. This is going to get annoying real fast. (Luna)


    HAHAHAHAHAHAHA <em>RAWR! </em>(Atmos)


    We spent the next few hours of walking with me and Soleil trying to figure out a way to force Atmos to stop doing the thing I caused in the first ce.


    Soleil, I think the next time we hear from her, we do THAT. (Luna)


    Are you sure, big sis? Wasnt THAT supposed to be ourst resort? (Soleil)


    Yeah, but I think this situation calls for it. (Luna)


    Alright then. (Soleil)


    Will one of you tell us what THAT is? (Velvet)


    The best prank me and Soleil coulde up with. Its a mix of her talents and my Authority of Space, but thats all Ill say about it. Though I will say that it might be kind of bad for a mortal if they experienced it. (Luna)


    How so nya? (Mio)


    Not physically, but mentally. Again, thats all Ill say. (Luna)


    {I watched the two of you make it, and I told you back then as well, Atmos will be able to handle it. Shes Atmos after all, shes been through worse.}


    As long as it doesnt actually hurt our rtionship, then thats fine. (Luna)


    It took another hour of walking before I heard the sounds of animals ahead of us.


    Were here nya. (Mio)


    In front of us, arge herd of hippocampi were walking around sniffing the ground and digging out small things that hid under the sand. Unlike the ones in the stables back in the city, these ones had different colors. They were a rusty red color with dark blue highlights. Their manes looked like billowing mes and their eyes were a slightly orange color.


    They look more like demons that broke out of the underworld than hippocampi. (Luna)


    Thats disrespectful to demons, Luna. (Skadi)


    That wasnt what I meant and you know it. (Luna)


    Yes, I do know, but still. (Skadi)


    Then what am I supposed to say? (Luna)


    I dont know. (Skadi)


    <em>So, are you just going to go over there, garb onto two of them, and teleport back? </em>(Ophidia)


    That was the n. Unless there is a better way to do this. I dont want to tame them myself after all, so this is the best way I can think of doing this. (Luna)


    Then you best look for a mated pair, Luna. Ill help you figure out which ones are, but if that is your n, then it should at least have the highest chance to not mess with this herd too much. (Skadi)


    I think I can guess why, but whats the reasoning? (Luna)


    Hippocampi are animals that, once they pick a mate, will stay loyal to that one for the rest of their lives. If one of that pair dies, then the other one will follow suit shortly after. (Skadi)


    Then we best pay attention. (Luna)


    We surveyed the herd looking for a suitable pair of hippocampi to bring back. After a while, Skadi pointed out two that were perfect.


    Alright. Should I use something to put them to sleep, or just wrap them up and teleport like that? (Luna)


    Sleep. We dont want them thrashing around and injuring themselves after all. (Skadi)


    Alrighty then, here I go. (Luna)


    I opened a domain around the two hippocampi and dropped some of the sleeping potions I had in there. We then waited for a while for them to take effect and then I dissolved the domain, the two hippocampiying there sleeping. We then approached them causing the other wild hippocampi to swim away. Once we arrived next to the sleeping ones, Ophidia slithered off Skadis shoulders and took her humanoid form again.


    Ill teleport everyone else, master. (Ophidia)


    Thanks. Lets get finish this then. (Luna)


    I ced a hand on the hippocampi and teleported to the stable stall in the city. Shortly after, the others appeared. I then used my space magic to find Percy and when I did, used telepathy to tell him toe to the colosseum stables. After a while he showed up. When he saw the two hippocampi sleeping, an extremely happy expression covered his face.


    Thank you. These two look like they will be perfect. (Percy)


    It wasnt a problem. Just wait a few more hours for them to wake up and do whatever you need to do from there. (Luna)


    Very well. Oh, a quick question. How do I contact you once Im ready to race again? You are all people of the surface and I doubt you are all going to live here for that long, so I would like to know how I should tell you. (Percy)


    We started moving out of the stables. As I passed by Percy, I nced over to him.


    Just pray for the guidance of the stars and Ill know. (Luna)


    We then left while Percy had a very confused look on his face. Once we were outside of the colosseum, Mio asked me something.


    Was that alright to say nya? (Mio)


    I think so. The merfolk have nomunication with the surface that I know of, and anyway, since Im so close to the point of ascension, Im starting to think about no longer hiding this stuff as much. (Luna)


    Oh. Thats an interesting decision. (Velvet)


    What I mean is, I wont hide it as much in ces like the shrine or in the castle of Celestia Kingdom. Probably the Elf Nation as well since the cult has actually somehow been gaining members again. (Luna)


    When did you decide this? (Skadi)


    Just a few minutes ago. I checked to see if this counted as abor and it did. That means that I have at most one or two left to do. (Luna)


    Didnt you say there were 12 nya? (Mio)


    Yeah, but I just know for a fact that as long as Iplete most of them Ill get my tenth tail. I dont know exactly what number, but as long as its at most 10, then all I have left are two, and to my knowledge, the only one that I know for a fact that I canplete is getting a golden apple. (Luna)


    {On that note, would you like me to tell you where to find those now?}


    We arrived back at Skadis manor while we discussed this.


    If you dont mind. Depending on where we have to go, we might just head that was when we leave here. (Luna)


    {You can find them on an ind far off the coast of the Beast Kingdom. The ind is surrounded by a wall of perpetual storms created by the dragons that live there. The waters and skies are also full of powerful monsters so no normal ship will make the journey there in one piece. But that isnt a problem for you.}


    Its kind of fitting for the ce my journey started in this life will most likely be the ce the final levels will be obtained. (Luna)


    (Soleil)


    Whats up, Soleil? (Luna)


    Its just hard to really wrap my mind around it. I knew that this would happen eventually, but now that the end is actually in sight, its ahard feeling to ept. (Soleil)


    I smiled at Soleils words and pulled her into a hug.


    I know how you feel. I really do. But just like Ive been told, and what I know is a fact, this is just a step, Soleil. Nothing will really change for us. You will still be my little sister and well still be able to see each other whenever. Not to mention that the only thing that will change in regard to our adventures is the ce. From what Tamamo has told me and what Ive pieced together from things Ive heard Atmos, Grey, and Fenrir say, the Divine Domain has many more fantastical ces to explore than those in the mortal world could ever possibly imagine. (Luna)


    Mmm. (Soleil)


    Soleil hugged me tighter and I started to pat her head.


    The others looked at this with warm smiles and silently went to their rooms. I sat down while hugging Soleil and we stayed like that until I heard her quietly snoring.


    Fufufu. My silly little sister, you dont need to worry about anything. Even with the end in sight, we still have some fun things to do. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos:...


    Stopped with the rawrs?


    Atmos: Just for the moment. I''d prank them right now, but I don''t want to ruin the moment for them.


    Tamamo: Thank you for that.


    Atmos: Nn.


    Order: Payto, Astraea and Evelyn are asleep now.


    Alright.


    Tamamo: By the way, how many morebors does Luna need?


    One. The golden apple should be thest one.


    Tamamo: Can I tell her that?


    If you want.


    Atmos: Tamamo, how excited are you?


    Tamamo: About what?


    Atmos: Luna being this close to joining us. One tail left, and with her leveling demerit reduced, it''ll happen extremely soon. Especially if things pan out like I see them panning out.


    Tamamo: I''m very excited, though I won''t show it outright. You know just as much as I do how this exact thought is weighing down on Luna.


    If you want my opinion, you are allowed to be more selfish than this. No need to repress of hide your emotions, especially with someone you love as much as you do Luna. She knows that you are excited, and you showing her that will help her more than you know.


    Order: And the perfect opportunity is close at hand to do that as well. What is it, two days till the next full moon?


    Tamamo: Yeah, two. Guess I''ll take your advice.


    Atmos: Now, tell me what their big prank n is, Tamamo.


    Tamamo: Nope. They worked so hard on it that I''m not going to ruin the surprise.


    Atmos: Tch<em>rawr</em>.

 Chapter 309: A Full Moon with a Needy Tamamo

    Chapter 309: A Full Moon with a Needy Tamamo


    [Luna POV]


    We spent another two days in the merfolk city just roaming around doing whatever. We decided that, in the morning we would slip away so that Skadi wouldnt have to deal with whatever the merfolk would want to do to send her off. At the moment I was sitting on the bed that I had been using for the duration of our stay here waiting for Tamamo to call me to the Divine Domain. When I felt the familiar drowsiness, I dly fell backwards onto the pillows.


    When I woke, I felt fingers running through my hair. Just as I was about to open my eyes, I heard something bounding towards us and then felt three tongues licking me.


    Fufufufufahahahahahahahaha. Cerberus! Ahahahahahahahahahaha!


    WARF! ORF! BARK!


    {Ufufufufufu. Shes been waiting to see you again.}


    Once Cerberus stopped licking me and I wiped the dog spit off my face, I looked at Tamamo and immediately kissed her. When I broke away from her, I hugged her tightly.


    {My, my. I wonder what brought this on?}


    You know very well how much I love seeing you in person. And with my eighth tail and the ninth and tenth in sight, I cant help but feel even happier. I might still hold some sadness in regards to leaving the mortal world, but I know that whates next is going to be just as fun, if not more. (Luna)


    {Ufufufu. Look at you, being all eloquent with your words. Its like youre trying to make me fall for you even more.}


    Well, I wouldnt mind if my words had that effect.


    Tamamoughed again before she kissed me. We would have stayed like that all night if Cerberus didnt butt in and start licking the both of us.


    Fufufufu. Dont think I forgot you, Cerberus.


    I started giving Cerberuss nearest head some ear scritches causing her tail to start wagging at tremendous speed. I did this in equal amounts with the other two heads until she was satisfied. After giving me onest lick of affection, she bounded away from the two of us.


    {Such a courteous one. She asks for attention, gets the amount she wants, and then leave us to do what we want. I should make and give her some treatster.}


    I should do the same. But thats forter.


    {True. Right now, all that matters is me and you. Now, take that ne off and show me them in all their Abyssal fluffy glory.}


    Fufufu. Your wish is mymand, my lovely wife.


    I took my ne off and my tails and hair returned to their new, starry appearance.


    {Honestly, I like the new look. Especially the effect with your hair. The back of it is the same, but the part that I can see from the front is all starry. I also like how it looks like your tails are like windows looking out to a sky. The outside of said window stays still, but you get a look at a different part when you move your tails.}


    I like it as well. Thought the silver tips are still there, I do kind of miss the pure ck. It was the same as moms.


    {While I understand the sentiment, you know that she will always be your mother, so theres no need to feel bad about that.}


    YeahSo, aside from the obvious, whats got you all excited?


    {This.}


    Tamamo then moved one of her hands and patted my newest tail.


    {So very close, and we wont have any sort of time limit, be it a night, or a week. I look forward to it so much that you cant possible imagine it. Or maybe you can.}


    Oh, I very much can. Especially since I look forward to it as well. Though I must say, you actually showing this excitement is a refreshing sight. Youre normally more reserved.}


    {What can I say, my excitement is more than my usual reserved nature can handle, so its leaking out a bit.}


    I scooted closer to Tamamo and leaned my head on her shoulder.


    Honestly, you should be more honest with your feelings. Let them out, be selfish, or at least a little selfish. I know youre capable of letting yourself go in that regard, so do so more often. I shouldnt be the only one to always want and want and want. Let me give to you more. Ask me for more.


    {Then ce your stars here for the night and let us gaze at them. I want to see them all. I want them all for myself a little longer. I want you to show them to me in their full glory before the mortals and other gods get to look at them. I want you.}


    Fufufu. Much better.


    I snapped my fingers and the sky exploded with stars. The two of usid down on the field of soft grass as we gazed up, our hands and a few of our tails intertwined. As we gazed up, I changed the patterns of the stars every so often, showing new and old constetions as well as just ying around with them and making Tamamough. It was then that I got an idea. As I stared up at the sky, I made some of the illusory stars move into the shape of two foxes, both with ten tails, and poured mana into the image.


    {What are you up to?}


    Giving you a gift. Just watch.


    I continued to pour mana into the image util they glowed even brighter. Once they finally had enough, the two foxes danced across the sky.


    My gift to you, Tamamo. Constetions of me and you. When the stars be a true part of the sky, we will dance around the sky, showing mortals just how much we love each other. Theyll be so jealous.


    {Ufufufufufufufu. Ahahahahahahahahahaha!}


    As Tamamoughed, she rolled around and pinned me beneath her. Her silver hair cascading around our faces, cutting off the rest of the world. Her glowing golden eyes stared into mine and she smiled with a mix of mischief and heartfelt love.


    {I also said that I wanted you. So, I think Im going to take you now. And Ill start with your lips.}


    Tamamo leaned forward and kissed me more passionately than when I first arrived. When I felt her tongue invade my mouth, I knew that the rest of the night would not be for rxing.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Boo! What happens next!?


    Something you''re too young to know about yet.


    Astraea: Meanie!


    Order: Your father is right, Astraea. You need to be at least as old as Luna to learn about it, and you can''t actually do what she is doing until you are at least as old as Tamamo.


    Astraea: Aww.


    Hey Astraea, want to go on a family trip?


    Astraea: Ooooh. To where?


    Not sure. Anywhere you want to go?


    Astraea: Ummmmmmm. OH! I want to see that ce with the pretty upside-down silver trees.


    Then that''s where we''ll go.


    Order: *Gives a quick thumbs up for the change of subject and distraction.*


    *Discretely nods*


    Astraea: Papa is looking at Mama with the funny look again!


    It''s not a funny look!


    Order: Hehehehehe.


    Astraea: Hehehehehe.

 Chapter 310: Back on the Road

    Chapter 310: Back on the Road


    As the night wasing to an end, and mine and Tamamos fun was done, we sat on the edge of our bed with our heads leaning on the others. In order to not be tempted to just continue our previous activities, the both of us decided it would be good to be at least a little dressed, so Tamamo put on that strange oversized shirt she got at one point while I used illusions to make myself a white button up shirt with sleeves that were just a tad bit too long. Honestly, the effect the things we were wearing were almost having the opposite effect we wanted, but with our time almost up, it was manageable.


    Hey Tamamo.


    {Yes Luna?}


    Do you want me to head straight for the dragon ind?


    {Before I answer, why are you asking?}


    Because I know myself, and I know that, even if Im looking forward toing here permanently, I know Ill stall for as long as I can before actually doing so. I feel like if you say yes, itll motivate me to take the leap.


    Tamamo sat there quietly for a few minutes with her eyes closed. When she opened them again, she moved and pulled me into a tight hug.


    {If youll allow me to be even more selfish than I was earlier, then I want you to hurry. I know that this is probably not the answer you were expecting, but still. I can give you as many reasons for why, but the truth and biggest reason is that I want to finally hold you close to me without the knowledge of our time together being limited. And if you want a reason that isnt purely my own, then the best I can say is that there is no point in stalling the inevitable. No matter what you do, youre so close to the end goal that pretty much the only thing you can do to stall is hole yourself up somewhere. Sure, you could randomly decide that you no longer want to take quests from the guild, but that wont stop you from hunting monsters for one reason or another. As for the golden apple, its just a bonus. Youll get a tenth tail at some point in your life just by being alive, and I know for a fact that you wont keep me waiting for that long. And besides, its not good for a person to stagnate their life just because they are too scared to take the next step. All that will do is lead you to depression, madness, and overall just being exhausted with life. I dont want to ever see you in that state, so please, take the next step and dont keep me waiting.}


    I closed my eyes and smiled. I nuzzled closer to Tamamo as her arms tightened around me.


    Then once I leave here and we get ready to leave, Ill let everyone know. Well teleport to the shrine, prepare for the trip, and go. No stalling, nost minute sidetracks, no stopping at every insignificant thing that catches my attention and seems interesting. Also, you should know that I love this selfish side of you just as much as the reserved side. In fact, you should be like this more often.


    {Ufufufu. Ill consider it.}


    The two of us looked up at the sky and the two fox constetions that were dancing away with the setting full moon as a backdrop.


    While it might not be the next full moon, I believe this will be the usual sight in the night sky soon.


    As soon as my body started to glow signaling that my time here was up, I made the two foxes in the sky take still positions surrounding the moon. The final picture that I saw was the moon with two foxes chasing each other with the moon in the middle.


    {Ufufufu. I look forward to it, my lovely Luna.}


    As Tamamos words fell into my ears, the glow fully enveloped me, and my vision went dark. When I opened my eyes again, I wasying on the bed in Skadis manor. I breathed in a deep breath and let it out before moving. When I got up and stretched, I canceled the illusion shirt I was wearing and made another illusion of my normal clothes. I looked around the room for anything that I had the chance of identally leaving and once I was done with that, I walked out and shut the door behind me. I walked over to the lounge that we always hung around in to find that most everyone was there. The only one missing was Ophidia.


    Ophidia still asleep? (Luna)


    No actually. She got up really early and left the manor to do something. She said shed be back shortly, so all weve been doing is waiting for you. (Skadi)


    Hmm. I wonder what she went to do? (Luna)


    Probably somest minute harassment of the city leaders nya. (Mio)


    I didnt thin she was still holding a grudge about that. (Soleil)


    I think she just wants to be petty and rub her and Skadis rtionship in their faces. (Velvet)


    Thats an understandable thing to do. (Luna)


    So, while we wait, whats the n, Luna? (Velvet)


    When Ophidia gets back, we teleport to the shrine, get our things in order, and start on our way to the dragon ind. (Luna)


    Oh. Thats a surprising decisioning from you. (Skadi)


    Tamamo and I talked about it before I got back which helped me decide the n going forward a bit. (Luna)


    Speaking of dragon ind, do you know where it is, Skadi? (Soleil)


    No. (Skadi)


    Then are we going to have to find it ourselves nya, or is Goddess Tamamo going to tell us nya? (Mio)


    {Im going to tell you where to go. Im not going to just tell you about the ce and then let all of you struggle to find it. After all, if I did that, my Luna would take longer to join me.}


    I smiled at Tamamos words. Shortly after that Ophidia returned with a content smile.


    My work is done. (Ophidia)


    What did you do? (Skadi)


    Just made sure that the warning I gave those old people stuck. (Ophidia)


    Alright. (Skadi)


    Ophidia, is there anything here that you might forget? While I know you can just pop back here if there is, itd be easier if you dont have to. (Luna)


    I have everything, master. (Ophidia)


    Then lets go. (Luna)


    We all gathered together, and Ophidia and I teleported us to the shrine. When we arrived, the sensation of air hit us.


    Last night aside, actually feeling air again is weird. (Luna)


    Yeah. Though it was easy to forget, its been a while since any of us actually felt air. (Velvet)


    Feels good nya. (Mio)


    Big sis, your tails. (Soleil)


    Remember Soleil, as long as Im not walking around a city, no more hiding them. Especially since were not staying here long. (Luna)


    Right. (Soleil)


    We discussed anything that we might need, and I sent the others to go and get them while I went to tell mom the n. When I passed by some of the shrine staff that Ive known for years, they stopped what they were doing and stared at me. I couldnt help but feel a small sense of satisfaction seeing their reactions and hearing what some of them were saying when they thought that I was out of earshot.


    It feels somewhat good not hiding anything.


    {I bet.}


    When I arrived in front of moms office, I opened the door and walked in. Moms paperwork has diminished even more since thest time I was here to which I was quite happy about. At the moment, mom and Ana were sitting at the small table drinking tea. When they looked over when I came in, their faces immediately turned into ones of shock.


    L-Luna, what happened to your tails? (Amagi)


    I got an eighth one. How do they look? (Luna)


    Stunning. (Ana)


    (Amagi)


    I have an idea of what youre thinking, mom, and I agree a little, but Tamamo also likes it, so Im with her. (Luna)


    *Sigh* You look beautiful, Luna. But why arent you hiding them? (Amagi)


    Because its time not to. Of course, not in big cities like the capital, but here is fine. Especially since were not staying long. (Luna)


    How long are you staying? (Amagi)


    Well leave at thetest tomorrow, but most likely today. (Luna)


    So soonLuna,e over here and sit. (Amagi)


    I did as mom said and sat next to her. She then pulled me into a hug.


    My little Luna, I know that this isnt thest time were seeing each other, but I feel like the next time we do, youll be one step short of ascending. Ill tell you this now, and again when the timees, but I want you to know that you are the greatest thing to ever happen to me in my life. Im so proud of the woman youve grown into and I look forward to seeing what you achieve in the future. (Amagi)


    I felt tears falling from my eyes as she tightened her hug.


    I love you mom. Thank you for being there for me when I needed it and Im so happy that I am your daughter. (Luna)


    As I hugged mom back, I could hear quiet sniffling behind me. It seems this emotional moment touched Anas heart. As this moment dragged on, the door to the room flew open and dad stood there with slight panic on his face.


    Amagi, how did the shrine staff learn of Lunas secret!? (Deacon)


    Because Im not hiding it here anymore. (Luna)


    I like the new look. (Deacon)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    *sigh* Deacon, just sit down over there. Ill leave you for now, so let me know when you are about to leave. (Ana)


    Deacon, I dont know whether your timing is perfect, or you just have a penchant for ruining the mood. (Amagi)


    Sorry. (Deacon)


    Dont worry about it. (Luna)


    Dad sat down on my other side while trying his best not to touch my tails.


    No offence, but its kind of hard to sit with all of this now. (Deacon)


    None taken. It can sometimes be a pain for me as well. (Luna)


    So, how was it like in a merfolk city? (Deacon)


    Really Deacon? Thats what you ask her? You can clearly see that shes almost done with her journey and you ask what a merfolk city is like. Unbelievable. (Amagi)


    Of course. Luna knows what I would say and while I wouldnt mind saying it, I dont think its necessary. Sure, things will probably be different if she was ascending at this exact second, but since she isnt, Ill save my words for when she does. (Deacon)


    *Sigh* Well, what was it like, Luna? (Amagi)


    Big. About the size of two of the capitals of this country. Had a big colosseum that was for chariot races. (Luna)


    Did you see one? (Deacon)


    No, but I did get a favor out of someone that will most likely guarantee me free seats for probably life. (Luna)


    Poor guy, they got the worst part of that bargain. (Deacon)


    Not really. We helped him first. (Luna)


    Any other fun stories? (Amagi)


    Skadi was the centerpiece of a citywide festival. (Luna)


    Heh. (Deacon)


    I continued to chat with my family for a bit when the others came back. Once everything was prepared, we grouped up and left the shrine.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Well this is annoying<em>rawr</em>.


    Fenrir: If you don''t stop that, I''m going to smack you.


    Tamamo: I agree with Fenrir, it''s getting old.


    Atmos: Fine. But I''m still going to do it when Luna and Soleil are around.


    Tamamo: Have fun with their retaliation then.


    Atmos: I''m looking forward to what they n on trying.


    Fenrir: In other news, Tamamo, are you sure you aren''t pushing Luna to be too hasty? I get that you''ve waited for a while for her to get to this point, but still.


    Atmos: Bad Fenrir. Stop trying to make Tamamo regret her decisions.


    Fenrir: That isn''t what I''m trying to do. Don''t get me wrong, I''m happy that you are being less reserved, but are you sure that it''s good for Luna''s mental health?


    Tamamo: I am. She said it herself, if I didn''t push her to continue straight away, she''d find ways to stall for as long as possible and end up in a less than good state. And besides, this is also a good thing for you, Fenrir. With Luna ascending, that means Mio will be more free to visit you.


    Fenrir:...That''s a good point.


    Atmos: It''s times like these that I remember how good at maniption you are, Tamamo.


    Tamamo: Whatever do you mean, Atmos? I don''t remember manipting anyone.


    Atmos: I said nothing.

 Chapter 311: Random Talk While on the Sea

    Chapter 311: Random Talk While on the Sea


    [Luna POV]


    Just before leaving the shrine, I asked Tamamo where we should go to start on our way to the dragon ind. She told me that the best ce to start would be the port city, so thats where we went. Since it took a while for the others to gather what was needed, it waste afternoon, nearly evening. The docks where we arrived were pretty empty with the exception of some workers or boatmen here and there. I ced my ship in the water and we boarded it. I got to work preparing to set sail and once everything was ready, we left the city just as fast almost as soon as we got there.


    So, where to now? (Luna)


    {Youre going to have to go in a straight line in this direction for about two weeks. At that point, youll have to work your magic since the ind is blocked by a space barrier of huge proportions. After that youll have to sail another week before you hit the storm wall. When you get through that, youll be at the ind.}


    Got it. Skadi, Im counting on you to help me maintain the heading. (Luna)


    You can count on me. (Skadi)


    Are we not flying there nya? (Mio)


    We are, but once we get passed the space barrier, well probably have to sail on the water. Itll be choppy either way, but itll probably be safer to sail on the water than in the air when were near any kind of storm. (Luna)


    Makes sense nya. (Mio)


    Should we get ready to start flying then? (Velvet)


    Lets get a little farther away from the city first. (Luna)


    Alright. (Velvet)


    With all of that decided, we all split up to do our own thing. I left an illusion to steer the ship and climbed up to the crows nest so I could look out over the water with the best view. The breeze caused my hair to wave around and I closed my eyes as I enjoyed the sensation. When I opened them again, I stared out over the water watching the sun set behind the horizon. The scene was beautiful.


    {Quetz would be happy to hear that.}


    How has she been? Neither you nor Atmos ever talk about her much. And the only thing I ever hear Fenrir say when she talks with Mio is ns for their next dates.


    {Not too sure myself. Last I saw her was during the meeting I called. She seemed good then, but I have no idea what shes been up to since then.}


    Thats a shame. She seems like a fun person, or at least thats the vibe I got when Ive actually interacted with her.


    {If you want me to, I can invite her over for a visit.}


    Thats not necessary for now. Ill be seeing her more soon enough.


    {True.}


    For the next few minutes neither of us said anything. I just enjoyed the breeze and the sound of the sea.


    {Hey Luna, have you heard anything from Lia and Dia?}


    Not really. Only thing that I ever get regarding information from the Elf Nation is that the cult is somehow doing extremely well and that the numbers are almost constantly growing. And I feel like Cres isnt involved this time.


    {Ufufu. How fun.}


    Is it?


    {Fun to watch at least. I wonder if thisll have some major impact down the line. Itd be kind of funny if, eventually, the Elf Nation decided to be a vassal state of the Beast Kingdom.}


    {Dont make that face, Luna. Even if that did happen, itdst for a few centuries or more before that civilization gets reced by another one.}


    I dont like that thought. I know its most likely inevitable, but I still dont like it.


    {This may sound bading from me, but its something you get used to. Though in your case it may be a bit harder since you actually have friends in this eraOk wow, that is actually depressing. Please forget I even brought up this topic.}


    Ill try.


    While trying to avoid a small existential crisis about my immortal life ahead of me, I heard someone climbing up behind me. When I nced back, I saw Ophidia. She moved over next to me and leaned on the railing.


    Am I interrupting anything, master, Goddess Tamamo? (Ophidia)


    Not really. All were doing is chatting to pass the time. (Luna)


    {If anything, we needed a change in subject.}


    Then Im d to have been of service. (Ophidia)


    So, is there something you needed? (Luna)


    Not really. Just felt likeing to talk to you, master. We dont get a lot of opportunities to do so, after all. (Ophidia)


    Come to think of it, youre right. (Luna)


    When I thought about it, me and Ophidia havent really spoken one on one very much since she joined us. Its not like it hasnt happened, but more often than not, the others where there as well. We stood quietly next to each other for several minutes before Ophidia spoke.


    Master, are you having fun? (Ophidia)


    Yes. Why, does it seem like Im not? (Luna)


    No, you look like youre always having fun, but sometimes, it feels like youre just acting like it. (Ophidia)


    Hmm. I didnt notice. I mean, it makes sense, I think, but also not? (Luna)


    Hehehe. Thats such a you answer. (Ophidia)


    When did you start noticing this? (Luna)


    When we were in the Dwarf Country. A few times when we were on the way to the crystal city, you seemed a bit down. Its improved a lot since then, but you still sometimes make a hollow look, like youre just going through the motions. (Ophidia)


    Ah. I know what you mean now. All of that is just because Im overthinking things. Its an old habit from way back. (Luna)


    I see. Well, with that out of the way, lets talk about something else. (Ophidia)


    Alright. Where do you and Skadi n on getting married? (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Ophidia)


    I mean it literally. In the mortal world or the Divine Domain? (Luna)


    Ah. We havent really discussed it, but I think itd be interesting if it was in the Divine Domain. Maybe at the top of your floating inds pyramid. Ill ask Skaditer. (Ophidia)


    You do that. And if that is the ce that you both agree on, then feel free to use it as long as you want. (Luna)


    Have you and Goddess Tamamo talked about your own wedding? (Ophidia)


    {Not much. We should probably do that at some point soon.}


    I agreeHow do we even n a wedding? (Luna)


    {Not a clue. All I know is that we need matching dresses and that it has to be spectacr.}


    Hmm. What did Atmos do for hers? (Luna)


    {Not much. Though that has more to do with Atmos herself than anything else. Only me and few others were invited.}


    I didnt take Goddess Atmos to be the reserved kind of person in that scenario. (Ophidia)


    {Its not that surprising. She may be very boisterous, but shes only ever truly herself when around her closest friends and family. Yes, shell prank anything that moves, but even then, she doesnt put her whole heart and soul into it. Well, thats not fully true, but its the best phrase I can think of to describe it.}


    Back on topic, who all do you want to invite, Tamamo? (Luna)


    Hmmmm. Well, aside from Crate, Gear, Atmos, Grey, Quetz, Stadia, Tonya, Crisis, Norn, Java, and Fenrir, not many more. I want to invite a few of the Goddesses of Beauty that Im friends with, maybe the God of Summoning. Oh, Skadis mother and the Goddess of Death, but only if she has the time toe.}


    Well, we know everyone that I can inviteWait, cant I invite all the people I want to! Tamamo, I might be an idiot. (Luna)


    {How so?}


    Im curious as well. (Ophidia)


    So, my domains are a loophole in the rules, right. Doesnt that mean that Id be able to do something like invite my non-Apostle friends to the wedding? Also, what would stop me if I set one up in the mortal world and descended to visit whenever I feel like? (Luna)


    (Ophidia)


    {I thought you were always going to do that?}


    Nope. Never thought about it until now. I mean, youd think Id know that seeing as I use my domains in this kind of way all the time, but no, never crossed my mind to do that after ascension. (Luna)


    Master, this may be rude of me, but are you sure your INT is EX? (Ophidia)


    You know that has nothing to do with actual intelligence. (Luna)


    Hehehehehehehe. (Ophidia)


    {Ufufufufufufufufufu.}


    Fufufufufu. (Luna)


    The three of us continued to chat while watching over the sea for a while after that. We finally climbed down when we got hungry, so I quickly made something for all of us before we went to bed.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Tch. This is hard.


    Fenrir: What is?


    Atmos: Trying to figure out if this is eptable or not within the rules of the prank war. They are technically on abor quest, but also not really.


    Fenrir: Where is your mediator?


    Atmos: She went to spend some family time.


    Fenrir: Then I guess you need to hold off until they get back and she can give you the go ahead.


    Atmos: *Sigh*


    Fenrir:...


    Atmos:...So, what about you and Mio?


    Fenrir: In the Divine Domain. Same as with you and Tamamo, not many people I want to invite.


    Atmos: I feel like that''s amon thing between gods.


    Fenrir: I get the same feeling.


    Atmos: Since that''s decided, the only ones that need to make a decision are Skadi and Ophidia, though it''ll most likely be in the Divine Domain, leaving only Soleil and Velvet to be wed in the mortal world.


    Fenrir: It''ll still be an event to watch. It''s not very often you see two Apostles getting married. Especially if it''ll be the first event held in the shrine of a new goddess.


    Atmos: True. I''ll even dere a ceasefire of the prank war if it''s still going by then.


    Fenrir: I hope for your sake you do so. When Luna gets here, you won''t be able to run away anymore.


    Atmos:......Heh. That''ll make it even more fun, thinking of ways to get away from Luna.


    Fenrir:...

 Chapter 312: End to the Prank War

    Chapter 312: End to the Prank War


    [Luna POV]


    The day after we started on the way to the dragon ind, I made the ship start flying. It was the perfect weather for it and the skies were rtively clear. Like that, we spent the first week with nothing showing up. Today, however, changed that.


    In front of the ship was a giant school of sky creatures. Most of them looked like some weird kind of fish things with the body of a eel and the heads of boars. There was another group mixed in that looked like some weird bird that had two extra beaks where their feet should have been.


    These things get weirder every time. (Soleil)


    I agree. They are kind of creepy. (Velvet)


    They are in the way. (Luna)


    Big sis? (Soleil)


    Whats got you all worked up? (Velvet)


    Atmos. She kept me up all nightst night by whispering rawrs in my head. I got back at her, but Im still annoyed. (Luna)


    Why didnt you say anything earlier? We could have enacted the n. (Soleil)


    It wasnt the time for it. We need to make sure she is in the perfect ce to do that. (Luna)


    Meaning when? (Soleil)


    Next time she visits Tamamo. That way I can actually make sure we get her. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    {Should I invite Atmos over soon?}


    Ill leave the timing up to you. (Luna)


    {Alright.}


    As we continued to approach the giant school of sky creatures, they turned to us.


    Um. (Soleil)


    That is unsettling. (Velvet)


    Time to take care of business. (Luna)


    I walked to the bow of the ship and red at the sky creatures. I then summoned a bolt of lightning in front of me, condensed it to its limit, and shot it at the clustered group of creatures. When the bolt made contact with the first creature, it vaporized it. The bolt then branched out like lightning does and started to hit every creature. Soon enough, the creatures were just cooked corpses that started to float upwards. I stored all of them in my inventory so I could snack on themter. When I turned around and walked back to the helm, Velvet and Soleil looked at me with expressions that said the scene they just witnessed was expected, but also a tinge of worry.


    What? (Luna)


    Its just been a while since Ive seen you annoyed to this extent, big sis. I know you dont like it when people keep you from sleeping when you actually want to sleep, but this is the first time in a while Ive actually seen you vent in a more violent way. (Soleil)


    Wait, this has happened before? (Velvet)


    Yep. Though thest time I remember it happening, it was her dad. I think it was when he was trying to train her to be a light sleeper when she was camping outside of a city. (Soleil)


    What happened after that? (Velvet)


    Lets seeShe nearly broke his ankle when she kicked it to get him down on her level, then she did a quick chop to his throat since he was always yelling to wake her up. (Soleil)


    I also refused to use healing magic until I slept enough to actually know what I was doing. After actually getting some good sleep, I immediately healed him and apologized. (Luna)


    Yes, but that was when we all agreed that it was a bad idea to have you sleep deprived like that. (Soleil)


    Ah, and here I thought I finished that training with excellent results. (Luna)


    I mean, you did in a way. (Soleil)


    Hmm. So will this only be a problem only when you want to sleep, or one that is going to happen any time you sleep and are forcibly woken up? (Velvet)


    Just when I want to sleep. (Luna)


    It was then that Mio arrived on deck.


    What was that noise nya? (Mio)


    Me clearing our way. (Luna)


    Angry Lunya nya. (Mio)


    Not angry, just annoyed. (Luna)


    Atmos kept her awake. (Soleil)


    Atmos nyeeds to be smacked nya. Interrupting sleep is a nyo nyo nya. (Mio)


    I agree. (Luna)


    So, Luna, how many levels did you get from doing that? (Velvet)


    I dont know why youre trying to change the subject, but I got two. (Luna)


    Thats surprising. Sure, there were a lot of those things, but I didnt think it was that many. (Velvet)


    They gave a lot of exp. (Luna)


    {Luna, I get that you arent in the best of moods at the moment, but thats no reason to be all snippy at everyone.}


    *Sigh* Sorry Velvet. (Luna)


    Its fine. I totally get what youre feeling right now. (Velvet)


    I nodded my head at her words. I continued to pilot the ship until Skadi and Ophidia joined us. Skadi asked to take over the steering to which I gratefully epted. I then told the others I was going to take a nap. Just as Iid down on my bed, Tamamo spoke.


    {Atmos will be here shortly.}


    Heh. Soleil,e here for a bit! (Luna)


    Soleil came into the cabin and sat next to me on the bed.


    Whats up? (Soleil)


    Get ready. (Luna)


    Alright. (Soleil)


    Tamamo, Im heeeeerrrrrrrreeeeeee. (Atmos)


    NOW! (Luna)


    [Atmos POV]


    When I arrived at Tamamos ce, I didnt see her anywhere. I was confused by this for a second before something happened. In front of me the air started to distort and soon enough, a beautiful painting appeared in front of me. The scenery in the painting was so lifelike that youd think it was actually a small window looking out at the ce that was painted.


    While I was distracted by this, Lunas Gates started to appear at the corners of the frame. Chains shot out of those Gates and wrapped around my arms and legs. I was the pulled towards the painting. When I tried to get out of the chains, I remembered that I couldnt break them of get out easily.


    Grey, I love you, but youre sleeping on the couch for a week for this.


    The second I touched the painting, it started to ripple like water, and I was pulled inside.


    <em>Have fun in this domain, Atmos. And when you get out, tell me what you thought, I might make this a thing for funter down the line, so I want someone to test it out. Oh, and though I have a feeling youll be fine, please dont go crazy. Enjoy the things that Soleil painted up for you to experience. </em>(Luna)


    Luna, you better be happy that this seems interesting. Otherwise, Id prank you even more thanst night. (Atmos)


    When I said that, the whole ce shook and the sky became darker with thunder clouds forming.


    This is fine. (Atmos)


    Since it was interesting, I decided to explore the ce. The first ce I went was a forest with trees that Ive never seen before. When I entered the forest, I felt a weird sensation and before I knew it, it was like I was teleported to the middle of it. A cold mist also started to show itself, making the visibility worse. Since it was clear that I was supposed to make my way out of the forest, I chose a random direction and started walking.


    It wasnt long after that that I started to hear things. A little jingle of a bell here, some echoyughter there, the snapping of a twig next to me, the sound of some musical instrument behind or in front of me. It was a bit unsettling. With the forests unchanging scenery and the sounds Id been hearing for a while now, I started to worry if I was making any headway. It was only after I saw a medium sized rock that I saw when I first got into the forest that I learned that I hadnt made any progress whatsoever.


    This is a lot moreplicated than I thought it would be. (Atmos)


    <em>I can give you a hint if you want. </em>(Luna)


    No, Ill figure it out myself. (Atmos)


    <em>Suit yourself. Just know that this is the easy part. </em>(Luna)


    I rolled my eyes and started walking once more. Since Luna made it so that it was always day in here, I had no idea how long it was that I was in this part of the forest, but once I learned the trick to navigating it, I easily made my way out. Or at least I would have like to get out of here. In front of me was an archway of trees. Behind that archway was a wall of almost pure darkness. Thankfully I was provided a torch and a small brazier to light it. When I did so, I thought I saw a shadow move.


    No time like the present, (Atmos)


    I stepped through the archway with the lit torch in hand. I regretted that decision almost immediately. It was extremely windy in this ce and it threatened to blow the torch out. There were also sounds that could only be heard when in here, and they sounded like they were surrounding me slowly. I braved on. The gimmick of this part of the forest was very obvious. All I had to do was follow the embers that floated off the torch in the wind. After what felt like several hours, I finally saw one of the things that was making noises.


    It looked sort of like a wolf, but it was shadowy and looked like it was just a moving painting. When I saw it, it looked back at me and melted into the shadows. I then heard a loud howl and then several more that answered it back. Figuring it wouldnt be good to be caught by these painted wolves, I quickened my pace.


    Wait, why am I scared? (Atmos)


    It was then that one of the wolves attacked. I didnt panic and threw out my fist expecting it to go pop, but instead, I felt something with a watery consistency. The painted wolf, true to its name, was just a painting, so my punch did nothing to it. Shutting my eyes and expecting pain, I felt nothing. I opened my eyes again and saw that the wolf was just staring at me like a puppy expecting pats.


    (Atmos)


    <em>Fufufufufufufu. You didnt actually think Id put things in here to hurt you, right? Why would I do that? </em>(Luna)


    I could feel my face heat up in embarrassment. I quickly patted the painted wolf on the head as best I could and continued on my way out of the forest. When I finally managed that, I found myself in a slightly less forested part, though this ce had many ruins. For some reason though, there were a lot of staircases that looked impractical to downright unusable due to them being sideways and upside down. Getting annoyed at the seemingly never-ending forest, I pushed ahead.


    Thinking that the staircases were the key to this part, I climbed one. When I reached the top, I found myself at a doorway. Through the doorway was another one of the staircases. I shrugged my shoulders and walked through the doorway only to be thrown off when I got on the other side. I was now standing on one of the sideways stairs.


    How? (Atmos)


    <em>Magic. </em>(Luna)


    (Atmos)


    Just shook my head and walked on. I dont know how long I was there, but after being a while of walking the maze of staircases I figured out why I wasnt making any progress.


    This was all a waste of time, wasnt it. (Atmos)


    <em>Thats on you for assuming the stairs were the way to go. If you were in a forest the entire time, why would I change it up like that? </em>(Luna)


    Luna, I think Im going to need to talk to you and Soleil about what you two think is a good prank. This is just tedious. (Atmos)


    <em>Boo! Fine, you want out of there? Then get out. </em>(Luna)


    Hey now, I know its my fault youre all upset and stuff, but there is no need to take it out on me. (Atmos)


    {Atmos, how is that not a reason to take it out on you?}


    I plead the 5<sup>th</sup>. (Atmos)


    <em>Thatw doesnt exist here! </em>(Luna)


    Hehehe. (Atmos)


    I then started to feel an extreme case of vertigo. While it was at its worst point, the world actually moved and I started to fall. I fell all the way through the forest that I already made it through, out of the forest itself, and then through the frame that I originally entered through. When I fell out of the frame, I mmed down onto my back.


    Uuuuuuuuuuuuuuugggggggggghhhhhhhhh. (Atmos)


    While my vision was swimming, the painting and the space around it shimmered and it disappeared. It was then that Tamamo stood over me.


    {Wee back. Youve spent three days in there.}


    Oh wow. (Atmos)


    {Atmos, I think its time for the three of you to end this prank war. Youre all already just getting petty. I worry that if you go any further, the rtionship between the three of you will turn sour.}


    Ill think about it, but they have to agree as well. (Atmos)


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I dere the prank war over. What say you, Luna and Soleil?


    Luna: Agreed.


    Soleil: Agreed.


    Order: As Goddess of Order, I hear your deration and officially end the prank war. Please talk these things out in the future without escting it.


    Atmos, Luna, and Soleil: Alright.


    Luna: So, what did you think of the painting?


    Atmos: In the beginning it was fun, but after a while it got tedious and boring. You need to add more to it than just a forest maze.


    Luna: There was more to it, but it seems only three people I know would actually enjoy it to the fullest.


    I''ve already introduced her to anime, want me to start with video games next?


    Luna:...Do it. I''ll happily ept more people that get my jokes and references.


    Alright.


    Order: Is this a good idea?


    Soleil: Probably not, but it also seems like big sis is happy about it, so it''ll be fine...probably.


    Order: Guess he needs to spread chaos here and there sometimes, but that''s what makes him cute, so it''s fine.

 Chapter 313: Encountering the Space Barrier

    Chapter 313: Encountering the Space Barrier


    [Luna POV]


    Once the situation with Atmos was over, we returned to not much happening. There were a few times whererge groups of sky creatures attacked us which gave me many levels. At this point, I was extremely happy about this since that means getting to Tamamo was one step closer. Today was turning out to be the same as it has been until around noon.


    Luna, whats wrong? (Skadi)


    Were closing in on that space barrier Tamamo talked about. I can feel it. (Luna)


    How long do we have? (Ophidia)


    A few minutes. But thats not what we need to talk about. The barrier is the kind that lets the one that made it know if someone enters it. Do we want to pretty much announce ourselves, or do we want to go in undetected? (Luna)


    Well, how likely is the chance of us being intercepted by a dragon before we get to the ind? (Soleil)


    {Not very likely. If anything, youll have some of them waiting for you to get to the ind due to curiosity. They dont like leaving the ind, after all.}


    Didnt you tell me that some hero at some point in the past killed a dragon that went mad? (Luna)


    {Just because most of them dont like leaving doesnt mean they are all like that, and also, it was mad, madness and rational thought arent verypatible.}


    Thats true. (Luna)


    With that information from Tamamo, it was decided that Id just mess with the barrier enough to let us safely pass through it. I walked over to the bow of the ship and, when we got to the edge of the barrier, I moved my hand in front of me. I ced my palm on the barrier and injected some of my mana into it. It pulsed for a few seconds before rippling. When a hole big enough for the ship to pass through was made, we progressed. Once the ship was fully inside, the barrier closed behind us. Once it was fully closed, I started to feel several gazes focus on us. I smiled slightly as I could feel the intrigueing from a few of the gazes while others were indifferent.


    So many with high level space magic. No wonder the barrier is so big. They either have a ton of mana diamonds to power it like this, or they have such high reserves of mana and fast enough regeneration that keeping something like this up constantly isnt a problem. (Luna)


    {Dragons are the closest things to demigods in the mortal world, so it makes sense.}


    Just as I was about to ignore all the gazes and go back to doing whatever, one of the indifferent gazes turned a little hostile. While it was only a split-second feeling, it was there all the same.


    Heh. (Luna)


    Soleil, shes got that look on her face again. Like the time with the wyverns. (Velvet)


    Tell us, big sis, what did your gaze did your Abyssal Fluff feel? (Soleil)


    Many gazes, one of which was far from curious and friendly. We might have to put meat back on the menu. (Luna)


    But we eat meat pretty much every day nya. (Mio)


    *Sigh* Guess I know what were doing tonight. All of you should gather on deck tonight and Ill show you all something good. (Luna)


    {Oh, are you showing them one of those movie things? Sounds fun.}


    Id invite you too, Tamamo, but youve already seen it with me. (Luna)


    {If I remember right, we never finished it. You said there were three, right?}


    Yeah, but you finished the first one and we got distracted during the second one. Well, I guess I can invite you to watch them regardless. (Luna)


    Do that, big sis. Though all of us know Goddess Tamamo, we, with the exception of Skadi, havent actually spent really any time getting to see her and get to know her. (Soleil)


    Thats true. Id like to actually be able to speak to Goddess Tamamo while seeing her instead of just hearing her voice. (Ophidia)


    Same nya. The only times I ever really see her is when I go through her ce to meet Fen nya. (Mio)


    {There you have it, Luna.}


    It does indeed seem like everyone likes this idea. (Luna)


    With this settled, all that remained for us to do is sail until nightfall. Once the time came, I set up a domain around the ship and pulled out severalfortable couches. They were all big enough that we would be able toy down and still have room for one other person. Shortly after that, Tamamo appeared followed by Fenrir.


    Sorry foring in uninvited. I just couldnt miss this chance to see Mio in person. (Fenrir)


    I dont mind. The more the merrier after all. (Luna)


    FEN NYA! (Mio)


    It seemed like Mio heard Fenrir was here because she sprang up from the shadows in front of her, wrapped her arms around her neck, and kissed her. Mios twin tails wrapped around Fenrirs waist, and they nearly fell over before Fenrir managed to bnce hers and Mios weight.


    Well. (Luna)


    {Dont act like you didnt think of doing the same thing. I know I did.}


    When did I ever say I wasnt going to? (Luna)


    I blinked in front of Tamamo and wrapped my arms around her neck, intertwined some of my tails with some of hers, and stole her lips with mine. We could have stayed like that the rest of the night if Velvet and Soleil didnt make exaggeratedly loud throat clearing noises to get our attention.


    Luna, there is a time and ce for stuff like that, and this is neither the time nor the ce. (Velvet)


    While I know I participated in the interrupting, I kind of feel bad about it. I dont think Ive ever seen big sis look that happy before. (Soleil)


    Soleil nced over to Velvet who did the same before they both quickly moved their gazes back to us. Soleil did, however, use her tail to pull Velvet closer to her.


    {Ufufufu. Dont worry, Soleil, there is a lot of time for you to see just how happy Luna can be once she ascends and we see each other more often. Also, thanks for interrupting, if you didnt, wed never stop and probably end up going further.}


    Tamamo, while I dont deny that, they didnt need to know that. (Luna)


    {Luna, it was clear as night to me and probably to them, so theres no real point in hiding it.}


    Shes right, Luna. (Velvet)


    Fine, so when are we going to stop them? (Luna)


    Skadi, Ophidia, youre up. (Soleil)


    Skadi and Ophidia appeared on deck after Velvet called out to them. Skadi then grabbed Fenrir by the shoulders while Ophidia grabbed Mio and they pulled.


    NYAAAAAAA! (Mio)


    Rude, Skadi, rude. (Fenrir)


    Yeah, yeah, there will be time for thatter. For now, just focus on the ns we all have for tonight. You two have eternity after all. (Skadi)


    Mio, please stop poking me, I know that you arent happy I did that, but think about how the rest of us are holding back. Why should we have to watch you and Fenrir do that while we dont? (Ophidia)


    You said the quiet part out loud, Ophidia. (Luna)


    I dont want to hear thating from you, Luna. (Ophidia)


    (Luna)


    {Ophidia using your name shows just how serious she is, so I guess we should listen to her.}


    Yeah. (Luna)


    I chose a couch to sit on and sat down with Tamamo sitting beside me. The others also chose their seats and once we all gotfortable, I projected the movie on the back of the sail.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Evelyn, let''s go y.


    Evelyn: Yay.


    Crisis: Do everything I wouldn''t do.


    Order: Take her advice.


    Atmos: Hey Order, where''s Payto?


    Order: Off at work. Another world started its first Fiend Season and he''s making sure it doesn''t destroy itself.


    Crisis: Seems fun, I kind of want to go and see it.


    Order: I''m not sure you''d be allowed to.


    Crisis: Yeah, but that doesn''t mean you can''t pull it up here, like how you or Payto does when we watch Luna''s life.


    Atmos: I''m with Crisis on this one, I want to watch other worlds as well. I won''t be considered an evil god if I just watched from here, after all.


    Order: Fine, let me set it up.


    *crashing noise in another room*


    Crisis: Evelyn, I said DON''T do what I would do!


    Evelyn: Ahahahahahahahahahaha!


    Astraea: Ahahahahahahahahahahaha!


    Order: *Sigh* I worry about Astraea. She''s far more chaotic than the Goddess of Bnce should be.


    Atmos: Enjoy it while itsts.


    Order: And what would you know?


    Atmos: I''ve watched a lot or mortals too, you know. I might not want kids myself, but seeing some people be parents that ignored enjoying their children''s most innocent phase regretted it immensely.


    Order:...


    Crisis:...

 Chapter 314: Storm Wall

    Chapter 314: Storm Wall


    [Luna POV]


    After our movie night, I had ignited the rest of my partys interest in otherworldly entertainment, so over the next few days we had watched several other movies. I had also promised to try and, with illusion magic, reproduce some of the video games that Id yed and could remember the details of clearly. While that had been what happened at night, during the day we progressed towards our objective. While doing this, the number of sky creatures we encountered decreased and the number of monsters increased. On the third day of traveling, I had hit level 90 and the storm wall could also be seen in the distance if I really tried.


    Skadi, should Ind the ship in the water now, or wait until were directly in front of the wall? (Luna)


    Directly in front. Also, I want to take over from there. I trust you would do fine sailing through that, but I want experience over trust this time. (Skadi)


    Thats fine, I was going to ask if you wanted to do that anyway. (Luna)


    Master, have you felt the hostile gaze any more? (Ophidia)


    Only a few times. Most of them have actually disappeared, now only three actually regrly look at us now with the hostile one sometimes showing up before going away again. (Luna)


    It was then that Soleil came up from below deck.


    Hey Soleil. (Luna)


    Hey big sis. (Soleil)


    She looked sleepy, so I assumed she just woke up from a nap. She walked over to me and wrapped her arms around me, nuzzling her cheek on me. I patted her head and smiled.


    Sleepy. (Soleil)


    Fufufu. This is what you get for staying up sote. This is one of the reasons I never actually showed this stuff this whole time. (Luna)


    But its so interesting. (Soleil)


    Shes right, master, it is interesting. I can hardly get enough of it. (Ophidia)


    I know, but I also know that this is all just the phase youre all in when ites to this stuff. Once you get used to seeing it, youll lose the power to power through the sleep and stay awake for days on end. It happens to all of us who grew up in a world where this is normal. (Luna)


    Then shouldnt we enjoy it to the fullest while we can then? (Skadi)


    You could look at it that way, but you could also interpret that as the more you watch, the faster the time where you get used to ites. (Luna)


    True. Guess we should restrain ourselves a bit then. (Skadi)


    Something in Skadis words must have caught Soleils attention because her ears perked up.


    Big sis, are you still using the restrains skill? (Soleil)


    I think so, why? (Luna)


    Are you sure you still need it? You should be used to all the strength you have, so cant you hold back without it now? (Soleil)


    (Luna)


    I forgot that youve always had that skill going. You really should stop using it else youll get too used to it and wont be able to regte yourself without it. (Skadi)


    Would it be toote for that already? Ive only ever deactivated the skill a few times since it hit level 10. I think thest time I did that was one of our fights and that was what, two years ago now? (Luna)


    {Actually, you unconsciously deactivate the skill when you are with me on nights of the full moon. I also think its off when you set up a domain. Otherwise you wouldntst when we had our fun times since the skill would hold back even your stamina.}


    Good to know. Guess Ill turn it off permanently. (Luna)


    When I willed the skill to stop, what I expected to happen didnt happen.


    Well thats boring. (Luna)


    What did you expect to happen? (Ophidia)


    I dont know, like, a faintly visible aura of power floating off of me and my hair starting to flow slightly even without any wind. Maybe some lightning crackling every so often for effect. (Luna)


    Luna, that doesnt happen in reality. (Skadi)


    I know that, but itd still be kind of cool. (Luna)


    I got an exasperated head shake from Skadi while Ophidia chuckled, and Soleil fell back asleep. Like this the days went by slowly. Once we arrived in front of the storm wall, I made the shipnd in the surprisingly calm waters.


    Looking at the wall in front of us, I was impressed. You could physically feel the magic making it up. When we were further away from it, you could see how high it went, but right next to it made it feel like it was something blocking the edge of the world. Every so often a streak of purple lightning could be seen streaking across it and branching out in patterns only lightning could.


    Skadi, are you ready? (Luna)


    Yeah, make sure that no lightning hits us. (Skadi)


    Got it. Everyone, go below deck, I dont want to take any chances of you falling overboard. (Luna)


    They nodded and went below while I tied Skadi to the railing with a chain. I then climbed up to the crows nest, chained myself there, and gave Skadi the signal that I was ready. The ship started into the storm wall. At first it there was only the sound of high winds and thunder, but once inside, the howling became fierce and the rain came down in nearly frozen sheets. I looked towards the sky as I prepared myself for the trial toe.


    It didnt take long for the first bolt to strike. I d myself in lightning magic and, as the highest point in the area, the lightning came straight for me. I bat it aside with a hand. Another strike, another swat. This continued for a bit before we hit a lull. This lull didntst long as more powerful lightning started toe at the ship, and this time it was more than one bolt at a time. I batted away what I could and when it wasnt enough, I opened small rifts in space to let the lightning pass us by without trouble. Hours went by as I did this, the bolts from above alternating between powerful and more powerful. Seeing as I was already somewhat doing it, and this was the perfect moment to try, I started imitating the motions of a character from a show I watched when I was younger in my old world.


    I waited and when a bolt struck at me, I raised on hand with two fingers extended. The lightning struck that hand and, in a flowing, water-like movement, let the electric current pass through me before moving and extending my other arm. The lightning erupted from the fingers of that hand once I fully extended my arm. While I was excited that I sessfully redirected lightning like that, I had to keep focused on my task. After a few more hours, I lost track of time as I redirected, blocked, and swatted lightning away from the ship. It was only when Tamamo spoke to me when I knew we were almost out.


    {Luna, how are you doing.}


    Fine at the moment. This is actually quite fun, though I kind of want it to be over now.


    {Hold out a little longer, youre past the worst part of it and in another hour or two youll be out and can see the ind.}


    Tell Skadi that as well please. Shes doing her best to get us through this just as much as I am.


    {Alright.}


    Just as Tamamo said, another two hours passed before the side of the storm wall came into sight. We approached it fast and I set up a space barrier just in case this side was more dangerous than the side we entered from. When the prow of the ship collided with the wall, it seemed like it was cutting into it like a knife. The ship wanted to turn in the direction the wind was blowing, but with my space barrier and Skadis piloting we made it through safely.


    Now on the other side of the storm wall, the seas were calm and instead of winds howling like wolves on the hunt, a gentle breeze flowed past me. In the distance sat arge ind. The sand on the beach nearest to us was ck while the waters were a beautiful translucent cerulean. I could also see a giant tree with golden leaves growing from the what I assumed to be the center of the ind, giving it a mythical feel. I climbed down from the crows nest and made my way next to Skadi. I then leaned back on the railing next to her as I undid the chain that kept her tied to the ship.


    Good work Skadi. (Luna)


    You as well, Luna. Im happy we made it through that, though I dont feel like doing so a second time. Some of the waves in there were annoying to deal with, even with my demigod powers. (Skadi)


    Dont worry, me and Ophidia will have an easy time getting us in and out of this ce. Perks of holding the Space Authority and being my Apostle. (Luna)


    Good. Now, lets get the ship beached so that you can store it. (Skadi)


    I nodded my head and we calmly sailed over to the beach of ck sand. I called the others up top and just before wended, we jumped off the ship. Once it stopped and Skadi jumped down next to us, I ced my hand on the ship and it disappeared. Once that was done, we turned around to start making our way towards the giant tree and hopefully some dragons when I heard some voices.


    Hahaha! See, I told you sisters, the visitors didnd their ship here. (???)


    We can see that, so stop being so annoying. (???)


    Hehe. Both of you need to calm down and act presentable, were about to wee our first guests in several hundred years. And this time, they are all special. (???)


    Chaos Realm:


    I''m back.


    Order: You look exhausted.


    I am. Worlds when they go through their first Fiend Season are always so unstable. It doesn''t help that that one has no god or goddess of death yet, so the goddess of life is working over time. I even gave her special permission to do something to help keep things in check there until a god of death is either born or ascends.


    Order: Then how about I prepare you something to eat, or maybe a bath, or possibly...me?


    ...*looks around to see if anyone else is here*


    Order: Don''t worry, nobody is here and In-chan is watching Astraea for a few days.


    Then I don''t mind all three things at the same time.


    Order: Hehehe. How greedy, but that''s just what I wanted to hear.

 Chapter 315: The Dragon Sisters

    Chapter 315: The Dragon Sisters


    [Luna POV]


    Hahaha! See, I told you sisters, the visitors didnd their ship here. (???)


    We can see that, so stop being so annoying. (???)


    Hehe. Both of you need to calm down and act presentable, were about to wee our first guests in several hundred years. And this time, they are all special. (???)


    Three humanoid figures walked down a path through the foliage that looked to be made from countless years of traversal. They were as tall as me and quite pretty as well. The one in the lead had long dark blue hair with a long tail of the same color ending in a paintbrush like tuft of fur. Her eyes were both a mix of blue and pink with the blue on top and the pink on the bottom. She wore white robes that were long enough to drag on the ground, but for some reason they flowed just enough to prevent that. She also carried a gord on her belt and a strange looking staff with a fancyntern hanging on the end of it. On her head was a pair of small blue horns that looked sort of like tree branches.


    The next one I noticed was to her left. She had shoulder length white hair and simr horns to the first person with the only difference being they were red instead of blue. Her eyes were almost neon pink and the tail that extended from her back was white with red, me-like tufts of fur. She wore less than the other two in her group but had a robe simr to the first one hanging loosely from her shoulders. She had he arms crossed in front of her where I noticed another thing. Up to her elbows her arms looked like they were painted red with some stripes of yellow and green here and there. She also gave of a sweltering heat and shimmering faintly behind her was something that looked like a sword but it was wrapped in a haze and looked to be broken into three jagged pieces.


    The third person that looked both agitated and slightly nervous trailed a little behind the first two. Her hair that reached her waist was ck with the ends in a bluish-green and it flowed like ink. Her eyes were a burning red and set in a permanent re. Her horns, simr to the other two, were small and branch-like, but this time they were bluish-green. She wore a white dress that ended at her thighs and a short ck robe hung loosely on her shoulders. Her arms, visible up to the elbow, looked painted like the other one, only this time they were fully blue-green. Her white tail was white and ended in a blue-green tuft if fur. She also carried in her hand arge scabbard.


    We stopped moving as the three of them approached. Once they stopped, the lead one stepped forward a step and slightly bowed in greeting.


    Hello, guests, and wee to the Ind of Dragons. I am Ling, the boisterous one to my left is my sister Nian, and the grumpy looking shy one is my other sister Dusk. May we know the names of our honorable guests? (Ling)


    My name is Luna Reed, future Goddess of the Stars, Space, and Fluff, the ones to my left are my sister in everything but blood and Apostle, Soleil, her fiance, my best friend and Apostle, Velvet, and my eternal friend Mio. On my right are my contracted friend and Apostle, Ophidia, and her fiance and demigoddess of the sea, Skadi. (Luna)


    Well met. I would like to invite all of you to our ce as itste and even with the power all of you possess, it would be dangerous to stay out at night here when you dont know they of thend. I realize that this is very sudden, but as you may have heard me say before, you are the first guests here in hundreds of years. We dont want to let you get lost or injured before we can get all the news from outside the ind we can. (Ling)


    Hhahaha. Come,e! We can have a giant party to wee you all. Ill even bust out Lings best alcohol for the asion. (Nian)


    Shut up, Nian, youre too loud. And honorable guests, when you arrive at our home, please stay away from my paintings. (Dusk)


    I saw Soleils ears perk up when she heard that, so I sent a silent prayer to Tamamo for Dusks solidarity.


    {I dont know what you want me to do.}


    Youre the only goddess I could pray to for something like this. If it was Atmos, shed definitely do something to make whatever happens worse.


    {Thats true.}


    We all followed the three sisters to their home. On the way there we looked around at the surroundings. It was a serene ce that gave off a sense of peace. Small rivers flowed under small bamboo bridges. Around us was arge bamboo forest that swayed in the gentle breeze and was dyed in the colors of sunset.


    Miss Luna, you introduced yourself as a future goddess and I can see that you have more tails than what I remember normal kitsune having. Are you truthful in this, or are you just stating this as someone with power and arrogance? (Ling)


    Its the truth. At this point, I have no need to lie and hide it. If you want me to prove it, just ask and Ill figure out a way to do so short of just showing my status. (Luna)


    No need, dragons have the power to determine truth from falsities, but it only works when a direct question is put forth. With your answer here, your im of divinity is proven true. (Ling)


    So, you are dragons. I had a feeling that was the case, but I wasnt expecting any of them to show up in humanoid forms. (Velvet)


    Hahaha. While our normal forms are good and all, were a bit too big to go around and do a lot of stuff that we like. With that in mind, the size andpactness of a humanoid body is just practical. (Nian)


    And its easier to hold things like a paintbrush with hands like these. (Dusk)


    Soleil then sped up a little and walked next to Dusk.


    Speaking of painting, would you mind letting me watch you paint something? I do it as a hobby as well, so Id like to see the way you paint and see if it will help me improve. (Soleil)


    No. (Dusk)


    Dusk then started to ignore Soleil whose ears and tail drooped at the rejection. She slowed back down and when she was next to Velvet, she hugged Velvets arm to her chest.


    Now, now, Dusk. No reason to so coldly reject the request of such a young artist. As someone that likes to hide away and paint all day, you should always wee a kindred spirit. (Ling)


    And besides, you always say you want a friend that likes to paint as much as you do. Why do you have to be so mean, I mean really, look, you made her all sad and her fluffy bits are drooping. (Nian)


    Hmph! (Dusk)


    Nian, you shouldnt be so ineloquent with your words or youlle off as crass. And if I remember right, kitsune and others of the races of beasts dont like their important fluff spoken of in such manners. (Ling)


    Whatever. Oh, and Miss Luna, what were those things that you and your friends were watching the other day? And what was that magic that let those goddesses show up? We were all quite intrigued by that. But more importantly, how can I make those moving pictures. (Nian)


    Wait, how could they see into your domain, Luna? (Skadi)


    Why wouldnt they be able to? I can let others see into them if I want to, so I decided to let them watch as well since theyve been monitoring us since we crossed the space barrier. (Luna)


    Then are one of these three the ones that have thebative gaze? (Ophidia)


    No. That one is somewhere else on the ind and its getting angrier the more we speak with these three. (Luna)


    Hoh. So, you can feel and tell the intentions of those that gaze upon you? An intriguing ability. (Ling)


    Yeah, but it can get annoying when people stare too much, or at least until you get used to it. By the way, know anyone that would be mad at us for no reason? (Luna)


    Hmm. (Ling)


    Not a clue. (Nian)


    You mentioned bing the Goddess of Space, right? (Dusk)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    Then it might be the old man. (Dusk)


    Ah. Him. (Ling)


    Aahahahaha. Seems like he fell into the habit of us long lived people. He lost his chance. Hahahahahahahahaha! (Nian)


    Mind exining nya? (Mio)


    In due time. First, we must fully wee you to out home. (Ling)


    We exited the bamboo forest and came into a clearing. In the center of the clearing was arge octagonal pavilion with papernterns hung up for lighting. There were a few smaller buildings scattered around the clearing, but the pavilion took up most of the space.


    Wee to our humble abode, honorable guests. Feel free to eat and drink to your hearts content, be it day, night, and everything in between. Enjoy the sights, sounds, and amusements of our Ind of Dragons for as long as you want. If you want to hunt, then feel free. Sleep a few years, go and do so. Drink until your blood is reced by alcohol. (Ling)


    That is the most dragon-like things Ive heard so far. (Luna)


    Well, we are dragons after all. Now, Im going to go get some meat. I hope you guys like spicy stuff. (Nian)


    Ugh, you and your spicy foods. Just make something normal for once. (Dusk)


    You two, please stop your arguing while we have guests, or at least save it for when you are alone. (Ling)


    Its fine, let them act like they normally do. (Luna)


    We all sat down at arge pit in the center of the pavilion. Nian hade over and with a small breath lit the pit on fire. She then ced arge spit over the mes with a giant hunk of meat on it. She then produced several spices that I could smell even while far away from her.


    Wow. Strong. (Luna)


    Are you ok, big sis? (Soleil)


    Those spices are way too strong. My eyes. (Luna)


    Nian, put them away. (Ling)


    Not you too! (Nian)


    Nian. (Ling)


    Ugh. Fine. (Nian)


    She put the spices away and it took a few minutes for me to get my eyes to stop watering. Nian continued to cook away at the meat while grumbling while I spoke with Ling.


    So, about that person you were talking about. (Luna)


    Ah, the old man. Reverious is one of the older dragons that live on the ind and is one of the guardians of the Golden Tree. Seeing as we dragons live long lives, we need a goal to strive for to keep from going mad. For instance, Nian has walked the paths of alchemy and cksmithing and is a master of both to a degree that she is on the verge of merging them into something new. Dusk is much the same only with painting, illusions, and space magic with the goal of making her paintings ces she can hide away in. I walk the path of the poet and drunkard. Reverious is much the same, though his aspirations are grand, even for a dragon. He wishes to ascend to godhood as the god of space and to be the first dragon god. (Ling)


    Ah. (Luna)


    {Grand aspirations indeed, though futile. Even if you didnt take the mantle of Goddess of Space, he would never achieve the goal unless he meets his Fated One and that said Fated One is a God or Goddess.}


    So, he would chase his goal for eternity and never achieve it? (Luna)


    {Yes.}


    Oh? And how did youe to such an answer such as that? (Ling)


    By hearing it from the mouth of a goddess. (Luna)


    I pulled my mirror out of my inventory since it hasnt been of much use since I became a demigod. Tamamo appeared inside it shortly after.


    OH! Such craftsmanship! (Nian)


    Nian stopped cooking the meat and jumped over next to me while trying to grab my mirror. It floated away form her before she could grab it, but she was unperturbed and she simply got as close to it as she could to examine it.


    {Um}


    Hmm. Made of orichalcum, but with methods that only dragon fire could make possible. A highly skilled cksmith clearly made it, and one with either the bloodline of a dragon, or a person with a friendly rtionship with a dragonkin. But its so much more than that! Its no longer in the realm of simple cksmithing and in the territory of divinity! (Nian)


    {Someone please help.}


    I snapped my fingers and my mirror disappeared from in front of Nian and reappeared next to me.


    Its fine to look, but only at a distance. Now, if you would exin what you just did to me, Tamamo. (Luna)


    Tamamo exined again the only way a mortal can ascend to godhood.


    I see, so he truly was never going to achieve his goal. (Ling)


    Ha! I cant wait to rub it in his arrogant face. (Nian)


    He is insufferable. Watch your back while youre here. Oh, and tiny fox, stop looking at me like that. (Dusk)


    (Soleil)


    Hmph. (Velvet)


    It seemed like Velvet didnt like Dusk very much due to her not very nice interactions with Soleil.


    *Sigh* I apologize for my sisters. They arent the best when ites to people, in very different ways. (Ling)


    Its fine. Give it a few days and theyll get used to each other. And Velvet, I get it, but dont re at her that much, theres time to get this whole thing taken care of while were here. (Luna)


    I know. (Velvet)


    Why do your words seem threatening? (Dusk)


    Fufufu. Whatever do you mean? (Luna)


    Hehehe. (Velvet)


    Dusk moved slightly further away and hid behind Nian who was still staring intently at my mirror. Since the meat waspletely forgotten, I decided I should finish roasting it. After a while and some more chatting with Ling about the ind, we all ate before heading to bed.


    [Ling POV]


    With the honorable guests now asleep, I took my sisters to a secluded part of our home so we could speak while not disturbing them.


    Ling, why are you so upset? (Dusk)


    Yeah. You havent been this mad in a while. (Nian)


    You two. Ive had it with your attitudes. Weve been over how you should act with guests for as long as I can remember and have been refreshed on it when we found out that we were getting some more. Dusk, youve made the worst impression on them out of all three of us and with the way you were treating the little fox, you may find yourself in some not so pleasant situations because of it. And Nian, you actually forgot everything we went over when you saw that mirror. You even left your job of cooking the meal to one of the guests. (Ling)


    I do actually feel bad about that, but you have to admit that it was way better than anything Ive ever made. (Nian)


    Thats true. (Dusk)


    I dont deny that, but thats not the point. We want them to stay for a while and hear all about the outside in recent years. What will we do if we chase them away? And even then, old Reverious will be a problem. You both know how he is, and if what Miss Luna said is true, then he might actually try to kill her thinking it will allow him to be the god of space or something. (Ling)


    Just let Miss Luna kill him if he tries. That is the way. (Nian)


    While I dont disagree, we need more time to see if they are willing to even risk it. (Ling)


    Ling, you worry too much. Out of the three of us, you have the mostbat experience, and you can tell how strong someone is by looking at them. Even then, I can tell that Miss Luna alone is enough that old Reverious is no match for her. (Dusk)


    Yes, and the others are no weaklings either. The strongest out of them being Miss Skadi, followed by the three Apostles. Even Miss Mio being the weakest of the six, she could manage to take on at least three of the moderately strong dragons here at once. I see. I am worrying too much. But still, you two better get your acts together. Dusk, apologize to the little fox before Miss Luna and Miss Velvet do something. Nian, reign yourself in a bit. You were fine at the start, but youve been slipping up more and more. (Ling)


    Tch. Fine. (Dusk)


    Yeah, yeah. (Nian)


    *sigh* (Ling)


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: I like this Ling person. She seems reasonable for a dragon.


    Atmos: Indeed. The other two are more in line with how they normally are, but at least one of them is reasonable enough to try and reign her proclivities in to be weing. For now.


    Tamamo: By the way, where are Payto and Order?


    Atmos: No idea.

 Chapter 316: Calm Conversation on a Misty Morning

    Chapter 316: Calm Conversation on a Misty Morning


    [Luna POV]


    I woke up early the next morning. After stretching, I walked outside of the pavilion for some fresh air. The bamboo forest that surrounded us was covered in a light mist which gave the area a mystical feeling. While I looked around at the scenery, I noticed Ling was awake as well. She was over by a small stream sitting cross legged while her tail was curled under her acting like a chair. In front of her was a table with some treated bamboo nks tied together with some twine-like thing. She had a small bottle of ink and held a brush in her hand. I quietly walked up to her. She seemed to notice my approach as she started to speak while still looking ahead of her.


    A cool mist that shrouds the forest as the sun takes its ce in the high heavens. A fox and dragon meet under such splendor for merry conversation and tidings of a good day toe. (Ling)


    Good morning to you as well. (Luna)


    I stopped when I got next to Ling and I looked out over the scenery that she was. In front of us the clearing continued a little before dropping off a somewhat steep slope. Down the slope was arger bamboo forest than the one we were in now. From this height I could also see where rivers flowed and signs of civilization. Small footbridges spanned some of the rivers while others had small boats. In the distance, the golden tree rose up from the center of the bamboo forest and I could just barely make out something that looked like a town near the foot of the tree.


    Such a beautiful ce, andpletely not what I expected from an ind thats full of dragons. (Luna)


    Haha. And what was the expectation you held within your mind of our ind? (Ling)


    I expected rockier areas, maybe a volcano or two. Giant dragons of multitudes of colors flying around andkes made of any and every kind of alcohol imaginable. As well as caves piled high with gold, jewels, and other riches. (Luna)


    An astute observation that would be, in the times of my ancestors. We havergely moved on from the greed of the past, with exceptions, in pursuit of more abstract paths to walk. As for the vistas you described, they were once preferred to our kind, but once the golden tree was nted, its power gave form to what you see today. As for thekes of alcohol, such a magnificent thing would be weed wholeheartedly, but s, they do not exist. (Ling)


    You have such an eloquent way of speaking. Is this how youve always been, or is it something that you only do to impress guests when they appear? (Luna)


    My speech is just another way for me to walk my chosen path. While not poetry itself, if I speak in such poetic ways, then inspiration can form. Though it alsoes at a price. Ive spoken this way for many a long year now, that it would be difficult to stop. Also, it makes conveying things in simple ways a feat that is not easily managed. This is why I keep such close acquaintance with my sisters. They assist when my own exnations take more time than needed with more straightforward words. (Ling)


    Makes sense. If you really enjoy something to the extent that you make it the goal of your life to pursue it. Then it doesnt matter what quirks arise as long as they dont ruin it for you. (Luna)


    Wise words, from one so young. Perhaps the Goddess of the Moon has said something simr before? (Ling)


    A few times, yes, but this is something that Ive always thought as well. As long as it doesnt inconvenience you or those you are closest to, then what does it matter how strange or out ofmon sense you are? (Luna)


    Hahaha. More good words from you. You would make a wonderous dragon. (Ling)


    As the conversation ended, we looked out over the scenery in silence for a bit before Ling decided to speak again.


    I would like to give my sincerest apologies to you. Though our meeting was one of fun andughs, my sisters were quite rude. While I do think they are their best selves when they do as they please, they should at least keep a modicum of decorum when guests are here. Dusk is actually quite the nice girl, once she acquires the appropriate amount of trust in someone, though her words seem venomous and her gaze harsh. As for Nian, she is boisterous and excitable, which leads to her bing overfamiliar too hastily. And with thates its own troubles, but when the time call for it, she is reliable and stout. You could not ask for a better friend, if my words hold any weight outside of familial biases. (Ling)


    Theres no need to apologize for anything. While I do think Dusks words and actions towards Soleil were harsh and a bit unwarranted, I believe that by the time we finish with our journey here, the two will be friends. Especially since they share the same hobby. And it helps that, with the two of us here, we may be able to give Dusk some hints to her own goal. As for Nian, I feel she is simr to me and Mio, so there are no problems with her. (Luna)


    Your words set my heart at ease. (Ling)


    After this short banter, I heard the sounds of movementing from the pavilion.


    It seems the rest have awoken to this fine morning. May I ask what you and yours n to do? I or any of my sisters will dly assist if needed. Be it a look around the ind, a hunt, or a time of rxing with drinks in hand. Though I must warn you of one thing. Avoid nearing the vige at the base of the tree. If you must go there, we three will need to apany you. Old Reverious lives there and by what you have said previously, he has figured out your identity and is in a foul mood. (Ling)


    That might be hard to do, since one of the main reasons we came here was so I could procure a golden apple. (Luna)


    An apple of shining gold. A gift from divinity and a granter of experience. Once consumed, you will have gained insight and grown in power by a numeral of one. Such an item is your desire from this ind? (Ling)


    Yes, though only a small part of it. The other part has already been aplished since we met and befriended dragons. Though I would like to go on a few hunts as well. But we can discuss thister, for now we should probably go and see what everyone else wants to do today. (Luna)


    I am honored to have been given the title of friend by you, oh eight-tailed fox. Goddess Apparent of divinity three. Ha! As such, inspirationes. (Ling)


    Ling turned to her bamboo nks and started to write down poetry in swirling characters. Deciding that it would be rude to watch her work, I went back to the pavilion to greet the others.


    {Im d you are so good at making friends, Luna.}


    I am too. Though it helps that Ling is easy to talk to. If I had to say, she gives the feeling of a reliable big sister, while Dusk and Nian feel more like wild friends that need someone to keep them in line, but are fun to be around. (Luna)


    {I agree, though I bet that Dusk girl will be a bit harder to befriend than the other two.}


    Not to worry about that, Tamamo. Like I said earlier, me and Soleil have a way that is surefire to get her to like us. Remember her goals, or path as Ling calls it, and what I am very good at. Add to that Soleils talent in painting and I get the feeling that Dusk will want to leave the ind with us when we go. (Luna)


    {I can picture it now, youll have her eating out of Soleils hands before the end of the week.}


    I bet itll be the end of the day. (Luna)


    {Alright. Whoever wins this bet is the one that gets pampered the next time we see each other.}


    Deal. Though its more a win-win for either one of us. (Luna)


    {Since when were bets only ever supposed to have negative consequences for one party?}


    (Luna)


    {Ufufufufu. Never thought about it that way, have you?}


    No, I have, I think. I feel like weve had this conversation before. (Luna)


    {Well, if we did, then oh well.}


    I smiled at Tamamos words and I walked into the pavilion.


    Chaos Realm:


    Aww. I missed her fist meeting with dragons.


    Atmos: Well, if you and Order weren''t wherever you were, you wouldn''t have. Where is Order anyway?


    Asleep. Also, while I''m sad I didn''t get to see her reaction live, I had other business to tend to.


    Atmos: Oh, with Order''s help, we were able to watch that world''s first Fiend Season. I hope that was allowed.


    It''s fine. As long as you didn''t try to physically go there, then I have no qualms about you showing up here and watching that ce as well. I have ns for there that will happen in due time.


    Atmos: Oh, mind saying more?


    No spoilers for you.


    Atmos:...No...spoilers? AH! AHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!


    Be happy, Atmos, you''re the first God of Fate in all my Sea of Chaos I''ve given this opportunity to.


    Atmos: To think I can actually enjoy watching something without actually knowing every possible way something will turn out. I knew you were a good friend, but this is something else.


    Well, out of all the visitors here, and Order excluded, you are the one here the most, so I consider you my best friend. Why not give my best friend something like this from time to time?


    Atmos:...I-I don''t know what to say to that or how to react. I mean, if we weren''t both married and madly in love with our spouses, I''d kiss you, but since we are both married and madly in love with our spouses, I''ll settle for a hug.

 Chapter 317: Talks with Nian and Dusk

    Chapter 317: Talks with Nian and Dusk


    [Luna POV]


    When I walked into the pavilion, I saw all of my party members were up. I went over and sat next to Soleil.


    Morning everyone. (Luna)


    Morning nya. (Mio)


    Mornin mastermph. (Ophidia)


    Whats up? (Luna)


    She slept in a weird wayst night and now her neck hurts. (Skadi)


    Mm-hmm. (Ophidia)


    I moved over next to Ophidia and used some healing magic.


    Ahhhh. So much better. Thank you master, Ill follow you for forever. (Ophidia)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Where were you, big sis? (Soleil)


    Outside. I wanted some fresh air and then ran into Ling, so we talked for a bit. (Luna)


    Ah, she seems the mostI want to say normal, of the three we met yesterday. Not that the other two arent nicewell, one, you know what, Im just going to stop talking now. (Velvet)


    I get what you mean, Velvet. Oh, and Soleil, me and you are going to try and get Dusk to befriend you. If we manage it by the end of the day I win a bet with Tamamo. (Luna)


    Are we going to use that? (Soleil)


    Yeah. (Luna)


    Sounds interesting. Mind letting me in on the details? (Nian)


    Well, we recently made something that is simr to what Dusk is wanting to do, so I think if we show it to her, shell want to know how we made it, and during that process, she bes Soleils friend. (Luna)


    Haha. Thats definitely going to work. If you want some tips on getting Disk to open up to you, just ask me or Ling. And as a freebie, if you want to even get the chance to befriend her, you need to make sure all her escape routes are closed. (Nian)


    So shes a severe introvert. Good thing Soleil is an extrovert and is looking for an introvert to adopt. (Luna)


    I dont know what those words mean, but sure. Oh, and can I ask to see that mirror again? Ill treat it with the proper respect. Oh, oh, and also can you tell me about those moving pictures? I think I asked yesterday, but the conversation got lost in everything. (Nian)


    Please calm down and stop getting so close. (Luna)


    Sorry, its just really interesting so I got lost in my excitement. If I ever get to close or pushy, just give me a good punch and Ill be good as new. (Nian)


    Wait, are you one of those types of dragons? The ones that fall to the M side? (Luna)


    No?...OH! No, no, no, no, that is not what I meant at all. What I meant was that you just need tono, thats not going to sound convincing. AGH! What do I do? Now our guests have a weird image of me. Now Ling is gonna be even angrier and I wont learn about the interesting things. (Nian)


    Fufufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Big sis, stop letting your kitsune nature take over. Its rude to mess with people that you just met yesterday. (Soleil)


    Dont act like you werent enjoying it, Soleil, I saw you smirking. (Luna)


    So? Just because I found it amusing doesnt make it any less rude. Though I guess you dont really care about that most times, especially with people yourefortable with, so I guess its fine? (Soleil)


    She wouldnt be Lunya if she didnt do something like this nya. (Mio)


    Wait, you were messing with me? (Nian)


    Yep. (Luna)


    BAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA! You got me good! (Nian)


    Nian, shut up, youre too loud this early. (Dusk)


    Its not even that early anymore, Dusk. Though Im surprised to see you out of bed at this time. You usually dont wake up untilte afternoon. (Nian)


    Cant really sleep in when guests are here, now can I? I may not like people, but when I need to show at least the minimum amount of hospitality, Ill do it. (Dusk)


    The two sat down across from me and Duskid her head on her arms that she had crossed over the table. Soleil nced over at me, but I shook my head indicating it wasnt the time for it yet.


    Back to the conversation, Nian, I dont mind showing you the mirror again. As for the movies, thats a bit harder to exin. (Luna)


    First off, thank you. Second, how so? (Nian)


    They are just things that I use illusion magic to conjure from memory. (Luna)


    Is that all? Hmmmmmmm. Well, just telling me its illusion magic makes it easier. Im already getting ideas for magic tools that can try to imitate it. Just need good, replenishable sources of mana and a way to capture the image or events into something in real time.*Mumble mumble* (Nian)


    Y-you actually managed to get her to be quiet? I-I didnt think anyone but Ling could do that. You have my respect. But dont get me wrong, I still wont let the little fox see my paintings. (Dusk)


    Ok, Ive- (Velvet)


    Velvet, not now. I get how you feel, but not now. (Soleil)


    Fine, but- (Velvet)


    I can handle it. While I love this side of you, let me handle things like this. Ill ask for your help if it gets to be overwhelming. (Soleil)


    Velvet started pouting as Soleil wouldnt let her finish talking.


    Now, now, Velvet, dont pout like that or Ill be tempted to do something to change it. (Soleil)


    All I want to do is help. Youre so like Luna, always wanting to take care of things by yourself. (Velvet)


    Then how aboutter you help me by modeling for a painting? (Soleil)


    Does this happen often? (Dusk)


    Yes, and with all of us as well. When they get like that its best to ignore them. (Skadi)


    (Dusk)


    It was at this moment that Ling walked in to the pavilion.


    Dusk, hide not your feelings of inspiration. If the scene before you is worthy, then paint it as a testament for the future. (Ling)


    (Dusk)


    While she didnt say anything, Dusks face turned red. It seems that shes the type that gets embarrassed when she wants to paint a picture involving a couple showing affection for one another. Either that or she has an overactive imagination and is picturing painting more spicy things. With this conversation over, Dusk fell into thought like Nian, only her mumblings were a bit clearer. She was trying to decide what colors to use on the painting she was going to make.


    Well, with them all in their own little worlds, what else do you want to do today, Luna? (Skadi)


    Probably do some hunting. Might as well get some levels while were here after all. (Luna)


    Still level 90? (Skadi)


    Yeah. Though when I get a golden apple, Ill count it as one level higher. (Luna)


    Hearing these words, Nian looked at me again.


    You want a golden apple? (Nian)


    Yes. Itll help me get closer to getting a new tail, so that Ill have ten when I ascend. (Luna)


    Did they have that kind of effect? I know all of us have eaten one, but I only ever remember getting a level out of it. (Nian)


    No, dear sister. The apples of gold grant the one that consumes it a single level. As has been decided by the divine that gifted them. Miss Lunas circumstance mayhaps be due to the divinity of the apples origin or some other, yet unknown to us quest. (Ling)


    Well, I am curious to know which of those options it is, but what about Old Reverious? No matter how friendly Miss Luna and her friends are with the rest of us, he will never allow her to get close to the tree. Honestly, Im surprised hes held back as long as he has. (Nian)


    It is indeed strange. I expected the old coot to forgo his pride to attack in the dark hours of the night. (Ling)


    My mirror then floated out of my inventory by itself with Tamamos face reflected on its surface.


    {Like Id ever allow someone to do something like that. And even if someone managed to do something like that anyway, Luna would be able to handle it. Not to mention that nothing short of a divine artifact could physically hurt her.}


    Huh. I kind of feel bad for the old man now. (Nian)


    Actually, I do have a question about him. If he attacks me, is it alright to kill him? I mean, I wont feel bad for it, but if me doing that affects my rtionship with all dragons, then Ill stop at just  killing him. (Luna)


    Fear not, honorable friend, if he decides to bear his ws, fangs, and magic against you, you must respond in kind. Fear not souring your reputation among our people, for even we understand that one that kills in self defense is normally not worthy of scorn. But if you still worry, then feel free to allow us to assist. For all we need do is ask if the retaliation is true or false. (Ling)


    Then if its needed at that time, Ill ask. (Luna)


    With that decision made, we moved on to other less important topics. I allowed Nian to inspect my mirror and Dusk finally figured out whatever she was trying to with her paints, she started painting. While that was happening, the rest of us left the pavilion with Ling in the lead to show us a bit of the ind as well as hunt.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: Payto, help me out here.


    With what?


    Atmos: nning. I''m taking Grey outter this week, but I''m not sure what to do exactly.


    While I don''t mind giving my opinion, this is more something you should discuss with Grey, not me.


    Atmos: I know, but he knows everything that I would do on a normal date, and I want to mix it up some.


    Hmmm. Have you tried a stay at home date?


    Atmos: What''s that?


    It''s where you don''t actually leave your home, but the people involved basically pamper each other the whole day.


    Atmos: That just sounds like what Luna and Tamamo do.


    Well, they are currently limited in the ces they can go together, so yeah, but have YOU ever done that?


    Atmos:...Not in a really long time...Yeah, this''ll work. Thanks.


    No problem.


    Atmos: Anything you want me to do since you helped me?


    Mind baking a cake for Astraea?


    Atmos: Not in the slightest. What''s her vor preference?


    *We proceeded to go into extreme detail about what kind of cake Astraea would be given upon her return from Crisis''s ce.*

 Chapter 318: Heading to the Village of Dragons

    Chapter 318: Heading to the Vige of Dragons


    [Luna POV]


    Several days have passed. Over this time, we all got to know our draconic hosts better, though in the Dusk department, I lost the bet with Tamamo. Soleil and I failed topletely befriend her, though we did make progress. I had also gained several levels, reaching level 96 just this morning. At this current moment, we were all making our way to the vige near the tree. The reason for this is that a message was sent to the sisters to let the others meet the visitors. We did have some apprehension about going due to a certain old dragon that wasnt very happy, but in the end, we decided to go for it.


    Hey Luna, are you absolutely sure that your friends are going to be safe? (Nian)


    Yes. None of us are so weak that well be killed by some old man dragon. Though now that I really think about it, I hope I dont have to actually kill him. I mean, his anger and irritation is justified in a way. (Luna)


    Thats weird. Big sis not wanting to kill something that attacks her first. Did you eat something weird? (Soleil)


    Hey, if Im given absolutely no choice but to kill him, I will and I wont lose any sleep over it, but if it can be resolved by some light smacking around, then that works too. (Luna)


    Either way its going to turn into a fight. (Velvet)


    Its highly likely. (Skadi)


    Not highly, guaranteed. Master most likely just wants to fight a dragon. (Ophidia)


    That is a very Lunya thing to do nya. (Mio)


    If a thirst for battle has taken hold of you, any of us three would dly quinch it for you. While all in our race are abundant in power, we sisters three hold more than most, yet there remains several to which we pale inparison. (Ling)


    In other words, if you wanted to fight a dragon, we would dly oblige to spar. (Dusk)


    Also, while we are considered very strong, even to dragon standards, there are others that are way more powerful than us, old Reverious being one of them. Though if its just you, Luna, that fights him, then it probably wont even be considered a fight. (Nian)


    While thatst point is true, I want to at least have one semi-serious fight with a dragon, just to say that Ive done so. And while I dont mean to disparage you three or your strength, but its a different feeling when sparring and a real fight. (Luna)


    Big sis, your slight battle mania ising out again. (Soleil)


    I though you were over that? (Velvet)


    I did too. Guess theres still a little part of it left. Anyway- (Luna)


    Just before I could get back on topic, I felt space distort near us. Readying myself in case it was an attack I stopped moving and prepared to cast magic before the cause of the feeling appeared.


    The tall, green haired, oni-like Space Spirit King, Hoshi, sleepily waked towards us.


    Who are you? (Nian)


    [Shh, little dragon, I dont have business with you, but with my Goddess.] (Hoshi)


    Its been a while, Hoshi. Why are you here? I havent been breaking space any more, or at least to my knowledge. (Luna)


    [Im not here for that, oh Goddess mine, but to make a request of you.] (Hoshi)


    Ill listen, but me actually doing it depends on what it is. (Luna)


    {Luna, we all know that you are most likely going to do it, so why even act like you arent?}


    Because thats what youre supposed to say when someone requests something of you? (Luna)


    Why is that a question? (Skadi)


    [Goddess, please take this seriously, it affects you as well after all.] (Hoshi)


    This information made me perk up and I stopped messing around.


    Go on then. (Luna)


    [There is an inhabitant of this ind that has achieved the prerequisites to be a demispirit of space. I would like to request your cooperation in making this being submit either peacefully or forcefully, seeing as we need all the help we can get.] (Hoshi)


    Let me guess, this being is the dragon known as Reverious? (Luna)


    [Yes. Hes been applicable for this for ages now, but I couldnt do anything about it since I need both the permission of the god or goddess of space to do this as well as your presence, or more importantly, your Authority, to be in proximity for this to work.] (Hoshi)


    Tell me what needs to be done. (Luna)


    {Oo. Im interested as well. I dont know how demispirits are made.}


    [Essentially, when one that has the aptitude is found, the Spirit King of the specific Concept asks for permission, like I did just now, and then the we both need to bless the individual, after that and only if it applies to the being, their physical body needs to die. After that the Spirit King does the rest.] (Hoshi)


    Interesting knowledge you bestow, oh King of Spirits. Though I would humbly request to know why a beings body must die when ascending to a demispirit. (Ling)


    [Oh Goddess mine, should I answer this dragons question?] (Hoshi)


    Yeah, since Im curious as well. (Luna)


    [Very well. Its not that the being in question specifically needs to die, but that is the fastest and most efficient way to let their mind and soul fully adapt to the process of bing a demispirit. If you wanted the slow way, it could take multiple thousands of years to fully adapt, and that time only increases when the being that bes a demispirit has lived for a long time.] (Hoshi)


    Hmm. I suddenly feel bad for Lia. Shell have to go through this as well one day. But aside from that, I think I see where youreing from with how this helps me, Hoshi. I mean, I just need to p him around a bit so he actually listens to what I have to say, then we bless him, how I do that, Im not 100% sure since it works differently from Abyssal Blessing probably, and then kill his physical body, which will probably give me at least one level, and you do the rest and get what you want. (Luna)


    [Yes. And honestly, I and all the others are very excited about this as well. Well finally have a break soon.] (Hoshi)


    (Luna)


    Luna, you need to take better care of the spirits that serve under you. (Skadi)


    Dont you think I know that? Its not like I can do much as a demigod with limited control over my Authorities. I would absolutely take some of the burden from the space spirits if I could now. (Luna)


    [Hmm. Thats good to hearOh Goddess mineplease call mewhenyou are readyIm going to takea quick napwhile Im here] (Hoshi)


    I then started to hear light snoringing from Hoshi, signaling that she fell asleep while standing. While all of us were impressed by the feat, we continued to move shortly after.


    Um. Is it alright to just leave her there? (Dusk)


    Itll be fine, I set up a domain around her so that when the timees, I can bring her to me. (Luna)


    Isnt that a bit redundant for a space spirit nya? Especially the king one nya? (Mio)


    By the looks of it, she needed sleep, so I doubt shed hear the call for a bit before waking up. (Ophidia)


    Come to think of it, I should have asked her why she only showed up to tell me this now, instead of when we first got here. But at least now, I dont have to feel bad about killing him, since technically Im not. (Luna)


    Do fortuitous things like this happen frequently, my eight-tailed friend? (Ling)


    Yep, though I attribute it mostly to Atmoss meddling. (Luna)


    That is a fair assumption. Even if she doesnt meddle directly with you, she can and has most likely meddled with other people and creatures to get them to interact with you. (Skadi)


    {Actually, she hasnt done that much meddling. A few times, yes, but aside from those times, everything else that happened was pure chance or Luna and everyone else being in the right ce at the right time.}


    Well, its good to know that weve been living our lives with the freedom of will and not being dictated by Fate, though now Im curious about what parts she meddled with. I can only remember one, and that was when Luna got her second tail. (Velvet)


    Fufu. That feels so long ago now, but also like it was yesterday. (Luna)


    While I basked in my reminiscence we stepped off the path we were walking on. In front of us rose buildings that looked like they were ripped from ancient China and Japan. They looked majestic and gave off a feeling of walking back through time, even if it was a different world.


    This ce looks amazing. (Luna)


    Yeah. Makes me want to paint it. (Soleil)


    Really? You could do much better than this never-changing ce. (Dusk)


    Dusk, you must remember that our friends from afar have not lived with scenery like what we have spent centuries seeing. (Ling)


    Yeah, this ce isnt something Ive seen around the mortal world, and the only ce that can beat it is the Divine Domain, but thats just my opinion as someone whose been to both. (Skadi)


    I have to say that the Divine Domain has it beat nya. (Mio)


    Isnt it not fair topare the two since one ce is literally built by gods and goddesses? (Ophidia)


    (Skadi)


    (Mio)


    Hey, are we going in or not? (Nian)


    Wereing. (Luna)


    We started to walk once more as I had feelings of anticipation in my heart for the encounters toe in this new ce full of dragons, as well as a feeling that things were about to change.


    Chaos Realm:


    Tamamo: *Stares at the screen with anticipation*


    Tamamo, calm down.


    Tamamo: I am calm, just nervously excited since she''s so close. You don''t realize how much I''ve wanted this to happen all these years. Sometimes I even wanted to just forcefully keep Luna with me after the full moon.


    Order: We all know. You don''t hide it very well when ites to Luna.


    Astraea: Miss Tama is like Evelyn.


    Tamamo: How so?


    Astraea: She gets the same pretty look when we''re together. Hehehe. And it''s all mine. Hehehehehehehe.


    Order, you better get Crisis here immediately. She''s teaching our daughter strange things, I just know it.


    Order: Already on it. I knew it wasn''t a good idea to let her babysit them both while Mordred was away.


    Tamamo: Then why did you still do it?


    Order: I have things that I want to do with Payto without Astraea here. It''s just this time that desire won over my caution.


    Tamamo: I see.

 Chapter 319: The Dragon Village

    Chapter 319: The Dragon Vige


    [Luna POV]


    Wow, this ce honestly feels like a different worldThat statement feels redundant.


    {Well, in your case, it kind of is. Hmm? Come to think of it, does the Divine Domain count as a different world as well, even if its still a part of this one? Does that mean youve traveled to three different worlds?}


    I-I dont knowIm going to stop thinking about this now and focus on the surroundings.


    As I said, I looked around as we walked. Aside from the buildings that gave off the feeling of ages long passed, even the air here felt ancient.


    This ce <em>feels</em> old. (Ophidia)


    It reminds me of a long time ago. (Skadi)


    We dragons change little, evenpared to the longest lived demons. Though that also apples to our thoughts and sensibilities. s, that is the way, for those that count years the same as minutes. (Ling)


    (Ophidia)


    (Skadi)


    Hey now, dont start getting all weird on us. You two still have a ways to go before you start feeling like that, heck, do demigods and Apostles even have that problem? (Nian)


    My mirror floated around me and Tamamo started to speak.


    {While time does slip by sometimes, gods, demigods, and Apostles dont have the problem of getting stuck in it, though some of us consider it a curse. For gods, we <em>cant </em>get stuck in time, or we risk messing something up with the Concepts we govern. But thats enough about divine circumstances.}


    Where are all the people nya? (Mio)


    Around. Some are probably still asleep, some are guaranteed to be drunk. (Dusk)


    Theyve been watching us for a while now too. I think theyre just being timid about new people showing up after a long time. (Luna)


    Timid dragons. I never thought those two things would go together. (Velvet)


    It really doesnt fit the image of dragons from stories, does it. (Soleil)


    OI! YOU WERE THE ONES THAT WANTED TO MEET THE VISITORS, SO WHAT ARE YOU ALL DOING HIDING!? (Nian)


    Idiot. Do you want Old Reverious to know Luna is here in the vige? (Dusk)


    Oh, he knows. Hes been watching me for thest two days and has been trying to teleport me to him the entire time. (Luna)


    And when exactly where you going to tell us about that? (Skadi)


    I wasnt. Its not like we didnt know he would try something and it doesnt really bother me to stop his attempts to teleport me. I mean, its as easy as just thinking I dont want to go and I dont. Sure, this doesnt help with our new objective with him, but whatever. The more annoyed he is with me, the easier it will be to provoke him to attack so I can knock him out long enough for Hoshi and I to do our thing and get him to be a demispirit. (Luna)


    Lunya, how much are you going to y around before knyocking him out nya? (Mio)


    Not sure yet. I might even try to fight him in my fox form just because it seems fun. (Luna)


    As we were discussing this, three people came out of one of the buildings. The one on the lead had shoulder length dark blue hair, short brown horns that looked like Lings and a dark blue tail that ended in a mix of dark blue and red fur, and dark red eyes. The person to her left had waist length wheat colored hair, pale green eyes, a long greenish-ck tail that was tipped with a small me. Her chest also glowed orange, like a fire was constantly burning inside her. She also had four horns on her head that looked almost like a crown. Thest one had dull white hair, blue horns and a simrly blue tail with lightning patterns running down it.


    Why is it that all the dragons weve met so far are women? I mean, the only male one that weve heard of so far is this Reverious. Is he the only male dragon or something? (Velvet)


    No, there are men here as well, but they are the ones that are most likely still asleep or too drunk to move. By the time that the moon is up youll probably have met a few. (Nian)


    The three new dragons finally stopped walking when they were a few feet away from us. The one in the lead stepped closer to the three sisters and started speaking.


    So, these are the visitors from afar? They seem strong. Why didnt you three bring them here earlier? (???)


    Its not like we were going to force them toe here, Chen. They all have things they want to do other than walk around this stuffy ce and be gawked at. (Nian)


    A surprisingly good argumenting from you, Nian. (Chen)


    Hey! Just because how I am normally ishow I am normally, doesnt mean that Im THAT selfish. (Nian)


    The new dragon, Chen, rolled her eyes at Nians words and turned her attention to us.


    Greetings, visitors. I am Chen, someone that has chosen the path of the sword. Its a pleasure to meet you. (Chen)


    Then the ming tailed dragon stepped forward.


    My name is Reed. Pleased to make your acquaintance, also, please try not to get too close to me, I dont want to identally burn you. (Reed)


    Heh. To think Id run into someone whose name is the same as my family name. Small world. (Luna)


    The third person then started to introduce themselves.


    My name is Lisk. My chosen path is to master the use of lightning and then turn it into a physical object to be used. (Lisk)


    Nice to meet you all. My name is Luna Reed, current demigod and future goddess of Stars, Space, and Fluff. The ones around me are my party members and family. (Luna)


    H-hey. We share the same name? T-thats (Reed)


    Reed, there is no reason for you to show such anxiety. These visitors are a very weing bunch and hold no ill intentions. Rx your nerves. (Ling)


    Thats easier said than done, Ling. (Reed)


    While those two bantered, the rest of us introduced ourselves.


    Hmm. Its nice to meet all of you, but I need to ask, is what you said true, Miss Luna? (Chen)


    It is. Cant you tell that Im different from the eight tails? (Luna)


    Its been so long since any of us have left this ce that, for all we knew, kitsune have all started to get multiple tails. (Chen)


    Nope, only big sis and Goddess Tamamo that I know of. (Soleil)


    Um, isnt this bad then, Chen? What about Old Reverious? (Lisk)


    Nothing we can do about it. Its not our problem. (Chen)


    True. Anyway, would you all like to talk somewhere that isnt outside? We can prepare some tea and chat for a while, swap stories, get to know everyone better, possibly learn what how the outside world has changed? (Lisk)


    I looked at everyone and none of them objected, so we agreed to Lisks proposition. When we started making our way towards the building that the three of them came from, I felt someone appear behind our group.


    When I turned around to see who it was, a tall man was standing there. He wore a long brown and ck robe. His hair was brown with some patches of white and dull red eyes. His horns almost looked like a bulls, but were too thin. From his back grew a long, brown scaled tail that was tipped with a what looked like a golden de. Like the three sisters, his arms had a painted look, only this time the colors were brown, ck and gold, and he had scales that looked like armor all along his arms.


    You. Eight-tailed fox. Youve stolen something that was rightfully mine. You have usurped my rightful ce and put my hundreds of thousands of years of work to waste. Then you taunt me by stopping all of my efforts to bring you to me. I am Reverious! AND I WILL KILL YOU AND TAKE MY PLACE AS GOD OF SPACE! (Reverious)


    Well, thats a dramatic entrance if Ive ever seen one. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: In-chan.


    Crisis: Yes?


    Order: What are you teaching my daughter?


    Crisis: Nothing that I would consider bad.


    Order:...I...*sigh*


    You realize that you are the literal personification of insanity, right? What you consider not bad is absolute madness for normal people and gods.


    Crisis: Oh please, there''s nothing that I could teach Astraea that you won''t eventually, Mister Chaos Personified.


    Order: Astraea is literal Bnce and Positivity, once she fullyes into her powers, anything weird you taught her has the chance to be what all worlds will consider positive. You do realize that, right?


    Crisis: Yeah. And? Where is your adventurous spirit? This has every chance to make things infinitely more interesting.


    Order, I think she''s a lost cause...


    Order: Payto, I don''t like that contemtive look you''re getting.


    It''s just, I can kind of understand her point.


    Order: Once we''re done here, we are going to have a serious talk, do you understand?


    Yes ma''am!


    Crisis: Kukukukukukuku. Now to sneak away while she''s distracted.


    Order: Oh no you don''t. *Grabs Crisis by the ear*


    Crisis: Gah!

 Chapter 320: Playing with a Dragon

    Chapter 320: ying with a Dragon


    [Luna POV]


    Before I could respond any further, Reverious dashed towards me. Once he was right in front of me, he punched with his left fist. I deflected his strike with an arm. At the same time I did that, he used the de-like tip of his tail to try and stab me in the back. I blinked to a spot not too far behind him. He quickly turned around and jumped towards me again.


    I know youve been watching me for thest few days, so you should know that this isnt going to get you anywhere, but Im willing to dance until you tire yourself out. (Luna)


    He didnt reply and just increased the speed of his attacks. As I dodged, blocked, and parried his attacks, he constantly attempted to catch me off guard. At one point he even started to use space magic to attack from multiple different directions at once, but I preempted his strikes by making them go through portals that I made. I could have just stopped his space magic like I have been, but that would only prolong this encounter, so I decided to see what he could really do.


    IsThisAllAProspectiveGoddessCapableOf!? WhyDontYouFightBack!? (Reverious)


    Simple, I dont want to just yet. Its basic battle tactics. See what your enemy is capable of before going on the attack. Not to mention that I could end this in one strike, but it wouldnt really be a satisfying fight with a dragon if I did that, so Im observing for now. And I must say, you are doing quite well so far. (Luna)


    If this was an anime, he would have gotten one of those tic marks popping up on his head because his eyes started to shine even more murderously that before. His speed increased even further yet he still couldnt touch me. After several minutes of constant dodging, he changed it up and used a kick. I blinked backwards to avoid it and stood where I ended up with my arms crossed.


    Done warming up? (Luna)


    GRRRRRAAAAAAHHHHHH! (Reverious)


    A wave of mana came from his body and his horns grew a little longer and more scales started to appear on the parts of his body that I could see. His speed also increased to a point that, to a normal person, he would look like he was blinking around, but I knew he wasnt. Once again we spent a few minutes in a deadlock of me avoiding every one of his attacks while I got used to his rhythm. Once I felt like I had a good grasp on him, I decided it was my turn. After parrying one of his strikes, I performed a quick jab to the center of his chest. This sent him flying back. To stop himself, he plunged his tail into the ground and left a long gash beforeing to aplete stop.


    Oh, I should set up a domain. (Luna)


    A quick snap of my fingers and that was done, so now we didnt have to worry about coteral damage. I also excluded the others so that they wouldnt get dragged into the fight.


    What is this!? (Reverious)


    A Domain. Now we can go all out if we want and not have to worry about damaging the environment or hurting people. Once this is gone, all of the damage will fade away like an illusion. (Luna)


    Heh. A mistake on your part then, allowing me to go all out. Though I must kill you in order to im my ce in the ranks of the divine, I willmend you on your master of space magic and that punch. You have clearly been taught well. (Reverious)


    Oh? Do I have your real attention now? I may have given up on my battle mania, but even if its just at the level of ying around, I dont mind losing myself in the moment a bit. Call it myst bit ofbative fun in the mortal world. (Luna)


    I pulled my short sword that I received from ke all the way at the beginning of this life out of my inventory and readied it.


    Though I do have to warn you, its called a Domain for a reason. (Luna)


    I smiled and the constetions above us and in my tails started to shine as I applied all the buffs at once to myself and Reverious. I also readied the bow and chain constetions and opened up thousands of Gates and illusory Gates.


    Show me what a dragon is truly made of! (Luna)


    I saw a small smile appear on his grumpy face and he blinked towards me. I dodged with minimal movement and swung my sword at him in return. He blinked back before kicking off a building anding at me with a flying kick. I caught his foot and flung him away.


    Why do most brawlers do that, its so easy to counter. (Luna)


    Apologies for the disappointment then. But I must say, you have prepared such an arsenal of things to attack with, yet havent used them yet. Why? (Reverious)


    Simply because its not the time yet. A fight is more than just trading blows physically or magically. Its in equal parts mental as it is physical. (Luna)


    You must have had a good teacher, if you are so young, but wise in the ways of warfare. (Reverious)


    Had one of the best in the world, in my opinion. He is the General of an entire countrys army after all. (Luna)


    As fine a teacher as any. (Reverious)


    He once again shot forward, but this time he went through an opening in space and appeared behind me. I blocked the strike with a ster magic shield before aiming and sweep for where he was going tond. Before I hit, he blinked behind me again and aimed his tail at me. After blocking the strike, I fired one of the constetion bows. He dodged backwards but I didnt relent. Beams of silver light shot toward him as chains, both illusory, real, or ster snaked towards him in an attempt to subdue him.


    Fufufufufufufufufufufu. Come on, show me more of what you can do! I wont end this sparring match until I see everything! AHHHH! ITS SO MUCH FUN LETTING ALL THE INHIBITIONS GO! (Luna)


    {Luna.}


    Sorry Tamamo, Im falling into old habits again. Im trying, but its hard not to when ying with someone like this. (Luna)


    {Thats fine, but remember that you still need him to be alive.}


    I know. Im going to end it soon. (Luna)


    Ku! Kuku! Kukukukuahahahahahahahahahahahaha! End it soon!? Nonsense! I will be the one to end it! (Reverious)


    As soon as he finished saying that, even more mana burst from his body that earlier. I stopped all of my spells and chains to allow him the opportunity to transform. Reverious was soon engulfed in light and the shape in the center rapidly changed from humanoid to arge and slender one. When the light died down, a majestic eastern-style dragon was standing there. He had a mane the same color as his hair only strands of gold were now woven in. Jagged teeth peeked out of the edges of his mouth. The horns on his head branched out like tree branches tipped with gold.


    Hah! (Reverious)


    He shot forward and just as he was about to hit me, I made another ster magic shield in front of me.


    Now, now, I was kind enough to let you do this, so its only natural for you to show me the same respect, dont you think? (Luna)


    I kicked him in the face and sent him flying into a building. I then used one of my rarely used skills. My perspective changed and soon I was in my fox form. This form had grown again and now I was just as big as Reverious.


    {Oh my. The pattern of your tails has spread across your entire body now. Its very pretty.}


    <em>Thank you. Though its funny, at least to me, since I can now be considered a Starfox. Fufufufufufufufu.</em> (Luna)


    While chuckling to myself at the joke I just made, I put my sword into my inventory again since it was too small to be used and instead prepared even more Gates. The constetions above me shone even brighter and the two foxes looked down at my with what looked like reverence. When Reverious climbed out of the now ruined building and saw me, his shock was visible, even with a dragons face.


    Hmm. Such a beautiful form. One fitting for a goddess. (Reverious)


    {Back off, Old Man, shes mine!}


    <em>You heard her, Im hers and shes mine, so there is no room for you to intrude. </em>(Luna)


    Pah! You know what I meant, you damn vixen! (Reverious)


    <em>Fufufufu. Have you noticed? The longer this goes on, the less upset you seem. Are you finally epting reality? </em>(Luna)


    Far from it, my frustration remains, but as a dragon, it would be discourteous of me to notplement the strength of my opponent. Our paths, drink, and fights are three things we dragons love above all things. Though fights have fallen out of favor in recent years. (Reverious)


    <em>I see. Anyway, shall we wrap this up, we have important things to do after this and I have a golden apple to im. Oh, and Ill let you in on something good, though its not godhood, you do have another option that you can take. But like I said, well speak about that after this is over. </em>(Luna)


    I jumped forward and swung my ws at Reverious. He dodged backwards but mmed his head into a shield of ster magic. My ws dug into his scales and pierced them like wet paper.


    GAH! (Reverious)


    <em>Point Luna! </em>(Luna)


    GRRR! (Reverious)


    While I still had my ws dug into his side, he snaked his head around and tried to bite me, but when his fangs made contact with my back, he was met with a mouth full of ice. I then used lightning magic and shocked him so that he gave up and tried to disengage. He nearly managed to by I grabbed him by the tail and whipped him around like a whip. The rumbling of the ground and the distruction of the buildings told just how much damage that did to him. Unfortunately, it seemed like I bit down a bit too hard since I could taste his blood.


    <em>I honestly dont know how vampires like Velvet can drink this stuff. Its gross. </em>(Luna)


    Reverious tried to get away, but I whipped him around one more time for good measure before spitting his tail out. I then used ster magic chains to bind him and returned to my normal form. I then changed my domain and allowed the others to show up inside.


    (Ling, Nian, and Dusk)


    THE VILLAGE! (Reed)


    Calm down, I dont know how, but this ce is just a copy of it. (Chen)


    She really took down Old Reverious. I know what the others said is true, but its another thingpletely to see it. (Lisk)


    While the other dragons present were shocked, my party members came over to me. Before I spoke, I spit some of Reveriouss blood from my mouth.


    Oh, did he actually manage to get you to bleed? (Velvet)


    No, I just bit too hard in my fox form. (Luna)


    I spit out more blood.


    And by the way, this is absolutely disgusting. (Luna)


    I wouldnt expect it to. Blood never really tastes good, even to us, though there are exceptions. (Velvet)


    She said this as she nced at Soleil, but I pretended not to notice.


    So, what was it like fighting a dragon? (Skadi)


    Fun. I mean, he never managed to hit me, even when I buffed him to high heaven, but still fun. (Luna)


    So, when are you going to call that spirit king nya? (Mio)


    In a minute. We need this guy to wake up first. (Luna)


    Just wake him up, big sis. We have other things we want to do, remember. (Soleil)


    I know. (Luna)


    I poked Reverious and used some ice magic. He immediately woke up from the freezing ice and tried to move, but the chains held him down.


    RELEASE ME! (Reverious)


    I dont think I will. We need to have a serious discussion, so you trying to fight me again is out of the question. (Luna)


    I tapped my foot on the ground and Hoshi appeared, still asleep while standing.


    Hoshi, wake up. (Luna)


    [Agk! Oh, Goddess, mine, whats the matter!?] (Hoshi)


    I bagged us a prospective demispirit, so mind exining things to him? (Luna)


    [You work fast, oh Goddess mine.] (Hoshi)


    Hoshi walked over to Reveriouss face and crouched down to look directly into one of his eyes.


    [Nice to meet you, Reverious the dragon. Im Hoshi, the Spirit King of space spirits, and I have a proposition for you.] (Hoshi)


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea: Ahahahahahahahahahahaha! That was fun. That lizard thing was all punchy and Miss Luna was all *woosh woosh* and sparkly!


    Evelyn: Gahahahahahahahahahahaha! And the lizard was flung around like a toy! GAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHA!


    I feel I should be worried.


    Order: Same.


    Atmos: It''s fine. Nothing''s wrong with some y fighting in a world like this one.


    True. Though it would have been fun to see Luna actually going all out. She hasn''t done that since her first fight with kobolds.


    Order: Isn''t that like, the only time she could have gone all out?


    And?


    Order:...Meh.


    Atmos: That''s the proper response.


    Indeed.

 Chapter 321: The Time Draws Near

    Chapter 321: The Time Draws Near


    [Luna POV]


    [Nice to meet you, Reverious the dragon. Im Hoshi, the Spirit King of space spirits, and I have a proposition for you.] (Hoshi)


    Reveriouspletely stopped moving at Hoshis words. I could feel the surprise radiating off of him as hey there in silence.


    I get that the anger of learning someone beating you to a position that youve strived for, for thousands of years or more is one thing, but Im kind of offended that hes more surprised by Hoshi showing up than the person that is supposed to be ascending to godhood soon.


    {Do you really care about it that much?}


    No, but still, all he did was try to kill me, but he freezes up like this at Hoshi just introducing herself. Unless of course hes just being petty, in which case I might need to do something to fix that.


    Why do I feel a sudden chill? (Reverious)


    Big sis, stop making it colder. (Soleil)


    Fine. (Luna)


    Oi brat! You dare show disrespect in front of a spirit king!? (Reverious)


    [It matters little to me, she is the Goddess Im going to end up serving, after all. And besides, this isnt really disrespect. Ive show her more disrespect than she has to be honest.] (Hoshi)


    Hoshi, lets get back to business. (Luna)


    [Yes. Reverious the dragon, you show promise and the aptitude, so I offer you a boon. Will you be a space demispirit and serve under me?] (Hoshi)


    Before I answer, may I ask some things? (Reverious)


    [You may.] (Hoshi)


    First, was my entire path pointless? (Reverious)


    [To be very blunt, yes. No matter how long you lived and how hard you strived to be a god, you would never achieve it unless an even higherno, you would never be a god, at most you could strive for is a demispirit position like the one Im offering you, or the position of Apostle, but that is already taken as well.] (Hoshi)


    I see. Then what was the point of my existence? (Reverious)


    [An existential question that has many answers yet none at all. Your existence is what you make of it, and as long as you consider it so, it is never wasted. Though if its validation you seek, then Im d to give it. You may not be able to ascend to godhood or Apostleship, but bing a demispirit is a wonderful thing. While it has happened many times, I can count on one hand the amount of times its happened, and this is the first time someone has the chance to be a demispirit of a primordial aspect of the world.] (Hoshi)


    Hmm. Then what is it that I need to do? I may still hold some feelings of animosity for the little fox over there, but I havee to respect her strength, so I dont mind serving under her as a demispirit. (Reverious)


    Well, that took less convincing than I thought it would. (Skadi)


    Indeed. (Ophidia)


    [You dont need to do much since your agreement is all that was needed. Though I am going to tell you now that your physical body is going to need to die.] (Hoshi)


    Heh. I mind surprisingly little. (Reverious)


    [Alright then, with his agreement, it is time for your blessing, oh Goddess mine.] (Hoshi)


    I walked up and ced my hand on Reveriouss side.


    Tamamo, what am I supposed to do?


    {Try doing what you do with your Abyssal Blessing skill, but focus on your Authority of Space.}


    Alright, here goes nothing.


    I closed my eyes and concentrated inside myself. It took me a second to really figure out how to do what Tamamo said, but once I was able to fully concentrate on my Space Authority, I started the blessing. A massive amount of mana gushed from my hand and into Reverious like a raging river. I kept it going until I felt it catch before I stopped and stepped away.


    [Perfect. Now leave the rest of this to me. Once I tell you, please end his mortal life, oh Goddess mine.] (Hoshi)


    Little fox, do me a favor and aim the killing blow at the reverse scale at the base of my throat. Itll be the quickest, least painful way to kill me. (Reverious)


    I nodded my head and pulled out my sword. Hoshi then began the rest of the process. She ced her hand on the same spot I did and she started channeling power into Reverious. This processsted several minutes before he started to glow a with a fain grey light.


    [It is time.] (Hoshi)


    I walked over to the reverse scale and readied my sword. I closed my eyes for a second and plunged it in. I felt barely any resistance as my de sliced into Reveriouss neck and then I covered the de in ice magic to make sure this was a fatal blow. I felt Reverious shudder before goingpletely still. When I pulled my sword out and backed away, the grey glow covering Reveriouss body grey more pronounced. Shortly after that, a spectral copy of Reveriouss humanoid form floated out of the corpse.


    Hmm. I feel strange. (Reverious)


    [You will for a bit since your soul needs to limate to a non-corporeal body, but thats the reason your mortal form had to die. Now, I shall head back to the Domain of Spirits to get everything ready and Ille to pick you up in a few days. Feel free to go around and take care of any business you need to since youll be very busy once you join me. Oh, and Goddess Luna, please do the same. I can see by the number of tails that you have that you are very close to ascension, so please dont keep us waiting for too much longer.] (Hoshi)


    Hoshi then disappeared before I could say anything.


    So, Luna, how many levels did you get? (Velvet)


    Three. Im level 99 now (Luna)


    So, its nearly time then. (Skadi)


    I took a deep breath before slowly letting it go.


    I need a golden apple, then Im going to spend a few more days here since there are still things I want to do, after that Im going to go and do something by myself. At that time I leave getting everyone to wherever they want to go to you, Ophidia. (Luna)


    Yes master. (Ophidia)


    Reverious, what do you want us to do with your body? (Luna)


    Doesnt matter to me. If this happened after a fight with another dragon, wed leave the corpse there as itsst resting ce, but I know that other races consider things like dragons scales valuable, so feel free to do with them what you will. Though I would like it if you didnt eat any of it. (Reverious)


    Alright. (Luna)


    I stored the corpse in my inventory before snapping my fingers and dissolving the domain.


    Oh, before I head off to finish up things, feel free to get an apple. As the one in charge of managing the guarding of the tree, I give you permission to take one. (Reverious)


    With thosest words, he vanished. I then turned to the others that were just standing around and walked over to them.


    So, what were we doing before this interruption? (Luna)


    We were going to have some tea while we talked about whatever with Chen and the others. Is everything over here finished? (Nian)


    Yeah. Though Im going to go get an apple before we head back for the night. (Luna)


    Sound fine to me. Lets get back to what we were doing guys. (Nian)


    Um, are we really not going- (Lisk)


    Lisk, it is times like these that one should just follow the flow and not question things. (Ling)


    Once the domain was fully gone, we all headed inside.


    Chaos Realm:


    I see, so that''s her n. Guess I should set up the safety measures.


    Order: Need any help?


    I will when the timees and her ascension starts. I''ll tell you what is needed at that time.


    Order: Alright.


    Atmos: Guess I''ll get to work at setting things up as well. Gotta make it a spectacle after all.


    Grey: Guess I''ll run crisis management. Something like this is surely going to cause waves and I also need to get the maps ready for Luna and I''s ns.


    Then we all reconvene here once we''re done?


    Everyone: Yep.

 Chapter 322: A Merry Jaunt Around the Continent

    Chapter 322: A Merry Jaunt Around the Continent


    [Luna POV]


    After chatting with and getting to know the new dragons we met, it was decided that it was time to go and get a golden apple. We left the building that we were in and walked down the main road of the vige to the tree. The closer we got, the more I realized just how big the tree was. I mean, it was huge from a distance, but being this close to it was something else. If I didnt know any better, Id even call it a world tree. The group stopped when we reached an old looking gate made of stone.


    Luna, you were the only one to get permission to get one, so only you can pass the gate. (Nian)


    I nodded my head and walked forward. When I passed under the gate, what I expected to happen didnt happen.


    Well, that was disappointing. I expected to feel something like that time when I visited the Spirit Domain. (Luna)


    {Well, the best that they would be able to do is set up a space barrier, and since you are you, it wouldnt have mattered anyway. Though if you wanted to set something like that up for them, I doubt theyd mind.}


    Something to think aboutter. Now, time to get what needs to be done, done. (Luna)


    I walked over to the base of the tree. There I found what looked like a staircase that was carved into the tree, kind of like how it was in the Elf Nation. I started climbing the steps and after almost an hour, I finally made it near the top. I walked out onto the branch that the stairs led to and saw something I was expecting, but not exactly. Sprawling in front of me were hundreds of thousands of golden apples hanging from smaller branches. The thing was, the apples were all as small as a cherry tomato or maybe grapes.


    Smaller than I expected.


    {Yes. When someone says apple, you think apple, not tiny apple.}


    I walked over to one of the branches and picked a single apple from it. I held it in my palm and stared at if for a few seconds before putting it into my inventory.


    Later. Im not going to eat it until I finish everything I need to.


    {What about thebor?}


    I think itll count asplete once I eat it. Its not 100% how the myth goes, but seeing as thebors are just loose interpretations, then thats most likely the condition toplete it.


    {So, whats next for you, Luna?}


    Im going to hang around here until Reverious leaves, then Im going to go around and say good bye to the people that Ive actually spent the time to get to know, then Im going to eat the apple.


    {While I get it, you know that youll be able to see most of the people youre talking about again, right? And whats stopping you from setting up a domain to visit them as well?}


    Tamamo, I love you, but please dont make me question the thematic ending to my mortal world journey Im trying to go for.


    {Ufufufu. Sorry, that wasnt my intention.}


    I know.


    I closed my eyes for a second to get my thoughts in order before teleporting back to the others. After telling them I got what I needed and showing it to everyone, we left for the dragon sisters pavilion. Once we got back there, we all went to bed early. Over the next few days, we didnt do much butze around doing whatever. Since I thought it would be funny, I gave Ling the alcohol that was made to get me drunk and she started kneeling in front of me like I was a goddess. It took a while for all of us to get her to stop. I also showed Dusk the painting me and Soleil worked on for the prank war with Atmos. While it wasnt the same reaction Ling had, she immediately warmed up to the two of us like we were her greatest of best friends. As for Nian, I exined as much about how cameras were made that I was able to remember.


    On the day that I decided to leave to take care of everything, I decided to do something else for the dragon sisters since they took great care of us and I considered them good friends. Just before teleporting away, I turned to them and gave them my Blessing of Space. After that, I teleported to the first ce I was going on my continent wide tour.


    [Shuten POV]


    It was just another normal day of reception work. Nothing much had happened and it was chocking up to be a slow day. Ibaraki was sitting on a stool next to me with her headying on her arms on the desk. When we came in today, we thought that something was going on since there were more adventurers present than usual, but after listening in to the conversations as we waited for people toe to us, I found out that they all felt apulsion to be here today.


    Shuten, Im bored. Nothing has happened for a while. (Ibaraki)


    Thats a good thing, Ibaraki. (Shuten)


    I know that, but literally nothing is happening. All of the festivals are still far away and there havent been any kind of out of the norm monster activity for adventurers to go deal with and then tell us the highly exaggerated story afterward. (Ibaraki)


    I get what you mean. I could go for a drink right now, even if its just to pass the time. (Shuten)


    You and your alcohol. (Ibaraki)


    While we were idly chatting, the guild master came down from the stairs and walked over to us.


    Is something the matter, guild master? (Shuten)


    No? I just felt like I needed to be in the lobby today. (Vince)


    When I was about to say something, someone appeared in the middle of the guild lobby. She was a kitsune woman with long ck hair and silver tipped ears. Her eyes glowed with a silver light and at her lower back grew eight tails with a strangely beautiful pattern inside them. When she looked over to where the three of us were at, she smiled and started to walk over toward us.


    Long time no see, you three. (Luna)


    M-miss Luna!? (Ibaraki)


    Yes, it me, Ibaraki. (Luna)


    (Vince)


    (Shuten)


    While Ibarakis outburst made me aware of the identity of the kitsune in front of us, I was still struggling to wrap my head around what was going on. Everyone in the guild knew what a kitsune with multiple tails meant seeing as only one being came to mind when kitsune and multiple tails were mentioned, but it was still difficult for me to ept.


    Y-youre a goddess? (Shuten)


    Technically, Im still a demigod, but Ill be ascending by the end of the day, so yes. (Luna)


    T-to think the adventurer I helped register would go on to be a goddess. (Shuten)


    Fufufu. I have to say, these reactions are nice. And while Id love to stay and chat, I have other ces to be, so Im gonna say what I need to say. Thanks for what you did for me in the beginning. Same to you, Ibaraki. You as well, Vince. See you around. (Luna)


    With those words, Luna turned around and vanished. Once she was gone, the guild was entirely silent, so much so that you couldnt even hear people breathing. It was a random adventurer that broke the silence.


    A NEW GODDESS! WE NEED TO LET THE CITY KNOW! WE NEED A FESTIVAL!


    Once those words sunk in, the room burst out in a deafening roar of excitement. I was still trying to wrap my head around what just happened when I heard Guild Master Vince speak.


    I see, so its Luna who is the one. Heh. Hehehehe. Now I can brag to the others that I know our goddess personally. (Vince)


    Um, guild master? Are you ok? (Shuten)


    Impletely fine. Now if you excuse me, I have some very important gloating to do. (Vince)


    I gave the guild master a worried look as he walked back upstairs while he was muttering something about fluff.


    Shuten. (Ibaraki)


    Yes, Ibaraki? (Shuten)


    If Miss Luna is a goddess, then what about the rest of her party? What are they? (Ibaraki)


    (Shuten)


    [Lobo POV]


    As I was sitting in my office looking over budgets and other important king stuff, my two daughters burst into the room followed shortly by my wife.


    Whats wrong? (Lobo)


    You need toe with us now. We need to go to the throne room immediately. (nca)


    I dropped what I was doing and we hurried over to the throne room. When we got there, I was shocked by what I was seeing. Sitting on the throne that only I was supposed to sit on, an eight-tailed kitsune woman sat.


    Ive got to say, this is an extremely ufortable chair. I dont know how kings in books and movies sat in these for hours at a time and looked like it was the mostfortable thing in the world. (Luna)


    UmYou do realize that this technically counts as treason, right? (Lobo)


    Meh. I just felt like knowing what it was like sitting on the throne of a country before I ascended. And like I said, its not that great. (Luna)


    So its time for that to happen? (Selene)


    Yep. By the end of the day today, depending on how things go with the other ces Im heading to. (Luna)


    If you can, invite us to the wedding. (Selena)


    That was the n. This isnt a forever goodbye after all. But I wont be able to pop in all that muchprobably. (Luna)


    What do you mean by that? (Lobo)


    Fufufu. Thats for me to know, and you to find out. (Luna)


    With that ominous statement, Luna disappeared from the throne room.


    Lobo, you have many things you need to exin to me. And start from the part where you knew Amagi and Deacons daughter was going to be a goddess. (nca)


    *Sigh* Lets sit and Ill exin. (Lobo)


    [Ibuki POV]


    Sitting in my office while doing paperwork that had somehow grown less than it has in years, I ced my pen down. Suzuka, who hade here after leaving the academy in the Elf Nation had, reluctantly, been helping me out.


    Suzuka, shall we take a break? (Ibuki)


    I was thinking the same thing. My eyes hurt from reading all of this stuff. (Suzuka)


    Understandable. (Ibuki)


    Then would you two like some tea, coffee, something else? (Luna)


    Tea is fineWait. (Ibuki)


    I turned to look at where the voice came from to see a kitsune that I havent seen in a while. She looked a little different, but it wasnt too much to be shocked at since everyone changes as they grow.


    Luna?... Wait, eight tails!? Youre a goddess!? (Suzuka)


    About to be. (Luna)


    (Suzuka)


    Fufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Hmm. So thats why you seemed so special. Anyway, hows Mio been? (Ibuki)


    Quite well. Shes even gotten herself a lover in the form of Fenrir. (Luna)


    Oh! Thats something worth celebrating. (Ibuki)


    Are you really glossing over the whole Luna bing a goddess thing? (Suzuka)


    I was there thest time something like this happened, so its not that shocking the second time around. (Ibuki)


    I didnt know that either. Just how old are you!? (Suzuka)


    Never ask me that, Suzuka. You know better. (Ibuki)


    Y-yes maam. (Suzuka)


    Well, aside from Suzuka getting scolded, I came to say what I needed to and to see the reaction, so with that done, Ill be off to my next stop. Oh, just keep the tea cups for now, Ill pick them upter. (Luna)


    With those final words, Miss Luna disappeared from my office.


    Like a storm as always. (Ibuki)


    Ugh. I feel like I need a drink. Also, shouldnt we let the Emperor know about this? (Suzuka)


    Yes. That way he can deal with the extra work that an event like this will cause. (Ibuki)


    Start writing that message now! (Suzuka)


    I am. (Ibuki)


    [Lia POV]


    After arriving back at my home after my daily training with Dia, I sat in my lounge, Dia and Cres sitting on a cushion with somewhat sleepy looks. I was taking small sips from a cup of coffee when someone suddenly appeared in the chair across from me.


    Long time no see, you three. (Luna)


    Hey Luna. I see youve made a lot of progress since west saw each other. (Lia)


    Indeed. (Luna)


    [Oh, Goddess mine, Im d to see that you are soon to take your position. I must say that Im excited for my little brothers and sisters toe into existence.] (Dia)


    [I feel much the same. It is a joyous day indeed, that our Goddess shall take her rightful ce before taking over the Divine Domain with fluff.] (Cres)


    Im not going to do that at the moment. (Luna)


    Shouldnt it be never? (Lia)


    Well see what the far future holds, but I most likely wont. Too much responsibility. (Luna)


    At least your sense of humor is still the same. (Lia)


    Why wouldnt it be? Im bing a goddess, not a different person. (Luna)


    True. (Lia)


    Anyway, I have a few more stops, and these will take longer than the ones Ive been to so far, so I need to go. (Luna)


    [May I request something of you before you leave, oh Goddess mine?] (Cres)


    Make it quick. (Luna)


    [May I feel the Abyss?] (Cres)


    Luna ruminated on the question for a few seconds before a mischievous smile appeared on her face.


    Only for a few seconds. (Luna)


    [Thank you.] (Cres)


    Cres moved over next to Luna and she moved one of her tails over to him. He touched it and a peaceful expression crossed his face before it changed to a one of confusion.


    [What is this?] (Cres)


    <em>Mofufufufluff~! </em>


    <em></em>


    Fufufu. Gotta go now. (Luna)


    [Oh Goddess mine, what was that and whyand shes gone*Sigh*] (Cres)


    Hehehe. Whatever it was, its fine, Cres. (Lia)


    [Yes, contractor.]


    [Luna POV]


    The ce I teleported to after Lias ce was the shrine that I called my home for most of this life.


    Its a shame I cant find out where Jarl and his party are. I really want to see their reactions. Aside from Apollo since he already knows.


    {Theres always finding them at some pointter down the line.}


    True. Anyway, time to go tell mom and dad, then to head over to Celestia Kingdom.


    I walked over to my door and ced my hand on the handle. I stood there silently for a minute unmoving.


    {Nervous or excited?}


    Both. Taking a minute like this isnt doing me any favors either since now my mind is thinking of so many other things that I can do before ascension.


    {Isnt that why youve been doing what you were today? So that you have no way but to proceed.}


    Yep.


    I calmed myself down and left my room. I walked to where would usually find mom and Ana but didnt find them.


    {Go to the main hall.}


    Alright.


    I did what Tamamo said and went to the main hall. There I found mom, dad, Ana, and ke waiting.


    So, its almost time? (Amagi)


    Yeah. If everything else goes to n, then Ill ascend tonight. (Luna)


    Mom and dad walked over to me and they both hugged me tightly.


    Luna, we love you so much. You dont understand how happy youve made the two of us and how you will continue to do so into the future. (Deacon)


    I can still remember the very first time I held you in my arms. To see how much youve grown until now has been the greatest gift I could have ever gotten. Never forget how proud of you we are. (Amagi)


    I felt tears rolling down my face and I could tell that they were both in a simr state. After staying in a tight ball of fluff and hugs for several minutes we let go. Moms eyes were still a little red, but she had a warm smile on her face. Dad on the other hand was still bawling his eyes out to the point it wasical. Before I knew what was happening, I was tackle-hugged from the side by Ana.


    Luna! (Ana)


    Ana, please dont scream in my ear. (Luna)


    Sorry, I just cant help it. Youve always felt like a daughter to me and to see you at this point is just so-soI cant put it into words. (Ana)


    Fufufu. The sentiment is enough. (Luna)


    While I hugged and patted Ana on the head, my eyes met kes. He didnt sat anything and just nodded his head. I nodded in return and that was the end of that interaction. Once Ana finally let me go, she walked over to mom and hugged her. Mom started to pat her head like I was earlier. I was just about to teleport to the Celestia Kingdom when I turned back to ke. I took a dragon scale out of my inventory and tossed it over to him.


    Have fun with that, ke. (Luna)


    I then teleported away, though I did get to see therge amount of surprise wash over him in that split second. I chuckled to myself before getting my bearings. I was now standing in the front of Nias vi. I used space magic to find out where I needed to go to find the people I was looking for and lucked out to see that they were all gathered in a meeting room inside the castle. There were a few other random people in there as well, but they didnt really matter. I teleported into the room behind Drome. The others that were sitting around therge round table that saw this went quiet due to shock.


    Im sure whatever it was you were discussing is important and all, Drome, but it can wait. Its about time, so you best drop whatever youre doing and get ready, because Im the storm that is approaching, and I cant be stopped. (Luna)


    Wait, its happening today!? (Drome)


    Yep. Im heading over to the shrine right after this. (Luna)


    You could have warned me beforehand that you were ascending today. (Drome)


    Thats what I am doing literally right now. Though I guess having all these randoms here means I have to hold back on the more personal aspect of my visit, but oh well, Ill just have to talk to you all individuallyter. Now, have fun quelling the chaos of me walking around the city. (Luna)


    Luna, do- (Drome)


    {You know you could have just forcefully teleported those other people out of the room.}


    Yeah, but that would cause other problems for Drome and Nia, so I decided to do what I did.


    I arrived in front of the adventurers guild and started walking in the direction of my shrine. I deliberately took my time, making sure as many people as possible saw me. The whole trip took about 15 minutes and when I arrived at the gates of my shrine, I was a bundle of nerves. I closed my eyes for a second and took a deep breath. I then pulled out some special talismans I made the other day. I poured some mana into them and most of them disappeared from my hand.


    {What were those for?}


    To cut the shrine off from the outside world. I made those talismans out of Reveriouss scales and tried making them work as a support for a domain. That way whatever happens here wont damage the city, though I dont know how long they will hold up.


    {I see. It just so happens that other preparations were made since this was happening soon, so dont worry, nothing is going to happen to the city. Well, nothing much.}


    "Fufufu. Fine by me.


    I smiled as I started making my way into the shrine. I observed it as I walked and was impressed by what I saw. I knew it was based off of Tamamos, but it had major differences here and there, and not just in the materials that it was made of.


    I have to say, the people that built this ce did a great job.


    {I agree. While I can see the inspiration that came from mine, I can also see the points that make it different. I especially like the material that its made of.}


    Same.


    I finally reached the deepest part of the shrine. It was a hall made of ck stone with white and silver points that shone like stars. The doors were a ck, metallic looking wood that had a satisfyingly heavy groaning sound when you pushed them open. Once inside I shut the doors and walked over to the center of the room. I sat down cross-legged and pulled the golden apple out of my inventory.


    Ive waited for this moment for a long time. Tamamo, are you ready for me to finally be by your side for all eternity?


    {Ive been ready since the day we first met.}


    Then here goes nothing.


    I popped the golden apple in my mouth.


    Ugh. This tastes horrible. I expected it to taste sweet, not like metal.

 Chapter 323: Ascension

    Chapter 323: Ascension


    [Luna POV]


    With my face scrunched up in slight disgust, I tried biting into the apple only to hear unusual crunching noises. I toughed it out and once Ipletely swallowed the apple, I had to keep myself from throwing it up.


    Hugh.


    {Whats wrong?}


    Hugh*Sigh* It was a literal golden apple. With emphasis on gold.


    {Ah. So it wasnt just the taste that was metallic, but the apple was solid gold.}


    From skin to core.


    {Well, at least you didnt break any teeth.}


    True. I mean, its not like-


    Before I could say anything else, my vision flickered, and I became very dizzy. It looked like the world around me was spinning in every direction possible at the same time. In my head, I started to hear an announcement like I did when I became a demigod.


    <strong>[Conditions met: Race change from Kitsune (Eight-tailed/Demigod) to Kitsune (Ten-tailed/Goddess): Commencing]</strong>


    <strong>[Authorization Granted: Releasing all seals and restrictions on Authorities.]</strong>


    <strong>[Message from GC: Congrattions on your ascension, Luna. I look forward to working with you from now on and hope you and Tamamo the best. In preparation for this even, Ive made it so that you wont feel pain when your two new tails appear, so go and make the creation of stars a spectacle for the ages. Oh, but do know that even with the pain gone, you will still feel fatigued, so be ready to pass out at any time when your ascension is over.]</strong>


    Once I finished reading the message, a massive magic circle appeared and spread from where I was standing out over the entire area of the shrine.


    Whats this!?


    {Its part of the preparations for this. It makes sure that when the explosion of power happens, it wont damage the shrine of the city outside the grounds. And now its time for my turn. I got special permission to do this just for you, Luna.}


    Do what?


    {Ufufufu.}


    While I was trying to focus on what was happening, the ground started to shake.


    Ugh. Whatever youre doing, its not helping!


    {Dont worry, its almost over.}


    True enough, a minute or twoter, the shaking stopped.


    Whatjust happened?


    {Oh, just making your shrine a floating one. Its an important ce in the city, so of course it needs to be better than the royal castle. I made it so that it floats slightly higher than the castle ind.}


    Fufufufu. AHahahahahahahahahahaha! UGH.


    I felt a massive surge of power welling up inside me. It burned hot enough to feel cold while simultaneously being so cold it burned. The magic circle under my feet started to glow brighter and brighter in tandem with the surge of power.


    {Ill be waiting for you, Luna.}


    See you soon, Tamamo.


    Deciding that I should do this sooner rather thanter, I closed my eyes and focused on what I needed to do. I did my best to concentrate on my Star Authority. Once I metaphorically grasped it, I started to use it.


    Fu. Fufu. FufufufuahahahahahahAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHAHHAHAHA!


    I made what I wanted to happen a reality once the power welling up inside me hit its peak and burst. With a content smile on my face, my consciousness faded onest time in the mortal world.


    [3<sup>rd</sup> Person POV]


    In the capital of the Celestia Kingdom, the people were in an uproar. Just a short while ago, a young kitsune woman with eight tails was seen walking through the city, heading in the direction of the recently constructed shrine. Most if not all people that saw this realized the implications of this and immediately tried to follow the woman to her destination.


    When the kitsune reached the main gate of the shrine, she stopped and pulled something from out of nowhere and then vanished. Some people tried to enter the shrine to see if she had teleported inside, or if it was just an illusion, but they couldnt enter, no matter how hard they tried. While the people were puzzled, a small troupe of knights from the castle, led by the famous Princess Knight Nia, arrived at the shrine and asked for the citizens of the city to move away for safety.


    The people cried out with questions of what was going to happen and if the royal family knew of what was happening. This is when the Princess Knight announced news that caused the entire city over to cheer. In the midst of this cheering, a giant magic circle appeared around the shrine, glowing with a mix of every color, known and unknown, and the ground started to shake. The knights and citizens closest to the Princess Knight heard her sigh in exasperation while mumbling something, but the spectacle that was happening in front of them ignore whatever it was she said.


    The entire plot ofnd that the magic circle covered started to lift out of the ground before ascending into the sky. The process took only seconds, but once thend stopped moving, those with the best angle possible noticed that it flew into a higher position than the Castle Ind. Some peopleughed at this with the thought that whatever god or goddess did this had a good sense of humor while others thought that it was disrespectful for a shrine to be higher than the castle.


    While this spectacle was something that nobody had ever seen, they were rendered speechless by what happened next. The sun had just set and the moon was creeping over the horizon. This was the same thing that happened countless times since time immemorial. Tonight, however, was different. It was the people that were watching the ind that noticed first. In the night sky, one by one, specks of silver light started to appear. It started slowly at first, but soon the speed picked up until the entire sky was filled with motes of sliver light that apanied the moon. Some considered this to be beautiful while others feared that it was a sign of cmity. These reactions were the same for most people the world over, but to some individuals, they figured out what was happening.


    They felt a change in their bodies. A mysterious magic affinity that appeared at some point a year or two ago that was deemed worthless due to having no spells or other effects finally becameplete. As soon as the birth of stars seemed to stop above their heads, something else started to change. The brightest stars in the sky started to move and change color. They formed two shapes and faint lines started to connect them together. The image of two, ten-tailed foxes, one blue, one silver, formed. The images then started to move about in a beautiful dance beforeing to a rest on either side of the moon. They would move every so often, but remains seated next to each other, staring longingly at each other.


    [Nia POV]


    Hehehe. Luna, you always were one for theatrics. And I have to say, this was the best yet.


    I looked up at the sky that was once an empty void now filled with moats of light. I smiled with feelings of happiness for Luna before tearing my eyes away from the sky. I looked over at one of my knights who was next to me and was simrly looking at the sky.


    I know its beautiful, but I need you to focus. (Nia)


    Maam!


    Go and start your preparations. We need to go around and exin to the people that a new goddess has been born and that this is a sign of good things toe. Get the others to snap out of it and prepare as well, were going to be really busy soon. (Nia)


    Yes Maam!


    The knight immediately set to work rousing hisrades from the collective stupor as I started to do the same.


    [Amagi POV]


    Shortly after Luna left, the rest of her party showed up at the shrine. They met us in the main courtyard of the shrine where we had set up arge nket to watch the sky for Lunas spectacle. To pass the little time before nightfall, we listened to the group as they spoke about the Ind of Dragons. As we listened, I looked around at the everyone present. Sitting next to me was Deacon, while a little way away, Ana and ke sat close together. The same was seen with Soleil and Velvet and Skadi and Ophidia. While Mio was sitting alone, we all knew that Fenrir was here in spirit, especially since Mio was excitedly chatting away into thin air. It started shortly after the moon rose. The sky was being filled with countless little lights. We all watched with rapt amazement.


    Big sis always did like making things shy. I wonder whats going on in the Celestia Kingdom right now? (Soleil)


    A massive uproar, most likely. (Velvet)


    Yes, but what about the other ces master visited? She did say that she was going to walk around as much as possible just to get people excited. (Ophidia)


    I kind of feel bad for the rulers Luna knows personally. King Drome and King Lobo are going to have a hard time dealing with all of the implications of Luna bing a goddess. (Skadi)


    Arent you forgetting about the Demon Emperor nya? (Mio)


    We didnt really stick around there long enough to actually be friends with him, so I doubt big sis took the time to visit him personally. (Soleil)


    Thats nice an all, you guys, but youre missing the show. (ke)


    They all fell quiet again as they turned their gazes skyward once again. Two foxes had appeared in the sky and were dancing about.


    Fufufu. I know she likes to brag, but shes really taking it all the way this time. (Amagi)


    Yeah. Though I wonder just how many people will actually understand what this actually means. (Deacon)


    Guess thats the job of her Apostles. (Ana)


    Goddess Tamamos as well, mom. (Soleil)


    True. Guess we need to spread the word as fast as possible then. (Ana)


    Worry about that tomorrow, for now lets look at Lunas work. (Deacon)


    We all fell silent again as we watched the foxes dance in the sky until they came to rest beside the moon.


    Ugh. (Soleil and Ana)


    Whats wrong? (Velvet)


    Ster magic affinity just became easier to use. (Ana)


    I wouldnt say easier, but more like we can now use it without big siss domains. Honestly, it feels a little more potent too, though I dont know if thats just because Im the Apostle of Stars. (Soleil)


    So, if all of us are Apostles except for Skadi, how long are we supposed to stay in the mortal world before we actually see Luna in her full divine glory? I mean, we still have things we need to do, especially now that she ascended. (Velvet)


    None of us knew how to answer that. While we sat there in contemtion, Deacon made a strange face.


    Whats wrong, Deacon? (Amagi)


    Grey just contacted me. He said that we should wait for a little while before doing anything. He also advised that Lunas party should make their way to the Celestia Kingdom, but they dont have to rush. (Deacon)


    Hmm. Then should we take the slow way? (Ophidia)


    Itll give Lunya and Tamamo time nya, so probably nya. (Mio)


    Then we rest here for the rest of the night and start to move in the morning. (Soleil)


    Always so hasty. You dont have to leave that soon. (Ana)


    I just feel like we need to. I feel like if we dont leave as soon as possible, something is going to happen with big siss shrine that she wont like. (Soleil)


    Then we should probably take the fast way there after all. Set up camp there and make sure we keep anyone away that might do something. (Velvet)


    Grey just told me that you dont have to worry about that. Take your time. (Deacon)


    How about we put this topic to rest? Now isnt the time for this type of discussion, after all. (Amagi)


    The others stopped saying anything and they looked back up at the sky. While staring at it, I couldnt help but feel happy at what my Little Luna made.


    [Luna POV]


    I didnt know how long it was, but when I started to wake up again, I found myself in a nostalgic position. I wasying on my back looking up at the sky. This time, however, the moon was apanied by stars.


    Hey Tamamo, doesnt this remind you of the first time we met? Only without all the me being dead thing.


    {It is extremely simr, though I feel like this time is infinitely better.}


    I wholeheartedly agree.


    I slowly stood up and brushed off any dirt that was on me. I then turned around to face Tamamo. Her long silver hair and tails shimmered under the moon and starlight and her beautiful, shining golden eyes stared into mine. Tears of happiness were streaming down her face, and before I knew it, I was wrapped in an embrace and my lips were covered by hers. I started to kiss her back as I felt the same kind of tears start running down my face and mixing with hers. We stopped kissing for a few seconds to speak.


    Tamamo, Im home.


    {Wee home, Luna.}

 Side Chapter 24: Two Kings Perspectives

    Side Chapter 24: Two King''s Perspectives


    This takes ce in other ces at the same time as Lunas ascension.


    [Lobo POV]


    So, let me get this straight. Amagi and Deacons daughter is ascending to godhood. Amagi and Deacon are Apostles of gods, one of which is our countrys patron goddess. AND their daughter is not only bing a goddess, but also marrying our countrys patron goddess. Am I missing anything? (nca)


    The fact that Lunas party members are all her Apostles or someone elses. (Selene)


    *Sigh* Why am I thest one learning about any of this? (nca)


    Well, our brothers dont know either. (Selena)


    Not the point. And Lobo, stop just sitting there looking out the window. (nca)


    Come look. (Lobo)


    What? (nca)


    Come look. Something is happening. (Lobo)


    Outside the window, the night sky was being filled with shining lights. The scene was beautiful, yet I could also tell that it was going to cause an uproar the world over. Things like this didnt happen, at least not in anyone that I knows lifetime. As I was starting to stress about things that I would soon have to do in order to exin things to my people, my daughters started to pointing at something.


    Look! (Selene)


    Hehehe. She knows exactly what shes doing and doing it in the shiest way possible. (Selena)


    Two foxes dances across the sky, mesmerizing me once more.


    Well, Ill forgive you for not telling me this stuff since you were most likely asked not to share it. Now, what are we going to do? (nca)


    Well, well need to make a festival to celebrate this, especially since, as Deacons daughter, shell have probably shown herself somewhere else in the capital beforeing here. We also need to figure out what exactly these glowing things in the sky are for and if they are dangerous. After that, we need a way to spread the word so that our people dont panic. (Lobo)


    I sat down in a chair close to me and let out a big sigh. I felt someone put their hand on my back tofort me and looked over to see nca giving me a pitting look. She opened her mouth to say something but before she could, someone ran into the room without knocking.


    Apologies for the disrespect, Your Majesty, but something has happened.


    If its about the sky, I already know. (Lobo)


    No, its about the adventurers, theyve started going around and buying up all the alcohol in the city and have set up an impromptu festival with the guild at its center.


    She really did stop by somewhere else first. (Lobo)


    YOUR MAJESTY!


    Another person ran into the room in the same way the knight before did.


    Yes? (Lobo)


    That mysterious magic affinity has finally reacted!


    (nca)


    Is something wrong, nca? (Lobo)


    Not really, but Ive been wondering about that for a while now. (nca)


    You have the affinity as well, my queen?


    Yes. Though I didnt realize that something had changed until someone said something and I checked myself. (nca)


    What should we do then?


    Go and try to figure out what kind of magic can be used. Report your findings to me and nca at ater date with your opinion on how useful or dangerous this magic can be. (Lobo)


    Yes, Your Majesty.


    What should we do about the adventurers?


    Leave them to their fun. Its a grand asion after all. Its not every day the world gains a new goddess.


    The two peoples eyes widened at my statement.


    A-a new goddess?


    Go, there are things that I need to discuss with my family. (Lobo)


    Yes!


    The two left and I turned to nca.


    Ill send a letter to the Shrine Vige. If anyone knows anything about this magic, then itll be the ones that are closest to the source. (Lobo)


    Father, will you let us be the ones to deliver the letter? (Selene)


    Please. We would like to visit the shrine. (Selena)


    nca and I shared a look before nodding our heads.


    Fine. But while you two are there, try to find out as much as you can in regards to if anything is going to change more than just the sky. If something does, we need to get preparations done as early as possible. (Lobo)


    Yes, Father. (Selene and Selena)


    They both then left the room in a hurry.


    *Sigh* I really wish we would have gotten some forewarning about this. I mean, more than just a few hours. (Lobo)


    You and I both know thats not how things work. At least we got some. (nca)


    True. And I have to say, she really did something nice. The sky looks so much more beautiful now. (Lobo)


    I agree. Even if its only been like this for a few hours at most, for some reason it feels like this is what the sky should have always looked like. (nca)


    Indeed. (Lobo)


    [Drome POV]


    The second Luna left the meeting room Nia stood up and started walking towards the door.


    Im going to get my people ready to manage the uproar thats about to begin. (Nia)


    Please do. Also, give whatever orders you need to them so that this entire thing can go as smoothly as possible. (Drome)


    That was the n. (Nia)


    With that she left the room while I was being stared at by the other nobles that were present for the entire thing.


    Your Majesty, what was that all about?


    That kitsune that was just here is ascending to godhood tonight. I know her on a personal level and at one point got her to agree to bing the patron goddess of our country. Like she said earlier, this event takes precedence over whatever else we were discussing. (Drome)


    Were finally getting a patron goddess!?


    This-this is amazing!


    Our country will finally be blessed with good fortune!


    Was it not already blessed? I can count how many things that could be considered miracles for our country that have happened in thest 20 years. (Drome)


    With all due respect, you Majesty, its not that were not blessed with good fortune, but that, as a status symbol, our country is behind in blessings of divine origin.


    Ok, Ill agree to that so we can move on, but let me ask you, do you know what kind of things these blessings to countries do? (Drome)


    I do not.


    So with that, I say we continue on like there is no blessing to the country. Now, I have no idea what Luna is going to do, but she said shes going to walk around, and as all of you are aware, kitsune dont have more than one tail with one known exception. (Drome)


    The Goddess of the Moon.


    Yes. So with her walking around the city with eight tails in full view, what do you all think is going to happen? (Drome)


    Absolute chaos.


    Correct. Nia is already preparing to handle the physical work of this, but we need to start on the bureaucratic side. Well need to find people to work at the shrine, choose how big or how many festivals are going to be held for this asion, and more. (Drome)


    Something like this is big, so shouldnt we invite Grand Master Grey here to discuss if the guild will assist in these important things?


    Hard to say. The Grand Master most likely knows everything we do if not more, so I say we wait until he reaches out to us. (Drome)


    One of the nobles was just about to say something when I noticed something happening outside. I quickly stood up, knocking my chair over, and running to the window. The nobles looked over to me to see why I did that before doing the same thing I did. Outside the window, a scene that I could never have imagined seeing was urring.


    Quickly rising into the sky was the plot ofnd that Lunas shrine was on. It stopped at a higher elevation than the castles ind, but not high enough that I couldnt see the shrine at a good angle. I could see a strange magic circle surrounding the entire ind before it started to glow bright enough to blind someone. When the light faded and I could see out the window again, I saw the sky starting to change.


    Whats happening?


    Is this an ill omen? On such an auspicious day?


    No, its not an ill omen. Its what she was aiming for. (Drome)


    Your Majesty, while Ive held my tongue this far, I must ask how exactly you know that the new goddess.


    Shes the daughter of General Deacon of Savannah and Lady Amagi. Rexs niece. (Drome)


    !


    While I bet shes never even given any of you the time of day, youve all probably seen her walking around with Nia at some point in the past. (Drome)


    The nobles ruminated on this information as the sky filled with lights. A few of them were murmuring things to themselves, but one caught my attention the most.


    I see. A shame that I couldnt have introduced my son to her. She was the best prospective marriage candidate, but all my letters were never replied to.


    Duke. You would have never been able to get her or her family to agree. (Drome)


    Why, your Majesty?


    Shes Fated to be with the Moon Goddess. (Drome)


    !!!


    The others murmuring stopped.


    Your Majesty. Th-


    I know. Were going to need to spread the word about that as well, so lets all get back to figuring out all that we need to do. Im going to give all of you as detailed an exnation that I can with the information that I have. From there we will need to consult someone with more knowledge on her goals so that we can figure out what is and isnt alright to do. (Drome)


    I moved away from the window, fixed my chair, and sat down. The other nobles followed shortly after. We were all prepared for a long discussion that would take the rest of the night and most of the next day.


    Chaos Realm:


    Thanks Order. You did good keeping things from going absolutely chaotic.


    Order: It was simple. Though I have to say, seeing stars for the first time really caused a lot of mental stress for people. I mean, I knew fear of the unknown was a thing, but I didn''t realize it would do something to an extent that I needed to step in to keep people calm.


    Astraea: Mommy is amazing.


    Order: You cute little bean,e here and give mommy a hug.


    Astraea: YAY!


    *Astraea runs over and jumps into Order''s arms.* *I reach over and pat both of their heads*


    Astraea: Hehehehehe.


    Order: Hehehehehe.

 Chapter 324: Important Discussion between Two Apostles

    Chapter 324: Important Discussion between Two Apostles


    [Velvet POV]


    Its been about two weeks since Lunas ascension. Over this time, we had been rxing at


    Soleil, would you consider this ce Lunas old home or home in general since she lives in the Divine Domain now? (Velvet)


    Umm. I guess old home. Why? (Soleil)


    Just monologuing in my head. (Velvet)


    Big sis really rubbed off on you, huh. (Soleil)


    Meh. Its not like shes the only one that does that. Im pretty sure everyone does. (Velvet)


    True. (Soleil)


    Anyway, over this time, we had been rxing at Lunas old home after leaving the dragon ind. We didnt do much exceptze around. A few times when we went out we were approached by some of the workers at the shrine and asked about Luna. It was things like if we knew about her secret or if Luna was a goddess, then what about us who were her closest friends? What were we? Since it would probably help in the long run, Soleil, Ophidia, and I decided to let slip we were Lunas Apostles. It didnt take long after that for most of the viges residents to hear about this and before we knew it, we would be nearly mobbed when we left the shrine. Soleils parents werent any different since they were also people close to Luna.


    Aside from this, though, we also started to notice changes regarding the world around us. Skipping the most obvious being the stars in the night sky, I noticed that the people of the vige, Soleil and Mio included, became fluffier. It wasnt at the level of Luna, but it was a noticeable difference. Even my hair started to be fluffier to the point that I had to ask Soleil for tips in taking even better care of it.


    Another thing was discovered by Ophidia. Though her space magic was more potent than normal since she was the Apostle of Space, her space magic seemed to improve even more since the mana consumed when using it was decreased. While we were trying to figure out if anything else changed in that regard, we discovered that space spirits were also appearing intermittently. Even though they were lesser spirits, just seeing the little grey motes appear and disappear was a big thing.


    In regards to the stars, the people of the vige would all douse any source of light at night so that they could get a better view of the sky. The two fox constetions would periodically move around like they were trying to observe as much of the world as possible while at other times they would look at each other lovingly. Other constetions would appear sporadically before the lines that connected the stars faded, though people like Soleil and her mother who could use ster magic could still see the lines.


    At the current moment, Soleil and I were sitting under a tree in the courtyard of the shrine. Soleils head was in myp as I was ying with her ears and hair. Her tail was moving around in enjoyment and her ears would twitch when I hit a nice spot.


    Hey Velvet. (Soleil)


    Hmm? (Velvet)


    Are you bored with not having big sis here? (Soleil)


    A little, but then again, its always been a little boring when she went off for however long rendezvous with Goddess Tamamo. (Velvet)


    True, but this time its permanent. Im a little sad our big, continent wide journey is over. (Soleil)


    Who said it had to be? Were both Lunas Apostles, so its technically our job to go around and spread the good word about our fluffy star goddess. (Velvet)


    Thats also trueCome to think of it, I need to start figuring out how Im supposed to spread the word about talismans and how to make and use themUgh, thats going to be so hard. (Soleil)


    I dont think it will be. You have the status of an S-rank adventurer as well as connections to important guild personnel as well as heads of state. The right words to the right people and you wont have that much to do before the information spreads like wildfire. (Velvet)


    Yeah, youre right. (Soleil)


    Wepsed into afortable silence after that. As we sat there and enjoyed a calm breeze that was blowing through the area, Soleil suddenly opened her closed eyes.


    Velvet. We need to actually start wedding nning. We have the ce, but not the dresses or anything else we need. Also, we need to figure out who were inviting, how long itll take for them to get there, and the date in general. And- (Soleil)


    I kissed Soleil to get her to calm down and stop talking. When I pulled away, I patted Soleils head.


    Soleil, I get what youre talking about, but there is no need to get so stressed about it yet. Before we start with any of that, lets first get both our parents in the same ce se that we can all discuss it together. We have no idea what wed be doing if we did this by ourselves, so lets save it forter. (Velvet)


    Alright. But if were getting our parents together to help with this, are we getting yours toe here, or getting mine to go to the capital? Either way I feel like itll get in the way of someones work. (Soleil)


    I think itd be best if we get yours to go to the capital. Im sure Lady Amagi can handle things by herself just fine with your mother away. And from what Ive seen so far, your father hardly gets any business aside from the knights. (Velvet)


    Ok, then we can bring it up with themter. (Soleil)


    Shortly after this conversation ended, Mio came into the courtyard.


    Soleil nya, Velvet nya. (Mio)


    Whats up, Mio? (Soleil)


    We have visitors nya. Its the twin princesses nya. (Mio)


    Wereing. (Velvet)


    Soleil slowly rose from myp, but not before giving me a quick kiss. She then extended her hand to me to help me up and I took it. We then followed Mio to one of the meeting rooms in the shrine. There, the two princesses were sitting side by side. Across from them was Skadi and Ophidia. Mio, Soleil, and I sat down next to them and we all exchanged greetings. Once that was done, I immediately asked what the purpose of this visit was.


    Our father sent us with a letter asking about Luna and that new magic affinity. (Selene)


    He also wanted us to ask if there were going to be any more changes now that she is a goddess. (Selena)


    And, we just wanted to get out of the castle and see the lights in the sky without the lights in the city getting in the way. (Selene)


    Plus we wanted to inquire about when Lunas wedding would be. (Selena)


    They then handed over a letter that was sealed with the crest of the royal family. I opened it and read the letter before passing it around to the others. While I mulled over how to reply, Soleil spoke up.


    Regarding the new magic, I think I have a n for how to exin it and its value, but I think itd be better if I got as many important people together as I can to properly exin it. Though I guess I could also ask if the guild can let me use the letter boxes to spread the word as well. But if a king is asking about it, it might be good to set up a meeting of rulers or something to talk about it. Though it the two of you want a brief exnation, I can give one. (Soleil)


    Thats a good idea, Soleil. (Velvet)


    Yeah. Though in addition to the rulers of countries, you should probably also ask the court mages and probably some people from the Academy in the Elf Nation as well. (Skadi)


    Mind helping me out with that, Skadi? Youre more well known in the circles of high society in that sense. I dont have a clue on how to go about reaching out like that except that I should probably do so through Grey. (Soleil)


    I dont mind. (Skadi)


    Alright, then what about Lunas wedding? (Selene)


    We dont know anything. We havent seen Luna since she the morning before she ascended. Weve been letting her and Goddess Tamamo spend some time alone before heading over to Lunas shrine in the Celestia Kingdom to see her. When we find out, well reach out, though knowing her, shell probably just pluck all of the people shes inviting into a domain when the timees. (Velvet)


    Nyahahaha. Thats probably what she was going to do nya. I cant imagine anything else happening nya. (Mio)


    It is a very master thing to do. (Ophidia)


    I guess that means we need to constantly look our best for when the timees, sister. (Selene)


    Indeed, sister. (Selena)


    So, with all of the stuffy, official things done, what do you two think of the stars? (Soleil)


    The what? (Selene)


    The glowing lights in the night sky. They are called stars. (Soleil)


    Oh. We find them beautiful. There are so many and its fun finding the ones that make shapes. (Selene)


    I like the big foxes. The silvery one reminds me of Luna a lot with how it behaves. (Selena)


    Well, they are supposed to represent Luna and Tamamo. (Skadi)


    That makes so much sense. (Both twins)


    We may not know Goddess Tamamo on a personal level, but weve always thought that she would be a calm, collected person, and the blue fox seems that way as well. (Selene)


    Yes, though there was a few times when she spoke through that mirror, we never really processed much of what was said since we didnt want to identally be rude to a goddess. (Selena)


    I realize that its a bitte, but you dont really need to worry about that. (Velvet)


    Miss Velvet, were mere mortals. It shouldnt matter if we needed to worry about it or not, it was instinctual. (Selene)


    Do you not have anymon sense? (Selena)


    (Velvet)


    Nyahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Mio)


    Hehehehehehe. (Soleil)


    Pfft. (Ophidia)


    Heh. (Skadi)


    (Velvet)


    We continued to chat with the princesses before it started to gette. Once we all went our separate ways, Soleil and I sat down at a desk in the room we were sharing.


    Velvet, once the princesses go back, should we start making our way to the Celestia Kingdom? (Soleil)


    I think so, but we need to discuss this with the others. (Velvet)


    Then lets ask them tomorrow. (Soleil)


    Sounds fine to me. (Velvet)


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey: Soleil''s idea is a good one for sure.


    Atmos: Yeah. It''ll help spread ster magic faster and that way we can see how the people find new ways to mess around.


    I''m more excited about how the mortals of the world will develop from now on.


    Order: What do you mean?


    With Luna being a goddess now, especially with the Authority of Space, the universe outside of this world will finally start to expand. One day, the mortals of this world might start some interster expansion.


    Grey: Wait, we''re getting outer space now!?


    Yep.


    Grey:...Question.


    Hmm?


    Grey: How is interster travel managed? Like, can people from one go and find people on another that has an entirely separate pantheon, or is it something else?


    Ah. No. Alls and the sentient life that wille to be there will all be governed by the pantheon from the origin world. No matter how far you go, you won''t find a with a separate pantheon. Think of it like this, every universe in a Sea of Chaos is it''s own dimension, they will not, with certain exceptions, ovep. Some things like knowledge or myths may slip through, but for the most part there is no way for people to find another world just by traveling through space.


    Order: What are these exceptions?


    Something like what I did to allow Grey and Atmos to meet Grey''s parents. When worlds in separateyers of the Sea of Chaos are, metaphorically, close to one another, it''s possible for a soul or two to slip into the other world in an ident. Another case is hero summoning, but that''s something that needs my permission, as well as the cooperation between gods of summoning. There are other obscure exceptions, but these two are the mostmon.


    Atmos: So what I''m getting from all of this is that one day, we''re going to end up with even more work.


    Yep. Though it''ll take several billions to trillions of years for this to actually happen, it will one day, so have fun.


    Order: Come to think of it, just how manyyers are there in our Sea of Chaos?


    I stopped counting a long time ago.


    Grey: You know, it''s at times like these that I''m reminded that you do a lot more work than we do.


    It''s not that difficult. Just like all of you, it''s to the point where I just unconsciously manage all of it. I mean, Order is in the same boat as me and she hasn''t really noticed.


    Order: When did I be that important? I thought I was the Goddess of Order for this world.


    The second you became my wife, you ascended to primordial levels of importance. You started out as the goddess of order of Luna''s world and the small anomaly that was the world of condensed fluff where you and Crisis came from. That''s why I didn''t do anything when the two of you appeared, since you were both technically parts of Luna''s world, even when you weren''t. But now that you''re my wife, Order, you have the same standing and privileges as me when ites to the Sea of Chaos. The only thing you aren''t is a Goddess of Distruction like me.


    Atmos: That''s enough of all thisplicated stuff, lets see what Luna and Tamamo are up to now.


    Fine, but you do realize that Luna can nowe after you with full force if you mess with her too much, right?


    Atmos: That''s a problem for future Atmos to deal with.


    Suit yourself.

 Chapter 325: Back with Luna

    Chapter 325: Back with Luna


    [Luna POV]


    After ascending, me and Tamamo had some fun together before I started to figure out all the changes that came with godhood. Not much had changed for the most part, though the magic that was attuned to my Authorities became something that could be triggered with pretty much no thought. If I had topare it to something, it was like it was on a hair trigger now, so I had to basically force it to not activate when trying to do something. Other than that, I also had two new tails to manage. Also, seeing as I was finally a goddess, we decided to use my special brushs full potential on myself. Currently, Tamamo was burying herself in my tails.


    {LUNA! This is too much! Its so nice and fluffy!}


    Fufufu. Stop acting like youre losing your mind, Tamamo.


    {Fine. But Im not lying, its insane how fluffy and soft they are now. Its like youve somehow made the abyss ascend to another, even higher tier of abyss.}


    Wouldnt it be lower?


    {Lets not get into this discussion again or well just confuse ourselves.}


    Fine. So, what should we do today? We can descend back into hot, steamy passion, but I kind of want to explore some. Also, while I didnt mention it this whole time, did your ce be bigger? I dont remember it spreading out as far as it is now.


    {You technically got your own ce here, but seeing as were Fated Ones, theybined.}


    I seeOh right, let me try something before we go any further.


    {What are you trying to do?}


    Bring my floating ind here.


    {Ah.}


    I closed my eyes and tried to picture the mortal world in my mind. It appeared with surprising rity which threw me off a bit, but I shook that feeling of weirdness off and focused on my task. I pictured my floating ind and the scenery changed to where I wanted it to.


    Now, to see if this will work.


    I imagined a domain covering the entire ind before pulling that domain to my location. Surprisingly, the ind in my vision vanished and when I opened my eyes, my ind was floating above me and Tamamo.


    That went surprisingly well.


    {It did indeed. And look at you, I didnt even need to teach you how to observe the mortal world, you managed to figure it out all by yourself.}


    Ha ha! It was easy for one such as me!


    {Stop it. Even just acting like that isnt a good fit for you.}


    Yes Tamamo, I will never do it again.


    {Ufufu. So, now that you have your ind here, what should we do today? Do you want to go visit Atmos, or want me to teach you more god things, or make out some moreYou said you want to explore, right?}


    If possible.


    {Then Luna, get ready, were going out today! Lets call it a date.}


    WOO HOO! A DATE WITH TAMAMO! Look out, Divine Domain, now that were together, nothing will stop us!


    {Someones excited, not that I can me you.}


    I moved over and hugged one of Tamamos arms to my chest.


    Well, its not like either of us need to do much to get ready, so lets go.


    {And go we shall. Watch what Im about to do and Ill walk you through the technical partster.}


    I nodded my head and Tamamo raised her free arm. In front of her a glowing portal appeared. My space Authority reacted a little bit and I kind of understood what she did, but it still needed an exnation for me to actually make use of the knowledge.


    Neat. I can kind of get it, but also not. Its weird.


    {Oh? Ive never really questioned it, but do you think its sort of like space magic?}


    I dont think so, at least not fully. Its a part of it for sure, but there are other things mixed in that make it something else. But enough about that, we have a date to go on.


    {Then lets go.}


    We stepped through the portal thing and the scene in front of me rendered me speechless. It was a massive city, though not like any Ive seen in any life before. Buildings were built at odd angles, some floated around, entire blocks would change position. Some ces even looked like they were torn right out of Inception. I looked around at everything with my mouth hanging open and eyes full of wonder.


    {Ufufufu. Luna, dont just stand there gaping.}


    But Tamamo, this ce is amazing!


    {Not really. There are much better ces in the Divine Domain to see, but I wanted to take you here first since this is the ce that welle to the most. Now, where should I take you first? Should we go and get you some things for every day life, or maybe somewhere to eat? Ah, how about I bring you to meet the Goddess of Culinary Arts?}


    Just lead me anywhere, I have no idea what is where. As long as Im with you, then it doesnt matter.


    {Then lets go there first, then Ill show you to some of my favorite shops and other ces. And maybe we can get Atmos over and go to this spa ce we went to this one time in a few days.}


    Sounds fun.


    {Anyway, lets go. Stay close to me like you are, ok.}


    Always.


    We started to leave the ce where we arrived. While we were walking around the city, some people would stop and stare at us with several different kinds of expressions, most of which were surprise.


    Fufufu. Is this also part of your n?


    {Naturally. I need to show you off at some point, dont I? With this, people that dont know about you will learn about you. Plus Ive just wanted to walk around this ce with you for the longest time, so Im taking advantage of the moment.}


    Fufufu.


    I hugged Tamamos arm even closer to my chest as we continued to walk. After a while, we arrived at a ce that looked like a fancy restaurant from my past life. When we went inside, I was surprised again. The inside of the ce didnt match the outside in the slightest. The interior was a homey feeling ce that reminded me of a lodge youd find in some countryside or mountain ski resort.


    Are things like this normal here?


    {For the most part. The interiors of buildings like these are subject to change on the whim of the god that owns it. The exteriors are the domain of gods of architecture though.}


    Interesting.


    We moved over to a counter side stool and sat down. After a few minutes, ady walked over to us. She was wearing a stereotypical professional chef outfit. When she stopped in front of us, she started to speak lines that shes probably said so many times its be a habit when she stopped.


    T-Tamamo? Its been a while. (CA)


    {It has.}


    And who is this? (CA)


    {This is Luna, my wife.}


    Hello. (Luna)


    Wife?...WifeWIFE! Shes ascended already!? (CA)


    {Clearly.}


    Isnt this a time for celebration then? Im surprised Atmos hasnt burst into here and dragged me off to cater the party. (CA)


    We actually havent seen Atmos in the time since Ive ascended. Its kind of worrying, but Im sure whatever shes doing will end up being fun. (Luna)


    Tamamo, is your wife broken? She IS talking about Atmos. (CA)


    Hey! (Luna)


    {Luna is fine. Now, can we get something to eat? Im treating her to her first meal in the Divine Domain after all.}


    Then Ill make it extra special. You want your usual? (CA)


    {Yes.}


    And you, miss wife? (CA)


    Ill have whatever Tamamo is having. (Luna)


    Coming right up, then. (CA)


    The Goddess of Culinary Arts went into the back of the ce and Tamamo and I were left alone. We chatted and flirted while we waited. As soon as our food was brought out, I immediately recognized the smell.


    Kitsune Udon. (Luna)


    Indeed. Its what Tamamo orders every time shees here, no exceptions. (CA)


    I knew she loved it, I do as well, but to that extent? Tamamo, why didnt you ever say anything? Id make it for you every day if you said something. (Luna)


    {Luna, if I said something, then Id end up having you making it in copious amounts every day. I love it that much. Though I love you more.}


    Same. (Luna)


    I leaned over and gave Tamamo a quick peck on the cheek.


    {Ufufufu.}


    And with that Im gonna move away, I dont want to die from sweetness. (CA)


    We started to eat and I finally learned why Tamamo always said good things about this particr goddess. Her food was literally divine, though I feel like I could give it a run for its money. Anyway, as we enjoyed out lunch, the doors to the building were kicked open.


    OI! WATCH IT! (CA)


    Shut up. Were not here for you. We have business with that hag over there. (KG1)


    Hey, whos theWHY DOES SHE HAVE 10 TAILS!? (KG2)


    NO! THIS ISNT FAIR! (KG3)


    (KG4)


    {Ugh. Did you four really have to show up today? Cant you see Im on a date with my wife? Leave and Ill forget this ever happened, but only this once.}


    Like hell well leave. (KG2)


    Wife? (KG4)


    Arent you too old to get married, you old hag. (KG1)


    Maybe she chose someone young looking since it makes her feel young? (KG3)


    They really dont know when to shut up, do they? Well, one of them does, but thats not the point. (Luna)


    {They really dont. Though I guess this is a good thing as well. Now you can put that one n into motion.}


    I can indeed. (Luna)


    Stop ignoring us! (KG1)


    Tamamo, lets finish eating first. (Luna)


    {Naturally.}


    I didnt even look behind me at the four nuisances before opening several Gates and using my chains to trap them while also wrapping one around their mouths to keep them quiet. I even locked them in a small domain just for the extra security.


    We should also probably wait for Atmos. I know shes not here, but I know shes watching. (Luna)


    {You can tell even that?}


    While I know what you mean, no. But I do know that Atmos would find a way to watch what were up to today, so shell probably show up soon. (Luna)


    {Most likely.}


    Tamamo and I focused on our food and even decided to order some more while we waited for Atmos to show up so we could deal with the pests.


    Chaos Realm:


    Atmos: I''ll be back in a bit.


    Don''t go too wild.


    Order: And don''t do anything that we can''t show Astraea.


    Atmos: Isn''t that most things in your opinions?


    Me and Order: So?


    Atmos: Whatever. I''ll be back, so just enjoy the show.

 Chapter 326: Judgement of the Abyssal Fluff

    Chapter 326: Judgement of the Abyssal Fluff


    [Luna POV]


    Tamamo and I had eaten several bowls of kitsune udon while waiting for Atmos. The Goddess of Culinary Arts also spoke to the two of us about several things. I brought up the topic of cooking and pulled something from my inventory for her to try. When she did, she asked if I was willing to help her in figuring out how to get out of the slump she was in. I agreed on the condition that it was after my wedding and the weddings of the others. She easily agreed to that. Afterwards, Atmos burst onto the scene.


    Hey, hey, hey. Good to see you in all your divine glory, Luna. (Atmos)


    Hey Atmos. You ready for everything? (Luna)


    Yep. You two? (Atmos)


    Yes. (Luna)


    {Yeah.}


    Good. Did you decide what you were going to do with the extra? (Atmos)


    Well have a separate conversation with herter. For now we have three other ones to deal with. (Luna)


    Then lets get this show on the road, literally. (Atmos)


    Tamamo and I stood from out seats and Tamamo ced something on the counter.


    Is that the currency here? (Luna)


    {Yes. Though its more of a formality than anything of value.}


    Interesting. (Luna)


    The three of us walked out of the restaurant and into the center of the road where I made arge stage with illusion magic. We walked onto it and gathered attention. Atmos then stepped forward and addressed the gods and goddesses that stopped to see what was going on.


    Hello and good day, fair denizens of the Divine Domain! Ill skip the formalities since you all know me and Tamamo, but allow me to introduce you to a new face! She stepped to the side and I stepped forward. This is Luna, Tamamos Fated One and the newly ascended Goddess of Space, Stars, and Fluff!


    Wait! Those pretty glowy things in the night sky were her doing!?


    They were indeed! But please save your questions for after the show we have prepared for you all! Now, you all know about a certain group of three goddesses that are of the morejealous persuasion! Today, we have prepared a show for you all where those three will get theeuppance they are due! They will receive punishment by the hand of Tamamos wife, Luna, as Tamamo is the one that takes the brunt of their harassment! (Atmos)


    {Take this as a show of some of my wifes powers as well as a warning that she wont ept such harassment aimed at me! The same goes for her as well, I WILL retaliate against any that harass her!}


    The crowd all took a slight step back which made me and Tamamough. The two of them then moved to the side and I released the domain around three of the kitsune goddesses. They were still bound in my chains and where hanging around like insects cocooned in a spiders web. I changed the way the chains bound them to where they were floating in the air in the shape of an X. When their mouths were free, they immediately started yelling at me.


    WHAT IS WRONG WITH YOU!? IS THAT HOW YOU TREAT SOMEONE OLDER THAN YOU AND WITH MORE INFLUENCE!? (KG1)


    YEAH! JUST BECAUSE YOURE THE WIFE OF THE OLD HAG OVER THERE DOESNT MEAN YOU CAN TREAT US THIS WAY! (KG3)


    I wrapped chains around their mouths again before the second one could even speak.


    Annoying. Anyway, lets get this show over with. (Luna)


    As the three of them red at me, I walked up to them and gave them a re of my own.


    Now, as the Abyss of Fluff, I havemand and control of all Fluff. The three of you have shown that you covet anothers fluff to a rather sickening degree. Therefore, it has been judged by one that I have blessed with fluff that you are undeserving of fluff. In ordance with this judgement, I strip you of your fluff. (Luna)


    I tapped one of them on the forehead with one of my ten tails and she slowly became bald. Her hair vanished, the fur on her ears vanished, and the fluff on her four pitiful tails vanished. Now, she looked like a strange four tails, pointy eared rat. Her eyes went wide and she and her two other friends paled. I grinned maliciously as they tried to wiggle their way out of the chains. Naturally, they failed to do so and before long the other two were stripped of their fluff as well.


    Seeing as I was done with them and since I didnt want to hear their screaming, I sent them off to somewhere in the Divine Domain.


    Whered you send them? (Atmos)


    Who knows. I just specified that they be sent somewhere that wont kill them. (Luna)


    {Luna, were all immortal in the truest sense of the word, we literally cant die to anything.}


    OhMeh. They deserved it. (Luna)


    {True.}


    Well anyway. (Atmos)


    Atmos turned to the crowd.


    There you have it, my good people! A show fitting for those three, dont you agree!? (Atmos)


    The crowd cheered, showing just how much those three were disliked. Atmos continued to entertain the crowd while I moved next to Tamamo and quietly spoke to her.


    Shall we leave it at this and let Atmos wrap it up? We still have one more thing to do. (Luna)


    {Yes. And sorry out date got cut short.}


    Its fine, we have forever to go on another one after all. (Luna)


    Tamamo smiled a little sadly, but I tried my best to not notice it and we silently left the ce. Since we didnt get to go over how to actually do what Tamamo did to get to the city, I just teleported us back to our home.


    Ehehe. (Luna)


    {Luna?}


    Just feels nice saying this is OUR home in my head. (Luna)


    {Ehehe.}


    See!? (Luna)


    {It is a very nice feeling. Our home.}


    Our home. (Luna)


    {Our home.}


    Fufufufufu. (Luna)


    {Ufufufufufu.}


    Um, where am I? (KG4)


    Oh right. (Luna)


    I straightened up and turned to look at the visitor in our home.


    Ehehe. *Cough* Sorry about forgetting about you. Im Luna, Tamamos wife and Goddess of Space, Stars, and Abyss of Fluff. You already know Tamamo, so whats your name? (Luna)


    Irene. (Irene)


    Nice to meet you, Irene. Now, to get to business. How much unjustified resentment do you hold for Tamamo simply due to her tails? (Luna)


    {And dont worry, those other three will never know about this conversation.}


    To be honest, I dont have any resentment. Some jealousy, yes, but no resentment. The only reason I ever spent time around those other three is simply because we came into being around the same time and Im too much of a coward to say anything against them when they are around. (Irene)


    {So thats why you go to Stadias ce all the time, other than because you like him.}


    Yep. (Irene)


    Well, with that reasoning, two things. One: Grow a backbone. Youre a goddess, you dont have to go with the flow of people you dont disagree with, even if they are goddesses as well. Find better friends, cut them out of your life, and just be better. I know its not easy, but its what you have to do when ites to people like that. And two: Im leaving it up to Tamamo if she forgives you for your past transgressions. (Luna)


    {I dont mind. Out of all of them, shes the one that barely ever did anything but say words.}


    Then all is forgiven. Now, with that out of the way, were going to help you out with your other problem. (Luna)


    My shedding!? (Irene)


    Yep. Ill give you a stopgap that will stop this problem from happening for who knows how long, but its going tost for a long time anyway, but youll have to learn how to truly take care of yourself if you dont want it to start happening again. (Luna)


    T-thank you! Ill listen to anything, I just dont want to shed anymore! (Irene)


    She fell to her knees in tears and she started to hug my waist.


    Tamamo help! (Luna)


    {Luna. Just teleport her off of you.}


    (Luna)


    {Whats with that look?...Oh. Ufufufu. Luna, you know its not the time for flirting.}


    I cant help it, ok! (Luna)


    I teleported Irene off of me and we all sat down on some chairs. Tamamo and I went over a detailed care n for Irene and Tamamo listed some things that she should get to do this. Irene had a grateful look on her face and stood up to immediately get the things she needed, but I stopped her.


    Dont go just yet. Sit back down and Ill take care of the stopgap measure. (Luna)


    She obediently did what she was told and I poked her on the head with one of my tails.


    I, the Abyss of Fluff, dere the Law of Equivalent Fluff. What was taken shall now be given to one more deserving. (Luna)


    The tip of my tail glowed, and Irenes tails instantly became fluffier. Once I was done, Irene moved one of her four tails in front of her and started petting it. No fur came off when she did that and she started to happy cry again.


    Thank you! Thank you so much! (Irene)


    Youre wee. Now, go and get what you need. Feel free toe and ask for advice again in the future. (Luna)


    Irene nodded frantically and quickly left our home.


    Well, that took longer than expected.


    {It really did. Its already gettingte.}


    Hey Tamamo.


    {Yes Luna?}


    Mind if we call mom up here tomorrow?


    {Is it that time?}


    Yeah. I dont know how they are done here, but mom knows how to n a wedding, and I dont want to put it off any longer. Sure, were technically already married, but I still want to hold a wedding.


    {I know. And yes, lets call her up here tomorrow and we can start discussing what to do. Ill even reach out to the gods of sewing so we can get our dresses made.}


    Alright. Now, lets not waste any more time. Im done holding back.


    As soon as those words left my lips, I jumped into Tamamos arms and started kissing her like Ive been away from her for a long time.


    Chaos Realm:


    Luna:...


    Tamamo:...


    Hey, stop ring at me like that!


    Luna: Then send us back and don''t interrupt.


    I will in a minute, there is something I need to tell you first.


    Luna: Then be quick about it.


    Do you want some better closure in regards to your previous world?


    Luna:...Go on.


    A mortal world year from now, things will be in perfect alignment and your current and previous worlds will be near each other, metaphorically speaking. If you want me to, I can make it so you can meet your previous family for a short period of time here in my home. Would you like to try that?


    Luna: Tamamo, should I take this chance?


    Tamamo: That''s up to you to decide, but in my opinion, I think it''s a good idea to ept.


    Luna: Give me some time to think. I''ll answer you tomorrow.


    Alright. I''ll send you back now. Also, sorry for ruining the mood between the two of you. If you''d like I can temporarily block these memories so you don''t have to worry about it and you can continue doing whatever it was you were doing.


    Luna: Don''t do that, this is something that I need to seriously think about. I can always make out with Tamamo whenever I feel like it.


    Tamamo: And I can wait. This is an important thing to think about. Pleasures of the flesh pale inparison to this.


    Then off you go.

 Chapter 327: Planning

    Chapter 327: nning


    [Luna POV]


    After an interruption that gave me something important to think about, Tamamo and I decided to hold off from continuing our fun. After a somewhat long discussion, I decided on what to do and am now waiting for the opportunity to give my answer. When I came to my decision, it was nearly morning, so after I made me and Tamamo some breakfast, we decided it was about time to get mom here.


    Hey Tamamo, should I just kidnap mom here, or should shee here the normal way?


    {Let here here the normal way. When ites time to actually have our wedding, you can kidnap the people youre inviting.}


    I was going to do that anyway. Fufufu. I cant wait to see their reactions.


    {It will be quite funny. And I know for a fact Atmos is going to nearly pass out fromughing so much.}


    It isnt that hard of a thing to imagine. Its literally something she would do if she could.


    {Exactly. Now, let me tell Amagi toe here and we can get started.}


    Tamamo closed her eyes and a few minutester, a shining door appeared and mom walked out of it.


    Interesting. That feels different than space magic. (Amagi)


    I ran over and hug-tackled mom.


    Fufufu. Hello Luna. (Amagi)


    She started patting my head after returning the hug.


    Luna, that night when you ascended and the stars appeared was a true spectacle. I doubt anyone alive will ever forget it. (Amagi)


    Fufu. That was the point. If something is reality altering to that extent, it should be remembered for hundreds of thousands of years at least. (Luna)


    Also, you look wonderful with 10 tails. It makes me a little jealous. (Amagi)


    {Dont worry, although we arent 100% sure, give it time and youll most likely end up with more tails as well. Itll just take a very, very long time.}


    Then Ill be patient. And before we go any further, what do I start calling you? Do I stick with Goddess Tamamo, just Tamamo, or daughter-inw? (Amagi)


    {The second or third one. Doesnt really matter to me.}


    Then Ill just stick with Tamamo. Now, can I ask why I was called here? (Amagi)


    We need your help with wedding nning. Weve spent enough time getting used to living together, so its time we start moving forward with things like that. Also, how are the others? (Luna)


    They are fine. They just left the shrine to start heading towards the Celestia Kingdom. And Im so d you called me here to help. Ive always wanted to help you n your wedding, Luna. (Amagi)


    Seeing as this would probably take a long time, I brought us to my floating ind, set up some seats under my Lunar Sakura and poured us all some tea and coffee. We gotfortable before getting to business.


    First things first, what are you two going to wear? Both dresses? Are one of you going to wear a suit? Something different that I dont know because of Divine Domain culture? (Amagi)


    {Ive brought it up before and we agreed to both wearing dresses. I have some friends that we can go to, to get them made, we can move on to the next thing.}


    Alright. Have you discussed location? (Amagi)


    Not really. I kind of assumed it would be here at our ce, but if there is somewhere else that Tamamo thinks would be better Im all for going there. (Luna)


    {I have a few ces in mind. Look here.}


    Tamamo waved her hand in the air and severalrge bubbles with images inside them appeared.


    Is this some god thing I dont know about or illusions? (Luna)


    {Illusions.}


    Inside the bubbles were several locations. One was a ce full of waterfalls that would make Niagara look like a kiddie pool. Another one was a ce that looked like a beach, but the water was in the sky and so clear that you could see everything inside it. There was a ce full of mountains that seemed to be made of pure crystal. Thest one, though immediately became my favorite one. It was a ce that was full of flowering trees. There were nearly endless amounts of cherry trees with pink flowers falling in the gentle breeze, in other spots were groves of flowering wisteria trees, their purple flowers hanging down like beautiful purple curtains. All of these beautiful trees were surrounded by and even bigger forest of endless red maples.


    Tamamo, I like this one. We HAVE to get married here. (Luna)


    {Ufufufu. I had a feeling that ce would be your favorite.}


    I have to agree with Luna. That ce seems to be practically begging to be your wedding venue. It makes me wish there was a ce like it in the mortal world. (Amagi)


    {There is. Unfortunately, it on the <em>other </em>continent.}


    The venom in Tamamos voice echoed the sentiment we all held for that continent. When we werent talking about important thingsst night, I decided that I should at least see what that other continent is like. Aside from some ces, most were really bad. I dont know what they were like before, but a lot of big cities looked almost like ruins. Others with more people in them were starting to crumble and the people were almost like walking dead. Then I looked at the ces where nobles lived and saw things that made me want to rain stars down on their heads. They were living it up like nothing was wrong. Obviously, they were in denial that, since magic was taken away from that continent, theyve regressed in development. It was at the point where regr people were about to go French Revolution levels of uprising. Deciding that it would ruin any kind of happy feelings for the rest of the night, I stopped looking at Himmels and havent looked at it again.


    Getting back on topic, we now have dresses nned and location chosen. Next we need to know whosing. (Amagi)


    {To start with me. Atmos, Grey, Crate, Gear, Quetz, Java, Stadia, Norn, Fenrir, Crisis, Mordred, and their daughter, some of the goddesses of beauty, the goddess of culinary arts, she can also help with the food, Tonya, and three more.}


    Alright, and Luna? (Amagi)


    You, dad, Ana, ke, Soleil, Velvet, Ophidia, Skadi, Mio, Nia, Uncle Rex, Drome and his family. King Lobo and his family, Lia, her brother, Shuten, Ibaraki, Ibuki, Tomoe, Suzuka, Apollo, Jarl, Zan and Gief, if I can find them, Velvets parents, the dragon sisters, the other three that we hung around with, and I think thats it. (Luna)


    So, this will be rtively small then. And Tamamo said the goddess of culinary arts can help with food? (Amagi)


    {Yes, though if its still not enough, Luna will probably step in as well.}


    Yep. Oh, and although this is off topic, Tamamo, do you know any gods that are good at keeping livestock? (Luna)


    {I know one.}


    Good. Can you contact them at some point? I need to get those, hopefully, living wyverns off my ind. (Luna)


    {Ipletely forgot those were there.}


    I did as well. Anyway, is there anything else we need to figure out mom? (Luna)


    Well, normally there would be someone that officiates the wedding in the eyes of the gods, but seeing as this is a special circumstance, Im not entirely sure that is necessary. Also, normally wed need to figure out decorations for the venue, but with the one that youve decided on, I dont really see the need for any. Other than that, those of us that areing need to figure out what kinds of gifts to give, but thats more for us to figure out than the two of you. (Amagi)


    {While I appreciate the thought, I dont think gifts will be necessary.}


    Its more of a mortal sentiment thing, Tamamo. (Amagi)


    {I see. Mortals are strange.}


    Have the two of you thought about your honeymoon? (Amagi)


    Isnt that the part where the freshly married couple goes somewhere like an inn to consummate the marriage? (Luna)


    Normally, though it doesnt necessarily have to be. Among people that arent nobles or of simr status, people sometimes go on trips. (Amagi)


    {Luna, you are just too excited about that part, arent you?}


    So. We both know just how much we enjoy doing that. (Luna)


    {I never denied that, I just didnt think youd want to talk about that with your mother present.}


    For the record, its easy to tell when that happens. Theres always a certain smell that doesnte off after bathing very easily. (Amagi)


    (Luna)


    {}


    Fufufu. The two of you are so cute when embarrassed. (Amagi)


    H-how did I not know that? I mean, Im not stupid enough to know that I or anyone else in my party held back when we werent doing much, but I never noticed any smell like that. (Luna)


    {}


    Fufufufufufufu. I was kidding. I just wanted to see the two of you get embarrassed. (Amagi)


    MOM! (Luna)


    Both mine and Tamamos faces were redder than a tomato at moms teasing.


    All teasing aside for the moment, I think weve gone over everything we needed to. (Amagi)


    While still embarrassed, I replied.


    I-I always thought that this was a longer, moreplicated process. (Luna)


    Not really. If you were getting married in the mortal world to someone, wed have a lot more to do since youd most likely be marrying someone of simr or higher status than us, though that would only really leave a Duke or royal family. There wed have to discuss doweries, political teachings, boring things like how to hold tea parties of a certain sophistication, and h h h, annoying noble stuff. (Amagi)


    To add to that, if I didnt have Tamamo, I wouldnt settle for marrying a man either. Itd have to be a woman. (Luna)


    {Well, Im d none of us have to n for a situation like that. Especially since even if we werent Fated Ones, Id find a way to marry you. So in any possible scenario youd be mine, and Id be yours.}


    Fufufu. I love you, Tamamo. (Luna)


    {I love you as well, Luna. So much that it hurts sometimes.}


    Fufufu. You two have mastered the married couple vibe already. (Amagi)


    {Well if you want to get into the semantics of the matter, the second I gave Luna my Divine Protection we were already married. And since then weve spent time talking with each other practically every day since Luna and I were able to.}


    Well, Im happy nheless that you two are having a ceremony. (Amagi)


    Once we were done with nning, we spent the rest of the day chatting with mom under my tree. When night fell, we all looked up at the sky for a bit.


    How is it that the sky here is even clearer than the one in the mortal world? (Amagi)


    {Perks of being us. The night sky is ours, so we can make it as clear as we want. That power is amplified here in our home.}


    Interesting. (Amagi)


    Hey mom. (Luna)


    Yes Luna? (Amagi)


    Do you want me to make you into a constetion? (Luna)


    Is there a purpose in doing so? (Amagi)


    There doesnt have to be. In my old world, the constetions were things that were the highest honor one could be given, depending on the mythos. Not all of the ones I make will be used in ster magic, and I figured that I should also bestow the honor of bing a constetion to people who deserve it. Promising heroes, saints, legendary monsters, whatever. Make the night sky an ever-expanding tapestry of history. Of course, Ill have to make it so that the constetions used in ster magic are different so people know which can and cant be used, but I have a n for that. (Luna)


    {Its a good idea, Luna.}


    Then Id be happy to have a constetion of me in the sky. (Amagi)


    Then Ill get to making it. Oh, do you want it to be a seasonal one, or constant like the ones depicting me and Tamamo? (Luna)


    Make it seasonal so it only appears in autumn. Its my favorite season after all. (Amagi)


    Got it. Ill make one of dad too. (Luna)


    I lifted my hands above me and the stars in the sky stated to shift as I moved them into shape. I nced over at mom to see her reaction. Her eyes were wide in awe at what was happening. Several minutester the stars were in position and I snapped my fingers to finish it off. Shining lines connected the stars and when that was done, the sky had one more constetion.


    What do you think? (Luna)


    {Beautiful.}


    Stunning. (Amagi)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    The constetion looked like mom as she sat under a tree. Her eyes were closed and she had a gentle smile on her face. It was an image that gave off a calm, caring feeling that I hoped would soothe people when they saw it. I also made one of dad. This one stood in a pose that gave off the feeling that one was protected. The two constetions stood next to each other to show that they were meant to be seen as a set.


    Thank you Luna. (Amagi)


    Mmm. (Luna)


    The three of us looked up at the night sky for a little longer before mom decided she should go back. Just before she left, she turned to both of us.


    We forgot something important. When is the ceremony? (Amagi)


    {Let me find out how long it will take for our dresses to be finished and how long the food will take to be made. After that we can think of a concrete time.}


    Alright. Luna, when the timees, try to let those you are inviting know in advance. I know you think itll be funny to just kidnap them, but you need to at least give a small heads up so that the people around them dont panic. (Amagi)


    Ill think about it. (Luna)


    Good enough. (Amagi)


    With that, mom left the Divine Domain.


    Chaos Realm:


    So, you have your answer?


    Luna: Yep. I''d like it very much if you could allow me to see my old family one more time.


    Alright.


    Luna: Also, can you do the same for ke?


    It wouldn''t be that hard, though I''d need to know if he wants to meet them.


    Luna: I''ll ask him next time I see him. Also, I look forward to seeing you at our wedding.


    Looking forward to being there. It''s not every day I get to see Order and Astraea dressed up fancy for a special asion after all.


    Luna: I''m looking forward to seeing Tamamo in a wedding dress.


    When you do, do your absolute best to hold back. She''ll be doing the same.


    Luna: I know!

 Chapter 328: The Party Arrives in the Divine Domain

    Chapter 328: The Party Arrives in the Divine Domain


    [Soleil POV]


    After taking our sweet time, we finally made it to the capital of the Celestia Kingdom. Even before we got to the gates of the city, I could tell it was still in a festive mood.


    Its already been almost a month, I would think the people would calm down some by now. (Soleil)


    The ascension of a goddess is a really big thing, Soleil. Id expect people to be celebrating it for at least half a year if not longer. (Skadi)


    I mean, I realize that, but it just seems weird for people to be THIS exaggerated for something that big sis did. I mean, she probably doesnt even care about any of these people with the exception of the ones weve actually gotten to know a somewhat decent amount. (Soleil)


    Its just the way it is. Im honestly a little surprised you are surprised by this. You grew up in a shrine vige, so out of all of us, with the exception of me and Velvet, should know just how important gods are and why this is such a momentous event. (Skadi)


    I do know, but its big sis were talking about. You dont really think she actually would like something like this happening outside it being an opportunity to enjoy a festival, right? (Soleil)


    Ah. I see your point now and I totally agree. (Skadi)


    We quickly made it through the gate only to be weed by a fully decorated city. People have already made things like banners and tapestries of big sis, though they took their own artistic liberties that exaggerated some of her proportions.


    I feel a bit agitated by some of these things hanging around here. It feelsoffhaving these people make things like that with big siss image in such an over the top, not even close to what she actually looks like way. (Soleil)


    I agree. Luna isnt that short, her chest is big, but not that big, and why do they make her tails so scrawny? Thats more an insult than actual praise for her. (Velvet)


    I also dont like how some of these people are staring at those. Their eyes have an almost fanatic gleam. Master would not like that in the slightest. (Ophidia)


    Lets just get where we need to get to nya. I feel like if we dont hurry, someone that will recognize some of us as part of Lunyas party will see us and annoying things will happen nya. (Mio)


    Lets get to the guild. Grey can help us get to the castle from there. (Skadi)


    We hurried along. It took a little bit as we took a roundabout way to get to the guild, but when we stepped inside, we were greeted by the usual nces, though this time some people continued to stare instead of looking away instantly.


    *Sigh* Seems a few of them are here. (Skadi)


    Are people going to get in our way? (Ophidia)


    We will probably be dyed for a bit. (Skadi)


    Shortly after Skadi said that, two people walked up to us. One was a tall, muscly man with an eyepatch and arge scar on his face. The other one was a very lightly dressed woman that had feathers mixed into her hair, confirming she was a bird person.


    If it isnt Skadi. Been a while since weve seen each other. (???)


    And since when did you join a party? Thats so unlike you. (???)


    Yes, its been a while, Zaria, Chrom, and while Id absolutely love to chat, we have something to do. Lets catch up on thingster. (Skadi)


    Hahaha. Fine by me, but dont you forget. Youll owe me a drink of twelve if you do. (Chrom)


    Talk to youter then, Skadi. Oh, but if your business is with the grand master, it might still take a bit. Roy is here too. (Zaria)


    Eh, Ill just throw him out the door if needed. (Skadi)


    Hahaha! Thats what makes you fun, Skadi. (Chrom)


    The two then left us alone and we walked over to the reception desk where Tomoe was waiting for us.


    More S-rank adventurers? (Soleil)


    Yeah. And decent ones at that. Those two are what can be considered the most normal S-ranks there are. Roy, however, is a bit special in the sense that he wants to be Greys recement, but with Grey being who he is, its a futile dream. (Skadi)


    If Im to add my own opinion, Sir Roy is qualified, but the grand master being who he is wont ever give up the position. He has offered sir Roy a sub-master position like myself, but he refuses to be anything other than grand master. (Tomoe)


    Then why not just throw this Roy out? (Ophidia)


    Because aside from that one quirk, hes a model adventurer. He does his quests, takes his payment, then goes on to do more quests. He even donates money to ces in need of it and more nearly phnthropic things in hopes that Grey will finally recognize him as his sessor. (Tomoe)


    Is it really phnthropy if you expect something out of it nya? (Mio)


    I just dont know any other word to describe it. (Tomoe)


    Speaking of Grey, can we meet him now, or is he too busy? (Velvet)


    Ill bring you all to him now. Miss Skadi, please just throw Roy out of the hallway when we get there, hes been camping out there for the past few months. (Tomoe)


    So the usual thing when Im around the same ce he is then. Got it. (Skadi)


    We walked to the staircase down behind the counter. Once we reached the bottom sure enough there was a full camping setup made minus a fire. We could all see the outline of a person sitting inside the tent and when he heard people show up, he scrambled out.


    Ah, Miss Tomoe, its so nice to see you finallye down here. Can you please tell Grand Master Grey to let me speak with him? (Roy)


    Unfortunately, I cant. These five have business with the Grand Master now, so if youll excuse us. (Tomoe)


    It was then that Skadi stepped forward and Roys face went pale.


    S-Skadi! Please dont throw me again! (Roy)


    Toote, Ive been asked to get you out of this hallway, so Im going to do that. Dont worry though, Ill only throw you out of the guild building this time. (Skadi)


    Thats actually very considerate of you. Something I didnt know you were capable of being. (Roy)


    OI! Skadi is very considerate. You better take that back this instant. (Ophidia)


    Um, who is this? (Roy)


    Shes my fiance, and these are my party friends, now, we have business, so move. (Skadi)


    Skadi grabbed Roy by the shirt and flung him up the stairs. I heard him crashing around and the doors to the guild m loudly.


    9/10 nya. He hit the ground and rolled out the door nya. (Mio)


    Tch. (Skadi)


    We allughed at that before heading down the hallway to Greys office.


    Ill leave you here then, next time you all see Miss Luna, tell her congrattions from me. (Tomoe)


    After she left, Skadi knocked on the door and Grey called for us to enter. When we got inside, Grey was sitting in between piles of paper.


    Good to see all of you. Before we get to any business, please tell Luna when you see her that the next time she does something like she did this time, to give me some forewarning. All this stuff is super annoying to go through since the guild and country are co-running the shrine for the moment. (Grey)


    Why are you co-running it? (Velvet)


    Because we need people to actually run the ce, but until those people are found, someone needs to keep the ce clean and all that other stuff. Since Luna is an adventurer, we take part in keeping it in good condition, but since she is the goddess that blessed the country, Drome has some people helping out as well. There is some more, but thats just boring stuff that none of you really need to worry or care about. (Grey)


    Shouldnt we three at least worry? I mean, that ce is our only way toe and go from the mortal world. (Ophidia)


    Lunas the Goddess of Space. If she felt like it she could just pull all of you to her with space magic. (Grey)


    All of us went silent.


    Yes, take it up with Luna. Thisll show her to cause me this much paperwork. (Grey)


    Aside from that, do you have a way to the shrine? Ophidia and I have been there once, but since it became a floating ind, she cant teleport there. (Skadi)


    Yeah. Just go to the castle and jump out of the window closest to the ind. Were waiting for the orichalcum from the dwarves toe in before we make a device toe and go. (Grey)


    Is that really how people have been getting there? (Soleil)


    The adventurers, yes. The people from the castle take the boring way of climbing ropes. Though there was one person that tried making a bigdder, but it didnt work and they got injured. (Grey)


    Then do you have a way to get to the castle easily. You know how adventurers are and several of them here know we are Lunas party. Theyve probably already started spreading the info about us. (Velvet)


    Yeah. I have a personal transport te. Just open the door over there and walk to the center of the room. (Grey)


    Thanks. (Skadi)


    Dont mention it. I look forward to seeing you all at Lunas wedding. (Grey)


    We entered the door Grey said and stepped into the center of the room. The floor shed and we found ourselves in the same room we normally would be in when we travel to the castle the normal way. After leaving the room, we made our way over to Nias vi and found her waiting for us in front of the door.


    d to see all of you. (Nia)


    I stopped before I replied. Something was different with Nia. It took a few seconds for me to figure out what it was exactly, but eventually I did.


    Youre Atmoss Apostle now? (Soleil)


    Howd you tell? (Nia)


    One of your eyes is purple now. (Soleil)


    Ah. Well that kind of ruins the surprise, doesnt it. (Nia)


    Only to people that actually know you. (Velvet)


    Anyway, yeah, I became Goddess Atmoss Apostle. Thats how I knew youd all be here today. And I have to say, its hard getting used to seeing Fate sometimes. A bit depressing too. (Nia)


    You just need to figure out how the power works. Once that happens youll be able to control how it works and stop seeing it if you want to. (Atmos)


    Hello Atmos. (Soleil)


    Hey Soleil. Are all of youing up here today? (Atmos)


    Thats the n nya. (Mio)


    Alright. See you all soon. But I guess Mio, Skadi, and Nia need some help. You three cant really get here through Lunas shrine. Eh, Luna will take care of it. (Atmos)


    With Nia added to our group, we all made our way to the window closest to big siss shrine ind. It was a bit windy, but I used my wind magic to help keep us from being blown around. We all jumped over one at a time starting with Nia and ending with me. Then we started to make our way to the shrine.


    Its different. (Skadi)


    Yeah. This starry haze wasnt here before, though it makes the ce feel more mystical. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia was right. The shrine had a haze hanging around it with twinkling stars inside it. It added a peaceful feel to the ce that was fitting for a shrine. When we walked inside the building, we were all surprised. There wasnt a haze inside, but when we looked up at the roof, it was like we were staring at and endlessly expanding night sky with infinite amounts of stars. I even saw the constetions that big sis made here and there along with two new ones.


    When did big sis make her parents into constetions? (Soleil)


    Not sure. We didnt see them in the sky at night. (Velvet)


    Hey, were up there as well nya. (Mio)


    I looked over to where Mio was pointing and sure enough there were five constetions that looked like us. We were in various poses that made us seem valiant or heroic.


    Lunya, why is mine sleeping nya? (Mio)


    Because its fitting for you? (Luna)


    nya. (Mio)


    Just let us up there big sis. (Soleil)


    Yeah, yeah, get up here. (Luna)


    In an instant the world changed. Instead of the inside of a building we were now standing in an open field on a hill with a giant tree on it. Sitting next to the tree was big sis and Goddess Tamamo. Big siss ten tails were syed out while Goddess Tamamo was brushing them. Atmos was also thereying in Goddess Tamamos and big siss tails with a blissful expression on her face.


    Good to see you all again in person. And wee to the Divine Domain. (Luna)


    Chaos Realm:


    Fenrir: WHY AM I HERE AND NOT THERE!?


    Order: SHHHHH! Astraea just went to sleep.


    Fenrir: Sorry.


    As for your question, bad timing. You just got here just as they showed up in the Divine Domain. Feel free to jump over there whenever you feel like it.


    Fenrir: Yeah, sorry for barging in just to leave instantly.


    Order: It''s fine.


    *Fenrir leaves*


    Well that happened.


    Order: Yeah...Hey.


    Mm-hmm?


    Order: Can I try what Atmos is trying with your tails?


    Any time you want to. Just don''t be disappointed when they aren''t as good as Luna''s or Tamamo''s.


    Order: I don''t care about that. As long as its yours then it''s perfect for me.


    How is it that you manage to make me fall for you even more with just words? Am I just that easy or are you just too perfect?


    Order: Hehe. I can ask the same thing of you.

 Chapter 329: Fenrir and Mio

    Chapter 329: Fenrir and Mio


    [Luna POV]


    When everyone arrived, they were looking at me like something was off. I tilted my head in confusion.


    What? (Luna)


    Whats happening right now exactly? (Nia)


    Atmos isying in 20 tails worth of fluff while I enjoy being close to Tamamo. (Luna)


    Yes, but why exactly is this happening? (Velvet)


    Because I love my wife and enjoy being in her immediate vicinity at all times. (Luna)


    I meant the thing with Atmos. (Velvet)


    {Were fulfilling a promise we made with Atmos a while back.}


    Yep. (Luna)


    And I must say, its an incredible feeling. (Atmos)


    Everyone stared at Atmos with exasperated looks.


    And this is the goddess I became the Apostle of. *Sigh* (Nia)


    Its not like you didnt know what Im like. Youve known for a long time I am the way I am. (Atmos)


    True, but seeing it with my own eyes is different than just hearing about it from you or Luna. (Nia)


    Nia, this is the point where you just give in and ept the insanity. (Velvet)


    I know*Sigh* (Nia)


    Fufufu. Well, dont just stand there, sit and lets chat for a bit. There are some things we need to discuss and I also just want to talk with everyone. (Luna)


    They did as I requested and moved over to sit down next to us. Soleil took up a spot right next to me and pulled one of my tails over to her.


    I missed the fluff. (Soleil)


    Velvet, have you not been taking care of Soleils tail? With your powers as Apostle of Fluff, you should be able to help her reach levels above regr people. (Luna)


    Ive been doing everything I can and then some! It doesnt help that when I actually try to brush her tail things getwhat are you trying to get me to admit to!? (Velvet)


    Velvets face started to turn red in embarrassment.


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    Big sis, why are you already trying to mess with us? Are you really that bored? (Soleil)


    No, I just havent done that in a while so I thought Id get it out of my system first. (Luna)


    Even after bing a goddess, you never change. (Skadi)


    And why would I? (Luna)


    {Exactly. I would still love her if something did change, but Im happy that she didnt.}


    You both know what I meant when I said that. (Skadi)


    Anyway nya, what did you want to talk about nya? (Mio)


    Right. Our wedding will be in two weeks. Our dresses are going to be done by the end of this week and then Im going to send some letters out to those Im inviting so they can prepare. (Luna)


    I half suspected you were just going to kidnap everyone, master. (Ophidia)


    That was my original n, but after thinking about it, itd probably cause too big of an uproar for certain people if I did that. So I decided that Ill give a weeks notice to everyone. (Luna)


    For the record, I tried convincing Luna to stick to the kidnapping n, but Tamamo and Grey got me to stop. (Atmos)


    {Thats because were trying to keep you from turning Luna into a second you. I wont have Luna start being avoided by gods or mortals just because she messes with them to the level of them hating her.}


    Im not THAT easily influenced, am I? (Luna)


    When ites to things you consider fun, you sometimes are. (Soleil)


    (Luna)


    I was just about to protest that observation of my character when I felt someone appear.


    FEN NYA! (Mio)


    Mio jumped up from her spot and into Fenrirs arms.


    Hehehe. Hello Mio, everyone. (Fenrir)


    We all returned her greeting.


    While I know youve all been catching up, can I ask to borrow Mio for a bit? (Fenrir)


    I dont think any of us mind, just remember that you are in someone elses home. (Luna)


    We know that nya. Were not beasts in heat nya. (Mio)


    With that, the two of them walked away from us and we got back to our discussion.


    [Fenrir POV]


    After walking a bit away from everyone and making sure they werent listening in on us, I turned to Mio.


    Whats up, Fen nya? Why are you looking so serious nya? (Mio)


    I just think its time I did this. (Fenrir)


    Wha- (Mio)


    Mio was just about to ask what I was talking about when I covered her lips with my own. Mio stiffened up for a split second before shutting her eyes and wrapping her arms around my neck and tails around my waist. I did the same with my arms and pulled her even closer before I started doing what I nned to. I started channeling power and made it flow into Mio from the ces we where making contact and before I knew it, she was glowing very brightly. The shiningsted for about a minute before disappearing entirely into Mios body. After that, she moved her face away from me.


    What was that nya? (Mio)


    I just gave you my Divine Protection. I know we agreed to do that at some point, but I just couldnt wait any longer. (Fenrir)


    Nyahaha. Such an impatient person nya. But thats something I love about you nya. (Mio)


    Mio then started kissing me again, but she did so, so forcefully that I fell backwards onto my back. It didnt hurt or anything, but it dazed me for a second, which was long enough for Mio topletely pin me down.


    I knyow what I said to Lunya nya, but you doing that made me so happy that I cant think straight or hold back nya. If I were you, Fen nya, Id bring us home this second nya. (Mio)


    I quickly nodded my head and opened the way home underneath us. We fell through it and onto the bed in my, no, our, home.


    Fen nya. You make me so insanely happy nya. Im d that Im going to spend forever and eternity with you nya. (Mio)


    Hehe. I want to say the same about you, Mio. From the very first time Iid eyes upon you, I knew that I wanted you to be mine and for me to be yours. We may not be Fated Ones in the same way that Luna and Tamamo are, but I still think we were fated to be together. (Fenrir)


    Who says we arent nya? If we arent Fated Ones nya, then Ill make it my goal to punch whoever makes that judgement until I be your Fated One nya. (Mio)


    Hhehehehehahahahahahahahahahahahahaha! (Fenrir)


    I grabbed Mio by the shoulders and flipped around so that I was now the one pinning her down.


    A lovely goal, Mio. Lets work on it together. And, I think I know just who were going to start with, but first, there is something more pressing to take care of. (Fenrir)


    Nyahahaha. I couldnt agree more nya. (Mio)


    With herst statement, our lips met once more.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Payto, just make them Fated Ones. I don''t want to have to do something to people I like after they beat you up.


    I will, but let them at least get one or two punches in if they can first. I want to test their resolve.


    Order: Why?


    Because it shows the lengths they are willing to go to for their love. I''m a being that can erase their everything with a thought, if they still go through with something like that, then I really don''t mind doing something for them like making them Fated Ones.


    Order: You''re weird.


    And you love me for my weirdness.


    Order:...I can''t deny that.


    *Pulls Order into a hug while patting her head.*


    Order: I really love you, you big weirdo.


    I love you too, Order, I really really do.

 Chapter 330: Wedding Dresses

    Chapter 330: Wedding Dresses


    [Luna POV]


    The day everyone plus Nia showed up, Fenrir took Mio aside and before long they disappeared. Figuring that they went tofluffeach other, I shrugged it off. After that time flew by in the blink of an eye. A week had gone by and I sent letters to those that I needed to send them to. Now all we had to do was wait for our dresses. Tamamo had left early that morning to pick them up which left me nothing to do.


    I was pacing around outside due to nerves. Cerberus was sitting in a patch of sunlight staring at me as I walked back and forth. My tails were twitching restlessly. When I startedp number I lost count of them after a while, Nia walked over to me from the mansion.


    Luna, calm down. I get that you are nervous, but pacing like this is just going to make your nerves worse. Plus, its making me dizzy watching you from the window. (Nia)


    I cant help it Nia. I dont really know why Im so nervous, but every time I sit still, my mind drifts to the wedding. (Luna)


    I get it, I felt the same way on my wedding day, though yours is still a week off. (Nia)


    She grabbed me by my shoulders and turned me to face her. We stared directly into each others eyes as she spoke.


    Take deep breaths, calm down, and rx. There is nothing to worry about. Everything is going to go perfectly, and if something doesnt, well you dont need to worry about it since pretty much every important god and goddess is going to be there. (Nia)


    I did as she said and soon enough my mind and heart had calmed down. Once that happened I walked over to a tree and sat down. Nia sat next to me and wrapped one of her arms around my shoulder.


    Luna, what specifically is it that you are worried about? (Nia)


    My dress. Even though it should be made to my sizes for a perfect fit and made by the best this world could ever hope to have, Im still nervous about if I will look good in it and if Tamamo will like it. In my head I get that it doesnt matter all that much, but knowing it and the feelings associated with it are twopletely different things. (Luna)


    Luna, from one woman to another, know that you are one of the rare cases where itd be harder to find something you dont look good in. Please dont take this as an insult, but youd even be able to make goblin rags look good, and theyre rags worn by goblins. (Nia)


    Fufufufufufu. Thanks for the vote of confidence. (Luna)


    Any time. (Nia)


    It was at this point that Cerberus walked over to us andid down again. Her three headsid on one of my tails and she quickly went to sleep. I chuckled at this and started petting her.


    *Yawn* I have to say, this is the perfect spot for a nap. (Nia)


    I agree. (Luna)


    Take one, itll help ease the nerves more than just what we talked about. (Nia)


    I think I will. If you dont n on napping, wake me up when Tamamo gets back please. (Luna)


    Will do. (Nia)


    I shut my eyes and almost instantly fell asleep. After an unknown amount of time, I was shaken awake by Nia. She smiled warmly at me before asking me a question.


    Better? (Nia)


    Much. Im assuming Tamamo is back? (Luna)


    Yep. I wouldnt have woken you up otherwise. (Nia)


    I stood up and held out my hand to help Nia up. She dly took it and then we went inside the mansion. I immediately caught Tamamos scent and followed it to where she was. She was in one of the lesser used rooms with two dress stands. On the stands were two beautiful dresses.


    Both of them looked like a mix of western style wedding dresses mixed with kimono designs. Both were long, but not enough to drag against the floor when worn. One was a mix of white and silver with golden trimmings on the edges. The other one was ck and silver with simr golden trimmings. Seeing both of these dresses literally took my breath away, doubly so when I pictured Tamamo in one of them in my mind.


    {They really went all out, didnt they?}


    All I could manage was a head nod. I moved to stand next to Tamamo and hugged one of her arms when I got there.


    {Ufufufu. The white and silver one is yours, the other one is mine. I like how they made them in a way that it would look like were wearing the colors of each other.}


    Y-yeah. (Luna)


    Tamamo patted my head before moving her arm from my grasp and pulled me into a hug.


    {Luna.}


    Tamamo.


    I heard the door to the room closing and nced over to see Nia smiling warmly as she slipped quietly out of the room. Once the door was fully shut, the dam finally burst.


    T-Tamamo!


    I hugged Tamamo tighter and felt tears falling from my eyes.


    I-its finally happening, right? This isnt just a dream?


    {Its reality.}


    I felt my legs give out and we both sunk to the floor.


    I didnt know it was possible to be so happy, Tamamo. Ive been waiting for this day toe for so long, and now that its so, so close, I just cant contain myself.


    {I know. I feel the same way. Weve waited for this time for a long time and I, for one, look forward to seeing you in that dress. Youll look so beautiful that Im afraid I wont be able to speak due to your beauty.}


    No fair. I was thinking the same thing about you.


    We both started tough at our banter before I managed to get my feelings in order. We stayed sitting there in each others arms and staring at our dresses.


    Hey Tamamo.


    {Yes Luna?}


    I love you. I love you so much that it feels like a crime. At the same time I want to see you in that dress, I also dont want others to since I want to keep that sight all to my self. Is that creepy?


    {Not at all. I feel the same, though to add to that, I want to show you off in that dress as a statement that you are mine and mine alone and that the transcendental beauty standing next to me will only ever be mine.}


    Fufufu. Seems like were both insanely possessive.


    {Its all a part of the kitsune package.}


    And I wouldnt have it any other way.


    I leaned my head on Tamamos shoulder as we quietly sat and stared at our dresses for the next few hours.


    Chaos Realm:


    Astraea, get ready, we''re about to go.


    Order: And please be on your best behavior. It''s a very important event, so be respectful.


    Astraea: Yes Mama, Papa. I will do my bestest to be good, even with Evelyn there.


    Good.


    Order: I''ll reign in In-chan as well.


    You won''t have much to do since Mordred will be there as well, but being cautious is good. Now, let''s go.

 Chapter 331: Matrimony of Moon and Stars

    Chapter 331: Matrimony of Moon and Stars


    [Luna POV]


    Another week after our dresses were finished and it was finally the day. At the moment I was yet again pacing around at the mansion on my floating ind. Over thest few days I had been calling up the people I invited at the times that were requested and they, with the help of Atmos, Fenrir, and Grey, were all waiting at the ce we chose for the venue. As I was trying to get my nerves to calm down with the methods Nia told me to use, someone knocked on the door. When I gave permission to enter, mom and Ana walked it.


    Luna, are you ready for us to help you get dresses? (Amagi)


    YeahHows Tamamo? (Luna)


    If you want the honest opinion, shes absolutely stunning. Seeing her in her dress made even my heart skip a beat, so you are very, very lucky Luna. (Ana)


    Haha. Ugh, why am I so nervous? (Luna)


    Because this is an event that youve been fantasizing about for most of your life and now that its actually here, you want it to go just like you imagined it. Ill let you know now, though, that not everything will go as you want it to, probably, but itll be a happy event all the same. (Amagi)


    True, there is always going to be things that are off from the fantasies we have for our weddings, but even then they end happily for us, so its an eptable thing. (Ana)


    That both helps and doesnt. Anyway, lets get me ready. (Luna)


    Yes, now, strip so we can get you in your dress and then leave the makeup to us. (Amagi)


    I did as I was told and several minutester I was now wearing my silver-white dress. I stood in front of a tall mirror and though, at the cost of sounding conceited, I looked drop dead gorgeous. After admiring myself, I turned to look at mom and Ana and saw that they both had tears running down their cheeks.


    You look beautiful, my little girl. I knew that this day woulde at some point, but I just cant hold it back anymore. (Amagi)


    She walked over to me and pulled me into a tight hug.


    I really tried to be strong, but actually seeing you in your dress made it finally sink in. (Amagi)


    *Sniff* Luna (Ana)


    Ana was tongue tied, but I had an idea of what she wanted to say. I smiled over to her and she finally couldnt help it and hugged me along with mom. After a few minutes of this, they both let go of me and wiped their eyes.


    *Sigh*Ok, lets finish getting you ready so you and Tamamo can see each other. (Amagi)


    Sit, Luna, and please try not to cry, none of us want all this hard work to go to waste. (Ana)


    Say that to yourself, Ana. (Luna)


    Im allowed to be like this, and even then itll be even worse when its Soleils turn. (Ana)


    Fufufu. (Luna)


    It took us half an hour to finish. I looked in the mirror and was stunned. I never really understood why some people liked makeup, but seeing myself with some made it clear. My hair was done up in a fitting style thatplimented my dress. The corners of my eyes had red markings that were reminiscent of Japanese kitsune. My lips were a more pronounced red and I had a faint sparkle due to some face powder. Mom and Ana looked over me one final time before giving me satisfied nods. I stood up from my seat, it was finally time for me to go to my wife.


    [3<sup>rd</sup> Person POV]


    In a part of the Divine Domain that was just a sea of red maple trees sat a grove of cherry blossoms and wisteria that were perpetually in bloom. Curtains of purple flowers hung down from the branches of trees while pink petals fell like snow in the gentle breeze. A moderately sized group of people sat around in chairs decorated tastefully to match the surroundings on either side of a pathway that led to an arch made of trees.


    The grove was filled with the sound of quiet chatting as the mortals that had been invited looked around at a ce so beautiful they could only ever dream of it. These particr mortals had been quite nervous for various reasons, but one of the beings on the other side of the isle had cast a spell that temporarily quelled the nervousness so that all present could enjoy the current event to the fullest. On the side where the gods were seated, most of them were quiet, though the more excitable ones chattered excitedly. Before long, two figures appeared and moved over to the mortal side before sitting down by their respective husbands.


    Shortly after that a shining light appeared at the end of the isle and a kitsune with ten silver tails wearing a flowing ck and silver dress that was a mix of dress and kimono. It swayed just above the floor as she walked down the center of the isle. She smiled warmly at the people present as she passed by them until she reached the arch of trees. The kitsune nced over to one of the other gods and she nodded her head. After that the sky started to change. The sun set rapidly and the moon rose until it stopped, perfectly framed by the archway of trees.


    Apanying the moon were countless stars and formations. Two of those formations depicted foxes with ten tails each. They sat on either side of the moon and watched over to scene below them. As the silver tailed goddess stood waiting at the proverbial alter, the other end of the isle shone again. Once the light dimmed, another kitsune stood there. Her ten tails tipped with silver were like a tapestry of stars with an endless depth that drew all in.


    She stood frozen at the end of the isle staring at the one waiting for her on the other end. All those present could tell what was on the minds of both of them. The first to awaken from their mutual stupor was the Goddess of the Moon. She smiled her warmest smile she could manage and held her hand out toward her starry counterpart. Seeing this the kitsune slowly started making her way down the isle. Every step she took was apanied by a twitch of one of her tails. Apanying every tail twitch was the creation of a bright new star in the sky.


    Once the two met at the archway of trees, they joined hands as they faced each other. The two foxes in the sky shone brighter as did the moon. Those that bore witness to this were awestruck by the scene. As this happened, the voice of one of the two could be heard.


    {Luna, Goddess of the Stars, Space, and Abyss of Fluff, I, Tamamo, Goddess of the Moon, Gravity, and the Night take you as my wife. I state upon my name that I will be yours and love you for all eternity and more.}


    Tamamo, Goddess of the Moon, Gravity, and the Night, I, Luna, Goddess of the Stars, Space, and Abyss of Fluff take you as my wife. I state upon my name that I will be yours and love you for all eternity and more.


    { I swear upon Chaos and Order that my love for you will be undying and I will strive to make you the happiest existence in all of creation.}


    Once their vows were made, the two brought their lips together. Those closest to the two shed tears of joy for the two as they have born witness to the journey they embarked on to reach this point. The kiss between the two goddessessted for several moments before the separated. Tears could be seen falling from the eyes of each of them. They smiled brightly at one another before embracing one another. The audience of this holiest of matrimonies apuded the two. All present basked in this moment of happiness before those experienced in moments such as these started making their way out of the grove. Noticing this, the Goddess of Space twitched one of her tails and everyone but her and her wife vanished.


    [Luna POV]


    Tamamo, I have no words that can describe how beautiful you are.


    {The sentiment is mutual, Luna.}


    Iid my head on Tamamos shoulder and let myself feel overwhelming joy and relief. Joy in what just happened and relief that it went perfectly.


    {Was it worth the wait?}


    So very worth it. While I wont say I want to relive that moment over and over again, it is definitely something I will remember forever.


    {I agree.}


    We basked in the afterglow of one of our most important moments to date for several moments before Tamamo spoke again.


    {Shall we go and greet everyone that came to celebrate with us?}


    Lets.


    {Oh, and I hope you like the gift I got for you.}


    Gift? I know it defeats the purpose, but if I knew Id have prepared something for you! Why didnt I think of this!?


    {Ufufufu.}


    Tamamo hugged me tighter and I immediately stopped panicking.


    {You are my gift, Luna. Ive waited billions of years for this, so you just being by my side is all I ever need. But, since I know you and how your mind works, I know that you will still hold the feeling of giving me something in return, so how about this? Once were done celebrating with everyone, you give me a night that well both remember for the rest of our eternal lives.}


    Fufufu. Oh Tamamo, thats something Ive been nning on doing anyway. But Ill try to make it extra special this time, so look forward to it, my lunar vixen.


    {Ufufufu. Lets go then, my celestial vixen, we have a celebration missing its central figures. So, lets make the entrance of all entrances.}


    I couldnt agree more.

 Chapter 332: Celebration

    Chapter 332: Celebration


    [Luna POV]


    Hmmm. How should we make an entrance? Just appearing in a bright sh of light is boring and over done, but we cantFufufufufufufufu.


    {Got an idea?}


    Ok, so lets try this.


    I detailed a n for us to show up and we soon put it into practice.


    *Going back in time a few minutes*


    [Amagi POV]


    While watching as Luna and Tamamo made their vows, I had to physically keep Deacon restrained so that he wouldnt start sobbing loudly. To his credit, he was doing his best holding it in, but I could tell the dam was about to burst. Luckily for us, as soon as their vows were finished and they sealed their marriage with a kiss, everyone started to apud. After an adequate amount of time, me and several others turned to leave and give the newlyweds some time alone before the celebration. What we did not expect was that we would be suddenly teleported back to the couples home.


    *Sniff* (Deacon)


    Fufu. Let it out, Deacon. You only have a little bit before they show up again with a more than likely shy entrance. (Amagi)


    Deacon then burst into tears in an almostical way.


    She-she was so beautiful! Ive never felt so proud yet sad before! My little girl has finally gotten married!... (Deacon)


    I turned to look at Deacon in worry since he went quiet so quickly.


    Amagi. (Deacon)


    Yes? (Amagi)


    We need to travel the world and spread the word that our most glorious daughter has gotten married. (Deacon)


    Dont worry my old friend, you dont have to travel the world to do that. I can guarantee that, once we get back home, Ill start having people set up a festival to celebrate the asion. (Lobo)


    You fail to understand, Lobo, this is an event that needs more than a single festival. (Deacon)


    Hmmm. How about a month long one to celebrate both her ascension and marriage? (Lobo)


    Thats apromise Im willing to go with. (Deacon)


    How about the both of you stop and not do that. Im pretty sure Luna will smite you if you blow all of this out of proportion. (Amagi)


    Honestly, shed probably smite someone just for nning something like that. (ke)


    I can see big sis doing that a bit too vividly. (Soleil)


    Amagi, it might be better to keep these two away from each other for the day so that they dont go on a nning spree that ends with a year long festival. (Ana)


    BRILLIANT! (Deacon)


    I smacked Deacon on the back of the head which managed to snap him out of his overly doting mode.


    Previous topic aside, Im happy to have been invited to this, though I fear for the day when my daughters want a wedding as grand as this one. (Lobo)


    Lobo, you know wont ask for such a thing. Even they know itd be unreasonable topete with a divine wedding. (nca)


    Hello nca. (Amagi)


    Hello Amagi. Congrattions on your daughters wedding. (nca)


    Our group was still exchanging small talk when the area around us started to get a bit darker. In the sky above us the stars started to move until they formed the shape of a set of double doors. They opened up slowly and, though it was faint, the sound of music could be heard.


    Once the doors finally opened all the way, a shining staircase appeared one step at a time. Once it reached the floor, two figures could be seen descending side by side. They both had all ten tails on full disy and they made sure that they had the full attention of all those present. Once the two finally stepped off the final stair, it disappeared in reverse and the doors in the sky slowly shut. When I looked at Lunas face once the spectacle was over, I could see her with her usual mischievous smile.


    I think we nailed it, Tamamo. (Luna)


    {Ipletely agree, Luna.}


    I chuckled a little as I walked over to them. Before they said anything to me, I pulled them both into a hug.


    [Luna POV]


    The second we finished with our grand entrance we were both pulled into a hug from mom.


    Even though I was there to help both of you prepare, I still have to say it. You are both stunning and the ceremony was equally as beautiful. Im so happy for the two of you. (Amagi)


    I smiled and wrapped an arm around mom and hugged her back. I nced at Tamamo to see she was doing the same and we stayed like that for a few minutes before mom let us go.


    Sorry, I got a bit ahead of myself there. (Amagi)


    {Its fine.}


    At the same time we were cating mom, a few others came up to us. The group was all the people from home, minus Velvet and her parents.


    Luna!!! (Deacon)


    Dad jumped at me but before he reached us, I caught him in some chains.


    Dad, calm down. I dont want you messing up our dresses with tears and snot from your ugly crying. (Luna)


    (Deacon)


    Hahahaha. (Lobo)


    Hello, Lobo, Lady nca, Selene, Selena. (Luna)


    {Wee.}


    HAH! (Deacon)


    Shut it Deacon. (Lobo)


    Hehe. No need to be so formal, in fact we should be the ones acting formal in your presence. Its good to meet you for the first time. (nca)


    Come to think of it, we havent actually spoken for longer than a minute before. Anyway, thank you foring to our wedding. I hope you enjoy yourselves before going home. (Luna)


    {Indeed. Eat, drink, and have fun, this is a celebration after all.}


    Thank you for inviting us. Later once you finish your greetings pleasee and find us so we can chat. (nca)


    We look forward to hearing what its like here, Luna. (Selene)


    And Id like to know what its like having ten tails. (Selena)


    I chuckled and nodded before turning my attention to Ana, ke, and Soleil.


    Congrats Luna. (ke)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    {Thank you, Ana, for helping me with my dress earlier. It was moreplicated than I thought it would be to put on, so I had no idea what to do until you and Amagi came.}


    Its no problem. If, and it feels strange to me for saying this, were going to be family soon, then its only natural that Id help you out. Not to mention that Im your Apostle, so its also my job to help you. (Ana)


    {Ufufufu. To think that Id get more family than just Atmos when Luna showed up.}


    You forgot Grey. (Luna)


    {I didnt forget, just left him out.}


    Isnt that a bit cruel of you? (Luna)


    {Not really.}


    If you say so. (Luna)


    Huh. To think that Id join a Goddesss family one day. Guess you never know where life will take you. (ke)


    Congrats, big sis, big sis Tamamo. You both look beautiful. (Soleil)


    {}


    Tamamo? (Luna)


    {I could get used to being called that. From now on you must always call me that, Soleil.}


    Yes, big sis Tamamo. (Soleil)


    {Hehehe.}


    We moved on from that group to Velvets where we got more congrattions andpliments on our dresses and the ceremony. This same thing happened with all the other people Id invited, though there was something off about Vince when we spoke with him. After greeting all of my guests, we moved on to the people Tamamo invited. The first people we spoke to were Atmos and Grey.


    Well, well, well, the newlyweds look even better up close, dont you agree Grey? (Atmos)


    I do. Makes me want to gomission a dress for you from the same people. (Grey)


    I wouldnt decline if you did that. Even I like dressing up fancy from time to time. (Atmos)


    Since when? Not once have you dressed up fancy like they are. Not even at our own wedding. (Grey)


    That was the part where you just nod your head in agreement, Grey. (Luna)


    Oh. (Grey)


    {And its not like I got these for free. I had to do something for them as well.}


    Wait what? (Luna)


    {Its not like every god and goddess owes me a favor, Luna. And besides it was something that Ive done for them before, so it wasnt much trouble. Though now that I mention it Ill have to teach you some more things when we get some time.}


    Ok, well talk about itter then. (Luna)


    Anyway, I think everything was perfect. It was like the ce was made just for that specific moment. (Atmos)


    There IS something about two kitsune in a grove of cherry blossoms and red maples that just fits. (Grey)


    That was one of the reasons I chose that as the venue, though only a small part. Most of it was just because I like stuff like that. (Luna)


    {And I for one think that decision was perfect since I feel the same. It just feels natural for us to be somewhere like that.}


    Yep. (Luna)


    We chatted for a few more minutes with the two of them before we moved on. We greeted Quetz and another god who was with her that I learned was Java. After talking with them I somehow ended up walking to the next group with several special bags of coffee. Next up was Crate, Gear, and the God of Statuses, Stadia. Simr to every group so far, our chat consisted ofpliments and congrattions. Crate tried to give the two of us several things but he was dragged away by Gear before anything major happened. Stadia just looked tired, but Tamamoter told me that was normal. We then moved on to the group with Skadi and Ophidia. They were joined by a woman that look very much like Skadi only with hair that looked like flowing water and blue eyes that seemed to suck you in.


    Master. (Ophidia)


    Ophidia. (Luna)


    It was a wonderful ceremony. (Skadi)


    {Thank you. Also, Im happy to see you were able toe, Ina.}


    Of course Ide. Ive been wanting to meet the person that Skadis fiance calls master for some time now and thought that this was an opportune time to do so. (Ina)


    So you ARE Skadis mother. Im Luna, its nice to meet you. (Luna)


    Well met, little kitsune. Thank you for taking care of my little Skadi and finally getting her to be more outgoing. I was starting to worry she might never make any real friends, but imagine my shock when shees home one day saying that she not only has made friends, but even gotten engaged to someone. (Ina)


    M-mom! Why!? (Skadi)


    Now, now, you know Im happy for you, so why shouldnt I thank one of the people that have helped you get to this point? (Ina)


    Thats not the problem here! (Skadi)


    Ah, flustered Skadi is always fun. (Ophidia)


    {She is indeed cute.}


    Very much so. (Luna)


    NOT YOU THREE AS WELL! (Skadi)


    Oh, since its the whole asion and all, how have your wedding ns gone? (Luna)


    Pretty well. We chose the venue the other day and, while it wont be to the level of your dresses, mom said shes going to do something for us since shes wanted to do this for me for a long time apparently. (Skadi)


    Were holding it next month as well. That way it doesnt ovep with the enjoyment of yours, master." (Ophidia)


    {You know neither of us mind if it ovepped, right?}


    Maybe not, but others that actually care about stuff like this might have. Especially where mortals are concerned. Since most of Lunas friends are mortals and also happen to be Skadis friends, they might think something was going on, even though there isnt. (Ina)


    Oh well, well be there, so have fun and enjoy yourselves when the timees. (Luna)


    We moved on to Fenrir and Mio after chatting with those three a little longer. Simr to Skadi and Ophidia, they had nned their wedding to a degree, though they were still trying to figure out the date. We moved on shortly after that since the two of them had a hard time not flirting with the other for too long. We were now approaching thest group. This one consisted of Crisis, Mordred, their daughter, Tonya, and the primordial family.


    Its good to see you again, Luna. And you as well, Tamamo. (Mordred)


    Indeed. Tamamo is one thing, but you dont show up hardly ever anymore, Luna. Whats up with that? I want you to meet Evelyn. And whats with the thing hiding in your tails? Hey, Evelyn, say hi. (Crisis)


    Hi. (Evelyn)


    I was taken aback by Crisiss quick-fire questions and before I could say anything Miss Order spoke up.


    In-chan, calm down. Its not like you show up all that much anymore either, though its understandable in your case. As for Luna, it makes sense with how things have been happening back to back recently. (Order)


    Its not my fault! Ive missed out on so much because Im having fun teaching Evelyn things and having steamy fun with Mordred. (Crisis)


    Youre lucky I love you or Id be fed up with how you brag about that so much to people youre close to. Nobody needs to know what we get up to and why am I even saying all of this? (Mordred)


    Hehehehe. Momma is all flustered again. (Evelyn)


    Hehehehehehehehe. Lets get her even more flustered. You see- (Crisis)


    Nope. (Mordred)


    Mordred put her hands on the shoulders of the two that were doing their best to get her flustered and they vanished through a void portal.


    Well that happened. (Luna)


    Sorry about her. She really tries to behave, but as you can see, it doesntst long. (Order)


    {Its fine. We have an Atmos so we know what its like.}


    OI! I HEARD THAT! (Atmos)


    {That was the point.}


    OI!!! (Atmos)


    That aside, congrats Luna. (Payto)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    {Also, thank you for your help. I was able to get Lunas gift finished just in time with your help.}


    No problem. If either of you need anything, just ask and Ill try to amodate it. Now, we should probably go since its not very good for us to be here for too long. (Payto)


    That and Astraea looks tired. (Order)


    It was nice seeing you again and Ill be sure toe by more often. (Luna)


    {See you all again.}


    They left and Tamamo and I moved back to everyone. Since our greetings were finished, the celebration could truly start. To say it was a wild party would be an understatement. By the end of the night pretty much everyone was asleep from being too drunk. The only two left that werepletely sober were me and Tamamo. We moved over to the hill with her lunar sakura and looked up at the sky.


    {Since we finally have some time for ourselves, do you want your gift?}


    If youre ready to give it.


    {Then look at the ind.}


    I turned my gaze at the floating ind. Tamamo then snapped her fingers and the sight started to shift like a mirage before the familiar looking ind changedpletely.


    Wha!? When? How? I love it, but eh!?


    {Well, I remembered what you said you wanted to turn the ind into one day, so I thought Id surprise you. I went to Payto to see if he could get the detailed ns for those Hanging Gardens of Babylon and he did. I then called in my favor with some gods of architecture and they got to work in the times when we were out. The hardest part, though, was keeping the illusion strong enough for you to not notice it, but I did it.}


    I hugged Tamamo tightly.


    Thank you, Tamamo.


    {Anything for you, Luna.}


    I smiled at her and then moved my face next to one of her ears and whispered.


    How about I send everyone home now and I can fulfill my promise to you?


    {I love the sound of that.}


    I saw that Tamamo had a seductive smile on her face to match my own and I immediately put that n into action. I did feel a little bad about basically kicking everyone out, but since it was my wedding night, I think theyd all understand.

 Chapter 333: Bonding with Atmos

    Chapter 333: Bonding with Atmos


    [Luna POV]


    Tamamo and Ipletely lost track of time after our celebration and before we knew it, two weeks had gone by. We would have probably gone on longer but Atmos sending us a message managed to bring us out of our reverie. To sum it up, Atmos wanted to take me on a day trip to a ce she had visited with Tamamo before and where we promised to spend some time to bond.


    So, Tamamo, anything I need to bring with me to this ce?


    {No, everything will be taken care of there. And if the goddesses of beauty there get a bit too handsy with your tails, feel free to shock them a little with lightning magic. Thatll get them to back off for a while.}


    Speaking from experience?


    {Yes, though in my case I used gravity magic.}


    Got it.


    I hugged Tamamo and gave her a kiss before heading out the door. I teleported over to Atmoss ce and found her waiting for me.


    Hey Luna, did my message interrupt anything? If it did, Im sorry. (Atmos)


    It did, but its been two weeks, so we should have stopped at some point soon anyway. (Luna)


    Ah to be young. (Atmos)


    I have a feeling if Grey wasnt as busy as he is, you two would be in the same position. (Luna)


    Without a doubt. Between you and me, I kind of want him to take a vacation so we can spend more time together, but hes too much of a workaholic to do that. Its honestly kind of frustrating. (Atmos)


    I dont mind forcefully bringing him here and locking down space for the two of you. (Luna)


    Ill think about the offer, but expect a positive response before the end of the week. (Atmos)


    Alright, then lets go. (Luna)


    Yep, yep. Ive set up a reservation for us, so lets get to it. (Atmos)


    Atmos opened a shining portal in front of us and we walked through it. We came out in front of a fancy building in the same city that Tamamo brought me to before. Outside the building were two very pretty women who smiled brightly when they saw us.


    Wee, Lady Atmos, Lady Luna. Pleasee in and enjoy your day, we will be sure to take care of all of your needs.


    Atmos and I nodded and we went inside. The ones that greeted us gave me a rundown on what to do here and once that was over Atmos and I went into a changing room. Since I picked up Tamamos habit of illusion clothes, I didnt really take much time, unlike Atmos who wore a lot ofyers today.


    Why did I think it was a good idea to dress up for the day when I knew we wereing here? (Atmos)


    Cause you thought that is what is supposed to happen when you go out with your inws? (Luna)


    Maybe. (Atmos)


    After several minutes Atmos and I were equipped with towels and we left the dressing room. Standing in the hallway with several doors to many different spa outrements, I was wondering where we should go to first.


    Any rmendations? (Luna)


    We can go to the different bathster, so lets go do the massages first. That will also let you get the whole tail thing with the beauty goddesses over with. (Atmos)


    So they ARE going to be a bit more touchy feely than I would like. (Luna)


    Thats just how they are, they see anything beautiful and they just have to see if they can replicate it. If it means feeling up someone elses tails to see if its possible, then they will do it, though normally a lot of apologies andpensation follows. But only in the times when they dont first ask for consent, which is rare, but has happened before and will happen again. (Atmos)


    Lets get it over with then. (Luna)


    We walked over to one of the doors and went inside. The room was somewhat dimly lit and had two tables in the middle. The same people that weed us were standing beside a table with pleasant smiles on their faces.


    A good first choice. Pleasey on a table and we will begin.


    And Lady Luna, I apologize in advance if I go too far. Your tails are absolutely stunning and I doubt Ill be able to keep myself from touching them too much. When that happens, please do something to stop me.


    That was the n, though I do thank you for saying that yourself as well. It would have been a lot worse if you didnt say anything while Tamamo and Atmos have. (Luna)


    We all know that we are like this, so its better if we just get the troublesome things like this out of the way first. We dont want to ruin our rtionship with people just because we get too excited when we find something beautiful.


    I nodded and Atmos and I chose a table toy on. Once there, our towels were removed and the goddesses of beauty immediately started rubbing warm oil on us. It was a weird feeling having someone that wasnt Tamamo touching me, but not ufortable since the person was a professional doing what she was supposed to do. Once they were done with the oil the massage actually started. The slow, methodical way that was used was quite rxing and I almost fell asleep when I felt the sensation of my tails being messed with woke me up.


    It wasnt very rough in the beginning, but was progressively bing so. When it got to the point where I was over it, I sent a small bolt of lightning over to the goddess of beauty. When it hit her she was shocked out of her fluff fueled revelry.


    My apologies, Lady Luna. Your tails just have this pull to them that makes my hands move on their own.


    Just please be more careful, I take good care of my tails, so handling them like that can mess them up and make hours of care to go to waste. (Luna)


    I understand, I will do my best to not touch them anymore. Though I must say, your tails are, forck of a better word, perfect. I think the only person that can match them is Lady Tamamo, but that makes sense since she is your wife. Id love to talk to the two of you at some point about your care routine.


    Ill talk with Tamamoter about it as see what we can do. (Luna)


    Thank you very much. As for my apology for my transgression-


    Leave it at that and Ill forgive it this time, but not a second time. (Luna)


    Very well.


    After that event, the massage continued for another hour. Once it was over I felt refreshed and Atmos, it seems, was asleep almost the entire time. The two that were the ones giving the massage left the room and told is that we can move to another one whenever we want. I got up from my table and wrapped the towel back around myself before walking over to Atmos. I promptly poked her in the ribs to wake her up.


    Mhgah! (Atmos)


    What king of noise even is that? (Luna)


    Sorry and Im not sure. Anyway, how was it? (Atmos)


    It was nice, though the tail thing did end up happening. (Luna)


    As expected. (Atmos)


    YeahSo, where to next? (Luna)


    I kind of want to wash all this oil off, so how about one of the baths? They have, like, hundreds of different ones with even more effects. (Atmos)


    Fine by me. (Luna)


    Atmos got up and put her own towel back on and we left the room. We walked around by the other doors to see where they led to before finding one with arge bath/sauna inside. Stepping through, we ced our towels on some racks that were beside the door before moving over to the water. It was faintly glowing with a light green tint. The steam in the room was also thick, but not enough that a person couldnt see where they were going. Atmos and I slowly sunk into the water and I immediately felt a sort of rejuvenating effect.


    This is feeling nice already. (Luna)


    Indeeeeeeeeeeeeed. (Atmos)


    Atmos sunk even further into the water until she was almostpletely submerged.


    Fufu. (Luna)


    You should try it to. (Atmos)


    I did as she suggested and sunk deeper and she was right. While the massage did wonders earlier, this was felt 10x more effective.


    Sooooooooooooo niiiiiicceeeeee. (Luna)


    Hehehe. (Atmos)


    We silently soaked for several minutes before Atmos spoke up.


    Hey Luna. (Atmos)


    Hmmm? (Luna)


    I know Ive asked this of you before, but let me do so again in person. Please take good care of Tamamo. I know you two love each other more than either of us can put into words, but as her sister, I want to ask this of you. (Atmos)


    Any and every time you ask that of me, Im always going to say yes. Its only natural for me to care for Tamamo as much as I can. To be honest, I want to take care of her so much that shed turn into a uselesslyzy person, but I know shed hate that, so I keep it to myself. (Luna)


    Hehehe. Well, with that out of the way, how are you enjoying the Divine Domain? I know you havent really gotten to see much of it yet, but in theing years you will. But of the ces you have been, what do you think? (Atmos)


    Its interesting and beautiful. So much so that I want to learn how to change where I live looks so it can look like Tamamo and Is wedding venue. (Luna)


    Want me to teach you? It obviously wont work here or at your ce if I do it, but I can at least tell you the method. (Atmos)


    If youre up to it. (Luna)


    I wouldnt offer if I wasnt. Anyway, its a very simple thing to do. Just picture the ce you want your home to look like in your mind, then you push that image onto reality. (Atmos)


    Huh? (Luna)


    Picture it in your mind, and force that image onto reality. (Atmos)


    Again, huh? (Luna)


    Its simple, what are you confused about? (Atmos)


    The force it onto reality part. (Luna)


    Ahhh. So you know your physical illusions? (Atmos)


    Yes. (Luna)


    Just do what you do with those, and your divinity will do the rest. (Atmos)


    Why didnt you start with that? (Luna)


    Because the first way I said it makes more sense to me. (Luna)


    Well aside from reality bending being simple, how have you been, Atmos? We didnt have much of a chance to speak at the celebration since you decided to drink till you dropped. (Luna)


    Ive been good. Thinking of pranks I can pull on the people of Himmels, pranks for other gods, ways to get Grey to go on vacation, things I can do now that I have an Apostle, trying to figure out if you can grant people fluff. (Atmos)


    Thatst thing is possible. Its something I can do two ways, one is through the Law of Equivalent Fluff, and the other is where I can give you fluff from scratch. (Luna)


    Whats the difference? (Atmos)


    The first method is painless, the second is not. If I use the second method on you, you will go through what me and Tamamo did when we got new tails. Though for some reason this method doesnt work on kitsune or cat beastkin, even if Im the one trying to make it happen. (Luna)


    Weird stiption, but Id totally sign up to be fluffy. (Atmos)


    Any preference? (Luna)


    Tanuki. (Atmos)


    Then I can make you a Tanuki personter if you want me to. (Luna)


    Let me talk to Grey about it. (Atmos)


    Fufu. And here I thought youd immediately go for it. (Luna)


    I want to go for it immediately, but I want to make sure Grey is ok with me doing so. I doubt he would mind, but his opinion matters more to me than my own most of the time. (Atmos)


    Youve been talking about Grey a lot today. (Luna)


    What can I say? Watching your wedding has reignited something inside me that makes me want to spend more time with him like in the beginning of our rtionship. (Atmos)


    How long do you want me to lock space around your ce for you? (Luna)


    A year or 30 if you can. (Atmos)


    Easy. (Luna)


    Any way you want me to pay you back for doing that? (Atmos)


    Nah. Youre family, so I dont mind doing things for you for free. (Luna)


    Im pretty sure inws arent supposed to be this nice to each other, but Im d youre good to me. (Atmos)


    Atmos, were not in some soap opera on midday television. (Luna)


    I know, but even in our world more often that not, inws arent on very good terms with each other. Its almost like a conceptual rule it seems. (Atmos)


    Were goddesses, so were not bound by such petty things. (Luna)


    Pffft. Ahahahahahahaha! (Atmos)


    In her fit ofughter, Atmos moved over and hugged me.


    (Luna)


    Sorry, couldnt help myself. (Atmos)


    She let me go and we went back into silence while soaking in the bath. A little whileter we decided to move to a different ce. For the rest of the day after that we went around to I think half of the rooms in the spa and enjoyed it to the fullest. By the time I made it back home, Tamamo was sitting on a bench in a pagoda on the ind. She patted the seat next to her then herp.


    {Come tell me how your day went.}


    I smiled at Tamamo and sat down andid my head in herp.


    It was a good day and I feel like me and Atmos have gotten closer. Oh, and at some point we should invite one or two of the goddesses of beauty here so we can tach them our tail care method.


    {Im happy that you are getting along with Atmos and Im happy that youve already started to do things that will end up with favors you can cash inter. You never know when youll run into something that Im not qualified to help with.}


    That wasnt my intention, but if it ends up like that I wontin. Now, smell this.


    I moved one of my tails just under Tamamos nose and she sniffed.


    {My second favorite smell.}


    Fufu. Yeah, I saw that they has some of the stuff that you always put in your tails, so I got me some so I could have at least a bit of your smell with me all the time. Not that I n on being separated from you for a while, today notwithstanding.


    {Oh Luna, what am I going to do with you? Your words have a way of making me want to eat you up.}


    I sat up from Tamamosp and moved over till I was sitting on it facing her. I looked straight into her eyes and spoke.


    Are you sure you wont end up the one being eaten?


    I then brought my lips and Tamamos together.


    Chaos Realm:


    Grey:...


    Have fun Grey.


    Order: Stop neglecting Atmos for your work, she''s more important than the guild.


    Grey: I don''t neglect her, we go at it almost every day! And it''s not like I stay that long at work either!


    Doesn''t matter, you need a vacation anyway, you haven''t had one pretty much since you started the guild. Just let Tomoe take care of everything for a while.


    Grey: Why are you two on Atmos''s side when she isn''t even here?


    Order: Because we''re suckers for romantic situations and you and Atmos are sorelycking in that department.


    Grey: So having Luna lock me and Atmos up for 30 years is romantic to the two of you?


    I personally wouldn''t be in to it, but Atmos seems pretty eager, so who are we to judge?


    Order: Exactly. We don''t judge who''s into what.


    Grey: *Sigh* Guess I''ll go put my affairs in order and set Tomoe up for her short tenure as Grand Master.


    Have fun.


    Grey: You already said that. *Disappears from Chaos Realm*


    Hey Order, how long until Astraea get''s back from Crisis''s ce?


    Order: I bribed In-chan with a ''get away with whatever you want for a year'' ticket, so it''s safe to say that we have about a week.


    I hope you agreed to give her that after she brings Astraea back.


    Order: I''m not stupid, of course I''d never give it to her before. If I did, she''d bring Astraea back early just so she could catch us in a less than decent state.


    I know you''re not stupid, but I was just making sure you didn''t lose track of your thoughts and gave it to her early.


    Order: Fair.

 Chapter 334: Skadi and Ophidias Wedding

    Chapter 334: Skadi and Ophidia''s Wedding


    [Luna POV]


    Time has passed and now Tamamo and I, along with everyone else from my party and a few others are sitting on a small ind with a backdrop of waterfalls. Some fall normally while others flow upwards. Most notably out of all those present is a group that I only recently managed to find. It was Apollo and the rest of his party. They were invited to todays special event, Ophidia and Skadis wedding.


    At this current moment, all we were doing was sitting here while todays main couple were getting ready. It was mostly quiet if you didnt count the sounds of waterfalls, but I could hear the nervous teeth chatteringing from Jarl, Zan and Gief. Their reaction to all of this, especially when I first kidnapped them here, was and still is quite funny, but I was being respectful of todays event and kept myughter to myself.


    <em>{Luna, you need to calm down more, your tails are twitching all over the ce.}</em>


    <em>I know and Im trying to, but the reaction from those threebined with my excitement for Skadi and Ophidia is making me unable to stay still.</em>


    <em>{Ufufu. I know youre happy for them, so try a little harder.}</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>Alright.</em>


    <em></em>


    I closed my eyes to try and calm down and as an extra precaution I wrapped a few of my tails around Tamamos.


    <em>Big sis, I realize this isnt the time, but I thought Id tell you that Velvet and I are having our wedding next month. I dont know how you are going to show up if you even can, but I thought Id at least let you know. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Alright. I have a n, but Ill need to run it by someone first to see if I can even put it into practice or not. And if I can, then that open us a lot of doors for not just me, but a lot of gods as well. </em>(Luna)


    <em>I look forward to it, big sis. Knowing you itll be fun, at least for us. </em>(Soleil)


    Before I could continue my chat with Soleil, the sound of the waterfalls seemed to stop. When I looked around, I saw that all the water had stopped moving making it seem like time hadpletely stopped. I nced in the direction of Skadis mother, Ina, and saw that she was the one that was doing this. The next moment someone started to rise out of the water like they were climbing stairs. Once they were all the way visible, the person was revealed to be Skadi.


    She was wearing a beautiful deep blue dress that went all the way down to the ground and seemed to mergepletely with the water. She wore a tiara that looked to be made of some ss like material. She lookedpletely stunning.


    <em>Skadi should take her hat off more often. She looks so good. </em>(Luna)


    <em>{I agree.}</em>


    <em></em>


    A momentter, I felt space behind us shift letting me know that Ophidia had arrived. Slowly making her way towards Skadi, Ophidia passed by all of us onlookers. Her dress was a blue green color that reminded me of a shallow sea to contrast with Skadis deep blue one that was more reminiscent of the ocean. All the way up to Skadi she had one of the brightest smiles Ive ever seen on her face. Skadi had a simr smile as she waited for Ophidia to join her. When the two of them stood one if front of the other, the grasped hands.


    Ophidia, Apostle of Space and Ancient Serpent, I, Skadi, Demigod of the Sea, take you as my wife, from now unto eternity and beyond. (Skadi)


    Skadi, Demigod of the Sea, I, Ophidia, Apostle of Space and Ancient Serpent, take you as my wife, from now unto eternity and beyond. (Ophidia)


    I swear upon Chaos and Order that I will pursue your happiness above all else and to love you forever more. (Both)


    Their vows finished, they sealed their marriage with a kiss. The moment their lips met, all of the water in the area began moving again. This, along with the time of day it was now created a wonderful spectacle. The sparkling water falling from the sky and the rainbows caused by the waterfalls framed this scene like the area was created for this moment.


    I secretly used a domain to capture this scene so that Soleil could paint itter seeing as she had that look in her eyes. I also gripped Tamamos hand that I was holding tighter. Seeing two people Im very close to this happy was infectious. It was even so beautiful that I saw Apollo tearing up some, though he was doing his best to hide it.


    <em>Miss Luna, can you do what you did at your own wedding and teleport all of us away so we can give those two some space? </em>(Ina)


    <em>Where do you want us to go? </em>(Luna)


    <em>Ill leave that up to your discretion. </em>(Ina)


    Along with that request, I teleported all spectators to Tamamo and Is ce. The spot we ended up in was a clearing in a wisteria forest that I finally managed to turn the ce into after a while of practicing. My Hanging Gardens of Babylon floated above us in all their glory.


    Thank you, Miss Luna. (Ina)


    Its not a problem. Also, wee to the family. I dont really know what kind of inw it makes us since Ophidia isnt really rted to me in any physical way, but simr to Soleil, Velvet, and Mio I think of her as family, and since shes now married to Skadi, that extends to Skadis family as well. (Luna)


    {Indeed, Ina, wee to our family. I look forward to seeing you around more.}


    She smiled at that and walked trying to hide her embarrassment. It was then that Apollo walked over to the two of us.


    Long time no see, Luna. And its a pleasure to meet you in person, Lady Tamamo. (Apollo)


    Good to see you too, Apollo. You and the other three are a difficult group to track down. You all missed my wedding after all. (Luna)


    Wasnt my or the others intention. (Apollo)


    I know, I dont hold it against any of you, though Id like it if the other three would snap out of it already. They were funny at first, but them being like that during the ceremony was a bit rude. (Luna)


    Can you me them, one second they are sitting at a bar celebrating anotherpleted quest and then next second they are sitting in a ce in the Divine Domain and being spoken to by someone they know that became a goddess. Its a bit much to take in all at once. Then you throw in the fact that they were invited to a wedding here of all things, and they cant help but be a bit spaced out. (Apollo)


    {Dont worry, something that will snap them out of it ising.}


    True. Maybe a little bit more shock will finally snap them out of it. (Luna)


    Wha- (Apollo)


    Bounding through the trees and in our direction was Cerberus. When she finally made it into the clearing, she ran directly for me and Tamamo before sliding to a stop and sniffing the air. Her three heads then turned in the direction of the people that had never been here before. She quickly moved over to them and before any of them could react, she started sniffing and licking them. They snapped out of their stupors but were powerless to stop her.


    Im going to ask about thister, but for now Im going to rescue my party. (Apollo)


    Me, Tamamo, and the rest of us justughed when space was disturbed and the two most important people of the day arrived. The walked over to us hand in hand and with the biggest smiles on their faces to date.


    Congrats, you two. (Luna)


    {Congrattions. It was a beautiful ceremony.}


    Was it? All I saw was Skadi, so Id appreciate it if you could somehow show it to me againter, master. (Ophidia)


    Can do, but first. (Luna)


    I walked closer to the two of them and gave them a big hug with my arms and tails.


    Im so happy for the both of you. (Luna)


    I felt them hug me back before I let go so they could go around and talk a little with everyone present.


    {Im really happy our family is expanding, Luna. Well never be bored with when were all together.}


    I agree.


    Tamamo and I smiled at each other before walking over and joining the party once more.


    Chaos Realm:


    Order: Payto, what were you off doing? We misses Skadi and Ophidia''s wedding.


    Sorry, some business that was really important needed taking care of. But hey, we''re gonna get some more entertainment soon.


    Order: We should still at least congratte them the next time we see them.


    That was the n.


    Astraea: Papa!


    Hey, my little one. How are you?


    Astraea: Good! Look, Evelyn made me a pretty ne!


    It IS really pretty. Are you going to make one for her now too?


    Astraea: Yep! Mama is helping me.


    Order: Yep. Now sit back down so we can continue.


    Astraea: Ok.

 Chapter 335: Soleils Wife is a Beautiful Vampire

    Chapter 335: Soleil''s Wife is a Beautiful Vampire


    [Soleil POV]


    The day has finallye. I was sitting in a room in big siss shrine, wearing a fancy dress mom made for me. It was a ck dress with sparkling silver and white jewels embroidered into it making it look like the starry sky. I was sitting in front of a mirror while waiting for the time Im supposed to meet Velvet at the alter. My mind was racing between nervousness and absolute joy. It was then that mom came into the room.


    Are you ready, my beautiful Soleil? (Ana)


    Her eyes were red indicating that she was crying. I smiled at her and pulled her into a hug. I could feel her trembling and could tell she was barely holding on.


    You know that Im not leaving you. Well see each other all the time. (Soleil)


    Thats not the point, Soleil. Im just so happy for you that I cant help it. And Im handling it well, you should see your father, just push a little more and hell shatter. (Ana)


    Hehe. (Soleil)


    We stood there hugging for another minute before mom moved. She wiped her eyes one more time and smiled at me.


    Lets not keep your lovely wife waiting. (Ana)


    I nodded and we left the room. Walking down the hallway to the main part of the shrine felt like the longest, yet shortest walk of my life. When we got closer, I heard some music that I wasnt expecting.


    Luna. (Ana)


    Ah. (Soleil)


    Just before the doors to the main hall, mom slipped away so she could get to her seat. I waited a few minutes when I heard the music reach a lull and the doors started to open on their own. Once they were fully open, I started to slowly walk in. I first looked at the people who were here. On the side that Velvets family was sat her mother and father. Behind them were several other vampires that I didnt know, though Mordred was also there along with her wife and daughter.


    On the side of the room where my family was were obviously mom and dad, then big siss family. Skadi, Ophidia, Mio, and Fenrir sat behind them. Finally, big sis and Tamamo were there. Tamamo was smiling at me while big sis looked simr to mom, her eyes were red yet she was smiling at me. I inwardly chuckled at that before I turned my attention to the alter.


    Standing there in a long, blood-red dress was Velvet. She had a calm smile on her face as she watched me slowly approach her. I did my best to burn her image into my mind while also trying to calm my racing heart. When I finally made it next to Velvet, we put our hands together as we faced each other. The music that wasing from several illusion versions of big sis stoppedpletely. Velvet was the first to speak.


    Soleil, Apostle of Stars, love of my life, I take you as my wife for all eternity. I swear to love you above all else and to only ever share my blood with you. (Velvet)


    Velvet Belmont, Apostle of Fluff, love of my life, I take you as my wife for all eternity. I swear to love you above all else. My blood is yours, and I share it with you freely. (Soleil)


    Our Goddess that watches over us, please bless our matrimony.


    I heard a near inaudible snap and the two of us glowed briefly. I nced over to see big sis smile at us. Velvet and I then moved closer and brought our lips together. This kiss felt different than all the other ones that Ive ever had with Velvet. It wasnt one filled with lustful heat or quick affirmation. It was one full of passionate love and mutual affection. It made all my focus be on this one moment that I wished wouldst forever.


    <em>Soleil, while I do wish we could just stay like this, we need to do one more thing. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>The biting thing? </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Yes. I know you are used to me doing this to you, I want you to know that you dont need to hold back, just go for it. You arent being turned into a vampire by doing this, but we both need to do this if the other vampires are to recognize our marriage. </em>(Velvet)


    <em>I know, weve been over this a few times. I just bite your neck and take a little bit of blood, then let go. </em>(Soleil)


    <em>Then lets get it over with. </em>(Velvet)


    We separated our lips and moved down to each of our necks. Velvet went first and, like usual, she pierced my neck with her teeth. I, still a little hesitantly, did the same. The warm, slightly coppery yet sweet taste of Velvets blood entered my mouth and then we both moved away. Velvet was staring at me now with happiness in her eyes. Before either of us knew it, we were back to kissing. I heard ppinging from everyone in the room before the music started ying again. Once Velvet and I regained proper control of ourselves and broke the kiss, we looked out just to see an empty room, minus the illusions.


    Velvet. (Soleil)


    Hmm? (Velvet)


    Im so happy right now. I dont know how to describe it any more than that, but it doesnt do just how happy I am justice. (Soleil)


    I feel the same way. (Velvet)


    We pulled each other into a hug. We stayed like that for several minutes. When we let go, I looked at Velvets neck.


    Should we go and get big sis to heal your neck now? I dont want your blood to mess up your dress. (Soleil)


    You know thats the reason why my dress is red, right? A normal vampire wedding gets way bloodier than this. (Velvet)


    Mhm. (Soleil)


    What are you thinking? (Velvet)


    Just that I dont think Im going to take up the habit of drinking your blood. No offence, but its not for me. (Soleil)


    Hahahahaha. I didnt expect you to. Now, lets go and thank everyone foring and before the other vampires go absolutely insane with the presence of five goddesses. (Velvet)


    I smiled at her and kissed her one more time.


    Lets go, my beautiful vampire wife. (Soleil)

 Chapter 336: Marriage Under the Aurora

    Chapter 336: Marriage Under the Aurora


    [Fenrir POV]


    After months of nning and preparation, the time for my wedding with Mio. I had asked Luna, Tamamo, and the others how it felt when the day finally came for them, and they all said simr things, but it didnt do justice to the feeling that I had at this moment. The nerves were running high in equal amounts with the excitement and joy.


    After taking a few deep breaths to try and calm my nerves, I left the ce that was set up at the venue we chose. It was a teau that I took Mio to on one of our dates. It overlooked all of my home and at night an aurora lit the sky in dazzling colors. I made my way to the spot where Mio and I would seal our marriage with a wide smile on my face. There werent many people here, and the ones that were, were mostly Luna, Tamamo, and the rest of the group that Mio was with. Her parents were also here. Her father was stoically sitting with his arms crossed, but I could tell he was just putting up a front. Mios mother on the other hand smiled at me and nodded her head that told me that she expected me to take care of her daughter.


    When I stopped at the spot I was supposed to stand at and waited for Mio toe to me. Several minutes passed and the sun finally dipped behind the horizon and the full moon started to rise. The stars were also making their appearance. I did notice how the lighting from the moon and stars was a bit dimmer than usual, allowing the aurora to be more prevalent when it starts. I thanked Luna and Tamamo in my heart for their kindness in dimming the light their celestial Concepts were making.


    It was then that my vision narrowed and everything else felt like it disappeared. At the ce I just walked down, Mio stood. She was wearing a beautiful, snow-white dress that went to just above her feet. Her two tails dancing in a mesmerizing way. Every step closer she took to me, my heart felt like it would burst out of my chest, and it took every ounce of my waning self-control to stay rooted to the spot. When she finally came to a stop in front of me, I immediately grabbed both of her hands as we faced each other. At that moment the aurora made its stunning appearance and my rampaging feelings caused something to click in my mind. The aurora above us became even more vibrant after that and the usual bluish-green color started to get tinted with tinges of pink.


    <em>What was that nya?</em>


    <em></em>


    <em>I think I just got the Authority of Auroras. But thats not important right now. </em>


    We stared into each others eyes for what felt like hours before I started speaking.


    Mio, Apostle of Night, love of my life, the one I bore my heart and soul to, I take you as my wife, for now, and all eternity.


    Mio smiled at me and spoke in response.


    Fenrir, Goddess of the North, Winter, and Auroras, love of my life, the one who I give all of my heart and soul to, I take you as my wife for now, and all eternity.


    I was a bit surprised she didnt say her endearing nya in any of that, but I didnt let that surprise stop me from finishing my vows.


    I swear on Chaos and Order to love you and only you for the rest of eternity.


    We then sealed our vows with a kiss. The second our lips met, it felt like the whole Divine Domain stopped existing. All that mattered was Mio. Once I gained some awareness of things going on around me again, I noticed that the entire area was bathed in a pink color that came from the sky. Mio then broke away from our kiss at the sound of ppinging from those who came to give us their well wishes for our matrimony. Once the pping died down, Luna teleported everyone away, leaving the two of us alone.


    You not saying nya surprised me.


    I feel like it would have ruined the moment nya.


    I wouldnt have cared, you know. I love your nyas. They are cute and it makes me want to hear you whisper it in my ears all the time.


    That can be arranged nya.


    While I would love it if you just pushed me down right now and started doing that, I think we should at least go and thank everyone for showing up, especially your parents.


    Later tonight then nya. Cause you arent getting out of this without being pushed down and then pushing me down nya.


    I would never dream of missing out on that.


    Oh, and what was that about you getting a new Authority nya?


    I could be wrong, but I think my overwhelming feelings for you grew too out of control and, in a desperate attempt to make their presence known, connected to the aurora above us and forced it to be my third Authority.


    Nyahahahahaha. I like the thought of that, so even if that isnt the case, well think it is nya. Nyow, lets go and thank everyone nya.


    I nodded my head and took waved my hand to get a doorway to home to appear. When it did, I was about to step toward it when Mio grabbed me and pulled me into another kiss. When we broke apart, she winked at me.


    Nyow we can go nya.

 Final Side Chapter- Insane Ceremony

    Final Side Chapter- Insane Ceremony


    [Mordred POV]


    Lounging around in my office in our home in the Divine Domain, I wasying my head in my wifesp. She had her usual wicked smile on her face as she ran her fingers through my hair. Evelyn was resting her head on her other thigh and sleeping quite soundly. She then looked down at me.


    Hey Mo, with all the weddings going on recently, I want to have one for us, or at least a ceremony. (Crisis)


    Feeling left out or something? (Mordred)


    Nah. Just want to have one for the sake of it. Though it would have to be in the most insane ce here. And wed have to only invite people that could actually handle the ce. (Crisis)


    Wouldnt that just be Luna, Tamamo, Atmos, and the Chaos couple? (Mordred)


    And Tonya. (Crisis)


    Shed just sleep through it. (Mordred)


    True. (Crisis)


    Anyway, Ill get to figuring out some things, you try to find a venue that fits your standards. (Mordred)


    Wait really? I thought youd try and talk me out of this. (Crisis)


    What can I say, youre finally rubbing off on me. (Mordred)


    I thought wed agreed to not do things like that in front of Evelyn. (Crisis)


    We did, you know what I meant, and stop turning almost everything I say into an innuendo. (Mordred)


    Theres the normal Mo I love. Though spontaneous Mo is also lovely. (Crisis)


    I chuckled at my wifes antics as I slowly got up from herp. I walked over to my desk and pulled out some paper and started writing down things that I knew wed need soon. I also made a mental note to go and ask some others what else wed need for a ceremony.


    Time passed and nearly two mortal weekster, the ceremony was ready and about to start. Crisis had found a venue that met all of her random, insane demands, though the downside to it was that only the Chaos Couple would be able to attend along with their daughter. I was only safe since Crisis blessed me with her Blessing of Insanity, and Evelyn was alright since she was our daughter. I didnt really know how that worked, but I decided against thinking about it to save myself the headache.


    Anyway, the venue was, in my opinion, quite bizarre. It was a space that was basically like a fractured mirror. You could see reflections of you and others everywhere, making it seem like there were infinite amounts of you there. In ces where it wasnt a fractured mirror, it was pools and waterfalls of some kind of edible substance. Every so often youd be able to see some kind ofindescribable creature, sometimes with innumerable eyes, others in shapes that made my brain hurt just trying toprehend, and more. They didnt bother us, however, since we were protected by special barriers set up by our resident God of Chaos. There was also a constant rain of ash-like snow that came from somewhere. Overall, it was quite the insane ce to be, in many different ways.


    I was currently standing at an altar made of some kind of strange metal that seemed to almost breathe in a dress made from a mix of red and ckce and crystals. While I waited for Crisis to make her appearance, I looked out at those who were present. Payto sat there with a somewhat confused, yet neutral expression while his wife Order sat there visibly sweating. I could tell she was trying her best to keep from putting thing in, well, order. I chuckled inwardly at that. Suddenly, two new fractures appeared and inside them I could see the faces of Luna, Tamamo, and Atmos. In the other one, two kitsune Id never seen before were seen with looks of confusion on their faces.


    Ama, what is going on here? (???)


    {I dont know, Keeno.} (???)


    Tamamo, is this what I think it is? (Luna)


    {Seems like it.} (Tamamo)


    Well, congrats, Mordred! (Luna)


    I smiled at Lunas words and I was going to reply when another anomaly urred. Just a little away from me Evelyn and Astraea appeared while wearing matching dresses and carrying baskets of flowers with deep purple petals. They silently walked toward me while dropping flowers along their path before they reached the point at the bottom of the altar before turning and going to sit by the two other people physically present.


    Ama, I think this is a wedding ceremony, but I still dont get why we can see it. (???)


    {I dont either, so just stay quiet and maybe no one will notice us.} (???)


    Got it. (???)


    I would have replied that all of us could hear them quite clearly, but I got distracted by my wifes arrival. At the ce where Evelyn and Astraea appeared, a ck and purple void appeared. From there, Crisis stepped out. She wore an elegant dress that was a shade of deep purple mixed with ck and with a few streaks of red. Normally something like that would look horrible due to the intensity of the colors, but she made it work perfectly. So perfectly in fact, that I was rendered speechless. She had a sort of tiara on her head that was made of ck crystals that seemed to float. She slowly made her way toward me and it seemed like time was slowlying to a stop. Once she was in front of me, I couldnt even tell if the world was even moving anymore, all I could see was her.


    Now thats the face I was hoping to see. Sorry we couldnt get your mom toe, but the people who are here are good enough. (Crisis)


    She grabbed my hands and started to speak her vows.


    I, Crisis, Goddess of Void and Insanity, hereby take Mordred le Fey as my wife, for now and all eternity. I swear on all existence that I will cherish you, be it the current you, or a you that has fallen to such pure insanity that it would somehow make my Authority obsolete. (Crisis)


    My heart felt like it would jump out of my chest, but I managed to calm myself enough to say my own vows.


    I, Mordred le Fey, take Crisis, Goddess of Void and Insanity as my wife, for now and all eternity. I swear on my name, the names of the Gods of Chaos and Order, and all existence to cherish you always, even if I fall into such deep insanity that Im no longer me. (Mordred)


    She smiled at me and I smiled at her. We slowly brought our lips together, sealing our vows with a kiss that felt better than every one we had ever shared before. I dont know how long we stayed like that, but when I came back to reality, it was just me and Crisis at the altar.


    Are you back? (Crisis)


    Yeah. Did something happen? (Mordred)


    Kehehehehehe. You were in such a daze that you didnt realize that, after about 10 minutes of us kissing, Order finally snapped. I mean sure, I was making the ce we were in even more insane that it should have been, but I didnt think shed actually snap. (Crisis)


    Thats a lie and you know it. (Mordred)


    100%. But she made it a great spectacle. Anyway, shall we go and have some fun to finish up out little wedding? (Crisis)


    Of course, no wedding isplete without it. (Mordred)


    She then opened a void portal and the two of us stepped inside.

 Chapter 337: Hot Spring Party

    Chapter 337: Hot Spring Party


    [Luna POV]


    Some time after everyones weddings, I invited everyone over for a hot spring party. Tamamo changed the scenery of our home to a mountainous ce with a lot of teaus. I made the hot spring on top of the tallest one and surrounded it by some red maple trees. We also set up several kinds of alcohol, teas, and snacks.


    {Everything good on your end, Luna?}


    Yep. Yours?


    {Yep.}


    Then I guess all thats left is to get in and wait for the others to get here.


    {Oh! It may still be daytime right now, but that doesnt mean anything.}


    Good idea. Gotta have make it thematic after all.


    The two of us snapped our fingers and the sky turned dark and a full moon appeared shortly followed by stars.


    {Ufufufu.}


    Fufufufu.


    Once all of the setup was done, Tamamo and I went over to the hot spring, removed our clothes, and waded into it until we were sitting up to our necks. Once we were both settled, I leaned my head onto Tamamos shoulder.


    TamamoIm so happyItsindescribably how happy I am.


    {I feel the same, Luna. You being here next to me like this makes all the times before seem like a dream. Even if it wasnt that long ago that you ascended, Im already struggling to remember what it was like only being able to see each other every month, domain creating notwithstanding.}


    Fufufu.


    As the two of us snuggled closer, I ignored the feeling of people arriving behind us.


    You know, I figured wed find the two of you like this when we got here. (Soleil)


    Well, it is understandable, Soleil. Its not like we wont be the same eventually. (Velvet)


    True. (Soleil)


    Cant help it, Tamamo is too wonderful for me to not cling to her. (Luna)


    {I can say the same about you, Luna.}


    Fufu. Anyway, get in you two, the waters perfect and we have snacks and drinks. (Luna)


    I heard the shuffling and dropping of clothes and soon enough, the steam-veiled bodies of Velvet and Soleil sunk into the waters of the springs.


    Big sis, you always like scenery like this, but even then, its impressive. (Soleil)


    Well, you know me, I dont do things halfway, its all or nothing. And besides, when I have no restrictions, why not go all out on the scenery I like? Though Tamamo is the one that did thendscape seeing as Im still trying to figure out just the right way to do it. (Luna)


    {Ive already told you youre good enough to do it.}


    I know, but I also just like watching you work. (Luna)


    I can agree to that, Luna, watching your wife work I mean. Soleils been doing a lot and she looks damn good doing it. Though I wish some of those Star Clergy would stop ogling her. (Velvet)


    Those Fluff Cultists are worse, honestly. Always staring at either of us and muttering behind our backs. Who do they think they are, saying we arent good enough to be Apostles? (Soleil)


    Oh? Give me names and Ill do some smiting. (Luna)


    Later, big sis. If we get to really talking about this, itll ruin the party. (Soleil)


    {Such petty thoughts, those mortals have. But Soleil is right, lets leave the smiting forter.}


    Oh? Only a yearter and people are already on the smiting block? Why am I not surprised. (Skadi)


    Skadi! Ophidia! Wee. (Luna)


    Thank you for having us, master. We didnt know if we were supposed to bring anything, so we brought a bottle ofwhat was it called? (Ophidia)


    Sake. (Skadi)


    I waved my hand and a small tter appeared floating on the water. Skadi knelt down and ced the bottle on it before moving back and, like the rest of us, they stripped and got in the water.


    All thats left to arrive are Mio, Fenrir, and Atmos. (Luna)


    {Atmos is actually already here, shes just hiding under the water.}


    *SPLASH*


    Tamamo! Whyd you have to ruin my grand entrance!? (Atmos)


    {Because whatever you were going to do would end in you being teleported off the side of the mountain with no way back up.}


    Atmos looked over at me and her eyes asked if she was serious. I simply nodded my head in reply. Atmos didnt say anything and just sunk deeper into the water and started blowing bubbles.


    Ophidia, hows it been on your end, dealing with mortals? (Velvet)


    Not bad, really. About the same as the two of you, though I guess in my case its a bit less since the two of you are the ones mostly dealing with the shrine. (Ophidia)


    Well, it helps that the two of us have been more on the move than the two of you. (Skadi)


    How is the exploring of every inch of the continent going? (Luna)


    Quite good, master. Were just about done with Savanna and then well move on to the Demon Empire. (Ophidia)


    Oh, weve also found some of those constetion stones you and Grey set up. I liked the area they were ced, too. It didnt feel like they were just recently ced there. (Skadi)


    Fufufu. Nice. Which one was it and did you use it? (Luna)


    In reverse order, no, we already have the talismans you made of it, and it was the one with the image of a horse. (Skadi)


    Ah, faster movement when mounted and weight of luggage is lessened. (Luna)


    {The more I hear of these constetion effects, the more I wonder what they CANT do.}


    Raise the dead. (Luna)


    {Id hope not, that would get in the way of the Goddess of Deaths job, and I dont want the two of you to be on bad terms.}


    Hehehe. Which one? (Luna)


    I doubt youd be able to get on her bad side, Luna. I mean, she does call you big sis now. (Atmos)


    Hmm? Is someone trying to rece me? (Soleil)


    No, though I do hope you two get to meet one day. (Luna)


    Soleil was about to say something else when the sky above us erupted into the greenish-blues of an aurora.


    Are wete nya? (Mio)


    {Nope. You two got here right on time.}


    Good. We brought some snacks, by the way. Mios idea. (Fenrir)


    Yep nya. Thought Id bring some tarts I made with some of the berried Fen grows nya. (Mio)


    Since when did you start growing berries, Fenrir? (Atmos)


    A little after our wedding. They are Mios favorite, so I decided to make a small orchard of them. (Fenrir)


    Small meaning the size of a forest nya. Nyot that Imining nya. (Mio)


    The two of them soon slipped into the water, marking all that would be attending the party present. I snapped my fingers and small tters with cups appeared. I then, jokingly, made Chibi illusions of myself that ran over to where we had set up all the other drinks and snacks and they brought them over and ced them on the tters before pushing them to freely float on the water. Everyone grabbed and poured what they wanted and the party continued on for the rest of the day and into the night.

 Epilogue

    Epilogue


    [Luna POV]


    Its been a year since I ascended. All this time has been wonderful. Spending all my time with Tamamo. Learning how to work with my Authorities at full capacity. Having fun with Atmos and the others. Spending more time with Tamamo. Its like a dreame true. Today, though, was a very important day for me. Payto invited me to the Chaos Realm early in the morning, not that time really mattered there. Instead of the usual room, it was a ce with more cushy furniture, lots of tissues, and all the outrements to help people calm down, both material and magical.


    Take all the time you need. (Payto)


    I nodded my head before taking a few deep breaths.


    I think Im readyThough if you dont mind, can you tell Tamamo toe here a little while after the meeting starts? (Luna)


    I was already going to do that, so no need to worry. (Payto)


    Thanks. (Luna)


    He smiled at me and patted my head.


    Rx and have fun. (Payto)


    He snapped his fingers and left the room. I moved over to and sat down on one of the couches and waited. While I did so, I got a funny idea.


    Hehe. Thisll make things more believable for them, I bet.


    I snapped my fingers, and my appearance was covered with an illusion of what I looked like in my past life. Shortly after that, two shining doors appeared. Out of one walked a couple. They seemed a bit older than what I could vaguely remember, but not as old as I thought. Out of the other, a woman that looked to be just entering her 30s. They all looked extremely confused until their gazesnded on me. I smiled a little nervously and made a small wave.


    Hey guyslong time no see. (Luna)


    The older woman nearly fell to the floor in shock, only to be caught by her husband.


    J-Jakea-am I dreaming


    I dont know, Tashaif you are, then were sharing the same dream.


    While the two of them were in shock, the other woman ced her hands on her hips and smirked at me.


    Yeah, long time no see, Jason. Thought we told you to call us if you were going to be away from home for a long time. Other world or not.


    Not like I really had a method to do that, sis. Not like theres any cell signal in a different world, after all. (Luna)


    Fair enough.


    She walked over to me and picked me up in a hug. She then turned her head over to the other two.


    Mom, dad, what are you two doing just standing there? Get over here and hug him before whatever this is ends.


    Natalia, how are you so calm right now? (Jake)


    Cause, theres no use in being stupefied. Live in the moment and think about all the other stuffter. (Natalia)


    Makes sense to me. (Jake)


    Fufufufu. Some things never change, eh? (Luna)


    (Natalia)


    What? (Luna)


    Whats with thatugh? (Natalia)


    Tell youter. All of you should sit and tell me whats been going on with all yall first. (Luna)


    HmmmSuspicious, but youre right. (Natalia)


    She sat down next to me and put her hands behind her head, reclining even further.


    My old dad led my old mom over to the other couch across from us and the two sat down. She still looked a bit shaken, but she wasing around.


    Hmmm. Lets see, after your ss got back from that trip with five of you missing, it blew up in the news for a while. The school got sued by those twos parents, but they lost. Some of your ssmates exined what happened and then it kind of just fell to the side while other stuff happened, like news tends to do. As time went on, I finished school myself, decided that you know what, Jason had the right idea, and opened a coffee shop. Got sessful, like, insanely sessful, started opening more in other states and eventually countries and ended up being able to retire super early. Managed to help mom and dad retire too, and now they travel around the country living in the camper, visiting all the big ces and generally living the life. (Natalia)


    Nice. Guess whatever good fortune that was meant for me got sent to all of you instead. (Luna)


    Yeah, thats what I thought too, after reaching out to some of your old ssmates and getting more details on what happened. By the way, werent you dead? They said those two idiots killed you. (Natalia)


    Ill get to that in a bit when I tell my end of the tale. (Luna)


    Fair enough. (Natalia)


    So, dad, whats up with the two of you? (Luna)


    Exactly what Nat said, just living the life traveling all over. Though we still stay mostly in the mountains. Best ce so far. (Jake)


    Understandable. Mountains are the best. (Luna)


    Hear, hear! (Natalia)


    J-Jasonis it really you? (Tasha)


    Yes, and no. (Luna)


    Eh? (Tasha)


    What do you mean by that? (Natalia)


    Hmmm. (Jack)


    I am, or should say was, Jason. Then I died. Then I lived! (Luna)


    (Tasha)


    (Jack)


    Pfft. (Natalia)


    Got reborn in the world I died in, you know, usual isekai stuff. (Luna)


    Ah, I think I can see where this is going a little now. (Natalia)


    S-so its like one of those novels you loved to read? (Tasha)


    Eh? You actually read some? (Luna)


    Of course, I was lost for a bit when I learned Id probably never see you, so I decided Id at least try to understand you more to preserve your memory, so I dove into all those novels you were always reading. AndI kind of got addicted to them. (Tasha)


    Wellthatactually helps a whole lot for this next part. (Luna)


    What do you mean? (Natalia)


    Well, I DID get reborn, so new body and all that, ya know. (Luna)


    I slowly started to release the illusion I cast on myself. Starting at my tails and the top of my head until my full body came into view again.


    (Jack)


    (Tasha)


    Pfft. You got gender bent. (Natalia)


    Why is that always the first reaction!? (Luna)


    Because its true! (Natalia)


    I know that but still! There has to be at least some other kind of reaction to that! Likee on! (Luna)


    Ahahahaha! (Natalia)


    Fufufufufufu. (Luna)


    Well, thatugh makes sense now. Though I never figured you as the kitsune type. (Natalia)


    Oi! You knew I liked fox girls! Why would I be anything else? (Luna)


    Meh. Just always saw you more as a wolf, or maybe panther person more. But I like it, seeing you like this suits you, though I dont get how you arefortable carrying those two giant things on your chest. (Natalia)


    Magic. (Luna)


    The answer to all of lifes problems, eh? (Natalia)


    Pretty much. (Luna)


    Hmm. So, youre a girl now? Guess I need to tell my friends about my other daughter. (Jake)


    If they even believe you met me again, that is. But thats not all. Time to tell yall everything from my end. (Luna)


    After a while of me exining what happened, we all sat back and drank some coffee that I pulled from my inventory.


    So, we ever going to meet this wife of yours? (Natalia)


    Give it some time. She should be here soon. (Luna)


    {Ive actually been here for a while, just never found a good opportunity to jump into the conversation.}


    Tamamo! (Luna)


    I teleported from the couch and into Tamamos arms.


    *Whistles* You werent kidding when you said your wife was a looker, Luna. Makes me jealous. (Natalia)


    Fufufu. And the best thing is, shes all mine and no one elses. (Luna)


    Nat got up and walked over to the two of us.


    Nice to meet you, Miss Tamamo. Names Natalia, Jasons, or I guess I should say Lunas previous sister. Treat her well, she deserves it. (Natalia)


    {Of that you can rest assured, I treasure her more than anything.}


    Hmph. You did good, Ja-*ahem* Luna. (Jake)


    To think my son, turned daughter, married a goddess and became one herselfamazing? (Tasha)


    We moved back over to the couches and sat down again. Tamamo sat next to me, our fingers interlocked. Nat looked over at this and got a smug grin on her face.


    Oh my how lewd. You two are so bold, holding hands in front of us like this. (Natalia)


    Oh please. Thats the least degenerate thing thats happened. (Luna)


    I bet. But enough with the jokes. Tamamo, can you tell us more about yourself? Luna gave us a good image, but its unreliableing from her, bias and all that, ya know. (Natalia)


    {With pleasure. Luna does like to exaggerate a lot of things, though thats just another thing I love about her.}


    And so, Tamamo went onto a long retelling of the whole story from her point of view. By the time she was done, everyone looked pleased.


    *Yawn* Good storyand Im happy youve gotten to where you are now, Luna. (Natalia)


    Indeed. My daughter has achieved so much, it makes a father proud. (Jack)


    Yes, but Luna, dont make too much trouble for her, shes too nice to clean up all your messes any prank you pull will cause. (Tasha)


    Hey! Im not Atmos! (Luna)


    Well see. (Tasha)


    We all startedughing at the exchange when Payto entered the room.


    Times almost up. Luna and the rest, its time to say your farewells for this time. (Payto)


    *Sigh* Guess all good thingse to an end. (Luna)


    {Unfortunately.}


    Though she said that, Tamamo had a small smirk on her face. I tilted my head at this slightly but turned my attention back to the others. I got up and hugged all three of them tightly.


    I hope well be able to meet again one day. (Luna)


    Same, sis, same. (Natalia)


    She then disappeared.


    Take care, Luna. And like your mother said, dont make trouble for my daughter-inw. (Jake)


    And remember to take care of your health and get some sleep. Its good for your mind. (Tasha)


    Then, they too disappeared.


    (Luna)


    {Are you ok, Luna?}


    YeahI am nowIt was just good to see them again and know that theyve barely changed. (Luna)


    Tamamo and I left the room. While passing Payto, he smirked as well and whispered something.


    You never know, Luna. You may see them a lot sooner than you think. (Payto)


    While I know he said something, I couldnt really make out what he said. As soon as we left through the door, we were back home.


    {Now, Luna, lets have some more fun. I think we should gather everyone here tonight and have a big party.}


    My ears perked up at this.


    Sounds fun. Ill pull out all the stops and go full level 10 wyvern meat cooking.


    {Ufufufu. Perfect.}

 Special Bonus Chapter

    Special Bonus Chapter


    [Some time after Luna��s ascension and the waves it caused in the world calmed to ripples]


    [Beast Kingdom]


    All throughout the capital city a special energy could be felt. People lined the streets that were decorated as if a massive festival were about to begin, waiting for a signal. Though the groups wererge, not one person said a word, some even seemed to be holding their breaths. In the biggest za of the city, the king and his family waited on a grand stage.


    All of a sudden, the sky rippled, and the calm blue turned to a light purple dotted with stars. The ripples spread as far as the eye could see, covering the entire continent. To the people it was a grand disy and it made it feel like even the air around them was heavier and charged with power. Those that were close to the stage all turned their eyes in that direction and what they considered a miracle happened.


    Standing next to the king and his family a silver light shone. When it faded it revealed a 10-tailed kitsune woman with ck hair, tails like the night sky and glowing silver eyes. The smile on her face full of mischievous joy.


    ��Hello, hello, mortal people of the continent. It is with great pleasure that I, Goddess of Space, Stars, and Abyss of Fluff, Luna, announce the start of the biggest, most spectacr festival this world has ever seen!��


    As soon as the kitsune goddess��s words ended, lights of various hues shed around, revealing more gods and goddesses descending onto the mortal ne. The mortals were awed at the sight. They had heard news of this from various Apostles and had decorated their cities ordingly, but they still held a small bit of doubt. Only now that it was happening in front of their eyes did they finally, fully ept such a thing was actually happening.


    The kitsune on the stage smiled as the crowds surged so they could hopefully be able to even just interact with a god. Unnoticed by anyone, she vanished into the air like an illusion.


    [Celestia Kingdom]A simr scene can be seen here as well as every other major city across the entire continent. Gods descending to the mortal ne while the mortals remained in awe and electric excitement.


    [Temple of Stars innermost chamber]


    [Luna POV]


    {Luna, calm down.}


    ��How can I? While especially in the Beast Kingdom, do you know how many people were looking around trying to see my tails? I usually don��t mind, but just that short bit made me feel sticky.�� (Luna)


    {Hmm. Maybe we should add an extrayer of protection for the other too. I know all of us came up with several precautionary measures to make things as smooth as possible, but we may need to add more.}


    ��Should I alter the domain a bit and fit an illusion that makes everything feel like a shared dream?�� (Luna)


    {No. Remember when Tonya tried that? It led to so many near depraved actions from mortals.}


    ��Oh yeah. Hmm. This would be easier if one of the Judges was present. Their intention reading would be very weed right now. Then we could just exclude anyone with indecent intent from the Domain.�� (Luna)


    As Tamamo and I started getting deeper into our conversation, the doors to the chamber mmed open.


    ��Oi! No working, you two! It��s a festival, so get out here and have fun!�� (???)


    ��Oi! What if we weren��t working, Nat!?�� (Luna)


    ��Then I��d never be able to get in here!�� (Natalia)


    {Ufufufu.}


    My sister from my first life wedged herself between the two of us, grappled our arms together, and started pulling us toward the door.


    ��I can��t believe the two of you were locking yourselves away from something you and everyone else put together.�� (Natalia)


    ��Well, it��s not like there is particrly much I considered doing myself. I mean, I am maintaining this entire thing.�� (Luna)


    ��Mind tranting, sister-inw.?�� (Natalia)


    {She wanted to use this as an excuse to hide away with me and cuddle.}


    ��Don��t you two do that every day already?�� (Natalia)


    ��Don��t you eat those skewers every day?�� (Luna)


    ��This and that are different.�� (Natalia)


    ��Lies!�� (Luna)


    ��Truths!!�� (Natalia)


    {Calm down, you two.}


    ��Fine.�� (Luna)


    We finally left the temple grounds, me and Tamamo gently walking downward using steps made of hardened space while Nat pretended like she was walking but in reality, she was just iling her legs. When we got to the ground, we found several of the others waiting for us. Soleil, whose height, not including her ears, now matched Velvet��s. Skadi and Ophidia were hanging around one of the gates to my temple, Skadi having Ophidia��s arms wrapped around her from behind as her head rested on Skadi��s shoulder. Fenrir was sitting on a small chair made of aurora with a cat-form Mio sitting on herp.


    ��I got em guys!�� (Natalia)


    ��So, they were working after all.�� (Velvet)


    ��Tch. What did I bet again, Velvet?�� (Soleil)


    ��I get to use your tails as pillows for a month.�� (Velvet)


    ��Fine. But you��re washing and drying them when you drool in them.�� (Soleil)


    ��One, I keep winning here, and two, if you��re trying to sound upset, then try to keep those two whirlwinds of fluff from moving so much.�� (Velvet)


    Soleil then smacked Velvet on the back of the head with her new, second tail.


    ��I��m still trying to get used to having two of these. It��s so much different than having just one that I don��t get how Big Sis managed it so naturally.�� (Soleil)


    ��Can��t tell you, just felt right to me, so it worked.�� (Luna)


    {I have no useful advice either.}


    ��I didn��t expect either of you two have any��wait, that sounded ruder than I meant it to.�� (Soleil)


    ��It��s fine, Soleil. Neither of us were offended.�� (Luna)


    Tamamo smiled, nodded, and patted Soleil��s head.


    ��Ehehe.�� (Soleil)


    While this was going on, Mio finally stretched and hopped off of Fenrir��sp before transforming into her normal form.


    ��Nyaaaaaa. You two are slow nya.�� (Mio)


    ��Nice to see you again too, Mio. You two been well?�� (Luna)


    ��Yep nya. Fen has been working on her aurora nya, and I��ve been feeling funny nya. Weird strength nya��hard to describe nya.�� (Mio)


    ��In other words, I think Mio is nurturing an Authority and it��s been making things weird.�� (Fenrir)


    {Oh! This should be fun, though I wonder what happens when she ascends? Does my Apostle of Night spot open up again, or do she also stay as my Apostle?}


    ��No clue, only time will tell.�� (Fenrir)


    ��GUYS! CAN WE GO AND HAVE FUN NOW!?�� (Natalia)


    ��You could at least wait until we said hello to everyone. We haven��t even gotten to Skadi and Ophidia��s turn.�� (Luna)


    ��You all talked literally yesterday! Let��s go have fun!�� (Natalia)


    Nat ran further into the city, stopping every few steps while turning to us and bouncing impatiently.


    ��You��d think she��d calm down, it��s not like she��s a kid.�� (Luna)


    {But she��s been like this ever since she moved to this world, hasn��t she? And we both know you��re happy about it.}


    ��Yeah, but I feel strangely��perceptive, no, that��s not the right word��aware of it. That��s it. Like, her acting this way makes me wish I didn��t know her��or, to put it better, her actions wouldn��t reflect me��no, that��s still not right.�� (Luna)


    ��We get it, Master, but isn��t this just usual embarrassment that family members cause one another? I remember when Skadi��s mother tried to tell me stories and Skadi dragged me out of the room before I could hear any of the good stuff.�� (Ophidia)


    ��Of course I��d stop her, there are things about myself that I want buried by history.�� (Skadi)


    She got a far away look in her eyes which Ipletely understood. Everybody has a part of their past they wish to forget. I tapped Skadi in the shoulder, bringing her focus back and patted her with one of my tails.


    ��There, there.�� (Luna)


    ��Thanks, Luna��Are they getting even more potent?�� (Skadi)


    ��Yes. I��ve talked to our friend, and he taught me a way to mitigate it for a little while.�� (Luna)


    ��That��s good.�� (Skadi)


    We turned a corner and the noise hit us like a wall. It took a second to get used to, which was nice, and we continued forward. Looking around and seeing the things me and the others put in ce so things could actually proceed without turning into a mess of bowing and prayer were holding well and mortals and gods were mingling wonderfully. After a few steps though, I noticed something.


    ��How��d we end up by ourselves?�� (Luna)


    {It just happened. I don��t really know either. Not that I��mining. I love seeing everyone, but it��s been a long time since we��ve actually had a chance to have a date like this. I think we should take full advantage of it.}


    ��You��re right. Let��s go then, my love.��


    Tamamo waved her hand, and a small barrier covered the two of us.


    {Just some slight illusion magic. Don��t want to be bothered on our date after all.}


    I smiled at her as we started walking hand in hand. In the back of my mind, I felt a bit like this was set up, but ignored it so I could enjoy the moment more. Passing through the crowd, a few of the gods nced at us before shifting out of our way while mortals hardly even nced at us, yes, they also made way.


    Walking around, we passed stalls and little quick shops seeking small trinkets. A few of the vendors were gods or goddesses trying to sell small nicknacks while most were mortals doing the same. A few food stalls caught our noses, and we decided that food came first.


    Following our noses, we wound up in another part of the city-wide festival containing myriads of food stalls. Tamamo and I walked around, sampling some things here and there until we found a stall that was interesting. They were serving something that reminded me of takoyaki. I went up and bought a small paper bowl of them and a stick to eat them with before getting back to Tamamo. We decided to find a spot to sit and found a good spot next to a small bridge with a waterway. We sat on a bench overlooking the waterway, snuggled close together.


    ��Serene spot. I like it.��


    {I like it too. Kind of want to replicate it back home for a while.}


    ��Same.��


    I used the stick and picked up a ball. I was about to eat it when a nice idea urred to me. Using one of my tails I turned Tamamo��s face my way and held it up to her.


    ��Say ahhh.��


    {Ufufu. Ahh.}


    cing the food in Tamamo��s mouth, she bit down only for her eyes to shoot wide open.


    {Sho hot!}


    She breathed rapidly to hopefully cool down the takoyaki thing and finally managed to after a few minutes.


    {��It was so hot I couldn��t really taste it well, but it was good from what I CLULD taste.}


    ��Then let��s wait for them to cool down a bit first.��


    {Yes��after you eat one.}


    ��Ahh.��


    {Ufufufu.}


    Tamamo picked up another one on the stick and ced it in my mouth. The second my teeth sunk into it, if felt like my mouth was on fire.


    ��Hoo, hoo, hoo, hoo����


    {Ufufufu.}


    I was tempted to use my ice magic, but decided against it because that would go against the experience of the situation. True to what Tamamo said, it was too hot to taste anything, but I managed to get a faint essence of what these were made of.


    ��I think these are��wyvern��mixed with kraken?��


    {Hmm. One from our farm?}


    ��Not sure. Needs to cool down some for me to get a better taste.��


    I scooted closer to Tamamo andid my head on her shoulder, two of my tails intertwining with two of hers.


    ��There��s just something about down here, Tamamo. Something that feels��nostalgic. And I��ve never even been to this specific ce before.��


    {I think it��s the air. It��s not filled with as much mana as the Divine Domain. Plus, it��s been a while since you were down here after spending a long time back home.}


    ��That��s true. Honestly, it was weird in the beginning, not being able to be down here. Granted, I got used to it rtively fast, but still.��


    {That��s true. Though, if I��m being honest, I prefer the way things are now. Seeing you once a month and then eventually whenever with the constraints of a week or two was nice, but all day and night, every day and night is so very much better.}


    ��Fufufu. A rare selfish Tamamo has appeared. I must savor the sight.��


    I nuzzled into her neck, giving it a slight nip before moving my head off her shoulder.


    ��They should be cool enough now. Ahh.��


    {Ahh.}


    I took another takoyaki thing and fed it to Tamamo. She chewed on it slowly, savoring it.


    {Definitely wyvern, but from down here.}


    She took the stick from me and fed me one. After savoring the taste, I nodded my head to her assessment.


    ��I��d say it��s from somewhere in the Beast Kingdom. Probably a part I never went to��ya know, now that I think about it, I didn��t really explore many ces down here. I really just followed the roads.��


    {Do you regret that?}


    ��Not really. Exploring is good and all, but knowing my personality, I��d end up so sidetracked I��d still be a mortal right now. Good thing I didn��t have a mini-map in my head.��


    {True. I��ve seen you y games; you��d get too sidetracked that you��d have no time for me.}


    ��That��s not true at all!��


    I moved and straddled Tamamo��sp so I could stare directly into her eyes, my tails sying out creating a cage around us where the only light that could be seen were the glow of our eyes and the twinkling of the stars in my tails.


    {How romantic.}


    ��Tamamo, don��t you dare ever think I��d not have time for you.��


    {I believe you.}


    ��Good.��


    I went to pick up another takoyaki and noticed it was thest one.


    ��Fufufu.��


    {And what��s thatugh for?}


    ��Well, seeing as no one can see through my tails right now, and we only have one piece left.��


    I picked it up and put it in my mouth. I then leaned forward and brought mine and Tamamo��s lips together. I bit the takoyaki into two and let her younger fish the half I was giving her out from my mouth. Breaking apart, we finished out snack.


    {That was nice. Tastes like you.}


    ��Was gonna say the same thing. Tastes like you. Makes me want more.��


    I leaned forward to kiss her again, but she put a finger against my lips, blocking me.


    {Before that, there is something else that needs to be done.}


    I tilted my head in confusion. Noting my confusion, Tamamo picked me up and stood up, breaking my tail cage. Looking up at the sky, I saw the constetion representing the two of us staring down at me with their foxy smiles. Between them like a giant, shining crown a fluff moon glowed its silvery-blue light. Tamamo ced me back on the bench, the moon now bing a backdrop simr to the day we first met.


    {Luna, happy birthday.}


    Out of nowhere, Tamamo produced a small tiara of what could only be called crystalline moonlight. I was speechless as she smiled brightly and ced it on my head.


    {I thought for today��s special asion, I��d make something myself instead of just buying it. And frankly, it took an embarrassing amount of time to make that perfect.}


    I crystallized some space next to me with my image captured in it and looked at the present. Saying it was beautiful would be an insult as it was much more than that. All I could do was turn to Tamamo as my vision blurred with tears. I jumped up and hugged her tightly.


    ��I��I love it.��


    It was all I could manage to say. I��d forgotten my own birthday was today seeing as all the nning for this giant, continental festival blurred the time, but now that I remembered and realized how this all seemed nned, I felt dumb, but happy. I felt Tamamo move, and she broke our hug and turned my face toward hers, her elegant fingers smooth against my chin.


    {I��m so d my gift made you happy.}


    She gently kissed me. This kiss felt better than the one from earlier, softer, more tender. It was like our first one.


    {What do you say, my Starlight? Shall we continue our date, or is there something else you��d like to do?}


    I wiped the happy tears from my eyes and grabbed Tamamo��s hand.


    ��Let��s go, we have a festival to enjoy��and some fun for when we get home.��


    {Then lead the way.}


    ��Of course, my lovely Moonbeam.��


    The Novel will be updated first on this website. Come back and


    continue reading tomorrow, everyone!